Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales

anne

Ese
ane gpaieert Sete Sitines

~—
pcan meres
mc mnt jo hom tod hp)
ne ee me s
eke

‘sharma! Saab cad-agindna
(clplaehaatl aed P oeuaites aeas

nt
eastins ciara
NS EEN
annette ans heuer. Aral
-

at ham wn setpaim nen
Se men o

eee

po

at meee

ei wey
ay
Bs

ye ate

THE

PROCEEDINGS \__
LINNEAN SOCIETY

NEW SOUTH WALES

(SzCom SERIES.)

NEG 5 eas GO

WITH THIRTY-NINE PLATES.

PeeOiey Se EE Se AR LSs 7.

Sy DINE Y :
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY

F. CUNNINGHAME & COL 146, Pier STREET,
AND

SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.
1888.

OFIG

SYDNEY :

F. CUNNINGHAME AND CO., PRINTERS,

146 PITT STREET. 2

,

CONAN S, On VOL. If.

(SHCOND SERIES.)

PART, 1.

(Issued May 18th, 1887.) PAGE

On an Undescribed Dules from New Guinea. By E. P. Ramsay,
LL.D., &c., and J. DougLAs-OGILpy .. St a; B68 aa 4

A Glance at the Flora of Mount Wilson. By the Rev. W. Woo.Ls,
PhD ELS. 9: e as ies 6

Catalogue of the Described Coleoptera of Australia, Part vit. By
GEORGE MASTERS 5 dos ep als

Note on Some Trilobites New to Australia. By iE: Rats, Ing. des
Arts et Manuf., Paris. (Plates 1. and I1.). 95

Note on the Mode of Nidification of a Species of ‘Pachycephala,

supposed to be P. Gilbertii, from the Interior of N. 8. Wales.
By K. H. Bennett a eee LOS

Tao wen ing Seasons of Australian Plants. No. 3. By E. HAVILAND,
E.L.S. . 105

Notes on the Method ‘adopted by the Female of the Common Fresh-

water Tortoise, Chelodina longicollis, in the Excavation of the

Burrows in which her Begs | are to be Deposited. By H. J.
McCoory ... ee a = ase ey LOZ

Miscellanea Entomologica, No. ut. The Scaritide of New Holland.
By Wixi1am Mactsay, F.L.S., &c. . 115

ene. Seasons of Australian Plants, No. 4. By ‘E, Havin: AND,
F.LS ay) ASD

Notes on some Australian Fossils. “By Fruix Rarre, ME. :

(1) Salisburia palmata, emend. from Jeanpaulia or eRe
palmata, Katte 3 137

(2) On the Muscular Impr ession n of the Genus ‘Notomya (Mae onia).
(Plate rm) s. 139

Note on a Remarkable Example of Fracture in Kerosene Shale. By
Fevrx Rarte, M.E. (Plate 1v.). : 140

Notes on the Bacter iological Examination of Water from the ‘Sydney
Supply. No. ur By Dr. Oscar Karz _... 151

Contributions towards a Knowledge of the Coleoptera of Australia,
No. tv. Description of a new ‘Genus and Species of Oedemeride.
By A. Srpney Ouuier, F.E.S. 158
On Some Additional Labyrinthodont Fossils from the Hawkesbury
Sandstone of New South Wales. Second Note on Platyceps

Wilkinsonii. By Professor STEPHENS, M.A., F.G.S. 4 156
Additional Evidence on Fossil Salisburie from Australia. “By F.

Ratte, M.F.. ace 159
On an Undescribed Shark from Port Jackson. "By iH PY Ramsay,

F.R.S.E., &c., and J. DoucLas OGILBY ae 163

List of Birds Collected at Derby, North-West Australia, by ‘the late
T. H. Boyer-Bower, Esq., with Notes. By Dr. E. P . Ramsay,

BRAS aBareses ly. ie 3 oe: Aor UGS)
Elections and Announcements a a i Ee aot Lt 146
Donations i aay fe a aie ie abe ae Meas Waele
Notes and Exhi'’ its. a ack 3 ane oe 109, 141, 174

ive CONTENTS.

PART "IT,
(Issued August 31st, 1887.) PAGE
Notes on the Genera of Australian Fishes. By HK. P. arene
FE.B.S.E., &c., and J. DoucLtas OGILBY. ad Ts Jes 181
Flowering Seasons of Australian Plants. No. 5. By E. TES vO
oF 185
On an Improved Method of Galivanne inane or anisms on Baie.
By Dr. Oscar Karz 187
Descriptive Record of two Plants ‘additional ie the ‘Flora ie: one
tralia, and occurring also in New South Wales. By Baron
von MvuELLER, K.C.M.G., M.D., F.R.S. ... 191
Bacteriological Observations made at the Little Bay Coast Hospital
By Dr. Oscar Katz . 203
The Insects of the Cairns isbeise Novihon Queensland. ‘Part Ts
By Witiram Macueay, F.L.S., &c. ... : 213
Description of a New Species of Hpimachus, oon she neieoiatte
ee a E. New Guinea. By Dr. E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E.,
B.G.8 Jc 239
marenevoee a New veoakan ie By E. P. eres F. R. 8. E,,
and J. DoucLas OGILBY 241
Remarks on an Introduced Species Ao ‘Tand: Plaeron apparently
Bipalium Kewense, Moseley. By J.J. Funrcuer, M.A., B.Sc.... 244
On a Trilobite from Reefton, New Zealand, new to ‘Aantaleeins
By Professor F. W. Hurron, F.G.S.. wi wee 200
A List of the Indigenous Plants of a Mndpes’ cei By
ALEXANDER G. Hammon ote tao), 209)
The Insects of the Cairns District, Northeen Gncenunade Part 0.
By Witt1am Macueay, F.L.S., &.. 307
Notes on the Bacteriological Examination of Water fro om the Sydney
Supply. No. tv. By Dr. Oscar Karz . 329
Preliminary Remarks on mr ee Bacteria fon Seat Waters
By Dr. Oscar Karz 5 331
Notes on some Australian oly By T. WHITEruccE 337
Bowers Seasons of Australian Plants. No. 6. By E. HaviLanp,
B.LS 348
Notes on Peeealiant fia: splanteae! =e Desceinsied: o some
new Species. Part 1. By J. J. Furrcner, M.A., B.Se., and .
A. G. Hamitron. (Plate v.) 349
Notes on Australian Earthworms. Pate Ill. By if re Fuercemn,
M.A., B.Sc. 375
On a new opioc ephalus fon ‘the Gulf af Comentaae he Gyneiaine
Mactray, F.L.S., &e. ete 403,
Notes on the Nests ie Begs of certain Aarti Bees By A. i
NortH is say si 405
Elections and Anmouticemornts sh ee 136 ad 177, 199, 252
Donations es oe Pe wi ck Ws A 177, 199, 253
Notes and Exhibits ... age ae Sh a oe 196, 250, 412

CONTENTS,

PART | TET.

(Issued November 30th, 1857.)

Report on a small collection of Plants from the Aird River, obtained
by Mr. Theodore Bevan during his recent Expedition. Submitted
by Bagkon von Mvuewier, K.C.M.G., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S., &.
(Plates vi. and vil.) :

General Remarks on Protective Hinoouiitiods on Hoste Sbisine:
Pneumonia. By Dr. Oscar Karz

On some new Trilobites from Bowning, N.S. Ww. Ey 16 OHN acann
(Plate xvi.)

Contributions to the Oblegy of ie deine: Malayan ati ipa
Regions: By A. J. Nortu

Notes on a Species of Rat (Mus Towdsnonet, Rae). now afesinn
the Western Portion of N.S.W. By K. H. Bennerr

Note on the Discovery of Peripatusin Gippsland. By J. J. Pieccuin,
M.A., B.Sc.

Notes on some Indigenous Sa ml mpebeces Aon New Cute. By
J. H. Maren, F.R.G.S. € ; a

Notes on Zelotypia Stacyi, and an cca of a Variety. obey A.
Sripney Ouuirr, F.E.S., Assistant Zoologist, Australian Museum

A Revision of the Staphylinide, of Australia. Part m1. By A. SIDNEY
OuirF, F.E.S., Assistant Zoologist, Australian Museum..

Miscellanea BAtumiolowicn, No. tv. The Helzides. By Witten
Macey, F.L.S., &e. sf op

Description of Two new Species of Marsupials ( Penaieies aa
Antechinus) and of anew Species of Mus (M. Burtoni), from
the neighbourhood of Derby, N.W.A. By Dr. E. P. ges
F.R.S.E., F.G.S. (Plate xvi.) sat ae

Descriptions of the Eggs of Two Species of Aectralee ‘Birds: ‘By A.
J. NorvH ... os oar

Descriptions of new Aveta mintege By De E. P. Risin
F.R.S.E., &c., and J. DoucLas OcILBy oe oa nee

Flowering Seasons of Australian Plants, No. 7. Ry E. recone:
F.L.S. Bue

On Micro-Organisms in mentee a ‘Desa jer By Dr. Oscar
Katz

Observations on the Share Branca: in te Development of he Emu
(Dromeus Nove-Hollundie). By Witittam A. Hasweit, M.A
D.Sc., F.L.8., Lecturer on Zoology and cious Anatomy,
University of Sydney. (Plates vit.-xv.) ...

Notes on Australian Earthworms, Part Iv. By os ae Pumrerme,

M.A., B.Sc. ha a .
Elections ‘and Announcements a ae bat oot ‘416, 453,
Donations oH De Le ren OE 416, 453,

Notes and Exhibits fe se ee Ne aby: st 450, 556,

PAGE

V1. CONTENTS.

PART IV.
(Issued March 21st, 1888.)
Further Remarks on Phosvhorescent Bacteria. By Dr, Oscar Karz
On a new Genus and Species of Labroid Fish from Port Jackson. By
EK. Pirrson Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &c., and J. DouGLas OGILBY
Miscellanea Entomologica, No. V. The Helzides ined By
WiLuiAM Macieay, F.L.S., &. i

Description of a new Species of Philemon from Nox th- att Aaetn Ae,
By Dr. E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &c.

Description of a new Species of Gerygone from Lord ore s plana
By Dr. E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &c.
Descriptions of the Eggs pe _Three Species of Sea- Binds from aed
Howe's Island. By. Dr. E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., F.L.S., &e.
Note on a Species of eee (Poiina inversa, Waters) from Port
Jackson. By T. WHITELEGGE a

On the Volcano of Taal. By the Rev. J. B, Tex1sox-Woons, F. G. S.,
F.L.S., &c. (Plates xvii1. and xx.) :

A Contribution to the Her petole y of Qieereet By C. Ww. Di
Vis, M.A..

Descriptions wa new Rceedied Rhopslocera By E. Mzynicx, Bae
F.E.S.

Revision of Atceralian Lepidoptera, By H. Muvnicx, B. Be. ‘x, E. S.
Ranta. 5.2% ah

Descriptions of Australian siete ‘Lepidosieren By E. Muvaiex,
B.A., F.E.S. Part XIV. Oececophoridae (continued)

The Inter-Coxal Lobe of Certain Crayfishes. By W. J. Mackay, B. Se.

Notes on the Nidification of Sphecotheres mamillaris (Lath.) and of
Campephaga leucomelena (V. and H.), with Descriptions of their
Eggs. By R. D. Frrzcerarp, Junr.

Notes on some Scaritidie from Queensland, with Tee ne of ene
new Species. By WILLIAM. Mactray, F.L.S., &ce.

Note on a Leucite-Basalt from Central New South Wales. Py Ter.
J. MILNE-CurRRAN, F.G.S a2

On a new Butterfly of the Family Satyride. by A. ee Out

.ES.

Note on the Bacteria aS Ww ith i in a case oP bovine eleaee: Oe
By Dr. Karz ms
Note on a Specimen of Peripdtie Hane et Case N.S.W. By a
SrpNey Ouuirr, F.E.S. At
Notes on the Nidification of certain Ansipelian Bir By AMs 5.
Nore, FLL: ©... ee
Report on a small Zoological Collection fe om N orfulk Taal
I. Introductory Remarks. By J. A. M. Nireeaaon!
II. Reptiles and Fishes. By J. Dougias OcILBy
III. Mollusca. By Joun Brazrer
IV. Insecta. By A. StpNEY OLLIFF

PACE
627

631

CONTENTS. Vil.

PART [V.—Continued.
PAGE
On anew Pielus from the Blue Mountains. By A. StpNEY OLLIFF,
F.E.S., and Henry Prince. (Plate xxxIx.) ene i ... LOS
Notes on Mr. Froggatt’s Collections made during the year 1887 in the
Vicinity of Derby, King’s Sound, N.W. Australia. By W1itIAm

Macueay, F.LS., &e. ... = 1017
Descriptions of two new Fishes ‘fr om Port J eae By ‘E. P.

Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &c., and J. DouGtas OGILBY ... 1021
Note in Correction of certain Errors in Previous Papers. By Dr. E. P.

Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &c., and J. DouGLAs OGILBY ... a . 1024
Jottings from the Biological aka of Sydney Univ vensity By

W. A. Haswe tt, M.A., D.S ... 1025

No. 9. Notes on Thine, ad? Prilotum.
No. 10. On the Embryology of Vermilia cespitosa, and
Hupomalus elegans.
List of Hepaticze collected by Mr. T. Whitelegge in New South
Wales, 1884-85. By B. Carrington, M.D., F.R.S.E., and W. H.

Pearson. (Plates xXII.-XXXVII.) ... 1035
Contributions to Conchology, No. I. By Ja AMES 0. Cox, M. dD,
EES. (Blatesixx.,, xxi.) ae . 1061
On a Supposed New Species of Nototherium. By C. w. ‘Dr va M. a
(Plate XXXVIII. ) . 1065
Notes on a new Dinterouss Tneecey "belotetas a ihe, Family Gece
domyiade infesting Grass. By F. A. “A. SKUSE ... : . 1071
A Note on Hehinaster decanus, M. & T. By Professor JEFFREY Bad
M.A., &c. : 1074
Note on Denuis Petilia, Stoll, a D. cin re eine By neces
MASTERS ... Se = LO/G

Notes on an Exhibit of Rocks and eT nets "By T. W. E.
Davip, B.A., F.G.S.—

(1) On the emereces of Basalt-glass (Tashylyte) in the Vege-

table Creek district, New England ee . 1078
(2) Note on the Occurrence of Dacite at Moss Wale oe . 1088

(8) On a Pitchstone from Port Sueerere showing faint perlite
structure... . 1084

(4) On the Occurrence ee Chinstolite ina Stone Hatchet eal at
Strathbogie, near Vegetable Creek she dea ae ... 1084
Elections and Announcements ae ae nee a2 622, 682, 983
Donations oc ce Me ae ook aot mee 622, 682, 983
Notes and Exhibits ... ove a 50 1s a 680, 978, 1074
President's Address ... 5 ; bes iss eat aes ... 1086
Office-bearers and Council op 1888 8 a aoa WIM

Title-page, Contents, Index to Vol. If. (2nd Sar: ) aad Hierata,

Note.—Figures 7-12 of Plate xvi., which appears in this Part of the
Proceedings, are intended to illustrate a paper not yet published.

HRRATA: VO

(SECOND SERIES).

Page 120, line 2—for punctatum read punctulatum.

Page 122, line 32—for lacunatum read lacunosum.

Page 169, line 11—for Stricmarors read STIGMATOPs.

Page 192, line 11—/or quadriforia read quadrifaria.

Page 214, line 14—for Dystips1pERA read DISTYPSIDERA.
Page 250, line 23—/or stome read stone.

Page 297, line 16—for Warmpea read WURMBEA.

Page 306, line 19—/for strictus read stricta.

Page 319, line 5—/for Tomaxia read Tomoxia.

Page 331, line 26—/or phospherescens read phosphorescens.
Page 359, line 35—/for halves read parts.

Page 365, line 23—/for SULPHUREUS read SULPHUREA.

Page 412, line 11—/or Sitella read Sittella.

Page 504, line 4— omit ‘‘a single male example.”

Page 566, line 15—for Eusbiephus read Eustrephus.

Page 685, last line—/or ecountry read country.

Page 756, line 33—/for ATRO-PUPUREA read ATRO-PURPURFA,
Page 781, line S—/or INFoRTUNATA read INFORTUNATUM.
Page 817, line 31—for M. maindroni read H. maindroni.

Page 820, line 14—/or H. mustelina read M. mustelina.

PROCEEDINGS eC
EN NHAN SOCLHE Y

INS AZ, | SOU Las | V7 ALES:

WEDNESDAY, 26TH JANUARY, 1887.

The President, Professor W. J. Stephens, M.A., F.G.S.,in the Chair.

MEMBERS ELECTED.

The following gentiemen were elected Members of the Society :—
Mr. William J. Mackay, Rooty Hill; Mr. H. H. Lane;
Dr. Casement, Trial Bay Gaol; Mr. Thomas Hewitt Myring ;
Mr. E. Betche, Botanic Gardens, Sydney.

The President announced that no excursion would be held
during the ensuing month owing to the heat.

DONATIONS.

“ The Scottish Geographical Magazine.” Vol. II , Nos. 11 and12,
(1886). From the Hon. William Macleay, F.L.S.

“ Zoologischer Anzeiger.” Jahrg. [X., Nos. 238, 239, (1886).
From the Editor.

» 2 m DONATIONS.

“The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, of London.”
Vol. XLII. Part 4 (No. 168), November, 1886. List of the
Geological Society of London, 1886. From the Society.

‘“‘ Prodromus systematis naturalis regni vegetabilis.” By A. P.
de Candolle. Parts I-VI. From Baron Ferd. von Mueller
WOU MGs Pits. M.D... be.

Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London for the year
1886.” Part III. ; ‘‘ Abstract of Proceedings.” November, 1886.
From the Society.

“ Feuille des jeunes Naturalistes.” No. 194, lst December,
1886. From the Editor.

“Comptes Rendus des Séances de lAcadémie des Sciences,
Paris.” Tome CIII., Nos. 13-16. From the Academy.

“‘ Abhandlungen herausgegeben von der Senckenbergischen
naturforschenden Gesellschaft. Bd. XIV., Heft. 1, (1886). From
the Society.

“ Journal of Conchology.” Vol. V., No. 4. October, 1886.
From the Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland.

“ Annual Report of the Curator of the Museum of Comparative
Zoology at Harvard College.” 1885-1886; “ Bulletin.” Vols.
XII., No. 6, XIII., No. 1. From the Curator.

‘“‘ Proceedings of the Canadian Institute, Toronto.” 3rd Series,
Vol. IV., Fasc. 1, (1886). rom the Institute.

“The Journal of Comparative Medicine and Surgery (New
York).” Vol. VII, No. 4, (1886). From the Editor.

“ Pathological Mycology.” By G. 8. Woodhead, M.D., &.,
and A. W. Hare. Section 1, Methods; ‘“ Hand Atlas iiber alle
Theile der Erde, &. Herausgegeben von Adolf Stieler ;’ Dr.
Johannes Leunis’ Synopsis der Pflanzenkunde,” von Dr. A. B.
Frank. (3 Bde.) From the Hon. William Macleay, F.L.S.

“Our Antipodes: or Residence and Rambles in the Austra-
lasian Colonies with a glimpse of the gold-fields.” By Lt.-Colonel

DONATIONS. BS

G. C. Mundy. (2 Vols.) ; ‘‘ Geological observations in South
Australia.” By the Rev. Julian E. Woods, F.G.S., &.5 “A
Statistical Account of the British Settlements in Australasia,
including the Colonies of New South Wales and Van Diemen’s
Land.” By W. C. Wentworth. (2 Vols.); “Transactions of
the Zoological Society of London.” Vol. IX., Parts, 9, 11;
Vol. XI., Part 5. General Index, Vols. I.-X. ; “ Contributions
to the Anatomy of the Central Nervous System in Vertebrate
Animals.” By Alfred Sanders, M.R.C.S., &c. ; “ The Voyage of
Governor Phillip to Botany Bay, with an account of the establish-
ment of the colonies of Port Jackson and Norfolk Island. From
Dr. James C. Cox, F.L.S.

“Revue Coloniale Internationale.” Tome III., No. 6, (1886).
From l Association Coloniale Néerlandaise a Amsterdam.

‘¢ Naturhistorisches Museum zu Hamburg — Bericht des
Direktor” (1885). From the Director.

“ Bulletin de la Société Belge de Microscopie.” 13 me. Année.
No. 1. From the Society.

“Mémoires (Zapiski) de la Société des Naturalistes de la
nouvelle Russie.” Tomes I-VIIT. (1873-1883). Tome XI. Part 1
(1886 ); ‘Flora Chersonensis.” By E. A. Lindemann. Vol. II.
From the Society.

“Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society of London.” Ser.
ii, Vol. VI. Part 6. December, 1886. From the Society.

“ Descriptions of Sponges from the neighbourhood of Port
Phillip Heads, South Australia.” (Nine Pamphlets). By H. J.
Carter, Esq., F.R.S. Prom the Author.

“ Victorian Naturalist.” Vol. ILI, No. 9 (1887). rom the
Field Naturalists Club of Victoria.

PAPERS READ.

ON AN UNDESCRIBED DULES FROM NEW GUINEA.

By E. Pierson Ramsay, L.L.D., &c., anp J. Doucuas-OGILBy.
(NOTES FROM THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.)

DULES NITENS. Sp. nov.

Biyiee DA1O/11 2 As 3/11. Ve Dib eR Aa iC e Ly erat tate
51-53: L. trans. 5/13: Vert. 10/15.

Length of head 44, of caudal fin 43, height of body 3} to 3} in
the total length. Hye—large, its diameter 2} to 22 in the length
of the head, # of a diameter from the end of the snout, and ? of
the same apart. Interorbital space almost flat. Snout with a
slight concavity ; occiput rugose, terminating posteriorly in an
angular ridge. Lower jaw much the longer; cleft of the mouth
of moderate size, and oblique. The maxilla reaches to beneath the
anterior third of the orbit, and is dilated and rounded posteriorly.
Opercle with two flat pungent spines, the lower of which is the
longer; sub- and inter-opercle very finely serrated, the teeth
becoming obsolete in old examples; preopercle with fine denticu-
lations on both limbs, those on the rounded and slightly produced
angle the strongest ; lower edge of preorbital, and post-temporal
bones finely serrated. Zeeth—Villiform on jaws, vomer, and
palatines. Fins—dorsal spines moderately strong, increasing in length
to the fifth, which measures 3 of that of the head ; from thence
they decrease quickly in height to the ninth, which is about 3 of
the last ; the rays are not nearly so high as the spines, but the
base of the soft portion of the fin is ? of the spinous, while that of
the soft anal is rather more than the soft dorsal ; the dorsal
commences above the 6th scale of the lateral line, and ends above

ON AN UNDESCRIBED DULES FROM NEW GUINEA. a

the 34th, while the anal commences beneath the 22nd and ends
beneath the 37th ; the second anal spine is equally strong, but not
so long as the third, which is rather more than ; of that of the
head: the ventral fin is strong, truncate behind, not quite reaching
to the vent ; the pectoral fin is short, less than § of the total length,
and reaches to the 13th lateral line scale: caudal forked. Scales—
moderate, ctenoid, firmly adherent ; 11 rows between hase of
ventral fin and lateral line, 4 between the orbit and the preoper-
cular angle, and 3 across the opercle ; dorsal and anal fins with a
basal scaly sheath ; pectorals with a small basal patch outside ;
caudal covered with minute scales almost to the tips of the
lobes. Upper and under surfaces of the head, orbital ring, maxilla,
and the margins of the opercle and preopercle scaleless. Lateral
line—but slightly curved, its tubes simple. Psewdobranchie—well
developed. Giull-rakers—long and slender, about 36 in number,
the longest being almost $ a diameter of the orbit. The length of
the abdominal portion of the vertebral column is to that of the
caudal as 1 to 1:72. Colors—uniform silvery, the back washed
with green ; fins immaculate.

The fishes from which the above description was taken are three
in number, and measure individually from 9§ to 102 inches in
length. They belong to a collection purchased by the Australian
Museum from Mr. Cairns, and were obtained by him on the South-
east coast of New Guinea. Register number of type specimen

I. 945.

6 A GLANCE AT THE FLORA OF MOUNT WILSON,

A GLANCE AT THE FLORA OF MOUNT WILSON.

By THE Rev. W. Wootts, Pu.D., F.L.S.

The Mount Wilson platform which is 83 miles from Sydney and
3,478 feet above the sea-level, stands at the termination of Bell’s
line from Richmond, and is about five miles westward of the
mountain from which it takes its name. As, however, the
country between the platform and the mountain is very rugged
and impracticable, the road is somewhat circuitous and about ten
miles in length. In travelling towards the mountain, the formation
is for themost part of Hawkesbury sandstone, and the plants are to
the general observer rather uninteresting when compared with the
luxuriant vegetation of the disintegrated trap. The Eucalypts, so
far as I had an opportunity of examining them along the road, are
those known by the popular names of ‘ Peppermint” (Z£. piperita,
Sm.), “ White Gum” (2. heemastoma, Sm.), “Mountain Ash”
(Z. Sieberiana, F. v. M.), “ Mountain White Gum” (2. pauciflora,
Sieb.), ‘Stringy Bark” (Z. capitella, Sm.), and a “ Scrubby Gum ”
(Z. stricta, Sieb.). With the exception of the last, which forms
brushes on the elevated parts of the Blue Mountains, the other
species are trees of moderate size, none of them attaining that
which they do in more favourable lecalities. The Proteacez are
well represented by numerous species of Hakea, Persoonta, Grevillea,
Banksia, Symphyonema, LIsopogon, Petrophila, Conospermum,
Lomatia, Lambertia, and the far-famed Telopea or Waratah. The
fruits of Hakea and Persoonia seemed larger than those on similar
species in the low country, one of the former (apparently /.
gibbosa, Cas.), measuring 24 inches in length, and more than 5
inches in circumference ; whilst Grevillea laurifolia (Sieb.), with
its trailing branches and crimson flowers appeared in large patches
here and there by the road side. Of the Rutaceze, I noticed the
two forms of Boronia which by some are referred to B. pinnata

BY THE REY. W. WOOLLS, PH.D., F.L.S. 7

(Sm.), and also Hriostemon obovalis (A. Cunn.). The latter has
very delicate flowers, which have sometimes been found double.
As the season for flowering had nearly past (December), the
Leguminous shrubs were not so conspicuous as they had been a
month or so earlier; but the species of Daviesia, Dillwynias
Mirbelia, Indigofera, Pultencea, Gompholobium, and Spherolobium,
were evidently very numerous; whilst five or six kinds of Acacia
were in fruit. The interesting terrestial Mistletoe, Atkinsonza
ligustrina, F. v. M., (a plant ever to be associated with the name
of the excellent lady who did so much to develop the natural
history of the Kurrajong), was abundant on the sandstone. By
some botanists, this plant has been supposed to germinate on the
roots or decaying branches of trees, but so far as could be ascer-
tained, A. ligustrina is an independent terrestrial shrub. ‘The
flowers are of a yellow or orange colour, the leaves occasionally
opposite, and the fruit 8-ribbed, protruding into deep furrows, so
as to give it the appearance of being 8-celled. In addition to the
trees of the Myrtaceze already mentioned, several species of
Leptospermum, Callistemon, Beckia, Darwinia, and Kunzea were
seen on the ridges, but none of them seemed to differ from the
species near Sydney. Tetratheca ericifolia (Sm.), with which
Baron Mueller unites 7. thymifolia (Sm.), and 7’. pilosa, (Labill.),
is on the mountains a solitary representative of an order widely
distributed in Western Australia; whilst Bawera rubioides
(Andr.), of the Saxifrageze, and Monotaxis linifolia (Brongn.), of
Euphorbiacez, were collected in moist places. Of the Santalacez,
Leptomeria acida (R. Br.), Omphacomeria acerba (A. DC.), and
Choretrum Candollei (F. v. M.), were frequent, as well as several
species of the Goodeniacex, Goodenia barbata (R. Br.), G. bellidi-
folia (Sm.), G. heterophylla (Sm.), Dampiera stricta (R. Br.),
and D. Brownii (EF. v. M.); whilst of the Epacrids, Epacris,
Leucopogon, Monotoca, and Brachyloma were represented by a few
species. The terrestrial Orchids had nearly passed away, but I was
able to recognise Prasophyllum flavum (R. Br.), (a much larger
plant than that figured by Mr. Fitzgerald), P. nigricans (R. Br.),
Orthoceras strictum (R. Br.), Cryptostylis leptochila (F. v. M.),

8 A GLANCE AT THE FLORA OF MOUNT WILSON,

Dipodium punctatum (R. Br.), Gastrodia sesamoides (R. Br.),
Microtis porrifolia (Spreng.), Chiloglottis diphylla (R. Br.), and
Thelymitra venosa (R. Br.), the last of which was in full flower.
Mr. J. D. Cox informed me that he had noticed rather earlier
several species of Diwris, Caladenia &e., &c. (1). Dianella cwrulea
(Sims.), Cesta parviflora (R. Br.), Thysanotus tuberosus (R. Br.),
Geittonoplesium cymosum (A. Cunn.), Sowerbea juncea (Sm.),
and Stypandra cespitosa (R. Br.). were the only plants of the Lily
family which I observed. The following species also may be
enumerated, Lonidium floribundum (Walp.), of the Violacez,
Trachymene ericoides (Sieb.) and J. Billardiert (F. v. M.) of the
Umbelliferee, Lobelia gibbosa (Labill.) of the Campanulacex,
Mitrasacme pilosa (Labill.), of the Loganiacez, Sebewa ovata
(R. Br.) of the Gentianeze, Pomaderris ledifolia (A. Cunn.) of the
Rhamnez, and several species of Hibbertia of the Dilleniacez.
The composites are numerous, but the most remarkable were
Cassinia denticulata (R. Br.), C. aurea (R. Br.), Humea elegans
(Sm.), Senecio australis (Willd.), and Helichryswm elatum (A.
Cunn.). The native grasses did not appear to be abundant, and
the only species which I collected were Microlena stipoides (R.Br.),
Anisopogon avenaceus (R. Br.), Cinna ovata (Kunth.), Amphipogon
strictus (R. Br.), Danthonia semiannularis (R,. Br.), and Poa
cespitosa (Forst.). Not far from the Road, I saw Glecchenia
circinata (Sw.), and the Lycopods Lycopodium densum (Labill.),
and Selaginella uliginosa (Spreng.), but these were not so fine as
some I have found in the Manly swamps. Before I pass away
from the Hawkesbury Sandstone, two species of Caswarina should
be noticed, C. nana (Sieb.), and C. distyla (Vent.), both dwarfed
plants, and also a /renela, which Baron von Mueller considers a
diminutive form of 7. Muellert (Parlat.), a pine found near
Sydney and plentiful on the banks of George’s River.

As we reach the foot of Mount Wilson about 300 or 400 feet
below the summit or table-land, the character of the vegetation

(1) Mr. J. D. Cox has lately sent me specimens of Dendrobium striolatum,
Prasophyllum jfimbriatum, Pterostylis parviflora, P. pedunculata, P. nutans,
Cryptostylis erecta, Acianthus fornicatus,

BY THE REV. W. WOOLLS, PH.D., F.L.S. 9

undergoes a remarkable change, and the traveller, as he ascends the
Zig-Zig, passes through an avenue of trees and shrubs differing
materially from those on the sandstone, though it must be observed
that some of the plants which I have mentioned are common to
that and the trap formation. Nothing can exceed the verdure and
beauty of the scene, and though the species are for the most part
common to Mount Wilson and Mount Tomah, yet no part of the
Blue Mountains seems equal to the former in its natural features,
or its suitability for the cultivation of European trees, shrubs,
fruits, and grasses. On both sides of the road, the beautiful
Prostanthera lasiantha (Labill,) was in full bloom. This is the
largest of Labiates, and from the scent of its foulage is sometimes
called the “ Mint Tree,” forming a pleasing relief to the darker
shades of the shrubs, and a contrast to the semi-tropical character
of the Tree-ferns which now begin to appear in great abundance.
The fertility of the soil at Mount Wilson is evidenced not only by
the indigenous vegetation, and the vigorous growth of cultivated
plants ; but the rapid way in which European and Asiatic weeds
are spreading is also an indication of the fact. HWypocheris glabra
(Linn.), Galinsoga parviflora (Cav.), Siegesbeckia orientalis (Linn.),
and Silene gallica (Linn.), are following the steps of cultivation ;
whilst the grasses Poa pratensis (Willd.), Dactylis glomerata
(Willd.), Cynosurus cristatus (Willd.), as well as several foreign
clovers, have already established themselves on the Mount.

The Botany of Mount Wilson is very similar to that of Tomah,
and as the observer views the gigantic Eucalypts, the graceful
Tree-Ferns (Dicksonia antarctica, Alsophila Australis, and A.
Leichhardtiana), the robust climbers, and the epiphytal orchids of
the sombre woods, he is forcibly reminded of Allan Cunningham’s
trip to Mount Tomah in 1823, and of the plants which that
eminent Botanist discovered there (See Hooker's Journal of
Botany, Vol. 4, p. 285). Cunningham tells us, that owing to the
weakness of his horses and the difficulty of the track then recently
found by a surveyor, he did not proceed to Cox’s River as he had
originally intended; but, after having advanced a few miles
further, he returned to his encampment at Tomah, which he adds,

10 A GLANCE AT THE FLORA OF MOUNT WILSON,

“ from the permanency of its shade and the general humidity of
the atmosphere cn its elevated summit, rendered the peculiar
character of its vegetation most interesting to him.” After the
lapse of more than half a century, little can be added to the
account which Cunningham has furnished of the germination of
Quintinia Siebert (A. DC.) on the caudices of Dicksonia antarctica,
of the eccentric climbing rooted-stemmed plant Meldia australis
(A. Cunn.), and the stupendous size and marvellous contortions of
the large climbers ; but, in the progress of science, especially
through the labours of Baron F. von Mueller, the Eucalypts to
which he refers have been duly classified, whilst many of the plants,
which he knew but imperfectly, have been reduced to their proper
places in the systematic arrangement.

The highest trees on Mount Wilson are probably the Stringy
Barks (2. macrorhyncha, F. v. M.), some of which are pro-
bably 150 feet high, with a circumference of 22 feet at the
lower part of the butt. This species, though allied to the other
Stringy Barks (2. eugenioides, Sieb. and #. capitella, Sm.), is
certainly distinct in the shape of its fruit, the quality of its
wood, and its peculiar habit, rising as it does to a great height
without sending forth a branch. Next in point of size are the
‘* Messmate,” and the Mountain form of the ‘“‘ Manna Gum” (£.
amygdalina, Labill. and #. viminalis, Labill.). These trees have
some points of resemblance, for the young trees have opposite
sessile leaves ; and as the Messmate is not uniformly half-barked,
they may be mistaken one for the other without careful observa-
tion. The Messmate, however, differs in the ovate shape of the
anthers, the divergent venation of the leaves, the crowded
umbels of the flowers, and the usually inserted valves of the
fruit. In the Manna Gum, the umbels have only three flowers,
and the valves of the fruit are exserted or protrude. The wood
of the Stringy Bark and of these Eucalypts is not esteemed either
for practical purposes or for firewood. In the deeply shaded
forests, Ceratopetalum apetalwm (Don), or as it is sometimes called
‘“‘ Gigantic Christmas Bush,” grows much larger than it does near
Sydney, and under the name of ‘Coachwood” or “ Lightwood,”

BY THE REY. W. WOOLLS, PH.D., F.L.S. li

it is used for many industrial purposes. The same may be said of
Acacia melanoxylon (R. Br.), and A. elata (A. Cunn.), which rise
to a considerable height, and afford excellent timber for carpentry
and cabinet work. Doryphora sassafras (Endl.) is often
characterised as a beautiful aromatic tree. Its wood, indeed, is
fragrant but not durable, and an infusion of its bark is used as a
tonic. Quintinia Sieberi is also a fine ornamental tree, growing in
company with the preceding trees, and its wood is useful for cabinet
work. Hugenia Smithii (Poir.) or the “ Myrtle,” rises to the
height of 40 or 50 feet in the chocolate soil: its timber is
hard and close-grained, and useful for carpentry, handles, and
staves. Myrsine variabilis (R. Br.), and Hedycarya angustifolia
(A. Cunn.), though merely shrubs in many parts of the colony
become trees of some size in the fertile soil of Mount Wilson,
but their wood, especially that of the latter, is soft and of little
value. ieldia australis, which Cunningham first noticed at
Mount Tomah, is very abundant on Tree-ferns and other trees ;
and the climbers of which he speaks in general terms appear to
be Vitis hypoglauca (F. v. M.), Lyonsia straminea (R. Br.}. L.
reticulata (F. v. M.), and Yecoma australis (R. Br.), Marsdenia
rostrata (R. Br.), and T'ylophora barbata (R. Br.), are smaller and
twining plants. Some of the climbers seem to kill the young
trees on which they ascended to others, and hang down from lofty
branches as if they had attained their position by some unseen
agency. In the shady woods I noticed the “ Kangaroo Apple ”
Solanum aviculare (Forst.), Coprosma Billardveri (Hook.), some-
times called “Currant,” and Smilax australis (R. Br.), the
* Australian lawyer.” Of the epiphytal Orchids, Dendrobiwm
teretifolium (R. Br.), D. pugioniforme (A. Cunn.), and Sarcochilus
Jalcatus (R. Br.) were the only species which I was fortunate
enough to see, but no doubt many more remain to be observed.
I picked up on the ground a fragment of Visewm articulatwm
(Burm.) which must have fallen from one of the lofty trees, and
also some leaves, as they appeared to be, of Lztswa dealbata
(Nees.), Elwocarpus holopetalus (F. v. M.), and Banksia integri-
folia (Linn.), but of these better specimens are needed for
identifying the species.

12 A GLANCE AT THE FLORA OF MOUNT WILSON.

As Mr. P. N. Trebeck, in the Proceedings of the Linnean
Society, Vol. I. pt. 2, (1886), has given a full account of the ferns
of Mount Wilson, I need only add a few species which do not
appear in his list. These are—

Lomaria Capensis (Willd.)

L. Patersoni (Spreng.)
Aspidium Capense (Willd.)
Pteris wmbrosa (KR. Br.)
Lindsea linearis (Sw.)
Polypodium serpens (Forst.)
Trichomanes venosum (R. Br.)

Tmesipteris Tannensis (Bernh.) Lycopod.

In concluding this imperfect sketch of the Flora of Mount
Wilson, I am aware that many species remain to be added
to the list, and that there is yet a wide field for the discovery of
minute Ferns, Lycopods, Mosses, Lichens, and Fungi. From what
I saw of the lower Cryptogams, I believe that observers will add
many species of the smaller forms to the lists already published
by Baron F. von Mueller.

CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF
AUSTRALIA,

By Grorce MASTERS,

Part VII.

Family. CHRYSOMELID A.

Sub-Family. SAGRIDES.

MEGAMERUS. W.S. Macleay.

6229 Kiner W. S. Macleay, King’s Surv. Austral. App. II.
1827, p. 448; Boisd. Guer. Mag. Zool. 1835, Cl. 1x.
t. 124; Lacord. Mon. p. 8.

prionesthis Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 530.

Northern Qaeensland.

DUBULAIA. Baly.

6230 FLAVIPENNIS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 382.
W. Australia.

6231 FruLva Baly, Cist. Ent. IT. p. 45.
W. Australia.
6232 RuGosa Baly, Cist. Ent. II. p. 46.
W. Australia.
PRIONESTHIS. Lacordaire.

6233 ruNERARIUS Lacord. Mon. Mém. Soc. Lidge, III. 1845,
p. 10.

Australia.

14 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

CHEILOXENA. Baly.

6234 Westwoop1 Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. V. 1860, p. 255, t. 14,
f, 1-2.
N.S. Wales, and Victoria.

CARPOPHAGUS. W.S. Macleay.

6235 Banksia W. S. Macleay, King’s Surv. Austral. App. II.
1827, p. 447, t. B. f. 1; Gray, Griff. Anim. Kingd.
Ins. If. p. 126, t. 67, f 1; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col.
1835, p. 297 ; Lacord. Mon. p. 13.
N. 8S. Wales.

6236 ExcavaTus Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 382.
W. Australia.

POLYOPTILUS. Germar.

6237 Ericusoni Germ. Linn. Ent. ITI. 1848, p. 231.
uber Newm. The Zoologist, 1851, p. cxxxix.
canthurus Newm. The Zoclogist, p. CXXXIX.

S. Australia.

6238 Lacorparre! Germ. Linn. Ent. III. 1848, p. 231.
decolor Newm. The Zoologist, 1851, p. cx1.
8. Australia.

6239 pacuytorpEs Baly, Cist. Ent. II. p. 47.
W. Australia.

6240 Pascori Baly, Cist. Ent. II. p. 47.
W. Australia.

6241 WateERHOUSE! Baly, Cist. Ent. II. p. 46.
W. Australia.

DIAPHANOPS. Schonherr.

6242 WrsTERMANNI Bohem. Schénh. Gen. Cure, VIII. 2, 1845,
p. 343.
Rynchostomis curculionides Lacord. Mon. p. 15.
W. Australia.

6248

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 15

MECYNODERA,. Hope...

Baty Clark, Journ of Ent. IJ. 1864, p. 248, ¢. 12,£1;
Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, II. 1864, p. 271.
N. S. Wales.

coxaLGicA Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 535; Lacord.
Mon. p. 17.
picta Hope, The Col. Man. ITT. 1840, p. 182,t. 2, f. 6.
Spinole Sturm. Cat. 1843, p. 357, t. 6, f. 7.
var. Kingi Gray, Griff. Anim. Kingd. Ins. ITT. t. 67, f. 2.
N.S. Wales.
AMETALLA. Hope.

SprnoLt® Hope, The Col. Man. III. 1840, p. 180, t. 2, £5;
Lacord. Mon. p. 88.
Swan River, W. Australia.

STENODERA Lacord. Mon. Mém. Soe. Liége, ITI. 1845, p. 89.
W. Australia.

W-nicrum Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, IT. 1864, p. 272.
W.. Australia.

Sub-Family. CRIOCERIDES.

LEMA. Fabricius.

BIFASCIATA Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 120, 12; Oliv. Enc. Méth.
Vi. p. 199; Ent. VI. 94, p. 734, t. 1, £. 11; Coqueb.
fins. TE. p: 125, .%, 28, 42. L1.

Australis Gmel. Ed. Linn. I. 4, p. 1721, 153.
Australia.

CAMELUS Duviv. Soc, Ent. Belg. 1884, Bull. p. cccx.
Australia.

FLAVOSIGNATA Jac. Ann. Mus. Gen. XX. p. 190.
Cape York, N. Australia.

FRONTALIS Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1862, p. 17.
Lizard Island, N. E. Australia.

16 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

6252 ocuLaTa Fabr. Syst. Ent. 1775, p. 121; Syst. El. I. p. 458 ;
Oliv. Enc. Méth. VI. 1791, p. 200; Ent. VI. 94, p. 735,
t. 1, f. 13 ; Lacord. Mon. p. 541.
Australia.
6253 pura Clark, Cat. Phyt. 1866, p. 27.
immaculata Clark, Cat. Phyt. App. 1865, p. 38.
Moreton Bay, Queensland.

6254 ruFotinoTa Clark, Cat. Phyt. App. 1865, p. 36.
N. 8. Wales.
6255 tocaTa Lacord. Mon. p. 343; W. 8. Macleay, Dej. Cat.
3 ed. p. 386.
Australia.
6256 unirasciATA Fabr, Syst. Ent. 1775, p. 120; Syst. El. I.
p. 476 ; Oliv. Ene: Meth, VEE 1791, pj 9ojimt. VI.
94, p. 735, t. 1, f. 12; Lacord. Mon. p. 539.
Australia.
STETHOPACHYS. Baly.
6257 Formosa Baly, Journ. of Ent. I. 1860, p. 194.
N.S. Wales.

CRIOCERIS. Geoffroy.
6258 BakeweLui Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. n. ser. 1859, V. p. 151.
N.S. Wales, and Queensland.
6259 FuscomacuLata Clark, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 249.
N.S. Wales, and Queensland.
6260 muLtipuNcTaATA Clark, Journ. of Ent. IL, 1864, p. 249.
N. 8. Wales.
6261 nicripEs Fabr. Syst. Ent. 1775, p. 120; Oliv. Ene. Méth.
VI. p. 199; Ent. VI. 94, p. 733, t. 1, £ 10; Lacord.

Mon. p. 5738.
Nove-Hollandia Gmel. Ed. Linn. I. 4, p. 1722.
Australis Jac. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 807.

Australia.

6270

6271

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 17

MACROLEMA. Baly.

virtaTa Baly, Journ. of Ent. I. 1861, p. 275 t. 13, f. 1.
Moreton Bay, Queensland.

Sub-Family. CLYTRIDES.

DIAPHROMORPHA. Lacordaire.
CRYPTOCEPHALOIDES Lacord. Mon. Mém. Liége, 1848, p. 315.
Australia.
SEXNOTATA Fabr. Syst. El. IT. p. 31, 12; Oliv. Ent. VI. 96,
p. 865, t. 2, f. 29; Suffr. Stett. Zeit. 1851, p. 216.

Australia.
Sub-Family. CRYPTOCEPHALIDES.

LACHNABOTHRA. Saunders.
BRAccATA Klug, Ent. Mon. p. 159, t. 6, f. 9, @¢; Suffr.
Gen. Col. X. p. 192, note 1.
S. Australia.
Breweri Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 393.
Swan River, W. Australia.
pistincra Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 393.
S. and W. Australia. Ye
Dvusovtayi Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 399. wi.
W. Australia.

Hope Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 1847, p. 295, t. 15, f. 5 ;
Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 85; Baly, Trans. Ent, Soc. 1871,
p- 392.
Victoria.
INTEGRA Baly, Trans. Ent, Soc. 1871, p. 394.
Adelaide, S. Australia.
Saunpvers! Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 397.
Australia.

ial

18 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

6272 Waternousel, Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 396,
Adelaide, 8. Australia.

6273 Witsoni Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 395.
Adelaide, 8S. Australia.

PRASONOTUS. Suffrian.
6274 restivus Suffr. Mon. Linn. Ent. XIII, 1859, p. 14.
Victoria.
6275 morBILLosus Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 35 ; Chap.
Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 75.
W. Australia.
6276 ruFIcAUDIS Baly, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 35.
N. 8. Wales.
6277 supMETALLIcUS Suffr. Mon. Linn. Ent. XIII. 1859, p. 12.

W. Australia.
BUCHARIS. Baly.

6278 CuHapuisi Baly, Journ. Linn, Soc. XIII. p. 462.
8. Australia.

6279 cGRranuLosus Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIII. p. 462.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.

6280 martius Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIII. p. 463.
Moreton Bay, Queensland.

TAPPESIA. Baly.

6281 SaunpErs! Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, XX. p. 379.

S. Australia.
ELAPHODES. Suffrian.

6282 mNnEOLUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. LXxxIL.
Australia.

6283 aLBouiRTUS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1871, p. 383.
W. Australia.

6284 amictus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxxil.
Australia.

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 19

cERVINUS Suffr. Linn. Ent. XIII. 1859, p. 18.
Victoria.

CONVEXIUsCULUS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 76.
Peak Downs, Queensland.

Dourni Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 76.
Gayndah, Queensland.

EPILACHOIDES Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxxu.
Australia.

mMuRINUS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 75.
Rockhampton, Queensland.

PILULA Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxximt.
Australia.

RUFOVARIUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxxu.
Australia.

2 ruTILUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxx11.

Australia.

SANGUINOLENTUS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 75.
Gayndah, Queensland.

SCUTELLARIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. txxxu1.
Gayndah, Queensland,

SIGNIFER Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxx11.
Gayndah, Queensland.

TIGRINUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VITI. Bull. p. uxxx111.

Gayndah, Queensland.

VITTIGER Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr, XIV. p. 75.
Rockhampton, Queensland.
VULPINUS Suffr. Mon. Linn. Ent. XIII. 1859, p. 20.
Australia.
DITROPIDUS. Erichson.

ABDOMINALIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIIT. Bull. p. Lxxix.
Australia.

20 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

6300 acicutatus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. p. nxxvin.
Australia.

6301 annipeNNIS Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 588; Dej. Cat.
3 ed. p. 449.
Australia.

6302 Axpertis! Chap. Ann. Mus. Gen. IX. p. 337.
Cape York, N. Australia.
6303 aMABILIS Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, XX. p. 383.
Cape York, N. Australia.
6304 anaustirrons Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxx.

Australia.

6305 ANTENNARIUS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 76.
Gayndah, Queensland.

6306 anreNNARIUS Baly, Ann, Nat. Hist. ser. 4, XX. p. 382.
Moreton Bay, Queensland.

6307 ANTHRACINUS Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 234; Suffr.
Mon. XIII. p. 34.

Australia.

6308 apicirLAvus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxvit.
Australia.

6309 AuRICHALCEUS Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 32.
Victoria.

6310 BAccmFormIs Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 76.
Gayndah, Queensland.

6311 sicotor Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 76.

Peak Downs, Queensland.

6312 pipLaciatus Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 389.
Moreton Bay, Queensland.

6313 Boops Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 32.
Melbourne, Victoria.

6326

BY GEORGE MASTERS, 21

CANESCENS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIIT. Bull. p. uxxv.
Australia.

CAVIFRONS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxxr.
Australia.

CARBONARIUS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 384.
W. Australia.

C@RULESCENS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. uxxvuit.
Australia.

comaNns Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIIT. Bull. p. uxxv.
Australia.

comptus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. xxv.
Australia.

CONCOLOR Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. ser. 4, 1847, p. 269.
ater Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. ser. 4, 1847, p. 270.
cistellus Germ. Linn. Ent. II, 1848, p. 242; Suffr. Mon.

XIII. p. 28.
Victoria and S. Australia.

cornutus Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, XX. p. 384.
Australia.

costatus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. uxxu.
Australia.

23 COSTATIPENNIS Baly, Journ, Linn. Soc. XIII. p. 465.

Champion Bay, W. Australia.

CUNEATUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. txxvi.
Australia.

CUPREUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxvut.
Australia.

Dawisi Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 1847, p. 268, t.
15, f. 4.
8. Australia.

6327 pimipiatTus Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 389.

N. Austvalia.

22 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

6328

6332

6333

6334

6335

6336

6337

6338

6339

6340

6341

DISTINGUENDUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxx1x.
Australia.

Dori Chap. Ann. Mus. Gen. IX. p. 336.
Cape York, N. Australia.

Dusourayi Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 385.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.

ELEGANTULUS Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, XX. p. 381.

Australia.

FACIALIS Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIII. p. 466.
S. Australia.

FASCIATUS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc, 1871, p. 390.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.

FRONTALIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. uxxx.
Australia.

FUGITIVUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. uxxvit.
Australia.

FULGIDUS Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 28.
Australia.

FULVUS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 388.
W. Australia.

GAGATINUS Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 234; Suffr.
Mon. XIII. p. 35.

Australia.
GEMINATUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xxix.
Australia.
GIBBULUS Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 41.
Australia.
GLoBuS Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 589; Dej. Cat. 3 ed.
p. 449.

saprinoides Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 47.

Australia.

6342

6343

6344

6345

6346

6347

6348

6349

6350

6351

6352

6353

6354

6355

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 23,

Goprrrroy! Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 77.
Peak Downs, Queensland.

HIRTICOLLIS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 384.
W. Australia,

IMPERIALIS Chap. Ann. Mus. Gen. IX. p. 335.
Cape York, N. Australia.

Jacopy! Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, XX. p. 380.
S. Australia.

JANsoNI Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIII. p. 466.
Rockhampton, Queensland.

LABIATUS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. uxxx.
Australia.

LacorpatreEt Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull.
p. LXXV.
Australia.

Latus Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIII. p. 464.
S. Australia.

L&VIGATUS Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, XX. p. 380.
N. Australia.

LAMINATUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxrx.
Australia.

LATERITIUS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 76.
Gayndah, Queensland.

LENTULUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxxt1.
Australia, and Tasmania.

MACULICOLLIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. txxv1.

Australia.

MACULIFRONS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxvut.
Australia.

6356 mAxiLLosus Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 27.

Victoria.

24 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

6357 NiTIDULOIDES Chap. Journ. Mus. Godefir. XIV. p. 76.
Sydney, N. 8. Wales.

6358 NoBILIs Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. txxxt.
Australia.

6359 opsipIANuS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 76.
Gayndah, Queensland.

6360 oprusus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. txxvi.

Australia.

6361 ocHropus Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 233; Suffr.
Mon. XIII. p. 40.

Tasmania.

6362 OprEwAHNI Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1871, p. 387.
8. Australia.

6363 opHTHALMicus Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 45.
Australia.

6364 opuLENTUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxvu.
Australia.

6365 ORNATUS Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIII. p. 467.
W. Australia.

6366 ovaruLus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. txxx.
Australia.

6367 PALLIDIPENNIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxv1.
Australia.

6368 Pascont Baly, Ann Nat. Hist. ser. 4, XX. p. 381.
Melbourne, Victoria.

6369 Ppastus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxvit.
Australia.

6370 PHALACROIDES Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIII. p. 464.
S. Australia.

6371 pictus Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, XX. p. 382.
W. Australia.

6372

6373

6374

6375

6376

6377

6384

6385

6386

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 25

PUBERULUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxv.
Australia.

PUBICOLLIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxv.
Australia,

PULCHELLUS Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIII, p. 468.
S. Australia.

PUNCTULUM Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. txxx.
Australia.

PYRIFORMIS Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 45.
Australia.

RUFESCENS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxvr.
Australia.

RUFICOLLIS Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 4, TV. 1847, p. 269.
Tasmania.

RUFIPES Saund. Trans. Ent. Soe. ser. 4, [V. 1847, p. 269.
Tasmania.

RUFOCUPREUS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 386.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.

Scumeuzi Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 77.
Peak Downs, Queensland.

SEMICIRCULARIS Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIII. p. 466.
Australia.
SEMINULUM Germ. Linn. Ent. ITT. p. 242 ; Suffr. Mon. XIII.

p. 38.
Adelaide, S. Australia.

SERENUS Baly, Journ, Linn. Soc. XIII. p. 468.
S. Australia.
SPLENDIDUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxvitt.

Australia.

stricosus Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 385.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.

26 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

6387

6388

6389

6390

6391

6392

6393

6394

5395

6396

6397

6398

6399

SUBHNEUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p uxxrx.
Tasmania.

SUBCYLINDRICUS Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, XX. p. 385.
W. Australia.

SUBMETALLESCENS Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, XX. p. 383.
Gawler, S. Australia.

SuFFRIANI Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxvir.

Australia.

TARSATUS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 387.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.

TIBIALIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. uxxix.
Australia.
TRABEATUS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 76,
Peak Downs, Queensland.
XANTHOSTOMUS Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 36.
Australia.
PLEOMORPHUS, Chapuis.
HISTEROIDES Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 31; Chap. Gen. Col. X.
1874, p. 182.
Australia.
PALLENS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XVI. p. 77.
Peak Downs, Queensland.

puTRIDUS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XVI. p. 77.
Peak Downs, Queensland,

COENOBIUS. Suffrian.

LUCIDULUS Chap. Ann. Mus. Gen. IX. p. 340.
Cape York, N. Australia.

POLYACHUS. Chapuis.

picoLor Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, XX. p. 386.
Gawler, 8. Australia.

6400

6401

6402

6403

6404

6405

6406

6407

6408

6409

6410

6411

BY GEORGE MASTERS. Th

GEMINUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VITI. Bull. p. txxxt.
N.S. Wales, and 8. Australia.

MARGINICOLLIS Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIII. p. 463.
Swan River, W. Australia.

CADMUS. Erichson.
ALTERNANS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. ct.
Australia.
AMPLICOLLIS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 78.

Rockhampton, Queensland.

ARROGANS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. xorx.
Australia.

AURANTIACUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. xevitt.
Australia.

Austrauis Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 584, t. 8, £ 15;
Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 1846, p. 202, t. 15, £. 2;
Saffr. Mon. XIII. p. 52; Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 444.

Australia and Tasmania.

BIFASCIATUS Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. [V. ser. 3, 1846, p. 198,
teal: tt

Australia.

CANALICULATUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. c.
Australia.

cariosus Chap. Ann. Mus. Gen. IX. p. 342.
N.S. Wales.
coGNatus Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. LV. ser. 3, 1846, p. 201, Q.
quadrituberculatus Suffr. Mon, XIIT. p. 66, g.

Australia and Tasmania.

coLossus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p.c.
Australia.

28 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

6412 crucicoLiis Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 585; Saund. Trans.
Ent. Soc. IV. ser. 3, 1846, p. 198; Suffr. Mon. XIII.
p. We:
var. crux-nigra Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. LV. ser. 3, p. 199.
var. Hope Saund. l.c. p. 199.
Australia, and Tasmania,

6413 porsALis Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. ser. 3, 1846, p. 204,
(hed WS Ano
var. Hwingi Saund. Le. p. 204.
Australia, and Tasmania.
6414 EXCREMENTARIUS Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 57.
Australia.

6415 FERRUGINEUS Fairm. Ann. Fr. 1843, p. 14, t. 1, f. 7-9; Suffr.
Mon, XIII. p. 89.

foveicollis Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. ser. 3, p. 206.
Australia, and Tasmania.
6416 FLAvocinctus Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. ser. 3, 1846,
p. 200; Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 78, ¢.
cinnamomeus Suftr. Mon, XIII. p. 76, 9.
N.S. Wales.
6417 aigas Oliv. Ent, VL. p. 785, t. 4, f. 45.
bifasciatus Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. ser. 3, 1846, p. 198,
b.1D; fl
Australia.
6418 uistRionycus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p.c.
Australia.

6419 Kuve Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc IV. ser. 3, 1846, p. 206.
Australia,

6420 LacErTINUS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 78.
Rockhampton, Queensland.

6421 Liriciosus Bohem. Res. Eugen. p. 155; Suffr. Mon. XIII.

p- 95.
N. 8S. Wales.

6432

6433

6434

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 29

2 Luctuosus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xevi.

Australia.
LUTATUS Chap. Ann. Mus. Gen. IX. p. 342.
N. 8. Wales.
MACULICOLLIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. ct.
Australia.
mMonocHROUS Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 585, t. 8, f. 16;
Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. [V. ser. 3, 1846, p. 201.
Australia,
orNATUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xcvm.
Australia.
PACIFICUS Suftr. Mon. XIII. p. 68.
Australia.
PURPURASCENS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. ct.
Australia.
QUADRIVITTATUS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 78.
Rockhampton, Queensland.
RINGENS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg, X VIII. Bull. p. xcrx.
Australia.
RUBIGINOSUS Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 587; W. S.
Macleay, Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 444.
gigas Suffr. Mon. XIIT. p. 62.
rugicollis Gray, Griff. Anim. Kingd. XV. p. 148, t. 67, £.5;
Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. ser. 3, 1846, p. 201.
N. 8S. Wales.
RUFESCENS Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. ser. 3, 1846, p. 207.
Australia.

ruGosus Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 71; Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 444.
Australia.

SALEBROSUS Guér. Voy. Coquille, Ins. 1830, p. 143.
Sydney, N. S. Wales.

30 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

6435

6436

6437

6438

6439

6440

6441

6442

6443

6444

6445

6446

6447

SCULPTILIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIIT. Bull. p. xcrx.
Australia.

scuTatus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. xcrx.
Australia.

SERICEUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. xevit.
Australia.

STRATIOTICUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Buli. p. xcrx.
Australia.

STRIGILLATUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xovuit.
Australia.

TasMANicus Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. ser. 3, 1846, p. 205.
Tasmania.

TRISPILUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. ct.
Australia.

vERRUCOosSUS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 79.
Gayndah, Queensland.

VIBRANS Suffr. Mon. XITT. p. 59.
Victoria.
PARACADMUS. Baly.
LuciFuGUS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 228.

Australia.
CYPHODERA. Baly.

CHLAMYDIFORMIS Germ. (Cadmus) Linn. Ent. III. 1848,
p. 244; Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 84; Baly, Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 25.

S. Australia.

CHARIDERMA. Baly.
PULCHELLA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 29.
W. Australia.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS. Geoffroy.

ACICULATUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. xem.
Australia.

6448

6449

6456

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 31

GER Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xcv1.
Australia.
ALBILINEA Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 145;
Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 104.
margimicollis Saund. l.c. p. 145, Q.
Australia, and Tasmania.
ANTENNALIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. xcvr.
Australia,

APICALIS Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 154.
Tasmania.

ARGENTATUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xc.
Australia.

ATER Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 145.
Tasmania.

ATTENUATUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xcvit.
Australia.

AUSTRALIS Saund. Proc. Ent. Soc. 1841, p. 56; Trans. Ent.
Soc. IV, 2, 1845, p. 152, t. 9, f. 6.
Swan River, W. Australia.

BELLA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 225 (Idioce-
phala).
Cape York, N. Australia.

BELLICOSUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xev.
Australia,

BIHAMATUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xctv.
Australia.

Bynoer Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 146.
Australia.

CARNIFEX Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 93.
Australia.

cASTUS Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 120.
W. Australia.

32 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

6462 Cuapuisi Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 224,
(Idiocephala).
Rockhampton, Queensland.

6463 cHRYSoOMELINUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xe.
Australia.

6464 cLavicornis Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xevt.
Australia.

6465 consors Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 588, t. 8, f. 17; Suffr.

Mon. XITT. p. 101.
Roet Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 143.
Australia, (Swan River, &c.)

6466 convExIcoLLis Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xct.
Australia.

6467 crassicornis Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xcv.
Australia.

6468 cYANIPENNIS Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 144.
condensatus Suffr. Mon, XIII. p. 118 (Idiocephala).
Australia.

6469 CYANIPENNIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xcrtt.
Australia.

6470 cYANOPHANUS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 78.

Gayndah, Queensland.

6471 picHRous Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xcrm.
Australia.

6472 piscoipEus Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 77.
Peak Downs, Queensland.

6473 ERosus Saund. Proc. Ent. Soc. 1841, p. 56; Trans. Ent.
Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 153 (Ochrosopsis).

6474 ERupITUS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 30 (Ochros-
opsis)
8. Australia.

6484

6485

6486

6487

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 33

EUMOLPHUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xc.
Australia.

FASCIALIS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 78.
Gayndah, Queensland.

GRACILIOR Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xct.
Australia.

H#MATODES Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 586; Saund. Trans.
Bint: Soc. DV.,2, 1845, p. 142. t. 9, £. 1 » Suftr. Mon:
XIIT. p. 151. (Dicenopsis).

HISPIDUS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 72.

Gayndah, Queensland.
IRIDIPENNIS Chap. Ann. Mus. Gen. IX. p. 344.
Australia.
gocosus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VIII. Bull. p. xcv.
Australia.
Jacksoni Guér. Voy. Coquille, Ins. 1830, p. 143.
Port Jackson, N.S. Wales.

LEVICOLLIS Gebler, Ledeb. Reis. II. 3, 1830, p. 205.

var. arennensis Weise, Naturg. d. Insect. Deutsch. VI. 1,
p. 159.

Australia.

MELANOCEPHALUS Saund. Proc. Ent. Soc. 1841, p. 57 ; Trans.
Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 153; Suffr Mon. XIII. p. 107
(Ochrosopsis).

Australia.

NIGRIPENNIS Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIII. p. 459 (Idioce-
phala).
Rockhampton, Queensland.
PARENTHETICUS Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 96.
Australia,

PERLONGUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VITI. Bull. p. xcrv.
Australia and Tasmania.

34 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

6488

6489

6490

6491

6492

6493

6494

6495

6496

6497

6498

6499

PEECILODERMUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII, Bull. p. xcv.
Australia.

PULCHELLUS Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 144;
Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 152, (Idiocephala).
Australia.

RUFESCENS Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 154.
subsulcatus Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 116, (Ochrosopsis).
Australia and Tasmania.

RUGIFRONS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. X VITI. Bull. p. xcut.
Australia.

SCABROSUS Oliv. Ent. VI. p. 807, t. 5, f. 74; Suffr. Mon.
Spi 2.

rugosus Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 146,
(Idiocephala).

N.S. Wales.

SIMILIS Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 147; Suffr.
Mon. XIII. p. 115, (1diocephala).
N. 8. Wales.

SPECIOsUS Guér. Voy. Coquille, Ins. 1830, p. 143 ; Icon. t.
48, f. 7; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 587; d’Urville,
Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 444, (Physicerus).

Australia.

stioticus Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 109.

N.S. Wales.

SUBFASCIATUS Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 153,
(Idiocephala).

Australia.

TERMINALIS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 78.

Gayndah, Queensland.

VERMICULARIS Saund. Proc. Ent. Soc. 1841, p. 56; Trans.
Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 152, (Ochrosopsis).

VIRIDINITENS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xcrv.
Australia.

6500

6505

6506

6508

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 30

viripIs Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 5, 1847, p. 294, t. 15,
f. 6; Suffr. Mon. XIIT. p. 166.
N.S. Wales.

PARACEPHALA. Baly.

FiLum Chap. Soc. Ent. XVIII. Bull. p. xev.
Australia,

PECTORALIS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1877, p. 223.
Cape York, N. Australia.

MITOCERA. Saunders.

TRICOLOR Fabr. Syst. El. II. 1801, p. 51.
N.S. Wales.

VIRIDIPENNIS Saund. Proc. Ent. Soc. 1841, p. 54; Trans.
Ent: Soe, 1845, p. 151, t. 9. £5; Suft. Mon, XIE,
pe Lor.

Swan River, W. Australia.

EUPHYMA. Baly.

ELEGANS Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 143, t. 9,
f. 2; Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 103 (Idiocephala); Baly.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 224.

axillaris Sturm. Cat. 1843, p. 304.
N. 8. Wales.

FLAVIVENTRIS Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 147;
Suffr. Mon. XIII. p. 123 (Idiocephala) ; Baly, Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 224.

N.S. Wales.
APOROCERA. Saunders,

APICALIS Saund. Proc. Ent. Soc. 1841, p. 53; Trans. Ent.
Soc: EVO. py TpOs tO) foe!

N.S. Wales.
BICOLOR Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 149, t. 9,

fitor
N.S. Wales.

36 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

6509

6510

6519

CATOXANTHA Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 150.
Port Essington, N. Australia.

CHALYBEA Saund. Proc. Ent. Soc. 1841, p. 57; Trans. Ent.
Soc. JV. 2, 1845, p. 150.
Port Essington, N. Australia.

RHOMBOSTERNUS. Suffrian.
ANTENNATUS Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIII. p. 460.
N. W. Australia.

cicaTricosus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. cr.
Australia,

GRACILICORNIS Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XITI. p. 461.
N. W. Australia.

PRETIOSUS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 226.
Australia.

sARTOR Suffr. Mon. Linn. Ent. XIII. 1859, p. 145.
Australia.

SaunDERsI Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. cr.

Australia.

SULPHURIPENNIS Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIII. p. 459.
S. Australia.

suTor Suffr. Mon. Linn. Ent. XIII. 1859, p. 143.
Australia.

SCHIZOSTERNUS. Chapuis.

ALBOGULARIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVIII. Bull. p. xtiv.
Australia.

6520 coccinrus Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 79.

Gayndah, Queensland.

LOXOPLEURUS. Suffrian.

6521 mneoLus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p, xxxvui.

Australia.

6533

6534

6535

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 37

@ReEvS Suffr. Mon. Linn. Ent. XIII. 1859, p. 131; Sturm.
Cat. 1843, p. 304.
Australia.
ATRAMENTARIUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p. xu.
Australia.

4 auricuLatus Suffr. Mon. Linn. Ent. XIIL. 1859, p. 129.

Australia.

CHALCEUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p. xu.
Australia.

CHALYBEUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg, XIX. Bull. p. xxiu.
Australia.

COLLARIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XTX. Bull. p. xxxix.
Australia.

conguGatTus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p. xxxrx.
Australia,

corruscus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p. xu.
Australia.

CRASSICosTATUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p. xm.
Australia.

D&MONIACUS Suffr. Mon. Linn. Ent. XILI. 1859, p. 129.
Australia.

2 Darwin Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. [V. 2, 1845, p. 148.

subbrunneus Saund. l.c. p. 148 (Idiocephala).
N.S. Wales.

DIFFICILIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p. xxxix.
Australia,

ERYTHROTIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p. xxxvui1,
Australia.

GENIALIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p. xi.
Australia.

38 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

6536

6537

6538

GipBus Chap, Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p. xu1.
Australia.

GRAVATUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p. xu.
Australia.

IMPRESSICOLLIS Bohem. Res. Eugen. p. 160; Suffr.
Mon. XIII. p. 139.
N. 8. Wales.

L&VIUSCULUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p. xin.
Australia.

LIBERTINUS Suffr. Mon. Linn. Ent. XIIT. 1859, p. 127.
Australia.

METALLICUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XLX. Bull. p. xu.
Australia.

2 niaRitus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p. xut.

Australia,

optusus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XTX. Bull. p. xut.
Australia.

PAUPERCULUS Germ. Linn. Ent. III. p. 241; Suffr.

Mon. XIII. p. 135.
S. Australia.

/

PAUXILLUS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p, xuq1.
Australia.

PICEITARSIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p. xxxix.
Australia.

PLAGICOLLIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XTX. Bull. p. xxxvuu1.
Australia. .

PLAGINOTUS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 79.
Rockhampton, Queensland.

PECTORALIS Chap. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. p. 79.
Rockhampton, Queensland.

6550 postremus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p. xxxvui.

Australia.

6551

6560

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 39

RUFESCENS Bohem. Res. Eugen. p. 161; Suffr. Mon. XTII.
p. 13%:
N.S. Wales.

2 sEMIcosTatTus Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XTX. Bull. p. xu.

Australia.

Sturm Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX. Bull. p. xxxvu.
Australia.

SUBVIRENS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XTX. Bull. p. xum.
Australia.

TasMANICUS Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. IV. 2, 1845, p. 148

(Idiocephala)

Tasmania.

VERTICALIS Chap. Soc. Ent. Belg. XTX. Bull. p. xxxvimt.

Australia.
DIANDICHUS. Chapuis.

ANALIS Chap. Gen. Col. X. 1874, p. 165.
Australia
Sub-Family. EUMOLPIDES.

NODA. Chapuis.

PROXIMA Bohem. Res. Eugen. 1860, p. 164.
N.S. Wales.

TasMANIcA Jac. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1879, p. 777,

Tasmania.
ALITTUS. Chapuis.

FOVEOLATUS Chap. Gen. Col. X, 1874, p. 243, note 2.
Port Denison, Queensland,
TERILLUS. Chapuis.

Dusovutayt Baly, Journ, Linn. Soc. Zool. XIII. p. 471.
W. Australia.

FOVEOLATUS Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. XIII. p. 469.
W. Australia.

40 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

6563

6571

6572

6574

PERPLEXUS Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. XIIL. p. 470.
W. Australia.

porosus Jac. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1882, p. 54,
Australia.

ROTUNDICOLLIS Chap. Gen. Col. X. 1874, p. 244, note 1.
King George’s Sound, W. Australia.

squamosus Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. XIII. p. 470.
W. Australia.

virratus Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. XIII. p. 471.
Rockhampton, Queensland.

COLASPIS. Fabricius.
SEMISTRIATA Oliv. Ent. VI. p. 890, t. 2, f. 25.
Australia.
STRIATOPUNCTATA Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 581.

Australia.
AGETINUS. Chapuis.

AvustRALIS Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 583 (Colaspis) ; Lef.
Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1876, p. 295.
Australia.
coRINTHUS Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 582 (Colaspis) ; Lef.
Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1876, p. 295.
Geloptera geniculata Baly, Journ. of Ent. I. 1861, p. 284.
Australia.
JUGULARIS Hrichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, p. 232 (Colaspis) ;
Lef. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1876, p. 295.
Tasmania.
suBcostaTus Chap. Gen. Col. X. 1874, p. 252, note 1
(Agetus).
Adelaide, S. Australia.
HYPODERES. Lefevre.

DENTICOLLIS Lef. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877, p. 154.
Geloptera vestita Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. XIII.
p- 473; Lef. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1884, Bull. p. xtvi.

Moreton Bay, Queensland.

6580

6581

6584

6585

6586

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 4]

GELOPTERA. Baly.

5 Aupertisi Jac. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. XX. 1884, p. 277.

Cape York, N. Australia.

Dusoutayi Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1865, p. 417.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.

IGNEONITENS Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. XIII. p. 472.
W. Australia.

noposa Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1865, p. 418.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.
TUBERCULATA Baly, Journ. of Ent. I. 1861, p. 284.
Adelaide, 8. Australia.
DERMORHYTIS. Baly.

FEMORALIS Jac. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. XX., 1884, p. 229.
Australia,
SPILOPYRA. Baly.

sumpTuosaA Baly, Journ. of Ent. I. 1860, p. 25, t. 1, f. 3.
N.S, Wales, and Queensland.

TOMYRIS. Chapuis.

2 ELEGANTULA Lef. Mém, Soc. Liége, XI. Cat. Eumolp. p. 64.

Tasmania.

PROXIMA Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, p. 233 (Odontionopa) ;

Lef. Rev. Mag. Zool. 1876, p. 302.

Tasmania.

PULCHELLA Chap. Gen. Col. X. 1874, p. 266, note 1,

fCXEx! fag
N.S. Wales (Sydney).

PUSILLA Lef. Mém. Soc. Liége, XI. Cat. Eumolp. p. 64.
King George’s Sound, W. Australia.

VIRIDULA Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, p. 232 (Odontionopa) ;

Lef. Rev. Mag. Zool. 1876, p. 302.

Tasmania, Paw

a

42 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

SCELODONTA. Westwood.

6587 Simont Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. 1877, p. 251,
Rockhampton, Queensland.

RHYPARIDA.. Baly.

6588 apicaLis Jac. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. XX. 1884, p. 207.
Cape York, N. Australia.

6589 Basauis Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, 1867, p. 168.
Cape York, N. Australia.

6590 cLiypeata Jac. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. XX. 1884, p. 204
Cape York, N. Australia.

6591 pipyma Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 107 ; Don. Epit. Ins. N. Holl.
1805,(t, 11.; Oliv. Ent. VI. p. 789, t..4)'f 51 5; Clark,
Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 252.
var. fulvoplagiata Jac. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. XX, p. 210.
Cape York, N. Australia.
6592 pimip1ATa Baly, Journ. of Ent. I. 1861, p. 286.
Moreton Bay, Queensland.

6593 FLAVA Clark, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 255 (Marseus)
NS. Wales.

6594 FuLvo-LiMBATA Lef. Mém. Soc. Liége, XI. 1885, Cat. Eumolp.
p- 95, note 1.
Sydney, N.S. Wales.

6595 Howirti Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 41.
Australia.

6596 macuxicoLus Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIII. p. 473.
Rockhampton, Queensland.

6597 minuTA Jac. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. XX. 1884, p. 208.
Cape York, N. Australia

6598 morosa Jac, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. XX. 1884, p. 202.
Australia.

6599

6600

6601

6602

6603

6604

6605

6606

6607

6608

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 43

NIGROCYANEA Clark, Journ. of Ent. II, 1864, p. 258 (Mar-
seus).
N.S. Wales.

NITIDA Clark, Journ. of Ent. II. 1864, p. 252.
N. 8. Wales.

ruFA Clark, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 253 (Marseus),
N. 8S. Wales.
RUFICOLLIS Clark, Journ. of Ent. II. 1864, p. 254 (Mar-
seus).
N. 8. Wales.
RUFOFLAVA Clark, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 255 (Marseus).
Australia.
vittata Blanch. Voy. Péle Sud, IV. p. 327, t. xix. f. 4
(Marseus) ; Clark, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 252.
Northern Queensland.

EUMOLPHUS. Weber.
VIRIDIENEUS Blanch. Voy. Pdle Sud, IV. Zool. p. 327, t.
RIX, f.D.
Rafile’s Bay, N. Australia.

COLASPOSOMA. Castelnau.
SELLATUM Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIV. 1877, p. 254.
barbatum Har. Col. Heft. XVI. 1879, p. 229; Jac. Proc.
Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 446.
W. Australia, and Queensland.

THAUMASTOMERUS. Clark.
viripIs Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, IJ. 1865,
p-. 419.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.

OCNIDA. Lefévre.
PALLIDA Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. XIV. 1877, p. 254 (Ocnus);
Lef. Mém. Soc. Liége, XI. Cat. Eumolph. p. 111.
W. Australia.

44 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

6609

6610

6611

6612

6613

6614

6615

6616

6617

VIRIDIS Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1865, p. 461.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.

EDUSA. Chapuis,
AUREOVIRIDIS Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, U. 1865,
p- 419.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.

curysurA Germ. Linn. Ent. III. 1848, p. 239 (Colaspis).
Adelaide, S. Australia.

EVANESCENS Bohem. Res. Eugen. p. 167.
Sydney, N. 8. Wales.
HISPIDULA Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, II. 1865,
p. 420.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.
mutica Germ. Linn. Ent. III. 1848, p. 240 (Colaspis).
Adelaide, 8. Australia.
NIGRO-ENEA Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, ser. 3, IL. 1865,
p. 420.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.
PUBERULA Bohem. Res. Eugen. p. 167 ; Chap. Gen. Col. X.
p. 309 (Edusina).
Sydney, N.S. Wales.

sETosA Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, II. 1865,
p. 419.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.

SUAVEOLA Germ. Linn. Ent. III. 1848, p. 240 (Colaspis).
Adelaide, S. Australia,

SUTURALIS Chap. Gen. Col. X. p. 309, note 1 (Edusella).
Australia.

vaRIPES Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 581; Latr. Dej.
Cat. 3 ed. p. 432.
Australia.

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 45

VIRIDICOLLIS Lef. Rev. Mag. Zool. 1875, p. 131.
Australia.

2 vrripIPENNIS Bohem. Res. Eugen. p. 167.

Sydney, N.S. Wales.

CLEPTOR. Lefevre.

INERMIS Lef. Mém. Soc. Liége, XI. Cat. Eumolp. p. 115.
Queensland.

RUFIMANUS Lef. Mém. Soc. Liége, XI. Cat. Eumolp. p. 115.
Port Denison, Queensland.

NEOCLES. Chapuis.

SULCICOLLIS Chap. Gen. Col. X. 1874, p. 231, note 1.
Sydney, N. S. Wales.

TYPOPHORUS. Erichson.

Austratis Bohem. Res. Eugen. p. 162.
Sydney, N. S. Wales.

EURYDEMUS. Chapuis.
GRANDIS Baly, Journ. of Ent. I. 1861, p. 287 (Rhyparida) ;
Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. XIV. 1877, p. 259.

insignis Chap. Gen. Col. X. 1874, p. 334; Lef. Mém. Soc.
Liége, XI. Cat. Eumolp. p. 156.
Australia.
CLEORINA. Lefevre.

PULCHELLA Lef. Mém. Soc. Liége, XI. Cat. Eumolp. p. 145.
Cooktown, N. Queensland.

COLASPOIDES. Castelnau.

AustRALtIs Jac. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1879, p. 780.
Queensland.

SIMPLICIPENNIS Jac. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1885, p. 20.
Australia.

46 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

6631 xanruopus Har. Col. Heft. XVI. 1879, p. 230.
Queensland.

Sub-Family. CHRYSOMELIDES.

PLAGIODERA. Redtenbacher.

6632 Lown Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, 1863, p. 622.
Sydney, N. S. Wales.

CYCLONODA. Baly.

€633 piLtuLA Clark, Journ. of Ent. IJ. 1864, p. 251, t. 12, £ 4
(Chalcomela) ; Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. 1878,
XIII, p. 474.
Swan River, W. Australia.

6634 suppuncTaTA Clark, Trans. Ent Soc. Lond. ser. 3, II, 1865,
p. 417 (Chalcomela).
Champion Bay, W. Australia.

ZESERNOIDES. Jacoby.

6635 nicRroFasciatTus Jac. Ent. Month. Mag. 1865, XXI. p. 223.
S. Queensland.

CHRYSOMELA. Linné.
6636 cARBONATA Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 580.
Australia.
6637 CUPRIPENNIS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1856,
p- 261 (Micromela).
Melbourne, Victoria.
6638 FULVILABRIS Germ. Linn. Ent. IIT. 1848, p. 238; Baly,
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1856, p. 247.
Adelaide, 8. Australia.
6639 Jansoni Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, XV. 1865, p. 33.
(Carystea).
Swan River, W. Australia.

6640

6641

6642

6643

6644

6645

6646

6647

6648

6649

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 47

INORNATA Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser 3, XV. 1865 p. 33.
(Carystea).
Swan River, W. Australia.

MICANS Baly, Ent. Month, Mag. XIIT. 1876, p.80 (Carystea).
Champion Bay, W. Australia,

TRILINEATA Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 579: d’Urville,
Dej. Cat. 3ed. p. 427.
Australia.

CYCLOMELA. Baly.

NITIDA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. LIT. 1856, p. 257,
te 1489.

Moreton Bay, Queensland.

CHALCOMELA. Baly.

EXIMIA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1856,
p- 260, t. 14, f. 7.

Australia.

ILLUDENS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1865,
p-. 259.

Australia.

InsiGNIs Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1865,
p. 259.

Australia.

ORNATISSIMA Baly, Journ. of Ent. I. 1862, p. 294.
Queensland.

suLcATA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, 1856, n. ser. III.
1856, p. 258, t. 14, f. 8.
Australia.

CLIDONOTUS. Chapuis.

cipposus Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, X. 1862, p. 25
(Australica) ; Chap. Gen. Col. X. 1874, p. 414.
N.S. Wales, and Queensland.

48 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

STRUMATOPHYMA. Baly.

6650 UNDULATIPENNIS Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser 3, II.
1865, p. 415 (Chalcolampra) ; Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc.
1871, p. 400.
Swan River, W. Australia.

6651 verrucosa Clark, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 250, t. 12,
f. 2 (Chalcolampra).
N. Australia.

PHYLLOCHARIS. Dalman.

6652 acroLEuca Baly, Journ. of Ent. 1862, p. 291.
Moreton Bay, Queensland.

6653 cyanicornis Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 99; Oliv. Ent. V. p. 541,

t. 4, f. 46; Dalm. Ephem. eht. p. 21; Baly, Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. IIT. 5, 1855, p. 171.

var. Klugi W.S. Macleay, King’s Surv. Austral. IT. 1827,
p- 453 ; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 574; Blanch. Voy.
Péle Sud, IV. Zool. p. 332, t. 19, f. 1.

var. confluens Jac. Ent. Month. Mag. 1885, X XI. p. 225.

Australia and Tasmania.

6654 cyanrpEs Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 98; Oliv. Ent. V. p. 541, t. 4,
f. 50; Blanch. Voy. Pdle Sud, IV. Zool. p. 330, t 18,
f. 18; Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1855,
p. 172; Phytoph. p. 282.
var. callizona Dalm. Ephem. ent. p. 22.
var. cyanipennis Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1855, p. 174,
t. 14, f. 1; Gerstack. Wiegm. Arch. 1856, I. p. 204.
Australia.
6655 rLexuosa Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. IIT. 1855,

pol:
N. 8. Wales and Victoria.

6656 Exim1A Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, I. p. 39.
Rockhampton, Queensland.

6657

6658

6659

6660

6661

6662

6663

6664

6665

6666

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 49

IMPRESSICOLLIS Jac. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ser. 2, IT. 1885,
p. 24.
Australia.
JANSONI Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, I. 1878, p. 39.
Australia.
LEOPARDA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. IIT. 1855,
polis:
Moreton Bay, Queensland.
MELANOSPILA Baly, Journ. of Ent. I. 1862, p. 290.
Moreton Bay, Queensland.

NIGRICORNIS. Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 98; Donov. Epit. Ins, N.
Holl. t. 2; Oliv. Ent. V. p. 540, t. 4, £43; Baly, Trans
Ent. Soc. n. ser. III. p. 175.

Australia.

ORNATA Baly, Journ. of Ent. I. 1862, p. 290.
Moreton Bay, Queensland.

DIPHYLLOCERA. Westwood.

GEMELLATA Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. I, V. p. 214,
t. 22, f. 1; Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser, III.
1855, p. 176.

N.S. Wales, and Queensland.
STRIATA C. O. Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1875, p. 206.
Port Bowen, Queensland.

CHALCOLAMPRA. Blanchard.

NEA Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 576 ; Dej. Cat. 3 ed.
p. 419.
acervata Germ. Linn. Ent. IIT. 1848, p. 238; Baly, Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. IIT. 1855, p. 184.
convexa Blanch. Voy. Pole Sud, IV. Zool. p. 329, t. 19, f. 6.
Australia, and Tasmania,
CHALYBEATA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. IIT. 1855,
p. 185.
ee S. Australia.

50 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

6667

6668

6669

6670

6671

6672

6673

6674

6675

6676

6677

constricTa Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, J. p. 230; Baly,
Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. n. ser. III. 1855, p. 182.

strigipennis White, Stoke’s Voy. App. 1846, p. 512, t. 2,
ou:

Victoria, and Tasmania.

LATICOLLIS Clark, Trans. Ent, Soc. ser. 3, II. 1865, p. 416.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.

LUTEICORNIS Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 231.
Tasmania.

MARMORATA Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, XV. 1865, p. 35.
Moreton Bay, Queensland.

OCTODECIMGUTTATA Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 100; Donov. Epit.
Ins. N. Holl. t. 2; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 375;
Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. IIT. 1855, p. 186 ;
Phytoph. p. 281.

Australia.

pacirca Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 231.
Tasmania.

PARALLELA Germ. Linn. Ent. III. 1848, p. 237; Baly,
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. p. 183.
S. Australia.

PUSTULATA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. p. 181,
t. 14, f. 6.
Victoria.

REPENS Germ. Linn. Ent. III. 1848, p. 237: Baly, Trans.
Ent. Soc. n. ser. III. p. 184.
Victoria.

RUFIPES Jac. Ent. Month. Mag. 1885, X XT. p. 225.
Queensland.

SIMILLIMA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n, ser. IIL. p. 185.
Swan River, W. Australia.

6678

6679

6680

66386

6687

6688

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 51

THORACICA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. IIT. p. 183,
6 14 £ 4
Adelaide, S. Australia.

EULINA. Baly.

Curtis1 Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1854,
p. 180, t. 14, £ 3.
N.S. Wales.
LAMPROLINA. Baly.

ENEIPENNIS Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p, 574; Baly, Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1855, p. 177; Dej. Cat.
3 ed. p. 419.
N.S. Wales.

DISCOIDALIS Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. XV. 1865, p. 34.
Moreton Bay, Queensland.
GRANDIS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. IIL. 1855,
p- 178.
N.S. Wales.
IMPRESSICOLLIS Baly, Cist. Ent. II. p. 49.
Rockhampton, Queensland.

JANsoni Baly, Cist. Ent. IT. p. 48.
Rockhampton, Queensland.

PERPLEXA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. IIT. 1855,
p. 261.
Richmond River, N. 8S. Wales.

PUNCTICOLLIS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. ITI. 1855,
po tes:
Richmond River, N, 8. Wales.

SIMILLIMA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1855,
pe Lis:

Australia.

UNICOLOR Jac. Ent. Month. Mag. 1885, X XI p. 225.
Australia.

52 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

6689

6690

6691

6692

6693

6694

6695

6696

6697

PARALEPTA. Baly.
FOVEICOLLIS Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. 1878, XIIT.
p. 475.
N.S. Wales.

CALOMELA. Hope.
NEONITENS Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, II. 1865, p. 416
(Australica).
Champion Bay, W. Australia.

Bartoni Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. ITT. 1856,
p. 245 (Australica).
Victoria.
CINGULATA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1856,
p. 245 (Australica).
W. Australia.

circUMFUSA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. IIT. 1856,
p- 251 (Australica).
Australia.
caprrata Jac. Ent. Month. Mag. 1885, XXI. p. 224.
Rockhampton, Queensland.

COLORATA Germ. Linn. Ent. III. 1848, p. 237; Gerstack.
Wiegm. Arch. 1857, I. p. 372.

Macleayi Baly, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. n. ser. III. 1856,
p. 244, (Australica).
S. Australia.

CRASSICORNIS Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 99 ; Oliv. Ent. V. p. 529,
t. 4, f. 44, a-b; Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. IIT.
1856, p. 249, (Australica).

sinuata Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 427.
Moreton Bay, Queensland.

Curtis1 Kirby, Trans. Linn. Soc. XII. p. 473, t. 23, f. 12,

(Chrysomela) ; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. p. 577; Baly, Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1856, p. 243.

6698

6699

6703

6704

6705

6706

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 53

pulchella De}, Cat. 3 ed. p. 426.
var. punctipes Germ. Linn, Ent. II]. 1848, p. 236.
8. Australia and Victoria.

Dieatest Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, XV. 1865, p. 34.
(Australica).
Moreton Bay, &c., Queensland.

ERUDITA Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, X. 1862, p. 24.
(Australica).
Dawson River, Queensland.

GENICULATA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. IIT. 1856,
p- 246 (Australica).
N. Australia.

INTERRUPTOFASCIATA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, I.
1863, p. 620, (Australica).

IOPTERA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1856,
p. 246, (Australica).
S. Australia.

MacteAyi Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 577, (Chrysomela) ;
Gerstaick. Wiegm. Arch. 1857, I. p. 372; Dej. Cat.
3 ed. p. 426.
Australia.

MACULICOLLIS Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 577, (Chrysomela) ;
Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. IIT. 1856, p. 246,
(Australica) ; Motsch. Schrenck. Reis. If. 1860, p. 217 ;
d’Urville, Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 426.

Victoria.

NITIDIPENNIS Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 579, (Chrysomela) ;
Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 426.
Australia.

PALLIDA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1856,
p. 248, (Australica).
Australia,

54 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

6707

6710

6711

671o

PAROPSOIDES Clark, Journ. of Ent. II. 1864, p. 251,
(Australica).
N. 8. Wales.

PULCHELLA Baly, Trans. Ent, Soc. n. ser. III. 1856, p. 250,
(Australica).
N.S. Wales.
PYRRHOCEPHALA Clark, Journ. of Ent. II. 1864, p. 251,
(Australica).
Australia.

RUFICEPS Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 578, (Chryso-
mela); Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser, IIT. 1856,
p. 247, (Australica) ; Motsch. Schrenck. Reis. IT. 1860,
p. 201; W.S. Macleay, Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 426.
Moreton Bay, Queensland.
SAPPHIRUS Fabr. Syst. El. I. p. 432; Boisd. Voy. Astrol.
Col. p. 579, (Chrysomela),
sapphirina Schinh. Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 426.
Australia,

2 SEXMACULATA Jac. Ent. Month. Mag. 1885, X XI. p. 224.

Rockhampton, Queensland.
SUTURALIS Jac. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ser. 2, II. 1885, p. 25.
Australia.

TRANSVERSA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, I. 1863,
p. 621, (Australica).
Moreton Bay, Queensland.
virtaTA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. IIT. 1856,
p- 250, (Australica).

PLATYMELA. Baly.

STICTICOLLIS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1856,
p. 241.
Melbourne, Victoria,
UNILINEATA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. ITI. p. 242.
Moreton Bay, Queensland.

6726

BY GEORGE MASTERS, 5D

STETHOMELA. Baly.

corNuTA Baly, Cist. Ent. IT. p. 50.
Queensland.

FRATERNALIS Baly, Cist. Ent. II. p. 49.
Queensland.

FULVICOLLIS Jac. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ser. 2, II. 1885,
De aie
Australia,
LIMBATA Baly, Cist. Ent. II. p. 50.
Australia.

Parryl Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, ser. 3, IT. 1864, p. 227.
Australia.

POROPTERA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1856,
p-. 253.
Richmond River, N.S. Wales.
PRASINA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. IIT. 1856,
p. 252.
Australia.
SUBMETALLICA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III.
p- 252.
Moreton Bay, Queensland.

AUGOMELA. Baly.

ELEGANS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1856,
p- 256.
Clarence River, N. S. Wales.
HYPOCHALCEA Germ. Linn. Ent. III. 1848, p. 236, (Chry-
somela) ; Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1856,
p- 255.
Adelaide, 8. Australia; Richmond River, N. 8. Wales.
IRIDEA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, n. ser. III. 1856, p. 254.
Moreton Bay, Queensland.

56 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

6729

6731

ORNATA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. V. 1859, p. 156.
Moreton Bay, Queensland.

PRETIOSA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1856,
p. 256.
Adelaide, 8S. Australia.

PYROPTERA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. ser. III. 1856
p. 254.
Richmond River, N. S. Wales.

?

PAROPSIS. Olivier.

2 ABDOMINALIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 71.

Murrumbidgee, N. 8. Wales.

ACICULATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 68.
Australia.

HGROTA Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 563.
Australia.

#MULA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 84.
Australia.

NEIPENNIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 82.
Rockhampton, Queensland.

#QuALiIs Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 79.
Gippsland, Victoria.

#RARIA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 72.

Rockingham Bay, Queensland.

AGRICOLA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 75.
Tasmania.

ALBICANS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 80.
Queensland.

ALTERATA Germ. Linn. Ent. IIT. 1848, p. 232.
Adelaide, S, Australia.

2 amicA Newm. The Entomol. 1842, p. 415.

Australia.

6755

6756

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 57

Amana Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, IT, 1865, p. 405.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.

AMABILIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 85.
Queensland.

AmaNuLa Chap. Aun. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 85.
Australia.

ANxIA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 85.
‘King George’s Sound, W. Australia.

apicatA Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, II. 1865,
p. 405.
W. Austraha.

ARCULA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 90.
Australia. .

ASPERA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 91.
Sydney, N. S. Wales; Port Denison, Queensland.
ASPERULA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p, 95.

Rockhampton, Queensland.

ATOMARIA Oliv. Eft. V. 1807, p. 598, t. 1, £. 1, a-b.
Australia.

2 atoMARIA Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. TX. 1808, p. 286, t. 24,

f. 3.; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 562; Baly, Journ. of
Ent. II. 1864. p. 300.
Australia.
ArTRopUS Stal, Diagn. 1860, p. 465.
Australia.

AusrraLasi@ Fabr. Syst. El. I. p. 426; Oliv. Ent. V.
ps OU et. 1, fon Y.
Australia.

BASALIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 76.
Sydney, N. 8. Wales.

BASICOLLIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 88.
Sydney, Clarence River, &c., N.S. Wales.

58 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

6757 Beata Newm, The Entomol. 1842, p. 414.
Victoria.

6758 BrpLaciaTa Bohem. Res. Eugen. p. 173.
Sydney, N. S. Wales.

6759 BipuNcticoLiis Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg, 1877, XX. p. 70.
Australia.

6760 Bimacuxara Oliv. Ent. V. p. 600, t. 1, f. 6.
Australia,

6761 BRUNNEA Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. LX, 1808, ps 291, t. 625;
feo.
Australia.

6762 caxicinosa Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. Pave
Port Denison, Queensland.

6763 cancELLATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, p. 95.
Brisbane, Queensland.

6764 captiosa Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. Dead. 1865;
p. 406.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.
6765 carnosa Baly, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 307.
Adelaide, 8. Australia.

6766 cassiporpEs Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 570.
Australia.

6767 casTaNnEA Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. IX. 1808, p. 292, t. 25,
ae
Australia.

6768 caTenaTa Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 93.
N. 8. Wales and Victoria.

6769 cernua Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 81.
Sydney, N. S. Wales.

6770 Cuaryzpis Stal, Diagn. 1860, p. 466.
Australia.

6781

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 59:

CHLOROTICA Oliv, Ent. V. p. 604, t. 1, f. 13.
Australia,

2 Crrcz Stal, Diagn. 1860, p. 464.

Moreton Bay, Queensland.

3 crrcumpAta Newm. The Entomol. 1842, p. 415.

Victoria.

citrina Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 79.
Sydney, N.S. Wales.

CLoELIA Stal, Diagn. 1860, p. 464.

Australia.

Croruo Stal, Diagn. 1860, p. 464.
Australia.

coADNUTA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent, Belg. 1877, XX. p. 86.
Sydney, N. 8. Wales.

COCCINELLOIDES Oliv. Ent. V. p. 601, t. 1, f. 7.
Australia,

COMPLEXA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 74.
Kclipse Island, N. E. Australia.

CONFERTA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 81.
Adelaide, 8. Australia.

conJuGATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 75.
Adelaide, 8. Australia.

CONSIMILIS Baly, Journ. of Ent. II. 1864, p. 306.
Adelaide, S. Australia.

contracta Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 70.
Rockhampton, Queensland.

CONVEXICOLLIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 93.
Paroo River.

CORIARIA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 92.
Melbourne, Victoria.

60 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

6786

6798

6799

‘6800

corruGATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 96.
Sydney, N. S. Wales.

COSTIPENNIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 96.
Sydney, N. 8. Wales.

crocata Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 564.
Australia,

DEBILIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 80.
King George’s Sound, W. Australia.

DECOLORATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 81.
N. 8. Wales, and Queensland.

DEFECTA Chap. Ann. Soc, Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 86.
Australia.

DEFLORATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 79.
King George’s Sound, W. Australia.

DELICATULA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 78.

Tasmania and S. Australia.

DEPRESSA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 87.
Queensland.
piFFusA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 91.
Australia.
DILATATA Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 226 ; Gerstiick.
Wiegm. Arch. 1867, I. p. 293.
Tasmania.

DIMIDIATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 89.
Sydney, N. 8S. Wales.

DISCOIDALIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 82.
Queensland.

BLLIPTICA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 79.
King George’s Sound, W. Australia.

ERUDITA Newm. The Entomol, 1842, p. 415.
Victoria.

6801

6802

6803

6804

6805

6806

6807

6808

6809

6810

6811

6812

6813

6814

6815

6816

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 61

EXARATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX: p. 93.
Rockhampton, Queensland.

EXPLANATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 94.
Swan River, W. Australia.

FALLAX Newm. The Entomol. 1842, p. 415.
Victoria.
FASTIDIOSA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 81.

Australia.

FERRUGATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 92.

Tasmania.
FESTIVA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 83.
Victoria. )
FLAVEOLA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 80.

Port Denison, Queensland.

FLAVITARSIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 75.

Tasmania.

FORAMINOSA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 73.
Rockhampton, Queensland.

FORMOSA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 69.
Sydney, N. S. Wales.

FRATERNA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 86.
Australia. |

FULVOGUTTATA Baly, Journ, of Ent. II. 1864, p. 298.
Adelaide, 8. Australia.

FUSCITARSIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 85.
Australia.

FusconorATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 94.
King George’s Sound, W. Australia.

FUSCULA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 85.
Australia.

GEMINA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 76.
Adelaide, S. Australia.

62 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

6817 GENiIcuLATA Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 567 ; d'Urville,

Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 419.
Australia.

GEOGRAPHICA Baly, Journ. of Ent. II. 1864, p. 303.
Adelaide, 8. Australia.

GLOBATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 71.
Queensland.

GLOBULOSA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 71.
Australia.

GRANARIA Chap Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 95.
King George’s Sound, W. Australia.
GRANULOSA Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 564: d’Urville, Dej.
Cat. 3 ed. p. 419.
Australia.

GRaPHICA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 96.
Sydney, N. S. Wales.

HAMADRYAS Stal, Diagn. 1860, p. 465.
Tasmania.

HASTATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 72.
King George’s Sound, W. Australia.

HECTICA Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 569.
Australia.

HEMISPH#RICA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 71.
Australia.

Hera Stal, Diagn. 1860, p. 465.
Tasmania.

IMPRESSA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 91.
Sydney, N. S. Wales.

INCARNATA Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 226; Gerstiick.

Wiegm. Arch. 1867, I. p. 293.

var. reticulata Baly, Journ. of Ent. I]. 1864, p. 299.
Tasmania.

6831

6832

6833

6834

6835

6836

6837

6838

6839

6840

6841

6842

6843

6844

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 63

InceRTA Chap. Ann. Soc, Ent. Belg. 1877, XX., p. 80.
testacea Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. TX. 1808, p. 289, t. 24,
f. 10; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 567, (nom, preocc.).

Adelaide, 8. Australia.
incuRVA Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, II. 1865,
p- 412.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.

INnFuscAaTA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 93.
Australia.

InsiGNita Newm. The Entomol. 1842, p. 414.
Victoria.

InspeRSA Newm. The Entomol. 1842, p. 415.
Victoria.

intacTA Newm. The Entomol. 1842, p. 414.
Victoria.

INTERLITA Newm. The Entomol. 1842, p. 414.
Victoria.

INTERRUPTA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 84.
N.S. Wales.

INTERSTITIALIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 80.
Australia.

INTERTINCTA Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, II. 1865,
p. 411.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.

IRINA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 82.
Port Denison, Queensland.

IRIs Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 74.
Eclipse Island. N. E. Australia.

tRRIsA Newm. The Entomol. 1842, p. 415.
Victoria.

IRRORATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 69.
King George’s Sound, W. Australia.

64 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

6845 sucunpA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 84.
Swan River, W. Australia.

6846 Lacuessis Stal, Diagn. 1860, p. 465.

Tasmania.

6847 LaEsa Germ. Linn. Ent. III. 1848, p. 235.
Adelaide, S. Australia.

6848 Lepripa Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 230.

Tasmania.

6849 tiaNEA Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, [. p. 227.

Tasmania.

6850 tinzATA Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. IX. 1808, p. 293, t. 25,
f. 2; Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 118, note 3.

Tasmania,

6851 xitieg1iosA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 93.
Port Denison, Queensland.

6852 tituRATA Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. IX. 1808, p. 292, t. 25,
f.5; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 566,
Sydney, N. S. Wales.

6853 tivipA Chap. Ann. Soc. Eut. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 90.
Adelaide, 8S. Australia.

6854 Lowne! Baly, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 294.
Sydney, N. 8. Wales.

6855 LucipuLA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p, 81.
N.S. Wales and Victoria.

6856 tuTEA Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. [X. 1808, p. 286, t. 24, f. 4;
Baly, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 304.
Australia.

6857 macuLicouuis Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, II. 1865,
p. 407.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.

*

6858

6859

6860

6861

6862

6863

6864

6865

6866

6867

6868

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 65

MARMOREA Oliv. Ent. V. p. 599, t. 1. f. 4; Baly, Journ. of
Ent. IT. p. 302.
maculata Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. LX. 1808, p. 287, t. 24,
f. 5; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 566.
Sydney, N. 8. Wales.
MEDIOVITTATA Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, II. 1865,
p. 404.
W. Australia.
MELANOSPILA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 92.
N. 8. Wales and Victoria.
MERA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 74.
Port Denison, Queensland.
METALLICA Motsch. Schrenck. Reis. IT, 1860, p. 192, note 1.
Australia,

M-ruscum Bohem. Res. Eugen. p. 174.
Sydney, N. 8. Wales.

MILIARIS Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 566; Dej. Cat. 3 ed.
p. 419.
reticulata Chevrol. Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 419.
Australia.

minor Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. EX. 1808, p. 289, t. 24,
f. 9; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 572.

bifasciata W. 8. Macleay, Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 419.

Australia.

mits Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p, 83.
Australia.

MODESTA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 83.
King George’s Sound, W. Australia.

MORBILLOSA Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 562; Dej. Cat.
3 ed. p. 419.
Australia.

»

66 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

6869

6870

6871

6872

6873

6874

6875

6876

6877

6878

6879

6880

6881

MORIO Fabr. Mant. I. 1787, p. 66; Oliv. Ent. V. p. 511,
t. 4, f. 48.
Tasmania.

MULTISERIATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 90.
Sydney, N. S. Wales.

NAVICULA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 87.
Australia.

NERVOSA Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, II. 1865,
p. 413.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.

NIGERRIMA Germ. Linn. Ent. IIT. 1848, p. 231.
Adelaide, 8. Australia.

NIGRITA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 82.
Adelaide, 8. Australia,

NIGRITULA Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, II. 1865,
p. 411.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.

NIGROCONSPERSA Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, II.
1865, p. 409.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.

nieropicta Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, IT. 1865,
p-. 412.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.

NIGRoscuTATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 68.
Australia,

NIGROSTILLATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 77.
Victoria.

NiGRoviTTaTa Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 76.
Australia.

NOBILITATA Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 228.

Tasmania.

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 67

6882 noposa Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 96.
N. S. Wales, and Victoria.

6883 noraTa Oliv. Ent. V. p. 604, t. 1, f. 14.
Australia,

6884 NOTATIPENNIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 77.
Sydney, N.S. Wales.

6885 nuceEA Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 227.

Tasmania.

6886 oBLITERATA Erichs. Wiegm. Arch, 1842, I. p. 229.

Tasmania.

6887 oBLONGA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 72.
Port Curtis, Queensland.

6888 opovata Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 78.
Tasmania. and Victoria.

6889 opscuURELLA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 90.
Paroo River.
6890 opsoLeTa Oliv. Ent. V. p. 600, t. 1. f.5; Marsh. Trans.
Linn. Soc. IX. 1808, p. 288, t. 24, f. 8; Boisd. Voy.
Astrol. p. 568; Baly, Journ. of Ent. II. p. 309; De).
Cat. 3 ed. p. 419.

Australia.

6891 ocroLINEATA Gory, Guér. Je. regn, anim. 1845, p. 300, t. 49,
£OGs
Australia.

6892 ocromacuLATA Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. 1X. 1808, p. 294,
t. 25, f. 10; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 572.
Australia.

6893 ocTosigNaTA Stal, Diagn. 1860, p. 465.
Australia.

6894 orBIcuLARIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg, 1877, XX. p. 90,
Sydney, N. 8. Wales.

68 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

6895

6896

6897

6898

6899

6900

6901

6902

6903

6904

6905

6906

6907

6908

orNATA Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. [X. 1808, p. 288, t. 24, f. 7.
Australia.

ORNATICOLLIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p, 75.
Victoria.

ORPHANA Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 229.
orphanula Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg, 1877, XX. p. 78.

Tasmania.

PACHYTA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 80.
Sydney, N.S. Wales.

PALLIDA Oliv. Ent. V. p. 602, t. 1, f. 9.

Australia.

PALLIDULA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 89.
Adelaide, S. Australia.

PANTHERINA Fauyv. Bull. Soc. Linn. Normand. VII. 1862,
jee ere
Sydney, N. 8. Wales.
PapuHia Stal, Diagn. 1860, p. 464.
Moreton Bay, Queensland.

PAPULENTA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 91.
papulosa Stal, Diagn. 1860, p. 465, (nom. preocc.).

Tasmania.

PAPULIGERA Stal, Diagn. 1860, p. 465.
Australia.

PAPULOSA Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 228.
Tasmania.

PARDALIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877. XX. p. 97.
Australia.

Parryl Baly, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 296.
Australia.

PARTITA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 82.
Australia.

6909

6910

6911

6912

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 69

PEDESTRIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, LOM pik
Wide Bay, Queensland.
PERPARVULA Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, IT. 1865,
p. £13.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.
PERPLEXA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 73.
Adelaide, 8. Australia.

PICEA Oliv. Ent. V. p. 599, t. 1, f.3; Latr. Encycl. méth.
X. 1825, p. 11; Motsch. Schrenck. Reis. II. 1860,
ps £93.

immaculata Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. LX. 1808, p. 291.

t. 25, f. 4; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 565.

Australia.

PICEOLA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 92.
Australia.

picta Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 74.
Australia.

pictipEs Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 68.
Australia.

PICTIPENNIS Bohem. Res. Eugen. p. 173.

Sydney, N.S. Wales.

PICTURATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 89.
Australia.

PLUVIALIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 77.
Sydney, N. 8. Wales.

POLYGLYPTA Germ. Linn. Ent. III. 1848, p. 232.
Adelaide, 8. Australia.

porosa Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 226 ; Baly, Journ.

of Ent. II. 1864, p. 310.

Tasmania.

PROPINQUA Baly, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 306.
Adelaide, 8. Australia.

70 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

6922 proxima Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 80.

Queensland.
6923 puLcHELLA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 89.
Australia.

0924 puncruLaTAa Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. TX. 1808, p. 292,
t. 25, f£. 6; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 568.

Australia.
6925 puncrutata Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 571; Dej. Cat.
3 ed. p. 419.
Australia.

6926 puRPUREOAUREA Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, 1865,
p. 407.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.

6927 puRPUREOVIRIDIS Baly, Journ. of Ent. If. 1864, p. 250.
N, Australia.

6928 remota Germ. Linn. Ent. ITT. 1848, p. 234.
Adelaide, 8. Australia.

6929 rEeticuLATA Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. IX. 1808, p. 285,
t. 24, f. 2; Baly, Journ. of Ent. II. 1864, p. 299.

sanguinipennis Germ. Linn. Ent. IIL. p. 233.
var. guadrimaculata Marsh. l.c. p. 287, . 24, £. 6.
Australia.

6930 rosEoLa Baly, Journ. of Ent. IL. 1864, p. 308.
Adelaide, 8. Australia.

6931 RuUBEOoLA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 71.
Adelaide, 8. Australia.

6932 RruBIcINosA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 88.
Adelaide, 8. Australia.

6933 RuBRosIGNATA Bohem. Res. Eugen. p. 172.
Sydney, N.S. Wales.

6934 RruFEscENS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 83.
Sydney, N. S. Wales.

6935

6941

6942

6943

6944

6945

6946

6947

6948

BY GEORGE MASTERS. (fil

RUFIPES Fabr. Syst. El. I. 1801, p. 430; Oliv. Ent. V.
p. 60L tt. Lk 8:
Australia.
RUFO-NIGRA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 97.
Australia.

RUFITARSIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 68.
Australia.

8 rucosa Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 91.

Gippsland, Victoria.
RuGULOSA Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 565.
Australia.

SANGUINEOTINCTA Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, IT.
1865, p. 409.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.

scABRA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 91.
Australia.

SCALARIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 96.
Gippsland, Victoria.

SCAPULA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 87.
Sydney, N.S. Wales.

SCUTELLATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 86.
N.S. Wales.

SEMIGLOBOSA Chap. Ann. Soc. Hnt. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 97.
Adelaide, 8. Australia.

SEMIPUNCTATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 72.
Clarence River, N. 8. Wales.

SERIATA Germ. Linn. Ent. III. 1848, p. 234.
Adelaide, S. Australia.

SERPIGINOSA Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 228.
Tasmania.

72 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

6949

6950

6951

sEXPUSTULATA Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. [X. 1808, p. 293.
t. 25, f. 8; Motsch. Schrenck. Reis. II. 1860, p. 193.
Australia.

SIDNEYENSIS Fauv. Bull. Soc. Linn. Normand. VII. 1862,
p- 179.
Sydney, N.S. Wales.

sigNATA Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 571; Dej. Cat. 3 ed.
p- 419.
Australia.

2 sPECTABILIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 88.

Paroo River.

spILoTA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 94.
Australia.

SPLENDENS W. 8S. Macleay, App. King’s Surv. IT. p. 452.
Australia.

Srazi Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 70.
Rockhampton, Queensland.

sticticA Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. IX. 1808, p. 290, t. 25,
elle

Australia.

STILLATIPENNIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 85.
Australia.

sTRIGOsA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 97.
Paroo River.

stycia Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 73.

Melbourne, Victoria.

SUBHNESCENS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX, p. 84.
N.S. Wales.

SUBAPICALIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 86.
Australia.

supcosTaTa Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 75.

Tasmania.

6963

6964

6965

6966

6967

6968

6969

6970

6971

6976

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 73
SUBFASCIATA Chap, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877; XX. p. 85.
Adelaide, 8. Australia.

SUBLIMBATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 94.
Adelaide, S. Australia.

SUBLINEATA Bohem. Res. Eugen. p. 174.
Sydney, N. 8. Wales.

SUBOVALIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 72.
Gulf of Carpentaria, N. Australia.

SUBSTRIATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 84.
Australia.

susPIciosA Baly, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 297.
Melbourne, Victoria.

SUTURALIS Germ. Linn. Ent. ITI. 1848, p. 235.
Adelaide, 8. Australia,

SUTURELLA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 89.
Australia,

TASMANICA Baly, Journ, of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 294.
Tasmania.

2 TENEBROSA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 73.

Port Denison, Queensland.

3 TENELLA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 83.

Australia.

TESSELLATA Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, II. 1865,
p. 408.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.
TESTACEA Oliv. Ent. V. 1807, p. 602, t. 1, f. 10 ; Motsch.

Schrenck. Reis. IT. 1860, p. 194.
Australia.

TETRASPILOTA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 89.
Victoria, and 8. Australia.

74 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

6977 TIGRINA Chap. Ann. Soc, Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 90.
Sydney, N. 8. Wales.

6978 TRANSVERSOMACULATA Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3,
IT. 1865, p. 410.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.

6979 TRirasctaTa Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 568; Dej. Cat.
3 ed. p. 419.
Australia.
6980 TRIMAcULATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 76.
Australia.

6981 TRrr#nrata Stal, Diagn. 1860, p. 465.
Tasmania.

6982 rrivittata Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 76.
Gippsland, Victoria.

6983 TuBERCULATA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 94.
Australia.
6984 TrurBaTa Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 87.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.
6985 umprata Chap. Aun. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 70.
Rockhampton, Queensland.
6986 ustuLata Oliv. Ent. V. p. 603, t. 1, £12; Boisd. Voy.
Astrol. Col. p. 571.
Australia.
6987 umBrosa Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 77.
Sydney, N. S. Wales.
6988 vaRtaBILIs Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 76.
Adelaide, S. Australia.
6989 variicoLLis Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 82.
Tasmania, and Victoria.
6990 varrotosA Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. IX. 1808, p. 285, t. 24,
f. 1; Germ. Linn. Ent. IIT. 1848 p. 235; Baiy, Journ. of
Ent. IT. 1864, p. 293.
Melbourne, Victoria.

6991

6992

6993

6995

6996

6997

6998

6999

BY GEORGE MASTERS.

~I

i)

vENuSTA Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 221.
Tasmania.
VENUSTULA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 84,
Australia.
VERRUCICOLLIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 95.
Sydney, N.S. Wales.
VERRUCIPENNIS Clark, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, II. 1865,
p. 414.
Champion Bay, W. Australia.
verRucosA Marsh. Trans. Linn. Soc. IX. 1808, p. 290, t. 25,
ag
Australia.
vicina Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 570; Dej. Cat. 3 ed.
p- 419.

Australia.

VIRENS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 83.
Victoria.

VIRIDULA Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 84.
Sydney, N. 8. Wales.

VITTIPENNIS Bohem. Res. Eugen. p. 172.
Sydney, N.S. Wales.

VULGARIS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 187/, XX. p. 78.
Australia.

WaTERHOUSE! Baly, Journ. cf Ent. IT. 1864, p. 296.
Adelaide, S. Australia.

WiLsonI Baly, Journ. of Ent. II. 1864, p. 295.

testacea Germ. Linn. Ent. IIT. 1848, p. 234, (nom. preocc.).
Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1877, XX. p. 68.
Adelaide, 8. Australia.

76

7003

7004

7005

7006

7008

7009

7013

CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

Sub-Family. HALTICIDES.

NISOTRA. Bally.

BICOLOR Duviv. Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1885, ps. 385.
Swan River, W. Australia.

Breweri Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 157.
Rockhampton, Queensland.

ARSIPODA. Erichson.

ACUMINATA Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 1, II. 1838, p. 132.
substriata Waterh. |.c. p. 132 (Q).
King George’s Sound, W. Australia.
BIcoLoR Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 1, II. 1838,
p. 132.
Sydney, N. 8. Wales.

BIFRONS Hrichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 236.

Tasmania.

CHRULEATA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1877, p. 159.
W. Australia.

CRASSICORNIS Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 1, II.
1838, p. 131.
Sydney, N. 8S. Wales.

EricuHsoni Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, II. p. 232.
Tasmania.

FERMORATA Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, XIV. 1864,
p. 440.
Adelaide, 8. Australia.

FLAVA Clark, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 261, t. 12, fi 6.
N.S. Wales.

FULVICOLLIS Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1864, p. 440.
Adelaide, 8. Australia.

“I

~I

BY GEORGE MASTERS.

FULVIPES Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 284.
Rockhampton, Queensland.

H#MATODERA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 158.
W. Australia.

HOLOMELEHNA Germ. Linn. Ent. ITT. 1848, p. 243.
Adelaide, S. Australia.

Lowne! Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, XIV. 1864, p. 441.
Sydney, N. 8S. Wales.

Macteayi Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, XIV. 1864, p. 441.
Sydney, N. 8. Wales.

NITIDA Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 1, II. 1838,
pe lol:
King George’s Sound, W. Australia.

ovata Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 1, IJ. 1838,
p. 133.
King George’s Sound, W. Australia.

PARVULA Jac. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ser. 2, II. 1885, p. 34.
Australia.

PICEIPES Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. 1878, XIIT. p. 477.
W. Australia.

RUGULOSA Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, XIV. 1864, p. 442.
Melbourne, Victoria.

SMARAGDULA Oliv. Ent. VI. p. 704, t. 4, f. 65.
Australia.

VARIEGATA Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 1, I. 1838, p. 133.
Tasmania.

CREPIDODERA. Chevrolat.

DIMIDIATA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1876, p. 586.
Australia.

PARALLELA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 162.
Sydney, N, 8. Wales.

78 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

7028

7029

7030

7031

7033

7034

7035

7036

7037

7038

SEMINIGRA Jac. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ser. 2, 1885, p. 65.
Australia.

VESTITA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 162.
S. Australia.
PLATYCEPHA. Baly.

EXIMIA Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. 1878, XIII. p. 476.
W. Australia.
SICYLLUS. Jacoby.
SPLENDIDUS Proc. Zool. Soc. 1885, p. 928.
Australia,
HALTICA. Geoffroy.

SPLENDIDA Oliv. Ent. VI. p. 691, t. 3, f. 41.
Australia.
LACTICA, Erichson.
AvuSTRALIS Duviv, Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1885, p. 388.
Queensland.
LONGITARSUS. Latreille.

SCUTELLATUS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 177.
Rockhampton, Queensland.

DOCEMA. Waterhouse.

COLLARIS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 293,
W. Australia.
APHTHONA. Chevrolat.
FULVICOLLIS Jac. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ser. 2, II. 1885, p, 64.
Australia.
PHYLLOTRETA. Foudras.

BiviTtraTa Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. II. 1838, p. 133.
King George’s Sound, W. Australia.

FULVICOLLIs Jac. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ser. 2. II. 1885, p. 60.
Australia,

7039

7040

7041

1047

7048

7049

7050

7051

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 79

LABIALIS Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. II. 1838, p. 133.
(gen. dub.).
Sydney, N. 8. Wales.

PIcEA Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. II. 1838, p. 133.
(gen. dub.).

King George’s Sound, W. Australia.

CHAETOCNEMA. Stephens.

Ausertisi Jac. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ser. 2, II. 1885, p. 37.
Australia.

AUSTRALICA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1876, p. 597,
(Plectroscelis).
W. Australia.

BREVICORNIS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 317.
W. Australia.

CARINATA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 174.
W. Australia.

Ericusont Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 175.
Tasmania.

FUSCO-MACULATA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 174.
W. Australia.

LATICEPS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 315.
W. Australia.

LATICOLLIS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 316.
W. Australia.

MEGALOPOIDES Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 174.
Rockhampton, Queensland.

PROPINQUA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 314.
Adelaide, S. Australia.

SUBMETALLESCENS Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 175.
S. Australia,

80 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

7052

7055

7057

7058

7059

7060

7061

7062

7063

WATERHOUSE! Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 315.
W. Australia.
Witsoni Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1877, p. 313.
S. Australia.
PODONTIA. Dalman.

MACULATISSIMA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, LT. 1865,
p. 431.
Port Essington, N. Australia.
NIGROVARIA W. 8. Macleay, King’s Surv. Austr. II. 1827,
p- 453.

Australia.
(ZDIONYCHIS. Latreille.

Howirrt Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. XIII p. 478.
Sydney, N. 8S. Wales.

SPHASROMORPHA. Baly.

Simoni Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. XIII. p. 479.
Rockhampton, Queensland.

DIBOLIA. Latreille.

NEA Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. IT. 1838, p. 134.
Sydney, N.S. Wales.

HNEONIGRA Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. II. 1838, p. 135.
King George’s Sound, W. Australia.

Duspoutay! Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 182.
W. Australia.

OCHRACEA Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. IT. 1838, p. 135.
King George’s Sound, W. Australia.

pygmHA Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. II. 1838, p. 135.
King George’s Sound, W. Australia.

SUBEZNEA Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 11. 1838, p. 135.
King George’s Sound, W. Australia.

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 81

PSYLLIODES. Latreille.
7064 Brewert Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1876, p. 601.
W. Australia.
7065 cHLoRoPHANA Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 237.
Tasmania.
7066 scureLLATA Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. IT. 1838, p. 134.
Sydney, N. S. Wales.

7067 QuapRIpENTATA Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1876, p. 601.
— W. Australia.

ENNEAMERA. Harold.

7068 ausTRALis Baly, Ent. Month. Mag. XIII. 1876, p. 82.
Rockhampton, Queensland.

Sub-Family. GALERUCIDES. e

OIDES. Weber.
7069 Axzertist Jac. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1879, p. 788.

Australia.

7070 antenNnatis Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, p. 52.
Queensland.

7071 crrcumpata Baly, Journ. of Ent, I. 1861, p. 296 (Adorium).
Moreton Bay, Queensland.

7072 porsostenata Clark, Journ. of Ent. II. 1864, p. 258
(Adorium).
N.S. Wales, and Queensland.

7073 Fry Clark, Journ of Ent. II. 1864. p. 258 (Adorium).
Queensland.

7074 seminicra Clark, Journ. of Ent. IL 1864, p. 258
(Adorium).
Australia,
6

82 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

7075 sexvitrata Duviv. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XXVIII. 1884,
Dp. CXXXIL
Australia.
AULACOPHORA. Chevrolat.
7076 anatis Weber, Obs. ent. 1801, p. 55; Fabr. Syst. El. I.
p- 482; Oliv. Ent. VI. p. 642, t. 3, f. 48.
hilaris Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 555; W.S. Macleay,
Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 402.
Australia.

7077 CarrEreti Guér. Voy. Coquille, Zool. 1830, II. Col. p. 150
Australia.

7078 cyanura Hope, Gray, Zool. Misc. 1831, p. 29.
speciosa Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 403.
Australia.

7079 metanura Oliv. Ent. VI. p. 625, t. 2, f. 26; Boisd. Voy.
Astrol. Col. p. 548.

Australia.

7080 nicrivEsTiIs Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 548.
Australia.

7081 punotata Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 556; ej. Cat. 3 ed
p. 403.
Australia.

7082 reLicTA Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 557.
Australia.

7083 scuTELLATA Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Ool. p. 558; Dej. Cat.
3 ed. p. 402.
Australia.

AGELASTICA. Redtenbacher.
7084 HUMERALIS Baly, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, IV. p. 108.
Moreton Bay, Queensland.

7085 MELANOCEPHALA Baly, Ann, Nat. Hist. ser. 5, IV. p. 109.
Australia.

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 83

GALERUCELLA. Crotch.

7086 Avusrratis Bohem. Res. Eugen. p. 176; Dej. Cat. 3 ed.
p. 401.
Sydney, N. S. Wales.

CYDIPPA. Chapuis.

7087 Baxyi Chap. Gen. Col. XI. 1875, p. 216.
Australia.
RUPILIA. Clark.

7088 RruFicotis Clark, Journ. of Ent, IT. 1864, p. 260, t. 12, f. 3.
N.S. Wales.

7089 virm1a£NEA Clark, Journ. of Ent. II. 1864, p. 260.

Queensland.
ELLOPIA. Chapuis,

7090 pEpestris Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 234, (Galeruca) ;
Chap. Gen. Col. XI. 1875, p. 218.

Australia, and Tasmania.

MENIPPUS. Clark.

7091 cynicus Clark, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1864, p. 257.
Port Denison, Queensland.

SYNODITA. Chapuis.

7092 Borret Chap. Gen. Col. XI. 1875, p. 232.
Sydney, N. 8. Wales.

MONOLEPTA. Erichson,

7093 croceicotiis Germ, Linn. Ent. IIT. 1848, p, 243.
Adelaide, S. Australia.
7094 HUMERALIS Weber, Obs. ent. I. p. 56.
humeralis Fabr. Syst. El. I. p. 460: Oliv. Ent. VI. p. 629,
t. 3, £. 33; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 551.
Australia.

84 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

7095 LABIHFORMIS Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 553.
Australia.

7096 MELANOCEPHALA Fabr. Syst. Ent. 1775, p. 119; Oliv. Ent.
Wit. 6225 %. 15 £3,

Australia.
7097 quapRipuNcTATA Fabr. Syst. El. I. p. 460; Oliv. Ent. VI.

p. 664, t. 5, £, 88.
Australia.

7098 sururALIS Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 556; Dej. Cat. 3 ed.
p- 407.

Australia.
Sub-Family. HISPIDES.

LEUCISPA. Chapuis.

7099 OpEwaunnt Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. 88 (Hispa);
Chapuis, Gen. Col. XI. 1875, p. 266.
Gawler, S. Australia.

APROIDA. Pascoe.

7100 Batyi Pascoe, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1863, p. 55, t. 2, f. 8.
Pine Mountain, &c., Queensland.

EURYSPA. Baly.

7101 ALBIPENNIs Germ. Linn. Ent. IIT. 1848, p. 246 ; Baly, Cat.
Hispid. 1858, p. 86.
Adelaide, S. Australia.

7102 Howirtt Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1869, p. 90.
Melbourne, Victoria.
7103 normauis Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. 89.

Queensland.

7104 virrata Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. 86, t. 7, £..1.
Australia.

7105

7106

7107

7108

7109

7110

7111

7112

7113

7114

BY GEORGE MASTERS, coy

OXYCEPHALA. Guérin.

TESTACEA Fabr. Syst. El. II. p. 25 ; Baly, Cat. p. 162.
Australia,

PROMECOTHECA. Blanchard.

CALLOSA Baly, Ent. Month. Mag, XIII. 1876, p. 128.
Australia.

VARIPES Baly, Cat. Hispid. 1858, p. 88.
N. Australia.

ERIONISPA. Chapuis.

BapEnI Chap. Gen. Col. XI. 1875, p. 302.
Australia.

MONOCHIRUS, Chapuis,

AUSTRALICA Motsch. Schrenck. Reis. II. 1860, p. 239
(Hispa).
Australia.

coarctatus Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XX. 1877, p. 48.
N.S. Wales.

FIMBRIATUS Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XX. 1877, p. 47.

Tasmania,

Gurmari Chap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XX. 1877, p. 48.
Gulf of Carpentaria, N. Australia.

MULTISPINOSUS Germ. Linn, Ent. III. 1848, p. 246.
Adelaide, 8. Australia.

Sub-Family. CASSIDIDES.

HOPLIONOTA. Hope.

DORSALIS Waterh. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1877, p. 424.
Queensland.

86 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

ASPIDOMORPHA. Hope.
7115 Austratasim™ Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 537; Bohem..

Mon. II. p. 283.
Australia.
7116 Bapent Wag. Mth. Minch. 1877, p. 64.
Australia.

7117 Botspuvati Bohem. Mon. IT. p. 283.
Australia.
7118 peusta Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 89; Oliv. Ent. VI. 97, p. 954,
t. 1, f£. 17; Bohem. Mon. II. p. 333.
angulifera Blanch. Voy. Péle Sud, IV. p. 324, t. 18, f. 17.
corallina Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 541; W. 8S. Macleay,
Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 398.
Australia.
7119 Dover Bohem. Cat. Brit. Mus. IX. 1856, p. 110.
Australia.

7120 intERRUPTA Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 89; Oliv. Ent. VI. 97,.
p. 953, t. 2, f. 34; Bohem. Mon. IV. p. 292.

Australia.

7121 Macteavi Bohem. Cat. Brit. Mus. IX. 1856, p. 117.
Australia.

7122 macuLatisstma Bohem. Cat. Brit. Mus. IX. 1856, p. 117.
Australia.

7123 nicRoporsaTA Bohem. Cat. Brit. Mus. IX. 1856, p. 119.
Australia.

7124 ramunopicta Wag. Mth. Miinch. 1877, p. 65.

Brisbane, Queensland.

7125 sEpremcostaTa Wag. Mth. Minch. 1881, p. 49.
Rockhampton, Queensland.

7126 rerrica Bohem. Cat. Brit. Mus. [X. 1856, p. 117.
Australia.

7127

7132

7133

7134

7135

7136

7137

7138

7139

BY GEORGE MASTERS, 87

Westwoop! Bohem. Mon. II. p. 254.

Australia.
CASSIDA. Linné.

DENTICULATA Bohem. Cat. Brit. Mus. TX. 1856, p. 137.
Australia.

MERA Germ. Linn. Ent. III. 1848, p. 246.
Adelaide, 8. Australia.

NAVICELLA Bohem. Mon. IV. p. 331.
Australia.

PERPUSILLA Bohem. Mon. IV. p. 335.
Melbourne, Victoria.

COPTOCYCLA. Boheman.

AUSTRALICA Bohem. Mon. III. p. 257.
Australia.

compuncTa Bohem. Mon. III. p. 290.
Australia.

Hotmcreni Bohem. Mon. IV. p. 465.
Port Essington, N. Australia.

SaprpHo Bohem. Mon. IV. p. 427. Ww
Australia.
Family. EROTYLID.
Sub-Family. LANGURIDES.
LANGURIA. §Latreille.
ALBERTISI Harold, MT. Miinch. ent. Ver. III. 1879, p. 81.

Australia.

MILITARIS Harold, MT. Miinch. ent. Ver. III. 1879, p. 80.
Australia.

picEA Harold, MT. Miinch. ent. Ver. III. 1879, p. 66.
Somerset, Cape York.

vuteariIs Harold, MT. Miinch. ent. Ver. IIT. 1879, p. 90.
Somerset, Cape York.

88 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

7140

7141

7142

7143

7144

7145

7146

7147

7148

7149

Sub-Family. EROTYLIDES.

EPISCAPHULA. Crotch.

AUSTRALIS Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 146 ; Lacord.
Mon. p. 58; Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 137.

Australia.

GRANULATA Lacord. Mon. Fab. Erotyl. 1842, p. 59.
Australia.

opaca Crotch, Cist. Ent. XIII. 1876, Revis. p. 36.
Sydney, N. S. Wales.

PICTIPENNIS Crotch, Cist. Ent. XIII. 1876, Revis. p. 35.
Sydney, N.S. Wales.

RUDEPUNCTA Crotch, Cist. Ent. XIII, 1876, Revis. p. 34.

Rockhampton, Queensland.

THALLIS. Erichson.
BIFASCIATA Crotch, Cist. Ent. XIII. 1876, Revis. p. 23.
Rockhampton, Queensland.

compTa Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 238; Germ.
Linn. Ent. IIT. 1848, p. 244.

Adelaide, S. Australia.

Ericusoni Crotch, Cist. Ent. XIII. 1876, Revis. p. 24.
Sydney, N. 8. Wales.

JANTHINA Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 238.
Tasmania.

INSUETA Crotch, Cist. Ent. XIII. 1876, Revis. p. 25.

Queensland.

7150 vinuta Erichs. Wiegm. Arch, 1842, I. p. 238.

Tasmania.

7151

7152

7153

7154

7155

7156

7157

7158

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 89

Family. ENDOMYCHID.

MYCELLA. Chapuis.

LINEELLA Chap. Gen. Col. XII. 1875, p. 105, note.
Rockhampton, Queensland.

DAULIS. Erichson.
crmicoipDEs Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 242, t. 5, f. 5;
Gerstack. Mon. p. 207, t. 2, f. 44.

Tasmania.

Family. COCCINELLIDA.

COCCINELLA. Linné,
CONFORMIS Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 604; Mauls, Spec.
p. 261 ; Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 457.
Australia.
Kinet W. 8. Macleay, King’s Surv. Austral. II. 1827,
p. 404.
Australia.
LEONINA Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 87; Oliv. Ent. VI. p. 1059,
t. 2, f. 21, a-b; Muls. Spec. p. 128.
Tasmani, White, Voy. Ereb. Terr. XI. 1846, p. 23.
Australia and Tasmania.
TRANSVERSALIS Fab. Spec. Ins. I. 1781, p. 97.
var. contempta Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 592.
var. tricincta Erichs. Wiegm. Arch, 1842, I. p. 121.
varians Fabr. Suppl. Ent. Syst. 1798, p. 78.
Australia and Tasmania.

HALYZIA. Mulsant.

Epwarpsi Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 158.
Queensland.

GALBULA Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 166.
Australia.

90 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

7159 Mettyr Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 160.

Australia.

7160 Pascoxr Crotch, Revis. Coc. 1874, p. 131.
Australia.

7161 varicotor Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 154.
Sydney, N. S. Wales.

7162 variecaTA Fabr. Spec. Ins. I. 1781, p. 99.
18-notata Oliv. Ent. VI. p. 1029, t. 6, f. 86.
Australia.

NEDA. Mulsant.
7163 Bourexorst De Kerville, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, (6), IV. p. 70,
t. 4, £. 7.

Australia.

7164 pupLicata Crotch, Revis. Coc. 1874, p. 161.
N. Australia.

7165 princers Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 278 ; Crotch,
Revis. Coc. 1874, p. 169.
Port Essington, N. Australia.

7166 TEsTUDINARIA Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 300.
Australia.

ALESIA, Mulsant.

7167 FLavovirrata Crotch, Revis. Coc. 1874, p. 176.
Melbourne, Victoria.

7168 FRreNaTA Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 239; Mauls.
Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 362.
liturata W. S. Macleay, Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 459.
Tasmania, and Queensland.

7169 FuRcIFERA Guér. Voy. Duperrey, Zool. 1830, Cl. II. Col.
p- 152; Jc. regn. anim, t. 51, f. 1; Muls. Spec. Trim,
Securip. 1851, p. 130.
Jlavolineata Muls. Mon. p. 113.
Gauthardi Muls. Mon. p. 241.
Australia.

BY GEORGE MASTERS, 9T

7170 wingota Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 79; Oliv. Ent. VI. p. 995, t. 3,

f. 33; Crotch, Revis. Coc. 1874, p. 176.

striola Schénh. Syn. Ins. I. 2, p. 156; Muls. Spec. Trim.
Securip. 1851, p. 367.

var. strigula Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 601, t. 8, f. 27;
Muls. Spec. Trim, Securip. 1851, p. 366.

var. oblita Latr. Dej, Cat. 3 ed. p. 459.

N.S. Wales.

CHILOCORUS. Leach.

7171 Ausrratasi# De Kerville, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) IV.
pao t. 4,.£. 8.
Australia,
ORCUS. Mulsant.
7172 AvstraLasi& Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 593 ; Muls.
Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 468; Dej. Cat. 3 ed.
p- 460.
var. nummularis Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 594 ;
Muls. l.c. p. 469 ; W.S. Macleay, Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 460.
Australia and Tasmania,
7173 BituNuLatus Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 594; Mauls.
Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 467; Dej. Cat. 3 ed.
p-. 460.

Australia.
7174 cHatyseus Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. 1835, p. 595; Muls.

Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 471; Dej. Cat. 3 ed.
p. 460.
cyameus W. 8. Macleay, Dej Cat. 3 ed, p. 460.
Australia.
7175 cyanocePHatus Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 467.
Port Essington, N. Australia.

7176 Larerrer Muls. Opuse. ent. III. 1853, p. 63.
Moreton Bay, Queensland.

92 CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA,

7177 quapRimacutatus De Kerville, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6), IV.
| Oma eppivern) 24 Gao

SCYMNUS. Kugelann.
7178 TENEBRICOSUS Bohem. Res. Eugen. 1859, p. 209.
N.S. Wales.
NOVIUS. Mulsant.
7179 carpinatis Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 906.
Australia.
7180 sanacuINoLENTUS Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 943.
Australia.
HYPOCERAS. Chapuis.

7181 Mutsanti Chap. Gen. Col, XII. 1876, p. 226, note.
Rockingham Bay, Queensland.

RHIZOBIUS. Stephens.

7182 BasuLus Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 1003.
Queensland.

7183 BaKkewE ti Crotch, Revis. p. 297.
Queensland.

7184 Bovucarpi Crotch, Revis. p. 297.
Moreton Bay, Queensland.

7185 Brewerti Crotch, Revis. p. 298.
Swan River, W. Australia.

7186 carniFEex Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 1003.
Soveiventris Muls. Opuse. ent. III. 1853, p. 129.
Queensland.

7187 piscotor Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 240; Mauls.

Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 1004.

Tasmania.

7188 ELoNGATULUS Crotch, Revis. Coc. p. 298.
Queensland.

BY GEORGE MASTERS. 93

7189 Evans Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 1006.
Adelaide, S. Australia.
7190 urrreLius Crotch, Revis. Coc. p. 298.
Queensland.
7191 supMeETALLicus Crotch, Revis. Coc. p. 298.
Swan River, W. Australia.
7192 venrRALIs Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 239; Mauls.
Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 1005.
Adelaide, S. Australia.
7193 xanrHurus Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 1005.
Victoria.
PHARUS. Maulsant.
7194 srracuLatus Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 240; Crotch,
Revis. p. 299.

Tasmania.
EPILACHNA. Chevyvolat.

7195 Botspuvat Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 765.
Australia.
7196 GuTTaToPUSTULATA Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 87; Oliv. Ent. VI.
p- 1050, t. 3, £. 35; Muls. Spec. 1851, p. 716.
var. Pandora Muls. Opuse. ent. ITI. p. 109.
var. tasmanica Crotch, Revis. Coc. p. 78.

Australia, and Tasmania.

7197 surrusa Crotch, Revis. Coe. p. 78.
Australia.

7198 unpEcimvartioLata Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 591.
stigmula Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 782.
Tasmania.

7199 vicintiocropuNncTATA Fabr. Syst. Ent. 1775, p. 84.
recta Muls. Spec. Trim. Securip. 1851, p. 836.

Australia.

94 GATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA.

Family. CORYLOPHIDA:.

CORYLOPHUS. Stephens.
7200 Frasciatus Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 241.
Tasmania.

7201 trHoracicus Erichs. Wiegm. Arch. 1842, I. p. 240.
Tasmania.

NOTE ON SOME TRILOBITES NEW TO AUSTRALIA.
By F. Rarrs, Inc. pes Arts rt Manur., Paris.

Licuas PALMATA Variety sINUATA, emend. from L. sINUATA,

Lichas sinuata, Ratte, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W., 1886, Vol. I,
(2 ser.), p. 1065.

(Plate I, fig. 6.)

At the meeting of November last, I announced the discovery of
silicified pygidia of Zichas in the Upper Silurian Limestone of
Wellington. During the printing of the paper it was suggested to me
to name some of the fossils I had figured, as it was thought better
to do so even at the risk of creating a synonym, than to leave
them unnamed. I, therefore, decided to do so, provisionally, at
least, for some of the fossils sufficiently represented, and in a
footnote, (page 1065) I proposed the name of Lichas sinuata, in
consequence of deep sinuses situated at the posterior angles of the
four lateral ribs of the pygidium. I also remarked that our
specimens strongly resemble Lichas hirsutus, Fletcher, and Lichas
palmata, Barrande, both belonging to Upper Silurian Rocks. I
indeed do not find much difference between these two species, at
least from the descriptions given (1). In both, the margin of
the pygidium is raised sufficiently to form a prominent pad which
joins with the two extreme spines and with the four lateral ones
which are produced beyond of the margin. This character, how-
ever, is very slightly, if at all, indicated in our fossil. If any
of the figures at hand, in the absence of any other works,

(1) In fact Barrande says, p. 602 :—‘‘ La forme figurée par notre ami, M.
‘Fletcher, de Dudley, sous le nom de Lichas hirsutus, nous parait
**identique avec celle que nons décrivons.”

96 NOTE ON SOME TRILOBITES NEW TO AUSTRALIA,

leave any doubt as to the distinction to be drawn, it is the
pygidium of Lichas palmata represented in fig. 9, pl. 28 in Barrande.
For this reason it would perhaps be wiser to consider the
Wellington fossil only as a variety.

In order to show the differences and affinities above alluded to,
I give sketches of the outlines of the species concerned. It will
be seen that the sinuses, which are very exaggerated in our variety,
are very distinct, if not so deep, in Barrande’s above-mentioned
figure.

AcrpasPis sp. near A. Dormirzeri, Cord,
Barrande, Syst. Sil. 1852, p. 728, Pl. 38, fig. 22.
(Plate IT, figs. 1 and 1 bis.)

The specimen here recorded is very nearly complete, and is
remarkable for its minuteness, being exactly 5 mm. in length, not
including the spines of the pygidium.

It was found at Bowning by Mr. J. Mitchell, together with
a great number of other trilobites, dc.

Although nearly complete, and on that account deserving to be
figured, still this specimen leaves doubt as to the ornaments of its
frontal margin, as well as of some slight details in the pygidium, and
in consequence of its minuteness it leaves also doubts about some
other parts. As the figures of other species related to it can be
seen in Barrande’s work I will only quote them here without
commenting at any length. They all have nine segments in the
body.

Acidaspis Leonhardt, Barr. p. 720, pl. 37, fig. 1, length 26 mm.

Acidaspis Hoernesi, Barr. p. 723, pl. 38, fig. 30, length 20 mm.

Acidaspis Geinitziana, Cord. p. 725, pl. 39, fig. 45-49, length
about 14 mm.

Acidaspis Roemeri, Barr. p. 726, pl. 39, fig. 29, length 13 mm.
Acidaspis minuta, Barr. p. 729, pl. 37, fig. 18, length 15 mm.

—

BY F. RATTE, ING. DES ARTS EV MANUF., PARIS. 97
Acidaspis ruderalis, Cord. p. 733, pl. 37, fig. 32, length 30 mm.

With all of these, including A. Dormitzeri, our specimen exhibits
some characters in common. Thus it resembles A. minuta in
regard to the pygidium and in some degree the rounded outline of
the head; while this species (A. minzéa), differs from all others
mentioned by having three tubercles instead of one, on the pleural
ridges, not including one at the origin of the pleural spines.

The pygidium does not seem to agree perfectly with that of any |
of those mentioned ; besides it is smaller, being at the utmost one
eighth of the length, not including the spines; while in J.
Dormitzert and A. minuta it is one seventh of the length, and in
the other more than that proportion. (1)

The drawings being sufficiently enlarged to show all the visible
characters, I shall abstain from a lengthy description, and insist
only on the principal features.

The length of the head is less than one third of the whole length
not including the spines. The median part of the glabella is
narrow, its width being a little less than one-fifth of the width of
the head. The distance between the false grooves which limit that
median part and the eye is a little more than the width of the
median part of the glabella, leaving ample room for the internal
triangle of the fixedcheek. This triangle includes on the specimen
four or five tubercles which are visible on both sides of the lateral
nodules of the glabella (those nodules, two on each side, are bounded
by the median, the posterior and the occipital furrows). In A.
Leonhardi, A. Hoernesi, A. Geinitziana, the above-mentioned
triangle is considerably reduced, and in LZ. Roemeri is completely
absent or replaced by a groove instead of an elongated nodule.

(1) In fig. 22, pl. 38 of Barrande, the pygidium is certainly more than
one seventh, say one sixth of the length, but I quote Barrande’s text p. 728,
** La téte occupe un peu moins du tiers, et le pygidium un septiéme de la
longueur totale.” As the author says totale, it is possible that in this case
he included the spinal ornaments, although I doubt it.

98 NOTE ON SOME TRILOBITES NEW TO AUSTRALIA,

The eyes in our specimen are prominent and much brought
forwards compared with those in other allied species. What is
missing is the frontal margin, including the two triangular grooves,
by which it is connected with the ocular ridges and the facial
suture. This frontal margin, in some, is adorned with series of
tubercles (A. minuta, A. Leonhardi, A. Roemert), while in others
it is smooth (A. Hoernesi). Barrande says that the head of A.
Dormitzert is similar to that of A. Leonhardt, but his (figure 22,
pl. 38), of the former does not show tuberculations at the frontal
margin.

Further, the head of our fossil exhibits a more rounded outline
than any of the other species considered. I will explain it
simply. Jet us draw a straight line parallel to the axis of the
body and passing by the origin of one of the genal spines. In
Acidaspis Dufrenoyi, Barr., (Pl. 38, fig. 25), this line will form an
angle with the external border of the movable cheek, which is
nearly straight giving to the head the shape of a triangle. In
some of the species mentioned such as A. Hoernesi, A. Dormitzer?,
the angle will be smaller; in A. Roemerz still smaller; in A.
minuta this angle will be reduced to nothing, as the line will be
tangential to the head-border ; and lastly in our fossil, and still
more so in A. Vernewilt, Barr., (Pl. 38, fig. 5), the border will be
cut by the parallel line. That border is adorned by a regular line
of tubercles, each of which gives rise to a very fine spine, the
impression of which has been left on the stone. The genal spines
are bent nearly in a direction parallel to the outline of the body.

The body has nine rings ; each pleura is terminated by a spine
progressively incurved from the first to the last, which is nearly
parallel to the axis.

The pygidium is rather difficult to understand in so small a
specimen ; it is much adorned with tubercles and shows distinctly
eight spines, but whether the principals are the second or the third
in order, it is not easy to decide.

In reswmé there are two strong characters in our fossil in favour
of making it a different species from those represented in Barrande,

BY F. RATTE, ING. DES ARTS ET MANUF., PARIS. 99

or with such figures as I could compare it ; Ist, the external outline
of the movable cheeks, and 2nd, the proportion that the length of
the pygidium bears to the length of the body, which proportion is
smaller than in any of the species brought into comparison with it.
It therefore remains to be named, or to be identified with some
species unknown to me.

All the species mentioned above are placed by Barrande in his
“ Etage E, Faune ITI,” except A. Hoernesi, which belongs to his
‘“« Etage, F, Faune, IV,” and is found also in the next “ Etage.”

On the same piece of rock with this minute Acidaspis is a hollow
impression of Stawrocephalus with which I shall deal hereafter.

AcipaspPis near A. LeEonHARDI, Barr.
Barrande, Syst. Sil. 1852, p. 720, Pl. 37, fig. 1.
(Plate II., figs. 2-4.)

The remains of Acidaspis in the Bowning beds are rare indeed,
compared with with those of Encrinurus, Phacops, Spherexochus,
Calymene, and Bronteus. (1) For the above reason, I will exhaust
the materials I have in hand and represent three more specimens,
two from Mr. Mitchell, and another given by him to the Museum.

They all include the median part of the head only, and cannot
be properly identified, although the resemblance of one (fig. 4) to
A. Leonhradi is rather strong. The chief difference is that in one of
them especially (fig. 3), the internal triangle of the fixed cheek of

(1) The earliest mention that I know of the genus in Australia is by
Chas. Jenkins, Esq., of Yass, in Proc. Linn. Soc. Vol. III. pl. 17, where he
represents A. Brightii from the lower part of the Hume beds. I find A.
Brightii, Murch. from the Wenloch limestone, Dudley, figured in Murchison’s
Siuria, pl. 18. However, from these data only it seems hardly possible to
ascertain this identification beyond doubt. (See also Barr. Sil, Syst. p. 752,
and in Phil. and Salter, Mem. Geol. Surv. Gt. Brit. 1848, Vol. 2, part I.
pl. IX). The pygidium of A. Brightii as represented by Mr. Jenkins,
somewhat resembles that represented by me in Proc. Linn. Soc. Vol. I.
2 ser. pl. 15, fig. 12. (Subsequently I have been given to understand that
this gentleman did not intend to insist on the identification. )

100 NOTE ON SOME TRILOBITES NEW TO AUSTRALIA,

which I have already spoken, is broader than in A. Leonhardi. It
would therefore come nearer to A. Dormitzeri on that account,
but, as I have already said (p. 98), although Barrande doves not
describe the head of the last species on the ground of its similarity
to that of the former, still he does not represent the frontal
margin of A. Dormitzeri with the granulation which exists in A.
Leonhardi. These three specimens might belong to two or even
three different species.

One of the specimens being very well preserved, as regards the
granulation of the glabella, I have represented it increased four
times, viz., twice as much as the others, in order to show more
exactly all the details.

STAUROCEPHALUS near 8. Murcuisont, Barr.

Barrande, Sil. Syst. p. 812, pl. 43; Salter, Brit. Trilob. p. 84,
pli.
(Plate IT., figs, 5-9.)

This genus was recorded from Australia, for the first time,
by Prof. de Koninck, (in his Fossiles Paléozoiques Nouv.-Galles du
Sud, 1876, p. 47, pl. 1, fig. 8), when he dedicated to the late Rev.
W. B. Clarke, a beautiful species from Rock Flat Creek (Monaro),
whence the doubtful Lichas palmata which is spoken of by de
Koninck, also comes.

The specimens of Stawrocephalus I am about to record and repre-
sent here are from Bowning, and have already been referred to in
the Proceedings by M. Mitchell under the name of S. Murchisoni ;
but he acknowledges himself that they do not perfectly agree with
the representations of this fossil by Salter and Barrande.

Out of the five specimens, three show only the head, not unlike
that of S. Murchisont ; another specimen is a hollow cast of the
head and pleure (fig. 5); and the last, which is nearly complete,
has been recently handed to me by Mr. Mitchell (fig. 6).

I do not see any remarkable difference between the heads repre-
sented in our figures, and fig, 28 of Barrande’s plate 43, except that

BY F. RATTE, ING. DES ARTS ET MANUF., PARIS. 101

the furrows of the glabella are not apparent in our specimens, and
that the median part of the head seems also more slender, becoming
narrower as it reaches the globular projection.

The great difference is in the pygidium, which, although com-
posed of the same number of pleure, is broader and has a nearly
flat surface, and only shows the origin of appendages on the outer
margin, where unfortunately the prolongations of these appendages
are broken (fig. 6). The dimensions of the last specimen are as

follows :—
Length 17 mm.

Breadth 10 mm.
Length of head 64 mm.
Length of pygidium 14 mm.

Width of pygidium 3 mm.

One specimen, (fig. 7) which was lent to me from the Depart-
ment of Mines for comparison, shows only the head, which is
10 mm, in length, corresponding to about 26 mm. for the total
length of the animal without the appendages of the pygidium, and
15 to 16 mm. in breadth.

>

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
(Plate I).

DIAGRAMS OF PYGIDIA, FIGS, 1-6.

Fig. 1.—Lichas hirsutus, Fletcher (= L. palmata, Barr.) Journ. Geol. Soc.
SIO ip lmeNeNGV Me DIS pti) RX ee

Fig. 2.—Id. id. Loe. cit., pl. XXVIL., fig. 6. x 2.
Fig. 3.—Id.id. Loe. cit., pl. XX VIL, fig. 5. x 2.
Fig. 4.—Lichas palmata, Barr. Systéme Silur. Bohem., pl. 28, fig. 1.

Fig. 5.—Id. Loe. cit., fig. 9. This fig. is accompanied in Barrande’s work by
the following remark :—‘‘ Pygidium isolé, dont l’axe est trés-
prolongé, et dont les tubercules spiniformes sont tres-développés
sur le contour.” x 2.

Fi

~

g. 6.—Lichas palmata var. sinuata. x 3.

102 NOTE ON SOME TRILOBITES NEW TO AUSTRALIA.

(Plate II),
Fig. 1.—Acidaspis near A. Dormitzeri, Corda. From Bowning (J.
Mitchell, Esq.) x 10.
Fig. 1. bis.—The same of natural size.
Figs. 2 and 3.—Heads of Acidaspis, x 2.
Fig. 4.—Head of Acidaspis near A. Leonhardi. x 4.

Fig. 5.—Staurocephalus near S. Murchisoni, Barr. Hollow impression.
S745

Fig. 6.—Stawrocephalus near S. Murchisoni, Barr. Complete specimen.
oS PA,

Fig. 7.—Head of same. (Coll. Geol. Surv. N. 8. W., from Bowning.).

53)
Fig. 8.—Head of same. x 2,
Fig. 9..—Head of same showing denticulated border. x 2.

N.B.—Unless otherwise stated, the specimens of Acidaspis and Stawro-
cephalus have been kindly lent by M. J. Mitchell, and are from Bowning.

NOTE ON THE MODE OF NIDIFICATION OF A SPECIES
OF PACHYCEPHALA, SUPPOSED TO BE P. GIL-
BERTIT, FROM THE INTERIOR OF N. 8. WALES.

By K. H. BEnneET?.

Whilst riding across a portion of the Kilfern Station in the
Western Division of the Colony, on the 24th of October last, my
-attention was attracted by observing the tail of a bird protruding
from the upper surface of an old nest of a Pomatostomus, placed in
a small Mulga tree, some 12 feet from the ground. AsI rode
beneath the tree the bird flew off, and perched on a neighbouring
branch. Lat once recognised it as a bird that I had met with on
two or three occasions previously in my wanderings, but which
was extremely rare, and which I took to be a Pachycephala, but
to what species referable I gould not say. Since then, however,
I have examined the plates in Gould’s Work on the “ Birds of
Australia,” and have also carefully examined the species of
Pachycephala, in the Sydney Museum, and am of opinion that the
bird in question is P. Gilbertii. Having never previously come
across the nest of this bird I was curious to see the eggs, though
at the same time I was very doubtful about eggs being there
at all, as the situation of the supposed nest was so different from
that usually chosen by this family of birds. Qn ascending the tree
I found that the bird had actually chosen that situation for its
nest, but to my disappointment the bird was only building, as was
evidenced by finding a newly made, somewhat cup-shaped nest
within the old one of the Pomatostomus, On the 3rd of November,
having occasion to pass within a few miles of the same place, I
determined to gratify my curiosity as regarded the eggs, and made
a detour for this purpose. On reaching the tree I again observed

104 MODE OF NIDIFICATION OF A SPECIES OF PACHYCEPHALA.

the bird’s tail projecting from the nest, and on ascending was
gratified to find the nest contained three eggs ; these I took, and
also the nest in its entirety, and have forwarded them to Dr.
Ramsay, for exhibition. The eggs are of a light creamy white
with irregular zones of spots of slate and grey dots at the
larger end.

FLOWERING SEASONS OF AUSTRALIAN PLANTS.
By E. Havitanp, F.LS.

No. 3.—P.Lants FLOWERING IN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF SYDNEY
DURING THE MONTH OF SEPTEMBER, IN ADDITION TO THOSE
ENUMERATED IN LISTS FOR JULY AND AUGUST, MOST OF
WHICH ARE STILL IN FLOWER.

Dilleniaceze— Ficoideze—

Hibbertia fasciculata. Tetragonia expansa.
Cruciferzee— Leguminosze—

Cakile maritima. Bossiwa microphylla
Violaceze— Acacia stricta

Viola betonicifolia. Pultencea flexilis
Pittosporeze— a retusa

Marianthus procumbens

Pittosporum undulatum.

Polygalesee— 5
Comesperma volubile.
Tremandrese—
Tetratheca juncea
5 ericowdes.
Rutacesee—

Correa speciosa var canensis

Philotheca australis.
Lineze—

Linum marginale.
Euphorbiaceee—

Phyllanthus thymordes

Breynia oblongifolia.
Stackhousiaceze—

Stackhousia muricata

a vimined.

Daviesia ulicina
Gompholobium minus

5 latifolium
Mirbelia reticulata.

Myrtaceze—

Leptospermum parvifolium
of attenuatum
Beckea crenulata
», diosmifolia.

Rhamnaceze—

Pomaderris lanigera
3 elliptica

Loranthacee—

Notothixos subaureus.

Proteaceze —

Grevillea laurifolia
45 buaxitfolia
Hakea dactylovdes.

106 FLOWERING SEASONS OF AUSTRALIAN PLANTS.

Compositee—

Helichrysum diosmifolium.

Goodeniaceze—
Goodenia barbata.
Plantaginesee—
Plantago debilis.
Solanaceze—
Solanum aviculare.
Scrophularineee—
Veronica plebeia.
Labiatze—

Plectranthus parviflorus.

Epacrideee—
Styphelia triflora
Monotoca scoparia.

Orchideze—

Caladenia testace
53 alba
Thelymitra ixiovdes

Diuris elongata
» punctata
Caleana major
Calochilus paludosus
Glossodia minor
Prasophyllum elatum.
Trideze—
Patersonia glabrata.
Amaryllidese—
Hypoxis hygrometrica.
Liliacezee—
Burchardia wmbellata.

NOTES ON THE METHOD ADOPTED BY THE FEMALE’
OF THE COMMON FRESHWATER TORTOISE CHEZLO-
DINA - LONGICOLLIS, IN THE EXCAVATION OF
THE BURROWS IN WHICH HER EGGS ARE TO:
BE DEPOSITED.

By H. J. McCoory, Buayney.

1. Chelodina longicollis. This strange-looking Freshwater Tor-
toise which has been compared to a snake threaded through a
turtle, is at the present time, midsummer, engaged in the processes
of nidification and deposition of her eggs ; and I have taken the
opportunity of watching the proceedings with particular attention
during the last fortnight, in the neighbourhood of Blayney, with
the following results, viz. :— *

(1st). The tortoises come out of the Balabula River and travel
into the cultivation paddocks, a distance, in some instances, of
fifteen chains to deposit their eggs. (2nd). They carry with them
a supply of water which they vomit into the holes to soften the
earth while they dig. They begin operations early in the morning
by scratching a small hole about an inch deep, always using their
hind claws. Into the depression thus made they vomit or squirt
a quantity of water, and immediately resume the scratching
process. Having cleared out the mud formed by the water, and
being again on the dry surface, they again vomit water into the
hole and again scratch out the mud, They continue in this.
manner until the hole has been sunk to the required depth, viz.,
about seven inches. The quantity of water they use in the
operation of sinking or burrowing out one of these holes is quite
surprising. As far as I can make out fully a pint is used. If
the ground be extra dry and hard, and their supply of water run

108 NOTES ON THE OVIPOSITION OF THE FRESHWATER TORTOISE.

short, which in three instances I have known to occur, they will
return to the river and next morning again make their appearance
with a fresh supply and complete the unfinished hole.

I shall be glad to learn if this water-carrying peculiarity of the
Chelodina longicollis has been observed by any other naturalist.

2. Since my previous note on Chelodina longicollis, I found
another in the act of using water in burrowing, and had an
excellent opportunity of watching her. She chose a hard, dry,
dusty road for her operations. A surprising quantity of water
was used—a continuous stream being kept running into the hole
while she dug. In fact the water overflowed the hole and ran
from it about two feet. She must have used considerably over
a pint of water. The situation chosen was about three chains
from the river, on the side of a steep incline, more than thirty
feet above the level of the water. It is worthy of notice that
the tortoises always choose grassless situations for their nests, and
such situations are, of course, always the hardest they could choose.
This is evidently to avoid the grass. When the hole is scraped
out to a depth of seven inches they lay six eggs, over which they
throw a covering of fine dust. Next day they return and lay six
more which they again cover over with fine dust. They continue
laying six per day and covering them over, until thirty-six are
laid. They then cover the nest up level with the surface ; but
never above it. I have found as few as 15 eggs in their nests but
never more than 36; and strange to say on three occasions I have
tound exactly that number, viz., thirty-six. The eggs in the
bottom of the hole or nest hatch first ; the young scramble out,
and strike a bee-line for the nearest point of the river. Farmers
in this district frequently plough up the nests and find therein a
number of young, and unhatched eggs.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 109

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Smithurst exhibited the ulna, radius, and other bones of a
gigantic Kangaroo from a deep deposit at Gulgong. Also, two
specimens of Corals also from Gulgong ; one, Mavosites Gothlandica,
the other, a species of Jsastrea evidently foreign to the district.

Mr. Ogilby exhibited a coloured drawing by Mr. Irwin, of the
beautiful fish Gvrella cyanea.

Mr. A. Sidney Olliff exhibited a gigantic flea which he identified
as Pulex echidne, Denny. The specimen was found by Mr. Pedley
on the Australian Echidna together with the small species recently
described in the ‘ Proceedings’ as Echidnophaga ambulans.

Mr. Masters exhibited a fine collection of Entomogenous Fungi,
and read the following explanatory note :—

“JT have put together in the drawer T now exhibit some of the
most conspicuous Entomogenous Fungi in the Macleay Museum.
No. (1) labelled New South Wales, shows some large Lepidopterous
larvee, with the stipes, rising from the tail, as long and as thick as
the Caterpillar, and terminating in a double or sometimes single
large oblong somewhat compressed club. (2) Specimens of the well-
known New Zealand Jsaria, the stipes springing from the head,
and 10 inches in length. (3) Specimens from Ash Island of larvee
of Rhyssonotus nebulosus in a similar state, the fungus rising from
the head in a thin stipes and terminating in a small round club.
(4) Some Cicada pupz similarly attacked (New South Wales).
(5) Larva of an Elater with a number of thread-like growths on
the sides of the body (New South Wales). (6) An Homopterous
Insect, with fine thread-like growths from its tail (N.S. Wales).
(7) Two Dipterous Insects from Cairns, with a short thick stipes
terminating in a round club, springing from the base of each
wing, evidently a Cordyceps. (8) Four different species of Hymen-
optera from Cairns, but apparently attacked by the same fungus,
which springs from all parts of the body in long, very thin, and

110 NOTES AND EXHIRITS.

hair-like filaments. (9) An Homopterous insect from Cairns, com-
pletely enveloped beneath in a growth of short barbed-looking
spines. (10) In three Spiders, also from Cairns, shortish, thickish,
and rather pointed growths spring from different parts of the body.
(11) Two Wasps from Cuba have a longish stipes rising between
the anterior legs. I shall endeavour to have some of the most
interesting of these exhibits illustrated for a future meeting.

Dr. Ramsay exhibited a number of rare birds from the late Mr.
T. H. Boyer-Bower’s collection, for comparison with specimens of
allied species from New Soath Wales :—Astur cruentus, Gould,
W. A.; gotheles leucogaster, Gould, W. A.; Calamoherpe
australis, N.S. W.; C. longirostris, Gould, W. A.; Lophophaps
ferruginea, W. A.; L. lewcogaster, W. A.; Ephthianura aurifrons,
N. 8S. W.; #. crocea, W. A.; Myiagra latirostris, W. A. ;
Estrelda bichenovii, Gould, N. 8. W.; #. annulosa, Gould,
W. A.; Poéphila acuticauda, W. A.; P. atropygialis, Cent),
Aust.; P. cincta, Queensland.

WEDNESDAY, 23rp FEBRUARY, 1887.

(ee

The Monthly Meeting of this Society was held in the Linnean
Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday evening, 23rd
February, 1887.

‘The President, Professor W.J. Stephens, M.A., F.G.S.,in the Chair.

Mr. T.S. Rigg, and Mr. J. R. Reid, Bengal Civil Service, were

present as visitors.

Mr. Henry J. Brown, Newcastle, was elected a Member of the
Society.

The President announced that the next Excursion had been
arranged for Saturday, March 19th, Members to meet at the
Redfern Railway Station, to proceed by the 8:13 am. train to
the National Park.

DONATIONS.

* United States Commission of Fish and Fisheries.” Parts
J.-IX. “Reports of the Commissioner” for the years 1871-81,
(9 Vols.) ; ‘‘ Odontornithes: A Monograph on the Extinct Toothed
Birds of North America.” By Prof. O. C. Marsh; ‘“ Key to
North American Birds.” By Dr. Elliott Coues; “ Birds of the

112 DONATIONS.

North-west: A Handbook of the Ornithology of the region
drained by the Missouri River and its Tributaries.” By Dr.
E. Coues; “ Birds of the Colorado Valley.’ By Dr. E. Coues.
Part I.; “ Monographs of North American Rodentia.” By Dr.
Coues and J. A. Allen ; “* Monographies de Mammalogie.” Par
C. J. Temminck, (2 Vols.) ; “ The Parasites of Man, and the
Diseases which proceed from them.” By Prof. R. Leuckart,
Translated by W. E. Hoyle, M.A.; “ Report of the Commission
appointed to inquire into the methods of Oyster Culture in the
United Kingdom and France.” (1870) ; ‘‘ Reports on the Crab and
Lobster Fisheries of England and Wales, Scotland and Ireland.”
(1877) ; Also, Ten (10) Papers on Ichthyology. By Dr. Bleeker ;
“The Scottish Geographical Magazine.” Vol. III, No. 1, Jan.
1887. rom the Hon. William Macleay, F.L.S., ke.

“Forest Culture and Eucalyptus Trees.” By Ellwood
Cooper ; “ Notes on Australian Plants,” (Continued), (2 leaflets) ;
and “On two Species of Sterculia, discovered by R. Parkin-
son, Esq., in New Britain.” By Baron von Mueller. From
Baron von Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.RS., de.

“‘Proceedings of the Royal Physical Society, Edinburgh.”
Vol. [X., Part I. 1886. From the Society.

“ Zoologischer Anzeiger.” IX. Jahrg. No. 240, 20th December,
and Index 1886. From the Editor.

“ Abstract of Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London.”
December 21st, 1886. From the Society.

“ Plants Indigenous in the neighbourhood of Sydney.” By Rev.
W. Woolls, Ph.D., F.L.S. rom Prof. Stephens, M.A., F.G.S.

“ Bulletin of the American Geographical Society,” 1885. No. 3.
From the Society.

DONATIONS. TS

“The Canadian Record of Science.” Vol. II., No. 5. From
the Natural History Society of Montreal.

“The Victorian Naturalist” Vol. III., No. 10. Feb. 1887.
From the Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria.

“ A History of the Fishes of Madeira.”* By Richard Thomas
Lowe, M.A. From Dr. Ramsay, F.R.S.E.

“Revue Coloniale Internationale.” TomelV., No. 1. Jan.,
1887. From TL Association Coloniale Néerlandaise & Amsterdam.

“‘ Annalen des K. K. Naturhistorischen Hofmuseums.” (Wien).
Redigirt von Dr. von Hauer. Band I., No. 3. From the Director.

“Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India:—Palontologia
Indica.” Ser. X., Vol. IV., Part II., and Addendum to Part I.
By R. Lydekker, B.A., F.G.8. From the Director.

“Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes.” No. 195, Ist Jan., 1887.
From the Editor.

““Comptes Rendus des Séances de L’ Académie des Sciences,
Paris.” Tome CIII., Nos. 17-21, 1886, and ‘Tables des
Comptes Kendus, &c,” 2nde Semestre 1885. Tome CI. From

the Academy.

“Studies from the Biological Laboratory of the Johns Hopkins
University, Baltimore.” Vol. III., Nos. 6 and 7. May and
June, 1886 ; “ University Circulars.” Vol. V., Nos. 49 and 50.
May and June, 1886. From the University.

“Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.” Part I. Jan. to March, 1886. From the Academy.

“‘ Transactions of the New York Academy of Sciences.” Vol.
V., Nos. 2-6. Nov. 1885 to March, 1886; “Annals of the New
York Academy of Sciences.” Vol. LII., Nos. 9and 10, Dec. 1885.
from the ee

114 DONATIONS.

“Mémoires de L’ Académie Impériale des Sciences de St.
Pétersbourg.” VIL.™ Série. Tome XXXIII., No. 5, 1885. From
the Academy.

?

“Mittheilungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Bern.’
Jahrg. 1870-1881, (12 Vols.), 1883, (Heft 2) to 1885, (Heft 2).
From the Society.

PAPERS READ.

MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, No. III.
THE SCARITIDA OF NEW HOLLAND.

By Wiiiam Mac ray, F.L.S., &c.

The Scaritidee (or Bipartiti of Latreille), are very numerously
represented in Australia, and are certainly the most beautiful of
all the groups of the Carabidee, their colours exhibiting infinite
varieties of gem-like brilliancy and metallic lustre. It is perhaps
also of all others the group which has been most completely
worked up. Professor Westwood was the first to endeavour to throw
some light upon these at that time very little known insects, he
having described or redescribed all thespecies then known(19 species)
of the genera Carenum and Scaraphites in the “ Arcana Entomo-
logica,” Vol. I, 1845, andthe Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. Vol. V. 1849.

In January 1863, I published a paper (1) on the Scaritide in
which I added considerably to the number, and gave descrip-
tions of all the species previously known, My next paper read in
March 18¢4 (2), added 27 to the list of Australian Scaritide. In
a third paper (3), read in March 1865, I added 30 to the list, and
introduced the new genus Huryscaphus for the reception of some
large species which seemed to be intermediate between Carenum
and Scaraphites. I also at the end of that paper gave a tabular
list of all the species of Carenum, subdivided into numerous
sections founded upon easily recognizable differences in form and
sculpture. In 1867 Count Castelnau (4) described over thirty
new species, formed a new genus, Veocarenwm, for the reception
of some insects of which my Carenum elongatum is the type, and

1) Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, Vol, 1, p. 55.
2) Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, Vol. I. p. 134.
) Trans. Ent. Soc. N. 8. Wales, Vol. I. p. 176.

(
(
(3

(4) Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. VIII. p. 120.

116 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. III.

restored Newman’s genus Hutoma for the group of which Carenum
tinctilatwm, Newm. is the type. In 1868, Baron de Chaudoir (1)
reviewed the genus Carenwm as it then stood, criticised the work
done by Count Castelnau and myself, described six new species
and formed three new genera—Monocentrum, Conopteruwm, and
Carenidiwm. The Baron’s paper was followed in 1869, by a fourth
paper from me (2) in which 21 new species were enumerated and
described. Since then butlittle has been done in this group. In 1871
I described eight new species in the “ Insects of Gayndah,” (3) and
formed the genus Philoscaphusfor the group of which Carenwm
tuberculatum is the type, and in 1873, (4) I added eight more
species to the list. In 1874, Bates described in the ‘‘ Entomologists
Monthly Magazine,” nine species from West Australia, including
anew genus, Zeratidium. In 1883, I added (5) five new species
from Queensland, and in December 1886, the Rev. T. Black-
burn (6) described two South Australian species of the genus
ELuryscaphus.

This makes the number of species in all 180, including a few
which have accumulated in my collection since [ last wrote on the
subject, and which I describe further on.

My object in now reverting to this old and favourite subject, is
because I find that the enormous increase inthenumber of the species
of the group has so outgrown the old tabular arrangement of them
which I made more than 20 years ago, that a fresh arrangement and
classification has become very desirable if not necessary. I have
been compelled in my effort to nake my revision of the group as
distinct and intelligible as it is in my power to make it, to add
considerably to the number of genera, so that by my present pro-
posed arrangement the genus Carenwm of Bonelli, yields material
for 14 genera. My definition of these, given below, is short

1) Ann. Ent. Soc. Belg. Tom. XI. p. 137.

2) Trans. Ent. Soc. N. 8S. Wales, Vol. II. p. 58.

3) Trans. Ent. Soc. N. 8. Wales, Vol. II. p. 96-99.
4) Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, Vol. IT. 319.

5) Proc. Linn, Soc. N. 8. Wales, Vol. VIII. p. 411.
6) Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust. Vol. 1887.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 117

and not very definite, but that I find unavoidable, as there are very

few marked distinguishing features in the group, and even these
. . . 4

run into one another in the most puzzling manner. .

Group, CARENIDES.

Mentum large, flat, carinated in the middle, the median tooth
very strong.

Labium cut squarely in front, the paraglossz slightly passing it.

Palpi more or less securiform.

Maaille straight, rounded at the apex.

Mandibles strongly toothed on the internal side.

Labrum short.

Antenne short, compresssed, moniliform or filiform.

Thorax and elytra of variable form.

Anterior tibie strongly palmate and toothed externally.

Tarst simple in both sexes.

Body apterous.

This group I propose to distribute into the following genera :—
Monocentrum, Teratidiwm, Carenidium, Conopterum, Neoca-
renum, Hutoma, Carenoscaphus, Carenum, Calliscapterus, Platy-
thorax, Laccopterum, Philoscaphus, Ewryscaphus, and Scaraphites.

Genus, Monocentrum, Chaud,

Of very narrow elongate form. Head large, antenne short,
robust, compressed, submoniliform; labial palpi securiform.
Frontal canals deep, diverging behind. Thorax much longer than
broad. Elytra narrow, cylindrical. Anterior tibize unidentate
externally. Ventral segments impunctate.

Three species have been assigned to this genus, all from
Northern Queensland. MM. megacephaium (Carenum megacephalum)
Westwood, J, grandiceps, Chaud. and JZ. longiceps, Chaud. I
have one specimen of the grandiceps from the Dawson River, the
only one of the genus I have seen.

118 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. TII.

Genus, TERATIDIUM, Bates.

This genus seems not to differ from Monocentrum except in
having the frontal canals very lightly impressed. The only
species is 7’. macros of Bates from West Australia. I have never
seen it.

Genus, CARENIDIUM, Chaud.

Head very large, frontal canals deep and diverging bebind,
mandibles very strong, clypeus and labrum emarginate. Antenne
short, slender, attenuated at the apex. Palpi very broadly
securiform. Thorax broader than the length. Elytra oblong-
oval ; anterior tibiz strongly bidentate externally. The abdominal
segments with the two setigerous punctures except in C. gagatinwm.

The insects referable to this genus are of large size and for the
most part of great brilliaacy. Baron de Chaudoir founded the
genus on my Carenum gagatinum, and more recent discoveries
have added to it—C. Damelwi, Macl.; Spaldingi, Macl. ; Kreus-
lerew, Macl.; lacustre, Macl. ; sapphirinum, Bates. My Carenuwm
mucronatum will also fall into this genus, as well as Carenidiwm
Darlingense, Chaudoiri, septentrionale and tropicale new species,
the descriptions of which are given at the end of this paper.

Genus, ConoprErRuM, Chaud.

This genus only differs from Carenidiwm in the clypeus and
labrum not or very little emarginate, the antennee less attenuated,
the elytra more pointed towards the apex, and in having a strong
erect horn springing from the inner tooth of the mandibles, most
conspicuously on the left mandible.

This genus was suggested by Baron de Chaudoir, but without
any defined characters, for an insect from North Australia, to
which he gives the specific name of zmszgne. He ascribes to the
same genus two species described by Count Castlenau under the
names of Carenum superbum and amabile. To this I have
to add my Carenum Riverine and the following new species
described hereafter—Conopterwm violaceum, littorale, Barnardi,
and bicornutum.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. EES

Genus, NEocARENUM, Castelna

Of elongate form and parallel-sided. Labrum short not emar-
ginate, palpi slightly securiform. Antennze submoniliform.
Anterior thighs and tibie as in Hutoma, intermediate tibie
strongly unidentate at the outer apex, and serrate above. A row
of sublateral punctures on the elytra.

Count Castlenau established this genus on my Carenum elon-
gatum. The species since added are Neocarenwm cylindripenne,
Bates; Mastersi, Macl.; retwswm, Bates; rugosulwm, Macl.,
and singulare, Casteln.

Genus, Euroma, Newman.

Very narrow and of cylindrical form. Head large, profoundly
bisuleate in front; labrum not or scarcely emarginate, very
short. Maxillary palpi triangular, labial securiform. Antenne
submoniliform. Thorax longer than wide. Anterior tibie strongly
bidentate externally ; anterior thighs notched and angled beneath
near the apex.

The species of this genus are numerous and distinguished for
brilliancy of colouring; they are for the most part of small size and
were originally classed as one. of the subdivisions of Carenwm.
They may be divided into those with two impressed punctures on
the elytra, and those with four.

The first division consists of —

LE. bipunctatum, Macl. EF. Mastersi, Mac.

cavipenne, Bates.
cupripenne, Macl.
episcopale, Castein.
Jiliforme, Casteln.
glaberrimum, Macl.
leeve, Casteln.

Loddonense, Casteln.

undulatum, Mac).

Newman, Casteln.
punctipenne, Macl.
purpuratum, Casteln.
splendidum, Macl.
subrugosulum, Macl.
substriatulum, Macl.

tenctilatum, Newm.

violaceum, Macl.

120 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. III.

and a new species—Z. punctatum—from Dawson River described
hereafter. Those with four punctures are Hutoma Digglesr, Macl.
and £. magnificum, and brevipenne, the two last new species
described hereafter.

Genus, CARENOSCAPHUS.

I propose this generic name for a number of species of Carenwm
which seem to be intermediate between Hutoma and Carenwm
proper. The form is elongated and parallel-sided, broader and
rather flatter than in Hutoma, the labrum not emarginate, the
palpi moderately securiform, the antennz moniliform, the frontal
canals nearly parallel, the thorax longer or as long as wide, the
elytra quadri-punctate, the anterior tibiz bidentate externally, the
anterior thighs slightly notched.

The species formerly placed in Carenwm, coming into this genus

are—

C. scaritioides, Westw. C. subquadratus, Macl.
atronitens, Macl. striato-punctatus, Macl.
oblongus, Macl. coracinus, Macl.
intermedius, Westw. gawlerensis, Casteln.
nigerrumus, Macl. devastator, Casteln.
ambiguus, Macl. angustipennis, Macl.

I also place in this genus, though they look somewhat foreign to
it, C. quadripunctatus, Macl., and C, swmptuosus, Westw., and I
describe further on a new species—C. /ucidus, which must also be
placed in this group.

Genus, CarENUM, Bonelli.

Under this name I include the three groups of Carenum, of which
C. Bonellii, C. marginatum and C. perplexum are respectively the
types. The antennz are less moniliform than in the last, the
labrum longer, the labial palpi less securiform, the frontal canals
straight or nearly so, thorax broader than the length, the elytra and
rather shortly oval convex, the anterior tibiz bidentate externally.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 121

1. Elytra with four punctures.

C. Bonelliz, Brulle. C. Castelnaui, Chaud.
affine, Macl. sexpunctatum, Macl.
viridipenne, Westw. cyanipenne, Macl.
anthracinum, Macl. opacum, Macl.
interruptum, Macl. triste, Macl.
obscurum, Macl. occultum, Macl.
simile, Macl. ovipenne, Macl.
Brisbanense, Casteln. submetallicum, Macl.
ebeninum, Casteln. pusillum, Macl.
Westwoodit, Casteln. purpureo-marginatum, n. sp.

2. Elytra with two punctures.

C. marginatum, Boisd. C. convexum, Chaud.
levigatum, Macl. Kingti, Macl.
puncticolle, Macl. propinquum, Macl.
punctulatum, Macl. nitescens, Macl.
scitulum, Macl. viridi-marginatum, Macl.
Murrumbidgense, Macl. politulum, Macl.
laterale, Macl. planipenne, Macl.
subporcatulum, Macl. subplanatum, Bates.
striatopunctatum, Macl. Batesi, Masters.
frontale, Macl. Terre-regine, Macl.
carbonarium, Casteln. tanthinum, Macl.

3. Elytra without punctures.

C. politum, Westw. C. subcostatum, Macl.
perplecum, White. De Visi, Macl.
levipenne, Macl. ineditum, Macl.

Genus, CALLISCAPTERUS.

Head large, frontal canals short, only slightly diverging, palpi
scarcely securiform, antenne moderately slender not moniliform,
labrum biemarginate; thorax broad and semicircular, elytra
broadly ovate and convex, anterior tibie tridentate externally.
This is a very showy and handsome group. The species hitherto
classed with Carenwm which are referable to this genus are

122 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. III.

Elytra with two punctures.

C. coruscus, Mael. C. rufipes, Macl.
smaragdulus, Westw. subcyaneus, Macl.
elegans, Macl. dispar, Macl.
distinctus, Macleay. ordinatus, Macl.
campestris, Macl. parvulus, Macl.
splendens, Casteln. porphyreus, Bates.
Odewahnii, Casteln. brevifornvis, Bates.

Elytra with four punctures.
C. cyaneus, Fab.

Genus, PLATYTHORAX.

Head transverse, the frontal canals short and straight, the
antenne slender, the palpi not securiform, the thorax very trans-
verse and rectangular, anterior tibie less strong and palmate than
in Carenwm and with several smallish teeth externally. I have
formed this genus for a very curious insect described by me many
years ago under the name of Carenwm rectangulare ; the Carenum
transversicolle, Chaud., will also enter this genus.

Genus, LACCOPTERUM.

The type of this genus is Carenum Spencet, Westw. The
species are all of rather small size. The antenne are submonili-
form, the palpi are triangular, the labrum short, the thorax wider
than long, the elytra oval and more or less covered with large
fovere, the anterior tibie are strongly tridentate externally and
the intermediate have a strong spine on the outer apex. The
species are—

L. deauratum, Macl. LL. variolosum, Macl.
gemmatum, Westw. Darwiniense, Maci.
foveigerum, Chaud. foveipenne, Macl.
foveolatum, Macl. salebrosum, Macl.
Spencei, Westw. lacunatum, n. sp.

C. loculosum, Newm.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 123

Genus, PHILOSCAPHUS.

Head broad, rather short, the frontal canals deep and short, the
labrum a little emarginate, the palpi scarcely thicker towards the
apex, antennee filiform. Thorax much broader than long, of semi-
circular form. Elytra broad and tuberculate, with a sublateral

carina. Anterior tibie tridentate externally, intermediate
unidentate. The species are
P. tuberculatus, Macl. P. costalis, Macl.

Mastersi, Macl. carinatus, Macl. -

P. lateralis, Macl.

Genus, Euryscapuus, Macleay.

Head large, the frontal canals short and parallel, the antennz
rather long and filiform, the labrum large and transverse, the
maxillary palpi very slightly triangular at the apex, the labial a
little more so. Thorax transversal. Elytra as broad as Jong,
convex, almost circular except at the base which is excised.
Anterior tibie strongly bidentate externally, intermediate uni-
dentate and serrate. All the species of this genus are of large size
and broad convex form.

They seem to be exclusively insects of the interior parts of New
Holland.

The species known are—

£. affinis, Casteln. L.. Howittcvi, Casteln.
angulatus, Macl. minor, Macl.
bipunctatus, Macl. obesus, Macl.
carbonarius, Casteln. Waterhousei, Macl.
dilatatus, Macl. Tatei, Bates.
Hopei, Casteln. subsulcatus, Bates.

Genus, SCARAPHITES, Westw.

The insects of this genus are also of great size. The head is
large, the frontal canals very short or merely depressions, the
labrum very transverse and rugose, the palpi filiform, and the

124 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IJ.

antenne short and submoniliform. Thorax transverse; elytra
rather longer than wide, and broadest near the apex. Anterior
‘tibie very strongly tridentate externally, intermediate very
strongly unidentate. Species—

S. Bacchus, Westw. S. latipennis, Macl.
crenaticollis, Macl. Leneus, Westw.
gigas, Casteln. lucidus, Chaud.
heros, Casteln. Macleayi, Westw.
hirtipes, Macl. Martin, Westw.
humeralis, Casteln. Mastersi, Macl.
intermedius, Macl. rotundipennis, De}.
laticollis, Macl. Silenus, Westw.

I subjoin descriptions of the new species.

CARENIDIUM DARLINGENSE, n. sp

Black, nitid, thorax margined with green, elytra dark violet
margined with green. Head large, subnitid, eyes large, promi-
nent, preocular angles prominent and rounded, frontal canals deep
and moderately diverging behind, the clypeus narrowly and retusely
emarginate in the middle, with a prominent tooth on each side
bounding the labrum. The labrum itself is short, about one-fifth
of the width, and a little emarginate, with six large punctures. A
large setigerous puncture occupies the angle caused by the bifur-
cation of the frontal canals near the clypeus, and two others are
placed one above the eye, the other a little behind the first. The
thorax is very slightly broader than the head, narrowly margined
on the sides and base, about as long as broad, slightly emarginate
on the apex, rounded and narrowed behind into a short basal lobe
very slightly emarginate in the middle, and with the median line
not reaching the base or apex. Elytra elongate-ovate, the length
three times the width, narrower than the thorax, narrowly margined
except at the base, with, on each elytron seven or eight almost
obsolete punctured striz, a cluster of five or six punctures on the
base, a deep puncture near the base about equidistant from the
base, suture and humeral angle, and a similar one near the apex,

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 125

about equidistant from the suture and lateral margin. The anterior
tibize are strongly bidentate, the intermediate are minutely toothed,
each ventral segment has two setigerous punctures near the base,
the apical segment has four.

Length, 12 lines.

Hab.— Bourke District, Darling River.

CaRENIDIUM CHAUDOIRII, n. sp.

Of less elongate form than the last. The upper surface entirely
of a greenish blue, the under surface, legs, antenne, and the parts
of the mouth piceous. Head large, of a very minute shagreen-
like sculpture, eyes prominent, preocular angles less prominent
than in C. Darlingense, and the frontal canals more diverging
behind, clypeus much the same, the Jabrum short, semi-circular,
and with four setigerous punctures. Thorax rather broader than
the head ; decidedly broader than the length, broadly cordiform,
rather broadly margined on sides and base, the basal lobe short
and truncate, the median line well marked, but not reaching the
base or apex, and the whole disk transversely scratched. Elytra
oblong-ovate, a little narrower than the thorax, about twice as
long as broad, minutely punctate and striate under a powerful
lens, a cluster of about nine punctures at the base and a regular
row of setigerous punctures along the lateral margins. The anterior
tibiee are bidentate externally, the teeth as well as the spurs on
the inner side very strong and acute, the intermediate tibiz are
very strongly ciliated.

Length, 13 lines.

Hab.—Endeavour River.

I dedicate this species to the memory of the late Baron
Maximilian de Chaudoir, who was the founder of this genus, and
whose works on the Australian Carabidz have been both valuable

and voluminous,
CarRENIDIUM Dame tit, Macl.

Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, Vol. II. p. 69:
I described this species from a single specimen got at Cape
York. I have since received a fine specimen from the Dawson

126 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO, III.

River, and am enabled to give a fuller description than that
originally given.

A large species of a golden green colour, and of much broader
form than C. gagatinum. ‘The labrum is of crescentic form, the
clypeus largely emarginate and retusely declivous. The second
puncture above the eye is distant from the first and nearer the
centre. The elytra are oblong-oval, as broad as the thorax,
obsoletely punctate-striate, with an impressed puncture near the
humeral angle, another near the apex, seven punctures in a
double row on the base, and a continuous row in the lateral
margins. Length 16 lines.

CARENIDIUM SEPTENTRIONALE, Ni. Sp.

The under surface, head and legs black, the thorax and elytra
greenish-black, with bright green margins. The head is a little
narrower than the thorax, the frontal canals deep, curved and
diverging behind, the eye prominent, with a deep canal immedi-
ately above it, the two setigerous punctures above the eye close
together, the clypeus slightly emarginate scarcely retuse, the
labrum short, broad, andsubcrescentic with sixsetigerous punctures.
The thorax is wider than the length, rather broadly margined, the
anterior angles but slightly prominent, the sides roundly narrowed
to the posterior angles, the basal lobe very short and recurved, the
median line extending to the base, but not to the apex, the shallow
depressions near the posterior angles distinctly marked. The
elytra are narrower than the thorax, of a narrow oval form,
extremely minutely punctured in equally minute striz, without
any impressed puncture on the disc, but with a small transverse
depression occupied by four punctures in a curved transverse line
and one puncture above at the base, and a regular row of similar
punctures on the lateral margins. The legs and under surface
present no appreciable distinctive characters.

Length, 104 lines.
Hab.—Peak Downs.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 127
a

CARENIDIUM TROPICALE, 0. Sp.

Somewhat like C. Chaudoirz, but much smaller. The upper
surface is brilliant metallic green, the under surface, legs and
parts of the mouth piceous. The head is slightly narrower than
the thorax, prominently angled in front of the eyes, the forehead
near the clypeus with a transverse curved shallow depression, the
clypeus broadly and shallowly emarginate with on each side a
strong prominent conical tooth, the labrum slightly crescentic with
six setigerous punctures. Thorax much broader than the length,
the sides and posterior angles almost semi-circularly rounded, the
basal lobe recurved and slightly emarginate. LElytra oval,
broadest near the middle and there as broad as the thorax, rather
thinly covered with minute punctures, no impressed punctures on
the disc, a row of punctures in the lateral margins and a slight
depression at the base occupied by four punctures in a transverse
row and others above on the external side.

Length, 9 lines.

/Tab.—Endeavour River,

Chaudoir’s genus Conopterwm is very doubtfully characterised,
but there are some species resembling Conopterum insigne,
Chaud., which can scarcely be placed in Carenidiwm, and differ
still more from Hutoma and Carenuwm. For these I shall adopt
Chaudoir’s name of Conopterwm, and the following are the chief
distinctive characters. Head like Carenzdiwm but the labrum not
deeply emarginate or declivous in front. Antenne like Care-
nidum, but rather less attenuate towards the apex. Mandibles
very strong with vertical horns. Elytra elongate, ovate, narrow-
ing to the apex.

CoNOPTERUM VIOLACEUM, 0. sp.

Upper surface violet black with green borders, under surface
and legs brownish black, the whole very nitid. Head large,
scarcely so broad as the thorax at its widest part, the frontal
canals deep and diverging behind, the clypeus and labrum

128 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. III.

truncate, the latter with several setiform punctures, the inner
tooth of the mandibles strong blunt and bifid, on the left side
elevated into a horn. The thorax is rather broadly margined and
is more than semi-circular, being narrowed a little at the anterior
angles, the apex is emarginate, the basal lobe recurved and
slightly emarginate in the middle. Elytra elongate-ovate, widest
a little behind the shoulders, gradually narrowing to the apex,
very feebly striate-punctate, the punctures large, but only visible
under a lens, a strongly impressed puncture near each humeral
angle and another near the apex, a cluster of seven punctures in a
shallow depression on the base, and a row of rather distant ones
in the margin. The legs are like those of Carenidiwm. Abdominal
segments punctigerous.

Length, 10 lines.

Hab.—Mudegee district.

CoNOPTERUM LITTORALE, N. Sp.

Of rather more robust form than “. violacewm. Greenish black
above with green margins, black beneath, nitid all over. Head like
the last, but the inner tooth of the left mandible is elevated into
a large blunt slightly recurved tooth or horn. The thorax is also
similar to the last, but is slightly less transverse, and the basal
lobe is not emarginate in the middle. The elytra are elongate-
ovate, but more broadly so than in the last, and are narrowed to
the apex, feeble striz are visible on them under a lens; there are
no impressed punctures on the disc, an indistinct cluster of seti-
gerous punctures at the base and a row of them on the lateral
margins. In all else like the last.

Length, 10 lines.

Hab.—Richmond River.

CoNOPTERUM BICORNUTUM, N.. Sp.

In form this insect resembles Hutoma, but the antenne and
mandibles are those of Conopterum. The colour is cyaneous
above, black beneath. The head is as broad as the thorax, the
frontal canals are deep and divergent behind, on each side of the

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 129

clypeus there is a large prominent conical tooth or horn, the
labrum is rather prominent in the middle, and a little emarginate
on each side, with four large setigerous punctures ; both mandibles
have horns on the inner tooth, but that of the left mandible is
much the largest. The thorax is broader than long, scarcely
narrowed at the apex and rounded behind with the basal lobe
almost truncate. Elytra elongate, almost parallel-sided, rounded
in front and behind and not narrower at the apex than at the
base, without any impressed punctures on the disc, with a cluster
of six on the base, and a row of them in the lateral margins.

Length, 9 lines.

Hab.—Endeavour River.

ConoPTeRUM BARNARDI, n. sp.

Blackish-green, nitid, with the margin of thorax and elytra
bright green. The frontal canals diverging much behind, and
joined in front by a transverse depression, the clypeus moderately
emarginate and declivous, a strong conical tooth sloping backwards
on the left mandible. The thorax is about as broad as long, the
anterior anglesalittle produced, the basallobe narrow and recurved.
Elytra elongate oval, obsoletely striate-punctate, an impressed
puncture near the humeral angle, and another near the outer apex,
a number of punctures on the base and a distinct row of them on
the lateral margins. The prosternum is rounded at the apex,
flattened beneath, and irregularly impressed in the middle.

Length, 11 lines.

Hab.—Dawson River.

CoNOPTERUM INCORNUTUM, Nn. sp,

[have some doubt as the genus of this insect. It differs from
Carenidium in the shape of the labrum and clypeus, and from
Conopterum in having the mandibles not horned ; this however may
be only a sexual difference. The colour is a nitid black with green
margin, the tarsi, antennze and palpi piceous. The head is finely
acuducted, with some transverse striae near the clypeus, that and
the labrum are scarcely if at all emarginate. The thorax is like

9

130 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. III.

that of the last species but more broadly margined. The elytra are
as broad as thethorax at the base and narrowed to the apex, with a
strong impressed puncture near the base, and another near the
apex, both about equidistant from the sides and suture, two or
three punctures on the base and a distant row of them on the
sides.

A longitudinal slit on the prosternum.
Length, 12 lines.
Hab.—Richmond River (Coll. Masters).

EUTOMA PUNCTULATUM, 0. sp.

Black, nitid, the margins of the thorax and elytra violet.
Head as broad as the thorax, the frontal canals deep and
diverging behind, the clypeus with two small projecting teeth in
the middle, the space between emarginate, and a larger tooth on
each side bounding the labrum which is short, broad, and deeply
punctured. Thorax much longer than wide, truncate at the apex,
and rounded at the posterior angles, with the median line rising a
little distance from the apex in a distinct puncture. Elytra
thrice the length of the width, narrower than the thorax at the
base, and gradually widening a little to the apex, with a large
puncture about 1/5 from the apex, a fovea with 3 or 4 punctures
on the base near the humeral angle and a single puncture near the
suture, and a distant row of punctures on the lateral margin ;
very obsolete largish punctures in rows are discernible on the disk.

Length, 8 lines.
Hab.—Dawson River.

EUTOMA MAGNIFICUM, Nn. sp.

Entirely of a brilliant violet-blue above, black beneath. Head
as in £, punctulatum. Thorax scarcely longer than the width,
with the anterior angles slightly prominent, otherwise like
punctulatum. Elytra less elongate, flatter than in punctulatum,

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 13]

a
with a puncture a little below the humeral angle, and another
near the apex, and a line of punctures on the base extending
along the lateral margins.

Length, 7 lines.
Hab—Peak Downs.

EUTOMA BREVIPENNE, 0. sp.

Entirely black, moderately nitid, the elytra slightly margined
with purple, Head as in punctulatum. Thorax as in punctu-
tatum. Elytra elongate-oval, not twice the length of the thorax,
with a puncture a little behind the humeral angle, and another
near the apex, a cluster of 3 or 4 punctures in a shallow depression
on the base, and a few along the lateral margins.

Length, 74 lines.

Hab.—Moreton Bay.

CARENOSCAPHUS LUCIDUS, 0. sp.

Of elongate cylindrical form, and nitid black colour, with the
thorax margined with green, and the elytra with a violet tint.
Head large, transverse, the frontal canals deep and diverging
behind. The clypeus emarginate and quadridentate. The thorax
longer than wide, nearly truncate in front, the basal lobe short
and rounded. Elytra very slightly narrowed at the base, three
times longer than wide, a reflexed roundly pointed humeral angle,
an impressed puncture behind the humeral angle, another near the
apex, a row of punctures on the basal margins, beginning with a
larger detached one near the suture, and a row of distant punc-
tures in the lateral margin. The prosternum is longitudinally
grooved.

Length, 13 lines.

Hab.—Dawson River.

132 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. III.

CARENUM PURPUREO-MARGINATUM, N. Sp.

Of broad sub-depressed form, black and sub-nitid with the
thorax and elytra margined with bluish violet. The head has the
frontal sulci almost parallel, and the clypeus thick and broadly
and lightly emarginate. The thorax is transverse, slightly broader
than the head, and rounded at the base and posterior angles.
The elytra are broad and oval and faintly striate with two
strong punctures on each elytron as in C. Bonelliz, a small cluster of
punctures on the base near the humeral angles and a close row of
them in the lateral margins. Legs very strong and much ciliated.

Length, 11 lines.

Hab.—Coonabarabran.

LACCOPTERUM LACUNOSUM, N. Sp.

Like Z. Spence, but smaller; the head as in that species; the
thorax black bordered with bluish green, transverse, the posterior
angles a little emarginate and the base distinctly lobed. Elytra
scarcely so broad as the thorax, about twice as long as wide,
squared at the base, the humeral angles prominent and the sides
nearly parallel, with four rows of distinct foveze on each elytron,
each row of about six foves, the sutural row of foveze smaller
than the others, but all with a brilliant bright blue bottom, the
rows are separated by slightly rounded cost, and there is a deep
lateral groove occupied by a row of strong punctures.

Length, 7 lines.

Hab.—Coonabarabran.

The other sub-family of Scaritide, that with curved and
acutely pointed maxille, is not so numerously represented in
Australia as the Carenides, and is moreover not so exclusively
Australian. The described Australian species consist of 6 species
of the genus (eoscaptus, a genus formed by Baron de Chaudoir
for some insects closely resembling the true Scarites ; 3 species of

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 133

Dyschirius ; 8 species of Scolyptus, Putzeys ; and 33 of Clivina,
almost all described by Putzeys; in all 50 species. In Mr, Masters’s
Catalogue of Australian Coleoptera, the genus Gnathoxys of
Westwood is included among the Scaritidz. It seems to me
however, that that genus would be more correctly associated with
the Cnemacanthide, and in the vicinity of Promecoderus. I
subjoin the description of a very distinct and curious form of
the Family which Mr. Froggatt lately sent me from Russell River
in the Cairns District of Northern Queensland.

Genus, STEGANOMMA.

Mentum large, concave and corrugated on the lateral lobes, with
a strongly carinated median tooth. Maxille arcuated, and
acutely pointed. Palpi long, slender and almost cylindrical.
Mandibles arcuated, rather acute, bluntly bidentate on the inner
edge. Labrum short, transverse, with four deep impressions in
front, Antenne short, submoniliform, the first joint large, the
last oval. Head nearly square, the eyes not visible from above,
two deep impressions between the eyes, a narrow bead along the
anterior margin. Thorax almost square. Elytra profoundly
striate, and widening a little to the apex. Anterior tibiz triden-
tate, intermediate unidentate.

STEGANOMMA PORCATUM, i. Sp.

Of rather elongate form, black and nitid. The head is wider
than long, the frontal impression large with radiating corrugations.
Thorax longer than broad, truncate in front, parallel-sided and
slightly rounded at the base, with a transverse punctured stria
near the apex and a deep median line from that to the base.
Elytra about as long as the head and thorax together, narrower
than the thorax at the base, a little ampliated towards the apex,
with six deep sharply punctured strie on each elytron with the
interstices smooth, convex, and gradually lessening towards the

134 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. III.

sides, and with a lateral groove thickly and minutely punctate.
Abdominal segments minutely punctured in patches with a strong
puncture on each side of the centre. The anterior tibize are
tridentate, the intermediate has one tooth near the outer apex.
The prosternum is flat on the under surface and broad and
truncate at the apex.

Length, 5 lines.

Hab.—Russell River ; Cairns.

FLOWERING SEASONS OF AUSTRALIAN PLANTS.

By E. Havinanp, F.L.S.

No. 4.—PLANTS FLOWERING IN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF SYDNEY
DURING THE MONTH OF OCTOBER, IN ADDITION TO THOSE
ENUMERATED IN Lists FoR JULY, AUGUST, AND SEPTEMBER.

Ranunculacezsse—
Ranunculus rivularis
3 lappaceus.
Dilleniaceze
Hibbertia diffusa
+ nitida.

Polygaleee—
Comesperma retusum.
Rutaceze—
Boronia serrulata
aA pinnata
» parviflora
Asterolasia corretfolia
Eriostemon myoporoides.

Sterculiaceze—

Lasiopetalum rufum

3 parviflorum

Rulingia pannosa.
Euphorbiaceee—

Pseudanthus pimelocdes.
Stackhousiaceze—

Stackhousia linarifolia.

Caryophyllezee—
Polycarpon tetraphyllum
Stellaria flaccida.
Polygonaceze—
Muehlenbeckia gracillima.
Leguminosee—
Oxylobium cordifolium
Viminaria denudata
Dawiesia corymbosa
Gompholobium virgatum
Pultenea scabra
Acacia armata
Bossvea prostrata
Jacksonia scoparia
Spherolobium vinineum.
Myrtaceze—
Leptospermum stellatum

2 lanigerum
Kunzea capitata.
Olacineze—
Olax stricta.
Proteaceze—

Isuopogon anemonifolius

136 FLOWERING SEASONS OF AUSTRALIAN PLANTS.

Proteaceze (continued)—
Xylomelum pyriforme
Lambertia formosa.

Thymeleze—

Pimelea spicata.
Rubiaceze—

Asperula conferta.
Compositae—

Vittadinia scabra
Stylidexe—

Stylidium laricifolium.
Goodeniaceze—

Goodenia bellidifolia.
Gentianeze—

Sebeea ovata.
Convolvulacexs—
Convolvulus Soldanella
>} )
Acanthaceze—
Ruellia australis.

erubescens.

Epacridee—
Leucopogon Richer.
Coniferze —
Podocarpus spinulosa.
Orchideze—
Gastrodia sesamoides
Caladenia Patersoni
Galeola cassythoides
Microtis porrifolia.
Amaryllideze—

Hemodorum planifolium,

Liliaceee—
Dianella revoluta
Laxmannia gracilis
Sowerbea juncea.
Najadex—
Triglochin striata.
Xerotidexe—

Xerotes filiformis.

NOTES ON SOME AUSTRALIAN FOSSILS.

By Fewuix Rarrts, M.E.

J.—SALisBuRIA PALMATA, emend. from JEANPAULIA or BAIERA

PALMATA, Ratte.

Jeanpaulia or Baiera palmata, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.,
2nd ser. Vol. [. p. 1078, pl. XVII.

When I described the above I had been able to consult only
the first two volumes of de Saporta’s “Terrain Jurassique” in
“ Paléontologie Frangaise.” Tome III, of this work published in
1876-1879, deals with the Coniferous Plants. From the evidence
here given, Jeanpaulia is no more to be considered as a fern. A
great number of Jurassic species (1) have been described by M.
Heer, and placed in the genus Salisburia, being, from their mode of
fructification, generically identical with the actual Ginkgo biloba,
Lin. (Salisburia adiantifolia, Sm.). Therefore this group of plants
is dealt with by de Saporta under the heading

Trib. I. SaxispurrZ, lc., p. 251.

This author says, p. 253. ; ; 3 “ ainsi
que le remarque avec raison Mr. Heer, le type ae ces Salisburia
jurassiques s’écarte trés-peu, sauf par la dimension plus petite et
la forme plus ovoide des graines du Salisburia vivant, tandis que
les espéces wealdiennes et crétacées (Baiera), s’en écartent bien
davantage, circonstance qui explique pourquoi les affinités légitimes
de ces derniéres ont été si longtemps méconnues ” ;

The figure given in Tome III. of Baiera (Jeanpaulia) Miinste-
riana, Presl., the type of the genus Jeanpaulia, and which is very

(1) From Cape Boheman (Zisjiord, —Isfjord.)

138 NOTES ON SOME AUSTRALIAN FOSSILS.

abundant in the schistose sandstone of the Rhetic near Bayreuth,
are considerably more nearly related to our Salisburia palmata,
than those formerly given by the same author in Tome [., and by
Prof. Schimper in ‘ Paléontologie Végétale.” Especially the
figures represented in plates CLV., CLVI., CLVIL, (1) will
compare favourably with it.

The author, page 256, says: ‘ Malgré quelques traits spéciaux
les Jeanpaulia les mieux caractérisés : Jeanpaulia Miinsteriana,
Presl. (Baiera dichotoma, Fr. Br.), J. longifolia, Sap. (Dicropteris
longifolia, Pom.), etc., sont trop conformes, par leur consistance,
leur nervation, et le mode de partition de leurs feuilles aux Sadis-
buria jurassiques et crétacés naguére désignés sous le nom de
Lavera, pour ne pas leur étre reliés & un titre quelconque. Les
seules différences sont les suivantes: les Bavera, du sous-type des
Jeanpaulia ont des feuilles en coin (wedge) allongé, insensiblement
atténuées a la base sur un pétiole plus court et moins distinct ; les
segments sont moins divergents, plus allongés et plus étroits, en
laniéres (straps) une ou plusieurs fois divisées par dichotomies
successives, etc,” . . . And at p. 262: “Les genres Bavera
et Salisburia ont prédominé tour 4 tour dans le terrain jurassique;
le second a partir de l’ oolithe ; le premier dans le Lias, et surtout
dans le Rhétien, ot les vestiges des Salisbwria proprement dits
sont rares ou tout a fait incertains.”

The two Permian genera Ginkgophyllum and Trichopitys,
(Saporta, Comptes Rendus, t. LXXX. p. 1017, 1875,) repre-
sented pl. CLIT. (1) are the prototypical Salisburiacew according
to this author.

It will be remembered that our S. palmata is from the Hawkes-
bury-Wianamatta formation, now settled as Triassic.

Further discoveries will be anxiously expected which will allow
the flowers of this beautiful plant to be known. In the meantime
it seems evident that Jeanpaulia bidens of T, Woods, from Burnett
River, referred by this author to the Rheetic or Lower Lias, will
have to be considered asa plant of the same group as Salisburia.

(1) Saporta dc. t. 1.

BY FELIX RATTE, M.E. 139

II.—Own tHE MUSCULAR IMPRESSION OF THE GENUS NoTOMYA

(MonIa.)

(Plate ILL.)

Notomya (Meonia) elongata, Dana; Etheridge, Catal. Austr.
Foss. p. 73; de Koninck, Foss. Pal. Nouv. Galles &ec. (1877),.
Pt. 3, pl. 20, fig. 6, &e.

The specimen of this fossil represented by de Koninck is from
Illawarra, and those in the Museum from the same district, have
been collected at Jamberoo. There, all the carboniferous marine
fossils are in sandstone, and it is very rare to find their tests.

However, de Koninck’s figure does not show the remarkable
peculiarities of the casts of these shells. The principal of these
peculiarities is the fringed outline of the anterior muscular
impression which, according to Dana (Amer. Jour. Science, (1847),
IV. p. 158) is a character of his original genus, as well as another
small impression similar to that of Astarte.

I give the figure of a good internal cast in the Museum, but as in
this the fringed outline is rather defaced, I give separately the
figure of the impression from another still better specimen.

NOTE ON A REMARKABLE EXAMPLE OF FRACTURE
IN KEROSENE SHALE.

By Feurx Rarts, M.E.

(Plate IV.)

The figure that I give, of the specimen exhibited at this meet-
ing will, I hope, afford material for the study of fracture. It
involves questions of mineralogy, mechanics and geology.

In minerals the form of the fracture depends generally upon
ditferences of elasticity along different axes, and it is evident
that, besides this, the greater the homogeneity of the mineral,
the nearer the form of the fracture will be to that determined
by theory.

Some specimens of the so-called “Kerosene Shale” exhibit a
perfect conchoidal fracture due to homogeneity. The fracture
here represented is, no doubt, very complicated ; but I suggest
that it might be due to vibration, the lines of fracture occuring
along the nodal lines. I also suggest that, as some of the
specimens of shale show a very distinct plane of easy fracture
(stratification marked by fossil ferns), this might account for the
existence of what is very nearly a plane of symmetry in the
Specimen.

In order to show how the fracture might have been determined
by the nodal lines I have represented a cross-section exhibiting
undulating curves and their intersections.

Little is known of the analytical problem raised as regards non-
crystallized solids unless homogenous, and direct experiments
would certainly throw some light on the subject, as well as on the
molecular constitution of Torbanite or ‘‘ Kerosene Shale.”

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Dr. Ramsay exhibited a collection of insects from New England,
containing some rare and choice specimens, among which were
noticeable two new species of Heteronympha, Heteronympha
philerope, Epinephile Joanna, (Butl.), and Xenica lathoniella, and
several apparently new Cicadw. Among the Coleoptera were some
interesting species of Schizorhina, S. bakewellit, atropunctata,
bassii, palmata, phillipsii, ocellata, frontalis, bestit, dorsalis, and a
fine new species quite distinct from any other kind. Among the
Buprestide were a bright blue and green Curis, a tine Melobasis,
and some beautiful and rare species of Stigmodera, also two speci-
mens of an apparently new form. Of longicorns there were
Tragocerus lepidopterus, and a fine specimen of Bimia, which
latter appears new.

Mr. E. Haviland exhibited a specimen of the aquatic plant
Ethulia conyzoides, found by the Rey. F. E. Haviland in a lagoon
in the Richmond River district, and read the following extract
from a letter from Baron von Mueller relative thereto :—‘ Your
plant is a highly interesting addition to the Australian flora. It
is the Hthulia conyzoides of Linnzeus, the son, who described it in
1762, from an Indian specimen. Since then it has been traced to
many parts of tropical Asia; also to Madagascar and to Africa,
from the entrance of the Nile to Senegal and Natal; but it has
never been found in Europe. If there is no reason to suppose
that the plant has been introduced through traffic or cultural
circumstances, perhaps you will send a note to the Linnean Society
of N. S. Wales on its occurrence near you. It is a good instance
to show how valuable any sendings may prove for extending our
knowledge of the geographical distribution of plants, and is also a
proof of the manner in which aquatic plants become overlooked on
account of their inaccessibility.” Mr. E. Haviland stated that,
after careful enquiry, he is satisfied that the plant has not been
introduced, but is indigenous to Australia.

142 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Deane exhibited fresh specimens of a new species of Orchid,
Prasophyllum Deantanum, Fitzg., upon which he made the
following remarks :—‘ No description of this species has yet
been published, but it has been figured by Mr. Fitzgerald from
a specimen obtained by me in 1885, and the plate will appear in
the next number of the ‘ Australian Orchids.’ The species belongs
to the section Genoplesium of R. Brown’s genus Prasophyllum,
and it is remarkable for being closely allied to a plant named G.
Bauert by Brown in his Prodromus, and of which Bauer obtained
only a single specimen, which was however figured by him.
Bentham in his remarks on G@. Bawert (see F. Aust. VI., 344)
under P. rufum, throws doubt upon the actual existence of
Bauer’s plant, and believes it to be an abnormal specimen of P.
rufum, which Hooker referred to P. brachystachyum. The
discovery of the species found by me at Gladesville, on the
Parramatta River, proves the existence of a plant similar to that
found and figured by Bauer, and it must be inferred that Bentham
and Hooker’s views were incorrect and that Bauer’s species has a
real existence. Mr. Fitzgerald has obtained a copy of Bauer’s
drawing from the British Museum, and has reproduced it by the
side of his figure of P. Deanianuwm by which its analogies can be
seen, The specimen exhibited is, it is evident, quite distinct from
its nearest allies, P. nigricans and P. rufum.” .

Mr. Deane also read part of a letter from Baron von Mueller

acknowledging the distinctness of the species.

Mr. Deane also exhibited for Mr. Percy Williams ferruginous
rib-like concretions found in pipe-clay at Mulgutherie, Lachlan
River, evidently hardened remains of the shale whose decompo-
sition produced the pipe-clay.

Mr. Ratte exhibited a specimen of ‘“ kerosene shale” or torbanite,
affording a good example of the mode of fracture, and remarkable
for its fantastic shape.

Mr. Masters exhibited specimens of the common opossum
(Phalangista vulpina) from New South Wales, and several

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 143

specimens from other parts of the country of opossums which have
been generally looked upon as local varieties ot that species. Mr.
Masters pointed out the marked differences in three of those
exhibited, leaving little doubt of their being distinct species.

1. A specimen from King George’s Sound of rather smaller size
than P. vulpina, and with the tail shorter and the apical third
white.

2. A Port Darwin Opossum, less than half the size of P. vulpina
with the tail long, slender, and without conspicuous brush.

3. One from the interior of King George’s Sound, much smaller
than P. vulpina, of much softer fur, darker and more uniform
colour, and with the tail brushy along its whole length.

Mr. Macleay exhibited, in connection with the paper read by
him, a drawer of Australian Scaritidee containing as he announced
the largest and most complete collection of that group of insects
in the world.

Dr. Oscar Katz exhibited pure test-tube cultures (in nutrient
gelatine, and agar-agar) of pathogenic and saprophytic bacteria,
cultivations of which he had recently obtained from Prof. Fliigge,
University of Gottingen. Unfortunately other very interesting
ones sent were, on arrival in Sydney, found to be no longer
capable of development. A number of pathogenic micro-organisms
ought to be obtainable in Sydney, as infectious and conta-
gious diseases, both in man and in animals, are well represented
here. The exhibited virulent cultivations were :—(1.) Staphy-
lococcus pyogenes aureus, the commonest of the pyogenic micrococci,
and thoroughly characterised by its cultivation-appearances and
its pathogenic nature as regards man. (2.) Bacillus murisepticus
(Koch), or bacillus of mouse-septiceemia ; a very minute microbe,
which occurs here and there in putrefying liquids, and kills house-
mice in about two days. Its cultures in nutritive gelatine offer a
most beautiful aspect. (3). Bacillus of Swine-fever or pig typhoid ;
this organism is the cause of that epidemic disease among swine in
Europe, and is also fatal to mice, pigeons, and other animals. It
resembles No. 2, in itsmorphological characters, and its pure cultures.
(4). Bacillus crassus sputigenus (Krebohm), or bacillus of salivary

144 NOTES AND EXHIBITS,

Septicemia (mice, rabbits), occasionally found in human sputa
and coating of the tongue. It kills common mice in about two
days. (5). Micrococcus tetragenus (Gaffky), the misrococcus of
septicemia in white mice, occurring in human sputa, especially in
cases of pulmonary tuberculosis. White mice inoculated with it
die within 3-6 days. (6) Sarcina lutea and (7) Bacillus pyocyaneus,
both non-pathogenic. The former is present in the air, whence
it sometimes appears, as contamination, on gelatine-plates for
cultivating bacteria. The latter, a very delicate bacterium,
produces the green-blue colour, which sometimes makes its
appearance on the material used for dressing purulent wounds.
This pigment, called pyocyanin, is also produced by the micro-
organism in its artificial cultivations. All the above exhibits
were accompanied by diagrams, showing the microscopical
appearances of the bacteria, as examined quite pure, or occurring
in the blood ete.

Dr. Foucart exhibited a large specimen of what in Australia is
usually known as Meerschaum, from the Nambuccra River. It is
a freshwater deposit of silicate of alumina, containing impressions
of leaves. These appear to belong to the Cupuliferze, and are
therefore in all probability of the Eocene or Miocene period.

Mr. F. B. Kyngdon exhibited portions of shale from Mt.
Piddington, near Mount Victoria, with impressions of 7hinnfeldia
odontopteroides, &c. Also, a concretionary bezoar from the stomach
of a spermwhale.

Dr. Cox exhibited a basketful of the fruit of the Rose Apple
Lugenia Jambosa, which is now in full bearing in several Sydney
gardens. It has a very pronounced aroma and flavour of Conserve
of Roses, and is used in the East Indies for sherbets and con-
fectionery. Also a fine collection of Lepidoptera, made by the
late Mr. Kunstler at Perak.

Mr. Percival Waddy, of Maitland, communicated an account of
the flowering of a plant of Oenothera Lamarckiana, which produced
278 blossoms, each averaging from 3} to 3} inches in diameter.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 145

The President exhibited for Dr. Ramsay a block of Shale from
the Gosford Cutting, on which there appeared, besides Phyllotheca
and two fine examples of Cleithrolepis, a tadpole-like form about
one inch long, and a quarter in greatest width. The head is
remarkably similar to that of Platyceps Wilkinsonii from the same
cutting, as described at a recent meeting, though it is not distinct
enough for absolute identification. There are evident indications
of a dorsal fin extending backwards from the head ; and the
posture of the animal compared with that of the accompanying
fishes corresponds exactly with that of the other specimen. The
whole aspect of the thing suggests the hypothesis that this is really
an exceedingly early stage of some Labyrinthodont, perhaps of the
very one previously described.

10

WEDNESDAY, MARCH 30ru, 1887.

The President, Professor W.J. Stephens, M.A., F.G.S., in the Chair.

Mr. Riches, and Mr. G. Kyngdon were present as visitors.

Mr. T. 8. Rigg was elected a Member of the Society.

The President announced that the next Excursion had been
arranged for Saturday, April 23rd. Members to meet at the

Redfern Railway Station, to proceed by the 7:10 a.m. train to the
National Park.

DONATIONS.

‘Mines and Minerals.” By S. H. Cox, F.C.S., F.G.S., and
F. Ratte. rom PF. Ratte, Esq.

“The Australasian Journal of Pharmacy.” Vol. IL, No. 14.
Feb. 1887. rom the Editor.

“« Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society.” Vol. V.
Part 6, 1886. From the Society.

“ The Transactions of the Entomological Society of London for
the year 1886.” Part 4, Dec. 1886. From the Society.

“ Zoologischer Anzeiger.” X. Jahrg. Nos. 241-244 (1887).
From the Editor.

Australian Museum Publications :—(1.) ‘‘ Notes for Collectors.”

(2.) “Descriptive List of Aboriginal Weapons, &c.” From the
Trustees.

DONATIONS. 147

“Report from the Trustees of the Sydney Free Public Library
for 1885-6.” From the Trustees.
~“QOology of Australian Birds.” Supplement, Part 3. By A.
J. Campbell. rom the Author.

“A Catalogue of the Marine Polyzoa of Victoria.” By Dr, P.
H. MacGillivray. From the Author.

“Bulletin de la Société Belge de Microscopie.” 13me. Année.
No. 2. From the Society.

“ Abstract of Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London.”
Jan. 18th, 1887. From the Society.

““Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India—Palzeontologia
Indica.” Seri; Vol. LE, Part 1; Ser. x., Vol. Il, Parts 7 and 8.
Vol. IV., Part 1 and Supplement; Ser. x11, Vol. 1V., Part 2 ;
Ser. xt., Vol. I., Part 6; Title Page and Contents of Vol. I. of
Ser. vit. and xiv.; “ Records of the Geological Survey. of India.”
Vol. XX., Part 1, 1887; “ Catalogue of the Remains of Siwalik
Vertebrata contained in the Geological Department of the Indian
Museum, Calcutta.” Part 1, Mammalia. Part 2, Aves, Reptilia
and Pisces. By R. Lydekker, B.A., F.G.S., &.; ‘‘ Catalogue of
the Remains of Pleistocene and Pre-Historic Vertebrata, con-
tained &e.” By R. Lydekker, B.A., F.G.S., &. From the
Director of the Geological Survey of India.

“ Revue Coloniale Internationale.” Tome IV., No. 2, Feb. 1887.
From LT’ Association Coloniale Néerlandaise a Amsterdam.

“The Victorian Naturalist.” Vol. III., No. il, March 1887.
From the Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria.

“The Journal of the Cincinnati Society of Natural History.”
Vol. IX., No. 4, Jan. 1887. From the Society.

“ Bulletin of the American Geographical Society.” No. 2, 1886.
From the Society.

148 DONATIONS.

“‘ Proceedings of the Royal Society of London,” 1800-1881
(33 Vols.) ; ‘Proceedings of the Geological Society of London.”
Vols. I-IV. ; ‘Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of
London.” Vols. I.-XXXTV. (1845-78); “Transactions of the
Zoological Society.” Vols. I.-V., Vol. [X., Parts 5, 6, 9 and 11.,
Vol. XI., Parts 5, 7, 8, 10, and 11; “ Annales du Museum
National d’Histoire Naturelle.” Tomes I.-XX. ; ‘‘ Mémoires du
Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle.” Tomes I.-XX.; ‘‘ Archives du
Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle.” Tomes I.-X. ; Nouvelles Archives
du Muséum, &ec.” Serie 2°, Tome VIII. (fase. 2), LX., (fase. 1) ;
“Archives de Zoologie Expérimentale et Générale.” Tomes L.-X.,
Serie 2., Tomes I.-III ; “ Reports of the Meeting of the British
Association for the Advancement of Science,” 1831-83 (53 Vols.) ;
“Challenger Reports,” Zoology. Vols. XV. and XVI. ; ‘ Ency-
clopedia Britannica.” Vol. XXI.; “Journal of the Royal
Microscopical Society.” Vols. I.-III., and Series m1., Vols. I. and
II.; ‘‘The Freshwater Rhizopods of North America.” By Pro-
fessor Leidy, M.D.; ‘‘The Botany of the Antarctic Voyage.”
Part III. “Flora Tasmaniae.” 2 Vols. By Dr. J. D. Hooker,
F.R.S. ; ‘“‘Curtis’s Botanical Magazine.” Vol. CXII.; ‘“ Hand-
book of the New Zealand Flora.” By Sir J. D. Hooker, K.C.S.I.,
F.R.S. ; “The Cyclopedia of India and of E. and 8. Asia.” By
Surgeon-General E. Balfour. 3 Vols. ; “Die Klassen und Ord-
nungen des Thier-Reichs.” Von Dr. Bronn. Bd. I. II. III.

(Pts. 1-53), iv. (Pts. 1-12), v. (Parts 1-27)]; “British Ento-
mology.” By John Curtis, (16 Vols.); ‘ Microbes, Ferments
and Moulds.” By E. L. Trouessart ; “Notes from the Leyden
Musenm.” Vol. VIII, Nos. 3 and 4; “ Zeitschrift fiir wissen-
schaftliche Zoologie.” Band XLIV., Heft 1-3 ; “‘ On Cyrtandreae,”
and “On Pterocymbium, with Observations on Sterculieae.” By
Robert Brown; also six other Botanical Papers by the same
author ; “ The Scottish Geographical Magazine.” Vol. III., No. 2
From the Hon William Macleay, F.L.8., &e.

DONATIONS. 149

“The Journal of Comparative Medicine and Surgery.” Vol. VIIL,
No. 1, 1887. From the Editor.

“The Journal of Conchology.” Vol. V., No. 5, Jan. 1887.
From the Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland.

“Journal of the New York Microscopical Society. Vol. IL,
No. 8, Nov. 1886. From the Society.

‘“‘ Bulletin of the Scientific Laboratories of Denison University.”’
Vol. I., 1885. From the University.

“The Miscellaneous Botanical Works of Robert Brown, Esq.,
D.C.L., F.R.S.” Vols. I. and II., (1866-1867). (Published by
the Ray Society). From Baron von Mueller, K.C.M.G., &e.

“ Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes.” No. 196, Feb., 1887.
From the Editor.
Mémoires de la Société Royale des Sciences de Liége.” 2%. Série.

Tome XITI., 1886. From the Society.

“* Bollettino dei Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia comparata della
R. Universita di Torino,” Vol. I., Nos. 16-18, 1886. From the
University.

“Comptes Rendus des Séances de L’Académie des Sciences,
Paris.” Tome CIII. (Nos. 22-26), Tome CIV. (Nos. 1-3), 1887.
From the Academy.

‘“Trochidae and other Genera of South Australia, with their
Synonyms.” Part I. By John Brazier, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., é&e.
From the Author.

* Journal de Conchyliologie.” 3° Série. Tome XXVI., 1886.”
From the Director.

“Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Vic-
toria,” Vol. XXIT. From the Society.

150 DONATIONS.

“‘ Meddelanden af Societas pro Fauna et Flora Fennica.” (12th
Haftet, (1885), and 13th, (1886); ‘“ Acta Societatis pro Fauna et
Flora Fennica,” Vol. {1. (1881-1885) ; ‘‘ Beobachtungen tiber die
periodischen Erscheinungen des Pflanzenlebens in Finnland, 1883.”

Zusammengestellt von Dr. A. Osw. Kihlman. rom the Society.
“ Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society,” 1887. Part I.,
February. From the Society.
“Entomologisk Tidskrift,” Arg. VII., 1886. rom the Ento-
mological Society in Stockholm.

“ Report of the Trustees of the Public Library, Museums, and
National Gallery of Victoria for 1885.” rom the Trustees.

PAPERS READ.

NOTES ON THE BACTERIOLOGICAL EXAMINATION
OF WATER FROM THE SYDNEY SUPPLY. No. III.

By Dr. Oscar Karz.

During the time from 30th December, 1886, till 17th March,
1887, I was able to carry out seventeen bacteriological examin-
ations of Sydney Water, which was in all the cases derived from
the tap in the Laboratory of the Linnean Hall. The results of
these different tests, as regards the quantity of bacteria in the
water under consideration, can best be seen from the following

table :—
Number of colonies Number of liquefying
Date. Temp. of Water. in 1 ccm. colonies in 1 ccm.

(1) Dec. 30,86 76° F.=24"C. = 177 62=35 p.c.
(2) Jan. 4,’87 77 F.=25 © 32 18=56! p.c.
faa 10 79 F.=26) ©. 159 88 = 5D, p.c.
ing, 17 73 F.=227 © 9 222? pe.
(5) =, 20 74 F.=23! © 11 5= on
(Otis 25 76 F.=244 © 31 7 =223 pe.
Ci 5 31 79 F.=261 0. 434 212 = 487, p.c.
(8) Feb. 3 74 F.=23! ©. 26 10 = 38% p.c.
Cas 8 74 F.=231 © 417 194 = 46} pe.
Coy 13 75 F.=238 ©. 195 125 =64} p.c.
GD =, 18 73 F.=22) C 37 8=21? pe.
1S) ao 715F.=22 ©. 369 172 = 468 p.c.
(is) 26 73°5F.=23 C 21 6 = 284 p.c.
(14) Mar. 2 76 F.=244 0. 164 80=48! p.c.
a) nay A 755F.=241 ©.’ 188 72 = 382 p.c.
(16)). seul 76 F.=244 C. 0 0

(A). Sse oe 72-5F.=221 ©. 528 204 = 381, p.c.

152 ON THE EXAMINATION OF WATER FROM THE SYDNEY SUPPLY.

These data yield, for 1 ccm. of the water in question within the
above period, an average number of 165 colonies, 76 of which
(=46 p.c.) caused liquefaction of the nutritive gelatine.

Especially prominent or, so far as known, pathogenic microbes
did not come under notice, nor so far could experiments be
made in order to ascertain which, if any, of the cultivated bacteria
belong to the group of the so-called ‘“‘water-bacteria,” distinguished
from others by their power of multiplying in water in which no
traces of organic matter can chemically be found.

From the above it may be seen that the average number of
bacterial colonies, namely 165, for the period stated, is by far
lower than that obtained previously (cf. these Proceedings, 2nd
series, Vol. I. 1886, pp. 913, 1205), and this is the more interest-
ing as the temperatures of the water for that period were, of
course, considerably higher than those noticed on former
occasions (l.c.).

CONTRIBUTIONS TOWARDS A KNOWLEDGE OF THE
COLEOPTERA OF AUSTRALIA.

By A. Sipney O.tirr, F.E.S.,

ASSISTANT ZOOLOGIST, AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

No. LV.—DEscrRIPTION OF A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF
OEDEMERID #4.

The genus which I here describe is remarkable among the whole
of the heteromerous Coleoptera for the peculiar construction of its
antenne. It is allied to Nacerdes and Ananca, but ditters from
them, as it does from every other member of the family Oedemeride
known to me, in having certain joints of its antennz enormously
dilated and the metasternum produced into two sharp spines
posteriorly. The structure of the antennz is fully described
below, but I would draw particular attention to the form of the
seventh joint which is quite unlike anything I have observed
before. In shape it is pyriform, cup-like, and of considerable depth ;
but whether this structure is sexual or not is a question which
cannot be determined at present.

Unfortunately I have not been able to examine the mouth-
organs and sexual characters as carefully as I could wish as I have
only a single exponent of the species, which I captured, together
with some new and interesting Clavicorns, at Longford, Tasmania,
during January 1886, on the flowers of Leptospermum.

ITHACA, gen. nov.

Body elongate, finely pubescent. Head moderately large,
transverse, broadly but not very deeply depressed between the
eyes. Mentum transverse, narrowed behind, very feebly emar-
ginate in front. Maxillary palpi 4-jointed, rather robust, the

154 ON A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF OEDEMERIDA,

penultimate joint considerably shorter than the preceding one,
the last joint dilated and obliquely truncated at the apex. Labial
palpi short, 3-jointed. Eyes transverse, oval and entire. Antenne
inserted near the front of the internal margin of the eyes, 11-
jointed ; the basal joint longer than the two following ones
together, joints 2-4 of nearly equal lengths, 5-7 enormously dilated
externally—the 5th irregularly pyriform and concave, the 6th
broadly transverse and concave, the 7th longer than broad, cup-
shaped, rounded behind and truncate in front—8th joint much
shorter and narrower, slightly dilated externally, 9th feebly dilated
externally, 10th and 11th cylindrical, the latter about twice as long
as the former. Prothorax longer than broad, narrowed behind ;
the sides rounded in front. Scutellum rounded behind.
Elytra elongate, parallel, rounded behind. Metasternum long,
emarginate behind, with a sharp spine on each side of the emar-
gination projecting over the posterior cox. Abdomen with five
visible segments, the last segment bilobed. Legs: all the tibie
with two apical spines ; the anterior and intermediate tarsi 5-
jointed, the posterior tarsi 4-jointed ; the penultimate joint of all
the tarsi strongly bilobed ; claws very slightly dilated at the base.

ITHACA ANTHINA, Sp. 0.

Elongate, parallel, dark fuscors, somewhat shining, moderately
closely covered with fine grey pubescence ; prothorax and anterior
legs pale testaceous ; head, first two, and the 5th and 6th joints of
the antenne pitchy black ; the 3rd, 4th, 7th (except the margin),
and the dilated portions of the 8th and 9th joints reddish testa-
ceous.

Head transverse, closely, irregularly and moderately strongly
punctured, broadly depressed in the middle, testaceous between
and in front of the antennz ; mandibles, except at the tips, and
palpi testaceous ; mentum pitchy black. Antenne almost as long
as the entire insect. Prothorax considerably longer than broad,
narrowed behind, moderately strongly and irregularly punctured, .
somewhat depressed both in front and behind, with an indistinct

BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 155

fuscous spot near the anterior margin on each side of the middle ;
anterior angles strongly rounded ; the sides slightly constricted
behind the middle. Scutellum finely and not very closely punc-
tured. Elytra more than twice as long as the head and prothorax
together, closely and moderately strongly rugulose-punctate ; each
elytron with three obscure cost; the external apical angles
obtuse ; the internal angles rounded. Underside rather finely
and closely punctured ; the prosternum testaceous ; the mesoster-
num, metasternum, and abdominal segments dark fuscous with a
steel-blue tinge ; the metasternum thickly clothed with long grey
pubescence at the sides, the space between the posterior processes
without pubescence and finely aciculate. Legs moderately long ;
the anterior pair testaceous with the bases of the femora and the
tips of the tibiz fuscous; the intermediate and posterior pairs
fuscous with the knees and the tips of the tibie dark reddish
testaceous. Length 9} mm.

Longford, Tasmania.

A single specimen captured settling on the flowers of Leptosper-
mum. Except for its antenne this remarkable species has the
facies of the Telephoride, but its heteromerous tarsi and spined
metasternum are characters which at once distinguish it from the
Malacoderms.

156 ON SOME ADDITIONAL LABYRINTHODONT FOSSILS, N. S. WALES,

ON SOME ADDITIONAL LABYRINTHODONT FOSSILS
FROM THE HAWKESBURY SANDSTONE OF NEW
SOUTH WALES.

SECOND NOTE ON PLATYCEPS WILKINSONII.
By Proressor STEPHENS, M.A., F.G.S.

The fossils which Mr. Wilkinson, Government Geologist, has had
collected at Gosford, in the beds from which Platyceps Wilkinsonit,
described in the last Volume of Proceedings, was obtained, were
brought to Sydney at the beginning of this month of March.

The collection contains hundreds of specimens of fish, of many
genera and families, among which is a possible Ceratodus, many
Belonostomus of all sizes, Cleithrolepis, d&c., and many which are at
present quite unknown to me. They are chiefly if not altogether
Ganoids, and many quite new, at least to Australia. Some have
been much broken in the quarry, others injured subsequently ;
but all were otherwise in a wonderful state of preservation. They
had evidently been all killed at the same moment, and immediately
buried. Some are quite straight and in their natural posture ;
others convulsed and distorted. One large fisb for example has
the right pectoral fin thrown up on the same plane as the dorsal,
with the underside of the head and fore quarter, and the right side
of the rest of the body presented, showing both that the notochord
was cartilaginous, and that the fish died suddenly in its struggles,
Many others are twisted and bent double; and all seem to
corroborate the speculation, advanced in a previous paper,
that they were killed by a sudden influx of ice-cold mud or
muddy water into the tepid lagoon where they had been living.
There are also with them beautifully preserved ferns, Phyllotheca
and the like, which had evidently undergone no decomposition
before they were silted up, but had been buried at once in the mud
of the torrent which had torn them away. Besides the fish and
vegetable remains there are also two Labyrinthodont remains ;
No. 1, almost entire, though not in good preservation, and No. 2,

BY PROFESSOR STEPHENS, M.A., F.G.S. 157

which gives an imperfect head, with some of the details in a good
state. Example No. 1 is a little over a foot in length, broken off
at the tail end, and apparently made up to some extent about the
snout. For the collector, afraid that the soft and perishable nature
of the stone might lead to the obliteration of important details, has
applied a kind of black japan to the surface, doing no harm in
some cases, but in others, as in this, quite destroying the outlines,
which very probably were originally faint, or perhaps injured in
the quarry. This renders the measurements from the snout
doubtful, though they cannot be far out. The orbits are very
distinct, and show that the fossil has been a little distorted by
downward and forward pressure from the right, lying as they do
to the other side of their true position, and with the right orbit
a little in advance of and rounder than the left. The post orbital
bones are in good relief, ending in acute angles towards the back of
the head. A flattish medial depression in the parietals seems to
indicate the place of the foramen, which may probably be deter-
mined by careful use of the knife, but which I cannot at present
distinguish. The super-occipital is completely ossified, extending
as far back as the anterior portion of the thoracic plates, and
closing the intervening space shown in Vol. XI. pl. xxir. of our
Proceedings. The quadrato-jugals are prolonged far to the rear of
their position in the younger specimen, (ibzd. p. 1182), and the
branchial arches (if present) are obscurely indicated between these
backward processes and the clavicular plates. The vertebral
column is represented by an indistinct ridge extending about half-
way down the whole length of the fossil, and pushed a little
towards the left. I can see no traces of ribs, limbs, nor of any
structure more than has been mentioned, except that the dermal
covering of the head seems to be preserved, presenting an irregu-
gularly pitted or granulated surface, the ‘grain’ averaging about
lmm. across. As in the former example, it is the inner or upper
surface of the thoracic plates that is presented, and the outer or
upper surface of the head.

It is curious that both this and the former specimen should
have fared alike in this respect. Both of them preserve and
expose the upper surface of the head, and both have lost all the
structures overlying the Thoracic plates. The preservation of the
head is no doubt owing to its more perfect ossification ; and the

158 ON SOME ADDITIONAL LABYRINTHODONT FOSSILS, N. S. WALES.

stripping or disappearance of the dorsal region may I suppose
be due to the cartilaginous condition of the notochord.

It is strange that no vestiges of limbs can be made out. But
they may have been detached with the aforesaid dorsal structures,
and escaped observation when the stone was split in the quarry.

No. 2, from the inversion of the orbit ring, which is deeply
sunk, instead of projecting boldly as in the other specimens,
appears to be a cast of the upper surface of the head. But the
paint with which it has been covered renders it difficult to feel
certain upon this point. Radiating sculpture marks the centres
of four of the bones, but their sutures are not to be discovered.
They may perhaps be the Maxillaries and Premaxillaries.

The principal measurements are as follows :—

DIMENSIONS OF HEAD.

Bias jl. No. 2

Wen gGhes. ee escse-s Uncertain ; perh. about 65 mm. perh. about 72 mm,
Breadth the dec encseececk Ditto, ditto 55 Ditto 62
Distance of orbit from base of skull...... 15 Ditto ay 2
Least width of interobital space .......... 10 6
WemethworcOLDlt rains cracsseteeeecesoneeresoenes 13°5 14
PUMItea Gator ceh ies cis vies tte caviessees <aciectentreenneiee 12 12
Distance of parietal foramen from base

igs Ket o:2saccecocedeos eacneapetases 12? 12
From centre of occiput to posterior end

QUOLDIG Gc ct hocsige cs veincapirostiorenemt seeeiee 21 22°5?
From tip of snout to anterior end of

TMU oss Loiclobenidvoasvsvoonsouchoupbamaemne 37 37

THoracic Puates. No. 1 OnLy.

Medial Styenen othe cei... 2,842 ich . debs eeeneia tame cen ee ceenee aca meee mer emane elects 43 mm.
Aired eS DUBECHOOH, 62> cctpcsc +s. dicrsempet cachet eresnnes-tnmainameebios nceneper 27
Centre of radiating sculpture in advance of greatest breadth by... 7
Menothvotseachantenon marci ..c.ns-iy-cce- seer mack seneor es eesceneedses 32
enpGn Or (each pOSberiOr Margin ©. ..cspcc-s sess cr ces ese neweeeenes rosensereds 19
Laterals. Length from exterior angle (centre of radiation) to

AMUGOLION AMAT GUN) - 5 6-u's.ece. xs pea knsineakpudee sacseseh pga cesmeseb es ee 4
Transverse breadth of the whole set from angle to ANGLE oe anun += 36

It is not absolutely certain that these two fossils belong to the
same species as that first described. But they appear to show no
other differences than such as are known to be brought about in
other genera of Labyrinthodonts by length of life and increase in
size ; and I therefore, provisionally at any rate, regard them as
the same.

ADDITIONAL EVIDENCE ON FOSSIL SALISBURLE
FROM AUSTRALIA.

By F. Rarrs, M.E.

Jeanpaulia (?) palmata, Ratte, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S8.W., Vol. I.
(ser. 2), p. 1078; Salisburia palmata, Ratte, emend. from
Jeanpaulia ov Baiera palmata, Ibid. Vol. II. (ser. 2), p. 137.

After the last meeting of the Society, when I suggested that
the large palmate leaf found in the shale of the Wianamatta-
Hawkesbury formation, should be referred to the genus Salisburia,
I unexpectedly found in the French weekly paper “La Nature,”
an interesting contribution on the subject, by Marquis G. de
Saporta.

From that paper and the woodcuts given, I find that this
author, and also Professor Heer of Zurich, give the name of
Salisburia to a number of plants with coriaceous and persistent
leaves, which, for the sake of giving a brief outline of their

characters and distribution, I will enumerate as follows :—

rr

Locatity. JURASSIC. | CRETACEOUS.
a. Leaf entire, rhomboidal (transver-
sally ).
SALISBURIA ANTARCTICA. Sap........ Australia... | Lower Lias?| ......
6. Leaf entire, reniform.
SALISBURIA PRIMORDIALIS. Hr...... S.Greenland| _...... Chalk
c. Leaf fan-shaped, with only a few
UNCLSLONS.
SALISBURIA INTEGRIUSCULA. Hr....| Cape Bohe-| Jurassic | ......
} man (Spitz-
berg)
ee EE NE Bal 70 0 eS MS es Se

160 ADDITIONAL EVIDENCE ON FOSSIL SALISBURIZ® FROM AUSTRALIA,

Locality. JURASSIC. CRETACEOUS.
d. Leaf confusedly quadrangular, wr-
regularly, not deeply sinuated, di-
visions broad, irregularly rounded
at the apex.
SALISBURIA DIGITATA (Brngt.) Hr. | Scarborough, | MiddleOolite| ......
and Cape
Boheman
e. Leaf distinctly divided into two prin-
cipal symmetrical segments, more
or less sinuated.
SaLisBuRIA Hurroni (Sternbg.) Hr. | Scarborough | MiddleOolite| ......
S. pseupo-Hurroni (Hr.) Sap..... Kia jam n-,|Oolste, .\ a niaueter:
dung (East
. Siberia)
f. Leaf palmate ; divisions numerous,
deep, oval, rather broad; secondary
sinuations not very deep. Apices
rounded or rather acute (SN.
Schmidtiana ).
SALISBURIA PLURIPARTITA. Schimp.| Westphalia | ...... Wealden
BS PRIMO AS NTS os. so o:s lua eanoe'see act S. Greenland SSa58e Urgonian
SSCHMMDRUANA. (HT... .....tsapmins Hast Siberia | Oolite = | ......
g. Leaf palmate ; divisions numerous,
deep, oval, elongate ; secondary
divisions deep. Apices rather more
acute than rounded.
SALISBURIA FLABELLATA. Hr...... East Siberia | Oolite | ......
SWUPISIGITD, agi s ee er Kast Siberia | Oolite | ......
h. Leaf palmate, divisions numerous, 7
digitiform, broad, rounded at the
apex.
SAMISBURIA SiBinIcA. Hr.,......... East Siberia | Oolite | ......
S. sIBIRICA var. PUSILLA (Hr.) Sap.| East Siberia | Oolite | ......
k. Leaf palmate ; divisions numerous,
digitiform, narrow. Apex rounded
SALISBURIA CONCINNA. Hr.......... East Siberia | Oolite | ......

The last two forms are most nearly related to our fossil. But
even now, after this fresh evidence, the generic affinity does not
seem perfectly clear. There are, besides Batera, other genera

BY F. RATTE, M.E. 161

(Phenicopsis, Trichopitys, and Czekanowskia), allied to Salisburia,
about which I have no literature at hand; and Marquis de Saporta,
in the above-mentioned contribution, (1) even doubts whether
Salisburia concinna of Professor Heer, is really a Ginkgo, as its
resemblance with the genus Lazera, might, according to this author,
be due to a recurrence of form appearing in distinct and parallel
groups, originally issued from a common ancestral stock.

I will not follow the author in his sketch of the affinities and
migrations of the different species ; I will simply quote, without
translating, any paragraph dealing with the Australian fossil,
Salisburia antarctica, or tracing the genus further back than our
triassic species.

At the same time, as a matter of reference, it will not
probably be out of place to mention that Mr. Feistmantel has
described three species from the Gondwana series (Foss. Flora
Gondwana, Vol. IV. p. 49, pl. ILI. &c.)

Now, from Marquis de Saporta, I give the following extracts :

“Un fait singulier est venu dévoiler recemment |’ existence &
Y autre extrémité du globe, sur le sol.australien, d’ un quatriéme
point alors habité par le méme genre Salisburia. Le moment
précis de cette colonisation, indice d’une trés-vaste diffusion
antérieure due a la grande longevite du type, ce moment doit
étre rapporté au lias ou méme au lias inférieur. On voit par la
qu’ al exemple des Araucaria dans le passé et conformément d
ce que le hétre (/agus) nous laisse voir maintenant, les Salisburia
étaient repandus a la fois dans les deux hemisphéres, vers le
milieu des temps secondaires, et quils s’ étendaient au-del& du
tropique du Capricorne, aussi bien qu’ a I intérieur du cercle
polaire arctique.” (Loc. cit. p. 157.)

And further :—

“T’Australie a fourni une seule espece, que nous nommer
Salisburia antarctica.” (Loc. cit. p. 203.) ir

This Australian species thus, it appears, comes back to us
indirectly, and is still unpublished at the time de Saporta writes ;

(1) G. de Saporta. Les Variations morphologiques dun type de Plantes.
** La Nature” 26 Aofit 1882, p. 203.
11

162 ADDITIONAL EVIDENCE ON FOSSIL SALISBURLE FROM AUSTRALIA.

he only figures it (loc. cit. p. 204) ; and I think it belcngs to the
Proceedings to have it represented ; I therefore give a drawing of
it (Plate 11). The author does not state where his specimen comes
from, and more light on the subject will be highly interesting.

However our Salisburia palmata, if it ought to be considered
as such, is not the oldest of its genus, as de Saporta has named
Salisburia primigenia, a plant discovered by Professor Grand’
Eury in the Middle Permian of Jelovick, near Tchoussovskaia,
in the Urals ; about which discovery he says :—

“ Jusqu’ici les Gingkos ne dépassaient pas le rhétique, dans la
direction du passé (in the past). En Europe le Salisburia crenata
(Brauns) Nath., et,en Australie, le Salisburia antarctica, Sap.,
espéce encore inédite, marquaient les derniers jalons (land marks)
qui aient été signalés.” [Sur quelques types de végetaux récem-
ment observés a l’état fossile. M. G. de Saporta, in Comptes
Rendus Acad. Sciences, lr. Semestre, 1882, page 922.]

Before ending this note I beg leave to point out the importance;
for our geological record, of ascertaining the precise locality whence
Salisburia antarctica, Sap. comes. Some clue to it might be
found in Rev. T. Woods’s elaborate paper on ‘The Coal Plants of
Australia,” as he places the Burnett River beds, where already
Jeanpaulia (Baiera) bidens, T. Woods, has been found, as
Infralias or Lower Lias (?) with a query.

ON AN UNDESCRIBED SHARK FROM PORT JACKSON.
By E. Prerson Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &c., anp J. DoucLas-OGILBy.

CARCHARIAS MACRURUS, N. sp.

Form rounded, moderately tapering. Snout of moderate length,
obtuse, thickly studded with minute pores. Eyes rather nearer to
the end of the snout than to the anterior gill-opening. Cleft of
mouth deep, its gape wide. A short, but deep groove behind the
angle of the mouth. Nostrils obliquely transverse, much nearer
to the mouth than to the tip of the snout. Teeth in both jaws
serrated, in the upper oblique with the base swollen ; erect and
smaller in the lower jaw. First dorsal fin situated much nearer to
the tip of the snout than to the base of the caudal, and closer to
the end of the base of the pectoral than to the origin of the
ventral: second dorsal one-third of the size of the first ; the space
between the dorsal fins being rather more than one-third of the
distance between the end of the second and the base of the caudal :
pectorals large and falciform, reaching to beneath the end of the
first dorsal, its inner lobe two-ninths of the end of the outer.
Ventrals small with the lower margin truncate, Caudal with
basal pit above and below, its upper lobe one-fourth of the total
length, and notched near the extremity. Skin rough. Colors—
above plumbeous, below white ; tips of second dorsal, lower caudal
lobe, and pectorals, black.

MEASUREMENTS :—
Total length “ae ; wee ae .. O42; MR.
Depth at origin of first dorsal fine oee ae Rene aig
Depth at root of caudal fin tr. ase nas iene tee
Circumference of body... Ses oh Ee ese ed:

Breadth of body... af eee os aes seat «eee

164 ON AN UNDESCRIBED SHARK FROM PORT JACKSON.

MEASUREMENTS—continued :.—

Breadth of head immediately in front of gill-openings,
nearly :

Breadth of snout Ramediately in front wfc eyes, rieaely ae

Interorbital space ... sie : sf

Distance between tip of snout nae Month

Distance between tip of snout and nostril, nearly

Distance between tip of snout and eye, nearly ...

Distance between nostril and mouth - Se ae

Distance between outer angles of nostrils

Distance between eye and first gill-opening

Width of mouth

Depth of mouth... ape 500

Origin of first dorsal to the end of the base of nectoral ee
End of first dorsal to the origin of ventral 50 ae
Outer edge of pectoral .., ee sins sat

Inner edge of pectoral

Intradorsal space

Diameter of eye o :
Length of longest gill-opening _...

This Shark is said to be not uncommon on the New South Wales
Coast, where it is called the ‘“ Whaler,” and has been hitherto
confounded with Dr. Giinther’s Carcharias brachyurus, from which
however it may be recognised at a glance by the shape of the mouth
and the obtuseness of the snout. Type specimen in Australian

Museum, I. 1155.

LIST OF BIRDS COLLECTED AT DERBY, NORTH WEST
AUSTRALIA, BY THE LATE T. H. BOYER-BOWER,
Esa, WITH NOTES.

By Dr. E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &c., &c.
(Continued from Vol. I. (2nd ser.) p. 1100.)

1. GYPOICTINIA MELANOSTERNON, (Could.

One specimen similar to the eastern form of this species.

2. Fatco tunuLatus, Latham.
(Falco frontatus, Gould).

One specimen is a rich slate-blue on the upper surface, and
below has a deeper orange rufous tint than I have observed in
any of the N.S. Wales examples.

3. Circus ASSIMILIS, Jard. & Selb.
(Circus jardin, Gould).

4. Circus GouLpu, Lonp.

(Circus assimilis, Gould).

5. ASTUR APPROXIMANS, Vig. & Horsf.
Quite similar to the N. S. Wales examples.

6. ASTUR CRUENTUS, Gould.

These are the first examples I have seen of this species, which
is undoubtedly a very distinct form from A. approximans ; in
plumage it closely resembles Accipiter cirrhocephalus.

Total length male 13-5 in., wing 9°3 in., tail 7 in., tarsus 2°7 in. ;
first joint of mid-toe 0°55 in. Female 15-5 in., wing 10 in., tail
8-5 in., tarsus 2°9 in. ; first joint of mid-toe 0°7 in.

=

166 LIST OF BIRDS COLLECTED AT DERBY, NORTH WEST AUSTRALIA,

7. ACCIPITER CIRRHOCEPHALUS, P2eill.
(A. torguatus, Gould).
Similar to N. 8S. Wales specimens.

8. HALiastTuR INDUS, Vieidl.
Var. GIRRENERA, Sharpe.

9. HALIASTUR SPHENURUS, Vieill.

10. Minvus arrinis, Gould.
11. Fatco MELANOGENYs, Gouwld.

12. HiERACIDEA OCCIDENTALIS, Gould.

13. HIERACIDEA ORIENTALIS, Schl.

(H. berigora, Gray).

14, TINNUNCULUS CENCHROIDES, Vig. & Horsf.
15. PANDION LEUCOLEPHALUS, Gould.

16. Srrix DELICATULA, Gould.

17. NINOX CONNIVENS-OCCIDENTALIS, Rams.
See P.L.S. N.S.W., Vol. I. (second series), p. 1086.

18, ANGOTHELES LEUCOGASTER, Gould.
This bird is very variable in its tints of plumage, especially on
the upper surface.
19. Popareus gouLpi, Masters.
Ramsay, P.LS. N.S.W., Vol. I. (2nd series), p. 1097.

20. Evrosropopus aurratus, Vig. & Horsf.
Ramsay, P.L.S. N.S.W., Vol. I. (2nd series), p. 1097.

21. Merops orna:vs, Lath.

22. Eurystromus paciricus, Lath.

23. DaAcELO CERVINA, Gould.

24. Hatcyon MACLEAYI, Jard. & Selb.

25. HALcyon PyRRHOPYGIUS, Gould.
This bird seems to be universally dispersed over the whole of
Australia.

BY DR. E. P. RAMSAY, F.R.S.E. 167

26. ARTAMUS CINEREUS, Viezil.
27. Cracticus Ppicatus, Gould.

28. Cracticus roBustus, Lath.
(C. nigrogularis, Gould).

29. GRaucALUS MELANOPS, Lath.

30. ARTAMUS MINOR, Viei//.

31, ARTAMUS LEUCOPYGIALIS, Gould.
32. PARDALOTUS UROPYGIALIS, Gowld.

33. Cracticus Torquatus, Lath.
(Barita destructor, Temm. )

54. CAMPEPHAGA TRICOLOR, Swains.

35. PaCHYCEPHALA FALCATA, Gould.
36. COLLYRIOCINCLA BRUNNEA, Gould.
37, CoLLYRIOCINCLA RUFIGASTER, Gould.
38. RHIPIDURA PREISSI, Cab.

39. RHIPIDURA SETOSA, Quoy et Gaim.
40. SauLtoprocra PicaTa, Gould.

41, SersurRA NANA, Gould.

42, MyiaGra concinna, Gould.

43. MyIaGRA LATIROSTRIS, Gould.
The one specimen obtained appears to be Gould’s WZ, latirostris,
but may hereafter prove to be only a female of JL concinna.

44, GERYGONE ALBOGULARIS, Gould.
Ramsay, |.c. p. 1098.

45, SMICRORNIS FLAVESCENS, Gould.
46. Perraca picata, Gould.

47. PacILODRYAS CERVINIVENTRIS, Gould,
Notwithstanding that several specimens were obtained, this bird
does not appear to be common anywhere. Ramsay, l.c. p. 1089.

168 LIST OF BIRDS COLLECTED AT DERBY, NORTH WEST AUSTRALIA,

48, MALURUS CRUENTATUS-BOWERI, amsay.
(¢ Malurus cruentatus, Gould ; juv.)

49. Maturus coronatus, Gould.

Many specimens of this beautiful species were obtained during
the months of September and October ; judging from some young
individuals they must have been breeding as early as June.
During the first year the young males resemble the females in
plumage with the exception of the ear-coverts.

50. Maturus LAMBERTI, Lath.
These appear to be identical with the New South Wales birds.

51. CisTICOLA RUFICEPS, Gould.
52, CisTIcoLaA sp. (?C. LINEOCAPILLA, Gould.)

53. EPHTHIANURA CROCEA, Casil. & Rams.
This species extends as far eastwards as the Gulf of Carpentaria,
where it was originally obtained by Mr. Gulliver during his
travels in that district.

54, CINCLORAMPHUS CRURALIS, Vig. & Horsf.

55. CINCLORAMPHUS CANTILLANS, Gould.
See previous remarks on these species. amsay, l.c. p. 1098.

56. Prena:pUs RUFESCENS, Vig. and Horsf.
57. MrirRAFRA HORSFIELDII, Gould.

58. CALAMOHERPE LONGIROSTRIS, Gould.
59. Esrrinpa BicuENovil, Vig. & Horsf.
60, EstrILDA ANNULOSA, Gould.

61. EstrILDA CASTANOTIS, Gould.

62. EsTRILDA RUFICAUDA, Gould.

63. EstrILDA PHAETON, Homb. & Jacq.

64. DoNnACICOLA PECTORALIS, Gould.

This bird was found to be plentiful near Port Darwin; Mr.
Gulliver also obtained specimens in the Gulf District.

BY DR. E. P. RAMSAY, F.RB.S.E. . 169

65. PoEPHILA ACUTICAUDA, Gould.
Plentiful, many live specimens being also obtained.

66. PoEPHILA GOULDIE, Gould.

67. PoEPHILA MIRABILIS, Homb. & Jacq.
See previous remarks, l.c. p. 1091.

68. CHLAMYDODERA NUCHALIS, Jard. & Selb. 2 2
Females only obtained.

69. PoMATOSTOMUS RUBECULUS, Gould.
70. STIGMATOPS SUBOCULARIS, Gould.
71. Srriamatops ocuLaRis, Gould.

72. Pritotis virrara, Cuv.

[4

Se

73. PTILOTIS FLAVESCENS, Gould.
74. Prinotis notata, Gould.
75, STOMIOPERA UNICOLOR, Gould.
This bird was originally obtained at Port Essington ; it has a

wide range extending over the whole of the north, and north-
western portions of the Continent.

76. ENTOMOPHILA ALBOGULARIS, Glouwld.
77. ENTOMOPHILA RUFOGULARIS, Gould.
78. PHILEMON ARGENTICEPS, Gould.

79. PHiLemon, juv. (sp. ?)

50. MyzoMELA PECTORALIS, Gould.

81. MELITHREPTUS ALBOGULARIS, Gould.
82 MeLiTHREPTUS LETIOR, Gould.

83. MyzaNnTHA LUTEA, Gould.

84. DicmuM HIRUNDINACEUM, Shaw.
Universally dispersed over the whole Continent.

85. CLIMACTERIS MELANURA, Gould.

170 LIST OF BIRDS COLLECTED AT DERBY, NORTH WEST AUSTRALIA,

86. SrvrELLA LEUCOPTERA, Gould.

87, CucuLus pUMETOoRUM, (?) Gould.

88. CAcoMANTIS PALLIDA, Lath.

(Cuculus inornatus, Gould).
89. CucuLUS FLABELLIFORMIS, Lath.

90, MesocaLius PALLIOLATUS, Lath.

(Chalcites osculans, Gould).
91. Cuatcites BAsALIs, Horsf.

92, CHALCITES MINUTILLUS, Gould.

93, EUDYNAMIS CYANOCEPHALA, Lath.
(Z. flndersi, Gould).

94. CENTROPUS MELANURUS, Gould.

Probably only a variety of CO. phasianus, Latham.
95. CacaTuA GyMNOPIS, Sclater.
96. CACATUA ROSEICAPILLA, Vievll.

97. CALYPTORHYNCHUS STELLATUS, Wagl.

(C. macrorhynchus, Gould).
98. CALYPTORHYNCHUS Naso, Gould.
99. CALOPSITTACUS NOVE HOLLANDIEZ, & mel.
100. Prisres coccinEoPTERuUS, Gould.
101. TrIcHOGLossUs RUBRITORQUIS, Vig. & Horsf.

102. TRICcHOGLOssUS VERSICOLOR, Vigor's.

BY DR. E. P. RAMSAY, F.R.S.E 171

103, Puaps HIsTRIONICA, Gould.

104. LopoPHAPS FERRUGINEA, Gould.

This bird was found in immense numbers during the month of

October, 1886.

105. OcyPHAPS LOPHOTES, 7'emm.
106. PHaps CHALCOPTERA, Lath.
107. GEOPELIA HUMERALIS, Z’emm.
108. GEOPELIA PLACIDA, Gould.
109. STicTOPELIA CUNEATA, Lath.
110. Synorcus ausrRALis, Lath.
111. Hemipopius vELox, Gouwld.
112. GEpicnemMus GRALLARIUS, Lath.
113. LoBIVANELLUS MILES, Bodd.

114. AieraLitis GEoFFROYI, Wagler.

(Maticula imornata, Gould).
115. AUGIALITIS NIGRIFRONS, Cu.
116. ErytHroGonys cinctus, Gould.
117. Actiris Empusa, Gould.
118. Scua@nictus ALBESCENS, Zemm.
119. Limnocincta acuminata, Horsf.
120. GLAREOLA GRALLARIA, Zemm.
121. Toranus spP.

122. RECURVIROSTRA RUBRICOLLIS, Zemm.

172 LIST OF BIRDS COLLECTED AT DERBY, NORTH WEST AUSTRALIA.

123. HIMANTOPUS LEUCOCEPHALUS, Gould.
124. GuLorris GLoTrorpEs, Linn.

125. GALLINAGO AUSTRALIS, Lath.

126. GERONTICUS SPINICOLLIS, Jameson.
127. THRESKIORNIS STRICTIPENNIS, Gould.
128. PLATALEA REGIA, Gould.

129. XENORHYNCHUS AUSTRALIS, Lath.
130. ArpEA pacirica, Lath.

131. ARDEA NOV#-HOLLANDIA, Lath.

132. Heropias ALBpa, Linn.

133. Heropias MELANOPUS, Wagl.

(A. garzetta, Linn.)

134. Heropias interMeptiA, V. Hasselq.
(HZ. plumiferus, Gould).

135. Nycricorax CALEDoNIcus, Lath.
136. BuroroipEs FLAVICOLLIS, Lath.
137. PorPHyYRIO BELLUS, Gould.

138. TRIBONYX VENTRALIs, Gould.

139. Fuxica austRALIs, Gould.

These birds should be compared with a series of South-east
Australian specimens ; there are probably two distinct species.

140. TapoRNA RADJAH, Garnot.

BY DR. E. P. RAMSAY, F.R.S.E. 173

141. Anas casTANEA, Lyton.

142, CHLAMYDOCHEN JUBATA, Lath.

143. NeTTaPusS PULCHELLUS, Gould.

144. Denprocyana vaAGANs, Lyton.

145. MaALAcORHYNCHUS MEMBRANACEUS, Lath.
146. Popiceps GULARIS, Gould.

147. Popiceps AUSTRALIS, Gould.

148. Srerna aneiica, Mont.

(Gelohelidon macrotarsa, Gould).

149. SreRNA FRONTALIS, Gray.

(Sterna melanorhyncha, Gould).
150. PLoTus Novm HOLLANDIA, Gould.
151. GrscuLUS MELANOLEUCUS, J%eill.

152. GRACULUS STICTOCEPHALUS, Bp.

174 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Norton exhibited a specimen of one of the Myxomycetes,
identified by Mr. Whitelegge as Stemonitis fusca, or ferruginea,
‘Ehrenb., found on the trunk of a tree at Springwood.

Mr. Wilkinson exhibited a selection from the Gosford Collection
of Fossils, now amounting to about 400 specimens, comprising a
number of new and remarkable forms of Fishes, and he pointed
out the importance of the evidence which is now accumulating in
favour of the view that the Hawkesbury formation is of Triassic
age.

Dr. Ramsay exhibited (1.) An Egg of the Top-knot Pigeon
Lopholaimus antarcticus, (Shaw), taken from the oviduct by Mr.
McLennan. The egg isnearly perfectly oval, being only slightly
pointed at the thin end, white, and without any gloss; length
1:85 x 1:25 inches ; (2.) Some very old diorite Stone Hatchets
used by the Aborigines of the Lachlan district, where they were
obtained by Mr. K. H. Bennett of Mossgiel ; (3.) Flint-flakes used
by the Aborigines of Tasmania; (4.) Slabs of Shale with Fossil
Ferns (Lhacopteris, dc.), from near Stroud, N.S. W.

Mr. Palmer exhibited six silk egg-bags made by the same spider
(species uncertain) at different times, and attached to a branch.

Mr. Masters exhibited a living specimen of one of the “ Sleeping
Lizards” Cyclodus nigro-luteus, Q. and G., sent by Mr. J. D. Cox
from Mt. Wilson—a species which is rare so far north, though
common in Victoria and Tasmania.

Mr. Steel exhibited a specimen of Bombyx from Fiji, quite
overgrown by a fungus, springing from all parts of the body.

Mr. Ogilby exhibited a living example of a rare Toad, Vota-
den Bennettii, Gunth., recently forwarded from Cobar to the
Australian Museum. Also an example of the rare snake Brachyu-
rophis australis, Krefft, hitherto only recorded from the Clarence
and Burdekin Rivers. The locality of the present specimen is
unknown.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 175

Mr. Maiden exhibited « collection of Legwminose indigenous
in New South Wales, comprising 25 genera and 75 species. Of
the plants collected in the immediate neighbourhood of Sydney
may be mentioned Acacia hispidula, A. lunata, A. decurrens A.
oxycedrus, Aotus lanigera, Zornia diphylla, and some interesting
species of Pultenwa and Oxylobium. Some of the rarer Acacias*
from the Western Districts were also exhibited, together with
some rare species of Pultenea, Bossiwa, Oxylobium, &c.,
collected near the Victorian border, by Mr. Bauerlen. Each
Species was mounted on cardboard and full particulars given.
Also plants of Myriogyne minuta, Less., a composite plant
with numerous synonyms, and known in the Southern Districts as
“ Sneezeweed.” Dr. Woolls, a few months ago, drew attention to
this plant as a remedy in ophthalmia. Mr. Maiden said he would
be able to give specimens of the herb to those who desired to test
its properties in the direction indicated.

Mr. Fletcher exhibited for Mr. A. G. Hamilton, of Guntawang,
a large and remarkable frog, at present undetermined, recently
captured by his son Charles, at Hartley, Blue Mountains, where
it was found buried in the sand in the bed of acreek. It differs
from any Australian frog at present described, by having a row of
spines on the dorsal surface of each of the first three fingers, the
seventh and last spine on the first finger of each hand being
conspicuously larger and more formidable than the others.

At the close of the regular business the President drew the atten-
tion of Members to a communication receivedfrom Baronv, Mueller,
in which, referring to the interesting Botanical discoveries made by
Messrs. W. Sayer and A. Davidson on Mount Bellenden Ker, he
suggests that the Society, or Members of the Society, should make
an exploration of Mount Sea-view ; stating further that he had
himself as far back as 1859 sent Dr. Beckler into the Hastings
River district for that purpose. This attempt proved ineffectual
owing to the absence of settlement in the neighbourhood. The
Council of the Society, though not able to take action at once in
the matter, applied to the best authorities for information. At

176 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

present the principal points ascertained are, by the kindness of
Mr. E. Herborn, L. 8. 52 Castlereagh Street—That there are two
mountains called Sea-view, one so-marked on the Government Maps
at the head of the Hastings, the other marked as “ Kippara”
near the headwater of the Yesabah Creek. Mr. Herborn had
heen within a few miles of the former, and on the summit of the
latter, which he considers to be, probably, the highest summit in
the New England Range. He is not aware that the Hastings
River mountain has ever been ascended, and would not advise
that the attempt should be made except by a party of experienced
bushmen. It was not likely that any effort in this direction could
be made during this autumn, especially after so extraordinary a
rainfall as we have had. But all information on the subject
would be thankfully received.

Pugl ,

PL.S.n.s.w. Vout (2° Ser)

F Relle del « lith.

i 0 i has a“
oat OL ae
=) AM Z
: ea y

ae

Pi.2

ae ve er
a. ee
VY

—= a
A s

ie =
= 2 4

3 3)

> ON = <
|
2 iS
z

“wo

a

[ois

PL.S.vsw. Vorlt(2™ Ser)

ntarcelicds 5,

=
ao

2

F. Ralte del, &

ce

"he

.
be
.
’
| *
‘
Ms
. , o
, .
\

Se ctron Quon - ° ? i

Pi.4

)

L.S.ncs.w. Voril (2° Ser

F. Ratle del 2 Lili.

=)
ry

"

* WEDNESDAY, 271TH APRIL, 1887.

The President, Professor W. J. Stephens, M.A., F.G.S., in the

Chair.

Mr. F. H. Thatcher, and Mr. Duncan Anderson were present as

visitors.

MEMBERS ELECTED.
The following gentlemen were elected Members of the Society :—
Mr. Hugh Dixson ; Rev. W. H. H. Yarrington, West Maitland ;
Dr. Metcalf, Norfolk Island.

The President announced that the next Excursion had been
arranged for Saturday, May 14th. Members to meet at the
Railway Station, to proceed by the 8:15 a.m, train to Brooklyn,
Hawkesbury River Railway Terminus. Steamer and Refresh-
ments will be provided. In order to facilitate arrangements,
Members intending to be present are requested to notify the same

to the Director by the preceding Thursday.

DONATIONS.

“The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society.” Vol.
XLITI., Part 1 (1887). From the*Society.

Bulletin de la Société Belge de Microscopie.” 13me. Année,

Nos. 3 and 4. From the Society.
12

178 DONATIONS.

“ The Transactions of the Entomological Society of London for
the year 1886.” Part 5. From the Society.

“ Bulletins du Comité Géologique, St. Pétersbourg.” Vol. V.,
Nos. 9-11 (1886). De la part du Comité.

“ Mémoires (Sapiski) de la Société des Naturalistes de la
nouvelle Russie.” Tome XI., No. 2 (1887); “Sapiski Matema-
tischeskago” &c., T. VII. From the Society.

“The Victorian Naturalist.” Vol. III., No. 12 (April, 1887).
From the Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria.

“ Journal of the College of Science, Imperial University, Japan.”
Vol. I., Part 1 (1886). From the Director.

“ Bulletin of the American Geographical Society.” Nos. 4 and
5 (1885). From the Society.

“ Bulletin of the Brookville Society of Natural History.” No. 2.
From the Society.

“Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes.” No. 197 (March, 1887).
From the Editor.

“Zoologischer Anzeiger.” No. 245 (28th Feb., 1887). From
the Editor.

“ Revue Coloniale Internationale.” Tome 1V., No. 3 (March,
1887). De la part de Association Coloniale Neéerlandaise a
Amsterdam.

“Observations Publiées par L’Institut Météorologique Central
de la Société des Sciences de Finlande.” Vol. I., liv. 1, Vol. IL,
liv. 1. From the Finland Society of Sciences.

‘‘ Annalen des k.-k. Naturhistorischen Hofmuseums (Wien).”
Redigirt von Dr. von Hauer. Band I., No. 4 (1886), Band II.,
No. 1 (1887). From the Director.

DONATIONS. 179

<‘ Archives Néerlandaises des Sciences exactes et naturelles.”
Tome XXL, liv. 2me. (1886), et 3me. (1887). De la part de la

Société Hollandaise des Sciences a Harlem.

“Bulletin de la Société Royale de Botanique de Belgique.”
Tome XXV., fase. 2 (1886). From the Society.

“‘ Abstract of Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London.”
15th Feb., 1887. From the Society.

‘“‘Notarisia Commentarium Phycologicum.” Nos. 1-5. From the
Publisher.

“On the Fossil Mammals of Australia.” Part III. By Pro-
fessor Owen, F.R.S., &c. From Dr. J. C. Cox, F.LS., &e.

“Comptes Rendus des Séances de L’Académie des Sciences,
Paris.” Tome CIV., Nos. 4-7 (1887). rom the Academy.

“Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian
Institution for the year 1884.” Parts 1 and 2. Wrom the Insti-

tution.

“ Verhandlungen der k.-k. zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft
in Wien.” XXXVI. Band (1886). From the Society.

“‘ Mittheilungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Bern,”
Jahrg. 1885, III. Heft. Prom the Society.

“ Bulletin of the California Academy of Sciences.” Vol. IL.,
No. 5 (1886). From the Academy.

“Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History” Vol.
XXIII., Part 2 (March, 1884 to Feb., 1886). From the Society.

“‘ Bulletin de L’ Académie Impériale des Sciences de St. Péters-
bourg.” Tome XXX., No. 3, T. XXXI., No.1; “ Mémoires.”
T. XXXIII., Nos. 6-8 (1886), T. XXXIV., Nos. 1-4 (1886).
From the Academy.

180 DONATIONS.
“The Australasian Journal of Pharmacy.” Vol. II., No. 16
(April, 1887). From the Editor.

“ Monatliche Mittheilungen des naturwissenschaftl. Vereins des
Reg.-Bez. Frankfurt.” Jahrg. IV., Nos. 8 & 9 (1886), 10 (1887).
From the Society,

“ Bulletin de la Société Zoologique de France pour I|’année
1886.” Nos.5&6. From the Society.

“ Mittheilungen aus der Zoologischen Station zu Neapel.” Band
VII, Heft 1 (1886). From the Director.

“Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania for
the year 1886.” rom the Society.

“ Report of the Trustees of the Sydney Free Public Library for
1886-87.” From the Trustees.

“ Report of the Auckland Institute and Museum for 1886-87.”

From the Council.

PAPERS READ.

NOTES ON THE GENERA OF AUSTRALIAN FISHES.
By E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &c., anp J. Douagias-OGILBy.
Parr I.

(Notes from the Australian Museum).

In the following paper it is our intention to clearly point out the
generic distinctions between certain groups of Australian Percoids ;
and we wish to call special attention to the fact that, after an
exhaustive examination of over fifty examples each of Lates cal-
carifer and Lates colonorwm, we have arrived at the conclusion that
these fishes are generically separable, and we propose therefore the
name Percalates for the southern temperate form. We have also
examined a number of small fishes from the Murray near Denili-
quin, belonging to Count Castelnau’s genera Murrayia and
Riverina, and are fully in accord with Dr. Klunzinger in consi-
dering these names synonymous with Macquaria, Cuv. & Val.,
the characters which caused the Count to separate the fishes from
that described by the latter authors, and excellently figured by
MM. Lesson and Garnot in the “ Voyage of the Coquille”
pl. xiv. fig. 1, having doubtless been overlooked by the authors of the
“ Histoire Naturelle des Poissons”; whilst the presence or absence
of an extra spine to the first dorsal, or of a few minute, and
probably deciduous, palatine teeth cannot be considered as forming
a valid reason for separating generically two species so exactly
similar in all other characters as Murrayia guenthert and Riverina
fluviatilis. It is worth mentioning that the Australian Museum
possesses Castelnau’s types of Murrayia guentheri and Dules (Cteno-
lates) auratus, both having been obtained from precisely the same
locality as our specimens.

182 NOTES ON THE GENERA OF AUSTRALIAN FISHES,

We hope at intervals to contribute further papers on the genera
of Australian fishes.

Six genera are differentiated in this part, namely, Perca (intro-
duced), Percalates, Lates, Psammoperca, Ctenolates, and Macquaria.
Their characteristics are as follows :—

Genus PERGCA.

Perca, sp., Artedi, Genera Piscium, 1738, Gen. 39, Syn. 66,
sp. 74; Cuvier, Regne Anim. ; Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat.des Poiss.
1828, 11. p. 19.

Branchiostegals seven : pseudobranchiz present. Body oblong-
ovate, and somewhat compressed. Opercle spiniferous: preopercle
serrated on the vertical limb, and with denticulations pointing
forwards on the lower imb. Teeth villiform on the jaws, vomer,
and palatines ; tongue smooth. ‘Two dorsal fins separated at their
bases, the first with 13 or 14 spines; the anal with two. Scales.
rather small, ctenoid, absent on the upper surface of the head.
Pyloric appendages few.

Genus PERCALATES.

Percalates, gen. nov.

Branchiostegals six: pseudobranchiz present. Body oblong-
ovate, and somewhat compressed. Opercle with two spines: pre-
opercle serrated on the vertical limb, denticulated on the angle and
lower limb: preorbital and post-temporal bones serrated. Teeth
villiform on the jaws, vomer, and palatines ; tongue smooth. One
dorsal fin deeply notched, with 9 spines: the anal with three.
Scales moderate, ctenoid, absent on the upper surface of the head,
and on the maxilla. Pyloric appendages in small numbers.

Genus founded on Lates colonorwm, Giinth.

Genus LatEs.
Lates, Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. des Poiss. 1828, ii. p. 88.
Pseudolates, Alleyne & Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, i.,
p. 262, (1875).

BY E. P. RAMSAY, F.R.S.E., ETC., AND J. DOUGLAS-OGILBY. 183

Branchiostegals seven: pseudobranchie rudimentary. Body
oblong, and somewhat compressed. Opercle with a small spine :
preopercle serrated on the vertical limb, denticulated on the angle
and lower limb. Teeth villiform on the jaws, vomer, and palatines;
tongue rough. Two dorsal fins contiguous at their bases, the first
with 7 or 8 spines: the anal with three. Scales moderate, finely
ctenoid, extended on the head to immediately behind the eyes.
Pyloric appendages few.

Genus PSAMMOPERCA.

Psammoperca, Richards., Voy. Erebus and Terror, Fishes,
p. 115.

Cnidon, Mill. and Trosch., Hor. Ichth., Hft. iii., p. 21.

Branchiostegals seven : pseudobranchiz absent. Body oblong,
and somewhat compressed. Opercle with a small spine: pre-
opercle serrated on the vertical limb, and with a strong spine at
the angle; lower limb entire. Teeth granular on the jaws,
vomer, and palatines; tongue smooth. One dorsal fin deeply
notched, with 8 spines: the anal with three. Scales moderate,
ctenoid, covering the upper surface of the head to the snout:
small scales on maxilla.

Genus CTENOLATES.

Ctenolates, Giinth., Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 320.

Branchiostegals seven : pseudobranchiz present. Body oblong-
ovate, and somewhat compressed. Opercle with two spines, the
lower of which is frequently sub-divided into two or more points :
preopercle serrated on the vertical limb; angle and lower limb
with patches of coarser denticles. Teeth villiform on jaws,
vomer, and palatines; tongue smooth. One dorsal fin, moderately
notched, with 10 spines: the anal with three. Scales small,
ctenoid, present on the occiput.

Genus MacquarIA.

Macquaria, Ouv. and Val., Hist. Nat. des Poiss. 1828, v.
Pocit:

184 NOTES ON THE GENERA OF AUSTRALIAN FISHES.

Murrayia, Casteln., Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict. 1872, i. p. 61.

Rwerina, Casteln., l.c., p. 64.

Branchiostegals six: pseudobranchie present. Body oblong-
ovate, and somewhat compressed. Head with distinct muci-
ferous channels. Opercle with two spines, either or both of which
may be sub-divided into two or more points: edges of sub- and
interopercles finely serrated, preopercle serrated on the vertical
limb; angle and lower limb with patches of coarser denticles.
Teeth villiform on the jaws and vomer ; palatines with a minute
anterior patch; tongue smooth. One dorsal fin, moderately
notched, with 11 or 12 spines: the anal with three. Scales
moderate, ctenoid, present on the occiput. Bases of vertical
fins scaly. Pyloric appendages in small numbers.

FLOWERING SEASONS OF AUSTRALIAN PLANTS.
By E. Havitanp, F.L.S.

No, 5.—Puiants FLOWERING IN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF SYDNEY
DURING THE MONTH OF NOVEMBER, IN ADDITION TO THOSE

ENUMERATED IN FORMER LISTS.

Violaceze— Myrtaceze—
Hybanthus filiformis. Kunzea corifolia
Hypericinese— Melaleuca thymifolia
Hypericum Japonicum. 53 nodosa
Rutaceze— 3 linaritolia
Philotheca Reichenbachiana. Backhousia nyrtifolia
Geraniaceze— Angophora cordifolia
Geranium dissectum. Leptospermum scoparium
Euphorbiaceze-— Beckea brevifolia
Poranthera ericifolia. Callistemon salignus.
Stackhousiaceee— Umbelliferze—
Stackhousia monogyna. Actinotus helianthi
Ficoideze-— Apium australe
Mesembryanthemum cequi- » prostratum
laterale. Hydrocotyle hirta.
Leguminosee— Proteaceze—
Pultenea paleacea Telopea speciosissima
Desmodium varians. Persoonia salicina
Saxifragese— ‘s ferruginea
Ceratopetalum gummiferum Conospermum ellipticum
apetalum RS tenutfolium.
Callicoma serratifolia. Thymeleee—
Halorageze— Wickstremia Indica.
Haloragis teucrioides Rubiacee—

if micrantha, Psychotria loniceroides

186 FLOWERING SEASONS OF AUSTRALIAN PLANTS,

Rubiacezee—

Galium Gaudichaudi

Morinda jasminoides.
Compositaze—

Cassinia longifolia

Lagenophora Billardiert.
Stylideze —

Stylidium lineare.
Goodeniaceze—

Scevola microcarpa

45 hispida

Goodenia stelligera.
Gentianeze—

Villarsia reniformis

LErythrea australis.

Primulaceze—

Samolus repens.
Myrsineze—

Aigiceras majus.
Jasmineze—

Notelea longifolia.
Asclepiadeze—

Marsdenia swaveolens.
Lentibularineze—

Utricularia dichotoma.

Labiatze—

Scutellaria humilis

a mollis

Prostanthera denticulata

Prunella vulgaris.
Epacridexe—

Melichrus rotatus.
Orchideze—

Lyperanthus ellipticus

Cymbidium suave

Thelymitra venosa

Dipodium punctatum.
Liliaceze—

Dianella levis

Bland fordia nobilis

Thysanotus tuberosus

Cesia vittata

Geitonoplesium cymosum

Tricoryne simplex.
Xyrideze—

Ayris complanata.
Commelynacezee—

Commelyna cyanea.
J uncaceze—

Aerotes longifolia

» multiflora

» Jrexrfolia.

ON AN IMPROVED METHOD OF CULTIVATING
MICRO-ORGANISMS ON POTATOES.

By Dr. Oscar Katz.

(With two Ficures IN Woop-cut).

In the first number of the first volume of the “ Centralblatt
fiir Bacteriologie und Parasitenkunde,” edited by Leuckart,.
Loeffler, and Uhlworm, Jena (Gustav Fischer), 1887, pp. 26-27,
Dr. E. Esmarch writes on the “ Preparation of the potato as a
culture-medium for micro-organisms.” He calls attention to the
universally recognised value of the boiled potato as a culture-soil
for most vegetable micro-organisms, for the identification of some
of which, especially the bacillus of typhoid fever (Eberth-Gaffky),
it is, so far as known, an indispensable and the only reliable
medium.

The hitherto customary processes of preparing potatoes for this
purpose are, as Esmarch rightly states, far from being satisfactory.
He, therefore, proposes the following method. One or more small
glass-capsules, of the appearance of the usual damp chambers for
cultivating fungi, are sterilised by dry heat. A potato is then.
peeled by means of a common kitchen-knife, and, after having
been rinsed under the water-tap, divided by the same knife into.
slices about 1 cm. thick, which are next adapted to the diameter of
the glass-dishes and placed in the same. These potato-slices
prepared in the above manner, are then boiled by steam in the
steam-steriliser for from $ to 1 hour, and are shortly afterwards
ready for use.

This process in the preparation of potatoes, and their storage in
small glass dishes with over-lapping lids is undoubtedly far
superior to the old mode of preparation and _ preservation.

188 METHOD OF CULTIVATING MICRO-ORGANISMS ON POTATOES,

Yet there remain still some inconveniences which relate to the
use of such reservoirs for the slices of potato, and which would
seem to leave an improvement in this direction to be desired.

I would now recommend a method that recently yielded quite
satisfactory results, when I was, some time ago, on a short
stay in the Coast Hospital at Little Bay, near Sydney, where I
was principally engaged in making a series of cultivations from
dejections in cases of typhoid fever, and from organs of persons
who died of this disease.

I take a number of shallow but spacious test-tubes, of about
10:5 cm. height by 25cm. diameter, which, having been supplied
with a sufficiently deep cotton-wool stopper (figs. 1, 2), are then
sterilised in the usual manner. The preparation of the potatoes
is the same as in Esmarch’s process. The potato-slices, cut out
of medium-sized, oval-shaped, perfectly healthy potatoes, and
about 1 cm, thick (p in fig. 1, front view; in fig 2, side view ; both
natural size), are now placed, by aid of a clean pair of forceps, in
the above described test-tubes, to the width of which they are
made to fit. It is only advantageous if the slices press loosely by
one or some points of their margin on the inner walis of the
glass-tubes, and thus, resting either at the bottom of these or a
little separate from it, they are sufficiently fixed inside those glass-
vessels. Then comes the steam-steriliser, in which they remain for
about 1 hour at 212° F. (100° C.); the potatoes are hereafter
thoroughly boiled and sterile.

It is evident that in this way we arrive at a culture-medium
which, as regards simplicity in its manipulation, convenience in
the process of inoculating, and safety in keeping the desired pure-
culture uncontaminated during the course of examination and
observation, shares the same advantages with the nutrient
gelatinous substances and coagulated blood-serum, or with any
culture-soil kept in glass-tubes. A desiccation of the surfaces of
the potato-slices will not so soon make its appearance ; as after
boiling in the steam-steriliser there is at the bottom of the
culture-tubes a quantity of fluid large enough to keep the contents

BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 189)

of these, at an incubation of from 20°-25°C.° (68°-77°F.),
sufficiently moist for a considerable length of time. At higher

inige, Ile TGs 28

temperatures up to blood-heat the development of micro-organisms
capable of cultivation of boiled potato is so much accelerated that.

190 METHOD OF CULTIVATING MICRO-ORGANISMS ON POTATOES.

also in this case any apprehensions of the danger of desiccation
must disappear. However, it is advisable, whenever we have a
larger supply of such prepared potatoes, to put an indiarubber-
cap on the opening of the tubes over the cotton-wool stopper,
or to tie some indiarubber-tissue round it.

One thing still needs mention, namely, that we are able
to avail ourselves of both the surfaces of the potato-slices since
these are mounted so as to occupy a middle position in the lumen
of the test-tubes (p. 189, fig. 2). We can inoculate both these
surfaces either with one and the same microbe, taken from one
and the same colony or culture, or we can also easily cultivate on
the one side one organism, on the other a different one.

The latter mode may sometimes prove to be a matter of some
convenience ; for instance: in cultivations on plates of gelatine
after Koch, or in test-tubes with gelatine after Esmarch, made
from stools of typhoid fever patients, there appear after some time
different kinds of non-liquefying colonies which grow nearly at the
same rate, exhibit under high powers of the microscope similar
forms, and which it must be desirable to cultivate on boiled
potatoes in order to find out which ones appertain to the bacillus
of typhoid fever. In this case, then, we might transfer to the one
side of the potato-discs a minute quantity of one colony, to the
other side, while still holding the glass tube in our left hand, a
little of another, somewhat different-looking colony.

In conclusion I may add that test-tubes of the above description
seem also well adapted for the cultivation on and in gelatine after
Esmarch’s method (Zeitsch. f. Hygiene, herausgeg. von Koch und
Fliigge, Band I., Heft 2, Leipzig, 1886, pp. 293-301).

DESCRIPTIVE RECORD OF TWO PLANTS ADDITIONAL
TO THE FLORA OF AUSTRALIA, AND OCCURRING
ALSO IN NEW SOUTH WALES,

By Baron von MueEtter, K.C.M.G., M.D., F.R.S.

GENTIANA QUADRIFARIA.

Blume, Bijdr. 847 (1825).

Annual, minute, glabrous ; stem leafy, very short ; leaves sessile,
roundish-ovate, somewhat pointed, very thinly margined ; ftowers
generally solitary and terminal, sessile or on very short stalks ;
calyx cylindric-campanulate, to 4 or nearly 4 cleft in 5 or some-
times 4 lobes ; its tube rather pale, membranous, slightly angular ;
its lobes ovate, or narrow-semilanceolar-ovate, thinly margined ;
corolla twice as long as the calyx, outside greenish, inside blue or
white ; its tube gradually widened upwards ; its lobes about half
as long as the tube, nearly semilanceolar-ovate, with minute
deltoid pointed entire or sometimes bifid lobules intervening ;
stamens about as long as the tube of the corolla; filaments filiform,
dilated towards the bases; anthers erect, narrow-ellipsoid, quite
blunt, basifixed ; ovary attenuated into a short style; fruit mem-
branous, on a rather long stipes, cvate, compressed, at last deeply
bivalved ; seeds very minute, pale-brownish, turgid-ovate; testa
subtle-streaked.

In the vicinity of the Genoa (W. Baeuerlen).

Height of whole plant, according to Australian specimens, 3
inches. Leaves }-} inch long. Bracteoles none. Flowers } to
hardly 4 inch long; the lobule from each sinus of the corolla
usually much shorter than the lobes, but sometimes fully half as
long. Stamens adnate to the lower portion of the corolla.
Anthers free, bursting longitudinally ; pollen yellow, consisting of
smooth ellipsoid longitudinally dehiscent grains. Stigmata two,

192 DESCRIPTIVE RECORD OF TWO PLANTS OCCURRING IN N.S. WALES,

almost oval, recurved. Fruit hardly } inch long; the stipes of
nearly the same length. Seeds numerous, without any appendage.

This species approaches G aquatica; it was hitherto known
from Upper India, Ceylon, China and Java ; it is the second Aus-
tralian G'entiana, the only other being G. saxosa, which is very
variable, as shown in my “ Vegetation of the Chatham Islands,”
pp. 40 and 41 (1864), it assuming in our alps and in our lowlands
various forms of no specific value, just as in New Zealand, the
Auckland and Campbell Islands and in the remotest South of
America. G'. gquadriforia has with us probably been often passed
unnoticed ; its extreme smallness and its external resemblance to
some species of Lobelia tending to its eluding observation. In all
probability it will yet be discovered in the Australian Alps, and
in New England as a companion of Polygala Sibirica, Thesium
australe, Lysimachia Japonica, and some other plants common to
the cooler regions of Australia and of South Eastern Asia.

The specimens sent by Mr. Baeuerlen are all very small, and
thus resemble much the G’. sguwarrosa ; indeed they come also very
near the Linnean G. aquatica.

Incidentally may be here offered a few additional notes con-
cerning Australian gentianeous plants. Sebaea albidiflora occurs
at the entrance of the Barwon (J. Bracebridge Wilson) ; on the
Wimmera (D. Sullivan); near Lake Bonney (Mrs. Dr. Well).
S. ovata extends to the Upper Brisbane River (Dr. Prentice).
Lrythraea australis is on the coast-meadows of Port Phillip, not
rarely reduced to a one-flowered state, sometimes attaining only
14 inches in height. Canscora diffusa grows also on the Etheridge
River (W. Armit), and near Trinity Bay (W. Sayer). The close
affinity of Zimnanthemum, particularly in its section Villarsia, to
Velleya, has already been pointed out in the Journal of the
Pharmac. Soc. of Vict., 1858, p. 145.

Limnanthemum Indicum has been found by Miss A. Edwards
on the Richmond River; the leaves attain a circumference of
three feet. ZL. Gunnii extends to New Zealand (Petrie), but has as
yet not been noticed in the Australian Alps.

BY BARON VON MUELLER, K.C.M.G., M.D., F.R.S. 193

JACKSONIA CLARKII, n. sp.

Almost glabrous; branchlets rather slender, conspicuously
angular ; flowers comparatively large; stalklets about half as
long as the calyces ; bracteoles near the middle of the stalklets ;
flower-buds almost blunt, minutely pointed; calyces divided to
near the base, about as long as the corolla, the segments glabrous,
except at the margin, soon deciduous; petals of nearly equal
length ; anthers ovate-roundish; style setaceous, glabrous,
deciduous ; fruit on a rather long stipes, lanceolar-elliptical, almost
silky.

On the Upper Hastings River (Dr. Herm. Beckler) ; on the
Upper Delegate River (Mr. A. Clarke).

Nearest allied to this plant is the Jacksonia scoparia, which
however is always more or less silky, has much smaller flowers
upwards acutely attenuated while in bud, the bracteoles nearer to
the calyx, the latter never glabrous, but long or even permanently
persistent, the anthers narrower, the style at least partially silky
and not deciduous, and the fruit smaller.

J. scoparia is now also known from the Nepean River (Dr.
Cox), Trial Bay (Betche), Shoalhaven River (Weir).

J. thesioides has more recently been gathered on the Boyne
River (A. Wentw. Watson), at Glenroy (Stafford), Goode Island
(Powell), Cleveland Bay (H. Gulliver).

J. nematoclada occurs between the Murchison River and Shark’s
Bay (F. v. M.).

J. odontoclada grows also near the Lynd River (E. Palmer).

J. Sternbergiana attains on the Greenough and Irwin River, a
height of 40 feet. Pastoral animals browse on the branchlets ;
wood of disagreeable odour. This species extends southward fully
to the Serpentine River, northward to Port Gregory (F. v. M.).

J. densiflora was found by the writer also near the Serpentine
River, where the calyces attain a length of # inch; the Hon.

John Forrest collected it at Mount Samson,
13

194 DESCRIPTIVE RECORD OF TWO PLANTS OCCURRING IN N 8. WALES,

J. hakeoides reaches the Arrowsmith River and Port Gregory
(F. v. M.).

J. pteroclada was found by me on the Upper Irwin and Greenough
River in a narrower state.

J. racemosa occurs near Israelite Bay (Miss Brooke), and near
Fraser’s Range (Dempster).

This is an apt moment for simultaneously giving publicity to
another congener, discovered some years ago in Arnhem’s Land,
but left undescribed till now.

JACKSONIA FORRESTII, n. sp.

Grey-silky ; branchlets thin, angular, nearly erect; flowers
scattered along the upper part of the branchlets on very short
stalklets ; calyx persistent, deeply divided into almost equal lobes ;
style long-persistent, silky in its lower portion; fruit almost
sessile within the calyx, oblique ovate-ellipsoid, rather turgid,
conspicuously pointed, hardly longer than the calyx, generally one-
seeded.

In the vicinity of the Humbert River (Alexander Forrest).

This new tropical species differs from J. cupulifera in stalklets
much shorter than the calyx, in persistent calyx-lobes and style,
in much smaller fruits not stipitate; from J. rhadinoclada already
in silky vestiture, in more angular and not spreading branchlets,
in not deciduous calyces, in somewhat longer and more pointed
fruit ; from J. thesioides in dense and close indument, in more
slender branchlets, in more deeply divided calyces with ampler
tube, and probably also in the color of the petals, those of our new
species being as yet unknown; from J. vernicosa already in
neither glabrous nor streaked nor viscid branchlets, in remoter
bracts, in smaller and silky calyces with shorter tube, in less
elongated style, and smaller bracteoles.

This seems also a favourable opportunity for recording the
N.S.W. species which have been added to the lists of those
published in the “Census” of Australian plants, and in its three
supplements :—

BY BARON VON MUELLER, K.C.M.G., M.D., F.R.S.

Hedraianthera porphyropetala (F. v. M.)
Atriplex conduplicata (F. v. M.)
Kochia lobostoma (F. v. M.)

K. spongiocarpa (F. v. M.)

Aizoon zygophylloides (F. v. M.)
Pultencea mucronata (F. v. M.)
Templetonia aculeata (Bentham)
Neptunia monosperma (F. v. M.)
Acacia coriacea (De Candolle)
Acacia Murrayana (¥. v. M.)
Agonis Scortechiniana (F. v. M.)
Eucalyptus Baileyana (¥.v. M.)
Hydrocotyle Javanica (Thunberg)
Viscum angulatum (Heyne)
Grevillea Victorie (F. v. M.)

Hakea Macreana (F. v. M.)
Passiflora brachystephanea (F. v. M.)
Nertera reptans (FE. v. M.)

Lthulia conyzoides (Linné filius)
Calotis anthemoides (F, v. M.)
Helipterum laeve (Bentham)
Ceratogyne obronordes (Turczaninow)
Spartothamnus puberulus (F. v. M.)
Najas major (Allioni)

195

A few others have recently been described in the Proceedings of

the Linnean Society of New South Wales.

196 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Dr. Ramsay exhibited living specimens of the following snakes
from Louth, N.S.W.:—Aspidiotes Ramsayi, Macl., Dendrophis sp.
(a beautiful snake with scarlet markings on the back), and a
possibly new species of Hoplocephalus.

Mr. Steel exhibited a number of specimens of a pond-snail
(Physa gibbosa, Gld.) abundant just now in an iron tank supplied
with city water on the roof of the Pyrmont Refinery.

Mr. Haviland exhibited a sample of maize from Camden, com-
pletely destroyed by the micro-fungus Ustilago carbo.

Mr. Ogilby shewed a specimen of Solenognathus spinosissimus,
presented to the Australian Museum by Mr. Dunlop, of Bondi ;
and one of Macquaria Australasica referred to in the paper by
Dr. Ramsay and himself.

Mr. Maiden exhibited specimens of 35 of the rarer species and
varieties of indigenous plants of such natural orders as are
contained in Vol. I. of the ‘ Australian Flora.’

The following note was read on behalf of Mr. John Mitchell of
Bowning. ‘In Nicholson’s ‘Manual of Paleontology ’ it is stated
that trilobites of the genus Aczdaspis have the eyes smooth and
the facial suture continuous. Some of the species occurring in
the Bowning series do not conform to this rule, for two species
have the eyes distinctly facetted and the facial suture apparently
discontinuous. In each of the cases in which the eyes are facetted,
these organs are circular and highly convex (conoid).”

Mr. Macleay exhibited specimens of Hoplocephalus nigrescens,
Gunth., and Hoplocephalus collaris, Macleay, from Mount Wilson ;
also specimens of the same snakes from elsewhere, showing the
great dissimilarity of colouring in the same species from different
localities. The range of H. nigrescens he believed to be very wide,
but the present was only the second specimen of 7. collaris which
he had seen ; the first, described by him some months ago in the
Proceedings of this Society, having been taken in the neighbour-
hood of Bega.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 197

Dr. Katz exhibited virulent preparations of the Bacillus of
typhoid fever, obtained at Little Bay Hospital a short time ago.
The exhibits consisted of pure cultures of this bacillus on and in
nutrient gelatine, on nutrient agar-agar, and on potatoes. Occasion
was also taken to demonstrate the process of cultivating in
gelatine-test-tubes after Esmarch of Berlin. He showed also a
drop-culture of this micro-organism in nutrient meat-broth under
a high power of the microscope, where the active spontaneous
movements of the bacillus could well be seen. In connection with
the above subject Dr. Katz read the following note :—

“The microbe which you have before vou in different preparations
is that which must be considered as the cause of typhoid fever, as
it is constantly present in this disease, and never found in others.
According to quite recent investigations made with regard to the
transmissibility of the bacillus of typhoid fever to animals—mice,
rabbits, guinea-pigs, and dogs—there can be no doubt that this
micro-organism is able to make these animals sick, and to kill
them under certain circumstances. This holds equally true with
experiments carried out with cultivations in which the bacilli are
killed by heat, but their poisonous products preserved. Taking
everything into consideration, one must believe, with Fraenkel
and Simmonds, that somehow or other the microbe in question
does cause pathogenic effects of some kind in the above-named
animals, but is not infectious to them. Moreover, no animals,
not even those which are always about man, are hitherto
found to be liable to typhoid fever or to such-like diseases. With
relation to the biology of the bacillus a good deal of work still
remains to be done; and, a radical cure for the disease,
or a possible protective inoculation being of course still a
desideratum, special attention should be paid to the more prac-
tical part of the life-history of this fungus, I mean especially
to its behaviour in the dejections from typhoid-fever patients.
These products naturally furnish, indirectly or directly, sooner or
later, the principal sources of infection, and it is for this reason
that the endeavours of experimenters should also be directed to
this point.”

198 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Dr. Katz also exhibited under the microscope the bacillus of
leprosy in a preparation derived from blood from a leprosy-tubercle
of a patient at Little Bay Hospital, and made the following remarks.
“This micro-organism is specific to leprosy in all its varieties ; it
must be looked upon as the cause of the disease, although very
little is known about its life-history. Cultivation experiments have,
so far as I am informed, totally failed; nor have experiments on
the transmissibility of the microbe from tissues of lepers been
sufficiently successful. It is to be hoped that more information
about the Bacillus lepre will soon be forthcoming.”

The President exhibited a specimen of Archwocyathus sp., from
Silverdale, near Yass.

Mr. Brazier exhibited two specimens of Ceratella fusca, Gray,
obtained at Coogee Bay, March 7th, after an easterly gale, one
specimen being of a very dark brown colour, and 3 inches long,
the other of a light yellowish brown, 24 inches long.

WEDNESDAY, 25TH MAY, 1887.

Dr. James C, Cox, F.L.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Rev. Alexander Nicolls, Mr. Boultbee, and Mr. Godfrey

Rivers were present as visitors.

MEMBERS ELECTED,

Mr. T. G. Sloane, of Mulwala, N.S.W., Mr. F. A. Skuse, and
Mr. Sutherland Sinclair were elected Members of the Society.

The Chairman announced that there would be no Excursion

during the ensuing month.

DONATIONS.
“Zoologischer Anzeiger.” X. Jahrg. Nos. 246-248 (1887).
From the Editor.
“The Scottish Geographical Magazine.” Vol. IIL, Nos. 3 and
4 (1887). From the Hon. W. Macleay.
Bulletin de la Société Belge de Microscopie.” 13me. Année,
No. 5. From the Society.

200 DONATIONS.

“Abstract of Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London.”
(1st and 15th March, 1887). From the Society.

“ On Tertiary Chilostomatous Bryozoa from New Zealand.” By
A. W. Waters, F.G.S. From the Author.

“ Bulletins du Comité Géologique, St. Pétersbourg.” Vol. VI.,
No. 1(1887). De la part du Comité.

“ Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der Naturwissenschaften

herausgegeben vom Naturwissenschaftlichen Verein in Hamburg.”
IX. Band, Hefts 1 and 2. From the Society.

‘Comptes Rendus des Séances de L’Académie des Sciences,
Paris.” Tome CIV., Nos. 5-9 (1887) ; “Tables des Comptes, &c.”
Premier Semestre (1886). Tome CII. rom the Academy.

“ Abstract of Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania.”
(19th April, 1887). From the Society.

“ Journal of the New York Microscopical Society.” Vol. IT.,
Nos. 9 and 9a (Supplemental Number), (Dec. 1886). rom the
Society.

“ Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard

College.” Vol. XIII., No. 2 (Dec. 1886). Prom the Director.

‘Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes.” No. 198 (1887). rom
the Editor.

“The Victorian Naturalist.” Vol. IV., No. 1 (May, 1887).
From the Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria.

‘«‘Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society.” Vol.
XIV., Part 2 (1887) ; “ Proceedings.” Vol. VI., Part 1 (1887).
From the Society.

DONATIONS. 201

“ Report of the Committee of Management of the Technological,
Industrial, and Sanitary Museum of New South Wales for 1886.”

From the Curator.

‘‘The Annals and Magazine of Natural History.” 2nd Series,
Vol. IX., No. 52 (April, 1852), Vols. XI.-XX.; 3rd Series,
Vols. J.-VIII, Vol. IX. (Nos, 49-53), Vol. X. (Nos. 55, 56, 58,
60); “ Rhopalocera Africae Australis. A Catalogue of South
African Butterflies.” By Roland Trimen. (Two Parts); Twelve
Pamphlets on Ornithology. By E. L. Layard, C.M.G., &e. ;
“ Beitrag zur Naturgeschichte Bartgeiers der Centralalpenkette.”
Von Dr. A. Girtanner. rom the Hon. E. L. Layard, C.I.G.,
EAS. -

“Société Géologique de Belgique.—Procés-verbal de L’ Assemblée
Générale du 21 Novembre 1886.” rom the Society.

“ Journal of the College of Science, Imperial University, Japan.”
Vol. I., Part 2 (1887). From the Director.

“Transactions and Proceedings and Report of the Royal Society
of South Australia.” Vol. IX. From the Society.

“Plants Reputed Poisonous and Injurious to Stock.” By
F, M. Bailey, F.L.S., and P. R. Gordon. From the Chief Inspector
of Stock, Queensland.

“Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.”
Vol. XXIII. From the Society.

“ List of Members of the Geological Society of Australasia, &c.”
From the Society.

“The Australasian Journal of Pharmacy.” Vol. II., No. 17
(May, 1887). From the Editor.

202 DONATIONS.

“ Revue Coloniale Internationale.” Tome IV., No. 4 (April,

1887). From L’ Association Coloniale Néerlandaise & Amsterdam,

“ Abstract of Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania.”
(10th May, 1887). From the Soctety.

PAPERS READ.

BACTERIOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS MADE AT THE
LITTLE BAY COAST HOSPITAL.

By Dr. Oscar Karz.

It was not alone on account of my desire to obtain pure-cul-
tures of the bacillus of typhoid fever (Bacillus typhi abdominalis,
Eberth-Gaffky), with the view of having them for some intended
experiments on this micro-organism (1), but also for the sake of
putting forward, by means of the demonstration of its constant
occurrence in typhoid fever, fresh proofs of the etiological meaning
of this microbe in a country where such experiments have not yet
been made known, that I applied to Dr. H. N. MacLaurin, Medical
Adviser to the New South Wales Government, to permit me to
make a short stay in the Coast Hospital at Little Bay, a place
admirably fitted for carrying out investigations of that kind. I
gladly avail myself of this opportunity of tendering Dr. MacLaurin

(1) Among a number of cultures of bacteria in agar-agar which Professor
Fliigge had been kind enough to send to me at the end of last year, there
was also the typhoid-bacillus. But unfortunately in this culture on its
arrival life was extinct. In the test-tube it had only little expanded ;
that it was no more alive may be accounted for by the fact that the tube,
together with others, had been sent away (via Bremen) immediately after
their having been supplied with culture-material, at a time (end of
November), when a formation of spores could not be expected. The bacilli
very likely died from want of air, which had no access to the interior
of the glass-tubes these having been provided with tightly fitting india-
rubber-caps.

204 BACTERIOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS MADE AT LITTLE BAY,

my best thanks. During the time of my residence in the above
Hospital, Dr. W. Peirce, Medical Superintendent, and Dr. R. W.
Young, Resident Medical Officer, rendered me every possible
assistance ; I have much pleasure in gratefully acknowledging
this once more.

My endeavours to cultivate the typhoid-bacilli extended, in the
main, to organs of persons who died of typhoid fever, and to
dejections from typhoid fever patients.

It is well to say in advance that in order to get and to isolate
the micro-parasite in question, I made use both of Koch’s plate-
process, and Esmarch’s method of cultivating in test-tubes. About
the former nothing more requires to be mentioned. Of the latter
which I took occasion to demonstrate at the last meeting of this
Society, April, 1887, a detailed description by Esmarch is given in
Zeitschrift fiir Hygiene, Band I., Heft 2, Leipzig, 1886, pp. 293-
301; an abstract in Fligge’s Microorganismen, Leipzig, 1886,
p. 656. This method was given the preference later on, because
the working after the same is connected with less consumption of
time, does not require much apparatus, and if properly done
yields quite good results. According to my experience very
satisfactory cultivations after this process can be obtained in the
following manner. The test-tubes containing the liquefied inocu-
lated gelatine (or agar-agar), which in the commonly used _test-
tubes should not be more than about 6 ccm.—I always employed an
8 p.c. gelatine—are first supplied at the top as well as the bottom,
with tightly fitting caps of indiarubber. (Thus the tubes when
laid on a level surface are also nearly level). The solidification of
the still liquid gelatine (or agar-agar) takes place by means of iced
water or at least sufficiently cold water in an ordinary soup-plate,
to the bottom of which the tube in its length is loosely pressed by
one hand, and quickly turned round its long axis by the other. In
a very short time the inner walls of the test-tube show a thin equal

BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 205

layer of quite transparent solidified gelatine (or agar-agar). For
stick-cultures I used a 6 p-c. nutrient gelatine ; for streak-cultures
(on an inclined surface) the same, and occasionally a1 p.c. nutrient
agar-agar.

Now it need scarcely be mentioned that, from the mere
behaviour of pure cultures in stick and in streak of the typhoid-
bacillus, from the appearance of its colonies in diverse nutritive
substances either on macroscopical observation or on being viewed
with low-magnifying powers, and then from the image of the
individual bacilli out of such cultures or out of organs under high
powers of the microscope, an exact inference as to their undoubt-
edly belonging to the Bacillus typhi abdominalis cannot be drawn.
With regard to the last-named point I can confirm the statements
of others, namely, that the dimensions of the rods are not
constant, and that these variations depend in the main on the kind
of the nourishing material, out of which cultures of the microbe

are microscopically examined,

Even the staining reaction of the typhoid-bacilli which become
discoloured after the method of Gram (see Fliigge, Microorganis-
men, p. 643, or any book dealing with the methods of investigation
in Bacteriology) cannot be any more maintained as being diagnostic
of these schizomycetes, as a bacillus isolated by Escherich from the
feeces of young children, and called by him Bacteriwm coli commune
(Fliigge, Microorganismen, p. 269) exhibits the same peculiarity if
treated after Gram’s method. The only decisive means, so far as
known, enabling us to distinguish typhoid-bacilli from all other
bacteria, is rather their characteristic growth on slices of boiled
potatoes ; in the repeatedly named work of Fliigge full particulars
may be had. By subsequent study of the bacilli, however, it has
been noticed by several investigators that these do not always grow
on the potato-surface in the shape of a coherent, resisting membrane
which was considered as typical by Gaffky, the first who worked
with pure cultures of the bacilli, but that now and then they also

206 BACTERIOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS MADE AT LITTLE BAY,

form loose, somewhat visible vegetations, easily removable from the
potato-surface. For such small deviations the quality of the used
potatoes is made responsible; but it must also be borne in mind that
the least possible quantities of seed-material should be taken with
which to sow potato-slices. Similar deviations have come under
my notice, yet in all such cases it cannot be difficult to arrive at a
correct diagnosis, if, besides also all the other features exhibited by
typhoid-bacilli, microscopical appearances, characters of cultures,
and staining reactions, are duly considered.

Quite recently Fraenkel and Simmonds have furnished some
more data as to the cultivation of the typhoid-bacilli on potatoes ;
these remarks seem to me to be sufficiently worthy of note that I give
here a complete translation of them. They say (Zeitschrift f.
Hygiene, Band II., Heft 1, Leipzig, 1887, pp. 140-141) :—
“, . . . In continuing our investigations into the typhoid-
bacillus, other far more important deviations have come under our
notice, deviations which in the beginning made the purity of our
culture appear doubtful tous. Sometimes when we had inoculated
numerous potato-surfaces from one gelatine-culture at the same
time, it happened that after three or four days some surfaces
showed a quite peculiar appearance, besides other normal-looking
potato-surfaces. There was on the surface an easily recognisable,
grey, viscous coating, the margins of which were very distinctly
visible. At those places which were not sown the potato
exhibited a brownish colour, and the older the culture grew, the
darker became the colour of the parenchym. No smell whatever
was perceptible. On examination the normal-looking potato-
surfaces were found to contain magnificent specimens of typhoid-
bacilli with preference arranged in pseudo-filaments. The
examination of the grey, viscous, easily removable cultures of the
rest of the potatoes yielded, as result, the presence of an infinitely
larger quantity of bacilli, yet these were so far behind their usual
length and thickness that undoubtedly every observer, especially

BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 207

by comparing the different modes of growth on the different
potatoes with one another, would have thought of there being two
absolutely distinct micro-organisms. Butstill a mistake could not
have occurred, because one and the same gelatine stick-culture had
been used in all cases of that kind for the inoculation of the
potato-surfaces ; in fact, any mistake was excluded, as something
of those grey cultures being transferred to other potatoes resulted
in yielding again ordinary, invisible cultures which microscopically
showed again normal bacilli and pseudo-filaments. By and by we
learnt to distinguish the different sorts of potato, and were thus
able, now and then, to anticipate which ones would show invisible
and which ones visible colonies. Thus, by mutual transmissions
of cultures of one kind of potato to another kind we could
occasionally obtain those cultures. All this proves most certainly
that with the technic no fault was to be found. We might be
permitted to state that in our experiments on animals we worked
with the two different looking cultures separately, but the results
being always alike in either case we considered later on such a
separation as superfluous, and in our subsequent annotations these
differences of the culture are no more taken notice of. We
Want purposely to lay special stress on these striking deviations
of the potato-cultures, because, in disregard of this demeanour
perhaps many an observer might have arrived at wrong conclusions.
By this the value of the potato-culture for the identification of
the typhoid-bacillus is by no means lessened, only it is advisable
in all such-like cases where a growth corresponding to the one
above-described makes its appearance, to transfer the questionable
potato-culture to several other potato-surfaces before a decisive
opinion should be formed.”

Such mal-formations are probably brought about in consequence
of the use of bad, watery potatoes ; the quality of a potato which
it is intended to take as nutrient soil for the cultivation of
typhoid-bacilli or of any kind of micro-organisms, can easily be

208 BACTERIOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS MADE AT LITTLE BAY,

found out by the mode of preparation about which I supplied some
data in these Proceedings, April, 1887, pp. 187-190.

I would now state the results of my experiments in cultivating
the typhoid-bacillus from organs of persons dead of typhoid.

Unfortunately for my purposes, but reflecting no little credit on
the mode of treatment in the Hospital, the rate of mortality from
typhoid fever was here for the last season, in general, exceptionally
small, although the number of cases was by no means insignificant.
For this reason I was only able to examine the organs of three
corpses. The patients had died during the third week of the com-
plaint ; the bacteriological examination of different organs—spleen,
liver, mesenteric glands—always took place when these were still
fresh. The search for typhoid bacilli yielded positive results in
each of the three cases, in so far as there appeared, after less time
than is commonly the case, (1) in or on the culture media colonies
or vegetations of a micro-organism which was decisively proved
by the potato-culture to be the Bacillus typhi abdominalis (Eberth-
Gaffky). In two of the three cases there was besides this no other
micro-organism found ; in the third case where merely a puncture
of the liver was possible, in addition to the numerous colonies of
the typhoid-organism a few sulphur-yellow colonies of Sarcina
developed. Whether these were attributable to some unintended
contamination (the whole manipulation was done rather in a hurry)
or not, I was unable to trace; in fact, it seems a matter of no

importance.

I should have been glad to have had the opportunity of
examining more than these three typhoid cases; but there is
not the least doubt that the result would have been always
the same in cases of true typhoid fever, (Abdominaltyphus of

(1) The temperature rose on a few days up to somewhat more than 25°C.

{77° F.)

BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 209

the Germans), and provided the patients had succumbed before the
ulcerations of the small intestine had completely disappeared, or
before any such ulcerations were at all met with. The latter phe-
nomenon, I am told, is often observed in severe epidemics, when the
sick are carried off very rapidly. In a publication of recent
date on this subject, Fraenkel and Simmonds say (Zeitschr. f.
Hygiene, Bd. II., Heft 1, 1887, p. 138) that they have now come
to look upon the results of the bacteriological examination of the
abdominal viscera (spleen) as conclusive in all cases where the
macroscopical features of the abdominal organs are insufiicient to
secure the anatomical diagnosis. They furnish a characteristic
instance where the clinical observation admitted of a diagnosis
other than typhoid, and also the result of the post mortem was in
no way decisive until the disclosure of typhoid-bacilli put an end
to every doubt. They give also as instance a striking illustration of
a case which clinically looked very much like typhoid, and for
which the post mortem failed to allow an undoubted answer as to its
nature, till consequent upon the absence of colonies of typhoid-
bacilli in gelatine-plates sown with spleen-pulp, this answer could
be given in a negative sense.

I now wish to say some words about the results of experiments
made on dejecta from typhoid-patients with the view of finding,
and isolating the typhoid-bacilli. I have carried out a good
number of such experiments ; the evacuations coming from
patients in different stages of the disease were examined quite
fresh. Everybody who has made similar examinations knows
that the diseased intestines contain enormous masses of bacteria,
both in quantity and quality, and that for this reason only minute
parts of the raw-material should be started from. I generally
mixed a medium-sized platinum-loop full of the dejection with
about 10 ccm. of a ‘6 p.c. sterilised salt solution in a test-tube,
thence preparing two attenuations in nutritive gelatine by taking
abcut three platinum-loops each time. The contents of the second

gelatine-tube afterwards proved to be mostly fit for examination.
14

210 BACTERIOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS MADE AT LITTLE BAY,

Now it will not, I think, be surprising to hear that among the
different colonies—they developed in a comparatively short time
(see above)—such as belong to typhoid-bacilli could not always be
detected. It must be remembered that, first, a plentiful occurrence
of typhoid-bacilli in the contents of the small intestine, and conse-
quently in the fseces, depends on a certain phase in the course of
the disease; that, secondly, the data of the patients with regard to the
beginning of the fever are not always quite reliable; and that, thirdly,
after what Dr. Peirce was good enough to tell me, perhaps not all
the cases under treatment, which furnished me with material,
might have had to do with typhoid proper. I myself witnessed
in the above Hospital a post mortem examination made by Dr.
Young on a man who had been sent to that institution as suffering
from pneumonia, presumably secondary to typhoid-fever ; the
ileum, however, failed to show any traces of there having lately
existed alterations of a typhoid character. In gelatine and agar-
agar sown with pulp of spleen grew two kinds of colonies of
micrococci which were not further examined.

As already indicated in several cultivations, especially when
the disease was in middle stages, colonies in more or less
considerable numbers were found which actually proved to be
the bacillus of typhoid fever. I may abstain here, just as I did
above, from entering into a detailed description of the characters
exhibited by the bacilli under cultivation in the different nutrient
media, etc.; those who are more especially interested in the
matter will find every information in Fliigge’s Microorganismen,
Leipzig, 1886. What is besides necessary to know about
variations in their mode of growth on boiled potatoes has been
dealt with above (pp. 205-207).

Time did not permit me to study the behaviour of the other
bacteria from the dejecta more than was required for the in
tended isolation of the typhoid-bacillus. Asa rule such colonies
as were liquefying the gelatine were quantitatively very few in
comparison with non-liquefying ones. Among the latter group,

BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 211

perhaps the commonest of all were colonies of bacilli which bore
a certain resemblance to those of the typhoid-bacilli, and which
are probably the same as Bacillus Neapolitanus (Emmerich) (1).
The potato-culture each time revealed their non-identity with
the Bacillus typhi abdominalis.

As a matter of curiosity rather than interest I may mention that
I once found, on a plate of gelatine, a non-liquefying colony of
slender bacilli which grew in the shape of a beautiful, greyish net
work of delicate, much elongated ramifications ; such colonies bear a
strong resemblance to those of Micrococcus viticulosus (Fligge-
Microorganismen 1886, p. 178); the mode of growth on an inclined

surface of nutrient gelatine is also similar.

There was no opportunity for me to extend the search for
typhoid-bacilli to blood from typhoid-patients. During my stay
at the Hospital no well-marked cases of roseola-formation having
occurred, I preferred to leave this kind of examination in suspenso.
However, I tried some blood from a roseola-like spot with one

patient, but without success.

My wish to obtain some exact data as to the disinfecting and
destroying powers of the commonly used disinfectants for typhoid
dejections—carbolic acid, carbolised chalk, sulphate of iron, and
some others; and further to ascertain how the typhoid germs in
such dejections are acted upon by pure lime and slaked lime, the
efficiency of which substances on cultures of cholera-spirilla and
typhoid-bacilli has lately been experimentally proved by Liborius
(Zeitschrift f. Hygiene, Bd. II., Heft 1, 1887, pp. 15-51), has
equally to be put off to some later date.

(1) Fliigge, Le., p. 270-272. It is much to be regretted that a pure-culture
of this bacillus sent to me by Professor Fliigge, with other cultures, did not
survive the voyage. It is to this microbe that Emmerich attributes or
attributed the cause of Asiatic-cholera. According to other observers,
however, this microbe is a common appearance in the contents of the
intestines of man and animals.

212 BACTERIOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS MADE AT LITTLE BAY.

Before concluding this report I may as well point out in a
few words, that I commenced to go to see the leprosy-patients in
the Asylum at Little Bay. In blood taken from three of them—
two Chinamen, one native of Java—from spots which were free
from leprous macule or tumours, no bacilli were found, whereas
in blood or serum derived from tubercles cut across, bacilli of
leprosy, either single or aggregated in dense masses or bundles,
were abundant. I hope to be able by-and-by to contribute a little
to the knowledge of the biology of this interesting micro-parasite.

THE INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN
QUEENSLAND.

By Wituiam Mac say, F.LS., &c.

In the following pages I give descriptions of some of the
novelties contained in a collection which I recently received
from Cairns and its neighbourhood. The collection was made
during last year by Mr. W. W. Froggatt, the Naturalist of the
New Guinea Expedition of the previous year ; and it contains a
large number of species of all Orders of Insects hitherto unnoticed
and unnamed. It is my intention to name and describe from time
to time such of these novelties as I can find time to work up, and
in doing so I shall take the groups and families in the order I find
most convenient. On the present occasion I confine myself to
some of the Geodephaga, Lamellicornes, and Malacodermes.

All the species named are from the Cairns. district, and the
special localities assigned to some of the insects, such as Barron
River, Mossman River, Mulgrave River, and Russell River, are
all more or less in the vicinity of Cairns.

GEODEPHAGA.

CICINDELID &.
1. CICINDELA FROGGATTI.

Of an opaque bronzy hue, with golden green reflections. Head
densely acuducted. Eyes prominent and distant. Antennz with
the first four joints golden-green, the remainder dull; the labrum
of a pale yellow colour, rounded in front, with about 10 setigerous
punctures; the tips of the mandibles and terminal joints of the
palpi green. The thorax is scarcely longer than wide, minutely
and densely granulose-punctate, with two deep transverse depres-
sions, one near the apex, the other near the base. The elytra are

214 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND,

covered with minute variolose punctures (each puncture showing
a green centre), and have a long lunulate spot (the concavity
inwards) on the humeral angle, a narrow lateral strip, and the
margins of the broadly rounded apex, all yellow, there is also a
round yellow spot on the disk about one-fourth of the length from
the apex, and nearer to the side than to the suture, and a larger
round spot of the same colour about the centre of the disk, placed
in the middle of an obscure blackish longitudinal patch. In one
of my specimens there is above this last spot, a rather indistinct
golden one.

Length, 3 lines.

Hab.—Mossman River.

2. DYSTIPSIDERA FLAVIPES.

Black, with coppery or brassy reflections. Head large, trans-
versely acuducted behind and in front, longitudinally between the
eyes, a transverse semilunar depression between the eyes, the first
joint of the antennze, a spot below the insertion of the antenne, the
outer side of the base of the mandibles, the middle of the labrum,
and the palpi with the exception of the apical joint, yellow.
Thorax about as wide as long, very deeply transversely divided
near the apex, less deeply so near the base, the middle portion
very transverse, and rounded on the sides ; the whole transversely
striolate. Elytra broader than the thorax and more than twice
the length, punctate and transversely striolate and rugose, with
the base, a median somewhat wavy fascia not reaching the suture,
and the apex, yellow; the suture terminates in a minute spine.
The legs, with the exception of a portion of the outer sides of the
thighs, yellow or reddish yellow.

Length, 8 lines.

Hab.—Cairns.

This species resembles D. undulata, Westw., a species found in
Northern New South Wales and Southern Queensland. JD.
undulata is, however, much coarser in the puncturation and
sculpture generally. The legs are nearly black and more clothed
with white seta, and the yellow markings on the elytra are quite
differcnt.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 915

3. DiIsTYPSIDERA PASCOEI.

Cyaneous-black, the head and thorax a little coppery. Head as
in the last-described species, but rather more hollowed between the
eyes, without the yellow spot below the insertion of the antenna,
the striolation generally finer, and the outer side of the
mandibles white nearly to the tip. The thorax is shaped like that
of D. flavipes, but much more smoothly sculptured. The elytra
are transversely rugose and thinly punctured. A round spot on
the base near the suture, larger humeral spots with a lunulate
extension towards the middle of the disk, and two spots about one
third from the apex, narrowly joined together, one touching the
lateral margin, the other not reaching the suture yellow. The
apex of the suture is slightly pointed. The thighs are reddish
yellow with a brownish tint on the outside and towards the apex,
the tibize and tarsi are all somewhat brownish.

Length, 74 lines.

Hab.—Cairns.

This species seems to resemble Mr. Pascoe’s species, D. Grutzi,
from Lizard Island, but Mr. Pascoe’s description differs in some
respects so much from the present insect, that they cannot possibly
be the same. I have named it after that distinguished Ento-
mologist.

4, DISTYPSIDERA PARVA,

Brassy-green on the head and thorax, darker and bluish on the
elytra, and cyaneous beneath with yellow legs. The head is large,
finely acuducted, and less depressed between the eyes than in the
other species ; the eyes are very large and prominent ; the labrum
is strongly toothed and white except an unusually narrow stripe
on each side; the palpi are entirely whitish-yellow. The thorax
is much narrower than the head, longer than broad, and trans-
versely divided as in the other species, but the central section less
rounded and nearly parallel-sided. Elytra broader than the thorax
and twice the length, transversely rugose and rather densely
punctate, rounded at the apex and slightly broader than at the
shoulders, the basal third of a dull reddish-yellow, and about the

216 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND,

middle a slightly bent nearly uniformly thick yellow fascia, nearly
but not quite reaching the suture.

Length, 4 lines.

Hab.—Cairns.

I find that in 1883 a M. Doukhtouroff published at St. Peters-
burgh in a production of his own, named “ Revue Mensurelle
d’Entomologie,” descriptions of two species of this genus said to be
from Cape York. Those I have now described may possibly,
though not probably, be identical with M. Doukhtouroff’s species,
but that cannot be determined without seeing his descriptions,
and they are inacessible to Australians. If M. Doukhtouroff had
published his descriptions of Australian Insects in any of the
Scientific Societies’ Journals of St. Petersburgh or Moscow, as was
done by his countrymen Baron de Chaudoir and Motschulsky, there
would have been no difficulty in getting access to them, but as he
has chosen as his vehicle of publicity an entirely unknown and
unprocurable book, he must not feel aggrieved if his work is
altogether ignored by Australian Entomologists.

CARABIDA.

5. HELLUOSOMA VIRIDIPENNE.

Piceous-black, nitid, elytra metallic-green, tarsi beneath piceous-
hairy. Head thinly punctate, the clypeus and labrum smooth.
Thorax rather broader than the head, transverse, cordiform,
coarsely punctate, deeply impressed near the posterior angles, the
base truncate. Elytra broader than the thorax and three times
the length, punctate striate, the interstices broad, nearly flat, and
rather rugosely but not densely punctate. The legs and all the
upper surface of the insect clothed with a thin whitish pubescence.

Length, 9 lines.

Hab.— Cairns.

The nearest species to this is 1. cyanipenne of Hope. It differs
from it in having broader elytra, a less dense but coarser punc-
turation, and in the colour of the elytra which is bright metallic ~
green.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 217

6. HELLUOSOMA LATIPENNE.

Entirely piceous-black, with a thin whitish pubescence. Head
thinly punctate and largely smooth in front. Thorax cordiform,
roughly punctate, an oval longitudinal space on the median line
bounded on each side by an irregular elevation. Elytra broader
than the thorax, three times the length and _paralled-sided,
densely punctate and deeply striate, the interstices much more
convex than in H. aterrimuwm, Macl., the species it most nearly
approaches.

Length, 9 lines.

Hab.—Cairns.
7. GIGADEMA ATRUM.

Black, nitid, elytra somewhat opaque. Head smooth, without
punctures, deeply impressed on each side, terminal joint of palpi
triangular, the labial almost securiform. Thorax cordiform, deeply
marked on the median line, finely acuducted transversely. Elytra
broad, long and flat, striated, the interstices broad and _ little
convex, without distinct puncturation, but two rows of extremely
minute punctures each bearing a very short decumbent seta or
setiform scale, may be traced on each interstice ; the elytra are
scarcely truncate behind.

Length, 12 lines.

Hab.—Russell River, Cairns District.

This insect departs considerably from the typical species of the
genus. The absence of puncturation, and the triangular palpi
constitute its chief peculiarities.

8. DEMETRIAS RUFESCENS.

Entirely piceous-red or yellow, excepting the elytra which are
piceous-brown, and very nitid on both surfaces. Head longer than
broad, narrowed a little behind, an irregular longitudinal impres-
sion on each side between the eyes, with a small impression in the
middle, both palpi pointed but not acutely. Thorax rather

218 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND,

narrower than the head, longer than broad, not or scarcely nar-
rower at the base than the apex, both truncate, anterior angles a
little rounded, the sides a little rounded anteriorly and emarginate
before the posterior angles which are very acute, the median line
deeply marked, the lateral margins narrow. Elytra broader than
the thorax and nearly three times the length, striate, the striz
very minutely punctate, the interstices small and nearly flat,
without punctures, but with a punctiform impression on the third
towards the apex, which last is truncate in the middle and
emarginate on each side.

Length, 3 lines.
Hab.—Cairns.

This insect is undoubtedly a Demetrias, a genus hitherto unknown
in Australia, if we except Chaudoir’s species D. brachioderus,
which I am inclined to believe should be placed in the genus
Xanthophoea.

9, CoLPODES MUCRONATUS.

Flat, elongate-ovate, bluish-black, very nitid. The elytra of a
brilliant bluish-purple. Head longer than broad, not narrower
behind the eyes than in front. Eyes prominent, an irregular
longitudinal impresssion on each side between the eyes, the
antenne hairy from the middle of the fourth joint. Thorax
broader than the length, the apex a little emarginate, the anterior
angles rounded; the sides rounded, widest in the middle and
broadly and flatly margined, the base truncate and as wide as the
apex, and the posterior angles acute and rectangular. 'The elytra
are wide and flat, with about 8 very fine strize minutely punctate,
the interstices quite flat and smooth, the sides margined and the
apex emarginate on each side, and pointed with an acute spine at
the suture. The under surface is piceous-black, the tibie and
tarsi pale piceous.

Lengih, 4 lines.
Hab.—Mossman River.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., WC. 219

10. ScopoDES FASCIOLATUS.

Coppery-bronze, with a more or less metallic lustre over the
whole upper surface; legs and palpi yellow. Head irregularly
foveated in front. Thorax as wide as the head with the eyes,
much wider than long, a little narrowed at the posterior angles,
truncate in front and lobed behind, a little angular on the sides
behind the anterior angles the angle marked by a_ setigerous
puncture, and a fovea on the disk on each side of the median line.
Elytra broad and flat, striate, with the interstices convex, and a
few small foveze on them; a broad yellow lozenge-shaped fascia
behind the middle, joining or nearly joining a larger one on the
basal portion, occupy nearly the whole of the elytra.

Length, 14 lines.

Hab.—Cairns.

11. HoMALOSOMA OPACIPENNE.

Elongate, narrow, black, very opaque. Head smooth and nitid ;
a deep short impression on each side between and a little in front
of the eyes, and a smaller and lighter impression on each side of the
clypeus. Antenne and palpi piceous. Thorax rather longer than
wide, the sides with a broad and thick reflected margin ; anterior
angles rounded and produced, sides rounded and narrowed at the
base, which is very slightly rounded; the posterior angles not
acute but nearly rectangular. Elytra narrower than the thorax,
slightly widening from the shoulders to behind the middle,
and conjointly rounded at the apex, each elytron having besides
a sutural costa three sharp ridges with wide flat interstices and a
double row of punctures on each; the first and third of these
forming a junction near the apex, the second a little abbreviated,
a very broad double groove occupies the lateral margins ; the base
of the second costa forms an obtuse reflected tubercle at the
humeral angle. Under surface nitid, black ; palpi, antenne and
tarsi piceous.

Length, 10 lines.

Hab.—Muigrave River.

920 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND,

12. HoMALOSOMA OBSCURIPENNE.

Elongate-ovate, black, head and thoraxnitid, elytra opaque. Head
long, very smooth, a longitudinal impression on each side between
the eyes, the clypeus equal in length to the labrum, with a deep
puncture on each side. Thorax subcordiform, slightly broader
than the head, and longer than broad, considerably narrowed at
the base, moderately margined, with a transverse. impression near
the apex and base, a well-marked median line and a broad shallow
depression near each posterior angle. Hlytra elongate-ovate,
widest in the middle, the humeral angles rounded, nowhere
broader than the thorax, with seven faint impunctate striz on
each elytron, the interstices costate and of equal size and the
ridges almost sharp. The legs, antenne and palpi are piceous
black.

Length, 12 lines.

Hab.—Mossman River.

These are not by any means all the new species of Carabide in
the Cairns collection, but the others are chiefly Meronide, and I
am unwilling to add to the already overwhelming numbers of that
group, until some more explicit and intelligible system of subdi-
vision is devised for them.

LAMELLICORNIA.

Family COPRID4.
13. CEPHALODESMIUS CORNUTUS.

Shortly ovate, longer than broad, moderately convex, black,
sub-opaque. Head broad, hemispherical, roughly-punctate, each
puncture furnished with a minute cinereous scale ; the clypeus
large, with the margin recurved, and a large horn about } the
length of the head, of flattened shape and slightly emarginate at
the apex, springing from the centre of the apex, curving outwards
and upwards, and with, one on each side of it, the clypeus sharply
toothed and indented. Thorax transverse, convex, deeply emar-
ginate in front to receive the head, the anterior angles rather

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 221

rounded and flattened, the sides nearly straight, the base slightly
rounded, a conspicuous puncture about the middle of the sides, and
finely punctured all over, the punctures with minute scales as on
the head. Elytra as broad as the thorax and broader than long,
with about seven extremely fine strize on each, the interstices
broad, perfectly flat, and irregularly marked with rows of extremely
minute punctures, from which spring short decumbent setigerous
scales.

Length, 3 lines.

Hab.—Mossman River.

14. MERODONTUS SQUALIDUS.

Of a dirty black or grey appearance all over, longer than broad.
Head transverse, two minute tubercles between the eyes, the
clypeus very slightly emarginate with three very minute teeth on
each side. Thorax a little broader than long, much elevated in
front by two ridges rising perpendicularly from the middle of the
apex, on each side are two abbreviated ridges, and on the posterior
part of the thorax six similar ones: the anterior angles are much
enlarged and flattened. The elytra are flat, longer than broad, and
about the width of the thorax, the apex at the suture terminates
in a square prolongation of each elytron, while the posterior angles
are roundly prolonged in a similar degree, leaving four deep narrow
emarginations along the apical margin, the lateral edge presents a
somewhat scolloped appearance, the disk is furnished with four
rows of small velvety-looking tubercles on each, most numerous on
the sutural rows, and least so on the lateral row, those on the other
two rows are generally larger than the others. The spur on the
under side of the posterior thigh is in this species in the middle,
and the hind tibiz are less curved than in I. calcaratus.

Length, 3 lines.

Hab.—Cairns.

.

15, TEMNOPLECTRON POLITULUM.

Broadly ovate, convex, black, very nitid. Head smooth, semi-
circular in front with a narrow reflexed margin, two very minute
teeth in the middle of the apex, and a small sharp notch on each

222 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND,

side under the eyes. Thorax much broader than the head and
broader than long, smooth, convex, emarginate in front and
rounded behind, showing under a lens a very minute puncturation,
and with a short longitudinal impression near the middle of the
sides. Elytra very slightly broader than the thorax, convex,
about as broad as long, and rounded behind, with distant faint
striz, and flat punctate interstices only traceable under a powerful
lens. The pygidium is exposed and somewhat rounded. The
legs are piceous and rather strong, the hinder tibize are much
curved, the anterior are serrated above the teeth. In one of my
specimens the elytra are piceous.

Length, 24 lines.

Hab.—Cairns.

16. EpImLissus GLOBULUS.

Ovate, convex, black, nitid, the humeral angles obscurely piceous.
Head smooth, very minutely punctate, the clypeus broadly rounded
in front, with a small emargination in the middle, and a small
tooth on each side of it. Thorax transverse, emarginate in front,
rounded behind and on the sides, and minutely punctate, with a
short impression near the middle of each side. Elytra wider than
the thorax and widest in the middle, very convex and scarcely
longer than wide, and very finely and faintly striate and punctate.

Length, 14 lines.

Hab.—Cairns.

17. OnrtHoPHAGUS FRoGGATTI.

Black, very nitid, the head and thorax having a faint greenish
tint. Head finely punctate, clypeus large, more densely punctured
than the head, of triangular form, the apex slightly recurved and
rounded, the back of the head produced into a broad plate from
the apex of which rise two longish horns, parallel, close together
and curving forwards. Thorax transverse and perfectly smooth,
the anterior angles acute, the sides much bulged out in the middle,
the base rounded, the anterior portion behind the head horns
perpendicular and slightly retuse, with two small obtuse tubercles
on the summit of the retuse portion. Elytra not so broad and

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 223

rather shorter than the thorax and flattish on the back, with 7 or
8 rows of distinct but rather small punctures on each elytron,
the punctures on the 6th row the largest. The pygidium and
under surface cinereo-villose. Legs clothed with reddish hair.

Length, 34 lines.
Hab.—Cairns.
This species most resembles O. /urcaticeps, Masters.

18. OntTHOPHAGUS WALTERI.

Black, nitid, the head and thorax coppery-green. Head densely
punctate at the ocular angles and on the clypeus, in the male
a little triangular in front, and with a rather acute tubercle on
each side of the forehead near the eye, in the female a strong
transverse ridge immediately above the eyes. The thorax is very
large, convex, rounded on the sides and transverse, and very
minutely punctured in the male; the apex is slightly retuse, and
above it are two strong obtuse tubercles with a rather deep
emargination between ; in the female there is less retuseness and
no tubercles ; the median line is visible in both sexes. The elytra
are not so broad as the thorax and slightly shorter, and are each
marked with 9 punctured striz, with the interstices slightly
convex. Pygidium coarsely punctate, under surface thinly
cinereo-villose.

Length, 3} lines.

Hab.—Cairns.

19. ONTHOPHAGUS PARALLELICORNIS.

Black, subnitid. Head finely punctate in front, smooth behind,
extending into a square lamina truncate in the middle, with two
upright parallel horns, one at each angle; the clypeus is large,
roughly punctate, and roundly pointed, and reflexed. Thorax
transverse, smooth, nitid, finely punctate, without excavation or
tubercle in front, the anterior angles advanced and acute, the sides
much bulged out, with a fovea in the middle, the base largely
rounded. Elytra scarcely so long and not so broad as the thorax,

224 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND,

striate-punctate ; the interstices broad and rugose with numerous
longitudinal scratches. Under surface lightly villose. Club of
antenne yellow,

Length, 4 lines.

Hab.—Cairns.
20. ONTHOPHAGUS LOBICOLLIS.

Black, very nitid, the head and thorax greenish-black. Head
finely and rugosely punctate, in front broadly rounded, the clypeal
suture raised, and a transverse ridge, triangularly emarginate in the
middle and triangularly raised and curved outwards, near the back
of the head. Thorax smooth, in front a large and prominent
tubercle, emarginate in the middle of its apex, which is bisinuate,
the sides jutting out into two strong pointed tubercles, and strongly
striated behind, with a deeply excavated space on each side,
The elytra quite smooth with fine strize rather thinly punctate, in
other respects resembling the previously described species. The
pygidium and under surface rather densely cinereo-villose.

I have numerous specimens resembling this species in some
respects, though very different in others, which may be females.
In the absence of proof I cannot accept them as the females of
this species, and it would be still worse without proof to describe
them as distinct.

Von Harold who has devoted much attention to the genus
Onthophagus, has I regret to say neutralised much of the good
work he has done, by his frequently forming new species out of
his unmatched females.

Length, 4 lines.

Hab.— Cairns.

21. ONTHOPHAGUS EMARGINATUS.

Black, the head and thorax bronzy black, nitid, the elytra
sub-opaque. Head sparingly punctate, the clypeus rounded,
except at the apex which is a little emarginate, on the back of the
head a transverse crescent-shaped ridge, the horns rather strong
and sub-acute. Thorax slightly retuse in front, the anterior

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 225

angles advanced and rather acute, the sides not much bulged out,
the base and posterior angles rounded, and the whole surface finely
and rather thinly punctate. Elytra about as wide as the thorax
but rather shorter, striated, the strie very fine and minutely
punctate, the interstices opaque, flat, and very indistinctly punc-
tate except near the sides, the humeral angles and the apical callus
indistinctly rufopiceous. Pygidium coarsely and thinly punctate.
Under surface very sparingly villose.

Length, 24 lines,

Hab.—Cairns.

Family MELOLONTHID.

22. PHYLLOTOCUS VITTATUS.

Of rather elongate form, subdepressed, black, opaque. Head
coarsely and thinly punctate, the clypeus narrowed and recurved
in front. Thorax nearly square, subsericeous, thinly and coarsely
punctate, the anterior angles acute and prominent; the sides
almost angled before the middle, then running in a straight line
to the base, which is almost truncate. The elytra are little broader
than the thorax, and about twice the length, strongly punctate-
striate ; the interstices convex and smooth, the alternate ones a
little larger ; a ferruginous vitta occupies the disk of each elytron,
broad at the base and narrowing towards the apex which it does
not quite reach. The legs and antenne are yellow, the hind tibie
black. Long thinly placed hairs extend along the lateral margins
of the whole upper surface, the under surface is thinly clothed
with the same.

Length, 2 lines.

Hab.—Mossman River, Cairns.

The two following species are to all appearance of the genus
Scitala, but cannot be placed in that genus on account of the very
different antennz. Scitala is described as having 8-jointed
antenne, the first joint long and much and suddenly swollen at
the apex ; the 2nd rather thick and turbinate ; the 3rd somewhat

long; the 4th variable, sometimes as long as the 3rd; the 5th ——__
15 x Al

226 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND,

very short; the 6th, 7th, and 8th forming the club. In the
genus which I now propose to name Platydesmus, the 1st joint of
the antenne is large and abruptly swollen at the tip; the 2nd is
globular ; the 3rd, 4th, 5th and 6th are very short, and the club
which is more elongate is composed of the 7th, 8th and 9th joints.
In no other respect does it differ from the characters given to
Scitala.

23. PLATYDESMUS SULCIPENNIS.

Oblong oval, black, sub-opaque ; elytra dull red. Head densely
and roughly punctate, the clypeal suture indistinct, the clypeus
in front rounded and narrowly recurved, the palpi and antennz
piceous, the club of the latter as long as the rest of the antenne
and slightly sinuate. Thorax transverse, a little convex, thinly
punctate, the anterior angles acute, the sides a little rounded, and
the base wider than the apex and a little rounded. Scutellum of
rounded triangular form, and dull red colour. LElytra a little
wider than the thorax, and more than twice the length, slightly
rounded and ampliated on the sides, broadly rounded at the base,
deeply striated, the striee punctate, and the interstices convey and
very sparingly minutely punctate. Legs strong, the hind tibize
broad and spinose; the fore tibie tridentate. Body beneath
piceous and slightly cinereo-villose.

Length, 4 lines.
Hab.— Mossman River, Cairns.

24. PLATYDESMUS FLAVIPENNIS.

A larger and more convex species than the last, and very nitid.
Head black, thinly punctate, the clypeus densely punctate,
rounded as in the last species, with the suture more distinct, the
palpi and antenne piceous red, the triphyllate club of the latter of
great length and much curved. Thorax thinly punctate, trans-
verse, in form like the last. Scutellum rounded behind. Elytra
about the width of the thorax at the base, a little ampliated
towards the apex which is very round, about three times the
length of the thorax, of a pale luteous colour, lightly striated, the

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 227

strie punctate and the interstices almost flat, and irregularly and
faintly punctate. Legs and under surface piceous red, in every other
respect like P. sulcipennis.

Length, 54 lines.

Hab.—Mulgrave River, Cairns.

25. LeprpioTA FROGGATTI.

A very large convex species, of a nitid black colour, but so
densely clothed with short setiform scales as to give it an opaque
dirty grey appearance. Head transverse, the eyes large and half-
concealed by the thorax, clypeus very much broader than long,
largely rounded at the angles and marginate and reflexed at the
apex. Thorax transverse, much broader than the head, very
densely scaled, emarginate on the anterior border which is ciliated
with long hairs, a little rounded on the sides which are slightly
crenulate, and bisinuate at the base which is broader than the apex.
Scutellum transverse, rounded behind. Elytra as broad as the
thorax at the base and gradually becoming wider towards the apex,
where they are jointly a little emarginate, three times the length
of the thorax, and rugosely punctate, with four rather smooth
raised lines on each elytron, the two nearest the suture joining and
forming a callus near the apex. The pygidium is rugosely punc-
tate and moderately scaly. The sterna are clothed with cinereous
hair, the abdominal segments with short setiform scales. The legs
are strong, very coarsely and rugosely punctate, and armed with
strong setee, the anterior tibie are strongly tridentate, the claws of
all the tarsi are armed on the middle of the under surface with an
acute strong curved tooth.

Length, 17 lines.

Hab.—Barron River.

Family RUTELIDi.

26. PoPILIA FLAVOMACULATA.

Ovate, moderately convex, brassy green on head and thorax,
reddish-brown and very nitid on the elytra and legs. Head finely
punctate and clothed with a short yellowish decumbent pubescence,

228 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND,

the clypeus broad, rounded at the angles and slightly so in front
and reflexed a little. Thorax transverse, smooth, densely pubescent
on the sides, all the angles acute and the base broader than the
apex and slightly bisinuate. Elytra rather broader than the
thorax, and twice as long, irregularly striated, coarsely punctured
in the striae, the interstices very narrow, and adorned with
numerous patches of yellow decumbent pubescence distributed on
the base, apex, and in two bands of round spots crossing the elytra
near the middle. The pygidium is densely pubescent or scaly, the
legs and under surface less so, the anterior tibi are strongly
bidentate externally.

Length, 34 lines.

Hab.—Barron River.

This is the only species of Popilia as yet described from
Australia.

Family DYNASTID #%.

97. ISODON GLABRICOLLIS.

Oblong oval, black, nitid. Head small, finely punctate towards
the clypeal suture; the clypeus rather rounded in front and
reflexed, with a minute tubercle at the apex; the mandibles
strongly tridentate externally. Thorax scarcely broader than
long, quite smooth and convex, the sides and apex thickly
margined, the anterior angles acute and prominent ; the posterior
rounded, and the base broader than the apex and slightly rounded.
Scutellum broadly triangular, impunctate. Elytra not broader
than the thorax, and nearly twice the length, covered with rows
of square punctures, the first 7 rows from the suture having the
punctures much larger and thinner than those on the sides and
apex. The anterior tibie are very strongly tridentate, the
posterior very thick and spinose. The sterna are fulvo-villose.

Length, 53 lines.
Hab.—Mulgrave River.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 229

. 28. CHIROPLATYS INCONSPICUUS.

Oblong-oval, convex, black, subnitid. Head rugosely punctate,
unarmed. Clypeal suture aimost straight, clypeus broadly rounded
with a slight emargination in front. Thorax transverse, convex,
rounded on the sides and punctate in front, with a large semi-
circular excavation in the middle, and a short strong rather acute
horn on the anterior edge of the cavity, nearly alike in both sexes.
Scutellum of rounded triangular form, scarcely punctate, the
median line marked on it. Elytra convex, not broader than the
thorax and twice the length, marked with a deep sutural stria,
rather crenulate-punctate, and a number of rows, scarcely forming
strie, of small punctures. Legs very powerful.

Length, 74 lines.
Hab, —Cairns.

MALACODERMES.

Family LYCIDAS.
29. METRIORHYNCHUS ELONGATUS.

Entirely black, except the thorax and elytra which are red.
Head nitid, the rostrum not longer than the width, the antenna
broad, dentate and compressed. Thorax distinctly 7-areolate, nearly
square, the posterior angles laterally rather prominent. Scutellum
red, smooth, depressed in the middle and emarginate at the apex,
the angles pointed. Elytra scarcely broader than the base of the
thorax, parallel-sided, separately rounded at the apex, and six
times the length of the thorax, with four larger and five smaller
costz on each, the smaller ones alternate with the others and most
distinct near the base, the intervals transversely punctate, under
surface very nitid, the abdominal segments longitudinally scratched.

Length, 7 lines.

Hab. —Barron River.

230 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND,

30. MrrTRIORHYNCHUS CENTRALIS.

The coloration of this species exactly resembles the last exceptthat
it is perhaps of a more ochraceous red, it is also a broader looking
species. The rostrum is more hirsute at the extremity, and the
maxillary palpi are longer and more pointed, these being in the last
species very short and stout. The thorax also is more rounded in
front and more rugosely punctate in the areolets than in
M. elongatus, and the central areolet which is rounded in front is
blackish. The elytra are five times the length of the thorax and
quadricostate, the intermediate smaller coste being less distinct
than in the last species, the intervals transversely punctate.

Length, 8 lines.

Hab.—Cairns.

31. METRIORHYNCHUS SERRATICORNIS.

Black, thorax and elytra red, the latter with the extreme apex
black. Rostrum elongate, reddish on the sides, the palpi nearly
of equal thickness throughout, and the joints of nearly equal length.
Antenne compressed, each joint acutely produced at the inner
apex ; the third joint longest, the rest about equal. Thorax as
long as wide, the 7 areolets deeply marked, the anterior 4 rugosely
punctate, the apex and interior angles rounded, the sides gradually
widening to the base with a tooth-like angle a little behind the
middle, and the base bi-emarginate, notched in the middle and
acutely angled. Elytra elongate, quadricostate, the intervals
densely packed with two rows of transverse quadrangular punc-
tures, separated by minute ridges. Thighs red, in the anterior
four to the knee joint, in the posterior at the base.

Length, 64 lines.

Hab.—Mossman River.

32. METRIORHYNCHUS FOLIATUS.

Black, the thorax and elytra reddish-yellow excepting the
middle of the thorax and the scutellar region which are black.
Rostrum elongate, the palpi a little tumid at the apex, the

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 231

antenne serrate, but the joints longer than broad, the third
largest ; the basal joints have a reddish-brown tint, caused by a
very short sericeous pubescence. The thorax has a broad recurved
lamellate lateral margin ; the anterior angles are acute and
prominent, the apex emarginate on each side and roundly lobed in
the middle, from the acute anterior angles the foliated sides
extend outwards and upwards to an angle behind the middle,
whence they run straight to the posterior angles, which are
scarcely acute. The base is biemarginate as usual, the disk is
black from the base to the central anterior areolets ; the 7 areolets
are less deeply and more rugosely marked than in the last
described species. The description of the elytra is the same.

Length, 54 lines.

Hab.—Mossman River.

33. METRIORHYNCHUS HIRTIPES.

This species differs very much from all the species of Metrio-
rhynchus I have seen. Black, excepting the elytra and the foliated
lateral margins of the thorax, which are red. Rostrum long,
nearly cylindrical, maxillary palpi swollen at the apex. Antenne
long, the 3rd joint much longer than the 4th ; from the 4th to the
10th the inner apical angles are much produced. Thorax widely
foliated on the sides and in form an exaggerated resemblance to
NM. foliatus, but with the apex of the anterior angles rounded ; the
anterior central areolets are rather confounded with the discal one,
which is large and deep. The scutellum is black. The elytra are
long and taper towards the apex ; the sculpturation like that of
the other species. The legs are clothed beneath with long fulvous
hair. The sides of the abdominal segments are whitish.

Length, 6 lines.

Hab.—Mossman River.

34, XYLOBANUS FUMOSUS.

Entirely of a smoky brown. Antenna broadly serrate, com-
pressed, the third joint not longer than the fourth, the last joint
the longest. Thorax a little broader than Jong, distinctly 7-
areolate, the apex and anterior angles rounded, the sides almost

232 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND,

parallel ; the posterior angles scarcely acute, and the base lobed in
the middle. Elytra long and rather pointed at the apex, with the
sculpture of the genus, but with the small intermediate cost
more distinct at the base. The legs are short, much compressed, and
have a slightly sericeous appearance.

Length, 23 lines.

Hab.— Cairns.

35. XYLOBANUS LONGICORNIS.

Black, with the thorax and basal fourth of the elytra bright
yellow. Antenne long (reaching nearly to the apex of the elytra)
serrate, the third joint not longer than the others and all much
longer than wide. Thorax transverse, 7-areolate, the areolets rather
lightly marked, the anterior ones punctate, the apex rounded and
slightly elevated, the sides widened gradually to the base, the
posterior angles acute, and the base minutely lobed and notched in
the middle. Scutellum oblong, emarginate in the middle of the
apex, black with the tips of the apex yellow. The elytra are rather
broad and well rounded at the apex, the sculpture presents nothing
remarkable. The legs are less flattened than in X. fumosus, and
the terminal segments of the abdomen are whitish on the sides,

Length, 5 lines.

Hab.—Russell River.

36. XYLOBANUS MINIATICOLLIS.

Black, with the thorax cinnabar-red, that colour extending a
little on the coste of the elytra. Antenne very broadly serrate,
the joints wider than long, the third not longer than the others.
Thorax transverse, distinctly 7-areolate, the 4 anterior areolets
with a deep impression at their base, the apex slightly rounded,
the anterior angles nearly rectangular, the sides parallel, the
posterior angles a little produced laterally, and the base lightly
lobed in the middle. Elytra very deeply sculptured, the four
costee well-defined and without trace of intermediate costa.

Length, 4 lines.

Hab.—Barron River.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., Wc. 233

37. XYLOBANUS AMPLIATUS.

Of an opaque black, with the exception of the thorax and basal
fourth of the elytra which are reddish-yellow. Antenne long,
serrate, the third joint rather longer than the fourth, the terminal
joint longest and acuminate. Thorax broader than long, rounded
in front, widened behind, the anterior angles obtuse, the posterior
acute, 5-areolate, the discal areolat narrow and extending to the
apex. Elytra of the usual quadricostate sculpture, and considerably
widened towards the apex. Legs short and moderately stout, the
sterna and the base of the four anterior thighs are yellow.

Length, 4 lines.

Hab.—Barron River.

38. XYLOBANUS ATER.

This species might be more properly placed in another genus.
The colour is entirely opaque black. The head is small, and shows
distinctiy in front of the thorax, the eyes are very prominent,
the antenne are strongly serrated, the third joint scarcely longer
than the fourth, The thorax is transverse, the apex almost
truncate, the sides widening towards the base, the posterior
angles very acute, the discal areolet raised and well marked,
the other areolets indistinct, but their positions marked with
depressions, and the colour is of a somewhat nitid black. The elytra
are strongly quadricostate, with the transverse lines also distinct.
The legs rather slight.

Length, 3 lines.

Hab.—Barron River,

39. XYLOBANUS FROGGATTI.

Black, the thorax and elytra orange-red. Antenne serrate, the
third joint equal to the fourth, all longer than broad and nearly
truncate. Thorax as long as wide, the apex and base nearly
truncate, the latter much wider, the posterior angles very acute,
the discal areolet joined to the anterior margin by a carina, the
rest of the disk uneven. Scutellum witi the posterior margin
truncate and thick, with a deep impression in front of it. Elytra

234 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND,

quadricostate with intermediate very fine coste most distinct
towards the base. Legs flattened, the coxze and extreme base of
the thighs reddish-yellow. A trace of black sometimes shows on
the extreme tip of the elytra.

Length, 5 lines.

Hab.—Cairns.

Mr. Waterhouse would probably place this species in his genus.
Lulenides,

40. XYLOBANUS ATRIPENNIS.

Opaque black, the thorax red. Antenne serrate, the third joint
a little larger than the fourth, all much flattened and longer than
broad. Thorax transverse, rounded in front, notched and rounded
at the anterior angles, widened a little on the sides towards the
base ; the posterior angles acute, the base lobed in the middle, with
a notch in the middle of the lobe ; the discal areolet only marked,,
the rest of the surface unequal. Elytra widening to the apex,
quadricostate with two rows of punctures in the interstices.

Length, 4 lines.

Hab.—Barron River.

41. CLADOPHORUS POSTICALIS.

Black, the thorax and basal two-thirds of the elytra red.
Antenne serrate, in the male flabellate, the third joint not longer
than the fourth; all the joints except the apical are broader than long.
Thorax broader than the length, rounded in front, not or scarcely
wider at the base than the apex; 7-areolate, the middle one
lanceolate extending from base to apex, the others very faintly
defined. The elytra have the usual sculpturation, but it is of a
less deep and rough character, and the intermediate lines in the
interstices between the coste are more distinct. The legs are
short and flat.

Length, 4 lines.

Hab.—Cairns and Barron River.

42, CLADOPHORUS TESTACEICOLLIS.

Of a dull brownish-black colour, with the thorax testaceous red.
Antenne with the branches from joints 3 to 10 very much longer

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 235

than the joints themselves. Thorax slightly transverse, a little
rounded in front, a little constricted in the middle, expanded into
an acute angle at the posterior angles, lobed in the middle of
the base, and 7-areolate on the disk, the middle one confined to
the basal half, the others not very perfectly defined. The elytra
are strongly quadricostate and punctured.

Length, 3 lines.

Hab.—Cairns.

43, CLADOPHORUS MINIATUS.

Black, the thorax and elytra deep red. Antenne strongly
branched, the branches quite twice the length of the joints. Thorax
transverse, rounded in front, not widened behind, biemarginate and
lobed at the base, 7 areolate, the middle one lanceolate, almost
reaching the anterior margin, the others rather distinctly defined.
Elytra with numerous fine cost, the alternate ones larger,
the interstices closely punctured, the punctures somewhat quad-
rangular.

Length, 45 lines.

Hab.—-Barron River.

44, TRICHALUS ANGUSTULUS.

Black, nitid, narrow, the thorax, elytra, cox, and base of thighs
yellow. Antenne scarcely serrate, the joints longer than wide,
rostrum short. Thorax rather longer than wide, almost truncate
in front, sides gradually widening to the base with acute angles, a
short narrow median areolet, aud a deep depression on each side
of it. Elytra narrow, strongly costate, four coste on each elytron
at the base, three only on the apical three-quarters, with the
interstices minutely costulate and quadrangularly punctured.

Length, 4 lines.

Hab.—Barron River.

Family TELEPHORIDZ.

45. TELEPHORUS MOSSMANNI.

Head, thorax, elytra, prosternum, the basal part of each
abdominal segment, the coxee and base of thighs and the palpi

236 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND,

reddish-yellow ; all the rest of the body, the legs and the antenna,
black. The antennz are inserted almost under the eyes; all the
joints from the second are of about equal size; the front of the
head is vertical and broadly but lightly depressed in the middle.
Thorax nearly twice broader than long, quadrangular, margined on
all sides, the apex truncate, the base a little rounded, and all the
angles rather rounded, with two fovez on each side, and without a
median line. Elytra about five times the length of the thorax,
and scarcely wider than it, parallel-sided, broadly almost semi-
truncately rounded at the apex, densely clothed with a very minute
silky yellow pubescence, (which is found on all parts of the insect,
but less dense) and minutely and densely rugose-punctate, with
a few obsolete longitudinal lines. The body is thick, the feet
slender, the eyes small and prominent.

Length, 3 lines.

Hab.—Mossman River.

46. TELEPHORUS RUBRICEPS.

Head, thorax, elytra excepting the apex, and the prosternum
reddish-yellow, the rest black. Head without frontal depression,
antennee taking their rise between the eyes ; the first joint large,
the third shorter than the fourth. Thorax broader than long, the
margins more expanded and the angles more rounded than in 7’
Mossmanni, and the fovee on the sides less distinct ; the median
line is distinctly marked. The elytra are rounded and tipped with
black at the apex, sculpture and clothing are much the same as in
T. Mossmanni, but the puncturation is still more minute and
obsolete.

Length, 34 lines.

Hab.—Mossman River.

47, TELEPHORUS RUFIVENTRIS.

Of broad robust form, the head, thorax, elytra excepting the
apical fourth, the abdomen, the sterna and the coxe and base of
the thighs reddish-yellow. The head is longitudinally impressed
in front, the antennz are inserted almost beneath the eyes, are
thick and rather short, the third joint shorter than the fourth, the

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 237

mandibles are large and tipped with black. The thorax is very
like that of the last species, 7’. rwbriceps, but the median line is not
so continuously canaliculate. The elytra are less densely pubescent,
and more deeply tipped with black than in the preceding species,
the minute rugose puncturation is more distinct and the whole
surface more nitid.

Length, 4 lines.

Hab.—Mossman River.

47. TELEPHORUS FROGGATTI.

Black, the thorax red, the elytra lurid brown. Antenne inserted
almost under the eyes, slightly serrate, the apex of each joint
truncate, the third about equal in length to the fourth. Head
nearly covered by the thorax. Thorax much broader than long,
quadrangular, margined, and deeply impressed on the median line.
Elytra blackish at the base and apex, with a yellowish brown
tinge towards the suture and a sericeous pubescence and dense
minute puncturation over the whole. The coxz and the sides of
the abdominal segments are of a yellowish colour.

Length, 23 lines.

Hab.—Mossman River.

48. SELENURUS APICALIS.

Head black, elongate, perpendicular, forming a short snout ; the
antennee, inserted in front of the eyes on a yellow patch, filiform,
the third joint much shorter than the fourth. Thorax testaceous
yellow, rather narrower than the head with the eyes, much longer
than broad, margined all round, not wider behind than in front,
rounded at the angles, rounded and reflexed at the apex and _ base,
and unevenly foveated on the disk. Scutellum with a small black
depression at the apex. Elytra rather wider than the thorax at
the base, and narrowing to the apex where they are nearly acute
and very dehiscent, rather shorter than the wings and body, of a
yellowish-brown on the basal region, and a duli black behind, with
a yellow apex to each elytron; the sculpture is rough and
exceedingly minute, and there is a very small longitudinal ridge

238 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND.

along the middle of each. The meso- and metasterna are black,
the cox and half the thighs are yellow, the rest black; the
abdomen is a nitid black with the apex of each segment bright
yellow.

Length, 4 lines.

Hab.—Mossman River.

49, SELENURUS ANNULATUS.

This species much resembles the last. The chief differences are
as follows :—The antenne are inserted each on a yellow spot; the
thorax has a large square black or brown patch in the middle of
the anterior half. The elytra are black at the base, yellow for
some distance behind, the yellow colour extending backwards
along the suture, black for some distance further, and yellow on
the tip of each elytron ; the dehiscent apices are more rounded
and less acuminate than in the preceding species. The abdomen is
ringed and spotted on each side with yellow. The legs are long,
slender and ringed with yellow.

Length, 4 lines.
Hab.—Mulgrave River.

50. SELENURUS VIRIDIPENNIS.

Head black, minutely striolate, a small yellow tubercle at the
insertion of the antennz, a slight depression on the forehead, and
a deep corrugated impression between the eyes. Thorax red,
flatter than in the last species and not so much longer than broad,
and uneven on the surface with a black patch in the centre of the
disk. Elytra broader than the thorax, narrow and dehiscent at
the apex, nearly as long as the body, of a dark, dingy green colour,
and very densely and minutely punctate, with a very fine raised
longitudinal line in the middle of each elytron. The legs, the
middle of the sterna, and the apical segment of the abdomen are
black, the rest of the under surface is yellow.

Length, 5 lines.
Hab.—Russell River.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF £PIMACHUS,
FROM THE ASTROLABE RANGE, 8. E. NEW GUINEA,

By Dr. E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., F.G.S., &.

EPIMACHUS MACLEAYANA, sp. nov.

Adult Male.—Total length, 3ft. 6in. ; tail, 2ft. 7-3; wing, 7:2;
tarsus, 2°2; bill from forehead, 3:2 ; from gape, 31 ; along the
curve of the culmen from the forehead, 3°3 ; height of bill at base,
0:3; width at gape, 0°6; at nostril, 0-4 ; the longest side chest
plumes, 4°7 by 2°1 in breadth at the tip ; flank plumes, 6:2; the
long decomposed flank plumes, 8°6 inches. The head, throat, back,
wings, rump, and all the upper surface velvety black, all except
the neck, wings and rump, with rich metallic glossy scale-like
feathers with steel-blue, green, and violet reflections ; rump and
upper tail-coverts velvety black with steel-blue tips to the feathers,
two centre tail feathers, long, narrow (3°5 in width), black, with
blue and purple reflections, the others black without any sheen or
gloss. The chest, breast, and all the under surface olive-brown,
with rosy mauve reflections, plumes on side of the chest, brcadly
margined with steel-blue green and violet reflections, in shape
somewhat triangular, being greatly expanded at the tips, the lower
side-plumes shorter, margined and tipped with rose-mauve, puce
and violet reflections, the longer plumes nearest the flanks with
the outer webs only, mauve ; the loose and somewhat decomposed
elongated flank-plumes reaching to beyond the under tail-coverts,
light brown or of a pale fawn-brown tint, thighs black ; upper tail-
coverts and tail below, black; legs, feet, and bill black ; there is a
rich sheen of rosy-mauve over the whole of the under surface from
the lower part of the neck to the flanks, which shows a rose-lilac
tint in certain lights, and is slightly deeper in tint on the lower
side-plumes.

240 DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF EPIMACHUS.

This fine species which was obtained at the foot of the Astrolabe
Range, is in some respects allied to £. magnus, but is very distinct
from that species in the length of the tail, in the colour of the under

surface, and in the rosy tint of the side and flank-plumes.

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AUSTRALIAN FISHES.
By E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., anp J. Doucias-OcILpy.
(Notes from the Australian Museum ).

CHEROPS MACLEAYI, Sp. nov.

Devs Trae Me Lidge Peetee C.-L: Wi, lab. 29):
L. trans. 4/10.

Length of head 3%, of caudal fin 5, height of body 34 in the
total length. Hye—Diameter 32 in the length of the head, 1} io
that of the snout, and 2 of a diameter apart. The interorbital
space and upper profile of the head are convex, the cleft of the
mouth small, not quite reaching to the front margin of eye.
Preopercle minutely serrated (probably entire in large examples).
Teeth—Four strong curved canines in front of each jaw ; lateral
teeth confluent, the extreme tips only being free; no posterior
canine. Fins—The dorsal commences above the opercular flap ;
its spines are strong, the last the longest, 3 of the length of the
head, but not so high as the rays; the base of the soft dorsal is
2 of that of the spinous. The anal commences beneath the 10th
dorsal spine ; its last spine is the longest, 4 of the length of the
head. The ventral fins do not quite reach to the vent. The
pectorals, which are rounded posteriorly, reach to opposite the
11th scale of the lateral line, and are 3 of the length of the head.
Caudal rounded. Scales—Large, thin, cycloid, and adherent on
the body ; small and non-imbricate on the cheeks ; opercle with
four rows ; base of dorsal fin scaly, that of anal not so. Colors—
Uniform reddish-brown.

The specimen from which the above description was taken
measures nearly 54 inches, and was obtained in Port Jackson, a

242 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AUSTRALIAN FISHES,

locality very far south of the usual tropical habitat of the genus.
We have taken this opportunity of naming the species after the
Hon, William Macleay, a gentleman who has done so much
towards the elucidation of our Australian Fish Fauna, and the
promotion of natural science in general ; and in whose collection
the type specimen is contained.

LABRICHTHYS CYANOGENYS, Sp. nov.

iBoevi.: D. O/Ll 2) AevanOee Vi. 1/b2 APT Voc Ch ace.
Tat. 25: L. trans, 3/9.

Length of head 32, of caudal fin 54, height of body 3} in the
total length. Hye—Diameter 53 in the length of the head, 2
diameters from the end of the snout, and 1? apart. Interorbital
space convex: upper profile of head abruptly convex before the
eyes: jaws equal; maxilla extends to beneath middle of orbit.
Teeth—Lower jaw with a row of strong conical teeth, the anterior
pair very large, the others growing smaller posteriorly, 13 on each
ramus ; a row of similar, but much smaller, teeth behind these :
upper jaw with a similar dentition, except that the two posterior
teeth in each ramus are rather larger than those immediately
preceding them, and the hinder row is irregularly duplicated :
posterior canine strong. &ims—Dorsal spines rather weak, the
last the longest, 7 of the length of the head, and much shorter than
the rays. Anal commences beneath the second dorsal ray, the
third spine is the longest, about } of the length of the head, and
half that of the longest ray. Pectorals sinuous posteriorly, reaching
to cpposite the 8th scale of the lateral line, and ? of the length of
the head. Ventrals about equal in length to the pectorals, and
reaching to the vent. Caudal rounded. Scales—Large, thin,
cycloid, and adherent. Cheeks with two vertical rows of small
scales behind the eyes. None at the base of the vertical
fins. Gll-rakers—Short, broad, and divided at the tip; their
length 3 of the diameter of the eye. <Air-bladder — Large
Colors — Reddish-brown with two broad transverse lilac bands,
the first between the anterior rays of the soft dorsal and anal

BY E. P. RAMSAY, F.R.S.E., AND J. DOUGLAS-OGILBY. 243

fins; the second, not so well defined, on the free portion of
the tail. Head greenish-blue above ; opercles and cheeks lilac ;
intermandibular space indigo-blue. Dorsai and anal fins violet,
the spinal part of the former tinged with yellow; caudal dull
yellowish-brown, with the webs purple, and the outer angles
brighter yellow. Ventrals and pectorals orange, the latter with a
broad dark blue basal band. Inrides golden.

The magnificient Labrichthys which we here describe, measures
over 18 inches, and was captured in Broken Bay on the 12th
instant. The stomach was crammed with the broken fragments of
shells, including small oysters, Patella, and Tapes. Its flesh, even
though labouring under the disadvantage of having been skinned,
was excellent. Register number, I. 1245.

244 REMARKS ON AN INTRODUCED SPECIES OF LAND-PLANARIAN,

REMARKS ON AN INTRODUCED SPECIES OF LAND-
PLANARIAN APPARENTLY BIPALIUM KEWENSE,
MOSELEY.

By J. J. Fuetcner, M.A., B.Sc.

In 1878 Mr. Moseley described a species of Land-Planarian
(Bipalium Kewense) from a specimen found in one of the hot-
houses at Kew Gardens(1). Recently Professor Bell has recorded
his observations on another specimen, apparently of the same
species, found among broken flower-pots in a garden in Sussex ;
he also gives a number of good figures of the animal (2).

The same species, seemingly, has become acclimatised in Sydney
and its environs, and, probably finding the climate more like that
of its native habitat, instead of appearing in occasional ones or
twos it has increased so abundantly that, during the warm rains
of the last few weeks. numbers made their appearance in gardens,
on verandahs, and even on the public footpaths, in quite a
remarkable manner. During the last five weeks I have myself
seen about thirty specimens, and I have heard of quite as many
others.

As in the case of the English specimens so with Sydney ones,
nothing is known of their original habitat, or of the exact
circumstances under which they came into the country, but there
can be little doubt that they have been brought with foreign plants
to gardens and nurseries, whence they have afterwards strayed, or
have been distributed. There can also be little doubt that here
the species has become thoroughly well-established, but whether
Sydney gardens have been stocked from Kew Gardens, or vice
versa, or whether both have been directly stocked from the
original habitat, it is needless to speculate, since as in the case

(1) Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. I, ser. 5, 1878, p. 238.
(2) P. Z. S. 1886, p. 166, pl. 18.

BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 245

of the nursery referred to below, for example, plants have been
brought here from, and sent hence to, many parts of the world for
the last fifty years or more.

Dr. Ramsay informs me that he remembers their being found
under pieces of wood, &e., in the Australian Museum grounds, and
at Dobroyde, as far back as 1874. In the Macleay Museum there
are specimens of this, and of another possibly introduced species,
found by Mr. Masters some years ago in Mr. Macleay’s hothouse.
But individuals appear never to have been so conspicuously
numerous as they have been during April and May of this year.

Last February Mr. Masters kindly allowed me to examine a
number of specimens of various worms collected, in the course of
about six weeks, at one of the Sydney nurseries by Mr. James, in
response to a request for worms of any sort. As illustrating the
way in which the nurseries become possible foci for the distribution
of certain introduced animals, it is worth while recording the
contents of the bottle, as follows: four examples of planarians
belonging to two indigenous species; seventeen specimens of
introduced planarians belonging to two species, among which were
eleven specimens of B. Kewense ; together with a large number
of earthworms belonging to three species all introduced. Of
one introduced species of planarian, and of two of the intro-
duced species of earthworms, the only other examples besides
these which I have seen were from the Hon. William Macleay’s
garden, to which also plants have been brought from many parts
of the world.

As I was working at earthworms at the time, the planarians
were put aside for further examination, when my attention was
again drawn to them by quite unexpectedly finding a very fine
specimen of the Bipaliwm crawling on my doorstep on the evening
of April 14th. After this I began to keep a look out, and subse-
quently on each of three different occasions within a few feet of the
same spot I found another example (1). In the meantime I had
begun to notice their slimy tracks, as well as injured or dead

(1) During the fortnight after the reading of this note I found three other
living specimens on different evenings in the same situation.

246 REMARKS ON AN INTRODUCED SPECIES OF LAND-PLANARIAN,

specimens on the public asphalt footpaths at Stanmore. Shortly
after Mr. Whitelegge told me that he too had noticed them on the
footpaths at Surry Hills and in Hyde Park, and in the Australian
Museum grounds. After this on several occasions I noticed
examples on the paths in the Park, and also in Darlinghurst
Road ; in the latter locality Mr. Masters also one morning counted
six specimens dead on the footpath. On again comparing notes
with Mr. Whitelegge he told me that on rolling over a cask in the
Museum grounds he found twelve specimens, and that on another
oceasion Mr. Ogilby had found six under a piece of wood. Mr.
Haswell also found specimens in the University Grounds; and
quite recently I have received one found under a piece of wood at
Marrickville.

That these planarians should have appeared almost simultane-
ously in so many places is probably due to the same cause, but it
is not clear whether this was merely a desire to obtain drier
quarters, or whether the damp warm weather had tempted them
forth in search of each other for reproductive purposes, this
possibly being with them, as it certainly is with indigenous
planarians, about the time of the breeding season. A small
species of slug was very abundant about the same time in similar
situations.

The specimens I saw in Hyde Park had evidently strayed from
the enclosure about Capt. Cook’s statue, which has been stocked
with plants from the Botanic Gardens, where 3B. Kewense has
doubtless obtained a footing. Those I saw elsewhere were, with
few exceptions, in the vicinity of gardens, but in one or two cases
they must have travelled considerable distances.

Their appearance on the pavements in the mornings in a
moribund or dried-up condition—and all that I saw on the asphalt
footpaths were in one or other of these states—may have been due
to some injurious effect arising from contact with the asphalt, or
the planarians may simply have wandered on until they were
lost, and injured either by chilling due to the radiation of heat
from the pavement towards morning, or by their exposure to the
sunlight after dawn.

BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 247

In respect of size some of our specimens are as large, if not
larger than Professor Moseley’s example, which was 9 inches long.
I measured a living one, which, when extended, was 14 inches
long. Eleven spirit specimens from the nursery referred to were
from 4:2 to 12 em. long and from 3-5 mm. broad anteriorly,
diminishing posteriorly by about 1 mm.

In regard to colour, Sydney specimens agree with those
examined by Professors Moseley and Bell in having the same
number and arrangement of longitudinal bands, &c., but I notice
in different living examples, and usually in different portions of
the same animal, a considerable variation in the intensity of the
colouring, as well as in the width of some of the stripes. Usually
the stripes are uniformly darker and more intensely coloured in the
anterior half or third of the body, and may frequently be described
as black. The median stripe is sometimes a very fine line ; at other
times, even in the same animal, it becomes as wide as the first
lateral band on each side. Further back, all the bands may
uniformly become paler and dimmer, and assume a brownish tint,
or the median and outer lateral bands may be conspicuously
darker, while the inner bands fade to a darker shade of the
ground colour or are hardly perceptible. In a young living
specimen (46 mm. long and 2 mm. broad when extended) the
outermost bands vanished altogether in the posterior region of
the body. In one case the ground colour between the median
and first lateral stripe on each side was of a conspicuously darker
colour.

The anterior margin of the cheese-cutter-shaped head when the
animal is \rawling sends off inferiorly, sensory, papilla-like pro-
longations with which it touches the surface on which it is
crawling, just as Humbert and Moseley describe in other species.
In his remarks Professor Bell points out that, when the animal is
in a state of torpid quiescence, the head is contracted and obtusely
pointed, and he insists rather emphatically on this variation
from the cheese-cutter form of the head which characterises the
genus Bipaliwm. I have recently had the opportunity of examin-
ing a large number of land-planarians belonging to some twenty

248 REMARKS ON AN INTRODUCED SPECIES OF LAND-PLANARIAN,

species and four or possibly five genera, including a number of
spirit specimens of Bipaliwm kewense, and it seems to me that the
variability in the form of the head is hardly likely to be of such a
misleading character as might be inferred from the Professor's
remarks.

In the specimens I have seen, though the body does taper
gradually posteriorly, the attenuation is hardly so conspicuous as
in Professor Bell’s figures, or as mentioned in Professor Moseley’s
description.

I have not noticed the oral and generative apertures in living
specimens, nor the latter even in spirit specimens in which
the almost always everted, folded pharynx forms a conspicuous
rosette-like structure situated at about one-third, or a Kittle
more, of the animal’s length behind the anterior extremity. In
two examples taken at random measuring 12 cm. and 9:3 em.,
respectively, the oral apertures were 4:2 cm. and 3°6 cm.
respectively from the anterior extremities.

The almost white ambulacral line on the under side of the body
bordered on each side by an almost blackstripe, is very conspicuous ;
the relatively long and strong cilia on either side of the ambulacral
ridge are readily seen when the under surface of a young specimen
in an inverted watchglass is viewed under the microscope ; else-
where the cilia are more difficult to make out.

The first living specimen I obtained was placed in a glass jar
with damp rotten wood, on April 15th. In a day or two I
noticed that it had begun to divide transversely into fragments
from about + inch to 2 inches long, which were to be seen coiled
round on the pieces of wood, or on the sides of the jar. A second
specimen was put into the jar on April 29th.

I kept the jar under observation from day to day, and on
May 25th I turned out its contents, when I found five frag-
ments of varying lengths with developing cheese-cutter-shaped
extremities, two portions without any indication of them, the
remains of several portions which had died, together with the larger
portion of the second specimen which had lost the anterior portion
of its body ; this however was readily distinguishable from the

BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 249

fragments which were developing new heads by its larger cheese-
cutter-shaped portion, its more intensely pigmented upper surface,
and the two black patches just behind the head formed by the
fusion of the most anterior portions of the lateral stripes. The
anterior portion of the first specimen was wanting, and was pro-
bably one of the dead portions. Thus such of the fragments as
had not too recently separated, had acquired fairly well-developed
new cheese-cutter-shaped heads in about thirty days; whether
in each case a new mouth and genital orifice had also formed was
not apparent. A third specimen kept for several weeks main-
tained its bodily integrity.

250 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Dr. Ramsay exhibited the new Bird of Paradise described by
him, and a specimen of each sex of Paradisornis Rudolphi, Finsch,
which differs from all other species of the family in having rich
ultra-marine blue wings and flank plumes; also examples of the
orange-crested bower-bird (Amblyornis subalaris, Sharpe), and of
Charmosyna Josephine. The exhibits, which were obtained near
the base of the Astrolabe Range, and were brought from the S. E.
coast of New Guinea by Mr. Goldie, have been secured for the
Australian Museum.

Mr. Brazier exhibited photographs of two species of Polyzoa
(Idmonea Milneana, and I. interjuncta) from Green Point, Port
Jackson, (8 fathoms), taken by Mr. Arthur W. Waters.

Mr. A. Sidney Olliff of the Australian Museum, exhibited
specimens of Alectoria superba, Brunner von Wattenwyl, a
remarkable genus of Orthoptera having a large thoracic crest pro-
duced over the base of the elytra; those exhibited were obtained
by Mr. K. H. Bennett, at Mossgiel, in the Western district. The
species was originally described by Brunner from examples obtained
at Peak Downs.

Mr. C. S. Wilkinson exhibited for Mr. Lockyer a piece of lime-
stome found at Murwillumbah, Tweed River, attached to the side
of a live box-tree six feet above the ground. It would appear that
the lime had been taken up in some peculiar manner by the tree,
and had been thrown off in the form of a wort or excrescence
forming a stalactite. Also four ‘water-crystals,’ one a magnificent
specimen an inch in diameter and containing a teaspoonful of fluid,
found on the Richmond River ; and finally a collection of agates
and chalcedony, together with a carboniferous fossil, found on the
mound of an aboriginal’s grave at the head of the Tweed River,
the blacks in that locality having had a custom of placing peculiar-
looking and beautiful stones on the graves of their relatives and
friends.

NOTES AND EXHIRITS. 251

Mr. Palmer exhibited specimens of the spider, at present unde-
termined, which fabricates the remarkable egg-bags, examples of
which he had exhibited at the March Meeting of the Society.

Mr. Whitelegge exhibited examples of what were represented as
early stages of the truffle, which had been sent by Mr. A. H.
Cooper of Double Bay.

Mr. Macleay exhibited the fifty species of Insects described in
his Paper.

Mr. Macleay also exhibited some grass infested by a minute grub,
which lived in the stem and caused a thickening of it. He stated
that the grass had been sent for examination under the belief that
the prevalence at the present season of large numbers of worms in
sheep, might in some way be traceable to the minute worms in the
grass. A microscopical investigation by Dr. Katz had shown
however that the worms in the grass were not Entozoa but maggots
of minute Dipterous Insects, probably Cecidomyiade or gall gnats,
or possibly minute Muscide of the Oscinides group. The habit of
the insect somewhat resembled that of Cecidomyia destructor, Say,
the “Hessian Fly,” so destructive to wheat crops in America.

Mr. Macleay also exhibited for Professor Stephens a lemon
grown by Mr. Long of Ryde, in which the carpels were separated
as in the fingered orange, and another approaching the Horned or
Navel Orange in having a supernumerary row of carpels.

Mr. Fletcher exhibited living specimens of Bipaliwm kewense
referred to in his note.

WEDNESDAY, 297n JUNE, 1887.

The Hon. W. Macleay, F.L.S., in the Chair.

MEMBERS ELECTED.

Mr. William Lovegrove, 109 Pitt St.; and Mr. Nicholas
Lockyer, were elected Members of the Society.

The Chairman announced that there would be no Excursion

during the ensuing month.

The Chairman also read a letter from the Hon. Secretary of
the Royal Society of South Australia, conveying a cordial invitation
from the Council to Members of the Linnean Society of N.S.W.,
to visit Adelaide at the end of August 1887, when it is proposed
to hold meetings and excursions, partly in conjunction with, and
partly in addition to, the Meeting of the Medical Congress.
Arrangements are being made to allow those who take part in these
meetings to travel at reduced railway fares. Further particulars
will be furnished shortly, and in the meantime the Director will

be glad to receive the names of Members wishing to attend.

DONATIONS. 253:

DONATIONS.

“« Bulletin de la Société Zoologique de France pour l’année 1887.”

Part 1. From the Society.

“Comptes Rendus des Séances del’ Académie des Sciences, Paris.”
Tome CIV. Nos. 10-12 (1887). From the Academy.

“ Zoologischer Anzeiger.” X. Jahrg., Nos. 249-251 (1887).
From the Editor.

“Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes.” No. 199 (1887); ‘“ Cata-
logue de la Bibliothéque.” Fasc. No.1. From the Editor.

“The Canadian Record of Science.” Vol. II., No. 6 (1887).
From the Natural History Society, Montreal.

“The Journal of the Cincinnati Society of Natural History.”
Vol. X., No. 1 (1887). From the Society.

“Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society for the year
1885-86.” From the Society.

“Proceedings of the Canadian Institute, Toronto.” 3rd Ser.

Vol. IV., Fase. 2 (1887). From the Institute.

“Bulletin of the American Geographical Society for 1886,
No. 3;” Vol. XIX., No. 1 (1887). From the Society.

“ Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard
College.” Vol. XIII., No. 3 (1887). From the Curator.

254 DONATIONS.

“The Journal of Comparative Medicine and Surgery.” Vol.

VIII, No. 2 (1887). From the Editor.

“Report of the Trustees of the Australian Museum for 1886.”
From the Curator.

“Mittheilungen des Vereins fiir Erdkunde zu Leipzig.” 1884
and 1885. (Two Vols.). From the Society.

«‘ Archives Néerlandaises des Sciences exactes et naturelles.”
Tome XXI., Liv. 4me (1887). From La Société Hollandaise des

Sciences & Harlem.

“ Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society, 1887.” Part 2 ;
Vol. VI., 2nd Ser. Part 6a. (Supplementary Number, December,
1886). From the Society.

“The Transactions of the Entomological Society of London for

the year 1887.” Part 1. From the Society.

“ Abstracts of Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London.”
5th and 19th April, and 3rd May, 1887. from the Society.

“ Hausbau, Hiuser und Siedelungen an der Siidostkiiste von
Neu-Guinea ;” “Canoes und Canoebau in den Marshall Inseln ;”
“Catalog der Ausstellung fiir vergleichende Volkerkunde der
westlichen Siidsee besonders der Deutschen Schutzgebiete.” From

the Author, Dr. O. Finsch.

“‘ Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra den naturhistoriske Forening

i Kjobenhavn for Aarene 1884-86.” From the Society

“ Société Royale Malacologique de Belgique—Procés-Verbal ”
(Aug. to Dec. 1886). From the Society.

oad

DONATIONS. 255

“The Scottish Geographical Magazine.” Vol. III., No. 5 (May,
1887). From the Hon. W. Macleay.

“The Victorian Naturalist.” Vol. IV., No. 2 (June, 1887),
From the Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria.

“ Nova Acta der Ksl. Leop.-Carol. Deutschen Akademie der
Naturforscher.” Band XLVI. (No. 4), XLVII. (Nos. 2 and 3),
XLVIII. (No. 1), L. (Nos. 1 and 2); “ Leopoldina.” 21 Heft,
Jahrg. 1885. From the Academy.

“The Australasian Journal of Pharmacy.” Vol. II., No. 18
(June, 1887). From the Editor.

“ Report on the Tarawera Volcanic District.” By Prof. F. W.
Hutton, F.G.8. From the Author.

“ Bulletin de la Société Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou.”

Année 1886, No. 3. From the Society.

‘Zur Kenntniss der Mammarorgane der Monotremen” von Prof.

Carl Gegenbaur. From Dr. 0. Katz.

“* Proceedings and Transactions of the Queensland Branch of the
Royal Geographical Society of Australasia.” 2nd Session (1886-7).
Vol. IL, Part 2. From the Society.

“Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada—Annual
Report.” (New Series) Vol. I. (1885), with Maps and Sections.
From the Director.

“The Fifteenth Annual Report of the Board of Directors of
the Zoological Society of Philadelphia.” From the Society.

256 DONATIONS.

“The American Museum of Natural History—Annual Report
of the Trustees, and List of Members for the year 1886-7.” From
the Trustees.

“ Bulletin de la Société Belge de Microscopie.” 13me Année.,
No. VI. From the Society.

“Records of the Geological Survey of India.” Vol. XX.,
Part 2 (1887). From the Director.

“Tunacy in Many Lands.” By G. A. Tucker. From the
Author.

PAPERS READ.

ON A TRILOBITE FROM REEFTON, NEW ZEALAND,
NEW TO AUSTRALASIA.

By Proressor F. W. Hurvron, F.G.S.

I have obtained from Mr. R. Helms of Greymouth, a very fine
Trilobite belonging to the genus Homalonotus, which was found
near Reefton, and, as it appears to be new to New Zealand, I give
a description of it. The specimen is rolled up, and the anterior
portion of the cephalic shield, as well as the posterior end of the
pygidium are absent. It is filled with brown chert which cannot
be scratched with a knife, but the exoskeleton is black.

The body is elongate, tubercled, broadest at the base of the
cephalic-shield thence gradually tapering backwards to a point.
The greatest breadth is 3:25 inches, and the total length was
probably about eight inches or rather more.

Cephalic-Shield—The apex is gone, the posterior angles are
broken and the surface of the glabellum and fixed cheeks is much
rubbed, so that the description of this part is necessarily deficient.
The shield itself is broadly triangular, the ratio of length to breadth
being about 2:3. The glabellum is distinctly lobed, but the
surface is entirely rubbed away. The cheeks are inflated and
bend suddenly down outside the eyes, the exterior margins are
also incurved ; the surface is covered with scattered granules
which are placed more closely together on the free cheeks and are
especially close and coarse on the incurved exterior margins. The

eyes are situated on large rounded swellings of the cheeks, but
17

258 ON A TRILOBITE FROM REEFTON, N. Z., NEW TO AUSTRALIA.

their surfaces are rubbed off. The facial suture is well marked,
but as the posterior angles of the shield are broken off, it is
impossible to say whether it ran out exactly at that angle ora
little in front of it.

The Thorax is very indistinctly trilobed, and consists of thirteen
segments, all of which are more or less tuberculose along a trans-
verse rib on the posterior half of each segment. There are about
seven or eight tubercles on the tergal portion of each segment and
several smaller ones on the pleure. The tergal portion is smooth
and very finely pitted, but the anterior portion of each pleura is
coarsely granulated, resembling the granulations on the margins of
the free cheeks. The tubercles are irregularly placed. The length
of the thorax is rather more than four inches.

Pygidium.—Six segments only remain, each has about ten
small tubercles on the tergal part and five or six on each pleura.
The surface is smooth, except towards the margin where there are
scattered granules. The margin itself is incurved and coarsely
granulated like that of the cheeks. Its length may have been
about an inch and a-half.

This species very closely resembles, and is perhaps identical
with Homalonotus Herschelii (Murchison), from 8. Africa,
described and figured by Mr. Saiter (Trans. Geol. Soc. 2nd
Series, Vol. VII., p. 215, pl. 24, figs. 1-7). The differences appear
to be that our specimen is broader in proportion and the thoracic
segments are flatter and with more tubercles. However, until the
rostral and caudal portions are known it is impossible to give a
decided opinion on this point. At any rate it belongs to a group
highly characteristic of the Lower Devonian.

A LIST OF THE INDIGENOUS PLANTS OF THE

MUDGEE DISTRICT.
By ALEXANDER G. HAMILTON.

In my list of the Orchidez of this district (Proc. Linn. Soc. of
N.S.W., Vol. I, 2nd Ser. 1886, p. 865), I promised at some
future time to furnish a list of the phenogamous plants and
the ferns. That promise I now fulfil in the hope that it may be
of some use in the elucidation of the question of the geographical

distribution of species.

The remarks that applied to the distribution of orchids in this
district, apply equally to the other families. The sandstone found
on the Dividing Range supports the plants that are typical of the
sandstone elsewhere. But there is, among the remaining families
a greater proportion of species differing from the coast forms than
is found among the orchids. These differing forms however,

appear to be representatives of the coast plants.

In one or two sheltered spots there are many species not
occurring elsewhere about Mudgee. For example, in a deep
gully at Mullamuddy are found Pittosporum undulatum, Eucalyp-
tus globulus, Nicotiana suaveolens, Sambucus xanthocarpa, Sturmia
refleca, Dendrobium speciosum, and Pteris aquilina, none of which
occur generally over the district, although the last three grow at
Cooyal, on the Dividing Range. Some other plants, rare else-

where, are common in this ravine.

260 A LIST OF THE INDIGENOUS PLANTS OF THE MUDGEE DISTRICT,

Regarding the occurrence of Lucalyptus globulus so far from its
head quarters, I am of opinion that it is a survival from a cooler
and moister climate. The trees—about a dozen and some
saplings—grow only in adeep rocky glen surrounded on three sides
by precipitous walls of igneous rock. Possibly at one time the
tree was common all over the surrounding country, and, as the
climate changed, it gradually died off, leaving only a few survivors
in the most sheltered situations. In support of this view, I may
mention that I have since seen specimens of the tree from the
Meroo, procured in a deep gully there, but higher and more south-
ward than Mudgee.

Mullamuddy, where Mr. J. D. Cox and myself discovered it, is
over 2,000 feet above sea level. The only other locality in New
South Wales where it has been collected is Araluen, which is
about 230 miles south from Mudgee as the crow flies. There, the
Rev. R. Collie tells me, it grows, not in a deep shady gully, but on
the top of a hill. This may be accounted for by the more southern
latitude, and the nearer approach to the sea moderating the
climate sufficiently to allow it to exist in a more exposed situation.
As far as I knowit has not been collected between Mudgee and
Araluen, or between the latter place and its Victorian habitat, but
should it be discovered in either gap, it would, I think, be strong
evidence in favor of the survival theory. Mr. J. D. Cox agrees
with me in this view, and in thinking it improbable that the
trees have come from bird-carried seeds. This might be inferred
from there being trees 60 feet or more high and 2 feet in diameter,
side by side with younger trees and saplings. Another circum-
stance at variance with the supposition of bird-carried seeds, is the
occurrence of the above-named plants in this limited spot, and the
fact that the insects differ from those of the district in general.

I particularly noticed a large Pieris with brilliant underwings
feeding on the blossoms of the Prttosporwm. This insect I had
previously seen about Sydney frequenting the same species of tree,

and also orange trees.

BY ALEXANDER G. HAMILTON. 261

Roughly speaking, the district I have collected over might be
described as extending from Appletree Flat to Reedy Creek, and
from the Dividing Range at Cooyal to the top of the Ridge
separating the Meroo Creek from the Valley of the Cudgegong
River. The average height of the district might, I think, be fairly
taken as that of the Mudgee Railway Station, which is 1,635 feet
above sea level. The highest point within these limits is pro-
bably Buckaroo or Big Hill, (from which the Mullamuddy Gully
runs), which as measured by Mr. Cox is 1,640 feet above river
bed—probably 3,000 feet above the sea. The geological formation
is principally Silurian, with occasional patches of granite, as near
Home Rule, limestone (at Canadian and Mt. Frome), and basaltic
outflows. The coal measures extend down the valley of Reedy
Creek from Cooyal; and at Guntawang a shale with Glossopteris
and other fern impressions occurs at a small depth below the
surface. The shale also extends to Beaudesert. The district is
well-known as being highly auriferous.

The annual mean temperature is 61°8° F.; the mean for three
summer months (Decem., Jan. and Feb.) is 72:°7° F.; winter
mean (June, July and August) 49°5° F. In 1886 the highest
observed temperature was 103°6° F. in February, and the lowest
216° F. in July. (1.) The average rainfall is 25:24 inches,
September being usually the wettest month. The six years ending
1885 were below the average, but 1886 was 9-26 inches above,
and 1887 promises to be a very wet year, 31°81 inches having
fallen up to March 31.

A few of the plants named in the following pages I have not
collected myself, but their names were supplied to me by Dr.

(1) The above extremes of temperature would give a rather incorrect
impression of the Mudgee climate, but a consideration of the following
means for each month (kindly supplied by Mr. Lenehan, Acting Government
Astronomer), will show its equability :—

Jan. 74:1° F. April, 65°7° F. July, 47°4° F. Oct. 56°4° F.
Feb. 743 May, 58:9 Aug. 48'8 Nov. 67°2
Mar. 71°6 June, 52°3 Sept. 55:1 Dec. 69°8,

262 A LIST OF THE INDIGENOUS PLANTS OF THE MUDGEE DISTRICT,

Woolls, to whose untiring kindness I owe a great deal of help in
this and other botanical matters. I am indebted to Mr. Percy
Williams for a note on the occurrence of Styphelia viridis at
Cooyal.

In collecting towards the west and north-west—towards Cob-
bora for instance—a slight change is noticeable in the character of
the vegetation, showing an approximation to the flora of the
plains ; but it is not at all marked till Cobbora is passed, which is
far beyond the limits of the Mudgee district. Eastward from
Mudgee the change to the sandstone vegetation is very sudden,
the ordinary forms occurring right up to the foot of the Dividing
Range.

The remarks I made on the gradual extinction of some species
of orchids apply with equal force to the plants in this list, culti-
vation, clearing, and the influx of introduced plants being the
principal factors concerned in their disappearance. The last is
very noticeable in land ringbarked or cleared, the sudden appear-
ance and growth of aliens being then very marked. Drought is
not so potent an agent as might be thought. About six years ago
I collected Huphrasia scabra in a cleared paddock near my own
residence. As it was so near, I neglected to preserve specimens,
and during the five dry years which followed, not one plant was
to be found. The moist summer of 1886 however, brought it up
again in the same limited locality, so that the seeds must have
existed with unimpaired vitality through five years’ droughts,
during which the paddock was more than once burnt. This
remark also applies to Centrolepis fascicularis, which sprang up
after the same long interval in that locality.

Tt will be seen that I have included the orchids in this list
although I have already given a paper on the subject. But I
thought it would be better not to break the regular sequence of
the orders by leaving them out.

I hope soon to give a list of the introduced plants of the district.

The nomenclature and arrangement adopted is that of the
Systematic Census of Australian Plants by Baron F. v. Mueller.

BY ALEXANDER G. HAMILTON. 263

After the specific names, habitat, and period, month or
season of flowering, the figures which follow are meant to indicate
where the plant is found elsewhere besides the District of Mudgee,
1.—N.S.W. 2.—V.and N.S.W. 3.—N.S.W. and Q. 4.—V.,

N.S.W., and Q. 5.—T., V., N.S.W. and Q. 6.—S.A., T., V.,
N.S.W., and Q. 7.—N.S.W., Q., and N.A. 8—S.A., V.,
N.S.W., and Q. 9.—W.A., S.A., T., V., N.S.W., and Q. 10.—

WAS SAS, NESW. QS and NAY ELT. V.,. and
N.S.W. 12.—W.A., S.A., and N.S.W. 13.—W.A., S.A, V.,
N.S.W., Q., and N.A. 14.—S.A., N.S.W., Q., and N.A. 15.—
W.A., S.A., V., N.S.W., and Q. 16.—S.A. and N.S.W. 17.—
S.A., V., N.S.W., Q., and N.A. 18,—T. and N.S.W. 19.—S.A.,
V., and N.S.W. 20.—S.A., T., V., N.S.W., Q., and N.A. 21.—
W.A., S.A., N.S.W., Q., and N.A. 22.—S.A., N.S.W., and Q.
23.—WV., NS. W.,.Q., and N.A. 24.—T.,V., N.S. W.,Q., and N.A.
25,5, Anode, Vi, and INESOW. 326. -WeAS SlA., ©; Vi, and

N.S.W. 27.—W.A., S.A., V., and N.S.W. 28:—W.A., S.A;
V., N.S.W., and N.A. 29.—W.A., V., N.S.W., and Q. 30.—
W.A. and N.S.W. 31.—W.A., N.S.W., and Q. 32.—W.A.,V.,

N.S.W., Q., and N.A. 33.—W.A., S.A., T., and N.S.W.

DICOTYLEDONEZ.
CHORIPETALEZX HYPOGYNZ.

1. RANUNCULACE. 15. GERANIACE.
2. DILLENIACE. 16. MALVACE.

3. LAURACER. 17. STERCULIACE.
4, PAPAVERACER. 18. EUPHORBIACE.
5. CRUCIFERS. 19, UrticacEes.

6. VIOLACE. 20. CASUARINES.
7. PITTOSPORE. 21. SAPINDACE.
8. DROSERACEA, 22. STACKHOUSIES.
9. ELATINES. 23. PorTULACES.
10. Hyprricina. 24. CARYOPHYLLES.
11. PoLyGALEez. 25. AMARANTACE.
12. Ruvracez. 26. SALSOLACE.
13. ZYGOPHYLLEA. 27. PoLYGONACES.
14. Linea. 28. NyYcTAGINES.

264 A LIST OF THE INDIGENOUS PLANTS OF THE MUDGEE DISTRICT,

RANUNCULACEA
Ciematis, Linn.

ARISTATA, R. Br. All over the district on hills; common; 6.

MICROPHYLLA, DC, Same habitat and range as last; common;
August ; 9.

Ranuncutus, Linn.
LAPPACEUS, Sm. Common all over the district ; Spring and
Summer ; 9.
RIVULARIS, Bks, & Sol. Common on river banks; Spring; 6.
HIRTUS, Bks. & Sol. ; 4.

PARVIFLORUS, Linn. On river flats and uplands; common ;
Spring ; 6.

DILLENIACEE.
Hesperia, Andr.

stricta, R. Br. On uplands and hills all over district ;
common ; Spring and Summer ; 9.

ACICULARIS, F.v.M. Beaudesert, Cooval; on gravelly hills;
rare ; Spring; 6.

PEDUNCULATA, R. Br. ; 2.

LINEARIS, R. Br. Cooyal ; 4.

DiFFuSA, R. Br. Everywhere ; common; Spring ; 2.

DENTATA, R. Br. On foothills at Guntawang; common ;
Spring and Summer ; 4.

LAURACEA.
CassytTHa, Linn.

GLABELLA, R. Br. Semiparasitic, generally on Casuarina, or
epacrids; on hills everywhere; common; always in
flower ; 10.
PAPAVERACE.
Papaver, Tour.
ACULEATUM, Thunb. All over the district, but rare; Oct.; 6.

BY ALEXANDER G. HAMILTON. 965

CRUCIFER.

Nasturtium, R. Br.
Common on lowlands ; Spring ; 6

TERRESTRE, R. Br.

CARDAMINE, Tour.
HirsuTA, Linn. Common on lowlands ; Spring ; 9
Lepipium, Tour.
RUDERALE, Linn. Common on lowlands; Spring; 10. —
VIOLACEA,

Viota, Tour.
BETONICIFOLIA, Sm. All over district but not common ;

September ; 6.
HEDERACEA, Labill. Cooyal only ; Spring to Autumn; 6.
Hysantuus, Jacq.
FILIFORMIS, F.v.M. Cooyal and Home Rule; Spring and

Summer ; 4.

HyYMENANTHERA, R. Br.
Cooyal, and here and there along bank of

Bankxstl, F.v.M.
river ; rare; 11.

PITTOSPORE/:.
Pirrosporum, Bks.
UNDULATUM, Andr. A few trees at Mullamuddy ; October
and November ; wood suitable for engraving ; 5
PHILLYROIDES, DC. Two Mile Flat; rare; early Spring; 13.

Bursari, Cav.

SPINOSA, Cav. Everywhere common; Summer; commonly
called “Black-thorn ;” wood tough and said to be suitable

for wood-engraving ; 10.

Mariantuus, Hueg.
On stony ridges, Biraganbil, Beau-

PROCUMBENS, Benth.
desert, Mullamuddy, Cooyal; not common; September

and October ; 5.

BILLARDIERA, Sm.
SCANDENS, Sm. Common on rocky hills ; Spring ; 6

266 A LIST OF THE INDIGENOUS PLANTS OF THE MUDGEE DISTRICT,

CHEIRANTHERA, Cunn.

LINEARIS, Cunn. Common on rocky hills; handsome flower
and worthy of cultivation ; Spring ; 8.

DROSERACEA.
Drosera, Linn.

BINATA, Labill. On moist and dripping rocks at Cooyal ;
Summer ; 6.

AURICULATA, Backh. Everywhere ; Spring ; 25.

PELTATA, Sm. Same as preceding species. All the plants of
this family are said to be poisonous to stock, but I have
never known animals to eat them, and as they only grow
freely in moist seasons when other vegetation is plentiful,
I imagine losses from this cause must be rare ; 6.

ELATINE.
EvATINE, Linn.

Americana, Arnott. On wet flats and on the margin of
Cudgegong River; December, January and February; 9.

HYPERICINA.
Hypericum, Tour.

Japonicum, Thunb. Everywhere; common; all the year
round ; 10.

POLYGALE.
PotyGaLa, Tour.
Siprrica, Linn. Beaudesert Hills ; rare ; Spring ; 4.
ComsEsPERMA, Labill.
SPHEROCARPUM, Steetz. Cooyal ; Spring; 3.
ERICINUM, DC. Cooyal; Spring ; 5.

RUTACE.
ZIERIA, Sm.

CYTISOIDES, Sm. Cooyal; 5.

BY ALEXANDER G. HAMILTON. 267

Boronia, Sm.

PINNATA, Sm. Cooyal; Spring and Summer ; 6.
PHILOTHECA, Rudge.

AUSTRALIS, Rudge. Cooyal ; two varieties, one narrow and

the other wide-leaved ; Spring ; 3.

Correa, Sm.

speciosa, Andr. Home Rule, Cooyal, Goodaman; Spring; 6.
GEIJERA, Sch.

SALICIFOLIA, Sch. Two Mile Flat ; 3.

ZYGOPHYLLEA.
Trisuius, L’Obel.

TERRESTRIS, L’Obel. Everywhere on river flats; Burrs known.
as “Bulldogs” from their strength and penetrating
powers ; late Summer and Autumn; 13.

LINEA.
Linum, Tour.

MARGINALE, Cunn. Everywhere on hills; very subject to a
parasitic fungus (Uredo lini) ; Spring and Summer ; 9.

GERANIACE.
GERANIUM, Tour.

CaROLINIANUM, Linn. Everywhere ; almost all through the
year ; 9,
Eropium, L’Hér.
cy@norum, Nees. Everywhere on low grounds; Spring to
Autumn ; good feed ; 13.
PELARGONIUM, L’Hér.
AUSTRALE, Willd. Cooyal ; Spring ; 9.
Oxatis, Linn.
coRNIcuLATA, Linn. Everywhere ; all the year; 9.

268 A LIST OF THE INDIGENOUS PLANTS OF THE MUDGEE DISTRICT,

MALVACEA.

Piaaiantuus, R. & G. Forst.
PULCHELLUS, A. Gr.; 11.

Sipa, Linn.
corRuGATA, Linn. On flats and uplands ; Spring and Sum-
mer ; 13,

Pavonia, Cav.
HASTATA, Cay. On river banks and flats; in Spring it bears
inconspicuous, and in Summer coloured flowers ; 3.
Hisiscus, Linn.
TRIONUM, Linn. Guntawang, on basaltic soil ; all Summer ;
often has green or inconspicuous flowers, as well as the
ordinary coloured blossoms ; 14.

STERCULIACE.

BRACHYCHITON, Sch. & Endl.
POPULNEUM, Rk. Br. Hills; Summer; used as forage in
droughts ; produces a gum like Tragacanth ; 4.

EU PHORBIACEAi
EvupnHorsia, Linn.
Drummonpil, Bois. Everywhere ; all the year; said to be
poisonous to sheep ; 10.
PoranTHERA, Rudge.
corymbosa, Brongn. Guntawang; Spring; 2.
MICROPHYLLA, Brongn. Widelyspread; Spring & Summer; 10.
PsEUDANTHUS, Sieb.
DIVARICATISSIMUS, Benth. Reedy Creek ; April; 2.
Brrtya, Planch.
ROSMARINIFOLIA, Planch. Cudgegong River near Appletree
Flat ; early Summer ; rare; 18.
PHYLLANTHUS, Linn.
Gastrormu, J. Muell. Common everywhere; Spring and
Summer ; 3.

BY ALEXANDER G. HAMILTON. 269

PHYLLANTHUS, Linn.
AUSTRALIS, J. Hook. Common everywhere; Spring and
Summer ; 18.
THYMOIDES, Sieb. Rocky places ; Spring and Summer ; 19.

ADRIANA, Gaud.
TOMENTOSA, Gaud. On banks of rivers and creeks ; Summer ;
eaten by cattle and horses ; sometimes called ‘ Castor
Oil” 13.
URTICACEA.
Ficus, Tour.
RuBIGINOSA, Desf. Home Rule, Warrable Hills, Mulla-
muddy, Cooyal, on mountains ; 3.
PaRIETARIA, Tour.
DEBILIS, G. Forst. Rocky places ; rare; 10.
Urtica, Tour.
IncisA, Poir. Mullamuddy and Appletree Flat ; 6.

CASUARINEZ:.
Casuarina, Rumph.

GLAUCA, Sieb. On hills; 8.

STRICTA, Ait.

SUBEROSA, Otto & Diet. On hills; 5.

CuNNINGHAMIANA, Miquel. Atriver; February and March ;
in hard seasons all the species are cut down for feed for
stock ; 3,

DISTYLA, Vent. Reedy Creek, Biraganbil ; Feb. and Mar. ; 26.

SAPINDACEA.
Doponasta, Linn.

TRIQUETRA, Wendl. Biraganbil, Cullenbone, Cooyal ; known
as ‘* Wild hops ;” 4.

viscosa, Linn. Biraganbil and Beaudesert ; 10.

LOBULATA, F.v.M. Cullenbone; Spring; a very local species ; 12

STACKHOUSIEA.
STACKHOUSIA, Sm.

LINARIFOLIA, Cunn. Guntawang; Spring and Summer; €.

270 <A LIST OF THE INDIGENOUS PLANTS OF THE MUDGEE DISTRICT

STACKHOUSIA, Sm.
muRicaTA, Lindl. As previous species ; 7.
VIMINEA, Sm. Guntawang; Spring and Summer ; 23.

PORTU LACEE.
Portunaca, Tour.

OLERACEA, Linn. Everywhere; Spring and Summer; used as a
vegetable, and eaten by stock ; 13.

CARYOPHYLLEA.
STELLARIA, Linn.
PUNGENS, Brongn. On rocks; Summer; 25.
GLAUCA, With. Everywhere ; Spring to Autumn ; 6.
FLAccIDA, Hk. As previous species ; 1].
MULTIFLORA, Hk. As previous species ; 26.

Saaina, Linn.
APETALA, Linn. Everywhere; early Spring; 25; not re-
corded from N.S.W. in Census or Suppls.
ScLERANTHUS, Linn.
pirLorus, J. Hk. Everywhere ; Spring; 5.
SPERGULARIA, Pers.
RuBRA, Cambess. Guntawang, Home Rule; Spring and
Summer ; 26.
PotycarpPon, Loefl.
TETRAPHYLLUM, Loefl. Everywhere; Spring and Summer ;
suspected of killing lucerne by some farmers in New
England ; 9.

AMARANTACE.

ALTERNANTHERA, Forsk.
TRIANDRA, Lam. Common everywhere all the year ; 10.
Pritotus, R. Br.
opovatus, F.v.M. Cullenbone and Home Rule; Summer; 13.
Evuxowus, Raf.
MircHexwi, F.v.M. 2
inrerRUPTUS, Mog. 7; not hitherto recorded from N.S. W.
MACROCARPUS, Benth. General, but not common; Summer; 4.

¢
ale

BY ALEXANDER G. HAMILTON. 271

SALS OLACE.
Ruacopi, R. Br.

HastaTa, R. Br. Everywhere; Spring to Autumn; good feed ;
in bad seasons this and the two following plants are
only to be found near fences, or in other places where
they are protected from stock ; 4.

NnuTANs, R. Br. As previous species ; 6.

LINIFOLIA, R. Br. As previous species ; 3.

CHENOPODIUM, Tour.
TRIANGULARE, R. Br. Everywhere ; Summer ; 3.
CARINATUM, R.Br. Everywhere ; Summer ; 15.

ATRIPLEX, Tour.
SEMIBACCATUM, R. Br. Everywhere; Summer to Autumn; 15.

POLYGON ACE.
Rumex, Linn.

Brownu, Camp. Marshy places ; common ; all the year ; 6.

FLEXUOSUS, Sol. Same as last species ; 16,

Potyconum, L’Obel.
PLEBEJUM, R. Br. Everywhere ; a troublesome weed ; nearly
all the year ; 17.
PROSTRATUM, R. Br. River banks; Summer and Autumn; 9.

HYDROPIPER, Linn. Damp places ; Spring to Autumn ; 8.

NYCTAGINEA.
BoERHAAVIA, Vaill.

pirFusA, Linn. Everywhere; springs up in dry seasons, and
for this reason is valuable, being liked by stock ; 13.

272 A LIST OF THE INDIGENOUS PLANTS OF THE MUDGEE DISTRICT,

CHORIPETALEA PERIGYN.

1. Leguminosz. 6. HALoRAGES.

2. Rosacea, 7. Myrtacem.

3. CRASSULACE. &. RHAMNACES.

4, ONAGREA. 9. ARALIACER,

5. SALICARIE®. 10. UMBELLIFERS.
LEGUMINOS/.

OxyLogium, Andr.
ELLIPTICUM, R. Br. Cooyal ; November and December ; 5.

TRILOBATUM, F.v.M. Cooyal ; November and December ; 3.

DaviesiA, Sm.
LATIFOLIA, R. Br. Biraganbil, Cooyal ; Summer ; known as

** Wild hops” and used as a bitter ; 11.
CoRYMBosA, Sm. Guntawang; Two Mile Flat; early Sum-

mer; 8.
SQUARROSA, Sm. General ; Spring; 3,

ULICINA, Sm. General ; Spring ; 6.
GENISTIFOLIA, Cunn. Beaudesert Hills, Cullenbone; Spring; 8.

PuLTEN#A, Sm.
SCABRA, R. Br. Var. BILOBA ; 2.
MICROPHYLLA, Sieb. ; 3.
TERNATA, F.v.M. General on hills ; Spring and Summer ; 4.
STYPHELIOIDES, Cunn. ; 2.
INCURVATA, Cunn. Cooyal; 1.

DILLWYNIA, Sm.
ERICIFOLIA, Sm. Everywhere ; Spring and early Summer; 6.
JUNIPERINA, Sieb. Two Mile Flat, Reedy Creek ; Spring ; 4.
BossimA, Vent.
prostrata, R. Br. Everywhere ; Spring; 6.
HETEROPHYLLA,Vent. Generally distributed over the district,

but not common ; Spring; 4.

BY ALEXANDER G. HAMILTON. 273

Hovea, R. Br.
LINEARIS, R. Br. Cooyal ; Spring ; 1.
HETEROPHYLLA, Cunn. A common plant everywhere ; early
Spring ; 6.
LONGIFOLIA, R. Br. Reedy Creek ; Spring; 20.
LONGIPES, Benth. Munghorn and Cooyal ; Spring; 3.

Lotus, Tour.
AUSTRALIS, Andr. Crooked Creek ; Spring; 10.

PsoraLEA, Linn.
PATENS, Lindl. On river banks and flats; Summer; 13,

INDIGOFERA, Roy.

AusTRALIS, Wild, Everywhere through the district ; eaten
by horses, although it has the reputation of being a very
poisonous plant ; Spring; 9.

BREVIDENS, Benth. On rocky ground; Spring & Summer; 21.

Swarnsona, Salisb.

GALEGIFOLIA, R. Br. Home Rule and Cooyal; Spring and
Summer ; 3,

CORONILLIFOLIA, Salisb. Generally distributed through the
district ; Spring and Summer; said to be poisonous to
sheep, affecting the brain; the seeds are poisonous to
fowls, and in one instance I knew of thirty fowls dying
from eating the seeds; 3.

PHACOIDES, Benth. Common everywhere ; Spring and Sum-
mer ; 13.

PHACIFOLIA, F.v.M.; 19.

OROBOIDES, F.v.M. Everywhere ; Spring and Summer ; 22,

MONTICOLA, Cunn. As last species; 3,

Fraseri, Benth. Eurunderee, Burrundulla, Mount Frome ;
Spring ; 3,

Zornia, Gmel.
DIPHYLLA, Pers. Everywhere; Spring to Autumn ; 7.
Desmopium, Desv.
_ BRACHYPODUM, A. Gray ; 3.

VARIANS, Endl. Guntawang, Cullenbone ; Spring ; 5.
18

274 A LIST OF THE INDIGENOUS PLANTS OF THE MUDGEE DISTRICT,

Desmopium, Des.
RHYTIDOPHYLLUM, F.v.M. Cullenbone, Beaudesert Hills ;
Spring to Autumn ; 3.
LESPEDEZA, Cl. Rich.
cUNEATA, G. Don. Two Mile Flat, Guntawang, Cullenbone ;
Summer; flowers vary much in size and appearance ; 4.
GuycinE, Linn.
CLANDESTINA, Wendl. Everywhere; almost all the year; 9.

KeENNEDYA, Vent.

MONOPHYLLA, Vent. Everywhere ; July to October or later ;
usually called ‘ Sarsaparilla” and used in the same way
as a bitter, Smilax the true Sarsaparilla not extending
to this district ; 6.

Cassi, Tour.

LavIGATA, Willd. I have not collected this plant myself,

but Dr. Woolls found it in the district ; 3.

Sopupra, Linn. This plant although common on the river
flats at Wellington (45 miles distant), until lately was
not found here ; but when the railway was completed to
Wellington a good deal of traffic began passing through
Guntawang from Wellington, and very soon the plant
made its appearance by the roadside, apparently intro-
duced ; it does not appear to thrive here as it does at
Wellington, where it is a nuisance ; 22.

AUSTRALIS, Sims. Two Mile Flat, Currangural ; Spring and
Summer ; 23.

Acacia, Tour.
SICULIFORMIS, Cunn. Everywhere ; September ; 24.
JUNIPERINA, Willd. Reedy Creek ; rare; 5.
ASPARAGOIDES, Cunn. ; l.
armata, R. Br. Everywhere; April to end of June; 15.
VoMERIFORMIS, Cunn. Reedy Creek; rare; 25.
LEPROSA, Sieb. Guntawang, Reedy Creek ; October ; 2.
stricta, Willd. ; 24.
FALCATA, Willd. ; 3.

bo
=I
or

BY ALEXANDER G,. HAMILTON.

Acacia, Tour.

GLADIIFORMIS, Cunn. ; 1.

AMOENA, H. L. Wendl. MHavilah, Mullamuddy ; September
and October ; 2.

HAKEOIDES, Cunn. ; 19.

SUAVEOLENS, Willd. Cooyal; 6.

LINIFOLIA, Willd. ; 3.

LUNATA, Sieb. ; Guntawang; 4.

BRACHYBOTRYA, Benth. ; 19.

MYRTIFOLIA, Willd. One plant on the Beaudesert Hills is all
I have ever seen of this species ; 9.

ELONGATA, Sieb. ; Cooyal ; 4.

HOMALOPHYLLA, Cunn. The wood being sought after, only a
few plants remain near Morrowolga, Two Mile Flat ; 19.

IMPLEXA, Benth. ; 4.

BINERVATA, DC. ; 3.

TRIPTERA, Benth. Reedy Creek; 3,

LONGIFOLIA, Willd. ; 6.

GLAUCESCENS, Willd. ; 3.

SPECTABILIS, Cunn. Cooyal ; 3.

DiscoLor, Willd. All over district ; August and Sept.; 24.

DECURRENS, Willd. Not at all plentiful, and it is rare to
find it more than two or three inches in diameter ; a few
large trees in one of Mr. Rouse’s paddocks near Gunta-
wang ; 6.

ROSACEZ.
Rupus, Tour.
moLuccaNus, Linn. Common; rarely fruits; 23.
Aca&NA, Mut.
ovina, Cunn. Rare; 9.
SANGUISORB&, Vahl. Common in moist place ; 6.

CRASSULACEA.
Titt#A, Mich.
VERTICILLARIS, DC. ; 9.
PURPURATA, J. Hook. ; 26.
RECURVA, J. Hook.; 9.

276 <A LIST OF THE INDIGENOUS PLANTS OF THE MUDGEE DISTRICT,

ONAGREZ.
Epirosium, Dill.

TETRAGONUM, Linn. Spring to Autumn ; 9.
Jusstnua, Linn.
REPENS, Linn. In the river ; Spring; eaten by cattle; 8.

SALICARIEA.
Lyturum, Linn.

SALICARIA, Linn. In moist places by the river ; late in Sum-
mer ; 6.

HALORAGEK.

Hatoraais, R. & G. Forst.
ELATA, Cunn. ; 8.
CERATOPHYLLA, Zahlb. In stony places on hills ; December
and January ; 20.
HETEROPHYLLA, Brongn. Moist places; Spring to Autumn; 8.
TEUCRIOIDES, A. Gr. ; 26.
CERATOPHYLLUM, Linn.
DEMERSUM, Linn. In the river; Spring and Summer; 8.
CALLITRICHE, Linn.
veRNA, Linn. ; 9.
MYRTACEA.
CaLycoTHuRix, Labill.
TETRAGONA, Labill. Common at Cooyal and Home Rule,
but I know only of one plant elsewhere, at Biraganbil ;
Spring and Summer ; 9.
BackeEa, Linn.
CuNNINGHAMII, Benth. A small group of plants on the flats
near Biraganbil ; 1.
LEpTOsPERMUM, R. & G. Forst.
L&VIGATUM, F.v.M. Cooyal ; Summer ; 25.
scoparium, R. & G. Forst. Cooyal; Summer; 6.
CALLISTEMON, R. Br.
LANCEOLATUS, DC. Cooyal; Summer; 4.

BY ALEXANDER G. HAMILTON. Paid

CALLISTEMON, R. Br.
SALIGNUS, DC. Var. ANGUsTIFOLIUS. Crooked Creek, Stony
Creek near Two Mile Flat, Biraganbil; late in Summer; 6.

Metareuca, Linn.
THYMIFOLIA, Sm. Cooyal, Home Rule, Reedy Creek ; Sum-
mer; 3.
Noposa, Sm. Reedy Creek: 3.
ANGoPHORA, Cay.
INTERMEDIA, DC. Everywhere; timber rarely used; the
majority of the trees flower in alternate years, generally
about February ; 4.
Evcatyptus, L’Her.
STELLULATA, Sieb. I include this tree among our flora on the
authority of Mr. C. Moore in an article on “ Timbers of
N.S.W.” in “ Industrial Progress of N.S.W.,” 1870. It
is also mentioned as from Mudgee in Mr. Arvid Nilson’s
“Timber Trees of N.S.W.,” 1880; 2.
MACRORRHYNCHA, F.v.M. The stringy-bark commonest in
the district ; 2.

CAPITELLATA, Sm. Only found on sandstone as at Cooyal
and Reedy Creek, and the Warrable Hills, Home
Rule; 19.

EUGENIOIDES, Sieb. Recorded as from Mudgee by Dr.
Woolls in a paper on “ Eucalypts of County of Cumber-
land” in P.L.8. N.S.W. Vol. V. p. 491 ; 2.

HZMASTOMA, Sm. Var. MICRANTHA. ‘Spotted Gum ;” not
common ; 5.

LEUCOXYLON, F.v.M. ‘Red Ironbark ;”’ common on slaty
ridges ; flowers usually red, but sometimes creamy
white ; §.

MELLIODORA, Cunn. ‘“ Yellowbox ;” common, but appears to
flourish best on the river flats and uplands ; timber good,
invaluable as fuel; 2.

POLYANTHEMA, Sch. “ Slaty-Gum ;’ common on ridges,
where it does not attain a great size, but on flats at
Tallewang it runs up into splendid trunks, which are
much used in bridge-building, etc., the timber being
considered very durable ; bark smooth ; 2.

278 A LIST OF THE INDIGENOUS PLANTS OF THE MUDGEE DISTRICT,

Evcatyptus, L’Hér.

POPULIFOLIA, Hook. Dr. Woolls informed me that this tree
occurs in our district ; 3.

LARGIFLORENS, F.v.M. ‘‘ Fuzzy-Box ;” Two Mile Flat; 8.

HEMIPHLOIA, F.v.M. ‘ White-Box ;” two distinct trees in
this district are known as white-box, but one having
smooth shining dark green leaves is sometimes called
‘“‘ vreen white-box ” or “ green-box ;” this grows on flats
and has small seed vessels: the other which has pow-
dery bluish leaves and larger fruits is named in contra-
distinction ‘ grey white-box ;’
Gn the lower foot hills both may sometimes be found.
No. 1 flowers in April and May, and has different leaves
in the young plants, and No. 2 flowers in June and July.
It is probably LZ. albens (Mig.) which I believe is now
united with £. hemiphloia, but I cannot help thinking
they are distinct: the only point of resemblance is the
bark. Both afford desirable timber, and _ excellent
FUeL) eo,

SIDEROPHLOIA, Benth. ‘White Ironbark ;” Reedy Creek ;
considered by some timber-getters the better of the two
ironbarks ; but others hold an opposite opinion ; 2.

cLosuLus, Labill. Only at Mullamuddy ; the Meroo, from
whence I have seen other specimens, lies outside the
boundaries I have mentioned ; only seeds and buds on
the trees in October; the seeds collected germinated

d

it frequents stony hills.

freely ; 24.

GONIOCALYX, F.v.M. On the authority of Dr. Woolls, who
mentions it in his work, ‘The Plants of N. 8. Wales,”
1885; 19,

SruartTiana, F.v.M. Known in vicinity of Mudgee as
“Peppermint,” and at Cooyal as ‘‘Woolly Butt ;” timber
not good; makes very bad fuel, but when burnt,
excellent charcoal ; 25.

VIMINALIS, Labill. ‘‘ White Gum ;” Home Rule, Cooyal, and
more sparsely all over the district ; 25,

BY ALEXANDER G. HAMILTON. 279

Kucatyptvs, L’ Her.

DEALBATA, F.v.M. This, Dr. Woolls says, is regarded by some
as a variety of the precediny, but I have little doubt that
it is a good species. It is known as ‘‘ White,” or ‘“ Cab-
bage-gum”; useless for timber as it chips off and warps so
much that, if bolted down, the bolts sink into the wood
as it curls; Cooyal, Home Rule, Biraganbil.

ROSTRATA, Schl. ‘“ River Gum,” “ Yarrah ;’ grows only on
river flats; some of the old trees of this species are
perfect studies for the landscape painter, and a portfolio
might be filled with ‘‘bits” of the most delightful kind
on the Menah Flat alone, where the trees have a gnarly
character with drooping foliage that I have not observed
elsewhere ; timber good, but in large logs almost impos-
sible to burn ; 13.

TERETICORNIS, Sm. ‘Blue Gum ;” Reedy Creek, Two Mile
Flat, Home Rule. Whatever doubts may exist as to the
capabilities of the Mudgee district in other respects, it
must be admitted to be unrivalled in the production of
wool, and few districts, as will be seen from list above,
excel it in producing hardwood. I think there isa great
future before Mudgee in the matter of timber production,
and those who have seen its forest-clad hills will, I am
sure, agree with me ;* 4.

MetrosiprEros, Bks.
GLOMULIFERA, Sm. Collected by Dr. Woolls; 3.

RHAMNACESS,
PomapeErris, Labill.
LANIGERA, Sims. Cooyal; Summer; known to settlers by
the curious name of “Wild Quince ;” 24.

* In addition to the above Eucalypts, I have in my list LH. botryoides,
Sm., and Z. obliqua, L’Heritier, but as I have forgotten the authority for
including them, and can find no references to them in my notes, I thought
it best not to include them, especially as both are coast-loving trees.

280 A LIST OF THE INDIGENOUS PLANTS OF THE MUDGEE DISTRICT,

CRYPTANDRA, Sm.
AMARA, Sm. Everywhere; in early spring; easily trans-
planted but rarely lives more than one season in a
garden ; 6.
CoLLEeTiIA, Comm.

PUBESCENS, Brongn. On basaltic soil, Guntawang; very rare;
24.

ARALIACE.
Panax, Linn.
SAMBUCIFOLIUS, Sieb. Near Appletree Flat, and at Mulla-
muddy ; very rare; 5.

UMBELLIFER.
Hyprocoty ie, Tour.

LAXIFLORA, DC. ‘The only species I know in the district,
but Dr. Woolls in an article on the vegetation of this
district in Sydney Morning Herald fifteen years ago,
mentions having collected three others (which however
he does not name); known to some as “native migno-

nette ;” grows everywhere ; 8.

Dipiscus, DC.

Incisus, Hook. Cooyal only; 3.
XANTHOSIA, Rudge.

PILOSA, Rudge. Cooyal only ; 5.
Actinotus, Labill.

HELIANTHI, Labill. Beaudesert, Mudgee Hills, Reedy Creek,
Cullenbone, etc.; on stony ground ; in summer, but a
few blooms may be found up to April ; near Mudgee
this year there was a patch of several acres which could
be seen quite white on the hills for miles; 4.

Eryneium, Tour.

ROSTRATUM, Cavan. General, but not common; January; 15.
Apium, Tour.

LEPTOPHYLLUM, F.v.M. In most places; common ; 4.

BY ALEXANDER G. HAMILTON. 281

CrantziA, Nutt.
LINEATA, Nutt. In marshy spots and along edge of the
river; 6.
Daucus, Tour.
BRACHIATUS, Sieb. Common but not plentiful ; 9

SYNPETALEA PERIGYN 4.

1. OLACINES. _ 7. CAPRIFOLIACER.
2. SANTALACE. 8. Composit.
3. LORANTHACES. 9. CAMPANULACE A.
4. PROTEACE®. 10. CANDOLLEACE.
5. THYMELES. 11 GooDENIACE&
6. RUBIACE.
OLACINEA.
Oxax, Linn.

stricta, R. Br. Cooyal; 3.

SANTALACE.
SanTaLum, Linn.

LANCEOLATUM, R. Br. ; 21.
OBTUSIFOLIUM, R. Br. Crooked Creek, Guntawang ; Feb. ; 2.
CHoRETRUM, R. Br.
LATERIFLORUM, R. Br. ; 2.
CaNDOLLEI, F.v.M.; 3.
Lepromeria, R. Br.
ACIDA, R. Br. ; 4.
OMPHACOMERIA, Endl.
ACERBA, A. de Cand. These 4 species are all known as.
“Native Currant ;” scarce, rarely bearing fruit ; 2.
Exocarpvs, Labill.
CUPRESSIFORMIS, Labill. Everywhere ; fruit ripe in February
and March ; 9.
stricta, R. Br. Cullenbone ; rare ; October and on ; 25.

282 A LIST OF THE INDIGENOUS PLANTS OF THE MUDGEE DISTRICT,

LORANTHACEAE.
Norornixos, Oliv.

INCANUS, Oliv. On Currajong trees (Sterculia) ; always in
flower ; 3.
Lorantuvus, Linn.
CELASTROIDES, Sieb. On Eucalypts ; 4.
LONGIFLORUS, Desr. ; 7.
ExocaRPI, Behr. ; 13.
LINOPHYLLUs, Fenzl. Var. PARVIFLORUS ; on Callitris; 13.
PENDULUS, Sieb. ; 13.

PROTEACEL.
Isopocon, R. Br.
PETIOLARIS, Cunn. Cooyal and Home Rule; 1.
PERSOONIA, Sm.
LINEARIS, Andr. Guntawang; 4.
PINIFOLIA, R. Br. Guntawang ; l.
REVOLUTA, Sieb. Guntawang ; |.
Cunnincuamil, R. Br. Cooyal; 1.
CHAM#PEUCE, Lhot. Guntawang ; 2.
GREVILLEA, R. Br.
iniciroia, R. Br. I find this given as from Mudgee by Dr.
Woolls in the list of Mudgee Plants published in Sydney
Morning Herald in 1872. In the Census of Australian
plants, however, its distribution is limited to South Aus-
tralia and Victoria. It may perhaps be a misprint, or
synonym.
FLORIBUNDA, R. Br. Cullenbone only, and there in one
limited locality and rare ; 4.
CINEREA, R. Br. Cooyal ; 1.
SERICEA, R. Br. Cooyal; 1.
TRITERNATA, R. Br. Reedy Creek, Cooyal ; 2.
RAMOSISSIMA, Meiss. Everywhere, but not plentiful ; 1.
Hakea, Schr.
mMicrocaRPA, R. Br. Cooyal; 24.

BY ALEXANDER G. HAMILTON. 283

Lomatia, R. Br.
ILIcIFOLIA, R. Br. Cooyal ; 2.
SILAIFOLIA, R. Br. Cooyal; called by settlers ‘‘ Flowering
fern ;” 3.
BanxsiA, Linn.
MARGINATA, Cav. Cooyal; 25.

THYMELE.
PimE.EA, Bks. & Sol.
6LAUCA, Wy. Bri: 6;
COLLINA, R. Br.; 4.
LINIFOLIA, Sm.; 5.
CURVIFLORA, R. Br.; 6.
These four species are generally distributed.

RUBIACEA.
OPERCULARIA, Gaert.

HISPIDA, Spreng. Beaudesert Hills and Cullenbone ; 2,

DIPHYLLA, Gaert. Cullenbone; both flower in early Summer; 3.
Pomax, Sol. :

UMBELLATA, Sol. Everywhere on stony hills ; Spring; 8.
ASPERULA, Dod.

OLIGANTHA, F.v.M. Everywhere; 6.
Ga.ium, Dod.

UMBROSUM, Sol.; 25.

CAPRIFOLIACEA.
SamBucvs, Tour.

XANTHOCARPA, F.v.M. Only in Mullamuddy gully ; Nov.; 4.

COMPOSITA.
LAGENOPHORA, Cass.

SOLENOGYNE, F.v.M. Everywhere ; all the year round ; 3.
BRACHYCOME, Cass.

DIVERSIFOLIA, Fisch. and Mey.; and var. HUMILIS. Every-
where ; early spring ; 25.

284 A LIST OF THE INDIGENOUS PLANTS OF THE MUDGEE DISTRICT,

BRACHYCOME, Cass.

MELANOCARPA, Sond. and F.v.M. Reedy Creek; all the
year ; 19.

PACHYPTERA, Ture. ; 27.

SCAPIGERA, DC. ; 2.

GRAMINEA, F.v.M. Everywhere common all the year ; 25.

DECIPIENS, J. Hook. Only collected at Crooked Creek,.
Cullenbone and Reedy Creek ; in Spring and again in
Autumn ; 25.

stricta, DC.; 11.

cILIARIs, Less. Common everywhere ; Summer ; 26.

CALOCARPA, F.v.M.; 19.

MARGINATA, Benth. Guntawang; Beaudesert ; Goree ; 3.

Minuria, DC.
LEPTOPHYLLA, DC. ; 15.
CunnincHAMI, Benth. On hills; Spring; 19.

Catortis, R. Br.
CUNEIFOLIA, R. Br. Everywhere ; common ; always in
flower ; 8.

LAPPULACEA, Benth. As previous species ; 15.
Aster, Tour.
STELLULATUS, Labill. ; 6.
RAMULOSUS, Labill. ; 25.
MICROPHYLLUS, Pers. ; 25.
VittTapiniA, A, Rich.
AusTRALIS, A. Rich., and var. TENUISSIMA ; 9.
scaBRA, DC. ; 3.
GNAPHALIUM, Linn.
LUTEO-ALBUM, Linn. ; 10.
JAPONICUM, Thunb. ; 9.
PURPUREUM, Linn. ; 3.
Popo.uepis, Labill.
acuminata, R. Br. Stony hills ; August to October ; 6.

BY ALEXANDER G, HAMILTON. 285

LePTORRHYNCHOS, Less.
squamatus, Less. Common everywhere in Spring ; 25.
ELONGATUS, DC. Biraganbil ; rare; 26.

Heuiptrerum, DC.
ANTHEMOIDES, DC. Beaudesert Hills, Home Rule, Cooyal; 6.
INcANUM, DC. On stony ground all through the district ; 6.
DIMORPHOLEPIS, Benth. Spreads rapidly on cleared ground ;
September and October ; 27.

Heticurysum, Vaill.
LucipuM, Henck. Everywhere on stony ground; Spring to
Autumn ; 10.
ELATUM, Cunn.; 4.
APIcULATUM, DC. Everywhere; Spring & early Summer; 10.
SEMIPAPPOSUM, DC. As last species ; 9.
Cassinia, R. Br.
ACULEATA, R. Br. ; 25.
L&VIS, R. Br. ; 22.
arcuaTa, R. Br.; 27.
Ammosium, R. Br.
ALATUM, R. Br. Common in Spring on River flats; has a
tendency to spread in cultivated ground ; 3.
ANGIANTHUS, Wendl.
TOMENTOSUS, Wendl. Guntawang; rare; 28.
sTRIcTUS, Benth. Guntawang ; rare; 27.
GNAPHALODES, A. Gr.
ULIGINOSUM, Spring ; discharges its ripe seeds from a minia-
ture mortar like a flight of rockets. The contrivance by
which this is accomplished is worthy of attention ; 15.
CRASPEDIA, G. Fors.
Ricuea, Cass. In Spring common everywhere ; 9.
SIEGESBECKIA, Linn.
ORIENTALIS, Linn. ; 15.
Ecuipra, Linn.
PLATYGLOSSA, F.v.M. ; 17.

286 A LIST OF THE INDIGENOUS PLANTS OF THE MUDGEE DISTRICT,

GLossoGYnE, Cass.
TENUIFOLIA, Cass. ; 14.
Cotuta, Linn.
AUSTRALIS, J. Hook. A troublesome weed ; 9.

CENTIPEDA, Lour.

ORBICULARIS, Lour. This plant, which flowers herein autumn,
is the one to which Dr. Woolls has lately directed atten-
tion as a remedy for “blight ;’ made into an infusion
(loz. to a pint of water), it is said to be of great service
in reducing inflammation ; 10.

CuNNINGHAMI, F.v.M. ; 27.

SENeEcr0, Tour.
LAUTUS, Sol. ; 9.
vacus, F.v.M. ; 2.
AUSTRALIS, A. Rich. ; 25.

Erecutites, Raf.
ArauTA, DC.; 9.

CymBonotus, Cass.
LawsoniAnus, Gaud. August and September ; 26.

CENTAUREA, Linn.
AUSTRALIS, Benth. & J. Hook. Rare; Summer; 4.

Crepis, Linn.
JAPONICA, Benth. Everywhere ; a troublesome weed; 3.

CAMPANULACE.
Lope i, Linn.

SIMPLICICAULIS, R. Br. On hills; Summer ; usually forms a
thick stem in Spring, and then when the heat of Summer
comes on, having but slight root-hold, it draws upon the
store of nutriment in its stem to enable it to blossom ; [
have often collected it with the roots so dry that they
would crumble in my fingers, and yet it was quite fresh
and bright looking in its blossoms and leaves above the
thicker stem ; 25.

~

BY ALEXANDER G. HAMILTON. 28

LosetiA, Linn.
puRPURASCENS, R. Br. Common on banks of river and
creeks ; 8.
Isoroma, R. Br.

AXILLARIS, Lindl. Home Rule and Cooyal in crevices of rock ;
easily transplanted and makes an admirable basket
or rockwork plant, flowering freely for months ; 4.

FLUVIATILIS, F.v.M. On creek and river banks; always in
flower ; 6.
W AHLENBERGIA, Schr.
GraciLis, A. DC. Everywhere ; always in flower; 10.

CANDOLLEACE.

Canpo.teA, Labill. (Stylidium Sw.).
GRAMINIFOLIA, Sw.; 6,
LINEARIS, Sw. ; both common everywhere; early Spring; 1.

LARICIFOLIA, Rich. Cooyal ; 3.

LEEWENHOEKIA, R. Br.

DUBIA, Sond. Common on uplands in early Spring ; 26.

GOODENIACE Zi,

Dampisra, R. Br.
stricta, R. Br. Cooyal; Summer ; 25.

GoopDENIA, Sm.
DECURRENS, R. Br. ; 1.
GENICULATA, R. Br. Cullenbone ; Crooked Creek ; 9.
HEDERACEA, Sm. Guntawang, on banks of river ; 4.
HETEROPHYLLA, Sm. Guntawang, on banks of river; 3.
HETEROMERA, F.v.M. Common everywhere ; 19.
PANICULATA, Sm. Cooyal, Biraganbil, Home Rule ; 4.

288 A LIST OF THE INVIGENOUS PLANTS OF THE MUDGEE DISTRICT,

VELLEYA, Sm.

PERFOLIATA, R. Br. Cooyal; usually considered alpine in its
habitat, but it certainly cannot be considered so here, as
the range on which it occurs is not more than 2,000 feet
above the sea, and it is found from top to bottom of it,
being more luxuriant in the latter situation on account
of the more abundant moisture ; 1.

PARADOXA, R.Br. Common everywhere ; always in flower ; 6.
MACROCALYX, DeVr. As last species; 3.

SYNPETALEA HYPOGYNA.

1. GENTIANES. 7. SCROPHULARINEZ.

2. PLANTAGINE. 8. BIGNONIACE.

3. PRIMULACEA. 9. ASPERIFOLIA,

4, MyYRSINACE. 10. LapiatTs.

5, CoNVOLVULACES. 11. VERBENACER.

6. SOLANACE. 12. Myoporinz&.
13. EPACRIDE&.
GENTIANE,

Ses, Sol.

ovata, R. Br. Common everywhere; Spring; both this

species and the next contain a bitter principle, and are

sometimes used in cases of diarrhcea and dysentery ; 9.
Erytur@a, Pers.

AUSTRALIS, R. Br. Flowers a little later than the preceding
species, and up till April; 10.

PLANTAGINE.

Prantaao, Tour.

varia, R. Br. Common everywhere ; Spring; 9.

BY ALEXANDER G, HAMILTON. 989

PRIMULACE.
Samouus, Tour.
VALERANDI, Linn. On river banks and in moist places ;
Spring; 4.
MYRSINACEA.
Myrsine, Linn.
VARIABILIS, R. Br. Cooyal ; 4.

CONVOLVULACEAK.

ConvoLvuLvs, Tour.
ERUBESCENS, Sims. Common everywhere; Spring to Au-
tumn ; 9.
Dicuonpra, R. and G. Forst.
REPENS, R. and G. Forst. Common everywhere ; 10.

SOLANACE AS,
Soianum, Tour.

nicgRUM, Linn. Common everywhere ; Spring to Autumn ;
spreads in cultivated ground ; 10.

AVICULARE, G. Forst. ; 6.

VERBASCIFOLIUM, Linn, ; 3.

STELLIGERUM, Sm. ; 3.

CAMPANULATUM, R. Br.; 3. The last two species I have
found only at Mullamuddy.

CINEREUM, R. Br. Everywhere, but not common ; 3.

Nicotiana, Tour.
SUAVEOLENS, Lehm. Only at Mullamuddy ; October ; 13.

SCROPHULARINE4.
Mimutvs, Linn.

cracitis, R. Br. On banks and creeks all through the
district ; Spring to Autumn ; 17.
REPENS, R. Br. Biraganbil, muddy flats ; 9.
PROSTRATUS, Benth. Biraganbil, in moist places; 8.
GRATIOLA, Rupp.

PEDUNCULATA, R. Br.; 15.
19

290 A LIST OF THE INDIGENOUS PLANTS OF THE MUDGEE DISTRICT,

GRATIOLA, Rupp.

Peruvian, Linn. Both in marshy spots near river’s edge; 10.
Limosetra, Linn.

Aquatica, Linn. In lagoons and on river banks ; 26.
Veronica, Tour.

PERFOLIATA, R. Br. On stony hills throughout the district ;

September and October ; said to be a mark of auriferous
formations ; 2.

PLEBEJA, R. Br.; 5.

SERPILLIFOLIA, Linn. On flats; September and October; I
believe this is considered an alpine plant, but here it
grows luxuriantly on flats at a height of not more than
1500 or 1€00 feet above sea-level ; 2.

Evpurasia, Tour.

Browntl, F.v.M.; 9.

SCABRA, R. Br.; 9.

BIGNONIACE.
Tecoma, de Juss.

AUSTRALIS, R. Br. Two Mile Flat, Beaudesert, Mullamuddy ;
September and October ; 17.

ASPERIFOLL.
Myosotis, Rupp.

AUSTRALIS, R. Br.; 26.
SUAVEOLENS, Poir.; 11.
CynoexLossum, Tour.
SUAVEOLENS, R. Br.; 25.
AUSTRALE, R. Br.; 6.

LABIATA,
PiectrantTuus, L’ Hérit.

PARVIFLORUS, Willd. Crooked Creek, in stony ground ;
Summer ; 17.

BY ALEXANDER G. HAMILTON. 291

Menrna, Tour.
LAXIFLORA, Benth.; 2.
AUSTRALIS, R. Br.; 20.
SATUREJOIDES, R. Br.; 9.
All grow on low grounds and all alike known as “ Pennyroyal.”
Lycopus, Tour.
AUSTRALIS, R. Br. Among reeds on bank of river; Summer; 6.
SazviA, Linn.
PLEBEJA, R. Br.; 4.
ScurTELLARIA, Herm.
MOLLIS, R. Br. In stony places ; Spring and Summer ; 2.
ProsTantHERA, Labill.
LINEARIS, R. Br. Two Mile Flat ; [have seen only one plant
of this species ; Dr. Woolls collected three species of this
genus at Cooyal, but does not give names ; 1.
Asuea, Linn.
AUSTRALIS, R. Br. Everywhere on hills ; 6.

VERBENACE.

SPARTOTHAMNUS, Cunn.
JUNCEUS, Cunn. Reedy Creek and Cooyal ; 3.
VERBENA, Tour.
OFFICINALIS, Linn. In moist places everywhere ; August to
May ; 6.

MYOPORIN 4.

Myoporvum, Bks. & Sol.
TENUIFOLIUM, G. Forst.; 23.
monTANUM, R. Br. On hills; Spring and Summer ; 13.
DEBILE, R, Br. On stony foothills ; 3.

EPACRIDEAi.
STYPHELIA, Sol.
La&Ta, R.Br. April to August ; known as “Five Corner;” 1.
viripis, Andr. Cooyal only, collected by Mr. Percy
Williams ; 3.

292 A LIST OF THE INDIGENOUS PLANTS OF THE MUDGEE DISTRICT,

STYPHELIA, Sol.
TUBIFLORA, Sm. Cooyal only; 1.
HUMIFUSA, Pers. Reedy Creek ; 26.
URCEOLATA, F.v.M. Everywhere; 4.
SAPIDA, F.v.M. Everywhere ; 1.
STRIGOSA, Sm. Everywhere; 6.
MICROPHYLLA, Spreng. Cooyal, Reedy Creek ; 1.
vireaTa, Labill. Cooyal; 25,
ATTENUATA, F.v.M. Cooyal; 1.
ERICOIDES, Sm. Cooyal ; 6.
ELLIPTICA, Sm. Cooyal; 5.
SCOPARIA, Sm. Cooyal ; 5.
BracHYLoMA, Sond.
DAPHNOIDES, Benth. Everywhere ; September & October; 6.
Epacris, Cavan.
CRASSIFOLIA, R. Br. On wet rocks, Cooyal ; nearly always
in flower ; 1.
APICULATA, Cunn. Cooyal ; 1.
DRAcoPHYLLUM, Labill.
sEcUNDUM, R. Br. Cooyal ; 1.

APETALEZ GYMNOSPERMEZ.

1. CoNIFERZA. 2. CYCADE.

CONIFER4.
CALLITRIS, Vent.

verRuCOSA, R. Br. Everywhere ou hills; 13
COLUMELLARIS, F.v,M. Cooyal; 3.

CYCADE.
ENCEPHALARTOS, Lehm.
SPIRALIS, Lehm. Everywhere on hills ;

BY ALEXANDER G. HAMILTON. 293

MONOCOTYLEDON EZ.

CALYCEA PERIGYN Z.

1. ORCHIDEZ. 3. HyDROCHARIDE.
2. [RIDEs. 4. AMARYLLIDE.

ORCHIDE.
SturmiA, Reich.

REFLEXA, F.v.M. Cooyal and Mullamuddy ; June to Sep-
tember ; 3.
DENDROBIUM, Sw.
SPECcIOsUM, Sm. Cooyal, Mullamuddy ; October and Novem-
ber ; 4.
TERETIFOLIUM, R. Br. Cooyal; 3.
Dipopium, R. Br.
PUNCTATUM, R. Br. Cooyal ; December and January ; 20.
Var. Hamitronianom, Bailey. Guntawang; November to
January ; 3.
Cympipium, Sw.
SUAVE, R. Br. Collected by Dr. Woolls ; 3.
THELYMITRA, R. & G. Forst.
LONGIFOLIA, Forst. Common everywhere; September and
October ; 9.
MEGCALYPTRA, R.D.F. Generally distributed ; September
and October ; 1.
NUDA, R. Br.; 5
Divris, Sm.
AUREA, Sm. September and October; 3.
MACULATA, Sm. Everywhere ; September and October ; 6.
PEDUNCULATA, R. Br. Everywhere; August & Sept. ; 25.
ABBREVIATA, F.v.M. A _ hill-loving species; October and
November ; 3.

294 A LIST OF THE INDIGENOUS PLANTS OF THE MUDGEE DISTRICT,

Diuris, Sm.
SULPHUREA, R. Br, On the low country ; September and
October ; 25.

TRICOLOR, R. D. F. Another hill-form ; middle of August to
October ; 1.

ELONGATA, R. Br., and var. LoncissimA. Everywhere ; from
middle of September to December ; 19.

DENDROBIOIDES, R.D.F. Guntawang; September ; 1.
Catocuitus, R. Br.
CAMPESTRIS, R. Br. Rocky Hills ; September ; 5.

PRasopHy.ium, R. Br.
FLAVUM, R. Br. Reedy Creek ; Cooyal ; November; 1.

ELATUM, R. Br. Collected by Dr. Woolls ; 26.

BREVILABRE, J. Hook. On hills & flats; August to October ; 5.

PATENS, R. Br., and var. TRUNCATUM, Lindl. ; 6.

Fuscum, R. Br. and var. GRANDIFLORUM ; 6.

ALPINUM, R. Br. Grows on the hills; November,

RUFUM, R. Br. On flats and creek banks; May and June; 5.
Microtis, R. Br.

PORRIFOLIA, Spreng. ; 9.

PARVIFLORA, R. Br. October to December.

CorysANTHES, R. Br.
Hamittonu, R.D.F. Beaudesert Hills; rare; July and
August ; l.
Prerosty is, R. Br.
concinnA, R. Br. Moist gullies ; June to September ; 8.
sTRIATA, R.D.F. Beaudesert Hills; rare; July; 1.
curTa, R. Br. July to October ; 6.
ACUMINATA, R. Br. September and October ; 2.

nutans, R. Br. Cooyal, Mullamuddy, Biraganbil ; June and
July; 6.

BY ALEXANDER G. HAMILTON. 295

Prerosty.is, R. Br.

CLAVIGERA, R.D.F. Biraganbil Hills ; September ; 1.

REFLEXA, R. Br. Common everywhere ; March to July ; 27.

optusaA, R. Br. Only found at Cooyal; April; 11.

PARVIFLORA, R. Br. Common everywhere; March to June; 5.

mutica, R. Br. Common everywhere ; August to October ; 6.

CYCNOCEPHALA, R.D.F. Common ; August and September ; 1,

RUFA, R. Br. General ; July to November ; 9.

MircuHeu, Lindl. Common everywhere ; September to
November.

squamaTa, R.Br. On rocky hill-sides; September to
November.

Woottsi, R.D.F. Eastern side of Beaudesert Range ;
October, November and December ; 1.

LONGIFOLIA, R. Br. In shady gullies ; June to September ; 25.

Caeya, R. Br.
MINOR, R. Br. Biraganbil ; November ; 18.

Aciantuus, R. Br.
FORNICATUS, R. Br. Everywhere ; April to September ; 3.

CyrrostyLis, R. Br.
RENIFORMIS, R. Br. Common; August to October ; 9.

LypPERANTHUS, R. Br.
SUAVEOLENS, R. Br. Beaudesert Hills, Biraganbil ; September
to November; 11.

Eriocuiuus, R. Br.
AUTUMNALIS, R. Br. Common everywhere; March to
May; 6.
CALADENIA, R. Br.
CLAVIGERA, A. Cunn. Goree, Guntawang, Biraganbil ;
rare; September and October ; 11.
pinaTaTa, R. Br. Common everywhere; September to
November ; 12.

296 A LIST OF THE INDIGENOUS PLANTS OF THE MUDGEE DISTRICT,

CALADENIA, R. Br.
ARENARIA, R.D.F. Beaudesert Hills; October and Novem-
ber; rare; l.
FILAMENTOSA, R. Br. Common on rocky hills; August and
September ; 33.
cucuLLATa, R.D.F. Guntawang, Cooyal ; October ; 1.
CARNEA, R. Br. Everywhere; August to October ; 6.
ALBA, R. Br. Cooyal ; September 3; 3.
CMHRULEA, R. Br. Common; August to October ; 25.
Cuitoctortis, R. Br.
FORMICIFERA, R.D.F. Cooyal; September ; 1.
TRAPEZIFORMIS, R.D.F. Guntawang, Cooyal, Mullamuddy,
Cullenbone ; September and October ; 1.
Guossop1A, R. Br.
mMAJoR, R. Br. Everywhere ; August to October ; 6.

IRIDEZ:.

PaTerRSONIA, R. Br.
SERICEA, R. Br. On low hills ; 4.

HY DROCHARIDEA.
Hatopuina, Thou.
OvATA, Gaud. In River; 6.
OrTtTeLiA, Pers.
ovALIFOLIA, L. C. Rich. In River; 13.
VALLISNERIA, Linn.
SPIRALIS, Linn. In River; 20.

AMARYLLIDEA.
Hypoxis, Linn.

HYGROMETRICA, Labill. In lowlands; flowers almost any-
time after rain; 6.

BY ALEXANDER G. HAMILTON. 297

CALYCEA HYPOGYN ZA.

1. Liniacez. 5. ALISMACES.

2. TYPHACE. 6. CoMMELINE.

3. LEMNACE. 7. JUNCER.

4, FLUVIALES. 8. RESTIACE.
LILIACEA.

DIANELLA, Lam.
LONGIFOLIA, R. Br.; 6.
REVOLUTA, R. Br. ; 9.
CHRULFA, Sims. ; 3.

Eustrepuvs, R. Br.
Brown, F.v.M. Cooyal; Summer ; 4.

GEITONOPLEsIUM, Cunn.
cymosum, Cunn. Cooyal; 4.

Warped, Thun.
pioica, F.v.M. Everywhere ; two varieties ; August ; 9.
Busine, Linn.

BULBOSA, Haw. Common everywhere; August to October
or later ; 6.
TuHysanotus, R. Br.
Patersoni, R. Br. On hills ; Summer ; rare ; 26.
JuNcEUS, R. Br. Everywhere; November to January ; 1.
Casta, R. Br.

viTttaTa, R. Br.; 6,
TRICORYNE, R. Br.

ELATIOR, R. Br. Everywhere ; Spring and Summer ; 9.
Stypanpra, R. Br.

@LAucA, R. Br. Flowers in spring on rocky hills ; 29.

298 A LIST OF THE INDIGENOUS PLANTS OF THE MUDGEE DISTRICT,

ArtTHROPODIUM, R. Br.
PANICULATUM, R. Br.; 6.
MINUS, R. Br.; 25.
sTrictuM, R. Br.; 6
LAXUM, Sieb.; 19.
Barturnaia, F.v.M.
GRACILIS, F.v.M. Common on flats; August to April; 4.
XeErotes, R. Br.
LONGIFOLIA, R. Br.; 6.
Brown, F.v.M.; 17.
THUNBERGII, F.v.M.; 8.
FLEXIFOLIA, R. Br. All on poor soil ; Summer ; 1.
LEUCOCEPHALA, R. Br. On flats; Winter, beginning early
in May; 8.
XANTHORRHGA, Sm.
ARBOREA, R. Br. On rocky ranges ; Summer ; 3.

TYPHACEA.
Typna, Tour.

ANGUSTIFOLIA, Linn. On margin of river ; Spring ; 10.
SPARGANIUM, Tour.
ANGUSTIFOLIUM, R. Br. On margin of river ; Spring ; 4.

LEMNACE.
Lemna, Linn.

OLIGORRHIZA, Kurz.; 17.
POLYRRHIZA, Linn.; 2.

FLUVIALES.
TRIGLOCHIN, Riv.
PROCERA, R. Br.; 10.
PorTaMmoGETON, Fuchs.
NATANS, Linn.; 9.
ALISMACEA.

Damasonium, Tour.
AUSTRALE, Salisb. In dams and lagoons ; 15.

BY ALEXANDER G. HAMILTON. 299

COMMELINEAS.

CoMMELINA, Plum.

cYANEA, R. Br. On sandy banks of rivers, and in one instance
on a basaltic point near Guntawang ; late in Summer ; 7.

JUNCE.

Luzuta, DC.

cAMPEsTRIS, DC. On lowlands ; Spring ; 9.

Juncus, Tour.

BUFONIUS, Linn.; 9.
HOMALOCAULIS, F.v.M.; 19.
communis, E. Mey. ; 9.
PALLIDUS, R. Br.; 9.
PRISMATOCARPUS, R. Br.; 9.

RESTIACE As.

CENTROLEPIS, Labill.

FASCICULARIS, Labill.; 25,

ACALYCEH HYPOGYNE.

1. CYPERACEA. 2. GRAMINES.

CYPERACE.

Kyuirnaia, Rottb.

MONOCEPHALA, Rottb.; 22.

Cyperus, Tour.

GRACILIS, R. Br.; 8.
DIFFORMIS, Linn.; 13.
CONCINNUS, R. Br.; 4.
vaainatus, R, Br.; 13.
FULVus, R. Br.; 22.
CARINATUS, R. Br.; 7.
oRNATUS, R. Br.; 3.
concestus, Vahl. ; 30

300 A LIST OF THE INDIGENOUS PLANTS OF THE MUDGEE DISTRICT,

Cyperus, Tour.
Lucipus, R. Br. ; 20.
EXALTATUS, Retz, ; 17.

Heterocuaris, R. Br.
ATRICHA, R. Br. On margin of river ; 7.

FimpristyY.is, Vahl.
communis, Kunth; 17.

Scirpus, Tour.
SETACEUS, Linn. ; 9.

ScHorEnvs, Linn.
IMBERBIS, R. Br. ; 2.
Brownu, Hook.
BREVIFOLIvs, R. Br. ; 15,

Cuapivm, R. Br.
TERETIFOLIUM, R. Br. In water at river’s edge: Spring ; 3.
MICROSTACHYUM, F.v.M. ; 2.
Caustis, R. Br.
FLEXUOSA, R. Br. Known as “Curly Cane” and used for
brooms ; Cooyal only ; 23.
Carex, Rupp.
INVERSA, R. Br. ; 9.
PANICULATA, Linn. ; 9.
PsEupDo-cyPerus, Linn. ; 9.

GRAMINEZ.
Eriocuioa, Humb.

ANNULATA, Kunth; Reedy Creek ; April ; 22.
Paspauum, Linn.
DISTICHUM, Linn. ; 31.

Panicum, Tour.
SANGUINALE, Linn. ; 32.
LEUCOPHmUM, Humb. ; 8.
FLAVIDUM, Retz. ; 7
Crus-GALuI, Linn. ; 13.
ATRO-VIRENS, Trin. ; 4.

BY ALEXANDER G. HAMILTON. 301

ImpPERATA, Cyr.
ARUNDINACEA, Cyr. On river banks; 10.

Eriantuus, L. C. Rich.
FuLVus, Kunth ; 21.

Hemarruela, R. Br.
compressa, R. Br. Cullenbone, Gulgong ; rare; 9.

ANDROPOGON, Roy.
sERIcEUS, R. Br. ; 13.
REFRACTUS, R. Br. ; 23.
MONTANUS, Roxb. ; 23.
HALEPENSIS, Sib. & Sm.; 31.
AUSTRALIS, Spreng. ; 23.

ANTHISTIRIA, Linn.
ciuiaTA, Linn. fil. This year this grass has attained a luxuri-
ance seldom seen ; I collected numbers of stalks over
7 feet in height; 10.

ALOoPEcURUS, Linn.

GENICULATUS, Linn. ; 9.
AristTipA, Linn.

Beuriana, F.v.M. ; 8.
Stipa, Linn.

SEMIBARBATA, R. Br. ; 9.
DIcHELACHNE, Endl.

CRINITA, J. Hook. ; 9.

scIuREA, J, Hook. ; 6.
Ecuinopocon, Palis.

ovatus, Palis. Rare; 9.
PapPpoPHoruM, Schr.

COMMUNE, F.v.M.; 13.
Sporowno.vs, R. Br.

Viraeinicus, Humb. & Kunth ; 13.

Inpicus, R. Br. ; 15.

Linpiey1, Benth. ; 15.
Agrostis, Linn.

SoLanprl, F.v.M.; 9.

302 A LIST OF THE INDIGENOUS PLANTS OF THE MUDGEE DISTRICT,

DantuHoniA, DC.
PENICILLATA, F,v.M.; 9.
NERVOSA, J. Hook. ; 26.
Cynopon, L. C. Rich.
Dactyton, L. C. Rich.; 15.
CuHLorRIs, Sw.
TRuNCATA, R. Br.; 8.
Poa, Linn.
cmspitosa, G. Forst.; 9.
Eracrostis, Palis.

TENELLA, Palis.; 17.

LEPTOSTACHYA, Steud. ; 3.

Brownul, Nees, vars.INTERRUPTUS and paTENS. Of late the last
of these two varieties has sprung up here, spreading more
each year ; at present large patches of the river-flats are
covered with it, but neither sheep nor cattle seem to like
its dS:

SETIFOLIA, Nees ; 21.

AGcropyron, Gaert.

SCABRUM, Palis. ; 9.

Arunpo, Tour.

PuracMites, Dod. Forms dense beds in river wherever

the water is shallow ; eaten by stock in bad seasons ; 6.

ACOTYLEDONE:.

ACOTYLEDONEZ VASCULARES.
1. RHIZOSPERMA 2. FILICES

RHIZOSPERM Ai.
Azo.ua, Lam.
PINNATA, R. Br. ; 8.
Marsitea, Linn.
QUADRIFOLIA, Linn. ; 13.

BY ALEXANDER G. HAMILTON. 303

FILICES.

OpuHioGcLossum, Tour.
vuLGaTum, C. Bauh. On basaltic flats, Guntawang ; fruit in

winter ; 20.

HyMENOPHYLLUM, Sm.
TUNBRIDGENSE, Sm. Cooyal and Mullamuddy ; very rare ; 5,

GLEICHENIA, Sm.
CIRCINATA, Sw. On moist rocks at Cooyal ; 20.
FLABELLATA, R. Br. At “ The Drip” Cooyal; 5.

OsmunpaA, Tour.
BARBARA, Thunb. Cooyal, in swampy ground and on sand-

stone rocks ; 6.

DAVALLIA, Sm.
PYXIDATA, Cav. Growing in crevices of sandstone rocks,
Cooyal ; 4.
pusiA, R. Br. General in valleys at Cooyal ; 5.
ADIANTUM, Tour.
Agruiopicum, Linn. Generally distributed but not plentiful; 9.
AFFINE, Willd. Cooyal; very rare; 3.
HISPIDULUM, Sw. Cooyal; rare; 4.
CHEILANTHES, Sw.
pisTAns, A. Br. Everywhere ; common ; 15.
TENUIFOLIA, Sw. Common everywhere, but most luxuriant
on a hill near Beaudesert ; 10.

Preris, Linn.

FAaLcATA, R. Br. Beaudesert Hills, Mullamuddy, Cooyal ; 5.

arcuTA, Ait. At Springfield in old diggers’-holes and wells,
at Cooyal and Mullamuddy, in crevices of rocks ; 5.

AQuILina, Linn. Mullamuddy, Warrable Hills, Reedy
Creek, Cooyal ; 9.

IncIsA, Thunb. Cooyal; 6.

comans, G. Forst., and var. ENDLICHERIANA. Cooyalonly ; 5.

304 A LIST OF THE INDIGENOUS PLANTS OF THE MUDGEE DISTRICT,

Lomaria, Willd.
DIscoLor, Willd. Cooyal; 6.
Capensis, Willd. Cooyal; 6.
Biecunvum, Linn.
CARTILAGINEUM, Sw. Cooyal; 4.
LEVIGATUM, Cav. Cooyal; 1.
Woopwarpia, Sm.
ASPERA, Mett. Cooyal ; 4.
caupaTa, Cav. Mullamuddy and Goree ; 24.
ASPLENIUM, Linn.
FLABELLIFOLIUM, Cay. Everywhere; 9.
Potyropium, Tour.
SERPENS, G. Forst. Cooyal on sandstone rocks, and Mulla
muddy ; 4.
puNcTATUM, Thunb. Cooyal—“ The Drip ;” rare; 6.
GRAMMITIS, Sw.
RUTIFOLIA, R. Br. Everywhere ; common ; 9.
LEPTOPHYLLA, Sw. Beaudesert Hills and Biraganbil, in shady
spots ; 26.
Priatycerium, Desv.
ALCICORNE, Desv. I was rather surprised to find a splendid
clump of this plant growing on a large sandstone rock at
Cooyal ; since I first saw it, it has been all removed for
gardens, etc., so that I suppose it is now extinct in the
district ; 3.

Comparing the above list with Dr. Woolls’s “Plants Indigenous
to the Neighbourhood of Sydney,” it will be seen that in the
County of Cumberland the numbers stand as follows (leaving out
Characee which are not included in my list) :—

ORDERS GENERA SPECIES
DICOTYLEDONS .........- 83 327 804
MonocoryLEDONS...... ai 13% 304:
ACOTYLEDONS.....-sece0e =] 29 70

Ce ed

Motalsnksiiwadtevs eee 07, 493.5 1,208

BY ALEXANDER G. HAMILTON. 305

while in Mudgee there are only :-—

ORDERS GENERA SPECIES
DICOTYLEDONS........... 63 196 401
MOoNOCOTYLEDONS...... 14 79 164
ACOTYLEDONS........... Q 2 17 ol
Motiallsves syscece 79 292 596

The following 28 Orders occur in Cumberland, but not in
Mudgee :—Nymphacee, Magnoliacee, Anonacee, Monimiacee,
Menrspermee, Tremandree, Meliacee, Tiliacee, Vinifere, Celas-
trinee, Ficoideee, Saxifragee, Passifloree, Cucurbitacee, Logani-
ace, Sapotacee, Ebenacee, Jasmineew, Apocyneew, Asclepiader,
Lentibularinee, Acanthacee, Philydree, Xyridew, Palme, Aroidec,
Eriocaulee, and Lycopodinee.

There are only two Orders found in Mudgee which do not
extend to Cumberland, viz., Vyctaginew and Zygophyllea.

Cumberland has 209 Genera not found in Mudgee, while
Mudgee has but 24 not found in Cumberland, as follows :—
Cheiranthera, Tribulus, Sagina, Trichinium, Euxolus, Boerhaavia,
Psoralea, Ceratophyllum, Colletia, Daucus, Crantzia, Gnaphaloides,
Minuria, Ammobium, Angianthus, Centaurea, Crepis, Leewenhoekia,
Srartothamnus, Deyeuxia, Sorghum, Erianthus, Alopecurus, and
Osmunda, having in all 28 species.

In the following leading Orders the numbers of Mudgee and
Cumberland species are as indicated :—

MUDGEE CUMBERLAND
LEGUMINOSA ........... es 67 113
ORCHIDEA. .cessoceee. Bane 59 Ui
COMPOSITE ...ci beac cess 54 65
GRAMINE ZW) ..a0 ho. : 38 73
ERIGHS Sys A Rae ke 29 58
I VRTACr aghio) ye? CARE 28 80
PAETACH A MAS BA 23 28
CYPERAGH As fS 5. Cee 23 83
EPACRIDES.......... pees i 38
PROPRACE 22600 2...054.2. 16 ol
SCROPHULARINEZ....... we ce 9

20

306 A LIST OF THE INDIGENOUS PLANTS OF THE MUDGEE DISTRICT.
The Jast is, I believe, the only order in this district with more
species than in Sydney.

Among the orders not mentioned above, the following are more
strongly represented in Cumberland in the proportions indicated.

IRUTACEAR) >» Js ee Bt step OaRLOnO
LABIATH - vee ee TE Com
EUPHORBIACEE ase ee ea) oh)
RHAMNACEX ae ane en bile rome)
STERCULIACEX ne ie ign LO Seal
LAURACEE ... oat aun my! 7 to l

The following species are extremely local in their occurrence
here :—FPittosporum undulatum, Acacia amena, Eucalyptus glob-
ulus, Sambucus xanthocarpa, Solanum stelligerum, S. campanu-
latum, Nicotiana suaveolens, Woodwardia caudata at Mulla-
muddy ; Pittosporwm phillyroides, Geijera salicifolia, and Prostan-
thera linearis at Two Mile Flat; Acacta lunata, Corysanthes
Hamiltonii, Pterostylis striata and Caladenia arenaria, in the Beau-
desert Hills; Baeckia Cunninghami and Pterostylis clavigera at
Biraganbil ; Dodonca lobulata, Exocarpus strictus, and Grevillea
Hloribunda at Cullenbone ; and Acacia triptera and Melaleuca nodosa
at Reedy Creek. Cooyal has about 92 species not found else-
where in the district.

Doubtless there are many more species both at Cooyal and all
over the district which I have not succeeded in collecting, but if
I should meet with such I will include them in a supplementary
paper at some future time.

If any member of the Linnean Society would compile a list of
the indigenous plants round Wellington and Dubbo, it would be
very interesting to compare with the above, and would undoubtedly
be of great service in making out the geographical range of Aus-
tralian plants. More would be learned from a comparison of two
local floras not far removed, than in the comparison of two with
such a wide gap between them as those of Cumberland and
Mudgee.

THE INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN
QUEENSLAND. Parr II.

(Continued from page 238 ).

By Witiiam Mac teay, F.1.8., &c.

HETEROMERA.

Family TENEBRIONIDS.
Sub-Family HELAKIDES.

51. PTEROHELZUS PUSILLUS.

Ovate, moderately convex, black; the legs, palpi and antennz
piceous. Head subnitid, showing under a powerful lens minute
punctures ; the clypeus large, somewhat elevated and convex at
the apex, and almost semi-circular behind, with the suture rather
indistinct except at the sides. Thorax subnitid, very minutely
punctured, twice as broad as long, narrowly beaded all round,
semi-circularly emarginate in front, the anterior angles produced,
the sides roundly widening to the base and largely and rather
flatly margined, the posterior angles acute, the base lightly
bisinuate and fitting exactly to the base of the elytra, with a short
transverse depression on each side of the middle near the base.
Elytra of a dull black, very little wider than the base of the
thorax, and about thrice its length, coarsely punctured; the
punctures placed very irregularly in generally double rows with
some of the interstices slightly elevated ; the foliate recurved
lateral margins without punctures but minutely rugose. The
abdominal segments are nitid and longitudinally rugose, the
terminal segment is piceous.

Length, 43 lines.

Hab.—Barron River.

308 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND,

Sub-Family CYPHALEIDES.

52. PLATYPHANES ELONGATULUS.

Oblong, very nitid, brassy-black. Head densely and finely
punctate, the clypeus rounded in front except a slight emargination
in the middle, and a little thickened and recurved at the sides and
without distinct suture. Thorax less densely and finely punctate
than the head, broader than long, largely emarginate in front ;
the anterior angles slightly prominent, the sides rounded and
widening a little to the base, the posterior angles a little acute,
and the base broadly lobed in the middle with on each side of it a
circular depression. Elytra wider than the thorax, more than
three times the length, and convex, with on each elytron 10 rows
and an abbreviated scutellar one of large deeply impressed
punctures, becoming smaller and indistinct towards the apex
The basal portions of the metasternum and abdominal segments
are rugosely punctate. The last joint of all the tarsi is longer
than the other three combined.

Length, 8 lines.

Hab.—Mossman River.

This species seems to approach nearest to Platyphanes oblongus
of Waterhouse. .

Genus PARAPHANES.

Eyes free from the thorax. Prosternum sharply and prominently
keeled along its entire length. Mesosternum deeply and semi-
circularly incised in front. Epipleurz of the elytra incomplete.
Antenne of medium length, the joints from the 5th to the apex
broader than the others. In other respects like Platyphanes.

With all my anxiety to avoid adding to the number of genera
in a group already, as I feel inclined to think, overloaded with
them, I am compelled to form this genus for the insect described
below. Mr. Pascoe, who has given much attention to the
Cyphaleides, has sub-divided them into genera founded upon
certain anatomical differences, and accepting, as I do, his plan of
sub-division as correct, and his sub-divisions as of sufficient generic

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 309

value, I had no alternative but to add another genus. Beyond
the characters given above of the genus, there are other pecu-
liarities in the insect, which might claim to be of generic import-
ance, but I am and always have been averse to limiting too much
the range of a genus by giving it a too limited definition. But
all these peculiarities are included in the following specific

description.
53, PARAPHANES NITIDUS.

Oblong, convex, brassy-brown, very nitid. Head finely punc-
tate ; eyes large, transverse, touching, but not covered by, the thorax,
not approximate in front, the clypeal suture almost straight, the
clypeus transverse, broadly and slightly rounded in front and
recurved on the sides where it is produced a little over the eye ;
labrum short, transverse. Antenne longer than the head and
thorax united, the first joint rather large, the second about one-
third the length of the third, the third nearly twice the length of
the fourth, the rest of about equal length but broader and flatter.
Thorax transverse, minutely punctate, much emarginate in front,
the anterior angles produced and rounded, the sides slightly
rounded and margined, the margins flattened out at the anterior
and posterior angles where they are coarsely punctured, the
posterior angles very acute and the base broader than the apex
and lobed in the middle. Scutellum curvilinearly triangular,
depressed in the middle and minutely punctate. Elytra of the
same width as the base of the thorax, and more than three times
the length, convex in the middle, besinuate at the base, narrowed
a little to the apex, and covered with numerous rows of small
rather irregular punctures becoming less distinct towards the apex
and with a deep impression near each side a little behind the
humeral angle. The under surface is nitid and minutely punc-
tate, and very minutely rugose. The legs are moderately stout,
the thighs much swollen towards the apex, the tibie densely
punctate, the punctures setigerous ; the last joint of the tarsi as
long as all the others united.

Length, 6 lines.

Hab.—Mossman River.

310 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND,

54. CHARTOPTERYX GLABER.

Oblong, very nitid, black, elytra amethystine black, legs piceous.
Head finely punctate, clypeus short and broad, labrum large, palpi
strongly securiform. Antenne elongate, slender, these and the
palpi piceous. Thorax about twice as broad as long, very smooth,
anterior angles very prominent, posterior acute, sides slightly
rounded and broadly margined, the base a little wider than the
apex, broadly lobed in the middle and slightly emarginate on each
side of the lobe. Scutellum rounded behind. Elytra broader
than the thorax and nearly four times the length, convex and
covered with rows of rather large irregular punctures, some
running into one another, and some of the middle rows joining
others a little short of the apex. The epipleure of the elytra are
very coarsely punctured. There is a deep depression immediately
beneath the mentum. The abdominal segments are very finely
rugose. The incision on the apex of the mesosternum is V-shaped.
The hind tibiz are long and slender, and the first joint of the
posterior tarsi is scarcely as long as the other three united.

Length, 7 lines.

Hab.—Mossman River.

55. DECIALMA STRIATOPUNCTATA.

Of rather elongate form, moderately convex, nitid, black, the
elytra purplish black. Head minutely punctate, rounded in front ;
eyes distant. Antenne short, yellowish-red, the last six joints
broader than long. Thorax broader than Jong, minutely and
rather thinly punctate, the anterior angles very little produced, the
sides lightly rounded and narrowly margined, the posterior angles
square, and the base slightly broader than the apex, and lightly
biemarginate and lobed. Scutellum small and triangular. Elytra
of the width of the thorax and three times the length, the base
fitting exactly the base of the thorax, with a short sutural and
eight distinctly punctured strize on each elytron. The prosternum

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 311

has an elongate oval groove along its whole length, there is an
impressed line in the middle of the metasternum, the abdominal
segments are finely punctate, the tarsi and tips of the tibiz are
yellow and pubescent. ‘

Length, 43 lines.
Hab.—Russell River.

56. DECIALMA VIRIDIPENNIS.

This species very much resembles the last. It is much smaller,
rather more convex, and is elongate-ovate. The head is black and
densely and finely punctate, the clypeus nearly as long as the head
and smooth ; the antenne reddish and like those of D. striato-
punctata. Thorax transverse but less so than in the previous
species, in other respects resembling it. Elytra dark metallic
green with purplish reflections, very nitid, 8-striate, the striz
regularly punctate, a short sutural stria. The under surface like
D. striatopunctata, the tarsi less yellow and less pubescent.

Length, 34 lines.

Hab.—Mossman River.

Sub-Family CNODALONIDES.

57. CHOLIPUS ATROVIRIDIS.

Oblong, narrow, black, very nitid, the elytra brilliant greenish
black. Head very minutely punctate, the clypeal suture semi-
circular, the clypeus truncate in front, and rounded on the angles
with a short transverse depression in the middle near the suture,
labrum transverse, thickened in front. Antenne not quite reaching
the base of the thorax, of a piceous colour, the last six joints
broader and more compressed than the others Thorax very
minutely and thinly punctate, rather convex, nearly square, the ante-
rior angles rounded, the sides slightly so, and margined,—narrowly
in front and on the sides, and rather strongl yon the base—with
a broad transverse depression near the base, and _parallel-sided.
Elytra broader than the thorax nearly three times the length and

312 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND,

striate-punctate. The prosternum is broad and _ prominent
between the fore legs, declivous in front and not produced, and
depressed aud broad behind, the surface marked with two deep
strie. The legs are rather short and strong, the thighs swollen,

the tibize a little curved, the posterior ones much bellied above the
middle,the tarsi reddish pubescent.

Length, 5 lines.

Hab.—Mossman River.

Family CISTELID At.

Genus SYNATRACTUS.

Head produced, narrowly necked, clypeus large, square, emar-
ginate in the middle, labrum a littie transverse, emarginate like
the clypeus. Eyes very large, not approximate. Antenne
extending to the first third of the elytra, the first joint large, the
second short, the rest all of the same length till the apical one,
which is elongate and thrice the length of any of the others; the
maxilliary palpi are acutely cultriform. The thorax is of the
width of the head, a little longer than wide, rounded at the
anterior angles, not broader behind than in front, with a deep
constriction at the base, and with the margin behind it sharply
reflexed and showing a minute tooth on each side. Elytra much
wider than the thorax, and widening somewhat to near the apex.
Legs slender, the tibize not spurred.

58. SYNATRACTUS VARIABILIS.

Of elongate and rather flattened form. Head with some
irregular depressions between the eyes, the clypeal suture deeply
impressed and nearly straight, the labrum narrower and shorter
than the clypeus. Thorax entirely smooth. Elytra four times
the length of the thorax, widening from the humeral angles back-
wards, densely punctate striate, with a short scutellar stria. The
colour varies very much, from yellowish-red all over to reddish-
brown, the elytra sometimes even dark brown or varied with

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 313:

brown blotches, the legs also of all shades of red and brown, and

the antenne similarly variegated.
Length, 5 lines.

Hab.—Mossman River, Russell River, Cairns.

59. ATRACTUS FLAVIPES.

Elongate, oval, brownish-black, opaque, the elytra nitid brassy-
brown, the legs yellow. Head finely granulate, a slight semi-
circular depression between the upper portion of the eyes, the
clypeus short, the labrum nearly square, the palpi and antennze
reddish, getting darker towards the apex. Thorax dark brown,
longer than wide, very slightly widening to the base,—both that and
the apex truncate,—and finely granulate. Elytra wider than the
thorax, narrowing towards the apex, punctate-striate, the inter-
stices minutely rugose-punctate. The thighs are tumid and of a
pale yellow, the rest of the legs are of a reddish yellow. One
male specimen.

Length, 3 lines.
Hab.—Russell River.

60. ATRACTUS VITTIPENNIS.

Elongate, narrow, acuminate behind, nitid throughout. Head
black, finely punctate, clypeus broad, thick-edged and short, the
clypeal suture nearly straight, the labrum large, widest at the apex,
slightly emarginate, setigerous, and separated from the clypeus by
a yellow membrane, the apex of the palpi and mandibles and the
antenn excepting the three basal joints, and the third from the apex
which are yellowish, black. Thorax reddish-yellow, very smooth
and nitid, much longer than broad, not wider behind than in front,
parallel-sided, the angles rather rounded, and the apex and _ base
truncate. Elytra of the same reddish-yellow nitid colour as the
thorax, but the suture and lateral margins more or less broadly
margined with black, the whole rather finely punctate-striate-
The under surface is black, as well as the legs excepting the thighs

314 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND,

to the knees and the anterior two-thirds of the tibiae which are
yellow. Some small specimens, which I take to be males, are of a
darker colour throughout, there being no reddish colouring on the
antenne, and the red of the elytra being reduced to a small vitta
in the middle.

Length, 6 lines.
Hab.—Russell River.

61. HyBRENIA SUBVITTATA.

Oblong-oval, dark brown, sub-opaque, cinereo-pubescent. Head
minutely punctate, the clypeal suture close in front of the eyes
and deeply impressed. Thorax finely and densely punctate, trans-
verse, broader at the base than in front, the anterior angles
rounded ; the posterior square, and the base and apex truncate.
Scutellum small and triangular. Elytra moderately convex,
rather wider than the thorax, pointed at the apex, and densely
and rugosely punctate with eight striz on each elytron, the suture,
and the 5th and 8th interstices of a dark brown, the rest reddish
brown. Posterior tibize with a hooked spur at the inner apex.

Length, 7 lines.

Hab.—Cairns.
62. HYBRENIA LATICOLLIS.

Elongate-oval, moderately convex, black, nitid. Head very
thinly punctate and carinated between the eyes, which are very
large and close together. The antenne are long and slender at the
apex, the four apical joints reddish and pubescent, the last longer
than the preceding. Thorax nearly twice as broad as long ; thinly
punctate, not broader at the base than in front, the anterior angles
round, the posterior square and acute, the basal margin grooved
and very roughly punctate ; the median line very deeply impressed
with the disk convex on each side of it. Scutellum rounded
behind. Elytra wider than the thorax, five times the length and
pointed towards the apex, with eight complete striz and one
scutellar abbreviated one on each elytron deeply marked, and with

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 315

convex interstices, each stria marked with large square punctures
on the basal half. The legs are piceous, the tibiz roughly punc-
tate and setose, the sterna thinly punctate, the last abdominal
segment large and deeply excavated. This last is no doubt a
sexual character.

Length, 10 lines. One specimen, a male.

Hab.— Mossman River.

63. HYBRENIA ANGUSTATA.

Of narrower form thar the last described species, black, sub-
nitid, palpi and tarsi reddish. Head punctate, eyes contiguous, palpi
very broadly triangular, the last joint of the antennae not larger
than the preceding one. Thorax about as long as broad, densely
punctate, rather convex, rounded at the anterior angles, rectan-
gular behind, narrowly margined and uearly truncate at the base
and with three shallow transverse depressions close to the base.
Elytra a little wider than the thorax, pointed at the apex, elongate,
with eight deep striz on each elytron and a short sutured one
(shorter than in A. laticollis), each stria tilled with deep square
punctures most deeply marked on the basal portion. The under
surface is more densely punctate than in Z. laticollis.

Length, 74 lines.

Hab.—Cairns.
64. HyYBRENIA SUBLZEVIS.

Oblong, oval, black, nitid. Head finely but not densely punc-
tate, eyes close, not contiguous. Thorax about as broad as long,
very thinly punctate, rounded at the anterior angles, square at the
posterior, lightly transversely impressed near the base, and
bisinuate at the base. Elytra broader than the thorax and four
times the length, convex, irregularly and rugosely punctate, with
eight lightly marked fine striz on each elytron ‘The legs are
densely punctate and shortly setose.

Length, 7 lines.
Hab.—Cairns.

316 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND,

65. ALLECULA FLAVICORNIS.

Oblong-oval, brown, covered with a short yellowish pubescence,
the antenne, palpi, clypeus, labrum, tibiz and tarsi, yellow. Head
finely punctate, the eyes large and rather approximate. Thorax
densely punctate, slightly transverse, widening much from the
apex to the base, that slightly sinuate. Elytra at the base the
width of the base of the thorax, ampliated a little to behind the
middle and punctate striate. The under surface finely and thinly
punctate, the thighs black.

Length, 5 lines.

Hab.—Mossman River.

This species ought perhaps to be placed in the genus Hybrenia.

Family LAGRITD/.

66. LAGRIA RUFICEPS.

Oblong, red, nitid, elytra dark metallic green. Head punctate
with a round depression between the eyes, the antennz brownish
from the third joint. Thorax oblong, scarcely wider at the base
than the apex, roughly punctate with an indistinct transverse
impression near the apex, and another near the base. Scutellum
reddish, triangular. Elytra much broader than the thorax, rather
squarely shouldered, ampliated behind, irregularly and rugosely
punctate, and clothed with a thin short whitish pubescence. The
under surface and the thighs are reddish, the knees, tibize and
tarsi brown.

Length, 33 lines.
Hab.—Russell River.

67. LAGRIA ALBOVILLOSA.

The legs, antennz and all the upper surface brown and sub-
nitid, with a slight bronze lustre, the under surface piceous red,
the whole upper surface densely and rugosely punctate, and clothed
rather densely with long soft whitish hair, the under surface

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., Wc. 317

smooth and nitid. The antenne are proportionally shorter than
in the last described species, and the elytra are more ampliated.
It most resembles the Lagria tomentosa of Western Australia.

Length, 6 lines.

Hab.—Mossman River.

68. LAGRIA PURPUREIPENNIS.

Like Z. albovillosa, but smaller, less roughly punctate, and
less thickly villose. The head and thorax are of a dark metallic
green, the elytra of a ruddy purple, the under surface of a dark
red and smooth.

Length, 4 lines.
Hab.—Mulgrave River.

Family MORDELLIDA.

69. MoRDELLA PULVERULENTA.

Black, sub-opaque, subsericeous. Head clothed with a very
short whitish pubescence Thorax margined in front with
white pubescence and with several irregular small spots on the
middle and hinder parts. Elytra covered with many small
white spots, some of them joining so as to form a small fascia near
the apex. The pygidium is rather strongly pointed, the abdo-
minal segmenis and sterna are slightly dusted with whitish pube-
scence. The anterior legs are piceous.

Length, 2 lines.

Hab.—Mossman River.

70. MoRrDELLA NOTABILIS.

More elongate than the preceding, black, opaque, subsericeous.
Head whitish-pubescent except on the vertex. Thorax margined
with a white pubescence except on the middle of the apex, a little
behind the anterior angles a transverse semi-circular line of the
same colour, and in the same line near the centre small spots,

~

318 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND,

with smaller spots behind, the base more deeply white at the
emarginations. Elytra each with a white spot at the scutellum,
another behind nearer the side, a third at the middle near the
suture, a fourth between that and the apex and further from the
suture ; pygidium very acute and long. Flank of thorax and
abdomen white-spotted.

Length, 4 lines.

Hab.—Barron River.

71. MorDELLA OVALISTICTA.

Black, opaque, sericeous. Head bordered behind except in the
middle with whitish pubescence, thorax with a rather faint trans-
verse band of white nearer the apex than the base, two short
longitudinal lines behind it, and a broader band along the basal
border. Elytra each with an oval oblique spot near the base, a
shorter oval spot near the suture about the middle, and a smaller
one behind further from the suture. The pygidium strongly and
bluntly pointed, the flanks white spotted.

Length, 6 lines.

Hab.—Mossman River.

72. MorDELLA UNDOSA.

This species is of a rather short oval form, the thorax less
transverse than usual and the pygidium strongly but not largely
pointed. The thorax has four narrow lines of white pubescence,
two of them lateral. The elytra have three very thin wavy fasciee
of the same kind, one at the base not reaching the sides, one about
the middle complete from side to side, the third near the apex
incomplete. All the rest jet black.

Length, 1 line.

Hab.—Mossman River.

73. MorDELLA HAMATILIS.

Also a short oval form, black, subnitid. Base of thorax mar-
gined with whitish pubescence. On each elytron an elongate

BY WILILAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., XC. 319

whitish spot behind the scutellum, a long hook-shapod spot on
each side, four distinct round spots placed transversely about one-
third from the apex and two similarly placed near the apex, white.
Pygidium short and acutely pointed. This might be a Zomazia,

Length, 14 lines.

Hab.—Mossman River.

74. MorRDELLA NIGRANS.

Oval, black, subnitid, sericeous. Head and thorax scarcely
pubescent. Elytra without distinct mark, but showing in some
lights a very faint oblique longitudinal vitta. Under surface
unspotted. Thorax scarcely transverse.

Length, 2 lines.

Hab.—Mossman River.

75. MoRDELLA OBSCURIPENNIS.

Of oblong form, sericeous, subnitid, reddish yellow with the
elytra and abominal segments brown. The antennz are rather
long and very slender and filiform, the head has a small smooth
line on the vertex only visible under a lens, and the pygidium is
long, slender and very acute.

Length, 1} lines.

Hab.—Mossman River.

76. MorDELLA FLAVICANS.

Of a more oval form than the preceding, entirely pale reddish-
yellow, with the exception of the apex of the elytra which
is brownish, sericeous, and sub-opaque, the antenne are thicker
and more dentate than in M. obscuripennis, the pygidium slight
and acute.

Length, 1 line.
Hab.—Mossman River.

320 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND,

77. MORDELLA SUBVITTATA.

Elongate-ovate, chocolate brown, subnitid, Thorax as long as
broad; elytra with a broad not well-defined oblique vitta of
whitish pubescence extending from each humeral angle to the apex
where they meet. The pygidium is long and very slight and acute.

Length, 14 lines.

Aab.— Russell River.

78. MoRDELLA ELONGATULA.

Elongate, black, opaque. Head covered with a golden pubes-
cence, excepting a broad space on the top of the head. Thorax
broader than the elytra and of a bright golden pubescence excepting
a broad median vitta, almost interrupted in front of the middle.
Elytra with a large rounded triangular patch occupying the
middle of the base, excepting a spot on each side of the suture,
and a spot behind common to both elytra, a broad golden fascia
behind the middle and the apical portion golden. The under surface
golden pubescent, and the pygidium long and acute ; the anterior

legs red.
Length, 5 lines.
Hab.—Mossman River.

I believe there are other species of Mordella in the Cairns
Collection. The number of species throughout all Australia, and
particularly from the north, is wonderful. I have not been able to
study the group sufficiently to qualify me to pronounce with any
certainty between what are species and what are not, and therefore
I have, in giving names in my Cabinet to those of the group
received from the Cairns District, carefully avoided describing
any specimens which J had not satisfied myself were distinct
and undescribed. The whole Family however, wants revision,
but, as it is a Family numerously represented in other parts of
the world besides Australia, I am very much indisposed for a
task requiring such extended research.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 321

Family RHIPIPHORID.

79. EMENADIA CUCULLATA.

Black, subnitid. Head much elevated on the vertex into a
narrow transverse ridge, in front vertical and densely punctate,
between the antenne a smoothish impression, a deep median
impression on the clypeus and labrum. Thorax very minutely
and densely granulose punctate, with a tubercle on the basal lobe
from which a fine carina extends along the median line and back of
the head up to the elevated vertex. Elytra with the usual sculp-
ture of the genus, but short, acute and dehiscent, the colour black,
with inconspicuous piceous red spots on the apical third. Beneath
nitid and minutely punctate.

Length, 4 to 7 lines.

Hab.—Mossman River.

81. PELOCOTOMOIDES MARMORATUS.

Brown, covered with a rather short decumbent cinereous pubes-
cence. Head punctate, eyes large, approximate in front, receding
behind, snout produced. Thorax about as long as the width at the
base, Elytra of the width of the thorax at the base, more than
three times the length, and gradually narrowed to the apex, the
pubescence is interrupted in several transverse patches, giving a
fasciated appearance. The under surface is thinly pubescent.

Length, 5 to 7 lines.

Hab.—Mossman River.

82, PELOCOTOMOIDES AUREOTINCTA.

Of a light chocoiate-brown above and beneath, and clothed with
a rather thin silky pubescence. Head with the pubescence golden,

the eyes rather distant. Thorax lobate and emarginate on each
21

322 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND,

side of the lobe at the base, with the posterior angles very acute
and produced backwards. Scutellum rounded behind and parallel-
sided. Elytra not broader than the thorax and more than twice
the length, the pubescence along the middle having a distinct
golden tinge. Undersurface sparingly pubescent, the apex of the
abdominal segments ciliated.

Length, 3 lines.

Hab.—Mossman River.

83. PELECOTOMOIDES SERRATICORNIS.

This insect is almost identical with the preceding, the difference
may possibly be only sexual. It is of a darker brown and more
densely sericeo-pubescent, the scutellum is more elongate, the
antenne more strongly serrate, and the under surface more densely
pubescent and of a reddish colour.

Length, 3 lines.

Hab.—Mossman River.

Family PEDILID A.

84. EGESTRIA HIRTIPENNIS.

Very dark brown, subnitid, very roughly punctate and clothed
with soft, erect, cinereous hairs. Head square, eyes prominent,
labrum very short, antenne slender, the last joint longer than the
others, maxillary palpi long, the joints triangular with the apical
angle pointing inwards, the last joint largest. Neck narrow and
well-defined. Thorax transverse, rounded at the anterior angles,
truncate behind. Elytra broader than the thorax, and more than
three times the length. Base of thighs, tibiz, tarsi and palpi
yellow.

Length, 2 lines.
Hab.—Russell River.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 323

85. EGESTRIA RUBICUNDA.

Head, thorax and under surface black, legs and elytra piceous.
red and nitid, the whole upper surface roughly punctate and
clothed with soft cinereous hair. Head large, square, labrum
very short and slightly emarginate, palpi thicker and shorter than
in £. hirtipennis. Mandibles prominent, acute and unarmed.
Antenne rather long, slender, compressed, the last joint much the
longest. Neck much constricted. Thorax elongate, of globular
shape, not broader than the head. Elytra broader than the
thorax, about three times the length and parallel-sided. Sterna
and abdomen nitid and slightly pubescent.

Length, 33 lines.

Hab.—Cairns.
Family CANTHARID A.

86. PAL&STRIDA CONCOLOR.

Elongate, black with the back of the head, the thorax, and
the elytra deep red, finely punctate and of a plush-like lustre, and
the parts of the mouth and the prosternum yellow. Head small,
eyes small and prominent, the space between the eyes depressed
and of a blackish colour. Maxillary palpi rather long, the
last joint slightly securiform. Antennz rather broadly compressed,
serrate, the joints slightly longer than broad, the second very
small, the third and fourth joints equal, the last elongate-oval.
Thorax about as long as broad, rounded on the sides, not broader
behind than in front, with three broad longitudinal impressions,
and raised interstices, these last showing a few small nodular-
looking irregularities. Scutellum black, nearly square. Elytra
broader than the thorax and five times the length, a little

324 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND,

ampliated towards the apex, finely and densely granulate-punctate
and pubescent with three rather indistinct coste on each elytron.
The legs, which are short, meso- and metasterna and the abdomen
are nitid and very slightly punctate and pubescent.

Length, 5 lines.
Hab.—Russell River.

87. PALAHSTRIDA FLABELLICORNIS.

Black, opaque, densely granulose-punctate, the back of the head,
the thorax, the base of the elytra and the sterna, orange with a
plush-like lustre and texture. The head resembles that of P.
concolor, but the antennz are more elongate, reaching to the apical
third of the elytra, and from the outer apex of each joint from the
third to the tenth, a branch extends of greater length than the
joint itself. The thorax also resembles the last species, but the
width is slightly more.than the length. The scutellum is orange.
The elytra are broader than the thorax, and five times the length
and ampliated behind with three rather indistinct coste on each
elytron. The bases of the thighs are reddish yellow.

Length, 5 lines.
Hab.—Russeil River.

88. PALASTRIDA NIGRIPENNIS.

Entirely black, excepting the thorax, prosternum and labrum.
In sculpture it resembles exactly the two foregoing species, the
antenne however are not branched asin P. flabellicornis, and are
more acutely serrated than in P. concolor. The thorax also in
this species is not broader than long. The scutellum is black.

Length, 5 lines.
Hab.—Mossman River.

These three species clearly belong to the same genus, but whether
they actually belong to the genus Palestrida may be doubtful.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F\L.S., &c. 325

The genus has never been properly characterized, but the original
species P. bicolor seems to resemble them much.

89. ZoNITIS PALLIDA.

Entirely pale yellow above, black beneath. Head very minutely
punctate, antenne and palpi black, the latter with the last joint
not widened at the apex. Thorax minutely punctate, longer than
broad, slightly broader behind than in front. Elytra broader than
the thorax, four times the length, and very densely and minutely
transversely punctate, with three obsolete longitudinal lines on
each elytron. Legs entirely black, excepting the claws of the
tarsi, which are reddish.

Length, 5 lines.

Hab.—Barron River.

Family G2DEMERID Ai,

90. ANANCA LATERALIS.

Pale yellow, covered with a dense short pubescence, densely
and minutely punctate, and clouded a little with brown on the top
of the head and on the thorax, and with an indistinctly defined
vitta of the same colour on the elytra near each lateral margin.
The thorax is longer than broad, and broader in front than
behind, with two large shallow depressions on the anterior half.
Elytra broader than the thorax at the base, and four times the
length, with four obsolete longitudinal lines on each elytron.
Under surface yellow excepting the four first abdominal segments
which are black or dark brown.

Length, 5 lines.

Hab.— Mossman Riven

326 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND,

Family EROTYLID A.

91. LaNGURIA AUSTRALIS.

Black, very nitid, the thorax and head bright red. Head quite
smooth and nitid. Thorax smooth and nitid, much longer than
broad, scarcely wider than the head, the base and apex of
equal width and the sides a little rounded in the middle. Elytra
at the base not wider than the middle of the thorax, gradually
narrowed to the apex, about four times the length of the thorax,
a deeply impressed stria on each side of the suture and eight very
fine striz densely and finely punctate on each elytron, the inter-
stices smooth. The under surface is very finely and thinly
punctured, the sterna reddish.

Length, 43 lines.

Hab.—Cairns.
92. EPISCAPHULA GIGAS.

Oblong-oval, black, subnitid. Head very thinly punctate, semi-
circularly impressed between the antennz on the clypeal suture,
clypeus rounded and thickened at the apex, labrum very short,
rounded in front, the third joint of the antenne twice the length
of the fourth. Thorax transverse, strongly margined at the sides,
emarginate in front, bisinuate behind, the anterior angles acute
and prominent, the posterior square, a large shallow depression at
the base on each side of the median lobe, filled with coarse
punctures. The colour is black with a dark red broad zig-zag
fascia occupying the sides and most of the centre. Scutellum
transverse, rounded behind. Elytra very little wider than the
thorax and about four times the length, faintly striate-punctate,
black with a patch at the base surrounding the humeral angles,
and a fascia near the apex, not touching either the side or suture,
of a deep dullred. The under surface is black, and very sparingly

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 327

punctate, the prosternum is flat, triangular and acutely pointed
in front, the apex of the tibiz and the tarsi beneath clothed with
golden hair.

Length, 9 lines.
Hab.—Cairns.
93. EPISCAPHULA BIFASCIATA..

Oblong-oval, black, nitid. Head very finely punctate, clypeal
suture not visible, the third joint of the antenne longer than the
fourth. Thorax less transverse than in the last species, anterior
angles acutely produced, base slightly bisinuate, a small fovea on
each side of the middle lobe, and a large red spot at the apex on
each side of the median line. Elytra of the width of the base
of the thorax and about three times the length, moderately convex
and narrowing to the apex, and finely striate-punctate, with a
yellow wavy fascia near the base and another near the apex,
neither reaching the suture. Under surface black, legs pitchy
red. Prosternum not pointed in front.

Length, 4 lines.
Hab.—Russell River.

94, EpIsSCAPHA FROGGATTI.

Oblong. Head black, minutely punctate without transverse
impression, clypeus convex and rounded. Thorax much broader
than long, the anterior angles slightly prominent, the base and
sides thinly and coarsely punctate, of a red colour with a large
square black spot in the middle of the base. Elytra about the
width of the base of the thorax, a little narrowed towards the
apex, finely striate-punctate, and of a red colour, with a square
spot on the humeral angle, a larger one at the scutellum, a broad
median fascia, a smaller one not reaching the suture between that
and apex, and the apex black. Under side red, legs, meso- and
metasternum black.

Length, 34 lines.
Hab.—Cairns.

328 INSECTS OF THE CAIRNS DISTRICT, NORTHERN QUEENSLAND.

95. THALLIS BIZONATA.

Oblong, black, nitid, with a red fascia near the base and another
near the apex of each elytron. Thorax nearly square, strongly
margined on the sides and very finely punctate. Elytra scarcely
tapering behind, very faintly striate-punctate. The scutellum is
transverse and rounded behind.

Length, 2 lines.

Hab.—Barron River.

NOTES ON THE BACTERIOLOGICAL EXAMINATION

OF WATER FROM THE SYDNEY SUPPLY. No. IV.

By Dr. Oscar Karz.

Having been interrupted for about six weeks I was not able to
take up again the bacteriological examination of Sydney water
until the 29th of last April. From this date up to the 26th inst.,
however, I examined sixteen samples of this water, derived again
in all the cases from the tap in the Laboratory of the Linnean
Hall. The following table will best convey an idea of the results
obtained so far as the quantity of bacterial colonies, referred to
1 ccm. of the water under consideration, is concerned.

Number of colonies Number of liquefying

Date. Temp. of Water. aalariesinulkGcin

(LE) Apr 29,701 00), Ba 182 C. 140 35=25 p.c.
(2) May 2 662 F. =19} C. 461 48=102 p.c.
(3 no 50 SY dme—nl (HOR OF 465 66 =14} p.c.
(3) wasn ¢LO 62, B= 162..C 125 22172 pie.
(3). Get bo) Fi= 15 4. 4] p= 2bep.cs
(6) ,, 19 58! F.=142 C 17 i= Aline:
Chi) £435,412 58 F.=145 C 108 4= 32 p.e
(8) ,, 26 GY A= 16 re: 73 16 = 214 p.c.
(9)." 5°30 Gla = 16st! 148 2. Dye
(10) June 3 6h RS = l6s"C. 92 13) pc.
CE es ait Ad OG) 8. — 1s, 6 212 ide ne.
0) rem i Doe Seeley 491 pa — TL pe:
{ESPws) 14 54; F.=122 C 164 To — 1c.
Cid) eens 52) R = 1st i) 10—105 pe:
(15) 3, 22 oye. — 145 152 36 = 232 p.c.
(116) 4,726 Boe Bogen, 25 6=24 p.c.

330 ON THE EXAMINATION OF WATER FROM THE SYDNEY SUPPLY.

The mean number of colonies out of these figures, for 1 ccm. of
water, is 176, among which there are 23 or 24 colonies — to about
132 p.c., which caused liquefaction of the nutrient gelatine.

Save a few interruptions these bacteriological examinations of
Sydney Tap-Water extend now over nearly one year (see these
Proceedings, September 1886, December 1886, March 1887), and
taking into consideration the average numbers of bacterial colonies
obtained each of the four times, we arrive at a mean of 246 for one
cubiccentim., out of which 67, or about 27} p.c., were such as
liquefied the gelatine. At the beginning it was my intention to
describe all kinds of bacteria met with; but by-and-by the number of
these became so large that from want of time and opportunity I
had to give the idea up. In order to have a practical bearing, the
investigation of every kind of bacterium found in potable waters
has to deal with its principal biological properties, and, as already
mentioned previously, it has to be ascertained which of the forms
cultivated are so-called “ water-bacteria,” and which ones must
be looked upon as merely accidental. But without having been
able to do this I trust that the results of my examinations, in the
form offered, will not be quite devoid of interest. The bacillus
of typhoid fever I have not yet come across in Sydney water,
although now and then bacteria came under notice which were not
unlike it in several points. By that I do not mean to say that
the true microbe of typhoid fever might not occasionally be
present in this water ; it must be borne in mind that, after all,
the chances to obtain it from this source will be bat slight in face
of the fact that comparatively only minute portions of it, up to
1 ccm., can be taken for each individual test. However, when
there is a strong suspicion of its being grossly contaminated with
the germs of typhoid fever, the chances to actually demonstrate
these out of the water, naturally increase, and on such occasions
the carrying out of bacteriological examinations will prove to be
of special value.

PRELIMINARY REMARKS ON PHOSPHORESCENT

BACTERIA FROM SEA-WATER.
By Dr. Oscar Katz.

Influenced by a memoir recently published by Dr. Fischer, on
a light-producing bacterium found in sea-water near the Danish
Island of St. Croix, in the West Indies (1), and also by his state-
ments on another kind of fission-fungus derived from dead marine
fish out of the Baltic Sea and the Berlin Aquarium (2), I com-
menced to look for phosphorescent schizomycetes which might
occur in the sea-water of our vicinity (Sydney). My endeavours
have hitherto proved so far successful that up to now I have been
able to obtain three kinds of this very interesting group of micro-
organisms, which are capable of cultivation in various nutritive
substances, which can be transferred to marine animals (fish, crus-
taceans), so as to show what often happens spontaneously (so-
called self-phosphorescence of fishes, &c.), and which on being added
to common sea-water are able to render this luminous in such a
way that it produces an effect similar to certain kinds of what is
known under the general name of phosphorescence of sea-water.

(1) “ Bacteriologische Untersuchungen auf einer Reise nach Westindien ”
von Dr. Fischer, Marinestabsarzt. II. ‘ Ueber einen lichtentwickelnden in
Meerwasser gefundenen Spaltpilz, Zeitschrift f. Hygiene, Bd. IL., Heft 1,
Leipzig, 1887, pp. 54-92.

(2) Addendum to the above publication, pp. 92-95. A paper by Dr. O.
Hermes on, as I must believe, the same bacterial species, which he has.
named Bacterium phospherescens, I have not yet seen. A short note of it is.
given in ‘‘Nature,” February 17, 1887, p. 377.

332 REMARKS ON PHOSPHORESCENT BACTERIA FROM SEA-WATER,

i,

The first kind appertaining to the above group of bacteria was
derived by me indirectly from sea-water, inasmuch as I obtained
it from dead marine fish, which were procured fresh at the
Sydney Fish Markets, and which after some time became luminous
by themselves. From sea-water itself I have not succeeded yet in
cultivating it ; its regular appearance on various marine fish which
are being kept moist and at a moderate temperature, goes to show
that its habitat is sea-water.

This microbe to which I have given the name of Bacillus smarag-
dino-phosphorescens, forms, in its adult state, short thick rods of
about ‘001 mm. width, and is about double as long as wide.

The extremities are rounded off. It is not motile and does not
show filaments so far as I could see. After treatment with
aniline dyes the bacilli are very distinctly seen to be stained only
at their peripheral parts, while a central spot, similar to a “vacuole,”
remains unstained.

They grow on and in nutrient gelatine without liquefying it.
Full particulars relative to their mode of growth will be given at
another time, here I may state that they spread themselves on the
gelatine but little, the ultimate size of their colonies being not very
considerable.

The temperature at which this micro-organism develops best is
about 20° C. (68° F.), ora little higher, and it is then that the light
which its cultures emit is strongest. The colour of this light is a
wonderful emerald green.

At temperatures between 13° C. and 15° C. (55;°-59° F.) the
bacillus grows rather slowly, and the emitted light is then less
conspicuous and intense than that of cultures kept at the above
temperatures.

Whether this bacterial species is identical with that described
by Dr. Fischer (l.c., pp. 92-95), and the Bacteriwm phosphorescens
of Dr. Hermes (l.c.), is still doubtful ; a satisfactory answer can
be arrived at when more information in consequence of continued
observations shall be available.

BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 333:

1b

The second kind of phosphorescent bacteria, to be named
Bacillus argenteo-phosphorescens, was repeatedly obtained by me
from sea-water at Elizabeth Bay, Port Jackson, Sydney. On
gelatine, after having been mixed with 10 drops of this water,
there would appear, among a considerable number of other colonies,
an average number of no more than two luminous colonies which
belonged to the above-named species.

Under high powers of the microscope it exhibits slender rods,
which are tapering at their extremities and commonly slightly
curved. Intheir adult state they measure about ‘0025 mm. in length,
and are about three times as long as broad. They are motile, and
form, so far as I can judge, no filaments.

For alkaline methylene-blue they seem to have little affinity; for
they do not take up this dye so eagerly as is done by most bacteria.
Aniline-fuchsin or aniline-gentian-violet yield better results.

On and in nutrient gelatine they develop to characteristic
colonies of which a detailed description will be given shortly.
They do not liquefy the gelatine, and spread themselves on it far
more than can be noticed in the case of Bacillus No. I.

Bacillus argenteo-phosphorescens grows best at temperatures of
from 14° to about 23° C., and between these limits there is also
the optimwm of its luminosity, this optimum, however, inclining
rather to the lower than to the upper of these temperatures. The
light, emitted by its cultures in the dark, is of a mild, silvery
appearance, and less brilliant than that of Bacillus smaragdino-
phosphorescens and of the following one.

RET.

The third kind of bacteria alluded to, which I propose to name
Bacillus cyaneo-phosphorescens, 1 obtained, on the 6th of this month
(June), from sea-water at Little Bay, 10 miles to the south of
Sydney. Ina tube of nutritive gelatine mixed with 10 drops of
this water, and solidified after the manner of Esmarch, I noticed
a few days afterwards, besides a good many other colonies, two
luminous ones, which were made up of the above bacillus.

334 REMARKS ON PHOSPHORESCENT BACTERIA FROM SEA-WATER,

This kind is represented by straight rods, measuring about
‘C026. mm. in length, and being about 2% times as long
as broad. They are rounded off at their extremities; they
show spontaneous movements, and are often found as diplo-
bacillus, not so often in chains. These are commonly bent,
attaining here and there a considerable length. With alkaline
methylene-blue they stain fairly well, but a small central portion of
them remains unstained. Yet this appearance is not so striking
as in Bacillus smaragdino-phosphorescens, which shows the differen-
tiation between a well-coloured peripheral and an uncoloured inner
part in a very characteristic manner.

Bacillus cyaneo-phosphorescens grows rather slowly on and in
nutritive gelatine which gradually becomes liquefied by it. In
this regard it differs widely from the two other kinds which, as
mentioned, cause no liquefaction of the gelatine. It thrives far
better on nutrient agar-agar, where after a comparatively short
time, it forms a substantial, greyish-white, sticky layer.

The optimum of growth as well as of luminousness for this
microbe is between 20° C. and 30° C. ; a temperature fluctuating
between 13° and 15° C., however, does not seem at all unfavour-
able to its propagation or deleterious to its power of luminosity,
although higher temperatures as above intensify both growth and
phosphorescence. The colour of the light emitted in the dark or
at least in sufficiently dark surroundings is of a decidedly bluish
tint, and seems to stand, as regards its degree, between those of
Bacillus No. I. and No. II.

Comparing Dr. Fischer’s description of the West Indian Bacillus
phosphorescens with what I have already ascertained about the
bacillus from Little Bay, I am almost inclined to consider these
two organisms as identical. However, I hesitate to pronounce a
definite opinion until I have made a larger number of individual
observations.

In giving, as has been done above, a few preliminary remarks
on these three kinds of light-producing bacteria from sea-water—a

BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 335

more elaborate paper on this subject I am going to prepare for
a future Meeting—I wish to call attention to this interesting
subject, as the question of the cause of certain kinds of phos-
phorescence of sea-water, for the explanation of which nothing
certain as yet has been advanced, will now, it is to be hoped, soon
besolved. Pfluger (quoted from Dr. Fischer’s Treatise, le., p. 55),
already suggested, a number of years ago, that micro-organisms of
the group Bacteria participate in the production of phosphorescence
of sea-water, and the experiments recently made by Fischer with
pure cultures of luminous schizomycetes on ordinary sea-water,
convinced him of the striking resemblance which an artificially
produced luminosity of sea-water bears to that magnificent
phenomenon described by English writers as ‘milky sea.” The
direct proof, he says, that such an appearance is brought about by
bacteria of the above nature, is still a desideratum, but by means
of continued researches it is sure to succeed. For my _ part
I have not the least doubt that this will be the case, to judge from
what I have read and heard about “milky seas”—I have not yet
been fortunate enough to come across such a phenomenon—and
from experiments made by me on sea-water with pure cultures of
the three species of bacteria mentioned. A systematic or occasional
search for such like sea-water bacteria at different places of the
globe, may no doubt add to the number of kinds already found,
although I believe the number of them will not become very large.
Those forms which are now known belong to the aérobic class
of micro-organisms, that is to say, they neither grow nor emit light
without the presence of air (oxygen). Whether or not phosphores,
cent bacteria of the anaérobic class, propagating only with the
exclusion of oxygen, may be detected in sea-water, either directly
or indirectly (in marine animals), and whether or not such micro-
organisms may play a part in certain kinds of phosphoresence of
sea-water, all this is still an open question. There is on record
the statement by two investigators, Bancel and Husson, (1)

(1) Sur la phosphorescence de la viande de homard. Comptes rendus, 1879,
Vol. 88, pp. 191-192.

336 REMARKS ON PHOSPHORESCENT BACTERIA FROM SEA-WATER.

namely, that besides an aérobic form at the mucous surface of
luminous lobster-flesh, they found inside this mucus an anaérobic
one of extremely small dimensions, a micro-organism which, they
say, produces carburetted and phosphoretted hydrogen, by the
combustion of which phosphorescence is produced. Then Lassar (1)
suggested the idea that perhaps the phosphorescence of some of the
numerous phosphorescent marine animals might be brought about
by parasitic micro-organisms. It is after all not impossible that
anaéorbic forms may be found to be the cause of the luminosity of a
number of luminous marine animals, which would then contribute
only mediately to the phosphorescence of sea-water.

(1) Quoted from Fischer, l.c., p, 92.

NOTES ON SOME AUSTRALIAN POLYZOA.
By T. WHITELEGGE.
(Notes from the Australian Museum).

In the British Museum Catalogue of Marine Polyzoa, Part IT.
(1854), the late Mr. Busk, F.R.S., described two species of Polyzoa
from the Philippine Islands, which he referred to the genus
Lunulites, at the same time remarking that they were “ curious
forms and would appear to constitute a peculiar group.” In the
years 1879, ’80, and ’81 the Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, Mr. W. A.
Haswell, and the Rev. T. Hincks published papers describing
several species which are closely allied to those described by Mr.
Busk. The various species have been assigned to four or five
genera. I intend in this paper to show that the undermentioned
species form a very distinct group having little in common with
those with which they have usually been associated except habit
or form :—

Lunulites Philippinensis, Busk.

ig cancellata, Busk.
Cupularia crassa, Tenison-Woods.
Conescharellina depressa, Haswell.
Lunulites angulopora, Tenison-Woods.
Conescharellina conica, Haswell.
Lunulites incisa, Hincks.
Eschara umbonata, Haswell.
Flabellopora elegans? VOrb.

Mr. A. W. Waters in a paper on some fossil Polyzoa from New
Zealand (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Feb. 1887, p. 71), states that he
had received recent specimens of the last-named species from
N.S. Wales, “ which is either Zunulites canceliata, Busk, or very

closely allied to it.”
29

338 NOTES ON SOME AUSTRALIAN POLYZOA,

The published descriptions and figures show that the species in
the above list have not as yet been fairly understood, nor has the
opercular-bearing aperture, or the very exceptional method of
growth been fully described. Nearly all the figures representing
zoceocial characters are the wrong side'up, whilst the peristomial
orifice has been described as the true oral aperture, and a special
pore situated above the mouth has been mistaken for the sinus in
the lower lip.

Mr. Woods figures the oral aperture in Cupularia crassa but he
omits to mention details in his description. Mr. Waters (Quart.
J. Geol. Soc. 1882), gives figures of Lunwlites cancellata in which
the oral aperture is shown, but these are also the wrong side up,
and in his description he simply refers to it as a secondary
orifice with a proximal sinus. It is in my opinion clear that he
did at the time recognise the true significance of this ‘‘ secondary
orifice.” Another prominent feature which is figured by Mr.
Woods, and well-described by Mr. Haswell as “a narrow semi-
lunar slit with the concavity directed outwards” has in most cases
been overlooked, and its true import hitherto unnoticed.

The facts as to the actual structure of the species already men-
tioned have been derived from an attentive study of specimens in the
collection of the Australian Museum, Mr. Woods’s types in the
Macleay Museum, and some lent to me by Mr. J. Brazier.

The structural features presented by the various species of this
group are of such an exceptional character that it will be necessary
to remove them altogether from the family Selenariade in which
most of the species have been placed. In fact they appear to
possess characters which are either unknown, or rarely found in
other species of polyzoa ; and possibly when they have been fully
investigated they may form the nucleus of a new family.

The method of growth (not habit or form) or increase in size of
the zoarium by the addition of new zoccia is intercalary taking
place on the surface between cells already formed, and not at the
outer margin as in most other known Polyzoa. The only instances

BY T. WHITELEGGE. 339

of intercalary growth, as far as I have been able to ascertain,
are recorded by Mr. Hincks, but in these cases it is confined to
the ovicelligerous cells of Schizoporella hyalina, and S, linearis.

The formation of new zoccia does not appear to be confined to
any particular part, but may take place at any point between the
centre and the margin; when near the latter the zocecium is formed
in the space intervening between two, and when nearest to the
former in the intervening space bounded by four zocecia. The
direction of the zoecia is also apparently reversed, from the fact
that the free distal edge of the operculum is nearest to and
directed towards the apex in those of a conical form, and to the
apparent base in those which are flattened ; while the hinged end
or proximal is nearest to the outer margin of the zoarium.

The manner in which the peristomial orifice is formed appears
to be just the opposite to what obtains in other peristomiate
Polyzoa, and there is a special feature of an important character
which, if not new to the class is exceedingly rare, and so far I have
searched in vain for the record of a similar structural element.

The first indication of the formation of a new zoccium appears
on the upper surface of the zoarium as an elevated or depressed
round spot bordered on one side by a thin layer of epitheca. At
this point the “semilunar slit with the concavity directed out-
wards” is formed, and by the gradual extension of this slit to a
circular form a piece of the calcareous lamina is cut out, the
resulting opening being that of the peristome, and at a short distance
below the true oral aperture is seen to be also in a fully formed
condition. It is the rule to speak of the opercular-bearing aperture
as the primary, and of the peristomial as the secondary orifice ;
but in this case it appears doubtful which ought to rank as primary
or secondary.

In a median line above the mouth close to or upon the margin
of the peristome there is a circular or subcircular pore usually
covered by a membrane. It is this pore, when in an imperfect or
broken state, that has been mistaken for the proximal sinus in the
lower lip of the oral aperture ; but the true oral sinus is much
wider, and at the opposite end of the mouth to that of the pore.

340 NOTES ON SOME AUSTRALIAN POLYZOA,

The shape of the oral aperture generally approaches that of
Cellepora eatonensis as figured by Busk in the “Challenger”
Polyzoa, Pl. XXIX., fig. 5b, but the sinus varies in width so
much that in some cases the aperture might be described as oval
with two lateral denticles at the base.

It is evident that the seven species already enumerated are
closely allied to each other, and can no longer remain in the
various genera to which they have been referred. They do not
belong either to the genus Lwnulites or to Cupularia; and the
genus Conescharellina as at present defined would not admit them ;
the same may also be said of Flabellopora. Mr. A. W. Waters in
referring to Lunulites imcisa H. says it ‘is a species of the
Schizoporellide.” Nevertheless to whatever family they may
ultimately prove to be related, at present J venture to make a new
genus for their reception.

BIporRA, n. g.

Zoarium uni-or bilaminate, conical, or forming lobate or flab-
ellate expansions ; growth intercalary ; zocecia immersed, erect,
side by side, with their bases resting on a cancellated lamina,
forming alternating rows directed to the primary part of the
zoarium ; oral aperture with a well-marked sinus in the lower lip.
A special pore above the mouth ; peristomial oriftce formed by
the gradual extension of a narrow slit and the removal of a portion
of the calcareous lamina. Ocecia external, globose.

(1.) Breora CANCELLATA, Busk.

Lunulites cancellata, Busk, Brit. Mus. Cat. Polyz. 1854, Part
II, p. 101, pl. CXITI, figs. 4-5-6-7.

Zoarium conical, plane or slightly convex beneath ; zocecial
apertures rounded above, with a distinct sinus below ; peristome
elevated above, depressed below, with a circular pore on its upper
border ; an avicularium on each side of the mouth, with a sub-
circular mandibular space.

BY T. WHITELEGGE. 341

I have examined several fossil examples of this species which
appear to agree with Busk’s description and figures, and which
may be identical with the form figured as Z. cancellata, Busk, by
Mr. Waters in his paper on Fossil Bryozoa from Bairnsdale, but,
both in this species and in the next, the identity can only be
definitely settled by comparison with the types.

Loc.—(living) Philippine Islands; (fossil) Muddy Creek, Victoria.

(2.) B. Puinrprinensis, Busk.

Lunulites Philippinensis, Busk, op. cit. Part II, p. 101, pl.
CXIII, figs. 1-2-3.

Zoarium depressed, conical, plane or convex beneath, usually
about 4 of an inch in diameter ; zoccial orifice elongate, rounded
above, and with a wide rounded sinus below ; operculum oval ;
peristomial orifice ovate, the margin produced above at the sides
then suddenly depressed below, with a subcircular pore on the
upper border ; an avicularium with a subcircular mandible on each
side and sometimes one in front below the mouth, a number of
similar avicularia on the under surface of the zoarium, some on
rounded elevations and others in circular depressions. Ovcecia
external, globose, smooth, with a faint fimbriated stigma in front.

Loc.—Port Jackson.

This species is frequently to be met with in some parts of Port
Jackson, and I have examined a fair number of specimens. The
surface of the zoarium is covered with a thin yellowish epitheca ;
and the semilunar slits which indicate the growth of new zocecia
are to be seen in all stages of development, especially in the young.
It is by a careful examination of this species that I have been
enabled to work out the structure of the others. The zoarium,
when seen in longitudinal section shows the concave side as having
a cancellated layer of varying thickness, from which the zocecia
take their origin ; each zocecium is narrowed at the base and very
slightly bent inwards; its direction from this point is outwards,
with a gentle curve upwards, at nearly right angles to the cancellate
layer.

342 NOTES ON SOME AUSTRALIAN POLYZOA,

When the zocecia are seen in transverse section the outline of
each zocecium is irregularly pentagonal.

The anterior pore, when seen from within, appears as a flask-
shaped projection on the cell-wall, and is about as long as the
shorter diameter of the mouth ; in some there appears to be an
opening, and in others the base is well rounded without any opening ;
it may possibly be the retreat of a protrusible sensitive organ, but
in no case have I seen anything at the upper extremity which
would indicate the presence of an external vibracular organ. The
cancellate structure, which exists more or less in all the species, may
originate by the lower portion of the zowcia being continually
partitioned off as the zoarium increases in size.

In some of the specimens lent by Mr. Brazier the occia are
fairly abundant, but, except the zoarium is broken into two halves
or set on its edge, the orifice cannot be seen. From this fact it
will be evident that they are in the usual position above the mouth,
and nearest to the primary part of the zoarium.

(3.) B. pepressa, Haswell.

Conescharellina depressa, Hasw. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1880,
Part I, Vol. V, p. 41, pl. IT, fig. 4.

Zoarium biconvex, slightly flattened beneath ; oral aperture
elongate, rounded above, with a sinus below, about half the
diameter of the mouth ; or ovate with a sub-triangular denticle on
each side near the base. Operculum ovate with a very slightly
thickened border and two circular spots on the upper half ,
peristome much elevated above, and on each side to below the
mouth, then suddenly depressed ; an avicularium with an elongate
triangular mandible situated on a low elevation on one side of the
mouth.

“Under surface of zoarium perforated by close-set circular pores,
each occupied, either at the surface or at a varying depth, by a thin
translucent covering perforated by several minute porules, usually
with a rather larger one in the centre.”

Loc.—Port Denison.

BY T. WHITELEGGE. 343

I have only seen some 5 or 6 specimens of this species, all of
which are immature, and probably when obtained in the adult
state the zoarium will be found to be concave beneath. I have
seen one specimen in which the base is concave, but it is too
imperfect to be certain as to its identity. The figure given by
Mr, Haswell is upside down, but the outlines of the peristomial
orifices are correct. The outer row of zocecia are very prominent,
and without avicularia.

(4.) B. crassa, Tenison-W oods.

Lunulites (Cupularia) crassa, Ten.-Woods, Trans. Phil. Soc.
Adelaide, 1879-80, p. 5, pl. I, figs. la, 1b, le.

I have examined the type specimens in the Macleay Museum,
which resemble the last species in the peristomial characters, the
margin being produced, and very much thickened at the sides,
hiding to a great extent the oral aperture, which lies in a depression
below.

The avicularia however have a subcircular mandible, and the
pore over the mouth is large. I have no doubt of its being a good
species. Mr. Waters when speaking of the plates which accompany
Mr. Woods’s paper mentions the fact that the whole of the species
figured are the wrong side up, which is certainly true of all the
species except two; but even these were intended to represent the
same aspect as the others. The figure of B. crassa is after all the
right side up, and gives an accurate view of the oral aperture with
the special pore above. It is also probably the first published
figure which exhibits the form of the true opercular-bearing aperture.

I have no doubt Mr. Woods saw the important structural
difference between this species and those belonging to the
Selenariade.

Loc.—Off Cape Three Points, and Port Stephens (70 to 80
fathoms).

(5.) B. ANcULoporA, Tenison-Woods.

Lunulites angulopora, Ten.-Woods, op. cit., p. 7, pl. I, fig.
3a-3c ; Conescharellina conica, Hasw. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.,

344 NOTES ON SOME AUSTRALIAN POLYZOA,

1880, Vol. V. Part I, p. 42, pl. ILI, figs. 7-8; Lunulrtes incisa,
Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1881, Vol. VIII, 5 series, p. 127,
pl. IV. figs. 1-3.

Zoarium conical, plane or slightly concave beneath ; zoccia in
alternating rows, sometimes with an incomplete row of four or five
cells near the base ; oral aperture immersed, rounded above and a
sinus below which is about 4 the diameter of the mouth ; oper-
culum ovate, constricted (?) near the base, with two circular spots
on the upper half; peristome elevated on each side, depressed
below the mouth, orifice ovate with a pore on the upper margin ;
avicularia forming elevated rows between the zocecial orifices,
mandibles triangular with an acute point ; under surface of zoarium
when perfect covered by a calcareous lamina, with a number of
avicularia some on elevations and others in circular depressions ;
on the summit of the zoarium there is usually a cluster of irregular
avicularia bearing cells with long acute mandibles.

Loc.—Holborn Island, Port Stephens, and Bass’s Straits.

The question of priority in this species is I think in Mr. Woods’s
favour. His paper was read in September 1879, aud would
probably be published early in 1880. Mr. Haswell’s was read in
January 1880, and would probably be issued in April or March,
while that of Mr. Hincks did not appear until August 1881.

The figures of the zoccia given by Mr. Haswell, and those
also of Mr. Hincks, are, I think, upside down, judging from the
shading and the very narrow sinus shown, but which is really more
like the pore above the mouth than the true oral sinus; the latter
is in perfect specimens about } the diameter of the mouth. The
zocecial apertures in Mr. Woods’s figure are badly drawn ; still it
is the right side up, and shows a correct view of a “semilunar slit
with the concavity directed outwards,” and an avicularium below
pointing downwards. It will also be interesting to note that it is
on the elevated ridge which carries the avicularia ; and further it
shows the intercalary method of growth, as well as the formation
of an incomplete row of zoecia. Altogether this figure gives the
general features of what really takes place in the species.

BY T. WHITELEGGE. 345

The slit which indicates the formation of a new cell invariably
has an avicularium below, with the mandible pointing downward
at first, but as growth goes on this is usually forced to one side of
the mouth, though occasionally it remains in front.

(6.) B. umponata, Haswell.

Eschara umbonata, Haswell, op. cit., p. 41, pl. Il, figs. 5-6.

Zoarium free, bilaminate, flat, simple or forming trilobate ex-
pansions, “surface ornamented with numerous rounded knobs of
various sizes,” zocecia immersed, directed towards (what appears to
be the base) the primary part of the zoarium. Oral aperture
rounded above, and a wide sinus below ; peristomial orifice nearly
round, margin slightly elevated, with a subcircular pore on the
upper border ; an avicularium on each side of the mouth, frequently
a third one in front, mandible triangular generally pointing up-
wards.

Loc.—Holborn Island, (20 fathoms).

There are three specimens in the collection of the Australian
Museum, one a flat piece } of an inch by } of an inch: the other
two have each three lobes ; the central one in the larger specimen
is § from base to summit, and the lateral lobes $ of an inch in
length, and nearly as wide ; all the lobes taper a little outwards.
The “semilunar slit” is not seen in any of the specimens, but the
peristomial opening is, I believe, formed in the same manner as in
the others ; several of the zocecial openings are closed by a calcar-
eous plate, and have the appearance of young zocecia ; the plate is
seen to be thinner at the margin ; probably the slit-like opening is
not formed.

Mr. Haswell’s description of the mouth of this species clearly
shows that it was the anterior pore which he mentions as the sinus
in the lower lip. He says “ mouth varying in form, the lower lip
sometimes straight, sometimes with a small sinus, sometimes with
a rounded central lobe.” This exactly describes the appearance
of the anterior oral pore in various stages of perfection. The
peristomial orifice with the pore broken down closely resembles the

346 NOTES ON SOME AUSTRALIAN POLYZOA,

figure given on pl. 45, fig. 3, in Hincks’s “ Brit. Marine Polyzoa,”
of Schizoporella hyalina, and it was only after repeated examination
that I saw the true oral aperture, owing to a belief that the pore
and the opening represented it. Although the true aperture is
not deeply immersed, it is difficult to see at first on account of the
peristome obstructing the view, but when once seen it presents a
well formed sinus in the lower lip at the opposite end of the mouth
to that of the pore. It is from the apparent double character of the
mouth that the name Bipora is given to the genus.

(7.) Bipora (7) ELEGANS.

Flabellopora elegans, @’Orb., Waters, Quart. J. Geol. Soc. Feb.
1887, p. 71.

Zoarium free, bilaminate, flabelliform in large examples, } an
inch wide by 2 of an inch deep, with a projecting nodule in the
centre on the concave side; zocecia wholly immersed, erect, side by
side, their bases separated by a thin cancellated layer, forming
alternate rows, and directed towards the projecting nodule ; oral
aperture rounded above, with a rather wide sinus below ; peristome
slightly higher above the mouth than below ; orifice nearly round
with a median pore above, a depressed avicularium on each side,
usually below the mouth, occasionally another in front ; mandibles
subcireular pointing upwards and outwards, a number of irregular
avicularian cells on the nodular projection similar to those on B.
angulopora.

Loc.—Port Jackson.

If this species should prove to be different (as I think it will)
from the fossil form described by d’Orbigny as //abellopora elegans,
it can remain as B. elegans, Waters. D’Orbigny’s figure (Paleeont.
Frang. Bryoz. Tom. V. pl. 661) certainly resembles the recent form.
The same may be said of B. wmbonata, which comes nearest to
d’Orbigny’s species ; if it were not for the elevated nodules, the
last-named might pass for the fossil species. Ihave examined about
nine specimens in all, two of them being less than 4 of an inch in
their greatest diameter, which when placed on their convex edges and

BY T. WHITELEGGE. 347

viewed from above greatly resemble B. angulopora, and if a little less
compressed might be mistaken for that species at first sight. The
avicularian cells are present in both specimens on the nodular
projection, and the similunar slits on various parts of the zoarium.
The slits can be seen even in very old specimens scattered about
on the surface. It is not difficult to trace the stages by which the
conical form might be changed into the flabellate, and afterwards
into the lobate form, and which has probably taken place. If we
imagine the internal cancellated layer to become less developed,
accompanied by a gradual compression, and the addition of a few
more rows of zocecia towards the outer margin, we can easily see
that we should have a form like B. elegans, which is in reality only
a flattened cone with the base widely extended, and in B. wmbonata
the flabellate form is changed into a lobate one by the non-devel-
opment of a portion of the colony. Sc that the broad non-
divided end of the last-named species and the nodular portion of
the former correspond with the apex of the cone.

Postscript.—Since the foregoing was written I have been fortu-
nate in obtaining some living examples of Bipora Philippinensis,
Busk, which I have had under observation for three days. Nearly
every specimen possesses a pair of tubular filaments inserted on
each side of the zoarium, about mid-way between the margin and
the summit on the upper surface; each tube is about $ an inch

long, and in some cases attached to the tubes of an annelid, and

oO)
in others to fragments of shell. Some of the specimens have
begun to form new attachment tubes which are about three times
the height of the owcia. Each tube is seen to be lined with a
layer of sarcode similar to that seen in the growing offshoots in
Victorella pavida, S. Kent, consisting of granular and fisiform
bodies which form a kind of net-work. The tube appears to grow
out of an avicularium either at the side or in front of the zoccial
orifice. After repeatedly counting the number of tentacles, I find
that they vary from 13 to 15. The pore above the mouth is
covered by a membrane, and the marginal row of zoccia have
the peristome produced below into an acute triangular hyaline
point.

348 FLOWERING SEASONS OF AUSTRALIAN PLANTS.

FLOWERING SEASONS OF AUSTRALIAN PLANTS.
By E. Havitanp, F.L.S.

No. 6.—List oF PLANTS FLOWERING IN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF
SyDNEY DURING THE MONTH OF DECEMBER, IN ADDITION TO

THOSE ENUMERATED IN FORMER Lists.

Rutaceze— Lentibularinezee—
Eriostemon hispidulus Utricularia lateriflora
Euphorbiaceee— " cyanea
Monotaxis linifolia Campanulacese—
Dilleniaceze Isotoma fluviatilis
Hibbertia saligna Xyridexe—
Myrtaceze Xyris operculata
Tristania nereifolva Labiatze—
Angophora lanceolata Prostanthera linearis
Myrtus tenurfolia Urticacere—
Leptospermum arachnoideum Trema aspera
Eucalyptus obtusifolia Scrophularineee—
Proteaceze— Gratiola pedunculata
Persoonia hirsuta ~ Liliacesee—
Grevillea sphacelata Blandfordia nobilis
Lomatia silaifolia Dianella cerulea
Compositze— Orchideze—
Olearia dentata Prasophyllum flavum
Cotula australis Caleana minor
Stylidexe— Philydracese—
Stylidium graminifolium Philydrum lanuginosum
Najadez —

Triglochin procera

NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN LAND-PLANARIANS, WITH
DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW SPECIES. Parr I.

By J.J. FuetcHer AND A. G. HAMILTON.
(Plate v).

This paper is a preliminary one inasmuch as it does not deal
with the anatomical characters of Australian Land-Planarians.
This is intentionally the case because to have rendered this part of
the subject at all complete would necessarily have delayed its
publication, whereas we are anxious to profit by the eminently
favourable season for acquiring additional material. Owing to the
prolonged damp weather land-planarians are more than usually
abundant this year, and by calling the attention of members of
this Society living in country districts to this fact, and offering a
résumé of what is known of this much-neglected group, we hope
that some of the more local species which are in danger of exter-
mination, may be obtained for examination and description.

During the voyage of H.M.S. ‘Beagle’ Mr. Darwin collected
Land-Planarians at the various places visited, and among them a
species from Tasmania. A general account of them is given in
“The Voyage of a Naturalist ”’ (p. 26), and they were subsequently
described in the “ Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist.” (Vol. XIV.
1884, p. 244), the Tasmanian species under the name Planaria
Tasmaniana.

Mr. Moseley likewise during the voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger’
assiduously collected Land-planarians as opportunity offered, three
species being obtained from the neighbourhood of Parramatta and
Camden, N.S.W. These were afterwards described (Quart. Jour.
Micro. Sc. 1877, p. 285), anew genus Cenoplana being instituted
for them.

350 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN LAND-PLANARIANS,

These four species, we believe, include all the Australian Land-
planarians at present described.

For some time past we have, both jointly and independently,
collected planarians from the neighbourhoods in which we reside,
and from such places as we have been able to visit during
vacations. In this way we have obtained specimens from various
places in the County of Cumberland, from the Blue Mountains as
at Springwood (1,200 ft.) Hartley Vale and Mount Wilson
(3,400), from near Capertee (2,600 ft.), and in the Capertee
Valley, from various localities in the Mudgee District where one
of us is resident, and from Burrawang (2,000 ft.). Though we
have been able to go further afield than Mr. Moseley’s short visit
permitted him to do, yet relatively to the area which planarians
may reasonably be supposed to inhabit even supposing this to be
chiefly the coastal districts, we have, after all, only been able to
glean in a few places. Nevertheless we have now obtained
sufficient material to enable us to describe a number of new
species, to announce the occurrence of a second genus characterised
by the possession of two eyes, hitherto unrecorded from Australia,
and to adduce reasons for merging the genus Cenoplana of
Moseley in Geoplana, F. Mill, In addition the Hon. William
Macleay has kindly allowed us to examine the planarians in his
Museum ; Mr. Olliff has given us specimens of two species from
the Hunter River district, and Mr. Froggatt specimens of another
species from Victoria, so that we are able to add some
particulars about geographical distribution. Finally we have to
thank Mr. Masters for a quantity of material obtained from one
of the Sydney nurseries.

Of the sixteen species of which we have now examined
examples, not one of them can be referred to the genus
Cenoplana of Moseley. Six of them are characterised by
the possession of two instead of many eyes, and, pending histo-
logical examination to which we have not yet been able to attend,
they are referred to the genus Rhynchodemus of Leidy. The
other ten may be referred to the genus Geoplana as at present
defined.

BY J. J. FLETCHER AND A. G. HAMILTON. 351

Eight of these are new, but the remaining two species agree so
well as regards their external characters with the descriptions of
Cenoplana cerulea and C. subviridis of Moseley, except in the
matter of eyes on the anterior extremity, that we cannot but
think that they are identical with them, but that Mr. Moseley,
possibly from an insufficient or indifferent supply of material, or
from the study only of spirit specimens overlooked the presence of
eyes on the anterior extremity. That Mr. Moseley had too much
to occupy his attention during his short stay here to permit of
studying the Australian planarians in the living condition is very
probable from the fact that, in the same volume of the Journal
which contains the paper already referred to, there is an earlier
one, “On the Colouring Matters of Various Animals, and
especially of Deep-Sea Forms dredged by H.M.S. Challenger”
(op. cit. p. 11) in which the following passage occurs: “ At
Parramatta, near Sydney, N.S.W., two large species of Rhyncho-
demus are tolerably common, one of which is of a uniform
Prussian blue colour, whilst the other is a uniform red.” From
this passage it would appear that when this earlier paper was
written Mr. Moseley had investigated ouly the colouring matters
of the Australian planarians, otherwise he would not, even provi-
sionally, have referred these two many-eyed species to a genus
characterised by the possession of two eyes; the descriptions of
Australian planarians were thus probably drawn up at a later
period, and therefore from spirit specimens. This being so, we
can from our own experience with spirit specimens readily under-
stand how the oversight might have occurred ; as though we have
spirit specimens of some species in which the eyes on the anterior
extremity are perfectly visible with a lens, we have others in
which without having seen living or better preserved specimens
should be very sorry to be obliged to give a decision on this point.

In his description of the Tasmanian form Mr. Darwin says :
“ocelli scattered round the entire margin of the foot, but most
frequent at the anterior extremity.” In his description of
Ceenoplana Mr. Moseley says : “‘ eyes absent from the front of the
anterior extremity, but present in lateral elongate crowded patches

352 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN LAND-PLANARIANS,

placed just behind the anterior extremity and scattered sparsely
on the lateral margins of the body for its entire extent.”
Accordingly in the list of the known genera and species of land-
planarians given in Mr. Moseley’s valuable paper, he places the
planarian described by Darwin among the species of Geoplana,
with the remark that ‘this (species) will possibly prove allied to
the Australian genus Cenoplana.” Further in the same paper in
his description of Geoplana Traversii from New Zealand Mr.
Moseley says : “ numerous eye-spots are present ; these are placed
in a single row composed of twelve or more along the front
margin of the head and in an elongate patch on either side of the
head made up of two or three rows placed one above another and
containing about forty eye-spots. Eye-spots are further scattered
more sparsely on the lateral margins of the body, along its entire
length posteriorly to this patch.” Now in all our species with
numerous eyes this is substantially the condition that we meet
with. Thus in a young specimen of one of our species, (. 5-lineata,
shortly after its emergence from the cocoon, and when it measured
about 4 mm. long and | mm. broad, it was easy to count all the
eyes, of which there were about 40 in each of the crowded patches,
two, three or even four deep, and these were connected anteriorly
by a single closely set row of about 16, of which 7 were on the
very tip of the anterior extremity ; posterior to the patches there
were about 20 on each side scattered at more or less considerable
intervals (1). The total number of eyes, as well as the numbers
of eyes and of rows of them in the crowded patches vary with the
the size of the animal, and appear not to be of specific importance.
They are very numerous in the adults of this species, which
sometimes show six or seven or even more rows of eye-
spots in the crowded patches extending upwards on to the

(1) The actual number of eyes that can be counted just on the tip itself
varies of course with the amount of contraction of the body ; when fully
extended the anterior extren:ity of even a large planarian will hardly if at
all exceed 1 mm. in width, and then there may be only from three to five
eyes in this space.

ff

BY J. J. FLETCHER AND A. G. HAMILTON. 300

dorsal surface and lying dorsad of the outermost dorsal stripe,
The eyes are readily discernible with a lens both in living and
usually in well-preserved specimens of most of the species ; in the
blue-tipped variety of G. cerulea, and in G. rubicunda, however,
they are more difficult to make out even in living specimens,
though under a low objective they can be seen to have the usual
arrangement. In G. rubicunda the eyes are more inconspicuous,
smaller, and in the crowded patches in the specimen examined
only about two rows deep. In the other species it is the dark
colour of the back-ground which makes it difficult to see them.

If our supposition be correct that Professor Moseley from the
examination of indifferent spirit material overlooked the presence
of eyes on the anterior extremity of the Australian land-planarians
examined by him, it seems unnecessary, in the present state of our
knowledge, to separate these forms as a distinct genus Cenoplana
on purely anatomical grounds (the arrangement of the muscles,
and of the lateral organs). No doubt eventually it will be found
necessary to take anatomical characters into account in defining
the genera, and in establishing his two new genera Ce@noplana and
Dolichoplana Mr. Moseley did so. But we cannot find such defini-
tions of Geoplana and Rhynchodemus. Moreover, the genus
Geoplana already comprises 28 species (26 of which are enumerated
in Moseley’s Catalogue, with G. Whartoni, Gulliver, from the
Island of Rodriguez, and G. Moseleyi, Hutton, from N. Zealand,
since described) whereas the anatomy of only about two species is
satisfactorily known (1). Under these circumstances therefore,
and as all the many-eyed Australian species we have met with

(1) Speaking of the whole family Mr. Moseley says: ‘‘ Of the Geoplanide
the complete anatomy including that of the generative organs is known as
yet only in the case of certain species of Rhynchodemus and Bipalium
from Ceylon, and in Geoplana Traversii of New Zealand. The arrangement
of the muscles and of the lateral organs (nervous systems or primitive
vascular systems?) of the Rhynchodemus of the Cape, of a Geoplana
of Brazil, of the Australian Cenoplanas, and Manilla Dolichoplanas has been
determined, and it appears that the Geoplanide form a very natural
family ” (lc. p. 291).

23

354 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN LAND-PLANARIANS,

may be referred to the genus Geoplana as at present defined, we
venture to express the opinion that the retention of Cenoplana is
unnecessary.

Of the habits of Australian planarians we have as yet been able
to learn very little. Thirty years ago Fritz Miiller, writing to
Schultze about Brazilian planarians, says: ‘‘ They like moderately
moist places, under wood, bark, and stones, and between leaves of
the Bromeliacezee. They appear to rest by day, and to crawl about
during the night.” (1) Omitting the reference to the Bromeliacez
these remarks are applicable to Australian planarians, and we
have little to add to them. Mr. Moseley, both in Ceylon and in
Brazil, found planarians under fallen leaves and resting beneath
the sheathing leaves of the banana plants ; in Brazil also crawling
on palm stems in the daytime in very rainy weather, but in places
where there was very little light; at the Cape on American
Agayes ; and in Australia ‘‘ they were found during the day coiled
up in cavities under fallen logs, and at night observed with a
lantern, crawling on the trunks of Eucalypts, especially about
wounds from which sap was exuding.” Most of our specimens
have been obtained by turning over logs, pieces of wood and bark,
and stones, when the planarians were found either on the ground,
or adhering to the undersurface of the logs, &c., sometimes in the
cracks and crevices even of charred logs. Once at Mt. Wilson
towards the close of a wet day we discovered a specimen of
G. cerulea crawling across the road. On another occasion we
found a specimen crawling on a dead tree under loose bark ;
several times crawling over stones in damp weather, and in one
case a specimen of G. viridis on a blade of grass exposed to
sunshine ; but we have not yet met with them abroad at night.

In dry weather they probably burrow in the ground. We have
frequently found them in the soil, and at first in trying to keep
living ones in confinement one of us tried placing them in inverted

(1) Abhand. der Naturf. Gesell. in Halle, Vol. IV, 1857. Translated in
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), xx, 1857, p. 3.

BY J. J. FLETCHER AND A. G. HAMILTON. 355

glasses pressed down on earth in flower-pots, from which at night-
time they invariably escaped without difficulty by burrowing.

The situations in which we have found them are various. On the
Blue Mts., at Mt. Wilson (3,400 ft. above the sea), as well as near
Guntawang, we have found them on the tops of ridges, on the
slopes leading down to gullies, and in the gullies ; on the banks
of the Cudgegong River, and on the edges of swamps; frequently
on the edges of clearings, on lightly timbered land, or in scrub
land ; but we do not know yet whether they live in the thick
brushes, where if they do occur the sheathing fronds of ferns like
Platycerivm, or Asplenium nidus might furnish them with resting
places. On the summits and slopes of the ridges and in the more
open gullies where there is no vegetation of this sort but only
the ordinary forest trees and scrub, they seem to adopt them-
selves to circumstances and manage very well without it.

Some of the species are pretty widely distributed, one extending
to Queensland and another to Victoria ; others as far as we know
at present are very local. We have not had them from further
inland than the Mudgee district on the other side of the Dividing
Range, and we should be glad to knowif they are to be found in
the interior. From the County of Cumberland we have obtained
specimens belonging to six species, all occurring elsewhere ; from
Springwood six species, of which one G. rubicunda has not been
found by uselsewhere, but there are some examples of it in the
material given us by Mr. Masters ; from Hartley Vale six species,
three of which are local ; from Mt. Wilson six species of which
one has been found nowhere else; and in the Mudgee district
seven species of which three are local. Individually, except in
favoured localities or under very favourable circumstances, plana-
rians cannot be said to be very abundant, and it usually involves
a considerable expenditure of time and trouble to obtain many
specimens. Nevertheless, in the Mudgee district one of us
believes that he could sometimes have obtained a hundred speci-
mens without much trouble. Elsewhere however, we have had to
be content with a dozen specimens for a day’s work. But,asa

356 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN LAND-PLANARIANS,

rule, our experience is that, anywhere where logs and pieces of wood
are plentiful, provided there is moisture, one may expect to find
them.

Of the nature of their food we know absolutely nothing.
Darwin was of opinion that the planarians he observed were
vegetable feeders and fed on rotten wood. Schultze and Moseley,
however, doubt this, and believe them to be carnivorous, the
former having found the palate and jaws of a snail in the
alimentary canal of a planarian which he examined. Fritz
Miiller also describes a species, G. swbterranea, which lives in
company with a species of earthworm and he says, . . . ‘the
earthworms are devoured, or rather sucked by the planarians.
That this was the mode of nourishment, was easy to see, from the
colour of the contents of the intestine. But I have also met with
Geoplane which were holding a young ZLumbricus with their
protruded probosces, and whose intestines were beginning to be
filled with fresh blood ” (l.c. p. 6).

It is quite possible that the nature of the food may be different
in different species. If ours are carnivorous it is difficult to
understand what animals furnish them with food, as often no
traces of earthworms or snails are seen where planarians occur,
though both may sometimes be found. On the other hand
planarians are certainly to be found under logs which are not
rotten, and in gardens and bush-houses where there is a scarcity
of rotten wood in the immediate vicinity, so that one is led
to wonder whether, like earthworms, they are able to extract
nutriment from the soil.

But whether Darwin’s opinion be correct or not, we know of no
better plan than his of keeping these creatures in confinement,
namely, of putting them in a tin or jar with damp rotten wood,
and not unnecessarily exposing them to the light. At the present
time we have several specimens which have been kept in this way
for from one to nearly two months, and which seem none the
worse for it. Possibly, as has been suggested to us, under these
circumstances they may obtain some nutriment from Myxomycetes
which probably develop in the damp wood.

BY J. J. FLETCHER AND A. G. HAMILTON 307

Those belonging to the genus Rhynchodemus seem to be much
more delicate than the species of Geoplana; it is much more
difficult to keep them alive for any length of time, and even
when handled in the most careful manner, using a feather in
moving them, they frequently break up into pieces in the most
provoking manner when touched, or on exposure to the light during
examination, while in dealing with the species of Geoplana we
have had little or no trouble. Though they evidently dislike
exposure to strong light, yet sometimes when the tin in which we
keep them has been incautiously left uncovered for a short time
they have braved the consequences in their efforts to escape.
Some have got right away, while others were found by following
up their slimy tracks, a few feet off, dried up on the table partly
through the dust on it.

We know nothing definite concerning the enemies whose attacks
they have to withstand. In turning over logs in search of
planarians, one cannot help noticing the numbers of centipedes,
scorpions, spiders, ants, and predaceous beetles which are exposed
to view, and of suspecting some or all of them of being at
enmity with the planarians.

Nearly all our species of Geoplana, like many found elsewhere,
are conspicuously marked, and some of them brightly and variously
coloured. Thus one is blue with a white stripe, two are red, one
is grass-green with reddish stripes, another bright yellow with
dark stripes, and so on. This is the more remarkable in that they
are essentially nocturnal animals. Darwin himself points out that
in the case of hermaphrodite creatures such as planarians “ the
colours do not serve as a sexual attraction, and have not been
acquired through sexual selection” (Descent of Man, p. 260).
Nor, avoiding the light as they habitually do, is it clear how their
colours can be of use to them as a protection either by assimilating
them to the colour of their surroundings, or as in the case of
gaudy caterpillars by serving as a warning to their enemies that
they are distasteful, or that they are provided with defensive
structures in the shape of urticating organs (rod cells). On the

358 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN LAND-PLANARIANS,

other hand all the Australian species characterised by the possession
of two eyes are dull-coloured and very inconspicuous, yet they
live under similar conditions, and in similar and often in the
same situations as the many-eyed species of Geoplana ; we have
found examples of both genera under the same log.

The anterior portion of the body when the animal is crawling,
is raised from the surface on which the animal rests, and its under
surface is distinctly arched or concave ; in some of them from the
edges of the concave portion sensory, papilla-like prolongations are
frequently put forth, which touch the surface on which the animal
is crawling, just as is the case with the inferior margin of the
cheese-cutter-shaped extremity of Bipaliwm. In spirit specimens
the arching disappears, but the margins of the under surface then
show a slight but noticeable ridge on each side of a different colour ;
we hope later to investigate these structures by means of sections.

Mr. Moseley was the first to describe the cocoons or egg-
capsules of land-planarians, which were previously unknown, from
specimens brought to him by Mr. Travers of Wellington, N.Z.,
during the first week of July. His description of them is, “ they
were perfectly spherical and varied in diameter from 6mm. to 43
mm., being as large as an ordinary pea. Their walls were firm and
resistant, and of very dark brown or almost black colour. The
walls are composed of a thin continuous sheet of a dark brown
chitinous substance, which is highly elastic, and rolls up into
scrolls when torn into fragments. The brown substance shows no
definite structure, but only fine granules partly scattered evenly
through a homogeneous base, partly gathered into patches in it.
The egg capsules were found to contain from 4 to 6 embryos
which lay quite free within the cavities of the capsules and closely
packed together, being curved up to accommodate themselves to
confinement” (l.c. p. 279).

Australian land-planarians also breed during the winter
months, and fabricate similar cocoons. Thus we have met
with cocoons from the first week in April up till the
present time (end of June). Some of these were deposited by
specimens living in confinement, but quite recently one of us in

BY J. J. FLETCHER AND A. G. HAMILTON. 359

the Mudgee district on one occasion found a cluster of ten under
a piece of wood, and on another occasion twenty-four cocoons from
all but one of which however the young had hatched. These were
the capsules of G. quinquelineata, the only species of which we
have yet seen the newly-hatched young, but we have a few
cocoons of other species which are still under observation. The
cocoons met with vary slightly in size and shape; usually they
are spherical, and 3 or 4 mm. in diameter ; others have one axis
longer than the other, about 5 x 3mm. When freshly de-
posited they are yellow or orange-coloured, but in the course of
a day or two the colour changes to a dark reddish-brown or
even black. The number of young which come out of a cocoon is
about three or four. In two instances the young hatched out in
five weeks or a day or two longer, after the deposition of the
cocoons. The latter usually rupture and when empty collapse,
but in one case the young emerged from a small circular hole
without the cocoon rupturing or collapsing. Sometimes the
cocoon ruptures a few days before the animals leave it ; at other
times they come out very soon after. The newly-hatched young
of G. quinquelineata, vary slightly in size, from 2°5 to 4 mm. long
and 1-5 mm. wide, or even longer when fully extended ; they are
striped just as are the adults, except that the outermost stripe on
each side is either very faint, or altogether absent ; both stripes
and ground-colour are in some cases brighter and pinker than is
usually the case in adults, but the colours are extremely variable
in this species, though it is perfectly well characterized, by its five
dorsal, linear stripes. As yet we have not met with the young
ones of any other species.

In addition to the sexual mode of reproduction, planarians
frequently divide spontaneously by transverse fission into portions
which are capable of acquiring the characters of complete animals.
Mr. Darwin gives an interesting account of an experiment he
made with one of the Tasmanian planarians, which he cut into two
nearly equal halves ; these, in the course of twenty-five days,
were all but indistinguishable, when the increased heat on
approaching the equator put a stop to his observations (Voy. of a

360 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN LAND-PLANARIANS,

Nat. p. 27). We have frequently noticed specimens in various
stages of constriction, and after the division had taken place.

The volume of the Journal containing Mr. Moseley’s paper is,
at the present time, wanting in most of the scientific libraries
in Sydney accessible to students, and quite beyond the reach of
any one in the bush. We, ourselves, have found it a serious
inconvenience to have to journey to the Public Library to consult
it, instead of having it always at hand for reference. In what
follows, therefore, we have included the descriptions of Mr.
Darwin and Professor Moseley, partly for the sake of making the
list complete, but chiefly because we hope to enlist the co-operation
of some of our country members in collecting and observing these
interesting animals, as the species are readily determinable from
the descriptions. Such large tracts of country have now been,
and are being yearly cleared and burnt over, a procedure which
means extermination to animals of feeble locomotive powers, like
planarians, that unless residents in the country help in this matter
it is almost certain that some of the more local species will never
otherwise be rescued from oblivion. Insects, land mollusca, and
other terrestrial invertebrates have been collected from very early
times in the history of the colony, and before whole districts had
been more or less completely modified by the clearing of the land,
and the wholesale destruction of the timber; but this is not the
case with planarians. The northern coastal river districts of this
colony especially will probably yield a very rich harvest to any
one in a position to search for them systematically. We shall be
glad therefore to receive any information on the subject, or
specimens sent alive by post, or put while alive into good methy-
lated spirit (1).

(1) In sending living planarians by post, as we find by experience can be
done, the best plan is to put them in a small (not too small however) tin
box with a geranium leaf and a small piece of damp cotton-wool or moss,
fixed under the leaf so as not to shake about. <A piece of paper should be
pasted round the edge of the lid, otherwise, as they can flatten themselves
in an astonishing manner, the planarians are apt to escape.

BY J. J. FLETCHER AND A. G. HAMILTON. 361

GEOPLANA (altered from Stimpson).

“‘ Corpus depressum, vel depressiusculum, elongatum vel lineare,
capite continuo. Ocelli numerosi, marginales, vel submarginales ;
vel in parte anteriori corporis solum, vel passim circa corpus,
singulatim plerumque, nonnunquam in acervos dispositi” (1).

1. GEOPLANA TASMANIANA, Darwin.

Planaria Tasmaniana, Darwin, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1844,
XIv, p. 246; Geoplana Tasmaniana, Schultze lc. p. 7; G. Zas-
manianda, Moseley. l.c. p. 289.

“ Mouth-sucker widely extensile: alimentary orifice placed
nearly in centre of the body ; genital orifice {, inch posteriorly, but
when the animal crawls it is 7, inch distant. Genital orifice very
distinct submargined. Ocelli scattered round the entire margin of
the foot, but most frequent at the anterior extremity, Both
extremities pointed. Colour dirty honey-yellow with a central dark
brown line bordered on each side with a broader line of pale
uraber-brown : foot quite white. Length when crawling 1, when
contracted $, inch.”

Hab.—Beneath decayed trees in the woods of Van Diemen’s
Land: frequent in February (Darwin).

2. GEOPLANA CHRULFA, Moseley.
(Plate v, fig. 1).
Cenoplana cerulea, Moseley, Quart. Jour. Micro. Se. 1877,
p- 285.

(1) Gulliver, Phil. Trans. Vol. 168, p. 562.

The following is Mr. Moseley’s definition of the genus Cenoplana :—

‘Body long and worm-like, much rounded on the back, flattened on the
under surface, without an ambulacral line; external longitudinal muscular
bundles largely and evenly developed over both dorsal and ventral regions ;
lateral organs as in Rhynchodemus ; eyes absent from the front of the
anterior extremity, but present in two lateral elongate crowded patches
placed just behind the anterior extremity, and scattered sparsely on the
lateral margins of the body for its entire extent; mouth nearly central,
pharynx cylindrical.” Hab.—N.S.W.

362 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN LAND-PLANARIANS,

“‘ Entire body of a dark Prussian blue colour somewhat lighter
on the under surface of the body and with a single, narrow,
mesial, dorsal, longitudinal stripe of white. Length, 5 em. ;
extreme breadth, 4 mm. Mouth central; generative aperture
8 mm. posterior to mouth” (Moseley).

Hab.—Sydney, Parramatta, Ryde, Springwood, Mt. Wilson,
Hunter River, N.S.W.; Cairns, N. Queensland.

The specimens of this planarian that we usually find, when
alive have the immediate anterior extremity for a short distance
orange-red, darker towards the tip; in such cases the eyes are readily
visible with a lens ; the colour more or less completely disappears
in spirit. Quite recently, however, on three different occasions we
have found on the pavement in Hyde Park alongside the enclosure
at Captain Cook’s statue a number of blue planarians (about four-
teen altogether), which are without the red tip, and in which the
median stripe varies from a dirty white to a distinct yellow,
changing to white in spirit. In these the eyes on the anterior
extremity against the dark-blue background are only readily visible
under a low objective, and in living specimens. The enclosure
referred to has probably been stocked with these planarians
from the Botanic Gardens, but we do not know from what
locality. The differences in living specimens in the two cases
seem to be constant, and are sufficiently marked to make one a
variety of the other, if not to separate them as distinct species.
In spirit specimens, however, the difference is sometimes imper-
ceptible, and we do not know whether Mr. Moseley examined
both or not. As Mr. Moseley does not mention the red tip, and
we have not had the specimens without it (with a single exception
among the material given us by Mr. Masters) from anywhere but
the Park, we are not even sure which of them ought to be con-
sidered the typical form. From its common occurrence we should
suppose the former, with the addition to the description of the
reference to the brightly coloured anterior tip.

When alive and looked at from above in both cases two tints of
blue are visible, just the lateral portions of the body being of a
lighter colour.

BY J. J. FLETCHER AND A. G. HAMILTON. 363

The largest specimen we have had when alive and crawling was
11-5 cm. long. The Queensland specimens are in the Macleay
Museum, and were collected by Mr. Froggatt, who, however, did
not find any other species. Mr. Moseley’s locality is ‘“ Parra-
matta, under the bark of a species of Eucalypt.” The rest we
have added.

3. GEOPLANA SANGUINEA, Moseley.

Cenoplana sanguinea, Moseley, op. cit. p. 285.

“Closely resembles G. c@rulea, with the exception that it is
coloured of a uniform light red, which is lighter upon the under
surface of the body. Actual length living, 7 cm.; breadth,

4 mm.”

Hab.—“ Parramatta, amongst earth at the roots of a Eucalyptus
stump ” (Moseley).

We have never met with an example of this species.

4, GEOPLANA SUBVIRIDIS, Moseley.

(Plate v, figs. 2 and 2’).

Cenopiana subviridis, Moseley, op. cit. p. 285.

“Ground colour of the body greenish-yellow beneath. In
mesial line of the dorsal surface is a broad band of the ground
colour, bordered on either side by a somewhat narrower but very
sharply defined intensely black band. Beyond the black bands
externally on either hand lie bands of the ground colour of equal
breadth to them ; and beyond these again is a very broad band
which extends outwards nearly to the lateral margin of the body,
which band is composed of a shading of fine longitudinal streaks
of reddish-brown, and is bordered on either side by a narrow, dark,
nearly black margin, the inner border being more intensely
pigmented of the two. The bands and lines become narrower
and more indistinct towards the posterior extremity and eventually

364 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN LAND-PLANARIANS,

blend. The immediate anterior extremity of the animal is of a
bright burnt sienna colour, darker towards the tip. Length of
largest specimen when living and crawling, 16 cm. ; breadth, 4 mm.;
length of smaller specimen when crawling, 12-5 cm.” (Moseley).

Hab.—Parramatta and Camden (Moseley), Seven Hills, Hunter
River, Hartley Vale, Mullamuddy near Mudgee.

Mr. Moseley says of his specimens “under dead logs, and on
bark of Eucalypts.” We have had specimens both larger and
smaller than those mentioned above; the largest 20 cm. long,
when living and extended.

5. GEOPLANA VARIEGATA, ND. Sp.

(Plate v, figs. 3 and 3’).

Undersurface white or cream-coloured in the centre, changing
to greenish-yellow at the margins. In the median line of the
dorsal surface is a very narrow linear longitudinal stripe of pale
yellow or greenish-yellow, bordered on either side by a slightly
wider but still narrow linear stripe of dark brown or greenish-
brown, its inner margin the straighter and better defined ;
external to each of which again is a stripe of pale or greenish-
yellow, twice or three times the width of the median one; these
in turn are each bounded externally by a very broad band
extending outwards nearly to the lateral margin of the body,
which band consists of an inner very dark and well-defined portion
in width about } of the whole, an outer marginal portion well
defined but less intensely coloured, and an intermediate portion
consisting of numberless fine irregular wavy lines and streaks,
with blotches and patches of the yellowish ground colour shewing
through ; beyond each of the broad bands is a narrow band of
pale or greenish yellow. The median stripe, except for a short
anterior portion where its bounding lines fuse, is very well defined
throughout ; its bordering dark lines are lost quite anteriorly in
the red or bright sienna colour of the extreme tip, while just
posteriorly they become confluent with the corresponding dark
bands.

BY J. J. FLETCHER AND A. G. HAMILTON. 365

Length of largest specimen when living and crawling 17 cm.;
breadth 5 mm.; the same in spirit 13°8 cm. long, 7 mm. broad ;
length of smaller specimen 2°6 cm., breadth 2mm.; we have had
various intermediate sizes. In a specimen 7°5 cm. long the oral
aperture is 25 mm. behind the anterior extremity, and the genera-
tive aperture 13 mm. posterior to the mouth.

It is difficult to express accurately the exact tints of the
dark bands in living specimens ; they appear of various shades of
brown yet tinged with dark green; sometimes they are almost
sage green. In spirit specimens all the yellow and green tints are
lost ; the ground colour becomes whitish or cream colour, and
the dark bands various shades of brown.

Hab.—County of Cumberland, Springwood, Mt. Wilson, Hartley
Vale, Capertee, Burrawang.

This fine species resembles C’. swbviridis in the general character
of the markings, but differs in their arrangement, the narrow median
stripe with its narrow bordering dark stripes in the one case,
markedly contrasting with the broad median stripe with its
intensely dark and relatively broader stripes in the other. The
new species has also the dark inner margin of the broad bands
wider.

6. GEOPLANA SULPHUREUS, N. sp.

Ground colour above and below of a uniformly bright gamboge-
yellow. In the median dorsal line a narrow band of ground colour
bordered on either side by a dark reddish-brown line as wide as the
median stripe ; external to each of them is a band of ground
colour about as wide as the median stripe and its two dark
bounding lines taken together ; beyond which again on either
side is an intensely black band, about as wide as the stripe of
ground colour which it bounds externally: the bands become more
or less confluent just at the posterior extremity, while just
anteriorly they are obscured by the orange-red tint which colours

366 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN LAND-PLANARIANS,

the anterior extremity. In spirit the ground colour is discharged
and imparted to the spirit, but the dark stripes remain. Length
of two spirit specimens 32 and 40 mm., 3 mm. wide.

Hab.—Mt. Wilson, Hartley Vale, N.S.W.

7. GEOPLANA QUINQUELINEATA, 0. sp.
(Plate v, figs. 4, 5, 15, 16).

Undersurface whitish. Ground colour above presents consi-
derable variations, pale yellow or nearly orange, dull olive-green,
ochreous-brown, reddish-brown, sometimes almost brick-red. The
dorsal surface divided into six longitudinal bands by five longi-
tudinal lines, also varying in colour, sometimes a darker and more
intense tint of the ground colour, from dark brown almost black .
to warm brown or red, their margins irregular when viewed with
a lens, arranged as follows: usually a very fine dark line occupies the
median line, externalto which on each side is anarrow band of ground
colour; outside of which again on either side is a line of brown
or red usually slightly broader and better defined than the mesial
line ; each of these again is bordered by a band of ground colour one
and a-half times or twice as wideas the inner stripe on each side ;
beyond each of which is the outermost brown or red line of the same
width as the first on each side but sometimes narrower, and each
of these is followed by a narrow band of ground colour extending
outwards to the lateral margin of the body. At the anterior
extremity the lines blend in the red tip. ‘The ground colour, and
the reddish tint of the anterior extremity usually disappear more
or less completely in spirit, while the bands become brown or
sometimes black.

Largest living specimen 10 cm. long. In two contracted spirit
specimens 42 and 23 mm. long respectively, the apertures of the
mouth are 20 and 12 mm. respectively behind the anterior
extremity ; in a third specimen 26 mm. long the genital orifice is
4 mm. anterior to the hinder extremity. In none of our specimens
are both apertures visible.

BY J. J. FLETCHER AND A. G. HAMILTON, 367

Young specimens on emerging from the cocoon are 2°5 to 4 mm.
long. In these and sometimes in larger ones the colour of the
anterior portion of the body is more intense, In very young
specimens also the lines are brighter, but the outermost one on
each side is only faintly indicated, or absent.

Hab.—Near Parramatta, near Springwood, near Capertee,
Guntawang, Beaudesert Hills, Biraganbil Hills, N.S.W. ; Sand-
hurst, Victoria.

This is one of our commonest species, and notwithstanding the
variations in the tints it is easily recognised by the five linear
stripes. At present we are unable to distinguish varieties, or
more than one species by definable characters, but when we have
been able more systematically to compare adults and young ones
from various localities it may be possible to do so. For three
Victoria specimens we are indebted to Mr. Froggatt. They
resemble some of our N.S. Wales examples in having the ground
colour rather dark both above and below, and in having the
median line as broad as the others, and more intensely coloured,
almost black.

8. GEOPLANA VIRIDIS, 0. sp.
(Plate v, figs. 6, 13, 14).

Ground colour below pale greenish-yellow or in some specimens
pinkish ; above bright grass-green. In the mesial line of the dorsal
surface is a fairly broad band of ground colour bounded on either
side by a fine line of bright burnt sienna; external to which on
either side is another band of ground colour about of equal width
with the mesial band ; beyond each of these again another sienna
Jine sometimes consisting of separate dots of pigment, so that
these lines as compared with the inner ones are not so intense in
colour or are even broken ; external to each of them is another band
of ground colour extending outwards to the lateral margin of the
body, slightly narrower than the median band. The lines converge
slightly towards the centre, and those of each side become confluent
just at the anterior extremity, and of a slightly brighter cclour, and

368 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN LAND-PLANARIANS,

the two patches thus formed also become continuous across the back
for a short distance just behind the row of eyes. The tip not
otherwise sienna-coloured. The median green stripe continues
nearly to the tip.

Length of largest living specimen 11:19 cm. long ; 1 cm. wide;
largest spirit specimen 7:5 cm. long, 65 mm. wide; mouth
posterior to anterior extremity 3°5 cm.; genital orifice behind
mouth 12 mm.

Some spirit specimens retain the colour fairly well, but it is
usually more or less completely taken up by the spirit ; the lines
fade considerably.

Hab.—Guntawang, N.S. W.

From the banks of an anabranch of the Cudgegong River.

We have a number of specimens answering to the above
description; in addition we have met with two variations.
Firstly, we have a few specimens in which the outer sienna line
on each side is wanting. Secondly, we have a few specimens in
which the ground colour is pale greenish-yellow, with two or
four sienna lines. Some of these however, may be only immature
specimens, as the few young ones so far met with are pale yellow
or pale greenish above, and have the two inner stripes complete
and distinct only anteriorly, while posteriorly they, as well as
the outer lines when present, are broken and indistinct.

9. GEOPLANA ORNATA, 0. Sp.

(Plate v. fig. 7).

Undersurface very pale yellowish. Ground colour of dorsal
surface pale sienna. A median dorsal well-defined line of a darker
shade of the ground colour, in some cases and in some portions of
its course apparently double when viewed with a lens ; beyond it
on each side a wide band of ground colour marked with short
longitudinal stripes of a darker tint, and bordered externally by a

BY J. J. FLETCHER AND A. G. HAMILTON. 369

somewhat interrupted line of the same width and tint as the
median stripe; beyond which again is a narrow band of ground
colour of a paler shade sometimes bordered externally by an inter-
rupted line like that previously mentioned, extending outwards to
the lateral margin of the body ; the sides of the body a paler shade
of ground-colour marked with darker dots. Except that of the
undersurface, the colours are fairly well retained in spirit speci-
mens.

A living specimen alive and extended 5:5 cm. long, 3 mm.
broad.

Hab.—Hartley Vale, N.S.W.

10. GEOPLANA VIRGATA, Nn. sp.

Undersurface pale brownish yellow. A narrow median longi-
tudinal stripe of umber; on each side of which lies a band of a lighter
tint, and of about twice or thrice the width, marked with narrow
broken longitudinal lines, and bounded externally by a darker
broken line ; outside the latter on either side a narrow band of
pale brown free from longitudinal markings, and bounded ex-
ternally by another darker broken line, outside which again is a
band marked with short fine longitudinal markings.

Crawling and extended about 2°5 cm. long, 3 mm. wide.

Hab.—-Hartley Vale.

From under logs on a swampy flat.

11. GEOPLANA MUNDA, n. sp.
(Plate v. fig. 8).

Undersurface greyish in centre, yellowish towards the margins.
Above there is a narrow median dorsal line of pale olive-brown,
bounded on either side by a very fine dark line, external to which
is a broader band of a slightly darker brown, and this is bordered
externally by a very dark brown line which gradually merges into
a rather broad band of very dark brown which fades gradually
towards it outer margin.

This pretty little planarian retains its colours in spirit very well

but the undersurface becomes quite white. The single specimen
24

370 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN LAND-PLANARIANS,

obtained measured when alive and crawling, 2°5 cm. long, and
3 mm. broad. In spirit it measures 15 mm. long, 4 mm. broad,
the mouth 6 mm. behind the anterior extremity, and the
generative aperture 2 mm. behind the mouth.

Hab.—Hartley Vale.

From under a log and almost in the water on a swampy flat.

12. GEOPLANA RUBICUNDA, N. Sp.

Body tapering gradually anteriorly, more abruptly posteriorly,
convex dorsally, flat ventrally (or somewhat concave in the median
line), thin, much depressed, contrasting markedly with G.cerulea in
this respect. Dorsal surface of a bright brick-red, somewhat darker
in the anterior portion of the body and in the median line, other-
wise fairly uniform ; no indication of any stripes ; undersurface of
a lighter tint; in spirit the colours fade considerably. Eyes
smaller and more difficult to make out than usual.

Length of a living specimen extended 60 mm., breadth 2 mm. ;
the same specimen in spirit 38 mm. long, 3:5 wide, aperture of
mouth not visible, the genital aperture 28 mm. behind the anterior
extremity ; length of a second (spirit) specimen 52 mm., breadth
3-5 mm., the mouth 32 mm. behind the anterior extremity, and
the genital aperture 7 mm. behind the mouth.

Six other spirit specimens from 4-9°5 em. long, and 3-6°5 mm.
wide ; in three of them 9-5, 6-9, and 6-5 cm. long respectively, the
oral apertures are 6°5, 4-2, and 4 cm. respectively behind the
anterior extremity, while the generative apertures are 8-5, 6:5, and
6 mm. respectively still further back.

Hab.—(Sydney), Springwood, N.S.W.

The six specimens above-mentioned were among a number of
planarians obtained at one of the Sydney nurseries, and given to
us by Mr. Masters. When previously referred to (antea p. 245)
we thought they were possibly not indigenous, They appear
however to belong to the same species as two subsequently found
in a gully at Springwood. Like these they have the body rela-
tively broad and depressed (very noticeable in the largest
specimens), and the oral aperture further back than usual. They

BY J. J. FLETCHER AND A. G. HAMILTON. 371

have lost the red tint, and are fulvous. More or less of the under-
surface in all the specimens is concave in the median line, but this
may perhaps be due to contraction, though we have not noticed a
similar effect in other species.

We do not think this can be Moseley’s G. sanguinea, as it cannot
be said to closely resemble G. cwrulea, the body being more
depressed, and the oral aperture further back than in that species.

Genus RHYNCHODEMUS.

Rhynchodemus, Leidy, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. v, 1851.

“Corpus elongatum, sub-depressum, antrorsum attenuatum,
utrinque obtusum. Ocelli duo subterminales.”

13. RuyncHopEeMus MOSELEYI, n. sp.
(Plate v. figs. 9 and 10).

Undersurface whitish. Entire upper surface dark olive-green
almost black. A very narrow mesial dorsal black line bounded on
either side by a much wider stripe of ground colour; external to
each of these stripes a black line slightly broader than the median
one, beyond which again the ground colour extends to the lateral
margin of the body. The ground colour is so dark that that the
longitudinal lines are difficult to detect.

Length living 3:3 cm. long, 3 mm. broad.

Hab.—Beaudesert Hills, Guntawang, N.S.W.

14. RuyncHoDEMUS CoXII, n. sp.

Above shining black with two narrow longitudinal azure-
blue lines enclosing a very narrow median longitudinal stripe of
the ground colour ; viewed with a lens the ground colour is seen
to be dotted with minute azure-blue specks, while the azure lines
have their margins ill-defined and somewhat irregular, and appear
as if dotted with black ; the lines continue right to the posterior
extremity, but begin some little way behind the anterior one
which is not coloured reddish. In spirit the lines become white.

372 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN LAND-PLANARIANS,

Undersurface much lighter in cclour and showing two whitish
lines, one on either side of the oral and genital orifices. Length
crawling 33 mm.

Hab.—Mt. Wilson.

We are glad to associate this pretty little species with the name
of our friend, Mr. J. D. Cox, who found the only specimen yet
seen, and to whom we owe the opportunities we have had of visiting
Mt. Wilson, and whose enthusiastic help in looking for Planarians
we gratefully acknowledge. The specimen lived only for a few
days and died unexpectedly before its examination was complete,
the anterior extremity breaking off, so that we do not yet know
the characters of its eyes. [It may therefore be a species of
Geoplana, but as we cannot see any eyes in the portion of it now
in spirit, it is provisionally placed here, until we can obtain fresh

examples.
15. RHYNCHODEMUS OBSCURUS, N. sp.

Undersurface almost white. Dorsal surface shining, dark ashy-
grey shading to black, darkest in small specimens, lighter in very
large specimens in which the colour is slightly darker in the
anterior portion of the body ; with a more or less distinct median
darker longitudinal line ; the lateral margins of the body much
lighter, gradually shading into the white of the undersurface.
In spirit the colour changes to dull drab. When quiescent the
body is relatively broad and flattened ; when fully extended it is
quite slender, and then the posterior extremity is more pointed
than the anterior one. No ambulacral line, the animal using the
whole undersurface as a sole.

Length of two of the largest specimens alive and extended
8 cm. and 5:4 cm. respectively, 3and 2 mm. broad; the former in
spirit 39 mm. long, 3 mm. broad ; a smaller specimen alive and
crawling 3°8 cm. long, 2 mm. broad; in spirit 18 mm. long,
3 mm. broad, the mouth 11 mm. behind the anterior extremity,
and the generative aperture 4 mm. posterior to the mouth.

Hab.—Ryde ; near Springwood ; near Guntawang, N.S.W.

BY J. J. FLETCHER AND A, G. HAMILTON. 373

16. RHYNCHODEMUS GUTTATUS, n. sp.

Undersurface much spotted irregularly with numerous small
blackish dots on a whitish ground. In the median line of the
dorsal surface is a very narrow jet black stripe bordered on either
side by a slightly wider but narrow white linear stripe sparingly
dotted here and there with minute black spots visible with a
lens ; external to each of these again is a broad band of shining
black, towards and at the extremities much broken up into
numberless small black spots and blotches ; beyond each of these
is a narrow lighter blotched band on the side of the body. The
margins of all the bands and stripes somewhat ragged : the white
stripes disappear near the extremities.

Two specimens alive and extended 4 cm. and 2 cm. long respec-
tively, 2 mm. broad ; the former in spirit is 14-5 mm. long, 3mm.
broad, the mouth 8 mm. behind the anterior extremity, the genital
orifice 3 mm. posterior to the mouth.

Hab.—Springwood, N.S.W.

We have twice seen at Mt. Wilson what we believe to be a
specimen of this species, but on both occasions it disappeared
before it could be examined. Another specimen sent us by Mr.
Cox is damaged, and we are therefore doubtful about their
identity. The white stripes at once distinguish this species from
any of the others.

17. RHYNCHODEMUS TRILINEATUS, 0. sp.
(Plate v. figs. 11 and 12).

Undersurface whitish flecked with black spots. The dorsal
surface with a broad shining dark purplish-brown almost black
band, which shows a median, and on each side a marginal, linear
longitudinal black stripe ; beyond which on each side a narrow
lighter band, the lines of demarcation formed by the marginal
stripes very conspicuous, and anteriorly at the level of the eyes.
Length crawling and extended 3 cm., broad 2 mm.

Hab.—Guntawang.

374 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN LAND-PLANARIANS.

18. RHYNCHODEMUS NIGER, n. sp.

Dorsal surface shining intense black; sides and undersurface
black (fading to violet in spirit) but less intense, and duller, or the
undersurface black with a faintly indicated lighter stripe on either
side of the median line.

Length of a living extended specimen 35 mm., breadth 25 mm.

Hab.—Guntawang.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

All the figures are of the natural size and from living specimens unless
otherwise stated.

Fig. 1.—Geoplana cerulea (blue-tipped variety).

Fig. 2.—G. subviridis, from a small spirit specimen.

Fig. 2.’— ,, 5 (enlarged diagram shewing the pattern of the stripes).

Fig. 3.—G. variegata, from a small extended living specimen.

Fig. 3.’— ,, of (diagram shewing the pattern of the stripes).

Fig. 4.—G. quinquelata, from a very large living specimen.

Fig. 5.— ,, 3 from a small spirit specimen.

Fig. 6.--G. viridis.

Fig. 7.—G, ornata.

Fig 8.—G. munda.

Fig. 9.— Rhynchodemus Moseleyi.

Fig. 10.— iS a anterior extremity (x 2).

Fig, 11.—R. trilineatus.

Fig. 12.—,, _,, anterior extremity (x 5).

Fig. 13.—G. viridis, anterior extremity of spirit specimen shewing the eyes

(<2);

Fig. 14.—G@. viridis, anterior extremity of young specimen with fewer eyes
( x 2).

Fig. 15.—G. quinquelineata, anterior extremity (x 5).

Fig. 16.— ,, 5 anterior extremity of young specimen with

fewer eyes (x5).

Note.—Fig. 1 is too black ; in fig. 7 the lithographer has filled in a portion
of the marginal stripe on each side with transverse lines instead of dots ; in
fig. 8 the median stripe is too light ; in fig. 15 the rows of eyes in the
crowded patch are too regular.

NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN EARTHWORMS. Parr III.

By J. J. Fuercuer, M.A., B.Sc.

Since my last paper appeared I have been able to see the papers
of H. Ude (1) and Dr. Rosa (2). The former mentions (pp. 133
and 134) his having received from Sydney, N.S.W., specimens of
Allolobophora fetida Sav., and A. turgida Eisen. (3) The latter
points out that the species which, for lack of opportunity of con-
sulting any of the papers in which it has been described, I at first
supposed was the Lwmbricus Nove-Hollandie of Kinberg, and
which, subsequently finding this not to be the case, from its wide
distribution in this colony I supposed was indigenous, and referred
to it in my second paper as A. australiensis n. sp., is the same as
one of these mentioned above by Ude, namely the European species
A. turgida, Eisen. Therefore, if we except Kinberg’s doubtful
species, no indigenous anteclitellian worms are known as yet from
Australia, the three species of such worms which have already
become established in various parts having been introduced. Of
these, A. turgida is spreading with extraordinary rapidity and has
completely outstripped the other two. Indeed taking into account
its feebler powers of locomotion, and that it was not intentionally
introduced, the rapid distribution of this worm is as remarkable as
that of any of our interlopers. In this colony I have examples of this
worm from almost every locality from which I have obtained or
received earthworms, with the exception of a few favoured spots

(1) ‘‘ Ueber die Riickenporen der Terricolen Oligocheten,” in Zeitschrift
fiir wiss. Zool. Band xti11, 1885, p. 87.

(2) ‘I Lumbricidi Anteclitelliani in Australia,” in Bol. dei Musei di
Zool. &c. R. Universita di Torino, Vol. 1, No. 18.

(3) Incorrectly referred to as Allobophora in my two previous papers.

376 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN EARTHWORMS,

like Burrawang, which are distant from towns, and where so little
is done in the way of esthetic gardening that few opportunities
have presented themselves to this species of spreading to them. It
is common on the Blue Mts. at Springwood and the Valley.
It has crossed the Dividing Range and flourishes in the Mudgee
District. It is very abundant in the Hunter River District on
the north, as in the southern districts it is also at Braidwood and
Wagga Wagea. It has long since escaped from gardens and has
taken to bush land which has never been cultivated. | And where
it has become established my experience is that the worms of this
species are more abundant than indigenous ones. It has also
established itself in the other colonies, as recently Mr. Froggatt
brought me specimens of it from Sandhurst, Victoria, and Professor
Rennie has also sent mea number of examples of it from his garden
at Adelaide. Ude states that he has also received specimens of
it from’ Milwaukee U.S.A. and Mexico. It is possibly the worm
referred to by an American writer in “ Nature” (1884, p. 503),
extracts from whose letter are quoted in a footnote on p. 528 of
my first paper. On the occasion of my last visit to Mount Wilson;
though I have never met with anteclitellian worms there before,
on turning over a patch of cowdung by the road side on the
sandstone country and at some distance from cultivated land,
Mr. Cox noticed thirty or forty small worms which may also
belong to this species. I took ten specimens at random, and
though the largest of them (in spirit) is only 36 mm. long, they
all have girdles commencing with xxv or xxvi and including xxxI
or XXXII (in one case XXIV-XXVIII).

The other two species of <Allolobophora which occur here do not
seem to have spread beyond the gardens of the Australian capitals.
Ude received examples of A. fetida Sav. from New Zealand and
Sydney. All the examples I have seen yet are from Sydney
or Melbourne gardens, from the latter locality brought me by
Mr. Froggatt.

Of the third species I have seen examples only from the Hon.
William Macleay’s garden at Elizabeth Bay where it is abundant,

BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 377

from one of the Sydney nurseries, and from one of the enclosures
in Hyde Park. It does not agree exactly with any of the descrip-
tions I can find, but seems to come nearest the A. profuga of
Rosa.

From two of these gardens I have numerous specimens of a
species of Pericheta (P. peregrina) which is supposed to have
come from the Mauritius, and which I have already described.
In this paper I describe another possibly introduced species only
known to me at present from specimens from Mr. Macleay’s
garden in Sydney, from some which Professor Rennie has sent me
from Adelaide, and from Mulwala. It differs from any other worm
I have yet seen from Australia in having the male pores on the
seventeenth segment.

In what follows I give descriptions of ten new species of indige-
nous worms, as before taking note of the more prominent
anatomical characters, but, in the hope of acquiring additional
types, leaving the consideration of morphological details until I
come to revise the whole. Of these all but two belong to the
genus Fericheta the most abundant Australian type, of which
I have previously described several species. They comprise species
from N. Queensland, New South Wales, and South Australia, and
one of them (P. canaliculata) collected by Mr. Froggatt in N.
Queensland is especially interesting because it is intra-clitellian.
Of another species from Mt. Wilson, which I here describe, all the
specimens obtained were postclitellian with a solitary exception
which was intraclitellian. These two species therefore are of con-
siderable interest because they add additional strength to the view
put forward by Beddard, who has met with a similar experience to
mine, in the case of the species of Acanthodrilus, that while
Perrier’s distinction between anteclitellian and the other two
groups into which he has subdivided earthworms is valid enough,
his division between the intraclitellian and postclitellian groups is
too artificial to be permanently retained, even though in the present
state of our knowledge of these animals it may be convenient for
the time being to make use of it.

378 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN EARTHWORMS,

The remaining two species are postclitellian, with eight rows of
sete. One from the Hunter and Hawkesbury districts is a
new type for which is established the new genus Perissogaster,
characterised by the presence of three gizzards, but it differs
fundamentally from Benham’s recently instituted genus T’rigaster
in the characters of the generative organs.

The other species is an interesting little worm I have recently
found at Mt. Wilson, in which I have as yet been unable to find
either gizzard or spermathecwa. As I wish to avoid multiplying
genera 1 provisionally refer it to the genus Cryptodrilus, which
at present consists of a somewhat heterogeneous collection of
species whose common characters so far appear to be that they are
postclitellian ; have eight rows of sete, not in pairs, and frequently
at considerable intervals apart; a single (or no) gizzard: and
that they have the male pores opening on the eighteenth
segment.

I have to acknowledge the valuable assistance I have received in
various quarters. For entirely new material, or for the oppor-
tunity of obtaining it I have especially to thank Mrs. Windeyer
of Raymond Terrace, the Hon. W. Macleay, Rev. K. A. Corner,
Mr. J. D. Cox, Mr. A. G. Hamilton, Professor Rennie, Dr. E. C.
Stirling, Dr. E. P. Ramsay, Mr. Masters, and Mr. T. G. Sloane. Not
less am I indebted to Mr. J. D. Ogilby, Mr. Whitelegge, and
several other gentlemen for specimens of worms which, though not
new, were from new localities.

EvpDRILUS (?) DUBIUS, n. sp.

The largest (moderately contracted spirit) specimens measure
60 to 65 mm. long, 4 mm. broad, and comprise about 110 segments ;
several smaller specimens comprising about 85 segments are about
45 mm. long.

Colour pallid, except where as at the anterior extremity and in
the dorsal region the bloodvessels showing through the thin integu-
ment give a red tinge ; clitellum of a yellow hue.

BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 379

Body cylindrical, and of nearly uniform girth, but tapering
slightly just near the extremities.

Prostomium pear-shaped, dividing the buccal ring for a little
more than half its width ; the buccal ring as wide as the following
segments, which are more or less conspicuously tri-annulate.

Clitellum comprising three complete segments, XIV-xvI, and
including more or less of x11 and xvii; of x11 sometimes almost
the whole of it ; of xvit only just the anterior margin, or enough
to include the male pores, but in no specimen was the whole of it
included ; thick and complete all round, usually hiding both the
setze and the boundaries of the segments.

Setze of the ordinary character, about *39 mm. long, with a slight
enlargement at about 4 from the free tip, in eight longitudinal
rows, of which on each side two are ventral, one lateral, and one is
dorsal ; the first row on each side about as far from the median
ventral line as the second row is from the first ; the interval
between the second and third rows somewhat less than twice that
between the first and second; the fourth row about midway
between the median dorsal line and the third row, the interval
between the third and fourth wider than that between the first
and second, but not so wide as that between the second and third.
From about segment xxI or xxiI forwards the set of the second
row on each side stand gradually successively closer to the corres-
ponding setz of the first row until on segment xviiI the interval
between the two rows has diminished to about half; on xvi the
first and second setz on each side not visible ; from xvi the second
rows diverge again until at about segment x1 the sete stand
at the ordinary distance apart.

The two male pores are on two slight elevations on segment XVII,
not conspicuous, hardly noticeable without a lens, just dorsad of the
first row of setee. The two oviducal pores are on xiv, in front of and
in line with the first seta on each side. Spermathecal apertures
and dorsal pores not visible. Nephridiopores very distinct, a row
on each side commencing after segment Iv, close to the anterior
margins of the segments, and a little ventrad of the third row of
sete.

380 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN EARTHWORMS,

Alimentary canal: the buccal mass and pharynx occupy about
five segments ; the portions of the alimentary canal in vi vii and
VIII straight and thin-walled; a gizzard I have been unable to
make out ; in each segment from 1x to xt the alimentary canal is
globularly dilated and very vascular, less marked in x1, (and
slightly also in xiv and xv) probably representing the calciferous
glands though separate pouches on each side are not pinched off ;
inxvi it suddenly increases in calibre to form the sacculated
large intestine which continues to the end of the body.

Genitalia : two pairs of small white racemose testes in segments
XI and x11, attached to the posterior face of the mesenteries
between x and x1, and x1 and xu, on each side of the alimentary
canal (1); the two vasa deferentia commencing with two pairs of
ciliated funnels in x and xI immediately in front of the posterior
mesenteries, and joining the short genital ducts a little way from
the prostates; the prostates are two small narrow bodies in xvit,
transversely placed, the short duct of each coming off from the inner
(lower) extremity, and joined about half the distance from the gland
by the posterior portion of the vas deferens ; just in front of the
proximal extremity of the genital duct is a pair of small delicate
sacs lying in contact with one another and with the inner portion
of the prostate ; when separated they are seen to be attached just
in front of the genital duct ; each of them contains two slightly
curved penial setze, one about ‘85 mm. long, the free end faintly
striate but not spinose or with the tip bifid, the other developing ;
the ovaries have the usual situation in x11 ; the oviducts commence
opposite to them in the same segment and open to the exterior in
the next one, and present nothing unusual; the spermathece I
have so far been unable to discover.

(1) Following the example of Perrier I speak of these bodies and of
similar ones in the other species described in this paper as testes. Their
real nature I intend to investigate specially subsequently. If they are
vesicule seminales both their situation (attached to the mesenteries) and
their relation to the ciliated rosettes are remarkable, as each pair of the
bodies is always in a different segment to the pair of rosettes receiving
their products.

BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 381

The last pair of hearts is in segment x11; in this and also in x
and x1 they are very large, and originate in part from the supra-
intestinal vessel in these segments. The segmental organs com-
prise a pair of coiled tubules in each of the segments but a few
of the anterior ones.

Hab.—Sydney, Mulwala, N.S.W,; Adelaide 8. A. (possibly
introduced).

It is uncertain whether this worm is indigenous, as so far I have
had specimens only from gardens. Those from Mulwala, sent by
Mr, Sloane, were from a garden to which at one time plants had
been brought from Melbourne. It is a remarkable little worm,
which as it has a pair of male pores on segment xviI, and I
can find no spermathece of the ordinary character, is referred to
Perrier’s genus Hudrilus ; but it differs in several points from any
of the three or four species of this genus yet described, as for
example in having no bursa copulatrix, and in not having the
spermathecee connected in a remarkable manner with the oviducts.
At present I can identify neither a gizzard nor spermathecee in any
of my specimens. The distinction between intraclitellian and
postclitellian is a very fine one indeed in the case of this species, as
in none of my specimens is the segment which bears the male pores
wholly included in the clitellum, though the pores themselves are
more or less completely; so that while the worms are always
unsatisfactorily postclitellian yet they are often not altogether
satisfactorily intraclitellian.

CRYPTODRILUS RUBENS, 0, sp.

A good (spirit) specimen is 55 mm. long, 4 mm, wide ; comprising
114 segments. The pear-shaped prostomium divides the buccal
ring for more than half its width.

Colour of the anterior portion of the body dark red, most
noticeable in front of the girdle, in the posterior half of the body
as well as on the under surface the colour much lighter.

382 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN EARTHWORMS

The girdle comprises three segments, xIv to xVI, and is thick and
complete all round, the sete and intersegmental boundaries just
visible.

Setze of the ordinary shape, about -45 mm. long, in eight longi-
tudinal rows, not in pairs; first row on each side ventral, a
little to one side of the median line, the second row also ventral,
the third lateral, the fourth dorsal ; the first and second rows stand
closer to each other than do the third and fourth ; the interval
between the third and fourth about equal to that between second
and third, and about twice that between the first and second.

On xVIII a pair of conspicuous somewhat conical elevations marked
with several circular groves; on the summit of each a small median
papilla (perhaps only the everted terminal portion of the genital
duct) on which are the male pores about in line with the second
row of setz; a second and third smaller and less conspicuous
papille, one immediately in front, the other immediately behind
the median one, each with a pore through which probably the
penial setze are extruded. Oviduct pores two on xIv. Sperma-
tiecal pores not determinable. Dorsal pores absent. Nephridi-
pores not visible.

Alimentary canal : the bucca] mass and pharynx extend through
about the first four segments; in vi and in vir a thin-walled
globular portion either or both of which may perhaps be a gizzard ;
calciferous glands in segments x-xtlI, the last pair very large
and conspicuous ; the intestine is quite narrow in the next two
segments, while in xv1 the large intestine suddenly commences,
and continues throughout the rest of the body.

Genitalia: a single pair of testes only visible in xm, white
racemose bodies independent of each other, attached to the
posterior face of the mesentery between x1 and x11; an anterior
pair possibly overlooked; ciliated rosettes in x and XI; vasa
deferentia not visible ; prostates a pair of long narrow transversely-
disposed bodies in xv111, sometimes folded on themselves, with a
rather long much-bent duct coming off from near the inner (lower)
end of the gland, gradually increasing in diameter: the two

BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 383

ovaries have the usual situation in x11; the oviducts commence
opposite them in the same segment and open to the exterior in
XIV ; spermathece not visible. Lying beside each genital duct are
two small sacs each containing two penial setz about ‘7 mm. long
gradually tapering to a fine point.

The last pair of hearts is in x1.

Segmental organs consisting of a pair of convoluted tubules in
each of the segments with the exception of a few anterior ones.

Hab.—Mt. Wilson.

This interesting little worm is the only one with eight rows of
setee as yet forthcoming from this locality. When alive it resembles
in appearance the small perichete worms. So far I have been
able to examine only a few small spirit specimens, a number of
living specimens which I brought down after my last visit having
unfortunately died before I could examine them. The sperma-
thecz and gizzard may have been overlooked, but so far I have not
been able to find them.

PERISSOGASTER EXCAVATA, g. et sp. n.

Three (spirit) specimens from the Hunter are 69 mm., 195 mm.,
and 250 mm. (a softer specimen) long respectively, and 3 mm.,
13 mm., 15 mm. broad respectively, and comprise about 160 to 175
segments. A (spirit) specimen from the Hawkesbury is 334 mm.
long, 15 mm. broad, and comprises 195 segments.

Prostomium wide, slightly depressed, ribbed by about five
somewhat irregular longitudinal grooves, dividing the anterior
annulus of the buccal ring. The latter is ribbed anteriorly by
longitudinal grooves ; superiorly and laterally it is marked with a
slight transverse furrow at about } from its anterior margin,
incompletely dividing it into two annuli, and limiting the prosto-
mium posteriorly. Segments broadest in the anterior region of
the body, especially from about 111 to xvit ; the first three segments
bi-annulate, 1 and 11 with the sete towards the posterior margin

384 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN EARTHWORMS,

of the anterior annuli; after 1v for some distance the segments
are tri-annulate with the setz on the middle annuli, sometimes a
faint indication of four annuli; behind the girdle the segments
are narrower, tri-annulate, or sometimes bi-annulate, or quite
posteriorly even smooth.

Sets with a slight sigmoid flexure, about 0-7 mm. long, with a
slight enlargement about 4 from the free end, the width again
increasing slightly a little further back, then diminishing gradually
a very little towards the imbedded end ; in eight longitudinal rows
forming two pairs, those of each outer pair a little further apart ;
the first row on each side about 2 mm. from the median ventral
line ; the second row about 1 mm. from the first ; the third about
3 mm. from the second ; the fourth about 1:5 mm. from the third ;
thus even the outer pairs are scarcely or only just lateral in
position.

Clitellum absent in the smallest specimen ; in the others com-
mencing with the posterior annulus of x1 and taking in just
the anterior margin or nearly the whole of xvii, complete all
round except for the fossa presently to be mentioned ; in one
specimen not so thick as to obscure the sete and annular and
intersegmental grooves, but in two other cases so thick as com-
pletely to do so. The ventral surface of segments XVIII to XXI
is thickened and flattened ; and immediately behind the junction
of xvil and xviii but on the anterior annulus of xvii and within
the limits of the clitellum in two of them is a long narrow shallow
depression or fossa, 8 or 9 mm. long, and about 1 mm, wide,
placed transversely, and extending outwards nearly to the third
row of sete on each side, its margins thickened ; on the anterior
annuli of XIx, XX and xxI similar but shallower depressions, or
only the ends of these may be shewn, the intervening portions
being more or less filled up, or marked only with a groove. The
genital ducts are in segment XvII, and judging from the situation
of their proximal portions the first of these fossze ought to carry the
male pores near its extremities, but they are not visible externally
in any of the specimens. The others appear to be of the nature

BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 385

of accessory copulatory organs, and also appear to carry indistinct
pores. In the smallest specimen none (or perhaps the anterior one
only) are visible. Thus two of the specimens are intraclitellian,
but one of the others with a not fully developed girdle is not so.

Oviducal pores two, 2 mm. apart, on either side the median
line on xiv, and close to the posterior edge of the anterior
annulus of this segment. Spermathecal pores two pairs, opening
into the grooves between vil and viit and vitt and 1x, but situated
on the anterior margins of viiI and Ix, in line with the first row
of sete, ventral in position.

Dorsal pores none ; nephridiopores not discernible.

Alimentary canal : the buccal mass and pharynx occupy the first
four segments, the pharynx anteriorly and superiorly coated with
a glandular mass possibly salivary glands, bounded posteriorly by
the first recognisable mesentery between Iv and v, the pharyngeal
muscular bands very strong and numerous, those from the latero-
posterior region arranged in four more or less complete circular
rows, and passing through the first second or third or all three
mesenteries to their insertions on the body walls in segments V, VI
or Vil; in each of the segments just mentioned is a globular
gizzard, the three gizzards and the pharynx connected by short
pieces of cesophagus ; from vill or Ix to xIv the piece of intestine
in each segment shews a very vascular globular dilatation,
probably calciferous glands, though lateral diverticula seem not to
be separated off ; the large intestine commences suddenly in XVI,
and though of larger calibre than the preceding portion, part
of it being coiled in cork-screw fashion, this appears at first sight
in a contracted worm to be much greater than it really is;
unprovided with ceca.

Genitalia : two pairsof racemose testes (in the specimen dissected
5 mm. long, by 1-5 wide) the anterior pair in 1x attached to the
anterior surface of the mesentery between 1x and x, the posterior
pairin xitattached to the posterior surface of the mesentery between

x1 and x1, those of each pair quite independent of each other, one
25

386 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN EARTHWORMS,

on either side of and arching above the alimentary canal ; ciliated
rosettes two pairs in x and x1, the whole vacant space in these two
segments crammed with masses of fully formed and developing
spermatozoa, apparently enclosed in very thin-walled sacs with the
ciliated rosettes in each segment, but in too friable a condition to
make out their relations thoroughly ; prostates two, lobed masses
each consisting of an anterior broader portion and a posterior
narrow and longer portion, much bent on itself so as lie in
two segments XVIII and XIX, or as on one side in Xviti only ; a
short duct comes off at about the junction of the broad and narrow
portions of the gland ; the posterior portions of the vasa deferentia
were not visible: the two ovaries occupy the usual position in XIII ;
the two oviducts commence opposite to them in the same segment
and open to the exterior in the next segment ; spermathece two
pairs in vill and 1x, stalked pear-shaped pouches opening ante-
riorly, each with a short wide ceecum placed anteriorly and which
may be more or less bifid or even trifid at the free extremity.

The mesenteries after the first two or three complete ones as far
back as that between x1II and xIv are enormously thick, and con-
nected by interseptal bands ; the posterior one of xIv is thinner,
but much thicker than the succeeding ones.

There are hearts from v to x11, the last three pairs the largest,
and these arise by two trunks, one from the dorsal vessel and one
from a small supra-intestinal trunk ; I could see no sub-nervian
trunk, but in addition to the supra-nervian one there are two
lateral vascular trunks in the anterior region of the body.

The segmental organs are apparently the small tufts of tubules
attached to the celomic wall immediately in front of and behind
the mesenteries, and most conspicuous in some of the anterior
segments.

Hab.—Morpeth, and Hawkesbury River District, N.S. W.

This species cannot be referred to the genus 7'rigaster recently
established by Mr. Benham for the reception of a West Indian

BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 387

earthworm with three gizzards, (1) because, among other points of
difference, the latter has two pairs of male pores. For the speci-
mens from the Hunter River I am indebted to the kindness of the
Rev. K. A. Corner of Morpeth. For the opportunity of examining
the single specimen from the Hawkesbury I have to thank Dr.
Ramsay. I have had no information about the habits of these
worms, which were probably obtained in both cases from the rich
soil of the alluvial flats. (2).

PERICHETA EXIGUA, D. sp.

Three specimens (from the Blue Mts.) comprising 107-115
segments are about 6 cm. long, and 3-3°5 mm. broad ; four others
(from Randwick) comprising about 120 segments are from 4 to
5°3 cm. long, and 25-3 mm. broad; two others (from Manly Beach)
of about the same dimensions, but both wanting the posterior
portion of the body. Colour when alive bright red, lighter below.
Prostomium nearly divides the buccal ring, the latter with a faint
longitudinal groove in the median ventral line.

Clitellum of three complete segments, x1v-xv1, and slightly
involving xvi in the lateral and dorsal regions, thick and complete
all round in breeding worms so as to obscure sete and dorsal
pores.

Sete commence with 20 per segment; this number may con-
tinue fairly constant, increasing a little way back to 21 or 22, or
in a few specimens quite in the posterior region it may increase
even to avout 30 per segment ; there is a well-marked median ventral
interval throughout devoid of sete ; a dorsal interval is less well-
marked though perceptible anteriorly, but in the hinder region
of the body it is very little if any wider than the ordinary interval
between two sete.

(1) Quart. Jour. Micro. Sc. No. cv, August 1886, p. 94, pl. rx, figs. 31-42.

(2) After this paper was read the Rey. K. Corner sent me an additional
and larger supply of these worms, which came too late to be utilised in
drawing up the above description. They will however enable me to sup-
plement it on a future occasion, when figures of this and of several other of
the species referred to in this paper, will be given.

388 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN EARTHWORMS,

Male pores on papille on xvi, about in line with the
2nd or 3rd row of sete on each side, or with the interval
between them. Oviducal pores close together on xiv. Spermathe-
cal pores a single pair, between vil and vit, corresponding with
the interval between the 3rd and 4th rows of sete on each side.

Dorsal pores after segment v.

Accessary copulatory structures comprise ventral thickening on
x and x1; and on some or all of xvI xviII xIx and xx there are
other structures which are slightly different in the specimens from
the three different localities: thus in Springwood specimens the
ventral surface of xvii only, or of this and x1x, is thickened and
marked with a somewhat elliptical fossa extending outwards on
each side to the second seta, with a well-marked rim, and some-
times a raised central portion, and apparently with a pair of pores.
In four Randwick specimens the fosse are on xviI and xx, while
on XIX in front of the interval between first and second row of
sete there appears to be a pore. In two Manly specimens the
fossa is on XvI, while on xvi and xix there are two pairs of small
papille with pore-like depressions, extending from the first to a
little way beyond the second sete.

Alimentary canal: the gizzard is in v; four pairs of calciferous
pouches in x to x1 with perhaps an additional one in 1x; the
large intestine begins in XVI.

Genitalia: two pairs racemose testes attached to the anterior
mesenteries of segments x1 and x11; two pairs ciliated rosettes in
x and x1; the prostates are white compressed bodies, incised
superiorly so as to be 3- or 4-lobed, a lobe in each of segments
XVIII-XX or XX1, the first and second lobes also partially divided by
an incision from below, and from the groove so formed emerges
the genital duct, the rest of which is bent in horse-shoe fashion,
the limbs lying close together, and with the concavity of the bend
looking backwards: the ovaries and oviducts have the usual
situation and arrangements; the single pair of spermethecze
are in VIII, opening anteriorly, each consisting of a large pear-
shaped sac with a distinct stalk, and a club-shaped cecum only
about half the length of the principal pouch.

BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 389

The last pair of hearts is in segment xu, the posterior three
pairs much larger than the others.

Hab.—Springwood (Blue Mts.), Randwick and Manly Beach
(near Sydney), N.S.W.

The specimens from these three localities agree very well except
in regard to the accessory copulatory structures, which by them-
selves are of too variable a character to be relied on for purposes
of classification. I therefore put them all in one species, though
when more specimens are examined it may be possible to separate
one or more varieties.

The only other worms with a single pair of spermathecz that I
have seen, were sent to me by Mr. T. G. Sloane from Mulwala on
the Murray. They comprise six (spirit) specimens from 54-91 mm.
long, and 2-3 mm. broad, consisting of from 88-125 segments.
They are not sufficiently well-preserved for very satisfactory
determination, nevertheless I have been able to make out that they
are closely allied to the above-described species but may be distin-
guished as

Var. MuRRAYANA,

Differing from the typical form of P. ewiguain having (1) the ceca
of the spermathece very long, almost filiform but slightly dilated
distally, much longer than the principal pouches, (2) the testes in
Ix and x1 instead of in consecutive segments, (3) the prostates
narrower, less incised ; and the genital ducts shorter, thicker, and
less markedly bent in horse-shoe fashion. There are also
slight differences in the details of the accessory copulatory struc-
tures, in regard to which however the specimens differ among
themselves.

Hab.—Mulwala, N.S. W.

Mr. Sloane tells me that this species is common in spring about
the edges of lagoons and marshes after the floods in the Murray
subside, but is scarce at other seasons when the ground becomes
dry.

390 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN EARTHWORMS,

PERICHETA MONTICOLA, N. Sp.

The two largest (contracted) spirit specimens comprising 124
and 151 segments are 12°7 cm. and 15:5 cm. long respectively,
and 7 mm. wide. The colour above is dark reddish brown, darkest in
front of the clitellum (which is lighter) and for some distance
behind it, and gradually becoming lighter posteriorly ; below
lighter, greyish. Prostomium divides the buccal ring almost
completely.

Clitellum of three complete segments, xIv to xvi, and involving
a portion of x11 or of xvil, or of both.

The number of sete varies considerably in different regions of
the body, and slightly in different specimens, so that I have not
found two exactly alike in detail. The setigerous segments up to
about x11 normally appear to have 16 sete per segment, though
after the first three or four there may be 17, 18 or even 20; on
the girdle this number may increase to 22 or 24, or in one case 27;
a few segments further back there may be 24-28; the number
eventually increasing in the posterior region to 34 or 36, or in one
case 50. In front of the clitellum the intervals devoid of sete
are very broad in this species, the dorsal one especially so.
Behind the girdle the ventral one narrows gradually but remains
distinct throughout, whereas the dorsal one gradually narrows so
much as to become hardly noticeable. The setze from the anterior
region are thicker and longer than those from further back.

The male pores are on papille on xv1i1, about in a line with 4th
row of sets. The oviducts open close together on a depression on
xiv. The two pairs of spermathecal pores are between vil and VIII,
and VIII and 1x, just ventrad of the first row of sete. The accessory
copulatory structures not or scarcely noticeable except when the
worms are breeding, comprise—a pair of slit-like depressions on a
swollen area in the line of setze but in the interval devoid of them on
the ventral surface of Ix ; a pair of 8-like swollen masses on ventral
surface of x, with four depressions perhaps pores ; on the flattened

BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 391

ventral surface of xviI a pair of pores ventrad of the innermost
sete ; a second pair on small papilla just ventrad of the papillae
carrying the male pores ; a third pair on minute papille on x1x, in
front of the line of set, and corresponding with the interval
between the first and second setz.

In other respects this species is like P. australis, except that
there is an additional pair of calciferous pouches in x11, and that
the genital duct is differently disposed, as previously mentioned.

In a fresh specimen the calciferous pouches and the portion of
the intestine in xIv presented a white and glistening appearance,
the contents consisting chiefly of minute granules which effervesced
on the addition of acid.

Hab.—Mt. Wilson.

I have already referred to this species in speaking of P. aus-
tralis, from which, after having examined additional material,
1 find it to be readily distinguishable (1) by the greater breadth of
the dorsal interval devoid of setz in front of the clitellum and
a corresponding decrease in the number of setz, (2) the ventral
position of the spermathecal apertures, (3) the presence of an
additional pair of calciferous pouches, (4) the different position of
the bend of the genital duct, (5) as well as apparently by accessory
copulatory structures, which were absent in all the specimens of
P. australis yet examined.

PERICHETA CANALICULATA, N. Sp.

Thirteen (spirit) specimens varying from 9 cm. long and 8 mm.
broad to 14:5 cm. long and 8 mm. broad; number of segments
from about 120-160. Body cylindrical, tapering just anteriorly,
and more gradually for a considerable distance posteriorly. Colour
even in spirit specimens purplish or reddish-brown, paler below.
Prostomium dividing the buccal ring very slightly ; marked ante-
riorly and inferiorly by several (three or more) irregular longi-
tudinal markings ; superiorly with a median longitudinal groove,
continuing sometimes across the buccal ring, or not on to this, or

392 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN EARTHWORMS,

on to the succeeding segments as far back as the first dorsal pore.
It may then be present on all the succeeding segments of the body.
Thus the grooving may be absent from all the first six or seven
segments, or present on the first one and absent from the others
up to about the twelfth segment, but from this backwards it is
present in every one of the specimens, commencing at the dorsal
pore on the anterior margin of the segment and terminating at the
pore on its posterior margin, so that it may be said that all or the
greater part of the body is marked in the median dorsal line by a
longitudinal linear groove interrupted at the dorsal pores. In
addition all the specimens show a similar but shallower and fainter
median ventral grooving on the posterior half of the body, com-
mencing at a variable distance (in one case at segment xx) behind
the girdle.

Segments in front of the girdle widest, usually bi-annulate.

Setze on a conspicuous ridge just behind the annular groove, fre-
quently the ridge not limited by grooves ; a median dorsal and a
median ventral interval devoid of sete, the latter well-defined
throughout, its bounding rows of sete straight, between two and
three times the width of the interval between two sete, a little wider
anteriorly ; the dorsal interval at first very broad, sometimes but few
dorsal setze in this region, further back the interval is narrower, but
throughout owing to gaps in the half-circles of set its bounding
lines are very irregular and sinuous: the first two or three seti-
gerous segments appear normally to have 16 setz per segment, the
next few 24, increasing shortly to 34, eventually increasing in the
most posterior segments to about 50 per segment. The details are
liable to considerable variation as not only are there gaps in the
half-circles of setz, but especially in the anterior dorsal region
portions of the setigerous ridges disappear leaving the surface quite
smooth ; so that in a general way the pre-clitellar segments may
be said to have any number of sete from 14 to 38, though after
the first few the number 24 sometimes occurs pretty regularly ;
sometimes more setz are visible on one side of a segment than on
the other.

BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 393

Clitellum complete in one specimen ; slightly developed and
recognisable in two others ; absent in all the rest ; comprises five
complete segments xIv to Xvitl, and in addition takes in small
portions of x11 and x1x ; as the male pores are on XvilII the species
is therefore intraclitellian.

Male pores on two prominent papille about 5 mm. apart, in
line with about the 5th or 6th rows of sete, or with the interval
between them ; setze not visible on the ventral surface between
the pores. Oviduct pores two, in the interval devoid of sete, on
segment xIv, close together, just in front of the line of sete.
Spermathecal pores three pairs, between segments vi and VII, VII
and vill, and vill and 1x, about in line with the 5th row of sete.

Dorsal pores after segment v. Nephridiopores not discernible.
No trace of any accessory copulatory structures.

The alimentary canal comprises a buccal mass and muscular
pharynx with its strong pharyngeal muscles occupying the first
four segments, a long piece of cesophagus several times bent on
itself, of which a short anterior portion is in v, and a much Jonger
piece with the large gizzard in v1, the latter having immediately
behind it the posterior mesentery of this segment, but pushing
back it and the next two or three succeeding mesenteries which
thus—in a contracted worm—come to lie close to each other, and
causing a considerable displacement in these segments; in segments
1x to xv the small intestine presents calciferous glands, the portions
in these segments being very vascular, globularly dilated, inter-
nally shewing ridges, but distinct pouches are not pinched off ;
the portion in xvi is narrow, while in xvi the large intestine
suddenly commences ; this is without caeca, and being coiled in
cork-screw fashion its apparent calibre is greater than it really is.

The first noticeable mesentery, thin and incomplete, is that
between Iv and v; from about vil to xvi the mesentaries are
somewhat thicker than elsewhere.

Genitalia: two pairs of testes in xI and x11, small white bodies
(2-5 mm. long, and about 1 mm. wide in a specimen 12°5 cm.

394 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN EARTHWORMS,

long, in which the clitellum was not developed) adherent along
their whole length to the posterior surfaces of the mesenteries
between x and x1, and x1 and xn, quite independent of each other,
one on each side of and on a level with the intestine : two pairs
of ciliated rosettes in x and x1, in one specimen the whole width
of the floor in each of these segments occupied by a white mass
sending up a prolongation visible on each side of the intestine,
consisting of spermatozoa apparently enclosed in a delicate sac
along with the ciliated rosettes ; in a second specimen there was a
considerable mass of spermatozoa on each side in each segment
but the ciliated rosettes appeared to be quite free, though if so it
may have been accidental, or judging from the girdle in conse-
quence of the cessation of the breeding function ; prostates two,
in segment Xvil1, each consisting of a larger upper lobe, and a
smaller lower one from which the prostatic duct comes off ; this is
joined at some distance from the gland by the posterior portion of
the vas deferens; the genital duct then continues straight for
some distance, but just its proximal portion is bent round sharply
forming a small horse-shoe, the convexity of which looks inwards :
ovaries two, in the usual position in x111; oviducts apparently not
in any way remarkable ; spermathece three pairs, opening anteri-
orly, in segments vil to 1x, shortly-stalked pear-shaped pouches,
each with a very short but conspicuous club-shaped cecum.

Attached to the posterior surface of the mesentery between xII
and XIII, one on each side, in a position nearly corresponding with
that of the two pairs of testes in x1 and x11, and some distance above
the ovaries, I found in both specimens dissected a pair of smooth
white sacs, from their situation looking much like a third but
rather larger pair of testes. From the difference in their contents
however they have nothing to do with the genitalia. They showed
only granules, granular cells, and encysted parasites. I have
met with something similar in ?. Barronensis, but at present I do
not know what these bodies really are, as their symmetrical
arrangement is remarkable if they are merely parasitic out-
growths.

BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 395

Segmental organs consist of a pair of conspicuous coiled tubules
in each segment except the first two or three; each tubule con-
sisting of three well-marked portions, a short and tolerably straight
portion, an enlarged vesicular portion, and a long convoluted narrow
distal portion, The last two pairs of hearts in x1 and xII are very

large.
Hab.—Mossman River, Cairns District, N.Q. (Macleay Museum).

This is a remarkable and interesting species, the study of which
I intend to take up again later on. Notwithstanding that it is
normally intraclitellian it cannot be referred to Megascolex Templ.
(redefined by Beddard) from which it differs among other things
in having fewer sete, and spermathece provided with ceca. On
the other hand except for the girdle its characters are paralleled
in some or other of the numerous described species of Pericheta,
and it should not in my opinion be placed in a genus separate from
them. I am inclined to think that it will eventually be desirable
to restrict the genus Pericheta to the typical perichzte worms with
complete circles of sete and intestinal ceca, and to make a
separate genus for the pleurochete worms without czca like the
worm under consideration. At present I regard the latter as an
example of what Beddard has already met with in Acanthodrilus,
and as strengthening his view that Perrier’s classification in so far
as it relates to the separation of the Postclitelliani from the
Intraclitelliani is too artificial to be ultimately retained.

PERICHETA STIRLINGI, 0. sp.

Five (spirit) specimens from 10 ecm. to 20 cm. long, 8-11 mm.
broad, comprising from about 130-140 segments. The anterior
dorsal portion of the body much darker, but the colours are
bleached by the spirit.

Prostomium depressed, concave below, with a median longi-
tudinal groove, and a transverse one at about half the distance
from its anterior margin ; divides the buccal ring for about of its
width.

396 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN EARTHWORMS,

First two or three segments without annulations, after which as
far back as the girdle they may be triannulate ; behind the girdle
the segments are narrower and are tri- or they may be quadri-
annulate.

Setee of the usual character, about ‘35 mm. long, inconspicuous
on the dorsal region making it difficult to count them ; somewhat
less numerous on the anterior segments, apparently from 30 to 40
per segment ; a well-defined ventral interval devoid of them, about
thrice the width of the interval between two sete ; the dorsal
interval very irregular owing to its bounding rows of setz not
being straight, and to the gaps in the rows of sete in this region.

Clitellum in the largest specimen comprising segments XIV-XVII
together with the posterior half of x11 except on ventral surface ;
complete all round ; indicated in the others only by the darker
colour of these segments.

Male pores on xviii, about in line with the interval between
third and fourth rows of setze on each side ; pores of oviducts two,
close together, about 1 mm. apart on xIv; three pairs of sperma-
thecal pores, lateral, about in line with 6th row of set, between
VI and VII, VII and VIII, VIII and 1x.

Accessory copulatory structures well developed; a pair of
circular or elliptical papille at the junction of xvi and xvi, closer
together than those further back, in line with the interval between
first and second rows of setz on each side; a second and third
pairs at the junctions of xvi11 with the preceding and succeeding
segments, one immediately in front of, and the other immediately
behind, and in line with the male pores; five additional pairs
of small elliptical elevations similarly situated at the junctions
of the following five segments ; in the specimens without girdles
either only the anterior ones, or more or fewer of them are only
faintly indicated.

Alimentary canal: the muscular pharynx occupies about the
first four segments ; a very short cesophagus and the large gizzard
are in V, the latter displacing the two mesenteries behind it and in

BY J. J. FLETCHER, M A., B.SC. 397

this way occupying vi and part of vi; in each segment from vir
to xiv the alimentary canal shows a globular dilatation, very
vascular, probably functioning as calciferous glands, though lateral
diverticula are not visible ; the portions of the intestine in xy-xvIt-
are very thin-walled ; the large intestine suddenly commences in
XVIII, and is without ceca.

Mesenteries: a thin incomplete one between Iv and vy, a com-
plete but very thin one between v and vi, the next one thicker,
the following seven as far back as the one between x11 and XIv
very much thicker, the remaining ones very thin.

Genitalia: two pairs testes, in xI and XII, narrow elongate
racemose or lobulated white bodies attached to the posterior faces
of the mesenteries between x and xI and xi and XII, one on each
side of the intestine, quite independent of each other ; ciliated
rosettes in X and XI, quite free and unenclosed in any sacs (from
other considerations the specimen dissected was evidently not
breeding), the posterior portions of the vasa deferentia not
discernible ; prostates a pair of Jong narrow rather flat bodies
transversely disposed in xvitl, with a thick short genital duct
coming off from the inner (lower) end ; just in front and for some
distance behind the genital duct the floor of the body shews white
elevations, accessory copulatory glands: the ovaries occupy the
usual position in x11; the oviducts not determinable the worm
being in rather too soft condition ; spermathecz three pairs, in
VII-Ix, stalked pouches, opening anteriorly, the posterior pair the
largest, each with a small but conspicuous club-shaped ceecura
nearly as long as the stalk of the principal pouch.

The last pair of hearts is in x11 ; from viti-x11I a second supra-
intestinal longitudinal vessel is apparent, from which in part arise
the four posterior pairs of hearts. Very minute tufts of tubules
attached to the coelomic wall appear to represeut the segmental
organs.

As in P. canaliculata in the specimen dissected there was a pair
of symmetrically-placed stalked bodies on the posterior surface of

398 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN EARTHWORMS,

the mesentery between x11 and x11, not racemose and smaller than
the testes, of which from their situation they look at first sight
like a third pair.

Hab.—Lofty Ranges near Adelaide, 8.A.

For specimens of this very distinct species, the first recorded
from South Australia, I am indebted to Professor Rennie, and to
Dr. Stirling from whose garden they came.

PERICHETA RAYMONDIANA, 0. Sp.

Two spirit specimens comprising 103 and 135 segments respec-
tively, were 19 and 26 cm. long, and 8 and 9 mm. broad respec-
tively. When alive evidently of a very dark red above, lighter
below. The prostomium all but divides the buccal ring, is
superiorly marked with a longitudinal median groove, and with a
transverse one at a distance of about } of the width of the buccal
ring from its anterior margin; the buccal ring not grooved
inferiorly in the median line.

Clitellum well developed in both specimens, the body much
constricted in this region ; comprises nearly five segments, x11 to
XVII, in one specimen not taking in the anterior portion of x11 and
the posterior portion of xvi, but in the other except that their
ventral portions were less modified both segments may be said to
be included.

Male pores on smatl papilla on xvii, corresponding with the
interval between the first and second setz on each side. Dorsad
of, but contiguous and at right angles to each papilla is a ridge-
like eminence running nearly across the breadth of the segment,
but no pores are visible on it. There are accessory copulatory
structures on the ventral portion of xvit and xvii, consisting of
ellipsoidal thickenings each with an obscurely-indicated pair of
pores ; the ventral interval devoid of setze in some of the segments
in front of the girdle is also thickened. The two ovarial
apertures are close together on an ellipsoidal area on xiv. The

BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 399

three pairs of spermathecal pores are between v1 and vil, vi1 and
VIII, VIII and 1x, in line with the second seta on each side. The
dorsal pores commence after segment Vv.

Sete of the ordinary shape but with the sigmoid flexure not
quite so marked as usual, less numerous, thicker and twice as long
(0-93 mm.) and further apart in the anterior region ; at first 28
per segment (sometimes 24) increasing posteriorly to about 36 ;
a narrow space devoid of sete in the median dorsal line, at first
about twice the width of the interval between two setx, but
gradually diminishing posteriorly ; in the median ventral line a
slightly wider interval conspicuous throughout.

In regard to the divisions of the alimentary canal, the number
and situation of the various reproductive organs, the vascular
system, and the segmental tufts, this species sufficiently closely
resembles P. awstrina as not to call here for detailed description.
The gizzard is in segment v as it is in that species, and not in
VI as previously stated.

Nine mesenteries from the posterior one of vi to the posterior
of xiv are very thick and muscular. Segments x and x1 were
crammed with masses of spermatozoa enclosed with the ciliated
rosettes in each segment in a delicate membranous sac.

Hab.—Raymond Terrace, Hunter River, N.S.W.

With two specimens of this species I received several other
perichzete worms, one at least of a different species, but too small
and too soft for satisfactory determination at present; also a
large number of specimens of Allolobophora turgida, all from the
same neighbourhood, and for which I am indebted to the kindness
of a lady.

PerIcHzTA HAMILTONI, n. sp.

A good (moderately contracted) spirit specimen comprising 148
segments was 14°3 cm. long, and 5 mm. broad: three other speci-
mens out of a number found dead after a flood in the Cudgegong
River, less contracted and softer, were 28, 30 and 35 cm. long
respectively and 6-8 mm. wide ; the largest one comprising about
150 segments.

400 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN EARTHWORMS,

Setze of the ordinary shape, stouter, twice as long (about 0:7 mm.)
and further apart in the anterior region; on the first setigerous
segments 16 per segment, increasing to 20 for a number of
segments, while behind the girdle the number is from 28 to about
30 ; the dorsal interval at first very broad, about four times the
width of the interval between two sete, gradually diminishing until
it is no broader than an ordinary interval ; the ventral interval
not quite so wide, noticeable throughout.

The male pores are on papillee on xvu11, apparently also a second
pair of papille on this segment but without pores (the large speci-
mens have the ventral portion of xviI-x1x swollen and the male
pores on circular papille); papille with pores on Xvir and XVIII ;
only indistinct swellings on 1x and x.

In other respects this species is like P. austrina and requires
no further description here.

Hab.—Guntawang, N.S.W.

Mr. A. G. Hamilton of Guntawang, who sent me specimens of
this species, informs me that three of them were samples of some
hundreds found dead in an anabranch of the Cudgegong River, in
December 1886 after a flood, the first for fifteen years. Apparently
during a succession of dry seasons the worms had betaken them-
selves to what, in wet seasons, is the bed of the anabranch, whence
they had been dislodged, and drowned by the flood. The speci-
mens sent had been dead some time before they were noticed,
hence they are not in very good condition for examination ; but
though the papille carrying the male pores and the accessory
copulatory structures are slightly different, they appear to belong
to the same species as the other specimen which was dug out of
the river-bank.

PERICHETA WILSONIANA, 0. Sp.

Largest of eight (spirit) specimens 94 mm. long, 4 mm. broad ;
comprising about 120 segments. Clitellum of three complete
segments, XIV-xvI, together with more or less of xvi, but in one
case including xvi, XIx and part of xx; this specimen therefore

BY J. J. FLETCHER, M.A., B.SC. 401

is intraclitellian. Sete at first 20 per segment, further back
usually 24, and quite posteriorly sometimes about 28 ; ventral
interval devoid of setae conspicuous throughout, about twice the
width of the interval between two setz; dorsal interval at first
wider than an ordinary interval, but posteriorly not so.

Two pairs of papille on xvi, and a pair of copulatory papille
on XVII and on XIX; on X a pair of rectangular raised areas with
a groove between them, extending outwards to about 4th seta on
each side.

There is apparently a fourth pair of calciferous pouches in XxIII.

In other respects this species is like P. austrina.
Hab.—Mt. Wilson.

PERICHETA FECUNDA, 0. Sp.

Two (spirit) specimens from different localities are 74 and 65 mm.
long, 3°5 and 3 mm. broad, and comprise 108 and 115 segments
respectively. Body cylindrical, tapering slightly anteriorly, and
more gradually posteriorly ; colour darker above, especially anteri-
orly ; when alive an iridescent steel-blue. Prostomium nearly
divides the buccal ring, the latter inferiorly marked with a median
longitudinal groove.

Setze for about the first three setigerous segments 20 per segment,
increasing to 24 just about the clitellum, with 28 a little way
behind it, and about 30 per segment in the posterior region.
Sometimes a few more setz are visible on one side of a segment
than on the other. Ventral interval devoid of sete noticeable
throughout, about twice the width of the space between two sete ;
the dorsal interval anteriorly a little wider than that between two
sete, posteriorly not noticeable.

Clitellum complete, comprising three entire segments XIV to XVI
and slightly involving x111 and xvit (in one case about half).

Male pores on xvitt, about in line with the interval between

first and second sete on each side. Oviduct pores two, close
26

402 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN EARTHWORMS.

together on xIv, in front of the line of set. Spermathecal pores
four pairs, intersegmental from segments v to Ix, in line with or
slightly dorsad of the second row of setze on each side.

Dorsal pores after segment iv. Nephridiopores not visible.
The accessory copulatory structures are slightly different in detail
in the two specimens ; they comprise swollen areas with pits or
pores on the ventral surface of x and x1 (in one case circular and
extending outward from the first to the sixth seta on each side),
while the ventral surface of segments xvii to XX or XXII is much
thickened, flattened, and some of these shew a trarisverse shallow
depression, and a pair of indistinct pores.

In one of the specimens dissected the gizzard was in V, calci-
ferous pouches in x-xIv, the large intestine commencing in XVI,
without czeca. Testes two pairs in rx and xl, ciliated rosettes in
x and XI, prostates two, in XVIII and XIX ; ovaries in XIII, sperma-
thecee four pairs, in segments vI to IX, opening anteriorly, the
club-shaped ceca nearly as long as the main sacs. The posterior
pair of hearts is in XIII.

Hab.—Mt. Wilson, and Lawson, N.S.W.

ON A NEW HOPLOCEPHALUS FROM THE GULF OF
CARPENTARIA.

By Witiiam Mactsay, F.LS., &.

HopPpLOcEPHALUS CARPENTARIA.

Scales in 15 rows.
Abdominal Plates 183.
One Anal Plate.
Sub-caudals 31.
Length, 20 inches.

Tail, 1! inches,

Of slightly depressed form. Head a little broader than the
neck, body not much enlarged towards the middle, tail short,
tapering to a fine point. Anterior frontal shields less than half
the size of the posterior, a little emarginate in front to receive
the rostral shield, and in contact with two-thirds of the nasal
shield. The posterior frontals 5-sided, the anterior side in contact
with the anterior frontals, the lateral with the hinder third of the
nasal shield, the external posterior side with the preocular and
superciliary shields, the internal with the vertical shield, and the
inner side in contact with each other. The vertical shield is
6-sided and triangular in front and behind. The superciliaries
are considerably shorter than the vertical and about half the
width. There are two postocular and one preocular shields. The
nasal shield is elongate and pointed behind. There are six upper
and lower labial shields. The eye is of moderate size, the pupil
almost round, and is in contact with six shields—the parietal, the
two posterior oculars, the anterior ocular, and the third and
fourth upper labials. The place of the loreal shield is occupied by

404 ON A NEW HOPLOCEPHALUS FROM THE GULF OF CARPENTARIA.

the contact of the angular points of the anterior ocular, posterior
frontal, and nasal shields with the middle of the upper side of the
second upper labial shield. The colour is entirely olive-brown
above, and yellowish-white below. The head and nape are of a
rather darker brown, the brown in each margined by a distinct
black stripe which extends along the upper side of the rostral,
nasal, and upper labial shields to behind the mouth, beneath
which all is white. There is also a small black spot on the upper
angle of the anterior ocular shield.

I am indebted to Dr. Cox for this very distinct species, which
was captured near Normanton, Gulf of Carpentaria, a few months
ago.

NOTES ON THE NESTS AND EGGS OF CERTAIN
AUSTRALIAN BIRDS.

By A. J. Nort.

ARTAMUS MELANOPS, Could.

This species is found plentifully dispersed throughout the
interior of South Australia, and the Darling and Albert districts
of New South Wales. The nest is a round, open structure,
composed of fibrous roots, lined inside with grasses, and placed in
alow bush. Eggs four in number for a sitting, varying consider-
ably in the character of their markings,

A set taken by Mr. K. H. Bennett at Mossgiel, on the 17th of
October, 1886, are of a fleshy-white, thickly freckled and spotted
with irregularly shaped markings of reddish-brown, and others of
a bluish-grey tint appearing as if beneath the surface of the shell.
Length (A), 0°87 x 0°69 inch ; (B), 0:9 x 0-67 inch; (C), 0°85 x
0°67 inch ; (D), 0°89 x 0°68 inch.

Another set of a reddish-white ground colour are heavily
blotched all over, but particularly towards the larger end, with
bright red and a few indistinct obsolete spots of deep bluish-grey.
Length (A), 0°82 x 0°68 inch; (B), 0°87 x 0°67 inch ; (C), 0°89
x 0°67 inch; (D), 0°87 x 0:68 inch. Taken by Mr. James
Ramsay at Tyndarie, November 2nd, 1879.

The months of September, October, and November constitute
the breeding season of this species,

STREPERA INTERMEDIA, Sharpe.

A single egg of this species in the Dobroyde collection, taken at
Mount Gawler, South Australia, in 1860, is similar in colour and
markings to the egg of the Tasmanian species, 8. arguta. Long
diameter 1°77 inch, short diameter 1:17.

406 ON THE NESTS AND EGGS OF CERTAIN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS,

STREPERA MELANOPTERA, Gould.

This bird is found breeding in South Australia. It constructs a
large open nest of sticks and twigs, lined inside with fibrous roots
and grasses, and usually placed in the topmost branches of a
Eucalypt. Two eggs of this species in the Dobroyde collection,
taken by Mr. Gardner in 1863, are similar in form to those of
S. arguta ; they are of a light purple or rich vinous-brown ground
colour, with large irregularly shaped markings of slaty-brown
evenly dispersed over the surface of the shell. Length (A), 1:6 x
1:18 inch ; (B), 1°65 x 1:19 inch.

RHIPIDURA DIEMENENSIS, Sharpe.

Two eggs taken near Hobart in October, 1885, are of a dull
white colour, thickly freckled all over with creamy-brown mark-
ings, but more particularly towards the larger end. Length (A),
0-61 x 0°47 inch; (B),0°6 x 0°47 inch.

Maturus cyanocutamys, Sharpe.

Specimens of this bird were obtained on the Herbert River,
Queensland, in November, 1868, together with the nest and eggs.
The nest is adome-shaped structure, with an entrance in the side,
constructed of dried grass intermingled with spiders’ webs, and lined
inside with feathers, hair, &c. ; it was placed in a thick bush
close to the ground. Eggs four in number for a sitting, fleshy-
white sprinkled all over with pale reddish-brown markings ; in
one specimen (A) forming a coalesced patch on one end. Length
(A), 0°68 x 0:5 inch; (B), 0-68 x 0°5 inch; (C), 0°66 x 051
inch ; (D), 0°67 x 0-48 inch.

ACANTHIZA INORNATA, Gould.

This bird is found in the southern portions of Western and
South Australia, being particularly abundant in the neighbour-
hood of King George’s Sound in the former colony, where Mr.
Masters succeeded in obtaining a number of specimens during
1868, likewise the nest and eggs.

BY A. J. NORTH. 407

A nest of this species now before me, taken from the Australian
Museum collection, is a dome-shaped structure composed of the
dried wiry stems of a Drosera, and the flowering portions of the
Lanksia cones, spiders’ webs, &c., all matted up together, and
lined inside with the white downy seeds of some composite plant.
It measures exteriorly four and a-quarter inches in height, by
three inches in width; the aperture which is oval and near the
top being one inch high, by one and a-quarter inch in width,
The nest is firmly packed in the upright forked branches of a
Banksia, and was placed about five feet from the ground; it
contained two eggs of a fleshy-white ground colour, freckled all
over with irregularly shaped markings of a reddish-brown, par-
ticularly towards the larger end where they form a well-defined
zone. Length (A), 0°7 x 0°52 inch ; (B), 0°69 x 0°52 inch.

I have described the above nest and eggs upon the authority of
Mr. Geo. Masters, who assures me there is not the slightest doubt
about them, he having personally taken them on the 3rd of Dec.,
1868, at King George’s Sound, Western Australia.

Mr. Gould in his ‘ Handbook to the Birds of Australia,’ Vol. L.,
p. 371, writes of the nest of this species, as being ‘composed
of grasses lined with a few feathers, and the eggs five in number,
of a white colour, slightly tinged with greenish grey.”

I am inclined to believe that Mr. Gould has described the nest
and eggs of some other bird, probably one of the Ploceide family,
as neither the materials of which the nest is composed, nor the
number and colour of the eggs, agree with what obtains in the
case of the other members of the genus Acanthiza.

ACANTHIZA UROPYGIALIS, Gould.

For the eggs of this species Iam indebted to Mr. K. H. Bennett,
who procured them at Mossgiel, on the 15th of October, 1886.
The nest, he informs me, was similar to that of A. pyrrhopygia,
and was built in a low thickly-foliaged tree about five feet from
the ground. Eggs three in number for a sitting, of a delicate
fleshy-white, minutely freckled all over with light reddish-brown

408 ON THE NESTS AND EGGS OF CERTAIN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS,

markings, but chiefly towards the larger end, where they
form an ill-defined zone. Length (A), 0°65 x 0°5 inch; (B),
0°65 x 0°48 inch; (C), 0°66 x 0°48 inch.

POEPHILA ACUTICAUDA, Gould.

Of this handsome bird, the late Mr. Boyer-Bower procured a
fine series, while collecting in North Western Australia. It breeds,
like its ally P. cincta of the Hastern Coast, in the long grass and
low bushes, building a flask-shaped nest of grasses, and laying
usually five eggs for a sitting. Eggs white, somewhat lengthened
in form, measuring as follows :—Length (A), 0°68 x 0-48 inch;
(B), 0°65 x 0-4 inch; (C), 0°69 x 0:46 inch; (D), 0-71 x 0:48
inch ; (E), 0°65 x 0-43 inch.

September and the three following months constitute the
breeding season of this species.

ACANTHORHYNCHUS DUBIUS, Gould.

Some ornithologists do not consider this a good species; Mr.
Gould, himself, who first pointed out the difference from the
Northern and Eastern Australian Continental forms, inclining to
believe them identical ; but as the Tasmanian bird is smaller in
all its admeasurements, and much richer and deeper in the tints
of the under surface, I give the description of a set of eggs taken
near Hobart, in October, 1885.

Eggs two in number for a sitting, of a pale buff, approaching a
light saturnine red on the larger end, where they are minutely
spotted with irregularly shaped markings of deep chestnut-brown,
and a few nearly obsolete spots of bluish-grey. Length
(A), 0°73 x 0:53 inch; (B), 0°75 x 0°54 inch.

ZOSTEROPS FLAVOGULARIS, Jasters.

This very distinct and well-marked species was found tolerably
abundant at Cape York and the adjacent islands, by the members
of the ‘ Chevert’ Expedition in 1875.

A nest of this species now before me, taken by Mr. George
Masters at Warrior Island on the 27th of June, is a deep

BY A. J. NORTH. 409

cup-shaped structure composed of the dried skeletons of leaves,
held together with spiders’ webs, and neatly lined inside with fine
wiry grasses, the whole exterior surface being covered with thin
broad strips of perfectly white semi-transparent paper-like bark of
a Melaleuca, which gives it a very beautiful appearance. Ex-
terior diameter three one-eighth inches, depth two inches ; internal
diameter one and three-fourths inch, depth one and a-halfinch. The
nest was attached by the rim to the thin branches of a shrub,
about five feet from the ground. The eggs were two in number,
but four is the full complement for a sitting, of a uniform pale
bluish-green, both specimens giving exactly the same measure-
ments, viz.: 0°72 inch in length, by 0°5 inch in breadth.

Through the kindness of the Hon. Wm. Macleay, I have been
permitted to examine and describe a number of nests and eggs in
the Macleayan Museum, from which the above description is
taken. Iam also indebted to Mr. George Masters, the Curator,
for supplying me with all the available information relative to
the taking of the same.

SITTELLA PILEATA, Gouwld.

For the nest and eggs of this species, together with the bird
shot therefrom, I am indebted to Mr. James Hill, of Kewell,
Victoria, who procured them on the outskirts of the Mallee
country in the Wimmera district, in September, 1882. The nest
was built in the upright fork of a Casuarina about fifteen feet
from the ground, and is similar in every respect to that of S.
chrysoptera ; hence its description would be merely a repetition of
that of the nest of the latter species. Eggs three in number for a
sitting, the ground colour darker, and the blotches heavier, than
in S. chrysoptera, being a deep bluish-white, with long slaty-black
markings, while appearing underneath the surface of the shell are
large superimposed blotches of dark lilac, which in some instances
are confluent ; the markings on the under surface are much larger
and more numerous than on the outer surface of the shell.
Length (A), 0°66 x 0:51 inch; (B), 0°66 x 0°53 inch ; (C), 0°67
x 0°54 inch.

410 ON THE NESTS AND EGGS OF CERTAIN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS,

ScyTHROPS NOVE HOLLANDIZ, Lath.

This bird is universally distributed over the whole Continent of
Australia, and one or two stragglers have even been found in
Tasmania.

Dr. Hurst has kindly permitted me to describe an egg of this
species from his collection, which, he informs me, was taken from
the oviduct of a bird shot at Kempsey on the Macleay River,
during the first week in November, 1884, and which he exhibited
at a Meeting of this Society in the same month.

Ground colour dull white, with faint washed-out pinkish spots
and minute dots, also some of a light yellowish-brown tinge ;
appearing as if beneath the surface of the shell at the apex of
the thick end are others of a light purplish-brown, becoming
confluent, and forming a very indistinct patch, intermingled with
some of a brownish shade. All the markings are very ill-defined,
and the egg closely resembles a very large and washed-out speci-
men of the egg of Grallina australis. Length, 1:5 x 1-05 inch.

MEGALOPREPIA ASSIMILIS, Gould.

The Allied Fruit Pigeon is universally dispersed over the Cape
York Peninsula, and as far south as the neighbourhood of
Rockingham Bay.

A nest of this species found at Cape York by Mr. George
Masters, on the 17th of September, 1875, from which the bird
was flushed, and procured, was simply a few dried sticks placed
cross-wise on a horizontal branch of a tree about eight feet from
the ground; it contained two eggs, perfectly white, rather elong-
ated in form and pointed at the smaller ends, in a very advanced
state of incubation. An average specimen measures 1-4 inch in
length, by 0°95 inchin breadth. (From the Macleyan Mus. Coll.).

Pezoporus Frormosus, Lath.

Dr. Ramsay informs me this bird used to breed freely in the
neighbourhood of Appin in the long tussocky grass, during the
months of September, October, and November, and that the
young birds afforded excellent sport about the end of January.

BY A. J. NORTH. 411

A nest before me is composed of rushes and wiry grass, bitten
into suitable lengths, and bent round and interwoven here and
there into a platform of about half an inch in thickness ; a piece
of Lycopodium also being worked into it. The diameter of the
nest is 4:5 inches. Eggs white, and three in number for a
sitting, shell smooth. Length (A), 1:03 x 0°85 inch; (B),
1:01 x 0-85 inch ; (C), 1:06 x 0°85 inch. (Dobr. Mus. Coll.).

412 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr, Whitelegge exhibited a number of slides of Polyzoa in
illustration of his paper.

Mr. MacDonnell showed the saw of a species of Pristis from W.
Australia, said to have been obtained from fresh-water.

Mr. North exhibited the eggs of the following species of Birds,
Artamus melanops, Gld., Strepera intermedia, Gld., §. melanoptera,
Gld., Lhipidura diemenensis, Sharpe, Malurus cyanochlamys, Sh.,
Acanthiza inornata, Gld., Poéphila acuticauda, Gld., Acantho-
rhynchus dubius, Gld., Sitella pileata, Gld., Zosterops flavogularis,
Masters, and Megaloprepia assimilis, Gld.

Mr. A. Sidney Olliff exhibited the insects obtained by Messrs.
W. A. Harper and J. A. Millington, during a short residence in
Norfolk Island. He called attention to Papilio Ilioneus, Don.,
Danais plexippus, Linn., Pyrameis Itea, Fabr., a Pierid new to the
Australian fauna, several introduced species of Heterocera, and
among the Coleoptera, to some Longicorns belonging to the genus
Ayloteles ; but he refrained from entering into particulars as he
intended on some future occasion to submit to the Society a
detailed report on the collection.

The Hon. James Norton exhibited two pieces of wood carved in
a remarkable manner, in the one case by a Black Cockatoo in ex-
tracting a grub, in the other by white-ants.

Mr. Mitchell exhibited and made remarks upon a number of
fossils from the Bowning series, as follows :—

(a) Pleurodictyum sp.: this specimen was found in the Bowning
beds associated with Calymene Blumenbachii, and two species of
Acidaspis, one of which is closely allied to if not identical with
A. Leonhardi, to which, from the study of the head and pygidium,
it has been referred by M. Ratte (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. ILI.
Ser. 2nd, p. 99). As far as I have been able to ascertain, up to

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 413

this time Plewrodictyum has not been recorded from N.S.W., and
the only species recorded from Australia is that mentioned by
Prof. McCoy (1); and [L am able to support his contention that it
occurs in Silurian formations in Australia. The specimen now
exhibited has cells over half an inch in diameter, and the whole
specimen measures two inches across. The period of time during
which Plewrodictyum flourished in the Bowning area was relatively
a short one, the total thickness of the stratum in which it
occurs being only afew feet. I have not seen P. megastoma, but
I am aware that beds similar to the Bowning beds occur in
Victoria: it is, therefore, likely that the specimen under notice
may be identical with that species. (b) Calymene Blumenbachit :
this fossil also makes its appearance towards the close of the
series, and the species flourished during a relatively short period,
as it is found in a stratum about one foot thick. There appears
to have been a remarkably sudden invasion on the part of
numerous individuals of this species, followed by as sudden a
retreat. Immediately below the stratum from which this specimen
was obtained, Phacops fecundus (?), the two species of Acidaspis
referred to above, and a species of Proetus are found. On the
invasion of C. Blumenbachii these species, from some cause not
evident except the presence of C. Bluwmenbachii, altogether
disappeared. (c) Supposed Fish-Spines. these are usually found in
pairs and mostly in the same relative position to each other,
lying side by side but separated at their bases by distances
varying from 3 to 9 lines, and gradually approaching to contact
at their apices, which taper to very fine points. They have a
slight curve throughout which increases towards the apical points,
and their greatest diameter is near the middle. The pair exhibited
are four inches in length, and their greatest diameter is one line, but
theyare incomplete. They are foundassociated with Acidaspis Leon-
hardi(?), Acidaspis sp. (2), Phacops fecundus (?), and P. caudatus,

(1) Annals and Magazine of Nat. Hist. 1867, Vol. XX. p. 201, in a foot-
note as follows :—‘‘It is worthy of remark that, as on the continent of
Europe the Devonian genus Pleurodictywm has now been found in Silurian
strata, so in these beds in Victoria, I find a new species (P. megastoma,
McCoy) with cells half an inch in diameter.”

414 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

(d) Cromus sp.: this specimen resembles C. Beawmonti, but differs
from any figures I have seen of it in having pedunculated eyes and
unspined pleuree. The specimen now exhibited is complete, and
is the first so found, as far as I am aware, though it is not
uncommon to get specimens perfect in every particular except the
presence of the free cheeks and eyes. (e) Twurrilepas sp.: the
fragment now exhibited is referred to Zurrilepas by Mr. Etheridge,
F.G.8., Government Palzontologist, and is the first recorded from
Australia. (f) Psilophyton sp.: the specimen shown is provisionally
referred by Mr. Hitheridge to this genus. Its occurrence in
Australia has not before been recorded. At Bowning it is found
associated with Phacops caudatus, P. fecundus (1), Acidaspis
Leonhardi (1), and another Acidaspis.

Specimens of Crustacea belonging to the genus Hntomis were
also exhibited. In concluding, Mr. Mitchell alluded to the
absence of many important palzontological works from the
libraries in this colony, and the consequent difficulty in many
cases of getting fossils identified.

Mr. Macleay exhibited two fine and unusually large-sized
specimens of the very remarkable fish Leptocephalus tenia,
obtained by the Rev. Tenison-Woods in the China Sea. He also
exhibited the Insects and Snake described by him.

Mr. Trebeck called attention to the report of a deputation to
the Colonial Secretary of Queensland in reference to the desira-
bility of cultivating the virus of pleuro-pneumonia for protective
inoculation, and expressed the hope that Dr. Katz would turn his
attention to the matter. In reply Dr. Katz stated at the next
meeting of the Society he would read a paper on the subject.

Mr. Fletcher exhibited living and spirit specimens of a number
of indigenous land-planarians, as well as some of their egg-
capsules ; also specimens of the species of earthworms described
in his paper.

Dr. Katz exhibited in connection with his paper on phosphor-
escent bacteria, an interesting series of pure cultures of these

AL We

P.L.S n.s.w. Voc. (2%? Ser.)

15 (x5)

13 (x2)

16 (x5)

14: (x2)

i Jedglhield dith.

-

A.G.H. del!

>

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 415

bacteria, which he had put up in the adjoining Laboratory. He
showed cultivations on various gelatinous nutritive substances, in
meat broth, and on boiled marine animals (fish, crustaceans).
Those on fishes (whiting, bream) especially, offer a most beautiful
aspect, and the light emitted by them is very intense. He also
demonstrated that ordinary sea-water can be rendered phosphor-
escent by adding to it cultures of the above micro-organisms.
There were three ie two containing between 11 and 12
gallons each, and one 23 gallons of sea-water. These quantities
of sea-water became highly phosphorescent by the addition of
mass-cultures of the luminous organisms, so as to resemble what
is known under the name of “ milky sea.”

Mr. Masters exhibited for Mr. Prince a specimen of a very
beautiful Wood Moth of.an undescribed species of Pielus taken at
Lawson (Blue Mountains) a short time ago. The Insect is five
inches across the wings, the upper wings reddish-brown with
bright silver markings, the underwings deeply purple. Dr. Lucas
remarked that he had seen a specimen of this Insect from Gipps—_
land, Victoria. HOONE BF

27

WEDNESDAY, 271TH JULY, 1887.

The Hon. James Norton, M.L.C., in the Chair.

Mr. C. T. Musson was present as a visitor.

Mr. W. Kershaw, Melbourne ; and the Hon. W. H. Suttor,
M.L.C., Bathurst, were elected Members of the Society.

The Chairman announced. that the next Excursion had been
arranged for Saturday, August 13th. Members to meet at the
Redfern Railway Station to proceed by the 8°15 a.m. train to the
watering-station beyond Berowra, Hawkesbury Line.

DONATIONS.

“ On the Honeydew of Coccide and the Fungus accompanying
these Insects ;” “‘ Further Notes on New Zealand Coccide ;” “On
the Freshwater Infusoria of the Wellington District.” By W.
M. Maskell, F.R.M.S. From the Author.

“ Comptes Rendus des Séances de |’Académie des Sciences,
Paris.” Tome CIV., Nos. 13-17 (1887). From the Academy.

“ Jaarboek van de Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen,
Amsterdam,” 1885; ‘‘ Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Konink.
Akad.” Derde Reeks, Deel II. From the Academy.

“The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society.” Vol.
XLIIL., Part 2 (No. 170, May 1887). From the Soccety.

DONATIONS. 417

“ Bulletins du Comité Géologique, St. Pétersbourg, 1887.” Tome
VI., Nos. 4 and 5. From the Committee.

“ Abstract of Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London,”
(17th May, 1887). From the Society.

“* Abhandlungen herausgegeben vom naturwissenschaftlichen
Vereine zu Bremen.” IX Band, Heft 4 (1887). From the
Society.

“ Zoologischer Anzeiger.” X Jahrg. Nos. 252 and 253 (1887).
From the Editor.

“Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes.” No. 200 (June, 1887).
From the Editor.

“The Scottish Geographical Magazine.’ Vol. II., No. 6
(June, 1887). From the Hon. W. Macleay.

“Proceedings of the Geographical Society of Australasia, New
South Wales and Victorian Branches.” 2nd Sess. (April to Dec.,
1884), Vol. II]. From the Society.

“The Victorian Naturalist.” Vol. IV., No. 3 (July, 1887) ;
“Seventh Annual Report 1886-7, List of Members,” etc. From
the Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria.

‘Revue Coloniale Internationale.” Tome IV., Nos. 5 and 6
(May and June, 1887). From Association Coloniale Néerlandaise
a Amsterdam.

“Elements of Pharmacology.” By Dr. Oswald Schmiedeberg,
Translated by Thomas Dixson, M.B. From Dr. Dixson.

“ Verhandlungen des Vereins fiir naturwissenschaftliche Unter-
haltung za Hamburg, 1883-5.” Band VI. From the Society.

“ Bulletin de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou.”
Année 1887, No. 2. From the Society.

‘Nieuwe Naamlijst van Nederlandsche Schildvleugelige In-
secten.” By Dr. Ed. Everts. From the Dutch Society of Sciences
in Haarlem.

418 DONATIONS,

“ Horae Societatis Entomologicae Rossicae.” Tome XX (1886).
From the Society.

“The Transactions of the Entomological Society of London for
the year 1887.” Part IJ. (June). From the Society.

“ Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society, 1887.” Part 3,
(June). From the Society.

“ Oversigt over det Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs
Forhandlinger, 1884-6.” Prom the Academy.

“The Australasian Journal of Pharmacy.” Vol. II., No. 19
(July, 1887). rom the Editor.

“The Sydney University Calendar, 1887.” rom the University.

“ Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indié.” Deel
XLVI, (1887). From the Kon. Natuurkundige Vereeniging im
Ned.-Indié.

PAPERS READ.

REPORT ON A SMALL COLLECTION OF PLANTS FROM
THE AIRD-RIVER, OBTAINED BY MR. THEODORE
BEVAN DURING HIS RECENT EXPEDITION ;

SusmirreED BY Baron von Muewter, K.C.M.G., M.D., Pu.D.,
F.R.S., &c.

(Plates vi and VII.)

Among the plants entrusted to the writer's examination, two
prove new to science, and of these two now the descriptions are
offered. Besides species of the following genera occur in the
collection :—WMWyristica, Pittosporum, Quercus, Mucuna, Manilloa,
Voacanga (Orchipeda ), Dischidia, Fagrea, Selaginella, Trichomanes,
Davalia, Asplenium, Aspidium, Poiypodium.

The Manilloa is the M. grandiflora of Scheffer. Mr. Bevan
remarks, that it attains about 15 feet in height, that the stem
is bare, that the colour of the floral leaves is salmon-pink, and
that they bend downwards in bell-shaped masses.

MussAENDA BEVANI.
(Plate v1.)

Branchlets glabrous ; leaves nearly orbicular, only along their
costate nerves hairy ; racemes few-flowered, almost corymbose ;
peduncles, bracts, pedicels and calyces rather densely beset with
appressed brownish hairlets ; lobes of the calyx often isomorphous,
during anthesis longer than the tube, deltoid-semilanceolar, acumi-
nate, early deciduous, the fifth calyx-lobe (if changed) extremely
large, conspicuously stalked, pale, ovate-orbicular, almost glabrous ;

420 ON A SMALL COLLECTION OF PLANTS FROM THE AIRD RIVER,

corolla many times longer than the calyx, rather densely short-
hairy outside, its lobes narrowly semi-lanceolar, hardly half as long
as the throughout slender tube, inside minutely papillular-hairy ;
stamens reaching nearly to the summit of the corolla-tube ;
filaments extremely short ; anthers linear, pointed, almost half as
long as the tube of the corolla, narrowly but conspicuously bilobed
at the base ; stigmas setaceous-linear, thrice shorter than the
style ; ovary short.
Near the Aird-River (Theodore Bevan, Esq.).

The small branchlet obtained bears only one leaf, which evi-
dently is diminutive, so that the rounded form may not be
normal ; the inflorescence may also, perhaps, become more
elongated, than shown by our material.

The broader calyx-lobes but narrower corolla-lobes, further the
shorter filaments, the longer anthers and the extremely narrower
stigmata distinguish this new Papuan species already from all
forms of J/ussaenda frondosa, the only congener hitherto recorded
from New Guinea. The form of the leaves (so far as known), the
shortness of the tube of the calyx at flowering time, the whiteness
of the vestiment of the corolla-tube upwards inside, and the not
ovate corolla lobes separate our new plant easily from JZ, Forsteniana.
Close affinity to any other species could not be traced out.

I most gladly connect with this beautiful and probably fragrant
plant the name of the explorer, through whose bravery and skill
the regions of the Aird-River system have now become opened up
to civilization and commerce, with the additional hopeful prospect
of ready access to high and likely salubrious main ranges for
mining and rural enterprises.

BEGONIA SHARPEANA,
(Plate vii.)
Leaves large, obliquely cordate-orbicular, slightly acuminate, at
the margin and beneath along the nerves minutely fringed, above

imperfectly conspersed with minute depressed papillular corpuscles,
on both pages subtle-dotted, and when young partially red-tinged ;

SUBMITTED BY BARON VON MUELLER, K.C.M.G. 421

petioles densely beset with lax spreading compressed hair ;
cyme dichotomously branched, many-flowered, glabrous ; bracteoles
comparatively large, quite petaloid, roundish, situated closely
under the calyx, entire, deciduous, as well as the calyx-lobes and
petals rosy-red; lobes of the calyx petaloid, renate-orbicular ;
petals of the staminate flowers two, of the pistillate flowers one ;
lanceolate- or ovate-elliptical; stamens rather numerous (25-30),
anthers roundish with cuneate base ; filaments connate only near
their base; styles three, very short, almost free; lobes of the
stigmas much twisted ; fruit three-celled ; membranes from two of
its angles almost dimidiate-orbicular, the membrane from the
third angle nearly as broad as its own length, almost truncate at
the summit, but thence outward not acutely protracted, all three
appendages somewhat rigid, extending at both ends beyond the
fruit-cells, but only slightly decurrent; placental plates two in
each cavity of the fruit; seeds very minute, almost ovate, pale-
brownish, somewhat furrowed.

In the vicinity of the Aird-River (Theodore Bevan, Esq.).

This handsome plant, which should readily enter into horticul-
ture, has been chosen to perpetuate in the vegetation of the great
Papuan Island also the memory of the Rev. Mr. Sharpe, who
recently succumbed as a martyr of Christianity, while carrying the
gospel to the wild regions of New Guinea.

Begonia Sharpeana agrees with 2. sinwata to some extent in the
form of its leaves, in its inflorescence, in the size of its flowers
and in the form of its anthers ; but the petioles are not glabrous,
the leaves are larger and far more inequilateral, the petals of the
fruit-bearing flowers seem always reduced to one, the styles are
three in number and so the fruit cells, the appendages of the fruit
are much more unequal, reach beyond the cavities and are angular
at the summit ; besides all this the occurrence of a pair of broad
petaloid bracteoles under the flowers is quite unusual in the genus
Begonia. This new species should systematically be placed in
the section Knesebeckia near B. scutata. The characteristics of the
stem and root remain as yet unknown, so the stipules and the

422 ON A SMALL COLLECTION OF PLANTS FROM THE AIRD RIVER.

manner of fruit-dehiscence ; the dried leaves are tender-mem-
branous and not much paler beneath.

This seems an apt opportunity to record some other plants,
previously unknown from New Guinea, though not obtained
through Mr. Bevan’s Expedition :—TZriumfetta rhomboidea, N.
Jacquin; Zristania suaveolens, Smith; Notothixos subaureus,
Oliver; Panax fruticosa, Linné fil.; Alsomitra Muelleri,
Cogniaux ; Scaevola oppositifolia, Miquel; Ipomoea chryseides,
Ker. ; Hria Kingti, F. v. M. ; Cyperus digitatus, Roxburgh ; Mono-
gramma dareocarpa, Hooker; Lepidozia Wallichiana, Gottsche ;
Phragmicoma Novo- Guineensis, Stephani; Marasmius crinis-equt,
Bove aL.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

(PLATE VI.)

MusSAENDA BEVANI.

Fig. 1.—Expanded flower.

Fig. 2.—Portion of corolla-tube laid open.

Fig. 3.—Calyx with style and stigmas.
(Somewhat magnified).

(PLATE VII.)

BEGoNIA SHARPEANA.
Fig. 1.—Front-, side-, and back view of stamens.
Fig. 2._Styles and stigmas.
Fig. 3.—Transverse section of fruit.

Fig. 4.—Seed.
(All magnified, but not to the same extent).

GENERAL REMARKS ON PROTECTIVE INOCULATION
FOR BOVINE PLEURO-PNEUMONTA.

By Dr. Oscar Katz.

Having been requested by a Member of this Society at its last
meeting to turn my attention to the movement that is going on in
Queensland, and I may add, to no less extent in this country,
as to the subject of protective inoculation for bovine pleuro-
pneumonia at large, and a satisfactory and practical modus of such
a procedure in particular, I have tried to put together in the
following lines a concise general review of what may be gathered
and followed from our knowledge about the subject in its present

state.

Touching the history of the practice of inoculating cattle as a
preventive treatment against lung-plague, or, as it is more com-
monly called, pleuro-pneumonia, I may mention that it was first
introduced by Dr. Willems, of Hasselt (Belgium), as far back
as 1852. To my knowledge it represents the first case in which a
kind of vaccination was ona large scale applied to animals. Since
that time an almost universal attention has been and is still directed
to this specific prophylactic ; there is, in fact, every reason for
attempting to suppress and to get rid of this plague which at
the present day is met with more or less in every part of the globe,
and has involved and continues to involve most serious pecuniary
losses. For instance, since the supposed introduction of the disease
into Australia in 1858, the damage caused by its devastation and by
the measures employed for mastering it, amounts to something
enormous. Queensland alone which possesses about four million

424 PROTECTIVE INOCULATION FOR BOVINE PLEURO-PNEUMONIA,

head of cattle, that is nearly as much as the other Australian
colonies together, is estimated to have participated therein to the
extent of £5,000,000, and the annual losses entailed are calculated
to be about £500,000.

In looking at the position which protective inoculation for this
cattle disease occupies at present in those countries where the
latter is prevalent, and the rearing and preservation of stock a
matter of vital importance, we find that most of them are in favour of
this treatment being adopted. These are principally : Scotland, Bel-
gium, The Netherlands, France, South Africa, and last but not
least, the Colonies of Australasia. I may be permitted to quote
some figures. As the result of an official inquiry in 1875, into the
state of preventive inoculation for pleuro-pneumonia in New South
Wales, it turned out, that a strong majority of graziers pronounced
a favourable verdict. Of 282 cattle-owners who were in the habit
of inoculating, 234 were favourable, 19 opposed to the measure, 2.e.,
in proportion 12 or 13 for, to 1 against it, while 11 entertained
doubts, and 7 stated nothing. Among 272 owners who did not
practise inoculation, 54 were for, 50 against, 13 being doubtful,

and 155 offering no opinion.

These figures, supporting so decidedly as they do, inoculation,
claim our full consideration, so much the more as some of the
operators must undoubtedly have encountered greater difficulties
in carrying out the operation than there would have been, could
it have been performed by experienced veterinarians, or perhaps
under more favourable circumstances. Thus the prospect of
success must, after all, have been smaller in the former case than
in the latter.

But still the method of inoculation has its opponents, who
rather incline to the adoption of other preventatives such as the
so-called ‘‘stamping-out system.” In one point, however, there
seems to be a general agreement, namely, that a cure of the disease

BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 425

is altogether objectionable from a practical standpoint as well as
from an economical one, and that consequently, all therapeutics
have to be thrown overboard. Nothing then remains but the
employment of prophylactic measures, of which protective inocu-
lation is one. We have now to enter upon a consideration of the
nature of this subject, and to see whether the results of such a
consideration can be brought into harmony with the seemingly
favourable results claimed by the advocates of the system.

The notion “ protective inoculation ” in connection with any
disease, hence also in the cattle disease under notice, pre-
supposes that it belongs to the group of infectious diseases which
by means of a “contagium,” are capable of transmission from
individual to individual, at least under certain circumstances.
That bovine pleuro-pneumonia is one of this kind, or in other
words, that it presupposes a contagium in the shape of an
organised something, of a microscopic being, is regarded as
a settled question, to judge from the present standpoint of
science, and from practical experience. For a full understanding
of the disorder, as well as for the mode of combating it (taking
special reference to protective measures), it must, however,
appear very important to know at the very outset, how the disease
spreads. There are two principal possibilities. (1) It may be
caused by germs which represent so-called ob/igate parasites, that
is to say, which for their propagation need the body of cattle
(or perhaps of some other animals). These germs again might
be of two descriptions. On the one hand they might lose their
power of infecting by having been exposed to external agencies,
thus resembling, as it were, the pathogenic factors in human
syphilis, in regard to which we are compelled to accept the view
that it cannot be communicated but by immediate contact. On
the other hand they might also, after having left the animal
body, but if so without being able to propagate, possess the
faculty of infection. An instance of such a kind we have in

426 PROTECTIVE INOCULATION FOR BOVINE PLEURO-PNEUMONIA,

tuberculosis, the microbes of which represent the vehicles of
both direct and indirect infection, the latter taking place by
germs (their spores) which exist in our surroundings, and hold
out there for a considerable length of time. (2) The disease,
as such, might be attributed to so-called facultative parasites,
z.é., micro-organisms which feed, multiply, and may form resting
stages on or in various dead organic substances, but transferred
to the living animal body manifest themselves as parasites.
The best known instance of such a case is furnished by anthrax or
splenic fever. The pathogenic agents of this infectious disease, the
anthrax bacilli, are not necessarily bound to live in animals or in
man ; on the contrary they are originally harmless saprophytes,
but, when occasionally gaining access to the blood-system of living

beings, they unfold a most pernicious activity.

It is evident that a decision of which of the above conditions is
fulfilled with regard to bovine pleuro-pneumonia, must have a
legitimate bearing on the question of the kind of protective means
to be adopted against the disease. If this is inaugurated after
the manner of syphilis, and therefore, the scope of its spreading
very much limited and easily traceable, then it would be most
questionable whether some preventive vaccination should be pre-
ferred to other prophylactics. If on the other hand there are far
more dangerous doors open to the propagation of the disease, and
if we have reason to suppose that it depends on a contagium like
that of tuberculosis or of splenic fever, then, of course, the subject

of protective inoculation claims a greater interest.

Unfortunately our knowledge of the exact manner in which
pleuro-pnetmonia makes its appearance and spreads, is as yet far
from being certain ; nor are we warranted in arriving at a satisfac-
tory answer so long as the causal factors of the plague are not
yet thoroughly recognised and their biological properties studied.
What we may gather from practical observations is not sufficient

BY DR OSCAR KATZ. 497

for a final decision, since opinions differ widely as to that point.
Yet we are warranted in saying a priori that, in a similar way as
it has been pronounced by von Pettenkofer for epidemic cholera,
the outbreak of an epidcmic of pleuro-pneumonia must have been
preceded by an infection en masse. Infection of this description
could best be brought about by micro-organisms of the type of
Jacultative parasites (see above). In epidemics of anthrax and of
typhoid fever we cannot but trace such a course of things ; besides,
the statistic observations on the mode of spreading of cholera,
anthrax, and typhoid-fever, are altogether in concordance wiih the
results of laboratory experiments on the infectious matter of these
diseases. On pleuro-pneumonia we fail to bring to bear such
powerful help; for it is premature in this direction to draw
definite conclusions from the results of investigations by Poels and
Nolen, who have designated a certain micrococcus as the vera
causa of that bovine disease (Zhe Veterinarian, March 1887, pp.
143-157). In the interest of the matter itself their experiments
require expansion, and the results as yet obtained corroboration.

‘Returning after this digression to our subject proper we must
fe) 5
try to obtain a definite view of its essential characters.

fn its present shape protective inoculation for bovine pleuro-
pneumonia occupies a peculiar position among the other modern
inoculations or vaccinations. It is a matter suz generis. The
procedure is as follows: when the disease is stated to be present
in a herd, the vaccin is procured by killing one or more of the sick
individuals, and collecting the serwm out of the diseased lungs, or
the pleural exudations. A definite portion of such liquids is then
transferred—the modus operandi differs—to the subcutaneous
connective tissue near the end of the tails of healthy, or we have
reason to add, apparently healthy individuals. This operation
gives rise to a localised swelling which is considered to be a repeti-
tion in a milder form of what takes place in lungs and pleure in the

428 PROTECTIVE INOCULATION FOR BOVINE PLEURO-PNEUMONIA,

virulent form of the disease. After this local affection is over, the

animals are said to be proof against lung-plague.

From this generalising report on the mode in which protective
inoculation for the cattle-disease under treatment is being prac-
tised, you will at once perceive its peculiarities. Take as object
of comparison the ideal of the modern preventive inoculations,
vaccination against variola. Vaccination in the human species is
admittedly followed by the intended result only when it is carried
out before the disease (variola, small-pox) has taken possession of
the individuals that are to be protected. It is a genuine preventive
treatment which will not admit of the incursion of the diseases
The same principle is adhered to in the preventive inoculations for
certain animal plagues, for anthrax or splenic fever in sheep and
cattle, for symptomatic anthrax (or “ black-leg” or ‘“quarter-ill ”)
in cattle, for fowl-cholera, and swine-fever. In all these cases the
employment of the preventive precedes, must precede the appear-
ance of the respective disorder, and not the other way. The ordinary
method of protecting cattle against “ pleuro,” however, does not
always seem to be guided by that principie. We have briefly
mentioned that inoculation will be performed after the plague
has already commenced its work. ‘This being the case we are well
justified in assuming that, besides quite normal and healthy indi-
viduals, some, be they few or many, which have already taken up the
virulent agents of the disease, will be inoculated. Such an event
could have occurred without having set up any reliable symptoms.
It must be remembered that, the auscultation of a bovine chest
being in itself no easy task, especially for non-experts, the difficul-
ties must accumulate when a cattle-owner has to inoculate, say, 1,000
head. The risk of inoculating individuals already but inperceptibly
infected, is moreover enhanced by our not knowing anything
exact about the period of incubation, and the precise course of the
disease. Yet it would appear as if the period of incubation is

BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 499

subject to considerable fluctuations, thus rendering the question of
making a correct diagnosis a matter of considerable embarrassment
In view of such facts, the above factor in connection with inocu-
lation for ‘pleuro” is pre-eminent ; it must be looked upon
as a very strong objection to the measure in its present state,
unless experiments can show beyond every doubt that immunity
through inoculation is also bestowed upon such animals as are
already infected. Otherwise the manipulation, instead of pre-
venting the ‘disease from spreading, would tend to preserve and
propagate it, by allowing vaccinated but previously affected indivi-
duals to pass as being safe. It is true that in the most modern
protective inoculation, namely Pasteur’s treatment of hydrophobia,
we find an instance which seems to correspond to a postulate of
the above kind. Pasteur applies his method not until his patients
have been bitten by a rabid animal, and, consequently are already
impregnated with the deadly virus. For the present, however, it is
advisable to view with some reserve Pasteur’s results so far as

rabies is concerned.

Another point that calls for our attention is this. How is it that
in pleuro-pneumonia the material to be inoculated has the shape of
a virus, taken directly from the diseased organs, and in this condi-
tion applied to the subcutaneous cellular tissue of the tail, that is to
say, to spots which have nothing to do with the chief seats of the
malady? With one exception (see below), there is no analogy to
this extraordinary case in the other protective inoculations
which have been made known. Here vaccins are used which
although morphologically very similar to, or, as a rule, quite the
same as the virulent agents, are weakened, partly naturally,
partly artificially, to such a degree that they are no longer able to
kill the individual species for which they are intended. The
vaccine-lymph for small-pox vaccination represents the virulent
material of vaccine or cow-pox, but such a material or, if you like,
bacterial life and its products, although extraordinarily alike to

430 PROTECTIVE INOCULATION FOR BOVINE PLEURO-PNEUMONIA,

that of variola or small-pox, cause, when transferred to man, only
slight alterations, after which any attack of the virulent factors of
this disease will be frustrated. With regard to protective inocu-
lations of animals we may take as example that of anthrax. Here
the generally used cultures of micro-organisms are attenuated by
means of higher temperatures, so as to have lost their power of
infecting, while at the same time their morphological characters do
not differ from those of the virulent bacilli. Experience has
further shown that the inoculation-material prepared in the des-
cribed manner, must enter into acommunication with those organs
or tissues which are the principal seat of the disease present, and
in which they have to call into existence symptoms, analogous
to those exhibited in the virulent form of the disease, but only
modified and often scarcely perceptible. The attenuated anthrax-
virus is transmitted through the subcutaneous connective tissue to
the blood, which is the seat of splenic fever.

Nothing similar seems to take place with reference to pro-
tective inoculation for pleuro-pneumonia. In this case boti: the
kind of virus employed, and the part of the body where it is
applied, are altogether contrary to those facts. There is, how-
ever, one cattle-disease, namely symptomatic anthrax (‘quarter-ill,”
*‘ black-leg ”), in which we find something analogous to pleuro-
pneumonia. With regard to the former it has been proved beyond
doubt that, by means of direct injections of unweakened virus (e. g.
sap of diseased muscles) into the veins of healthy individuals, these
can be rendered immune, although the blood-system as such is not
the place where the contagium of the disease (the symptomatic
anthrax bacilli) settles, and carries on destruction. (The usual way,
however, in the practice of inoculation against this plague, is by
means of artificially weakened virus, applied subcutaneously). It
stands to reason that the same may possibly hold true with the
mode of protection against pleuro-pneumonia, for a liquid carrying
the infective matter in the shape of microscopic organisms, has, if
inoculated underneath the skin, every chance to be taken up by the
blood, and thus carried to the lungs and other organs. Bui in

BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 431

symptomatic anthrax we have a well-studied disease, the etiology of
which is perfectly known. Not so in bovine pleuro-pneumonia. For
this reason we have to be careful not to generalise without further
information, and it must rest with future researches to decide
upon this hitherto dark question in the mode of inoculation against
pleuro-pneumonia.

Even if, for the sake of argument, we admit that inoculation
against pleuro-pneumonia in the customary shape does protect, we
are not yet thoroughly informed as to how long the protection will
last. This is, of course, an important factor, which must necessarily
influence the discussion of the whole question, Human vaccination
is known to bestow a long-continuing immunity, and re-vaccination
is held to be a powerful aid in securing the intended effect. The
question of the period of immunity after inoculation against
animal-plagues, is as far as we know, more uncertain than in the
case of human vaccination. For instance, the protective power
of anthrax-inoculation in sheep extends to about one year,
while for cattle the period of protection is as yet uncertain. Such
an uncertainty has, among other things, rendered the last-men-
tioned kind of inoculation, and others objectionable, and it is,
therefore, not to be wondered at, if the present practice of inocu-
lation against ‘“ pleuro” is for the same reason judged in a similar
manner,

In addition to the above statements I must point out ina
few words that opinions do not agree as to whether inoculated
animals are able to infect uninoculated ones or not. This point,
of course, is one of paramount importance, and if it could be
unmistakably proved that the inoculation in its present shape can
yield the means of infection to unprotected individuals, the whole
procedure must appear in a most doubtful light. Now, what
might happen if a herd of fresh-inoculated cattle, travelling
from one end of the Australian: Continent to the other, came on
their road in contact with other herds that were not inoculated ?
Well, they would no doubt give a fair chance to these to contract

pleuro-pneumonia, which had not existed there before, and the
28

432 PROTECTIVE INOCULATION FOR BOVINE PLEURO-PNEUMONIA,

latter herds, in their turn, or at least the vaccinated members of
the same, would repeat the same play.

It might seem as if I am somewhat exaggerating, by reporting
things which are not yet actually demonstrated ; but I only state
here what we want to know with certainty ; and the importance of
the whole question of protective treatment requires us to take an
unprejudiced view of it. When the Netberiands Government
introduced inoculation for the disease, they ordered the inoculated
cattle to be isolated for some time, thus preventing their mixing
so soon with others not inoculated ; everybody admits that this
was a wise act, and people at that time knew about protection
against pleuro-pneumonia not much less than they do now-a-days.
Whether the scheme adopted by the Netherlands, could with
advantage be imitated by Australia, I cannot tell.

Finally it is an acknowledged fact that, when the plague has
appeared in a herd, and inoculation has to be resorted to, owners
often experience difficulties in finding the proper vacczn, in pre-
serving it for some time, or by lacking the manual skill required
for performing the operation. Thus consequences may result, as
they in fact do, which were not intended. The story of tailless
cows and oxen is too well-known to Australians to need its
relation on this occasion. It simply shows how miserably a
measure, otherwise and in itself of a harmless nature, can be
abused in the hands of ignorant persons, who may even do
more harm by imparting diseases, e. g. tuberculosis, to originally
quite healthy animals. Although, in my opinion, not too much
weight ought to be attached to this obstacle in the practice of
inoculation, because care and experience can reduce it to a
minimum, yet the whole procedure is, from the above reason alone,
liable to become discredited in the same way as human vaccination
has been, and is still to some extent, discredited by the very fact,
that it has been oceasionally the means of introducing a host of
anything but desirable skin and other diseases.

Let us now briefly review what has been dealt with above. We
see that, on the one side, a majority of men and countries advocate

BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 433

and encourage protective inoculation for pleuro-pneumonia ; while
on the other side, by analysing its proper nature, we cannot admit
of its being free from objections. These are partly, as has been
shown in the foregoing lines, of a serious character, and thus by no
means compatible with the verdict given by that majority. But I
repeat distinctly that the objections raised relate to the protective
arrangement such as it is found to exist at present. One thing is
clear. The prophylactic measures employed in one country against
the invasion of animal-plagues need not necessarily be the same in
others, and what may be the case with the treatment of bovine
pleuro-pneumonia in one part of the earth, need not hold good for
that adopted in another one. Countries in which the disease is
little prevalent, the relative number of cattle inconsiderable or at
least where large herds do not exist, and where, I may add, the
means of communication, as for instance railway traffic, are well-
developed, may reasonably arrest the spread of the disorder by the
“ stamping-out system,” and subsequent sanitary measures. But
to adopt this system in Australia would be absurd, nor could or
would its most tenacious defender recommend its being applied here,
as things noware. It has been tried in Australia, with what success.
you may perceive by looking at the prevalence of the plague for
the last years. If at present such a system was adopted here,
which means not only the destruction of the infected individuals,
but also a wholesale slaughter of all those which have been exposed
to these, it would be equivalent to the loss of half the present
stock of cattle.

Even then the measure would turn out to be utterly futile,
unless the whole of the Continent acted in a uniform manner, and
then again there will be no full guarantee of success until the
origin and spread of the disease is traced beyond every doubt. At
all events the colony of Queensland has done well by admitting
that a reform in the way of protective means against lung-plague
of cattle is absolutely necessary, and it is also easily understood
that, as a preventive treatment by means of a rational inoculation
seems to promise good results, the principal attention has been
directed to this point.

434 PROTECTIVE INOCULATION FOR BOVINE PLEURO-PNEUMONIA.

The whole question, then, amounts to this. The necessary steps
will have to be taken for a thorough investigation of the subject,
in order to place it on a more scientific basis. What has already
been done in this direction is scarcely more than a mere begin-
ning, and a great many more experiments will have to be made,
until we are entitled to say the etiology of the disease is as clearly
known as, for instance, that of anthrax, and the question of
protective inoculation against the disease regarded as solved. The
present movement here and in Queensland evidences that these
countries have come to the conviction that they will have to go and
follow up their own way, instead of waiting till other countries are
pleased to lay the desired remedy before them.

ON SOME NEW TRILOBITES FROM BOWNING, N.S.W.
By Joun MItTcHELL.

BRONTEUS LONGISPINIFEX, n. sp.

(Plate xvi. figs. 1 and 2.)

Head-shield semicircular as far as can be judged from the
specimens obtained, much granulated, the granulations of varying
sizes.

Glabella greatly dilated in front, axial and neck furrows distinct,
the front lateral groove feeble, second one strongly marked, facial
suture from the eye lobe to the outer margin about parallel with
a line drawn longitudinally through the centre of the shield. No
spine visible on the genal angle, but from the character of the
pleure it is probable that it may bear one. The greatest transverse
measurement of the glabella about equal to the length of the head.
The eye is slightly pedunculated. Length of head-shield one and
a-third times (}) that of the pygidium.

The thorax is the most remarkable feature of this species, the
axis being very wide, moderately distinct and slightly arched ;
axial furrows visible and intensified by an increase of thickness at
the base of each segment, and an opposing tubercle at the base of
of each pleura ; the segments have a decided curve forward ; width
at the fifth segment °1354 inch (j3 in.), and this is probably the
greatest width. From the sixth the width gradually diminishes,
and the last is only about half the width of the filth and sixth
segments. The side lobes are very narrow, the pleure being only
about one-quarter as long as the axis is wide at its fifth and sixth
segments. From each pleura projects a flat spine more than three
times its own length; these curve backwards more and more
until the last three are parallel or nearly so with the axis; along

436 ON SOME NEW TRILOBITES FROM BOWNING, N.S..W.,

the centre of each is a row of fine punctations not visible to the
unaided eye. The granulation of the thorax is not nearly so
marked as that of the buckler and pygidium ; but each pleura
bears two conspicuous granules, one on each extremity, the one
on the basal extremity helping as before stated to make the axial
grooves more marked.

The pygidium is shorter than the cephalic shield, much
granulated, and sub-semicircular ; that is, if it be transversely
sected so as just to remove the part bearing the rudimentary
axis, the remainder forms a semicircle. Along the margin are
several (6 are visible with a lens) concentric, or nearly concentric
striz, similar in character to those on the pygidium of B. Partschi,
Barr. The ribs are thirteen in number, separated from each
other by well-defined sutures. The medial rib is a little wider
than the united width of the three adjoining ones on either side
of it at their junction with the rudimentary axis, and about as wide
as the other three together. The second from the medial rib is
very narrow. ‘The length of the medial rib equals about {ths that
of the one (first) which runs by the side of the thorax. Each rib,
except the medial one, is traversed longitudinally by a central ridge,
and the medial one by two such ridges, one on each edge. Each
of these carries a row of tubercles of larger size and more regularly
placed than the others. In this feature the spines of the pleurze
of the thorax resemble the ribs of the pygidium. The number
visible with a lens in each row on the spines is 5, and on most of
the ribs of the pygidium about the same number. These tubercles
are plainer on the cast than on the fossil. The medial rib ter-
minates in a somewhat spear-shaped point, the shaft oblong. The
line of articulation of the pygidium with the thorax is straight.
The rudimentary axis may be ranked semicircular, rather convex,
its axial furrow visible. The whole pygidium is slightly convex.

Dimensions—Head long § in. (4 mm. nearly). Thorax: axis
wide at 5th and 6th segments jj in. (3°385 mm.). Length of six
segments attached to the pygidium equal to the width, and, as 5th
and 6th segments are each about twice as wide as the last segment
and wider than either of the posterior segments, it is probable that

BY JOHN MITCHELL. 437

the four anterior and missing segments of my specimen would
have a length equal to the six that are present, which would
make the axis twice as long as wide. Pleure long ¢.ths in.
(781 mm.). Length of spine jjths in. (2°6 mm.). Pygidium
long {ths in. (2°86 mm. nearly), wide {ths in. (3°6 mm.).
Rudimentary axis wide ;, (about) or + the total width of
pygidium. Total length of specimen ¢jths in. (12.4 mm. nearly).

The subrudimentary character of the pleure of the thorax, their
long spines, and the great proportionate width of the axis are the
striking features of this species, and distinguish it from all I am
acquainted with, and certainly from either of those yet recorded
from Australia, The specimen here described, which is of immature
growth, has six segments of the thorax with pygidium attached
nearly perfect. The four front segments have been obliterated
by the head which has been turned backwards upon them. Some
heads which I have obtained have double the dimensions of this
specimen, and would therefore belong to individuals more than
1 inch long.

The test of the thorax and pygidium of this species must have
been of a delicate character, for though heads are numerous, it
is rare to obtain even a fragment of these two parts.

This fossil occurs in the lower Trilobite Bed of the Bowning Series,
associated with representatives of the genera Acidaspis, Encrinwrus,
Proetus, Cromus, Harpes, dc. Two of the associated species have
been identified by F. Ratte, Esq., as Actdaspis Vernewili (7), and
Proetus Ascanius (?), vide Proc. Linn. Soc. of N.S.W. 1886,
pp. 1066-7. (1)

Locality.—Bowning. From a specimen in my collection.

(1) When I submitted the fragments of A. Vernewili, which are here
described by Mr. Ratte, I had not obtained a pygidium that beyond doubt
belonged to the same species as the head and fragment of thorax here referred
to; but since then I have obtained several pygidia attached to fragments
of the thorax of this species ; and they agree in character with the descrip-
tion given of the pygidium of A. Vernewili by Barrande. Hence the doubt
which Mr. Ratte had on account of the absence of a pygidium, must I think,
be set at rest; and Mr. Ratte’s identification of A. Vernewili for the
species, be confirmed.

438 ON SOME NEW TRILOBITES FROM BOWNING, N.S.W.,

CypHasPis BowNINGENSIS, n. sp.
(Plate xvi. fig. 3.)

The specimen here described is nearly complete, and was obtained
by me from the upper Trilobite Bed of the Bowning group.

Head-shield apparently semicircular, though as the specimen
is slightly contorted, and one of the free cheeks is absent, that is not
certain.

The glabella is pyriform, very convex, circumscribed lobe small,
axial furrow distinct and deep in front ; anterior portion of the
facial suture directed outwards at an angle of about 30°, the
posterior portion cuts the side lobes in about the middle. The
eye is crescentic. The genal angles terininate in spines about ,) in.
long (1-6 mm. nearly) ; limb strongly curved downwards in front,
and the edge upwards.

The thorax is about as wide as long, the axis very prominent,
with 11 or 12 segments ; its greatest width ,} in. (1°6 mm. nearly)
across the first three segments, from thence it gradually diminishes to
about one-half of that width at its articulation with the axis of the
tail. The side lobes as wide, or a little more, as the axis, strongly
curved at the sides. Medial suture of pleure visible, and not
extending exactly to the ends, Axis of tail very prominent, first
two segments well-defined ; first two pleure of side lobes similarly
well-defined, and the sulcus visible. Contour of tail semicircular or
triangular, and twice as wide as long. No granulation distinguish-
able, but this may arise from imperfect preservation.

Dimensions—Head 3% in. (4:233 mm.) long ; glabella long 9 in.
(291 mm.); thorax long g in. (66 mm.); tail long 4 in.
(1°83 mm.). Total length } in. (12-7 mm.).

This species is found associated with two species of Acidaspis, one
of which bears a resemblance to A. Leonhard ; two species of
Proetus ; two species of Phacops, like P. fecundus and P. caudatus ;
several species of Orthoceras ; and some lamellibranchs and gaster-
opods not yet made out.

Locality.—Bowning. From a specimen in my collection.

BY JOHN MITCHELL. 439

Proerus BowNINcENsis, n. Sp.
(Plate xvi. figs. 4-6.)

Head evidently semicircular. Glabella large, semi-conoid and not
distinctly marked off by the axial grooves, the lateral furrows
feebly present, neck furrow shallow and wide, width between the
eye lobes nearly equal to the length of glabella, fixed cheeks rudi-
mentary, facial suture rather straight cutting the outer margin
nearly at right angles, and the posterior margin rather near to the

glabella. The glabella and tail are about equal in length. Eye

crescentic. Of the thorax I have only distinguished fragments.
In these the sulcus is strongly marked, and terminates short of the
extremity.

Pygidium semi-elliptical, about ? as long as wide, the axis very
conspicuous, sides rather perpendicular, top arched or convex,
with 7 or 8 rings visible, those towards the extremity indistinct.
The 8 rings are only seen in the largest specimens. Side lobes 14
times as wide as axis at widest part; they are fairly convex on some
pygidia, and in others rather flattened (but I think that the convex
is the normal character), margin fairly large. Four pleure of the
pygidium strongly indicated in which the sulcus is wide and
shallow,

I give some of the dimensions of one of the specimens figured
(fig. 4), which is fairly complete ; but unfortunately it has the head
turned back on the thorax and almost covering that part.

Glabella long {in. (6°35 mm.) ; pygidium long % in. (6°35 mm.),
wide 9 in. (9‘5mm.). Another pygidium (fig. 5) has a length
of 3 in., and width of 4, so that the proportion of length to width
is variable, arising probably from different degrees of compression
suffered by the different specimens.

This species is obtained from the lower Trilobite Bed of Bowning,
associated with several species of Phacops, Acidaspis, and a Cyphas-
pis, probably identical with the one described above. One of the
first-named is either P. longicaudatus or very closely allied to it.

Note.—Since writing the above description I have examined a

larger pygidium of the Bronteus, and find that the second rib from

amen

440 ON SOME NEW TRILOBITES FROM BOWNING, N.S.W.

the medial one is not narrower than the adjoining rib. The
compressed state, therefore, of this rib in the specimen described,
may be only characteristic of young specimens.

In conclusion I have to express my obligations and thanks to
Mr. R Etheridge, F.G.S., who has kindly helped me with sugges-
tions and advice.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

Fig. 1.—Bronteus longispinifec—Pygidium and 6 segments of thorax (x3).
Fig. 2.-—
Fig. 3.—Cyphaspis Bowningensis ( x 2).

+ 5 Head and one free cheek. (Nat. size).

Fig. 4.—Proetus Bowningensis—Pygidium and head, the latter turned back
on the thorax. (Nat. size.)

Figs. 5 & 6.—Proetus Bowningensis—Another head and pygidium. (Nat.
size. )

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE OOLOGY OF THE AUSTRO-
MALAYAN AND PACIFIC REGIONS.

By A. J. Nortu.

Under this heading I purpose to describe the eggs of such
species from the above-named regions, as I may consider of
sufficient interest to Oologists; such will necessarily be from
various sources, and in the present instances I am indebted to the
courtesy of the Trustees of the Australian Museum, the Hon.
Wm. Macleay, and Messrs. Ramsay Bros. of Dobroyde, for access
to their collections.

STRIX LULU, Peel.

This egg was obtained by Mr. Boyd at Ovalau ; it is similar in
form to that of the Australian species, S. delicatula, pure white,
shell slightly rough. Length, 1:53 x 1:22 inch.

MACROPTERYX MYSTACEA, Less.

A single egg of this species taken at New Britain by Mr.
Parkinson, is oval in form, pure white, shell smooth, but without
any gloss ; long axis 1°3 inch, short axis 0°83 inch. The parent
birds were also procured.

Meroprs ornatus, Lath.

Specimens of this bird together with the eggs procured at New
Britain by Mr. Parkinson, are similar to the Australian forms,
differing only in their smaller admeasurements. Eggs rounded,
white and glossy. An average egg measures—long axis 0°85 inch ;
short axis 0:77 inch.

Haucyon sacra, G'mel.

This bird was found by Mr. J. A. Boyd, breeding freely at
Ovalau, tunnelling in the nests of the white ants. Eggs five in
number for a sitting, globular in form, pure white, the texture of

442 OOLOGY OF THE AUSTRO-MALAYAN AND PACIFIC REGIONS,

the shell being fine, but without any gloss. Length (A), 1:07 x
0°93 inch ; (B), Linch x 0°87 inch; (C), 1°13 x 0:91 inch; (D),
1:1 x 0°92 inch ; (KE), 1:03 x 0°88 inch.

LauaGE TERAT, Bodd.

Nest similar to that of the Australian species, Z. tricolor. Eggs
two in number for a sitting, of a deep bluish-green, streaked all
over with irregularly-shaped markings of wood-brown, and light
purplish-brown, a few nearly obsolete clouded blotches of the latter
colour appearing beneath the surface of the shell. Length (A),
0°87 x 0°67 inch; (B), 0°86 x 0°67 inch. Taken at Ovalau by
Mr. Boyd.

PACHYCEPHALA ICTEROIDES, Peel.

This species was found breeding in the New Hebrides by Mr.
J. A. Boyd. The eggs are remarkably handsome, being of a rich
cream colour, with a band of large irregularly-shaped confluent
blotches of rich umber-brown around the centre, and obsolete
markings of the same colour appearing beneath the surface of the
shell; the remaining portion of the surface is sparingly dotted
with a paler tint. Length 1:09 x 0°75 inch.

MYIAGRA RUFIVENTRIS, Z/iot.

A nest of this species taken by Mr. Boyd at Ovalau, is cup-
shaped in form, outwardly composed of thin wiry grasses, and
beautifully ornamented on the outside with lichens; there is
a slight lining of fibrous roots inside. Exterior diameter two inches
and a quarter, depth one inch and a-half; internal diameter one
inch and seven eighths, depth one inch. Eggs two in number for
a sitting, white with a zone of light purplish-brown and greyish
lilac spots encircling the larger apex of the egg. Some of the
markings appear as if beneath the surface of the shell. Length
(A), 0°75 x 0°57 inch; (B), 0:75 x 0:58 inch.

PIEZORHYNCHUS CHALYBAEOCEPHALUS, Garn.

These eggs, together with the birds, were procured by Mr.
Parkinson when on a collecting tour in New Britain ; they are
two to three in number for a sitting, oval in form and rather

BY A. J. NORTH. 443

pointed at the smaller end, of a pale greenish-grey becoming darker
towards the larger end, where they are encircled with a well-defined
zone of small black spots, and clouded slaty-grey blotches, the latter
colour appearing as if beneath the surface of the shell. Length
(A), 0°86 x 0-61 inch ; (B), 0°87 x 0°57 inch ; (C), 0°84 x 0°6 inch.

MonarcHa LEssoni, Homb. et Jacq.

A nest of this species taken at Ovalau by Mr. J. A. Boyd, is
cup-shaped, outwardly composed of shreds of bark and mosses, and
neatly lined inside with dried grasses and very fine fibrous roots ;
external diameter two inches and a-half, depth two inches ; internal
diameter one inch and three quarters, depth one inch and a-half.
Eggs three in number for a sitting, oval in form, white, with a
broad band of very minute bright reddish spots. Length (A),
0-71 x 0°57 inch ; (B), 0:74 x 0°54 inch ; (C), 0°73 x 0°57 inch.

MUuNIA MELAENA, Sclat.

This bird was found breeding freely at New Britain by Mr.
Parkinson, who obtained a number of specimens as well as the eggs.
Eggs six in number for a sitting, oval in form, pure white.
Length (A), 0-67 x 0:5 inch ; (B), 0°64 x 0°5 inch ; (C), 0°65 x 0°49
inch ; (D), 0°62 x 0:47 inch; (E), 0°63 x 0-42 inch.

PITTA NOVH-HIBERNLE, Ramsay.

These eggs were procured and also the birds at the Duke of
York group by Mr. Parkinson ; they are four in number for a
sitting, varying in form from slightly swollen into lengthened ovals,
of a pale creamy-white, blotched all over with irregularly-shaped
markings of light purplish-brown, and obsolete spots of purplish-
lilac and bluish-grey, the latter colour appearing beneath the
surface of the shell. Length (A), 1:13 x 0-87 inch ; (B), 1:13 x 0°88
inch ; (C), 1:2 x 0°85 inch; (D), 1:19 x 0°86 inch.

CALORNIS METALLICA, Z'emm. ;

(var. nitida, GRAY.)

Eggs closely resembling those of the Australian species (C.
metallica), of which this bird is only an insular form. They

444 OOLOGY OF THE AUSTRO-MALAYAN AND PACIFIC REGIONS,

are from three to four in number for a sitting, varying in form
from swollen to elongated ovals, of a greenish-white, minutely
spotted, and heavily blotched with light purplish-red markings,
chiefly towards the larger end; one specimen (A), has only a few
indistinct spots on the larger end. Length (A), 0:97 x0-77
inch ; (B), 1:09 x 0-76 inch ; (C), 1:09 x 0°73 inch.

From the Duke of York Island,

PHILEMON COCKERELLI, Sclat.

A very handsome set of eggs procured, together with the birds,
by Mr. Parkinson at New Britain, are in form pointed ovals, of
a deep reddish salmon colour, heavily blotched all over with
irregularly-shaped markings of a darker tint, but more particularly
towards the larger end, intermingled with others of a light
purplish-grey, which appear as if beneath the surface of the shell.
Length (A), 1:31 x 0°93 inch ; (B), 1°38 x 0-93 inch ;(C), 1°34 x

0-94 inch.
CINNYRIS CORINNA, Salvad.

A nest of this species taken at New Britain, is a dome-shaped
structure with a small entrance in the side, over which a hood is
formed, from the top of which the nest gently tapers to a point ; it
is outwardly composed of the dried skeletons of leaves, bark fibre
and spiders’ webs neatly woven together, and lined inside with the
white down from the seeds of a cotton plant ; it is attached to the
thin stems of a climbing plant, and measures as follows—total length
of nest nine inches, height of aperture one inch and a-half, width
one inch, length from top of the nest to lower portion of the hood
four inches and a-half, from the lower portion of the entrance to
the extremity of nest three inches; width two inches and a-half.

The eggs were two in number, of a light greenish-grey richly
covered with minute markings of wood-brown, which at the larger
end form a broad clouded zone. Length (A), 0°67 x 0°46 inch ;
(B), 0°65 x 0-45 inch.

CENTROPUS ATERALBUS, Less.

Specimens of this bird, together with a single ezg, were received
from Mr. Parkinson when at New Britain. Egg dull white, shell
slightly roughened. Long axis 1°6 inch, short axis 1:23 inch.

BY A. J. NORTH. 445

ECLECTUS POLYCHLORUS, Scop.

An egg of this species in the Australian Museum Collection,
taken by Mr. Goldie in New Guinea, on the 26th of April, 1880,
is pure white, rather pointed at the end, the shell being slightly
rough, and without any gloss. Length 1:7 inch x 1:7 inch in

breadth.
CARPOPHAGA LATRANS, Peel.

Eggs of this species taken by Mr. Boyd at Ovalau, are oval in
form swelling gradually towards the centre, pure white, shell
smooth without any gloss. Long diameter 1°77 inch; short
diameter 1:28 inch.

CHRYSOENA LUTEOVIRENS, Homb. et Jacq.

Eggs two in number for a sitting, white, elongated in form.
Length (A), 1:26 x 0°85 inch; (B), 1°32 x 0°83 inch. Taken at
Ovalau by Mr. Boyd.

PTILOPUS MARIA, Gray.
Two eggs of this species taken at Ovalau by Mr. Boyd, are in

form elongated ovals, pure white. Length (A), 1-26 x 0°86 inch ;
(B), 1:15 x 0°81 inch.

DEMIEGRETTA SACRA, Gmel.
Eggs of this species are of a uniform pale greenish-white.
Length 1:°95x 1:3 inch. Taken by Mr. Boyd at Ovalau on the
lst of September, 1879.

ARDEA JAVANICA, Horsf.

An egg of this bird taken at Ovalau, is oval in form, of a pale
bluish-green. Length 1°45 x 1:05 inch.

PHLEGOENAS STAIRI, Gray.

This species, which feeds so largely upon chilies that its flesh
is scarcely palatable, lays one egg only, pure white, elongated in
form. Length 1:22x0-9inch. Taken at Ovalau, November 11th,
1879.

446 OOLOGY OF THE AUSTRO-MALAYAN AND PACIFIC REGIONS.

TANTHENAS VITIENSIS, Qwoy et Gaim.
Eggs of this species taken by Mr. J. A. Boyd at Ovalau, are
pure white, in form of a lengthened oval, the texture of the
shell being fine, and the surface slightly glossy. Long diameter
1:6 inch ; short diameter 1:15 inch.

AMAURORNIS MOLUCCANA, Wallace.

A set of the eggs of this species, taken by Mr. Parkinson while at
New Britain, are ovalin form, of a dull white thickly spotted with
small irregularly-shaped reddish-chestnut markings, intermingled
with others of a deep bluish-grey appearing as if beneath the
surface of the shell, which predominate chiefly towards the larger
end. Length (A), 1:57x 1:15 inch; (B), 1°64 x 1-15 inch; (C),
1-6 x 1:17 inch ; (D), 1°67 x 1:14 inch ; (E), 1.65 x 1-16 inch.

Specimens of the birds were also procured at the time of taking
the eggs.

GALLINULA RUFICRISSA, Gould.

A single egg of this species in the Dobroyde Collection, is of a
dull white ground colour, finely freckled all over with light chestnut-
red markings, a few nearly obsolete spots of the same colour
appearing as if beneath the surface of the shell more particularly
towards the larger end. Long axis 1°6 inch, short axis 1:2 inch.

TADORNA RADJAH, Garnot.

A set of the eggs of this species taken from the hollow branch
of a tree, are five in number, of a rich creamy-white, the texture
of the shell being fine and the surface smooth. Length (A), 2°2
inches x 1°63 inch; (B), 2:2 inches x 1°58 inch ; (C), 2:2 inches x
1:59 inch; (D), 2°13 inchesx 1°61 inch; (E), 2°17 x 1:58 inch.
(Dob. Mus.)

(To be continued )

NOTES ON A SPECIES OF RAT (MUS TOMPSONT,
RAMSAY), NOW INFESTING THE WESTERN POR-
TION OF N.S.W.

By K. H. BEnNeErT.

These rats made their appearance in the Ivanhoe district in
February of the present year, but at that time only as scattered
individuals. By the middle of April the whole country west of
the main road from Booligal to Wilcannia was swarming with
them, all travelling in a southerly direction; and so numerous
were they that on loose sandy spots, and along dry dusty roads
(trending south), the tracks of horses, sheep, and vehicles were
nightly as compietely obliterated by the foot-prints of the passing
swarms, as if the surface of the soil had been swept with a broom,
On one occasion at an out-station on Kilfera Run, a large number
of sheep had been put through a gate near the house on the
afternoon of my arrival, and of course thousands of tracks or
foot-prints of sheep were visible on the dry dusty soil through and
around the gate ; but the next morning not a track was to be seen,
and the whole ground was as smooth as if swept by a broom or a
strong wind, although the night was perfectly calm. A close
inspection, however, soon revealed the cause which was entirely
owing to the swarms of rats that had passed during the night,
millions of tiny foot-prints completely smoothing the dusty soil.
These journeys were always performed during the night, the rats
hiding in the day time in rabbit-warrens, deep fissures in the
ground, or amongst dense masses of herbage. Their food consists
chiefly of seeds of various kinds, and the soft succulent stems of a
plant locally known as “ pigweed,” which owing to the good season
is extremely plentiful; but I am inclined to think that their diet is
not exclusively confined to vegetable substances, as I have been

29

448 ON A SPECIES OF RAT INFESTING PORTION OF WESTERN N.S.W.,

informed by several rabbiters that they devour the young rabbits
caught in their traps. For this reason and from the fact that in
many places more rats than rabbits are caught in the traps—
although the latter animals are numerous—they are held in
detestation by the rabbiters. When I left the Ivanhoe district
about the middle of May, the main body had passed on in a
southerly direction, but numerous stragglers still remained. On
my arrival here (Tilpa, Middle Darling) towards the end of that
month, I found them tolerably numerous along the river, and for
some short distance out, but in the back country towards Cobar
they seem to be almost unknown. Within the last few days
(July 12th) I have returned from a trip in that direction, and I
find that they have become much more numerous along the river,
and spread further out. Whether this is another invasion taking
a more easterly direction than the preceding one, I am unable to
say. I notice here that, in addition to living in deep fissures,
masses of herbage, &c., they have constructed numerous burrows
as if they intended to remain for some time, and they have already
proved a great pest in the way of destruction to stores, &e. For
some months previous to their appearance at Ivanhoe I had heard
of their advance in a southerly direction from Western Queens-
land. At the time of their arrival on the Darling that river was
in high flood, and the water extended out for miles, but strange to
say this did not stop the onward march, for they soon appeared on
the opposite side, much to the grief of some rabbiters who,
thinking to pass off their skins for those of young rabbits, were
detected in the fraud, and sentenced to a long term of imprison-
ment. At the time of their appearance at Ivanhoe the Willandra
Creek—an anabranch of the Lachlan River—was also in high
flood, but this did not stop them ; and when I left they were in full
march for the Lachlan. In the year 1864—a similar season to the
present—there was a similar invasion of rats throughout this same
country—the Darling being then in high flood—but although I
then saw numbers of them, after this lapse of time I am unable to
say whether they were identical with the present species or not ;
though in one respect they certainly seem to differ, for in addition

BY K. H. BENNETT. 449

to making numerous burrows like the present animal, they also
constructed large heaps of sticks, the rotting remains of which
are after so many years still observable. Beneath these heaps
they made large nests of soft dried grasses, the nests being placed
in a shallow central hollow on the surface of the ground which
was reached by burrows or tunnels from the outside beneath the
pile of sticks. This invasion was accompanied by hundreds of
hawks (Zlanus scriptus), and various species of owls, which preyed
on the rats. On this occasion neither hawks or owls have accom-.
panied them.

In 1874 whilst on an exploring trip in search of sheep country
in the Barrier Ranges, I come across numbers of these heaps
tenanted by rats, and on setting fire to them as many as a dozen
rats would run out, but as I did not take much notice of them I
am unable to say whether they were identical with the present
species or not. The hawks (Z. scriptus) and owls were there in
great numbers.

450 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS,

Mr. Fletcher exhibited a specimen of Peripatus from Gipps-
land, and in reference to it read the following note :—

“Until its rediscovery in Queensland last year, the Australian
species of Peripatus seems to have been known only from the type
specimen (or,specimens) described by Sanger in 1869; at any rate
subsequent writers who refer to it do not lead one to suppose that
they had seen specimens of it. Sanger’s paper even to the
explanation of the plates, is in the Russian language, but in the
abstract of it in Archiv fiir Naturgesch. (XXXVII Jahrg., II. Bd.)
the locality for P. Leuckartii is vaguely given as New Holland.
Following closely on the discovery of Peripatus in Queensland, its
occurrence in the S.K. portion of the Continent is of sufficient
interest and importance to be recorded as showing its wide distri-
bution, at any rate in Eastern Australia. The specimen which I
exhibit this evening was given to me a fortnight ago by my friend
Mr. R. T. Baker of Newington College, who had obtained it a
few days previously either in or under a rotten log at Warragul,
Gippsland, Victoria. It has fifteen pairs of claw-bearing append-
ages, and has nearly the same dimensions as are given in the
abstract referred to; it is therefore in all probability an example
of P. Leuckartu, Sanger. At present I have not been able to
compare mine with Queensland specimens. At the April Meeting
of the Royal Society of Queensland Mr. H. Tryon gave an account
of the occurrence of -Peripatus in the northern colony, and from
the abstract given in the Brisbane Courier for April 16th, 1887,
it appears that specimens had been obtained both at Cardwell and
Brisbane.”

Mr. Masters exhibited specimens of Platycercus eximius, Vig,
and Horsf., and P. Pennantii, Gld., and a specimen of what he
believed to be an undoubted hybrid between these species. This
bird, which was shot at Wingelo near Goulburn out of a flock of
P. Pennantii, has the general plumage of P. eximius with the
blue cheeks and broad bill of the other species.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 451

Dr. Ramsay exhibited the following birds : — Collocalia
spodiopygia, Peale, with its nest, from New Guinea; Acanthylis
Nove-Guinee, from the Aird River, collected during Mr.
Bevan’s recent Expedition ; Pycnoptilus floccosus, Gld., from near
Sydney ; and a remarkable variety of Amadina Latham, Gld.,
with the upper tail-coverts orange, also from the neighbourhood of
Sydney.

Mr. North exhibited the eggs of twenty-six species of birds,
referred to in his paper.

Mr. Macleay exhibited for the Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, some
specimens of edible birds nests from Culion, Calamianes Group,
Philippines. The nests were the productions of a small swallow—
Collocalia Philippina, and the collection of them for the Chinese
market, formed an important industry of the races inhabiting
these Islands. Also, a massive specimen of Stibnite (Sulphide of
Antimony), procured by Mr. Tenison-Woods on the Island of
Sado, North Borneo. Also, a fine collection of Coleoptera, Hemip-
tera and Orthoptera from Perak, Malay Peninsula, and some
gigantic specimens of Scorpions and Julus from the same locality.
Mr. Macleay stated that these exhibits were all from extensive
collections made by the Rev. J. KE. Tenison-Woods during four
years of travel and exploration in Java, the Malay Peninsula,
China, Japan, the Philippines and Borneo. He regretted to say
that the reverend gentleman’s health had suffered very much from
his prolonged stay in these unhealthy countries, and that he was
utterly unable for the present to attend the meetings of this
Society.

Mr. Macleay also exhibited specimens of a species of Ascaris
from the stomach of a Kangaroo. He stated that with the
exception of the Ascaris tentaculata of Rudolphi, which inhabits
the cecum of the American opossums ( Didelphys), no Ascaris had
ever been described as parasitic in Marsupials, but Dr. Cobbold
mentions having seen two undescribed species, procured from the
stomachs of an Halmaturus and Macropus. It would be interesting
to know if this Ascaris ever became parasitic in sheep and cattle.
He would be glad to receive specimens of all Hntozoa found in any
of the graminivorous animals.

452 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. A. Sidney Olliff exhibited a specimen of Zpidesmia tricolor,
Westw., a rare moth which he had recently captured at Double
Bay. On several occasions specimens of this moth have been
taken in Mr. Macleay’s garden, at Elizabeth Bay, but Mr. Olliff
said that he believed it had not been seen for some years past.

Mr. Whitelegge exhibited a beautiful preparation of Zubularia
gracilis, R. v. L., showing the polyps fully expanded ; and speci-
mens of the stalked larve of an undetermined species of Comatula
from Port Jackson.

WEDNESDAY, 3lst AUGUST, 1887.

The President, Professor Stephens, M.A., F.G.8., in the Chair.

A letter was read from the Secretary of the Royal Society of
Adelaide, expressing regret that the proposal to have Special
Meetings and Excursions in Adelaide during this month (see
our Abstract for 29th June) had been abandoned. Members of
this Society able to visit Adelaide will nevertheless be cordially
welcomed, and efforts will be made to make the ordinary Meetings
and Excursions especially interesting.

The President announced that two Excursions had been arranged
for the ensuing month :—

(1.) September 10th—Members to meet at the Redfern Rail-
way Station, to proceed by the 8:15 a.m. train to the
watering-station beyond Berowra, Hawkesbury Line.

(2.) September 24th—Members to meet at the Redfern Rail-
way Station, to proceed by the 9 a.m. train to St. Mary’s.

DONATIONS.
“ Bulletin of the American Geographical Society, 1886.” Nos.
4and5; Vol. XIX., No. 2 (1887). From the Society.
“ Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard
College.” Vol. XITI., No. 4 (1887). From the Curator.

“Comptes Rendus des Séances de |’Académie des Sciences,
Paris.” Tome CIV., Nos. 18-23 (1887) ; ‘‘ Tables des Comptes,”
etc., Second Semestre, 1886. Tome CIII. From the Academy.

454 DONATIONS.

“The Journal of Conchology.” Vol. V., No. 6 (April, 1887).
From the Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland.

“Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London for the year
1886.” Part IV. “ Abstracts of Proceedings of the Zoological
Society of London.” (7th and 23rd June, 1887). From the Society.

‘““Monatliche Mittheilungen des naturwissenschaftl. Vereins des
Reg.-Bez. Frankfurt.” Jahrg. IV., Nos. 11 and 12 (1887). From
the Society.

“Jahreshefte des Vereins fiir vaterliindische Naturkunde in
Wiirttemberg.” Jahrg. XLIII. (1887). From the Society.

“Catalogue of Books added to the Radcliffe Library, Oxford
University Museum, during the year 1886 ;” “ List of Donations
(1886).” From the Library.

“Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South
Wales.” Vol. XXI. Part 1 (1887), From the Society.

Abstract Report on the Progress of the Geological Survey of
New Zealand during 1868-9 ;’ ‘Report on the Geology of the
District traversed by the New Zealand Midland Railway.” By
F. W. Hutton, F.G.8. From Professor Hutton.

“The Miscellaneous Botanical Works of Robert Brown, Ksq.,
D,C.L., F.R.S.” (Published by the Ray Society) ; “ A Voyage to
Terra Australis ; undertaken for the purpose of completing the
discovery of that vast country, and prosecuted in the years 1801,
1802, and 1803, in H.M.S. “ Investigator.” By Mathew Flinders.
(Two Vols.). From John Sangster, Esq., through L. F. Heydon, Esq.

“Archives Néerlandaises des Sciences exactes et naturelles.”
Tome XXI., Liv. 5me. (1887). De la part de la Société Hol-
landaise des Sciences & Harlem.

“Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes.” No. 201 (July, 1887).
From the Editor.

“Journal of the College of Science, Imperial University, Japan.”
Vol. I. Part 3 (1887). Prom the Director.

DONATIONS. 455»

“Zoologischer Anzeiger.” X Jahrg., Nos. 254, 255 and 256
(1887). rom the Editor.

* Results of Rain and River Observations made in New South
Wales and Part of Queensland during 1886 ;” “ Notes upon the
History of Floodsin the River Darling ;” ‘‘ Notes upon Floods in
Lake George ;’ “Results of the Meteorological Observations
made in New South Wales during 1885, under the Direction of
Hy CO Russell BeAly EOR.S:, &e.” “By H. C. Russell, B.A.,,
F.R.S., &. From the Government Astronomer.

“ Report of Board of Trustees of the Queensland Museum for the
year 1886.” From the Curator.

“South Australia,—Report on the Progress and Condition of
the Botanic Garden during the year 1886.” By R. Schomburgk,
Ph.D. From the Director.

“The Victorian Naturalist.” Vol. IV., No. 4 (August, 1887)
From the Field Nuturalists’ Club of Victoria.

“ Abstracts of Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania,”
(14th June and 11th July, 1887). rom the Society.

“Revue Coloniale Internationale.” Tome V., No. 1 (July,
1887). De la part de Association Coloniale Néerlandaise a
Amsterdam.

“Zehnter Bericht des Botanischen Vereines in Landshut
(Bayern) (1886-7).” From the Society.

“The Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society.” Vol. IL.,
Nos. 1 and 2 (1887). rom the Society.

“Sinopsis de Familias y Géneros de Plantas Lefiosas de Filipinas;
Introduccion 4 la Flora Forestal del Archipielago Filipino,” redac-
tada por Don Sebastian Vidal Y Soler. (Text and Atlas). From
the Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.S., F.L.S.

“ Bollettino dei Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia comparata della
R. Universita di Torino.” Vol IT., Nos. 19-26 (1887). rom the
University.

456 DONATIONS.

“ Bulletin de la Société Royale de Géographie d’Anvers.” Tome
XI., 4e Fascicule (1887). From the Society.

“The Scottish Geographical Magazine.” Vol. III, No. 7
(July, 1887). From the Hon. W. Macleay.

“Some New South Wales Tan-Substances.” Part I. By J. H.
Maiden, F.R.G.S. From the Author.

“The Australasian Journal of Pharmacy.” Vol. II, No. 20.
(August, 1887). From the Editor.

“The Journal of Comparative Medicine and Surgery.” Vol.
VIII., No. 3. (1887). From the Editor.

‘*The Canadian Record of Science.” Vol. II., No. 7 (1887).
From the Natural History Society of Montreal.

“The Journal of the Cincinnati Society of Natural History.”
Vol. X., No. 2 (1887). From the Society.

“Transactions of the Wagner Free Institute of Science Phila-
delphia.” Vol I. (1887). From the Institute.

“Catalogue of the Lizards in the British Museum, (Natural
History).” Vol. III. (1887); “Catalogue of the Fossil Mam-
malia.” Part IV. (1886) ; “Guide to the Galleries of Reptiles
and Fishes,” (1887) ; ‘‘ General Guide,” (1887). Hrom the Trustees.

“ Handbook to the Ferns of Queensland.” By F. M, Bailey.
From Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.L.S.

PAPERS READ.

NOTES ON SOME INDIGENOUS SAGO AND TOBACCO
FROM NEW GUINEA.

By J. H. Marpen, F.R.G.S.,

CURATOR OF THE TECHNOLOGICAL MusreuM, SYDNEY.

SAGO.

This sample of Sago meal or flour was brought by Mr. Theodore
Bevan from Evorra village, Jubilee River, 16 miles north-east of
Bald Head. This locality had never, in all human probability,
been visited by a white man before.

It is of course of native manufacture, and is from indigenous
sago (? Sabal Adansonii which forms forests in New Guinea and
New Ireland, or possibly Sagus Konigit and S. leve). Mr. Bevan
took a photograph of natives engaged in the operation of making
sago. (1) The following description, taken from Balfour’s Cyclo-
pedia of India, of the process as carried on in the Archipelago,
serves fairly for a description of that which obtains in the interior
of New Guinea, as described by Mr. Bevan to me, and as depicted
in the photograph alluded to.

“A tree is cut down close to the ground, the leaves and leaf-
stalks cleared away, and a broad strip of the bark taken off the
upper side of the trunk. This exposes the pithy matter, which is
of a rusty colour near the bottom of the tree, but higher up pure

(1) At page 349, Vol. X. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Miklouho-Maclay says
that sago Sagus sp. (‘* Buam”’), is regarded as a luxury on the Maclay coast,
and is not used commonly as food. Mr. Bevan, however, reports sago to be
plentiful in the district he visited,

458 INDIGENOUS SAGO AND TOBACCO FROM NEW GUINEA,

white, and about as hard as adry apple. The pith is cut or broken
down into a coarse powder (1) by means of a club of hard and
heavy wood, having a piece of sharp quartz rock (2) firmly
imbedded into its upper end. By successive blows, narrow strips
of the pith are cut away till it falls down into the cylinder formed
by the bark, leaving only a skin not more than half an inch in
thickness (3). These pith-strips are then put into a washing-
trough made of the large sheathing vases of the leaves, and the
strainer is the fibrous covering from the leaf-stalks of the young
cocoa-nut. Water is then poured on the mass of pith which is
pressed against the strainer, and kneaded until all the starch is
dissolved (suspended, sago, like any other starch, being insoluble
in cold water, J.H.M.), and passes through into a trough with a
depression in its centre, into which it is deposited, the surplus
water trickling away. When the trough is nearly full, the mass
of starch, which has a slightly reddish tinge, is made up into
cylinders, wrapped up in sago leaves, and is the raw sago or

sago meal,”

Notes on the above description (communicated to me verbally
by Mr. Bevan) :—

(1) Chips or small lumps would be better. The men form a
heap, and the women gather it up.

(2) No stone was used by the natives Mr. Bevan saw in the act of
making sago, only wooden flails or adzes. The chopping is done
by men; the women do the whole of the remainder of the sago-
process.

(3) The remainder of the process may be described thus.—A
spathe of sago-palm or cocoa-nut is supported, the broad end
uppermost, on a wooden fork. The women take the chopped pith
(see 1) put into the funnel-shaped cavity of the spathe, knead it
well with the hands, at the same time allowing water to pass
through the mass to carry off the grains of sago which are set free
by the operation of kneading.

BY J. H. MAIDEN. 459

The following slightly different account of the operation of sago
manufacture, as carried on in New Guinea, is taken from ‘“ A
Voyage to New Guinea, &c,” by Capt. Thomas Forrest, 2nd ed.,
1780, p. 39, et seq.

“The sago or libby tree has, like the coco nut tree, no distinct
bark that peels off, and may be defined as a long tube of hard
wood, about two inches thick, containing a pulp or pith mixed
with many long fibres. The tree being felled, it is cut into lengths
of about five or six feet. A partof the hard wood is then sliced
off, and the workman, coming to the pith, cuts across (generally
with an adze made of hard wood called aneebong) the longitudinal
fibres and the pith together, leaving a partat each end uncut, so that,
when it is excavated, there remains a trough, into which the pulp
is again put, mixed with water, and beat with a piece of wood ;
then the fibres, separated from the pulp, float on top, and the flour
subsides. After being cleared in this manner by several waters,
the pulp is put into cylindrical baskets, made of the leaves of the
tree, and, if it is to be kept some time, those baskets are generally
sunk in fresh water to keep it moist.”

Another allusion to New Guinea sago (and this refers to a
spurious one) is in Hassall’s “ Food and its Adulterations,” in
which occurs the passage :—‘“ Pareira also states that he received
from Professor Guibourt samples of “ Sagou des Maldives de
Planche, donné par lui, and, Sagouw de la Nouvelle Guinée
donné par lui,” and that he found them to be factitious sagos
prepared from potato starch. The grains of the New Guinea sago
were bright red on one side and whitish on the other.”

It is well-known that France and Germany first taught Europe
how to manufacture “ pearl sago” out of potato starch, but the
sample now before you is undoubtedly unsophisticated New Guinea
sago, procured from a village the natives of which are probably
ignorant of the arts of adulteration, which belong only to civiliza-

tion.

460 INDIGENOUS SAGO AND TOBACCO FROM NEW GUINEA,

In appearance and texture it reminds one strongly of the
‘Bath brick” so much used in England by domestics for polishing
purposes. It is of a light buff colour, crumbling readily in the
fingers into a flour. On keeping, it becomes of a light brown, or
even a rusty colour, on the outside.

Mr. Bevan tells me the sample was moist and soft and capable
of being cut with a knife when he received it. In that state it is
ready to undergo the operation of granulating or “ pearling.”

This refinement, introduced at Singapore in 1819 by Chinese
workmen, but in use in Malacca for many years previously, was
known to New Guinea natives at least as early as 1777, Captain
Forrest then describing the process in use. Balfour (/oc, cit.) says
that the Malays learnt the art from the natives of Bukit Batu
(Siak). It therefore becomes interesting to learn how and when
the operation became known to the natives of New Guinea, or
whether in fact, the invention is owing to them.

Every writer on the subject of sago speaks in superlative terms
as to the value of the palms as a crop. The matter is so frequently
referred to that there is no difficulty in getting particulars on the
subject. I will content myself with quoting one recent and
eminent authority, viz: Mr. W. B. Pryer, Her Majesty's Consular
Agent for Sandakan (Borneo) and Resident in the Service of the
British North Borneo Company, who referred to the matter on the
25th October last, at a conference at the Colonial and Indian
Exhibition. After alluding to the fact that three trees yield more
nutritive matter than an.acre of wheat, and six trees more than an
acre of potatoes, he goes on to say :—‘¢ The main drawback to the
investment of capital in sago planting is the length of time that
elapses before the trees are ready to cut; but it must be under-
stood that when they once commence yielding, they go on con-
tinually without cessation, so that the only expense attending their
cultivation, when once they are in bearing, is the upkeep of fencing
to keep out pigs. It is also to be added that the expense of

BY J. H. MAIDEN. 46h

planting is very small compared to the returns when once they
begin to come in. It has been calculated that a plantation of 2000
acres would give a profit of £15,560 a-year. Since this calculation
was made the price of sago has declined, but there is no chance of
its not yielding a good profit to the grower. It is also to be
remembered that the sale value of a newly planted sago plantation
would rise heavily yearly.”

The soil and climate of Borneo are very similar to that of New
Guinea. Does not everything point to New Guinea as suitable for
sago planting? The systematic culture of sago and tobacco in this
new colony is worth trying, I would suggest; and at present
this seems to be the most feasible method of utilizing its resources.

HycGroscopic Motsture.

The mean of my experiments gives 13°29 as the percentage of
moisture which can be driven off at a temperature of 100° C.

STARCH.

It contains 91-03 per cent of starch.

The method adopted has been that of Siegert, and consists in
the conversion of the sago-starch into Dextrose (Dextro-glucose)
by treatment with dilute sulphuric acid, and the estimation of this
sugar by means of Fehling’s Solution in the usual manner.

Another method adopted was that of Bungener and Fries, which
consists in boiling the sago with 1° solution of salicylic acid; in this
way all the starch is dissolved out. This gave 95-16 of starch,
there being left 4°84 per cent. of a brownish flocculent
insoluble substance which was not further examined. This
method cannot be considered so satisfactory as the dextrose
process, and to ensure absolute accuracy the salicylic solu-
tion should be treated with dilute acid and the dissolved starch
converted into dextrose. Its simplicity however recommends it.

The above experiments were determined upon the sago dried at

100° C.

462 INDIGENOUS SAGO AND TOBACCO FROM NEW GUINEA,

The only allusion to the quantity of starch in sago, I can find,
is in Prof. Church’s ‘“ Foods,” in which he gives the percentage
for sago (presumably ordinary pearl sago) tapioca, arrow-root,
cornflour, and maizena at 83 (evidently an approximation, and only
intended as such). This result refers to sago at the ordinary
temperature of the air, and, taking 12 as the percentage of
hygrometric moisture, we find the percentage of starch in ordinary
sago to be 94°32 (calculated on the substance dried at 100° C).

MICROSCOPE,

This sago as seen under the microscope presents a very similar
appearance to that depicted at fig. 116 of Hassall’s “ Food and its
Adulterations.” The hilum is well marked, the rings though faint
are evident, the shape of the grains oval, oblong-oval, truncate-
oval, and a few sub-triangular. J cannot resist comparing the
shape and markings of some of the granules to fragments of
earthworms snipped off with a pair of scissors.

TOBACCO.

Obtained by Mr. Theodore Bevan the explorer, in April last, from
natives belonging to the village of Tumut, 50 miles north of Cape
Blackwood, Gulf of Papua, New Guinea. It is plentiful.

It is wrapped in portion of a spathe of a sago palm, is sun-
cured, and was prepared for local use or tribal barter by natives
who, in all human probability, had never seen a white man. It
consists of the leaves and petioles but of no other portions of the
plant.

I submitted the sample to Mr. Hugh Dixson, one of our mem-
bers, than whom, I suppose, there is no higher authority on the
subject in New South Wales. He says:—‘“The specimen is
evidently, as you surmise, the same species as the tobacco of com-
merce ; if it has been at all crossed by an indigenous speciesit is to
an imperceptible extent. The variety is that grown in the Eastern

BY J. H. MAIDEN. 463

Seas and China, of which the best is Manila (1) tobacco. It is
essentially a cigar tobacco in contradistinction to a manufacturing
tobacco, having a very decided cigar-tobacco flavour ; the strength
of this flavour is remarkable, considering, as you say, and as it
bears evidence of, being sun-cured.

‘As a merchantable article it is next to useless, but more than
interesting as a specimen, as it is almost certain that where that
grew, an article would grow that would have at least a fair market-
able value in England and the Continent.”

There is no doubt whatsoever that New Guinea, in common
with some other islands of the Eastern Archipelago, is capable of
growing tobacco of high quality. I may cite the Report on the
specimens of raw tobacco exhibited by the colony of North Borneo
at the Colonial and Indian Exhibition, because the climate and
soil of Borneo are so very similar to that of New Guinea. The

(1) East Indian, Manila and ‘Turkish tobaccos are the produce of
Nicotiana rustica, Linn. American tobaccos are the produce of NV. Tabacum.
The leaves of N. Tabacum are tapering oval-lanceolate and sessile, those of
N. rustica being ovate, cordate and stalked. Of these two species the
former seems much the hardier, and in most countries when it is cultivated
to any extent, has become acclimatised, springing up in great profusion,
self-sown. The latter form, on the other hand, is rarely found to do this,
and is thus met only under cultivation. See Reports on the Colonial and
Indian Exhibition, Art. ‘‘ Tobacco.”

The species of the genus Nicotiana are all indigenous in America, except
our N. suaveolens, which is to be found all over Australia. The lamina of
the largest leaf of the New Guinea tobacco now under examination has a
length of 9 inches, while the petiole is 2 inches long. The average length
of the lamine is, however, 7 inches. They are all ovate-lanceolate, rather
obtuse and none subcordate, which latter characteristic is mentioned by
Asa Gray (Syn: Flora North America) as belonging to N. rustica. The
presence of a longish petiole at once excludes this tobacco from NV. Tabacum,
and of all the species described by Asa Gray it certainly comes nearest to
N, rustica. It is not very remote (I speak of the foliage alone) from our
N. suaveolens with its spathulate leaves, but in all the specimens of that
species I have examined, the lower portion of the leaf tapers far more into
the petiole than is the case with any leaf of this New Guinea tobacco. It
is to be hoped that Mr. Bevan or some other explorer will procure whole
plants of this far-inland tobacco in flower and fruit.

464 INDIGENOUS SAGO AND TOBACCO FROM NEW GUINEA,

Report states, ‘The specimens were of a very superior quality,
both in aroma and appearance. They are well-adapted for cigar-
making, and were considered amongst the best in the Exhibition.”

I have alluded elsewhere to the desirability of testing New
Guinea for the growth of tobacco, and I cannot do better than
make the following extracts from the Experts’ Report to which I
have above alluded.

“There is perhaps no more patent fact than that it is practically

immaterial what seed is used ; it is the chemistry of the soil that
can alone ensure good tobacco. Not only does the tobacco raised
in one country differ from that obtained in another, from the self-
same seed, but this variation may be as great between the produce
of one field and another within the same district. It is the merit
of one country to produce mild and aromatic tobacco, of another
strong tobacco, and even with the most careful manuring it may
not be possible to overcome these distinctions. :
When seed is imported, a mongrel crop is produced ihe first
season, partly flavoured with the soil. In the second year the crop
is truer to the seed. The leaves keep in better preservation when
ripe. They should not be green nor dead, nor should they be left
open, but pressed to preserve the flavour.”

For other particulars as to planting, cultivation, and preparation
of the leaf, see the admirable Report referred to, also ‘‘ New
Commercial Plants,” Part i. (Christy), Mr. Christy’s paper being
translated from a Constantinople original. As in this instance, so
in others, I have referred to Turkish tobacco (in the absence of
authentic information about Manila), because the species yielding
it is probably identical with that from New Guinea.

Note.—All my results have been obtained with the tobacco
dried at 100° C.

HycGrometric Moisture.

My experiments give the hygrometric moisture in this tobacco

during the first fortnight of August in Sydney, at between 8:11

(1) and 10°55 per cent.

(1) This low result was obtained during a week of dry westerly winds.

BY J. H. MAIDEN. 465.

It is obvious that these figures teach but little, and cannot
rigidly be compared with others unless the hygrometric state of
the atmosphere at each place of experiment be given in all cases.

Nevertheless it will be interesting to compare the following
figures for hygrometric moisture :—Turkey (Dr. Letheby), 12 4
per cent ; his other figures fluctuating between 10-8 for German,
and 13-4 for Maryland. Professor Church give the average per
centage of moisture in tobacco at 13 per cent. These results have
doubtless all been obtained in the more humid atmosphere of
England.

EXTRACT (WATER).

It yields 49°36 per cent of extract to water at 100° C.

Dr. Letheby gives the yield of extract of Turkey tobacco at
60-6, and hissample contained 12-4 percentof hygrometric moisture.
Calculated upon the dry leaf this would of course give a percentage
of 68-1. The other percentages he gives (on the tobacco at 60° F.)
vary between 43-4 for Virginian to 64:4 for Maryland.

Swedish tobacco is said to yield 50-64 per cent. of extract of
(Ding! : Polytech: Journ: CCXXYV. 615).

Extract (AmMONIACAL ETHER).

Hygrometric moisture... a- 0-50
Chlorophyll and fat... 5.) lO
Nicotine sie “ne scgege RG

Total per cent soluble in ether... 18-55

ASH.

Tt yields 18-7 per cent of ash.

Dr. Letheby gives the percentage of ash in Turkey tobacco at
10:6, and Watts’ Dict. at from 17-23. In this work we have
the ash of good Havana 16-168 (Letheby 18-6), inferior
sorts, 17-8-19'4 ; Letheby’s figures also give German the maximum
of 22-6. Professor Church (‘ Foods,” the South Kensington
Museum handbook) gives the ash of tobacco at from 13 to 28 per
cent.

466 INDIGENOUS SAGO AND TOBACCO FROM NEW GUINEA.

The nature of the soil has of course much to do with the per-
centage of ash, as also of the ash-constituents ; no information
is forthcoming as to the soil on which the sample now under
examination was grown.

NICOTINE.

The tobacco contains 1:8 per cent of Nicotine.

The process adopted was that of Schlesing, and consists in
exhausting the leaf with ammoniacal ether in a suitable apparatus.
The solvent is then evaporated, and the quantity of alkaloid
determined by observing the amount of standard sulphuric acid it
is capable of neutralising,

NOTES ON ZELOTYPIA STACYI, AND AN ACCOUNT
OF A VARIETY.

By A. Srpney Ouirr, F.E.S.,
Assistant ZooLocist, AUSTRALIAN Museum.

The magnificent Hepialid which the late Mr. A. W. Scott
described under the name Zelotypia Stacyi from imperfect speci-
mens found at the Manning River and in the neighbourhood of
Neweastle, has been obtained in some numbers during the last
few years by the Newcastle miners. As the insect is rarely found
in the perfect or imago condition the larva has to be sought for
and reared, a matter of no little difficulty as it lives, like those of
the allied genus Charagia, in cylindrical burrows which it makes
in the interior of the stems or branches of trees, sometimes near
the surface of the ground and sometimes at a height of fifty or a
hundred feet. By searching for these burrows and rearing the
larvee or pupee when found, a considerable number of specimens
have been obtained by the miners, but I am informed that the
supply is by no means equal to the demand.(1) Sometime ago Mr.
R. Thornton, who has reared a number of the lignivorous lepidop-
tera, transmitted to the Australian Museum the larva and pupa of
this species preserved in alcohol, and subsequently he brought for
my inspection a male Zelotypia which he thought might prove to

(1) Since this article was written I have paid a visit to the mining district
in the neighbourhood of Newcastle and have made enquiries as to the time
of year when the perfect insect makes its appearance. I am told that when
a fully grown larva or pupa is found its precise position is carefully noted,
and the locality revisited in December or early in January according to the
season. The portion of the limb or sapling containing the animal is then
cut and brought home, the end being placed in damp sand to prevent
shrinking. The moth usually makes it appearance in February and March.

468 NOTES ON ZELOTYPIA STACYI, AND AN ACCOUNT OF A VARIETY,

be a distinct species as it differed materially from any he had
previously seen. These specimens form the subject of the following
notes.

Larva—Length 122 mm.; width of head 11 mm.

The larva of Z. Stacyi is long, cylindrical, and fleshy, pale
yellow above ; the divisions between the segments inclining to
reddish brown ; the first three segments rather bright red, the
following segments, with the exception of the last two, provided
with three pale testaceous spots in the middle and two on each
side ; of these the middle spots are transverse, one being placed in
front of the two others which are much smaller and situated near
the posterior margin ; the head is black and finely rugose ; legs
small, the claws black ; stigmata of the usual number.

The larva makes its burrow in the limbs, or occasionally in the
trunk, of the Eucalypt (Z. tzreticornis) locally known as the grey
gum. It is very active, and like the Charagiz, forms a bag-like
covering of triturated bark about the opening of its burrow, which
it closes before pupating with a thick pad resembling a gun-wad.

Pupa—Length 96 mm.

The pupa is very long and cylindrical, slightly thickened towards
the anterior extremity, with the segmentation, particularly of the
thorax, unusually well-marked ; the abdominal segments beyond
the extremity of the wing-coverings provided with a transverse
serrate horny ridge near the anterior margins; below the 7th to
10th segments are provided with similar but less prominent
ridges ; the anal extremity armed, both above and below, with
small sharp spines.

The likeness hetween Zelotypia and Charagia is as apparent in
this stage as in the larval condition, and the wonderful activity
of the pupa in its burrow is equally noticeable in both genera.
The power of rapidly ascending or descending the precipitous
walls of the burrow, which, as Mr. Scott has pointed out (1),
these pup possess to a remarkable degree, appears to be due to
the serrate structure of the abdominal rings.

(1) Austr. Lepid. p. 4 (1864), and Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S. Wales, II. p. 27
(1867.)

BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 469

ZELOTYPIA STACYI var. SINUOSA.

G Antenne reddish brown. Head, front of thorax, and
abdomen salmon red; the thorax with two broad streaks of
white scales, one on each side, which meet behind ; abdomen with
the last two segments greenish black. Forewing dark fawn
colour, the basal half and the apical extremity silvery white, the
former dusted with fawn colour, a large ocellus very indistinctly
encircled with brown at the end of the discoidal sell, beyond this
a moderately broad and very clearly defined silvery white fascia
obliquely crosses the entire width of the wing ; within this fascia,
between veins 1-5, and near the inner margin, the ground colour is
more pronounced ; the space between the fascia and the hind-margin,
which is also deeper in colour, occupied with five or six series of
irregular bar-shaped markings ; these markings are at right angles
to the veins within which they are contained ; costa marked with
three or four rather obscure patches of white. Hindwing salmon
red, darker externally. All the wings crumpled at the extremities.
Expanse of wings 166 mm. (1); length of body 64 mm.

Although I have examined a considerable number of Zelotypiz
this is the only one I have seen answering to the above description.
The points in which it differs from the typical 7. Stacy: are at
once perceptible and may be summarized as follows :—The ocellus
without the white margin and only obscurely surrounded with
brown, the oblique fascia much more pronounced with the edges
clearly defined, the presence of peculiar bar-like markings near
the hind-margin (very unlike the thin, wavy lines on the typical
form), and the dull fawn coloured, obscurely marked costal margin,
not to mention the deeper ground colour of the whole of the
external half of the wing.

(1) The largest female 7. Stacyi I have seen is fully ten inches across the
wings, measured according to the approved method, i.e. from the tip of the
forewing to the middle of the thorax doubled.

470 NOTES ON ZELOTYPIA STACYI, AND AN ACCOUNT OF A VARIETY.

The specimen was reared from a larva found in the trunk of a
black apple tree (1) some three or four feet from the ground, and the
only peculiarity observed during its transformation was that the
pad with which the larva when fully grown closed the entrance to
its burrow was much smaller and less dense in texture than is
usually the case. Possibly this specimen may indicate a species
distinct from that of the grey gum, but in the absence of more
information J prefer to regard it as a variety.

In conclusion it may be of interest to add that the name ‘ bent-
wing’ has been conferred upon this moth by the miners.

(1) Tam not aware if this is Achras australis, which usually passes under
that name.

A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDA OF AUSTRALIA.

By A. Sipyey Outirr, F.E.S.,

AssIsTANT ZooLoGist, AUSTRALIAN MuseEum.

Part III.

Sub-Family II.—STAPHYLININ &.

Prothoracic stigmata conspicuous, sometimes hidden bya corneous
plate. Antenne 11-jointed, inserted upon the anterior margin of
the epistoma. Mandibles furnished on the inner side with a
membrane which is partly free. No ocelli. A membranous space
underneath the prothorax. Abdomen strongly margined laterally.
Anterior cox large and conical ; the posterior sub-conical. Pos-
terior trochanters prominent. Tarsi 5-jointed, except in Tany-
gnathus which has only four.

This subfamily contains the largest and most brilliantly coloured .
members of the section, many of which are eminently predatory in
their habits. Xantholinus and the allied genera are composed of
very long and narrow species, and the true Staphylinina mostly of
more robust forms; of the latter Creophilus, Actinus, Mysolius,
and the species which I have characterized under the name
Colonia regalis, are the most conspicuous types.

The different species are found under stones, under bark, in
carrion or any decaying animal or vegetable matter, in moss, and
occasionally in ants’ nests. To the third tribe of the subfamily
belongs the curious parasitic species Quedius dilatatus, which is
found in Europe living in hornets’ nests, but no species with
similar habits has yet been detected in Australia.

472 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDZ® OF AUSTRALIA,

Tribe 1. XANTHOLININA.

Antenne inserted near the middle of the anterior margin of
the front, near together. Prothorax with the lateral margin
double ; the prothoracic stigmata uncovered.

30. Diocuus.

Erichson, Gen. Staph. p. 300 (1840) ; Lacordaire, Gen. Col. II.
p. 65.

Mentum very broad. Ligula membranous, short, rounded
and slightly emarginate in front. Paraglossee distinct. Maxillary
palpi with the Ist and 3rd joints nearly equal, the last jomt
subulate. Labial palpi with the 2nd joint a little shorter than
the Ist, the terminal joint very small and subulate. Maxille with
the inner lobe ciliated internally ; the external lobe ciliated at its
extremity. Mandibles very short. Labrum small, transverse,
sinuate in front. Head elongate, narrowed anteriorly, connected
with the prothorax by a very slender neck. Eyes small, rounded.
Antennee short, very robust, straight, lst joint a little larger than
the others, 2nd and 3rd joints sub-equal, obconical, 4th to 10th
transverse. Prothorax with the angles rounded. Elytra truncate
behind. Abdomen parallel-sided. Legs short ; intermediate coxze
near together ; tibie finely spined ; anterior tarsi slightly dilated,
the Ist joint longer than the others.

A widely distributed genus.

113. DiocHus OcTAvit.

Diochus Octavit, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. X. p. 235 (1877).

Niger, nitidus, antennis brunneo-piceis, articulis 3 ultimis
palpisque testaceis; segmenti 6! margine pedibusque obscure
rufis ; antennis elongatis, articulis 3-5 parum decrescentibus, 6-9
subaequalibus, 11° elongato, acuminato; capite elongato, ovali,
tertia parte mandibulis exceptis longiore quam latiore, lateribus
parallelis, postice omnine rotundato, punctis 3 utrinque disco, tertio
postico remoto, punctisque aliis parce lateribus basique notato ;

BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 473

thorace majore, basi capite duplo fere latiore, oblongo, convexo,
antice fortiter angustato, angulis omnibus fortissime rotundatis,
seriebus dorsalibus tripunctatis, oblique inter apicem mediumque
sitis, punctis 2 aliis post angulum anticum sitis; elytris basi
thorace paulo latioribus, circa apicem latioribus, serie suturali
discoidalique utraque punctis 6 subtilissimis impressis ; abdomine
dense subtilissime fusco-pubescente, subopaco, omnium creberrime
subtilissime, apice parcius, punctulato. Long. 5mm. (vi. )

Wide Bay, Queensland ; Victoria.

114. DiocHus DIVIsUs.

Diochus divisus, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genoy. X. p. 235 (1877).

A praecedente magnitudine minor, thorace piceo, antennis vix
medio infuscatis, ore, elytrorum dimidia parte apicale, segmentorum
marginibus, sexti dimidia parte apicali, septimo toto pedibusque
rufo-testaceis ; antennis brevioribus; capite minore, breviore,
subtriangulari, antice sat fortiter angustato, basi minus rotundato ;
thorace antice paulo minus angustato ; elytris seriebus vix fortius,
abdomine adhuc subtilius densiusque punctatis, Long. 4mm.
(Fel.).

New South Wales.

31. LEPTACINUS.

Erichson, Kaf. Mark, I. p. 429 (1837); Gen. Staph. p. 333
(1840) ; Lacordaire, Gen. Col. II. p. 69.

General characters of Xantholinus. Ligula slightly emarginate
in front. Palpi, both maxillary and labial, with the last joint
small and acicular ; the labial palpi with the 2nd joint a little
longer than the first. Labrum deeply sinuate ; the lateral margins
membranous. Antenne filiform. The intermediate cox:e
moderately distant or contiguous; the anterior tarsi sometimes
simple, sometimes dilated.

A genus of world-wide distribution resembling Xantholinus in
Sacies.

474 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDZE OF AUSTRALIA,

115. LEPTACINUS LURIDIPENNIS.

Leptacinus luridipennis, Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S.W. IT.
p. 137 (1871).

Elongate, piceous, shining, finely and sparingly pubescent ;
prothorax, antennze and legs reddish testaceous ; elytra with the
apical half pale testaceous.

Head large, slightly narrowed in front, truncate behind,
moderately strongly and not very closely punctured; the
punctures extend to just before the middle on each side
leaving an impunctate median surface; frontal sulci
moderately distinct; the posterior angles strongly rounded.
Antenne with joints 4-10 strongly transverse, the 11th large,
acuminate at the extremity. Prothorax somewhat convex,
slightly narrowed behind, sinuate behind the middle,.a dorsal
series of ten punctures on each side of the middle ; the sides not
very strongly and sparingly punctured ; anterior and posterior
angles rounded. Scutellum piceous. Elytra a little longer than
the prothorax, narrowed anteriorly, moderately strongly, irregu-
larly, and not very strongly punctured. Abdomen finely
punctured. Length 44mm.

Gayndah, Queensland,

After an examination of the type specimen I have come to the
conclusion that the species should be retained in the genus
Leptacinus, a position from which it was removed by M. Fauvel
without sufficient evidence.

116. LepracINUS PARUMPUNCTATUS.

Staphylinus parumpunctatus, Gyllenhal, Ins. Suec., IV, p. 481
(1808)—Leptacinus parumpunctatus, Erichson, Gen. Staph. p. 30D
(1840); Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. XIII, p. 537 (1878).

BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 475

Black, shining, finely pubescent ; head strongly punctured on
each side ; prothorax with a dorsal series of five or six punctures
on each side; elytra piceous or reddish testaceous, the outer apical
angles pale testaceous.

Head densely and strongly punctured behind the eyes, the disc
smooth, Antenne a little longer than the head, reddish brown,
the 3rd joint almost shorter than the 2nd. Prothorax broad,
short, strongly rounded in front, a little narrowed behind, with a
dorsal series of five or six strong punctures, and a lateral series of
five punctures on each side. Scutellum with two or three impres-
sions. Elytra with irregular rows of fine punctures. Legs
reddish testaceous. Length 54-7 mn.

Melbourne, Victoria ; a cosmopolitan and introduced species.

117. Lepractnus NovaE Ho.bianpDliAg.

Leptacinus Novae Hollandiae, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. X,

p- 236 (1877).

Elongatus, niger, nitidissimus, ore, antennis pedibusque rufis,
thorace, scutello, elytrorumque basali parte piceis, his caeterum
segmentisque 6-7 apice pallide testaceis ; antennis articulis 4-10
brevissimis, duplo latioribus quam longioribus, 11° magno, oblongo-
acuminato ; capite magno, mandibulis exceptis tertia parte longiore
quam latiore, sat convexo, subparallelo, basi subtruncato, parum
dense sat fortiter punctato, linea longitudinali laevi, angulis
posticis rotundatis; thorace elongato, gracili, capite tertia fere
parte angustiore, dimidio fere longiore quam latiore, basi quam
antice angustiore, post medium sat fortiter coarctato, basi truncato,
seriebus dorsalibus subtiliter 12, externis duplicibus, circiter
6-punctatis, non confusis ; elytris thorace duplo latioribus, vix
longioribus, sat dense subtilius seriatim, abdomine utrinque sat
parce subtiliter punctatis. Long. 4mm. (/’v/.)

Rockhampton, Queensland ; Victoria ; West Australia,

476 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDE OF AUSTRALIA,

118. Lepracinus LINEARIS.

Staphylinus linearis, Gravenhorst, Col. Micr., p. 43 (1802)—-
Leptacinus linearis, Jacq. Duv., Gen. Staph. p. 12, f. 59.

Pitchy black, shining, finely pubescent ; prothorax with a dorsal
series of eight or ten punctures on each side; elytra uniformly
dark brown.

Head with the sides more finely and less closely punctured
than the allied ZL. batychrus, the lateral rows of punctures more
regular. Antennz reddish testaceous. Scutellum smooth. Legs
pitchy. Length 4-5 mm.

Port Lincoln, South Australia.

A common European species which has recently been recorded
from South Australia by the Rev. T. Blackburn. It is probably
introduced.

119. LEPTACINUS PICTICORNIS.

Leptacinus picticornis, Blackburn, Trans. Royal Soc. 8. Aus-
tralia, 1887, p. 7.

Robustus, nitidus, niger, antennarum articulo primo apice,
secundoque toto testaceis, articulis 4-11 fusco-rufis, palpis mandi-
bulis tarsisque rufescentibus ; capite elongato-quadrato, utrinque
sparsim fortiter punctato; prothorace vix elongato, seriebus
dorsalibus 6-7 punctatis ; elytris prothorace vix longioribus, con-
fuse-lineatim punctatis ; abdominis lateribus punctatis, disco laevi.

Long. 6-7 mm.

The antennz are short, joints 4-10 strongly transverse; the
forehead has only two longitudinal furrows (which are strongly
punctate), the external ones of the usual 4 being obsolete. In
most specimens the knees, and in some the tibiz, are pitchy red.
In some specimens also the elytra and apex of the hind body are
of a dull reddish tint. (L/k.)

Adelaide, Port Lincoln, South Australia.

BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. ATT

120. LepracINusS FILUM.

Leptacinus filum, Blackburn, Trans. Royal Soc. 8. Australia,
£587, pst.

Angustus ; parallelus; nitidus ; niger ; antennis, palpis, pedi-
busque piceis ; elytris nonnullis exemplis apicem versus dilutiori-
bus; antennarum articulis 4-10 sat fortiter transversis ; capite
elongato ; crebre subtilius punctato, fronte longitudinaliter obso-
lete bifoveolato ; prothorace tertid parte longiore quam latiore,
subtiliter crebrius vix lineatim punctato, disco laevi; elytris pro-
thorace vix longioribus, crebrius subtiliter confuse punctatis ;
abdomine subtilissime nec crebre punctato. Long. 5-55 mm. (B/h.)

Port Lincoln, South Australia.

This species is said to have the factes and essential characters
of Leptacinus, but to differ from all the other species in having
slightly impressed frontal foveze and the dorsal series of thoracic
punctures confused with the lateral punctures.

32. METOPONCUS.

Kraatz, Nat. Ins. II. p. 651 (1857)—Fauvel, Fn. Gall.-Rhen.,
Tip. 379:

General characters of Leptacinus. Maxillary palpi with the
last joint narrow at the base, subulate. Antenne geniculate,
very short, the joints large and depressed.

This genus is remarkable for the bright colouring of many of
of the species. Its distribution is world wide.

121. METOPONCUS CYANEIPENNIS.

Leptacinus cyaneipennis, Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S.W. II.
p- 137 (1871) — Metoponcus cyaneipennis, Fauvel, Ann. Mus.
Genov. X, p. 237 (1877).

478 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDH OF AUSTRALIA,

Elongate, black, shining, finely and sparingly pubescent ; pro-
thorax and 5th abominal segment red; elytra bright steel-blue ;
Ist and 2nd abdominal segments and legs testaceous.

Head large, much longer than broad, slightly narrowed in front,
truncate behind, with four foveolate punctures near the base of
the antenne, two on the disc on each of the middle, one near the
posterior angle, and two on the posterior margin ; the ocular sulci
are very oblique and conspicuous ; the inner orbital margin of the
eye liupressed and provided with a distinct puncture. Antenne dark
reddish testaceous, the terminal joint inclining to pale testaceous.
Prothorax slightly convex, a little narrowed posteriorly, sinuate
behind the middle, truncate at the base, very sparingly and finely
punctured, with a series of four moderately distinct dorsal punc-
tures, two on each side of the middle; anterior and posterior
angles rounded. Scutellum rufous. Elytra rather shorter than
the prothorax, slightly narrowed in front, extremely finely and
sparingly punctured. Length 6-9 mm.

Barron River, Mackay, Gayndah, Wide Bay, Pine Mountains,
‘Queensland ; Clarence River, Port Macquarie, Upper Hunter,
Sydney, Port Hacking, Illawarra, New South Wales ; Lord Howe
Island.

122. METOPONCUS ENERVUS, Sp. 0.

Elongate, pitchy, shining, moderately closely covered with
pubescence ; antennee and legs reddish testaceous.

Head large, much longer than broad, narrowed in front, truncate
behind, very strongly and rather closely punctured, with two
obscure foveolate punctures on each side; the frontal sulci
moderately distinct ; the inner orbital margin of the eye impressed.
Antenne clothed with fuscous pubescence, the terminal joint
testaceous, joints 4-10 transverse. Prothorax somewhat convex,
narrowed behind, strongly sinuate just behind the middle, truncate
at the base, very strongly and not very closely punctured at the
sides ; the punctation extending on each side to just before the
middle, where it terminates in a dorsal series, leaving the median

BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 479

surface impunctate ; anterior and posterior angles rounded. Elytra
about as long as the prothorax, narrowed anteriorly, moderately
strongly and closely punctured. Abdomen rather finely punctured.
Length 63 mm.

Lottah, Gould’s Country, Tasmania (S:mson).

A very distinct species differing from all the species known to
me in its uniform colour and strongly punctured head and pro-
thorax.

33. XNANTHOLINUS.

Serville, Encycl. Meth. X. p. 475 (1825) ; Lacordaire, Gen. Col.
ips. 68;

Mentum very short. Ligula small, entire, rounded in front.
Paraglosse large, acuminate. Maxillary palpi filiform, joints 2-4
nearly equal, the last slightly acuminate. Labial palpi filiform,
the joints gradually increasing in length, the terminal joint
acuminate. Maxille with the internal lobe shorter than the
other, coriaceous, and ciliated internally; the external lobe corneous,
ciliated above. Mandibles very short, falciform, dentate in the
middle of the inner side, membranous and ciliate at the base.
Labrum corneous, transverse, bilobed, with the sides membranous.
Head more or less elongate, connected with the prothorax by a
rather narrow neck. Eyes small, rounded. Antennz short,
strongly geniculate, rather robust, Ist joint moderately elongate,
the 2nd and 3rd obconical, joints 4-10 short, pubescent, the
terminal joint sub-acuminate at the extremity. Prothorax
elongate, often a little narrowed towards the base, which is
rounded ; the anterior angles usually a little produced. Elytra
truncate behind. Abdomen parallel-sided. Legs short ; the inter-
mediate cox distant ; tibiz spined, the anterior pair a little
thickened ; tarsi simple, the first two joints nearly equal.

This genus contains a large number of species from all parts of
the world, many of which are brightly coloured. They are found
in moss, decaying vegetable matter, and under bark.

480 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDZ OF AUSTRALIA,

123. XANTHOLINUS ERYTHROPTERUS.

Xantholinus erythropterus, Erichson, Gen. Staph. p. 320 (1840);
Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. X. p. 240 (1877)—Xantholinus
cervinipennis, Macleay, Trans. Ent, Soc. N.S.W. II. p. 138
(1871).

Pitchy black, shining ; elytra, anus, and legs reddish testaceous;
prothorax with a dorsal series of four or five punctures on
each side.

Head sub-quadrate, rather broader than the prothorax, truncate
at the base, with a few strongly impressed punctures on each
side, the frontal sulci short and terminating internally in a
foveolate puncture; sides nearly straight; posterior angles
rounded. Antenne piceous, a little longer than the head, the Ist
joint reddish piceous, the 3rd elongate, about twice as long as the
2nd, joints 4-10 cylindrical, slightly transverse, the last joint
ferruginous at the apex, Prothorax rather long, a little narrower
than the elytra, considerably narrowed behind, with a series of
four or five rather strong punctures on each side of the middle,
and five or six less strongly marked punctures near the lateral
margins. Scutellum moderately strongly and sparingly punc-
tured. Elytra a little longer than the prothorax, rather finely
and sparingly punctured, lateral margin free from punctures.
Abdomen very finely and sparingly punctured, finely pubescent,
the apex of the penultimate, and the whole of the terminal seg-
ment dark reddish testaceous. Length 10-14 mm.

Mulgrave River, Rockhampton, Gayndah, Moreton Bay,
Queensland; Manly, Sydney, New South Wales; Victoria;
Adelaide, South Australia.

An abundant species which may be found, frequently in com-
pany with Hololepta, between the fronds of almost every decaying
grass tree (Xanthorrhoea ).

BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 48]

124, XanTHOLINUS LORQUINI.

Xantholinus Lorquini, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. X. p. 241
(1S07).; lc. XLT plats fie25. (1878),

X. auriceps major et latior, parce longius fulvo-pubescens,
nigerrimus, nitidissimus, elytris laete, palpis pedibusque sub-
obscure rufis; antennis articulis 3 primis piceis, laevibus, 4-10
transversis, opacis, ultimo brevi, conico, apice vix testaceo ; capite
thorace tertia parte latiore, planiore, subtriangulari, fronte pro-
funde 4-sulcata, sulcis externis transversis, puncto terminatis,
sulco oculari puncto etiam terminato, punctoque alio prope adjecto
plagam punctatam appropinquante ; lateribus subtusque, praeter
plagam mediam laevem, dense subtilius rugose punctatis, basi
grosse parce punctato, medio obsolete sulcato, angulis posticis
obtusis ; thorace convexo, subtrapezoidali, antice oblique truncato,
postice parum angustato, lateribus vix sinuatis, angulis posticis
parum obtusis, puncto magno prope angulum anteriorem, serie in
margine laterali parum punctata, puncturaque parca in margine
anteriore notato, basi sulculo brevissimo vix impresso ;_ elytris
thorace tertia parte latioribus, nec longioribus, parce fortiter, intra
humerum triseriatim, margine inflexo subtilius densiusque, abdo-

mineque utrinque subtilissime disperse punctatis; alis fuscis.
Long. 17 mm. (fl. )

Cairns, Duaringa, Wide Bay, Brisbane, Moreton Bay, Queens-
land ; Clarence River, Newcastle, Currajong, New South Wales ;
also found in New Guinea, the Moluccas and Celebes.

Appears to be an abundant species.

125. XANTHOLINUS RUFITARSIS.

NXantholinus rufitarsis, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. X. p. 241
(1877).

X. Lorquint sat vicinus ; niger, nitidissimus; palpis anten-
nisque praeter basin piceis; tibiarum spinulis tarsisque rufis ;

482 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDH OF AUSTRALIA,

elytris rufo-testaceis ; abdomine subaeneo ; antennis multo graci-
lioribus, articulis 4-10 fortissime transversis, 11° brevi, conico ;
capite minore, magis convexo, puncto antico utrinque oculo pro-
plore, postico oculo ipso contiguo, angulis posticis magis rotundatis,
supra lateribusque ommnium subtilissime punctulato; thorace
capitis fere latitudine, ut in Lorguwini, antice vix minus producto-
sinuato, ibique vix punctulato, puncto prope angulum anticum
nullo ; scutello multo subtilius densiusque punctato ; elytris bre-
vioribus, vix longioribus quam latioribus, multo subtilius puncta-
tis, punctis secundum suturam irregularibus, sat numerosis, serie
intra humerali obliqua punctis 14 vel 15, lateribusque inflexis sat
dense subtilius punctatis; abdomine densius fortiusque quam
in Lorquint punctato, densius piloso, segmentis basi profunde
transversim sulcatis. Long. 15mm. (v/.)

Gayndah, Rockhampton, Queensland; Sydney, New South
Wales.

126. XANTHOLINUS HAEMORRHOUS.

NXantholinus haemorrhous, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. XIII.
p- 538 (1878).

Forma rufitarsis, sed minor et gracilior, elytris testaceis, palpis,
antennarum picearum articulis 3 primis, segmentis 6-7 totis
pedibusque rufis, caeterum niger, abdomine subirideo ; antennis
longioribus et gracilioribus, articulo 11° elongato, acuminato, apice
flavo; capite longiore, basi rectius truncato, oculis dimidio fere
minoribus, inter antennarum basim biarcuatim fossulato, sulcis
subobsoletis, oculariis ab oculis magis distantibus; post oculos
supra punctis 3 vel 4, basi summa circiter 8 notatis, sulco sub-
tilissimo a basi ultra medium longitudinaliter impresso ; thorace
minora, antice magis truncato, ante medium profunde sinuato,
angulis omnibus fortiter rotundatis, ante anticos et collum multi-
punctato, punctis 2 vel 3 lateralibus, serie dorsali 3-punctata,
sulculo brevissimo basali ; scutello elytrisque subtilius sat dense
aequaliter, abdomine densius subtiliusque punctatis, densius
breviusque pubescentibus, illis paulo longioribus. Long. 12} mm.
( Fv.)

Rockhampton, Queensland,

BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 483

127. XANTHOLINUS PHOENICOPTERUS.

Xantholinus phoentcopterus, Erichson, Gen. Staph. p. 314 (1840),

Niger, nitidus, tarsis piceis, elytris rubris, purpureo-nitentibus,
triseriatim punctatis, capite oblongo, laevi.

Statura omnino Y. analis, nigerrimus, pernitidus. Antennae
capite parum longiores, articulo tertio elongato, secundo duplo
longiore, nigrae. Palpi picei. Caput thoracis latitudine, latitudine
paulo longius, antrorsum subangustatum, lateribus rectis, angulis
posterioribus rotundatis, punctis utrinque singulo maiusculo ad
interiorem, binis approximatis, oblique positis, ad superiorem
oculi marginem, paucisque irregulariter transversim positis verticis
impressum, ceterum praeter sulculos anticos ordinarios laevissimum.
Thorax coleopteris paulo angustior, longitudine paulo longior,
basin versus modice angustatus, lateribus medio vix sinuatis, apice
utrinque oblique truncatus, angulis anterioribus obtusis, modice
prominentibus, parum convexus, intra angulum anteriorem
utrinque puncto magno profundo et in margine anteriore punctis
utrinque nonnullis impressus. Scutellum punctulatum. Elytra
thorace paululum longiora, punctorum seriebus tribus sat regulari-
bus notata, prima suturali, secunda in medio dorsi, tertia marginali,
rubra, nitore purpureo resplendentia. Abdomen parallelum,
parcius subtiliter punctulatum, nigrum, pernitidum, immaculatum.
Pedes breves, nigvi, tarsis piceis. Alae fusco-hyalinae. Long.
10-14 mm. (£7.)

Port Darwin, Cape York, Somerset, Port Denison, Rockhampton,
Brisbane, Queensland ; Gundagai, Murrumbidgee, Wagga Wagga,
Sydney, New South Wales; Princetown, Melbourne, Victoria ;
Nuriootpa, Adelaide, Port Lincoln, South Australia; King
George’s Sound.

An abundant species.

128. XANTHOLINUS CHLOROPTERUS.
Xantholinus chloropterus, Erichson, Gen. Staph. p. 311 (1840).
Niger, capite triangulari laevi thoraceque opacis, elytris viri-
dibus, abdomine nigro-subaeneo, nitidulis,

484 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDE OF AUSTRALIA,

X. chalybeo longitudine aequalis, at gracilior, corporis habitu
potius AX. glabrati. Antennae capite vix longiores, articulo
tertio elongato, secundo duplo longiore, 4-10 crassitie aequalibus,
at sensim paulo brevioribus, nigrae, ultimo apice subferrugineo.
Palpi nigri, apice rufo-picei. Caput thoracis longitudine et basi
eius apici latitudine aequale, antrorsum angustatum, oblongo-
subtriangulare, basi et lateribus perparum, angulis posterioribus
fortiter rotundatum, supra leviter convexum, puncto maiusculo
singulo ad interiorem, alteroque itidem singulo ad superiorem
oculi marginem impresso, ceterum praeter sulculos anticos
ordinarios laeve, nigrum, subopacum. Thorax apice coleop-
terorum latitudine, basin versus modice angustatus, latitudine
antica paulo longior, Iateribus rectis, apice utrinque oblique
truncatus, angulis anterioribus subrotundatis, modice prominenti-
bus, leviter convexus, longe intra apicem puncto singulo im-
pressus, ceterum laevissimus, niger, subopacus. Scutellum
medio punctatum, nigrum, parum nitidum. Elytra thorace vix
longiora, triseriatim punctata, serie prima suturali, secunda
dorsali, tertia marginali, margine inflexo summoque apice vage
punctatis, viridia, nitidula,. Abdomen elongatum, parallelum,
parce subtiliter punctatum, parce tenuiterque nigro-pilosellum,
nigro-subaenium, nitidulum. Corpus subtus nigro-subaenium,
nitidum. Pedes nigri. Long. 17-l14mm. (#r.)

Duaringa, Queensland; Liverpool Plains, Mount Wilson,
Mount Victoria, Blue Mountains, Sydney, Monaro, New South
Wales; Princetown, Melbourne, Victoria; Adelaide, Port
Augusta, South Australia ; Launceston, Lottah, Gould’s Country,
Tasmania,

The elytra and abdomen of this species are somewhat variable
in colour.

129. XANTHOLINUS ORTHODOXUS, sp. n.

Black, shining; elytra cyaneous or bronze green; abdomen
bronze green ; legs black.

BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 485

Head narrowed in front, extremely finely and not very closely
punctured, a row of punctures on the posterior margin, two
punctures on the inner orbital margin of the eye; frontal sulci
strongly marked, nearly parallel. Antenne longer than the head,
joints 4-10 finely pubescent, 11th joint with the apex ferruginous.
Prothorax considerably narrowed behind, truncate in front, with
a conspicuous foveolate puncture near the anterior angles; sides
very slightly sinuate behind the middle; the posterior angles
rounded. Scutellum rather strongly punctured. LElytra with
three rows of moderately strong punctures, one near the suture,
the second about the middle, and-the third at the side; lateral
and posterior margins sparingly punctured. Abdomen sparingly
and not very strongly punctured, the pubescence black. Length
13-15 mm.

Sydney, Port Hacking, New South Wales.

This species is intermediate between Xantholinus chloropterus
and X. cyanopterus. From the former it may be distinguished,
apart from its smaller size and different colour, by having the
prothorax more narrowed behind, and the punctuation of the
elytra comparatively stronger ; and from the latter by the shape
of the head and prothorax, which are elongate and nearly parallel-
sided, as well as in colour. From X. chalcopterus it differs in
having black legs.

130. XANTHOLINUS CYANOPTERUS.

Xantholinus cyanopterus, Erichson, Gen. Staph. p. 311 (1840).
Nigerrimus, nitidus, elytris subtiliter triseriatim punctatis,
chalybeis, capite oblongo, laevi.

Antennae capite parum longiores, articulo tertio secundo duplo
longiore, ultimo apice ferrugineo. Palpi apice picei. Caput
thoracis latitudine, latitudine paulo longius, basi et lateribus
leviter, angulis posterioribus fortiter rotundatis, antrorsum paululum
angustatum, supra convexum, subtilissime punctulatum, punctis
utrinque tribus in capitis margine postico, duobus ad oculum

486 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDH OF AUSTRALIA,

utrumque impressum, sulculis duobus anticis intermediis parallelis.
Thorax coleopteris parum angustior, latitudine paulo longior, basin
versus subangustatus, apice truncatus, angulis anterioribus lateri-
busque subrectis, leviter convexus, puncto utrinque singulo intra
angulum anteriorem sat profundo impressus. Scutellum obsolete
4-punctatum Elytra thorace paulo longiora, triseriatim punctata,
serie prima suturali, secunda dorsali, tertia marginali, omnibus sat
regularibus, margine apicali et lateribus inflexis vage punctatis.
Abdomen parce punctatum, parce nigro-pilosum. Pedes nigri,
tarsis piceis. Long. 12-14mm. (Z7.)

Melbourne, Victoria; Launceston, Lottah, Gould’s Country,
Tasmania.

The broad convex prothorax and brilliant colour of this species
will prevent its being confused with any other.

131, XANTHOLINUS SIDERALIS.

Xantholinus sideralis, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. XIII. p. 539
(1878).

A caeteris elytris totis sat dense aequaliter punctura duplici,
altera forti, altera subtili, notatis, serie licet intrahumerali distincta
et abdomine nigro notabilis ; cyanoptero statura minore et angus-
tiore, antennis articulo 2° breviore (caeteri desunt), capite minore,
angustiore, magis parallelo, magis convexo, post oculos crebre sub-
tiliter punctato, angulis posticis magis indicatis, punctis 3 supra
ad marginem oculi posticum; thorace circa basin profundius
sinuato, magis angustato, punctis 2 utrinque fossulatis, altero
prope angulum anticum, altero medio, punctis 2 utrinque disco
obsoletis ; abdomine parcius subtiliusque punctato. Long. 12-

13mm. (fvi.)
West Australia.

132. XANTHOLINUS CHALCOPTERUS.

NXantholinus chalcopterus, Erichson, Gen. Staph. p. 312 (1840)—
Xantholinus cyaneipennis, Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S. W.
II. p. 139 (1871).

BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 487

Niger, nitidus, elytris triseriatim punctatis, cyaneo-aeneis, pedi-
bus rufo-fulvis, capite oblongo, laevi.

Habitu omnino 1. fulgidi, at duplo maior, niger, pernitidus.
Antenn capite paulo longiores, articulo tertio secundo plus sesqui
longiore, nigrae, articulo secundo tertioque basi rufo-piceis, ultimo
apice ferrugineo. Palpi picei. Caput thorace paulo latius,
latitudine longius, basi cum angulis posterioribus rotundatis,
lateribus subrectis, antrorsum haud angustatum, sub-depressum,
omnium subtilissime obsoletissimeque punctulatum, puncto maius-
culo singulo ad interiorem, duobus approximatis ad superiorem
utriusque oculi marginem, pluribusque irregulariter transversim
positis verticis impressum, sulculis duobus anticis intermediis
prope parallelis. Thorax latitudine paulo longior, basin versus
angustatus, lateribus pone medium subsinuatis, basi coleopteris
angustior, parum convexus, puncto singulo ad angulum utrumque
anteriorem impressus. Scutellum parumpunctatum. Elytra
thorace paululum longiora, subtilius triseriatim punctata, serie
prima suturali, secunda in medio dorsi, tertia marginali, omnibus
sat regularibus, cyaneo-aenea, nitida. Abdomen parce vageque
punctulatum, tenuiter pilosum. Pedes omnes cum coxis anteri-
oribus rufo-fulvi. Long. 10-13 mm. (£7.)

Rockhampton, Gayndah, Wide Bay, Brisbane, Queensland ;
Clarence River, Upper Hunter, Singleton, Parramatta, Sydney,
New South Wales; Melbourne, Victoria; Adelaide, Nuriootpa,
South Australia ; Swan River, West Australia.

A careful comparison of the type of Xantholinus cyaneipennis
with Erichson’s description of XY. chalcopterus, and with West
Australian specimens which I have identified with that species,
leads me to the conclusion that the former name must be regarded
as a synonym..

133. XANTHOLINUS COELESTIS.

AXantholinus coelestis, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. XIII. p. 540

(1878).

488 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDH OF AUSTRALIA,

Inter species elytris caeruleis forma depressa et abdomine vix
aenescente, segmentorum basi crebre fortiter punctata facilliine dis-
tinguendus ; forma potius chalcopteri ; niger, nitidissimus, elytris
caeruleis, palpis apice rufis ; a cyanoptero statura minore, antennis
vix validioribus, capite angustiore et longiore, depresso, lateribus
parallelis, angulis posticis multo fortius rotundatis, punctis 2
contiguis intus prope oculi marginem posticum; basi densius
punctulata ; thorace multo minore et angustiore, trapezoidali,
planiusculo, circa basin multo fortius angustato, lateribus magis
sinuatis, antice multo minus truncato, licet angulis omnibus magis
indicatis ; elytris brevioribus, depressis, abdomine utrinque fortius
densiusque punctato. Long. 12-13 mm. (Fvl.)

Melbourne, Victoria.

134. XANTHOLINUS HOLOMELAS.

Aantholinus holomelas, Perroud, Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, XI.
p. 84 (1864)—Fauvel, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1874, p. 436; Ann.
Mus. Genov. X. p. 244 (1877).

A. anachoreta, Er. paulo major, latior et robustior, niger, niti-
dus, ore, antennis articulis 3 primis basi pedibusque rufo-piceis
vel piceis, abdomine dense grosseque punctato, aeneo, antennarum
articulo ultimo apice testaceo ; capite maris magis orbiculari quam
in anachoreta, sulcis anticis brevioribus, subtus tantum prope oculos
subtilissime punctulato, supra post oculos punctis binis impresso ;
thorace majore, lateribus minus angustato et sinuato, angulis
anticis minus, posticis multo magis rotundatis ; scutello grosse
4-punctato ; elytris thorace paulo longioribus latioribusque, ali-
quando piceis, subaeneis, circa suturam canaliculatam lateribusque
subtiliter dense punctulatis, stria profunda obliqua, disco fortiter
punctata, stria laterali subhumerali 6-punctata ; abdomine robus-
tiore; Q capite minore, thoracis vix latitudine, longiore, ovato.
Long. 11-14mm. (/v/.)

Port Mackay, Queensland ; Bogolong, Wagga Wagga, Sydney,
New South Wales; Adelaide, South Australia; King George’s
Sound ; also recorded from New Guinea, New Caledonia, Samoa,
Aru, &c.

BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 489

135. XANTHOLINUS ALBERTISI.

Xantholinus Albertisi, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. X. p. 246
(1877); 2 e5 XPS pl ie, 26. (1.878).

Colore instabilis, abdomine aeneo, thorace vel aeneo, vel aeneo-
violaceo, capite saepius aureo-violaceo hoc, saepe elytrisque summa
basi aureo-viridibus, elytris vel violaceo viridibus, lateribus
rufulis, vel vix cupreis cum palpis, antennarum mandibularumque
basi rufis, his apice coxisque piceolis, antennarum articulis 4-10
transversis, opacis 11° brevi, acuminato, 3, 4, vel 5 ultimis testaceo-
albidis ; pedibus totis aliquando brunneis, vel piceis ; capite maris
maximo, deplanato, subtransverso, breviter ovato, fronte omnium
subtilissime strigosula, sulcis duobus antennariis minus, oculariis
magis profundis, his recte transversis, puncto terminatis, punctis
duobus aliis intus prope oculi marginem posticum, quinque aliis
utrinque basi, lateribus totis subtusque anguste subtiliter dense
punctato rugoso, infra strigosulo, quadriimpresso ; thorace elytris
sat angustiore, subtrapezoidali, omnium subtilissime punctulato,
puncto magno circa angulum anteriorem, lateribus vix strigosulis,
ad marginem inflexum serie punctorum notatis ; scutello aeneo,
circiter 8-punctato ; elytris thorace vix longioribus, crebre fortiter,
lateribus densius, punctatis, serie intrahumerali punctorum ma-
jorum impressa; abdomine grosse sat dense utrinque punctato ;
alis fulvo-violaceis ; Q capite multo minore, thorace angustiore,
breviter ovato, sulcis ocularibus fere nullis, puncto post-oculari
unico, utrinque ad oculorum mandibularumque basim parum dense
fortius punctato. Long. 12-13 mm. ( Fl.)

Cape York, Somerset, Russell River, Mulgrave River, North
Queensland. Also recorded from Ternate, New Guinea, Aru
Islands, and the Celebes.

This species is said to vary considerably in colour and punctua-
tion, and has been divided by M. Fauvel into three geographical
forms ; the first, from Ternate, has the anterior half of the head
and the sides of the prothorax very finely striolte, the last three
joints of the antennz testaceous, the elytra and the abdomen

490 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDZ OF AUSTRALIA,

bronze-green, tinged with violaceous, and the legs pitchy black ;
the second, from Australia, has the head metallic golden green,
the prothorax more or less violaceous, the sides of the elytra
reddish, the legs pitchy, the striolation of the head less marked,
and the last three or four joints of the antenne testaceous ; the
third, from New Guinea, Aru, and the Celebes, has the head
metallic golden, the prothorax violaceous, the elytra reddish, the
legs reddish or pitchy, and the last five joints of the antenne
testaceous.

Of these forms the second or Australian type I have identified
from Northern Queensland, the others are unknown to me.

136. XANTHOLINUS soctIUs.

Xantholinus socius, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. X. p- 247 (1877).

Minoribus XY. punetulati speciminibus magnitudine et facie
similis, niger, subnitidus, vix alutaceus, elytris non alutaceis,
magis nitidis, cum ore, antennis, articulo 1° excepto, segmentorum
marginibus pedibusque piceis ; antennis capite vix longioribus, sat
incrassatis, articulis 5-10 breviter transversis, 11° conico ; capite
subquadrato, quarta parte longiore quam latiore, antice parum
angustato, angulis posticis subobtusis, utrinque vage fortiter
punctato, sulcis 2 anticis brevibus, subarcuatis, puncto antico
magno inter sulcum oculumque impresso, huie sulculo conjuncto;
thorace antice capitis latitudine, tertia parte longiore quam latiore,
postice sat fortiter angustato, medio sinuato, angulis omnibus
rotundatis, seriebus dorsalibus rectis 7, lateralibus incurvis 8-
punctatis ; scutello bipunctato ; elytris thorace parum latioribus,
nec longioribus, dorso subtiliter triseriatim, suturaque confusius
punctatis ; marginibus inflexis seriatim subtilissime, abdomine sub-
cupreo sat dense subtilissime punctatis. Long. 54-64mm. (fvi.)

Rockhampton, Queensland ; Victoria ; South Australia; King
George’s Sound.

137. XANTHOLINUS CRIBRATUS.

Xantholinus cribratus, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. XIII. p. 540
(1878).

BY A, SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 491

Forma et statura Uinearis, niger, minus nitidus, thorace
elytrisque nigro piceis, ore, antennis, ano pedibusque rufulis ;
antennis paulo gracilioribus, articulo 11° apice dilutiore ; capite
multo crebrius sat fortiter punctato, spatio angusto a disco ad
sulecorum antennariorum basim angustulo ; sulcis profundioribus ;
basi rectius truncata ; thorace multo angustiore, circa basin fortius
angustato, lateribus profunde sinuatis, antice magis oblique
truncato, dense sat fortiter utrinque punctato, linea laevi angus-
tiore; elytris creberrime subtiliter et aequaliter, abdomine sub-
tilius crebriusque punctatis. Long. 7mm. (Fi. )

Victoria.

Tribe 2. STAPHYLININA.

Antenne inserted on the anterior margin of the front, inside
the base of the mandibles, and distant from each other. Pro-
thorax with the lateral margin double; prothoracic stigmata

uncovered.

34. CREOPHILUS.

Mannerheim, Brachél. p. 20 (1830)—Staphylinus (subg.) Erich-
son, Gen. Staph. p. 347 (1840) ; Lacordaire, Gen. Col. IT. p. 77.

Mentum very short. Ligula small, emarginate in front. Para-
gloss coriaceous, ciliate internally. Maxillary palpi filiform, 4th
joint shorter than the 3rd, sub-acuminate. Labial palpi filiform,
3-jointed, Maxille with the internal lobe ciliate internally ; the
external lobe a little longer, narrowed at the base, ciliate above.
Labrum corneous, transverse, bilobed. Head sub-quadrate, con-
nected with the prothorax by a distinct neck. Antenne greatly
thickened towards the extremity, the 1st joint moderately long ;
joints 7-10 transverse, gradually thickening. Prothorax trans-
verse, rounded in front, truncate behind, with the anterior angles
distinct, deflexed. Elytra obliquely truncate at the extremity,
Abdomen parallel-sided. Mesosternum transverse, very much
rounded above. Legs moderately long, rather robust, the inter-
mediate coxze near together ; the intermediate and posterior tibiz
spined ; the anterior tarsi dilated.

492 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDE OF AUSTRALIA,

Widely distributed throughout the old world.

The different species are found in carrion, in decaying vegetable
matter, or flying in the sunshine. There is, I believe, only one
species at present known from Australia.

138. CREOPHILUS ERYTHROCEPHALUS.

Staphylinus erythrocephalus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 265;

Erichson, Gen. Staph. p. 351 (1840).—Creophilus erythrocephalus,
Nordmann, Symb. Staph. p. 23 (1837).

Black, depressed ; head red, with a large round black spot in
the front on the disc ; prothorax shining ; elytra tinged with blue.

Head shining, extremely finely and sparingly punctured, a
setigerous puncture on the inner orbital margin of each eye.
Antenne greatly thickened towards the extremity; joints 4-6
slightly transverse, 7-10 more decidedly transverse, gradually
widening, 11th much longer than the preceding, compressed at the
apex. Prothorax broadly transverse, somewhat narrowed behind,
the sides sinuate behind the middle ; the posterior angles strongly
rounded. Scutellum densely punctured, thickly clothed with long
black pubescence. Elytra black, tinged with steel-blue, somewhat
shining, moderately strongly and closely punctured, covered with
black pubescence; the shoulders rather prominent, shining,
impunctate. Abdomen irregularly and rather closely punctured,
the pubescence distinct. Legs black. Length 14-19 mm.

Barron River, Gayndah, Brisbane, Queensland ; Mossgiel,
Darling River, Lithgow, Penrith, Sydney, Kiama, Mulwala, New
South Wales; Melbourne, Victoria; Adelaide, Ardrossan,
Fowler Bay, South Australia; King George’s Sound, Swan
River, West Australia ; Lord Howe Island ; Norfolk Island ; also
recorded from New Caledonia, Tonga, &c.

An abundant and widely distributed species resembling the
European Creophilus maxillosus in habits.

var. LANIO, Erichson, Gen. Staph. p. 352 (1840).

BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 493

Black ; head red, with a large black spot in front on the disc ;
prothorax shining, the posterior angles slightly rounded ; elytra
black, not tinged with blue.

Lithgow, New South Wales; Melbourne, Victorian Alps ;
Lottah, Gould’s Country, Port Frederick, Hobart, Tasmania.

The latter form has usually been regarded as _ distinct
from Creophilus erythocephalus, but after an examination of a
large number of specimens from all parts of the country I have
come to the conclusion that it can only be regarded as a variety.
The most noticeable differences, namely the colour of the elytra
and the slightly-rounded hinder angles of the prothorax, are
characters of little importance, and in this instance of no geo-
graphical significance, as both the typical form and the variety are
sometimes found in the same locality. A series of specimens
which I have received from Lithgow, in the Blue Mountains,
contains both black and blue forms as well as several exhibiting
intermediate stages ; of these one with black elytra (var. /anio)
has the hinder thoracic angles as strongly rounded as the typical
form, a fact, I think, in itself sufficient evidence of the specific
identity of the two forms.

The New Zealand form C. oculatus, has been recorded as Aus-
tralian by M. Fauvel, but as the locality is vaguely stated to be
Eastern Australia and no special reference is made to it, I think
more evidence is necessary before admitting the species into
our lists.

35. COLONIA, gen. nov.

Mentum broadly transverse, the anterior margin straight.
Ligula very small. Maxillary palpi moderately long, the basal
joint very short, the 4th joint acuminate, about as long as the 2nd,
distinctly longer than the 3rd. Labial palpi like the maxillary in
form, the last joint much longer than the 2nd. Maxillz with the
lobes distinct, the internal one shorter than the other and ciliated
internally ; external lobe narrowed at the base, ciliated above.

494 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINID® OF AUSTRALIA,

Labrum transverse, bilobed, with a membranous border. Man-
dibles very strong, toothed on the basal half of the inner margin.
Head transverse, sub-orbicular, narrowed behind into a moderately
distinct neck. Eyes not very prominent. Antenne short, slightly
thickened towards the extremity; the basal joint long and sinuous,
the following joints short and gradually decreasing in length, the
terminal joint acuminate. Prothorax transverse, rounded behind,
truncate in front, with the anterior angles distinct and reflexed.
Elytra obliquely truncate at the extremity. Abdomen sub-
parallel, Intermediate coxee widely separated. Legs rather short,
robust ; the tibize spined ; the tarsi moderately long, the anterior
pair strongly dilated, the intermediate and posterior pairs filiform,
with the basal joints rather longer than the three following ones.

The division which I have here ventured to propose is very
nearly allied to Creophilus and Ocypus, but differs from the former
genus in having the antenne longer and more slender, the head
very broad, the elytra smooth and almost free from pubescence ;
from Ocypus it is distinguished by having the intermediate coxz

widely remote.
139. COLONIA REGALIS, sp. n.

Pitchy black, shining, very robust ; prothorax narrower than the
head, the posterior angles rounded ; elytra dull black ; abdominal

segments tinged with green.

Head very broad, obscurely and rather sparingly punctured on
the disc, more strongly punctured between the antennz, with two
setigerous punctures on the inner orbital margin of the eyes, and
another less conspicuous puncture near the base of each antenna ;
the sides regularly rounded. Antennz moderately robust, black,
joints 5-11 clothed with fine fuscous pubescence. Prothorax
slightly narrowed in front, very obscurely and not very closely
punctured, with a row of punctures on the anterior margin near

BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 495

each shoulder and another on each side. Scutellum pointed
behind, strongly and not very closely punctured. Elytra as broad
as the prothorax, slightly sinuate before the middle, obscurely and
sparingly punctured ; the suture somewhat raised. Abdomen rather
strongly and sparingly asperate-punctate ; 6th segment margined
with flavous posteriorly. Legs piceous. Length 18-20 mm.

@ The head much narrower ; the 7th abdominal segment entire
and not emarginate below as in the other sex.

Lismore, Richmond River, New South Wales.

Two specimens of this very distinct form are in the collection of
Mr. G. Masters.

36. ACTINUS.

Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. p. 250 (1878).

Mentum short, transverse. Ligula entire. Maxillary palpi with
the 4th joint parallel, a little longer than the 3rd. Labial palpi
filiform, the last joint a little longer than the 2nd. Maxille
similar to those of Philonthus. Head large, transverse, connected
with the prothorax by a slender neck. Antennz sub-geniculate,
short, thickened towards the extremity. Prosternum acute above.
Metasternum sinuately rounded in front. Legs short ; tibie
spined ; anterior tarsi dilated in the $; posterior tarsi short, the
1st joint much longer than the 5th, joints 2-4 gradually shorter,
sub-trianguiar.

Allied to Philonthus, but distinguished by the structure of its
antenne and tarsi.

Two species are known, one from Australia, and one from New
Guinea.

140. Actinus Mac.eayl, sp. n.

Elongate, moderately robust, black, shining, sparingly clothed
with long pubescence ; head and prothorax brassy, highly polished ;
elytra iridescent purplish green, the sides and apex brassy ; the
apical half of the 6th and the 7th abdominal segments, and the
legs, except the coxee, reddish testaceous.

32 A

496 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDZ OF AUSTRALIA,

Head moderately strongly and sparingly punctured, with a few
larger punctures behind and near the inner margin of the eyes, a
conspicuous depression in the middle just behind the antenne.
Antenne somewhat thickened towards the extremity, the first
four joints shining, the first two reddish testaceous, 4th joint
nearly quadrate, joints 5-9 transverse, 10th and 11th yellowish
white, the former transverse, the latter elongate and pyriform.
Prothorax strongly convex, moderately strongly and not very
closely punctured, with six rather deeply impressed punctures on the
disc, three on each side of the middle ; anterior angles conspicuous,
reflexed; the sides strongly sinuate; posterior angles obtuse.
Scutellum rather strongly and very closely punctured in the middle,
the sides almost impunctate. Elytra considerably longer than the
prothorax, widening posteriorly, rather closely and strongly rugose-
punctate, Abdomen narrowed behind, strongly and not very
closely asperate-punctate on each side of the middle which is
smooth. Legs reddish testaceous. Length 19-22 mm.

¢ Differs from the female in having the head much larger and
nearly quadrate, the anterior tarsi more strongly dilated, and the
7th abdominal segment acutely emarginate.

Johnstone River, Cairns, North Queensland.

This beautiful species is allied to Actinws imperialis described
from New Guinea by M. Fauvel. In colour it agrees precisely with
a specimen of that species from Port Moresby in the Macleay
Museum, but it is readily distinguished by its much less strongly
and closely punctured head and prothorax, less strongly rugose-
punctate elytra, and by having the last two, instead of only the
terminal, joints of the antennze yellowish white.

A specimen of this species obtained during October at the
Johnstone River was sent to me nearly a year ago by Mr. Henry
Tryon, of the Queensland Museum, and recently Mr. Macleay, to
whom the species is dedicated, has received a large series from
Cairns.

BY A, SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 497

37. Myso.ius.

Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. XII, p. 255 (1878).

General characters of Philonthus. Maxillary palpi very
slender, the 4th joint acicular, much longer than the 3rd. Labial
palpi also slender, the 2nd joint ciliate internally, the 3rd fusi-
form. Head connected with the prothorax by a slender neck.
Eyes not prominent, scarcely lateral. Antenne elongate, rather
slender. Prothorax with a lateral line joined before the anterior
angles. Prosternum produced above. Metasternum rounded an-
teriorly, not produced. Legs slender; tibiz spined ; anterior
tarsi dilated in the ¢; posterior tarsi elongate, the Ist joint
equal to the 5th, joints 2-4 gradually shorter.

Allied to Philonthus, but easily separated by the form of the
palpi and prosternum, and by having the transverse impression on
the neck, which borders the head, interrupted in the middle.

A single species is known from New Guinea and an allied form
from Australia is here added.

141. MysoLius CHALCOPTERUS, sp. n.

Robust, black, shining; antennee with the last three joints
white ; elytra bright coppery, sometimes with a tinge of purplish,
densely clothed with golden pubescence ; abdomen black, tinged

with purplish ; legs reddish testaceous.

Head rather broad, sub-quadrate, strongly convex, narrowed
behind the eyes, with four or five irregular impressions in front, a
row of moderately strong punctures on the inner orbital margin
of each eye, and another row extending obliquely from behind the
eye to the middle of the posterior margin, strongly and rather
closely punctured about the posterior angles, which are rounded,
Antenne with the first four joints reddish testaceous, 5-8 fuscous,
the last three white; the basal joint elongate, the 2nd short, 3rd

498 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDH OF AUSTRALIA,

twice as long as the preceding one, the last joint obliquely emar-
ginate at the extremity. Prothorax convex, rather strongly nar-
rowed behind, slightly sinuate behind the middle, with a series of
four moderately strongly impressed punctures on each side of the
middle, and an oblique series of four or five punctures at the
shoulders ; the anterior margin and the sides strongly punctured
and pilose ; the posterior angles rounded. Scutellum moderately
strongly and closely punctured. Elytra considerably longer than
the prothorax, widening posteriorly, rather closely and finely
rugose-punctate. Abdomen narrowed behind, strongly asperate-
punctate on each side of the middle, which is smooth. Legs
reddish testaceous. Length 18-23 mm.

6 Differs in having the head much larger, the anterior tarsi
more strongly dilated, and the 6th and 7th abdominal segments
more strongly emarginate.

Mulgrave River, North Queensland.

Allied to Mysolius aurichalceus from New Guinea, but distin-
guished by the different punctuation of the head and prothorax,
and by having the legs uniformly reddish testaceous. The species
is represented in the Macleay Museum by a series of both sexes.

38. CAFIUS.

Stephens, Il. Brit. Ent. V. p. 245 (1832)—Philonthus
‘(subg.) Erichson, Gen. Staph. p. 427 (1840); Lacordaire, Gen.
Coli yp. ol.

General characters of Philonthus. Mentum very short. Ligula
membranous, entire, rounded in front. Paraglosse ciliate in-
ternally, acuminate in front. Maxillary palpi short, the last three
joints equal, Labial palpi filiform, the joints gradually increasing
in length. Mandibles obtusely dentate in the middle. Labrum
transverse, emarginate in front, the margins membranous and
ciliate. Head large, connected with the prothorax by a moderate
neck. Eyes small. Antenne short, pubescent, the Ist joint

BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 499

moderately long, the last oval, slightly acuminate. Prothorax
oblong-ovate. Elytra truncate behind. Abdomen large. Metas-
ternum strongly produced anteriorly. Legs moderately long ; the
tibee slightly spined ; anterior tarsi rather strongly dilated in the
male, pubescent ; posterior tarsi with the Ist joint longer than
the 5th, joints 2-4 pyriform or cordiform.

The genus appears to be composed of species which are found
on the sea-shore, or near the mouths of rivers, where they are
usually to be found under decaying sea-weed. The group is well
represented in Australia.

142. CaFlus AREOLATUS.

Cafius areolatus, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. X., p. 251 (1877).

6 In genere statura maxima formaque satis Hadrotem simulante
maxime distinctus ; niger, nitidus, capite thoraceque vix aeneis,
abdomine dense griseo-sericeo ; palpis, antennis praeter basin
tarsisque piceis ; elytrorum margine inflexo latius, apicali anguste
segmentorumque marginibus supra subtusque ferrugineis ; antennis
minutis, brevibus, articulo 3° 2° longiore, 4-10 moniliformibus,
parum incrassatis, 4-5 subquadratis, 6-10 sensim brevioribus,
transversis, 11° parvo, obtuso; capite transversim subquadrato,
antice parum angustato, subdepresso, antennarum basi utrinque
sinuato, fronte vix triangulariter impressa, postice punctis 2 parum
distantibus notata, circa angulos posticos subtruncatos basique
punctis grossis, punctis aliis subtilibus in margine oculorum
antico notato; thorace capite paulo angustiore, paulo latiore
quam longiore, ante medium anticearcuatim, postice sinuatim angus-
tato, subconvexo, angulis posticis obtusis, circa angulos anticos sat
fortiter dense punctato, punctis 2 vel 3 quasi foveolatis ; scutello
crebre sat fortiter punctato ; elytris thorace sat latioribus, quarta
parte longioribus, breviter apice aureo ciliatis, vix nigro piceis,
summa basi depressa, sat fortiter crebre punctata, disco toto
punctis grossis parce, marginibus punctis densis multo subtilioribus
notatis, et in fundo subtilissime reticulato-striolatis ; abdomine
elytris vix angustiore, segmentis omnibus lateribus sextoque apice

500 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDH OF AUSTRALIA,

creberrime subtiliter, dorso parcius fortiter punctatis, linea longi-
tudinali sublaeviore ; tarsis anticis fortiter dilatatis ; segmentis 3-6
subtus sensim latius emarginatis ; 5° apice, 6° disco toto impressis ;
7

7° profunde lateque triangulariter inciso, incisura basi marginato-
impressa. Long. 13mm. (f?/).

Bondi, Manly (on the sea-shore under decaying sea-weed),
Sydney, Murrimbula Point, New South Wales; Princetown,
Victoria ; Port Frederick, Tasmania.

A common species.

143. CAFIUS AUSTRALIS.

Ocypus australis, Redt., Reise Novara, Zool. II p. 28 (1867)—
Cafius australis, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. X, p. 251 (1877).

Magnitudine et facie Ocypi fuscati ; rufo-testaceus, thoracis
disco nigricante, capite, scutello, pectore basique segmentorum
abdominalium nigris ; capite quadrangulari, non longiore quam
latiore, nitido, polito, angulis posticis rotundatis tantum punctatis,
punctis aliquot majoribus post oculos ; antennis capite paulo lon-
gioribus, ab articulo 4° moniliformibus, 11° ovato-globoso, nigris
basi rufo-testaceis ; ore terrugineo, palporum maxillarium articulis
2 ultimis longitudine aequalibus; thorace non longiore quam
latiore, vix capite latiore, postice rotundato, antice truncato,
angulis maxime obtusis, laevissimo, angulis posticis punctis aliquot
notatis ; scutello dense punctato ; elytris non longioribus quam
latioribus, thorace paulo latioribus, disco rufo-testaceo, punctis
sparsis majoribus, punctis in margine inflexo flavo densis notatis ;
abdomine dense supra, parce subtus punctato, sat dense longeque
griseo-pubescente ; segmento 7° subtus profunde triangulariter
inciso ; tarsis anticis fortiter dilatatis. Long. 111; larg. 35 mm.

(Rt. tr. Fol.)
Sydney, New South Wales.

M. Fauvel suggests that this description, which has not yet
been identified, may have been drawn up from an immature male
Cafius allied to C. areolatus.

BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 501

144. CaFIus SABULOSUS.

Cafius sabulosus, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genoy. X. p. 253 (1877).

Prope eribratum collocandus, sed dimidio minor, facie Philonth.
cephalotes, et omnino distinctus ; nigro-piceus, capite thoraceque
plus minusve cupreis, nitidis ; elytris abdomineque opacis, illis
parce pilosis, apice albido ciliatis, hoc dense cinereo-sericeo ; anten-
narum articulis 4-11, coxis anticis subtus, tibiis plus minusve,
tarsis, elytrorumque sutura post scutellum et apice vix ferrugineis ;
his margine inflexo ferrugineo-testaceo ; thorace saepius piceo ;
antennis brevibus, articulis 4-10 sensim magis transversis ; capite
convexo, g quadrato, thorace latiore, 9 hoc paulo angustiore, lon-
giore, parcius omnium subtilissime punctulato, punctis antice
prope oculos verticeque fere toto majoribus parce notato, duobus
medio fronte summa, hac in ¢ breviter obsolete sulcata ; thorace
subcylindrico, in ¢ paulo, in Q tertia parte longiore quam latiore,
sub-parallelo, lateribus antice parum sinuatis, punctis aliquot
prope angulos anticos subrectos notato, angulis posticis fere
rotundatis ; scutello alutaceo, subtilius punctulato ; elytris thorace
sat latioribus, non longioribus, alutaceis, dense fortiter rugose,
abdomine creberrime subtiliter punctatis ; ¢ segmento 6° subtus
apice latius sat profunde, 7° profunde triangulariter incisis.
Long. 63-8 mm. (fvl.)

Cape York, Port Denison, Mackay, Gayndah, Queensland ;
Manly (on the sea-shore under sea-weed), Botany, Sydney, Port
Hacking, New South Wales.

An abundant species.

145, CaFIUS LAETABILIS, sp. n,

Pitchy black, shining ; head and prothorax tinged with bronze
green, the latter with a series of four punctures on each side ;
elytra inclining to fulvous, shining.

Head somewhat convex, impressed in front, with two moderately
large punctures between the eyes one on each side of the middle,

502 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDZ OF AUSTRALIA,

sparingly and rather strongly punctured near the posterior angles,
which are rounded. Antenne fuscous, rather short, joints 4-10
transverse. Prothorax sub-parallel, very slightly sinuate in front,
with a series of four moderately strong punctures on each side of
the middle, a few punctures near the anterior angles, one or two
near the sides, and two or three less conspicuous ones on the
posterior margin. Scutellum rather finely and closely punctured.
Elytra a little longer than the prothorax, moderately strongly and
not very closely punctured, the punctures less distinct at the
apex. Abdomen pitchy, finely pubescent, and sparingly punctured.
Legs with the femora pitchy, the tibiz and tarsi reddish testaceous.
Length 8 mm.

Q Differs from the male in having the head and _ prothorax
narrower, and the former much less distinctly impressed in front.

Port Lincoln, South Australia; Hobart, Tasmania.

Allied to Cafius sabulosus, but easily distinguished by the
punctuation of the prothorax and the uniform colour of the elytra.
The prothorax is sparingly clothed with pubescence at the sides,
and the elytra are much less closely punctured.

146. CaFIUS AMBLYTERUS, sp. n.

Black, shining ; the head and prothorax tinged with bronze
green, the former narrow, the latter with five foveolate punctures
on each side ; elytra ferruginous, sometimes tinged with purplish.

Head narrowed in front, very strongly and irregularly punctured
behind the eyes, slightly impressed in front, with two distinct
punctures between the eyes ; the posterior angles strongly rounded.
Antennz moderately long, piceous, the first three joints elongate,
shining, 4th joint a little longer than broad, 5th to 10th gradually
decreasing in length. Prothorax moderately convex, slightly
narrowed anteriorly, with a longitudinal series of four or five
punctures on each side of the middle, and one or two less distinct
ones nearer the sides; anterior angles deflexed, rounded ; posterior

BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 503

angles rounded. ScutelJum finely and densely punctured.
Elytra widening posteriorly, about as long as the prothorax,
finely and rather closely rugulose-punctate, thickly clothed with
grey pubescence. Abdomen moderately broad, rather closely
asperate-punctate, and densely clothed with long pubescence.
Legs piceous. Length, 11-13 mm.

Launceston, Hobart, Tasmania.

Differs from Cafius laeus, to which it is nearly allied, in having
the prothorax decidedly narrower in front, the punctures of the
dorsal series placed at regular intervals, and the punctuation
near the posterior angles much more irregular. The three
specimens I have examined appear to be females as they have the
terminal segment of the abdomen entire.

147. CAFIUS LAEUS, sp. n.

Black, shining ; the head and prothorax tinged with bronze
green, the latter with five foveolate punctures on each side ; elytra
dark ferruginous.

Head sub-quadrate, very strongly and sparingly punctured
behind the eyes, the disc smooth, three conspicuous punctures in
front ; the posterior angles strongly rounded. Antenne moderately
long, dark piceous ; the first three joints elongate, the 2nd and 3rd
with the apex testaceous, 4th a little longer than broad, 5th to 10th
gradually decreasing in length, 11th acuminate. Prothorax
moderately convex, slightly narrowed behind, a little narrower
than the head, with a longitudinal series of five punctures on each
side of the middle, of which the second and third punctures
approach one another, and one or two less distinct punctures near
the shoulders ; anterior angles strongly deflexed ; posterior angles
obtuse. Scutellum finely and densely punctured, Elytra sub-
quadrate, somewhat convex, about as long as the prothorax, finely
and moderately closely rugulose-punctate, thickly clothed with
cinereous pubescence. Abdomen broad, closely punctured and
densely pubescent; in the ¢ the terminal segment acutely
emarginate beneath. Legs piceous. Length 1] mm.

504 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDZ OF AUSTRALIA,

Sydney, New South Wales; Adelaide, South Australia ; Laun-
ceston, Tasmania.
A single male example.

148. CAFIUS LITTORALIS.

Cafius littoralis, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genoy. X. p. 254 (1877).

A praecedentibus [sabulosus]thorace seriato elytrorumque mar-
ginibus non dilutis, a sequentibus elytris abdomineque nitidulis,
multo parcius fortiusque punctatis distinctus ; niger, capite thorace-
que nitidis, femoribus plus minusve rufis ; antennis longioribus,
sat robustis, articulis omnibus longioribus quam latioribus, 11°
oblongo-acuminato ; capite quadrato, paulo longiore quam latiore,
utrinque inter et post oculos basique punctis grossis subfossulatis
notato, angulis posticis subrotundatis vix squamose punctulatis ;
fronte antice discoque medio laevibus ; thorace antice capitis fere
latitudine, tertia parte longiore quam latiore, subtrapezoidali,
circa basin sat fortiter angustato, sinuato, angulis posticis obtusis ;
seriebus duabus dorsalibus grosse 12 punctato-impressis, punctis 2
extus in tertia parte antica sitis, serie altera confusa prope latera
impressa, punctisque prope angulum anticum subtilioribus ; elytris
thorace plus quam tertia parte latioribus, paulo longioribus, dense
fortius rugulose, abdomine subtilius sat dense punctatis, parcius
fusco-puberulis ; ¢ segmento 5° subtus vix, 6° latius parum pro-
funde, 7° late triangulariter incisis, incisura basi impresso-mar-
ginata. Long. 74-84 mm. (Fvl.)

Wide Bay, Queensland ; Manly (on the sea-shore under sea-
weed), Sydney, New South Wales; Melbourne, Victoria ; Laun-
ceston, Hobart, Tasmania ; King George’s Sound.

149. CaFIUS PACIFICUS.

Philonthus pacificus, Erichson, Gen. Staph. p. 501 (1840)—
Cafius pacificus, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. X. p. 254 (1877).

Elongatus, niger, abdomine subtus, elytrorum margine inflexo
et summo apicali pedibusque ferrugineis, capite oblongo-sub-

BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 505.

quadrato, thorace seriebus dorsalibus 11-punctatis, lateribus parce
punctatis.

Statura elongata subdepressa omnino Ph. fucicolae. Antennae
capite sesqui longiores, apicem versus haud incrassatae, articulo
tertio secundo tenuiore et sesqui longiore, 4-10 sensim brevioribus,
penultimo crassitie vix longiore, ultimo ovato, apice truncatulo et
inferne acuminato, fuscae, articulis tribus primis nigris. Palpi
picei, articulo ultimo rufo. Mandibulae piceae. Caput thorace
paulo latius, oblongo-subquadratum, parum convexum, utrinque
crebrius vage fortiter profundeque punctatum, spatio medio longi-
tudinali inaequali laevi, nigrum, nitidum. Thorax coleopteris plus
dimidio angustior, latitudine sesqui longior basin versus leviter
angustatus, basi et lateribus ante medium leviter rotundatis, his
pone medium subsinuatis, apice truncatus, angulis anterioribus
rotundatis, posterioribus obtusis, leviter convexus, seriebus dor-
salibus sat regularibus, lineae leviter impressae impositis, circiter
11-punctatis, lateribus punctis praeter marginalia utrinque fere
10, partim subseriatis, impressus, niger, nitidus, margine summo
apicali et laterali inflexo sanguineo. Scutellum crebre punctatum,
nigrum, opacum, subtiliter nigro-pubescens. Elytra thorace
sesqui longiora, confertissime subtilius punctata, subrugulosa,
nigra, opaca, limbo laterali inflexo et margine summo apicali fer-
rugineis, subtiliter nigro-pubescentia, apice cinereo-ciliata.
Abdomen crebrius subtiliter punctatum, subnitidum, supra
nigrum, segmentis 4 primis macula obsoleta, quinto apice, sexto
toto subferrugineis, subtus totum ferrugineum, tenuiter sub-
tiliterque supra nigro-, subtus ferrugineo-pubescens. Pectus nigrum.
Pedes ferruginei, coxis intermediis leviter distantibus, tibiis
omnibus subtiliter spinulosis. Long. 114mm. (£7.)

Tasmania.
150. CaAFIUS SERIATUS.

Cafius seriatus, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genoy. X. p. 255 (1877).
Praecedenti [/ittoralis] facie puncturaque corporis antici propin-
quus, sed caeteris omnino alius: nigro piceus, minus nitidus,

506 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDA OF AUSTRALIA,

antennis brevioribus, articulis minus elongatis, 4-11 ferrugineis ;
capite paulo densius minusque fortiter punctato, angulis posticis
minus rotundatis; thorace obscure rufo-maculato, latiore
brevioreque, angulis anticis magis rotundatis, seriebus dorsalibus
circiter 14-punctatis, punctis anticis extus quatuor lateralibusque
minus grossis, Magis uaumerosis; scutello elytrisque omnium
subtilissime creberrime, abdomine adhue subtilius vix rugosule
punctulatis, opacis, creberrime subtiliter fusco sericeis, segmentis
2-4 medio utrinque ferrugineo maculatis; pedibus rufo-piceis.
Long. 8mm, (/vl.)
Victoria ; Swan River, West Australia.

151. CaFIUS CATENATUS.

Cafius catenatus, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. X. p. 256 (1877).

C. seriato vicinus, sed totus niger, antennis gracilioribus et
brevioribus, capite minus nitido, minus quadrato, paulo longiore
quam latiore, sat angustiore, angulis posticis rectioribus, thorace
angustiore, angulis anticis non rotundatis, subrectis, posticis recte
indicatis, seriebus dorsalibus circiter 18-punctatis, lateribus totis
confuse fortiter punctatis, subopacis, non impresso seriatis ; elytris
abdomineque vix minus subtiliter punctulatis sericeisque. Long.
8mm. (fvl.)

Sydney, New South Wales.

152. CAFIUS VELUTINUS.

Cafius velutinus, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. X. p. 256 (1877).

C. sericeo paulo major, praecedenti vicinus, sed triplo minor,
angustior, magis depressus, capite quadrato, utrinque posticeque
densius multoque subtilius punctato; thorace piceo, vel rufo
obscure maculato, angulis anticis rotundatis, seriebus dorsalibus
lateribusque subtiliter densius punctatis, punctis lateralibus fere
omnino saepius cum seriebus confusis, praecipue basi apiceque ;

BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 507

elytris abdomineque piceis, omnino cinereo-sericeis, opacis,
obsolete creberrimeque punctatis, potius alutaceis, pedibus rufis,
tibiis piceis; g segmento 6° subtus apice obsolete emarginato, 7°
late profundeque triangulariter inciso, incisura basi impresso-
marginata. Long.6mm. (fvil.)

Middle Harbour, Manly (under sea-weed in both localities),
Sydney, New South Wales; Victoria; Swan River, West
Australia.

153. CAFIUS DENSIVENTRIS.

Cafius densiventris, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. X, p. 258 (1877).

C. nautico maxime vicinus, niger, elytris abdomineque vix nigro-
piceis, opacis ; pedibus rufis; capite thoraceque fere densius sub-
tiliusque, elytris densius minusque fortiter, abdomine praesertim
quadruplo crebrius subtiliusque, segmento 7° tantum nitidulo
parce, punctatis; abdomine multo densius subtiliusque fusco-
pubescente, segmentis subtus utrinque vix piceo-marginatis.
Long. 84-9 mm. (fvl.)

Port Mackay, Queensland ; also found in Aru,

154. CaFIUS SERICEUS.

Remus sericeus, Holme, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. II. p. 64 (1837)
—Philonthus sericeus, Erichson, Gen. Staph. p. 509 (1840)—Cajius
sericeus, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. XIII. p. 542 (1878).

Black, somewhat opaque ; the elytra and abdomen clothed with
golden yellow pubescence.

Head rather closely and deeply punctured. Antenne pitchy red.
Prothorax closely and strongly. punctured on each side, with a
raised median line. Elytra one half longer than prothorax closely
and finely punctured. Abdomen rather closely punctured. Legs
pale pitchy. Length, 37-4 mm,

Adelaide, South Australia ; Swan River, West Australia; also
in Europe, Madeira, &c.

A variable species.

508 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDE OF AUSTRALIA,

155. CAFIUS OCCIDENTALIS.

Cafius occidentalis, Blackburn, Trans. Royal Soc. 8. Australia,
1887, p. 13.

Niger ; elytris abdomineque plus minusve nigro-piceis, his apice
dilutioribus ; ore antennis pedibusque rufis vel piceo-rufis;
antennis capiti prothoracique conjunctis longitudine subaequalibus
sat gracilibus; capite antice medio longitudinaliter sulcato,
utrinque crasse seriatim punctulato; prothorace sat elongato,
disco subtilius biseriatim punctulato, spatio intermedio lato
convexo, lateribus punctis sat crebris subseriatim instructis ;
elytris creberrime subtilissime subrugulose punctulatis, prothorace
sat longioribus, parce sericeo-pubescenti. Long. 43-53 mm. (Bik )

West Australia.

Mr. Blackburn states that this species closely resembles Cafius
sericeus in form and colour, but differs in being less opaque, in
having the punctuation of the elytra less smooth, and in having
the dorsal series of punctures on the prothorax widely separated
and composed of fifteen punctures.

39. HESPERUS.

Fauvel, Fn. Gall.-Rhén., III. p. 426.

General characters of Philonthus. Ligula entire. Maxillary
palpi very elongate, the last joint slender, aciculate. Metasternum
triangularly produced in front. The posterior tarsi with the 1st
and 5th joints equal, joints 2-4 oblong.

156. HrspeRUS HAEMORRHOIDALIS.

Philonthus haemorrhoidalis, Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S.W.,
Il. p. 140 (1871).— Hesperus mirabilis, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov.
X. p. 260 (1877).

BY A, SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 509

6 H. rufipenni paulo major; nitidissimus, parce longe nigro
pilosus, capite, thorace elytrisque laete cupreis, abdomine nigro,
vix irideo ; ore, antennis articulis 3 primis, thoracis marginibus
subtus, elytris humeris margineque laterali, abdominis segmento
6° apice 7° que toto, pedibusque cum coxis anticis rufis; antennis
sat incrassatis, pilosis, caeterum nigris, articulis 3 vel 4 ultimis
flavis; capite sat fortiter transverso, subquadratim orbiculari,
angulis posticis rotundatis, fronte antice subimpressa, breviter
longitudinaliter sulcata, punctis binis utrinque ad impressionem,
alio extus majore in margine oculi, 3 vel 4 aliis prope oculi angulum
posticum interiorem, caeterum post oculos subtilius parum dense
punctato ; thorace convexo, subquadrato, tertia fere parte longiore
quam latiore, capitis latitudine, circa basin vix angustato, basi
fortiter rotundato, antice truncato, angulis anticis subrectis, seriebus
dorsalibus duabus 10 vel 12 fortiter punctatis, punctis aliis saepius
minoribus utrinque dispersis ; scutello creberrime subtilissimeque
punctulato, virescente ; elytris fere transversim quadratis, thorace
tertia parte latioribus, parum brevioribus, subconvexis, parce sat
fortiter subsquamose, abdomine vix fortius, basi parce, apice
crebrius, subtus dense punctatis ; segmento 6° subtus apice sinuato,
7° subtriangulariter sat late profundeque inciso ; tarsis anticis
fortiter dilatatis. Long. 113mm. (/v/.)

© latet. (/vi.)

Barron River, Pine Mountains, Gayndah, Wide Bay, Brisbane,
Moreton Bay, Queensland; Clarence River, Upper Hunter,
Illawarra, New South Wales.

I think there is no doubt that the above synonymy is correct.
M. Fauvel’s very accurate description, which I have quoted in full,
agrees in every detail with the type of Hesperus haemorrhoidalis
in the collection of the Australian Museum.

157. HESPERUS PACIFICUS, sp. n.

Black, shining, very sparingly clothed with long black pubes-
cence ; head, prothorax, and elytra bronze-green; antenne with
the last joint testaceous ; abdomen with the apex of the 6th and
the whole of the 7th joint reddish testaceous; legs pitchy.

510 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDZ OF AUSTRALIA,

Head rather strongly transverse, somewhat impressed in front,
longitudinally suleate in the middle, with two rather strongly
impressed punctures on each side of the middle, and two on the
inner orbital margin of the eye; strongly and rather closely
punctured behind the eyes, and near the posterior angles. An-
tennz somewhat thickened towards the extremity, the first three
joints scarcely paler than the rest, joints 4-10 pilose. Prothorax
rather convex, narrowed towards the base, truncate in front,
rounded behind, with a dorsal series of ten or eleven strongly im-
pressed punctures on each side of the middle, between these dorsal
series and the margins strongly and sparingly punctured, an irre-
gular row of punctures at the anterior angles. Scutellum rather
finely and densely punctured. Elytra inclining to brassy green,
finely pubescent, slightly convex, a little shorter than the pro-
thorax, narrowed in front, rather strongly and not very closely
punctured, the punctures more dense and less strong at the base,
very irregularly punctured at the sides ; all the angles rounded.
Abdomen strongly and moderately closely asperate-punctate,
rather thickly clothed with long black pubescence. Legs pitchy.
Length 10 mm. i

Lord Howe Island.

This species may be distinguished from Hesperus haemorrhoidalis,
to which it is nearly allied, by the colour of the antennz, which
have only the terminal joints testaceous, and by the punctuation
of the prothorax ; the elytra are without a trace of red at the
sides, and the legs are much darker.

It is probable that this form is a modification of H. haemorrhoi-
dalis, the result of long isolation. Like the typical form. found
on the mainlard it is provided with ample wings.

158. HESPERUS AUSTRALIS.

Philonthus australis, Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S.W. II. p.
139 (1871)—Hesperus australis, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. X.
p. 260 (1877).

a,

BY A, SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. 511

Black, shining, sparingly pubescent ; antennze with the last
three joints testaceous ; elytra dark reddish testaceous ; abdomen
with the apex of the 6th and the whole of the 7th joint reddish
testaceous ; tibize and tarsi reddish testaceous.

Head rather strongly transverse, somewhat impressed in front,
with two rather strongly impressed punctures on each side of the
middle, strongly and rather closely punctured behind the eyes and
near the posterior angles. Antenne thickened towards the
extremity ; joints 4-7 elongate, gradually decreasing in length.
Prothorax rather convex, narrowed towards the base, truncate in
front, rounded behind, with a dorsal series of ten or eleven very
strongly impressed punctures on each side of the middle, the space
between these dorsal series and the margins very strongly and
sparingly punctured. Scutellum rather finely and densely punc-
tured. Elytra slightly convex, finely pubescent, shorter than
the prothorax, narrowed in front, moderately strongly and closely
punctured; anterior and posterior angles rounded. Abdomen
tinged with violaceous, moderately strongly and rather closely
punctured. Legs with the femora pitchy ; the tibie and tarsi
reddish testaceous. Length 10-115 mm.

Gayndah, Queensland ; Parramatta, Sydney, New South Wales.
The black head and prothorax, and red elytra at once dis-
tinguish this species from its allies.

159. HESPERUS SEMIRUFUS.

Hesperus semirufus, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. XIII. p. 543
(1878).

H. australi latior, laete rufus, nitidus, longius parce nigro
pilosus, femoribus piceis, tibiis fere totis albidis, antennis articulis
4-10 nigricantibus, abdomine praeter segmenti 6! apicem 7%" que
testacea toto nigro-irideo ; antennis brevibus, validis, articulis 6-10
brevissimis, maxime transversis, 11° lato, oblique truncato ; capite
transversim orbiculato, fronte media foveolata, intero culos trans-
versim 4-punctata, post oculos parce fortiter, basi summa utrinque

512 A REVISION OF THE STAPHYLINIDZ OF AUSTRALIA.

subtiliter punctato, caeterum laevi; thorace lato, brevi, convexo,
capite latiore, quarta parte longiore quam latiore, disco utrinque
parce fortius, lateribus vage subtilius, longe ante basin late laevem
fossulato ; scutello elytrisque ut in mirabili, abdomine praesertim
basi densius fortiusque punctatis. Long, 12 mm. (Fv/.)

6 latet.
Cairns, Port Denison, Queensland.

A very distinct species.

160. Hesperus PULLEINEI.

Hesperus Pulleinet, Blackburn, Trans. Royal Soc. 8. Australia,
1887, p: 4.

Niger, nitidus, parce nigro-pubescens, clypeo, palpis, antennis et
abdominis segmentis ultimis 2 laete testaceis (his aureo-pubescen-
tibus), elytris violaceo-caeruleis; capite fortiter transversim
quadrato, crasse punctato, disco laevi; prothorace transverso,
antice truncato, crasse punctato, disco longitudinaliter laevi ;
elytris prothorace vix longioribus, subtilius squamose nec crebre
punctatis ; abdomine subtilius nec crebre punctato. Long. 12mm.

(Blk.)

Burnside, Adelaide, South Australia ; 7m stercore bovis.

MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, No. IV.
“THE HELAIDES.”
By Witiiam Mactray, F.LS., &e.

In this Paper I undertake the revision of a group of the large
Family of Tenebrionidee, remarkable for its eccentricity of form.
Under the name of ‘“ Helzides,” Lacordaire in his “ Genera
Coléopt. Vol. V.” includes some genera of Heteromerous beetles,
all more or less resembling in general characters the typical genus

Helcus, and all exclusively of Australian parentage.

Until the year 1842, but little was known of these insects, a
very few species only having been described by Olivier, Kirby,
and Boisduval, but in that year a monograph of the group was
published by the Marquis de Bréme, entitled ‘‘ Essai Monogr. et
Iconogr. de ]a Tribu des Cossyphides.” In this monograph the
number of species noticed or described, amounted to 37, spread
over four genera. In the year 1846 (1) the Rev. F. W. Hope
published descriptions of eight additional species. Since then the
chief additions to the group have been made by Mr. Pascoe, and
the number of his contributions may be inferred from the fact
that the number of species recorded in Masters’ Catalogue of
Australian Coleoptera, published last year in the Proceedings of the
Linnean Society of New South Wales, had risen to 97.

The characters of the Heleides, in addition to those common to

all the Tenebrionide, are given below.

(1) Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. Vol. V. p. 52.

514 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV.

Sub-family HELASIDES.

Labial palpi strongly separated at the base. Inner lobe of the
maxille armed or not with a corneous hook. The last article of
the maxillary palpi strongly securiform. Mandibles bifid at the
apex. Head short, deeply sunk in the thorax—the clypeus square,
rarely narrowed in front, and separated from the forehead by an
arched groove or suture. Antenne slender, the third joint very
elongate, the rest obconic, the last three, four or five joints
moniliform, perfoliate, forming an indistinct mass. Prothorax
emarginate in front, and foliaceous on the sides; elytra for the
most part similarly margined. Scutellum large, curvilinearly
triangular. Anterior haunches cylindrical and transversal, anterior
tibize almost always terminated by a single spur, the intermediate
and posterior by two short and in general strong spurs ; the tarsi
ciliated or pubescent beneath. Intercoxal projection variable.
Metasternum of varying length, the episterna narrow, parallel, the
epimera distinct.—The mesothoracic epimera large, closing on a
large extension of the intermediate cotyloid cavities.

Lacordaire, from whom the foregoing description is translated,
divides the Helzides into those with foliaceous margins to the
thorax and elytra (Heléides vrais), and those without these dilated
margins (WVyctozvilides). The first of these sub-divisions only forms
the subject of my present paper. His other sub-division (the
Nyctozéilides) consists of several genera, mostly Australian, but
departing so largely from the true Helzeus form and habit, that I
cannot regard them as properly entering into the same group.

The Helzeides proper then or true Helzides, are insects of large
size, of flat, rotund form, with broad foliate margins to the elytra
and thorax; the genera into which they are divided however,
showing considerable departures from all these characters, which
reach their extreme development in the typical genus Hel@us.
They naturally form two easily recognizable sections. Ist., Those
with wings, and consequently with an elongate metasternum,
containing the genera Hncara and Pteroheleus. 2nd., Those without
wings, and with ashort metasternum, the genera Heleus, Sympetes,

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., Wc. 5id

and Saragus. The distinctive characters of these genera and their
peculiarities of habit will be found under the descriptions attached
to each, as far as they are known, but that unfortunately is very
little. The larveeseem to be quite unknown, thovgh no doubtthey are
chiefly, if not altogether, feeders on decaying wood, but the perfect
insects are found some on the ground under logs and stones, others
under the bark of living trees, and, as a rule, it may be said, that
those found on or near the ground are of the apterous genera,
while the winged genera are inhabitants of trees.

I give descriptions of all the species which have not been pre-
viously printed in the Proceedings of this Society.

Genus Encara, Gemminger.

Col. Heft. VI. 1870. Syn. Hncephalus, Bréme. Mon. Cossyph.
1, p. 23.

Head entirely sunk in the emargination of the thorax, small,
square. Eyes very large, almost contiguous above, widely separated
beneath. Antennz shorter than the thorax, the three last joints
depressed, forming a small indistinct mass. Thorax strongly
transversal, parabolically arched on the sides, rather narrowly and
profoundly emarginate in front, imperfectly contiguous to the
elytra and cut almost squarely at the base, with a broad but
slightly projecting median lobe ; the foliaceous margin very broad
and flat. The elytra broadly and regularly ovate, rounded behind
and convex on the disk with the foliate margin broad and flat.
Legs long and slender ; tibize sniooth, their spurs almost invisible,
Metasternum elongate. Mesosternum horizontal, forked. Pros-
ternal projection compressed, obtusely carinated, penetrating into
the emargination of the mesosternum. Body orbicularly-ovate,
winged.

The insects falling into this genus were placed by De Bréme in
the genus HLncephalus, under the impression (evidently a mistake),
that Kirby had applied that name to the species now named
Encara Westwoodii, Boisd. Gemminger substituted the present
name as Hncephalus is the name given by Westwood to a genus of
the Staphylinidee.

516 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV.

1. Encara Westwoopt, Boisd.

Syn. Cilibe Westwoodii, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. [1. 1835, p. 262;
Encephalus gibbosus, De Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. 1, 1842, p. 23,
pi. V. fig. 5.

Reddish brown, smooth, nitid, broadly ovate. Head broad,
sub-quadrate, slightly punctate, the angles of the epicranium and
the lateral borders of the clypeus a little elevated, forehead
depressed between the eyes, which are very close together.
Thorax transverse, convex, a little sinuated behind, smooth
and somewhat irregularly gibbous on the disk, which is
nearly black, margins broad and flat, with the anterior angles a
little rounded and not reaching the front of the head, the posterior
angles salient and acute. Elytra of oval form and a little elongate at
the apex, strongly and bluntly raised, forming a boss towards the
apex, and two other small oblique bosses towards the shoulders ;
the margins broad and of a redder brown, feebly folded above on
the border. On each elytron are two raised, nitid, longitudinal
ribs, disappearing and approaching posteriorly ; and interrupted
by slight gibbosities; the interstices have numerous series of
impressed punctures rather thickly placed ; the suture is elevated
into a carina. The body beneath and legs nitid brown.

Long. 11 lines, lat. 8} lines.

I cannot give the exact habitat of this species. Boisduval the
original describer of it, merely says ‘“ New Holland,” and De
Bréme adds to that only ‘“ Collection of M. Hope.” I have never
seen the insect. I am pretty confident that it is not an inhabitant
of New South Wales or Queensland.

2. ENCARA SUBMACULATUM, De Bréme.
Encephalus submaculatus, De Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. 1, p. 25.
pl. VII, fig. 4.
Of a nitid testaceous brown. Head as in £. Westwood, the
labrum less advanced. Thorax transverse, slightly convex, nitid,

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 517

finely punctate, rounded on the sides, scarcely sinuate at the base ;
the margins broad, flat, and of a lighter reddish yellow, the
anterior angles as in #. Westwoodi, the posterior less prominent.
Elytra rounded laterally, rather pointed at the apex, an oblique
boss on each side near the shoulders; each elytron has a small
elevation or gibbosity about the middle of the length on the groove
separating the disk and margin, and four black spots, two near the
base, another large one about the middle near the suture, and a
fourth behind and near the margin, the suture elevated. The disk
of the elytra is strongly punctate, the margins are broad, flat,
narrowing to the apex, impunctate, a little folded above on the
border and of the same colour as the margin of the thorax. The
undersurface of the body, the legs and the autennz of a nitid
brown.

Long. 6} lines, lat. 5 lines.

Hab.—New South Wales.

In the Atlas to Lacordaire’s Gen. Col. t. 55, fig. 3, a figure of
what is called Lncephalus submaculatus is given; it appears to me,
however, to be undoubtedly intended to represent Hncara
Lacordairet, a species described furtheron. The mistake is readily
accounted for. Hncara submaculatum has long passed in most
collections in Australia and elsewhere as Encara Westwoodi, and
the name Westwood being thus appropriated, the only other
species known in N. 8. Wales was generally accepted as Z£.
submaculatum. This insect is by no means common, though it
has a wide range, being found over most parts of New South
Wales ; itis generally found on trees, or posts on warm sunny days.
When first taken it is, as in the rest of the genus, covered with
a whitish secretion, filamentous or powdery, but apparently
never to the degree seen in a species from Queensland, L. floccosum,
Pascoe, mentioned hereafter.

3. Encara Bremet, Hope.

Heleus Bremei, Hope, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1846, Vol. V,
p- 54. pl. VI. fig. 5.

518 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV.

Orbicular, testaceous brown, the antenne yellow. Thorax
convex in the middle and dyed with a blacker colour. Elytra
testaceous, subluteous, smooth, under a lens very densely punctu-
late. Body beneath of the same colour, legs pitchy red.

Long. 64 lines, lat. 43 lines.
Hab.—Swan River, W. Australia.

This is all the description given by the Rev. F. W. Hope of
this insect, and I have never seen it myself, but I have little doubt
that it has been rightly placed in this genus, even though its
author seems to regard it as having affinity to the genus Cilibe.

4, ENcARA FLOCCOsUM, Pascoe.

Saragus floccosus, Pascoe, Ann. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. Vol. V. p. 100.

‘ Broadly ovate, moderately convex, fulvous-testaceous, minutely
punctulate ; head small, eyes nearly contiguous ; antenne ferru-
ginous ; prothorax short, very transverse, brownish-testaceous,
the apex narrowly aud deeply emarginate ; elytra not carinate,
the suture raised, the expanded margins rather narrow ; body
beneath and legs dark brown, shining; margins of the elytra
beneath broad, glossy-testaceous, minutely punctulate” (Pascoe),

Long. 6 lines, lat. 5 lines.
Hab.—Wide Bay, Queensland.

This insect is winged and cannot therefore be a Saragus, and
it has all the characteristics of the genus Hncara, not the least
noticeable being the flocculent growth or secretion which entirely
covers it, a peculiarity which exists in a lesser degree throughout
all the species of the genus Zncara.

Mr. Pascoe states, on the authority of Mr. Currey, that the
flocculent clothing of this insect is a fungus belonging to the
genus Jsaria of Persoon;and Mr. Masters observed that the
trunks of the trees on which he always found them were covered
with a vegetable growth of a similar appearance.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 519

5. Encara LacorDAIREl, n. sp.

Testaceous-brown, nitid, broadly ovate, the margins of the
thorax and elytra of a paler hue. Head like that of Z. sub-
maculatum but notsunk so deeply in the thorax ; thorax dark
brown on the disk, slightly uneven on the surface, and not or
scarcely sinuate on the base. The scutellum and base of thorax
carinate. Elytra flat, coarsely and densely punctate, rounded
behind, the surface rather uneven, suture slightly elevated, three
costee more or less of a dark brown colour on each elytron, the one
next the suture most distinct and very crooked, the next scarcely
traceable except towards the apex ; the third very indistinct, and
joined to the margins behind the middle by a wavy brown fascia ;
the humeral callus is also brown. The undersurface and legs are
of a nitid brown, minutely punctate and pubescent.

Long. 54 lines, lat. 43 lines.

Hlab.—Coast districts New South Wales.

This is a much rarer species than £. submaculatum. Mr. Masters
has never observed it except in the Illawarra district, where it is
found like the last species on the sunny side of trees.

Genus PrEROHELHUS, De Bréme.

Head immersed in the thorax up to the insertion of the antenne,
slightly narrowed and broadly truncate or sinuate in front. Eyes
more or less prolonged in front but not contiguous.

Antenne as long or a little longer than the thorax, their four
or five last joints nearly orbicular and forming an inconspicuous
mass. Thorax very strongly transversal, parabolically rounded
on the sides, broadly and strongly emarginate in front, contiguous
to the elytra, and slightly bisinuate at the base, its foliaceous
part moderately broad and flat. Elytra large, moderately convex,
sometimes oblong, sometimes broadly oval, and in the first of these
cases the foliaceous margin is narrow and raised ; in the second it
is large, as in the thorax. Legs long; tibiee smooth, aciculate ;
one spur on the anterior and two very small ones on the four

520 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV.

posterior tibiz. Metasternum long. Mesosternum horizontal and
narrowed behind, declivous and semicircularly concave in front.
The prosternal prominence flat, two-grooved, lanciform and
declivous behind. Body oval or oblong, winged.

This genus is numerous in species, and seems to be pretty
evenly distributed throughout Australia. They are flat insects, of
pitchy or black colour, and are, I believe, invariably found under
the loose bark of living Gum trees.

The species are not easily identified, and the difficulty
is much increased by the doubt which exists as to the
identity of some of the old typical insects described by Boisduval
and De Bréme. I find that in the Australian collections to
which I have had access, the wrong names have been in many
cases affixed to the wrong insects. The reason, no doubt, is that
there are few entomologists here who have seen the Marquis De
Bréme’s Monograph, and fewer still who can get access to Bois-
duval’s “Faune de l’Océanie.” I cannot say, however, that I regard
the inaccessibility of Boisduval’s work as a misfortune, for a worse
describer of Coleoptera Inever met with. Under the genus
Cilibe he gives descriptions of nine species of this group, none of
which are recognizable from his descriptions.

I propose to divide the insects of this genus into two sections,
founded on marked differences in form. Ist., Those of broadly
ovate form, and broad expanded margins in both thorax and
elytra. 2nd., Those of more elongate form, and with the margins
of the elytra less broad, or narrow.

The second of these sections is much the most numerous in
species, and I propose to simplify the identification of them by
further sub-divisions founded on the sculpture of the elytra—

1. Elytra seriate-punctate, the interstices costate.

2. Elytra seriate-punctate, the interstices granulose.

3. Elytra seriate-punctate, the interstices plain or slightly
convex.

4, Elytra irregularly punctate.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 52)

Section I.

Species of broadly ovate form, and largely expanded margins to

both thorax and elytra.

6, PTEROHELAEUS WALKERI, Bréme.

Mon. des Cossyph. Part 1. p. 27, pl. II. fig. 4 ; Lac. Gen. Atl.
t. 54, f. 3.

Nitid black, oval, slightly convex. Head faintly rugose, sub-
transversal, the lateral angles of the epicranium raised and exserted,
the clypeus slightly convex, and rounded on the sides, front
depressed, antenne about the length of the prothorax, that
rounded, strongly transversal, smooth, somewhat sinuated poste-
riorly, with the margin broad and flat, its anterior angles rounded
and reaching to half the length of the head. Elytra oval, slightly
dilated posteriorly, very nitid, the humeral region raised into a
knot, margins smooth, flat, as large as those of the thorax, but
narrowing behind. The disk of the elytra has nine raised longi-
tudinal ribs or lines, and in the interstices between these, two rows
of small impressed punctures, both the punctures and ribs becoming
almost obliterated towards the apex. Thighs dilated, the legs and
under surface of the body of a nitid blackish-brown. Abdomen
flattened, faintly longitudinally striated.

Long. 25, lat. 16 millim.

The above is a translation of De Bréme’s description of the
species. There are other species so resembling it in form and
sculpture, as to make a more detailed description very necessary,
but I think it better to point out the distinctive features in the
different species as [ arrive at them. I may mention one pecu-
liarity of all De Bréme’s descriptions, he invariably applies the
term “disque” to the margins of the thorax and elytra; this I
have of course always corrected in my translations.

Found under the loose bark of gum trees in all parts of New
South Wales.

522 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV.

7. PTEROHELEUS CORNUTUS, n. sp.

In form, size and sculpture like P. Walkeri, but differs in having
the lateral angles of the epicranium more elevated and distinctly
terminating in a tooth. Thesculpture of the elytra also differs in
having the double row of punctures in the interstices placed close
on each side of the cost, giving them a crenulated appearance,
and with scarcely a trace of the intermediate costz, which are just
traceable in P. Walkert. The thighs of this species are evidently
more dilated than in P. Walkeri.

Long. 10 lines, lat. 8 lines.

Hab.—Wide Bay, Rockhampton.

8. PreROHELZUS BReEMEI, Macleay.

Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S. Wales, Vol. II., p. 281.

Broadly ovate, black, sub-opaque. Head large, sub-quadrate,
truncate in front and rounded at the angles, with a broad shallow
canaliculation between the eyes. Thorax transverse and largely
emarginate in front, with large flat margins, a little raised and
thickened on the border towards the anterior angles, and with the
posterior angles sub-acutely pointed backwards. Scutellum trans-
versely and curvilinearly triangular and transversely impressed
in the middle. Elytra not longer than the breadth, as broad as
the thorax at the base, and rounded at the apex, with a broad
smooth margin—broadest at the humeral angle, and becoming
narrower to the apex—raised on the border, the disk with eight
strong cost, the second from the suture the largest, and the
later alones resembling continuous rows of nodules, the intervals
rather obliterately punctate in double rows. Abdomen sub-nitid,
-and marked with longitudinal striole. Antenne, palpi, and tarsi
piceous.

Long. 10 lines, lat. 64 lines.
Hab.—Gayndah, Queensland.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 523.

9, PTEROHELEUS RIVERINS, N. sp.

A species remarkably like P. Walker, but smaller, the clypeal
suture more distinctly marked, the lateral angles of the head round
and nearly flat, the eyes more apart, the thorax slightly less
transverse, and the elytra more convex, more nitid and more
strongly costate.

Long. 10 lines, lat. 63 lines.

Hab.— Murrumbidgee.

In form and stature like P. Walkeri.

10. PrEROHELHUS SPINICOLLIS, n. sp,

Broadly ovate, black, moderately nitid. Head sub-opaque, very
minutely punctate, the surface flat, the angles scarcely reflexed.
Thorax also sub-opaque, very minutely punctate, transverse, very
largely emarginate in front, the anterior angles advanced and spini-
form, the margins very broad and smooth. Scutellum transverse,
curvilinearly triangular, somewhat depressed at the base. Elytra
each with 17 rows of strong punctures, the interstices for the
most part slightly elevated, the fourth and eighth distinctly so,
the margins broad, flat and smooth, and the sutural apex termi-
nating in a dehiscent spine.

Long. 10 lines, lat. 8 lines.

Hab.—Endeavour River.

11. PrEROHELZUS ACUTICOLLIS, 0. sp.

This species differs from P. spinicollis in being of less size, in
having the anterior angles of the thorax acutely advanced but not
spinigerous, and in the elytra not mucronate. The form and
sculpture is in every respect the same.

Long. 8 lines, lat. 6 lines.

Hab.—Endeavour River.

524 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV.

12. PreroHELzZus piceus, Kirby,

Heleus piceus, Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. XII. 1818, p.
468.

Pteroheleus piceus, Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. 1842, p. 28, pl. I.
fig. 5.

Like P. Walkert but smaller. Colour piceous-brown, nitid.
Broadly oval ; head scarcely visibly punctate, labrum prominent,
‘sides of the epicranium a little raised ; thorax strongly transversal,
slightly convex, rounded on each side and smooth, almost straight
at the base ; the margin broad, slightly curved up at the border ;
the anterior angles reaching half the length of the head. LElytra
slightly convex, oval, aboss or callus on the humeral region, margins
smooth, as large as those of the thorax, equally concave and reddish
coloured, and narrower towards the apex. On the disk of each
elytron are numerous slightly elevated costze (17) more distinct near
the suture, with a distinct line of punctures in each interval, the last
line next the margin of much larger punctures. Last joint of the
antenn red. Legs and under surface of body are asin P. Walkeri,
the hinder border of the abdominal segments red.

Long. 84 lines, lat. 53 lines.
Hab.—N. 8. Wales, 8. Australia, &e.

This species seems to have a wide range. I have specimens of
it, or closely resembling it, from all parts of New South Wales,
from South Australia and from Queensland. These insects are

generally found under bark.

13. PreROoHELZUS Pascoet, Macl.

Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, Vol. II. 1872, p. 282.

Broadly ovate, black, opaque. Head scarcely enlarged before
tthe eyes, broadly rounded in front, finely canaliculate between the
eyes, and with a semicircular line or suture extending across, and

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 525

to the front of, the head before the eyes. Thorax with a broad
flat margin, and a lightly marked median line. Scutellum curvi-
linearly triangular. Elytra broadly margined—the margin of a
reddish hue, slightly enlarged towards the middle, narrow at the
apex, and marked off from the disk by a row of strong punctures—
and densely punctate in numerous rows, the punctures small and
sub-obliterate, the interstices also sub-obliterate, but a few showing
a more costiform appearance than the others. Body beneath sub-
nitid, sub-striolate. Antenne, palpi, and tarsi of a reddish brown.

Long. 9 lines, lat. 6 lines.
Hab.—Gayndah, Peak Downs.

This species is quite of the P. piceus type.

14. PrEROHELAUS ARCANUS, Pascoe.

Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol. V, 1870, p. 98.

“ Broadly ovate, brownish pitchy, slightly nitid; head im-
punctate ; the clypeus, marked off by a fine line, broad and rounded
anteriorly ; prothorax very short, deeply and narrowly emarginate
at the apex, the middle of the disk with two conspicuous fovee ;
scutellum transversely triangular ; elytra moderately convex, with
broad foliaceous margins raised and thickened at their edges, each
elytron with a glossy elevated ridge or line near the suture, termin-
ating posteriorly in a number of small granules, a series of about
six more or less elevated longitudinal lines, dotted with granules,
on the rest of the elytron, one of these between the suture, which
is also marked by a similar line, and the ridge, the remainder, of
which the second and fourth are the most prominent, externally,
the intervals of the lines minutely punctured in two rows ; body
beneath and legs glossy chestnut-brown” (Pascoe).

Length, 9 lines.
Hab.—Port Denison, Cleveland Bay ; (‘‘ under bark”).

I have specimens from Cleveland Bay not exceeding 7 lines in
length.

526 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO IV.

15. PrEROHELHUS PRUINOSUS, Pascoe.

Journ. of Ent. II. p. 461

“ Allied to P. piceus, Kirby, but broader, and the sides more
parallel, covered with a fine uniform whitish exudation, and,
under the lens, a scattered greyish squamosity; elytra striate-
punctate, with only three very slightly raised lines on each ;
body beneath reddish-chestnut ; antenne and legs ferruginous”
(Pascoe),

Length, 9 lines.
Hab.—-North Australia.

I have never seen this species.

16. PTEROHELEUS COSTATUS, n.sp.

Of the P. Walkeri form and sculpture, black, sub-nitid. Unlike
P. Walkeri, the angles of the epicranium are quite flat, the labrum
is more porrect, the base of the thorax is more bisinuate and the
posterior angles more produced behind. The elytra are very
broad and broadly margined, the costae, seven in number, are
distinct, regular and smooth, but not prominent; the intervals
faintly impressed with two rows of small punctures, a single
strong row of punctures on the outer side of the 7th costa. In all
else the same as P. Walkeri.

Length, 10 lines, lat. 7 lines.
Hab.—Port Darwin.

Seemingly abundant.

17. PTEROHELEUS SINUATICOLLIS, n. Sp.

Broadly ovate, black, nitid. Head minutely punctate, rounded
a little in front, the sides rounded and slightly turned up, eyes

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 527

nearly contiguous. Thorax very transversal, the disk convex, the
margins broad, and a little recurved, the sides narrowing much to
the apex, and slightly bisinuate, the anterior angles round but
prominent, the base slightly bisinuate. Scutellum transversal,
rounded behind. Elytra moderately convex with broad flat lateral
margins, the disk with 17 rows of distinct punctures on each
elytron, the interstices scarcely raised and nearly equal, the fourth
and eighth very slightly more raised near the base, also a raised
callus near the shoulder and an inequality about the middle close
tothe margin. The undersurface and legs are piceous brown and
nitid, the prosternum is rather sharply carinated along the entire
length, the spurs on the extremity of the anterior tibiz are short,
stout and pointed.

Length, 9 lines, lat. 6 lines.

Hab.—Cape York.

18. PreroHELZuS DaRWINIENSIS, n. sp.

Broadly ovate, convex, black, sub-nitid. Head very minutely
punctate, flat at the lateral angles, broadly rounded in front, eyes
rather distant. Thorax transverse, smooth, narrowly and deeply
emarginate in front, receiving the head up to the eyes, the lateral
margins moderately broad and thickened on the edges, moderately
bisinuate on the base. Elytra rather broader than the thorax,
narrowly margined, each elytron faintly costate, the 2nd, 4th
and 6th most conspicuous, the intervals with a double row of
punctures, Undersurface and legs nitid, the prosternum flat and
roundly produced behind, the spur on the anterior tibie rather
long and acute, and slightly curved.

Long. 8 lines, lat. 54 lines.
Hab.—Port Darwin.
This species, though in form and sculpture resembling the

insects of this section, shows also in the narrow margins of the
elytra a decided affinity to those I place in the 2nd section.
34 aot

528 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV.

19. PTrERUHELEZUS INSULARIS, De Bréme.

Mon. Cossyph. 1, p. 30, pl. IIL, fig, 6.

Dull brownish-black, oval; head prominent, rounded, sub-convex,
smooth. Thorax smooth, slightly convex, transverse, rounded on
the sides, sinuate behind, the margin narrow, flat, the anterior
angles not reaching the middle of the head, the posterior prominent
and curved a little behind. Elytra oval, sinuate at the base,
feebly narrowed towards the apex, slightly convex, with a number
of slightly visible raised coste, and between them two rows of
punctures slightly impressed, the margins smooth, flat and as large
as those of the thorax; suture smooth. Antenne short, the last
five joints large and flattened. Legs brown, nitid. Thighs
dilated ; undersurface and body of an opaque brown.

Long. 74 lines, lat. 43 lines.
Hab.—Rafile’s Bay, N. Australia.

I have never seen this insect. Like the last described species,
which it seems somewhat to resemble, it shows afhnity to the 2nd
section of the genus.

20. PTEROHELZUS LATICOLLIS, Pascoe.

Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser, 4, Vol. IIL, p. 285.

“‘ Dark glossy-brown, the expanded margins of the elytra and
prothorax considerably paler; head rather narrow behind the
antennary ridges, concave between them ; the eyes rather large
and approximate ; clypeus very convex, except at its anterior
angles, its suture indistinct ; prothorax short, broader than the
elytra at its base, minutely punctured, the margins broad and only
very slightly reflected, the basal fovez strongly impressed ;
scutellum curvilinearly triangular ; elytra gradually and rather
rapidly narrowing from the base, seriate-punctate, the alternate
intervals of the rows forming slightly elevated lines, the suture

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.8., &C. 529

strongly elevated from below the scutellar striola, the punctures
rather small, the expanded margins, owing to a contraction of
the sides of the disk, broadest at the middle, behind very distinctly
reflected ; body beneath and femora very glossy chestnut-brown ;
antenne, tibix, tarsi, and epipleurz of the elytra reddish ferru-
ginous” (Pascoe).

Length, 10 lines.

Hab.—Melbourne.

It is with some doubt that I place this and the two following
species in thissection. Ihave never seen any of them. They are
described by Pascoe, as being intermediate between P. Walkeri
and P. stlphoides in form, but no indication is given of their relative
length or breadth. I think they must approach very nearly to some
of the insects grouped in the next section.

21. PrEROHELEZUS HEPATICUS, Pascoe.

Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol. III. p. 285.

‘“* Dark brown (or sometimes light reddish brown), paler at the
margins, less glossy than the last ; head rather narrow behind the
antennary ridges; the clypeus very convex, its suture above
indistinct, but forming a well marked groove on each side ;
the eyes widely apart ; prothorax not broader than the elytra at
their base, much longer and narrower than in the last, the basal
fovexe represented by a large shallow depression on each side ;
scutellum transversely triangular, the sides curvilinear; elytra
gradually narrowing from the base, the sides of the disk not
contracted, seriate-punctate, the intervals of the rows not raised,
the punctures rather small, the expanded margins of nearly equal
breadth, or only very gradually narrowing behind, the suture
raised as in the last ; body beneath and legs glossy chestnut-brown ;
antenne glossy ferruginous” (Pascoe).

Length, 84 lines.
Hab.—Melbourne.

530 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV.

22, PrEROHELHUS DISPAR, Pascoe.

Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol. III. p. 286.

“Shortly elliptic in the male, oblong-obovate in the female,
shining pitchy brown, the margins much paler; head rather
narrow in front ; clypeus convex, its suture rather indistinct ; the
eyes not remote ; prothorax shorter proportionally in the male,
the basal fovez shallow, between them opposite to the scutellum
an indistinct groove ; scutellum triangular; elytra nearly parallel
at the sides, and not broader than the prothorax in the female,
broader in the middle in the male, finely seriate-punctate, the
intervals without raised lines, the suture not elevated, the expanded.
margins of nearly equal breadth at the sides, and a little reflected
at the edge; body beneath and femora dark chestnut-brown,
shining ; antennz, tibiz, and tarsi paler” (Pascoe).

Length (¢), 7 lines, (Q) 9 lines.
Hab.—Swan River.

Section II.

Form elongate or oblong-oval, the elytra more or less narrowly
margined.

This section includes a large number of species differing
considerably in sculpture. The identification of them will be

simplified by classing them in sub-sections founded upon the
sculpture of the elytra.

Sus-secTion I.

Elytra seriate-punctate, the interstices more or less costate.

23. PrrRoHELmUS ELONGATUS, Macleay.

Trans. Ent. Soc. N. 8. Wales, IT. 1872, p. 282,

Oblong, oval, black, sub-opaque. Head transverse, punctate,
widened in front of the eyes, rounded at the anterior angles, and

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 531

almost truncate in front, with a narrow recurved margin. Thorax
with a broad lateral margin a little reflexed at the anterior angles,
and only slightly bisinuate at the base. Scutellum triangular,
punctate. Elytra nitid on the disk, nearly twice as long as the
width, narrowly and equally margined, and marked on each elytron
with eight costiform crenulated elevations alternating with smaller
ones some of which are scarcely traceable, with the intervals
coarsely and profoundly punctate. Under surface nitid, rugosely
striolate. Antenne, palpi, and tarsi piceous, the spur of anterior
tibia short and obtuse.

Long. 10 lines, lat. 43 lines.
Hab.—Gayndah, Queensland.

24, PreroHEL#uS ReicueE!, Bréme.

Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 35, pl. II. fig. 2.

Oblong, smooth, of a dull reddish-brown colour. Head prominent,
finely punctate. Clypeus convex, the lateral angles prominent but
rounded, the front convex. Thorax transverse, scarcely sinuate
behind, convex, smooth, rounded on each side but very little
sinuated at the anterior angles of the margins, those large, concave,
with a very small and nitid border ; the anterior angles about a
third of the length of the head. LElytra convex Jaterally,
depressed above, sub-parallel, rounded towards the apex, and a little
pointed terminally ; humeral regions scarcely prominent ; on each
elytron are numerous rather indistinctly raised cost, becoming
obliterated laterally and towards the apex ; the intervals furnished
with rows of profound punctures. The five last joints of the
antenne are round but a little flattened, velvety and of a testaceous-
brown ; undersurface of the body of a deep dull brown, the legs of
a nitid brown.

Long. 10 lines, lat. 5 lines,

Hab.—New Holland.

I have never seen this species.

532 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV.

25. PrEROHELEUS HIRTUS, n. sp.

Oblong, black, sub-nitid, the upper surface rather thickly clothed
with erect soft hairs. Head rugosely punctate, clypeus broadly
rounded, smooth and slightly reflexed, eyes about their diameter
apart. Thorax transverse, thinly punctate, the anterior angles
produced and angularly rounded, the margins broad, thinly
punctate, narrowly raised on the edge, and of a piceous colour, the
posterior angles acute and slightly pointed backwards, the base
bisinuate, with a transverse canal on the central lobe, and a deep
fovea at the middle of the emarginate part on each side of it ;
the disk is moderately convex with the median line rather faintly
marked, and a shallow groove marking the line of separation
between the disk and the margin on each side. Scutellum slightly
transverse, triangular, rounded behind. Elytra of the width of,
and three times the length of the thorax, parallel-sided for two-
thirds of the length, and then narrowing to the apex, the disk very
closely seriate-punctate, the punctures large, deep and crowded in
17 rows, every second interstice costate and smooth, the lateral
margins narrow, uniform in width throughout, and smooth with
reflected edge. Undersurface of body nitid, striolate-punctate
and thinly clothed with decumbent hair of a yellowish colour ;
the prosternum terminates in a large flat process, rounded at the
apex and fitting into the mesosternum, which is longer than usual
in the genus. The legs are stout and setose, the tarsi very short,
the three first joints very broad, bilobed and largely padded with
masses of red hair.

Long. 10 lines, lat. 54 lines.
Hab.—New South Wales.

The form of the tarsi is the most remarkable thing in this, in
many respects, curious insect. It might very properly be con-
stituted into a genus.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., dc. 533

26. PrEROHELZUS ALTERNATUS, Pascoe.

Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol. III. p. 284.

“ Rather narrowly oval, black, shining, somewhat depressed ;
head finely punctured; clypeus scarcely emarginate in front, its
suture nearly obsolete ; prothorax minutely punctured, a broad
shallow fovea on each side at the base, no groove, the expanded
margins not recurved ; scutellum curvilinearly triangular; elytra
flattish at the middle and base, finely seriate-punctate, the alter-
nate intervals of the rows raised, the fourth, eighth, twelfth, and
sixteenth much more so than the others, the expanded margins
broad at the base, gradually narrower to the apex ; body beneath
and legs black, slightly glossy, tibie covered with short spinous
hairs ; antennez short, not reaching to the end of the prothorax,
black” (Pascoe).

Length, 8 lines

Hab.—Interior of Australia.

Unknown to me, apparently resembling the following species.

27. PTEROHELEZUS DEPRESSIUSCULUS, N. sp.

Oblong-oval, black, sub-nitid, sub-depressed. Head finely punc-
tate, dull, clypeus slightly emarginate, clypeal suture distinct at the
sides, depressed in the middle, a longitudinal impression on the
forehead, eyes distant. Thorax rather dull, minutely punctate,
the anterior angles reaching to the eyes, the margins broad and
slightly concave, the base slightly bisinuate and profoundly
bifoveate, the disk a little convex with the median line visible
throughout. Scutellum triangular, the sides slightly rounded.
Elytra very slightly broader than the thorax, and rather more than
twice the length, nitid, parallel-sided and rounded towards the
apex, seriate-punctate ; the punctures disposed in close not very
regular rows, and small, except near the sides when they become
larger ; the interstices four, eight, twelve, and sixteen, marked

534 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV.

with broad, smooth, slightly elevated coste; the margins are
narrow and reflected, a little broader and square at the shoulder,
the sculpture becomes obsolete at the apex. The under surface is
much striolated, the legs are rather slender, the tarsi long, the
prosternum presents a prominent rounded keel along its whole
length.

Long. 10 lines, lat. 5} lines.

Hab.—South Australia.

28. PTEROHELEUS SQUALIDUS, Nn. sp.

Of a very dull opaque-black, and densely covered with minute
asperities all over. Form oblong, flat. Head flat, without clypeal
suture, clypeus broadly emarginate, eyes well apart. Thorax
transverse, semi-circularly emarginate in front, slightly bisinuate
behind and with the lateral margins broad and a little reflected.
Scutellum transverse and rounded behind. Elytra scarcely broader
than the thorax, three times the length, marked with eight distinct
cost consisting of prominent almost contiguous granules, the
intervals occupied by two very minute rows of very minute
punctures mixed with very minute granules, margins narrow.
Body beneath sub-nitid and finely punctured. Legs sub-nitid, the
five last joints of the antennz rather dilated.

Long. 7 lines, lat. 3} lines.
Hab.— Queensland (Mr. Masters’ Collection).

This species has much the general appearance of an Asida; it
perhaps should be placed in the following sub-section.

29, PrEROHELHUS CRENULATUS, N. Sp.

Oblong, brown, sub-opaque. Head densely punctate, a little
emarginate in front, without clypeal suture, and a little recurved
at the lateral angles, eyes very transverse. Thorax transverse,
deeply emarginate in front, bisinuate behind, densely and minutely

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 535

rugosely punctate, the margins broad and flat. Elytra a little
broader than the thorax and more than twice the length, with a
number of close rows of deep square closely piaced punctures, the
interstices alternately larger and forming nodular coste, the
whole having acrenulate and chlathrate appearance. Body
beneath nitid.

Long. 5 lines, lat. 24 lines.

Hab.—Port Darwin.
Sus-section II.

Elytra seriate-punctate, the interstices granular.

30. PrEROHELZUS GUERINII, Bréme.

Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 36, pl. II. fig. 3.

Oblong, dull, blackish brown ; head very prominent ; clypeus a
little emarginate, front convex. Thorax very transverse, sinuate
behind and rounded on the sides, convex and moderately punctate ;
the margins broad, a little turned up, of a less dull brown, the
anterior angles reaching beyond the middle of the head. Elytra
parallel-sided for two-thirds of the length, rounded posteriorly, the
disk convex and punctate in serrated rows, towards the apex the
interstices are furnished with some very small granules ; the suture
is smooth, the margins very narrow, with a small border.

Long. 83 lines, lat. 6} lines.

Hab. —Australia.

I have not, to my knowledge, seen this species. In Australian
collections the name has been affixed to another and very different
insect.

31. PTEROHELEZUS GRANULATUS, Germar.

Oilibe granulata, Germ. Linn. Ent. Stettin. Band III., p. 197.
Near P. peltatus, Erichs., but longer. Head punctulate, black,
the antenne and palpi piceous. Thorax very minutely and

536 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV.

dispersedly punctate, black, the lateral margins dilated, scarcely
reflected, smooth, piceous and more or less diaphanous. Elytra
finely but densely striate-punctate, the alternate interstices finely
and remotely seriate-granulate, the granules more or less elevated,
in the large specimens for the most part less distinct, black, the
lateral margins somewhat piceous and diaphanous. Body beneath
blackish-piceous, legs lighter.

Long. 64-7 lines, lat. 3$ and 37 lines.

Hab.—South Australia.

32. PTEROHELUS TRISTIS, Germar.

Cilibe tristis, Germ. Linn. Ent. Stettin. Band 3, p. 197.

Entirely black, subnitid, the tarsi somewhat piceous. Head
densely punctate, thorax densely and very finely punctate,
the punctures rather large and scattered, the sides broadly
flattened, sub-elevated and finely transversely striolate. Elytra
profoundly and densely seriate-punctate, the marginal stria
almost foveate, the interstices towards the apex and sides
remotely and finely granulate, the fifth interstices somewhat
elevated.

Long. 84 lines, lat. 5 lines.

Hab.—South Australia.

33. PTEROHELEUS BULLATUS, Pascoe.

Journ. of Ent. Vol. II. p. 462.

“Narrowly oblong, reddish brown or dark brown, slightly
shining; head finely punctured; prothorax with very minute
punctures, the emargination at the apex very shallow ; elytra
rather finely lineate-punctate, the alternate lines slightly elevated
(about nine on each elytron) and garnished with small glossy
pustular or bubble-like granules placed at irregular intervals on
those lines; body beneath dark chestnut-brown, or paler; legs
also varying from reddish to brown, and shining ” (Pascoe).

Long. 8 lines, lat. 34 lines.

Hab.—New South Wales, South Australia, Queensland.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 537

34. PTEROHELEUS GRANULIGER, n. sp.

Oblong-ovate, black, sub-nitid, sub-depressed. Head finely
punctate, clypeus broad, slightly convex, clypeal suture a little
depressed and not marked in the middle, eyes rather distant.
Thorax finely punctate, rather opaque, the anterior angles ad-
vanced, reaching to the front of the eyes, margins broad and
slightly rugose, the base bisinuate, its central lobe slightly reflected
on the margin. Elytra of the width of the thorax, and three
times the length, parallel-sided to near the apex, seriate-punc-
tate in 17 rows, the punctures deep and of moderate size, the
interstices a little raised (the fourth and eighth very slightly more
than the others) and all rather closely studded with bright bead-
like granules; the margins are very narrow, concave, thinly
punctate, and a little reflected at the humeral angles. Body
beneath nitid and striolate ; legs nitid and rather long and slight ;
prosternum broad and four-grooved between the legs, terminating
behind in a flat triangular extension.

Long. 10% lines, lat. 53 lines.

Hab.—Murrumbidgee

35, PTEROHELEUS SUBGEMINATUS, n. sp.

Oblong-oval, black, sub-opaque. Head very minutely punctate,
plain, without clypeal suture. Clypeus a little swollen in front,
that and the labrum slightly emarginate, eyes distant. Thorax
transverse, very minutely but not densely punctate, the anterior
angles not produced, the apex slightly emarginate, the lateral
margins rather broad, concave and of a reddish colour, the base
bisinuate. Elytra scarcely broader than the thorax, and three
times the length, with about 17 crowded rows of minute punctures,
disposed somewhat in pairs, the interstices perfectly flat and
furnished near the apex with some minute granules, the margins
very narrow and recurved. Body beneath and legs reddish, nitid,.

538 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV.

finely striolate, the thighs are short and compressed, the tibies and
tarsi long and slender. The last five joints of the antenne broad
and compressed.

Long. 4 lines, lat. 2 lines.

Hab.—Port Augusta, S. Australia (Mr. Masters’ Collection).

36. PrEROHELZUS NITIDIUSCULUS, n. sp.

Oblong-oval, black, nitid, of depressed form. Head very
minutely punctate, clypeus slightly emarginate and thickened and
convex in front, eyes distant. Thorax transverse, deeply emar-
ginate in front, the anterior angles reaching as far as the front
of the eyes, the margins broad, concave, turned up on the edge,
and of a reddish hue, the base lightly bisinuate, the disk very
lightly and shallowly foveate at the base and extremely minutely
punctate. Elytra scarcely broader than the thorax, and nearly
three times the length, parallel-sided to near the apex, very nitid,
closely and densely seriate-punctate (17 or more rows of minute
punctures), the interstices not raised, and furnished with glossy
granules, sparingly towards the base, more thickly towards the
apex, the margins are very narrow and concave. The body
beneath and legs are nitid and piceous, the abdominal segments
are very minutely punctate and striolate, the thighs are longer
and less dilated than in the last species, the prosternum is obtusely
pointed behind.

Long. 53 lines, lat. 23 lines.

Hab.—South Australia.

Both this and the preceding species, resemble P. peltatus of
Erichson very much in form and general appearance.

Sup-secTion III.

Elytra seriate-punctate, the interstices flat or slightly raised and

narrow.
37, PTEROHELHUS SILPHOIDES, Bréme.

Cilibe silphoides, Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 42, pl. IIT. fig. 3.
not C, silphoides, Latr. and Boisd.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 539

Brown, smooth, ovate; antennz rather long, brown, the last
joints flattened, the terminal one oval ; head punctate, narrowed
at the anterior angles, labrum porrect, narrow, clypeus convex,
anterior angles of the epicranium rounded but prominent and
slightly raised. Thorax scarcely visibly punctate, opaque, sinuate
behind, margins broad, flat, the borders folded upwards, the
anterior angles reaching the middle of the head, the posterior
curved backwards ; an oblique “sillon” at base between the disk and
the margin. Elytra oval, opaque, very feebly dilated towards the
middle, and pointed posteriorly, sinuate at the base, where they
are less convex than towards the apex, they have numerous series
of large impressed punctures.

Long. 74 lines, lat. 43 lines.

Hab.—Australia.

I believe I have never seen this species, it is clearly not the
C. silphoides of Boisd, which may be a Cilibe ; De Bréme placed
this insect in the genus Cilibe, but Pascoe (1) asserts positively
that it is winged.

38. PTEROHELZUS SERVUS, Pascoe.

Journ. of Ent. Vol. II. p. 462.

“ Oblong, dull brown, narrower than C. si/phoides, DeBréme
with the prothorax a little wider than the elytra, its apex more
deeply and squarely emarginate, not semi-circular, and the nar-
rowly impressed line in the middle more strongly marked ; elytra
striato-punctate, the strie approximate ; body beneath and legs
glossy chestnut-brown ; sides of the abdominal segments wrinkled”
(Pascoe).

Length, 7 lines

Hab.—V ictoria,

39. PTEROHELZUS MEMNONIUS, Pascoe.
Journ. of Ent. Vol. II. p. 462.

** Oblong, glabrous, black, slightly nitid ; head finely punctured,
narrowed ; the eyes large and sub-approximate, the distance

(1) Journ. Ent. Vol. II. p. 462, Note.

540 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. Iv.

‘between them in front being rather more than the length of their
shortest diameter; prothorax finely punctured, its margins minutely
waved ; elytra closely lineate-punctate, the punctures well-marked
the margins very narrow ; body beneath and legs black, shining ;
tarsi and lip with ferruginous hairs” (Pascoe).

Length, 11 lines.
Hab.—South Australia.

40. PreRoHELZUS PUSILLUS, Macl.

Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, Ser. 2, Vol. IT. p. 307.
Hab.—Barron River, N. Queensland.

41, PreROHELZUS NITIDISsIMUS, Pascoe.

Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol. III. 1869, p. 282; P. sériato-
punctatus, Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 31, pl. II. fig. 6.

“ Oval, moderately convex, very glossy deep black ; head finely
and closely punctured, clypeal groove broad and shallow ; prothorax
very minutely and rather closely punctured, rounded at the sides,
the edge of the expanded margin anteriorly recurved, an irregular
well-marked groove at the base interrupted in the middle ; scu-
tellum curvilinearly triangular ; elytra a little contracted behind
the shoulders, very finely seriate-punctate, the punctures less regu-
larly arranged near the suture; body beneath and legs very glossy,
black, propectus opaque, granulate ; antenne reaching to the base
of the prothorax, third joint half as long again as the fourth”
(Pascoe).

Length, 5-53 lines.
Hab.—South Australia.

This is a common South Australian species. Mr. Pascoe
changed De Bréme’s name, as Boisduval had given it previously
to what is evidently a very different species.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., dc. 541

42. PTEROHELEUS VICARIUS, Pascoe.

Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol. III. 1869, p. 283.

“Rather broadly oval, brownish-black, shining; head thickly
and roughly punctured, clypeal groove well defined, narrowly and
sharply limited, the transverse portion above curved downwards ;
prothorax minutely but not very closely punctured, rounded at
the sides, the expanded margins not recurved, the irregular basal
groove on each side nearly obsolete ; scutellum broadly triangular,
its apex rounded ; elytra a little contracted behind the shoulders,
finely, but not minutely, seriate-punctate, the punctures less
regularly arranged near the suture and base; body beneath and
legs glossy brownish-black, the propectus opaque, granulate ;
antenne short, third joint nearly twice as long as the fourth”
(Pascoe).

Length, 6-7 lines.

fab.—New South Wales, Victoria, and Queensland.

43. PTEROHELZUS LITIGIOSUS, Pascoe.

Ann, Nat. Hist. 4 Ser. Vol. III. p. 283.

“Rather narrowly oval, rusty-brown, shining; head finely
punctured, a little concave in front; clypeus broadly emarginate
anteriorly, separated from the front by a narrow indistinct line ;
prothorax very minutely punctured, a short longitudinal groove near
the apex, none at the base, the expanded margins not recurved ;
scutellum transversely triangular; elytra callous at the base,
rather finely seriate-punctate, the intervals of the rows slightly
raised, the fourth and eighth intervals rather more so than the
others, the expanded margins narrow ; body beneath, legs, antennz,
and margins of the prothorax and elytra reddish-ferruginous”

(Pascoe).
Length, 7 lines.
Hab.—Sydney,

542 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV.

44, PTEROHELEHUS ASELLUS, Pascoe.

Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol. V. 1870, p. 99.

** Oval, the outline equally rounded and rather obtuse at both
extremities, the sides a little incurved, moderately convex, blackish-
brown, scarcely shining; head and prothorax covered with ex-
ceedingly minute punctures, the margins of the latter gradually
passing into the disk ; scutellum transversely and curvilinearly
triangular ; elytra linearly punctured, the punctures rather small,
the fifth and eighth intervals between the lines a little broader
than the rest, and the margins concolorous, narrow, of equal
breadth throughout, and agreeing with those of the prothorax ;.
body beneath and legs glossy-brown ; antennz short, the last joint
nearly circular” (Pascoe).

Length, 43-5 lines.

Hab.—Queensland,
45. PrEROHELHUS aGonus, Pascoe.

Journ. of Ent. Vol. II. p. 461.

“Ovate, blackish-brown, slightly nitid; head very finely punctured ;
antennee and palpi ferruginous ; prothorax nearly impunctate, very
short, broadly emarginate at the apex, the posterior angles slightly
produced ; scutellum sub-triangular ; elytra lineate-punctate, the
punctures small, the lines rather widely apart ; body beneath and
legs black, shining ; tarsi ferruginous” (Pascoe).

Length, 5-6 lines.

Hab.—Interior of Australia.

46. PrEROHELEZUS PARALLELUS, Bréme.

Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 33, pl. II. fig. 7.

Entirely of a deep, nitid, blackish-brown colour ; head rounded ;
clypeus convex ; epicranium a little turned up laterally ; labrum

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 543

prominent. Thorax moderately transverse, not sinuate behind,
finely punctate, convex, and rounded laterally ; margins broad and
wrinkled, punctate ana of a less deep brown ; the anterior angles
extending a little beyond the half of the head. Elytra convex,
parallel, somewhat feebly compressed at the humeral region (which
is also raised into a boss), rounded behind, strongly punctate (these
impressed punctures are disposed in very close lines) ; the margins
very narrow, but quite visible and turned up. Antenne fulvous,
velvety ; legs and undersurface of body ; deep shiny-brown.

Long. 7 lines, lat. 34 lines.

Hab.—Swan River.

47, PTEROHELEUS OVULUM, Haag-Rut.

Journ. Mus. Godef. Heft 14, p. 115, taf. 7, fig.1—Verh. Ver.
fiir naturw. Unterh. in Hamburg, ITI. p. 97.

Regularly oval, blackish brown, opaque; head dispersedly
punctate ; thorax scarcely punctate, three times broader than long,
much narrowed in front ; elytra broader than the thorax, little
convex, the margins flattened out, with the suture and eight
costee slightly elevated, and the intervals regularly punctate.
Body beneath rather nitid, sparingly punctulate and striolate.

Long. 64-7 lines, lat. 43 lines.
Hab.—Gayndah, Queensland.

This species is found over a great part of North Queensland.
Tt is not unlikely that there are more than one species of the type

48. PrERoHEL@US conFususS, Macleay.

Trans. Ent. Soc. N. 8. Wales, Vol. II., p. 283.

Ovate, black, sub-nitid. Head a little widened and elevated in
front of the eyes, and scarcely emarginate in front, with the
central canaliculation minute, the semicircular clypeal suture well
marked, and a transverse raised line near the apex of the clypeus.

35

544 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV.

Thorax sub-convex, with a broad reddish reflexed margin, and the
median line scarcely traceable. Scutellum transversely and
curvilinearly triangular. Elytra sub-convex, the lateral margins
reddish, nearly as broad as those of the thorax at the humeral
angles, and becoming narrower to the apex, with the disk covered
with numerous rows of small punctures, becoming obliterated
towards the apex, the alternate interstices faintly costate and
quite obliterated behind. Under side of body nitid, striolate.
Legs piceous, antennz and tarsi reddish.

Long. 7 lines, lat. 4 lines.
Hab.—Gayndah.

49, PTEROHELEUS PUNCTIPENNIS. n. Sp.

Ovate, moderately convex, black, nitid. Head punctate, im-
mersed in the thorax up to the anterior angles, eyes moderately
distant. Thorax more than twice broader than the length,
minutely punctate, very deeply emarginate in front, slightly
bisinuate behind, with the margins very broad and finely rugosely
punctate. Elytra as wide as the thorax at the base, rounded and
a little narrowed behind, the margins broad, flattened, smooth at
the shoulders, becoming rapidly narrower to the apex, the disk
covered closely with sharp, deep punctures, disposed in very close
rows, Body beneath piceous and striolate ; legs piceous red, short,
thighs dilated.

Long. 4 lines, lat. 2 lines.

Hab.— Queensland (Mr, Masters’ collection).

50. PTEROHELEUS OPATROIDES, n. sp.

Very small, oblong, depressed, piceous-brown, very opaque. Head
minutely roughly punctate. Thorax transverse, deeply emarginate
in front, lightly bisinuate behind, densely and minutely rugose-
punctate, with the margins broad and a little reflected. Elytra
of the width of the base of the thorax and nearly three times the

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 545

length, with narrow reflected lateral margins, the disk densely
punctate in numerous close striz, the punctures deep, close and
somewhat square, the interstices a little raised and very narrow.
Body beneath piceous, nitid. Sterna coarsely punctate.

Length, 3 lines, lat. 2 lines.

Hab.—Clyde River.

51. PrerROHELHUS PELTATUS, Erichs.

Cilibe peltata, Erichs. Archiv fiir Naturg. Jahrg. VIII, Bd. I,
p. 175.

Oblong-oval, sub-depressed, piceous, sub-opaque. Head im-
punctate, clypeus dilated, truncate at the apex. Thorax lightly
bisinuate at the base, twice as broad at the base as the length, the
sides rcunded, the apex deeply emarginate, imnpunctate, slightly
convex on the disk, the margins broadly flattened, obscurely red,
and reflected on the edge. Elytra slightiy convex, densely seriate-
punctate with two of the interstices slightly raised, the margins
broad, smooth, and obscurely reddish.

Length, 5-55 lines.

Hab.—Tasmania, Victoria.

52. PTEROHELEUS CEREUS, 0. sp.

Broadly ovate, black, nitid, of a waxy gloss. Head rugosely
punctate, the clypeus slightly reflected in front, the lateral angles
more so. Thorax very transverse, much narrowed and emarginate
in front, bisinuate behind, minutely punctate on the disk and
margins, the disk rather convex, with the median line showing on
the anterior half, the margins broad and reflected in front, broader
and flat towards the posterior angles. Elytra rather broader than
the thorax, disk rather convex, and covered with toleradly regular
close rows of smallish punctures, the margins tolerably wide,
widest a little behind the shoulders, then narrowing to the apex,
and transversely rugose.

Long. 6 lines, lat. 34 lines.

Hab.—West Australia.

546 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV.

53. PTrEROHELHUS STRIATO-PUNCTATUS, Boisd.

Cilibe striato-punctata, Boisd. Faun. de l’Océanie; Erichs. p. 266.

Elongate, oval, black. Thorax smooth, elytra elongate and
covered with medium-sized punctures arranged in strie.

Hab.— Kangaroo Island.

I have not to my knowledge seen this insect, and M. Boisdu-
val’s description, which [ have translated in full, is of very little
use. I place it here because I see that Mr. Pascoe recognises it
as a species.

54. PrEROHELMUS PELTOIDES, n. sp.

? P. peltatus, De Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 34, pl. I. fig. 4.

Oblong-oval, black, opaque. Head minutely punctate, clypeus a
little convex or tumid, broadly truncate orvery slightly emarginate;
the lateral angles of the head rounded, prominent, and very
slightly reflected, the eyes distant. Thorax transverse, scarcely
visibly punctured, the anterior angles advanced and much rounded,
the base very slightly bisinuate, the lateral margins broad, smooth,
flat, and of a dull reddish black colour. Elytra not broader than
the thorax at the base, parallel-sided to near the apex, excepting a
slight emargination a little behind the shoulder, the disk covered
with small well-marked punctures in 17 complete rows,—the inters-
tices not visibly elevated, and a short sutural stria, the lateral
margins rather broad, smooth, of a reddish hue, and narrowing to
the apex. Body beneath and legs nitid, the prosternum granulate.

Long. 7 lines, lat. 4 lines.

Hab.—New South Wales, Victoria.

A very common species and of wide range. I verily believe it
to be P. peltatus of De Bréme, a species differing entirely from
P. peltatus of Boisduval. Whether I am right in this supposition

or not, the name of peltatus can only be used for Erichson’s species
which has undoubtedly priority.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.LS., &c. 54AT

SUB-SECTION LY.

Elytra irregularly punctate.

55, PreroHELHmUS Kouuari, Bréme.

Mon. Cossyph. Vol. I. p. 32, pl. VII. fig. 3.

Nitid brown, smooth, very convex ; head broad, prominent,
strongly punctate; thorax notably transverse, sinuate behind,
rounded laterally and very finely punctate, the margins narrow,
flat and smooth, the anterior angles scarcely reaching half of the
head, the posterior angles prominent and acute. Elytra sinuate
at their base, parallel-sided for two-thirds of their length, rounded
towards the apex, and a little pointed ; the disk nitid, very convex
and finely and irregularly punctate, the margins scarcely notice-
able. Body beneath nitid brownish-black.

Long. 7 lines, lat. 43 lines

Hab.—Swan River.

56, PTEROHELZUS GLABER, 0. sp.

Ovate, black, nitid, convex. Head rugosely punctate, deeply
immersed in the thorax, the lateral angles raised. Thorax twice
as broad as long, very finely punctate, the margins rather broad,
minutely rugosely-punctate, and much reflected, especially at the
anterior angles, the posterior angles pointed backwards. Scu-
tellum curvilinearly triangular, with a few small punctures.
Elytra of the width of the thorax and three times the length,
convex, parallel-sided, covered with minute rather thinly distri-
buted punctures scarcely showing a trace of order or striation, the
margins narrow, concave, with a reflected edge, a slight compres-
sion on the side of the disk behind the shoulders, not showing on
the margin. Undersurface nitid and slightly striolate, prosternum
granulose, carinate from the apex.

Long. 7 lines, lat 34 lines.

Hab,— Darling River.

548 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV.

57. PTeROHELZUS MINIMUS, Pascoe.

Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, Vol. III., p. 284.

“ Oblong-oval, pitchy brown, sub-nitid, the margins of the
prothorax and the elytra, and the anterior part of the head, paler,
yellowish-brown ; head densely punctured, the clypeal groove very
indistinct ; prothorax rather short, covered with fine oblong
punctures, the intervals very narrow, and in certain lights causing
the surface to assume a delicately corrugated appearance, the
expended margins narrow and slightly reflected ; scutellum trans-
versely triangular ; elytra minutely and irregularly punctured, with
scattered minute tubercles, especially near the suture, the expanded
margins very narrow, body beneath and legs glossy reddish
testaceous ; antennee inclining to testaceous” (Pascoe).

abe
Length, 34 lines.

Hab.—Cooper’s Creek.

58. PTEROHELAUS OBLITERATUS, N. Sp.

Oblong-oval, black, nitid, sub-convex. Head rugosely punctate,
particularly on the depression of the clypeal suture, the lateral
angles reflected, the eyes transverse and rather approximate.
Thorax very thinly and minutely punctate on the disk, the margins
broad, flat, and very minutely punctate and striolate, emarginate
in front and bisinuate behind. Elytra of the breadth of the
thorax at the base, and three times the length, moderately densely
covered with distinct deep punctures irregularly placed, or only
partially regular, becoming gradually smaller towards and finally
quite effaced at the apex, the lateral margins rather narrow and
smooth,

Long. 7 lines, lat. 4 lines.

Hab.—Peak Downs.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 549

59. PTEROHELHUS DISPERSUS, n. sp.

Oblong-oval, black, sub-opaque, rather depressed. Head roughly
punctate, the clypeal suture distinct at the sides, the apex truncate.
Thorax transverse, very thinly and minutely punctate; very broadly
margined, the margins reflected in front, and bisinuate behind,
with two deep fovez in the centre of the disk. Elytra not broader
than the thorax, irregularly and thinly punctate, the punctures
rather small and disappearing towards the apex, the lateral
margins narrow and smooth, a shallow fovea on the inner side
of each humeral callus. Body beneath very nitid and finely
striolate.

Long. 5} lines, lat. 32 lines.

Hab.—Lower Murrumbidgee.

60. PrEROHELEUS CONVEXIUSCULUS, Nn. sp.

Ovate, black, sub-nitid, convex. Head rugosely punctate, the
clypeal suture well marked, the apex broadly and very slightly
emarginate, the lateral angles a little prominent and reflected.
Thorax scarcely punctate, the median line rather faintly marked,
the margins broad, flat and faintly striolate. Elytra of the width
of the thorax ; parallel-sided and convex, punctured irregularly
as in the preceding species but more densely, with two large fovez
at the base, Body beneath nitid, the prosternum carinate from
the apex.

Long. 7 lines, lat. 4 lines.

Hab.— Murrumbidgee.

61. PrERoHELZUS THYMALOIDES, Pascoe.

Saragus thymaloides, Pascoe, MS.

Ovate, reddish-brown, sub-nitid, very convex. Head very
minutely punctate, a small fovea in the middle of the vertex, the
clypeus truncate with rounded angles and a slightly recurved

550 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. IV.

border. Thorax narrow in front, broad and nearly truncate
behind, very minutely punctate, the margins expanded, not
reflexed. Elytra broader than the thorax and not much longer
than broad, convex, faintly and confusedly striate, and densely
rugose-punctate all over, the margins narrow, almost disappearing
towards the apex. The under surface and legs brown, nitid and
striolate.

Long. 3 lines, lat. 2 lines.
Hab.—South Australia.

I received the name of this insect from Mr. Pascoe, years ago,
but I cannot find that he ever described it.

I have now, I think, recapitulated all the known species of
Pteroheleus with the exception of P. planus of Blissington* of
which species I have never seen a description. I have also added
largely to the number of new species, but I believe there are
many yet remaining to be described.

The remaining genera of the Helides, Heleus, Sympetes and
Saragus will form the subject of another Paper.

* Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 1861, p. 90, t. 4, fig. 1.

DESCRIPTION OF TWO NEW SPECIES OF MARSU-
PIALS (PHRAMELES AND ANTECHINUS), AND
OF A NEW SPECIES OF MUS (M. BURTON), FROM
THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF DERBY, N.W.A.

By Dr. E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., F.G.S., &c., &e.
(PLratE XVII.)

For the pleasure of describing the above-named Marsupials, [ am
indebted to the Hon. W. Macleay, who obtained them from one
of his collectors (Mr. Froggatt), from Derby, N. W. Australia.
The Mus I received from the late Thos. Boyer-Bower Esq., from
the same locality.

PERAMELES AURATUS, sp. n0v.

Total length, 8-5 inches (without tail); fore foot, 1 inch; hind foot,
2 inches ; from tip of snout to ,centre of the eye, 1:4 inch ; from
tip of snout to base of the ear, 2:2 inches ; length of ear 0-7
inch, width at base 0:5 inch, greatest width 0-7 inch; tail
wanting, (represented by small tubercle 0°5 inch long, probably a
malformation.)

General color rich golden brown pencilled with black, on the
sides of a clearer tint, passing on the throat and belly into white.
The whole of the upper surface of the body, head and sides pen-
cilled with narrow black lines formed by the black portions of the
stiff flattened hairs. Hair of two kinds, the fur next the skin is
of an ashy white, soft and silky ; the outer hairs flattened, stiff,
almost spiny ; on the throat, belly, and inner parts of the legs
white ; on the upper parts of head and back black and rufous; some
hairs barred alternately, others all black or all rufous, giving a
pencilled or striated appearance of black and rufous to the upper
surface ; the ears proportionately broad and short, although con-
spicuous. There isnotrace of bars on the body. Incisors, 373 ;
Canines, 17}; Premolars, 3-3; Molars, {7}.

552 ON TWO NEW SPECIES OF MARSUPIALS FROM DERBY, N.W.A.,

ANTECHINUS (Podabrus) FROGGATTI, sp. nov.

Tail thickened at the base, spindle-formed, gradually tapering
to the tip. Total length to the root of the tail from the snout,
3 inches ; from the snout to eye, 0:5 inch; from tip of snout to
the ear, 0°8 inch; length of ear 0:4 inch, breadth at base
0-3 inch; fore feet from wrist with nails, 0°3 inch; hind feet
with nails, 0°55 inch; greatest diameter of tail about one
fourth of an inch from the rump 0:2 inch, its entire length
2°7 inches; fur dull mouse-color next the skin.

General color above light ashy-grey pencilled with black hairs,
alternately banded or tipped with ashy-grey and black ; sides of
the head ashy tinged with brown ; forehead and a narrow triangular
stripe to the nose pencilled with black like the back ; hair behind
the ear ashy, round the base tinged with tawny rufous ; ears ashy-
brown, almost bare; sides of the ‘body, chin, throat and all the
under surface white ; forearms and hands white ; hind legs ashy-
brown on the thighs, remainder white ; a narrow white line round
the margin of the mouth; tail ashy-white, clothed to the tip with
short hair, and scaled as in other members of the genus; feet
below almost covered with hair.

Dentition.—There are two anterior incisors above, larger and
stronger than the three on either side of them, from which they are
separate, three below on either side ovate, rounded on their upper
edge, narrowed at their bases ; canines one on either sideabove and
below comparatively large, a space between themand the three lateral
incisors ; three premolars on either side above and below, rather
small but increasing in size towards the true molars, which are
four on either side above and below, the fourth or last being the
smallest and almost tubercular ; formula, Incisors, 4; Canines,

1—1. 3-3. nq 4—4
i-1; Premolars, 3-3; Molars, 4-4.

BY DR. E. P. RAMSAY, F.R.S.E., WC. 553:

Mus BURTONI, sp. nov.

(Plate XVII.)

General color of a uniform dull ashy-grey or mouse-colour, fur
dense, close, thick and soft, of one kind, almost woolly, slightly
browner above than on the under surface, which is of a light grey
tint ; head rather short ; ears moderate ; tail naked, not quite the
length of the body; whiskers black reaching to behind the ears ;
from snout to eye, 07 inch; from snout to ear, 1:2 inches ;
length of ear 0°65 inch, greatest width 0-45 inch; forearm,
0-7 ; hand, 0:45 ; hind foot, 1 inch; tail, 4:1 inches ; total length
from snout to tip of tail, 8-9 inches.

The chief characteristic in this species is its remarkably woolly
and soft fur, and uniform colour. The skull being broken and only
the anterior parts with a portion of tne dentition being left I
can make no notes thereon ; the very accurate figures, however,
will help in its identification. I have named this species after
Mr. Burton who accompanied the late Thos. Boyer-Bower, Esq.,
as taxidermist to North West Australia.

554 ON THE EGGS OF TWO SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN BIRDS,

DESCRIPTIONS OF THE EGGS OF TWO SPECIES OF

AUSTRALIAN BIRDS.
By A. J. Norra.

No. 1. Menanopryas picata, Gould.

This bird has a wide range over the Continent of Australia,
Specimens having been procured together with the nest and eggs
by Mr. James Ramsay in October, 1876 near Bourke, New South
Wales; and last year both Mr. Cairn and the late Mr. T. H.
Boyer-Bower obtained several specimens about 80 miles inland
from Derby, North-Western Australia. The nest is a small shallow
structure, composed of strips of bark, grasses, and roots, held
together on the outside with cobwebs, and placed on the dead
branch of a tree within a few feet of the ground. Eggs two in
number for a sitting, one specimen (A) being of a dark asparagus
green faintly tinged with brown on the larger end ; the other (B),
with the exception of the smaller end which shows the asparagus
green ground colour, is shaded over all with rich brown, more
particularly towards the larger end, which is entirely capped with
a darker tint of the same colour. Length (A), 0°8 x 0°59 inch ;
(B), 0°78 x0°6 inch. (From the Dobr. Mus. Coll.)

No. 2. EUDYNAMIS CYANOCEPHALA, Latham.

(Z. flindersi, Goutp).

Mr. George Masters obtained an egg of this species at Gayndah,
Queensland, on the 25th of November, 1870. Having shot a
female and broken her wing, while pursuing it on the ground the
egg was dropped. It is a pointed oval in form, of a dull white

BY A. J. NORTH. 555

minutely spotted with light brown, together with a few faint
blotches here and there of purplish-brown, the smaller end being
entirely devoid of markings. Whether this is the normal colour
of the egg is yet to be proved, as the egg being dropped by the
bird when wounded, and the markings very faint, it is probable
that it may not have been quite ready for laying. Long diameter
1-4 inch, short diameter 1:05 inch. (from the Aus. Mus. Coll.)

A photograph of this egg, sent by Dr. Geo. Bennett, F.Z.S., of
Sydney, was exhibited at the June meeting of the Zoological
Society of London, 1873. See P.Z.S., 1873, p. 519.

556 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Maiden exhibited specimens of the Sago and Tobacco referred
to in his paper, together with a specimen of the New South Wales
Nicotiana suaveolens for comparison. Photographs taken by Mr.
Bevan, shewing the method of preparing the sago, were also shown.

Dr. Katz exhibited pieces of a Ham in which were found
scattered small white, irregularly shaped nodules consisting of
carbonate of lime. Microscopic examination revealed nothing
of the existence of parasites at these spots. It was not im-
probable that these calcareous deposits had originated from the
presence of a kind of vegetable micro-organism (Actinomyces ),
which has lately been described by Dunker and Hertwig, and
which is said to occur frequently in certain muscles of the pig,
where it forms small whitish corpuscles. It gives rise to patho-
logical changes in the flesh affected, soas to make it unfit for
human food.

Mr. Macleay exhibited two Snakes which Mr. Froggatt had
lately sent him from Port Darwin, (1) Brachysoma simile,
Macleay, and (2) Furina textilis, Dum. & Bibr. This last species,
he stated, had been described by Dumeril and Bibron many years
ago as Australian, but had been omitted from Krefit’s and subse-
quent lists, from a mistaken idea originating, he believed, with Mr.
Krefft, that it was identical with the young barred specimens of
the common brown Snake Diemenia suwperciliosa. This redis-
covery of the species by Mr. Froggatt terminates all doubt on
this subject.

Mr. Macleay also exhibited a small Hoplocephalus from Cooma,
almost identical in appearance with J//oplocephalus flagellum,
M‘Coy, a Melbourne species, but differing in the number of sub-
caudal plates, and in the form of the head shields. It would be
necessary to examine a number of specimens before venturing to
constitute it a distinct species.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 557

The President exhibited a Fairy Stone, or siderite concretion,
of a singularly artificial appearance, which was probably due to
the axis of the concretion being perpendicular to the plane of
stratification of the shale in which it had been formed.

Also a rude Stone Axe or Mogo from the lower Namoi, the
material of which was a kind of Quartzite formed partly of
rounded and transparent sand grains, and partly of angular quartz.
It appeared to have been formed by the deposit of siliceous matter
in a bed of river sand by the percolating water of a hot spring.

Mr. Fletcher exhibited a small collection of plants collected by
Mr. Froggatt at Derby, N. W. Australia.

Mr. North exhibited the eggs described in his paper.

Mr. Masters exhibited a collection of Insects from Derby,
King’s Sound, made by Mr. Froggatt in May last. Of Coleoptera
there were 240 species, more than half of them new, but, with
very few exceptions, of typical Australian genera. Small Cara-
bide were numerous, but Buprestide, Cetoniide and other antho-
philous beetles were very few.

He also exhibited from the same collection some Orthoptera,
Hemiptera and Homoptera of peculiar form and appearance.

WEDNESDAY, 28TH SEPTEMBER, 1887.

The Vice-President, Dr. J. C. Cox, F.L.S., in the Chair.

Mr. J. C. Neill was present as a visitor.

MEMBER ELECTED.

The Rey. Robert Collie, F.L.S., was elected a Member of the
Society.

The Chairman announced that the following Excursions had
been arranged for the ensuing month :—
(1.) October 1st—Members to meet at the Botany Tram
Terminus, at 10°30 a.m. for a walk via La Pérouse to
Long Bay, (Note.—A tram leaves Bridge Street for
Botany at 9:20 a.m.)
(2.) October 8th—Members to meet at Manly at 11 a.m.
to proceed to Narrabeen.

(3.) October 15th—Members to meet at Lucasville, near
Zig-zag, on the arrival of the train leaving Sydney at
9 a.m.

(4.) October 22nd—Members to meet at Botany Pier on the
arrival of the 9:20 a.m. tram from BridgeStreet. Steamer
provided.

DONATIONS. 559:

DONATIONS.

“Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London for the year
1887.” Part I. From the Society.

“ Mittheilungen aus der Zoologischen Station zu Neapel.” Band
VIT., Heft 2 (1887). From the Director.

“Comptes Rendus des Séances de Académie des Sciences,
Paris.” Tome CIV., Nos. 24 and 25 (1887). rom the Academy.

“ Diagnoses d’Espéces Nouvelles et Catalogue des Especes
Frangaises de la Tribu des Armadilliens, (Crustacés Isopodes
Terrestres)” par Adrien Dollfus. From the Author.

“Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute,
1886.” Vol. XIX. From the Institute.

“The Victorian Naturalist.” Vol. IV., No. 5 (September,
1887). From the Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria.

“Zoologischer Anzeiger.” X Jahrg., Nos. 257, 258 (1887).
From the Editor.

“ Descriptions of some new Queensland Plants.” By F. M.
Bailey, F.L.S., &c. From the Author.

“Revue Coloniale Internationale.” Tome V., No. 2 (August,
1887). Dela part del Association Coloniale Néerlandaise a Amster-
dam.

“ Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes.” No. 202 (August, 1887).
From the Editor.

Nomenclature of Japanese Plants in Latin, Japanese, and
Chinese ; (Nippon Shokubutsumeii”). By J. Matsumura. From
the Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.G.8., ke.

“ Woods and Forests of Tasmania—Annual Report, 1886-7.”
By George S. Perrin, F.L.S., Conservator of Forests. From the
Conservator of Forests.

36

560 DONATIONS.

« Bulletins du Comité Géologique, St. Pétersbourg, 1887.” Tome
VI., Nos. 6 and 7 ;” “Supplément au Tome VI. des Bulletins du
Comité Géologique,” (1887) ; ‘‘ Mémoires du Comité Géologique.”
Tome IV., No. 1 (1887). De la part du Comité.

“Bulletin de la Société Royale de Botanique de Belgique.
Tome XXVI., Fasc. 1 (1887). From the Socvety.

“ Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society, 1887.” Part 4
(August), Prom the Society.

‘“‘The Scottish Geographical Magazine.’ Vol. III., No. 8
(August, 1887). From the Hon. W. Macleay, P.L.S.

“ Bulletin de la Société Belge de Microscopie.” 13me. Année
No. VIII. From the Society.

“Register of Papers published in “The Tasmanian Journal”
and the Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania,
from the year 1841 to 1885.” Compiled by Alexander Morton,
Assistant Secretary and Librarian. rom the Society.

“The Australasian Journal of Pharmacy.” Vol. IL, No. 21
(September, 1887). From the Editor.

“ Supplementary Catalogue of Books added to the Parliamentary
Library, Adelaide, from August Ist, 1886, to July 31st, 1887.”
From the Parliamentary Lrbrarian.

PAPERS READ.

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AUSTRALIAN FISHES.
By E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &c., anp J. Doucnas OGILsy.
(Notes from the Australian Museum).

OPISTHOGNATHUS INORNATUS, Sp. nov.

B. Vins Di payor Ailes Ve T/drs P: 21: CL ¥4.

Length of head 3, of caudal fin 5, height of body 43 in the
total length. Hye—diameter 3} in length of head, } a diameter
from the end of snout, and } of a diameter apart. Greatest
width of head equals ? of its length. The maxilla is dilated and
rounded posteriorly, it does not quite reach to the preopercular
angle, and is # of the length of head. Opercles with two weak
spines. Z'eeth—jaws with an outer row of strong curved teeth:
behind these in the upper jaw is a band of similar but much
smaller teeth, the inner row being slightly the largest, while the
small teeth extend back in a gradually narrowing band as far as the
enlarged outer row : in the lower jaw the inner band only extends
a short way on each side of the symphysis, and its inner row is
almost as well developed as the outer. &ms—dorsal spines
weak ; the posterior rays about twice the height of the highest
spine. Pectoral fin 3, ventral 7 of the length of the head.
Scales—very small, The lateral line ceases beneath the ninth
dorsal ray. Colors—uniform brown.

We received two examples of this species from Derby, whence
they were brought by Mr. C. Lees. Their respective measure-
ments are 93 and 11 inches. Register numbers, I. 841,-2.

CossYPHUS BELLIS, sp. nov.
Be viele Penola W/o? P. Ui Cy 145) Te latoo
L. tr. 5/13.
Length of head 34, of caudal fin 5}, height of body 33 in the
total length. Hye—Diameter 4} in the length of the head, 1} in

562 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AUSTRALIAN FISHES,

that of the snout, and 1} apart. The greatest height of the head
is equal to its length without the snout. The maxilla extends to
the vertical from the anterior margin of the orbit. Zeeth—Both
jaws are armed anteriorly with two pairs of canines, the inner
pair of the lower jaw being much smaller than the outer, while
the corresponding pair in the upper jaw are rather larger: a lateral
row of strong compressed subulate teeth, inside of which are
several irregular rows of minute granulose teeth. A posterior
canine. The vertical limb and angle of the preopercle finely
serrated. ms—Dorsal spines strong, the last the longest, ? of
the length of the head; the rays (5-8) much longer than the
spines. The third anal spine slightly longer than the twelfth
dorsal ; all three very strong. Pectoral fin rounded posteriorly, 2
of the length of the head; ventrals shorter than the pectorals,
none of the rays produced ; caudal emarginate. Scales—Six rows
on the opercles, seven on the cheeks. Colovs—Pale red on the
back and sides, yellowish below ; each scale with a darker longi-
tudinal mark forming narrow bands along the sides; two broader
bright red bands take their rise from the posterior margin of the
eye, and gradually diverge till opposite the middle of the spinous
dorsal, whence they run parallel to opposite the middle of soft
dorsal where they cease; they are interrupted, forming oblong
spots ; axil bright red.

This beautiful fish was obtained at Shoalhaven during the last
week of July, and sent from there to the Sydney market, whence
it passed into our hands. It measured nearly eleven inches, and
showed no signs of spawning. Register number, I. 1362.

TRICHIURUS COXII, sp. nov.

Bo vit: Dido mer. 11: Case, pyl. 25:

Length of head 8, height of body 16% in the total length.
Eye—diameter 64 in the length of the head, and rather more
than two diameters from the end of the snout. Interorbital
space flat, § of a diameter of the eye. Lower jaw much the
longer ; the maxilla reaches to the vertical from the middle of the
eye. Occiput with a sharp central ridge terminating behind in a

BY E. P. RAMSAY, F.R.S.E., &C., AND J. DOUGLAS-OGILBY, 563

prominent point. 7Z'eeth—upper jaw with two pairs of strong
barbed anterior canines, and eight sharp compressed teeth in each
ramus ; twelve similar teeth in the lower jaw, those immediately
behind the first pair being much smaller than the posterior ones:
a band of minute teeth on the palatines. /%2s—the dorsal com-
mences above the preopercle ; its greatest height is equal to the
distance between its base and the lateral line: pectoral short,
obliquely truncate behind, rather less than + of the length of
head. The free portion of the tail exactly equals the length of
the head. The distance between the snout and the anus is 4 of
the total length. Colors—silvery: a black blotch between 1st
and 4th dorsal rays; the outer half of the dorsal fin dark grey
throughout its entire length. Pectoral fins blackish, except near
the base. Inside of mouth black. Inides silvery.

We are indebted to Dr. James Cox for the specimen above
described, which was sent to him from Broken Bay, during the

IF]

month of July last, and measured 374 inches. Register number,
I. 1342,

NEOPEMPHERIS PECTORALIS, sp. nov.

Bevel ctl i wA eae. Hore boli: ©. 1%: L, 1,743
eos ek OS

Length of head 53, of caudal fin 43, height of body 33 in the
total length. &ye—diameter 33 in the length of the head, with
well developed adipose lids, the posterior of which passes beyond
the edge of the iris, while the anterior does not quite reach it ;
snout obtuse, about % of the diameter of the eye, and a trifle less
than the interorbital space, which is slightly convex, as is also
the upper profile of the head. The greatest width of the head
equals 3 of its length, and its height is but little less than the
same. The maxilla reaches considerably beyond the hinder
margin of the eye, and is concealed beneath the preorbital during
the anterior three-fifths of its length, the posterior two-fifths
being falciform. Preopercular angle slightly produced ; the lower
limb feebly serrated. Zeeth—both jaws with numerous rows of

* Counted from origin of dorsal fin to base of anal,

564 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AUSTRALIAN FISHES.

small cardiform teeth, which are of equal size in the upper jaw,
but in the lower increase in size from without, the inner row
being much the strongest and inclined backwards: vomer, palate,
and tongue with patches of villiform teeth. Fins—-the dorsal
commences much nearer to the base of the caudal than to the tip
of the snout ; its anterior rays are highest, but little shorter than
the head, the last seven rays of about equal length, giving a
deeply concave appearance to the outer edge of the fin: the
anterior anal rays are half the length of the base of the fin, which
commences in front of the origin of the dorsal: ventrals short,
reaching half-way to the origin of the anal; an elongate pointed
scale at the outside of the base, and a single similar scale between
them: pectoral rather shorter than the head, reaching to the
vertical from the 24th scale of the lateral line; its posterior
margin slightly concave ; caudal deeply emarginate. Scales—
rather small, finely ctenoid, and firmly adherent ; entire head, except
a small patch on the snout, covered with scales ; dorsal, anal, and
pectoral fins scaly to their tips: there are fourteen rows of scales
between lateral line and vent. Lateral line—sinuous to above
the vent, from whence it runs straight to the middle of the base
of the caudal. Psewdobranchie—well developed. Gill-rakers—
of moderate length, and slender. Colors—silvery, the back
with brilliant blue reflections ; fins dusky.

The single specimen which we possess, and from which the above
description is taken, was obtained during the recent expedition to
New Guinea, led by Mr. T. Bevan, by jumping into their boat,
the locality being about thirty miles up the Aird River from its
mouth. Register number, I. 1308.

Though undoubtedly having a very close resemblance to the
previously described Neopempheris ramsayi, Macleay, from
Rockingham Bay, the type of which is also in the Australian
Museum, this species differs in many particulars from the older
form, and may be distinguished from it at a glance by the absence
of the black dorsal spot so conspicuous in Mr. Macleay’s fish ;
while the shape of the lateral line and the much larger pectoral
fins of our fish also furnish easy distinguishing characters.

FLOWERING SEASONS OF AUSTRALIAN PLANTS.

By E. Havizanp, F.L.S.

No. 7.—List oF PLANTS FLOWERING IN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF

SYDNEY DURING THE MONTHS OF JANUARY, FEBRUARY, AND

Marcu, IN ADDITION TO THOSE ENUMERATED IN FORMER

Lists.
J ANUARY.

Menispermese— Umbelliferze—

Stephania hernandifolia Siebera stephensoni
Pittosporese— erzcordes

Bursaria spinosa Hydrocotyle vulgaris
Droseraceze— Santalacese—

Drosera binata Lxocarpus cupressiformis

spathulata Loranthaceze—

Polygaleze— Loranthus celastroides

Comesperma defoliatum Compositee—
Meliacese— Senecio vagus

Melia composita Goodeniaceze—

Tiliaceze—

Lleocarpus cyaneus
Viniferze—

Vitis hypoglauca
Leguminosee—

Zornia diphylla

Desmodium brachypodium
Rosaceze—

Rubus parviflorus
Myrtaceze—

Melaleuca styphelvoides

Tristania laurina

Sceevola suaveolens

Goodenia ovata
Scrophularinese—

Herpestis monmeria

Mimulus repens
Lentibularinese—

Utricularia uniflora

biloba

Epacrideze—

Leucopogon virgatus
Orchidexe—

Cryptostylis erecta

Orthoceras strictum

566 FLOWERING SEASONS OF AUSTRALIAN PLANTS.

Malvaceze—

Sida rhombifolia
Vinifere—

Vitis clematidea
Salsolaceze—

Suceda maritima
Amarantacese—

Alternanthera denticulata

Polygonaceze—
Polygonum strigosum
subsessile

Leguminosze—

Desmodium rhytidophyllum

Myrtacee—
Eugenia Smith
Rhamnaceze—
Cryptandra ericrfolva

Meliaceze—

Synoum glandulosum
Sapindacee—

Dodoneea triquetra
Leguminosee—

Lotus australis
Umbelliferee—

Siebera Billardiert

FEBRUARY.

Umbelliferee—

Daucus brachiatus

Xanthosia pilosa
Santalaceze—

Exocarpus stricta
Compositee—

Cassinia aurea
Scrophularineee—

Gratiola peruviana
Acanthaces—

EHranthemum variabile
Liliaceee—

Lushiephus Brown
Orchideze—

Spiranthes australis

Marcu.

Santalacese—
Leptomeria acida

Verbenacezee—
Avicennia officinalis

Epacrideze—
Trochocarpa laurina

ON MICRO-ORGANISMS IN TISSUES OF DISEASED
HORSES.

By Dr. Oscar Karz.

Under date March 22nd last, Mr. E. Stanley, Veterinary Surgeon
to the Government of New South Wales, reported on a disease
which broke out among horses in the south-west of this colony,
causing an alarming mortality among them. It would seem as if
the disease was first noticed at Mingary, South Australia, early in
December, 1886, but it is uncertain whether the horses attacked
came from that colony or from New South,Wales. It commenced
to spread through railway contractors’ teams, of which 40 animals
out of 150 succumbed. There was at the time plenty of horse-
labour employed, owing to the construction of a railway from Peters-
burgh (S.A.), to Silverton (N.S.W.), as well as to the extensive
mining industries along the Barrier Ranges, and horse-owners
not knowing anything about the character of the sickness and its
treatment, being also anxious to escape the infected spots, caused
the disorder to invade remote districts on the River Darling, and
to go down to the south as far as Port Pirie. Itis also said to have
been carried by sea to Albany, Western Australia. At Silverton,
a town in one of the silver-mining districts of the Barrier Ranges,
it made its appearance on January 12th, 1887, and it was to this
place that Mr. Stanley went to investigate it.

He describes it as an “‘ epizootic contagious fever,” the conta-
gious matter of which, given off by the diseased through serous
discharges from the body-orifices, principally those of the head,
and through the faeces, is taken up by healthy individuals through
contaminated food (water included). It does not affect other
animals or man, Although resembling, to some extent, certain

568 ON MICRO-ORGANISMS IN TISSUES OF DISEASED HORSES,

horse-diseases known under the terms of ‘epizootic cellulitis,”
“‘ rheumatic influenza,” “pinkeye,” ‘ purpura haemorrhagica,”
“ epizootic pneumonia,” it differs from all of them considerably.

“The disease shows a disturbance of the vascular system, with
alterations in the character of the blood which cause obstructions
in the capillary vessels, followed by haemorrhagic spots, accom-
panied by organic complications, more or less severe.”

The characteristic symptoms are: rapid pulse and breathing, high
body-temperature, highly inflamed eyes, swollen head and limbs,
rapid loss of flesh, associated with great debility.

Mild forms of the fever occur ; convalescence after severe attacks
progresses very slowly. The mortality was about 10 to 15 per
cent. during the inquiry.

About the period of incubation the report says :—‘“ From the
time of exposure to infection, from three days to three weeks ”
(that means to say, as I understand it, from the moment of expo-
sure, which may ina number of cases cover the moment of infection,
till the first symptoms are discovered).

The pathological anatomy is as follows :-—

“‘ Hemorrhagic spots and stellate patches of inflammation are
diffused over both serous and mucous surfaces, effusions of serous
lymph, and adhesive inflammation of the coverings of the lungs,
heart, liver, and spleen ; also serous effusions into cellular tissues
of the limbs and head. In fatal cases, the inflammation is so
intense as to obstruct the circulation ; local mortification is speedily
followed by death.”

Post mortem examinations were made on four cases, with the
following result :—

1. “Coach horse. Putrid lungs.”

2. “Teamster’s hack. Pleuritic inflammation and gelatinous
effusion covering the pericardial sac ; also slight enlargement and
inflammation of the spleen.”

BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 569

3. “ Teamster’s mare, 5 years old. Ill three or four weeks.
The spleen was very much enlarged and honey-combed, with puru-
lent matter, and the lymphatic glands generally inflamed.”

4. “ Hack mare, 3 years old, foal at foot, ill about three weeks,
with a spleen in the same condition.”
“The small intestines in every case were healthy.”

In two (Nos. 3 and 4) out of these cases Mr. Stanley preserved
some pieces of spleen and some lymphatic (mesenteric) glands ;
besides he secured in capillary tubes, which were afterwards closed,
samples of vein-blood, withdrawn from the living animal during
the height of the fever. All these specimens were handed to me
for examination from the Department of Stock, some time ago.
I communicated my report to the Chief Inspector of Stock, but
being of opinion that the subject under notice might be of some
interest to members of this Society, and that a somewhat fuller
account published in its Proceedings, might help in either
identifying the disease as a possibly known one, or recognising it,
if not so, in case it should make its appearance elsewhere, I wish
to say what follows.

The fragments of spleen and the lymphatic glands were—so I
was informed on inquiry—secured immediately after the death of
the patients, and at once transferred to methylated spirits. About
three months having elapsed when I obtained for examination
these specimens, which were pretty well hardened, [ did not think
it necessary to try to cultivate any micro-organisms out of them ;
and I may as well state beforehand that the character of the micro-
organisms found in sections, did not admit of any positive result.
So I proceeded to prepare a series of sections, some time after
having changed the methylated spirits for absolute alcohol.

1 shall speak first of the result of the examination of the
mesenteric glands.

Sufficiently and uniformly stained sections (for instance by
Loeffler’s alkaline methylene blue or by bismarck brown) exhibited

570 ON MICRO-ORGANISMS IN TISSUES OF DISEASED HORSES,

under high powers of the miscroscope, at first glance, two morpho-
logically different forms of bacteria. Their relative number to one
another was not the same in all the preparations made ; in this
section the one, in that section the other was predominant ;
in others again both were nearly equally distributed. Gener-
ally speaking, their numbers were enormous throughout, notably
in the surrounding tissue or capsule of the organs in ques-
tion, where they were packed in dense masses. Jn the interior
of the gland they were found partly detached or in short lines,
partly grouped in small colonies, or forming elongated, straight or
curved tracts, an appearance which would make it probable that

they were located in capillary vessels.

The first of these bacterial forms is very conspicuous by its size
as well as by its behaviour when treated with aniline dyes. It is
a bacillus, about -003--0045 mm. long, (that is on the average
somewhat more than half the diameter of a human red biood-
corpuscle), and about ‘001 mm. wide. It has cylinder-shape,
rounded off at the extremities ; some few specimens show the central
part or that part towards one cf the ends very slightly thickened
or swollen. On being stained and mounted lege artis, the bacilli
offer a most peculiar appearance. There are two portions or
divisions easily distinguishable in them. ‘The one, of from a third
to a half of the length of the entire rods, stands out very promi-
nently by being deeply stained ; it occupies the one end of the
latter, and it is only seldom that this portion is situated some little
distance away from the end part of that half of the rods. The
other portion or division proves to be stained only at its periphery,
and only very faintly. In this way the organisms appear as capitate
rods, yet the width of the chromatophilous heads does not exceed
that of the rods in general. One might also say, these microbes
appear, in the coloured preparations, under the image of a sheath
which contains that intensely coloured portion at one end. This

BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 57

portion cannot be a spore, because it can be stained by the
ordinary aniline dyes within a short time, and without further

trouble.

Noteworthy is that these bacilli retain the colour on being
treated after Gram’s method (solution of aniline water and gentian-
violet ; solution of iodine in iodide of potassium; absol. alcohol). On
being stained with aniline water—gentian-violet, or—fuchsin, and
then transferred to a solution of hydrochloric acid (as used in
staining tubercle-bacilli), they give off the colour again. Double
or contrast stains may easily be obtained. Tolerably fair prepara-
tions were obtained by a dilute solution of gentian-violet, and by
after-staining with picro-lithion-carmine. Far better results,
however, were derived from transferring the sections first to a
solution of picro-lithion-carmine for }-? of an hour, at about
30°C., next, after having been washed a short while in dilute
alcohol, to aniline-gentian-violet (s. above), for half-an-hour at the
same temperature ; hereafter rinsing a little with alcohol, then
allowing Gram’s solution of iodine to act for abcut one minute and
a-half ; absol. alcohol; oil of cloves; Canada balsam.* The micro-
organisms then appear dark blue on a pinkish underground. Equally
satisfactory and very instructive preparations are obtainable by
first colouring the section with aniline-gentian-violet for about ?
of an hour at about 30°C. ; washing a moment in alcohol, then
using the iodine-solution for one minute and a-half; absol. alcohol
until colour is no longer given off; dilute watery solution of eosine
for 1-2 minutes ; mixture of absol. alcohol and oil of cloves ; oil
of cloves; Canada balsam.; After this process the organisms
come out deeply blue, while the tissue-elements (and another form
of bacteria, s. below), assume a handsome pink colour.

*Cf. Biondi, Die pathogenen Micro-organismen des Speichels. Zeitschr.
f. Hygiene. Band II., Heft 2, Leipzig, 1887, p. 201.

+Cf. Biondi, l.e.

572 ON MICRO-ORGANISMS IN TISSUES OF DISEASED HORSES,

Finally, after having stained the sections after Gram (see
above), I have tried successfully a contrast-stain by means
of dilute solutions of vesuvin or bismarck-brown, in which
the sections were kept about one minute. Afterwards I found
the bacilli under consideration again of an intense blue, the
tissue yellowish brown. Among tbe bacilli there were, here and
there, specimens in which that portion showing but a faint colour
reaction, and losing this little of colour by Gram’s method, presents
now a distinct though faint brownish or yellowish tint, in contra-
distinction to the other portion with its inteuse blue colour.

The second form of bacteria are also bacilli of the same length,
but as a rule, of only about one-half to two-thirds of the width of the
former. As regards their outlines and their relation to the tissue,
they behave in much the same way as those, with which they are
either mixed or not. But their protoplasmic contents do not
exhibit that peculiar differentiation into two portions as seen there ;
here and there, it is true, specimens occurred which presented a
granular or fragmentary protoplasmic interior.

Without attempting to utter a definite opinion as to whether
this bacterial form No. II. is a kind by itself, or merely represents
a certain stage in the development of the other, No. L., I surmise
that the latter is the case, seeing that the staining reaction of
Bacillus II. resembles that of part of Bacillus I., and finding also,
on close examination, apparently transition-forms between the two.
In sections which were stained after Gram’s process, and after-
wards by brown colours (see above), I noticed that a great many
bacilli, which otherwise resembled No. I., differed from them by
having the chromatophilous portion less distinct, and now taken
possession of by a brownish colcur.

The question whether these bacteria occurring in the mesenteric
glands, must be regarded as the cause or one of the causes of the
horse-disease at issue, or whether they had made their appearance in
those organs after the appearance of the disease, but during the life

BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 573

of the respective individuals, cannot be definitely settled by what
I was able to ascertain. However, it is not at all impossible, and
I rather incline to that view, that as in typhoid fever, the
occurrence of these micro-organisms in the mesenteric glands
may be interpreted. I do not think it probable for them to be
merely accidental. I want especially to draw attention to the
peculiar morphological features of the bacteria, which I do not
remember to have ever seen in preparations or figures, or noticed
in descriptions.

Sections out of the fragments of spleen, which offered on the
cut-surface a marbled or “ honey-combed” appearance, caused by
greyish-dirty necrotised masses alternating with brownish-red tissue
(as seen in alcohol), yielded no such bacteria as did the mesenteric
glands, but more or less numerous aggregations of another kind.
It consists of streptococci. They readily stain with aniline dyes,
for instance Loeffler’s alkaline methylene-blue. On employing
Gram’s method (s. above), one finds them to remain coloured, and
it isin this way that one procures the finest and most instructive
preparations. In a section thus prepared one sees, at a low amplifica-
cation (for instance of 70 diam.), a number of deep-blue foci amid
the yellowish-grey tissue of the spleen, and irregularly distributed in
the same. In some preparations they were very plentiful, in
others scarce. They are of an irregular, roundish or elongated
shape, in the latter case up to ‘3 mm. long, whereas the smallest
groups measure ‘01 mm. and still less. Under high powers these
groups or foci are found to be made up of aggregations of minute,
about ‘00045 mm. large, isodiametrical cocci (hence they are about
the fourteenth part of the diameter of a human red blood-corpuscle).
As a rule, they form more or less elongated strings or chains,
which are interlaced with one another in different ways. Such
chains are especially distinct at the margins of the aggregations ;
in the interior of the latter, particularly if dense, the micrococci are
often isolated or in two’s. Besides these masses which, as such, can

574 ON MICRO-ORGANISMS IN TISSUES OF DISEASED HORSES,

be rendered visible by low magnifications, one observes in going
over the sections with an immersion-lens, detached chains in large
numbers. They look very delicate, are bent differently, and
embrace in some cases up to 30 links. These do not touch each
other immediately, but are separated from each other by bright

interspaces of about half the diameter of the cocci.

Their occurrence in the spleen extends not only to the necrotic
parts, but also, though apparently less numerous, to the tissue
which still contains well colourable nuclei; in sections stained
with alkaline methylene-blue there were some groups of the
streptococci undoubtedly disintegrated or about to disintegrate.
We are, I think, pretty well justified in assuming that the presence
of these necrotic masses in the spleen is due to the action of the
described micrococci. We have analogies enough of this kind.
But whether or not these micro-organisms are identical with
one of the kinds of streptococci already known as infectious to
man and animals (e. g. Streptococcus pyogenes) is impossible to
decide after the mere morphological appearances of the concerning
micro-organisms. Although the size of the streptococci under treat-
ment is larger than that of the known kinds of infectious strepto-

cocci, yet this criterion cannot be regarded as absolutely decisive.

Finally a few words about the sample of blood alluded to in the
beginning.

This blood had been withdrawn from a living individual while
in the acute stage of the fever, into capillary tubes, which were
afterwards hermetically closed. When I went to examine it for
micro-organisms, it had been in the tubes for about four months.
To the naked eye it appeared as a homogeneous liquid.

One portion of it I stained, and examined it under the microscope
with the result that a moderate number of micrococci were found,

which were arranged in small heaps without forming chains

BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 57

These organisms, being besides a little larger than the strep-
tococci in the spleen, are therefore morphologically different
from the latter.

Another portion of the blood was used for cultivation purposes.
On being transferred on an inclined surface of nutrient gelatine
in test-tubes, it gave rise toa pure culture of micrococci similar to
those in the blood. The cultures grew but slowly, being at the
beginning greyish, then orange, and ultimately assuming a bright
coral-red colour. The cultures did not liquefy the gelatine. They
resembled to some extent, Micrococcus cinnabareus (Fliigge, Micro-
organismen, Leipzig, 1886, p. 174), and had, so to say, not the look
of beinginfectious. Still I inoculated with such gelatine-cultures
of the first, second, and third generations, six house-mice subcutane-
ously, of which four died, one of them after somewhat less than
twenty-four hours, one within 30-44 hours, the third after forty-five
hours, andthe fourth after ten days. I doubt whether the inoculated
culture had anything to do with the death of this latter animal.
With some heart-blood of the first-mentioned mouse, which died
in less than twenty-four hours, another mouse was infected ; it died
after about twenty-four hours. In this way I continued to inoculate
from mouse to mouse in two other cases ; death each time ensued
after about the same time (twenty-four hours). Want of mice
caused me to interrupt those experiments. There were no
characteristic or constant pathological changes noticeable in the
organs of the dead animals. A microscopic examination of, and
cultivation experiments with, blood and sap of organs yielded
negative results. The inoculated micrococci were never found
there ; however from the place of inoculation these micro-organisms
were obtained. According to this result, no infection had taken
place in the mice experimented upon, and the fatal results with
most of them must be considered due to some toxic substance or
substances elaborated by the multiplying organisms. These, then,
are not infectious, at least not for mice; no doubt they were

37

576 ON MICRO-ORGANISMS IN TISSUES OF DISEASED HORSES.

derived from germs which, as contamination, found their way into
the capillary tubes, somehow or other, when the sample of blood
was collected. Here they grew for some time till the supply of
oxygen present was exhausted. It is remarkable that they
revived, after four months’ imprisonment in the hermetically sealed
tubes, on being transferred on to fresh nutrient material. I may
mention, without any further going into details of the behaviour
of this kind of micrococcus, that, when some of the original
blood containing it, was uniformly distributed in liquefied gelatine
(1‘5 p.c. grape sugar in it), which was then solidified, colonies
made their appearance only at the gelatine-surface, and a little
below it ; but here they remained insignificant. Thus this pigment-
producing microbe furnishes another example of exclusively aérobic
bacteria.

OBSERVATIONS ON THE EARLY STAGES IN THE
DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMU (DROMAZUS NOV E-
HOLLANDI.)

By Wiuuiam A. Haswett, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.8., Lecturer on

ZooLoGy AND COMPARATIVE ANATOMY, UNIVERSITY OF SYDNEY.
(PLATES VIII.-XV.)

The number of works and papers on the development of birds
is so great that an apology would almost seem to be required for
adding one more to the list. But while the common fowl, pigeon,
sparrow, thrush, nightingale, red-breast, canary, tit, lapwing,
thick-knee, plover, duck, goose, tern, sea-gull, and some others
have been dealt with as regards their embryology in whole or in
part, there are no recorded observations on the development of any
member of the great Ratite or Struthioid sub-class; and I have
therefore thought it worth while to place on record the results of
a study of the early development of the Emu, on which I have
been engaged during the last few months.

In what follows there may seem to be a little which may be
regarded as a threshing-out anew of a well-threshed subject ; but
when it is considered how wide is the diversity of opinion even at
the present time among embryologists as to the significance of
certain of the facts of avian embryology, it may be acknowledged
that the reconsideration of certain of these in the case of a type
so widely removed from those ordinarily studied may be of some
value.

I have to acknowledge here my great indebtedness to my friends
Dr. R. L. Faithfull, of Lyons Terrace, Sydney, and Dr. Eric
S. Sinclair of Gladesville Asylum, to whose kindness I owe my
supply of material for this research.

578 ON THE EARLY STAGES IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMU,

Tt will be superfluous to preface the account of these observations.
with any general resumé of previous investigations and theories on
avian embryology. This has been done with sufficient thoroughness
from different standpoints by Kolliker, Balfour, Wolff, Koller,
Duval, and others ; and I shall merely allude in their place to such
points in the literature of the subject as are suggested by these.

observations on the emu.

For comparison I have used only the common fowl; and for
the most part the methods employed were the methods of treat-
ment and preparation followed in the study of that bird*, with
such modifications as were rendered necessary by the larger size
and different consistency of the yolk. The eggs of the emv were
incubated at a temperature of from 35° to 40°C. Under this
treatment there was a very considerable range of variation in the
stage to which a given period of incubation would bring different
eggs ; but there were in one of the two sets of eggs at my disposal
no indications of any abnormalities, and there is every reason to
believe that the temperature employed was about the natural one.
The period of incubation of the emu is three months, as contrasted
with the four weeks of the fowl, and the time which elapses
before any one of the principal events of the development takes
place in the former is nearly a corresponding multiple of the time
which elapses in the case of the chick.

An average egg of the emu is twenty-one ounces in weight,
and measures rather over four inches in length by three and a
half in breadth. Of these about forty may be laid in a season ;
when about fifteen have been laid the male bird proceeds to
incubate them, and perseveres in this duty until the first set of
young ones are hatched, when he is succeeded by the female bird,
which has now for some time ceased laying.

* See particularly Dr. C. O. Whitman’s admirable ‘‘ Methods of
Research in Comparative Anatomy and Embryology,” and the introductory
part of the memoir by Duval, quoted below (XIL,).

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., D.SC. 579

The various parts of the egg have precisely the same relations as
in the fowl; the white is rather less in proportion to the yolk ; but
there is no other difference of importance. The yolk is about seven
and a-half centimetres in its long, and seven in its short diameter;
the long axis coincides with that of the egg ; and usually there are
discernible a broad end and a narrow end corresponding with the
broad and narrow ends of the egg itself.

The embryo was usually found to lie with its long axis at
right angles with the long axis of the yolk and of the egg ;
but not unfrequently the position was oblique, though never
longitudinal.

The unincubated blastoderm was of nearly the same size and
appearance as in the fowl, and was not made the subject of special
examination. In eggs incubated for from about forty-seven to fifty
hours the entire blastoderm was about a centimetre in diameter ;
the area pellucida was two millimetres in diameter, and with a
dark patch, the ‘embryonic shield,’ in the middle.

A blastoderm of fifty-one hours was the earliest of which a
thorough study was made. ‘The entire blastoderm was a centi-
metre in breadth and the area pellucida three millimetres in its
greatest diameter. The area pellucida presented two regions—an
anterior which was rounded and rather broader than long, and a
posterior, which had the appearance of a very short and narrow
bay of the anterior part. This posterior bay (the ‘Zuwachsstiick’
of His) is the commencement of the primitive-streak region, and
presents an indistinct dark axial band which is the commencement
of the primitive streak. In no part was there a trace of a primitive
groove. When examined in sections this blastoderm was found to
consist throughout of only two completed layers—an upper and
a lower. In the anterior larger part of the area pellucida these are
separated throughout by a well-marked interval. In the posterior
bay they are confluent along the middle line—forming the
primitive streak. A little distance in front of the anterior end of
the primitive streak the lower layer presents in the middle a slight
thickening of no great extent. This is the earliest rudiment of

580 ON THE EARLY STAGES IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMU,

the so-called ‘ head-process’ (Kopftortsatz) of the primitive streak,
the significance of which will be discussed later on. It begins
very gradually in front and passes behind without interruption
into the primitive streak. In this ‘head process’ as well as in the
region of the primitive streak (plate XII. fig. 9) the lower layer
presents below, here and there, a flattened cell. These flattened
cells are very far at this stage from forming a complete layer in
this part of the blastoderm ; but there can be no doubt that they
are the first-formed elements of the definitive hypoblast produced
by modification of some of the lower-layer cells. In the middle
of the primitive-streak region those cells are more numerous, and
for a short distance form a complete layer ; but not even there are
they separable from the rest of the lower layer except by their shape.
The two lateral halves of the primitive streak are completely
coalescent, there being at no point any indication of the “suture ”’
or of the canals which are to be seen at a later stage. The primi-
tive streak is continued backwards for some little distance over
the area opaca as a thickening of the epiblast. It is noteworthy
that there is no appearance of a ‘sickle’, which if it existed as in
the chick and some other carinate birds, would be recognisable in
this series of sections.

Ina specimen which had been incubated for seventy hours, in which
the entire blastoderm was about two centimetres in diameter, the
area pellucida (plate VIII, fig. 1), four or five millimetres in length,
had attained a shape very unlike that which it presents at this
period in the fowl. It consisted, as in the previous stage, of two
parts—an anterior part, which was nearly circular, and a
posterior part, which had the form of a narrow prolongation of
the anterior part. This posterior prolongation is now of con-
siderable length. On its surface, and extending forwards towards
the centre of the rounded part of the area pellucida, was the
primitive streak, having running along its axis a well-developed
primitive groove, which became lost behind on the inner margin
of the area opaca. The primitive streak ended in front in a not

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., D.SC. 58t

very well-defined border, in front of which is a transverse dark
space with a convex anterior border and shading off behind into
the primitive streak proper.

In the anterior part of the area pellucida of this specimen, as
seen in sections, there are only two layers—epiblast and lower
layer. The cells of the latter have not here yet taken on their
flattened form, but are irregular and amoeboid, many of them
thickly loaded with granules, arranged in a single layer. The
epiblast consists in the middle of several layers of cells containing
in many instances large granules: at the sides it consists of a
single layer. The mesoblast has not yet extended into this
region, As we pass backwards the cells of the lower layer
gradually lose their amoeboid character and become more
flattened, though still irregular in shape—the change in their
form beginning in the middle line.

The ‘“head-process” (plate XIT., fig. 10) is now larger than in
the preceding stage, and its cells have assumed an irregular,
sometimes stellate, form; here and there, as before, there is a
flattened cell foreshadowing the hypoblast, but the majority of the
cells are manifestly assuming the form of stellate mesoblast cells.
Behind, as in the last stage, the head-process passes without
interruption into the axial plate. In the primitive streak itself
(plate XIL, figs. 11 and 12) there is the usual axialrplate continuous
with the surface epiblast, its lateral wings extending outwards
between the epiblast and the hypoblast, which latter has now in
this region become developed into a continuous layer of somewhat
flattened cells. The mesoblast extends outwards far beyond the
termination of the hypoblast in the germinal wall.

In the hinder part of the primitive streak region (fig. 13) there
is below the primitive groove what appears like an imperfectly
united longitudinal cleft or suture in the axial plate. The hypo-
blast below this is continuous across the middle line, but in the
centre, just below the “suture,” the ordinary hypoblast cells are
replaced by a large cell filled with coarse granules. Though this
is a fresh formation since the last stage, we have here an

582 ON THE EARLY STAGES IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMU,

indication of the lips of the anterior part of the blastopore, the
connection of which with the marginal portion has long been lost.

Below the blastoderm proper in this specimen are a number of
large cells (n, figs. 10-12) mostly of rounded form, filled with large
granules. These are present also in the last stage, but not so
definitely arranged. In the blastoderm now being described they
become very numerous below the head-process, where they form a
broad axial band. A few of them are to be observed in the sub-
stance of the lower layer itself. In the primitive-streak region
they are arranged for the most part in a double row, one running
along below each lateral limit of the developing mesoblast. These
are evidently the bodies termed formative cells by Balfour,
globules of Ecker by Duval. They have been found to be derived
from segmentation nuclei which appear on the floor of the seg-
mentation cavity. It would seem probable from their arrangement
as above described that their special function is the conveyance of
nutriment directly or through the cells of the hypoblast to the
developing mesoblast. At a stage when the mesoblast is well
established they are no longer traceable.

Blastoderms resembling that above described, were obtained
several times ; with slight variations in minor points all presented
the peculiar narrow posterior prolongation of the area pellucida
forming the primitive streak region.

In a specimen incubated for sixty-six hours (plate VIII, fig. 2,,
the posterior prolongation was broader and less strongly marked off
from the rest of the area pellucida ; the head-process had a more
definite outline, and there was a semicircular groove which marked
the position of the anterior boundary of the future medullary
plate. On examining this blastoderm in a series of transverse
sections, it is found that the head-process is much larger than in
the preceding stage. It begins very gradually in front as a
proliferation of lower-layer cells; but attains a considerable
thickness behind. In front there is no hypoblast distinguishable
in it ; but behind a hypoblastic layer becomes more evident, though
not sharply marked off in any part. Behind, the head-process

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., D.SC. 583

passes without interruption into the axial plate. and here a well-
formed hypoblast becomes first clearly marked off. In the region
in front of the primitive streak and behind the crescentic groove—
the region that is of the future medullary plate—the epiblast is
thicker than in the surrounding parts of the blastoderm, and its
cells have amore regular form, The suture in the primitive streak
referred to above, has now altogether disappeared, and the two
halves are closely united throughout their length.

A study of the three stages which have been described, renders
it evident that the primitive streak cannot grow forwards from
the posterior border of the area pellucida, as it is generally
described as doing; but that it is formed from before backwards
simultaneously with an extension backwards in the form of a
narrow bay, of the area pellucida. Thesub-germinal cavity, that
is to say, sends an axial bay backwards, the posterior part of the
germinal wall bends backwards at the same time along the border
of this bay, and there is thus formed a narrow posterior prolonga-
tion of the area pellucida, on the surface of which the primitive
streak appears. Its first rudiment is apparently an axial thickening
of the upper layer on the region of the area opaca which is to be
converted into this bay ; and as the bay extends back the lower
layer also thickens, the two thickenings uniting. The area pellucida
has meantime been extending itself by growth in all directions,
with the result that the anterior end of the primitive streak comes
to be situated not far behind the middle of the anterior circular
part of the area pellucida. That there is, however, a certain
forward growth of the anterior end of the streak after it has
become formed, seems probable when we compare figures | and 2
in plate ; it is, however, of much less extent in the emu than in °
the fowl.

The accompanying woodcuts are designed to illustrate the history
of the formation of the primitive streak in the emu. Only a part
of this history is traceable in the ontogeny of the individual, and
much less than at the outset I had hoped to find,—little more in
fact than in the chick, save that the mode of growth of the

584 ON THE EARLY STAGES IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMU,

primitive streak region is more readily traceable in the emu, and
that the relations of the primitive streak are not complicated by
the formation of a sickle or of a sickle-groove. The earliest stages in.
the development of the blastoderm I assume to be similar to those of
the embryos of carinate birds as described by Duval.* Fig. 1

represents a blastoderm of a stage in which the continuity of
upper and lower layers (represented by the thickened line 0/) has
become restricted to the posterior border. Fig. 2 represents
diagrammatically the infolding of this border by reason of the

* XII. p. 100; &e.

BY WILLIAM A, HASWELL, M.A., D.SC. 585

rapid extension of the blastoderm in all directions. In fig. 3 the
two halves of this border have come together to form the axis of
the primitive streak. This stage, in which the lateral halves of
the primitive streak, meeting along the middle line in a sort of
suture, run from the posterior border of the area pellucida to that
of the area opaca, has not been observed, and possibly does not
occur in the ontogeny of any bird. In figure 4 the area pellu-
cida is represented as beginning to send backwards a narrow pro-
longation, on the surface of which the primitive streak becomes
revealed. The posterior part of the suture, z¢., that part which
traverses the area opaca, is not represented in the emu, so far as
I have been able to ascertain, even by a posterior notch such as
is not rare in the fowl* ; the primitive streak would appear in
fact (in the history of the individual) to be formed on the surface
of the area pellucida as the latter extends backwards, and to be
only foreshadowed in the area opaca by a median thickening of
the upper layer, which does not extend far back. The re-
maining two figures are intended to illustrate the manner in
which, as pointed out by Duval, the anterior end of the primitive
streak comes in its later stages to be situated so far forwards
simply by the considerable extension of the area pellucida on
all sides.

The ‘ head-process,’ to which repeated allusion has already been
made, has been, as regards its relations in the chick, the subject
of some discussion. By Kollikery it is described as being a
prolongation forwards from the anterior end of the primitive
streak ; and, in accordance with his view of the origin of the primi-
tive streak, he regards it as derived from the epiblast ; he is of
opinion that it probably gives rise to the whole of the head.

Gerlach{ describes it as a thickening of the endoderm, and
as separated from the cells of the primitive streak behind by an

* Whitman describes (XXXII) an abnormal blastoderm of the chick in
which this line of coalescence is represented on the area opaca by a con-
tinuation backwards of the primitive groove to the posterior border.

+ XXIV., p. 107.
+ XVL, p. 45.

586 ON THE EARLY STAGES IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMU,

oblique cleft, There is no trace of any such break in any of my
series of sections ; the axial plate in fact is completely continuous
with the head-process. It is very difficult, however, to say
whether or not the thickening constituting the ‘head-process’ is
brought about by an invasion of cells from the primitive streak.
The former (which is more correctly described as medullary plate
of lower layer) is continuous with the latter by a process of cells,
but whether cells travel forwards through this process and add to
the thickness is hardly capable of being decided, It seems proba-
ble that the ‘head-process’ is merely the continuation forwards
for a short distance of that axial thickening of the lower layer,
which, as above described, accompanies the formation of the
primitive streak, and, except that it does not coalesce with the
epiblast, the history of the lower layer is the same here as further
back ; a layer of flattened hypoblast is derived from the lowest of
its cells, and the rest is converted into mesoblast.

It may be useful to sum up here the history of the formation of
the mesoblast in the emu. When the primitive streak is first
formed there are only two layers in the blastoderm. These two
layers—upper and lower—both become thickened along the axial
line of the area pellucida in its posterior prolongation, and there’
coalesce-—the coalescence plus the thickenings constituting the
primitivestreak. Thethickening of the lower layer extends forwards
a short distance in front of the anterior end of the primitive streak
to constitute the ‘head-process.” The lowermost cells of the
lower layer about the time of the first appearance of the primitive
streak begin to be differentiated into a series of flattened cells
which afterwards unite to form a continuous layer of cells—the
hypoblast. This becomes a complete layer much later in the
region of the ‘head-process’ than in the region of the primitive
streak. In the lateral parts of the area pellucida, where the
lower layer is thin, its cells become entirely converted into the
single layer of hypoblast cells. In the middle the cells which
remain after the hypoblast has become formed go to form the
earliest rudiment of the mesoblast; the hypoblast becomes
separated from this rudimentary mesoblast, and the latter from

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., D.SC. 587

its close connection with the epiblast has the appcaranee,
especially after the primitive groove has become formed, of being
an outgrowth from an involution of the epiblast. The mesoblastic
plates are formed by outgrowth from this primitive mesoblast of
the primitive streak extending outwards between the epiblast and
the hypoblast. The union of the primitive mesoblast with the
epiblast in the axial line of the primitive streak being complete, it
is very difficult to say that the epiblast has no share in the growth
of the lateral plates ; probably the union exerts some influence on
the activity of the primitive mesoblast cells ; but I think we may
safely say in view of the facts adduced above, that the foundation
of the mesoblast of the whole embryo is laid by the cells of the
lower layer, and that no part of it up to this point is formed
directly from the epiblast.

The above account of the formation of the mesoblast in the
emu is in substance the same, so far as I can ascertain at second-
hand from Koller’s summary*, as that put forward by His
for the fowl. It is the view also maintained by Raubery,
by Disset, and by Duvalf. On the other hand Kolliker||
regards the mesoblast as formed by ingrowth from the epiblast
along the line of the primitive streak. Gerlach 4] also describes
the mesoblast as of epiblastic origin, and also Koller, who,
however, regards the participation of the hypoblast as probable,
but not certainly ascertained. Balfour** maintains that part of
the mesoblast of the primitive-streak region is derived from the

epiblast.

In connection with this subject it has to be noted that the chick
as described by Balfour and others, differs from the emu, in that

* XXII. p. 202

+ XXVIII.
clo. 86:

§ XII. p. 115.

|| XXIV. p. 93, &e.
ol) 2a

Fe MT

588 ON THE EARLY STAGES IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMU,

in the former the hypoblast is present as a distinct layer in the
hinder part of the area pellucida before the formation of the
primitive streak, and it is this, apparently, that has given rise to
the view so widely maintained that the mesoblast in the region of
the primitive streak is mainly derived from the epiblast, or that
the whole mesoblast is so derived.

During the ensuing few hours the blastoderm increases rapidly
in size, its diameter nearly doubling itself in a comparatively short
time ; the area pellucida, however, does not increase in dimensions
in the same proportion. In a specimen which had been incubated
for seventy-eight hours, the area-pellucida (plate IX., fig. 3) was
still only about four millimetres in length. A little in front of
the middle is a rounded elevation, the head elevation, which slopes
away gradually behind, but in front is circumscribed by a well-
defined strongly convex border—the border of the head-fold.
Running along the axis of this elevation is a narrow and deep
fissure, which reaches from close to the convex anterior border to
about the middle of the area pellucida, ending apparently abruptly
at both ends. This fissure—the medullary groove—is bounded by
a pair of low rounded medullary folds which decrease in height
gradually behind. <A little distance behind its posterior end is the
beginning of a second longitudinal fissure, the primitive groove,
which appears to begin in front in a slight enlargement, but loses
itself insensibly behind.

In the region in front of the head-fold the blastoderm still
consists only of two layers of cells—the epiblast and a single layer
of irregular amceboid cells—the mesoblast not appearing in this
region till somewhat later. Immediately in front of the head-fold
the hypoblast takes on its definite flattened character, and in the
head-fold itself the mesoblast makes its appearance and extends a
considerable distance outwards. The head-fold has been carried
sufficiently far back to have resulted in the formation of a short
rudiment of the fore-gut (plate XITI. figs. 15-17.). The notochord is
distinguishable through a few sections only (plate XIII. fig. 18) as
a median rounded group of cells, having exactly the character of

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., D.SC. 589

the mesoblast cells of the lateral plate. Without examining series
of sections of a somewhat earlier stage than this it would be im-
possible to say positively that the notochord does not here arise
from the hypoblast, but from the mesoblastic portion of the lower
layer after the hypoblast has become separated from it as a definite
layer of flattened cells : yet the similarity in character between the
cells constituting this early rudiment of the notochord, together
with the special character of the hypoblast cells and the absence
of any transition forms between the two, would seem to strongly
favour such a supposition.

There is no demarcation in the series of sections between
the medullary groove and the primitive groove—the one
passing insensibly into the other (plate XIV. fig. 19.). Where the
axial groove becomes shallower behind the head-swelling the
axial part of the mesoblast becomes continuous with the epiblast
at the bottom of the groove and with the hypoblast below ;
and this coalescence of the three layers alone marks the passage
from the embryonic region to the region of the primitive streak
(fig. 20.). At its posterior end the primitive streak is elevated in
the form of a ridge along the middle of the anterior part of which
runs the primitive groove. In this region there are still only two
layers—upper and lower.

In the next stage examined (plate IX. fig. 4) (in which, however,
incubation had only gone on for 69 hours) the blastoderm was
about five centimetres in diameter, the head-fold had become con-
siderably further advanced, the medullary groove had become
greatly increased in length, and the medullary folds much more
prominent, though they had not yet begun to unite, and were
only closely approximated in the cephalic region. There are five
pairs of protovertebre. At this stage there is no appearance of a
neurenteric canal; the notochord passes directly behind into the
substance of the axial plate, which is still of considerable extent.
There is no mesoblast in the region in front of the head. The
head-folds of the splanchnopleure have become united in the
region of the head to form a short fore-gut. In the diverging
splanchnopleure folds there is yet no rudiment of the heart.

590 ON THE EARLY STAGES IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMU,

A comparison of this blastoderm with the preceding one, and a
comparison of corresponding stages in the fowl will show that the
notochord extends backwards much more rapidly than the whole
embryonic region plus the primitive-streak region increases in
size. This it can only do at the expense of the cells of the axial
plate, with which it is continuous behind. Since, however, the
notochord is never found to extend backwards in this axial plate,
it follows that as the former grows backwards the cells of the
latter become detached from the epiblast and spread out, so as to
resemble in their arrangement the mesoblast cells in front of them.
There is in this way a progressive separation from before back-
wards of the deeper part of the axial plate from a surface layer of
epiblast. Thus, in a sense, the primitive streak takes part in the
formation of the hinder part of the embryo, becoming at the same
time gradually reduced, till it occupies at last only an extremely
small space at the posterior end of the embryo. In this manner
the anterior part of the primitive streak becomes the pos-
terior part of the medullary plate, and _ the primitive
groove in its anterior part is not separate from the medul-
lary groove, and really becomes converted into the posterior
part of the latter. This will account for the great length of the
primitive streak ; it does not entirely represent the coalesced lips
of the blastopore, but the anterior part is the foundation of the
embryonic area.

This is substantially the same as Killiker’s* account of the
origin and history of the notochord and the destiny of the primi-
tive streak in the chick; and Braun; gives a similar account
for the Melopsittacus. It is not, however, that given by the
majority of embryologists, who differ greatly not only as to the
mode of formation of the chorda, but as to its subsequent mode
of growth, and the share which the primitive streak has in further
development. }

*) XX:

Lok,

+ See the memoirs of Balfour, Hoffmann, and Gerlach cited below. For

a summary of opinions as to the part taken by the primitive streak in the
formation of the embryo, see Kolliker, XXIV, pp. 184-138.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., D.SC. 591

In the next stage observed, the head has become distinctly folded
off, there is a rudiment of the tail-fold, and there are two pairs of
protovertebre ; the anterior or cephalic fold of the amnion is
rising up around the head, and the caudal fold is distinguishable,
though not prominent. The neural canal is closed throughout
except avery small portion at the posterior end; the cerebral
vesicle presents no trace of subdivision, and the medullary canal
is not prolonged backwards as it is at a subsequent stage.

The next stage (plate X, fig. 5) was from an egg which had been
incubated for sixty-five hours. The whole blastoderm was seven
and a half centimetres in diameter. The medullary canal was
closed throughout, the primary vesicles of the brain distinguish-
able, with rudiments of the optic vesicles and a commencing
division of the hind-brain into two.

In an embryo of ninety-four hours, which corresponds very
closely with a thirty-six hours’ chick, there are sixteen pairs of
protovertebre and the primary vesicles of the brain are distinguish-
able ; the heart has the form of an S-shaped tube, and “ blood-
islands” have begun to make their appearance on the future vascular
area. The medullary canal is nearly completely closed ; behind
(plate X. fig. 6) it is continued backwards in the form of a pear-
shaped structure—the remains of the primitive streak, such as is
often to be seen in a corresponding stage in the chick. At this
point, as is seen from sections, the notochord terminates by
becoming merged in what remains of the primitive streak ; the
hinder end of the medullary canal sends a short prolongation
downwards into the mass of cells constituting the remains of the
primitive streak, but this downward prolongation is short and ends
blindly below. It is the only representative of the newrenteric
canal found at a later stage. Behind it the three layers are all
united in the middle line for a short distance.

There is still only a very thin layer of mesoblast in the region
in front of the head. The fore-brain presents the merest rudiments

38

592 ON THE EARLY STAGES IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMU,

of optic lobes, and its ventral wall is still incompletely united
along the middle line. The intermediate cell mass is very clearly
distinguishable, but there is as yet no indication of the Wolffian
duct. The notochord is continuous behind with the floor of the
medullary canal; at this point it is continuous with the hypoblast
at the sides.

In an egg which had been incubated for a hundred and eighteen
hours, the blastoderm was found to be about seven and a half centi-
metres in diameter; the vascular area, still without developed blood-
vessels, was eight millimetres in length, thus being smaller than the
last. There were nineteen protovertebree. The heart and splanchno-
pleure folds were not further advanced in development ; the optic
lobes had just begun to bud out, and the amnion invested the
whole head end of the embryo. The neurenteric canal is not yet
distinguishable, From the hinder end of the medullary canal
(plate X. fig 7) there leads backwards a narrow passage which
opens on the surface by a rounded opening close to the posterior
termination of the area pellucida. In front of the opening are
two unsymmetrical rounded lobes. Just behind the posterior end
of the notochord there is a complete continuity between the three
germinal layers.

In an embryo of a hundred and fifteen hours (plate XI. fig. 8) the
blastoderm was found to have spread over about a third of the
yolk ; the vascular area, which was twelve millimetres in length,
was marked with numerous ‘blood-islands’; the area pellucida
was 7mm. ; there were twenty-four pairs of protovertebree, and
the cranial flexure was beginning to be distinct ; the optic vesicles
were prominent, and the head of the embryo was beginning to be
turned, so as to lie on the left side.

The posterior end of the neural axis exhibited very nearly the same
general appearance as in the preceding stage, but the pear-shaped
vesicle terminated more abruptly behind. Some little distance in

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., D.SC. 593

front of this there is a very distinct neurenteric canal, which is
readily discernible when the embryo is looked at from the ventral
aspect. In front of it, where the notochord ends posteriorly, there is
a complete continuity of epiblast, mesoblast, and hypoblast, and
the notochord is continuous with the hypoblast.

Ag will be seen from the series of sections figured (plate XIV.
figs. 21-23), the passage is a very direct and open one, leading
from the posterior end of the completely closed neural canal
behind the extremity of the notochord (n. ch.) into the enteric
cavity. The wall of the passage has the same structure as that
of the neural canal, but the passage cannot be regarded as strictly
a bending downwards of the posterior end of the neural canal, the
latter being continued backwards behind it, though only for a
very short distance. At this stage the notochord has become
separated from the mesial thickening of the primitive streak, with
which it was at first continuous, by the intervention of the neuren-
teric canal, and its posterior end appears as a thickening of the
hypoblast. Tt remains separate from the floor of the medullary
canal, in front of the neurenteric passage, though it may be said

to pass into it round the sides of the latter.

An embryo of a hundred and twenty-one hours, though in-
cubated for three hours longer than that just described, had
apparently scarcely attained the same stage of development, since
the posterior end of the medullary axis presented exactly the same
appearance as in the case of the embryo of a hundred and fifteen
hours ; and there was an evident, though very narrow, neurenteric
canal,

The neurenteric canal above described is the equivalent of that
first described by Gasser in the goose, and subsequently noticed by
Balfour and by Hoffmann in the chick, of the first (more anterior)
of those described by. Braun in the duck and the wagtail, and of
the one described by the same author in the pigeon and fowl and
in Melopsittacus undulatus.

594 ON THE EARLY STAGES IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMU,

The only later stage examined was an embryo of seven days,
which had attained to about the same grade of development as a
60 hours’ chick, with well developed vascular area, heart bent
upon itself, visceral arches and clefts, cranial flexure well marked,
lens-involution still connected with the epiblast, auditory sac still
opening on the exterior, and with the amnion completely covering
the whole surface with the exception of a small key-hole-shaped

aperture above the posterior end of the medullary canal.

In this specimen (plate XV, figs. 24-28) there is in the caudal
region, just behind the posterior end of the notochord a passage
(neurenteric canal) from the hinder end of the medullary canal to
the hind gut. This corresponds in position to the neurenteric
canal already described at a much earlier stage ; but whether it is
the same canal ora fresh formation is uncertain. It is the equivalent
seemingly of a canal which has sometimes been observed in the
fowl in the middle of the third day of incubation.*

LITERATURE.*+

I.—Batrour, F. M. A Treatise on Comparative Embryology.
II.—Batrour, F. M., anp Foster, M. Elements of Embryology.

TIIl.—Batrour, F. M., ano F. Detcutron. A renewed Study of the
Germinal Layers of the Chick. Quart. Journ. Micro. Sci.
XXIL., 1882, and Studies from the Morph. Lab. of Cambridge
University ; and Works, Memorial Edition, Vol. I., p. 854.

IV.—Batrour, F. M. The Development and Growth of the Layers
ofthe Blastoderm. Q. J. Micro. Sci. X1I., 1873; and Works,
Memorial Edition, Vol. I., p. 29.

* Rauber, X XIX. p. 147.

+ This is not intended asa complete bibliography, including as it does only such works
and papers bearing on the subject as ] have been able to consult. In agood many instances
in which the publications are not represented in Sydney Libraries, I have gained a general
knowledge of their contents from the abstracts in the ‘ Zoologischer Jahresbericht,’ and as I
have had to refer to these, I have entered them, adding the number of the volume of the
‘Jahresbericht’ in parenthesis.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., D SC. 595

V.—Batrour, F. M. On the Disappearance of the Primitive Groove
in the Embryo Chick. Q. J. Micro. Sci. XIIL, 1873; and
Works, Memorial Edition, Vol. I., p. 41.

VI.—Batrour, F. M. A Comparison of the Early Stages in the
Development of Vertebrates. Q. J. Micro. Sci. XV., 1875;
and Works, Memorial Edition, Vol. I., p. 112.

VII.—Batrour, F. M. On the Early Development of the Lacertilia,
together with some Observations on the nature and relations
of the primitive streak. Q. J. Micro. Sci. XIX., 1879, and
Works, Memorial Edition, Vol. I., p. 644.

YIII.—Bettonct, G. Blastoporo e linea primitiva dei Vertebrati. Atti
Accad, Linc. Mem. (3). Vol. 19. [Abstract in Zool. Jahresber.,
1884, IV.]

IX.—Braun, M. Aus der Entwickelungsgeschichte der Papageien.
Bericht d. 52 Vers. deutsch. Naturf. u. Artze zu Baden-Baden
(1879), and Verh. Phys. Med. Ges. Wiirzburg, 14 Bd. (1880).
[Abstracts in Zool. Jahresb., 1879, II., and 1880, IV.]

X.—Braun, M. Die Entwickelung des Wellenpapageies (Melop-
sittacus undulatus). Arbeit. a. d. Zool.-Zoot, Institut zu
Wiirzburg, V. [Abstracts in Zool. Jahresb., 1879, II., and
1881, IV].

XI.—Dissz, J. Die Entwickelung des mittleren Keimblattes im
Huhnerei. Arch. f. mikr. Anat. XV. (1878).

XII.—Dovat, M. De la formation du blastoderme dans I’ ceuf

d’ Oiseaux. Ann. des Sciences Nat. Zool. (6me série), tome 18
(1884).

XIII.—Dovvat, M. Etude sur la ligne primitive de l embryon du
poulet. Ann. Sci. Nat. VII. (1879).

XIV.—GassEr, R. Der Parablast u. der Keimwall der Vogelkeim-
scheibe. Sitz. Ber. Nat. Ges. Marburg, Nr. 4. [Abstract in
Zool. Jahresber., 1883, IV., p. 136].

XV.—GassER, E. Beitriige zur Kenntnis der Vogelkeimscheibe.
Arch. f, Anat. u. Phys. 1882. Anat. Abth. 4/6 Heft, p.
309-398. [Abstract in Zool. Jahresber., 1882, IV.]

XVI.—Geruacu, L. Die entodermale Enstehungsweise der Chorda
dorsalis beim Hiihnchen. Biol. Centralbl. I. Nr. 1, pp, 21-25
and Nr. 2, pp. 38-49.

596 ON THE EARLY STAGES IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMU,

XVII.—Goetrte, A. Beitriige zur Entwick. der Wirbelthiere, II. Die
Bildung der Keimblitter und des Blutes im Hiihnerei. Arch. f.
mikr. Anat. X. (1874).

XVITI.—HEnsen, V. Embryologische Mittheilungen. Arch. f: mikr,
Anat. IIT. (1867).

XIX.—Horrmann, C. K. Ueber die Entwickelungsgeschichte der
Chorda dorsalis. Festschrift fiir Henle. [Abstract in Zool,
Jahresber., 1882, IV].

XX.—Horrmann, C. K. Die Bildung des Mesoderms, die Anlage der
Chorda dorsalis und die Entwickelung des Canalis neurenteri-
cus bei Vogelembryonen. Verh. Akad. Amsterdam, Deel 23.
[Abstract in Zool. Jahresber., 1883, IV., p. 137].

XXI.—Javosix, J. Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Keimwulstes bei Vogeln.
Sitzungsber. Wien. Acad. 84 Bd., 3 Abth. [Abstract in Zool.
Jahresber., 1882, IV].

XXII.—Kottsrr, C. Untersuchungen iib. d. Blitterbildung im Hiihner-
keim. Arch. fiir mikr. Anat. XX. (1882).

XXII1.—Koutrr, C. Beitrige zur Kenntniss des Hiihnerkeims im
Beginn der Bebriitung. Sitzber. d. Wien. Akad. d. Wissensch.
1879. [Abstract in Zool. Jahresber., 1880, IV].

XXIV.—K6.iikeEr, A. Entwickelungsgeschichte des Menschen und der
hodheren Thiere. Leipzig, 1879.

XXV.—Kuprrer, K. Die Gastrulation an den meroblastichen Hiern
der Wirbelthiere und die Bedeutung des Primitivstreifens.
Arch. f. Anat.u. Phys. 1882, Anat. Abth 2/3 Heft. [ Abstract in
Zool. Jahresber., 1882, IV].

XXVI.—Kurrrer, K. Die Entstehung d. Allantois u. d. Gastrula d.
Wirbelthiere. Zool. Anz., IL. (1879).

XXVII.—Ox.Liacuer, J. Beitriige zur Geschichte des Keimblischens im
Wirbelthierei. Archiv f. mikr. Anat. VIII.

XXVIII.—Rauvpser, A. Primitivrinneu. Urmund. Morph. Jahrb. v. Gegen-
baur, II. (1876).

XXIX.-—Ravser, A. Noch ein Blastoporus. Zool. Anz. VI., pp. 143-
147, 163-167.

XXX.—Ravser, A. Die Lage der Keimpforte. Zool. Anz. II. (1879).

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., D.SC. 597

XXXI.—Spoor, A. R. Beitriige zur Embryologie u. vergleichenden Ana-

tomie der Kloake.u. Urogenitalorgane bei den hoéheren Wirbel-
thieren. [Abstract in Zool. Jahresber., 1883, IV., p. 140].

XXXII.—Wuirman, C. O. On a rare form of the Blastoderm of the

Chick. Quart. Journ. Micro, Sci. Vol. XXIII.

XXXIII.—Wisuez, A. vAN. Ueber den vorderen Neuroporus und die

Phylogenetischen Function des Canalis neurentericus der
Wirbelthiere. Zool. Anzeiger VII.

XXXIV.—Wotrr, W. Ueber die Keimblitter des Huhnes. Archiv f. mikr.

Fi

_

g

=
)

F

i

Fig.

Ss:

Z.

Anat. X XT. (1882).

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE VIII.

. 1.—Blastoderm of emu after 70 hours’ incubation, with well-advanced

primitive streak and primitive groove (pr.) on a narrow posterior
prolongation (p.) of the area pellucida (ap.) The letter h.
points to the slightly convex anterior border of the mesoblast
extending forwards towards the region of the future head of the
embryo. ao. area opaca. From fresh specimen.

2.—Blastoderm of 66 hours; rather further advanced than the pre-

ceding ; the posterior prolongation of the area pellucida no
longer sharply marked off from the rest, a crescentic groove (h.)
marking the anterior limit of the mesoblast and of the medullary
plate (m.p.). pr. primitive streak and groove. From prepared
specimen.

Plate 1x.

3.—Blastoderm of 78 hours, with advanced head-fold (h.) and rudi-

mentary medullary groove and medullary folds (m.). From
fresh specimen.

4, —Blastoderm incubated for 69 hours, considerably further advanced

than that represented in fig. 3, with well-marked head (/.) and
five pairs of protovertebre. The medullary folds have become
prominent and have almost met in the middle region of the head :
the primitive groove is still of considerable extent. h.a. head-
foldof amnion. Sp. splanchnopleure. From prepared specimen.

598 ON THE EARLY STAGES IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMU,

Plate x.

Fig. 5.—Embryo of 65 hours with eleven pairs of protovertebre and
developing vasculararea. The vesicles of the brain have become
differentiated, with slight rudiments of the optic vesicles of the
fore-brain (7.b.), the hind-brain (h.b.) beginning to divide into
two parts. The cleft in the fore-brain has become artificially
enlarged. At, heart. v. vitelline vein.

Fig. 6.—Hinder part of embryo of 94 hours, with seventeen pairs of pro-
tovertebre. pr. remains of primitive streak.

Fig. 7.—Hinder part of embryo of 118 hours with nineteen pairs of proto-
vertebre, in which there is a narrow canal leading from the
posterior end of the medullary canal and opening by a small
pore (o,) on the surface. From fresh specimen.

Plate x1,

Fig. 8.—Embryo of 115 hours with twenty-four pairs of protovertebre,
with well-developed optic vesicles and S-shaped heart. The
dark spot (n.) marks the position of the neurenteric canal. pr.
hinder end of remains of primitive streak. From fresh specimen.

Plate xu.

Fig. 9.—Transverse section of blastoderm with a rudimentary primitive
streak (incubated for 5] hours) in the anterior part of the primi-
tive streak, showing union of upper and lower layers in their
thickened middle part. ep. epiblast. hy. developing hypoblast
cells. ms. lower layer cells which will become converted into
stellate mesoblast.

Fig. 10.—Transverse section of 70 hours’ blastoderm (fig. 1), passing through
the head process. ep. epiblast. /. lower layer cells of head
process, some of which are being converted into stellate mesoblast
cells, and others (Ay.) into flattened hypoblast cells. x.
nutrient corpuscles.

Fig. 11.—Section of the same blastoderm at the anterior end of the primi-
tive streak. ep. epiblast. ms. mesoblast cells developed from
lower layer (compare with fig. 9). hy. hypoblast cells.
nutrient corpuscles.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

ig.

Fig.

Fig.

BY WILLIAM A, HASWELL, M.A., D.SC. 599

12.—Section of the same alittle further back, with complete hypoblast
layer (hy. )

13.—Section of the same showing secondary cleft in primitive streak.
pr. primitive groove. ms. mesoblast. ep. epiblast. . remark-
able granular cell in hypoblast below the cleft.

Plate x1.

14,.—Section of the same at the extreme posterior end of the primitive
streak,

15.—Transverse section through the head-swelling of embryo of 78
hours (fig. 3). mg. anterior part of medullary groove. ep.
epiblast. ms. mesoblast. fy. commencing fore-gut.

. 16.—Section of the same a little further back ; letters as before.
. 17.—Central part of the same section more highly magnified.

. 18.—Section of the same blastoderm passing through the hinder part

of the medullary plate, with the rudimentary notochord (n. ch. )
separated from the lateral plates of mesoblast (ms. ).

Plate xiv.

. 19. -Section showing the transition from the medullary plate to the

region of the primitive streak: the notochord (n.ch.) passing
into the axial plate.

20.—Section a little further back behind the termination of the noto-
chord.

21.—Section of 115 hours’ embryo (fig. 8) just in front of the neuren-
teric canal, showing the continuity of the hypoblast (hy.) with
the notochord (n.ch.) at this point. m. medullary canal.

22.—Section of the same a little further back, passing through the
neurenteric canal,

23.—Section of the same embryo a little behind the neurenteric canal.
Letters as before.

600 ON THE EARLY STAGES IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMU.

Plate xv.

Figs. 24—28 are a series of sections through the hinder en1of a seven
days’ embryo showing the neurenteric passage, and the relation
of the hinder end of the notochord at this stage to the hypoblast
of the hind gut.

Fig. 24.—Section just in front of the neurenteric canal, with separate
hind gut (/g.), notochord (n. ch.), and medullary canal (m.).
ms. lateral plates of mesoblast. am. amnion.

Fig. 25.—Section a little further back at a point where the notochord has
united with the wall of the hind gut.

Fig. 26.—Section showing union of wall of hind gut and of medullary
canal.

Figs. 27 and 28.—Sections passing respectively through the anterior and
the posterior parts of the neurenteric passage.

NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN EARTHWORMS. Parr IV.
By J. J. Fuercuer, M.A., B.Sc.

Quite recently through the kindness of Messrs. R. T. Baker,
Alex. Morton, and H. J. Fletcher, I have received most valuable
additional material enabling me in this paper to give a preliminary
account of six new species of earthworms, of which four are from
Gippsland, Victoria, one is from Tasmania, and one from New
South Wales. Two of these especially comprise individuals of such
fine and robust proportions as to present very favourable subjects
for detailed examination. At present I merely give diagnoses of
the species, such as I hope will enable them to be satisfactorily
identified, reserving a fuller account of them until I come to
review the whole. This course, I think, advantageous because I
have not yet exhausted my stock of material, and certain charac-
ters—for instance those of the segmental organs, calciferous
glands, spermathecee—which, when only a few species had been
examined, seemed likely to furnish characters of importance in
discriminating genera, present, as more species come under notice,
such more or less considerable variations within the limits of a
single genus as to make it advisable to refrain from generalizations.
and detailed comparisons until a general knowledge has been
gained of as many species as possible.

Three of the new species—two from Gippsland and one from
Tasmania—are referable to the genus Wotoscolex, of which two
species, both from New South Wales, have been hitherto described.
Now that it is shewn to extend to Tasmania and Victoria, and
comprising as it does the largest and finest Australian earthworms
yet recorded—with the exception of Megascolides australis of
McCoy—it bids fair to rank as one of our most characteristic
genera. Further search will probably show it to be of still wider

602 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN EARTHWORMS,

distribution, and it is not unlikely that the large, as yet unde-
scribed, worms known to occur in Queensland and on the Manning,
to which reference has already been made, also belong to it.

Another of the new species (Cyptodrilus mediterreus ) inhabits
the north-western interior of this colony, my specimens having been
found on the banks of the River Darling between Bourke and
Brewarrina. No species has hitherto been recorded from so far
inland as this; and its occurrence is of interest as showing that
the dry interior, at any rate in proximity to rivers, is not destitute
of earthworms, though remote from them, as far as I can learn at
present, worms seem to be very scarce or are entirely wanting.

Owing to the large size of the Tasmanian and the largest Gipps-
land worms, and to their very favourable condition for examina-
tion—the breeding functions being in abeyance—what I take to
be the true testes were found without any difficulty ; and subse-
quently, knowing what to look for, similar bodies were recognised
in the smaller species (doubtfully in the Cryptodrilus) though in
these in all the specimens examined the testes were obscured by
masses of spermatozoa crowding the somites which contain them,
whereas in the largest worms these segments were clean and
empty. In the Tasmanian Wotoscolex, of which I had the oppor-
tunity of examining fresh specimens, the testes are two pairs of
small cellular masses, each made up of an inner solid portion
attached at one point to the mesentery, and of an outer portion
consisting of numerous short radiating filaments. In the Gipps-
land worms they were evidently of a similar character though, in
the specimens dissected, flattened and squeezed out of shape owing
to violent contraction. The testes are in segments x and XI,
attached low down to the posterior faces of the mesenteries
between Ix and x, and x and x1, corresponding in position with the
ovaries in XIII, each pair situated opposite to, in front of, and in
all the specimens dissected quite free from, the pair of ciliated
rosettes in the same segment.

A re-examination of the other Australian species will probably
show that a similar arrangement obtains in all of them. The
bodies referred to with some doubt in my previous descriptions as

BY J. J. FLETCHER. 603

“ testes,” therefore, should now in all probability be regarded as
vesicule seminales. Their usually racemose character, their situa-
tion and remoteness from the ciliated rosettes, together with the
fact that when the worms are sexually active the segments con-
taining the ciliated rosettes are crammed with spermatozoa, have
previously helped to leave me in doubt as to their real nature, and
to overlook the true testes.

Thave to thank the gentlemen already named for their kindness
and trouble, and also Mr. Hugh Copeland, Junr., who lent Mr.
Baker a helping hand.

NotoscoLex GIPPSLANDICUS, n. sp.

A young (spirit) specimen is 37 cm. long, 13 mm. broad ; a large
but very soft adult specimen is 4 feet 1 inch (1:23 metre) long and
17 mm. broad ; number of segments about 500,*

Prostomium broad, depressed, marked anteriorly and inferiorly
with about seven somewhat irregular grooves, not dividing the
buccal ring but looking like a forward projection of its superior
region. The buccal ring all round divided right across by a
number of longitudinal grooves, giving it a ribbed appearance ;
divided into two annuli, the anterior annulus again subdivided in
the dorsal region by two shallow transverse grooves just behind the
prostomium. Body cylindrical ; superiorly especially anteriorly
of a darker colour ; clitellum still darker (purplish).

* These large worms are so brittle that it is difficult to extract whole
specimens from their burrows ; hence the above-mentioned two are my only
complete specimens. The following are the measurements of other incom-
plete examples :—

No. of segments. Length. Breadth.

(a) Fragment (very Soft) .............cceeeees 460 3ft.
(b) Complete all but preclitellar segments

(WeryisOlt)) tescdecststeseeese ass sees . 465 3ft. Yin.
(c) Young specimen, nearly complete... 402 11 in.
(d) Fragment of a large specimen......... 33D 43°2 cm. (17 in.) 22mm,
(e) 13 og PE not op eaeee 451 63°5 em. (25 in.) 22 mm.
(f) Young specimen, nearly complete ... 490 36°2 cm. 13 mm.

Hence it would appear that very large individuals are from 2-3ft. long
when contracted, and, probably, from 4-6ft. long when living and extended.

604 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN EARTHWORMS,

The buccal ring rather broad (from before backwards) ; the
second segment narrower, ribbed like the buccal ring, and faintly
bi-annulate ; each of the next three segments broader (from
before backwards) than the one which precedes it; all of them
divided into two principal ‘annuli by a well-marked groove,
the anterior annuli less distinctly again sub-divided into two ;
from segments vi to about xiv the maximum of length is
reached, and these segments are usually very conspicuously tri-an-
nulate, or some or all of the annuli may be subdivided into two,
giving altogether six annuli to a segment; the next seven seg-
ments successively diminish slightly in breadth (from before
backwards), after which they are of nearly uniform width for the
rest of the body, and are faintly tri-annulate.

Clitellum wanting in the smallest specimens, fairly developed
in one specimen, and distinctly indicated in all the large speci-
mens by a difference of colour and by a slight glandular develop-
ment ; commencing with the middle or posterior annulus of x11
and including xxi (that is eight complete segments in addition to
part of x111) ; complete all round except for the intersegmental
areas on the posterior ventral portion now to be mentioned.
Between xvii and xvill, extending on to the posterior margin of the
former and the anterior margin of the latter is a slightly swollen
area or ridge of a lighter colour, about 2mm. in width from before
backwards (as it appears in an ordinary spirit specimen), and
about 13 mm. from side to side extending outwards a little beyond
(about 2mm.) the second seta on each side; at the junction of
XVIII and XIX a somewhat similar but broader (from before back-
wards) and more depressed area separated from the preceding one
by a narrow portion of the middle annulus of the segment, and
near its extremities shewing two very slight papille which are
about 9 mm. apart, and about in line with the sete of the second
row on each side ; at the junction of x1x and xx an area similar
to the first-mentioned one.

Sete of the ordinary shape, with a slight sigmoid flexure, about
‘49 mm. long, with a slight enlargement at about 4 from tree tip ;
in eight longitudinal rows forming four series of pairs, the sete

BY J. J. FLETCHER. 605

of the two outer pairs further apart (about twice) than those of
the inner pairs ; the first row on each side about 3 mm. from the
median ventral line, the second about 1 mm. from the first, the
third about 3mm. from the second, the fourth about 2 mm. from
the third. The setz are easily seen with a lens, and are usually
plainly visible to the naked eye.

Male pores two, on xvilI on slight papillz about 9 mm. apart and
about in line with the second sete. The two oviduct pores
are on XIv, rather close together, (3 mm. apart), in front but consi-
derably ventrad of the inner rows of sete. Spermathecal pores
two pairs, ventral in position, between vir and vill, and vill and
Ix but just on the posterior margins of vil and vitl, about 7 mm.
apart, and just dorsad of the second row of setz on each side.

Dorsal pores commence between about xrx and xx ; the first two
or three less distinct than the others and sometimes hardly notice-
able; nephridiopores not discernible.

Alimentary canal: the very muscular pharynx occupies the first
four segments and has immediately behind it the first complete
mesentery ; the very short cesophagus and the gizzard are in seg-
ment V; in segments xu-xvill the lumen of the canal is dilated
and its walls are very vascular, but there are no diverticula ; the
large intestine commences in XIX.

Genitalia: true testes two pairs, in segments x and x1, small
filamentous cellular masses attached low down to the posterior
faces of the mesenteries between segments IX-x and x-x1I and
corresponding in position with the ovaries in x1II; opposite the
testes, and therefore in segments x and x1, but quite free and
independent of them in both the specimens dissected (in which
evidently the breeding functions were in abeyance) are the two
pairs of ciliated rosettes lying immediately in front of the posterior
mesenteries of the segments which contain them ; in segments XII
and XIII (not the anterior pair in Ix or XI as usual) two pairs of
racemose vesiculze seminales, membranous sacs containing sperma-
tozoa in various stages of development, attached to the anterior
mesenteries of the segments on each side of the intestine, (a third
pair of somewhat similar-looking but very much smaller bodies in

606 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN EARTHWORMS,

a corresponding position in xIv, whose identification is at present
doubtful) ; the prostates are two long narrow pinkish bodies in
segment xvii, each of themsevera! inches long when unravelledand
straightened out, convoluted and folded transversely with the
long axis into a compact flat mass from which anteriorly comes off
the genital duct which is fairly long and convoluted and entirely
sheathed in a membranous envelope which extends on to and
sheaths the prostate also, binding the transverse folds together,
and two parallel bands of which in appearance almost like addi-
tional but incomplete mesenteries pass to the floor of the seg-
ment, the genital ducts lying between them; no penial setze
were met with, nor were the vasa deferentia visible in any part
of their course.

The ovaries occupy the usual position in x11; the oviducts com-
mencing opposite to them in the same segment open tc the exterior
on the floor of the next one ; the two pairs of spermathecz are
in vill and rx, and each of them presents externally three or four
divisions, (1) a short proximal portion or stalk, (2) a middle very
much dilated portion (3),.a distal much narrower and shorter
portion, (in one of the two specimens dissected this portion was not
distinguishable), and (4) a rudimentary rather broad cecum coming
off from the stalk, its tip slightly serrate with four or five minute
notches.

Mesenteries : the first ten complete mesenteries from the poste-
rior one of segment 1v to the posterior one of x1II are enormously
thick, their anterior faces rather deeply concave, in contracted
worms overlapping like a pile of saucers or cups, braced together
and to the body wall by strong bands; the next two or three are
a trifle thicker than those which follow, which are thin and trans-
parent.

There are nine pairs of transverse hearts, the last pair in XIII,
those of this and the preceding two or three pairs commencing
superiorly by two narrow trunks, one from the dorsal vessel, and
one from a supra-intestinal vessel.

BY J. J. FLETCHER. | 607

i

(
The segmental organs are minute tufts of glandular tubules

distributed over the walls of the body-cavity, a hundred or so to a
segment.

Hab.—Warragul, Gippsland, Victoria.

For the opportunity of describing this and the other three
Victorian species I have to thank my friend and late colleague
Mr. R. 'T. Baker of Newington College, who made a special visit
to Gippsland in order to obtain material for me.

From Megascolides australis, a species described by Professor
McCoy*, from the same district, and comprising individuals
quite as large as those of MNotoscolex Gippslandicus, the latter
differs in the following, among other particulars :—the clitellum
is complete all round and is situated more anteriorly ; the sete
of the ventral pairs are not closer together than those of the outer
pairs, and are of the ordinary character, not tapering throughout
towards the free tip as in McCoy’s figure; the dorsal pores
commence after about segment XIX, that is to say considerably in
advance of segment XL.

I have heard from residents of Gippsland that these large
worms were able to produce sounds, and Mr. Baker, whose
attention I directed to this matter, tells me that in passing over
the ground where these worms occur one does hear noises, which
he considers may perhaps be due to friction of their bodies against
the sides of the burrows, or to the sudden and forcible ejection
of fluid from the dorsal pores, perhaps also to the suction of the
air caused by a piston-like movement of their bodies, when the
worms are disturbed by the vibration of the ground.

NoroscoLex TASMANIANUS, 0. sp.

A living specimen held up by the tail 1ft. 10}in. (57-2 cm.)
long; the same specimen crawling on the table 19in. long
(48:3 cm.) by about 12 mm. average breadth ; after being killed
with chloroform 24:5 cm. long, breadth from 12-21mm. Very

* Prodromus of the Zoology of Victoria, Dec. I, (1878), p. 21, pl. 7.
39

608 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN EARTHWORMS,

large living worms when fully extended are over 2ft. long. A
dozen rather contracted spirit specimens are from 20-25 cm. long,
with a breadth of 19-24mm. Number of segments about 200.

In living specimens four differently coloured regions may be recog-
nised, (1) the flesh-coloured preclitellar region, (2) the yellower
inclining almost to orange clitellum, (3) the greater part of the
remainder of the body purplish or bluish white or grey, the inter-
segmental furrows purplish, (4) a posterior region tinged with
brown ; spirit specimens may appear more or less tinged with
brown throughout.

Body cylindrical ; when strongly contracted both extremities
very obtuse ; when extended tapering steadily anteriorly from
about segment rx forward.

Prostomium slightly depressed, divides the buccal ring for about
1, marked with two or three longitudinal grooves anteriorly and
inferiorly so as to give it a ribbed appearance. The buccal ring
ribbed all round. Up to about the ninth the segments become
gradually broader (from before backwards), after x11 diminishing
again fora few segments and then remaining constant ; the second
segment bi-annulate, the rest triannulate, but in the first three or
four of these the anterior annular groove uiore or less incomplete
and less conspicuous than the posterior one; the preclitellar
segments especially in the region where the mesenteries are thick,
better defined, broader and more distinctly annulate, the body-

wall in this region enormously thick and muscular.

Setze of the ordinary character, stouter and a little longer
(0 66 mm.) than in the preceding species, the free portion faintly
circularly striate ; in eight longitudinal rows of which the imner-
most on each side is about 2 mm. from the median ventral line; the
second on each side 2mm. from the first; the third on each side
about 4mm. from the second ; the setze of these six rows, which
are straight and fairly parallel, a little closer together in the
anterior portion of the body ; the fourth row on each side in
nearly every specimen variably sinuous, sometimes extremely so,
the setz from 3-8 mm. from the corresponding ones of the third

BY J. J. FLETCHER. 609

rows, sometimes alternating irregularly, sometimes a few nearly
straight, at other times forming an ascending series of five or Six,
the amount of the sinuosity varying within considerable limits in
the different individuals ; in one specimen these rows are, however;
nearly straight.

Clitellum absent in some specimens, partially developed in
others, and enormously thick in a few, including segments
XIV-XXII, and in addition part of x11, usually its middle and
posterior annuli; when only partially developed, the glandular
development is wanting in the median ventral line for a space
extending outwards on either side a little beyond the second row
of setze, but in other cases the ventral surface not occupied by the:
ridges is modified so as more or less completely to surround
these, but for which the clitellum would be complete all
round. Between xiv and xy, and between each pair of suc-
ceeding segments as far back as XXI-xxII is a lighter-coloured
ridge taking in the last annulus of the anterior and the first annulus
of the posterior of the two segments between which it occurs,
and extending outwards on each side a little beyond the second
row of setz and to the ventral margins of the girdle, except. in
the case of the fourth and fifth which do not extend outwards
so far and between which is a slight ridge on which are situated
the two small papille carrying the male pores, which correspond
in position with the intervals between the first and second setze
on each side, or are slightly ventrad of the latter.

The two oviduct pores on XIV, in front and a little ventrad of
the first seta on each side, and about 3mm. apart.

Spermathecal pores five pairs, a pair between each two segments
from Iv to 1x, ventral in position and in line with the first seta on
each side.

Dorsal pores commence between XII and XIII.

Nephridiopores form a sinuous series of pores situated close to
the anterior margins of the segments commencing with segment
11; on the whole they may be said to be dorsad of the fourth row
of sete, but as both the sete of this row and the nephridiopores

610 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN EARTHWORMS,

independently form sinuous series, the latter may on some
segments be in line with or ventrad of the outermost setae on these
segments, and in a few instances the nephridiopores were in line
with the third seta on each side. Some of them are as much as
5 mm. dorsad of the fourth seta, and not very far from the median
dorsal line ; sometimes they alternate irregularly for some distance,
at other times they form short ascending and descending series.

Alimentary canal: the very muscular pharynx and the short
cesophagus occupy about the first four segments; the large
gizzard is in Vv; in the next two segments the small intestine is
narrow and white, while in segments vill to xvI, especially in the
last two or three of these, the portion in each segment is globu-
larly dilated and very vascular, some of them probably functioning
as calciferous glands (in one specimen white masses effervescent
on the addition of acid were found in all but the first of these
segments), but there are no kidney-shaped diverticula as in NV,
camdenensis ; the large intestine commences about xx, without
any very marked increase in calibre, much folded and convoluted
in contracted worms.

Genitalia: vesicule seminales two pairs of racemose sacs, a
pair in each of segments 1x and xu, the first pair attached
to the anterior face of the mesentery between 1x and x, the hinder
pair to the posterior face of that between x1 and x11; testes in X
and XI, in each of which segments also isa pair of ciliated rosettes ;
prostates two, in XVIII, or partly in this and partly in the
next segment, long and narrow, a few times folded, proximally
continuous with the short genital duct ; no penial setze were met
with, nor were the vasa deferentia visible. Ovaries in the usual
position in x11; the oviducts commence opposite them in x11 and
open to the exterior in the next seginent : spermathece five pairs,
one pair in each of segments v-Ix, pear-shaped stalked pouches
without ceca, opening anteriorly.

There are nine pairs of “hearts” of which the last pair is in
x11, this and the three preceding pairs very large and arising

partly from a secondary small supra-intestinal vessel commencing
in Ix.

BY J. J. FLETCHER. 611

From the posterior one of v to the posterior one of x1 the
mesenteries are very thick ; they are braced together and to the
body wall by very thick cords, very noticeable in the case of the
first complete one—the anterior one of v.

The segmental organs comprise a pair of coiled tubules in each
segment after the second, each tubule consisting of a proximal
fairly straight thick-walled portion longer (sometimes twice
as long or even more) in some segments than in others accord-
ing to the position of the pore, a short vesicular middle portion
whose distal end lies close to the nerve cord, and a long ciliated
glandular distal portion folded on itself and convoluted so that
the loop reaches outwards a little beyond the commencement of
the middle portion, while its ciliated anterior extremity, which is
without any conspicuous “funnel,” lies somewhere near the
junction of the middle and distal portions.

Hab.—Thomas’s Plains, N. E. Tasmania.

For all my examples of this fine species I am indebted to Mr.
Alex. Morton, Curator of the Tasmanian Museum, who very
kindly sent me both living and spirit specimens, discovered by Mr.
Bernard Shaw, Inspector of Police. The worms of this species
are readily distinguishable by the five pairs of spermathecs, and
the numerous clitellar ridges ; they are remarkable for their thick-
ness, for while they are much shorter than, and comprise less than
half the number of somites met with in, the big Wotoscolew from
Gippsland, they fairly rival it in thickness ; and are much more
robust and massive than the worms of the smaller Wotoscolex, than
which they have fewer somites.

NOTOSCOLEX TUBERCULATUS, N. Sp.

A dozen (spirit) specimens vary from 9 cm. (a young individual)
to 25cm. in length, 5-7 mm. in breadth ; the number of segments
from about 250-280,

Colour (in spirit) uniformly pale flesh-coloured ; body cylindrical.

612 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN EARTHWORMS,

Prostomium broad, slightly depressed, only partially dividing the
buccal ring (about half), Segments u-Iv biannulate, after which
they are tri-annulate, the anterior annular groove for a few seg-
ments less conspicuous.

Setz in eight longitudinal rows, forming four series of couples ;
the two innermost rows about 3 mm. apart ; the second row on each
side slightly less than 1 mm. from the first ; the third about 2 mm.
from the second; the fourth about 1 mm. from the third, the
distance between these slightly greater than that between the
sete of the first couple.

Clitellum (in one case) commences with x11, (the anterior
or even this and the median annuli not included in all of
them) and includes the first and second annuli of xviII (pro-
bably the whole of this segment when the worms are breed-
ing), thick and complete all round except for the fossx on
its posterior ventral portion ; absent altugether in some of the
specimens, and among some of the others in various stages of
development as regards thickness, and the amount of x11 included
init. In specimens in which the girdle is not fully developed on
the ventral surface of the anterior annuli of segments XVII-XxII
there is a dumb-bell-shaped fossa extending outwards a little
beyond the inner couple of sete on each side ; in worms in which
the girdle is better developed these areas come to occupy nearly
the whole breadth (from before backwards) of the segments, their
rims are thickened andin each of the large extremities there is a
papilla probably with a pore ; the second and third of these fossee
do not extend so far outwards as the others and their extremi-
ties become confluent, leaving a central eminence.

Male pores on two slight papillze on the middle annulus of xvi,
not conspicuous (in my specimens), about in line with the intervals
between the inner couples of sete. Oviduct pores two, in front
and ventrad of the first seta on each side.

Spermathecal pores two pairs, close to the posterior borders of the
anterior annuli of viii and Ix, just dorsad and in front of the first

seta on each side.

BY J. J. FLETCHER. 613

Dorsal pores commence between xr and x11, not always visible
on the clitellum ; nephridopores not visible.

Alimentary canal: the pharynx occupies about the first four
segments; the short cesophagus leads to the large gizzard in
Vv; in segments v and VI are two pairs of conspicuous tufts of
tubules which may be salivary glands ; calciferous pouches seem to
be absent but in xi1 and x1 the canal is globular and vascular
possibly representing calciferous glands; the large intestine com-
mences in XVIII.

Genitalia : two pairs racemose vesicule seminales, a pair in each
of segments 1x and x11; testes and ciliated rosettes two pairs of
each, in x and x1; two prostates in xvuil, each of them a long
narrow linear gland compacted into a mass, and proximally
narrowing into the rather long S-shaped genital duct; the vasa
deferentia not visible ; lying beside the proximal portion of each
genital duct is a pair of minute sacs, each containing a long
tapering curved penial seta. The ovaries and oviducts have the
usual situation and relations ; spermathece two pairs, in VIII and
1x, pear-shaped pouches, with a narrow stalk or duct about half
as long as the pouch, at the junction with which is a small knob-
like rudiment of a ceecum.

Six mesenteries commencing with the one between vil and vIII
are thicker than the others,

The last pair of hearts is in XII.

The segmental organs are delicate folded tubules, a pair to each
segment, except some of the anterior ones.

In segment xvii, and also in xx and two or three following seg-
ments on either side of the nerve cord is a small white hemis-
pherical elevation, in relation with the external copulatory papille.

Hab.—Warragul, Gippsland, Victoria.

The worms of this species are remarkable for their slenderness.
In appearance at first sight they resemble those of several species
of Cryptodrilus, or as the setz are not conspicuous, and accessory
copulatory structures are, even Pericheta Coxii.

The best of my specimens are only just intraclitellian, and no
more ; possibly when the girdle is fully developed it may include the

614 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN EARTHWORMS,

whole of segment xvii. Hence it seems to me that the chief ditter-
ence between the genera Notoscolex and Cryptodrilus is becoming
narrowed down to the question of segment xviiI being included in
the girdle. I begin to suspect therefore that when I come to
revise the species already described, with additional material to
work upon, it may be necessary to include the latter in the former
genus, or at any rate to regard it as a sub-genus ; and to deal with
Didymogaster in a similar same manner, viz., to treat it as a sub-
genus of, or include it in Digaster. Under any circumstances the
name Didymogaster will have to be changed, as, since I made use
of it, I find that it is already pre-oceupied for a genus of insects.
CRYPTODRILUS MEDITERREUS, 0. sp.

Ten (spirit) specimens are from 7°3 to llcm. long, 4-5 mm.
broad, and comprise from 130-150 segments. A young specimen
4-2 cm. long, and 24 mm. wide comprises 132 segments.

Colour above sooty-brown, darkest in the anterior portion of the
body, especially in front of the clitellum, lighter below, the
clitellum with a tinge of red or purplish. Prostomium slightly
depressed (in spirit specimens), does not divide the buccal ring ;
the latter completely divided by a number of fine longitudinal
groovings extending right Across it.*

Segments are more or less completely tri-annulate after about
segment Iv.

Setz in eight longitudinal rows, the first and second on each
side ventral, the third lateral, the fourth dorsal; the first about
midway between the second and the median ventral line, the third
from the second about twice as far as the latter is from the first,
the fourth about midway between the third and the median dorsal
line and a little further from the third than this is from the second.

Clitellum comprises three complete segments, XIv-Xxv1, together
with frequently a variable portion of the posterior annulus of
x, and usually the whole of the anterior one of xvi; complete
all round.

* As one of the portions into which the buccal ring is so divided is
immediately posterior to the prostomium, in some specimens it appears as
though the latter completely divided the former ; this however is not really
the case.

BY J. J. FLETCHER. 615:

Male pores two, on conspicuous papillee on xv1ul, slightly dorsad
of the second row of setz on each side. Oviduct pores two, in
front and a little ventrad of the first seta on each side ; sperma-
thecal pores three pairs, a pair between each two segments
from VI-Ix, in line with the second seta on each side. Accessory
copulatory structures comprise a swollen ventral portion of vi to
IX ; a pair of circular swellings on the ventral surface of each of
segments X and x1; and on the anterior margin of xviiI and of x1x
and ventrad of the male pores is what may be a pore on each side.

The nepridiopores are close to the anterior margins of the
segments commencing with the second one, and form two irregu-
larly alternating series on each side, one at the level of the fourth,
the other at first at that of the third sete, (the first two or three
pairs are at the former level, and occasionally, especially in the
anterior region, the pores may continue at the same level for
several consecutive segments); behind the clitellum the inner
rows are at the level of the second sete, and are visible only on
alternate segments, an arrangement which I am at present unable
to reconcile with the presence of consecutive pairs of nephridia in
this region.

Dorsal pores after segment Vv or VI.

Alimentary canal: the gizzard is in segment v; each segment
from x to XIII contains a pair of calciferous pouches, which lie at
the side of and somewhat below the alimentary canal the over-
lying portions of which have the lumen dilated ; the large intestine
commences in XVIII.

Genitalia : in each of segments x1 and x1 a pair of racemose
vesiculee seminales (very small in all the specimens dissected) ;
segments x and x1, which were partially filled with masses of
spermatozoa, contain the two pairs of ciliated rosettes [and
probably the true testes, but their identification was not per-
fectly satisfactory]; the two prostates are lobulated compressed
bodies occupying part of four or five segments, XVII to XX
or XxI; the vasa deferentia join the prostatic ducts, which come
off about the middle of the glands, a little way from the latter ;

616 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN EARTHWORMS,

the genital duct then gradually increases in calibre, and is bent in
U-shape, the limbs lying close together, and the convexity of, it
looking backwards ; beside the proximal portion of each genital
duct isa pair of small white sacs, each of which contains a delicate
tapering curved penial seta about 2°5 mm. long, minutely spinose
towards the curved tip. The ovaries and oviducts have the
usual situation and relations: the three pairs of spermathece
are In segments VII-Ix, and are stalked pouches, each with a very
rudimentary club-shaped czecum coming off at the junction of the
stalk and the pouch.

The last pair of hearts is in XIII.

The nephridia are two series of pairs of tubules ; those corres-
ponding with the outer rows of pores look like small vesicles, and
are in alternate segments ; those of the second series have the
usual situation, and are delicate and convoluted, a pair in each
segment except some of the anterior ones, but I have not succeeded
as yet in finding a corresponding consecutive series of nephridio-
pores.

Seven mesenteries commencing with the anterior one of viI are
thicker than the others.

Hab.—The banks of the Darling River between Bourke and
Brewarrina, N.S.W.

The three pairs of spermathece at once distinguish this species
trom those previously described. My specimens were sent to me
by my relative Mr. H. J. Fletcher, who found one by accident, and
obtained the others by digging for them.

PERICHETA BAKERI, Nn. Sp.

Of nine specimens three are fragmentary ; length of six (spirit)
specimens, most of them about halfgrown, from 47 to 92 mm.,
breadth from 4 to 6 mm.; number of segments from about 120
to 140. Colour dark reddish or purplish brown above, darkest in
anterior part of the body, much lighter below, the change of
colour anteriorly at the level of about the 6th seta on each side,
further back at about that of the tenth. Prostomium completely
divides the buccal ring, marked superiorly by a median longitu-
dinal groove.

BY J. J. FLETCHER. 617

Setee in the anterior region of the body longer, stouter and
further apart, on the preclitellar segments 22 per segment; at
about xv the number increases to 28 or 30, and still further back
to about 36, but in some cases if not usually the last few segments
seemto be smooth and sete are not visible; inthemedian dorsal and
ventral regions is an interval devoid of setze, the dorsal interval
slightly the narrower, in each case between twice and thrice the
width of an interval between two setze in the same region. The
rows of sete are frequently not quite straight, though this may
perhaps be due to unequal contraction of the parts of the body,
or to the accidental absence of some of the setae.

Girdle not developed in any of the specimens, but evidently
comprising XIv-xvI together with a portion of each of segments
x11 and Xvi, as in nearly all the specimens the segments men-
tioned are differently coloured.

Male pores two, not on papille in any of the specimens,
corresponding with the interval between the first and second set
on each side. Oviduct pores two, in front and slightly ventrad
of the first seta on each side. Spermathecal pores five pairs, on the
anterior margins of segments v-Ix, ventral, in line with or slightly
dorsad of the first seta on each side.

Dorsal pores commence after segment 1v. Nephridiopores not
visible. Accessory copulatory structures comprising pairs of pores,
each pair usually on a ridge, at the junctions of XVII-xVIII, XVIII-
XIX, XIX-XX, and Xx-xx1, the first two pairs ventrad of the male
pores, the others in line with them.

Alimentary canal: the gizzard is in segment V; in each segment
from 1x to XIv or xv the intestine has its lumen dilated and its
walls vascular but there are no diverticula; the portion in XVI is
very narrow, and the large intestine begins in XVII.

Genitalia : vesicule seminales two pairs, one pair in 1x and one
in xu, the intervening segments containing the true testes and the
ciliated rosettes as well as a large quantity of spermatozoa; the

618 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN EARTHWORMS,

two prostates occupy XviI and x1x, each of them being a long
narrow body coiled into a compact mass, the duct coming off from
the anterior portion of the gland, (the junction with the vas
deferens not visible), the genital duct fairly long and U-shaped.
The ovaries and oviducts have the usual situation and relations ;
the spermathece are five pairs of stalked pouches opening ante-
riorly in segments V-Ix, each with a short but distinct club-shaped
cecum only about 4 the length of the pouch. Lying beside the
proximal portion of the genital duct is a small white body, its
distal extremity attached to the body wall by a ligament ; this is
a sac containing a thin curved penial seta.

The segmental organs consist of small and delicate folded
tubules, a pair in each segment except a few anterior ones.

The last pair of hearts in x11, this and the two preceding pairs
the largest.

Hab.—Warragul, Gippsland, Victoria.

This is the only Australian species of the genus with five pairs
of spermathece as yet described. The specimens were found in
rotten logs, and it was while searching for them that a specimen
of Peripatus Leuckartui, Sing., (antea p. 450) was picked up.

PERICHETA DORSALIS, n. sp.

Three (spirit) specimens are 56,88, and 95 mm. long respectively,
7, 6, and 5mm. broad respectively, and comprise about 130 seg-
ments.

Colour darker above and especially in the anterior portion of
the body, reddish-brown, lighter below. The prostomium divides
the buccal ring for slightly more than half.

Setze for the first few setigerous segments 16 per segment, then
increasing to 20, still further back and just in front of clitellum
24 may be counted, while in the posterior region there may be
about 30. ‘There is a well-marked ventral interval devoid of setz,
about twice (or a little less in front of girdle) the width of the

BY J. J. FLETCHER. 619

interval between two setze in this region; a well-marked dorsal
interval also, somewhat narrower than the ventral one, about twice
the interval between two setz in the dorsal region.

Clitellum comprises three complete segments, XIV-xv1, and part
of xvu1, complete all round ; wanting in the smallest specimen.

Male pores on conspicuous papille, just ventrad of the third
seta on each side.

Oviduct pores two, on XIV, one on each side of median line.
Spermathecal pores four pairs, between each two segments from
Vv to 1x, in line with about the eighth seta (the rows of pores are
not quite straight and there may be two or three setze dorsad of
them) and therefore dorsal in position, so that they are visible
when the worm is looked at from above.

Dorsal pores commence after segment Iv. Nephridiopores not
visible.

On the anterior margins of x and xvit a pair of circular depres-
sions with raised and swollen margins, one on each side, correspond-
ing with the intervals between the first and second or second and
third set ; these may be accessory copulatory structures.

Alimentary canal: the gizzard may be in v, but being very
large and the mesenteries behind it being very thin it seemed to
be in vi; from viii to xiv there are globular, vascular dilatations
which are probably calciferous glands, but there are no diverticula ;
the large intestine commences in XVII,

Genitalia: vesiculee seminales three pairs, in IX, XI and xII; true
testes and ciliated rosettes two pairs, in x and XI; prostates two,
occupying part of two segments, XvilI and xIx ; genital ducts rather
long, S-shaped ; the vasa deferentia join the prostatic ducts close to
the prostates, the latter coming off just behind the anterior
extremities of the glands. Ovaries and oviducts as usual; sper-
mathecze four pairs, quite dorsally situated, of which the first pair
is in vi and the last in 1x, long slightly tapering pouches, each
with a ceecum as long as or even slightly longer than itself.

620 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN EARTHWORMS.

Six mesenteries commencing with the one between viiI and Ix
are noticeably thicker than the others.

The last pair of hearts in x11.

Minute inconspicuous tufts of tubules distributed over the walls
of the body cavity seem to be segmental organs.

Hab.—Warragul, Gippsland, Victoria.

This species is readily distinguishable from P. fecwnda, the only
other Australian species having four pairs of spermathecee and
interrupted circles of sete yet described, by the dorsal position of
the spermathecal pores.

P.L.S.N.S.W. Vor.Il (2% Ser). = PL.VI.

R.Graf? del. Fv M. dir. S.Sedqfield lith,
Mussaenda Bevani.

P.L.S.N.S.W. VoL.ll (24 Ser,).

R.GrafF dél. c F.iv.M.dir S Sedgfield lith.
Begonia Sharpeana Fv.M.

Cott

us ; th

; A. in aie

V
i ey
a iy.

Po a

be a) i,
a Ak

Oe mn i

¥ o'e
v aie
A ay)

P.L.S. N,S.W. Vou.!! (2%? Ser).

W.A.H. del.

PE. Vile

S.Sedgfield ith.

Plime

Ser). ;

nd

P.L.S.N.S.W. Voull (2

S.Sedgfield. lith.

W.A.H.del.

W.A,H.del. 5S. Sedgfield lith

Bae S Nase We Vom 20° Ser).

W.A.H. del. :

alba

5.Sedafield ith.

q gia My Ab ae i ti

ee

PL.S.N.S.W. Vou.11(2° Sen). | PLXII:

2\9\®@ aol e\delele © @ LeeRars
3 ‘hed 8)
j So

MAC IOOOG
@ [0]

®
(3)
@\C Vey

W.A.H del. 5 SedgField lith

PSAs

P.L.S.N.S.W. VoL (2°? Ser).

S.Sedgfield {ith.

W.A.H. del.

PL.S.N.S.W. Vot.t1(2"9 Ser). : PL. XIV.

W.A.H del. S. Sedgfield lith,

By ate tay Le
> Na sey) a m

a

‘ Ae

P.L.S. N.S.W. Vow. |l (2° Ser). ; Pie

W.A.H. del. | S.Sedgfield lith.

Ue ch
gaa a ¥

PL. I6

PLS. N.S.W. Voll (2% Ser)

S. Sedéfield /ith.

JM. del

Bowning Irilobites

SIZE. *

6 times Na

Mus Burton!

Fig Portion of LowerJaw

P.L.S. nsw. Vol.1 (2 Ser)

”

uv
y
”

CO MO) OD OD
&
ie
Qa

tos
ues
es oiye
~~

o 9 ®
Re Se
soy ous
Qo KS

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 621

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

The Hon. James Norton exhibited a remarkable fungus growing
on the branch of a Syncarpia ; also flowering specimens of the
common Bamboo, gathered from a tree in Hyde Park.

Mr. Palmer exhibited two “ letter-sticks” obtained from the
Aborigines of the Gascoigne River district, where, as in other
parts of Australia, they are used for inter-tribal communication.

Dr. Haswell exhibited a series of preparations illustrating the
embryology of birds.

Dr. Katz exhibited, in connection with his paper, pure cultures
of the pigment-producing micrococcus described. He took occasion
to point out one characteristic feature in these cultures, viz., their
exclusively aérophile nature. He also exhibited under the micro-
scope a few slides of the tissue-sections mentioned.

Mr. Macleay exhibited a specimen of Hrythrichthys witidus of
Richardson, described in the ‘ Voyage of the Erebus and Terror,’
from West Australia. He had received the fish from Mr. Morton
of the Hobart Museum. It had been captured on the South Coast
of Tasmania.

Mr. Fletcher exhibited for Baron von Mueller, F.R.S., &e., a
drawing of an aquatic plant, Aldrovanda vesiculosa, Linn., and
in reference to it stated that the Baron wished to call the
attention of the members of this Society to the desirability of
keeping a look-out for this plant, which the late Mr. P. O’Shanesy,
F.L.S., found some years ago in a lagoon near Rockhampton, and
which my be looked for in N.S.W. among water-plants such
as Utricularia flexuosa. Though rendered known as a South
European plant so long ago as 1747, the fruit of Aldrovanda
vesiculosa is still unknown. The Baron would also be glad if
members would try to discover the fruits of the native species of

Lemna.

40 pi

WEDNESDAY, 26tTH OCTOBER, 1887.

The President, Professor W. J. Stephens, M.A., F.G.S., in the
Chair.

Mr. Woodford was present as a visitor.

The President announced that there would be no Excursion
during the ensuing month.

DONATIONS.

“Comptes Rendus des Séances de |’Académie des Sciences,
Paris.” Tome CIV., No. 26; Tome CV., Nos. 1-7 (1887). From
the Academy.

“ Bulletin de la Société Zoologique de France pour l’année
1887.” Tome XIL, Nos. 2-4. rom the Society.

«Annales de la Société Entomologique de Belgique.” Tome

XXX.,, (1886). From the Society.

«The Journal of Conchology.” Vol. V., No. 7 (1887). From
the Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland.

DONATIONS. 623

“The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London.”
Vol. XLITI., Part 3 (No. 171), 1887. From the Society.

“The Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland, 1886.”
(Vol. III). From the Society.

“ Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Vic-
toria:” Vols. TE-V., VIE, VIL. (Part 2), 1X; (Part-2), X.-
XVIII. (1857-1882). From the Society.

“ Abstracts of Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania,”
(15th August and 10th October, 1887). From the Society.

‘Woods and Forests of Tasmania—Annual Report, 1886-7 ;”
* Report on Saw-Mill Reservations ;’ Report on Macquarie
Harbour Pine and other Timber Trees of the West Coast.” By
George 8. Perrin, F.L.S., Conservator of Forests. From the

Conservator of Forests.

“ Zoologischer Anzeiger.” X.Jahrg., Nos. 259 and 260 (1887).
From the Editor.

“Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes.” No. 203 (September, 1887).
From the Editor.

“ Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South
Wales.” Vol. XXI., Part 2 (1887). From the Society.

“ Bericht tiber die Senckenbergische naturforschende Gesellschaft
in Frankfurt am Main, 1887.” From the Society.

** Mémoires de la Société des Naturalistes de la Nouvelle-Russie,
Odessa.” Tome XII., Part 1 (1887). From the Society.

“ Proceedings of the Royal Society of London.” Vols. XL.
(No. 245); XLI. (Nos. 246-250) ; XLIT. (Nos. 251-255). (May,
1886 to May, 1887). From the Society.

624 DONATIONS.

“Annales de la Société Royale Malacologique de Belgique.”
Tome X XI. (1886)) ; ‘‘ Proces-Verbaux des Séances ” (January to
June, 1887). From the Society.

* Australian Orchids.” By R. D. Fitzgerald, F.L.8. Vols. I.-
II. (Parts 1 and 2). From the Board of International Exchanges
of Literary and Scientific Works, Official Publications, d&c., through
Lh. C. Walker, Esq.

“Archives Néerlandaises des Sciences exactes et naturelles.”
Tome XXII., Liv. Ll re. (1887). Dela part de la Société Hollan-
daise des Sciences & Harlem.

“The Scottish Geographical Magazine.” Vol. III, No. 9
(September, 1887). From the Hon. W. Macleay, F.L.S.

“‘ Descriptions of two new Fishes.” By Alexander Morton,
Curator of the Tasmanian Museum. Jrom the Author.

Bulletin de la Société Royale de Géographie d’Anvers.” Tome
XII, Fase. 1 (1887). From the Society.

“ Report of a Committee appointed by the Local Government
Board, London, to inquire into M. Pasteur’s Treatment of Hydro-
phobia.” rom the Health Department of New South Wales.

“Some New South Wales Tan-Substances.” Part II. By J.
H. Maiden, F.R.G.S. From the Author.

“ Bulletin de la Société Belge de Microscopie.” 13me Année,
No. IX. (1887). From the Society.

‘Revue Coloniale Internationale.” Tome V., Nos. 3 and 4.
(September and October, 1887). De la part de l Association
Coloniale Néerlandaise a Amsterdam.

“The Australasian Journal of Pharmacy.” Vol. II., No. 22
(October, 1887). From the Editor.

DONATIONS. 625

**Annalen des k. k. naturhistorischen Hofmuseums, Wien.”
Bd. IL., No. 2. From the Director.

‘The Victorian Naturalist.” Vol. IV., No. 6 (October 1887).
From the Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria.

* Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel-
phia, 1886.” Parts II. and III. (April-December). From the
Academy.

* Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore—Studies from the
Biological Laboratory.” Vol. IIT., Nos. 5-8 (1886) ; “ University
Circulars.” Vol. VI., Nos. 52-55; “ Eleventh Annual Report”
(1886). From the University.

* United States Geological Survey—Fifth Annual Report to the
Secretary of the Interior” (1883-84). By J. W. Powell, Director;
‘Mineral Resources of the United States, 1885.” From the
Director of the United States Geological Survey.

* Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences.” Vol. IILI.,
Nos. 11 and 12 (Sept. 1886); ‘‘Transactions.” Vol. V., Nos. 7
and 8 (April-May, 1886). rom the Academy.

“American Museum of Natural History, New York—
Bulletin.” Vol. I., Nos. 1-3 and No. 8; “Annual Reports”
(1870-82). From the Museum.

“ Verhandlungen der k. k. zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft
in Wien” (1886). XXXVI. Bd., Pts. 3 and 4. From the
Society.

“The Journal of the Linnean Society of London—Botany.” Vol.
XXIT. (Nos. 145-149); XXIII. (No. 151); XXIV. (No. 158) ;
“Zoology.” Vol. XIX. (Nos. 114 and 115); XX. (Nos. 116 and
117); XXI. (Nos. 126-129); “Proceedings” (November, 1883
to June, 1886 ; November, 1886 to June, 1887); “ List of Mem-
bers, &c.” Session 1886-7. Prom the Society.

626 DONATIONS

‘Bulletin de Académie Impériale des Sciences de St. Péters-
bourg.” Tome XXXI., Nos. 2 and 3 (1886); ‘“ Mémoires.”
T. XXXIV., Nos. 5-13 (1886). rom the Academy.

“ Oefversigt af Finska Vetenskaps-Societetens Forhandlingar.”
T. XXVII. (1884-85) ; ‘“ Bidrag till Kinnedom af Finlands Natur
och Folk.” Hiftet 43 (1886); ‘‘ Exploration Internationale des
Régions Polaires, 1882-84.—Expéddition Polaire Finlandaise.”
From the Society of Sciences of Finland.

PAPERS READ.

FURTHER REMARKS ON PHOSPHORESCENT
BACTERIA.

By Dr. Oscar Katz.

In the course of my investigation of phosphorescent bacteria
from sea-water, I have been able to obtain three more kinds, in
addition to the three of which I gave a preliminary account at the
Meeting of this Society, in June last.* As a detailed description of
their morphological and biological properties will not be forth-
coming for some time yet, I may be permitted to give some few
outlines of these new species. Generally speaking they are,
as before, easily cultivable on or ina variety of nutritive substances,
of which certain marine animals (fishes, etc.), must especially be
mentioned, and added to common sea-water they can render it
luminous just as the organisms already alluded to (l.c.)

esc lNg

The first kind—or the fourth, continuing the succession—which
I propose to name Bacillus argenteo-phosphorescens liquefaciens
(rather a long specific name), was secured in a sample of sea-water
from Bondi Bay, a few miles south of Sydney, on the 11th
September last. By mixing 10 drops of this water with liquefied
gelatine in a test-tube, and causing the mixture to solidify along
the inner walls of the tube, I noticed, among others, after some
time several luminous colonies of the bacillus.

It forms short straight, now and then slightly curved, rods of
about ‘002mm. in length, and about 4 of it in width (this is
according to stained cover-glass preparations taken from agar-agar

* See Proceedings of this Society, Vol. II. Series 2nd. Part 2, 1887,
p. 331.

628 FURTHER REMARKS ON PHOSPHORESCENT BACTERIA,

cultures ; in the living state the bacilli present, of course, some-
what larger proportions). The extremities are rounded off.
Cultivated in a suspended drop of nutrient meat-broth on hollow-
ground slides, the bacilli exhibit an extremely lively mobility ;
they grow abundantly to filaments, which are more or less elongated,
and variously wound or curved.

They are easily and uniformly stained by means of alkaline
methylene-blue.

Their cultures in alkaline nutrient gelatine, a very suitable
medium for the cultivation of the micro-organism at ordinary
temperatures, cause it to become liquefied. In such a gelatine
they yield characteristic colonies, which are different from those of
Bacillus cyaneo-phosphorescens (l.c. p. 334), and which will be
described later on.

The light emitted by their cultures on gelatine, agar-agar, or
boiled fish, in the dark, is of a silvery colour, but weak, and insufli-
cient to enable one to read, for instance, the watch. It is the
weakest of all the lights given off by the bacteria hitherto
obtained.

This microbe is thus altogether different from Baczllus cyaneo-
phosphorescens (1.c.), * from which it differs also morphologically.

II. (V).

The next kind which may be termed Bacillus argenteo-phos-
phorescens II.{ was obtained at the middle of September last, from
a piece of a “squid” (Zoliyo sp.; a small species, used as bait,
and occasionally sold at fishmongers’ in Sydney ; the specimen
under notice was derived from sucha source). It was also obtained
from pieces of the “Sydney Gar-fish” (Hemirhamphus intermedius,

*I will here at once mention that alkaline nutrient gelatine is also for
this kind an excellent nourishing soil, and that, when I said, it grows rather
slowly on or in it, I must have at that time used a gelatine which did not
distinctly show an alkaline reaction.

+I shall have to add to the name of the luminous bacterium, viz :—
Bacillus argenteo-phosphorescens (l.c., p. 333), the number I.

BY DR. OSCAR KATZ. 629

Cant., H. melanochir, Cuv. and Val.), purchased at the same time
and from the same place. These fragments of squid and gar-fish,
after having been moistened with sea-water, and placed in a moist
chamber, were found to be phosphorescent all over in the evening
of the very day on which they were put aside. Cultures of the
luminous mucus at the surface of these objects yielded, among
numerous other ones, some colonies of this bacillus ; but in a
tube of gelatine mixed with some of a salt-infusion of the material
from the squid, there appeared one other colony which consisted
of the micro-organism next to be mentioned.

Bacillus argenteo-phosphorescens II. shows in cover-glass pre-
parations from gelatine cultures, short, always straight rods, with
their ends rounded ; length up to about -0027 mm., yet most of
the rods in the preparations are shorter ; width about ‘00067 mm.
In a drop of nutrient meat-broth they do not exhibit spontaneous
movements ; besides individual bacilli and diplo-forms, threads
made up of few links, and short filaments in which there is no
interruption, occur.

They stain well and uniformly with alkaline methylene-blue.

They do not cause liquefaction of the gelatine which serves as
nutritive soil to them.

The light given off from pure cultures of this microbe is of a
bright silvery colour, and is somewhat more intense than that of
of Bacillus argenteo-phosphorescens (l.c., p. 333); this is espe-
cially noticeable in cultures on boiled fish at 21°-24° C., and then
also it may be noticed that the colour of the light emitted by the
former is greenish-silvery.

On the ground of morphological] and physiological characters
the organism under consideration is distinguished from that
referred to; for instance, it is very easy to demonstrate this
difference by means of streak-cultures on gelatine, where in the
one case (L. arg.-phosph. I.), a flat, waxy yellow ribbon with
glassy lustre is produced, whereas in the other (B. arg.-phosph.
II.), the ribbon has a whitish colour with less prominent lustre,
which is rather of a greasy appearance.

‘630 FURTHER REMARKS ON PHOSPHORESCENT BACTERIA.

III. (VI).

The third (or sixth) kind was derived from a luminous fragment
of squid, as already noticed above. As name for it I propose Ba-
cillus argenteo-phosphorescens III. Under high powers it exhibits
pretty much the same proportions of length and width as that of
the former kind. In cultures in nutrient meat-broth the rods are
seen to be motile; they form, here and there, short threads.

Alkaline methylene-blue is readily and uniformly taken up by
them.

By growing them on or in gelatine, the latter does not become
liquefied.

With regard to the light which their cultures emit in the dark,
it may be said that it resembles, on the whole, that of the two kinds,
named BL. argenteo-phosphorescens J. and II., more especially the
latter. But, in other respects, there are considerable differences
between these two and the one in question. Here I need only
state that the duration of the phosphorescence of the latter is
shorter than that in the case of B. arg.-ph. II., and still shorter
than that of B. arg.-ph. I. Streak-cultures on gelatine (6 p.c.,
alkaline) also afford a convenient means of distinction between
No. III, and the two others. No. III. grows in the streak far
more luxuriantly than do Nos. I. and II. By comparing equally
aged but young cultures, say of the second day, with one another,
one notices at once, that III. presents a ribbon-like superficial
layer, fully double as broad as that of II., and somewhat less than
double the width of that of I. The colour and general appear-
ance of the streak-culture of III. is, save insignificant deviations,
about the same as that of IT.

ON A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF LABROID FISH
FROM PORT JACKSON.

By E. Pierson Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &c., AND J. DouGLAS-OGILBY.

(Notes from the Australian Museum. )
EUPETRICHTHYS, gen. nov.

Branchiostegals six: pseudobranchie present. _ Body elongate
and compressed. Gillmembranes attached to the isthmus. Pre-
opercle entire. Jaws with a pair of curved canines anteriorly,
and a lateral row of conical teeth: posterior canine present.
Dorsal fin with nine spines and twelve rays : anal with three spines
and eleven rays; ventral fins with an elongated ray. Scales
cycloid, large : opercle and cheek scaly. Lateral line continuous.

From the above diagnosis it is evident that the true position of
this fish belongs to that group of Labridew to which Dr. Giinther
(Brit. Mus. Cat. 1v. p. 66) has given the name Julidina, and a
glance along the different sections of that group shews that its
place is among those having “nine dorsal spines, the lateral line
not interrupted, and the cheeks and opercles scaly.” Its close
affinity to Labrichthys—that most numerously represented genus
of Labroids on our shores—is at once apparent, but in such a
genus where the fin formula remains constant throughout the
whole series of about thirty * species, any departure from the
normal number must necessarily carry with it a greater weight
than among fishes which enjoy a greater latitude in this respect.
This difference therefore coupled with the elongate ventrals and
general form have induced us to raise this new species to generic
rank under the above name, placing it in the system between the
genera Labrichthys and Labrovdes.

* The examination of a more extended series of specimens will probably
reduce this number somewhat.

632 ON A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF LABROID FISH,

EUPETRICHTHYS ANGUSTIPES, Sp. Nov.

Les vie MeO hee aAs ole SV 1/5, e eal came ih ater orci
L. tr. 2/9.

The length of the head is contained five times in the total length ;
the greatest height of the body, which is behind the origin of the
anal fin, five and a-half times: the height of the head at the nape
is five-sevenths of its length ; the greatest breadth one-half of the
same. The eye is situated almost entirely above the middle of the
side of the head, but does not encroach upon its upper profile ; it
is of small size, its diameter being contained four and three-fifths
times in the length of the head ; the snout is moderately obtuse and
is one-seventh longer than the diameter of the eye ; the interorbital
space is four-fifths of the same, and is convex, as also is the upper
profile of the head. The jaws are of equal length, and the lips of
moderate thickness; the cleft of the mouth, which is almost
horizontal, is small, the posterior extremity of the maxillary barely
reaching to the eye. The preopercular bones are entire. TZeeth.—
A pair of strong anterior canines in each jaw, those of the lower
being sub-horizontal and received between those of the upper ; on
each ramus of the mandible there are ten, and of the maxilla nine,
conical teeth, the anterior one being the strongest, and the others
decreasing in size by regular gradations ; there are no perceptible
teeth behind these ; posterior canine present.* Fins—the dorsal
fin commences slightly in front of the lobe of the opercle ; its
spines are weak, and considerably lower than the rays, the last of
which is nearly double the length of the last and longest spine,
which is itself two-fifths of the length of the head. The anal
fin commences beneath the anterior dorsal ray ; its spines are
rather stronger but not so long as those of the dorsal, and the third
and longest is only three-sevenths of the posterior ray, which
exceeds in length the corresponding ray of the dorsal fin; the last
ray in both these fins is divided to the very base. The ventral fin

* Tn our specimen there are two posterior canines on one side, and only
one, as is usual, on the other, but, as the same discrepancy not unfre-
quently occurs in the allied genus Labrichthys, no stress need be laid upon
its occurrence in this case.

BY DR. E. P, RAMSAY, F.R.S.E., AND J. DOUGLAS-OGILBY 633

originates beneath the middle of the base of the pectoral ; its
spine is midway in length between the longest of the dorsal and
anal fins, and is one-third of the first ray, which is elongate,
reaching to the origin of the anal, and equal in length to the head .
the second ray is much shorter than the first, and, while the third
is but little more, the fourth and fifth are considerably less, than
the spine. The pectoral fins are short and rounded, two-thirds of
the length of the head, and reaching to the vertical from the
seventh scale of the lateral line. The caudal fin is rounded, and
is of equal length with the head: the length of the free part of the
tail is three-fifths of its height between the terminations of the
dorsal and anal fins. Scales—those on the opercle are almost as
large as those on the body, and form three irregular rows, while
those on the cheek are much smaller, and comprise about ten scales
in a single row, which dogs not quite cover the cheek, and extend
from behind to beneath the middle of the eye: there are three
sets of scales between the occiput and the origin of the dorsal fin,
and a similar number between the dorsal and caudal fins. The
‘bases of the dorsal and anal fins are naked, but the caudal is
clothed for fully half its length with small oblong scales. The
jateral line rises with a gentle curve to beneath the fourth dorsal
spine, and from thence has an almost imperceptible downward
slope to beneath the tenth ray, where it drops suddenly down to
the centre of the tail, leaving four scales on the lateral line
between the flexure and the caudal fin, the last of which is on
that fin, and is much enlarged. The anterior scales are simply
branched by a single offshoot rising near the middle of the main
tube on each side and thus forming an almost rectangular cross ;
from thence to the end of the flexure they bear from five to eight
(and even ten) branchlets, most of which rise from the upper side
of the main tube; behind this the branching again decreases.
Pores—the upper surface of the head is studded with small
circular pores, while the preorbital and preopercle are supplied
with raised tubular pores, which are frequently arbuscular.
Colors*—upper half of body dark green, lower half yellow with
* Taken from the living fish,

634 ON A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF LABROID FISH.

seven purplish transverse bands, darkest inferiorly, where they are
much broader than the interspaces, and even coalesce on the
abdominal region, which is further ornamented with brilliant
violet spots and streaks; upper part of head paler than the back :
a narrow violet band runs obliquely downwards from the eye to
the middle of the maxilla; a second parallel to this just touches
the end of the maxilla, but does not quite join the corresponding
band on the opposite side; a third, which is mush fainter, runs
from the antero- to the postero-inferior angle of the orbit, forming
a semicircle, which encloses a purple spot ; there are two more
narrow pinkish vertical bands descending from the cheeks to the
isthmus, which is of a pale blue color: the lower part of the
opercle is purple, and there are several round spots of the same
color behind the eye. Dorsal fin pale red with a brilliant blue
spot between the two first spines, and the outer half of the web of
the three first orange with narrow pale blue longitudinal streaks ;
an olive-green band, broadest posteriorly, runs along the outer
half of the entire length of the fin, but only touches the margin
on the last two or three rays ; below this are numerous carmine
spots and short oblique streaks, while above it are numbers of
small circular pale blue spots. Anal fin similar but paler, with the
olive-green band suffused over the entire outer half, and ornamented
with oblique wavy blue lines, which sometimes form reticulations ;
carmine spots as in dorsal fin. A broad olive submarginal and
a grey marginal band on the candal fin, both of these being
traversed by pale blue arcuate waved lines, the enclosed space
being salmon-color with carmine spots on the rays. Pectoral fins
hyaline. The outer ventral ray saffron with a narrow blue
margin. Irides brown and silvery with a narrow edging of
orange on the inside.

For the pleasure of describing this most beautiful fish we are
indebted to the commendable liberality of the proprietors of the
Royal Aquarium, Bondi, who handed to us the living fish on its
being pointed out that it was of a species unknown to us. Its
total length is about 6°25 inches, and we are informed that it was
obtained at Rose Bay, Port Jackson, on the 8th inst. Register
number I. 1418.

MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, No. V.
“THE HELAIDES. ”
By WILLIAM Mactgay, F.L.8., &c.

(Continued from page 550.)

In my last Paper on this subject, I gave descriptions of all the
known species of the winged genera of the sub-family. In the
following I shall deal with the apterous genera of the same sub-
family.

These consist of the genera Helceus, Sympetes and Saragus. I
shall take them in the order in which I have now placed them.

Genus Hetavs, Latr.

Head entirely immersed in the thorax, scarcely narrowed, trun-
cate in front, depressed on the forehead. Eyes of variable size.
Antenne in general as long as, or a little more long than the
thorax, their four last joints sub-globose, perfoliate, and forming
a tolerably distinct mass. Thorax moderately transversal,
_parabolically rounded on the sides, narrowly and profoundly
emarginate in front with the anterior angles prolonged and cross-
ing in front of the head ; the base imperfectly contiguous to the
elytra, bisinuate, with a large median lobe of variable form ; the
foliaceous margin of great breadth and reflected. Elytra oblong-
oval or oval, convex on the disk, the foliaceous margins of variable
breadth and reflected. Legs long, tibiz finely rough, one spur to
the anterior and two to the four posterior tibiz, sometimes very
small. Metasternum very short, mesosternum declivous, broadly
concave, prosternal prominencecurved behind, sometimes prolonged.
into ashort point. Body apterous.

‘636 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V.

This genus, which gives its name to the sub-family, contains in
itself in the most exaggerated degree all the peculiarities of the
group. The thorax enclosing the head ; the broad, flattened form,
and the large expanded upturned margins, are very largely more
conspicuous in the species of this genus than in any of the others.
The greater number of the species are from South Australia,
the Swan River settlement, and the interior. I think it may
be classed generally as an inhabitant of the dry and barren plains
-of the far interior.

I propose to group the species into those with—

1. The elytra smooth or only granulate.
prt Agel! g aplloses

3 Ld Vay 4 icestate:

4. , 4, tuberculate.

1. ELYTRA SMOOTH OR ONLY GRANULATE.
61. Hetxzus Coxossus, De Bréme.

Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 59, pl. IV. fig. 1.

Broadly ovate, brownish black, sub-opaque, glabrous. Head
finely rugose, labrum exserted, a little emarginate, clypeus
depressed, rounded laterally, and broadly emarginate at the apex.
Antenne brown, a little longer than the thorax; the last four
joints large, round and reddish, the terminal one a little elongated.
Thorax rounded, strongly sinuate posteriorly, scarcely visibly _
rugose; the disk convex, uneven, on the base of the median line a
strong erect spine, not touching the basal margin of the thorax;
the lateral margins very broad, finely rugose-punctate, and turned
up on the borders ; the anterior angles very rounded and strongly
crossing one another, the posterior angles curved backwards.
Elytra oval and rounded behind, with a scattered minute granula-
tion, the disk oval, sub-convex and a little prolonged towards the
apex ; the margins broad like those of the thorax, feebly raised
and reflected on the borders : body beneath of a reddish-brown and
punctate ; the tibize rough.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 637

Long. 16 lines, lat. 10 lines.
Hab.—Queensland (2).

If I am correct in my identification of this insect, its habitat
is Queensland ; I have specimens of what I take to be it, from
Rockhampton and Victoria River (Mitchell’s Exp.).

62. HELZUS INTERMEDIUS, De Bréme.

Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 61, pl. V. fig. 1.

Broadly ovate, black, nitid, glabrous. Head slightly rugose,
elongate, square in front, the clypeus convex and a little emar-
ginate in front, as well asthe labrum. Antenne as in H. Colossus.
Thorax somewhat granulose, transverse and a little sinuate behind,
the sides rounded towards the base, and conspicuously narrowed and
emarginate in front ; the disk is very slightly convex and presents
many depressions and inequalities, on the base of the median line
a strong erect spine a little curved backwards; the margins broad
particularly laterally, turned up on the edge, the posterior angles
recurved, the anterior rounded and crossing. Elytra oval, nitid,
with a scarcely visible scattered granulation, the disk oval, convex,
a little prolonged backwards, the suture raised into a strong
carina ; on each elytron near the scutellum a very slightly promi-
nent and oblique costa not even reaching to the first third of the
elytra. The margins as large at the base as that of the thorax,
and rather narrower towards the apex. Body beneath of a deep
brown and punctate ; tibize rough.

Long. 13 lines, lat. 8 lines,
Hab.—South Australia.

63. Hetzus princeps, Hope.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1848, Vol. V. p. 52, pl. VI. fig. 1.

‘“‘Fuscus, disco in medio nigricante, marginibus pallidioribus
seu rubro-fuscis, pedibusque concoloribus. Thorax antrorsum

rotundatus (angulis anterioribus complicatis); foramen antice
4]

638 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V.

latius quam longius, postice tuberculo elevato nigricanti, foramine
utrinque satis conspicuo. Elytra late ovalia, postice rotundata,
medio disci atriori, suturaque elevata, sexque punctatis lineis
elevatis in singulo apparentibus, marginibus late piceo-fulvis, punc-
tisque atris elevatis sparsim aspersis. Corpus infra fusco-brunneum.
Pedes concolores.”

Long. 15} lines, lat. 9? lines.
Hab.—Swan River.

I have given Mr. Hope’s description in full, not that I regard it
as by any means a satisfactory description, but because I may be
wrong in giving Mr. Hope’s name to the insect described below,
but which I think must be identical with it.

Very broadly ovate, black, sub-opaque. Head very minutely
punctate, eyes very transverse, approximate. Clypeus very broadly
and lightly emarginate. Thorax transverse, very broadly mar-
gined, the margins reddish, largely hollowed out and reflected, and
minutely rugose punctate, the anterior angles very broadly rounded
and crossing one another in front of the head, the right one upper-
most; the disk small, convex, uneven, with the median line rising
in a short carina near the apex and into a large conical headed
tubercle near the base.

Elytra as broad or slightly broader than the thorax at the base,
the margins very broad, flattened out and much reflected on the
borders, reddish and diaphanous with some strong scattered punc-
tures, the disk convex, carinate on the suture, irregularly and some-
what obliterately rugosely punctate, with on each elytron six rows
of more or less distant small granules, the row next the suture
most closely continuous. Body beneath and legs opaque brown
and densely punctate.

Long. 14 lines, lat. 9 lines.

Hab.—South Australia.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 639

64. Herzus Brownu, Kirby.

Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Vol. XII. p. 467, pl. XXIII. fig. 83—
Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 82, pl. VI. fig. 6.—Boisd. Voy.
de l’Astrol. p. 261.

Ovate, black, or brownish black, very nitid, glabrous. Head
granulate, clypeus convex, turned up on the border, emarginate
anteriorly, the labrum salient not emarginate, forehead elevated
with a slight longitudinal groove between the eyes ; the eighth
joint of the antenne large and round, the ninth and tenth not so
swollen, the last oval and reddish. Thorax transverse, rounded,
smooth and not much sinuated posteriorly ; the disk feebly
carinated, moderately convex, with several depressions and irregu-
larities, and asmall erect spine at the base of the median line ; the
anterior angles crossing and rounded, the posterior very much
curved backwards; the margins broad, raised, very minutely
punctate, and folded back at the borders. Elytra oval, the disk
convex and scarcely visibly granulate, the suture carinate ; on each
side of the scutellum a short slight depression or fovea, the mar-
gins raised and folded on the border, as broad as those of the
thorax towards the base, narrower on the sides and apex and
convex at the humeral angles, which are a little prominent. Under
surface and legs brown; tibiz rugose.

Long. 10 lines, lat. 84 lines.

Hab.—Swan River, W. Australia.

65. HEL&HUS INTERIORIS, 0. sp.

Oblong-oval, black, sub-opaque. Head very minutely punctate,
the clypeus and labrum slightly emarginate. ‘Thorax minutely
and roughly punctate, the margins very broad and much reflected,
the anterior angles broadly rounded and crossing in front of the
head leaving the opening over the head nearly circular, the
posterior angles much recurved backwards; the disk is small,
slightly convex and uneven, with a strong, erect, conical tubercle
in the middle near the base. Elytra at the base about the width

640 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V.

of the thorax at the base, but expanding behind, the margins very
broad, a little reflexed, and rather thinly granulate, the disk
carinate at the suture, and on each eiytron about eleven or twelve
irregular rows of more or less distant granules, the second row from
the suture having the granules more continuous, and presenting
near the base a costiform appearance.

Long. 12 lines, lat. 8 lines.

Hab.—Darling River.

66, HEL&US PALLIDUS, n, sp.

The very pale yellowish-brown diaphanous appearance of this
insect may possibly be due to its being very fresh from the
chrysalis, but, quite apart from its colour, it is undoubtedly a very
distinct species. In form it is not unlike H. intermedius. Head
rather flat, punctate, canaliculate between the eyes, these approxi-
mate. Thorax transverse, very broadly margined, the margins
very minutely punctate, much flattened out, and a little recurved
on the edges; the disk is small, convex, and of a darker colour
than the margins, uneven and foveated, with an erect rather sub-
acute spine near the middle of the base; the anterior angles are
largely rounded in front of the head, the posterior are strongly
pointed backwards. The elytra are a very little broader than the
thorax, and scarcely ampliated behind the shoulders, the margins
like those of the thorax, the disk convex, carinate on the suture
and rather densely covered with punctures very irregularly
disposed. Body beneath and legs brown, finely striolate-punctate.

Long. 12 lines, lat 8 lines.

Hab.—South Australia.

The only other species resembling this are—H. princeps, H.
intermedius, and H. Colossus.

The first of these has the elytra with distinct rows of granules ;
the second has the elytra smooth, with very small scattered
granules ; the last has minute granules on the disk of the elytra,
and large scattered punctures on the margins; whereas the present
species has the disk of the elytra closely and irregularly punctured
without trace of granules.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 64]

2. ELYTRA PILOSE.

67. HEL#us pERFORATUS, Latreille.

Fam. Naturelle, 2nd Ed. Vol. IT. p. 32, pl. III. fig. 6—Guérin
et Perch. Gen. des Ins. 3 liv. N. 7, pl. XI.—Boisd. Voy. de
lAstrol. p. 361.—De Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 55, pl. VI. fig. 2.

Broadly ovate, black, sometimes a little violet black. Head
advanced, subrugose, a little longer than broad, clypeus convex,
the angle of the epicranium raised, the forehead canaliculate
between the eyes ; labrum salient, as well as the palpi. Antenne
about 1} times the length of the thorax, the seventh joint slightly
rounded, the two following globular, the last joint larger and
pointed. Thorax transverse, sub-sinuated posteriorly, rounded on
the sides and narrowed in front, the disk a little punctate, slightly
convex, not perceptibly carinate, but with a perceptible tubercle on
the median line towards the base, the margins very dilated, thin,
recurved and very minutely granulate, the anterior angles dilated,
rounded and meeting or slightly crossing in front of the head, the
posterior angles pointing a little backwards. Elytra oval, a little
dilated behind the humeral angles, rounded towards the apex, the
disk very convex, oval, nitid, irregularly punctate, each elytron
with four rows of long crisp hairs, these hairs are generally black,
but sometimes reddish at the point, and planted in bundles ; the
margins are very dilated, a little larger than those of the thorax.
The under surface entirely black and punctate. Legs black, tibize
rugose.

Long. 13} lines, lat. 8} lines.

Hab.—South and Western Australia.

68. Hetzus Kirsyl, Bréme.

Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 57, pl. VI. fig. 4.

Very like H. perforatus but of a grayer black and a little less
dull. Thorax more narrowed on each side and more strongly
carinate, particularly towards the base where the median line is

642 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V.

elevated into an obtuse point, posterior angles salient and recurved
backwards. Elytra dilated behind the humeral angles, narrowing
a little towards the middle and apex, the disk very convex, oval,
nitid, irregularly punctate, with on each elytron four rows of small
tufts of reddish-brown hair, much thinner and shorter than in H.
perforatus and with scarcely a trace of puncturation on the
margins. In all else like H. perforatus.

Long. 124 lines, lat. 8 lines.

Hab.-—Swan. River.

69. Hetaus Spenci, Bréme.

Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 58, pl. WI. fig. 5.

Like the last two species. Entirely of a nitid blackish brown,
with some fulvous reflections. Head as in H, perforatus, but a
little longer. Antenne of the same form but shorter and velvety.
Thorax narrower relatively to the size than that of H. perforatus
and carinated in the same way, not visibly punctate, slightly
sinuate behind, the posterior angles very little recurved behind ;
the margins as in H. perforatus. LElytra dilated and rounded
posteriorly, of the width of the thorax at the base, the humeral
angles rounded, the disk convex, elongate oval, nitid, irregularly
punctate, with on each elytron four rows of very fine fulvous
hairs exceedingly short and forming a compact brush; the margins
as in the preceding species, scarcely perceptibly punctate, more
narrow towards the apex than on the sides. Under surface and
legs as in H. perforatus.

Long. 12} lines, lat. 7 lines.

Hab.—New Holland.
3. ELYTRA COSTATE.
70. HELAUS MONILIFERUS, Pascoe.

Journ. of Ent. IT. p. 463.
Broadly ovate, deep brown or black, sub-nitid. Head rugose,
clypeus and labrum truncate, forehead lightly canaliculate, the

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 643

eyes approximate. Thorax transverse, the margins very broad and
dilated, very minutely rugosely punctate, opaque ; the anterior
angles crossing in front of the head and rounded at the apex, but
much less broadly rounded than in those of H. Colossus, the posterior
angles not much recurved ; the disk is convex, smooth, not per-
ceptibly punctate, and strongly carinate on the median line from a
little behind the apex to close to the base, the carina rising in a
compressed tubercle at its base ; the base of the thorax is bisinuate,
the edge near each side minutely serrate. The elytra are very
slightly broader than the thorax and nitid, the margins are broad,
smooth, impunctate and of a reddish hue with a very thick
upturned border, the disk is faintly punctate, with the suture
slightly carinate ; a very strong carina on each elytron near the
suture extending from base to apex, and a line of rather large bead-
like tubercles along each side on the marginal junction. Under
surface brown, very finely striolate, legs punctate, finely pubescent.

Long. 12 lines, lat. 7 lines.

Hab.—South Australia.

71. Hetmus Macteayl, Bréme.

Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 65, pl. VI. fig. 3.

Entirely of a very nitid brownish-black, smooth. Head some-
what square; clypeus not sensibly emarginate, labrum salient
feebly rounded, epicranium convex, forehead very slightly canali-
culate between the eyes. Antenne as long as the thorax, in all
respects like that of H. perforatus. Thorax finely punctate, less
transverse than in the previous species, elongated anteriorly and
rounded laterally, subsinuate behind, a very slight emargination
on each side a little above the posterior angles, the anterior angles
very long, crossing in front of the head and terminating in an
obtuse point ; the disk a little convex, the median line carinate,
more elevated behind ; margins broad, wavy, feebly folded on the
border. Elytra with a slight irregular puncturation, a little
dilated behind the humeral angles, then almost parallel-sided to
two-thirds of the length and rounded at the apex, the disk very

644 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V.

convex, nitid, feebly crimped on each side towards the middle of
the body and at the margin, a very prominent sutural carina, on
each elytron near the suture a short raised carina extending from
the base to two-thirds of their length ; the margins as broad as that
of the prothorax, more narrow behind, irregularly wavy, and
folded above on the border. The undersurface is of a very nitid
brown and punctate.

Long. 84 lines, lat. 43 lines.

Hab.—King George’s Sound.

72. Hetazus Masters, Pascoe.

Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4 Vol. V. p. 99.

“ Broadly obovate, dark brown, covered with a loose greyish
dust-like squamosity, and furnished above with short erect black
bristles ; eyes approximate, nearly covered by the prothorax ; the
latter impunctate, nearly semi-circular, not narrowed at the base,
the margin broad, slightly concave, the centre with a narrow very
distinct longitudinal ridge not quite extending to the base; seutellum
transverse ; elytra as broad at the base as long, broadest behind
the middle, sides of the disk very convex, the margins moderately
foliaceous, irregularly punctured ; the intervals of the punctures
with short bristles, the suture finely raised, and at a short distance
on each of it a strong carina not reaching to the apex, another, but
nearly obsolete, at the same distance on the outer side; body
beneath and legs dull brown, the latter especially covered with
short hairs” (Pascoe).

Length, 63-74 lines.

Hab.—Salt River, West Australia.

73. Hetaus Perron, Boisd.
Voy. del’ Astrol. p. 259.—Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 66, pl. V.
fig. 3.
Oval, deep brownish-black, glabrous. Head finely rugose, nearly
square, clypeus convex and slightly emarginate in front, its angles

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 645

obtuse, epicranium raised. Antenne a little longer than the
thorax, brown, terminating in a mass formed of the last five joints,
the ninth largest, the last oval. Thorax transverse, rounded later-
ally, narrowed towards the apex and sinuate at the base, entirely
rugose and opaque, the disk convex, the median line strongly
carinate, the carina more elevated towards the base, near which it
terminates in an obtuse point ; the margins rather concave and
reflexed on the borders, a little convex at the posterior angles
which are lightly curved backwards, the anterior angles crossing
a little and terminating in a narrow point. Elytra oval, rounded
towards the apex, nitid, the disk convex, strongly punctate, suture
carinate, on each elytron and nearer the suture than the sides, an
elevated thin carina which terminates about one-third of the
length from the apex ; scutellum rounded, margins smooth, raised
at the humeral angles, the rest flat, narrower at the base than
that of the thorax and very narrowly reflexed, under surface
reddish-brown and rugose, the part embracing the elytra punctate,

Long. 74 lines, lat. 44 lines.

Hab.—Swan River, W. Australia.

74. HELEZUS CONSULARIS, Pascoe.

Journ. of Ent. II. p. 463.

“ Obovate, glabrous, black, shining ; prothorax with a toothed
carina in the middle, the posterior tooth large, in the form of a
compressed triangular spine ; scutellum transversely triangular,
keeled in the middle; elytra impunctate, the broad strongly
reflexed margins faintly punctured, their edges terminated by an
erect, narrow border, the raised suture having on each side at a
short distance a sharp costa crenated on both sides, and externally
near the angle formed by the reflected margin a line of small
tubercles which do not however extend to the base ; body beneath
glabrous, black, shining ; legs rugose”’ (Pascoe).

Length, 11 lines.

Hab.—Western Australia.

I have never seen this species.

ae

646 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V.

75. Heuaus castor, Pascoe.

Journ. of Ent. II. p. 464.

“ Broadly ovate, brownish, scarcely shining, margins of the
prothorax and elytra broad and only slightly reflexed, the edges
with an erect narrow border; antenne nearly linear ; prothorax
with short, scattered bristly hairs, the perforated portion with an
elevated margin, disk with a sharp longitudinal line, posterior
angles falcate, overlapping theelytra; scutellum broadly triangular ;
elytra irregularly punctured, and clothed with numerous scattered
minute bristles, costa on each side of the suture terminating at
about a third from the apex; body beneath dark brown; legs
rugose”’ (Pascoe).

Length, 9 lines.
Hab.—South Australia.

This is the most nearly circular-shaped species I know. The
breadth is very slightly less than the length.

76. HeLaus FALCATUS, Pascoe.

Journ. of Ent. IT. p. 464.

Ovate, black, thorax obsoletely granulate, strongly carinate in_
the middle, the anterior angles crossing and terminating in an
acute point, the margin moderately recurved. Elytra broad and
broadly margined, very glossy, rather faintly and rugosely punc-
tate and sparsely clothed with minute sete, with the suture
strongly carinate, and a costa on each side reaching from the base
to one-third from the apex, sharply elevated and rather crenulate
on both sides; the margins are smooth and are bordered on the
inner side by a row of granules. In all else like H. Peroni.

Long. 53 lines, lat. 3} lines.

Hab.—South Australia.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.s., &. 647

77. Hetwus Hope, Bréme.

Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 68, pl. V. fig. 4.

Oval, dull black ; head rounded and rugose, clypeus not emar-
ginate, separated from the epicranium by a deep transverse groove;
labrum rounded and salient. Antennz scarcely the length of the
thorax, rugose and hairy, the four last joints round. Thorax
transverse, narrowed in front, convex, sinuate behind, strongly rugose
and carinate, the median line elevated into a carina, the margins
not reflexed all round, broad particularly towards the posterior
angles which are acute and feebly recurved, the anterior angles touch
ovly and are thin and very pointed. The elytra narrow slightly on
the sides towards the apex and terminate in a slight point ; they
are rugose, with numerous slightly visible coste, the disk is convex
at the base and flattened towards the apex ; on each elytron and
about the middle of its breadth is a strongly salient costa, longi-
tudinally rounded, which extends from the base to two-thirds of
the length, where it is obliterated and approaches the suture, the
suture is not sensibly elevated, the margin is as large as that of the
thorax at the humeral angles and is almost reduced to a simple
reflected border posteriorly on each side. Legs and under surface
dull black.

Long. 53 lines, lat. 33 lines.
Hab.—New Holland, probably West Australia.

I have never seen this species. It differs considerably from all
those described above, and seems to lead off to a rather distinct
group to which the two following species belong.

78. Hetaus squamosus, Pascoe.

Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol IIT. p. 286, pl. XII. fig 4.

“Oblong, parallel at the sides, impunctate, rusty-brown, opaque,
sparsely covered with fulvous hairs simulating scales ; head a little
prolonged anteriorly ; clypeus rounded ; prothorax rather trans-
verse, with a strongly marked carina in the middle, the foliaceous

648 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V.

margins broad and reflexed ; scutellum transversely triangular ;
elytra moderately convex, depressed along the sutural region, the
suture finely raised, and near it on each side a strongly marked
carina, which terminates abruptly at a little distance from the apex,
a line of small tubercles towards the foliaceous margins, which are
moderately broad, but expanded inwardly near the shoulders ;
body beneath and legs opaque rusty-brown clothed with fine
scattered hairs” (Pascoe).

Length, 12 lines.

Hab.—Cooper’s Creek, Darling River.

79. Hetaus DERBYENSIS, n. sp.

Very like 4. squamosus but larger, and of the same rusty
brown, opaque, squamous appearance. The anterior angles of
the thorax come in contact but do not cross, the disk is less convex
than in /. sywamosus, and the carina is less and more uniformly
elevated ; the posterior angles are sharp and but lightly recurved.
The elytra scarcely differ from those of H. sqgwamosus, the suture
is not at all carinated, and the sculpture generally and the clothing
are perhaps less coarse. The three last joints of the antennz are
shorter than the others but not broader.

Long. 12 lines, lat. 7 lines.

Hab.—Derby, King’s Sound, North-west Australia.

80. HeLt#us Haaat, Dohrn.

Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1881, p. 314.

Like H, Peronii, but very much smaller ; entirely covered with
a thin, short, setiform decumbent pubescence, rugosely punc-
tate, and of a dull reddish-brown colour ; the anterior angles of
the thorax falcate and acute, but not meeting in front of the head.

Long. 4 lines, lat 2? lines.

Hab.—South Australia.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., dc. 649

4, ELYTRA TUBERCULATE.

This sub-section includes several species so like one another, and
so inadequately described, that it becomes amatter of great difficulty
to make them out ; fortunately I have in my collection the original
of H. echinatus, a species described by the Rev. Mr. Hope, from
an insect sent him by W. 8. Macleay, whose MS. name is affixed
to the specimen which I now redescribe.

81. Henaus Eecurnatus, Hope.

Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond. Vol. V. p. 54, pl. VII. fig. 1.

Oval, black, opaque. Head very minutely rugosely punctate,
transverse, depressed in front, no visible clypeal suture, clypeus a
little emarginate in front, labrum large. Thorax very minutely
and roughly striolate punctate, very minutely pubeseent, slightly
transverse, the margins thickly raised and reflected on the borders,
the anterior angles crossing in front of the head and terminatingin
@ harrow rounded point, leaving a transverse opening for the head,
the posterior angles very much curved backwards and acute, the
disk moderately convex and even, with alow carina on the median
line, interrupted in the middle, and a little elevated at the base.
Elytra slightly broader than the thorax at the base, not ampliated
behind, convex, the margins corrugated and slightly reflexed,
broad at the shoulders and narrow at the apex ; the disk coarsely
punctured in twelve close rows, a row of glossy tubercles on the
alternate interstices, three of these larger than the others, one
rising on each side of the scutellum and running obliquely to the
suture at about one-fourth of the length from the base, and thence
along the suture, and consisting until near the apex of elongate
nearly continuous tubercles, the third and fifth rows of tubercles
are larger and more distant, the second, fourth and sixth rows still
more distant and slightly smaller, The under surface and legs are
opaque and very minutely granulate, the prosternum is very
obsoletely carinate ; the antenne are setose, the four last joints
broader a little than the others,

Long. 6} lines, lat. 43 lines, Hab.—New South Wales.

‘650 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V.

82. HELmuUs ECHIDNA, White.

App. Voy. Grey, p. 464.—Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. I. 64, pl.
WE) tie!

Of a brilliant black, oblong. Head convex, smooth. Thorax
a little sinuate behind, rounded on the sides, slightly convex,
smooth with two light depressions on each side behind, the mar-
gins broad, raised, wavy and feebly folded on the borders, the
anterior angles blunt and crossing, the posterior short but
recurved backwards. Elytra oblong, smooth, nitid, rounded
towards the apex, the disk convex, with three rows of spines on
each elytron, two of them near the suture, the third approaching
the margin, the spines of the middle ranges are rather irregularly
disposed, and are much stronger than those of the lateral ranges,
the margins smooth, as large as those of the thorax, rounded
behind, raised and wavy.

Long. 7% lines, lat. 34 lines.

Hab.—King George’s Sound.

83. HeL&us ovatus, Guérin.

Voy. de la Coquille, p. 105, pl. V. fig. 7,—Bréme, Mon. Cossyph.
ipa; pl. V.) fig sz:

Ovate, convex, smooth, brownish-black. Head small, rounded,
rugose, the anterior border of the clypeus emarginate, labrum
salient and emarginate ; antenne shorter than the thorax, the five
terminal joints larger than the others and a little dilated. Thorax
transverse, dull, rugose, emarginate at the posterior angles which
are very salient ; the disk convex, the median line elevated as in
H. peronii, on each side of that line at the base are two small
fossee; the margins are narrow and rugose, the anterior angles
acute and crossing a little. Elytra rounded towards the apex,
and slightly pointed, convex, nitid and irregularly punctate,
on each side near the scutellum an elevated costa, sharp and
narrow, which terminates at the suture at a third of its length ;
beyond this there is another costa scarcely larger than the first,

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.LS., &C, 651

but is continued in a series of a sharp erect spine or tubercles, the
suture is spinous and between it and the costa is a line of minute
tubercles ; there are two other series of tubercles outside the
second costa ; margins very narrow.

Long. 7} lines, lat. 41 lines,

Hab.—New Holland.

84. HeLtzxus TUBERCULATUS, Bréme.

Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 71, pl. VIL. fig. 2.

Dull blackish-brown, glabrous, ovate. Antennz and head as in
H. ovatus, the latter a little more Square and flattened. Thorax
smooth, very rounded laterally, transverse and sinuate behind, the
disk convex, the median line raised, more strongly posteriorly, the
margins broad and rugose, the borders folded above, the anterior
angles very acute, touching but not crossing in front, the pos-
terior strongly recurved backwards. Elytra rounded posteriorly
and very slightly acuminate at the apex, the humeral angles
obtuse, the disk oval, convex, on each side of the suture are two
rows of sharp tubercles some of these, particularly near the base,
are of elongate form, the row or costa along the suture diverges
in front towards the scutellum, of which it takes the direction, the
costa of the middle of the elytra forms a narrow line, these costze
are obliterated towards the apex, as well as the tubercles which are
irregularly spread over the interstices, the whole surface is coarsely
punctate, the margins are smooth and not raised, broad at the
humeral angles, narrowing to almost none at the apex.

Long. 64 lines, lat. 43 lines.

Hab.—V ictoria.

Genus SymprErzs, Pascoe.

Journ. of Ent. IT. p, 464.

A genus characterised by Pascoe as being separated from Heleus
by the anterior angles of the thorax not meeting in front of the
head, and from Saragus by the mesosternum having no notch for
the reception of the prosternal process. Labrum hidden.

652 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V.

85. SympetEes Mac eayl, Pascoe.

Journ. of Ent. II. p. 465.

“ Broadly and almost elliptically ovate, and very much depressed,
dark brown, the margins paler, somewhat shining ; clypeus broad,
emarginate at the apex, and hiding the lip ; prothorax finely punc-
tured, the disk at the base scarcely more than a third of the width ;
scutellum broadly triangular ; elytra with rather small punctures,
sharply raised along the suture, each elytron with three indistinct
lines, the margins nearly flat ; body beneath and legs dull reddish-
brown, the margins of the prothorax and elytra finely punctured ”
(Pascoe).

Length, 12 lines.

Hab.—King George’s Sound, Western Australia.

My specimens of this insect have the median line of the thorax
carinated lightly in front, and more elevated towards the base ;,
Mr. Pascoe makes no mention of this, yet as I can scarcely think
that there is more than one species of this peculiar flattened form,
I fancy it must be an omission on Mr. Pascoe’s part.

86. SYMPETES conTRACTUS, Hope.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. Vol. V. p. 53, VI. fig. 2.

“ Ater, ovatus, postice vix dilatatus, antennis piceis ; thorace-
marginibus elevatis, lineaque media longitudinali elevata. Elytra
sub-lente tribus lineis parum distinctis notata, sparsimque punctu-
lata. Corpus infra atro-piceum, abdomine colore piceo inquinato
pedibusque concoloribus” (Hope).

Long. 9 lines, lat. 34 lines.

Hab.—Swan River.

87. SYMPETES TRICOSTELLUS, White.

Voy. Capt. Grey, App. p. 464.—Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 53,
pl. V. fig. 6.

Brown, glabrous, ovate, dilated posteriorly. Head punctate,
slightly transverse, rounded laterally with the borders raised, a

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 653

little emarginate anteriorly, the clypeus and epicranium convex,
separated by a deep suture. Antennz of a clear brown, about the
length of the thorax, the four terminal joints small but more
rounded than the others, particularly the last which is oval and
pointed. Thorax flat, scarcely visibly punctate, transverse, sinuate
behind, rounded on the sides, and narrowed in front, the median
line elevated towards the base, the margins flat, broad and bordered,
the anterior angles obtuse, half the length of the head, the poste-
rior slightly salient and curved backwards. Elytra rounded
behind, convex, nitid, somewhat sinuate at the base, the disk
convex and punctate; on each elytron three very obliterate coste,
placed a little obliquely, suture strongly elevated, margins broad,
flat and folded on the borders, equally broad throughout and a
little gibbous at the humeral angles; under the body brown,
punctate ; feet of the same colour, the two penultimate segments
of the abdomen bordered with red.

Long. 10 lines, lat 74 lines,
Hab.—West Australia.

Genus Saracus, Erichs.

Archiv fiir Naturg. 1842, p. 171.—Lac. Gen. Col. Vol. V.
p. 348.

Head sunk in the thorax to the insertion of the antenne, a
little narrowed behind and broadly truncate or sinuate in front,
the clypeus separated from the front by a suture frequently almost
obsolete. Eyes tolerably prolonged on the front. Antenne shorter
than the thorax; their three, four, or five last joints somewhat
orbicular, forming a slightly conspicuous mass. Thorax transverse,
parabolically rounded on the sides, broadly and deeply emarginate
semi-circularly in front, contiguous to the elytra and bisinuate at the
base, with the posterior angles salient behind. the foliaceous part
broad, flat or concave, and raised on the borders. Elytra oval, more
or less convex, their margins of variable breadth, often narrow
throughout. Legs somewhat long; the tibie finely rough, the

>

654 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V.

anterior sometimes denticulate on the external edge and with one
or two spurs, the four posterior tibie with two spurs. Metas-
ternum very short. Mesosternum and prosternal process as in
Heleus. Body oval, apterous.

This genus includes all the apterous species of the Helecdes
excepting those comprised in the two preceding genera. They
seem to be all ground beetles, and inhabit chiefly the dry arid
districts of South Australia, Western Australia, and the interior
of New South Wales. A variety of different forms and sculp-
ture is to be found included under this genus, some perhaps justi-
fying the formation of new genera. I shall, however, content
myself with dividing the numerous species into sections, so as to
simplify to the student the identification of those described.

I divide the genus in the first instance into three sections founded
on the sculpture of the elytra, viz.: (i.) Those species which
have distinctly costate elytra. (ii.) Those with a more or less
coarse reticulate sculpture, and {iii.) Those with the elytra not or
faintly costate, or punctate or smooth. The first of these sections
comprises three distinct types—(1) Helcus, like insects of oblong
form, broad concave margins to thorax and elytra, and one costa
on each elytron. This includes four species—S. incisws, Pascoe ;
S. convexicollis, Macl.; S. Blackburni, Macl., and 8S. Spinole,
Hope. (2) Insects of the type of S. levicollis, Fab.,—convex
form and tricostate elytra, the interstices tuberculate ; all the
species of this type have the apex of the anterior tibie largely
and bluntly produced, and the external terminal spine very large
and obtuse ; the group will include—S. Odewahnii, Pascoe; S.
catenulatus, Macl.; S&. rudis, Macl.; 8. levicostatus, Macl.; S.
rugosus, Boisd. (3) Species of the 8. emarginatus type. The
elytra costate as in the last, but the interstices smooth or only
punctate. Species—S. emarginatus, Guér. ; S. interruptus, Bréme ;
S. marginellus, Hope; S. confirmatus, Pascoe; S. opacipennis,
Macl. ; S. infelix, Pascoe. Section ii. Elytra reticulate, includes
five species—WS. luridus, Haag-Rut.; S. reticulatus, Haag-Rut ; S.
clathratus, Macl.; S. crenulatus, Macl.; S. rugosipennis, Macl.

Section iii. like section i. is divisible into three groups. (1)

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 655

Those having the elytra striate or faintly costate as—
S. australis, Boisd.; S. limbatus, Pascoe ; S. simplex, Hope ; 8.
tarsalis, Hope; S. carinatus, Bréme; S. asidoides, Pascoe; 8.
asperipes, Pascoe ; S. exulans, Pascoe; S. striatipennis, Macl. ; S.
geminatus, Macl. (2) The group of which S. brunnipes may
be taken as the type. S. brunnipes, Bréme ; S. Pascoei, Macl. ;
S. brunnipennis, Macl.; 8. magister, Pascoe, and (3,) of some
smooth rather flat circular shaped species chiefly from Western
Australia—S. Duboulayi, Pascoe; S. levis, Macl,; S. gagates,
Bréme ; S. orbicularis, Bréme ; S. rotwndatus, Bréme; S. subru-
gosus, Bréme; S. unicarinatus, Bréme ; S. patelliformis, Pascoe.
Other species remain which can scarcely be placed with any of the
foregoing groups. S. ovalis, Macl., a smooth oblong species of the
S. incisus type, and Helewus testudineus, Hope, which may be a
Saragus, but has a general resemblance to the genus Lncara.

Section I.
ELYTRA COSTATE.

88. Saragus riNncIsus, Pascoe.

Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol. V. p. 101.

“ Obovate, dark-brown, opaque; head and prothorax covered
with short minute ridges (except the centre of the latter), and
more or less longitudinal or slightly oblique ; eyes not approxi-
mate, front rather concave ; prothorax deeply emarginate at the
apex, the angles on each side produced, subacute, behind the middle
a slightly gibbous lobe angularly emarginate posteriorly ; scu-
tellum broad, rounded behind; elytra gradually broader behind
for about two-thirds of their length, the suture finely raised, each
elytron with a stout costa near the suture, abruptly terminating
near the commencement of the posterior declivity, the space
between the two irregularly but finely punctured, between the
costa and the expanded margin three rows of small elevated
tubercles ; body beneath and legs black, rather glossy” (Pascoe).

Length, 10 lines.

Hab.—Mudgee, New South Wales.

656 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V.

In my specimens of this insect, the head and thorax are more
minutely and densely granulate, and the gibbous elevation on the
thorax is large and bi-tuberculate.

89. SARAGUS CONVEXICOLLIS, n. sp.

In form and sculpture very like the preceding species. It
differs in being of more elongate form, and of a more nitid black
colour. The thorax is less thickly granular and less transverse,
the disk very convex with a well-marked median line, and the
anterior angles less pointed. The elytra are more parallel-sided,
the costa on each side of the suture is continuous almost to the
apex, the tubercles on the three outer rows smaller and the inter-
stices more granular than in S. incisus, the space between the two
coste punctate.

Long. 10 lines, lat. 5 lines.

Hab.—South Australia.

90. Saracus BLacKBURNI, Nn. sp.

Very like §. zncisus, but of a rather broader form ; the head is
deeply impressed between the eyes, the clypeal suture deeply
marked. The thorax is like that of S. incisus, but the gibbosity
not so marked or so largely tuberculated, the anterior angles not so
pointed, and the sides even rounded, not sinuate as in S. incesus.
The élytra are minutely and thinly punctate, the coste and rows
of tubercles as in S. incisws, but much smaller and smoother.

Long. 10 lines, lat. 64 lines.
Hab.—South Australia.

I have named this species after the Rev. T. Blackburn, B.A.,
whose studies of the Entomological Fauna of South Australia,
published in the Proceedings of the Royal Society of that
Colony, are most valuable to Australian entomologists.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 657

91, Saracus Spinotz, Hope.

Heleus Spinole, Hope, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. Vol. V. 1848,
p. 53, pl. VI. fig. 3.

Black, the thorax and margins of the elytra blackish-brown,
legs piceous. Ovate, head depressed, subrugose, the anterior
angles of the thorax not meeting, the elytra furnished in the
middle with long, crisp, black hair. Body beneath piceous, of the
same colour as the legs. Long. 94 lines, lat. 64 lines,

Hab.—Swan River.

To this description of Hope’s, Westwood has added in a note
with reference to its affinity to H. perforatus, Kirby—* It is of
a much more regularly oval form, with each extremity somewhat
acute, the anterior angles of the prothorax are subtruncate in
front of the eyes, and do not overlap each other, leaving an open
space of nearly the breadth of the head. The disk of the
prothorax has two impressed spots, and wants the central
posterior tubercle which exists in H. perforatus.”

I have never seen this insect, but from the plate and descrip-
tion I have no hesitation in placing it in this genus, and in the
incisus group, the lines of crisp hair taking the place of the
coste.

92. SARAGUS LAEVICOLLIS, Fabr.

Silpha laevicollis, Fabr. Ent. Syst. 1, 250, 8.—Syst. El. 1, p.
338, 8.—Ol. Ins. 2, 11, 12, tab. II. fig. 15; Cilibe laevicollis,
De Bréme, Mon. des Cossyph. I. p. 44, pl. III. fig. 1.; Saragus
laevicollis Krichs. Wiegm. Archiv 1842, I. p. 172, pl. 4, f. 7;
Hope, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. Vol. V. 1848, p. 56, pl. VII. fig. 5.

Oval, black, opaque; head rounded, salient, convex and
rugose, border of the epistome and epicranium a little raised.
Antennae short, of a reddish brown ; the last five joints broader
and rounder than the others. Thorax transverse, sinuate
posteriorly and rounded on the sides ; the disk convex and rugose,

658 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V.

the margins broad and transversely wrinkled, anterior angles.
rounded, not much advanced, the posterior slightly recurved.
Elytra very convex, oval, punctate, a little dilated towards the
middle, the humeral angles obtuse ; on each elytron three sharp
costes, rising from the base and not reaching the apex; these
cost are irregularly interrupted behind, the interstices have each
a row of distant tubercles of unequal size, the margins are
narrow. The under surface is of a subnitid brown and punctate.

Long. 7 lines, lat. 5 lines.

Hab.—Tasmania, Victoria, and South Australia.

This and some of the following species seem to differ much from
the rest of the genus in having a very strong blunt tooth rising
from the outer apex of the anterior tibie.

93. SARAGUS ODEWAHNII, Pascoe.

Journ. of Ent. IT. p. 467.

“Shortly ovate, blackish-brown, opaque ; clypeus slightly pro-
duced, broadly emarginate at the apex, separated from the head by
an indistinct semi-circular line; head rugosely punctured ; pro-
thorax very closely and minutely punctured, the intervals having
a granulous appearance, the apex rather broadly emarginate, the
margins broad and pale brownish ; elytra considerably broader at
the middle and posteriorly, tricostate, the inner costa sharply
defined, but suddenly ceasing before the apex, the two outer costz
broken up into short lines or points, the intervals with a slight
tomentose pubescence, out of which rise a number of minute
granules; body beneath dark brown, shining ; legs paler ; tibie
slightly scabrous ” (Pascoe).

Length, 5 lines.

Hab.—South Australia (Gawler).
94. SARAGUS CATENULATUS, Nn. sp.

Very like S. levicollis, but differs in being larger, in having the
head less raised at the sides and front, in having the thorax very

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 659

minutely granular, and not corrugated on the margins, in having
the costs of the elytra very narrow and rather wavy, in having
a row of small distant elongate tubercles in the interstices which
are obsoletely rugose and minutely granulate.

Long. 7 lines, lat. 44 lines.

Hab.—Murrumbidgee.

95. SARAGUS RUDIS, n. sp.

Broader and flatter than the last, black, opaque, the margins
reddish. Head minutely granulate, rather depressed, emarginate.
Thorax minutely granular, transversely convex near the base, the
margins broad and corrugate. Elytra strongly tricostate, the
costz somewhat crenulate and continuous almost to the apex, the
interstices coarsely and rugosely punctate and granulate, the mar-
gins broad and corrugate. Under surface nitid, the spur on the
fore tibie more long and acute than in the preceding species.

Long. 8 lines, lat. 5 lines.

Hab.—Monaro, Mudgee.

96. SARAGUS LEVICOSTATUS, N. Sp.

Very opaque and convex, much smaller than S. /evicollis, from
which it differs chiefly in the sculpture of the elytra, in which the
costee are very fine, and composed of single rows of more or less
distant minute tubercles, the alternate rows most distant, the
margins are narrow ; the tibise much serrated on the outside, the
anterior tibize most so, and the terminal spur very large.

Long. 44 lines, lat. 3 lines.

Hab.—South Australia.

97. Saracus ruGosus, Boisd.

Cilibe rugosa, Boisd. Voy. de l’Astrol. Ent. p. 264.

Black, the thorax very finely rugose, elytra bicostate in front,
with series of oblong rough, elevated points.

Hab —New Holland.

This is all the description given by Boisduval. It seems to be
of the S. levicollis type.

660 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. Y.

98. SARAGUS EMARGINATUS, Guér.

Cilibe emarginatus, Guér. Voy. de l’Coquille, p. 105; C. cassi-
doides, Boisd. Voy. de l’Astrol. p. 265; C. emarginatus, Bréme,
Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 47, pl. IIT. fig. 5.

Of a dull black, head flat, transverse and rugose, slightly
emarginate in front, the borders slightly raised. Antenne short,
testaceous, the terminal joint thick. Thorax transverse, rounded,
feebly granulate, narrow in front, sinuate behind, convex ;
margin broad, flat ; anterior angles obtuse, not reaching half the
length of the head, the posterior a little recurved. Elytra feebly
sinuate at the base, oval, a little widened in the middle, termi-
nating in a very obtuse point; they are covered with large
impressed points, and have each three elevated cost, of which
the exterior is least marked, the suture is raised and smooth, the
margins narrow, raised on the border and wrinkled ; beneath
black, slightly punctate.

Long. 7 lines, lat. 43 lines.

Hab.—V ictoria.

99. SARAGUS INTERRUPTUS, Bréme.

Cilibe interruptus, Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. J. p. 46, pl. IV. fig. 7.

Of a blackish-brown colour. Head large, convex, punctate,
salient, a little emarginate in front and laterally, labrum salient.
Thorax transverse, convex, rounded, narrow in front and sinuate
on the posterior border, granulate, margins broad, flat, the
borders a little folded above, the anterior angles rounded,
reaching half the length of the head, the posterior very salient
and recurved backwards. Elytra very convex, finely granulate
and a little pointed at the apex, the humeral angles ebtuse. On
each elytron are three costz, that nearest the suture interrupted
behind the middle, the others formed of series of elongate very
small tubercles, suture scarcely salient, margin very narrow.

Long. 5 lines, lat, 3 lines.

Hab.— Australia.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 661

100. SARAGUS MARGINELLUS, Hope.

Heleus marginellus, Hope, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. Vol. V. 1848,
p. 55, pl. VII. fig. 4.

* Ater, antennis concoloribus; thorace convexo, crebrissime
sub-tuberculato, marginibusque lateralibus rubro-piceis. Elytra
ternis lineis majoribus rugoso-elevatis conspicua, granulisque
crebris in interstitiis satis apparentibus, margineque externo ely-
trorum rubro-piceo. Corpus infranigrum, pedibus piceis” (Hope),

Long. 8 lines, lat. 5 lines.

Hab.—Norfolk Sound.

101. SARAGUS CONFIRMATUS, Pascoe.

Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol. V. p. 102.

“ Rather broadly obovate, black, slightly opaque ; head finely
punctured, broad in front, the clypeus not emarginate ; prothorax
very minutely punctured, the disk slightly convex, distinctly
separated from the margins, which are unicoloreus and not thick-
ened at the edges ; scutellum broadly transverse; elytra more
convex posteriorly, impunctate, but closely covered with minute
granules, each with four elevated lines gradually disappearing
posteriorly, the first and third strongly marked, the fourth nearly
obsolete, the suture raised, the margins not dilated, except very
slightly at the anterior angles, and forming a narrow elevated
edge ; body beneath and femora brownish-black, finely punc-
tured ; tibie minutely spinulous; tarsi slightly ferruginous ;
antenne blackish, the last joint nearly circular, ferruginous ”
(Pascoe).

Length, 6 lines.

Hab.—West Australia.

102. SARAGUS OPACIPENNIS, n. sp.

Broadly ovate, black, sub-opaque. Head very minutely punc-
tate, the lateral angles round and salient. Thorax sub-nitid, very
minutely punctate, the disk a little convex, with the median line
lightly marked and almost imperceptibly and broadly depressed
near the base, and the margins broad and nearly flat, the anterior

662 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V.

angles are advanced and the posterior recurved. The scutellum
is transversely triangular and smooth. The elytra are rather
convex, with the suture and four lines on the disk costate, these
coste are raised and smooth, the sutural one continuous to the
apex, the others for two-thirds of the length, the first from the
suture the largest, the interstices are broad, flat, opaque and very
obsoletely punctate; the margins are moderately broad. The
under surface is striolate, punctate and sub-nitid.

Long. 6 lines, lat. 4 lines.

Hab.—Derby, North West Australia.

103. SaRaGus INFELIX, Pascoe.

Journ. Ent. Vol. IT. p. 466.

“Shortly ovate, blackish brown, opaque ; clypeus very trans-
verse, narrower anteriorly and emarginate, separated from the
head by a deep semi-circular line; head finely but rugosely
punctured ; prothorax closely covered with small oblong punctures,
the margins broad and sub-granulous, the apex rather broadly
emarginate ; elytra tricostate, the costee moderately elevated, dying
out towards the apex, the intervals irregularly punctured, the
margins narrow but very distinct ; body beneath and femora
chestnut-brown ; tibize scabrous, the outer edge of the anterior
tuberculate ; tarsi and antenne pale ferruginous ” (Pascoe).

Length, 6 lines. Hab.—Tasmania.

The species is unknown to me. It is, according to Pascoe, smaller
and less convex than J. /evicollis, and is without the distant rows
of tubercles between the costze of the elytra.

Section II.

ELYTRA RETICULATE.

104. Saragus Luripus, Haag-Rut.
Journ. Mus. Godef. Heft 14, p. 116, taf. VII. fig. 2.
“ Oblongo-ovalis, ater, opacus, indumento griseo obtectus, clypeo
sparsim punctato, fronte rugulosa ; thorace lateribus explanatis an-
tice valde coarctato, angulis posticis acutis, productis, supra convexo,

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 663-

antescutellum impresso, sat dense aciculato-punctato, punctis pilum
minutissimum brunneum gerentibus ; elytris thorace non latioribus,
lateribus parallelis, postice fortiter declivibus ; humeris oblique
truncatis, angulo fere spinoso; supra costis tribus undulatis,
interstitiis subtilissime granulatis ; granulis pilum ut in thorace
gerentibus ; processu prosternali valde producto, acuminato, grosse
punctato ” (Haag-Rut).

Long. 12-17 mm., lat. 73-10 mm.

Hab.—Queensland, Peak Downs.

105 Saracus RETICULATUS, Haag-Rut.

Journ. Mus. Godef. Heft 14, p. 116, Note.

“ Ovalis, niger, opacus ; capite thoraceque ut in /urido; elytris
latitudine vix longioribus, lateribus explanatis, supra minus con-
vexis, carinis tribus parum elevatis undulatis, rugulis transversis
inter se connexis ; interstitlis indistincte rugolosis, punctatis ”
(Haag-Rut).

Long. 13 mm., lat. 9 mm.

Hab.—Endeavour River.

106. SaRAGUS CLATHRATUS, 0. sp.

Of the form and size of S. dwridus. Head and thorax similarly
but more thinly punctate in the middle than in that species.
Elytra with three strong tortuous costze on each, with occasional
incomplete transverse connections, the interstices very rugose and
coarsely and thinly punctured. In all else like S. luridus.

Long. 6 lines, lat. 34 lines.

Hab.—Fitzroy Downs.

107. SARAGUS CRENULATUS, 2. Sp.

Like the preceding three species. The thorax more densely
and minutely vermiculate-punctate ; the costze on the elytra thinner
than in the last species and less tortuous, the interstices with
several very irregular rows of very minute granules ; the cost
are nitid, the interstices densely covered with a greyish indument.

Long. 5-6 lines, lat. 34 lines.

Hab.—Port Denison.

664 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V.

108. SARAGUS RUGOSIPENNIS, 0. sp.

This species has perhaps more claim to be placed with the S.
emarginatus group than here. It is of an almost nitid black colour.
The head is flat, not densely punctate, and a little emarginate in
front ; the antenne are more elongate than in the preceding
species ; the thorax is densely and finely punctate, the margins
broad, and raised and thickly folded on the edges. The elytra are
moderately convex, and slightly ampliated about the middle, the
suture costate, three irregular costze on each elytron more or less
connected with very irregular transverse elevations and covered
with large rugose punctures, the margins rather broad at the
shoulders and smooth, behind narrower and corrugated. Beneath
black, nitid, striolate.

Long. 6 lines, lat 34 lines.

Hab.—Monaro, New South Wales.

Section ITI.

ELYTRA LINEATE-PUNCTATE, OR PUNCTATE, OR SMOOTH.

109. Saracus AvustTRALIS, Boisd.

Cilibe australis, Boisd. Voy. de lAstrol. p. 263.—Bréme, Mon,
Cossyph. p. 43, pl. IV. fig. 2.

Of a blackish brown colour, glabrous, ovate. Head roundish
and salient, finely punctate, a little emarginate in front, labrum
salient, forehead concave. Thorax convex, transverse, smooth,
rounded on the sides and strongly sinuate behind, the margins
broad, scarcely elevated, with rounded borders, the anterior a little
more than half the length of the head, the posterior very salient
and recurved. Elytra convex, a little sinuate at the base, slightly
dilated at a third of their length, and rounded towards the apex ;
on each elytron three distinct but smooth coste, the interstices
punctate, margins narrow.

Long. 8 lines, lat. 5 lines.

Hab.—New South Wales, Victoria.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 665

The sculpturation of the elytra is so smooth, that I place this
species, perhaps incorrectly, in this section.

110. Saracus LIMBATUS, Pascoe.

Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol. III. p. 287.

“Broadly oval, moderately convex, brownish-black, scarcely
nitid ; head and prothorax finely punctured, the latter slightly
convex, the basal fovez nearly obsolete, the anterior angles rounded,
posterior produced and recurved, foliaceous margins moderately
broad, a little reflexed, and edged with a thickened border ; scu-
tellum transversely triangular. Elytra not broader than the
prothorax, finely seriate-punctate, the intermediate spaces between
the rows raised, three or four on each side the suture the most so,
those towards the sides gradually disappearing, foliaceous margins
narrowing gradually posteriorly, transversely corrugated ; body
beneath and legs dark chestnut-brown, a little glossy, the abdomi-
nal segments longitudinally corrugated; antenne ferruginous
brown ” (Pascoe).

Length, 7 lines.
Hab.—Melbourne, Gawler.

111. Saracus simpLex, Hope.

Heleus simplex, Hope, Trans. Ent. Soc. Vol. V. p. 55, pl. VII.
fig. 2. |

“Silphaeformis, ater, capite subdepresso. Thorax convexus,
marginibus elevatis. Elytra lineis elevatis haud valde conspicuis ;
per totum discum puncta sub-lente confertissime apparent. Corpus
infra nigrum, nitidum, femoribus tibiisque concoloribus tarsisque
flavo-spongiosis ” (Hope).

Long. 9 lines, lat. 43 lines.

Hab.—West and South Australia.

666 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V.

112. Saracus TARSALIS, Hope.

Heleus tarsalis, Hope, Trans. Ent. Soc. Vol. V. p. 55, pl. VIL.
fig. 3.

“ Phosphugaeformis, ater, antennis sub-pilosis et piceis. Thorax
convexus, lateribus externis margine elevato conspicuis. Elytra
nigra, lineis elevatis notata, interstitiis valde punctulatis. Corpus
infra nigrum tarsis pedum flavo-spongiosis ” (Hope).

Long. 6 lines, lat 3? lines.

Hab.—Swan River.

113. SARAGUS CARINATUS, Bréme.

Cilibe carinatus, Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 41, pl. III. fig. 2.

Brown, ovate, glabrous. Head punctate, strongly cut in and
narrowed at the anterior angles, labrum salient, narrow, clypeus
convex, anterior angles of the epicranium rounded, salient and a
little elevated ; forehead convex. Thorax finely punctate, trans-
verse, rounded on the sides, narrowed in front and strongly sinuate
behind ; the margins broad and raised, finely punctate, with folded
border ; the anterior angles reaching those of the epicranium,
the posterior salient and recurved. Elytra oval, pointed behind,
sinuate in front, convex and raised on the suture behind, a small
oblique fossette, on each side of the scutellum, a number of crowded
series of small punctures with some of the interstices slightly
raised, the margins large at the base.

Long. 74 lines, lat. 44 lines.

Hab.—South Australia.

114. SARAGUS AsIDOIDES, Pascoe.

Journ. of Ent. Vol. IT. p. 465.

“« Hlliptic-ovate, black, opaque ; clypeus slightly produced and
truncate in front ; head finely punctured ; prothorax minutely and
very closely punctured, rather narrowly emarginate at the apex,
the disk flattish and passing gradually into the margin on each

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S,, &c. 667

side, shining ; elytra flattish at the base, more convex posteriorly,
with small punctures in slightly irregular lines, the margins very
distinct at the shoulders, but gradually narrowing to the apex,
where they nearly disappear ; body beneath and legs black, slightly
nitid ; the latter and antenne with a thin ferruginous pubescence”
(Pascoe.)

Length, 7 lines.

Hab.—South Australia.

Mr. Pascoe seems to have fancied that this species might be
identical with S. simplex, Hope; it is however a much smoother
insect, and more resembles S. carinatus, Bréme.

115. SARAGUS ASPERIPES, Pascoe.

Trans. Ent. Soc. London, Ser. 4, Vol. V. p. 101.

“ Rather shortly obovate, brownish-black, opaque; clypeus
slightly emarginate; head and prothorax finely but not closely
punctured, the latter with the disk slightly convex, distinctly
separated from the margins, and of a paler brown, raised and
thickened at the edges ; scutellum broadly transverse ; elytra more
convex posteriorly, finely punctured in slightly irregular lines, |
every fourth interval between the lines slightly elevated; the
margius very narrow and gradually obliterated posteriorly, not
marked with transverse folds; body beneath and legs brown,
slightly nitid; tibie covered with small hispid tubercles ; tarsi
yellowish-ferruginous ; antennz with the last joint nearly circular”
(Pascoe).

Length, 5-6 lines.

Hab.—Port Lincoln, South Australia.

116. Saragus EXULANS, Pascoe.

Journ. of Ent. Vol. II. p. 466.

‘“‘Oblong-ovate, convex, dark reddish brown, sub-nitid ; clypeus
sloping at the sides, the apex emarginate ; head finely but rugosely
punctured ; prothorax closely and finely punctured ; the punctures

668 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V.

here and there confluent, the apex broadly emarginate, the lateral
margins nearly confounded with the disk ; elytra closely lineate-
punctate, the margins very narrow, and almost disappearing poste-
riorly ; body beneath and femora glossy chestnut-brown ; tibix,
tarsi, and antennee pale ferruginous, finely pubescent ” (Pascoe).

Length, 53 lines.
Hab.—Lord Howe’s Island.

117. SARAGUS STRIATIPENNIS, 0. sp.

Ovate, black, sub-nitid. Head almost smooth, clypeus very
slightly emarginate. Thorax smooth, convex on the disk, deeply
emarginate in front, sinuate behind, with the margins broad and
turned up and thickened on the edge. Elytra slightly convex, and
scarcely rounded on the side, covered with close rows of coarse
irregular rather shallow punctures, the interstices 4-8-12 slightly
costate, and 2-6 and 10 just traceable, the margins are rather broad
and corrugated ; under surface black, nitid and punctate ; the
terminal spur of the fore tibia short and conical, the second and
third joints of anterior tarsi broad and depressed, the fourth very
small.

Long. 63 lines, lat. 4 lines.

Hab.—Monaro, New South Wales.

118. SARAGUS GEMINATUS, 0. Sp.

Very like the preceding species, but of a more opaque black.
The head is more prominently angled in front of the eyes, and the
clypeus is rather more emarginate and deflexed, the thorax is less
sinuate behind and rather more widely emarginate in front with
the median line lightly marked. The elytra are smooth, with 17
rows of minute punctures on each elytron, with a smooth very
slightly raised line between every two rows of punctures ; the
margins are rather broad and scarcely if at all corrugated, The
legs are as in S. striatepennis.

Long. 7 lines, lat. 47 lines.
Hab.—Upper Hunter.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c, 669

119. SaRAGUS BRUNNIPES, Bréme.

Cilibe brunnetpes, Boisd.—Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 37, pl.
III. fig. 4,

Brown, nitid, ovate, glabrous. Head transversal, strongly
punctate, labrum salient, clypeus convex and a little emarginate
in front, epicranium convex, maxillary palpi testaceous ; antenne
short, the last joint terminating in a point. Thorax transverse,
rounded laterally, finely punctate, sinuate behind, the disk convex,
nitid, the margins light brown, flat, slightly bordered at the anterior
angles which are half the length of the head, the posterior slightly
pointed backwards. Elytra very convex, nitid, with many series of
minute punctures, the interstices very feebly raised, the margins
narrow, almost none at the apex. Body beneath reddish-brown,
nitid, the terminal spur of the anterior tibiee very large.

Long. 54 lines, lat. 33 lines.

Hab.—Swan River.

120. Saracus PAscoet, n. sp.

Brownish or piceous black, nitid, round, very convex. Head
small, thinly and minutely punctate; the clypeus with reflexed
border, Thorax more than three times wider than long, entirely
smooth, the anterior angles much rounded and reaching the
middle of the head, the posterior angles rounded, the base little
sinuate, the margins broad, smooth and nearly flat. Elytra per-
fectly smooth, with numerous irregular rows of minute punctures ;
the margins smooth, broad at the shoulders, narrow towards the
apex. Beneath very nitid ; terminal spur of the anterior tibiz
very strong and acute, the tarsi densely clothed with golden pubes-
cence.

Long. 8} lines, lat. 7 lines.

Hab.—Port Augusta, South Australia.
43

670 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V.

121. SARAGUS BRUNNIPENNIS, n. sp.

Ovate, piceous, nitid, moderately convex. Head finely punctate,
clypeus a little emarginate. Thorax transverse, deeply emarginate
in front, lightly sinuate behind, the disk very minutely punctate,
the margins rather broad and rugosely punctate. Elytra with
numerous close rows of well-marked rather irregular punctures,
the interstices not raised, the margins smooth, narrow and reflexed
on the borders. Beneath very nitid.

ideo ane
Long. 4} lines, lat 23 lines.

Hab.—King George’s Sound.

122. SARAGUS MAGISTER, Pascoe.

Journ, of Ent. Vol. II. p. 465.

“ Elliptic-ovate, black and shining, very smooth and impunctate;
clypeus transverse, gradually rounded from the antennary orbits ;
prothorax rather narrowly emarginate at the apex, the disk
moderately convex, the margin about one-sixth of the breadth of
the disk at its widest part ; elytra convex, slightly raised into a
line posteriorly at the suture, the margins narrower than those of
the prothorax ; body beneath glossy-black, the abdomen finely
corrugated ; femora highly polished ; tibizee and tarsi with fulvous
hairs, the latter and the antenne ferruginous” (Pascoe).

Long. 9 lines.

Hab.—Queensland.

123. Saracus Dusoutayi, Pascoe.

Journ. of Ent. Vol. IL. p. 466,

* Nearly round, brownish-black, opaque, covered with a very
short brownish pubescence ; clypeus very broad, truncate or very
slightly emarginate, with a deep groove in the middle behind at its
junction with the head ; prothorax nearly impunctate, narrowly .
and deeply emarginate at the apex, the disk scarcely convex, less

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.8., &C. 671
than half the breadth at the base, and separated from the margins
by a strongly marked. curved impression ; elytra with numerous
small punctures, the disk slightly concave, the margin very distinct,
gradually narrowing posteriorly ; body beneath like the upper
part ; legs and antennz pale reddish-brown, with a short greyish
pile ” (Pascoe).

Length, 5 lines.

Hab.—Champion Bay.

124. SARAGUS LAVIS, n. sp.

Broadly ovate, sub-depressed, black, sub-nitid, very smooth.
Head broadly rounded and very slightly reflected in front, pune-
turation if any extremely minute. Thorax smooth, the disk a
little convex, the emargination in front deep and narrow, the
posterior angles acutely recurved. LElytra not visibly punctate,
slightly convex, the margins as broad at the humeral angles as
those of the thorax, flat and thickened on the edge, the humeral
angles broadly rounded. The terminal spur of the anterior tibiz
acute but not large, the tarsi are clothed beneath with golden hair,
the three first joints enlarged.

Long. 8 lines, lat. 5 lines.
Hab.—Interior New South Wales.

125. Saracus GAGATES, Bréme.

Cilibe gagates, Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 52, pl. IV. fig. 1.

Ovate, deep black, nitid. Head transverse, a little emarginate
in front, and raised on the borders ; clypeustransversely wrinkled ;
epicranium convex ; antenne short, the terminal joints slightly
dilated and testaceous. Thorax smooth, transverse, narrowed in
front, nitid, the median line elevated into a carina, margins broad,
scarcely granulose, flat, the edge folded upwards, the anterior
angles extending beyond the half of the head, the posterior a
little recurved. Elytra somewhat sinuate at the base, convex,

672 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V.

rather rounded behind, nitid, somewhat punctate towards the
apex ; suture carinated, humeral angles obtuse, margins smooth,
dilated, equally broad throughout and convex at the humeral
angles. Beneath blackish-brown and less nitid. Abdomen wrinkled.
Long. 9 lines, lat. 64 lines.
Hab.—West Australia.

126. SARAGUS ORBICULARIS, Bréme.

Cilibe orbicularis, Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 51, pl. IV. fig. 3-

Brownish-black, round. Head dilated in front, almost as broad
as long, punctate and feebly emarginate, labrum salient and
emarginate ; epicranium separated from theclypeus by a transverse
ridge, antenne asin S. rotundatus. Thorax transverse, rounded,
sinuate behind, feebly rugose on the convex part, which is longi-
tudinally carinated, disk broad, very rugose, flat and folded on the
edge, anterior angles obtuse, reaching half the length of the head,
posterior angles salient. Elytra rugose, very convex, rounded, a
little dilated behind, and terminating in aslight point ; the humeral
angles obtuse, the margins rather broad, rugose, flat, foliated on the
upper edge.

Long. 94 lines, lat. 8 lines.

Hab.—West Australia (2).

127. SARAGUS PATELLIFORMIS, Pascoe.

Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol. V. p. 100.

- “Nearly round, depressed, blackish-brown, somewhat shining,
and nearly glabrous ; head small, finely punctured, the intervals
of the punctures granvliform ; prothorax finely punctured, the disk
narrow, with a well-marked central impression, each of the dilated
margins as broad as the disk; scutellum very transversely trian-
gular ; elytra rather finely but irregularly punctured, indistinctly
ribbed, the suture raised into a finely marked narrow carina ; body
beneath dull black, the margins of the elytra glossy ; legs slightly
hairy ” (Pascoe).

Long. 4-5 lines.
Hab.—West Australia.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &C. 673

128. SaraGus ROTUNDATUS, Bréme.

Cilibe rotundatus, Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 50, pl. IV. fig. 4.

Obscure-brown, glabrous, sub-nitid, round. Head sub-punc-
tate, angles of the clypeus dilated on each side, the epicranium
raised and separated from the clypeus by a somewhat circular
raised suture, the forehead hollowed between the eyes ; antenne
short, brown, the eighth and ninth joints round but not larger
than the others, the eleventh slender and oval. Thorax strongly
transverse, sub-punctate, rounded in front, slightly sinuate behind,
disk depressed with two fossettes on each side of the median line,
which form towards the base a very small raised spine ; margins
very broad, flat, strongly raised and folded on the border; the
anterior angles reaching the extremity of the head, the posterior
prolonged and recurved. Elytra sinuate at the base, convex,
finely punctate, suture carinate, margins very dilated, flat, a little
swollen at the humeral angles, all of the same width, beneath
brown, punctate and nitid.

Long. 8 lines, lat. 7 lines.

Hab.—Swan River.

The following species do not answer exactly to any of the
preceding sections.

129. Saracus suBRuGosus, Bréme.

Cilibe subrugosus, Bréme, Mon. Cossyph. I. p. 49, pl. IV. fig. 5.

Brown, broadly ovate, very rugose ; head rather square, rounded
in front, scarcely punctate, antenne short, brown, the basal joints
thickened ; thorax rounded laterally, narrowed in front, transverse,
sinuate behind and rugose, depressed above on each side of the
median line, which is slightly raised, margins broad, flat, the
anterior angles attaining two-thirds the length of the head, very
acute and salient, the posterior ones recurved. LElytra rugose,
very convex, rounded laterally, pointed behind, with numerous
lines slightly visible, the suture carinate, margins broad, a little
swollen at the humeral angles.

Long. 6? lines, lat. 5 lines,

Hab.—Western Australia (2).

674 MISCELLANEA ENTOMOLOGICA, NO. V.

130. SaARAGUS UNICARINATUS, Boisd.

Cilibe unicarinatus, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. p. 265.—Bréme, Mon.
Cossyph. I. p. 48, pl. IV. fig. 6.

Ovate, brown, glabrous, head rounded in front, feebly emar-
ginate anc punctate, epicranium concave. Thorax flat, transverse,
lightly carinate, finely granulate, rounded on the sides and nar-
rowed in front, margins broad, flat, anterior angles salient and
sharp, reaching beyond the middle of the head, the posterior
angles recurved. Llytra slightly dilated in the middle ; pointed
at the apex, very convex, punctate with numerous scarcely visible
raised lines, suture strongly carinate, margins flat, broad at the
base, narrower behind ; beneath brown, nitid and strongly punctate.

Long. 6 lines, lat. 44 lines.

Hab.—Kangaroo Island,

131. SaraGcus ova.is, Macleay.

Trans. Ent. Soc. N. 8. Wales, Vol. II. p. 283.

“Oblong-ovate, black, opaque. Head widened and obliquely
angied before the eyes, and broadly rounded and almost truncate
in front. Thorax very deeply emarginate in front, deeply bi-emar-
ginate at the base, and very slightly emarginate at the centre of
the basal lobe, with the lateral margins very broad, reflexed, and
of a dull red colour. Scutellum transversely triangular. Elytra
of the width of the thorax at the base and of a dull chocolate
colour, with the lateral margins reflexed as in the thorax, broad
at the humeral angles, and considerably narrowed towards the
apex, and with the disk covered with rows of very small obliterate
punctures. Under surface of body sub-nitid. Tarsi ciliated with
golden yellow hair” (Macleay).

Length, 9 lines.
Hab.—Gayndah.

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S., &c. 675

132, SARAGUS TESTUDINEUS, Hope.

Helcus testudineus, Hope, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. Vol. V. p53,
pl. VI. fig. 4.

“Lato-ovalis, caenicolor, squalidus, capite depresso, angulis
anticis thoracis haud complicatis. Elytra sutura elevata, medio
discicrebris elevatis lineis satis notato, margine omni lato elytrorum
undulato, Corpus infra concolor” (Hope).

Long. 8 lines, lat. 72 lines.
Hab.—Port Essington.

This is certainly not a Heleus, and I rather doubt its right to be
placed in Saragus.

The only other recorded species of this genus I know of, is
Saragus marginatus, Sol., (Studi Ent., p. 356) and of that I have
never seen any description.

676 NEW SPECIES OF PHILEMON FROM NORTH-WEST AUSTRALIA.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF PHILEMON
FROM NORTH-WEST AUSTRALIA.

By Dr. E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &e.

PHILEMON OCCIDENTALIS, sp. n0v.

The species at present under consideration was obtained by the
late Mr. Thomas Boyer-Bower, near Derby, in North-West Aus-
tralia, and is mentioned in my notes of that gentleman’s collection
in our Proceedings for 1886, p. 1098, sp. No. 82.

Male.—The whole of the upper and under surface brown,
darker on the wings and tail, which are margined on the outer
webs of the quills with olive-yellow, except on the two central
tail feathers and the first three primaries. The under surface and
throat is of an ashy tint; ear-coverts ashy-white slightly tinged
with yellow, sides of the face and a narrow line over the eye bare,
the skin being bluish-black or lead colour, an indistinct ashy-
white collar round the neck, widening into a triangular patch
behind the ear-coverts, an indistinct dark brown band from the ear-
coverts across the throat ; chest tinged with yellow, which color
forms a distinct patch on either side ; bill and legs black. Signs
of immaturity are shown by the feathers of the inter-scapvlar
region being margined with ashy-white. Length, 10:7 inches ;
wing, 5:1 inches; tail, 4:5 inches; tarsus, 1:2 inches; bill, 1:4
inches.

NEW SPECIES OF GERYGONE FROM LORD HOWE’S ISLAND. 677

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF GERYGONE
FROM LORD HOWE’S ISLAND.

By Dr. E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &c.

GERYGONE THORPEI, sp. nov.

The present species, which I have dedicated to Mr. J. A. Thorpe
its discoverer and one of our most skilled taxidermists, was
obtained during a recent trip to Lord Howe’s Island. A previous
species (G'. imsularis) is described in the Proceedings of the
Linnean Society of N. 8. Wales, Vol. III. p. 117, to which the
present is allied, but differs in having the whole of the under
surface citron-yellow.

Adult Male.—The whole of the upper surface uniform dull-
brown with a decided tinge of olive, the margins of the outer
webs of the wing-feathers ashy, the whole of the under surface, a
narrow indistinct ring round the eye, and the under tail-coverts
citron-yellow, tail brown with a blackish sub-terminal band, and a
sub-terminal spot of white near the tip, which extends on to both
webs on the outermost tail feathers, but is confined to the inner
webs on the others, being lost on the central two tail feathers, the
outer feather on either side is moreover narrowly margined with
white, more distinctly on the outer web near the base, the others
similarly marked but less distinctly. Total length, 4:1 inches;
wing, 2 inches ; tail, 2 inches ; tarsus, 0°85 inch ; bill, 0°55 inch.

Hab.—Lord Howe’s Island. an

678 EGGS OF SEA-BIRDS FROM LORD HOWE’S ISLAND,

- DESCRIPTIONS OF THE EGGS OF THREE SPECIES OF
SEA-BIRDS FROM LORD HOWE’S ISLAND.

By Dr. E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., F.LS., &c,

ONYCHOPRION FULIGINOSA, Gmelin.

Eggs of a dull white, varying greatly in their markings, some
finely dotted, others strongly marked with spots and dots of
reddish-brown or brownish-red ; sparingly sprinkled in large spots
or thickly and closely marked with freckle and dots, in some
evenly all over the surface, in others forming a zone near the
larger end where they are mixed with obsolete spots of slate,
which are confluent with black irregular markings or large pur-
plish smears and blothes ; in some rich red spots are alone found,
in others blothes and confluent spots are predominant at the
thicker end, or the whole surface is evenly freckled and dotted
with reddish-brown and pale slate or lilac.

Hab.—Admiralty Islets.

Length (a), 2:1 x 1:42 inches. Length (e), 2°15 x 1:42 inches,
tf (6), 201x143 —,, Pd CPD ID OAD? BY
: (e)sy 95 %'1-42" 5; 5p (g) POT EE Ors
bt BOKa)e2*OLX 142° 4; PUBS (3 |e was) Sued a

ANOUS CINEREUS, Gould.

Ground color of the egg dull white, sparingly marked with
light brown, light and dull reddish-brown, and a few slate-colored
spots and dots, very few of which are confluent; average speci-
mens measure (a) 1°67 inches x 1:16 ; (0) 1:63 x 1:2 inches. Nests
placed under projecting ledges of rock, on faces of perpendicular
cliffs. Found breeding during September and October.

BY DR. E. P. RAMSAY, F.R.S.E., &C. 679

SULA CYANOPS, Sundevall.

Eggs of a light bluish white or dull white, stained with blackish _
or reddish-brown smears, hair-lines and spots; when first laid
apparently milk-white, shell rough, very limy, inner shell beneath
the limy surface bluish white. Length, (a) 2°65 inches x 1‘8
inches ; (0) 2°58 inches x 1°8 inches, (c) 2°6 inches x 1°9 inches ;
(d) 1:56 inches x 1°83 inches.

Found on the Admiralty Islets.

The specimens here described were obtained by Mr. Etheridge
and two of the employés of the Australian Museum, Messrs.
Thorpe and Whitelegge, during a recent excursion to Lord Howe’s
Island whilst investigating the zoology of that interesting region.
Details of their explorations will be found in future reports on the
excursion.

680 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Whitelegge exhibited specimens of Porina inversa, a species
of Polyzoa from Port Jackson, and in reference to them read the
following note—‘‘Mr. Waters has recently described a new
species of Polyzoa from Port Jackson, under the above name (Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1887, p. 190), concerning which he says,
that the shape of the oral aperture is the reverse of the usual shape
of Porina, and, in fact, of the Bryozoa generally. After examining
a large number of specimens of this species, it is my opinion
that the aperture does not differ in shape but in position. It
is the aperture which is reversed, as the following details will
show. On viewing a specimen from its frontal aspect the oper-
culum may be seen in various positions, from closed to fully
open, and in every case the oral aperture, when it can be seen
at all, is situated between the front of the cell and the oper-
culum ; the latter is hinged on to the distal border of the aperture,
and, when fully open, the outer surface is in contact with the base
of the next cell above, whilst the inner faces towards the front, so
that the free edge of the operculum rests on the proximal, and the
straight edge is attached to the distal, margin of the cell. This
reversed aperture evidently escaped the notice of Mr. Waters, when
he penned his description. The importance cf such a deviation
from the usual structure of the class induces me to take an early
opportunity of calling the attention of students of Polyzoa to the
fact. In conclusion, I may say that fortunately the species is very
common in Port Jackson.”

Dr. Katz exhibited pure cultures of the phosphorescent bacteria
mentioned in his paper, and he said that he would be glad to
receive samples of luminous sea-water, or luminous meat, from any
members who might chance to meet with them.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 681

Mr. Ogilby exhibited the type-specimen of the fish described in
the paper by Dr. Ramsay and himself.

Mr. Prince shewed a collection of Wood-moths, including fine
examples of Zelotypia Stacyi, Scott, of two species of Pielus, and of
two of Charagia.

Mr. Maiden exhibited specimens of over one hundred species
of Plants collected by Mr. W. Biuerlen in the Wilcannia district,
and said that the collection would be left at the Hall for a week
for the convenience of any members who may wish to examine it.

WEDNESDAY, 30Ts NOVEMBER, 1887.

The President, Professor Stephens, M.A., F.G.S., in the Chair.

Mr. James Doherty, Dubbo, was elected a Member of the Society.

The President announced with profound regret that official inti-
mation of the death of Spencer Fullerton Baird, L.L.D., Secretary
of the Smithsonian Institution and Director of the U.S. National
Museum, and an Honorary Member of this Society, had been
received during the month.

The President also announced that the next Excursion had been
arranged for Saturday, December 3rd. Members to leave Redfern
Station by the 8:15 a.m. train for Berowra Station, Hawkesbury
Line.

DONATIONS.

>

“ Transactionsand Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.’
Vol. XXIV., Part 1 (1887). From the Society.

“ Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South
Wales for 1886.” (Vol. XX). From the Society.

“The Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society.” Vols.
I, (Nos. 1 and 4); II. (No. 3). From the Society.

DONATIONS. 683

“ Zoologischer Anzeiger.” X. Jahrg., Nos. 261, 262 (1887).
From the Editor.

“Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes.” No. 204 (October, 1887).
From the Editor.

“ Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London for the year
1887.” Part II. From the Society.

“ Bulletins de ? Académie Royale des Sciences, des Lettres et
des Beaux-Arts de Belgique.” 3me Série, Tomes [X.-XTIT.,
(1885-87) ; “ Annuaire,” 1886 and 1887. rom the Academy.

‘“Comptes Rendus des Séances de l’Académie des Sciences,
Paris.” Tome CV., Nos. 8-13 (1887). From the Academy.

“Tconography of Australian Species of Acacia and Cognate
Genera.” By Baron Ferd. von Mueller, K.C.M.G., M. and Ph.D.,
F.R.S., Government Botanist of the Colony of Victoria. Decades
tiv. rom the Government of Victoria.

“The Victorian Naturalist.” Vol. IV., No. 7 (November,
1887). From the Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria.

“ Bulletin de la Société Belge de Microscopie.” 13me Année,
No. X. (1887). From the Society.

“The Scottish Geographical Magazine.” Vol. III., No. 10
(October, 1887); “State of New York—Second Report of the
Oyster Investigation and of Survey of Oyster Territory, for the
years 1885 and 1886.” By Eugene G. Blackford, Commissioner
of Fisheries. From the Hon. W. Macleay, F.L.S.

“The Journal of Comparative Medicine and Surgery.” Vol,
VIIL, No. 4 (1887). From the Editor.

“The American Naturalist.” Vol. XXI., Nos. 1-9 (January—
September, 1887). From the Editors.

“The Canadian Record of Science.” Vol. II., No. 8 (1887).
From the Natural History Society of Montreal.

684 DONATIONS.

‘Report of the Board of Governors of the Public Library,
Museum, and Art Gallery of South Australia, with the Reports of
the Standing Committees, for 1886-7.” From the General Director
and Secretary.

“ Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society, London, 1887.”
Part V. From the Society.

“Bryozoa from New South Wales, North Australia, &c.,
Parts L.-III.; “On Tertiary Cyclostomatous Bryozoa from New
Zealand.” By A. W. Waters, F.G.S. From the Author.

“Journal of the College of Science, Imperial University,
Japan.” Vol. I., Part 4 (1887). From the College of Science.

“ Australasian Journal of Pharmacy.” Vol. II., No, 23 (Nov.
1887). From the Editor.

PAPERS READ.

ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL.
By THE Rev. J. E. Tentson-Woons, F.G.S., F.LS., &c.

(Plates xvi and x1x.)

During my travels in the Philippine Islands I paid a visit to the
active volcano of Taal, which, on account of its peculiarities, its
situation and its long-continued activity, is certainly one of the
most remarkable volcanoes of the world. It is situated amongst
the Philippines, in the Island of Luzon, at no great distance from
Manila, between N. lat. 13° 52’, and 14° 7’, and long. about 121° E.
It is in the north-west portion of the province of Batangas, and
almost due south of Manila. The bay of Manila which makes a
deep indentation on the south end of Luzon, is succeeded after a
short interval of coast line by the Seno de Balayan, a small bay,
and separated from this by a narrow ridge of ash and coral sand,
is a lake in the centre of which is the active crater of Bombon
or Taal.

I propose in the following paper to give a statistical, geological
and botanical account of this volcanic district, together with
such particulars of its history as I have been able to collect from
Spanish sources.

LiITeERATURE.—The historical records of the Philippine Islands
are very abundant. Most of the Missionary Orders have published
annals of their religious enterprises, and have kept occasional
chronicles of anything remarkable which occurred in their respec-
tive missions. All these have been printed under their own
auspices, and now form a voluminous library, in which it is easy
to trace any event of importance since the Spaniards came into
possession of the Philippine Islands. I believe there are no
colonial possessions in the world in which the literature connected

with the country is so extensive.
44

686 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

The following are the principal works to which I have had
recourse in preparing this essay, and I take this opportunity of
expressing my thanks to the following gentlemen who have given
me untiring assistance in studying the history and literature of
the subject :—Padre Faura 8.J., Padre Lozano, and Padre Blanco,
of the Augustinian Monks at Manila and Iloilo.

“ Buzeta, Diccionario Geografico Estadistico Historico de las
Islas Filipinas.” Madrid 1851.

“Estudio Gtolégico del Volcan de Taal por José Centeno,
Inspector general de Minas de Filipinas.” Madrid 1885,

“ Relacién de lo sucedido en el volcfn de la Laguna de Bombong,
escrita en Baudn en 22 de Diciembre de 1754” Por P. Fr. Fran-
cisco Bencuchillo.”

“ Boletin de le Carta Geologica del Espaiia.” In this work is
quoted (Vol. VIII.), the work of a German, Richd. von Draasch,
published at Vienna, which work I have not been able to consult.
It is entitled, “ Data for a Geological Study of the Island of
Luzon.”

“Reise der dsterreichischen Fregatte Novara um die Erde.”

“Tierras y Razas del Archipiélago Filipino por Jose de Lacalle
y Sanchez.” Manila 1886.

“‘ Phanerogamee Cumingiane Philippinarum.” Manila 1885.

“Viajes por Filipinas de F. Jagor, Traducidos del Aleman por
S. Vidal y Soler.” Madrid 1875.

«El Mayon, 6 Volcin de Albay (Filipinas) ” por Don Enrique
Abella y Casariego. Madrid 1885.

“El Monte Maquilin (Filipinas) e sus actuales emaciones vol-
canicas ” por Don Enrique Abella y Casariego. Madrid 1885.

«Memoria sobre los Temblores de Tierra occuridos en Julio de
1880 en la Isla de Luzén ” por Don José Centeno y Garcia. Madrid.

*‘ Emanaciones Volcanicas subordinadas al Malinao (Filipinas)”
por Don Enrique Abella y Casariego. Madrid 1885.

“Terremotos de Nueva Viscaya (Filipinas) en 1881, por Don
Enrique Abella y Casariego.” Madrid 1884,

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.s., &C. 687

“Murillo Velardo (P. Pedro) Historia dela provincia de Philip-
inas de la compafiia de Jesus, que comprehende las progressos de
esta provincia desde 1616, hasta 1716.”

“Zuniga (Martinez de) Historia de las islas de Philipinas com-
puesta por el R. P. lector Fr. Joaquin Martinez de Zuiiga En
Sampaloc por Fr. Pedro Argiieles, 1803 in 4 de 4 ff. prélim. et
687 pp.”

“Zuniga (Martinez de). An Historical View of the Philippine
Islands: from the Spanish (published at Manila 1803), 2 vols.
8vo., Lond. 1814.”

“ Novissima Appendix ad Floram Philippinarum. R. P, Em-
manuelis Blanco, Auct. P,P. F.F., Naves et Villar. Augustinianis.”
Manila 1880.

‘‘Sinopsis de familias y generos de plantas lefiosas de Filipinas,
Introduccion 4 la flora forestal del Archipielago Filipino, redactada,
por Don Sebastian Vidal y Soler.” Manila 1883.

“Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen von Dr. C. Semper.”
Wiesbaden 1877.

“ Guia Oficial de Filipinas 1885.” Manila 1884-5-6.

“A Descriptive Dictionary of the Indian Islands and adjacent
countries.” By John Crawfurd, F.R.S., London, 1856.

“‘ Plantkundig, Woordenboek voor Nederlandsch-Indié.” G. J.
Filet, Leiden, 1876.

“Planten van Nederlandsch-Indié, Bruikbar voor Handel,
Nijverheid en Geneeskunde, door A. H. Bisschop Grevelink.”
Amsterdam 1883.

‘‘Une Mission aux Iles Philippines et en Malaisie par M. le
Docteur J. Montano.” Paris 1885.

“ Die Philippinen und ihre Bewohner, Dr. Semper, Wiirzburg,
1869.”

“ Revista de Filipinas” 1875 to1877. Manila.

From the above works the one which I have had occasion to
make most use of, is the Estudio Geolégico of José Centeno,
Inspector-General of the Mines of the Philippines, published by
Royal Order at Madrid in 1885. Seiior Centeno was commissioned

688 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

to make a geological examination of the central volcanic region
of Luzon, which includes a great part of the provinces of La
Laguna, Batangas and Tayabas. This is one of the most inter-
esting regions in the islands, since it includes the volcanoes
of Majajay, Banajao (over 8,000 ft. above sea level), San Cristobal,
Calauang, Maquilin and Taal. All these mountains are, in some
sense, either in activity, or, it may be said, smouldering, and give
evidence of the fires at no great distance underneath the soil by
boiling springs, solfataras and frequent shocks of earthquake.
Besides the mountains above enumerated there are other volcanic
cones of less importance. Setior Centeno has already published
his labours on Maquilin as well as on the Voleano of Taal, and
they form together singularly complete accounts of the whole
geological history of these interesting localities. In fact they
have left very little for any observer to do, but Iam not aware that
they have ever been laid before the public in the English language.
I should mention further, that I had an opportunity of comparing
all iy own collections with those made by different observers at
the Commission of the Forest Flora, where an excellent herbarium
has been gathered together by Sefior Vidal y Soler. The minerals
T compared at the museum of the Jesuit Fathers at the Athenée
Municipale. I take this opportunity of acknowledging the
extreme courtesy of Sefior Vidal y Soler, and Padre Suarez, 8.J.,
the Curator of the Museum.

Sitvation.—The Volcano of Taal is, as already stated, situated
in the midst of the Lake of Bombon, whose only outlet to the sea
in the Straits of Mindoro is the River Pansipit, a small stream
scarcely six miles in length, which first flows south-west and then
south, disemboguing a little below the town of Taal, which derives
its name from thecrater. This town is just visible, or rather the
church and a few important buildings are visible from the
anchorage. On the north side of the river is the suburb known as
Lemeri, and about five miles to the south is the town of San
Luis, so that the place has a populous appearance. Taal is, like
many of the important centres of population in the country
places which boast of a parish priest and a gobernadorcillo, a

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 689

well-to-do centre of an agricultural district. It has a population
of between forty and fifty thousand, and consists of the usual
crowded streets of bamboo huts shaped like bee-hives, with a fine
stone church in the midst, a ruined Casa Reale, and one or two
other stone buildings of modest pretensions. It is a favourite
watering-place, whose situation, the neatness of its streets, its fine
Plaza, and the multitude of its houses give it a very picturesque
appearance. This is much increased by the surrounding meadows,
orchards, and gardens, all of tropical beauty and luxuriance,
The climate, from its proximity to the sea, is said to be fresh and
agreeable and free from the epidemic maladies of the islands.
Nevertheless, the Spaniards resort to it but little. There are
scarcely any European residents, the large population consisting
almost exclusively of TagaloIndians withafew Mestizos. When the
Spaniards originally settled on this part of the coast they found a
large native population established further from the sea and
nearer to the lake, and here the missionaries built their church,
and the officials their civil and military establishments. But all
this and the town itself were destroyed by the terrible eruption of
the volcano in the month of December 1754. When this ceased
and the population began to return to their fields, the town was
founded anew on the banks of the river, and as far as possible
from the volcano. The ruins of the former town form conspi-
cuous objects in the plain.

The parochial church is of the usual Spanish style, evidently
constructed with a view to probable earthquake contingences.
There is a Campo Santo or public cemetery of the kind usual in
the Philippines, that is a combination of cemetery and catacomb.
It is, however, far from the population and well-ventilated. There
is a primary school, a monastery and a prison. The soil in the
neighbourhood, like most volcanic regions, is very rich. Its prin-
cipal productions are wheat, rice, maize, coffee, cocoa, pimento,
—which includes pepper, capsicums, chilis,and other hot condiments
—hemp, cotton, besides many vegetables and abundance of fruits.
Moreover, as the country abounds with aromatic flowers, there are
bees in abundance, from which the natives gather valuable stores

690 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

of honey and wax. In the wide and rich pastures of Taal there
are large herds of live stock, including cattle, horses, goats and
sheep. They also support many wild animals, including deer,
monkeys, wild boars, foxes, porcupines, ferrets, hedgehogs ; wild
fowl, including ducks and geese, pheasants, pigeons, and snipe are
abundant. In the town the principal industry is the production
of cotton from the pods of the algodonero (Gossypium). The
quality of the cotton produced is considered to be superior to that
of almost any other portion of the Philippines. Great quantities
are prepared by the population, and woven into a multitude of
fabrics such as broadcloths and stuffs for wearing apparel, both
coarse and fine, in which branch of industry large numbers of
persons of both sexes are employed. They also dye the produce
of their looms, and the colours they are able to give are brilliant
and varied, besides being permanent. There is also a considerable
amount of oil produced from the Sesamum, Til or Teel plant,
mainly used in this country for illuminating purposes, and for pre-
paring pigments. The seeds of the plant (Sesamum indicum),
produce the oil which is tasteless as olive oil, and used as an
adulterating oil as well as for food. It would form a valuable
export but for its tendency to become rancid. A good proportion
of the population are fishermen, partly in the sea and partly in the
lake. The fishes which are caught in the latter, though the waters
are nearly fresh and in the driest seasons only slightly brackish,
areall marine. ‘They are said to be of an excellent flavour, and
prized more highly than any in the Philippines. The species
most esteemed is what the Spaniards call salmon, but which I
belive to be mullet (J/ugzl), which comes up the river Pansipit in
great shoals at the spawning season. The Tagalo natives form a
stockade of thick bamboos across the stream when the fish are
migrating to and from the lake. Above the stockade there is a
broad bamboo platform with raised margins on which numbers of
natives, male and female, await the return of the shoals. As soon
as the fish perceive the stockade they leap high into the air, and
are caught on the platform, where they are quickly despatched
by short sticks. They are of good size, weighing on an average

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 691

from five to seven pounds. The exports from Taal are to Manila
only, and include large quantities of beeswax, honey, onions, garlic,
wheat, large herds of cattle, and a great quantity of cotton stuffs.
The latter fabrics being made by hand-spinning and hand-looms,
are much stronger and more durable than our calicos. The thread
is dyed before weaving, and thus the patterns are all plaids.

The Lake of Taal, Bombon or Bombong, in which is the volcanic
island, is situated between N. lat. 13° 52’ 4” and 14° 7’ 42”, and
E. long. 120° 47’ 17” and 120° 59’ 22”. Its figure is somewhat
rudely heart-shaped, with a prolongation to the southward into a
narrow bay. Almost in the centre is the voleanic island which is
lozenge-shaped, the angles of the major axis being directed north-
east and south-west. The circumference of the lake is about 75
miles, its greater diameter from north to south nearly 20 miles,
and its least width from east to west nearly 13. The dimensions
of the island will be given presently. It is sufficient now to say
that it occupies a very large proportion of the lakearea. The Cor-
dillera which divides the province of Batangas and the province
of Cavite, and the elevation of all the surrounding country give
to the lake and its neighbourhood the appearance of a cauldron
when seen from any eminence, a comparison first made by one
of the early historians of the Philippines, Fray Martinez Zufiga,
whose intelligent geological opinions will be noticed presently. On
the northern shores are the ruins of Tanauan, and on the south-
west, as already stated, those of Taal on the banks of the river
Pansipit, and to the north-west the ruins of the district of San
Nicolas, and on the eastern banks the bed of the river Sala,
near to which was formerly situated the town of that name. All
these places were completely destroyed by the disastrous eruption
of December 1754.

From the margins of the lake there is a gentle rise in certain
portions with slight undulations forming fertile declivities of
agricultural land, as for instance at Bafiadero, Aya, Talisay, Bayu-
yungan, and in general on all the northern and western sides. In
other portions the margins rise abruptly forming gorges and
ravines mostly on the eastern side limited by Mount Macolod and

692 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

its dependent ridges. These extend parallel to the margin of tie
lake, like a wall bounding the rich and populous agricultural
districts surrounding the large towns of Lipa, Cuenca and San José.
All these towns are on a kind of plateau about 1000 ft. above the
level of the sea. This plateau may be called the culminating
portion of the land which surrounds the mountains Macolod and
Sungay, and it slopes down gradually westward towards the river
Pansipit. This as already stated is the only ontlet of the lake,
and by its very slight fall shows the very small difference there is
between the level of the lake and the sea.

Of the two above-mentioned mountains, Macolod and Sungay,
which with their dependent ridges, as it were, surround the lake,
Sungay is on the north, and Macolod on the south. The highest
point of Sungay is the Pico Gonzalez, which is about 2,200 ft.
above the level of the sea. There isan extension of the mountain
ridge to another peak called Ilong-Castila, distant about ten kilo-
meters, and slightly less elevated than Pico Gonzalez. The eleva-
tion is continued by the Cordillera of Tagatay, which slopes down
towards Mount Batulao on the south-west, whence extend ridges
with a generally southerly trend, and filling up the land between
the sea, the lake, and the river Pansipit.

Mount Macolod is about 3,243 ft. above the level of the sea.
It forms a very conspicuous bluff, as already stated, on the south-
east side of the lake. This mountain is quite precipitous on the
lake side, and declines very rapidly towards the sea, sending a long
peninsula out into the ocean, which forms the boundary between
the two bays of Balayan and Batangas. On the north-east at
some considerable distance is the extinct volcano of Maquilin,
from the base of which spring forth the very hot springs of Los
Bafios. There is no river of any importance emptying into the
lake, but in the rainy seasons there is considerable drainage from
the slopes all round, which is supposed to be sufficient to counter-
balance the evaporation. The weathering effect of the rains upon
the loose volcanic soil must, I should say, be very great, especially
during the summer monsoon when the downpour is so heavy and
continuous. I noticed several large and rugged ravines, and I

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 693

was informed by the natives that the shore-line is very rapidly
changing its contour, Many capes and points disappear during
the rainy season, especially on the volcanic island which is com-
posed of loose ash. In the Geological Essay of Draasch already
referred to, the author puts forth well-grounded reasons for sup-
posing the existence of thermal springs and subterranean afiluents.
Considering the great height of the mountains and ridges all
round the lake, and the abrupt way in which some of them abut
upon it, no doubt there must be a very extensive soakage into the
bottom of the basin. At the time of my visit, which was at the
close of an unusually dry season during which there had not been
a drop of rain for nearly three months, there was a not inconsi-
derable stream of water flowing into the lake at the place where
I embarked. This was on the low flat ground on the north-east
side, at the nearest point to Mount Maquilin.

The depth of the Lake of Bombon is considerable considering
its small extent. The deepest soundings are found on the south-
east side where Mount Macolod abuts in precipitous cliffs upon the
water. Here a depth of 106 fathoms has been obtained at a
short distance from the shore. The soundings to the west and
north are between 30 and 80 fathoms, and generally the lake is
deeper towards the west than tothe north. I noticed as we landed
upon the island crater that there were several marine remains
on the shore, such as dead coral and fragments of sea sheils
similar to what is generally seen on coral reets in the open ocean.

Besides the island crater there are two or three little islands in
the lake on the north-east of the strait, which separates the
volcano from the Cape of De Lipa. The largest of these is
Napayong, which is nearly a mile long and a third of iis length
wide. One side of this island ends in abrupt precipices of tufa,
350 ft. above the surface of the water. There are three other
little islands and some rocks. These islands are generally preci-
pitous, yet when the volcano is sufficiently tranquil they are
inhabited, and in part cultivated. Cotton, Manila hemp, and
bananas are grown, and a few live stock kept. The appearance
of these islands is very picturesque, the whole of the precipitous

694 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

faces are richly festooned with the usual luxuriant foliage of wild
vines and tropical plants.

Before coming to a description of the details of this singular
volcano it will perhaps be better if I describe briefly the mode and
times of my visits. I first saw it towards the end of March, 1885,
when, after a long period of tranquillity, the volcano had subsided
into astate of repose as great, almost, as ever has been known. I
travelled from Manila up the river Pasig into the laguna of Bay
by means of a small trading steamer. I landed at the south side
of the laguna at the large and populous town of Calamba at the
mouth of the river San Juan. From Calamba I followed this
river which winds round the base of Mount Maquilin, and passing
the town of San Tomas proceeded to Tanauan. This town is
almost as important as Calamba, with a fine market place and
Casa Reale all in ruins from the earthquake of 1882, or the
hurricane of the year after. From Tanauan having crossed the
river I descended to the margin of the lake, a distance of about
seven miles. J may mention that from the town of Tanauan the
peak of the volcano is visible, and was then specially conspicuous
by the dense volumes of white smoke which rolled up from the
crater high into the air, where, as the day was still and the weather
fine, it formed a spreading canopy not unlike a mushroom in shape.

My journey was a most interesting one thus far, but I intend
to give a description of it when publishing the full journal of my
travels. It will be sufficient to say now that I embarked in a
native canoe at the small village of Barnadero, and in an hour or
so crossed over to the volcano. This appeared from a distance to
be a low, undulating cone of grey ash, with very little vegetation
upon it. I landed inside a cape called Caluit, or Calavita, and
following a narrow path reached the summit of the crater by a
very easy incline. The view from the edge is very startling and
extraordinary. One stands on the edge of a crater of oval form,
about 2,500 yards in its major, and 2,000 yards inits minor
diameter, and about 1,000 feet deep. The first impression is that
of a recently extinguished cauldron, from the midst of which two
pits, a little separated from each other, were emitting rolling

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 695

volumes of thick white smoke. The general colour of the whole
was red and fiery with bluish spots and stains on the sides, as if
gunpowder had been recently exploded there. But what gave a
singular and startling appearance to the scene was three lakes in
the bottom of the crater, one in the centre, and the other two at
the sides. The centre lake was a greenish-blue like the ocean,
and surrounded by a broken crater of reddish-purple scoriz.
There was a confused group of half a dozen broken craters and
one great slope encircling half of them. On the north side there
was a bright emerald green patch like a pond covered with duck-
weed, except that its tint was more vivid than the greenest of
green waters. This was succeeded to the north-west by another
lake or rather a marshy flat of lemon yellow colour, which
deepened on its edges into a golden colour, with great orange stains
in places. The eastern and highest side of the crater wall was
yellow with sulphur, and all this side was emitting thin jets of
sulphurous fumes from cracks and crevices. Indeed most of the
walls of the inside were emitting the same fumes. Close below
where I stood there was a little jet of sulphur smoke, and on
digging down with the iron point of an alpenstock, the ground
around was found to be intensely hot.

The slope of the crater on the east side was a very moderate
inclination, rendering a descent into it comparatively easy.
Accompanied with two natives as guides, I descended easily to
the bottom of the basin. The ground was firm and composed of
a mass of broken cinders, but there was evidence that at no great
depth these deposits were scarcely cool, as from the cracks and
crevices sulphurous fumes were emitted. The yellow tint of
sublimed sulphur was on everything.

I made my way first of all to the bluish-green lake in the centre.
The rocks were exceedingly rough and scoriaceous, forming walls
round one portion of the waters which afforded no foothold, but
were quite precipitous. I found it very difficult to obtain samples
of the water, but by means of a bamboo with which we were
provided, and a sodawater bottle, this was accomplished. I next
turned my attention to the green lake, and found the same kind

696 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

of difficulty in getting near the edge, which could only be done
from the outer wall. The yellow lake was, at the time of my
visit, about 120 yardsin length, being a mass of sulphurous paste
or crystals of sulphur with oxide of iron, the latter causing
orange and reddish stains of considerable extent. Some of these
crystals were of large size. In endeavouring to approach the
edge of this lake, my Indian guides showed considerable uneasi-
ness lest I should put my foot into some of the soft sulphurous
mud which was in places quite scalding hot apparently. Insome
places one could distinctly see a bubbling up of steam, with patches
of agitated water as if it were simmering. Any examination of
this locality, I should say, would be fraught with considerable
danger. It was my intention to examine the two smoking pits,
but my guides displayed so much alarm at the proposition that I
concluded there must be more danger in approaching them than I
could perceive from a distance. ‘The surface for a considerable
distance around them was quite moist, and may have been boggy.

The heat was intense during the time of my visit, though it was
scarcely 9 a.m. when I left the crater. My guides kept continually
pointing to the sun, and showing me by signs that, when the wind
or sea-breeze began to blow, we should be in danger from the
sulphurous vapours of the two fumeroles. Under these circum-
stances I was obliged to shorten my stay. The rest of the time
spent upon the island was occupied in going over the ground so ably
described by Senior José Centeno. I had the advantage of his maps
and his work with me at the time, and I visited every point in
succession that is described by him in connection with the volcano.
Some little time was taken up also in barometrical observations,
as well asin making collections of plants and minerals. The
results of these observations will be given as we proceed.

My second visit to the volcano, or rather to the Lake of Bombon,
was in March of the year following, but on this occasion I went
down to the coast first, and then proceeded to the lake from the
town of Taal by way of the river Pansipit. I was not able to
land upon the island. During the previous September (1885)
there had been a severe eruption, and though not accompanied

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &c. 697

with such loss of life as in that historical disturbance in 1754,
there was considerable destruction of property. The whole of the
verdant slopes around the lake were lying desolate and blackened.
A dark covering of cinders covered the ground as far as the eye
could reach. There was not a trace of vegetation on the island
where I had made extensive botanical collections. Formerly there
were many herds of cattle, which, I was informed, were completely
destroyed by the eruption before they could be removed. It
had no doubt fared badly with the town of Talisay and four or
five villages on the north side of the lake. During the height of
the eruption the inhabitants had sought safety in flight, leaving
their herds and their crops which were nearly all destroyed. From
the little fishing village of Baguni Bayan, a distant view of the
island voleano was obtainable. It was emitting very considerable
quantities of white smoke with noises and explosions. Though
the eruption had very much subsided, yet the emission of ashes
and stones was quite perceptible. Even at this time any attempt
to approach the voleano would be unsafe.

From what I could perceive at a distance, the form and
appearance of many of the ash cones had been quite changed, and
some of them obliterated. I was informed that the interior of
the crater had been seen by some daring investigator, and that the
green and yellow lakes were nearly obliterated for the time being,
and the features of the crater quite changed. The time at my
disposal during this second visit was occupied with the mollusca
of the rivers, and the marine zoology generally, the results of
which are appended.

I now proceed to describe the geologic features of the island,
which will serve to give a better idea of the prehistoric activity of
this volcano.

The island crater is an irregular square but prolonged at three
of the angles into diagonal promontories. The north-west and
south-western ones are clearly extinct craters. That on the
north-east, or as it is termed Pirac Piraso, at its highest point
(Mount Bignay) is about 220 ft. above the level of the lake. The
north-western prolongation is named Binintiang Malaki. It is a

698 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

conical extinct crater about 850 ft. above the level of the lake at
its highest part. Inside the truncated cone there is a well-formed
crater about 500ft. deep. There are no further observations to
be made on the structure of this hill, except that it is very
steep because it is densely clothed with vegetation. The abrupt
sides though deeply scarred by ravines dip into the lake at a
steep incline. Jt is here that I made the best portion of my
botanical collection. The tangled thicket was principally com-
posed of fig-trees belonging to three or four species, Zaberne-
montana spherocarpa, Mussaenda frondosa, Acacia farnesiana,
Canavalia, Vitis, Leea, Hibiscus, Abutilon, Mucuna, Oroxylum, é&e.,
with a host of escapes from cultivation to be described hereafter.

The point to the south-west is named Binintiang Munti, a
much smaller crater with less vegetation. The basin inside the
cone is imperfectly defined, and only about 250 ft. above the level
of the lake. From the edge of this crater there is a ridge pur-
suing a north-east direction towards the volcano. This ridge ter-
minates at a dome-shaped hill called Mount Tabaro, which is about
500 ft. high. This mountain has a special interest, for the sides
are scored with deep furrows giving it an appearance as if it had
been grooved all round. It exactly resembled a dome in the
Sand-See in the island of Java, and like it is placed close beside
an active volcano, that of the well-known crater of Bromo. Sejior
Centeno does not regard this as a crater, but rather an accumula-
tion of ashes around an original nucleus. There is no trace of a
basin on the summit. The distance between Binintiang Malaki
and Binintiang Munti is something over four miles, and from the
first-named point to Pirac Piraso a little over three.

In proceeding to summarize the results of my observations it
must be distinctly understood that I do not lay any claim to
originality in this matter. The observations of Sefior Centeno
have been so full and exact that I am but following his footsteps
in giving the details of the orography and geology of the volcano.

As already stated the upper border of the crater is oval, with
a major diameter from east to west, and a minor diameter very
slightly less in size nearly at right angles. The highest point is

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 699

on the south-east side, about 1,000 ft. above the level of the sea.
From this point it descends on the north-east and east-south-east
to less than half the altitude mentioned. It then rises to the
north to a height of about 785ft. On the north-east side there
is a crest with steep sides terminating in an extinct crater named
Pinag Ulbuan, of an elevation of about 600ft. Itis about 400 yards
in diameter, with a deep channel on the north-east side leading to
the lake. On the north side of the island between the volcano and
the sea, there are six or seven ridges of ash, and about the same
number of mountain peaks, the most important of which are
Ragatan and Matas-na-Golod, both between five and six hundred
feet above the lake.

Between the volcano and the north-west angle or Cape named
Binintiang Malaki, there isaninterval of about 700 yards, and then
the surface rises abruptly into an ancient crater called Balantoc,
which is the largest of all the extinct craters, and about half the
size of the present active basin. It was evidently at one time a
central point of activity. It is elliptical in shape, about 350 ft.
high on its eastern side, and with a channel or gorge on the west
leading down to the lake. The interior of this crater is very
abrupt on the north side, and less so on the south. It is all covered
with dense jungle of a kind similar to that described in the crater
of Binintiang Malaki, with whose ash deposits those of Mount
Balantoc mingle. To the south of the mountain there is a series of
small craters called Las Canas. They are seven in number, at
least that number have pretty well defined circular forms, but
there are others of irregular outline, which seem to have been
partially destroyed as new ones were formed. The name Las
Canas is derived from the shallow pans which are used in this
part of the country for boiling sugar.

It need scarcely be said that, with a soil composed of loose
pulverulent ash and fragments of scorie, cinders and pumice of
every size, water would not rest upon the surface, especially
as the slopes are so highly inclined for the most part. In the wet
season the rain easily cuts down the loose materials of the sides
of the active crater. Thus I noticed in going to the edge several

700 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

deep crevasses or dry water-courses of very rugged and broken
appearance, with a certain amount of tangled jungle in the bottom.
The inhabitants get water from wells near the side of the lake,
though, as already observed, the water in the lake itself is only
slightly brackish. In Australia we should consider such water
quite serviceable for all domestic purposes.

GroLocy.—The exterior slopes of the volcano are of uniform
character, composed of voleanic sand, scorie, breccia, tufa,
alternating in strata of diverse thickness and different colours. I
was surprised to see the difference there was between the colour
of the soil and the appearance of the volcano from a dis-
tance. It was yellowish-brown when near, with fragments of
yellow, black, and white rock. At a distance it appeared
grey. There was the strongest contrast between the nature of
the walls of this crater and that of Bromo in Java. The latter
had crater walls of loose grey ash so fine that one sank into it
ankle deep in ascending the slopes. There were, of course, larger
fragments of stone and scoriz, but the general character of the
ash was exceedingly fine. Bromo continually emits a roaring
noise, which is like a succession of violent explosions, which follow
each other with such rapidity as to mingle the vibrations. These
explosions, I have no doubt, are the cause of the fine fragments
or dust into which the cinders of the volcano are blown. At
Taal, on the contrary, there is scarcely any sound, and there are
not consequently the detonations and explosions causing the fine
rain of volcanic dust. The greater part of the slopes of Taal
volcano, and especially on the north side, is covered with a fine
stratum of ash decomposed into alluvium. In the lower portion
there are large trachytic blocks, especially on the east and south-
east sides. In the ‘‘Barrancos” or gullies already spoken of,
scoriaceous lava streams of very hard dolerite can be perceived. I
append at the end of this paper a description of the various
minerals which are met with on the slopes of the volcano. This.
list, which is that of Senor Centeno, will afford me an opportunity
of mentioning any details or observations which may be necessary.

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &c. 701

Binintiane Maraki.—This, as already stated, forms the north-
western prolongation or angle of the island. It is a small
mountain in the form of a truncate cone. It has been beyond all
doubt a true crater and point of ejection. Its slopes are highly
inclined, and end precipitously in the lake on the north and north-
east side in the deep waters of the lake. In order to ascend to
the summit, one must land at the bay Panipihan on the north side.
This gives an easy approach to the easterly slopes, which are
gradual and admit of easy ascent. The crater is formed of regular
strata of lapilli: At the base of the slope on the north side
there are certain traces of the former volcanic activity in the
form of small jets of gas which gush out below the water close to
the margin of the lake. These gas jets are of such a high
temperature that the water near them raised the mercury in my
thermometer to 130° of Fahrenheit. Sefior Centeno gives a
temperature of 75 Centigrade, but this I suppose would depend
upon the position of the thermometer with reference to the jet of
gas. The water near the jets was very pungent to the taste.
On the north side of the crater its height is about 500ft. above
the level of the lake. From the north to the sotth the margin
rises in the form of an amphitheatre to a height of about 850ft.
above the lake, and 350ft. above the plain. The crater is about
300 yards in diameter, and is covered with vegetation. At certain
seasons of the year a small portion of the base is cultivated, and
some of the more hardy descriptions of rice, or those which bear a
dry soil, are grown on the more level ground. The vegetation has.
already been referred to. The grass most abundant was Imperata
arundinacea, the lalang or jungle grass of the whole of the Malay
Archipelago. There is a deep barranco cutting down the crater to
the edge of the plain, and serving to drain the water which falls
into it in the rainy season. There are no remains of volcanic:
activity in the bottom of the crater, but there is a crack on the
south-east edge of the summit, which emits abundance of white
vapour. From this point to the plain the soil is covered with a
thin white crust, under which the earth is black, and so hot that,
at a few inches beneath the surface, it rises to within a few degrees

45

702 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

of the boiling point of water. At the bottom of the crater the
soil is composed of detritus, which the rain has washed down from
the sides. Seiior Centeno considers that the great steepness of
the north side shows that the volcanic activity ended in that
direction, at any rate it proves that it was greatest on that side.

ANCIENT CRATERS OF BALANTOC AND LAs Canas.—Between the
active volcano and Binintiang Malaki there is, as already stated,
another crater. It is much less elevated than the last, though
considerably wider. The whole is covered with abundant vegeta-
tion, and the rocks are much more decomposed than the last.
Moreover, there is not the slightest trace of any activity still
going on. It seems to belong to the very early history of
the volcanic activity in the island. Everything about it seems
to indicate an older crater. To the south of Balantoc and
separated by a deep watercourse about 40 ft. wide, is the curious
region already referred to as Las Canas. It consists of a number
of small craters closeto oneanother or breaking-in upon one another,
and covering about 500 acres of ground. Two of these are larger
than the rest, with a diameter of four or five hundred yards, and
about 120 feet high. Their sides are very steep, covered with
hardened clay and vegetation at the base. To the west and north
west there are others of similar dimensions. To the north-east of
this region there is a fissure which is evidently due to weathering.
The interior walls of the cavities known as Las Canas are
extremely abrupt, and composed of cinders. To the north-west
there is a horse-shoe-shaped platform a little raised above the
level of the lake which forms the origin of a deep barranco
scooped out by the drainage of water in the rainy season. I quite
agree with Sefior Centeno in attributing this kind of basin to
weathering, and not volcanic activity. For the rest we must
suppose that the portion of the island now described was at one
time, but not for long, an outlet for the volcanic disturbance
underneath. It is difficult to account for the history of all these
points of ejection, or the order in which they appeared, but they
are not difficult of explanation in a general way. Of course the

BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C, 703

area of volcanic disturbance or the subterranean fires is very
large, extending, as it does, for fifty or sixty miles in a straight
line, and in some places of almost equal width. Now ina volcanic
eruption many a fissure and many a fiery jet become covered up
and obliterated by the immense fall of ashes and cinders, but, of
course, only to break out in some new direction close by. The
one central point is the volcano, but even this is full of little
craters inside it, as we shall see presently. One is disappointed at
seeing so little of the fires, but they are so completely covered
with ashes and scoriz, that sulphurous vapours and steam are the
only evidence that we see of what is going on underneath. Every
now and then a more powerful explosion casts the light and porous
covering of cinders into the air, but the most of this falls back
again and the vapour goes on escaping as before. What we see
at Las Canas is similar to Vulcano in the Lipari Isles of the
Mediterranean, in which, by the shifting of the centre of volcanic
activity along a line of fissure, a series of overlapping volcanic
cones has been produced.

It will be seen subsequently that there is reason for believing
that the whole of the lake around the volcano is an area of sub-
sidence, which represents the former extent of an immense volcanic
cone. We have, therefore, according to this theory, only a portion
of the later history of the volcano revealed to us, with the evidence
of those forces which have tended to modify the form and
character of this volcano, which, according to Mr. Judd’s classi-
fication, is one of composite character. In his Work on Volcanoes
he points out (p. 161), that the sides of such cones are liable to be
rent asunder from time to time, and the fissures so produced are
injected with liquid lava from below. These fissures rent in the
sides of volcanic cones often reach the surface, and eruptive action
takes place, giving rise to the formation of a cone or series of
cones upon the line of fissure. Such small cones thrown up on the
flanks of a great volcanic mountain are known as parasitic, and,
though subordinate to the mountain mass, they are sometimes
themselves of considerable dimensions. Amongst the hundreds
which stud the flanks of Mt. Etna, there are some nearly 800 ft.
high.

704 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

Between Las Canas and Binintiang Munti there are only the
two elevations spoken of already as Mt. Tabaro and Mt, Saluyan ;
the rest of the plain is composed of slopes of ash, modified by
barrancos which have been due to weathering.

Bininti1ane Munti.—This is a small ancient crater, so much
worn down by weathering as to be only about 50 or 60 ft. above
the level of the lake, and limited on its north-east and south-west
sides by two small ridges, which are the remains of what was once
the much more elevated rim of the crater. It has a depression in
the centre, and is of horse-shoe form, about 500 yards across at its
widest point. The slopes of this small cone terminate in the lake,
with undulations on the surface giving rise to a number of small
points which afford excellent sections. These display in a very
complete manner the different strata which have arisen from
eruptions at various times. One sees that the crater is built up
of tufas and conglomerates of various colours and fineness, of very
distinct character. Sefior Centeno gives a list of these various
deposits, but, on comparing his list with some of the sections
exposed, I found they were subject to great variation, even in the
space of a few yards ; that is as far as colour and consistency were
concerned.

Pinac Uxnsuan.—It only remains to refer to one more of these
subsidiary craters. This is the one spoken of on the north-east
side of the island as Pinag Ulbuan. It is nearly circular, and
about 350 yards in diameter, surrounded on the north and west
sides with almost precipitous cliffs, and barred on the east by a
dyke between 20 and 25 ft. high, which dams the water, and gives
‘rise to the name of Pinag Ulbuan, which means in the Tagalo
dialect a deep reservoir. The highest points of this crater are on
the north-west and south-east sides, and are about 500 ft. and
400 ft. high respectively above the level of the lake. The aspect
of this crater is that of an amphitheatre broken down largely on
one side. There are good sections, which show the composition of
the slopes to be of ashes, scorie and conglomerates, with volcanic
sand in strata of different colours.

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 705

Before proceeding to the consideration of the interior of the
great crater it is desirable to summarize the evidence which is
afforded us by a study of the geology of the island. First of all
it will be observed that there are two lines of volcanic fissures,
made manifest by the shape of the island and the dispositions of
the craters. The first is from south-west to north-east, beginning
with the extinct crater of Binintiang Munti, and ending at the
north-east cape of Pirac Piraso. Along this line, which passes
through the highest portion of the central volcano and the most of
its extinct eraters, we have a line of ancient craters, which froin
their appearance would lead one to believe that they are also the
oldest of the island. These are Binintiang Munti, Saluyan, Tabaro
and (omitting now the central craters) Pinag Ulbuan, Ragatan,
and the islands in the Seno de Hog Hog, which appeared to me to
be very much like the remains of an ancient crater.

At almost right angles to this line of fissure there is another
line, which would take in Las Canas, Balantoc, and the cone of
Binintiang Malaki on the north-west. The second line of fissure
would appear to be of amore modern character. I think a careful
study of the volcanic evidences here exposed must throw some
light on the chronology of these different basins, and possibly also
upon the great question as to whether there has been a large
subsidence where the present laguna now stands. It should be
remarked that the greatest diameter of the lake corresponds nearly
with the first described line of fissure, and also with the greatest
prolongation of the volcanic tufas and trap-rocks.

INTERIOR OF THE GREAT CraTER.—I now proceed to describe the
features of the great centre of activity in this island. First of
all I shall give the impressions made upon my mind by a first view
from the brink. The effect was certainly very wonderful and
startling, so different indeed from anything I had ever seen before
that it amazed me with most bewildering sensations. The first
thing that strikes one, of course, is the source and origin of all the
clouds of white fumes which are always rolling upwards out of
the crater, and make it so conspicuous wherever seen. These vents

706 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

look rather smaller than one would anticipate from the great
clouds of white smoke which unceasingly issue from the mountains.
Still they look large enough and very significant of the volcanic
forces below. The next thing which attracts the notice, is the
extraordinary variety and vividness of the colours on the rocks,
and in the lakes. First of all there is the large irregular shaped
basin of bright emerald green water, extending like a pond at
least half way round the crater. This forms such a strong
contrast with the sulphur flat of lemon yellow, golden and orange.
In the centre of the basin there is an extinct crater forming a
somewhat smaller lake of pale bluish green water, which is like a
turquoise set in copper, for this is the aspect of the purple-red
crater walls nearly all round. To the left of this and underneath
the highest part of the crater walls, are the two smoking craters»
and above this the steep slope of the wall is all smoking, and quite
yellow with a sulphur incrustation. The walls themselves are
stratified in coloured lines of pale yellow and brown. This
however is by no means uniform, for there are gaps, crevices and
landslips where the ash has fallen down, and these are purple and
brown or darkish blue. It would be almost impossible to describe
the number and variety of the coloured stains upon the walls, all
of them suggesting a fiery or a smoky origin, but yet very unlike
the action of any ordinary fire with which one is familiar.

This was the state of the crater at the time of my visit, which
was probably two and a half years after that of Sefior Centeno,
and though the general features of this basin have not changed
much in the 300 years during which Europeans have been
acquainted with it, yet there are some modifications, which we
can gather from the different accounts that observers have furnished
us with. This will be seen from the following extract from the
notes of a geologist made about thirteen years previous to the time
of my visit.

‘In the same province is the Taal volcano, in the centre of
which there is a small lake, the waters of which are charged with
sulphuric acid. In the centre of the Laguna de Bombon, there
is a small volcanic island with a crater of no great height and

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C 707

about a league in circumference. From the midst of this there
always rises an immense column of whitish fumes. The edge of
the crater is easily reached, and one looks down an appalling
depth. At the bottom is a small pond about 70 yards wide, from
which the fumes are exhaled. The waters are a dark green, and
encrusted all round with deposits of sulphur, soda, lime and mag-
nesia. The interior is rugged but firm, and forms almost a natural
staircase down to the water which can be reached with a little
careful climbing. It is the most accessible crater in the world,
and offers hundreds of sights to the traveller. The interior surface
is seen ‘to be composed of lava, cinders, fine sand, pumice and
great quantities of sulphur and crystalline salts of soda, magnesia
and lime. When seen from the edge they have a yellowish colour,
and every now and then they are thrown into violent ebullition,
accompanied by a roaring noise. From the bubbles caused by this
spasmodic boiling, dense white fumes emerge, and these form the
column of vapour which is seen from afar rising from the crater.”

If this description was taken from actual observation, which I am
inclined to question, though it occurs in the “ Boletin dela Comision
del Mapa Geologica del ’Espafia, Vol. III,” the change which
has taken place in the crater since 1872 is very great. No mention
is made of the two small smoking craters, and there is only one
lake spoken of instead of three which I saw. The description of
Sefior Centeno comes nearer to the state in which I saw it first,
but still there are differences. At the early part of his visit
descent into the crater seemed so difficult that it was only under-
taken with many precautions in the way of ropes and other aids.
He describes, first of all, the reddish yellow lake which occupied
all the north-east part of the crater. Its margins were covered
for fifty or a hundred yards with abundant concretions of various
colours, yellow, red and white. These consisted of sulphur, oxide
of iron, alum and gypsum. The sulphur was crystalline or
encrusting ; the iron oxides formed a film more or less thick
arising from the decomposition of the scorie. Alum and gypsum
were present in large handsome crystals. The gypsum was in thin
tabular crystals disposed vertically and horizontally upon one

708 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

another. The margin of the lake, which is alternately washed and
left dry, was a soft and steaming mud full of little fumeroles of
vapor in places with the temperature of boiling water. In other
places the mud was white with a temperature of about 100 degrees.
Every now and then this lake came into a state of slight ebulli-
tion, during which time the surface bubbled, throwing up small
quantities of mud a short distance above the surface. Sefior
Centeno was unable to ascertain the depth as the margin cannot
be approached except on one side. It appears to be very deep,
with a temperature of about boiling water. The taste was acid
and astringent.

This was much the state in which I saw the lake except that
the signs of ebullition were very faint, and the whole appeared
to have cooled down considerably since the visit of the Spanish
geologist. The accompanying map with a dotted line will show
the track of Sefior Centeno which I followed to some extent,
except that I did not go so far round the yellow lake. He sur-
rounded all the southern margin of this lake to the point N, on
an extremely rugged and narrow path between the walls of the
crater and the water. From this he returned to the point A,
following the interior walls of the second crater, reaching the
point B, which is a truncated cone with a base about 130 yards
wide and 25 yards deep, with almost vertical walls and exactly like
the small craters already described at Las Canas. From thence
he went to the edge of the blue-green lake marked C, and then
to the point D, from which the sulphurous fumes issued forth
from a small crater. Either the point G or H in his map, was
also contributing abundance of fumes at the time of my visit, so
there had been an alteration to that extent. He speaks of a
small cone with a circular crater surrounding this fumerole com-
posed of cinders, but there was nothing of the kind at the time of
my visit. There were six broken, half-formed craters like Las
Canas ; one great slope encircling half of them on the south-side
composed of red ropy looking scoriz. On the side of this was an
almost smooth, yellowish-white, muddy surface, in the midst of
which were two round pits out of both of which dense white

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S8., &C. 709

fumes were rising in intermittent clouds with a faint murmur like
boiling water. The width of one of these pits was about 20 yards,
and of the other about 40 yards, but I only judged of these from a
distance: they were perhaps 100 yards apart.

As I have already stated, the interior of the walls was tinted
with all sorts of colours, very much like a furnace ora kiln on a
gigantic scale. They were composed of loose ashes and scorie, but
sometimes molten together and twisted like splashings of furnace
clinker on a large scale. There were great bosses of sulphur and
other minerals, probably gypsum or felspar or lime, but it would
be a very long business to describe the whole of the appearances
along the sides of the crater. The whole of this heterogeneous
mass of rock—as Sefior Centeno well expresses it—is broken up
and confused by landslips, deep cracks, and loosening of the strata,
produced sometimes by the rains, by interior emanations and
explosions, or finally by great earthquake shocks, to which the
crater must be exposed at periods of unusual activity.

The following is an analysis given by Sefior Centeno of the
water of the yellow lake :—

Analysis. Grammes.
Sodium chloride ... see sls Bee Pils pally
Potassium chloride she she sae OU 090
Iron chloride 0A Res sce 3) OE
Iron sulphate... me aes a) 1 eO OOaD
Aluminum sulphate aoe ae oie 0 00
Magnesium sulphate... i. egg a 200
Lime sulphate... ae va OOOO
Free sulphuric acid ce bie cog MLO ODO
Silica sa eae a =a sao 00400
Sodium phosphate ea ase Sas O07,

269889

The above was the result of an examination of the solid contents
obtained by evaporation of one litre of the water. I have two
other analyses from different authors, which differ only slightly
from the above.

710 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

Setior Centeno mentions the mode in which the phenomenon of
ebullition is manifested at this part of the crater. There wasa
periodical boiling up about the centre of the waters, which were
raised for the time being into a kind of jet, from which mud and
clay were thrown out with a noise like the boiling of a cauldron.
This must be due to a periodical escape of gas, somewhat similar
to what is taking place in the smoking craters.

Green Lake.—At the time of Centeno’s visit the green lake was
absent or possibly merged in the yellow one, but it was by far the
larger in 1885, and in fact the yellow lake seemed only a shallower
prolongation of it, with a margin of sulphur and felspathic mud at
the time of my visit. The green colour was, as I have said,
intensely vivid. The waters were singularly still, but in Centeno’s
time they were continually emitting sulphurous vapours. The
margins were precipitous on all sides, and higher on the south-east,
making it impossible to get near enough, with the means at my
disposal, to obtain any specimens of the water. It will be seen
presently that there was another green lake, which was the only
green one visible in Centeno’s time. But, in comparison with the
large surface of vivid emerald green water with the yellow margin,
its waters looked quite pale. The two basins of green water, both
of large extent, and of such different tints, could not of course
have escaped the observation of the Spanish geologist had they
existed in his time, but he makesno mention of them. The bright
emerald green lake formed a portion of the yellow lake, according
to his map. The change of colour, especially so remarkable a
change, is singular and interesting. It may possibly be accounted
for by supposing that, as the gaseous emanations had ceased, the
sulphurous mud had subsided, and left the natural colour of the
water to appear,

Bluish-green Lake Crater.—The colour of this lake was, in 1885,
about the same as that of the sea in moderate depths, where the
blue colour is not decided. The tints seemed beautiful to the
Spanish geologists, but by the side of the brilliant yellow and
green tints of the other waters it seemed poorincolour. Jn 1883,

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &c. ole

vapours were continually ascending from its waters. Its margins
are precipitous on all sides, but higher on the south-east, where I
should say they rose between 80 and 90ft. high and almost vertical.
It was full of mineral water, with a temperature which appeared
to be almost boiling. The sides of the lake were covered, in
1883, with crystals, but I saw nothing of the kind, and the water
was not steaming, but apparently still and cool. It would require
avery long cord to reach the water, at least longer than any I
possessed, so that I could not obtain specimens. Sefior Centeno
was more fortunate; he obtained some after a little ditiiculty, He
says that though of a deep green at a distance, in the bottle it
was of a very pale colour. The taste is more acid, bitter and
salt, than the water of the yellow lake, and gives a much more
abundant precipitate on evaporation. The following is the result
of an analysis made by the official chemists at Madrid :—

Analysis. Grammes.
Sodium chloride ... ee see ... 30°8588
Potassium chloride es nee ee a
Tron chloride of ee Ate see AS BTD
Lime sulphate... bs +e .. 0°4644
Magnesium sulphate... oes sate 0000
Tron sulphate... ee ie noe aay
Sodium phosphate 45. re Seen USCREZAD
Silicic acid j i ee boty | 027400
Free sulphuric acid ae 5 .. 1:4888
Free hydrochloric acid... = Soy Who ZOe

60-0228

This was, as in the former instance, the result of an analysis of
one litre of water. The proportion of solid matter is unusually
large, and the amount of chlorides quite extraordinary.

Red Crater.—Near to the green lake there isa circular crater,
about 400 ft. in diameter and 70 or 80 ft. deep, with almost
vertical walls. It is filled with volcanic detritus and scoriz of a
fiery red colour, and, during the rainy season, it is said to be filled

G12 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

with water of a similar tint, which contrasts with singular bril-
liancy with the neighbouring lakes. My visit being at the end of
an unusually long dry season did not permit me to see any- water
in this crater.

The Spanish author whom I have followed hitherto, here
describes an active cone about 300 metres to the south of the
green lake, He says it isa small but very perfect cone, composed
of ashes and scorie#, with a circular basin, from which emanate
continually those unceasing clouds of white vapor which render
this island so conspicuous. This cone, he says, can be approached
to within 50 or 60 yards. It is about 50 ft. high, with a diameter
for the crater of 18 or 20 ft. There was, he says, a constant
murmur, like that of the boiling and bubbling of some viscid
liquid, which could be heard 500 or 600 yards away. Presuming
that this is the iarger crater from which the white fumes contin-
ually emanated at the time of my visit, it has changed very much
inappearance. I should say that this has been due to a constant
rain of fine dust and sulphur which had levelled this crater, and
quite changed its conical outline. In fact, the fumes seemed
to me to be coming out of a pit that was more like a well than a
cone. Since the last eruption which took place, the whole of these
features have been subject to new and extensive alterations. The
vapor was liable to great variations in the manner in which it
came forth from the pit, sometimes it was in thick white masses
forming quite a canopy over the crater, at other times there was
only a thin veil of smoke. Some authors have thought that these
intermissions depend upon barometric pressure. It is quite certain
that there are days when the smoke is unceasing, and others when
the volcano can scarcely be distinguished from the surrounding

hills.

It may be added that the whole of the interior of the crater
was more or less smoking at the time of my visit. The cracks
and crevices which sent forth continuous jets of white sulphur
fumes were quite beyond numeration. The whole face of the
interior slope on the highest side was thickly studded with these

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. cla

jets from top to bottom. Wherever they occurred a little efflor-
escence of yellow colour could be also seen.

The track which leads down to the crater, or rather the tracks,
for there are two, were well beaten, as if they had been well used
by many travellers and by the Indians. They were made of
zig-zag shape, so that there was not the slightest difficulty nor
danger in either ascending or descending. I noticed in many places
by the side of the track, small sulphur fumes, and, as I have
already mentioned, an iron point thrust into the ground showed
that at no great depth it was red hot. Since the last eruption
no doubt all these conditions have changed, but I was told by one
of the Indians that the slope of the sides was still the same. In
any case, supposing that there was no change, I should strongly
advise any tourist never to descend alone into the crater, even with
guides, for the dangers, though not very apparent, are really very
great. The heat and vapours are, at best, almost overpowering,
and a very slight change of the conditions might intensify both to
an extent incompatible with the existence of human life. Such
changes must be constantly occurring even in the most tranquil
periods of the voleano’s history.

Barometrical measurements prove that the level of the waters
in the crater is about the same as the level of the lake. It would
be difficult to suppose any connection between the two. Sefior
Centeno suggests that the waters are entirely due to the internal
drainage during the long and heavy rainy season in this locality,
and that the heat causes them to have a strong chemical action,
dissolving the felspars, sulphates, and chlorides, with which they
come into contact. The heat of course is supplied by the volcano.
Something of this kind must be the true explanation, but one is at
a loss to know why similar phenomena are not seen in other lake
craters. The crater of Bromo, in Java, is perfectly enclosed, but
there is no accumulation of water at the bottom, and other
instances might be cited. Usually extinct craters are full of
water, and this is the origin of some of the most beautiful lakes
with which the surface of the earth is adorned. ‘‘ As crater-rings
are usually composed of materials more or less impervious to

714 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

water, they often become the site of lakes. The beautiful circular
lake of Laach, in the Rhine Provinces, with the numerous similar
examplesof Central Italy—Albano, Nemi, Bracciano, and Bolsena—
the lakes of Campi Phlegrei (Agnano, Avernus, &c.), and some
similar lakes in the Auvergne, may be adduced as examples of
crater-rings which have become the site of lakes.”

“One of the most beautiful of the crater-lakes in the Auvergne is
Lac Paven, which lies at the foot of a scoria-cone, Mont Chalme,
and is itself surrounded by masses of ejected materials. The
crater-lake of Bagno, in Ischia, has had a channel cut between it
and the sea, so that it serves as a natural harbour. The lake of
Gustavila, in Mexico, is an example of a crater-lake on a much
larger scale.”

‘Jn many of these crater-rings the diameter of the circular space
enclosed by them is often very great indeed as compared with the
height of the walls.”

“Two of the largest crater-rings in the world are found in Central
Italy, and are both occupied by lakes, the circular forms of which
must strike every observer.”

**The Lago Bracciano, which les to the north-west of Rome, is a
circular Jake six and a-half miles in diameter, surrounded by hills,
which at their highest point rise to the height of 1,486 ft. above
the sea, while the surface of the waters of the lake is 540 ft. above
the sea-level. The Lago di Bolsena is somewhat less perfectly
circular in outline than Lago di Bracciano; it has a length from
north to south of ten and a-quarter miles, and a breadth from east
to west of nine miles. The surface of the waters of this lake is
962 ft. above that of the waters of the Mediterranean. The lake
of Bolsena, like that of Bracciano, is surrounded by hills composed
of volcanic materials ; the highest points of this ring of hills rise
to elevations of 684, 780, and 985 ft. respectively above the waters
of the lake.”*

But if these lakes are distinguished for anything, it is for the
singular purity and clearness of their waters. Without citing
other instances, I may give one which belongs to Australia,

* Judd on Volcanoes, p. 171.

BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 715

and which is the type of many other extinct craters in the colony
of Victoria. This is the series of lake-craters of Mt. Gambier in
the colony of South Australia, forming a piece of enchanting
scenery, which has won an almost world-wide reputation. I have
already, in my “Geological Observations in South Australia,”*
given a description of the blue lake, which is a perfectly enclosed
basin, about half-a-mile wide, with precipitous sides and a varying
depth between 200 and 300 ft. The waters are a dark blue like
the open ocean, but they are perfectly pure and limpid, without
any excess of solid constituents, unless it be that of lime.

This is the more extraordinary when we reflect upon it, for
usually in lakes that have no outlet, concentration of salts, due to
evaporation, gives rise to well-marked chemical characters in the
water. The small amount of water does not exactly explain this,
because there must be a very considerable quantity in the crater
of Taal. No matter what eruptions and changes have taken place,
as soon as things get a little settled the lakes are always there in
one shape or another. They are always referred to by every
historian, though differing in number and shape and sometimes in
colour, there has been always a general resemblance, which marks
them out as distinctive features of this volcano. They are generally
confined to one side of the basin, and usuaily occupy much the
same limits. If they were derived from surface drainage during
the rainy season, why are there not waters in all the extinct craters,
such as Las Canas? But the soil is too porous for rain waters to
rest upon it, and there are scarcely any surface accumulations at
any part of the island.

For my own part | am inclined to think that these lakes owe their
origin to some peculiarity in the emanations of this crater. Vol-
canoes vary very much intheir products. There are some volcanic
centres from which only one kind of lava has been emitted, but
there are others in which the changes in the material thrown out
are as unceasing as they are unaccountable. Water is always
an accompaniment of whatever is emitted from volcanic vents.
Water of course in the form of steam. “ Along with this steam

* London, Longmans 1863, 8vo, 404 pp.

716 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

the most common substances emitted are two gases, sulphurous
acid and sulphuretted hydrogen. When these two gases come into
contact with one another, chemical action takes place, and the
elements contained in them—oxygen, hydrogen, and sulphur-—
are free to group themselves together in an entirely new fashion ;
the consequence of this is that water and sulphuric acid (oil of
vitriol) are formed, and a certain quantity of sulphur is set free.
The water escapes into the atmosphere, the sulphuric acid combines
with lime, iron, or other substances contained in the surrounding
rocks, and the sulphur builds up crystals in any cavities which
may happen to exist in these rocks.” —(Judd’s Volcanoes, page 19.)

Without propounding any new theory, there must be something
special in the nature of the underground rocks which causes them
to manifest themselves in the peculiar features of this crater. The
quantity of sulphur in it seems quite exceptionally great, as well
as the chlorides, and these are quite sufficient to account for the
large quantities of hydrochloric and sulphuric acid which are
found combined with the waters.

There is another important question connected with the craters
of Taal, to which the Spanish geologist has given much careful
consideration. This is-with regard to the former history of the
volcano, and to the theory which accounts for the lake of Bombon
by supposing that it occupies the site of a much larger volcanic
mountain which has been submerged. A short review of the
arguments relied upon is in every way worthy of attention.

First of all Sefior Centeno points out the wide extension of the
ash deposits or tufas which seemed grouped around this volcano as
a centre, shows it to have been the principal focus of volcanic
activity in the southern part of the island of Luzon. The tufaceous
strata extend all round the lake to the sea, except on the eastern
side. Northward they entirely cover the strip of land between
the Laguna de Bay and the Bay of Manila. They also entirely
cover the country round the capital, and then are found extending
north as far as the town of San Ildefonso. This immense deposit
of volcanic cinders and dust which is known to geologists as

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. (AN

the tufaceous region of the volcano of Taal, attains to considerable
thickness in certain localities, with a distinct structure in its cinders
and pumice according to the extent and duration of the various
volcanic eruptions. In making the excavations connected with the
Manila Waterworks the tufa has been sunk through for nearly
30 feet. The section showed that the different strata were
separated by a deposit of fine volcanic sand, which marked the
period of comparative repose in the eruption. There are, of course,
many other extinct volcanoes in the region now referred to, such
as Banajao, Majajay, Maquilin, and many others on the side of
Laguna de Bay. But some of these have not been in activity
within recent times, yet it is thought possible to assign to each
whatever share it may have had in producing the tufaceous deposits,
This will be considered by some to be open to question, but, at any
rate, there can be no doubt that a very large quantity of ash
deposit has come from the volcano of Taal, and that this quantity
is largely in excess of what can reasonably be attributed to the
present crater.

The physical geography of the Laguna of Bombon is an argument
which is also relied upon. It is separated from the sea by only a
very narrow strip of land, and this is entirely composed of ash
deposits. The lake itself is brackish, and has an extensive marine
fauna in its waters. They said that sharks are found in it to an
extent which prevents the natives from venturing into its waters
at any distance from the shore.

It is hard to see how these facts can be regarded as settling the
matter one way or the other. Supposing the lake to have been
separated from the sea by the gradual filling up of a narrow strip
of land through which the river Pansipit now flows, the appearances
would be still the same. As to the fishes, it is a well-known fact
that sharks will ascend fresh-water rivers for a considerable
distance, besides other marine fishes. The fishes that I saw
amongst the inhabitants of the lake were fresh-water Siluroids,
and the mollusca were decidedly fresh-water, including the genera
Melania, Paludina, Unio, Cyrena, and Corbicula. The same species
are found in the Laguna de Bay.

46

718 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

However, it is fortunate for the theory that it does not depend
for its support on such reasoning. It has a much more powerful,

and, to my mind, convincing support from the present configuration
of the sides of the lake. There we find that its margin is in very
many places formed of high cliffs, sixty or seventy ft. in height,
and in a few localities, such as Macolod, &c., the waters are con-
fronted by precipices between 2,000 and 3,000 feet high. To quote
from Senor Centeno: “ If we observe Mt. Macolod with a height
of 966 metres and the rapid slopes of its sides toward Cuenca, and
its equally sudden breaking off at the water’s edge, we cannot help
seeing that we have here only a fragment of what this original
mountain has been, and that some extraordinary change has taken
place since it was deposited in strata of ash. If we observe the
opposite portion of the laguna we shall see that the cordillera
called Tagatay—which is the limit of the lake to the north, and is
terminated on the east by Mt. Sungay—has meridional slopes of
rapid inclination, which terminate in escarpments on the side of
the lake ; such, for instance, as Mahabangbato in the village of
Banga, in Balit-Biring and in Kalukan. In the precipitous
escarpments one can see clearly the horizontal stratification which
shows an abrupt breaking off of the slope, which at one time
extended uninterruptedly from the top of the mountain to the
Bay of Manila.”

Senor Centeno has carried these considerations a little further,
and has speculated on what must have been the former height of
this mountain. By prolonging the slope from the Bay of Manila
to the Pico Long Castila, a distance of about 20 miles, and from
thence continuing the projection of the same inclined plane in a
south-east direction, while on the opposite side of the lake the
slope between Cuenca and Mt. Macolod is projected in a north-west
direction, the two lines will meet over a point in the lake about
3 miles to the eastward of the present crater. This would give a
height to the former volcano of about 12,500 ft. above the level of
the sea, a height which is almost exactly that of Semiru in Java,
and the well-known Fuji-San or Fuji-Yama in Japan. The whole
of the details of this calculation are most interesting, and bear upon

BY THE REy. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 719

the face of them a stamp of probability which is fully warranted
by the facts of the case.

The theory receives new support from what has been recently
observed in connection with volcanic eruptions, and a reflection on
what really takes place during their continuance. It must be
obvious that such immense deposits of tufa can only have been
supplied by the transfer of enormous quantities of material from
below. The cavities and chasms thus caused in the course of time
must have been so great as to defy calculation. Just imagine the
amount of material scooped out from great depths to cover the
surface for nearly 100 miles north of Taal, and 10 to 30 miles
wide. It would be hardly possible for so much of the lower
portions of the earth’s crust to be taken away without subsidences
and failure of support in some direction. When even the much
more moderate subterranean excavations of our mining operations
cause land-slips and extensive subsidences, how much more likely
is it to anticipate some failure of support from the unceasing
- activity of a volcano. There is little doubt that it was to some
such cause as this that the catastrophe of Krakatoa owed its origin.
That island-volcano had been belching forth for months unceasingly
rock-material in the form of ashes and scorie, until the land for
more than 100 miles, and much of the intervening sea, were strewn
thickly with them. At last it would seem that the cavity thus
arising allowed full entry of the sea to the innermost depths, where
the subterranean fires were raging. Hence the awful explosions
which were heard in terrific distinctness 900 miles away ; hence
the concussions which disturbed the very foundations of the earth,
until at last the earth’s crust collapsed, the island-crater toppled
over and fell in, and the regurgitation of the water carried dreadful
destruction on to the neighbouring lands in the form of tidal waves.
The island-crater of Krakatoa was partly submerged and dis-
appeared. Fragments of the crater-walls, now raised in broken
and precipitous faces to 1,500 ft. and more above the waters, are
memorials of the way in which the volcano was torn and split
asunder, but where its highest wall stood is now marked by 100
fathoms of ocean,

720 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

It is no far-fetched or unreasonable hypothesis, therefore, to
suppose that this has been the history of the volcano of Taal, and
this has been the way in which the lake of Bombon has been
formed. The broken sides of Mount Macolod and the other
portions of the lake all attest the violence of the catastrophe, while —
the depth of the lake itself shows us something of the dimensions
of the mountain which sunk down. As I sailed round the bay in
the lake called the Seno de Lipa, I had a good opportunity of
closely examining the precipices at Punta Calinana, where the
structure of Mount Macolod is fully exposed. The strata are
disposed in such regular order and with such a uniform dip, that
one cannot resist the conclusion that we see in them a fragment of
the steep sloping walls of an immense volcanic cone.

In order to examine and test the hypothesis more closely, I left
Point Caluit early in the day and coasted over to the opposite
shore, and then poled round the lake close to the margin, except
where it was too precipitous for the boatmen todo so. I passed
round the Punto de Lipa between Napayong Island and the shore.
I expected to see in the latter island some traces of the former
slope of the volcano continued in the stratified rocks visible here.
It will be seen, however, that Napayong Island owes its origin to
a former sub-lacustrine eruption within historical periods, and, of
course, subsequent to the disappearance of the ancient cone.
However, I was not able to ascertain this in a satisfactory manner.
Many of the cliffs of Napayong are covered with a thick vegetation
of creeping vines and the usual tropical foliage. The cliffs are
absolutely inaccessible, and I do not think it would be possible to
examine them satisfactorily on both sides of the lake without a
considerable expenditure of time. My boatmen, who did not
relish exposing their canoe to the full force of the evening breeze,
wouldnotgive me the time I wished, so I had to content myself with
an examination of the rest of the coast from the island to San
Juan, on the north side of the laguna. All I saw was confirmatory
of the theory that the lake of Bombon now occupies the site of
a former and much larger volcano. I consider that the evidence
falls but little short of absolute proof, and that the height of

BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &c. 721

the submerged mountain, according to the reconstruction of
Sefor Centeno, is a reasonable theory, and one which accords in
a satisfactory manner with the evidence.

It is a singular fact that one of the most respectable of the
historians of the Philippines should have taken this view of the his-
tory of the Taal voleano. In the “Historia de las islas de Philip-
znas compuesta por el R. P. lector Fr. Joaquin Martinez de Zuiiiga,”
the following passage occurs :—‘‘ There are in this island several
voleanoes as that of Mayon, which is between the provinces of
Albay and Camarines. It has a sugar loaf figure, and is of such
altitude that it may be discovered at an immense distance at sea.
The de Taal is of a similar form and stands in the middle of a
large lake called de Bombon ; it exhibits sufficient proof that the
mountain in whose top the volcano was, has sunk, remaining, how-
ever, still pretty much elevated above the water.”* In giving Zuniga
credit for this theory, it must be added that he was not the author of
the book which bears his name. He was an Augustinian monk,
selected probably by his order to edit the papers of a deceased friar,
whose name has not come down to us. The work was published
in 1803, but it concludes with the ratification of peace in Manila,
and its restoration to the Spanish Government by the English in
1763. The real author evidently concluded his chronicle at that
date, and it was not until nearly 50 years afterwards that the
Augustinians resolved on its publication. The friar, whoever he
was, had visited the volcano, for he says in the 12th chapter of
the 2nd. volume—‘‘In the commencement of the government of
Don Pedro Manuel de Arandia, in the month of December, 1754,
there happened a terrible shock of au earthquake, and the Taal,
which is in the middle of the Lake Bombon in the province of
Batangas, threw out such an immense quantity of cinders, as
completely to ruin four towns which were situated near the lake,
and the inhabitants found it necessary to retire a league further
into the interior. Many other severe shocks followed, accom-
panied by loud reports similar to those of contending squadrons,

*It isnot generally known that there is an English translation of this
work by John Maver, published in London in 1814, by the booksellers to
the Hon. E. Ind. Co., Leadenhall-street.

722 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

and the atmosphere was entirely obscured by the sand and ashes
thrown up by the volcano, so that at Manila, which is twenty
leagues distant, it was scarcely possible to see even in the middle
of the day, and at Cavite, which is rather nearer, the obscurity
resembled the darkness of midnight.

‘“‘T ascended with the Sefior Alava to the summit of this volcano,
but all that we could observe was a lake about half-a-league in
diameter, very deep and containing water of a dark green colour.”

It is much to be regretted that the chronicler who gives us so
much detail of other interesting facts connected with the Philip-
pines, did not think this volcano of suflicient importance to tell us
a little more about it. An accurate topographical description of
the state of the crater 130 years ago, would have cleared up many
points that are doubtful now. A few measurements would have
enabled us to make some estimate of the relative growth of the
cone which probably would carry us on to some facts connected
with the date of the disappearance of the old mountain. It is
interesting to note, however, that the green lake has existed for so
long a period, and from this we may conclude that the features of
the crater are of considerable antiquity. If the mention of this
solitary fact is of comparative value where other details are
entirely wanting, we have more reason to regret the silence of Fray
Martinez de Zuiiiga.

With regard to the date of the submersion of the ancient
crater of Taal, the Spanish geologists are not entirely without
expectation that something may yet be discovered which will
throw light upon the matter. Of course when a date is spoken of
it is meant to refer rather to the unknown quantity of a geological
period than to any of our own solar computations of time. Manila
has recently been supplied with water from the country, and the
works connected therewith have necessitated extensive excavations
in the vicinity of the city. It was hoped that the sections thus
exposed in the volcanic tufa beds would have revealed some
animal and vegetable fossils. | These would certainly throw some
light at least on the geological period of the eruptions. It is
stated that the superintending engineer of the works, Don

BY THE REV. J. E, TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 723

Genaro Palacios, gave strict orders to his subordinates to search
for any animal remains, and to preserve them with the greatest care,
but unfortunately no such fossils were found, Vegetable remains,
however, were discovered in some abundance, consisting of trunks
of trees more or less perfectly silicified, and unmistakeable impres-
sions of leaves and branches. All the specimens were found to
belong to the existing flora, and Sefior Centeno adds, that in
connection with these fossils, not the faintest trace could be
identified as referable to the human period or rather, as he
expresses it, “to the hand of man.”

This however is a conclusion which is not borne out when the
fossils are attentively considered. Some of the leaves were those
of an introduced plant, that is to say, a cultivated plant not
belonging to the Philippine flora. The specimens enumerated are
some silicified trunks of Streblus asper (Louriero). This is an
unarmed tree or shrub belonging to the mulberry section of the
Urticacex, originally described by Fr. Louriero, 8.J., in his ‘ Flora
of Cochin-China.” There is bat one species, which is confined to
tropical Asia, extending from Ceylon and the Indian Peninsula
to the Malay Achipelago, the Philippines, and Southern China.
There is nothing peculiar about this plant connecting it with the
wants of man, and it is never cultivated. It is common in the
Philippines, as far as my observation goes, and I have seen it also
asa small tree growing in Java. The silicification of the trunks of
these trees is no evidence of great antiquity. A few years will
sometimes completely petrify a trunk or a stem. There is a
specimen in the Brisbane Museum in which a fence rail
has been completely converted into flint, and in it there is a long
iron nail which is known to have been driven into the wood less than
40 years ago.

Another plant which has been identified, is surrounded with a
considerable amount of interest. This is Psidiwm guayava, Raddi,
or the common guava so well known by its aromatic fruit in
tropical countries. Now this is undoubtedly a plant which does
not belong to the flora of the Philippines, and it has most certainly
been introduced into them by the hand of man. The home of the

724 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

guava has been a matter of controversy, but the question has been
confined as to what part of tropical America or the West Indies
it belonged. It has been pretty well decided, however, that it
came from the south portion of the continent. Probably there are
few plants which germinate so easily and so rapidly, and it fructifies
usually in the third or fourth year; its area has thus spread, and
is still spreading, by naturalisation in those tropical countries which
are neither very hot nor very damp. There are about 60 species
of the genus Psidiwm known. Their fleshy and somewhat aromatic
fruits especially attract frugivorous birds, which carry their seeds
to places far from cultivation. There is scarcely any fruit which
germinates so easily, and requires such little care in its cultivation.
I. Acosta, in the “ Histoire Naturelle et Morale des Indes Orientales
et Occidentales” (French translation, 1598, p. 175), tells us that in
mountains of San Domingo and other West Indian Islands the
land was entirely covered with guavas, and he adds that the
natives said that there were no such trees in the islands before the
arrival of the Spaniards, who brought them. De Candolle, in his
‘Origin of Cultivated Plants,” (p. 241), from whence I have taken
the above quotation, gives references to Hernandez, Piso and
Marcgraf, all early historians of New Spain, The Brazils and Peru,
to prove that the guava was not known until the Spaniards
discovered America. The name of the guava is probably Peruvian,
and was formerly guajavos or guajava.

There can be very little question, therefore, that the guava was
brought to the Philippines by the Spaniards, and it could hardly
be growing wild or widespread in the islands until the close of the
16th century. This would give a very recent date to the tufas in
which the fossil leaf impressions were found. I have no particulars
as to where, or in what numbers, the specimens were discovered,
nor how deep down in the ash deposit. We may presume that
they were not deep down, and that they belonged to some of the
destruction caused by the most recent eruptions of the volcano.

This brings us to the question as to what was the state of the
volcano when the Spaniards first took possession of these islands.
First of all it must be remembered that Luzon was not the earliest

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 725

colonised island, nor probably was it seen, except at a distance, at
the time of the discovery of the group in 1519. Manila was
founded in 1571, but we do not find any detailed account of the
island for more than 100 years after that. It is said by Sefior
Centenc, though he does not cite any authorities, that there are
ancient documents in existence which would seem to indicate,
though not in a very reliable manner, that the volcanic activity
was, at the time of the Spanish conquest, confined to the north-west
extension of the island in the now extinct crater of Binintiang
Malaki. So recent an activity is hardly borne out by the appear-
ance of the rocks, but inasmuch as there are still some signs of
eruption visible, such as the emanation of gases, steam and heat,
the thing is just possible. We know from experience how very
rapidly these subsidiary craters form and disappear. To cite no
other instances, the parasitic cones of Etna and Ischia are good
examples of this sort of formation.

When at the end of the 16th century, says Centeno, the
principal towns of the province of Batangas were founded, there
did not exist amongst the inhabitants of those localities any tradi-
tion worthy of credit, of eruptions or notable cataclysms from this
volcano. If there were such they have not been registered in
historical documents. The most ancient chronicle that he was able
to consult was that written in 1680, by Dr. Fray Gasper de San
Agustin, preserved in the ancient library of the Augustinian
monastry at Manila. I visited this establishment, which is one of
the splendid architectural curiosities of the city, and whose library,
church, and traditions are historical monuments of extraordinary
interest and value. Through the kindness of the Provincial, the
muy Rey. Padre Fray Felipe Brabo, and the Rev. P. Fray
Raimundo Lozano, the Definidor of the order, I was able to visit
the library, and make some investigations amongst the valuable
chronicles which they possessed. It is not of much importance to
cite the whole of the quotation from Fray Gaspar, who relates the
precautions taken by the parish priest of Taal to deliver the
inhabitants from certain supernatural inconveniences which were
supposed to be connected with the volcano of Taal. The important

Mie

726 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

points in this chronicle are the facts given as to its actual state
in 1680. Padre Alburquerque, parish priest of Taal, states that
he went to the edge of the volcano, which had within its crater
two principal mouths—one of sulphur and one of green water,
which was always simmering, to which many wild deer came for
the sake of the salt which was found on the edge of the lake. This
testimony is important as showing what was the state of the
volcano at that time, and how comparatively tranquil it was.
Since then, it would appear, there has been very little alteration in
its features, except that it has grown more active. At that time
also we learn that the slopes of the island were cultivated in places
by the natives, the crops being algodon or cotton, and camote or
sweet potatoes. The chronicle further relates how the minister of
Taal, Padre Fray Tomas de Abreu, with the assistance of 400
Indians, erected upon the summit of the crater a large wooden
cross formed of a hard wood named Anobing (Artocarpus), and
that afterwards the fields, which had become quite sterile, returned
to their former fertility, and that the volcano was not fora long
time known to cause any disaster amongst the inhabitants.

Our author states that he has not been able to meet with any
other notices, except those indicated, anterior to the eighteenth
century. During this it appears to have been the custom for the
parish priests of the neighbouring towns to register in a manner
more or less detailed and exact, the principal eruptions of the
voleano. Thus, in the “ Relation of that which happened in the
volcano of the Laguna of Bombong,” written in Bauan, on the
22nd December, 1754, Padre Fray Francisco Bencuchilo speaks of
two eruptions which took place in 1709 and 1715, accompanied by
loud subterraneous thunders, and a casting forth of red hot stones,
and a great fire, which, like a river, flowed all over the island,
destroying everything in its course and yet not causing any damage
to the towns situated on the margins of the lake, but limiting its
action entirely to the small volcanic island.

This statement, if it be taken to mean that lava streams flowed
from the volcano during the eruption, has nothing to confirm it in
the island. None of the craters seem to have given rise to anything

BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.s., &c. 127

of the sort. The Spanish geologist mentions that, in some of the
deepest barrancos, doleritic lavas are exposed, which he refers to
the most ancient eruptions connected with the volcano. On
referring to my notes I can find no appearance of anything of the
kind except at Binintiang Malaki, where there is something like
a Stratum of true basalt, but the vegetation prevented my being
able to trace it accurately. This, at any rate, could not have been
the lava stream to which the worthy friar refers. It is most
probable that the appearances described were due to the slipping
down from the slopes of large quantities of red hot ashes. I
noticed a similar effect on the sides of the crater of Semiru, in
Java, when in full eruption. The whole mountain seemed aglow
at night time, as if the point of it was red hot, and every now and
then there were slips and refts, avalanches in fact amid the ashes.
This, at a distance, gave an appearance of movement exactly like
streams of fire.

-I find on referring to the article Volcan in the Dzccionario
Geografico Estadistico de las islas Filipinas por el P. Buzeta
(which through the kindness of Padre Mauricio Blanco, of the
Augustinian Convent, Iloilo, Panay, who obtained a copy for me,
Tam able to refer to now), that a graphic description is given of an
eruption which took place in 1716. It seems to have had its origin
about the Punta Caluit on the south-eastern side of the island; at
least this is what is said by the recording eye-witness, but a
reference to the map will show that this part of the island is quite
free from any traces of a crater or other focus of activity. I
had a good opportunity of examining this part of the island, as
we kept very close to it in our canoe. The eye-witness referred
to was Padre Francisco Pingarron, then parish priest of the town
of Taal, the main points of whose description are as follows :—

On the 24th of September, 1716, at 6 o’clock in the evening,
they suddenly heard loud sounds like discharges of heavy artillery
which came from the direction of Manila. Shortly afterwards
the fiery glow which comes from the island volcano, seemed to be
directed to that portion which was nearest to the town of Lipa,
that is the island cape called Calavita, which appeared to be a

728 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

mass of fire. Subsequently the fire seemed to involve the lake in
the direction of Mt. Macolod, causing an enormous bubbling or
jets of water and ashes, which rose continually into the air,
causing much fear and terror, especially as this was accompanied
at the same time by great earthquakes agitating the water of the
lake into high waves such as a hurricane might have produced,
which beat against the shore with such force as to remove many
fathoms of it, and endanger the safety of the convent. This state
of things continued during Thursday, Friday, and Saturday until
Sunday, on which day the worthy Father says—all the material of
nitre, sulphur, &c., which occasioned the fire was pretty nearly
consumed. The waters had meanwhile become quite hot, destroy-
ing immense numbers of fishes both large and small. These were
cast upon the shore by the waves, and, with the odor of sulphur,
created such a terrific effluvium that the inhabitants of the
neighbouring town were threatened with a pestilence. When the
sun came out for a few moments on the Sunday, it wasseen that the
waters of the lake were as black as if they had been dyed, which
caused the greatest terror ; but, to use the words of the pious
chronicler, ‘‘it pleased God in His infinite mercy to restore
tranquillity to the elements, and all that remained was the oppres-
sive odor of so many dead fish.”

In 1731, says Padre Bencuchillo,* the effects of volcanic
activity made themselves once more manifest in the lake, and the
result was such an agitation of the waters and a casting up of
mud, sand, and ashes from the bottom, that some islands were
formed, and these are thought to be those of Bubuing and
Napayong. At least Sefior Centeno thinks so, but the Augustinian
monk says that the formation took place opposite Punto Calavita,
where, as already stated, there are no traces of local volcanic
action, and where the lake is of great depth.

*Relacion de lo sucedido en el volcan de la Laguna de Bombong, escrita
in Bauan en 22de Diciembre de 1754. I must mention that I am entirely
indebted for this reference and quotation to Sefior Centeno’s pamphlet. I
have neven seen the work myself, which, however, is cited by most of the
subsequent writers on the topography of the Philippines.

BY THE REY. J, E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 729

It would seem as if these volcanic disturbances at the bottom of
the lake must belong to some subaqueous crater. The locality of
them is in a prolongation of the line of fissure which extends
from Binintiang Munti through the main crater by Mt. Pinag
Ulbuan to these islands. From the repeated disturbance of this
part of the lake we may reasonably infer that this is one of the
main foci of volcanic activity, and is in fact a point corresponding
with what must have been the highest centre of the ancient and
submerged crater. The present crater is considerably to the west-
ward of this point, and probably is quite insignificant in com-
parison with the old volcanic vent. The excessive discharge
from this centre is probably the explanation of why it has sub-
sided the deepest. The fires may now be diverted entirely to
another channel, as so long a period has elapsed since there has
been any renewal of the disturbance in that direction.

From 1731 there were 18 years of comparative quiet ; but in
1749 there took place one of the most severe eruptions of which
there is any record since the arrival of the Spaniards in the
Philippines. At that date the parish priest of a neighbouring
town was Padre Bencuchillo, “a man of observation and fond of
these kind of studies,’ who took care to witness as much as he
could of this eruption, and of the greater one in 1754, and wrote
a detailed account of what took place.

At 11 o'clock at night, on the 11th of August, 1749, the first
indication of the eruption was a brilliant glow over the summit of
the volcano. This was followed at three in the morning by
continued detonations, which lasted until dawn. An immense
column of smoke began to roll forth from the crater, with hundreds
of other little pillars from different parts of the island. From the
surface of the water of the lake there rose what the chronicler
describes in this and other places as perfect obelisks of sand and
mud, which, he states, reached certainly above the clouds, and then
spread out and fell back into the water. These jets, which came
forth from the depths of the lake, appeared in two principal
directions, one to the north and the other to the east of the volcano.
At nine in the morning violent earthquakes commenced, and as the

730 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

appalling jets of water and sand into the heavens began to come
closer and closer to the shores, the inhabitants fled into the hills.
After a second series of earthquakes a large portion of land near the
town of Sala was submerged beneath the lake, leaving nothing
visible but the tops of the trees. The force of the eruption
continued with all its primitive violence for three days, during
which time-the air was so darkened by ashes that the lamps had
to be lit by day in the houses. After the third day there was a
mitigation of the force of the eruption, which, however, continued
unusually active for three weeks, and then the crater was com-
paratively quiet for a while, but the volumes of smoke which came
forth from it were dense and unusual, and remained so for the
succeeding five years.

Until 1754, the year of the great earthquake of Grand Cairo,
when half the houses and 40,000 people are said to have been
swallowed up, Taal remained quiet, but on the 13th of May of
that year it broke out again. This was the greatest eruption that
was ever known there. For seven months, or rather until the Ist
of December—ihat is 200 days—the fiery mountain was in awful
activity. Up to this time the settlements on the fertile slopes of
the lake-margins had not suffered much damage, that is until the
eruption of 1749, but now ruin and desolation spread over the
land with great loss of life. The towns of Sala, Lipa, Tamanan
and Taal, with their numerous and rich hamlets, were entirely
destroyed, while far and near devastation spread over to the most
remote portions of the province, such as Balayan, Bauan, Batangas,
Rosario, Santo Tomas and San Pablo. These regions, I can bear
testimony, may be called the garden of Luzon, and though they
have now recovered completely the effects of the catastrophe of
130 years ago, yet then it was said they were converted into a
desert. The principal violence of this eruption seemed to have
been confined to the ejection of enormous quantities of cinders,
which, so to speak, made the whole ground red hot, and repeated
the appearances of torrents of fire. The easterly wind took these
over the hamlets and agricultural districts dependent upon the
towns of Taal and Tanauan, and completely destroyed them, not

BY THE REY. J. E, TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., dc. 731

only by the quantity of cinders, but by the heat of the fiery rain.
This was followed in the month of June by showers of black mud,
together with the ashes, while night was made horrible by the
fearful sounds, or the kind of infernal glow of fire, flame, and
volumes of sulphurous smoke. The observer who gives the account
of it, kept his ground in the town of Taal, though the greater
portion of the inhabitants had fled. All the months of July,
August, and part of September the volcano continued to emit, with
more or less intensity and slight intermissions, great flames with
dense volumes of smoke. On the 25th and 26th of September the
shower of ashes was so heavy that the few remaining inhabitants
had to leave the houses, lest they should be crushed by the falling
roofs. From the same cause everything in the way of vegetation
was utterly destroyed. The whole of the months of October and
November were occupied by new manifestations of fiery activity,
with an increase of the deafening roar. On the feast of All Saints,
the first of November, there was a marked increase of the disturb-
ances, but on the 27th the fury seemed at its height. New fiery
mouths were opening out at every moment, until the island seemed
to be one mass of flames, which appeared to penetrate the clouds.
The earthquakes and the explosions were really terrific, and the
fiery and muddy rain was becoming of such increasing danger that
the Padre and the last remaining inhabitants took refuge in the
mountains, which they only succeeding in reaching after incurring
innumerable perils. The 28th of November was another awful
day, and on the morning of the 29th they perceived new jets of
vapour in various parts of the island between Point Calavita and
the crater in a straight line, as if a new fissure had been opened
between those two points. The Alcalde and the Padre, who had
returned to Taal to contemplate the ruins which were there, had
to fly again to the mountains, for the last great effort of the
eruption had begun. At four o’clock in the afternoon the horizon
began to be hidden by utter darkness from a steady rain of mud,
ashes and sand, not in great quantities at first, but unceasingly
through the whole of the night, so that in the morning there was
on the ground and on the houses nearly half-a-foot of the results

732 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

of this shower. There was not much time given them to observe
it, for the whole scene was soon enveloped in an extremely dense
and thick cloud, which in an instant shut everything out of view
with so thick a darkness that absolutely the people could not see
their hands. All was horror and fright. It was impossible to
light a fire or a torch ; in an instant it was extinguished by the
copious shower of mud that fell. We are reminded in reading
this of the destruction of Herculaneum and Pompeii, and of the
palpable darkness described by Pliny. We can well understand
the Padre saying that all was the saddest image of night that one
could ever behold, all were sunk in despondency while the Indians
toiled unceasingly to free the roofs of their houses from the mud,
lest they should be buried alive under them. No one thought of
eating or sleeping, but only longed for something to dissipate the
darkness so that they might take to fight. Others stood free and
yet prisoners, for no fetters ever bound the feet so effectually as
this thick obscurity. There was not the slightest ray of light
visible, and thus in the midst of the day it was the deepest night.
At four o’clock in the afternoon the rain of mud ceased somewhat,
and at four leagues from the laguna in the sanctuary of Caysasay
it was found to have accumulated to a depth of about four feet,
while in places nearer to the volcano it was nine feet in depth.

On the Ist of December this dreadful rain of mud and ashes
ceased ; but, to fill up the measure of the poor Indians’ misfortunes,
on the next day a terrible hurricane broke over the island, laying
in waste and in ruins all that the volcano had spared.

To this awful eruption succeeded a long period of quiet, or at
most of very slight disturbance. Fifty-four years after what we
have just related, in the month of February, 1808, there was
another manifestation of extraordinary energy which continued
until the month of April of the same year. The eruption was
confined to a discharge of cinders, but without any disastrous
consequences to the people dwelling on the margins of the lake,
which have been almost entirely re-populated though the towns
of Sala, Lipa, Tamanang, and Taal, have never been rebuilt.
There is a town of Taal, but it is much nearer the sea.

mos

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 739

On the 17th of May, 1874, there took place an eruption of black
mud and cinders, unaccompanied by earthquakes either before or
after. On the 19th of July of the same year, there was another
eruption with dense sulphurous fumes, the characteristic odour of
which was inconveniently felt by the inhabitants of Talisay.

On the 24th of June, 1877, earthquakes were felt from one to
half-past six in the morning, but they were not followed by any
eruption.

From the last days of October, 1878, to the 12th of November,
subterranean noises were frequently heard proceeding from the
voleano. On the date mentioned there was an eruption which
lasted until the 15th, and covered all the island with a thin coating
of ashes, but without any earthquakes either before or after.

On the 8th of June, 1880, greater activity than ordinary was
observed in the volcano. For some nights there was a bright glow
over the crater, which continued with slight interruption until the
middle of July. On the 17th, 18th, 19th, 20th, and 22nd,
subterranean noises were heard, and from time to time a small
globe of fire was. thrown up out of the crater, which burst at a
certain height above it.

Finally there was an eruption in 1885, to which I have referred.
About the month of September, volcanic disturbance commenced
and continued for some months; great damage was done by the
fall of ashes, and all the cattle on the island were destroyed. I
visited the neighbourhood, and found a most complete scene of
desolation in place of the fertility which had formerly reigned.
The inhabitants had been so alarmed that they had fled in
considerable numbers from Talisay and the villages on the margin
of the lake, but there was no loss of life. Onsome future occasion
I hope to give further details about this eruption, but at present
some promised data and details from Spanish eyewitnesses have
not come to hand.

In conclusion a few words may be said about the peculiarities
of this volcano. Owing to the absence of any well-exposed Java
streams there is no means of ascertaining whether this crater gives
effective support to the views enunciated by Baron Richthofen.

47

734 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

I mean the theory which he propounds as to the order in
which volcanic products make their appearance. According to this
author, the first erupted rocks are those of intermediate composi-
tion known as Andesites. These Andesites, which are especially
characterized by the nature of their felspar, sometimes contain free
quartz, and are then known as quartz-andesites or dacites from
their abundance in Transylvania, the old Roman province of Dacia.
Richthofen suggests that another class of volcanic rocks to which
he gives the name of “propylites” were in every case erupted
before the andesites, and in support of his views adduces the fact
that in many instances propylites are found underlying andesites.
But the propylites are, in chemical composition, identical with the
andesites, and, like them, present some varieties in which quartz
occurs, and others in which that mineral is absent. In their
microscopic characters the propylites differ from the andesites and
dacites only in the fact that the former are more perfectly crystal-
line in structure, beingindeed in many cases quite undistinguishable
from the diorites or the plutonic representatives of the andesites.
The propylites also contain liquid cavities, which the andesites and
dacites as a rule do not, and the former class of rocks, as Prof.
Szabo well points out, are usually much altered by the passage of
sulphurous and other vapours, in consequence of which they
frequently contain valuable metallic ores. The extension of these
andesitic lavas is sometimes accompanied, and sometimes preceded
or followed, by eruptions of trachytic lavas—that is, of lavas of
intermediate composition which have a different kind of felspar
from that prevailing in the andesites. In the final stages of the
eruptive action in most volcanic districts the lavas poured forth
belong to the classes of the rhyolitic or acid, and the basaltic or
basic lavas.*

The author from which the above is taken, goes on to tell us
that this law is admirably illustrated in the Lipari Islands. The
great central volcano of this group, now in a ruined condition, is
composed of andesitic lavas. The other craters disposed on three

* Judd, Volcanoes, op. cit., p. 199.

BY THE REY, J. E, TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &c, 735

radiating lines of fissure are composed of andesite and trachyte.
All the recent ejections of the volcanoes have consisted of rhyolite
or basalt.

As I have said there are no proper lava streams from which this
can be studied. The Spanish geologist considers that in the lowest
formation or the basal foundation of the island, there are true lava
streams of a basaltic character. This would mean that the earlier
eruptions, or rather those which built up the island after the sub-
sidence of the great crater, were accompanied by outflows of lava.
From this point of view the whole history of the present crater
is very difficult to unravel, but without entering into the matter
it may be sufficient to say that what evidence this volcano offers,
though it is but slight, is in favour of Richthofen’s theory. The
general character of all the emanations is basaltic and doleritic.
Trachyte is, however, found in a few places, as for instance the
island of Napayong, and about Mount Sungay in a barranco close

to the town of Talisay. I shall subjoin to this essay the list given
by Sefior Centeno of the minerals which he has met with, premising
that I have not been able in every case to verify the references, or
visit the localities. I may mention also that there is a trachytic
rock visible at Binintiang Malaki, but no rhyolites, andesites or
propylites as far as I have been able to make out.

CATALOGUE OF THE ROCKS OF THE VOLCANO OF TAAL AND OF
THE MOUNTAINS IN THE VICINITY OF THE LAGUNA OF
Bomegon.*

1, Sulphur crystallized and in concretions. Volcano of Taal,
bottom of the crater on the north-east border of the yellow lake.

2, 3, 4. Crystals of gypsum surrounded by a nucleus, probably
vegetable, which has disappeared and has been replaced by sulphur.
The specimens also contain alum. Ditto.

5. Crystals of gypsum. Ditto.

*In the following list the numbers up to 74 are from the district of the
town of Talisay, 75 from Lipa, 76 to 79 from Cuenca, and 80 from Taal.

736 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

6. Gypsum in tablets. Volcano, bottom of the crater between
the two lagoons.

7. Concretionary gypsum impregnated with alum. Volcano,
bottom of the crater east of the yellow lake.
8. Domite, impregnated with alum.* Interior of the crater.
9, Laterite.t
10. Basalt, somewhat scoriaceous. Ditto.
11. Wacke, (earthy basalt? in which traces of retinite or
pitchstone are observable). Ditto.
12. Spongy basaltic scoriz. North edge of great crater.
13. Basalt. Ditto.
14. Volcanic breccia. Ditto.
15. Basaltic lava. Ditto.
16. Voleanic tufa. Ditto.
17. Ditto. Central voleano, escarpments on north and north-
west.
18. Ditto. Localities—north margin of the crater and Binin-
tiang Malaki.
19. Basalt covered with a crust proceeding from the decomposi-
tion of the rock. Pinag Ulbuan.
20. Superficial crust covering volcanic detritus. Central volcano,
the highest portion of the island.
21. Ditto. Interior of the crater of Balantoc.
22. Dolerite with magnetic iron affecting the compass. Volcano,
and Binintiang Malaki.
23. Scorie. Volcano and Binintiang Malaki.
24. Mimosite (?). Volcano and Binintiang Malaki. Declivity
of the crater.
25. Grey-stone (Graustein) of Werner. Volcano and Binintiang
Malaki at the foot of the declivity.

*Domite. By this term I presume is understood a kind of trachyte with
a large proportion of silica not in the form of quartz but tridymite.

+Red earthy matter with much per-oxide of iron resulting from the
decomposition of lava.

BY THE REV, J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F,G.S., &c. Tat

26. Lapilli. Volcano and Binintiang Malaki.

27. Conglomerate of sand and ashes, with a nucleus of dolerite.
Volcano, Binintiang Malaki, wall of the crater.

28. Trachytic Breccia. Volcano, Binintiang Malaki at the base.

29. Laterite. Volcano, Binintiang Malaki. Point Baclas.

30. Tufa with red ochre. Volcano and Binintiang Malaki in
the crater.

31. Wacke and laterite. Ditto.

32. Volcanic conglomerate of recent ashes. Ditto.

33. Volcanic grits. Volcano, Binintiang Munti, western slope
top of an escarpment.

34. Volcanic tufa. Volcano, Binintiang Munti, western slope.

35. Doleritic lava, somewhat scoriaceous. Volcano, Binintiang
Munti, eastern slopes.

36. Trachy-dolerite. Ditto.

37. Doleritic lava. Ditto.

38. Basaltic lava. Volcano between Mapulang-Bato and
Binintiang Munti.

39. Dolerite. Ditto.

40. Doleritic lava. Ditto.

41. Doleritic lava, reddened by magnetic iron. Volcano, Mapu-
lang-Bato.

42. Basaltic lava. Ditto.

43. Basaltic scorie. Between Point Calavita and Mapulang-
Bato.

44, Doleritic lava with magnetic iron. Ditto.

45. Basaltic lava. Volcano between Point Catan-catangan and
Point Calavita.

46. Scoriaceous basalt, Ditto.

47. Doleritic lava, largely porous and scoriaceous. Ditto.

48, Doleritic lava, ditto and at Point Catan-catangan itself.

49, Basalt. Volcano on the borders of the great crater.

50. Tufa composed of fine constituents. Escarpment of Point
Baloc-baloc (close to Pinag Ulbuan).

738

51.
52.
53.
54,
5D.
56.
57.

ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

Oolitic volcanic tufa. Ditto.

Volcanic sandstone. Ditto.

Basaltic scoriz. Ditto.

Basalt somewhat scoriaceous. Ditto.

Very recent tufa. Escarpments of Point Cayasa*
Volcanic grits. Between Points Baloc-baloc and Bignay.

Doleritic lava. Barranco between Mata-na-Golod and

Ragatan about the margin.

58.

Scoriaceous tufa of grey and red color. Islands north-east

of the volcano.

59.
60.

Volcanic tufa. Ditto.

Compact bed of scoriaceous ashes. Islet of Bignay, north

of the island Bubiun.

61.
62.
63.
64.
65.
66.
67.
68.
69.

Volcanic tufa. Bubiun.

Basalt. Ditto.

Basalt somewhat scoriaceous. Ditto.

Basalt. Napayong Island.

Trachyte with streaks of basalt. Ditto.
Laterite. Ditto.

Very compact volcanic tufa. Ditto.
Trachy-dolerite. Mt. Sungay, Pico Gonzalez.

Compact volcanic tufa. Ditto.

70. Retinite. Mount Sungay, Barranco adjoining Talisay.

71. Trachyte. Ditto.

72. Porphyritic trachyte. Mount Sungay, Banga barranco.

73. Laterite. Mount Sungay, Calocan Village, Escarpment of
Balichbiring.

74.
75.

Dolerite. Point Lipa and Mount Macolod.
Dolerite, partly decomposed. Mt. Macolod.

*] found in this deposit some small fragments of the common freshwater
shells of the lake (Corbicula crosseana, Fisher).

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &c. 739

76. Doleritic wacke. Ditto, Sabang barranco, upper part.

77. Volcanic tufa. Ditto.

78. Compact doleritic lava, Ditto.

79. Ditto, coarsely vesicular. Ditto.

80. Trachy-dolerite. Calangay Village on the left bank of the
river Pansipit.

CATALOGUE OF PLANTS ON THE VOLCANIC ISLAND OF TAAL.

During my stay upon the island and crossing the Laguna of
Bombon, I made a collection of more than 100 plants, which was
augmented through the kindness of friends who had collected in
the same locality, to more than 230 species. Sefor Centeno has
published at the end of his pamphlet a list of 236 species which
were collected on the island between 1877 and 1879. They were
determined by Padre Fray Celestino Fernandez Villar, an Augus-
tinian monk, who, with Padre Andrea Naves, edited the new and
magnificent edition of Padre Immanuel Blanco’s “ Flora Philippi-
nensium.” I find, on comparing my list with that of Sefior Centeno,
that it includes many species overlooked by his collectors, while I
did not succeed in obtaining some that are mentioned in his list.
I shall therefore combine the two,and shall add such remarks
concerning the various species as will include some of the
botanical notes during my eastern travels.

RANUNCULACEA,

1. NARAVELIA ZEYLANICA, DC., called Banai-banai by the
Tagalo Indians. This is an inconspicuous climbing plant with
star-like yellow flowers distinguished from Clematis by the presence
of petals. It is the only species, and extends all through the
Eastern Archipelago, being known by the name of Narawael in
Ceylon. I have found it in shady humid places in many localities
where I have been botanizing in Java, Malayan Peninsula, &c.
The plant is acrid, but I am not aware whether any medicinal
properties are attributed to it by the natives.

740 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

DILLENIACE.

2. DELIMA SARMENTOSA, L. (Tetracera), another climbing plant
widely distributed in eastern tropical Asia, including Ceylon,
Burmah, Malayan Peninsula, Java, Southern China, and the
Philippine Islands. The upper surface of the leaves is completely
covered with little hard asperities, which are so rough that the
leaves are used (as also many kinds of fig-trees) as a substitute
for sandpaper. The Visayan and Tagal Indians call the plant
Mala Catmon, Mala signifying dry or juiceless, and Catmon a
species of Dillenia, which, though yielding an acid fruit, is eaten by
the Indians. ‘This species is the only one in the genus; the others
included by the older authors are confined to America, and belong
to the genus Doliocarpus. The name Delima is derived from
delimo, to file off, and in Ceylon the name Coroswael is from
corossa to smooth.

MAGNOLIACEAL,

3. Micuetia cHAMpPACA, L. The celebrated tree of the east,
famed for the perfume of its flowers with which the natives adorn
their heads, the scent and the elegant orange color of which forms
a contrast with their black hair. In cultivation throughout the
East, where in India, the Archipelago and the Philippines, it is
universally known by the name of Champaca. Said to be derived
from an island off Cambodia named Ciampa and Tsampa, of which
the tree is anative. It is cultivated as much in China and Japan
as in India, and for the same purposes. In the former country it
is called Yeung-kau-nga, in Mandarine Yang-kau-ya, in Japanese
Kinkoboku. I am doubtful whether this is cultivated on the
volcano island; but, in a set of plants sent to me, some garden plants
from the Barrios or villages round Taal were, I suspect, included.

ANONACE.

4. Anona squamosa, L. Sweet Sop or Custard-Apple. Native
name Ates, meaning a softening or digesting. Vellozo,a Spanish
writer, says the name Ata is evidently borrowed from Attoa and

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., KC. 741

Atis, which are those of the same plant in Asia, and which belong
to eastern languages. From this St. Hilaire infers that the Portu-
guese transported this plant from their Indian to their American
possessions. It has been a matter of much controversy, whether
the custard-apple is of Asiatic or American origin. Several claims
have been put forward for different parts of Asia, even including
the Philippine Islands, where it certainly has been cultivated
from the earliest European colonization. The whole question can
be seen in De Candolle’s “‘ Origin of Cultivated Plants,” and it can
hardly be doubted that the fruit originated from America, and, pro-
bably, the West Indian Islands, but there are no other true
Anonas indigenous to Asia, though there are some in Africa. In
connection with this fact, a rule which it is well to bear in mind,
is mentioned by De Candolle, namely, that no tree, eacept littoral
species, is known to be indigenous at once to tropical Asia, Africa,
and America.

5. Anona muricaTA, L. Sour Sop, Custard Apple. There is
no controversy about the introduction of this species, which is the:
largest and, by many, considered the best It is much valued for
flavoring ices.

6. Anona RETICULATA, L. This is the species named custard-
apple in the West Indies, while all through the Hast it goes by
the name of Bullock’s Heart. Where proper attention is not
paid to its cultivation it is small, tasteless and gritty, especially in
Java. The finest fruit I have seen is at Malacca. The chirimoya
is not, strange to say, cultivated in the East.

7. Uvaria puRPUREA, Blume. Banuac, in Tagaloand Visayan,
also Susong-calabao, the second name referring to cow’s milk.
This beautiful purple flower with clusters of yellow fruits (edible?)
like plums, is very commonly met with in the jungle throughout the
Indian Archipelago.

MENISPERMACEZ.
8. Trnospora crispa, Myers. Macabuhay, Tagalo, which, I am

informed, is equivalent to revivifying or resurrection. This climbing
shrub is found throughout India and the Archipelago, and known

142 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

by the name of Galuncha to the natives of the Indian Peninsula,
who attribute to it many medicinal virtues. It does not appear to
be similarly appreciated in the Philippines, though it is by the
Malays. We have two species in North Australia nearly allied
to the Asiatic one, but the leaves are rather differently shaped, and
the fruits much smaller.

In the ‘History of Drugs of Vegetable Origin,’ by Messrs.
Fliickiger ‘and Hanbury, there is an elaborate microscopic
examination of this plant.

9. ANAMIRTA coccuLus, Wight et Arnott. Balasin, Tagalo and
Visayan ; Andorualli, Bali Island. Furnishing the seeds known
as Cocculus indicus, used to give a stupefying influence to beer, and
for intoxicating fishes. The latter use is well-known among the
Malays. The poisonous principle is due to picrotoxine, and in the
pericarp is found the no less formidable alkaloid Menispermine.
T have met the species occasionally in the jungle through all the
Malayan and Philippine Archipelagos.

10. CissAMPELOS PA4RAIRA, L. Sansao, Tagalo; Sampapare,
Visayan ; Aroai-Astravulu, Java (Sundanese dialect). A very
wide-spread plant found in all tropical regions, named from the
climbing character of ivy (Gr. kocos), and the clustered fruit of
the vine (ayredos); called by the Portuguese Pareira-Brava. It is
doubtful whether this is not also an introduced plant. The Portu-
guese missionaries in the Brazils in the 17th century, were
acquainted with a root to which great medicinal virtues were
attributed, and which was named by the natives Abutua. It was
brought to Lisbon, and thence in 1688 to Paris by Michel Amelot,
ambassador of Louis XIV. Several plants of the same order
have been confused with this species, which is but little employed
now in medicine, though Sir Benjamin Brodie strongly recommends
its employment in inflammation of the bladder.* Its efficacy is
universally believed amongst the natives of the East.

*London Medical Gazette, 16th Feb., 1828.

BY THE REV. J, E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &c. 743

CAPPARIDEAA.

11. GyNAaNDROPSIS PENTAPHYLLA, DC. Although Vidal’s list
of native names is very rich, comprising more than 1600 words,
yet this plant does not appear to be represented in it. In Bali it
is called Boangit. The genus has been united with Cleome. It
was separated for this species and similar ones in consequence of
a greater elongation of the receptacle, which becomes extended
into a long and slender stalk. There is nothing otherwise calling
for notice in the species, except that it is a tropical coast plant of
India, Africa, and Asia. I have found it also in Celebes, There
is a species in North Australia distinguished by the very large size
of its flowers.

12. Ponanisia viscosa, L. This plant is widely spread as a
weed throughout the whole of the East, but especially in the
Philippines, where in some places it goes by the Visayan-Indian
name of Namoc or the mosquito; in Bali it is also called Boangit,
and the leaves are eaten like mustard leaves in salad. In all
Northern Australia the plant has become a perfect nuisance, and
goes by the inelegant name of ‘Stinking Roger.’ It is common as
a weed in Celebes, Amboyna, and Timor.

13. Crarzva NuRVALA, Forster. Balainamoc in Tagalo. A wide-
spread plant extending from Malabar to the Society Islands, where
it is regarded as a sacred tree, and planted in the gardens. In
Java it is called Dangdur-Allas. In the East it is called the Sacred
Garlic Pear, and is a small tree. Iam doubtful whether this came
from the volcanic island.

14. CAppaRis HorRIDA, L. f. Native names Dauag, Alcaparras.
The latter name is doubtless a corruption of Capparis. A white-
flowered shrub with spinose stipules ; widely spread throughout
the East.

15. CAPPARIS MICRANTHA, Blume. No special name to distin-
guish this species which is spinose, but with small leaves, and
generally a smaller plant. I have met with it in Sumatra and
Java.

744 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

BIXINEA.

16. Bixa orELLANA, L. Achiote, a name given to it by the
Spaniards, Roucou in French, Arnatto in English, Daun-Galingum
in Malay. A cultivated plant introduced by the Spaniards from
the north-west coast of Mexico, and extending down to the Brazils,
where the name Uruku accounts for the French etymology. At
the time of the discovery of America, it was used by the natives
to stain their bodies red, and the Mexicans in painting. The
Mexican name Achiotl is the origin of the Spanish term. The
plant is highly valued at the Philippines, and much in use. It
forms an agreeable condiment as well as coloring matter, especially
in chocolate and pillaws of rice with ‘‘pimento,” and in soups.
It is valued also medicinally. No doubt it has warm stimulant
qualities. On certain occasions the Indians still use it, mixed with
lemon juice, to dye the skin. With alkalis the tint is changed to
bright orange. The bark of the tree isin request for its fibre, and
is used for acommon sort of rope, while the soft tissue of the wood
makes it a favourite material for procuring fire by friction. The
juice is said likewise to be an antidote to the poisonous juice of
the root “ Manihot or Cassava.” The drug Arnotta is prepared
from the red pulp covering the seeds. This is extracted and
macerated in a wooden vessel, with enough hot water to suspend
the red pulp. By diligent stirring and pounding this is separated
from the seeds, or gradually washed off with a spatula. When the
seeds are clean they are taken cut, and, when the wash is settled,
the water is poured off and the sediment put into shallow vessels
to dry slowly inthe shade It is then made into balls and set to
dry in an airy place till it is quite firm. Some first pound the
fruit with wooden pestles ; then steep them in water for six days.
This liquor is passed through four series of sieves, and the result
left to ferment for a week; then boiled until pretty thick, and
afterwards made up into balls, and wrapped in leaves. Good
Arnotto is fiery red, bright within, soft to the touch, and entirely
soluble in water. See Don, Vol. I. p. 293. In a non-alkaline
solution it is used to give leather particular tints.

BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &¢. 745

17. FuacourtTia sEPIARIA, Roxb. In Tagalo Bitongol; in
Sundanese Seradan-caju, the latter name meaning wood in Malay.
In Telegu it is called Canru, or at least the fruit which is sold in
the market This is a red berry, dreadfully astringent when fresh
gathered, but by keeping it acquires a pleasant acidulous flavour.
It is thorny, and, therefore, used throughout the East as a hedge
plant.

POLYGALACE.

18. SALOMONIA OBLONGIFOLIA, DC. A little insignificant weed
which does not appear to have any native name in the Philippines,
though the natives of Banka call it Jereme-auju, It is found in
moist places in the warmer districts of India, from Ceylon and the
Malay Peninsula to the Philippine Islands and Hongkong. I
found it growing very thickly all over the European Cemetery in
Labuan, Borneo. Its terminal spikes of minute pink flowers
make it look like a heath.

PORTULACACE.

19. Portunaca oLEeRACEA, L. The common purslane, which is
naturalized in all the warm countries of the world. It does not
appear to have any vernacular name in Luzon, unless that of
Bonglay, which means a weed. In Sundanese and Javanese it is
called Gelang. I never noticed that it was much eaten by the
natives. It has acquired a melancholy interest from its being used
so much by the lamented Australian explorers Burke and Wills
as a means to stave off famine.

20. PORTULACA QUADRIFIDA, L.

MALVACEA.

21. Matvastrum tTricusprpatum, A. Gray, in Botany of
American Exploring Expedition. This species of American
origin is dispersed as a weed over all the tropical Asiatic regions.
Its small orange flowers in waste abandoned places, remind one
of the habits of the marsh mallow, the place of which it takes in
habits and medicinal virtues.

746 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

22. THESPESIA POPULNEA, Corr. Waru-laut, Malay; Banago,
Tagalo, also Boboi-gubat. This species is found all through the
tropics of the East near the sea-side. Its large yellow flowers,
and green shady leaves make it a conspicuous object on all coast
regions. I have met with it everywhere in my travels, and it
extends to Queensland. The wood is valued for gun-stocks, and
though soft it never decays under water, whence it is much valued
for the frames of boats. A rich yellow dye exudes from the large
brown seed-vessel. It is also much used for fomentations, &c.
Altogether it is a valuable tree, and will grow in the poorest sand.
The tree however has to be avoided, for it is invariably alive with
green and red ants.

23. Stipa Humiis, Willd. Daun-sassapo in Malay ; in Tagalo,.
Mamolis, also Escobang. There are several species of this genus,
which are common oriental tropical weeds growing everywhere in
waste places.

24, SipA RHoMBIFOLIA, L. This isthe common species which is
generally known in Australia as S. retusa, where it has become
such a troublesome weed. itis said to be a native of N. America,
but there is no question that it is indigenous in Australia and the
East as well. The Acclimatisation Society get the credit of having
introduced this pest, but it was in Australia long before any settle-
ment of the colonies.

25. SIDA CARPINIFOLIA, L. Said to to be a native of Brazil and
of the Mauritius.

26. ABUTILON INDICUM, G. Don, W. et Arn. Kadam-kadam,
Malay. As in the case of many other plants I could not find a
native Philippine name for this plant, which is common on road
sides and waste places in all Southern Asia and tropical Africa, if
anything most common in the Philippines. It extends to Queens-
land.

27. MALACHRA BRACTEATA, Cavanilles. Another wide-spread
weed from South America, conspicuous for its white flowers with
red centre and very hairy stem,

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., KC. 747

28. Urena Lopata, L. A weed so widely spread throughout
the East and as far as tropical Australia, that its pretty pink
flowers form a considerable portion of the undergrowth of every
jungle. Very variable in the shape of its leaves. It is called
Latiang in Malay.

29. Hisiscus suraTTensis, L. Assam-tusur, Malay; Anto-
langan, Tagalo. A very prickly, wide-spread, straggling weed,
which is probably indigenous; with yellow flowers and a dark
purple centre. Leaves eaten for their pleasantly acid taste.

30. Hipiscus Trn1AcEus, L. A common small sea-coast tree of
most tropical countries including Australia, particularly abundant
in the islands of the Pacific. Flowers large and showy, vellow,
with a dark crimson centre. In the Philippines the flowers are-
much esteemed for their medicinal virtues. At Amboyna it is
called Haru.

31. Hrptscus Rosa-sINENsIs, L. A plant in cultivation inaimost
every garden throughoutthe Philippines. Probably this isthespecies
to which the Tagalo name Antolangan is given, but it is also called
Mapola. The flowers are used for every purpose of adornment, to
polish leather, and also, strange to say, by the women to blacken
their hair and eyebrows. The Chinese call it Hung fa, using it on
all festive occasions, particularly at funerals, where it is made into
garlands to adorn the feast. The Japanese name is Bussonge.

32. Hipiscus EscuLentus, L. Gumamela in Tagalo. I am
doubtful as to the habitat of this species, which is used so exten-
sively in all the East, where it goes by the name of Gombo or
Okro, but is not common as a vegetable in the Philippines. The
young fruits of this annual are the most delicious of tropical
vegetables, and their mucilage forms a useful thickening for soups.
Where it originally came from has been disputed. It was claimed
as belonging to the Eastern flora, but there are no ancient names
for it, and no indication of an ancient cultivation in Asia. De
Candolle, on the authority of Fliickiger and Hanbury, quotes from
an Arabic work showing that it was cultivated under the name of
Gombo by the Egyptians in 1216. It came probably from more:
southerly African regions.

‘748 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

33. GOSSYPIUM HERBACEUM, L. AJgodonero, a Spanish word
which is in use by all the Indians ; Malay in nearly all the dialects
Kapas and Kabu-kabu, Kapase in Bengali, Kapas in Hindustani,
all derived from the Sanscrit word Karpassi ; Arabic Kutn, whence
Coton and probably Algodon ; Chinese (Punti), Min, Mandarine
Mien ; Jajanese, Wata and Momen. Probably derived originally
from the Malay Peninsula and Archipelago. Two exhaustive
works have appeared on this subject lately in Italy, one by
Parlatore,* and the other by Todaro.j The former admits seven
well-known species, and two doubtful, while Todaro counts fifty-
four, only two of which are doubtful, reckoning as species forms
which originated in cultivation and are permanently preserved.
G. herbacewm is the species most cultivated in the United States,
G. indicum in China and Japan, but these determinations are
doubtful. The natives of all the East from India to Japan,
depend upon it as one of the great staples of agriculture.

STERCULIACEA.

34, STERCULIA FeTIDA, L. Calumpang, Visayan and Tagalo ; in
Java Dangur-jedeh. This is entirely a coast-species ranging over
the East Indian and Malayan Peninsulas and the Indian Archi-
pelago, and extending to Australia. Ithas a most disgusting odor
wherever the plant is bruised or cut. When the surveyors of H.M.S.
Flying Fish were out marking, they were often much annoyed,
when clearing their stations, by wounding this plant. The woody
carpels are like three figs joined together at the apex, and, wherever
these were seen abundantly strewn on the-ground, we moved away.
The oily seeds bring on nausea and staggering, while the leaves are
aperient, diaphoretic, and diuretic. | Wood indifferent, bark gives
excellent fibre, and exudes a gum resembling tragacanth.

35. Kuernnovia Hospira, L. Tanay, Tagolo ; Bitnong, Ilocano
dialect ; Catimoho, Sundanese. This isa smooth tree spread over

* Monogr. delle specie d. Cotoni, 4to, Florence, 1866.
+ Relaz. s. la coltura dei Cotoni in Italia, con monographia del genere
Gossypium. 8vo. Rome, 1877.

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 749

the Indian Archipelago, the Moluccas and the Philippines. It has
broad leaves and divaricate racemes of small pink flowers. When
bruised or cut it emits a strong odor of violets, which the father
of Dutch Naturalists, Rumphius, refers to in his work on Amboyna.

36. MeLocHIA corcHoriFoLtA, Willd. Balitnon, Visayan ;
Pompuruten, Javanese and Sundanese. A weed which I have not
seen very commonly in the East.

37. WALTHERIA AMERICANA, L. The species are mostly American,
but this one, which is found in Australia, is very generally dispersed
within or near the tropics all over the world.

38. HeErIvrieRA LITTORALIS, Ait. Commonly called the looking-
glass tree. Dungon, Tagalo, Atun-laut, Malay ; Penglai-kana-so,
Burmah. A large evergreen tree, common in all the tidal forests
along the sea-shore from the Indian Peninsula to Australia. Wood
brown, rather light and loose-grained, probably not occurring on
the volcano island.

TILIACEA.

39. TRIUMFETTA PROCUMBENS, Forst. An insignificant weed
found in most islands of the Indian Archipelago and the Pacific
within the tropics. The Malays in Java call one species Gut-
jingam.

40. CorcHoris oLirortus, L. Visayan, Pasao (pigs’ food) ;
Jepon, Javanese; Isunaso, and Kanabikio (rope, cable), Japanese.
The valuable Jute of commerce, indigenous to India, but now
cultivated and naturalized in all the East, including the Philip-
pines. The fibre of this plant is the most widely distributed
production of India. There is not a town in Europe in which
jute is not found in the form of ropes, lines, string, bags and
paper. The fibre is derived from two species, C. capsuluris which
furnishes the sunn-hemp of commerce, and C. ol/torius the fibres of
which are employed to make the coarse stuff known as gunny or

goni, the native name for the fibre on the Coromandel coast. This
48

750 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

species in Bengali is called Blunjee-pat ; the other Ginatita-pat,
and a wild variety called Bun-pat. The plant is cultivated in the
Philippines. It is prepared by maceration in water and sun-dried.
The trade is very considerable in India. Besides gunny-bags made
from the bark, the stems are used for charcoal, gunpowder, fences,
basket work, andfuel. It is now also employed in the manufacture
of cheap carpets, bags, sacks, and, mixed with cotton, forms cheap
broadcloths. It is even. mixed with silk, and from its lustre can
scarcely be detected. No article is so universally diffused over the
world as the Indian gunny-bag. It is sent from Calcutta to
Penang, Singapore, Sumatra, Java, and the whole of the Indian
Archipelago for packing pepper, coffee, sugar and vegetables. Jute
gives employment to hundreds of thousands in India. Every
Hindoo passes his leisure moments, distaff in hand, spinning gunny
twist, and in this way an important industry and means of liveli-
hood is placed within the reach of all. It is calculated that the
quantity of Jute fibre produced in India is not far short of
500,000 tons annually. Rauwolf says this plant is used about
Aleppo by the Jews who boil the leaves to eat with meat, whence
it is called Mauve des Juifs.

41. Corcnoris acutancuius, L. Another species not uncom-
mon in the East, referred by Centeno to the island.

42. GREWIA MULTIFLORA, Juss. Bangalad, Visayan; Ke-lakki
Sundanese, Malay. A shrub common in the East Indies, and
which, under the name of G. sepiaria and G. prunifolia, is said to
extend to the Fiji Islands. It has been seen by me also in North
Australia as well as Java, Sumatra, Singapore, and Celebes.

43. MunTINGA CALABURA, L. A fruit tree which belongs to
tropical America, and which only within the last 20 years has been
introduced into Luzon. It is now spread everywhere, and is seen
in every garden about Manila. As it grows freely, gives
abundant shade, and has a pleasant green appearance besides pro-
ducing an agreeable fruit, it is much esteemed. The fibre of the
bark, and the wood are both valuable. It would be worth intro-
ducing into these colonies.

BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &c. 751

CELASTRACEA.

44, GyMNOSPORIA MONTANA, Wight et Arn. A tall shrub or
small tree common in the Indian Peninsula and probably in
Africa. I have met with it in Perak and in the Moluccas, and it

extends to Australia.
RHAMNACEZ.

45, GouANIA LEpTosTacHya, DC. A climbing weed diffused
through the East, of no interest except that one species of the
same genus produces the ‘ chaw-stick” of Jamaica.

AMPELIDE.

46. Vitis rriroLiA, Wallich. Alangingi, Alupidan, Visayan ;
Aroai Landuk, Sundanese (all climbing plants are called Aroai in
Sundanese). The whole of the jungles in the East are bound
together by various species of vines, all of which produce a fruit
of some kind, but none having the smallest pretensions to utility.
The species here enumerated is very common in East India and the
Archipelago, and has a whole host of synonyms. It extends to
Australia.

47, ViTIS LANCEOLARIA, Wallich. Burmese, Kyee-Nee-Nway.
Common in the tropical forests especially in rocky places. From
Tannasserim to the Andaman Islands, through Burmah, Malaysia,
the Archipelago to the Philippines.

48. Vitis cAprtoLtata, Don.
49, Viris pepaTa, Vahl.

50. Lena sAmBuctINA, Willd. This is another commor tree or
shrub, coarse in appearance with conspicuous reddish aspect, very
common about Perak. It extends to Australia.

752 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

SAPINDACEAE.

51, ScHMIDELIA CoBBE, L. An unimportant shrub distributed
through tropical Asia and the Indian Archipelago, and extending
to Australia. The characters of the plant are very variable, so
that two or three species and another genus (Allophylus) have been
made out of the varieties of the one named. The berries are said
to be very poisonous, which earned for the tree the name Toxicc-
dendron, yet the root is astringent and employed by the native
physicians for diarrhcea.

52. CAPURA PINNATA, Blanco, in Pampanga called Talinouno.,

53, CARDIOSPERMUM HALICACABUM, L. This straggling climbing
annual with its heart-shaped bladder-like capsule, is common to
most tropical regions both east and west, migrating originally
from America. It is a peculiar plant, as common about the ruins
of Malacca as it is in some scrubs of Queensland.

ANACARDIACE.

54. ANACARDIUM OCCIDENTALE, L. Casoi, Tagalo; Bunga, Cadju,
Malay. This is the Cashew nut which bears a large fleshy recept-
acle, like a pear, supporting the fruit, which has a husk containing
a powerfully acrid oil. The tree is only found in cultivation,
having been introduced from the Brazils, where the native name is
Acaju. Blume and Miquel state that it is only cultivated in Java,
but it is common in the Malay Achipelago and the Philippine
Islands. The receptacle when ripe is disagreeably astringent, and
produces a painful effect upon the fauces. A use is made of it in
the Philippines which I have not seen referred to by other writers.
This is to adulterate cocoa and chocolate. In the Cuyos Group I
found that the nut was largely used for the purpose, and, as the
natives are very poor, and cocoa not always to be obtained, it is
used as a substitute. At the Convento de San Agustino in Cuyo

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G'S., &c. 753

the floor of one of the large rooms had a great heap of these nuts
piled up at the time of my visit in the month of April. They
had been roasted and dried, and in that state were exactly like
earth nuts in taste. The artificial chocolate made from them is
not at all unpalatable. It consists usually of equal parts of cocoa-
nibs, casoi, and pea-nuts.

55. SeMECARPUS ANACARDIUM, L. The fruits of these trees are,
like miniature Cashew nuts, attached to the thick succulent pear-
shaped base of the calyx. The species is widely distributed over
East India and the Archipelago, extending to Australia. I believe
the natives eat the fruit, which is yellow, smooth, and nearly as
large as the nut itself.

56. SEMECARPUS ALBESCENS, Kurr, or S. Philippinensis, Engl.

57. Sponpras puucis, Forster. Ciruelas, the Tagalo rendering
of the Spanish name for plum. The Tahiti apple or hog-plum
introduced from the Pacific Islands. It is like a large plum, of
the color of an apple, containing a stone covered with long hooked
bristles. The flavour is said to be like that of the pine-apple. It
is has only lately come into cultivation in the Philippines.

58. Manoirera inpica, L. Manga in the Philippines generally
and also in Malay ; in Javanese Ambe. A native of the south of
Asia or the Malay Archipelago. It has a number of ancient
common names, and a Sanscrit name which is Amra; Ambe in
Ceylon, whence the Persian and Arab Amb. It is now cultivated
in all tropical countries. Different authors give very diverse
opinions as to where the best mangoes are produced. I can only
record what has been my experience, since, in matters of taste |
opinions are so divergent. I have never seen any fruit surpassing
the mangoes of the Philippines and of Java. Large numbers
are annually exported from Manila to Hong Kong. There is a
small fragrant kind grown in China called Mung-ko, but Mang-ko
is the Mandarine word for the fruit, and Mong-kwo in Punti. The
mangoes in the Malay Peninsula are generaily of the poorest
description.

754 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

MORINGACE.

59. MorINGA PTERYGOSPERMA, Gaertn. Marungay and Calun-
gay, Tagalo; Kelor, Malay. This is the well-known horse-radish
tree ; cultivated throughout the East, including the Philippine
Islands. The flowers, foliage and fruit are eaten by the natives,
and the rasped root employed as a substitute for horse-radish.
From the seeds is expressed the oil of Ben so highly esteemed by
watchmakers, and not becoming rancid by age. It is perfectly
insipid and inodorous, and used for extracting the fragrancy of
jasmine, orange, Acacia farnesiana, &c. The cultivation of this
tree dates from considerable antiquity, and its medicinal virtues
are equally esteemed by all the Malay races. Rumphius and
Horsfield have celebrated its virtues, the former more than two
centuriesago. From it was derived the lignum nephriticum, a drug
much used in renal diseases. The ripe seeds and the unripe seeds
known in Europe as Nux Behan, are also sold as a drug. The
leaves are used asa vescicatory ; in short the list of the virtues of
this tree is a long one. The Tagalo name Calungay is applied to
three different trees, the above, the Antiaris or Upas, and the tree
which is said to show signs of feeling when wounded by shrinking,
groaning, &e.

LEGUMINOS 2.

60. CROTALLARIA LINIFOLIA, L. Gering-Geringan, Malay. This
is a large genus numbering between 100 and 200 species dispersed
over the warmer regions of the whole world, producing one
of the sunn-hemps of commerce, which rivals the jute almost
in usefulness. Crotallarias or “rattles” of several kinds are
amongst the commonest weeds in the East and Philippines.

61. CROTALLARIA QUINQUEFOLIA, L.
62. CROTALLARIA LINIFOLIA, L.

63. InpIGoFERA TINCTORIA, L. Anil, Tagalo ; Tarum-kembang,
also Nila, Malay; Sanscrit, Nili; Chinese (Punti) Tin, Man-
darine Tien ; Japanese Koma-Isunagi. Our own name Indigo is

By THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S , &C. 755
from the Latin Indicum, which denoted the country from which
the Romans obtained it. Roxburgh says, ‘‘ Native place unknown,
for though it is now common in a wild state in most of the
provinces of India, it is seldom found far from the districts where
it is now cultivated or has been cultivated formerly, The indigo of
the Philippinesis generally highly esteemed as of a superior quality.
The dye is derived from three species which are grown very pro-
fitably in the provinces of Pampanga, Bataan, Laguna, Tayabas
and Camarines.”

64. INDIGOFERA GALEGOIDES, DC,

65. GuirgicIpIA MAcuLaTA, B. & H. Maricacao, which name is
a corruption of the Spanish Madre de Cacao. This is an American
plant which has been introduced into the Philippines as a kind of
protection for the young cocoa trees, whence it is called ‘‘ Mother
of Cocoa.” Ihave never been able to ascertain what particular
benefit was supposed to be imparted to the young cocoa by its
proximity, but certain it is that they are never seen apart in the
gardens or in the fields, and the natives do not seem ever to plant
one without the other. The plant has showy lilac flowers like
Wistaria, and its clustered blossoms are seen in all the native
gardens around Manila, and indeed through all the islands.

66. SESBANIA HGYPTIACA, Pers. Jaijanti, Malay. This genus is
widely spread over the tropical regions of New and Old World,
and the species named is a common ‘weed in tropical Asia and
Africa, and, as well as the following, extends to Australia.

67. SESBANIA ACULEATA, Pers.

68. ZORNIA DIPHYLLA, Pers. This species, which is common in
the tropics of the whole world, is so abundant on the slopes of the
crater, that it almost takes the place of grass. It is quite an
insignificant little weed.

69. DEsMoDIUM GANGETICUM, DC. Docot-docot, Tagalo ;
Kajang gunong, Malay. ‘These pretty little weeds are widely
diffused over the tropical regions of both worlds. The three
species mentioned here are spread over the East Indies and the
Archipelago, and two of them I have met with in South China
and Japan.

756 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

70. DesmMopIuM PULCHELLUM, Bentham. A weed or under-
shrub spread over India from Ceylon and the Peninsula to the
Archipelago, and northwards to the Himalayas, South China, the
Philippines and Australia.

71. Desmopium potycarpum, DC. A range like the last
species, but extending to the Pacific islands as well as Australia.

72. DEsMopium paRviFroLiumM, DC. Common in the hilly districts
of India, from Ceylon and the Peninsula to the Archipelago, and
northwards to the Himalayas, the Philippines, South China to
Amoi and Japan, where it is called Hime-no-hagi, and D. podocarpum
Nasubito hagi, or the thief-pea.

73. DEsMopIuM LATIFOLIUM, DC. This species I have not seen.

74. Mucuna cicantea, DC. Aroai-gurahit Sundanese; in
Japanese Hashio-mami, meaning a peculiar kind of bean. A plant
well known by the irritating hairs on the pod. They are not
barbed, but minute needles, sharp at both ends and twisted in
shape, so that any friction rubs them into the skin. It is a rather
pretty, climbing plant, with greenish-yellow flowers on pendulous
peduncles. Widely distributed over East India and the Archi-
pelago, the Philippines, and the islands of the South Pacific.
There are two species in Hong Kong, but quite different from this,
and not known from elsewhere. A decoction of the roots of J/.
gigantea is said to be a powerful diuretic. The hairs are esteemed
as an anthelmintic ; the ripe pods are dipped in syrup and scraped.
When the syrup is as thick as heney from the hairs, it is fit for
use. It acts mechanically, causes no uneasiness, and may be safely
taken from a teaspoonful to a tablespoonful, fasting. The worms
appear with the second or third dose. A vinous infusion of the
pods is said to be a cure for dropsy. An infusion of the roots
with honey is used in India by native physicians for cholera
morbus (Don).

75. Mucuna arro-pupurgEa, DC.

76. CANAVALIA OBTUsIFoLIA, DC. Kranjang, Javanese. In
Malay the same word is applied to the lemon tree. This species
is common on the sea-coasts of South America, Africa, and tropical

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., KC. TOT

Asia. It is found also in Australia from New South Wales to
Western Australia, in fact everywhere except on the south coast.

77. CANAVALIA ENSIFORMIS, DC. The leaves, pods and unripe
fruits are cooked and eaten with rice, but some of the species are
very poisonous.

78. Puaseotus vutearis, L. Kajang-bungi, Leu-tiek, Sun-
danese ; Tau, Punti; Tsam, Mandarine ; Japanese, Injen mame,
but there are many other names. Several species of this genus
have been long cultivated in various countries as beans or kidney-
beans, amongst which the above species or common haricot is
included. There is much controversy as to the original home of
P. vulgaris. The whole question can be seen at length in De
Candolle’s “Origin of Cultivated Plants.” Without entering
into the matter I may summarize the result of the discussion
which is according to DC.:—-1l. P. vulgaris has only been
cultivated in India, the south-west of Asia, and Egypt in com-
paratively modern times. 2. There is no proof that it was
known in Europe before the discovery of America. 3. The genus
is South American for the most part. 4. Probable specimens
have been discovered in ancient Peruvian tombs, while none such
exist in the ancient tombs of Egypt, Greece or Rome. There are
many cultivated species, three of which extend to Australia,
where, like vice and some other domestic plants, they may have
been introduced by the Malays, who have visited tke north coast
annually for trepang fishing for more than a century.

79. PHASEOLUS TRINERVIUS, Heyne.

80. PHASEOLUS CALCARATUS, Roxburgh.

81. PacHyrHIzus ANGuLATUS, Rich. (herb. DC. prod.), Bang-
kuang, Malay. Cultivated in India, China and Mauritius for
the sake of the root, a single, turnip-shaped tuber. It is eaten
both raw and cooked, but is not valued much. It is said that
the roots are sometimes as thick as a man’s thigh, and six or
eight feet in length.

82. FLEMINGIA STROBILIFERA, R. Br. Hahap-paan, Sundanese.
This plant is a familiar object in all the jungles of the East,

758 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

while in China, especially about the peninsula opposite Hong
Kong, it constitutes a very large portion of the shrubby vegetation
in all waste places. It is remarkable for its large brownish bracts,
which look like dried hops, and enclose pretty white flowers.

83. CLITORIA TERNATEA, L. This climber with its pure blue
flowers, though once confined to Ternate, is found in all the
jungles and in waste places on the coast in China and Japan.
In the latter place it is called the Chio bean. In Malay it is
called Bunga-biru. The blue colour is extracted as a dye in
many places, and Rumphius tells us that it is used for colouring
boiled rice in China.

84. Cassta aLaTa, L. -Apostola, a native name in the Philip-
pines derived from the Spanish ; also Balayong, Dauan-Kupang,
Javanese and Malay. This shrub or small tree is a showy species
of the very large genus, and its large leaves and tall spikes of
bright yellow flowers are familiar objects in every island of the
‘Archipelago and in the Philippines, In some parts of the Malay
Peninsula it forms considerable thickets, but Malacca seems to
be its stronghold. |The interesting collection of Dutch and
Portuguese ruins, surrounded with thousands, nay tens cf thou-
sands of Chinese tombs, is almost a thicket of Cassia alata. It
is a native of Asia according to some authors, and at any rate it
was a weed in the time of Rumphius; but many regard it as no
more than a variety of a South American or West Indian species,
which is probably correct. It was valued as a drug, and may
~owe its acclimatisation to this fact.

85. Cassia FISTULA, L. A tree indigenous to India, cultivated
and now naturalised in Egypt, tropical Africa, the West Indies
and Brazil, besides the Indian Archipelago and the Philippines.
There is scarcely a garden about Manila, and all the principal
cities of the East, that is not adorned with its beautiful clusters
of yellow or red perfumed blossoms. Many think that the name
is due to the long slender cylindrical pods which sometimes
measure half a yard or more, but the origin of the term fistula is
of great antiquity, and dates back to the time when the bark of

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 759

this and other species was exported from the East in thin pipe-
like peelings, like cinnamon. Hence the Latin word Casiz rufee
fistularem of Galien, and the Kagovas ovpvy€ of Greek writers.
Syringa is a name now applied to the lilac, and by some strange
perversity commonly applied to the mock orange (Philadelphus
coronarius). Cassia fistula has had a great reputation formerly
for the mild laxative qualities of the pulp in which each seed is
embedded. The number of authors cited by Hanbury and
Fliickiger in their treatise on pharmacography, shows how ancient
is the use of the drug. See also Vincent ‘‘ Commerce of the
Ancients,” Vol. II. 712. The Malay name appears to be
Bubini.

86. Cassia ToRA, L. Native of East Indies, China, Japan
and Cochin China.

87. TAMARINDUS INDICA, L. This well-known tree hardly needs
any special reference, but it may be mentioned that the island of
Java owes much of its beauty to the manner in which it has been
planted all along the road sides. Thus all the high roads have
been converted into cool and shady groves. They are fine trees,
and grow straight and stately like pines. JI was somewhat
surprised to find that the attempt to make similar groves of the
roads round Singapore and Penang had partially failed. The few
trees that remained had not done well. This was owing to the
poorness of the soil in the Malayan regions. The immense rich-
ness of the alluvial and volcanic plains of Java can alone
produce the stately tamarind trees of that island, which are
probably unequalled in the world, reminding one of the gigantic
Cryptomeria grove lining 20 miles of the road to the Shogun’s
temple of Nikko in Japan. The Visayan Indians call the
tamarind Camalaguy ; the Malays Assam-kirangi ; the Burmese,
Magi-pen. The wood of the tree is usually fibrous, loose-grained
and perishable; but in Java, where the trees are well nourished and
old, the heart-wood, though small, resembles ebony in hardness, and
is dark-coloured with beautiful dark red veins. The tree yields a
white resin which is valuable. The Dutch planted Pterocarpus
indicus on the road sides in Malacca.

760 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

88. ACACIA FARNESIANA, Willd. This species is a tree which
covers much of the slopes of the volcano, or rather did so cover
them at the time of my first visit, for afterwards every vestige of
vegetation was burnt away. I was quite astonished at the
abundance of this particular kind of plant, and I had never seen
anything like it before except in one or two volcanic stony slopes
in Java. The tree had a familiar aspect to me also on account of
its being not an uncommon bush in tropical Queensland. The
species is very common in the tropical countries of the whole
world, and is really an ornamental shrub from the curious and
large-sized thorns with which it is covered, its pretty orange
blossoms, their fragrant perfume so much richer than any other
Acacia and different in aroma, and its pretty foliage. It is
cultivated on the Genoese coast. To perfumers it is a most
valuable assistant, possessing a fragrance which is not found else-
where. It bears some resemblance to the perfume of violets, but
much stronger, and is used to fortify that scent which is naturally
weak. The yield of flowers is from one to twenty pounds from
each plant. The blossoms are gathered after sunrise. A very
strong oil and pomade is obtained by maceration. In Africa,
principally in Tunis, an essential oil of Cassie as it is called, is sold
at about 80s. per ounce. The French and Italian flowers are not
suticiently powerful for perfumers.

89. ARAcHIS Hypoama, L. Katjang-goreng, Malay; Ti-tau,
Chinese; Togin-mame, Nankin-mame (Foreign-bean, Nankin-bean),
Japanese. A plant, the original home of which was long contro-
verted, but probably according to De Candolle, American. See the
whole argument in ‘The Origin of Cultivated Plants.” Much
used in India and China as food, and for the production of an oil
as serviceable as olive oil, being clear, limpid, and not turning
rancid easily.

90. ALBIzzZA PROCERA, Bentham. Widely distributed over

India and the Archipelago as far as Australia. Grown for the
sake of its gum. Ki-hiang, Sundanese.

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 761

91. PirHEcoLopium DULCE, Willd. Camanchiles, Visayan, Coroo-
koopillay, India. Under the name of Inga dulcis this tree has
been introduced by the Spaniards from America into the Philip-
pine Islands. Ali round Manila the sides of the roads are planted
with it, and a very poor and straggling tree it becomes under
the influence of Manila dust. In Singapore it is used for
hedges, and there has quite a different appearance, when washed
by the frequent rains of that moist climate. It is cultivated on
account of the fleshy sweet pulp which is contained in the twisted
red pods. I am not acquainted with the meaning or origin of the
word Camanchiles, called also Camansilla. The seeds yield a
light-colored oil about the consistence of castor oil. See De Cand.
Prod. Vol. 2. p. 436; Roxb. Cor. Tom. I. 99; Willd. Spec. 4,
p- 1,000; Sprengel Syst.-Veg. 4 in Tom. 3. p. 12; Blanco, Flora
de Filipinas, 2nd Edit., Manila, 1845, p. 370. Blanco spells it
Camonsiles, identifying the species as Inga lanceolata, calling
attention to two varieties, one larger with thorns and glabrous
pods. He observes that neither corresponds with Sprengel’s
species, which is pubescent, while these are glabrous with small
inconspicuous flowers.

92. LeucmNa GLAucA, Benth. Agho, Visayan. This species
has become widely diffused through the tropical regions of both
worlds, and has become a wild flower in several parts of Asia and
Africa. It is thoroughly domesticated in the Philippines ; every
garden is adorned with its bluish-green pinnate leaves studded
with pale yellow or white globular heads of flowers. It also
frequently forms thickets along the roadsides in Luzon and Panay.
The unripe seeds and leaves are eaten raw with rice in salad, and
the ripe seeds are eaten roasted. The Malays call it Kamalang-
diengan.

93. ENTADA SCANDENS, Benth. Gohong-bacay and Balonos,
Visayan dialect ; Go-go Tagalo ; Aroai-garut-penjang, Sundanese.
This large climber is known in Australia as the Queensland bean.
Tts large seeds are made into match-boxes and other ornaments,
It is very common in all the jungles of the East, and the large .

762 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

seed-pods are conspicuous objects. The seeds are roasted and
eaten in Java.

94. Mimosa pupica, L. Aroai-reba-bangon, Sundanese. The
common sensitive plant has become a terrible weed through the
islands of the Indian Archipelago. No one would credit the
extent to which it covers the ground, forming tangled thickets of
a useless and annoying character throughout the Malay Archi-
pelago. It has only begun to appear in the Philippines.

95. Bauninia, sp. (?). Amongst my collections there are some
Bauhinia leaves from the volcanic island. The genus has two or
three common representatives in the jungles of the island.

COMBRETACE.

96. TerMINALIA caTappa, L. Talisai, Tagalo and Visayan ;
Nattoo-Vadom, Hindostani; Catappa, Malay; Adappo, Alfura
(dialect of Minahassa, Moluccas) ; Sanscrit, Ingudi, called by the
Spaniards the almond tree, and has been cultivated. The fruit
is a nut scarcely two inches long, flattened oval, with a flange
all round it. The kernel bears but a small proportion to the shell
and green outer covering. Exceedingly difficult to break, and
tasteless. It yields an excellent oil, thicker and more amber-
coloured than almond oil. Don says that the bark and leaves
yield a black pigment of which I never heard, but I think he is.
incorrect in saying that Indian ink is made from this dye. The
leaves are large, and give a fine shade. It is much used as a
shade tree in the parks and roadsides in Singapore, Philip-
pines, &c.

97. LumniTzERA RACEMOSA, Willd. Culasi, Tagalo; Duduk,
Sundanese. A coast tree, the scarlet flowers of which adorn the
mangrove scrubs occasionally in all the islands. According to
Bentham it extends to East Africa and the Pacific. There are —
only two species in the genus, the white and the red-flowered. Both
were forwarded to me from Taal, but I suspect they came from
the mainland and nearer to the sea. The same may be said of
Terminalia catappa, from the abundance of which the town of
Talisay derives its name.

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 763:

98. QuisquaLis InpIcA, L. Niog-niogan, Tagalo ; Kaju-bulan
or round wood, Malay. This showy red and pink climber with its
profusion of flowers is said to be a native of India, but it appears
to be far more at home in the Philippine Islands, where its hand-
some blossoms may be seen on all the roadsides about Luzon. It
grows much in the same way about Burmah, where it goes by the
name of Da-wai-hmine. Q. lowrevri, a native of Cochin China,
with white and red flowers is used as a vermifuge, and so is
Q. chinensis which grows about Macao. In the Punti dialect of
Chinese, Kap-kwan-tsz ; Mandarine, Kiah-kiun-tsz. In Japanese

it is called Shikunshi.
MYRTACEA.

99. Psrprum euava, L. See antea remarks on the species in
the account of the fossil leaves of Taal (p. 723).

100. Eueenia sp. (?) Lumboi, Tagalo; Macupa Visayan.
Whilst at Cuyos group west of the Philippines, I found that the
natives subsisted to some extent on the fruits of a Eugenia, which
grew very commonly in the jungles of the interior of the island.
It was about the size of an olive, and of a deep purple colour
when ripe. The resident monks informed me that when the
monsoon was very severe so that they could not get out on the
reefs to fish, and the rains changed the whole of the lower lands
into a marsh so as to stop all agriculture, the poorer natives had
to abandon their homes and take to the mountains. During this
time they had to subsist principally upon lumboi and roots. This.
food is of a very indifferent kind, and I was assured that there
never was a year in which several of the natives did not die of
starvation. The species is probably Hugenia jambolana, Lamarck.
The Anglo-Indian name for the rose-apple, Jambosa, is said to be
derived from the Malay word Shambu. I do not know the word
for this species. It is called Kepa in Amboyna, in Java, Salam,
which is the Malay name for one species. In Sundanese a species
is called Ki-sierum-lumbut. Jambu-blimbing is a common Malay
name for one species, and Jambu generally for all the Jambosas.
The species here referred to extends to Australia, as far south as
the Tweed River in New South Wales.

764 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

101. BARRINGTONIA ACUTANGULA, Gertn. Boton and Potat in
the Philippine dialects; Bangung, Javanese; Puja, Celebes ;
Balung-bung, Sundanese ; Kaju-kendoon, Sundanese and Java-
nese; Buton-laut, Malay. These splendid trees, with large
showy foliage, are seen on all the strands of the Indian Archi-
pelago, and extend to Australia. The large quadrangular fruits
strew the beach all along the north-east coast of Australia. It is
hardly common in the Philippines. It is said that the seed
mixed with bait stupefies the fish like Cocculus indicus. The
flowers form a ring of crimson stamens, long and drooping, but
falling off on the merest touch, in fact even by the heat of the
sun, so that after morning the ground near them is strewn with
the fallen blossoms.

102. MELALEUCA LEUCADENDRON, L. Kaju (wood) puti (white).
This species, which is the one from which the Cajeput oil is
produced, is very widely and abundantly diffused in the Indian
Archipelago and Malayan Peninsula, but is equally widely
distributed in Australia down as far as Sydney. The oil is one
of the principal articles of trade in Amboyna, but the best kind
comes from Buru, the island separated from Amboyna by only a
narrow strait. A Dutchman who carried on the trade at
Amboyna, told me that his operations were confined to the south
side of the island. The natives belonged to the tribe of Alfurus,
and it was very difficult to get them to approach the coast, as
they were excessively timid. My informant said that he always
had to order the oil that he wanted beforehand, which the
Alfurus used to say would be ready in one moon or two, as the
case might be, and on returning he would find the people at the
place appointed. The oil is obtained by boiling the leaves with
water in an iron vessel closed by a wooden lid. A long bamboo
tube conducts the steam into a covered cooler, where it is con-
densed, and the oil subsequently skimmed off. It is perfectly
transparent and as limpid as water. The smell is aromatic and
agreeable to some. The samples obtained by me were quite
different from that usually sold under that name by chemists. It
is more limpid, has a deeper and more decided green colour, and

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 765

a more powerful odour. The difference may arise from keeping
it, but doubtless it is much adulterated. This tree is commonly
called the tea-tree in Australia, and by a strange perversity some
few persons have taken to spelling it Ti-tree, a name which is
appled to quite a different plant in the South Sea Islands. Our
species is also the paper-bark tree, from the extraordinary
tenuity of the layers of bark, which are as thin as the finest
tissue paper. All the rivers in North Australia are so densely
lined with these trees, and these alone, that it forms impenetrable
thickets in most places, and this for hundreds of miles into the
interior. The river Katherine, in Arnheim’s Land, may be
recognised at any portion of its course by the blue thickets of
this foliage, which may be seen. at long distances. I believe that
the tree is the most extensively diffused of all known trees in the
Eastern Hemisphere.

LYTHRARIEA.

103. LAGERSTROEMIA FLOS REGINE, Retz. One of the hand-
somest and most showy flower trees of the East, whose tall spikes
of lilac or pink flowers form handsome objects in a great many
jungles. It is called Bunga, or the flower by way of excellence in
Malay, but I think it has some other special name. Amongst the
Tagalo and Visayan Indians it is called Banaba. The timber is
highly esteemed.

104. Puntca Granatum, L. In Visayan, Bomba and Malingin;
Sanserit Darimba, whence probably, says De Candolle, most of the
modern Indian names are derived. The domestic use of the fruit
is of great antiquity, as the Hebrew name of Rimmon and the
Arabic name Rumman testify. It is twice mentioned in the
Odyssey, says DC., under the names of Roia, Roa and Sidai. The
leaves and flowers of a pomegranate described by Saporta have
been discovered fossil in the pliocene strata of France. The
above-cited author states that botanical, historical, and philological
data agree in showing that the above-mentioned species is a native

of Persia. Its cultivation began in prehistoric times, and it early
49

766 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

extended first towards the west and afterwards into China, where
it is called Chek-law. It owes its spread not so much to its
popularity as a fruit, as to its ornamental character and medicinal
virtues. It is seldom seen on the table, and rarely or never in
the markets.

105. Sonneratia actpa. L. In Tagalo and Visayan, Pagat-
pat, in Sundanese and Javanese Bako, in Malay Bakor, but this
applies to a good many mangroves. A species common on all the |
swamps and salt water marshes throughout the Malay Archipelago.
In Western Borneo and the Malay Peninsula it lines the rivers to
the exclusion of other trees. The Europeans call it the “ Willow
tree,” which it is not unlike, except that it has a large green
apple-like fruit, with the valves of the persistent calyx all round
as in popular representations of the sun’s flaming rays. It is not
uncommon in North Australia.

PASSIFLORACEA.

106. Carica papaya, L. In most of the modern Indian
languages the fruit which we call papaw, is called papaya, itself a
corruption of the Carib ababi (De Candolle). It is supposed that
the original habitat of this plant is from the Gulf of Mexico or
the West Indies. Although much eaten by the natives it is not
highly esteemed by Europeans, nor do I think the fruit ever comes
to as much perfection in India as I have seen it attain in Australia.
The young fruit boiled is an excellent substitute for vegetable
marrow. It is said that the leaves of the tree make meat tender
if they are well folded round it. I have seen this tried with
success, but I have failed to produce the same effect when I made
the experiment myself. The Chinese call it Muk-kwa.

CUCURBITACEZ.

107. LaGENARIA VULGARIS, Ser. in DC. Prod. This is the
well-known gourd plant which, under the name of Calabash in the
West and various appellations elsewhere, is known almost in every

BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 767

country from the earliest times. It is of Indian origin, and its
history and spread have’quite a literature of their own for which
I must refer readers to De Candolle especially, and Asa Gray in
the American Journal of Science, 1883, p. 370. I just wish to
call attention to the fact, that the species is stated in most
botanical works to be poisonous, but wherever I have been I have
found the natives use it as food but with a little preparation to
mitigate its nauseous bitterness. In its crude state it is taken as
a purgative. There is no country perhaps where the gourds are
so largely used for domestic purposes as in Japan. The long
gourd constricted in the middle is the conventional Saki bottle,
which the traveller fastens at his waist at the constriction in the
middle. Bottles of every size and pattern can be obtained, from
those holding only a gill to gourds holding a gallon, a specimen of
which I have in my possession. Almost any pattern can be pro-
cured. The species grows wild in North Australia where it may
have been introduced, but this is only conjecture.

108. Lurra acutanguta, Willd. Malay, Lobat manis, or
Petola; Hindoo Jhinga, Torooee ; Sundanese, Jingi; Javanese
Aroi-kaju-rajam. A much valued vegetable throughout the
Archipelago, and is offered largely for sale in all the markets. It
is sweet like young peas, and very delicate to some tastes, though
Don says it is insipid.

109. Momorpica BALSAMINA, L. Papare-utan, or jungle cucum-
ber, Malay. Thisspecies is widely spread over Asia, Africa, America
and Australia. It is a climbing plant with long, fusiform fruits
of bright yellow, which, bursting, disclose the seeds enveloped
in a brilliantly red pulp. This plant is famous in Syria for curing
wounds, Slices of unripe fruit are infused in oil and exposed to
the sun until the oil becomes red. It is applied to fresh wounds
on cotton.

110. Momorpica coCcHINCHINENSIS, Spreng. Both these species
are cultivated but for ornament. In the Philippines the general
name for all the family of melons and pumpkins is some form of
the Spanish pepino, Most of the principal varieties of pumpkins,

768 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

such as the Yellow Gourd, the Spanish Gourd, the Turban Gourd,
Trumpeter, Squash, &c., are grown in the Philippines. The origin
of this plant is still doubtful, and it has been the subject of much
learned discussion, for which readers can consult De Candolle,
Asa Gray, &. The vegetable forms a large ingredient in the
food of the Malayan and Chinese races.

111. Metoraeia tnpica, Loureiro. The so-called common wild
bryony of the Indian Archipelago is pretty widely diffused in the
Philippines.

RUBIACE.

112. SaRcocEPHALUS NUDULATUS, Miq. ‘Tagalo, Bancal ; Sun-
danese, Kappel. This genus produces some fine timber trees.

113. SARCOCEPHALUS sUBDITUS, Migq.
114, SaRcocEPHALUS GLABERRIMUS, Mig.

115. WENDLANDIA PANICULATA, DC. Another timber tree
with no special character giving it importance.

116. DENTELLA REPENS, Forst. This insignificent weed with
minute leaves and flowers, is spread all over the East, and is
found right through the continent of Australia from north to
south, I may say that I have noticed it everywhere in my
travels. At Amboyna the natives attributed some medicinal
virtues to the leaves.

117. Hepyotis panicuLata, L. Mamaniran, Malay and Sun-
danese. Another wide-spread weed exceedingly common in the
East, but not extending to Australia.

118. Mussanpa FRonDosA, L. Cahoi-dalaga, Tagalo; Marua,
Malay ; Pat-ip-cha, Chinese ; Japanese, Konronka. This shrub
is widely diffused through tropical regions, and it has a peculiarity
which forces it into notice. One of the outer flowers of each
corymb is produced into a large bract-like white leaf, which makes
the plant at a distance look as if scattered over with large white
flowers. The flowers themselves are small and inconspicuous,

_ BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 769

with a golden yellow corolla-tube. Common everywhere in the
Kast extending to South China, and I have certainly seeu it in
Japan, near Simonosaki, or a closely allied species, probably
M. parviflora.

119. Morinpa crrrirotia, L. Tumbong-aso, Tagalo; Baja,
Malays of Celebes, Nyaw-kyee, Burmese. Widely distributed in
the East, and common in Australia within the tropics. It pro-
duces a poor fruit which has been mistaken for the ‘“ Leichhardt
Tree” which is Sarcocephalus cordatus. M. citrifolia is only
found close to the sea-side growing sometimes actually in salt
water, which is a useful quality in some situations. The wood is
deep brownish yellow, close-grained, light and very tough, alto-
gether a valuable timber though small. The Indians use the root
to obtain a yellow and red dye, very permanent when fixed with
alum.

120. Paparta Fatipa, L. Cantotai, Tagalo; Daun-kuntut, Malay;
Kai-shi-tang, Chinese; Hekuso Kadzura, Japanese, also Yaito
Bana. The second Japanese name has reference to the medicinal
use which is as a moxa or substance used in surgery to produce a
sore by means of slow combustion. This remedy is universally
applied in China and Japan on different parts of the body accord-
ing to the ailment. Thus one spot on each temple for a headache,
five on the chest for a cold, seven between the shoulders along the
spine for liver complaint and so forth. One meets daily instances
of this kind of disfigurement. The weed is a common twiner in
all the underwood of the middle island in Japan, and in Luzon,
Philippines. Its fetid odor is a constant annoyance to botanists.
The fibre is most valuable, and as fine as silk, though not in use.

121. Pa&parta ToMeNTosA, Blume. Not nearly so common as
the last species, nor extending to Japan.

122. Spermacocr Hispipa, L. Bubu-lutang, Sundanese. This
and the following species are insignificant tropical weeds, and
amongst the commonest. They are small annuals which mingle

770 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

with the grass, sharing with insignificant Composite such an
abundant growth that they cease to be noticed. They are as
frequent and widely-spread in Africa as in Asia.

123. SpeRMAcOcE stricta, L.

124. SPERMACOCE SCABERRIMA, Blume. Both these species
equally common and diffused.

COMPOSITA.

All the members of this order on the Volcano of Taal are small
unimportant weeds, and this is the case throughout the Philip-
pines. The order has but few representatives in the islands, and
hese are unimportant.

125. VERNONIA CINEREA, Less. This common little weed, with
small purple flowers like a small sow-thistle, is well represented
in Australia as far south as Twofold Bay.

126. AGmRATUM coNnyzoIDEs, L. A common weed over all the
warmer regions of the globe, for which we have to thank its
introduction as a garden flower. It is a rather pretty species,
with pale blue flower-heads, but has become a fearful weed in

many places. In Queensland it has spread like the thistle,
driving out useful fodder, while no animal will eat it.

127. Buumea LaceRA, DC. Certainly one of the commonest
weeds in the tropics of Asia and Africa, extending into China.
None of the species are either useful or ornamental, but they all
have a powerful odor which is aromatic in some cases. The flower-
heads are seldom above three lines long, in loose spreading panicles.

128. BLUMEA MANILENSIS, DC.
129. BLUMEA LACINIATA, DC.
130. BLUMEA BALSAMIFERA, DC,
131. SPH#RANTHUS INDIcus, L.
132. Ecuipta ALBA, Hassk.

133. SPILANTHES ACMELLA, L.

BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 771

154. Brpens piLosa, L.
135. EMILIA SONCHIFOLIA, DC.

To all the above the same remarks which have been made on
the first few are applicable. Spilanthes acmella is used as a salad.
Mr. A. A. Black in the “ Treasury of Botany,” says, that in Japan
it is called Hoko So. I found that near Nagasaki, Oranda Sennichi
was the Japanese term which has reference to the Dutch using it
asa salad. It is also called Sennichi-kiku or daisy-salad.

A POCYNACEA.

136. ALsTONIA scHOLARIS, R. Br. Dirita, Tagalo, also Batino ;
Gabus, Malay ; Let-topi, Burmese. A smooth evergreen tree
called the Devil Tree or Palimara about Bombay. Its tall stems
with regular whorls of leaves make it a showy member of the
jungle. Like our Australian Alstonia its milky sap is a very
bitter tonic, though it is little used. The wood is white, light and
close-grained, but perishable. It is principally used by the Indians
and Burmese to make sword scabbards.

137. ALSTONIA MACROPHYLLA, Wall.

138. OrcHIPEDA Fa@tTIDA, Blume. A tree with opposite oblong
smooth leaves, not common but found throughout the Archipe-
lago among bushes on the mountains. The Malays call it Bunga,
also Pohun-Badah or the rhinoceros tree from its having a fetid
smell like that of a rhinoceros.

139. TABERNEMONTANA SPHHROCARPA, Blume. Pandacaqui,
Tagalo and Visayan; Jawie-jawie (?) Malay. Six or seven
species of this genus are known in the Philippines, and there are
probably many more. In individuals no country is more abundantly
supplied. T'aberncemontana meets one everywhere; on the road
sides, in waste places, and on the edges of jungles. I have
mentioned already how the slopes of the volcano are abundantly
clothed with small trees of Acacia farnesiana. In the same
locality Zabernemontana spherocarpa is quite as abundant. The

772 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

obliquely oblong or nearly globular orange fruits frequently
united at the base in pairs are well-known and somewhat pretty
objects, which meet one on every side. A small species (7’.
orientalis) has become a common and abundant weed about
Cairns in Queensland. As far as I have seen I should say that
the Philippine Group is emphatically the home of TZaberne-
montana.

140. TABERNHEMONTANA PANDACAQUI, Poiret.

141. Ho“tarHenA MacrocarPA, Hassk. A small genus of
insignificant trees and shrubs which are not unfrequent in the
dry open forests of the tropics of Asia. H. antidysenterica is
much esteemed for the medicinal qualities which the name
implies. It produces the Connessi Bark of the Materia Medica,
valued as a tonic and febrifuge.

142. WricHTIA TOMENTOSA, Roem. et Sch. Lanete, Tagalo;
Bien-taus, Sundanese. Dispersed over tropical Asia, and probably
found in Australia under the name of W. pubescens. Mr.
Bentham says that a specimen in Cuming’s collection from the
Philippine Islands appears to be the same.

143. IcHNocaRPUS FRUTESCENS, R. Brown. This is one of
a small genus of climbing shrubs, dispersed over tropical
Asia, and extending into Africa and Australia. It is very
common in the Philippines in the leaf-shedding forests and in the
Savannahs. It is equally common in the Malay Peninsula and
Burmah. None of the species have any importance.

144. IcHNocaRPus ovATiIFOoLIUs, DC.

145, IcHNOCARPUS VELUTINUS, Miq.

ASCLEPIADACE.’*

146, StREPTOCAULON BANMII, Decaisne. Another unimportant
genus of small twining shrubs found in the open forests of tropical
Asia. |

147. CALOTROPIS GIGANTEA, R. Brown. Capal-capal, Tagalo ;
Badurie, Malay. A showy shrub with large leaves and handsome

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C 173

flowers. Very common in Java, but in all the cultivated lands
of India and the Archipelago, including Burmah. It is especially
common in fields that are lying fallow, but it is also cultivated for
medicinal purposes. It yields the Mudar root (Radix mudaris
gigante ), to which many medicinal qualities have been attributed,
the sum of which seems to be this, that the root contains about
11 per cent. of an extracted bitter principle called Mudarine,
which excites vomiting, and hence it has been used as a substitute
for ipecacuanha. Mudarine has the extraordinary property of
gelatinising when heated, and returning to the fluid state when
cool. The fibre of the stem is valued, and the down of the seeds
is usefully mingled with cotton in spinning. The plant is highly
esteemed throughout all the various nationalities of the East.

148. AsctErias curassavica, L. A quite recently introduced
plant from 8. America, which is as common in Australia as it is
in India. It extends through South China to Japan, where it is
called To-wata, or cotton.

149. GYMNEMA SYRINGIFOLIUM, Benth. and Hook. A twiner ;
the genus has a wide range in tropical Asia, though this species I
never collected except on the volcano of Taal.

150. TyLopHORA TENUIS, Blume. Batuk-manuk, Sundanese.
The genus is like the last in its characters, and is noted for
possessing the Ceylon Binooga or Z. asthmatica, the roots of
which seem to have all the qualities of ipecacuanha besides being
good for asthma. I have collected this species in Perak, Java and
the Philippines, generally on the edges of jungles in the plains.

151. DiscHipiA NUMMULARIA, R. Brown. Duduitan, Sunda-
nese; Daun-ringit, Malay. This interesting little plant is
parasitic on the trunks of large trees, and having small disc-like
fleshy leaves, in pairs, has a very ornamental appearance as it
hangs in festoons from branches in the jungle. Common every-
where in the Archipelago and extending to Australia.

152. Hoya cumINGIANA, Decaisne. A species of the well-
known wax plant. My dried specimens are very imperfect, and.
T am not at all sure of the species.

G74 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

LOGANIACEE.

153. BuppDLEIA NEEMDA, Hamilton in Roxburgh. Talic-nono,
Tagalo; Ki-hiriesan and Sembung-lanang, Sundanese and Malay.
A shrub common throughout the Archipelago ; the specific name
is an alteration of the vernacular name Nimda in Chittagong.
This or a closely allied species (B. aszatica, Lour.?) is called
Kyoung-mee-koo in Burmah, where it is common everywhere in
‘deserted clearings, savannah forests and along river banks.

BORAGINACEE.

154. Corpra myxa, L. Amnonang also Banalo, Tagalo; Aipaka,
Amboyna; the Malays generally Baru-laut. This species is dis-
persed over tropical Asia from Ceylon to the Philippines, and
extends into Australia as far as the limits of the colony of Queens-
land. The pulp is extremely tenacious, and is used for bird-lime
as well as for a pectoral medicine, which in India is called
‘Sebestens. Mr. Carruthers states that it is reckoned one of the
best kinds for kindling fire by friction, and said to be the wood
(which is very soft) used by the Egyptians for mummy cases. It
is cultivated in Africa.

155. CorpiA suscorDATA, Lamarck, DC. Prod. This species
is also on the Mozambique coast and Comoro Islana, and in the
Indian Archipelago extending to the Philippines, Australia and
Pacific Islands. In India, perhaps only where cultivated
(Bentham). It occurs on most of the islets of the Barrier Reef.

156.. EHRETIA BUXIFOLIA, Roxb. Manguit, Tagalo; Kosini,
Javanese. This is a tree which is probably restricted to the
Philippines, though the genus is widely distributed over the
Archipelago.

157. TOURNEFORTIA SARMENTOSA, Lamarck, Illustr. (Vide
Benth. Fl. Austral. IV. 390). Pimentia, Tagalo. This species is
also found in Mauritius, Timor and the Indian Archipelago.

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., WC. 775

I have generally seen it in the marshy vegetation at the mouths
of the rivers. The flowers were always yellow or white. Accord-
ing to Thozet, the flowers are blue. Other collectors describe
them as whitish or pure white. The Philippine specimens referred
to by De Candolle are rather more hairy (Bentham).

158. Hettorropium inpicum, L. A very common south Asiatic
weed which I have met with all through the Archipelago, but
which has not as yet extended to Australia.

CON VOLVULACE.

159. Irpomaza Bona-Nox, L. A large twining convolvulus with
cordate leaves on a smooth stalk two or three inches long, with
large white salver-shaped flowers nearly five inches in diameter.
Common in the jungle and amongst shrubberies, along river-sides
all over India, Burmah, the Malay Archipelago and the Philip-
pines. I have heard one species called Ampas-ampas.

160. Irpom@a Quamocuit, L. This pretty little carmine-
flowered climber has been cultivated for ornament, but is now
established as a weed in the new and old worlds. It is believed
to be of Indian origin.

161. Ipomaz:a REPTANS, Poir. A prostrate floating species
found in wet, sandy places, or floating in water, in many parts of
tropical Asia and Africa. Corolla pink, purple or white, about
an inch and a half long.

162. Ipoma:a PES-cAPR#, Roth. On every strand in the tropics,
in Australia as far as New South Wales, and in every warm
climate of the new and old world. The leaves are on long
stalks and the flowers are purple. In Celebes it is called Batata-
pantei. The natives in every country where it grows have great
faith in the leaves employed as a poultice in rheumatic affections.

163. Irpomaza paratas, L. Malay, Ubi, which is also applied
to the common potato ; Keledek is the common Malay name for
the sweet potato. The origin of this plant, universally cultivated

776 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

in the tropics, is extremely doubtful. The whole question can
be seen in De Candolle, loc. cit. He gives the name in China
as Chu ; in Punti I find the name is Fan-shu ; in Japanese it is
called Satsuma-imo and Riukiu-imo. Common potatoes are
called Jagatara-imo, Imo being an edible root. It is one of the
most important articles of diet in Japan—a small red variety.

164. Ipoma@a peEs-TicRipis, L. A species with the leaves
palmately five-lobed and peduncled, with many funnel-shaped
purplish flowers. Common in the East Indies, Archipelago and
Philippines.

165. Ipomaa sepraRA, Keenig, MS., Wall. Fl. Ind. A very
common species in India, the Archipelago, and China, with oblong
cordate leaves and clusters of large flowers of a beautiful rose
colour.

166. LepistEMoN RENIFORMIS, Hasselquist. A climbing peren-
nial herbaceous member of the convolvulus order of no particular
interest.

SO LANACEA.

167. Sotanum nigrum, L. Waste places all over the world ;
it being a.weed which follows the footsteps of civilised man. The
berries though thought to be poisonous are edible, and in the
Philippines the leaves are used as a pot-herb.

168. SoLANUM VERBASCIFOLIUM, Aiton; Dunal in DC. Prod.
This tall and somewhat showy shrub is found on the river banks of
all warm countries. The natives in Java roast and eat the
berries. In some places in South Queensland it forms dense
thickets.

169. SouaNuM MELONGENA, L. Foki-foki, Ternate and Celebes.
The egg-plant Aubergines or Brinjals, the latter an Indian name ;
Chinese, Wong-ke-fa ; Japanese, Nasubi; Malay, Terong. When
one sees the extent to which this useful vegetable is eaten in
Asia, it must be a matter of regret that it is so little known and
cultivated among western nations. In the Malay peninsula,

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. sha

where vegetables are so few, it is a valuable addition to the
culinary resources. In Japan no vegetable is of such service. From
June to September inclusive, it crowds the markets and shops,
and is seen on every table, and with the Japanese modes of
cooking it is certainly very palatable. There are many varieties
differing mostly in shape, for the deep purple colour prevails in all.
They are shaped like bananas or like pears, but the large variety
in Japan is balloon-shaped, three and four inches long, and as
much in diameter. The thin white margin round the fruit at its
junction with the calyx makes it exceedingly pretty. The species
thrives well in Australia, as I know from experience, and at
present we have no vegetable to compare with it ; yet it is not used.

170. Soranum TuBEROsUM, L. Ubi, Malay; Patata amongst the
natives in the Philippines; Chinese, Shu ; Japanese, Jagatara-
imo. Potatoes of excellent quality are grown in the volcanic soils
of the Philippines. The introduction of this plant into the islands
is difficult to trace ; I made many enquiries but could find no trace
in the Spanish literature. The history of the potato has been
made the subject of especial study by, De Candolle, and perhaps
I may be allowed to insert here a summary of his conclusions :—
“ (1) That the potato is wild in Chili in a form still seen in our
cultivated plants. (2) Itis very doubtful whether its natural home
extends to Peru and New Granada. (3) Its cultivation was
diffused before the discovery of America from Chili to New
Granada, (4) It was introduced in the latter half of the 16th
century into that part of the United States now known as
Virginia and North Carolina. (5) It was imported into Europe
between 1580 and 1585, first by the Spaniards and afterwards
by the English at the time of Raleigh’s Voyages to Virginia.”

171. Soranum Frerox, L. Karon-dung, Sundanese. A common
shrub in India, Java, Borneo, &c., but probably introduced as
it is cultivated. A thorny plant with globular berries an inch or
more in diameter.

172. Souanum sanctum, L. Another cultivated species intro-
duced from Palestine. Fruit small and globular.

778 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

173. PuysALIs PERUVIANA, L. Potocan, Tagalo ; Daun-doba,
Malay ; Hodzuke, Japanese. The Cape Gooseberry so prized for-
making preserves in Australia, of which Mr. Bentham says that,
though of South American origin, it is perhaps really indigenous
in the Pacific Islands, but in the Philippines, as in Australia, it has
been introduced.

174. Lycopersicum EscuLentuM, Miller. Sangogiu-nasubi in
Japanese, for in all the Indian Archipelago it is called by its
Spanish name of tomatte from the American name Tumatle. The
Chinese call it Fan-ke, but in all the Asiatic countries its intro-
duction does not date much beyond a couple of centuries back.
De Gandolle thinks it is of Peruvian origin. Both in the Malay
Archipelago and in the Philippines it has become almost naturalized
as it isin Australia, and especially in the tropics. In this quasi wild
state the fruit loses its larze irregular development, and becomes
small and spherical like the variety called L. cerasiforme, which De
Candolle thinks is the same species. This is the manner in which
one sees it naturalized in old clearings or near gardens.

175. Capsicum FRUTESCENS, Willd. Pasitis (or chilis) in
Tagalo; Chabei-besar (large chabei) in Malay, also lada merah
(red lada), also lada-china. This species, which is taller and
more woody than C. annwum, is the one generally cultivated for
the manufacture of cayenne pepper. It is a native of South
America, but has become naturalized in the east and in Australia.

176. Capsicum annuum, L. Chiles, Tagalo; Lada-china
Malay ; Pimento in Spanish, and the name Spanisch Pfeffer in
German points to its origin in Europe. The word challi would
appear to be a Mexican name, and throughout the East generally
the small capsicum is known by that name. In China it is called
Lat-tsiu ; in Japanese Tangiku-mamori.

177. Capstcum minruum, Mill. Stem shrubby, fruit small ovate
erect. A shrub, one to two feet high. This species I did not see,
but the whole of the capsicums may be regarded as mere escapes
from cultivation on the island.

BY THE REV. J, E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. (Wh

178. Datura ALBA, Nees. Talamponai, Visayan ; Kuchubung-
puti, Malay. Very common throughout the East, with large white
flowers. It extends to China and Japan, where it is called
Chosen-asago. Narcotic virtues are attributed to this plant, and
in more than one country it is used to cause intoxication or
stupefaction.

179. Nicoriana TABAcuM, L. Tembakau, Malay; Yen, Chinese.
Though the Asiatic people are great lovers of tobacco, none at
all approach to the natives of the Philippines in this respect. Men
and women smoke unceasingly, and even children begin the habit
when quite infants. The Philippine natives surpass all other
Asiatics in the cultivation and preparation of the plant. Though
the American origin of this plant has been disputed, it is proved
almost beyond question. Out of fifty species of the genus Nicotiana
two only are foreign to America—one a native of Australia, and.
the other of New Caledonia.

SCROPHULARIACEA.

180. ToRENIA CARDIOCEPHALA, Benth. Small Mimulus-like
shrubs found in shady or damp places with purple, bluish or
yellow blossoms. They are elegant wild flowers.

181. ToRENIA EDENTULA, Griff.

182. VANDELLIA cRUSTACEA, Benth. A small tropical weed
widely diffused and extending to Australia ; it is a much-branched
rambling annual with minute purple flowers. It is found also in
Africa and America,

183. Scoparia vuLcis, L. Another weedy annual with the
same wide diffusion. It is a larger plant, the leaves usually in
whorls of three, and the flowers white.

OROBANCHACEZ.

184. AicineTIA INDICA, Roxb. The small parasitic plants.
which compose this order are not well represented in the tropics.

780 . ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

This species is widely diffused from India to the Archipelago. It
is parasitic on the roots of grasses, with an elongated simple
naked scape with one flower, corolla purple, calyx yellow.

BIGNONIACE,.

185. OroxyLUM INDicuM, Benth. A small deciduous tree, with
large showy purplish flowers, with a yellow tube on short and
very thick pedicels. Common in all jungles throughout the East
and the Philippines. In Tagalo it is called Pinca-pincahan.

186. DoLIcHANDRONE RHEEDII, Seem. In Tagalo, Tua. An
unimportant tree, which is common in the Philippines, and has a
habitat amongst the mangroves.

ACANTHACE As.

187. Buecnum BRowuvcl, Tussac. An unimportant herbaceous
weed on the coasts.

188, Justicia GENDARUSSA, L. A widely spread evergreen
dense shrub, which is spread over the East from India to the
Philippines in the tropical forests, but is especially common in the
islands of Luzon, along hedges where its small flowers in clusters
are never out of sight.

189. ERANTHEMUM BicoLor, Schranck. An_ insignificant
tropical weed with rather pretty flowers, similar to one which is
common in North-eastern Australia.

VERBENACE.

190. CALLICARPA BICOLOR, Juss. Palis in Tagalo, Katumpang
in Sundanese Malay. I did not see this species, but I saw
another which is very common all through the East and extends
up to Japan, where it is called Ko-Murasaki or Little Purple. It
is found also in Australia, This is Callicarpa longifolia.

BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 781

191. Gmexina astatica, L. All along the coasts and in the
swampy forests, from India to the Philippines, its showy racemes
of bell-shaped yellow flowers, make it a conspicuous and ornamen-
tal object. It is particularly abundant in Perak, about Malacca,
and in Singapore. The Visayan Indians call it Bago-bago. The
bark and roots of this tree are used medicinally by the natives.

192. CLERODENDRON INFORTUNATA, L. Casopanguil Tagalo.
A common evergreen shrub with white flowers in an ample
panicle. Common in the tropical and moister forests up to three
thousand feet all over the Archipelago and Philippines. The
genus is well represented in the jungles throughout the East, pro-
ducing several species which have highly ornamented red, blue,
and white flowers.

LABIATA.

193. Ocimum eGratisstmuM, L. This and the following species
have no doubt been introduced for their aromatic qualities.

194. Ocimum sanctum, L. Frequently planted round Hindoo
temples.

195. MoscHosMA poLysTAcHyuM, Benth. A common garden
plant kept for its musky odour.

196. Hypris capirata, Jacq.
197. Hypris BREVIPES, Poiteau.

198. Hypris sUAVEOLENS, Poiteau. This has become one of
the most terrible weeds throughout the Indian Archipelago. It
forms dense thickets to the exclusion of every other kind of vege-
tation. When withered these thickets are quite impenetrable.
In North Australia it is becoming equally troublesome, though
introduced only within the last few years. 1 have seen excellent
land in the Malay Peninsula, Java, Borneo, Celebes and the
Moluccas quite destroyed by this pest.

199. ANISOMELES OvaTA, R. Br. This is one of the sweet
smelling musk plants with all the qualities possessed by the well-

known musk plant of North Australia.
50

782 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

200. Leucas asPERA, Sprengel.

901. Lmucas LINIFOLIA, Sprengel. The above two weeds form a
portion of all the grassy vegetation of the Malayan region. They
are pretty little plants with white flowers decking the green sward
more or less all the year round.

NYCTAGINACEA.

202. BorRHAAVIA DIFFUSA, L. A very common weed in the
warmer regions of Asia, Africa and Australia. It runs along the
ground in rich alluvial soil, with deep rose-red stalks and minute
pink flowers. In India an infusion of the roots is looked upon as
a remedy for measles.

AMARANTACE,

903. DEERINGIA CELOsIOIDES, R. Br. A woody glabrous
climber scrambling over bushes to the height of ten or twelve feet.
Common in East India, the Archipelago, and extending to
Australia and New Caledonia. ;

204. AMARANTUS sPINosuUS, L.

205. AMARANTUS OLERACEUS L.
206. AMARANTUS VIRIDIS, L.

207. AiRvA JAVANICA, Juss.
208. ACHYRANTHES ASPERA, L.

9209, ALTERNANTHERA DENTIcULATA, R. Br. Nearly all the
above are common insignificant roadside weeds in the tropical
and sub-tropical regions of the whole world.

CHENOPODIACEA.

210. BasELLA RUBRA, L.

911. BASELLA ALBa, L. These are common garden plants in
the East, sometimes grown as pot-herbs, and at other times as
ornamental creepers. Their thick fleshy leaves make a good
spinach.

Si
(92)
Go

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C.

ARISTOLOCHIACE AS,

212. ARIsTOLOCHIA TAGALO, Chamisso, A jungle species of
this remarkable genus of climbers, which I did not see.

PIPERACEAL.

213. Piper cHABA, Blume.

214. Piper caninum, Adietr. The above are amongst the
many native kinds of pepper growing in the East.

215, Peperomia ExiGuA, Miq. One of the many small fleshy
creeping plants of the order growing on trunks of trees, but of no
importance.

LAURACE#,

216. CassyTHA FILIFoRMIs, L. One of the common Indian
leafless dodder-laurels, widely spread over tropical Asia, Africa and
America, but chiefly near the sea. It extends to Australia, and
probably to New Zealand. The genus is, however, chiefly Aus-
tralian, with the exception of the one species here enumerated.
The habit is in every way that of the European Cuscuta. It is
the wire-like vine which makes so many of the Queensland scrubs
quite impenetrable.

EU PHORBIACEA,

217. EupHorsBiA THYMIFOLIA, L. A small procumbent Indian
weed,

218. EupHorBIA PILULIFERA, L. A common weed which follows
cultivation in warm climates all over the world. It has lately
come into notice in Australia as a remedy for asthma and diseases
of the chest.

219. BripELIA stipuLARIs, Blume. A large scandent shrub
with bluish-black berries and tawny leaves, common in all mixed
forests, especially those near the sea throughout Malaysia and the
Philippines. The Sumatran Malays call it Aka-buah. In the
Philippines the leaves are used sometimes as a substitute for
tobacco.

784 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

220. PHYLLANTHUS NIRURI, L. There are numerous species of
this large genus containing trees, shrubs, and herbs, throughout
the East. They are well represented in the Philippines, but as
yet there has not been sufficient botanical exploration in the
islands to fix the number of species.

221. PHYLLANTHUS LLANOsII, Miiller.
222. PHYLLANTHUS URINARIA, L.

223. PHYLLANTHUS SIMPLEX, Retz.
224. PHYLLANTHUS RETICULATUS, Poir.

225, SECURINEGA oBovaATA, Miller. A leaf-shedding large
shrub, common in the grassy jungles near water all over the East
from India to the Philippines. Genus in omnibus Phyllantho
conyvenit, excepto ovarii rudimento in fi. mas. evoluto. Gen.
Plant. Benth. et Hook. III. 276.

226. Breynta cerNnuA, Miller. A glabrous shrub spread over
tropical Asia and part of Australia.

227. ANTIDESMA GH#SEMBYLLA, Gertner. This is another
widely diffused Asiatic species of shrub or small tree extending to
Australia and China.

228. ANTIDESMA BUNIUS, Sprengel. A small evergreen tree ;
same observations as in the case of the last. In Macassar this is
called Buni-kirbau, in Tagalo Binaguyo. The fruits are eaten
raw or cooked with fish.

229. JATROPHA cuRCAS, L. Tagalo,Tuba; Malay, Balechei-paggar;
Thin-baur-kye-ksu, Burmese. An evergreen small tree, universally
cultivated as a hedge tree round gardens and villages in Burmah,
Malaysia and the Philippines. The capsules are tri-coccous, the
size of a large cherry, with large ellipsoid seeds. It is a native
of tropical America, now cultivated in all warm countries for its
seeds, which yield an oil like castor-oil with violent purgative
qualities. It is called Oliwm Infernale in the Dutch shops in
Java. It is employed not only medicinally but principally for
lamps ; in fact, in Java until kerosene came into general use, as it

BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &c. 785

has now even in the most remote villages, this oil and cocoa-nut
oil supplied all purposes of illumination ; but it is now almost
entirely superseded. It is a beautiful pale yellow color. In
India it is called Katamanak. Bhoga bhirinda is an inferior
kind of oil from the same source. It has been of late years
imported into Britain as a substitute for linseed oil. It answers
equally well, and can be obtained from India at a price far below
linseed. Quantities of the seed have also been imported into
Liverpool from the Cape Verde Islands. It seems to have met
with considerable favor wherever it has been tried. The Chinese
boil this oil with oxide of iron, and employ it for varnishing
boxes.

230. JaTRoPHA MANHIOT, L. Manihoc or Maniot or Tapioca is
not extensively cultivated in the Islands. When travelling in
the interior of the Malay Peninsula, one of my principal sources
of subsistence was the roots of the maniot boiled like potatoes.
They were exceedingly nourishing and palatable, the flavour
being something between the sweet and the common potato.
Being of large size and cheap, they were a most useful article of
food, especially where vegetables are so scarce. The only precau-
tion necessary to get rid of the poisonous juice was to carefully
peel and boil them. The maniot is extensively cultivated in the
Malacca state, and in Brunei, Borneo, but lately it does not pay.

231. Croron caupatus, Geisel. It is suppesed that there are
eight or ten species of this interesting genus in the Philippines.

232. ACALYPHA INDICA, L. Of this genus there are about ten
or a dozen species in the Philippines. They are unimportant,
except one or two species with variegated leaves. A. indica, an
annual Indian weed like a nettle, is said to attract cats like
Valerian. A decoction of the leaves is used as a purgative.

233. MALLOTUS PHILIPPINENSIS, Muell. Arg. A tree with a
ferruginous tomentum on the ends of the branches, which is said
to be a powerful vermifuge. It is widely spread throughout the
East, and very common in North Queensland.

786 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

234. MacaRANGA TANARIUS, Mill. Arg. A tall, erect shrub,
with large orbicular peltate leaves sometimes a foot in diameter.
Tt is found from the East Indies to South China near the coast,
and forms a conspicuous portion of all the jungles, especially on
their edges. It is very common around Moreton Bay.

235. Ricinus communis, L. Tangan-tangan, Tagalo ; Charak,
Malay. Asin Australia this showy plant has become an intro-
duced weed. It is, according to De Candolle, probably a native of
Abyssinia, Sennar and the Kordofan. It is cultivated in America,
and even the ancient Egyptians cultivated it, because the seeds are
found in their tombs. The Egyptian name was Kiki retained in
modern Greek, while the Arabs call it Kerua. See De Candolle,
who says that it is supposed that the Kikajon of the Old Testa-
ment, the growth of a single night, was this plant. The English
name Castor Oil is from its having been called Agnus Castus in
the West Indies.

URTICACE.

236. TREMA AMBOINENSIS, Blume. Hanarian, Tagalo. A fine
tree 40 ft. high, widely spread over East India and the Archi-
pelago, South China, the Philippines and Australia. “It is on
the authority of Planchon that I refer this very common Archi-
pelago species to the original Ce/ézs amboinensis, Willd. He believes
also that this may be the typical Zrema cannabina, Lour.” Benth.
Flor. Aust. VI. 159.

237. STREBLUS ASPER, Lour. See antea p. 723, on the fossil
leaves found in the tufa.

938. MALaysta TorTUOSA, Blanco. A twining shrub with long
spikes of most fragrant flowers. The genus appears to be limited
to a single species extending over the Indian Archipelago and the
islands of the South Pacific to the Philippines. It is called Crow-
ash in New South Wales. In North Australia it is very common
in water-courses.

239. Ficus uispipa, L. Balite, Asis or Isis, Tibig and
Hauili in Tagalo; Buah-ara, Malay, and Hambarang, which is

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &c. 787

also the Malay name for fig throughout the whole of the Archi-
pelago. This genus (/icus) is certainly one of the most charac-
teristic of the Malay flora, and there is good reason for supposing
that there are more than a hundred species in the Philippines
alone, and as far as I was able to remark, each island seems to
have some pecular species. The genus almost takes the place in
the Archipelago that the Eucalypts do in Australia. The timber
is, in general, useless. Many species are common to Australia.

240. Ficus uirta, Vahl.

241. Ficus wassa, Roxb. Gohi, Malay. The natives use the
bast for tow. The young leaves and fruits are cooked and eaten.

242. Ficus ALTIMERALOO, Roxb. More common in the Moluccas,
where it is called Bunga-jangan.

243. Ficus aspera, Forster. Called in Sundanese Aroi-konjal,
and this is a name for several other descriptions of Ficus.

244, Ficus RADIATA, Decaisne.

245. Pouzoizia INpIcA, Gaudichaud. A diffuse perennial with
the habit of a parietaria or pellitory, with the stems from six to
twelve inches long. Common in East India and the Archipelago,
and extending to Australia.

246. Piprurus asPER, Weddell. Dalonot, Tagalo; in Malay,
Ki-buntur. A small tree with a wider diffusion than the last, as
it extends to the Pacific Islands and Mascarene Group.

HY DROCHARIDACEAS.

247, ENHALUS KOENIGH, Rud. A submerged water-plant like
the frog-bit of Europe, except that it has linear leaves. This is
one of the few salt-water genera, and is found all through the
lagoon.

248. Pistia stratiotes, L. In all the fresh-water streams and
lakes of the Malay Archipelago, and in the Philippines the surface
of the water is covered with small plants which look very like

788 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

small floating lettuces of graceful form, and bright green color
sometimes tinged with pink. It floats in the water in rafts, the
plants being attached together by runners, and deriving their
nourishment by roots which hang free in the water. They say
that these are sometimes buried in the mud, but I have seen them
floating in great rafts quite free and in very deep water. They
are abundant in the lagoon, the Indians using them when boiled
as a food for pigs. Otherwise the plant is very acrid and
probably poisonous. In Java in still ponds where fish are bred,
the plant is grown to give them shade, but it increases with such
rapidity as to cover the surface and become a troublesome weed.
It is called the water soldier.

SCITAMINE AE.

249. Musa sapientum, L. In Tagalo the native Indians call
it Platanus or Abaca, the latter name being especially applied to
the species from which the fibre known as Manila hemp is
obtained. I must be excused for quoting here im extenso the
somewhat lengthy remarks of De Candolle as to the origin of this
species, in order that I may add what little light and experience
I have gained in my Australian and Eastern travel. The subject
is of unusual interest to us in Australia, as we have undoubtedly
three indigenous species in this continent, one of which is not
distinguishable from Musa sapientum. The following quotation
is from ‘“ The Origin of Cultivated Plants,” p. 304:

‘“‘ Bananas were generally considered to be natives of Southern
Asia, and to have been carried into America by Europeans until
Humboldt threw doubts upon their purely Asiatic origin. In his
work on New Spain,* he quoted early authors who assert that
the banana was cultivated in America before the conquest.

* Humb. Nouvelle Espagne, Ist Ed. II. p. 360.

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 789

He admits, on the authority of Oviedo,* its introduction by
Father Thomas ef Berlangas from the Canaries into San Do-
mingo in 1516, whence it was introduced into other islands and
the mainland.t He recognises the xbsence of any mention of the
banana in the accounts of Columbus, Alonzo Negro, Pinzon,
Vespuzzi and Cortez. The silence of Hernandez who lived half a
century after Oviedo, astonishes him, and appears to him a
remarkable careJessness ; “for,” he says,{ ‘it is a constant tra-
dition in Mexico, and on the whole of the mainland, that the
Plantano arton and the dominico were cultivated long before the
Spanish conquest.” The author who has most carefully noted the
different epochs at which American agriculture has been enriched
by foreign products, the Peruvian Garcilasso de la Vegass says
distinctly that at the time of the Incas, maize, quinoa, the potato,
and, in the warm and temperate regions, bananas, formed the
staple food of the natives. He describes the Musa of the valleys
in the Andes ; he even distinguishes the rarer species with a small
fruit and a sweet aromatic flavour, the domznico from the common
banana or arton. Father Acosta|| asserts also, although less
positively, that the Wusa was cultivated by the Americans before
the arrival of the Spaniards. Lastly, Humboldt adds from his
own observation, “‘On the banks of the Orinoco, of the Cassi-
quaire or of the Beni, between the mountains of Esmeralda and

* Oviedo, Hist. Nat. 1556, p. 112. Oviedo’s first work is of 1526. He is
the earliest naturalist quoted by Dryander (Bibl. Banks) for America.
(The full title of Oviedo’s work is ‘‘Gonzalo Fernandez de Oviedo y Valdez
Sumario dela Natural y General Istoria de las Indias, Toledo 1526. Fol.
52 foll. Another edition is entitled ‘‘ Primera part de la Historia Natural y
General de las Indias, Yslas y tierra firme del Mar Oceano.” Sevilla 1535,
folio CXCIII. foll., with one plate of very rude wood engravings. Books
VII, VIII, IX. and X. refer to botanical subjects. The book was translated
from Castilian into French in Paris by Michel de Vascosan in 1555, folio
134 foll. and one plate of wood engravings. ‘There exist only the ten first
books of this work. It appears to have been the French translation that
De Candolle refers to.)

+ I have also seen this passage in the translation of Oviedo by Ramusio,
III. p. 115.

ae TOREOHT Nouvelle Espagne, 2nd. Edit. p. 385.

§ Garcilasso de la Vega, Commentarios Reales, I. p. 282.

|| Acosta, Hist. Nat. de Indias, 1608, p. 250,

790 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

the banks of the River Carony, in the midst of the thickest
forests, almost everywhere that Indian tribes are found who have
had no relations with European settlements, we meet with plant-
ations of manioc and bananas.” Humboldt suggests the hypothesis
that several species or constant varieties of the banana have been
confounded, some of which are indigenous to the new world.

Desvaux studied the specific question, and in a really remark-
able work, published in 1814,* he gives it as his opinion that all
the bananas cultivated for their fruits are of the same species. In
this species he distinguishes forty-four varieties, which he arranges
in two groups ; the large-fruited bananas (seven to fifteen inches
long) and the small-fruited bananas (one to six inches) commonly
called fig bananas. R. Brown, in 1818, in his work on the Plants
of the Congo, p. 51, maintains also that no structural difference in
the bananas cultivated in Asia and those in America prevents us
from considering them as belonging to the same species. He
adopts the name Musa sapientum, which appears to me prefer-
able to that of IZ. paradisiaca adopted by Desvaux, because the
varieties with small fertile fruit appear to be nearer the con-
dition of the wild Muse found in Asia.

Brown remarks on the question of the origin that all the other
species of the genus J/usa belong to the old world ; that no one
pretends to have found in America, in a wild state, varieties with
fertile fruit, as has happened in Asia; lastly, that Piso and
Marcgraf considered that the banana was introduced into Brazil
from Congo. In spite of the force of these three arguments,
Humboldt, in his second edition of his essay on New Spain
(II. p. 397), does not entirely renounce his opinion. He says
that the traveller Caldcleugh} found among the Puris the tradition
that a small species of banana was cultivated on the borders of
the Prato long before they had any communication with the
Portuguese. He adds that words which are not borrowed ones
are found in American languages to distinguish the fruit of the

* Desvaux, Journ. Bot. IV. p. 5.
+ Caldcleugh, Trav. in 8. Amer., 1825, I. p. 23.

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 791

Musa, for instance paruru in Tamanac, &e., arata in Maypur. I
have also read in Stevenson’s travels* that beds of the leaves of
the two bananas commonly cultivated in America have been found
in the hawcas or Peruvian tombs anterior to the conquest ; but as
this traveller also says that he saw beans in these huacas, a plant
which undoubtedly belongs to the old world—his assertions are
not very trustworthy. Boussingault+ thought that the platano
arton at least was of American origin, but he gives no proof.
Meyen, who had also been in America, adds no argument to those
which were already known,} nor does the geographer Ritter,§ who
simply reproduces the facts about America given by Humboldt.

On the other hand, the botanists who have more recently visited
America have no hesitation as to the Asiatic origin. I may name
Seeman for the Isthmus of Panama, Ernst for Venezuela, and
Sagot for Guiana.|| The two first insist on the absence of names
for the banana in the languages of Peru and Mexico. Piso knew
no Brazilian name. Martius] has since indicated, in the Tupi
language of Brazil, the names pacoba or bacoba This same word
bacove is used, according to Sagot, by the French in Guiana. It
is perhaps derived from the name bala or palan of Malabar, from
an introduction by the Portuguese subsequent to Piso’s voyage.

The antiquity and wild character of the banana in Asia are incon-
testable facts. There are several Sancrit names.** The Greeks,
Latins, and Arabs, have mentioned it as a remarkable Indian fruit
tree. Pliny+} speaks of it distinctly. He says that the Greeks
of the expedition of Alexander saw it in India, and he quotes the
name pala which still persists in Malabar. Sages reposed beneath
its shade and ate its fruit. ence the botanical name Musa
sapientum. Musa is from the Arabic mouz or mauwz, which we

* Stevenson, Trav. in S. Amer., I. p. 328.

+ Boussingault, C. r. Acad. Sc. Paris, May 9th, 1836.

+ Meyen, Pflanzen Geog. 1836, p. 383.

§ Ritter, Hrdk. IV. p. 870.

|| Seeman, Bot. of the Herald, p. 213; Ernst, in Seeman’s Journ. of
Botany, 1867, p. 289; Sagot, Journ. de la Soc. d’hort. de Fr. 1872, p. 226.

| Martius, Hth. Sprachenkunde Amer. p. 123.

** Roxburgh and Wallich, Fl. Ind. IL. p. 485; Piddington, Index.

tt Pliny, Hist lib. XII. cap. 6.

792 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

find as early as the thirteenth century in Ebn Baithar. The specific
name paradisiaca comes from the hypothesis which made the
banana figure in the story of Eve and of Paradise.

It is a curious fact, that the Hebrews and Ancient Egyptians*
did not know this Indian plant. It is a sign that it did not exist
in India from a very remote epoch, but was first a native of the
Malay Archipelago.

There is an immense number of varieties of banana in the south
of Asia, both on the islands and on the continent ; the cultivation
of these varieties dates in India, in China, and in the Archipelago,
from an epoch impossible to realise ; it even spread formerly into
the islands of the Pacific} and to the west coast of Africa, { lastly,
the varieties bore distinct names in the most separate Asiatic
languages, such as Chinese, Sanskrit and Malay. All this indicates
great antiquity of culture, consequently a primitive existence in
Asia, and a diffusion contemporary with or even anterior to that
ef the human races.

The banana is said to have been found wild in several places.
This is the more worthy of attention since the cultivated varieties
seldom produce seed, and are multiplied by division, so that the
species can hardly have become naturalized from cultivation by
sowing itself. Roxburgh had seen it in the forests of Chittagongs
in the form of Musa sapientum. Rumphius|| describes a wild
variety with small fruits in the Philippine Isles. Loureirofl
probably speaks of the same form by the name M. seminifera
agrestis, which he contrasts with M. semiifera domestica, which
is wild in Cochin China. Blanco** also mentions a wild banana
in the Philippines, but his description is vague. Finlayson}; found
the banana wild in abundance in the little island of Pulo Ubi,

* Unger ubi supra, and Wilkinson, II. p. 403, do not mention rife. Aba
banana is now cultivated in Egypt.

+ Forster, Plant. Esc. p. 28.

+ Clusius. HZxot. p. 229; Brown, Bot. Congo, p. 51.

§ Roxburgh, Corom. tab. 275; Fl. Ind.

|| Rumphius, Amb. V. p. 139.

{| Loureiro, FU. Coch., p. 791.

** Blanco, Flora, Ist edit. p. 247.

++ Finlayson, Journey to Scam, 1826, p. 86. According to Ritter, Hrdk.
IV. p. 878.

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 793

at the southern extremity of Siam. Thwaites* saw the

variety J. sapientum in the rocky forests of the centre of Ceylon,

and does not hesitate to pronounce it the original stock of

cultivated bananas. Sir Joseph Hooker} and Thompson found it
wild at Khasia.

The facts are quite different in America. The wild banana
has been seen nowhere except in Barbados,{ but here it is a tree of
which the fruit does not ripen, and which is consequently in all
probability the result of cultivated varieties of which the seed is
not abundant. Sloane’s wild plantains appears to be a plant very
different to the Musa. The varieties which are supposed to pe
possibly indigenous in America are only two, and as a rule far
fewer varieties are grown than in Asia. The culture of the
banana may be said to be recent in the greater part of America,
for it dates from but little more than three centuries. Piso]| says
positively that it was imported into Brazil, and has no Brazilian
name. He does not say whence it came. We have seen that, ac-
cording to Oviedo, the species was brought to San Domingo from
the Canaries. This fact and the silence of Hernandez, generally
so accurate about the useful plants, wild or cultivated in Mexico,
convince me that at the time of the discovery of America the
banana did not exist in the whole of the eastern part of the
continent.

Did it exist then in the western part on the shores of the
Pacific? This seems very unlikely when we reflect that communi-
cation was easy between the two coasts towards the Isthmus of
Panama, and that, before the arrival of the Europeans, the natives
had been active in diffusing throughout America, useful plants
like the manioc, maize, and potato. The banana which they have
prized so highly for three centuries, which is so easily multiplied
by suckers, and whose appearance must strike the least observant,

* Thwaites, Hnum. Pl. Cey. p, 321.

+ Aitchison, Catal. of Punjab, p. 147.

+ Hughes, Barb. p. 182, Maycock, Fl. Barb. p. 396.
§ Sloane, Jamaica, II. p. 148 .

|| Biso, edit. 1648, Hist. Nat. p. 75.

794 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

would not have been forgotten in a few villages in the depths of
the forest or upon the littoral.

I admit that the opinion of Garcilasso, descendant of the
Incas, an author who lived frem 1530 to i568, has a certain
importance when he says the natives knew the banana before the
conquest. However, the expressions of another writer extremely
worthy of attention, Joseph Acosta, who had been in Peru, and
whom Humboldt quotes in support of Garcilasso, incline me to
adopt the contrary opinion.* He says “the reason the Spaniards
call it plane (for the natives had no such name) was that, as in
the case of their trees, they found some resemblance between
them.”+ He goes on to show how different was the plane
( Platanus) of the ancients. He describes the banana very well,
and adds that the tree is very common in the Indies (ze.
America), “although they (the Indians) say its origin is Ethiopia,

There is a small white species of plantain (banana), very
delicate, which is called the Espagnolle{ dominico. There are
others coarser and larger, and of a red colour. There are none in
Peru, but they are imported thither from the Indies,§ as into
Mexico from Cuernavaca and the other valleys. On the conti-
nent and in some of the islands there are great plantations of
them which form dense thickets.” Surely it is not thus that the
author would express himself were he writing of a fruit tree of
American origin. He would quote American names and customs;
above all, he would not say that the natives regarded it as a plant
of foreign origin. Its diffusion in the warm regions of Mexico

* Humboldt quotes the Spanish edition of 1608. The first edition is of
1591. Ihave only been able to consult the French translation (1598),
which is apparently accurate.

+ Acosta, trans. lib. IV. cap. 21.

+ That is probably Hispaniola or San Domingo ; for if he had meant the
Spanish language it would have been translated by castillan, and without
the capital letter.

§ This is probably a misprint for Ades, for the word Indies has no
sense. The work says (p. 166) that pineapples do not grow in Peru, but
that they are brought thither from the Andes, and (p. 173) that the cacoa
comes from the Andes. It seems to have meant hot regions. The word
Andes has since been applied to the chain of mountains by a strange and
unfortunate transfer,

(b>) |

BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., dC. 79

may well have taken place between the epoch of the conquest and
the time when Acosta wrote, since Hernandez, whose conscientious
researches go back to the earliest times of the Spanish dominion
in Mexico (though published later in Rome) says not a word of
the banana.* Prescott, the historian, saw ancient books and
manuscripts which assert that the inhabitants of Tumbez brought
bananas to Pizarro when he disembarked on the Peruvian coast,
and he believes that its leaves were found in the huacas, but he
does not give his proofs.7

As regards the argument of the modern native plantations in
regions of America, remote from European settlements, I find it
hard to believe that the tribes have remained absolutely isolated
and have not received so useful a tree from colonized districts.

Briefly, then, it appears'to me most probable that the species
was early introduced by the Spanish and Portuguese into San
Domingo and Brazil, and I confess that this implies that Garcilasso
was in error with regard to Peruvian traditions. If, however,
later research should prove that the banana existed in some parts
of America, before the advent of the Europeans, I should be
inclined to attribute it to a chance introduction, not very ancient,
the effect of some unknown communication with the islands of the
Pacific or with the coast of Guinea, rather than to believe in the
primitive and simultaneous existence of the species in both hemi-
spheres. The whole of geographical botany renders the latter
hypothesis improbable, I might almost say impossible, to admit,
especially in a genus which is not divided between the two worlds.

In conclusion, I would call attention to the remarkable way in
which the distribution of varieties favors the opinion of a single
species—an opinion adopted, purely from the botanical point of view,
by Roxburgh, Desvaux, and R. Brown, If there were two or
three species, one would probably be represented by the varieties

* T have read through the entire work to make sure of this fact.

+ Prescott, Conquest of Peru. The author has consulted valuable works ;
among others, a manuscript of Montesinos of 1527; but he does not quote
his authorities for each fact, and contents himself with vague and general
indications which are very insufficient,

796 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

suspected of being of American origin, the other would belong,
for instance, to the Malay Archipelago or to China, and the third
to India. On the contrary, all the varieties are geographically
intermixed, and the two, which are most widely diffused in
America, differ sensibly the one from the other, and each is
confounded with or approaches very nearly to Asiatic varieties.”
De Candolle, Origin of Cultivated Plants, p. 304.

It may throw some light on this controversy to state that we
have three species of J/usa in Australia, one of which is very
doubtfully separated from Musa paradisiaca, but whether they
are distinct or not there can be no question that the manner in
which the wild banana grows in the jungles of north-east Australia,
the Malay Archipelago and the Philippines, is precisely the same.
As one ascends the lower slopes of any of the mountains in the
Malay Peninsula the jungle becomes almost exclusively an under-
growth of wild bananas with tall forest trees overhead. I could
never see any difference between this species and the mode of its
occurrence, and JZ. banksit of Queensland. There are two other
species in the colony, namely, WM. hilliz, and MW. fitzalant.

' It would scarcely be believed to what an extend Musa occupies
the jungle in many parts of the Malay Archipelago and the
Philippines, or in the latter islands its supreme importance as an
article of export. There is a village in the Island of Panay in
the province of Iloilo named Abaca, which, as already stated, is
the native name for the banana which produces the Manila hemp.
This village has been so named from the excellent quality of its
hemp, which is said to be prepared by allowing the fibre to lie in
sand for atime. The species has been called Musa abaca, and Musa
textilis by botanists, the name Abaca belonging to the Tagalo and
Visayan languages, while the Spaniards call it Arbol de Cafiamo
or hemp tree. In the Calamianes group and in the Cuyos the
natives meet on Sunday mornings under a clump of cocoa-nut
trees, where fruits, vegetables, fish and very little poultry are
offered for sale. Amongst the articles are large hanks of hemp fibre
almost as fine and quite as glossy as silk. This is sold as thread,

BY THE REV, J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &c. ood,

and the natives scarcely use any other for sewing purposes. It is
very tough. The finer portions of the fibre are used for weaving.
A very serviceable and rather fine and glossy material is made
from it, of rich golden colour and something like silk.

Abaca may be said to be, next to tobacco, the most important
product of the Philippines. It is far more important than cotton.
The plant grows to about fourteen feet high, producing a fruit
which is quite uneatable. It grows with much rapidity. Many
varieties are known, according to the kind of fibre which they
produce, and each has a special name. At the end of three years,
when the top blackens and bends, the outward bark is stripped off.
It is cut in strips, soaked and beaten till the fibres are thoroughly
separated, and then it is placed in the sun, taking care that it
does not get mouldy. When dried it is washed again, and then
dried again and gathered into bundles, as soon as all the foliaceous
portions have been detached. It is propagated by suckers, which
spring up at the roots of the old plant, and planted moderately
closely, so that 5,000 square yards will grow 1,000 plants. When
the plant is mature the bark is stripped every month, until the
plant is five or six years old, when it dies.

It is not known when this culture and manufacture came to be
introduced in the Philippines. Pigafetta curiously makes no
mention of it, though he does mention the banana fruit and cotton.
Dampier resided in Mindanao for six months in 1786, but he
confounds the edible banana with that from which the hemp is
obtained. He says: “ As the fruit of this tree is of great use for
food, so is the body no less serviceable to make cloths, but this I
never knew till L came to this island. . . . When the fruit
is ripe they cut it down close by the ground, if they intend to
make cloth with it. One blow with a macheat or long knife will
strike it asunder: then they cut off the top, leaving the trunk
eight or ten feet long, stripping off the outer rind, which is thickest
towards the lower end. Having stripped two or three of these
rinds, the trunk becomes in a manner all of one bigness, and of

whitish colour. Then they split the trunk in the middle, which
51

798 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

being done they split the two halves again as near the middle as
as they can. This they leave in the sun two or three days, in
which time part of the juicy substance of the tree dries away, and
then the end will appear full of small threads. The women, whose
employment it is to make the cloth, take hold of these threads
one by one, which rend away quite easily from one end of the
trunk to the other, in bigness like whited-brown threads, for the
threads are naturally of a determinate bigness. As I observed
their cloth to be all of one substance and equal fineness, but it is
stubborn when new—wears out soon, and when wet feels a little
slimy. They make their pieces seven or eight yards long, and
their warp and woof all one thickness of substance.” (Dampier’s
Voyages, Vol. I. Ch. x1.)

Abaca is cultivated in many provinces, but the fibre most
esteemed comes from Albay in the south of Luzon, and especially
from the towns of Donsol, Sorsogon, Tabaco, Camalig and Quipia.
Silk is mingled with the finer kinds of fibre to produce cloths
which are called Sinamay and Guinaras. The hemp banana
grows in much abundance in the island of Leyte in the neighbor-
hood of the towns of Maasin, Jilongas, Solmo, Carigara, Balobo,
Tananan, Calvallo, Catarman, Catubic, Palapag, Besonhem,
Guian, Basey, Paranas. Also Cagayan-Chico and Caminguin in
the island of Misamis.

The export of this material after remaining many years of no
value or importance to the Spanish colonies, has at last taken its
proper place, and from day to day increases prodigiously in value.
This is due to the alterations of the law of export. The
Americans are the principal buyers at present.

250. Musa PARADISIACA, L.
251. Musa apaca or Musa TExtI is, L.

DIOSCORACE.

252. DioscorEA sativa, L. This species of yam is widely spread
over East Indies and the Archipelago, extending to Australia.
There are many species nearly all of which have rhizomes, that is

BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 799

underground stems or branches of stems more or less tuberous,
which become larger when the annual exposed part of the plant
is near its decay. These rhizomes are important as articles of
food. The Chinese call all yams Tai-shu or big potatoes. The
Japanese name is Yama-no-imo or mountain-potato.

253. DIoscOREA TRIPHYLLA, L.

254, DioscoREA PENTAPHYLLA, L.

255. DioscorEA HIRSUTA, Blume.

COMMELYNACE.

256. CoMMELYNA NuDIFLORA, L. Little blue spider-worts with
nothing remarkable about them except their pretty flowers which
are generally seen in marshy places. The rhizomes of many of
the species contain so much starch and mucilage that they are
considered nutritious articles of food when cooked.

257. COMMELYNA BENGALENSIS, L.

258. ANEILEMA NUDIFLORA, L. A widely spread species in
the East extending to Australia.

259. CYANOTIS AXILLARIS, Reem. et Schult. This smooth annual
with long creeping branches, and flowers in short dense spikes in
a leafy bract or sheath, is common throughout all the Kast.

260. CYANoTIs CRISTATA, Roem. and Schult.

PANDANACEA.

261. Panpanus oporatissimus, L. Pandan, Sabotan, Tagalo ;
Daun-bagea, Malay. The well known screw pines or screw palms, of
which there are no less than twenty-one species in the Indian Archi-
pelago, and five in Australia, including the one mentioned above.
Seven or eight are recorded in the Philippines, including the one
mentioned here, which is widely spread over tropical Asia and the
Malayan Archipelago. In Queensland the screw pines are called
bread fruits. This may arise from the fact that the pith of P. bagea
is made into a kind of bread with sugar in Amboyna, and when
cooked is wholesome and palatable. The young leaves are also
boiled and eaten as a vegetable, but I do not know whether this
is true of more than one species.

800 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

CY PERACEAI.

The following determinations of sedges, for which a most careful
search was made, probably does not include all that may be found.
With scarcely any exception they are common tropical forms
widely diffused through the East and often in Africa and
America :—

262. KYLLINGA INTERMEDIA, R. Br.
263. KYLLINGA MONOCEPHALA, Rottboell.
264. KYLLINGA TRICEPS, Rottboell.
265. CyPERUS PUMILUs, L.

266. CypERUS GLoBosus, All.

267. CyPERUS FLAvIComus, Mich,
268. CypERUS PyGmaus, Rottb.

269. CYypPERUS RoTUNDUS, L.

270. CYPERUS EXALTATUS, Retz.

271. H&LEOCHARIS VARIEGATA, Kunth.
272. FIMBRISTYLIS ACUMINATA, Vahl.
273. FIMBRISTYLIs NUTANS, Vahl.
274. Scirpus FLUITANS, L.

275. Scirpus crossus, L.

276. RHYNCHOSPORA AUREA, Vahl.
277. CLADIUM MARIscus, R. Br.

278. SCLERIA SCROBICULATA, Nees (?).
279. CAREX BENGALENSIS, Roxb.

GRAMINACEA.

With regard to the grasses, I have the same remark to make as
in the case of the sedges. Careful and extensive collections were
made for me, but I do not suppose they include all to be found in

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C 801

the island, though the list is larger than that of Seiior Centeno.
At the time of my second visit, every bit of grass was burnt off
the island. I do not include all the cultivated species or varieties.
For instance there are said to be nearly fifty species or varieties of
Rice (Oryza).

280. Zea Mays, L. An American plant which came to Europe
through the Spaniards, but had been previously cultivated in
China. Still all this is a matter of much controversy, for which
see Bonafous, Histoire Naturelle Agric. and Economique du
Mais, 1 vol. fol. Paris et Turin, 1886; see, also, De Candolle,
loc. cit. The leaves of the maize plant are capable of yielding a
nutritive substance or bread-stuff for human food, a fibrous
material capable of being spun and woven like flax, and ultimately
a pulp from which a most beautiful paper can be produced. So
strong and durable is maize paper, and so great its natural
transparency and firmness, that it can be used as an excellent
substitute for glass in windows. Lately Stigmata maidis have
enjoyed much repute as a remedy in nephritic disorders.

281. BAMBUSA ARUNDINACEA, Retz. Besides several other
species or varieties of bamboo.

282. Oryza sativa, L. Malay, Bras; Visayan, Bogas, besides
many other terms.

283. PaspaALUM pDIsTIcHuM, L.

284. PANICUM SANGUINALE, L.

285. Pawicum FLAvipuM, Retz.
286. Panicum DIsTacHyuM, L.
287. PANICUM CRUS-GALLI, L.

288. PaNICUM REPENS, L.

289. SeTarIA GLAUCA, Beauv.

290. Lappaco RACEMOsA, Willd

802 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

291. HEreropoGon contortTus, Rem. and Schult.
292. IscH#MUM CILIARE, Retz.

293. IscH#muM MuUTIcUM, L.

294. ANDROPOGON SERICEUS, R. Br.

295. ANDROPOGON SCH@NANTHUS, L.

296. ImMPERATA ARUNDINACEA, Cyrillo, This is the common
jungle grass or lalang of the Malay Peninsula.

297. CHRYSOPOGON GRYLLUS, Trinus.
298. CHRYSOPOGON ACICULATUS, Trinus.

299. SorGHUM HALEPENSE, Pers. Probably an escape from
cultivation.

300. ANTHISTIRIA CILIATA, L.
301. ARISTIDA DEPRESSA, Retz.
302. CuLoris TRuNCATA, R. Br.
303. CHLORIS BARBATA, Schwartz.

304. CynopoNn DACTYLON, Pers.
305. LEePTocHLOA CHINENSIS, Nees.
306. SporopoLus 1NDIcus, R. Br.
307. ERAGROSTIS TENELLA, Beauv.
308. Eracrostis pLumosa, Link.

309. ERAGROSTIS PILOSA, Beauv.

FILICES.

310. GLEICHENIA FLAGELLARIS, Spreng.
311. GLEICHENIA DIcHOTOMA, Willd.
312. HyMENOPHYLLUM POLYANTHUS, Swartz.

313. HyMENOPHYLLUM JAVANICUM, Spreng.

314.
old:
316.
ST:
318,
319.
320.
of old
321.
322.

323.

found

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &C. 803

TRICHOMANES PARVULUM, Poiret, or SAXIFRAGOIDES, Presl.
DAVALLIA cILIATA, Hooker.

DAVALLIA VEsTITA, Bl.

ADIANTUM LUNULATUM, Burm.

ADIANTUM cauUDATUM, L.

CHEILANTHES TENUIFOLIA, Sw.

OnycHiIumM AauRatUM, Kaulf. Very common in crevices

walls and rocks about Manila.

PTERIS LONGIFOLIA, L.
PTERIS CRETICA, L.

PTERIS ENSIFORMIS, Burm.

. PTERIS QUADRIAURITA, Retz.

). PTERIS AQuUILINA, L.

Preris 1ncisa, Thunb. Some small young plants which I
growing in cavernous crevices near Point Calavita, I

doubtfully refer to this species, bat it much resembled specimens

which I have found under similar conditions in Australia.

327.
328.
329.
330.
Jol.
332.
333.

BLECHNUM ORIENTALE, L.
ASPLENIUM ESCULENTUM, Presl.
ASPIDIUM ACULEATUM, Sw.
PoLYPODIUM SIMPLICIFOLIUM, Hook.
POLYPODIUM QUERCIFOLIUM, L. (?)
PoLyPoDIUM HOOKERI, Bracken.
VITTARIA ELONGATA, Sw.
DRYMOGLOSSUM PILOSELLOIDES, Presl.
ACROSTICUM AUREUM, L.

ACROSTICUM CONFORME, Sw.

. LYGODIUM DICHOTOMUM, Sw.

804 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

Besides the above, collections were made of a few fungi, lichens,
and mosses, but they have not been determined.

The flora enumerated above is a singular one, as it is almost
entirely confined to the common weeds of the Indian Archipelago,
and plants brought into the island for cultivation and becoming
naturalized. It is interesting, however, to observe what a very
large proportion of these are plants which contain some useful or
highly ornamental properties. Truly it may be said of the oriental
flora that there is scarcely anything in the vegetable kingdom
which is entirely useless or unimportant. The flora of the Taal
volcano may be described as almost a derived one, due of course,
to the fact that it has been over and over again destroyed by the
eruptions of the mountain, and it is only those plants with
facilities for spreading themselves which have had time to estab-
lish themselves on the slopes of the volcano. Though the flora
of the Philippine Islands is not in general different from the
Malay Archipelago, yet it has features of its own, none of which
are visible at Taal. The last eruption has probably destroyed
most of the species collected by the Spanish botanist and myself,
and subsequent observers will find an entirely new flora.

In addition to the list given above I find the following species
amongst my collection with no locality mentioned on them. They
may have come from the mainland about Tanauan :—J/usticia
mollissima, Wall; J. gendarussa, L. ; J. procumbens, L.; J. diffusa,
Willd. ; and J. dichotoma, Bl.— All Philippine but not at Manila ;
Asystasia coromandeliana, DC., wild in Mariquina, Luzon ;
Acanthus tlicifolius in estuaris ubique ; Crossandra infundibuli-
formis, DC., a pretty little acanthad with salmon-coloured
blossoms, cultivated much in Hong-kong, not common as an escape,
and can hardly be said to be naturalized ; Rhinacanthus communis,
and some others.

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., dC. 805

FISHES.

During my short stay in the neighborhood of the lake of
_Bombon I had no opportunities for the collection of fishes. All
I could do was to visit the fishermen’s boats and see the kinds
offered for sale. The number of species was not numerous, and
those I could obtain a sight of, circumstances prevented me from
subjecting to a careful examination or comparison. I believe
amongst a number that I could not identify with the aid of the
books at my disposal, the following common and widely-distributed

Indian species were provisionally identified,
Lutranus sonni, Bloch.
Manpbus MARMOoRATUS, Cuy. and Val.
Srittaco stH#ama, Bloch. Lake Bombon.
PoLYNEMUS TETRADACTYLUS, Shaw.
PLATYCEPHALUS INSIDIATOR, Forskal.
Oronrrnus ARGENTIUS, Kuhl and van Hasselt.
PRISTIPOMA COMMERSONI, Lacep.
PRIsTIPOMA NIGRUM, Mertens.
ANABAS SCANDENS, Daldorf.
OPHIOCEPHALUS STRIATUS, Bloch.
MuGiL cepHaLotus, Cuv. and Val.
Mueit cuNNEsIUS, Cuv. and Val.
ELACATE BIVITTATA, Cuv. and Val.
CARANX LEPTOLEPIS, Kuhl and van Hasselt.
CARANX NIGRIPES, Cuv. and Val.

Srromateus NIGER, Bloch. This is the pomfret, a highly prized
fish in the Straits of Malacca ; in fact the Europeans do not care

to consume many others.

806. ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

DREPANE PuNCTATA, Linn.
PLATAX VESPERTILIO, Bloch.
ARIUS THALASSINUS, Rupp.
CALICHROUS BIMACULATUS, Bloch.
PLorosus ANGULARIS, Bioch.

CLARIAS DUSsUMIERI, Cuv. and Val. If I am right in this
identification this is a common fish in the ditches and streams
about Manila, and may be the species which is consumed in such
numbers in the Laguna de Bay. It is called by the natives
Candolia.

NoropreRvUs KAPIRAT, Lacep.
MUR#NESOX CINEREUS, Forskal.
HISTIOPHORUS BREVIROSTRIS, Playfair.
EcuHINEIS NEUCRATES, Linn.

ANTENNARIUS NUMMIFER, Cuv. On floating sea-weed outside the
Bay of Taal.

TRYGON waLGA, Mull.

Besides sharks, eels, pipe-flshes, sea-horses, file-flshes, coffer-
fishes, globe-fishes, &c. On one day we passed through a shoal of
what appeared to be herrings in leaving the anchorage. Flying
fish were also numerous. A good work on the ichthyology of the
Philippines is a great desideratum in natural history. At present
scarcely anything is known. No doubt the fish fauna belongs
generally to the Indian region, but seeing how many peculiar
forms have been revealed by the French naturalists in Cochin
China, we might well expect similar and important results from
a study of those of this interesting Archipelago. The fish fauna
is particularly rich, like that of all islands surrounded by a deep
sea and a coral formation.

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., &c. 807

MOLLUSCA..

This list is meant to include only the freshwater mollusca found

within the lake or the river Pansipit.

1. Cyrena suB-orBIcuLARIS, Van d. Busch; Philippi, Abbil-
-dungen und Beschr. neuer Conch. Bd. III. p. 77, pl. 11, fig. 1.,
1849. A somewhat solid sub-orbicular shell, with a distinct
posterior undulation extending from the umbones to the margin.
It is covered with an olive-green, shining, neat periostraca, which
projects in concentric asperities along the lines of growth, which
are crowded. It is not much eroded, and has altogether a cleaner
appearance than most members of the genus. Very common in
all the ditches and stagnant waters about Manila, Laguna de
Bay, &e.

2. CorBICULA CROSSEANA, Petit. A small tumid shell with
regular rounded sulcations, covered with a brownish olive perios-
traca, underneath which the shell is purple, especially at the
umbones, where it is eroded. The transverse ribs between the
sulci are rounded. The enormous quantities of this mollusk are
indescribable. Along the river Pasig there are duck farms
extending for many miles on both banks, and maintaining hun-
dreds of thousands of ducks. They are almost entirely fed on
the river mollusca, and principally on this Corbicula. At Los
Bafios, in the Laguna de Bay, where the boiling springs from
Maquilin empty themselves into the lake, there are large heaps
of these shells destroyed by the hot water, together with a
Paludina to be mentioned presently. The lake mollusks are also
sold in the markets as food for fowls. They are brought down
in bags by the passenger steamers which ply upon the lake.
Nevertheless, there seems no diminution of the supply ; in fact,
this continued clearing off of the surplusage would seem to have
a happy effect in giving room for the fullest development of the
young mollusks. I have been informed that the supply, if any

thing, is increasing.

808 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL,

3. NERITINA DUBIA, Chemnitz, V. 324, figs. 2019 and 2020, and
(according to Wood’s Index Testaceologicus) WV. dubiosa, 244 5.
NV. Philippinarum, Sowerby ; WN. reticulata, Quoy ; NV. zebroides,
Lesson, teste Récluz. This Veritina varies between shining black
with minute yellow spots or yellow zigzag diagonal markings, and
a distinctly banded form of a great variety of patterns and
colours, such as yellow and black, yellow and red, and in the
centre of the red lines a black band with minute chevrons. There
are also black and white shells of a broad zebra pattern. The
aperture is obliquely produced, the columella is broadly enamelled
with white, and furnished with minute teeth. The operculum of
one large spiral like an argonaut shell with a central ridge,
rugose lines of growth and no granulations. On the inner side it
is polished, has a broad ridge which terminates spirally in two
prominently projecting claws. Found abundantly in one place
only on the sands at the exit of the river Pansipit.

4. PALUDINA TRICARINATA, Anton. A diaphanous olive-brown
shell, elongately turbinate, slightly umbilicate with a pale blue
columella. The whorls have three distinct sharp keels, with
several smaller intermediate ones and a channel suture. Large
quantities of this shell are found in all the rivers and streams of
the Philippines. It is a type which belongs to the Asiatic tropical
regions, and though several species have been distinguished
on minor features, yet they pass into one another in a way that
renders identification almost impossible. Generally speaking, all
the specimens are distinctly tricarinate, but the intermediate keels
vary in their prominence and importance, so that it becomes a
matter of opinion whether there are three, four, five, or more.
There are considerable numbers—as already stated—at Los Batios
killed by the hot water, and there are others of the same type
showing certain variations in the River Pansipit, and along the
small streams emptying into the Laguna de Bombon.

5, MELANIA ASPERA, Gmelin. A peculiar, somewhat short
species, with distinct tubercles on the upper margin of the whorl,

BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.8., dc. 809

besides having numerous granular sulci all over the shell. There
is an unmistakable figure of this little species in Wood’s Index
Testaceologicus, Pl. 34, Fig. 131, Hanley’s Edition, London, 1856.
The species is common throughout the rivers and streams of the
Philippines.

6. Mexanra FuscaTA, Born. <A narrow subulate species of ten
whorls, obsoletely tubercular at the upper portions of the spire.
Whorls 10, with a thick blackish-olive periostraca, with rusty
erosions ; mouth white ; outer lip very sinuous.

There are many other fluviatile species to be found in connection
with the river and lake of the volcano, but these are all I
succeeded in recognizing. The estuarine shells, unfortunately, be-
came mingled with collections from other portions of the islands,
but as well as I can remember, I only succeeded in procuring few
species, one of which is certainly Auwricula auris mide.

LAND MOLLUSCA.

One or two shells of the genera Helix and Bulimus were found
on the volcano of Taal, the Helix being possibly a variety of the
large H. maxima. The extraordinary richness of these islands
in Helicide is well know. ‘They are inferior in number only to
those of Lusitania and the Antilles, and vastly superior in size
and beauty of colouring. The Cyclostomide are probably equal
in number to those of India. Nearly all the species are confined
to particular islands, but the form and colouring vary but slightly,

so that possibly they are no more than local varieties (Dr. Wood-
ward).

The Bulime of the Philippine Islands, which are very numerous
and of large size, chiefly belong to one type, represented by

B. pythogasta, Fer., B. bicoloratus, Lea, B. lignarius, Pfr.,
B. fulgetrum, Brod., B. nimbosus, Brod., and others. The shells

810 ON THE VOLCANO OF TAAL.

of this type are not so much distinguished by colour as by the
presence of a double membranaceous periostraca, to which the
different species are indebted for their characteristic patterns.
B. cumingii, Pfr., and B. leati, Pfr., and a few others belong to
another type. In this the shell is inflated, mostly shining white
with only a very thin single periostraca. About 80 species have
been collected, each, with the exception of about half a dozen,
confined to its particular island. Some live on the branches of
trees, but a few, such as B. elongatulus, Pfr., and L. panayensis,
Pfr., burrow underground. These are transparent and horny
(Reeve Elem. Conch. 1860). I found a very great resemblance
in type between the Philippine land shells and those of Borneo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE xvit1.—Map of 8. Luzon with Lake Bombon.

x1x.—Map of Volcano Island, Taal.

A CONTRIBUTION TO THE HERPETOLOGY OF
QUEENSLAND.

By COW. De» Vis, M.A.

The following lizards are thought to have escaped observation

hitherto.
GECKONID/A.

CEDURA MONILIS.

Habit slender, elongate. Head much depressed, rather narrow ;
snout longer than the postorbital region of the head, rather
narrow and acute, twice the diameter of the eye. Ear orifice large,
oval, horizontal, two-thirds the diameter of the eye. Limbs weak.
Scales of the body above and below equal, large, one-fourth of the
diameter of the eye, flat, hexagonal ; of the vertex similar ; of the
snout larger. Rostral oblong with its upper angles truncated and
with a median cleft above; nasal and mental as in W@. tryoni;
labials jj. Tail subcylindrical, a little swollen in the middle, with a
single small basal tubercle ; no preanal pores. Above pale brown
with eight pairs of large round well-defined paler spots on the
vertebral line, the last two pairs over the pelvis; a series of
smaller obscure spots on the dorso-lateral line.

Total length ... 125mm. _ Fore limb ... 18-5 mm.
Head, length ... 19 Hind limb 500 2B
Head, width ... 14 Tail aa PO ge Vb

Body ~ ..:. Set

The slender habit, weak limbs, large ear orifice, equal-sized
scales and well-marked colouring tend to show that this is more
than a variety of @. tryoni.

CEDURA CINCTA.

Dorsals flat, as large as the ventrals ; no noteworthy differences
from @. marmorata and @. tryoni in the rostral (save that the

812 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE HERPETOLOGY OF QUEENSLAND,

rostral cleft is complete), nasal, labials, body, limbs and digits ;
nor from @. tryont in the mental. From the latter species it is
thus distinguished ; the scales of the head are as large as or larger
than the dorsals, flat, sub-equal, roundish or oval; the dorsals
are one-seventh of the diameter of the eye; preanal pores in the
male 16-21 ; tail fusiform, arched above, more or less flattened
below, constricted beneath behind the base ; the basal portion much
swollen in the male and having one or two small tubercles on each
side. Colouring a reappearance of the family pattern, dark vinous
brown above with five pale cross bands, the anterior ones curving
forward, that behind the occiput continued over the ear to the
gape, the bands more or less dark-centred and white-edged ; the
broader interspaces and the top of the head more or less pale
spotted ; the dark ground colour passes as a band through the eye
to the snout. In the young the colours are more contrasted and
their limits better defined. The cross-bands may be reduced to
pairs of oblong spots on the vertebral line,

Total length ... 130mm. Fore limb .. 22°) mm
Head, length ... 20 Hind limb 28
Head, width... 16°5 Tail ee Seo)
iBedy '"... bahamas 3)

Loc.—Charleville, 8. W. Queensland.

Claim to specific rank is in this case founded on the complete
cleft of the rostral, equal size of the vertical and dorsal scales, and
reproduction of the gecko pattern of colouring obsolete in the
other species of the genus.

AGAMID Ai.

GRAMMATOPHORA INERMIS.

Habit stout. Head small; snout longer than orbit, a third
longer than upper eyelid ; nostril nearly central, directed dorso-
caudad. Vertical diameter of tympanum a little shorter than
upper eyelid ; sides of neck strongly plicate, no dorso-lateral fold.
Body depressed ; limbs strong, short, the adpressed hind limb
reaching the shoulder. Tail round, depressed at base, a little
longer than head and body. Head scales rugosely sub-tubercular,

BY C. W. DE VIS, M.A. 813

largest on centre of supraorbital region and on the snout ; a few
small isolated spines behind the tympanum, before it a line of
thick cuneiform scales, and between this and the eye a second line.
Gulars rhomboidal, smooth, smaller than ventrals, which also are
smooth. Dorsals smooth, as large as ventrals, with a median line
and scattered number of enlarged flat smooth scales, becoming
on the sides thicker and sub-mucronate. Caudals above and below
and scales of the limbs sharply keeled and subspinose. A series
of 18 or 19 pores extending the whole length of the thigh, inter-
rupted opposite vent. Brown or yellowish-white, densely reticu-
lated with black or brown, the reticulations wider on the occiput.
Taii with a series of dark rings above.

Total length ... 101°5mm. Fore limb... ... 34mm.
Head, length ... 24 Hind linb ... O4
Head, width ... 21 Tail ais ...L03
Body *:.. nde.

Loc.—Central Queensland (collected by Mr.C. W. de Burgh Birch).

Separated from G. reticulatus, to which it has a strong general
resemblance, on account of its enlarged supra-orbitals and reduced
number of preanal and femoral pores. ;

VARANIDA,

A Varanus from the Herbert Gorge corresponds so closely
in structural characters with V. acanthurus, Blgr., that, so far as
they are concerned, it is impossible to separate it. Yet the
colouring, a mere dark vermiculation on a brown ground, is so
entirely different from that of V. acanthurus, that it is difficult to
believe it to be the same lizard.

sic PN'CT Di At.
EGERNINA.
EGERNIA LAUTA, N. Sp.

No distinct postnarial groove, a subnarial suture. Nasals
forming a median suture; prefrontals likewise ; frontal nearly

twice as long as broad ; much larger than the interparietal ; five
52

814 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE HERPETOLOGY OF QUEENSLAND,

supraoculars, the second largest; eight supraciliaries; a com-
plete series of infraoculars; fifth and sixth upper labials sub-
ocular ; three large temporals; three pairs of nuchals. Ear
orifice shorter than eyelids, oval, with two large lobules anteriorly.
Scales in 28 rows, dorsals striated, caudals more strongly so, laterals
considerably the smallest. The ends of the adpressed limbs far
apart. Tail cylindrical, nearly twice as long as head and body.
Yellowish-olive above, with oblong spots of black forming inter-
rupted longitudinal lines, alternating with lines of diamond-
shaped yellow spots; on the tail the black lines are continuous,
the yellow markings obsolete ; a broad black streak below the
eye to the ear, another on the edge of each jaw; sides of neck
black, fretted with yellow; of body, marbled and streaked with
yellow and black ; beneath olive.

Total length ... 305mm, Fore limb ep | Zonas
Head, length ... 27°5 Hind limb oe GG
Head, width ... 17:5 onl pees ers)
Body “ed Oa

Loc.—Queensland.

This handsome lizard appears to be the northern representative
of ZL. luctuosa, from which it is distinguishable by its longer
limbs placed much further apart, smaller scales, strongly striated
upper caudals, and other characters.

EGERNIA BUNGANA.

Head rather small; a postnarial groove and subnarial suture
distinct. Frontonasal in contact with the rostral; prefrontals
forming a median suture; frontal not twice as long as broad ;
considerably longer and broader than the interparietal ; four
supraoculars, second lergest; nine supraciliaries, fifth supra-
labial subocular ; four pairs of nuchals. ar orifice crescentic,
three-fourths of the length of the eyelids, with three large lobules
anteriorly. Scales in 30 rows, dorsals tri- or quadricarinate, not
spinose ; laterals smallest, smooth ; upper caudals equal, gradually
becoming smooth. The adpressed limbs overlap ; digits moderate.
Tail longer than head and body, compressed from the middle

BY C. W. DE VIS, M.A. 815

posteriorly. Nearly uniform blackish-brown above, the upper
angle of each dorsal scale black, forming in sequence longitudinal
lines ; beneath yellow.

Total length ... 665mm. Fore limb --- ‘'O mam,
Head, length ... 52 Hind limb ses LILO
Head, width ... 46 Tail aus OOO
Body ar. fee liisis)

Loc.—S. Queensland.

Aboriginal name “ bungan.” Grows to a much larger size
than #. major ; and, unlike its affine in structural characters,
E striolata, inhabits the mountain scrubs in the neighbourhood of
Brisbane, Z. striolata affecting low grounds in the vicinity of
water.

EGERNIA RUGOSA.

Head moderate ; a postnarial groove. Frontonasal in contact
with the rostral; prefrontals forming a long median suture ;
frontal twice as long as broad, much longer than the frontoparietal,
narrower than the second supraocular ; head-shields thick, rugose,
the hinder shields much subdivided ; four supraoculars, the upper
third of the third separated ; frontoparietals distinct, each obliquely
subdivided ; interparietal nearly as large as the frontal, partially
subdivided transversely, with a broad posterior edge and conspicuous
ocellus ; parietals in four and six subdivisions, followed by an
irregular row of cccipitals, and these by two pairs of enlarged
nuchals; three rows of temporals, the anterior largest ; supra-
ciliaries five, the second largest, the first and second on one side
subdivided ; four or five infraoculars, the first largest and breaking
joint with the fourth and fifth upper labials. Ear orifice as long
as the eyelids, much concealed by three rhomboidal lobules. Scales
thick, in 26 rows ; dorsals obtusely quadricarinate, the four median
rows subequal ; laterals much smaller than the ventrals, posterior
laterals obscurely pluricarinate. The adpressed limbs overlap ;
digits moderate. Tail cylindrical, considerably shorter than head
and body ; upper scales of the base keeled as the dorsals. Above
uniform brown, on the sides paler and varied with yellowish scales;
beneath yellowish, chin and throat with broad black spots.

816 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE HERPETOLOGY OF QUEENSLAND,

Total length ... 321 mm, Fore limb... 34:5 mm.

Head, length .. 28 Hind limb ... 42°5
Head, width ... 22 Tail 2s aot Hoe
Body, length ... 94

Loc.-—Herbert Gorge, (collected by Mr. K. Broadbent).

Resembles in many features Z. dorsalis, Peters, but, apart from
the ruggedness of the head shields, it differs in having a longer
head and limbs, and a shorter tail.

TILIQUINA.
TILIQUA LONGICAUDA.

No postnarial groove. MRostral in contact with frontonasal ;
prefrontals forming a long median suture ; interparietal narrower
than the parietals ; parietals widely separated posteriorly by the
anterior occipitals, which are enlarged and triangular, and are
followed by two or three pairs of occipitals much broader than
long ; four supraoculars; five supraciliaries ; temporals sub-
equal, Ear orifice shorter than the eyelids, without lobules.
Scales in 30 rows, smooth; dorsals and ventrals equal. Forelimb
shorter than the head, twice and one-third to twice and two-thirds
in the length of the flanks. Tail longer than the head and body,
compressed. Above yellowish, with five double cross bars between
shoulder and hip ; a broad bar in front of the ear, and another on
the middle of the face through the eye, each joining its fellow on
the throat and chin; a streak from the eye passing over the
temple, and a pair of occipital streaks converging on the inter-
parietal; parts of the head-shields broadly dark-edged : beneath
pale brown. By confluence of the cross bands the whole upper
surface of the body and tail may be black.

Total length ... 328 mm. Fore limb .,.. 40mm.
Head, length ... 41 Hind limb ... 46.5
Head, width ... 27 Pail te, dint ¢ Ok

Body ia. ew, LD
Loc.—Rockhampton, (collected by Mr. Jaggard) ; Johnstone
River, (collected by Mr, W. H. Miskin).
The absence of the postnarial groove, and the length of the tail
are sufficiently distinctive—indeed generically abnormal.

BY C. W. DE VIS, M.A. 817

LYGOSOMINA.

HINULIA TIGRINA.

Habit slender. Head narrow ; snout long, deep, and rounded.
Length anterior to axil once and one-eighth in the distance
between the limbs. Rostral elevated, forming a straight suture
with the frontonasal ; the latter much broader than long, with an
angular posterior edge ; prefrontals forming together a long
median suture ; frontal nearly as long as fronto- and inter-
parietals together ; the last as long as the frontoparietals ; parie-
tals meeting behind tie interparietal, bordered by two pairs of
scales and two temporals; no nuchals; four supraoculars, the
first much the longest ; first and second in contact with frontal.
Seven supraciliaries ; a single anterior loreal ; fifth supralabial
subocular. Ear orifice three-fifths as long as eyelids, without
lobules. Scales in 29 rows, laterals smallest, dorsals, especially
two inedian rows, larger than ventrals, a pair of enlarged preanals.
On adpression the fourth toe reaches the wrist; subdigital
lamelle 26. Above coppery-brown, with a brighter dorsolateral
edge from which proceed short narrow tranverse bars, broken up
on the back into irregularly transverse streaks ; on the sides
irregularly undulating fretted bands descending obliquely forwards
from the dorsolateral edge—the line of markings resulting from the
junction of these with the dorsal bars extends forwards to the eye.

Total length ... ?mm. Fore limb ~~... 19 mm.
Head, length ... 16 Hind limb... 29
Head, width ... 9:5 Tail (reproduced)

Body, length ... 51
Loc.—Geraldton, (collected by Dr. Bancroft).
In synoptical characters this species has its nearest ally in the
Papuan VW. Maindroni, Sauv.

HINULIA AMBIGUA.
Habit rather stout ; limbs moderate; length anterior to fore-
limb four-fifths of the distance between the limbs. Snout short,
rounded ; a single nasal; frontonasal broader than long, forming

818 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE HERPETOLOGY OF QUEENSLAND,

a narrow suture with the rostral, a broader one with the frontal ;
frontal as long as fronto- and interparietals together ; these shields
distinct, subequal ; four supraoculars on one side, five on the
other, the two or the three anterior in contact with the frontal ; nine
supraciliaries on one side, eight on the other; parietals in con-
tact posteriorly, bordered by two pairs of scales and a temporal ;
no enlarged nuchals ; anterior loreal single on one side, double
on the other ; fifth and sixth supralabials subocular. Ear orifice
oval, two-thirds as long as the eyelids, with three minute granules
on one side, none on the other. Scales in 32 rows, all smooth ;
dorsals equal, laterals smallest ; a pair of much enlarged preanals.
The adpressed limbs overlap ; digits rather short ; fourth toe with
23 lamelle. Tail of moderate thickness. Pale brown above, with
nine darker crossbands nearly as broad as the intervals ; about
27 on the tail ; beneath buffy white.

Total length ... 132mm. _ Fore limb woe, 2 mam,
Head, length ... 12 Hind limb Boers)
Head, width ~.:. 7 Tail ote ae acl)
Body, my-: a. 40

Loc.—Charleville, S. W. Queensland.
Evidently nearly allied to the western species, H. richardsonit,
but with larger scales, shorter body, and longer limbs.

HINULIA DOMINA.

Habit rather stout, with moderately long limbs. Length
anterior to fore limb eight-ninths of the distance between the
limbs. Snout long, rounded. Frontonasal broader than long,
forming a broad suture with the rostral ; prefrontals forming a long
median suture ; frontal not twice as broad as long, as long as the
fronto- and interparietals together; four supraoculars, the first
much the longest, the first and second in contact with the frontal ;
seven supraciliaries ; parietals forming a suture behind the inter-
parietal, bordered each by an occipital and a temporal ; no nuchals ;
fifth and sixth supralabials subocular. ar orifice oval, shorter
than the eyelids, without lobules. Scales in 30 rows, smooth ;
median pair of dorsals enlarged; caudals smooth. <A pair of

BY C. W. DE VIS, M.A. 819

enlarged preanals. The adpressed hind limb reaches the elbow ;
digits long, compressed ; subdigital lamelle 22. Brown above,
with a few scattered dark spots on the back; a series of larger
spots on the dorsolateral line ; sides with indistinct bands of spots
descending vertically from the dorsolateral line ; lips with blackish
spots or short bars.

Head, length .... 15 mm. Fore limb ... 21-5 mm.
‘Heady widths 22°" "'9 Hind limb /.:°'27
Body, length .,.. 51.5 Tail reproduced.

Loc.—Queensland.

In a synoptical view this species stands next to H. tenwis, but
is perhaps more closely allied to H. elegantula, from which it
differs in the following points :—relative shortness of head and
neck, separation of prefrontals, absence of nuchals, greater length
of limbs and digits.

Mocoa SPECTABILIS.

Habit slender, elongate; snout rather elongate, rounded.
Length anterior to fore limb more than two-thirds of the dis-
tance between the limbs. Nasal lateral, nostril subcentral ;
frontonasal broader than long, in contact with the rostral (the
suture being as broad as the frontal), and by a rather narrow
suture with the frontal; frontal longer than broad, as long as
the fronto- and interparietals together ; these three shields distinct,
subequal ; four supraoculars, the second largest, but rather
shorter than the third, first and second in contact with frontal ;
parietals forming a short suture behind the interparietal, followed
by a pair of nuchals; seven supraciliaries ; fourth upper labial
largest and subocular ; palpebral disc occupying middle third of
the eyelid. ar orifice rounded, shorter than the palpebral disc.
Seales in 22 rows, smooth, laterals smallest, median pair of
dorsals sometimes distinctly enlarged. The adpressed limbs
overlap or hardly meet ; digits rather short ; fourth toe with 20
to 24 more or less divided lamelle. ail moderately thick, not
half as long again as head and body. Rich buffy or bronzy brown
above, uniform or with scattered black angular spots, which are

820 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE HERPETOLOGY OF QUEENSLAND,.

larger, and form a line on the dorsolateral edge ; some of the
scales paler, and on the upper surface of the tail forming a more
or less regular series of pairs of pale spots; sides with or without
oblique streaks of dark brown; a dark brown line from the
snout through the eye to the neck ; beneath pale brown; a white
streak on the hinder basal surface of thigh ; dorsal scales with four
or five pigment streaks.

Total length ... 134mm. _ Fore limb --» 10:5 mm.
Head, length ... 10°5 Hind limb eer ke)
Head, width ... 6 Tails. yeas som, OLD:
Body. , ys<- wah Ag

Loc.—Gympie.

Differs from H. mustelina, O’Shaugh., in its proportions and
style of colouring, and in the greater number of lamella under
the fourth toe.

Mocoa DELICATA.

Habit slender ; snout short, obtuse, depressed. Rostral low ;
nasofrontal much broader than long, forming a straight broad
suture with the rostral, and a narrow one with the frontal ;.
frontal small, as long as the frontoparietal, which is single ; inter-
parietal incompletely separate, moderate in size; supraoculars
four, the second much larger than the first, first and second in.
contact with the frontal ; seven supraciliaries ; parietals forming
a long suture behind the interparietal; one or two pairs of
nuchals ; fifth supralabial largest and subocular. Lar orifice a
little shorter than the eyelids, without lobules. Scales in 24 rows,
smooth, laterals smallest; a pair of enlarged preanals. The
adpressed limbs barely meet ; 20 smooth lamellz under the fourth
toe. Tail one-fourth longer than head and body. Pale olive brown,
above minutely and sparsely brown-spotted in longitudinal lines ;
sides rather dark, defined above by a narrow blackish above
obscurely pale-edged line commencing at the eye: beneath pale
bluish-brown.

Total length ... 85mm. Fore limb... 11 mn.
Head, length ... 7:5 Hind limb ... 14:5
Head, width ... 5 Panto... ere i

Body * css ees to)

BY C. W. DE VIS, M.A. 821)

~

Loc.—Warro, Central Queensland, (collected by Mr. Blackman)..

But for its enlarged preanals, would be comparable with
M. guichenoti, but on direct comparison its slenderer form, feebler
limbs, and entirely different physiognomy shew that its affinity to
guichenoti is by no means close.

HETEROPUS VERTEBRALIS.

Habit stout. Snout moderately short, rounded ; the length
anterior to the fore leg is contained once or once and a seventh in
the distance between the limbs. Frontonasal broader than long,.
forming a long suture with the rostral; frontal as long as the
frontoparietal ; prefontals nearly in mutual contact or forming a
long intersuture ; interparietal distinct, moderately small ; four
supraoculars, first longer than the second; seven supraciliaries ;
parietals forming an intersuture posteriorly ; fifth or sixth upper
labial subocular, ar orifice smaller than palpebral disk, with a
complete fringe of small pointed lobules or only a few anteriorly.
Scales in 38 or 40 rows ; dorsals bi- tri- or quadricarinate ; laterals.
bicarinate and smallest. Digits moderate ; 23 lamellee under the
fourth toe. Preanals slightly enlarged. Tail cylindrical, tapering,
shorter than head and body. The adpressed hind limb reaches
the wrist or beyond. Dark olive grey above with longitudinal
rows of blackish mottlings, between which the paler ground colour
forms a vertebral, and a pair of sublateral lines on the back: beneath.
white, passing suddenly into the dark hue of the upper surface.

Total length ,.. 118mm. Fore limb... 17mm.
Head, length ... .. 13:5 Hind limb ... 22
Head, width ... aco Tail ss5: Feb oh!)

Body, length ... 36:5
Loec.—Chinchilla, Darling Downs.

Differs from H. fuscus in proportions, style of colouring, number
of subdigital lamelle, We.

822 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE HERPETOLOGY OF QUEENSLAND,

NOTE ON HETEROPUS.

Heteropus fuscus, Gr. In the light of the description of Z.
fuscus now in our hands (B. M. C. Liz., 2nd ed. vol. iii. p. 283),
the writer has no difficulty in accepting the identification with it
of his H. maculatus. The account of the variations in colouring
shown by the lizard might, however, have been amplified with
advantage.

Heteropus rostralis, m., is by no means to be identified with
H rhomboidalis, Pet., a rather common lizard on the North Coast.
A. rostralis has the interparietal distinct.

Heteropus bicarinatus, Macl., (= H. albertisii, Pet. and Dor.) is
not infrequent at Herberton.

Hleteropus peronit. Considered as a Lygosoma, this species
must lose the duplicate name peronii. H. lateralis, m., is quite
distinct. Myophila vivax placed in the same synonymy, is a
naked-eyed scine. H. blackmanni, m., is fairly identifiable by the
description given l.c. p. 286. We may call it therefore either Lygo-
soma blackmanni or Heteropus peronit, according to our judgment.

The following key to the Queensland species may be useful :-—
Palpebral disc not larger than the ear orifice.

Interparietal distinct.

Dorsals tri-or quadricarinate, or nearly smooth.
Toes cylindrical, with broad lamelle....... fuscus.

Toes compressed with narrow lamelle...... rostralis.
IDORSAISMOICATINGLEs co! s.s.clanspenis « apwises ea node peas bicarinatus
DM AD eR PANICLE lob. < ocaicn waive pien's ob ecupieeelcigaeeginmiyapese rhomboidalis.

Palpebral disc larger than the ear orifice.
Dorgals sharply ikeeled........0..0ecssccsesseeeeses
Worsals DiCa iMate... ..nss0cdscviobs ssecmee ace peronti.

First supraocular longer than the second vertebralis.
First supraocular shorter than the second

Sealesan 28 TOWS.....s..:¢cseceesseonen lateralis.

sealed int32 rows !010 i. Aas pectoralis.
Dorsals smooth or feebly keeled... ............4.

CALETA GO TOWS: 0.000 ccnesneccucecs i. mundus

CAIES Ma St TOWS. ..bescsc.snesqes tees tetradactylus,

BY C. W. DE VIS, M.A. 823

ANOMALOPUS LENTIGINOSUS.

Hind limb minute, undivided; fore limb a little longer, didactyle.
Snout moderate, rounded. Lower eyelid scaly. Nostril in antero-
inferior quarter of a large nasal. Rostral produced between the
nasals, in contact with the fronto-nasal, which is much broader
than long, and forms a broad suture with the frontal ; frontal
nearly as broad as long, broader than the supraoculars, shorter
than the fronto- and interparietals together, and in contact with
two supraoculars ; four supraoculars ; five supraciliaries; fronto-
parietals distinct, equal in size to interparietal ; parietals forming
a suture behind interparietal; no enlarged nuchal; four large
suboculars. Ear hidden. Scales in 20 rows, smooth, dorsals
largest, a pair of enlarged preanals. Tail thick, longer than head
and body. Pale reddish-brown, paler brown beneath, uniform or
with the sides and under-surface of tail freckled with minute
brown spots ; a trace of a pale band across the occiput conspicuous
in the young.

Total length ... 198mm. Fore limb ... 2°59 mm.
Head, length ... 9:5 beds limb +... '}01-5
Head, width ... 5:5 ail oes 23 LOS

Body, length ... 84-5
Loc.—Brisbane.

OPHIOSCINCUS FRONTALIS.

Snout elongate, conical, subacute. Rostral elevated, in contact
with frontonasal ; nostril in the lower angle of the nasal. Pre-
frontals nearly or quite in contact with each other ; frontal longer
than or as long as broad, forming a suture with the first supra-
ciliary and first supraocular ; fronto- and interparietals distinct,
the latter rather the larger; four supraciliaries ; parietals meeting
behind interparietal, bordered laterally by a pair of temporals ;
no enlarged nuchals, Earhidden. Eyelids as long as first labial.
Scales in 30 rows, smooth ; ventrals and laterals subequal ; a pair
of enlarged preanals. Tail thick, obtusely pointed. Ashy-grey or
reddish-grey above ; yellowish beneath, the colours more or less

824 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE HERPETOLOGY OF QUEENSLAND,

distinctly defined, sometimes separated by a blackish band nearly
meeting its fellow on the throat, and then rising through the eye
to the upper surface of the head. Head pale, frequently with a
dark spot behind the temple.

Loc.—Geraldton (collected by Dr. T. Bancroft).

GYMNOPHTHALMINA.

ABLEPHARUS TIMIDUS.

Habit elongate, slender. Limbs tridactyle, very feeble. Snout
moderate, conical, rounded. Granules around the eye reduced to:
two or three on the anterior angle. Nasals largely in contact
behind the rostral ; frontonasal much broader than long, as broad
as the frontal; the latter as long as the fronto- and interparietals
together ; frontoparietal single ; interparietal distinct ; prefrontals
small, widely separated ; parietals meeting behind the inter-
parietal; two or three pairs of nuchals; four or five supra-
ciliaries, the penultimate largest. ar orifice indicated, but very
minute or quite closed. Scales in 20 rows, smooth; dorsals
largest. Tail longer than the head and body. Bronzy olive-
brown above, each dorsal scale with a median black dot, sides dark,
edged above with a black dorsolateral line running through the
eye to the snout ; beneath greenish grey.

Total length ... 86°5mm. Fore limb ... 3°5 mm.
Head, length ... 5 Hind limb: ..% 7:3
Head, width ... 3°5 Pails woe 44°5
Body 37

Loc.—Charleville.
PYGOPODIDZ.

DeELMA TINCTA.

Rostral triangular, two-thirds as long as broad ; supranasals of
each side contluent, forming a median suture; nostril between first
supralabial and two nasals. Prefrontal as large as or larger than
frontal, seven-sided, broader than long or considerably longer than.

BY C. W. DE VIS, M.A. 825

broad ; posterior angle of frontal a rectangle; parietals larger
than or about equal in size with the frontal; two successive
band-like scales on the oblique hinder edge of each parietal ; two
large supraorbitals separated from the eyelid by two enlarged
supraciliaries ; five supralabials, the third elongate and subocular ;
four infralabials, the anterior pair meeting below in a suture.
Scales in 12 rows. Abdominal scutes twice as broad as long, in
48-55 pairs ; no preanal pores; a smaller median scale wedged in
between the enlarged preanals. Snout obtuse, shorter than the
postorbital portion of the head; canthus rostralis very obtuse.
Ear orifice small, considerably shorter than the eye, oblique,
elliptical. Tail long, more than three times as long as the head
and body. Olive suffused with salmon colour, in spirits fading to
yellowish, and deeply staining the liquor; upper surface of head
and neck black, interrupted by four yellow bands, one occupying
the muzzle, the second before the eye, the third behind the eye,
the fourth across the occiput, a fifth separates the colours of the
head and body ; the anterior divisions of the black ground colour
descend on the lower lip; beneath salmon colour, passing into

yellow.
Length of head... soc -« O6,mD%

Body sae “ee cars Sao all
Tatll. ae oe tid aay LOO
Loc.—Normanton, Gulf of Carpentaria; Springsure, Central
Queensland.

DELMA PLEBEIA.

Rostral triangular or subpentagonal ; nostril between the first
supralabial and three nasals; two pairs of supranasals forming a
median suture ; frontonasals large, descending on the face; loreal
large, in contact above with the prefrontal, which is larger than
the frontal, seven-sided, as broad as long; frontal seven-sided
as broad as long, smaller than the parietals, between which it
enters posteriorly ; parietals with three large scales on the lateral
edges ; two supraorbitals ; a circumorbital ring of which the two
or three supraciliaries are enlarged, and separate the supraorbitals

826 A CONTRIBUTION TO THE HERPETOLOGY OF QUEENSLAND.

from the granular eyelid ; a series of four small scales between
the postnasal and the orbit; seven supralabials, of which the
fourth generally, the third occasionally, is elongate and subocular ;.
five lower labials, the three anterior very large, the first generally
meeting its fellow in a suture beneath ; mental larger than rostral,
triangular. Snout obtuse, shorter than the distance of the eye
from the hinder edge of the ear orifice ; canthus rostralis very
obtuse. Ear orifice small, shorter than the diameter of the eye,
elliptical, oblique. Tail moderate, 2} to 2} times as long as the
head and body. Rudimentary hind limb shorter than the snout.
No preanal pores; no median preanal scale. Scales in 14 rows,
occasionally 16; abdominal scales 50-55, generally 53. Above
olive, scales frequently dark-edged, giving the skin a reticulated
appearance ; the banded markings of the head represented in
adults by a pair of dark blotches on each lip, and occasional dark
spots or faint traces of a bar across the occiput ; beneath yellowish
anteriorly, salmon colour for the greater part posteriorly. Young
subjects have sometimes the dark grey and pale barring of the
head pretty distinct.

Length of Head cai sis a5. 11 mm.
Body... ee ac So a 95
denliee...: te io ios Pere eh |

Loc.—Brisbane, Gympie.
There are sufficient constant differences from D. frazeri to lead
us to regard it as more than an eastern variety of that species.

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AUSTRALIAN
RHOPALOCERA.

By E. Meyrick, B.A., F.E.S.

LYCAENIDAE.

Potyommatvs, Latr.

I use this name in the sense in which it is employed by
Staudinger in his Catalogue, to denote the genus formerly known
as Chrysophanus, distinguished from Lycaena by the smooth eyes
(not hairy) ; there are several blue Australian species which have
been confounded with Lycaena.

Pol. wranites, n. sp.

SQ. 26-28 mm. Head orange, margins more or less grey,
orbital rims white. Palpi white, towards apex dark fuscous.
Antenne black, annulated with white. Thorax and abdomen
grey. Forewings with costa almost straight, hind margin in ¢
almost straight, little oblique, in Q rounded towards anal angle ;
in ¢ brilliant light brassy-blue, in Q purple-blue ; a narrow costal
and broad hindmarginal dark fuscous border, latter occupying
nearly half wing on costa, and gradually diminishing to anal
angle ; in Q an irregular orange-reddish streak almost along hind-
margin : cilia white, barred with dark fuscous, basal third dark
fuscous. Hindwings with hindmargin somewhat waved, rounded
more strongly in Q; colour and markings as in forewings, but
hindmarginal border only descending to middle of hindmargin ; a

828 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AUSTRALIAN RHOPALOCERA,

reddish-orange almost marginal streak, tending to form spots,
along hindmargin in both sexes. Forewings beneath bright
yellow-ochreous, suffused with reddish-orange between posterior
markings ; upper half with seven irregular trapezoidal pale bluish-
golden spots arranged in four transverse series (1, 1, 2, 3), laterally
black-margined ; dorsal third grey, except a light orange spot
before middle; three roundish blackish spots before hindmargin
on lower half. Hindwings beneath bright yellow-ochreous, some-
what spotted with reddish-orange between markings; three
strongly curved series of moderate irregular trapezoidal more or
less confluent pale bluish-golden spots, first two interrupted near
costa.

Geraldton, West Australia, in October and November 3
common, This is one of the finest species of the genus.

Pol. cyanites, n. sp.

G. 25-29 mm. Differs from P. erinus (which is a true Polyom-
matus, and not a Lycaena,) only in the colour of uppersurface of
wings ; these are rather deep blue, very slightly purplish-tinged ;
forewings with a rather narrow blackish costal border, and broad
blackish hindmarginal border, occupying half wing on costa, semi-
circularly excavated on middle third, attenuated to point at anal
angle; hindwings with a rather narrow blackish border along
costa and round apex, and a black hindmarginal line forming
small triangular spots between veins on upper half.

Geraldton, West Australia; two specimens in November.
Closely allied to P. erinus, but quite distinct.

BY E, MEYRICK; B.A., F.E.S. 829

HESPERIADAE.

TELEsTO, Boisd.

Tel. crypsargyra, Nn. sp.

SQ. 26-29 mm. Head black, spotted with pale yellow. Palpi
pale yellow, apex black. Antennz black, beneath spotted with
pale yellow. Thorax with mixed black and pale yellow hairs.
Abdomen black, segmental margins pale yellow. Forewings
with costa nearly straight, hindmargin rounded, slightly oblique ;
dark fuscous; some yellowish hairs towards base; spots light
ochreous-yellowish, thinly scaled ; one in middle of disc, moderate,
irregular ; three very small, subconfluent, in transverse row
beneath costa at $; one small, subquadrate, between veins 3 and
4 at base, beneath which is in ¢ a minute dot, in Q a rather
larger adjacent similar spot; in ¢ a straight dull blackish streak
from disc beyond middle to 3 of inner margin; in Q a very small
yellow spot near inner margin before middle, and a larger one at
2: cilia dark fuscous, terminal half sometimes obscurely spotted
with pale yellowish. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded ;
blackish-fuscous ; a moderate transverse fascia-like orange-yellow
blotch in middle of disc, narrowed and less defined beneath, not
nearly reaching costa or inner margin; cilia blackish, unevenly
barred with yellow. Forewings beneath dark fuscous ; spots as
above, with a yellowish suffusion beneath costa on basal half, a
small yellow spot on costa at 3, a yellow bar before hindmargin
from costa to vein 4, and an interrupted yellow hindmarginal line.
Hindwings beneath dark fuscous, more or less ferruginous-tinged ;
veins partially lined with yellowish ; an oblique pale yellowish
blotch from costa near base ; ten snow-white spots ; first small,
beneath middle of costa ; second longitudinal-linear, in disc
before middle ; third irregular wedge-shaped, beneath disc before

middle ; fourth moderately large, trapezoidal, in middle of disc;
53

830 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AUSTRALIAN RHOPALOCERA,

fifth suboval, beneath costa before apex ; remaining five rather
small, forming a submarginal series, two upper smallest and some-
times confluent.

Blackheath (3,500 feet), New South Wales ; locally common,
in November and February. One of the handsomest and most
distinct species of the genus, but I have never met with it else-
where, nor seen it in other collections.

Tel. chaostola, n. sp.

G. 34 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen fuscous-grey ,
palpi becoming whitish beneath, hairs of abdomen yellowish-
tinged. Antenne black, annulated with white. Forewings with
costa nearly straight, hindmargin rounded, somewhat oblique ;
dark ochreous-fuscous, towards base with vellowish hairs; a
slender ochreous-whitish line immediately beneath costal edge on
basal half; spots light ochreous-yellowish, thinly scaled ; one in
middle of disc, moderately large, subquadrate ; a second, smaller
and suboval, rather near beyond this in middle ; three very small,
adjacent, arranged in a transverse series beneath costa at } ; two
other similar spots obliquely beneath and beyond these ; a strong
blackish streak from beyond first discal spot to 3 of inner margin :
cilia grey-whitish, barred with fuscous, basal third fuscous. Hind-
wings with hindmargin rounded ; dark fuscous, dorsal half with
yellowish hairs ; a longitudinal-oblong ochreous-yellow blotch in
middle of disc, surrounded by three or four small very cloudy
yellowish spots touching it ; cilia white, basal third dark fuscous,
on lower half also with a fuscous postmedian line. Forewings
beneath rather dark fuscous, much paler along inner margin ;
spots as above, but much paler; a triangular orange blotch
extending beneath costa from near base to first spot; three
additional yellowish spots beneath second discal spot, forming
with it a transverse series; a cloudy whitish patch along upper
2 of hindmargin, narrowed to extremities, surrounded by a
purplish suffusion. Hindwings beneath rather dark fuscous,

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 831

purplish-tinged, irregularly sprinkled with grey-whitish, dorsal
half suffused with grey-whitish except near hindmargin ; a twice
dentate dark purple-fuscous mark towards inner margin before
middle; eight indistinct moderate spots outlined with dark
purple-fuscous ; one before and above middle, one smaller in
middle, remaining six forming a series (lower three adjacent)
parallel to hindmargin at 2; a series of obscure irregular dark
purple-fuscous marks beyond this.

Blackheath (3,500 feet), New South Wales, in November ; one
specimen received from Mr. G. H. Raynor, who has others.

Tel. dactyliota, n. sp.

SQ. 25-33 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen fuscous-
grey ; palpi whitish beneath ; hairs of abdomen yellowish-tinged.
Antenne black, slenderly annulated with white. Forewings with
costa almost straight, hindmargin rounded, rather oblique ; rather
dark fuscous, in ¢ ochreous-shining; basal third with pale
ochreous-yellowish hairs; spots pale whitish-yellowish, thinly
scaled, in J very small, in Q moderate; first in middle of disc,
transverse ; second between veins 3 and 4 at base, roundish, in
Q with an additional larger spot adjacent to it beneath; three
adjacent, arranged in a transverse series beneath costa at ~; two
others obliquely beneath and beyond them ; in ¢ a strong blackish
streak from lower angle of first spot to beyond middle of inner
margin: cilia grey-whitish, basal half barred with grey. Hind-
wings with hindmargin rounded ; ground-colour and cilia as in
forewings ; dorsal half clothed with pale ochreous-yellowish hairs ;
a pale ochreous-yellowish cloudy longitudinal-oval discal blotch,
beneath and beyond which are several very obscure cloudy pale
ochreous-yellowish spots, in ¢ tending to form a posterior trans-
verse series. Forewings beneath dark fuscous; an obscure
yellowish suffusion beneath costa on basal half; a triangular
blotch suffused with whitish-grey, occupying apical fourth of wing ;
spots as above, but in ¢ with an additional spot beneath posterior

832 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AUSTRALIAN RHOPALOCERA,

discal spot, as in Q. Hindwings beneath light grey, mixed with
fuscous towards costa ; spots round, outlined with dark fuscous ;
one very small beneath costa at 4, and a similar one in disc before
middle; two dot-like, towards inner margin before middle; seven
moderately large, placed in an acutely angulated post-median
transverse series.

Port Lincoln, South Australia; Geraldton, West Australia ;
in October and November, common.

Tel. megalopis, n. sp.

@. 34 mm. Head blackish, spotted with yellow-whitish.
Palpi yellow-whitish, apex blackish. Antennae black, spotted
with white beneath. Thorax and abdomen fuscous, somewhat
mixed with yellow-whitish. Forewings with costa straight, hind-
margin almost straight, rather oblique; dark fuscous, posterior
half rather lighter ; spots shining whitish-ochreous, thinly scaled ;
first moderate, irregular, in middle of disc; second moderate, sub-
triangular, between veins 3 and 4 at base, nearly approaching
first ; third large, trapezoidal, placed beneath first and second and
only separated by a dark vein ; a cloudy roundish more yellowish-
tinged spot beneath anterior angle of this; a cloudy yellowish
streak along middle third of inner margin; three small oblong
sub-confluent spots placed in a transverse series beneath costa at
#: cilia fuscous, terminal half grey-whitish, Hindwings with
hindmargin rounded ; dark fuscous ; dorsal half with yellowish
hairs ; a moderately large subquadrate pale whitish-ochreous spot
in disc beyond and somewhat above middle; a cloudy light
ochreous-yellowish suffusion beneath anterior angle of this ; cilia
fuscous, terminal half grey-whitish. Forewings beneath with
colour and markings as above, but lighter. Hindwings beneath
rather light fuscous, towards inner margin somewhat suffused with
whitish-ochreous ; a small round white spot in middle of disc,
surrounded by a thick black ring, outside which is a narrow pale
whitish-ochreous suffusion which is dilated into a moderately large
spot on posterior side.

BY E, MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 833

Gayndah, Queensland; one specimen received from Mr. G.
' Masters, who has others.

EXOMETOECA, n. g.

Characters quite as in Telesto, except that vein 5 of the hind-
wings is present as a perfect vein (in Zelesto represented only by
an imperfect fold).

This genus is not closely allied to any Australian form; the
peculiar position of the wings in repose is worthy of notice.

Hx. nycteris, n. sp.

6. 27mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen yellow-ochreous ;
palpi whitish on lower half. Antennae grey, club becoming
crimson above. Forewings with costa almost straight, hindmargin
hardly rounded, somewhat oblique ; rather deep yellow-ochreous,
towards costa posteriorly fuscous-tinged ; costal edge fuscous; a
small dark fuscous longitudinal spot at base near inner margin ;
a dark fuscous transverse linear mark in disc above middle ; a
cloudy fuscous dot beneath vein 2 before middle; two very small
white spots, margined with dark fuscous, placed transversely in
disc at 2, upper between veins 3 and 4 at base ; two dark fuscous
dots placed transversely beneath lower of these ; three very small
white adjacent spots placed transversely beneath costa at ?, mar
gined posteriorly by a dark fuscous line somewhat produced
beneath : cilia fuscous, mixed with ochreous-yellowish, becoming
wholly yellow-ochreous towards anal angle. Hindwings with
hindmargin rounded ; yellow-ochreous, posteriorly fuscous-tinged,
costal third wholly rather dark fuscous ; a cloudy fuscous trans-
verse mark in disc before middle ; a curved transverse row of five
very small round cloudy dark fuscous spots at 2, extending from
near costa to below middle ; cilia fuscous, mixed with ochreous-
yellowish, round apex darker fuscous. Forewings beneath fuscous,
dorsal third pale whitish-ochreous; white spots as above; a
whitish transverse discal mark, margined with dark fuscous ; a

834 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AUSTRALIAN RHOPALOCERA.

cloudy dark purplish-fuscous blotch at ?, reaching from costa 2
across wing, enveloping the white spots. Hindwings beneath
rather light fuscous, towards anal angle somewhat suffused with
pale whitish-ochreous; a small somewhat darker subcrescentic
discal spot before middle ; four very small darker fuscous spots
arranged in a straight transverse series at #, one being above and

three below middle.

Albany, West Australia; one specimen in December. In
repose the insect sits on a twig, with the wings directed perpen-
dicularly forward (as in a bat), projecting on the side of the
undersurface of thorax so as to enclose the legs; whereas in
ordinary species of the family they are usually directly reversed,
carried erect over the back.

REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA.
By E. Meyrick, B.A., F.E.S.

iF

As a second instalment, I have taken one of the families of the
Geometrina ; and have also added in a supplement such species
belonging to the families described in my first paper, as have since
come to hand,

GEOMETRIDAE.

Forewings with veins 7 and 8 rising out of 9, 10 generally out
of 9, 5 remote from and parallel to 4. Hindwings with vein 5
present, 8 anastomosing with or appressed or closely approximated
to upper margin of cell near base only.

I have included together the two groups which I formerly
separated as Geometridae and Acidaliadae, this course being ren-
dered necessary by the discovery of structural forms which leave
no reliable point of distinction. The family, as it stands, is
certainly natural, and, I hope, sufficiently defined.

The following is a tabulation of the Australian genera :—

1, Forewings with vein 10 rising separate ...... 2.
Forewings with vein 10 rising out of 9 ...... 3.

2. Antenne in ¢ bipectinated ...... .........0e00e 11. Heliomystis.
Antenne in ¢ not bipectinated ............... 3. Dithalama.

3. Antenne in ¢ bipectinated ...............-20008 4,
Antenne in @ not bipectinated ............... 12.

4, Antennal pectinations terminating in long

Guiist Of yGiliastsmrl ge weetaaee ia anees « cesiaels « 2. Problepsis.

Antennal pectinations not terminating in long
tufts of cilia........ Masel dahians cones eas ay: 5,

836

10.

Rt

13.

14,

REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

Forewings with vein 11 rising out of 9 ......
Forewings with vein 11 rising separate ......
Forewings with vein 6 rising out of 9......... 8.
Forewings with vein 6 widely remote......... L
Posterior tibie in ¢ without middle-spurs ...
Posterior tibie in J with middle-spurs ......

. Terminal joint of palpi extremely long ..... 1.

Terminal joint of palpi short or moderate ...

. Forewings with vein 1] anastomosing with 10...12.

Forewings with vein 11 not anastomosing

IPA a ren Re Bad diva x's, 09h.w 0 oSie one's it w
Forewings with vein 11 connected with 9
Chale oe) oa! CE 8a er 5.
Forewings with vein 11 not soandted with
Oran ye elG Wal Hic). sia; 0c'se's scons acide anions
Hindwings with veins 6 and 7 stalked, palpi
smooth above ........ nisi acs = eiccateate ang ooia ok 2:
Hindwings with veins 6 and 7 separate
(rarely stalked), palpi rough ............ 13.
Posterior tibiee of g without middle-spurs ... 4.
Posterior tibiz of ¢ with middle-spurs ......
Hindwings with veins 6 and 7 separate ..... 14.
Hindwings with veins 6 and 7 from a point or
Stalled viii Meek Aide sega 2 tl
Antenne in g biciliated with fascicles ...... 6.

Antenne in ¢ very minutely uniciliated......10.

Comostola.
Perixera, a
8.
10.
Perixera, b.
9:
Crypsiphona.

Eucrostis.
Timandra.
1

Todis.

Hypochroma.
Acidalia.
173)

Epipristis.

14.
Urolitha:
Agathia.

In the following specific descriptions the fillet is the more or
less raised transverse band between the antenne.

Face smooth. Palpi moderately or very long,

1. Pertxera, Meyr.

porrected, second

joint moderate or long, rough-scaled above towards base, other-

wise smooth, terminal joint long,
drooping.

slender, filiform, obliquely
Antenne in ¢ strongly bipectinated, towards apex

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 837

filiform, in Q somewhat thickened with scales towards base.
Posterior femora in ¢ with dense brush of long hairs above, tibiee
in ¢ with median spurs absent, in Q all spurs present. Forewings
with vein 6 widely remote from 9, 10 out of 9, 11 anastomosing
with or rising out of 9 above 7. Hindwings with veins 3 and 4
from a point or closely approximated, 6 and 7 separate or short-
stalked.

Besides the following, I have described two species from the
South Pacific islands ; although closely allied to the Australian,
these differ in the less remarkably elongate palpi, and in vein 11
of the forewings rising out of 9, instead of rising separately and
anastomosing with it: but there can be no question of their
generic identity.

1. Per. porphyropis, n. sp.

Q. 29-32 mm. Head, palpi, antennz, thorax, abdomen, and
legs whitish-ochreous ; upper half of face fuscous-crimson ; palpi
very long, fuscous-crimson above ; abdomen with two blackish
dorsal dots towards base, two fuscous-crimson dots towards
middle ; anterior and middle legs fuscous-crimson above. Fore-
wings with costa slightly arched, hindmargin slightly sinuate
beneath apex, rather obliquely rounded, waved ; vein 11 anasto-
mosing with 9; whitish-ochreous, irregularly irrorated with pale
greyish-ochreous ; a black basal dot, two beneath costa at } and
¢, and one above inner margin at }; a very small dark reddish-
fuscous discal spot ; a somewhat curved series of blackish dots on
veins from { of costa to # of inner margin, sinuate above middle ;
avery small blackish spot beneath costa towards apex, and two
others above middle, followed by a blackish mark before hind-
margin; a hindmarginal series of black dots: cilia whitish-
ochreous, with a basal row of fuscous-crimson dots. Hindwings
with hindmargin somewhat rounded, crenulate ; veins 3 and 4
from a point, 6 and 7 short-stalked ; colour and markings as in
forewings, but no anterior black dots except one below middle
towards base, discal spot moderate, deep ferruginous, containing

838 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

a blackish ring, centre purplish ; a square patch on anal angle
‘suffusedly spotted with blackish, purplish-tinged.

Var. a. All blackish dots changed to fuscous, indistinct ; all
‘blackish spots absent.

Newcastle and Sydney, New South Wales; in December,
April, and May, three specimens.

2. Propuepsis, Ld.

Face smooth. Palpi short, porrected or subascending, slender,
with appressed scales, or somewhat rough beneath, terminal joint
short. Antenne in ¢ shortly bipectinated (14), pectinations ter-
minating in long fascicles of cilia (24-3), Thorax with a few
hairs beneath. Posterior tibize in ¢ compressed, without spurs,
in Q all spurs present; posterior tarsi in ¢ strongly abbreviated.
Forewings with veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 remote, 10 out of 9
below 8, 11 connected with 9 at a point below 7. Hindwings
with veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 and 7 separate.

A small but widely distributed genus, occurring in the South
Pacific islands, Malay Archipelago, India, Africa, and South
Europe. On a critical examination of the structural characters,
I think TZ’richoclada, Meyr., should be sunk as a synonym of this
genus, although the species on which it was founded shows no
trace of the characteristic silvery-metallic discal markings.

2. Probl. apollinaria, Gn.

(Argyris appollinaria (rect. apollinaria), Gn. x, 13.)

9.41 mm. Head, palpi, antenn, thorax, abdomen, and legs
white ; palpi blackish above ; antenne greyish above. Forewings
with costa posteriorly moderately arched, hindmargin obliquely
rounded ; white ; costa narrowly grey from base to }; a large
silvery-metallic circular ring in middle of disc, filled with grey
and silvery scales, posterior edge margined by a black lunule,
followed by a much larger pale brownish-ochreous lunule ; a pale

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 839

ochreous-tinged shade, irregularly margined with silvery-metallic,
from discal ring to inner margin beyond middle ; a pale ochreous-
tinged outwards-curved shade from % of costa to beyond } of
inner margin ; a row of confluent semicircular grey spots beyond
and parallel to this; a faint grey line between these and _ hind-
margin; a grey hindmarginal line: cilia white, with two faint
greyish lines. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded; white ;
a straight grey median shade; a long transverse-oval irregular
silvery-metallic ring lying partly on this in disc, containing a short
yellow-ochreous transverse mark in upper half ; posterior markings
and cilia as in forewings.

Townsville, Queensland ; one specimen (Coll. Masters). Also
from Borneo.

3. Probl. sancta, n. sp.

GQ. 25-29 mm. Head blackish on crown, upper half of face
ferruginous, lower half and collar white. Palpi pale ferruginous.
Antenne whitish-ochreous, in ¢ pale ferruginous beneath. Thorax
and abdomen white. Legs white, anterior pair light ferruginous
above, middle pair ferruginous-tinged. Forewings with costa
gently arched, hindmargin rather obliquely rounded ; snow-white ;
a transverse suboval blotch in middle of disc, narrowed beneath,
consisting of a yellow-ochreous outer ring, an iridescent silvery-
metallic inner ring becoming black above, and a white centre ; a
very faint pale ochreous or greyish-tinged shade from this blotch
to middle of inner margin; a faint curved whitish-ochreous line
from 2 of costa to 3 of inner margin ; a series of pale grey spots
near beyond this, not reaching costa ; a very faint greyish sub-
marginal line on lower half: cilia snow-white. Hindwings with
hindmargin rounded ; white ; a narrow transverse elongate-oval
ochreous-yellowish discal spot, margined with iridescent silvery-
metallic ; posterior markings as in forewings, but submarginal
grey line more distinct and extended further towards costa ; cilia
white.

Duaringa, Gayndah, and Rosewood, Queensland ; in December,
several specimens.

840 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

3. DITHALAMA, 0. g.

Face smooth. Palpi short, porrected or ascending, with ap-
pressed scales, somewhat rough beneath, terminal joint short.
Antenne in ¢ dentate, ciliated with fascicles (13). Thorax
smooth beneath. Abdomen in ¢ with pencil of long hairs from
base beneath. Posterior tibia in ¢ flattened, distorted, without
spurs, in Q all spurs present ; posterior tarsi in ¢ much aborted.
Forewings with veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 remote, 10 anastomosing
with 9 above 7, 11 anastomosing with 10 before 9. Hindwings
with veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 and 7 stalked.

4. Diath. cosmospila, n. sp.

SQ. 23-24 mm. Head rather dark fuscous, collar and lower
margin of face whitish. Palpi fuscous, beneath whitish. Antenne
whitish or grey. Thorax whitish, with an obscure brownish-
ochreous bar behind middle. Abdomen grey mixed with ferrug-
inous, segmental margins white. Legs whitish, anterior pair
infuscated. Forewings with costa posteriorly moderately arched,
hindmargin bowed, oblique; very pale greyish-ochreous; basal
area suffused with pale reddish-ochreous except towards costa ;
lines slender, ferruginous mixed with black ; first from beneath

9

costa at ? to 2 of inner margin, curved outwards above middle,
sinuate inwards below middle; a transverse linear fuscous discal
spot, followed by a suffused white patch ; second line from beneath
costa at { to # of inner margin, rather irregularly dentate, pre-
ceded by a whitish suffusion towards costa and inner margin; an
irregular dentate-edged narrow fascia-like ferruginous blotch,
more or less mixed with black, close beyond second line, extend-
ing from rather near costa to below middle, margined by whitish
lines which are confluent beneath and continued to inner margin ;
an interrupted blackish hindmarginal line: cilia very pale greyish-
ochreous. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded ; ground colour,
discal spot, posterior markings, and cilia as in forewings, but

BY E, MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 841

second line angulated towards costa, ferruginous fascia extended
to inner margin.

Newcastle and Sydney, New South Wales ; in September and
October, not uncommon, appearing to frequent Lucalyptus.

4, Acrpaia, Tr.

Face smooth. Palpi moderate or short, loosely rough-scaled or
filiform, porrected or subascending, terminal joint short. Antenne
in ¢@ filiform or dentate, ciliated. Posterior tibie in ¢ often
dilated, without spurs or with end-spurs only, in Q with all spurs
present or sometimes with middle-spurs absent, posterior tarsi in
S more or less aborted or rarely well-developed, Forewings with
veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 remote from 9, 10 out of 9 below 8, 11
connected by bar or anastomosing with 9. Hindwings with veins
3 and 4 remote, 6 and 7 stalked or separate.

A very large genus, cosmopolitan except for New Zealand,
where there is only one Australian species. The species are small,
inconspicuous, and often extremely similar, requiring very careful
examination. In the following specific descriptions five transverse
lines are referred to as normally present; the first, median,
second, subterminal, and submarginal. The length of the posterior
tarsi of the ¢ is stated in terms of the length of the tibie. The
palpi are often very variable in colour, and in direction also,
within the limits of the same species ; apparently no stress should
be laid upon them in this genus,

1. Posterior tibiz of ¢ with terminal spurs ... 23
Posterior tibize of ¢ wholly without spurs... 4,

2. Thorax suffused with dark grey.............. 30. episcia.
Thorax ochreous-whitish .............sseeeseees 3.

3. Discal dot minute, second line straight ...... 28. orthoscia.
Discal dot large, second line subsinuate ...29. megalocentra.

4, Cilia with two well-defined dark lines ......25. crossophragma

Cilia without two lines ..............- Sco rye

842 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

5. Face ochreous or reddish. ......... Sadcntbas sec 6.
Pace blackishieerseas fe. ss svc-beteeeemee nse 9.
6.y Willetyyyliite pr reba hh ig! ssc 2 <chae heewome tweet 14. chloristis.
Fillet ochreous or reddish ........ sie aesesrne 7.
7. Forewings sprinkled with black ............... 8.
Forewings not sprinkled with black ........ 15. neowesta.
8. Wings pale reddish-ochreous ...... se BOARS 18. rubraria.
Wings fuscous or whitish-ochreous........ 17. lydia.
9. Hindwings with hindmargin angulated, with
slight median projection ............60.... 10.
Hindwings with hindmargin not angulated,
without projection ........... se. Radu » F
TO Wied iin MMe istiMeby Sees les. acs cake lee heen cee 26. perlata.
Se Median Wine aibsentier settee heck ORS 27. ligataria,
11. Wings with groundcolour snow-white...... 5. annocens.
Wings with groundcolour not white ...... 12.
12. Posterior tibize in ¢ very short, in Q with
middle-spurs absent........ Senet Sasen 13.
Posterior tibie in ¢ well-developed, in Q
with middle-spurs present ............... 19:
13, Forewings with a paler costal streak ......... 14.
Forewings without a paler costal streak...... 15.
14, Posterior tarsiin ¢ obsolete ............s.000s 6. albicostata.
Posterior tarsi in ¢ as long as tibie ......... 7. tsomorpha.
Ibe, Wangs reddishtinged! 220... 2c cresecensestcenen 16.
Wings not reddish-tinged ...............0.000- Ty,
16. Fillet ochreous-white ...............ssc00 veeeee lO. alopecodes.
GE LerTUCINOUS, .....sd..-s0.seeeseuvegeeernces 9. halmaea.
17. Median line of forewings nearly obsolete ...12. pseliota.
Median line of forewings well-marked ...,... 18.
18. Forewings with distinct discal dot ............ 1l. pachydetis.

Forewings without distinct discal dot...... .. 8. philocosma.
19. Forewings witha fuscous-reddish hindmarginal
NMletems ens cecse tre ecccs secs at eee ence aes 19. caesaria.
Forewings without a fuscous- reddish hind-
CHES UNAN DANC seas ss*fsssesets.cmetenaers tee 20.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 843;

20. Forewings with a straight fuscous streak from

| apex to before middle of inner marginl6. desita.
Forewings without such streak ............... 21.

21. Second line marked with distinct black dots 24. sublinearia
Second line not marked with distinct black

CO SIO hc nt AA RR a en 22.
22. Cilia sprinkled with black towards base...... 23.
Cilia not sprinkled with black towards base 24.
23. Forewings with median line angularly in-
dented belowamiddles sc) te Ee cect. 13. hypochra.
Forewings with median line not angularly
indented’ below middle yee ieee. 21. amiotis.
24. Posterior tarsi in ¢ 2 of tibie........ sie otaniss ars) VUOLES:
Posterior tarsi in ¢ 4 of tibie.......... Sosasaee 25.
25. Median line strongly marked .................. 22. recessata.
Median, line very, fain t.<stea$eqs disease cee: 23. optivata.

Sect. A. Posterior tibise of ¢ without spurs.

Subsect. a. Posterior tibiz of ¢ short, subaborted, of Q
without middle-spurs.

5. Ac. innocens, Butl.

(Idea innocens, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, 436.)

SQ. 15-17 mm. Head white on crown, face blackish-fuscous.
Papi whitish, mixed with dark fuscous. Antenne white, in ¢
filiform, ciliations 1}. Thorax white. Abdomen white, base of
segments dark fuscous. Legs white, anterior pair infuscated,
posterior tibiz in ¢ scarcely dilated, tarsi well-developed, longer
than tibize (posterior legs in Q broken). Forewings with costa
straight, posteriorly slightly arched, hind margin obliquely
rounded ; white, with a few fine dark fuscous scales towards base ;
costal edge sometimes pale fuscous ; first and second lines pale
fuscous, very indistinct, marked with minute black dots on veins,
first from 3 of costa to 5 of inner margin, curved, second from ? of
costa to ? of inner margin, sinuate above and below middle ;

844 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

median line from 2 of costa to middle of inner margin, indistinct,

pale fuscous, twice sinuate, marked with a black discal dot on its
anterior edge; subterminal forming a narrow dark fuscous fascia,
somewhat suffused anteriorly, nearly obsolete on costa, sinuate
inwards above middle and above anal angle ; submarginal cloudy,
dark fuscous, not reaching costa or inner margin ; an interrupted
black hindmarginal line: cilia white, basal 3 irrorated with dark
fuscous. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded ; veins 6 and 7
from a point or short-stalked ; colour and markings as in fore-
wings, but first line absent, discal dot placed beyond median,
subterminal fascia reduced to a cloudy line, paler and often obso-
lete except towards costa, submarginal very indistinct or obsolete
except on costa, dark irroration of cilia much scantier or absent
except round apex.

Duaringa, Queensland; sent commonly by Mr. G. Barnard ;
very distinct from any other Australian species.

6. Ac. albicostata, Walk.

(Acidalia albicostata, Walk. 779 ; A. costaria, ib. 1610.)

6Q. 14-17 mm. Head blackish, fillet generally ochreous-white.
Palpi dark fuscous, beneath whitish. Antenne grey or whitish,
in ¢ subdentate, ciliations 14. Thorax greyish-ochreous, light
grey, or purplish-grey, anterior margin broadly ochreous-whitish.
Abdomen light grey, sometimes purplish-tinged. Legs ochreous-
whitish, anterior pair greyish, posterior tibiz in ¢ short, slightly
compressed, without spurs, in Q with middle-spurs absent,
posterior tarsi in ¢ obsolete. Forewings with costa straight,
posteriorly somewhat arched, hindmargin oblique, scarcely
rounded ; pale grey, densely irrorated with purple or slaty-grey ;
a moderate ochreous-white streak along costa from base to 2; lines
grey, not crossing costal streak; first at 3 sinuate; median
slender, twice sinuate, preceded by a grey discal dot ; second at 3,
twice sinuate, denticulate, marked with darker grey dots;
subterminal and submarginal waved; sometimes an interrupted

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 845

dark grey hindmarginal line: cilia purplish or pale grey, terminal
half grey-whitish, purplish-tinged. Hindwings with hindmargin
rounded ; veins 6 and 7 stalked ; colour and markings as in fore-
wings, but first line and discal dot absent.

Duaringa, Queensland; Glen Innes (3500 feet), Bathurst,
Sydney, and Mount Kosciusko (3700 feet), New South Wales ;
Launceston and Deloraine, Tasmania ; from September to March,
common.

7. Ac. tsomorpha, n. sp.

S. 16 mm. Differs from A. albicostata only as follows:
antenne filiform, ciliations 1 ; posterior tibiz very short, tarsi as
long as tibie; wings greyer, with a pale postmedian band,
second line consisting of a series of black dots, subterminal forming
a narrow grey fascia ; cilia whitish, with an obscure grey line ;
vein 11 of forewings anastomosing strongly with 9.

Mount Lofty, South Australia ; one specimen sent by Mr. E
Guest.

8 Ac. philocosma, n. sp.

4Q. 17-18 mm. Head whitish-ochreous, fillet ochreous-white,
face blackish. Palpi ochreous-whitish, sometimes suffused with
blackish. Antennz whitish, in filiform, ciliations #. Thorax
and abdomen pale whitish-ochreous. Legs fuscous, posterior pair
ochreous-whitish, posterior tibize in ¢ very short, without spurs, in
Q with middle-spurs absent, posterior tarsi in ¢.as long as tibie,
Forewings with costa posteriorly moderately arched, hindmargin
slightly rounded, oblique; pale whitish-ochreous, more greyish-
ochreous towards base and costa ; first line indicated by two or
three blackish dots on veins ; median from ’ of costa to middle of
hindmargin, scarcely darker, dotted with black on veins, twice
sinuate ; second somewhat darker, similar and parallel ;_ sub-
terminal and submarginal cloudy, rather broad, greyish-ochreous,
waved ; a widely interrupted black hindmarginal line: cilia pale

whitish-ochreous. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded; veins 6
54

846 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

and 7 stalked ; colour and markings as in forewings, but first line
not indicated, median nearer base; a tolerably distinct dark grey
discal dot beyond median.

Sydney and Blackheath (3500 feet), New South Wales;
George’s Bay, Tasmania; from October to February, not
uncommon.

9. Ac. halmaea, n. sp.

oQ. 14-16 mm. Head ferruginous, face blackish. Palpi dark
fuscous, beneath whitish-ochreous. Antennze whitish-ochreous,
in ¢ filiform, ciliations almost 2. Thorax and abdomen whitish-
ochreous, slightly reddish-tinged. Legs whitish-ochreous, anterior
pair infuscated, posterior tibize in ¢ very short, without spurs, in
@ with middle-spurs absent, posterior tarsi in @ 3 of tibie.
Forewings with costa posteriorly moderately arched, hindmargin
oblique, slightly rounded; whitish-ochreous, slightly reddish-
tinged ; first and second lines represented by series of blackish
dots on veins; first at 4, somewhat curved ; second from ? of
costa to 4 of inner margin, twice sinuate; median indistinct,
slender, twice sinuate, grey or fuscous-reddish, sometimes obscurely
dotted with dark grey on veins; subterminal and submarginal
slender, pale grey-reddish, irregularly waved, confluent on anal
angle ; an interrupted blackish hindmarginal line: cilia whitish-
ochreous, basal half reddish-tinged. Hindwings with hindmargin
rounded ; veins 6 and 7 stalked; colour and markings as in
forewings, but first line represented by a single dot on median
vein; a more or less distinct fuscous-reddish transverse linear
discal mark beyond median line.

Sydney, New South Wales ; Hobart, Tasmania ; in October and
November, several specimens.

10. Ac. alopecodes, n. sp.

Q. 14mm. Head ochreous on crown, fillet broadly ochreous-
white, face dark fuscous. Palpi rough-scaled beneath, whitish-
ochreous, tinged with reddish-ochreous. Antenne white. Thorax

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 847

and abdomen ochreous, mixed with ochreous-whitish. Legs whit-
ish-ochreous, posterior tibiae with middle-spurs absent. Forewings
with costa straight, posteriorly slightly arched, hind margin
somewhat bowed, very oblique ; pale whitish-ochreous, sprinkled
with ochreous-fuscous ; basal 3 suffused with yellow-ochreous,
irrorated with fuscous ; median indistinct, straight, fuscous, suffused
with yellow-ochreous from 2 of costa to middle of inner margin ;
an obscure grey discal dot on this; second line well defined,
fuscous, almost straight, from}; of costa to # of inner margin ;
subterminal very indistinct, fuscous ; an interrupted dark fuscous
hind marginal line: cilia whitish-ochreous, suffused with dark
fuscous except at base and apex. Hindwings narrow, apex
broadly rounded, hindmargin appearing almost straight (in reality
the apparent anal angle is formed by an obtuse bend of the hind-
margin on vein 3, the lower part of hindmargin being almost
continuous with the very short inner margin, the true anal angle
almost obsolete); veins 6 and 7 stalked ; pale whitish-ochreous,
posteriorly sprinkled with fuscous ; median, second, and subter-
minal lines fuscous-grey, indistinct, parallel to apparent hindmargin,
median marked with a cloudy dark fuscous discal dot ; cilia pale
whitish-ochreous, obscurely dotted with fuscous.

Geraldton, West Australia ; one specimen in November.

ll. Ac. pachydetis, n. sp.

3.15 mm. Head ochreous-whitish, face blackish. Palpi
ochreous-whitish, apex blackish. Antennae whitish, serrate,
ciliations 2. Thorax, abdomen, and legs ochreous-whitish ;
anterior legs infuscated, posterior tibiae very short, loosely short-
haired above, tarsi }. Forewings with costa slightly arched,
hindmargin bowed, oblique ; ochreous-whitish, with a few scattered
black scales ; lines cloudy, rather dark grey, irrorated with black ;
first hardly traceable ; median almost straight, from beyond middle
of costa to middle of inner margin, ciosely followed by a black
discal dot ; second from 3 of costa to # of inner margin, slightly
waved, somewhat curved, sinuate inwards above inner margin ;

848 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

subterminal close and parallel to second, slightly diverging on
costa; submarginal paler; an interrupted black hindmarginal
line: cilia ochreous-whitish, with a cloudy grey interrupted
median line. Hind wings with hindmargin rounded, much bent
obtusely between veins 3 and 4, inner margin short ; veins 6 and
7 stalked ; colour and markings as in forewings, but median line
nearer base, posterior lines more curved.
Perth, West Australia ; one specimen in November.

12. Ac. pseliota, n. sp.

Q. 19 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax, abdomen, and legs
ochreous-whitish ; face rather dark fuscous; posterior tibize with
middle-spurs absent. Forewings with costa posteriorly somewhat
arched, hindmargin slightly bowed, oblique ; ochreous-whitish ;
first line dark grey, irregularly dentate, not reaching costa,
preceded by a parallel series of dark grey spots ; median hardly
traceable, indicated by faint grey dots on veins, preceded by a
dark grey discal dot ; second line irregular, slightly waved, dark
grey, from 3 of costa to # of inner margin, rather strongly sinuate
above middle and above inner margin; subterminal forming a
series of dark grey spots near and parallel to this; submarginal
hardly traceable except on costa, where it is dark grey; a hind-
marginal series of blackish marks: cilia ochreous-whitish (imper-
fect). Hindwings with hindmargin rounded; veins 6 and 7
stalked ; colour and markings as in forewings, but first line and
preceding spots absent, discal dot absent, median line more
distinctly dotted, submarginal more distinctly indicated.

Victoria ; one specimen (Coll. Lucas).

Subsect. b. Posterior tibie of ¢ moderate, dilated, of Q with
all spurs.

13. Ac. hypochra, n. sp.

. 16-17 mm. Head whitish-ochreous, face blackish. Palpi
blackish, beneath whitish-ochreous. Antenne whitish, serrate,
ciliations 24. Thorax and abdomen whitish-ochreous, sprinkled

BY E, MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 849

with black, base of segments brownish-tinged. Legs ochveous-
whitish, anterior pair infuscated ; posterior tibie rather short,
dilated, rough-scaled above, with long pencil of hairs from base
lying on inner side, without spurs, tarsi as long as tibie. Fore-
wings with costa posteriorly somewhat arched, hindmargin some-
what rounded, oblique; pale brownish-ochreous or whitish-ochreous,
slightly reddish-tinged, sprinkled with black ; lines slender grey ;
first from 4 of costa to + of inner margin, indistinct, hardly curved;
median from § of costa to middle of inner margin, rather angularly
indented below middle, preceded by a small black discal dot;
second line from $ of costa to # of inner margin, slightly waved,
twice faintly sinuate, obscurely dotted with darker on veins;
subterminal and submarginal cloudy ; a hindmarginal series of
black dots: cilia whitish-ochreous, slightly reddish-tinged, basal
half sprinkled with black. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded;
veins 6 and 7 from a point ; colour and markings as in forewings,
but first line absent, median nearer base, hardly indented, discal
dot larger, beyond median line.

Duaringa, Queensland; Sydney, New South Wales; Mount
Lofty, South Australia ; in June, several specimens.

14. Ac. chloristis, n. sp.

6. 15-16mm. Head brownish-ochreous, fillet white. Palpi
whitish-ochreous. Antenne ochreous-whitish, serrate, ciliations 2.
Thorax white, anterior margin slenderly pale ochreous. Abdomen
white. Legs white, anterior pair fuscous, posterior tibiz dilated,
rough-scaled above, with long dense pencil of hairs from base
lying on inner side, without spurs, tarsi }. Forewings with costa
hardly arched, hindmargin slightly rounded, oblique ;_ white,
sometimes partially sprinkled with whitish-ochreous, and with a
few black scales ; costa narrowly ochreous ; lines liyht ochreous,
thick, well-defined, denticulate ; first from ? of costa to } of inner
margin, somewhat sinuate below middle; median from beyond
middle of costa to middle of inner margin, sinuate inwards above
and below middle, followed closely by a very minute black discal

850 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

dot ; second from $ of costa to 2 of inner margin, slightly sinuate
above inner margin; subterminal tending to be interrupted into
spots ; submarginal partly touching hindmargin ; a fine ochreous
hindmarginal line: cilia pale whitish-ochreous. Hindwings with
hindmargin rounded; veins 6 and 7 stalked; colour and markings
as in forewings, but first line and discal dot obsolete, median
straighter, second line more sinuate.

Queensland ; two specimens (Coll. Lucas).

15. Ac. neoxesta, n. sp.

G. 29mm. Head light ochreous on crown, fillet ferruginous,
face ferruginous-whitish, forehead ferruginous. Palpi blackish,
beneath whitish. Antennz ochreous-whitish, dentate, ciliations
13. Thorax, abdomen, and legs ochreous-whitish, posterior tibiz
dilated, rough-scaled above, with long dense pencil of hairs from
base lying on inner side, without spurs, tarsi ?. Forewings with
costa moderately arched, hindmargin bowed, rather oblique ; very
pale whitish-ochreous ; lines very faint, cloudy, hardly darker ;
first obsolete ; a minute black discal dot, before median ; median
from beyond middle of costa to beyond middle of inner margin,
slightly curved, rather strongly sinuate outwards above and below
middle ; second from before } of costa to ? of inner margin, similar
and parallel to median ; subterminal and submarginal suffused,
hardly traceable; an ochreous hindmarginal line: cilia pale
whitish-ochreous. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded ; veins
6 and 7 separate; colour and markings as in forewings, but
median line obsolete.

Duaringa, Queensland ; one specimen received from Mr. G.
Barnard.

16.. Ac. desita, Walk.

(Tephrosia desita, Walk. 421.)

6Q. 19-20 mm. Head black, fillet white. Palpi blackish,
beneath white. Antenne grey-whitish, in ¢ dentate, ciliations
2. Thorax whitish, sometimes sprinkled with black. Abdomen

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 851

white, sprinkled with black, segments with more or less distinct
brownish median rings, in ¢ laterally tufted beyond middle, and
with a circular lateral orifice at base. Legs grey, posterior pair
whitish, posterior tibie in ¢ moderate, dilated, clothed with dense
rough hairs above, and with an expansible pencil of hairs in groove
beneath, in 9 with all spurs present, posterior tarsi in @ 3,
Forewings with costa posteriorly moderately arched, hindmargin
somewhat bowed, rather oblique; white, irrorated with pale
whitish-fuscous, and sprinkled with black; generally a short
oblique linear black mark in disc before middle, representing first
line; a black discal dot, much before median line; median
absorbed in a straight fuscous streak from apex of wing to before
middle of inner margin, mixed with black towards apex ; second
line slender, black, dentate, more or less interrupted between

dentations, from 2 of costa to 2 of inner margin, curved outwards
? 4 oft} 5)

above middle sharply indented inwards ; subterminal cloudy,
light fuscous, near and parallel to second; submarginal light
fuscous, waved ; an interrupted light fuscous hindmarginal line,
marked with a series of black dots: cilia white, on basal half
sprinkled with black, and obscurely barred with pale whitish-grey.
Hindwings with hindmargin rounded, waved ; veins 6 and 7 from
a point ; white, irrorated with pale whitish-fuscous and sprinkled
with black ; median straight, light fuscous, followed by a black
discal dot ; second line slender, blackish, nearly straight, twice
somewhat sinuate on upper half ; subterminal thick, cloudy, light
fuscous, near and parallel to second; submarginal and hind-
marginal lines, and cilia as in forewings.

Duaringa and Toowoomba (2000 feet), Queensland ; Sydney,
New South Wales ; in December, April, and June, not uncommon.

17. Ac. lydia, Butl.

(Idaea lydia, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, 435 ;

I jessica, ib. 436.)
&. 16-18 mm. Head greyish-ochreous. Palpi ochreous-whitish,
towards apex greyish-ochreous. Antenne whitish, dentate,

852 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

ciliations 3. Thorax and abdomen light fuscous, mixed with pale
greyish ochreous. Legs grey, posterior pair whitish, posterior
tibiz rather short, dilated, rough-scaled above, without spurs, tarsi
about 3. Forewings with costa gently arched, hindmargin
slightly rounded, oblique ; fuscous, suffusedly sprinkled with light
greyish ochreous ; lines scarcely darker, placed as in Q but hardly
traceable : cilia fuscous, sprinkled with pale greyish-ochreous, tips
paler. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded, waved ; veins 6 and
7 stalked ; colour and markings as in forewings.

Q@. 17-19 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and
legs pale whitish-ochreous, posterior tibize with all spurs present.
Forewings formed as in ¢; pale whitish-ochreous, sprinkled with
black, towards base slightly brownish-tinged ; first line greyish-
ochreous, very indistinct ; median from beyond middle of costa to
middle of inner margin, very faint, straight, marked with a very
small black discal dot ; second from ? of costa to before ? of inner
margin, nearly straight, rather thick, greyish-ochreous, posterior
edge most defined; subterminal cloudy, indistinct, pale greyish-
ochreous ; submarginal similar, move slender ; a hindmarginal row
of blackish dots, tending to form an interrupted line: cilia pale
whitish-ochreous, basal half more or less distinctly spotted with
fuscous, Hindwings formed as in g; colour and markings as in
forewings, but subterminal and submarginal better marked.

Duaringa, Queensland; Sydney, New South Wales; Mount
Lofty, South Australia ; Geraldton and Carnarvon, West <Aus-
tralia ; in October, November, and March, locally rather common.
The difference between the two sexes in appearance is remarkable.

18. Ac. rubraria, Dbld.

(Ptychopoda rubraria, Dbld. Dieff. N. Zeal. II, 286; Acidalia
Jiglinaria, Gn. IX, 454, pl. xii, 8; A. repletaria, Walk. 778 ;
A. attributa, ib. 779 ; Fidonia acidaliaria, ib. 1037; Acidalia
rubraria, Meyr. Trans. N. Z. Inst. 1883, 57).

GQ. 17-22 mm. Head light reddish-ochreous. Palpi moderate,
whitish-ochreous, reddish-tinged, somewhat sprinkled with black.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 853.

Antenne white, annulated with dark fuscous, in ¢ dentate,
ciliations 4. Thorax and abdomen light reddish-ochreous, often
irrorated with dark grey. Legs white, more or less irrorated with
dark grey, posterior tibie in ¢ dilated, rough-scaled above, with
long pencil of hairs from base lying on inner side, without spurs,
in Q with all spurs present, posterior tarsi in ¢ 3. Forewings
with costa gently arched, hindmargin slightly rounded, oblique ;
pale reddish-ochreous, more or less sprinkled with black ; lines
grey or dark fuscous, variable in intensity, indistinct or strongly
marked ; first from 4 of costa to 4 of inner margin, denticulate,
bent near costa ; median from } of costa to middle of inner margin,
denticulate or cloudy, slightly curved on upper 2, closely preceded
by a transverse dark fuscous discal dot ; second from } of costa to
before 3 of inner margin, denticulate, hardly curved, slightly
sinuate below costa and above inner margin ; subterminal cloudy,.
waved, sometimes suffused into second except towards costa ; sub-
marginal cloudy, tending to be interrupted into spots ; a hind-
marginal row of black dots: cilia pale reddish-ochreous, with
alternating basal and median series of obscure fuscous spots, on
terminal half sometimes greyish-tinged. Hindwings with hind-
margin rounded ; veins 6 and 7 separate or almost from a point ;
colour and markings as in forewings, but first line absent, median
straighter, rather sinuate inwards above middle, closely followed
by discal dot.

Duaringa and Toowoomba, Queensland ; Glen Innes (3500 feet),
Bathurst, Sydney, and Blackheath (3500 feet), New South Wales ;
Melbourne, Victoria ; Launceston and George’s Bay, Tasmania ;
Mount Lofty and Port Lincoln, South Australia; Albany, West
Australia ; from September to April and in July, generally dis-
tributed and usually abundant. Also from Norfolk Island and
New Zealand.

19. Ac. caesaria, Walk.

(Acidalia cesaria, Walk. 750 ; A. obturbata, ib. 755.)

SQ, 20-22 mm. Head reddish-ochreous, fillet white, face
blackish. Palpi blackish, towards base reddish-fuscous, beneath

854 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

whitish-ochreous. Antennze ochreous-whitish, in 5 subdentate,
ciliations 2, Thorax and abdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs whitish-
ochreous, anterior pair infuscated, posterior tibie white, in ¢
dilated, rough-scaled above, with long pencil of hairs from base
lying on inner side, without spurs, in Q with all spurs present,
posterior tarsi in ¢ 3. Forewings with costa posteriorly moderately
arched, hindmargin somewhat bowed, rather oblique; whitish-
ochreous, minutely sprinkled with blackish ; costal edge slenderly
reddish-ochreous ; first line cloudy, fuscous-reddish, indicated on
lower half only; median cloudy, fuscous-reddish, from beneath
costa at 3 to middle of inner margin, rather irregular, preceded by
a black discal dot ; second from 3 of costa to 3 of inner margin,
slender, dark grey, denticulate, slightly curved, sometimes ill-
marked ; a fuscous-reddish hindmarginal band extending to second
line on lower 3, above attenuated to apex ; subterminal and sub-
marginal lines cloudy, waved, dark grey, only marked on hind-
marginal band, obsolete above ; a hindmarginal row of blackish-
grey dots, tending to form a line: cilia with terminal half whitish-
ochreous, basal half fuscous-reddish, sprinkled with blackish-grey
at base. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded; veins 6 and 7
‘separate ; colour, hmdmarginal dots, and , cilia as in forewings ;
lines fuscous-reddish ; median straight, followed by a black discal
dot; second denticulate, twice slightly sinuate; subterminal
cloudy, tending to be interrupted into spots ; submarginal cloudy,
suffused into hindmargin, and sometimes partially into subter-
minal, in Q less distinct.

Duaringa, Queensland; sent rather commonly by Mr. G,
Barnard, Also from Ceylon.

20. Ac. liotis, n. sp.

[Acidalia compensata, Walk. 777, (nec. ib. 724)].

6. 27 mm. Head greyish-ochreous, fillet white, face blackish-
fuscous. Palpi ochreous-whitish. Antenne whitish, serrate,
ciliations 24. Thorax and abdomen ochreous-whitish. Legs
grey, posterior pair whitish, posterior tibiz dilated, without spurs,

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 855

9
—

shortly rough-scaled above, tarsi %. Forewings with costa
posteriorly moderately arched, hindmargin hardly rounded, rather
oblique ; clear ochreous-whitish ; first line indicated by a minute
black dot near inner margin at +; a small blackish discal dot,
much before median line ; lines faint, slender, very pale greyish-
ochreous, somewhat irregular ; median from 2 of costa to beyond
middle of inner margin, sinuate above inner margin; second
from 2 of costa to ¢ of inner margin, slightly sinuate above
middle and above inner margin, faintly dotted with grey on veins
and with a black dot near inner margin ; subterminal and
submarginal parallel ; a hindmarginal series of black dots: cilia
ochreous-whitish. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded ; veins 6
and 7 stalked ; colour, second line, and posterior markings as in
forewings; median line hardly traceable, sinuate inwards above
middle, marked with a moderately large black discal dot.

Mount Kosciusko (3800 feet), New South Wales ; one specimen
in January ; Walker’s specimen is said to be from Tasmania.
Walker described this species under the name of A. compensata,
having forgotten that a few pages before he had described a quite
different North American species of the same genus under the
same name ; I have, therefore, re-named the present species.

21. Ac. axiotis, n. sp.

SQ. 23-25 mm. Head ochreous-whitish, face blackish. Palpi
ochreous-whitish, above and at apex blackish. Antenna whitish,
in $ dentate, ciliations 24. Thorax ochreous-whitish. Abdomen
ochreous-whitish, sprinkled with black or fuscous. Legs grey,
posterior pair white, posterior tibie in g dilated, somewhat
rough-scaled above, with long dense pencil of hairs from base
lying on inner side, without spurs, in Q all spurs present, posterior
tarsi in $ 2. Forewings with costa posteriorly gently arched,
hindmargin slightly rounded, rather oblique ; ochreous-whitish,
minutely sprinkled with black or fuscous; lines faint, pale
ochreous-greyish ; first from } of costa to $ of inner margin, rather
strongly curved ; a black discal dot much before median ; median

856 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

from ? of costa to middle of inner margin, cloudy, waved, hardly
sinuate ; second from § of costa to # of inner margin, dentate,
finely dotted with grey, slightly sinuate above middle and above
inner margin; subterminal and submarginal cloudy, waved; a
hindmarginal row of black dots: cilia ochreous-whitish, base
minutely sprinkled with blackish. Hindwings with hindmargin
rounded ; veins 6 and 7 stalked ; colour, second line, and posterior
markings as in forewings; median very faint, sinuate inwards
above middle, marked with a moderate black discal dot.

Extremely similar to A. recessata, but differing in the greater
length of the posterior tarsi of the ¢, which are 2 of the tibie,
and by the base of the cilia sprinkled with black.

22. Ac. recessata, Walk.

[Acidalia recessata, Walk., 777, (nec Meyr., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1886, 207, sp. mixt.) ;(?) A. stipataria,

ib, (7 79)|
SQ. 20-24 mm. Head greyish-ochreous, fillet white, face
blackish. Palpi ochreous-whitish, more or less blackish above,
sometimes wholly blackish. Antenne whitish, in ¢ serrate, cilia-
tions 24. Thorax ochreous-whitish. Abdomen ochreous-whitish,
generally sprinkled with black. Legs grey, posterior pair white,
posterior tibize in g much dilated, rough-scaled above, with long
pencil of hairs from base lying on inner side, without spurs, in Q
with all spurs present, posterior tarsi in ¢ 3. Forewings. with
costa posteriorly moderately arched, hindmargin slightly rounded,
rather oblique ; pale whitish-ochreous, sometimes slightly greyish-
tinged, more or less irrorated finely with black ; lines grey, well-
marked ; first from 4 of costa to + of inner margin, curved,
sometimes very indistinct ; a black discal dot, much before median ;
median from beyond 2 of costa to middle of inner margin, straight,
dentate, often thick and cloudy ; second from 4 of costa to ? of
inner margin, slender, dentate, slightly sinuate inwards above
middle and above inner margin ; subterminal rather cloudy, in-
terrupted to form a series of adjacent suboval spots ; submarginal

BY E, MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 857

rather thick, cloudy, more or less interrupted ; a hindmarginal
series of black dots: cilia pale whitish-ochreous. Hindwings with
hindmargin round ; veins 6 and 7 short-stalked or almost from
point ; colour, second line, and posterior markings as in forewings ;
median line as in forewings, but suddenly sinuate inwards above
middle ; a moderate black discal dot on this, or rarely slightly
beyond it.

Sydney, New South Wales ; Deloraine, Tasmania; Mount
Lofty, South Australia; Geraldton, West Australia; in July,
August, November, and December, generally common. It is
probably almost universal, but owing to the confusion of species I
have rejected localities except where lately verified. On dis-
covering the existence of closely allied forms, I took a considerable
number of specimens, certainly belonging to the same species, in
the early spring round Sydney, and found it to be very variable,
especially in the colour of palpi, strength of markings of fore-
wings, and depth of colouring ; from the two preceding species, to
which it is extremely similar, it can always be distinguished by
the relatively much shorter posterior tarsi of g. A. stipataria,
Walk., is probably only a deeper-coloured variety. A. recessata,
Meyr, /.c., should be cancelled, being founded on a confusion of
two species, and not strictly referable to either.

23. Ac. optivata, Walk.

(Acidalia optivata, Walk. 780).

Gg. 18-23 mm. Head light ochreous, fillet ochreous-whitish,
face blackish. Palpi ochreous-whitish, towards apex or wholly
suffused with blackish. Antennz whitish, in ¢ dentate, ciliations
21, Thorax ochreous-whitish. Abdomen ochreous-whitish, some-
times with a few black scales. Legs ochreous-whitish, anterior
pair dark fuscous, middle pair fuscous-tinged, posterior tibize
dilated, rough-scaled above, with long pencil of hairs from base
lying on inner side, tarsi }. Forewings with costa posteriorly
moderately arched, hindmargin slightly rounded, rather oblique ;

858 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

very pale whitish-ochreous, sometimes minutely sprinkled with
blackish ; lines pale ochreous-grey ; first obsolete ; a small black
discal dot, much before median ; median very faint, cloudy, from
3 of costa to middle of inner margin, nearly straight ; second from
5 of costa to 3 of inner margin, slender, tolerably distinct, denticu-
late, slightly sinuate above middle and above inner margin ; sub-
terminal narrow, more or less interrupted into spots ; submarginal
cloudy ; a hindmarginal row of minute black dots: cilia pale whitish-
ochreous. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded; veins 6 and 7
from a point ; colour, second line, and posterior markings as in
forewings ; a very faint median line, suddenly sinuate inwards
above middle, marked with a black discal dot.

Glen Innes (3500 feet) and Sydney, New South Wales, in
December, February, and April; several specimens. Although
keeping this form separate at present, in default of sufficient
evidence, I ain inclined to believe that it is probably a summer
generation of A. recessata, with which it agrees in structure ;
although quite distinguishable superficially, the only tangible
point seems to be obsolescence of the median line.

24. Ac. sublinearia, Walk.

(Acidalia sublinearia, Walk. Suppl. 1632.)

GQ. 19-20 mm. Head whitish-ochreous, fillet white, face
black. Palpi blackish, more or less ochreous-whitish beneath-
Antenne whitish, in ¢ subdentate, ciliations 2. Thorax ochreous-
whitish. Abdomen ochreous-whitish, sometimes with a dorsal
series of black dots. Legs ochreous-whitish, anterior pair fuscous,
posterior tibie in ¢ dilated, rough-scaled above, without spurs,
in Q with all spurs present, posterior tarsi in g 3. Forewings
with costa posteriorly gently arched, hindmargin slightly rounded,
rather oblique; very pale whitish-ochreous, finely sprinkled with
black ; lines pale ochreous-grey, waved ; first indicated only by
black dots on median vein and near inner margin ; a black discal
dot, much before median ; median from 3 of costa to beyond

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 859:

middle of inner margin, slightly curved; second quite parallel to
median, marked with a series of distinct black dots on veins;
subterminal and submarginal cloudy ; a hindmarginal series of
black dots: cilia pale whitish-ochreous, sometimes with a basal
series of minute grey dots. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded ;.
veins 6 and 7 from a point; colour and markings as in forewings,
but first line absent.

Duaringa and Toowoomba, Queensland; Geraldton, West
Australia ; in November and December, four specimens. Recog-
nisable by the characteristic dotted second line.

25. Ac. crossophragma, Meyr.

(Acidalia crossophragma, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.
1886, 206.)

SQ. 20-23 mm. Head light ochreous, fillet white, face rather
dark ochreous-brown. Palpi ochreous-fuscous or pale ochreous.
Antenne white, dotted with dark fuscous, in ¢ subdentate,
ciliations 2i. Thorax and abdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs grey,
posterior pair whitish, posterior tibize in ¢ dilated, rough-scaled
above, with long pencil of bairs from base lying on inner side, in
Q with all spurs present, posterior tarsi in g 4. Forewings with
costa posteriorly moderately arched, hindmargin somewhat
bowed, rather oblique; pale whitish-ochreous, sprinkled with
fuscous or dark fuscous; lines grey, slender, waved, sometimes
indistinct ; first nearly straight, very faint ; a small black discal
dot, much before median ; median from 2 of costa to middle of
inner margin, cloudy, hardly curved ; second from § of costa to 2
of inner margin, hardly curved ; subterminal and submarginal
similar ; a hindmarginal row of black dots, connected by a very
fine sometimes incomplete line: cilia whitish-ochreous, terminal
half whitish, with a well-defined slender grey line near base, and
a stronger dark grey median line. Hindwings with hindmargin
rounded, somewhat bent in middle; veins 6 and 7 separate ;
colour and markings as in forewings, but first line absent, discal
dot larger, placed on posterior edge of median, subterminal and
submarginal more curved.

860 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

Duaringa and Rosewood, Queensland ; in December, several
specimens. Also from New Guinea. Easily recognised by the
two well-marked dark lines of cilia,

26. Ac. perlata, Walk.

(Acidalia perlata, Walk. 776.)

JQ. 20-22 mm. Head pale ochreous, fillet ochreous-whitish, face
blackish. Palpi blackish, beneath whitish-ochreous. Antennze
whitish, in @ dentate, ciliations 3, Thorax and abdomen pale
whitish-ochreous, with a few black scales. Legs whitish-ochreous,
anterior pair grey, posterior tibiae whitish, in $ dilated, rough-scaled
above, with long pencil of hairs lying on inner side, without spurs, in
Q with all spurs present, posterior tarsiof ¢ 4. Forewings with
costa gently arched, hindmargin somewhat bowed, rather oblique ;
pale whitish-ochreous, sprinkled with black; lines greyish-
ochreous, ill-defined ; first nearly obsolete ; a minute black discal
dot, much before median ; median from beneath costa at 3 to
middle of inner margin, rather thick, cloudy, hardly curved,
waved ; second from ¢ of costa to $ of inner margin, slender,
waved, somewhat curved; subterminal similar; submarginal
slender, cloudy ; a hindmarginal row of black dots: cilia pale
whitish-ochreous. Hindwings with hindmargin angulated in
middle, forming a slight triangular projection; veins 6 and 7
closely approximated or stalked ; colour and markings as in fore-
wings, but first line absent, discal dot. larger, placed on posterior
edge of median.

Sydney, New South Wales ; in July and August, three speci-
mens. Distinguished from the preceding group, which it closely
resembles, by the angulated hindwings.

27. Ac. ligataria, Walk.

(Acidalia ligataria, Walk. 748; <A. deliciosaria, ib. 791; A.
dimorphata, Snell. T. v. E. 1881, 81, pl. x, 6; Idea agnes, Butl.,
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, 437.)

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 861

Q. 21-22 mm. Head pale ochreous, fillet white, face blackish.
Palpi blackish, beneath white. Antenne, thorax, abdomen, and
legs white; anterior legs grey, posterior tibie with all spurs
present. Forewings with costa gently arched, hindmargin bowed,
oblique ; white ; first le indicated by one or two fuscous dots ;
a minute black discal dot ; median line absent ; second whitish-
ochreous or ochreous-yellowish, very slender, waved, obsolete on
costal fourth, more or less strongly margined anteriorly with dark
fuscous on second fourth from costa and on dorsal fourth, very
faint between these ; subterminal only distinctly indicated opposite
dark portions of second line, cloudy, rather dark fuscous, tending
to be suffused into second, but sometimes almost entirely obsolete ;
submarginal very faint, cloudy, pale whitish-ochreous ; a more or
less interrupted blackish hindmarginal line ; cilia white, with some
indistinct fuscous dots near base. Hindwings with hindmargin
angulated in middle, with moderate triangular projection ; veins
6 and 7 separate ; colour, discal dot, submarginal and hindmarginal
lines, and cilia as in forewings ; second line slender, waved, some-
what curved, faint whitish-ochreous, with one or two black scales ;
subterminal faint, cloudy, pale whitish-ochreous.

Duaringa, Queensland ; three specimens sent by Mr. G. Barnard.
Also from Formosa, Celebes, and India.

Sect. B. Posterior tibize of ¢ with terminal spurs.

28. Ac. orthoscia, n. sp.

SQ. 16-19 mm. Head pale ochreous, fillet white, face blackish.
Palpi ochreous-whitish. Antenne whitish, in ¢ serrate, ciliations
23. Thorax and abdomen pale whitish-ochreous. Legs ochreous-
whitish, posterior tibiz in ¢ well-developed, slender, with terminal
spurs, in Q with all spurs present, posterior tarsi in ¢ 1, fully
developed. Forewings with costa posteriorly moderately arched
(less in Q), hindmargin slightly rounded, oblique; pale whitish-
ochreous, in Q thinly sprinkled with black ; lines pale ochreous ;

first nearly straight, indistinct ; a minute black discal dot before
55

862 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

median ; median from 3 of costa to beyond middle of inner margin,
somewhat darker than other lines, cloudy, straight ; second from $
of costa to ¢ of inner margin, slender, straight ; subterminal rather
slender, very near second; submarginal slender, indistinct yi
hindmarginal row of black dots: cilia pale whitish-ochreous.
Hindwings with hindmargin rounded ; veins 6 and 7 from a point
or separate ; colour and markings as in forewings, but first line
absent, discal dot on or immediately beyond median, second and
posterior lines rather curved.

Geraldton and Perth, West Australia; in October and
November, several specimens.

29. Ac. megalocentra, n. sp.

3. 23mm. Head whitish-ochreous, fillet white, face black.
Palpi blackish, beneath whitish, Antenne whitish, filiform,
ciliations 3. Thorax and abdomen ochreous-whitish, with a few
black scales. Legs ochreous-white, anterior femora and _ tibice
infuscated, posterior tibize well-developed, slender, with terminal
spurs, tarsi 1, fully developed. Forewings with costa posteriorly
moderately arched, hindmargin slightly rounded, oblique ; ochre-
ous-whitish, thinly sprinkled with black ; lines slender, very pale
greyish-ochreous ; first only indicated towards inner margin, where
it is mixed with black ; median very faint, from disc at ? to inner
margin before middle, preceded by a conspicuous black discal dot ;
second from § of costa to } of inner margin, slightly sinuate above
middle and above inner margin, with indications of dots on veins,
and a distinct blackish dot above middle ; subterminal and sub-
marginal cloudy, faint ; a hindmarginal series of black dots: cilia
ochreous-whitish. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded; veins
6 and 7 stalked ; colour, second line, and posterior markings as in
forewings, but second line more irrorated with black throughout,
without separate dots ; a faint cloudy median line at 2; a large
black discal dot beyond this.

Adelaide, South Australia; one specimen in October.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 863

30. Ac. episcia, n. sp.

G. 18-19 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax dark grey, more or
less mixed with ochreous-whitish. Antenne grey-whitish, serrate,
ciliations 2. Abdomen and legs whitish, irrorated with dark
grey, posterior tibize well-developed, slender, with terminal spurs,
tarsi fully-developed, longer than tibiz. Forewings with costa
straight, hindmargin bowed, oblique ; white, suffusedly irrorated
with fuscous; costa and a basal patch bounded by a line from
before middle of costa to near base of inner margin fuscous,
sprinkled with black ; first from middle of costa to } of inner
margin, hardly curved; a dark fuscous discal dot before median ;
median strong, rather irregular, cloudy, fuscous, mixed with black,
from 2 of costa to before middle of inner margin, sinuate inwards
below middle, anteriorly more or less suffused ; second from { of
costa to 2 of inner margin, tolerably parallel to hindmargin, some-
what irregular ; subterminal fuscous sprinkled with black, more
or less strong, near and parallel to second, followed by a nearly
clear white line ; submarginal fuscous, indistinct ; an entire dark
fuscous hindmarginal line, marked with black dots : cilia fuscous,
very obscurely barred with whitish, base whitish. Hindwings
with hindmargin rounded, obtusely much bent about veins 3 and
4, sinuate above anal angle, inner margin short; veins 6 and 7
stalked ; colour, second line, and all posterior markings as in fore-
wings, but second line markedly sinuate inwards above middle ; a
cloudy fuscous median line, irrorated with black, rather abruptly
sinuate inwards above middle, followed by a black discal dot.

Carnarvon, West Australia; two specimens in October.

5. Timanpra, Dup.

Face smooth. Antenne in ¢ bipectinated, towards apex
filiform. Palpi moderate, porrected or ascending, second joint
with rather dense tolerably appressed scales, slightly rough be-
neath, terminal joint moderate. Thorax smooth beneath. Posterior

864 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

femora in ¢ sometimes with tuft of hairs; posterior tibie in ¢
cylindrical, sometimes clothed with dense hairs, all spurs present,
tarsi developed. Forewings with veins 3 and 4 sometimes from a
point, 6 remote from 9, 10 out of 9, 11 connected at a point or
anastomosing with 9. Hindwings with veins 3 and 4 stalked or
closely approximated, 6 and 7 stalked.

A small genus, principally Indo-Malayan, but with stragglers
in other regions. The genus may be regarded as including two
main sections, in the first of which the posterior legs are furnished
with tufts of hair in the @, whilst in the other they are simple ;
both the Australian species belong to the first section, Probably
both are really Malayan, ranging into Australia.

31. Tim. aventiaria, Gn.

(Timandra aventiaria, Gn. x, 3.)

OQ. 25-28 mm. Head reddish-ochreous, fillet whitish-ochreous.
Palpi reddish-ochreous. Antennz ochreous-whitish or grey-whitish,
pectinations in @ a 2,65. Thorax, abdomen, and legs whitish-
ochreous, more or less reddish-tinged, in ¢ posterior femora with
large rough tuft of hairs near base beneath, posterior tibiz clothed
beneath with long dense rough hairs, inner middle-spur flattened.
Forewings with costa posteriorly moderately arched, hindmargin
oblique, rather deeply concave on upper half, angularly projecting
in middle, lower half straight ; whitish-ochreous, generally more
or less strongly reddish-tinged, sometimes posteriorly with obscure
scattered reddish-fuscous strigule ; a small roundish purplish-grey
discal spot, margined with dark purple-fuscous; a straight pale
whitish-ochreous line, anteriorly margined with ochreous or fuscous-
reddish, from costa near apex to inner margin beyond middle ;
sometimes a few minute black dots arranged in a posterior series,
probably representing second line ; a deep fuscous-reddish streak,
marked with four small blackish spots, along upper half of hind-
margin : cilia whitish-grey, basal half dark grey, but with a pale
space below middle. Hindwings with hindmargin angulated in

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 865

middle, forming a moderate triangular projection; colour and
cilia as in forewings ; a small whitish discal dot ; a straight line,
as in forewings, from beyond middle of costa to below middle of
inner margin.

Duaringa, Queensland; sent commonly by Mr. G. Barnard.
According to the British Museum also from India and Ceylon.

32. Tim. prasodes, n. sp.

G. 26-27 mm. Head reddish-ochreous, fillet ochreous-whitish.
Palpi whitish-ochreous, towards apex reddish-ochreous. Antenne
rosy-whitish, pectinations a 4,57. Thorax, abdomen, and legs
whitish-ochreous, posterior femora with large rough tuft of hairs
near base beneath, posterior tibiee clothed beneath with dense long
hairs, inner middle-spur flattened. Forewings with costa
posteriorly moderately arched, hindmargin oblique, somewhat
angularly projecting in middle, upper half very slightly concave,
lower half straight ; pale ochreous-greenish ; a white discal dot,
slenderly margined with fuscous ; a faint straight whitish-ochreous
line, obscurely margined with darker anteriorly, from 3 of costa to
beyond middle of inner margin ; a posterior series of faint cloudy
darker dots: cilia reddish-whitish, basal third reddish-grey. Hind-
wings with hindmargin angulated in middle, forming a short
triangular projection ; colour and markings as in forewings, but
median line running from beyond middle of costa to below middle
of inner margin.

Duaringa, Queensland ; three specimens received from Mr. G.
Barnard.

6. UROLITHA, n. g.

Face smooth. (Ocelli present.) Antenne in @ serrate,
biciliated with fascicles. Palpi moderate, slender, loosely scaled,
porrected, terminal joint in ¢ short, in Q moderately long.
Posterior tibie in g somewhat thickened, grooved, containing a
pencil of long hairs, all spurs present. Thorax slightly hairy
beneath. Abdomen in ¢ with prensors strong, each with an

866 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

internal outwards-curved hook at base, uncus laterally double
throughout, with a long straight simple process from pediment
beneath. Forewings with veins 3 and 4 stalked, 6 from point
with or out of 9, 10 out of 9, 11 free or anastomosing with 12.
Hindwings with veins 3 and 4 stalked, 6 and 7 stalked.

Lnote the presence of distinct ocelli in this genus, but in a
group such as the Geometrina, where they tend strongly to become
permanently obsolete, I doubt if the structure is of any generic

value.
33. Urol. bipunctifera, Walk.

(Lodis bipunctifera, Walk., 546.)

GQ. 21-26 mm. Face yellow-ochreous, forehead deep carmine,
fillet and postorbital rim white, crown yellowish-green. Palpi
white, above carmine. Antenne white, becoming ochreous
towards apex. Thorax green. Abdomen green, apex and sides
white, sometimes (not always or sexually) with a dorsal ochreous
streak not reaching base, and marked with four or five raised
dark fuscous-red golden-metallic spots. Legs ochreous-white, tarsi
and anterior tibie more ochreous, anterior tibiz slightly reddish-
tinged. Forewings broad, costa moderately arched, hindmargin
almost straight ; yellowish-green ; costal edge slenderly ochreous-
white; lines straight, slender, somewhat irregular, ochreous-
whitish, obsolete on costa; first from before middle of costa to
middle of inner margin, second from 2 of costa to § of inner
margin ; a minute black discal dot on or before first line ; generally
a short very fine black line on apical margin: cilia yellowish-
white, with a small faint carmine spot at apex, beneath anal angle
greenish. Hindwings broad, hindmargin almost straight or
slightly rounded, inner margin very long, anal angle rounded ;
yellowish-green; a straight slender ochreous-whitish line from
middle of costa to inner margin near before anal angle; a short
very fine black line on apical margin; a small triangular deep
carmine spot on anal angle, marginal edge suffusedly black: cilia
yellowish-white, on inner margin yellowish, with a carmine spot
on anal angle and fainter one at apex.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 867

Newcastle and Sydney, New South Wales, from September to
November ; eight specimens, taken mostly at lamps. The species
is variable, but widely different from any other known to me.

7. Evcrostis, Hb.

Face smooth. Antenne in ¢@ bipectinated, towards apex
simple. Palpi rather short, porrected, loosely scaled, terminal
joint short or moderate. Posterior tibize in both sexes with
middle spurs absent. Abdomen in ¢ with uncus simple, with
basal process beneath. Forewings with veins 3 and 4 separate,
6 separate or from point with or out of 9, 10 out of 9, 11 anasto-
mosing with or running into 12. Hindwings with veins 3 and 4
separate or stalked, 6 and 7 from a point or stalked.

The genus is apparently nearly cosmopolitan, but not very
large.

1. Wings with white transverse lines ......... etre 2.
Wings without white transverse lines ....... .....36. tocentra.
ep CS ECE ericeeeaceses access genous lepine ers 34. argocrand.

PACE LELVUSIMOUS wsceccascececds ces secs eesee = sesessesseed0. Latileneata.

34. Hucr. argocrana, n. sp.

GS. 26mm. Face and fillet light green, crown white. Palpi
and antenne white. Thorax light green, sides narrowly white.
Abdomen whitish, mixed with greenish. Legs white, femora and
coxee greenish. Forewings with costa moderately arched, hind-
margin oblique, hardly rounded; vein 6 separate from 9, 11
anastomosing with 12; pale yellowish-green; costa narrowly
white ; lines white; first from 1 of costa to j of inner margin,
slender, moderately curved ; second from costa near apex to § of
inner margin, moderately thick, attenuated above, almost straight :
cilia white, towards base greenish. Hindwings with hindmargin
rounded ; veins 3 and 4 separate, 5 equidistant between 4 and 6,
6 and 7 from a point; pale yellow-greenish : cilia as in forewings.

Victoria ; one specimen (Coll. Lucas).

868 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

35. Eucr. latilineata, Walk.

(Geometra latilineata, Walk. Suppl. 1605.)

g. 15-16mm. MHeadand palpi ferruginous. Antenne ochreous-
whitish or ochreous, beneath ferruginous, pectinations short.
Thorax whitish-green, anterior margin broadly pale ochreous,
collar ferruginous. Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Legs ferruginous,
beneath whitish. Forewings with costa almost straight, bind-
margin obliquely rounded ; vein 6 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with
12; rather light bluish-green (rapidly fading to more yellowish) ;
a moderate whitish-ochreous costal streak, gradually attenuated
to apex, extreme costal edge more or less ferruginous towards
base ; lines ochreous-whitish ; first from 2 of costa to 2 of inner
margin, slender, curved, sometimes obsolete towards costa ; second
from 3 of costa to { of inner margin, straight, moderately thick :
cilia pale greenish, terminal half whitish. Hindwings with hind-
margin strongly rounded ; veins 3 and 4 stalked, 6 and 7 stalked ;
colour, second line, and cilia as in forewings ; a short transverse
whitish mark in disc before middle.

Duaringa and Maryborough, Queensland ; in January and
February ; eight specimens sent by Mr. G. Barnard.

36. Hucr. iocentra, n. sp.

g- 14 mm. Face brown-red, fillet white, crown yellowish-
green. Palpi white, above brown-red. Antenne white, pectina-
tions short. Thorax yellowish-green, anterior margin yellower.
Abdomen pale green, becoming whitish on sides. Legs white,
anterior and middle coxe, femora, and tibiae dull fuscous-carmine
above. Forewings with costa slightly arched, hindmargin
obliquely rounded ; vein 6 almost from a point with 9, 11 running
into 12; yellowish-green ; a slender white costal streak, beneath
which the groundcolour is more yellowish; a small brown-red
discal spot; a hindmarginal series of brown-red lunules: cilia
whitish (imperfect). Hindwings with hindmargin rather strongly

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 869

rounded ; veins 3 and 4 stalked, 6 and 7 stalked; colour, discal
spot, hindmarginal lunules, and cilia as in forewings.

Duaringa, Queensland ; one specimen sent by Mr. G. Barnard.

8. CoMmosTOLA, n. g.

Face smooth. Antenne in ¢@ bipectinated, towards apex
simple. Palpi moderate, filiform, porrected, terminal joint in Q
very long. Posterior tibie (in ¢ ?) in Q with all spurs present.
Forewings with veins 3 and 4 from a point, 6 out of 9, 10 out of
9, 11 out of 9 above 6, anastomosing with 12. Hindwings with
veins 3 and 4 stalked, 6 and 7 stalked.

37. Com. perlepidaria, Walk.

(Zucrostis perlepidaria, Walk. Suppl. 1610).

6Q- 16-17 mm. Face brown, somewhat mixed with dark
reddish-fuscous, fillet white, crown green with a fuscous-red spot.
Palpi white, above fuscous-reddish. Antenne whitish, base of
pectinations black, pectinations long. Thorax and abdomen light
bluish-green (partly defaced). Legs white, anterior pair dark
reddish-fuscous above. Forewings with costa moderately arched,
hindmargin rather oblique, slightly rounded ; rather light bluish-
green ; a narrow pale ferruginous costal streak, irregularly mixed
with leaden-metallic scales ; markings deep brown-red, margined
with whitish ; first line indicated by a small spot on inner
margin before 4 ; a moderate discal spot, containing a transverse
bright leaden-metallic mark ; second line indicated by an outwards-
curved series of dots on veins from 3? of costa to 2 of inner margin,
middle one somewhat larger, series terminating in a small spot on
inner margin ; a leaden-metallic hindmarginal line, mixed with
fuscous-red, interrupted by whitish dots on veins : cilia whitish-
ochreous. Hindwings with hindmargin moderately bent on vein
4 ; colour, discal spot, second and hindmarginal lines, and cilia as
in forewings.

870 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

Brisbane, Queensland ; two specimens received from Dr. Lucas.
I may repeat here what I have noted elsewhere, that in the case
of this and all other species quoted by Walker as from “ Swan
River, Mr. Diggles’ collection” some mistake was made, as all
these species appear to be really from Queensland, where Mr.
Diggles principally collected.

9. Iopis, Hb.

Face smooth. Antenne in @ bipectinated, towards apex
simple. Palpi short or moderate, second joint loosely scaled or
shortly rough-scaled beneath, terminal joint short or moderately
long, porrected. Thorax sometimes hairy beneath. Posterior
tibiz in ¢ often thickened and grooved, with pencil of hairs in
groove, all spurs present. Abdomen in ¢ with uncus simple, with -
basal process beneath. Forewings with veins 3 and 4 stalked or
separate, 6 out of 9 or separate, 10 out of 9, 11 free or anasto-
mosing with 12 and sometimes with 10 also, rarely running into
12. Hindwings with veins 3 and 4 separate or stalked, 6 and 7
stalked.

After examination of a large quantity of material, I fimd it
necessary to include in the single genus Jodis a variety of forms
classed by Guénée and others as several distinct genera (7’halas-
sodes, Phorodesma, Chlorochroma, Chlorodes, Comibaena). ‘This
is not for want of structural differences, for there is abundance of
variation in the neuration and form of the palpi, but it is im-
possible to make use of it to advantage; the characters seem
inconstant, being liable to frequent variation within the limits of
the same species, and in their normal form differ more or less in
every species, even the most closely-allied. I have consequently
classed all together, regarding the structural variation as specific
only; as such, it is described in each case under the specific
characters. The genus in its extended sense will be rather large,
but not excessively, probably containing some 200 species ;
apparently cosmopolitan (except New Zealand), but principally
characteristic of the Indo-Malayan and Australian regions.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S.

1, Forewings more or less marked with red or

Forewings not marked with red or brown
. Wings. with numerous short transverse
whitish strigulae
Wings without transverse strigulae
Os Hae paruhysehee ie mcs pc ses deca ecide,<es.0cc selene
Hace WhOllyened niccscsoatess cence scisccocesaseas

. Crown green ..... {abe Ses Be eR B One er emo chetbe
Crown ferruginous

bo

Peer cee eereseresessesearse tee

Hindwings without white subapical spots
‘6. Forewings with a ferruginous streak along

MONET DIAL TIN scat vo teceiewwinwiel esses | side 70
Forewings without ferruginous streak along
INHER MALAI: +2525 cc <<. Soni Gok CRBSEREE SS.

de CLOws: WhiGllys WHUb6 ooo dase casdse. spescse='s0s rae
Crown not wholly white.................se0e0
GaP ACGXSEECN cde cccccatewasaefsvcwctinay ses cesevecés
IBACEPUOUROTOON Gs Cidesceec as ste csicneus rae caesasess

aR EON PDLOWAl Seles s ewes tenet eeee ek bos ona 76.

Crow SEEN? awesces.esiwotnsaoe stove. es 12

10. Forewings with whitish longitudinal streaks 69.

Forewings without whitish longitudinal
streaks

11.3Discal spot of hindwings leaden-metallic... 66.

Discal spot of hindwings not leaden-

Wie Gallic™s. Mesnedacsanencr akc svc atp ek soaes's
BQ Crowrereeninnectes sects test eee east gnc 73

CEG WT CLUMSOIN oy sree sence atic sig cc's

13. Wings with a hindmarginal series of
PULpHSH: SPOS) grasevascenedscb ates Sse ges 67

Wings without hindmarginal series of
PUNplishispotssocsncnscse Soran cs see 61.

14, Head wholly without green marking .......

Head more or less marked with green..,...

74.
75.
(is
5. Hindwings with two white subapical spots 68,

871

saturataria.

metaspila.

prerordes Q.

buprestaria.
6.

. boisduvalaria.

fe
partita.
8.
o:
10.
insperata Q.

. tosticta.

exoterica.

11

leucomerata.

12.

. crossota.

13.

. rhodocosma.

cadmaria.
15,
20.

15. Hindwings ochreous-yellow ............. .. 43. gratiosata.
Hindwings not yellow ...,..0:.¢.:2sasseseeseee 16.
16. Hindwings much paler than forewings,
STEON-WHIUISI sel. s eek see cesteecwene 46. pyropa.
Hindwings concolorous with forewings,
EERE C1 Saltese aadie eee cans veafoasienniae ba 8
17. Fillet light yellow, concolorous with crown 54. carenaria.
Bales Wwe ct ooo cs ose gies tus usdlegtateeeee 18.
DSi Milla wight yevlowscctecccs oconaususesasassens . 49. melocrossa.
Cilia ochreous-whitish, ..........cscceceeeseeees 19.
19. Anterior Coxe OFANges:..... 0... lice seeeeede 55. submissaria.
Anterior coxe silvery-white, outer side
ochreous and QYeeN........scseseeseseeees 56. argocnemis.
20. Face partly or wholly green..............0.+. 21.
Face entirely without green...............++- 30.
21. Base of cilia fuscous-crimson.........00se0+8 . 63, semicrocea.
Base of cilia green or whitish...............+ 22.
22. Base of cilia white or yellowish-white...... 23.
Se OL CHG, GTCCN 6.5). jolie ncieciclanessiee=iasinisle cies 25.
23. Wings with a black discal dot..............- 65. oxycentra.
Wings without black dot ..............eseeene 24.
24. Wings with numerous minute whitish
BETIGU£2 ..snoncconens ouaveecerenaavaresreses 64. albicosta,
Wings without numerous minute whitish
BURIO ILS ee eedoehs ves ccm teesctnet ne satiesinaee 53. inchoata.
25. Face partly brown or ferruginous............ 26.
Face not brown or ferruginous........... rece 28.
26. Crown orange with two green dots......... 44, beryllina.
Crown wholly green........cescsssssessescerees 27.
27. Hindwings whitish ...............+.+. eee 42. fugitivaria..
Hind wings Qreen........s..scseserseee seeerees . 62. ocyptera.
28. Face marked with white............. pr apaodss 29.

REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

Face wholly green.........seee (> {eseneenee aes 30.

BY E, MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S.

873

29, First and second lines slender................ 76. insperata &.
First and second lines broad.................. 77. pieroides &.
30. Second line of forewings whitish............ 31.
Second line of forewings not whitish........ 33.
31. Forewings with a dark green discal dot.... 52. neptunus.
Forewings without a dark green discal dot 32.
32. Forewings with first line absent .....,.. ... 41. stereota.
Forewings with first line distinct............ 33.
33. First line of forewings sharply hooked in-
wards at upper extremity............... 40. lewcochorda.
First line of forewings straight............... 39. hypsithrona.
34, Hindmargin of hindwings strongly bent in
middle..... PRIS sae SE SOL 3, 51. centrophylla.
Hindmargin of hindwings rounded........... 50. asemanta.
Jd. CLOWN, CYINISON 1 ETONG. scene occescrceoses oe 36.
Crown whalllyoreenhi.sncsdscereas esate sc dene die 38.
36, Cilia whitish-ochreous at base.........2.00008 58. dichloraria.
Cilia wholly pale crimson...............0c0008 37.
37. Thorax and abdomen with a yellow dorsal
TMG Maes itiioe ssobiisas ences ona waraiteaseisstve's 59. vertumnaria.
Thorax and abdomen without a yellow dor-
BEUPLIMG eistiee ia bh apewecess AAs A otht beanless 60. externa.
38. Cilia of forewings green at base............05 39.
Cilia of forewings not green at base......... 42.
Oo, 7 Ebi alippinigss NAGS! 5, sare cloab die cade alelaodoi 40.
Eland ying CMESM ae 2540 doves dan dois mad sje am 41.
40. Lines of forewings white, distinct ...... ... 38. meandraria.
Lines of forewings absent........... Se etry 45. ochthaula.
41. Hindwings with hindmargin _ strongly
rounded... Ase edn Pekuae ie. . 57. monocyma.

Hindwings with hindmargin obtusely bent

in qaidadle? t..10) .WIPAe. RUIGA ll 78
42. Face white, forehead ferruginous............ 48.

Face wholly reddish-fuscous.................+ 47.

. byrsopis.
citrolimbaria.
halochlora.

874 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

38. Lod. meandraria, Gn.

(Iodis meandraria, Gn. ix, 355.)

SQ. 26-27 mm. Face and fillet orange, crown green. Palpi
orange, terminal joint short. Antenne white, pectinations 8.
Thorax green, slightly hairy beneath. (Abdomen broken.) Legs
green above, white beneath, anterior femora and base of coxze:
with orange streaks, anterior tibie and tarsi orange above,
posterior tibie in g not thickened. Forewings with costa
moderately arched, hindmargin oblique, faintly sinuate ; veins 3
and 4 separate, 6 separate or from point with 9, 11 anastomosing
or connected by bar with 12 and then with 10; bluish-green,
costal edge orange; lines moderate, snow-white, margined with
rather darker green, parallel, discal third curved outwards ; first
from beneath middle of costa to 4} of inner margin, second from
costa near apex to 2 of inner margin: cilia green, tips whitish.
Hindwings with hindmargin strongly rounded ; veins 3 and 4
from a point or stalked ; white; a curved second line indicated,
only by very faint greenish margins ; cilia green, tips whitish.

Hobart, Tasmania ; two specimens.

39. Tod. hypsithrona, un. sp.

Q. 26 mm. Head bluish-green, fillet white. Palpi whitish-
green, terminal joint short. Antenne white. Thorax bluish-
green, thinly hairy beneath. Abdomen green-whitish. Legs
whitish, anterior pair ochreous-tinged above, anterior cox green.
Forewings with costa gently arched, hindmargin rather oblique,
hardly rounded ; veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 out of 9, 1] anastomo-
sing with 12 and then with 10; bluish-green ; lines moderate,
white, ill-defined, rather irregular; first from middle of disc to
middle of inner margin ; second from beneath costa at }# to } of
inner margin, tending to form spots on veins, rather sinuate
inwards near inner margin: cilia pale green, tips whitish. Hind-
wings with hindmargin strongly rounded, slightly bent on vein 4 ;

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 875

3 and 4 short-stalked ; pale whitish-green, becoming white at base
and towards costa anteriorly ; a moderate ill-defined curved white
line at 3; cilia whitish-green, tips whitish.

Mount Kosciusko (5000 feet), New South Wales ; one specimen
in January.

40. Lod. lewcochorda, n. sp.

6. 28mm. Head green, fillet white. Palpi green, terminal
joint short. Antennz white, pectinations 6. Thorax bluish-
green, thinly hairy beneath. Abdomen white, narrowly pale
greenish on back. Legs white, anterior and middle coxe green,
anterior femora ochreous with a green streak above, anterior
tibize and tarsi ochreous, posterior tibiz rather thickened, with
groove containing pencil of whitish hairs. Forewings with costa
moderately arched, hindmargin rather oblique, hardly rounded ;
veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and
then with 10; bluish-green ; costal edge narrowly ochreous-white
from before middle to apex; lines narrow, white, well-defined ;
first from above middle of disc to } of inner margin, slightly
sinuate, upper extremity with a short projection inwards, forming
an acute hook ; second from beneath costa at } to inner margin
beyond 2, slightly irregular : cilia green, tips whitish. Hindwings
with hindmargin strongly rounded, slightly bent on vein 4; 3 and
4 stalked ; pale whitish-green, becoming white towards costa; a
narrow rather irregular curved white line about 2 ; cilia whitish-
green, tips white.

Deloraine, Tasmania ; two specimens in December.

41, Lod. stereota, n. sp.

SQ. 28-33 mm. Head green, fillet whitish-ochreous. Palpi
pale green, terminal joint short. Antenne white, pectinations 6,
inner series green. Thorax bluish-green, with a central whitish-
ochreous line not reaching anterior margin, rather hairy beneath.
Abdomen white, somewhat mixed with pale green. Legs white,
more or less pale green above, posterior tibie in ¢ rather

876 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

thickened, with groove containing pencil of whitish hairs. Fore-
wings with costa gently arched, hindmargin rather oblique,
slightly rounded ; veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 out of 9, 11 anasto-
mosing with 12 and sometimes afterwards with 10 ; bluish-green ;
costa narrowly whitish-ochreous; a narrow straight white line
from beneath costa at } to 3 of inner margin: cilia green, terminal
half white. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded ; veins 3 and
4 short-stalked ; pale bluish-green, becoming more whitish towards
base ; a narrow somewhat irregular rather curved whitish line
about $5; cilia green, terminal half white.
Melbourne, Victoria ; two specimens in October.

42. Tod. fugitivaria, Gn.

(lodis fugitivaria, Gn. ix, 354; J. intacta, Walk. 545; J.
obliquissima, ib. 546.)

dg. 28-29 mm. Face light brown, with some green marginal
scales, fillet white, crown green. Palpi green, terminal joint
short. Antenne white, pectinations 4. Thorax bluish-green,
rather hairy beneath. Abdomen white, slightly mixed with pale
greenish. Coxe and femora green, tibize and tarsi whitish-
ochreous, posterior tibize not thickened. Forewings with costa
gently arched, hindmargin oblique, slightly rounded ; veins 3 and
4 separate, 6 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and then with 10;
bluish-green ; a moderate slightly outwards-curved white line
from beneath costa near apex to 3 of inner margin: cilia light
bluish-green. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded, somewhat
bent on vein 4; 3 and 4 short-stalked ; white, very slightly
greenish-tinged ; a very faint bent greenish line about 3; a pale
green hindmarginal line ; cilia pale whitish-green.

Melbourne, Victoria ; Blue Tiers, Tasmania ; three specimens.

43. Tod. gratiosata, Gn.
(Nemoria gratiosata, Gn. ix, 351, pl. xvii, 1.)

g. 26 mm. Head and palpi orange. Antenne reddish-
ochreous. Thorax green. Abdomen ochreous-yellowish. Legs

BY E, MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 877

dark crimson-fuscous. | Forewings with costa slightly arched,
hindmargin oblique, slightly rounded ; veins 3 and 4 from a point,
6 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and then with 10; emerald-
green ; costa narrowly ochreous-yellow ; a nearly straight snow-

white line from near costa at { to near inner margin at ?:

o
cilia emerald-green. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded ; veins
3and 4 from a point; bright ochreous-yellow ; cilia ochreous-

yellow.

Victoria and Tasmania; two specimens (Coll. Simson and
Lucas).

44, Tod. beryllina, n. sp.

Q. 23mm. Head deep orange, face with a green linear mark
on each side, fillet whitish-ochreous, crown with two green dots.
Palpi orange, terminal joint short. Antenne whitish-ochreous.
Thorax emerald-green, shoulders orange, beneath with a few hairs.
Abdomen white. Legs fuscous-crimson, beneath ochreous-white,
anterior cox green, posterior legs crimson-whitish. Forewings
with costa hardly arched, hindmargin obliquely rounded ; veins
3 and 4 separate, 6 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and then
with 10; emerald-green ; costal edge ochreous-yellow : cilia pale
whitish-green. Hindwings with hindmargin irregularly rounded,
bent on vein 4 ; 3 and 4 separate ; whitish-green, becoming white
towards costa anteriorly ; cilia pale whitish-green.

Geraldton, West Australia ; one specimen in November.

45. Iod. ochthaula, n. sp.

SQ. 20-22 mm. Face light brown, fillet whitish-ochreous,
crown pale green, postorbital rims white. Palpi light brown,
terminal joint short. Antenne whitish-ochreous, pectinations 5.
Thorax green, thinly hairy beneath. Abdomen white. Legs
white, anterior pair brownish above, posterior tibiz not thickened.
Forewings with costa almost straight, hindmargin obliquely
rounded ; veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with

56

878 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

12 and then with 10; yellowish-green; costal edge whitish-
ochreous except towards base and apex: cilia green, terminal half
white. Hindwings with hindmargin unevenly rounded ; veins 3
and 4 separate; white, faintly greenish-tinged ; cilia greenish-
white.

Carnarvon, West Australia ; three specimens in October ;
appears to be attached to Hucalyptus.

46, Lod. pyropa, n. sp.

6. 23-26 mm. Head orange, fillet ochreous-white. Palpi
orange, terminal joint short. Antennze ochreous-whitish, pectina-
tions 8. Thorax light bluish-green, shoulders orange, slightly
hairy beneath. Abdomen white. Legs fuscous-carmine, anterior
coxee green, posterior legs ochreous-whitish, tibize not thickened.
Forewings with costa almost straight, hindmargin somewhat
oblique, rounded ; veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 out of 9, 11 anasto-
mosing with 12 and then with 10; light bluish-green ; costal
edge light ochreous-yellowish: cilia pale bluish-green. Hindwings
with hindmargin unevenly rounded; veins 3 and 4 separate ;
green-whitish ; cilia green-whitish, base greener.

Perth, West Australia ; two specimens in November.

47. Lod. halochlora, n. sp.

g. 23mm. Face reddish-fuscous, fillet and postorbital rims
white, crown pale green. Palpi carmine, terminal joint short.
Antenne white, pectinations 5. Thorax whitish-green, rather
hairy beneath. Abdomen white, towards base pale whitish-green.
Legs carmine, beneath white, posterior pair wholly white, tibiz
somewhat thickened, with groove containing pencil of white hairs.
Forewings with costa almost straight, hindmargin somewhat
oblique, almost straight; veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 from point
with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12; whitish-green; costal edge
whitish-ochreous : cilia whitish-ochreous, at apex carmine-tinged,

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 879

round anal angle white. Hindwings with hindmargin rather
abruptly rounded on vein 6, thence almost straight ; veins 3 and
4 short-stalked ; whitish-green, base paler ; cilia white.

Quorn, South Australia ; one specimen in October.

48. Tod. citrolimbaria, Gn.

(Chlorochroma citrolimbaria, Gn. ix, 366.)

“to. 25mm. Face white, forehead ferruginous, fillet pale
yellow, crown green. Antenne yellow. Thorax green with a
yellow dorsal line. Forewings bluish-green ; costa and cilia pale
yellow. Hindwings bluish-green ; cilia pale yellow” (Guénée).

I have no reason to doubt that the above description indicates
a species different from any I have seen, probably from Tasmania
or South Australia.

49. Tod. melocrossa, n. sp.

(Chlorochroma citrolimbaria, Walk. 562, (nec. Gn.).)

6. 24mm. Head deep ferruginous-red, fillet white. Antenne
white. Thorax and abdomen green, with a pale yellow dorsal
line not reaching anterior margin of thorax. Forewings with
costa hardly arched, hindmargin slightly rounded, somewhat
oblique ; green ; costal edge reddish-ochreous ; hindmarginal line
and cilia light ochreous-yellow. Hindwings with hindmargin
moderately rounded ; colour and cilia as in forewings.

Tasmania.

I have only seen the single British Museum specimen, from
which the above description is drawn; I do not think Walker can
have been right in identifying it as the preceding species.

50. Lod. asemanta, n. sp.

g.19-21mm. Head green, fillet white. Palpi whitish-green,
terminal joint short. Antennz ochreous-white, pectinations 4.

880 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

Thorax bluish-green, slightly hairy beneath. Abdomen bluish-
green, on sides white. Legs pale green, beneath white, posterior
pair wholly white, tibie rather thickened, with groove containing
pencil of white hairs. Forewings with costa almost straight,
hindmargin rather oblique, almost straight ; veins 3 and 4 from a
point, 6 from point with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 ; bluish-green ;
costal edge whitish-ochreous, extreme edge sometimes carmine ; a
faint darker green discal dot : cilia light green, tips whitish. Hind-
wings with hindmargin rounded ; veins 3 and 4 short-stalked ;
bluish-green ; a faint darker green discal dot ; hardly perceptible

traces of a paler dentate line at 3; cilia light green, tips whitish.

Carnarvon, West Australia ; two specimens in October.

51. Lod. centrophylla, n. sp.

G. 22-25 mm. Head bluish-green, fillet white. Palpi green,
terminal joint moderate. Antenne white, pectinations 6. Thorax
bluish-green, slightly hairy beneath. Abdomen bluish-green, sides
white. Legs white, anterior pair green above, middle pair
greenish-tinged, posterior tibie not thickened. Forewings with
costa moderately arched, hindmargin obliquely rounded ; veins 3
and 4 from a point or short-stalked, 6 separate or out of 9, 11
anastomosing with 12 and then with 10; bluish-green, thinly
irrorated with olive-green ; costal edge yellow-ochreous; lines
slender, subdentate, slightly darker olive-green, obsolete near
costa ; first from } of costa to ? of inner margin; second from 2
of costa to 2 of inner margin, rather curved outwards on upper 3 ;
a deep green discal dot: cilia bluish-green, terminal half white.
Hindwings with hindmargin strongly bent and slightly projecting
angularly on vein 4; 3 and 4 stalked; colour, discal dot, second
line, and cilia as in forewings, but second line more curved.

Sydney, New South Wales; Melbourne, Victoria; George’s
Bay, Tasmania ; in November and December, three specimens.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 881

52, Lod. neptunus, Butl.

(Chlorochroma neptunus, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886,
435.)

Q. 26 mm. Head green, fillet white. Palpi green. Antenne
white. ‘Thorax green. Abdomen green, sides white. Anterior
legs yellow-ochreous, coxze green. Forewings bluish-green ; costal
edge ochreous-white ; lines slender, slightly waved, whitish ; first
hardly traceable ; second from 3 of costa to 3 of inner margin,
almost straight ; a dark green transverse discal dot: cilia green,
tips whitish. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded, somewhat
bent ; colour, discal dot, second line, and cilia as in forewings, but
second line curved,

Queensland. I have described the British Museum type, which
is the only one I have seen.

53. Lod. inchoata, Walk.

(Chlorochroma inchoata, Walk. 563.)

Q. 21-25 mm. Head green, fillet white (face partly brownish %).
Forewings green; costa narrowly whitish : cilia yellowish-white.
5° 5 ) yw ly Y
Hindwings green ; cilia yellowish-white.

Said to be from New South Wales. I have described the two
specinens in the British Museum, which appear to be a good and
distinct species, but the head is in bad condition.

54. Lod. carenaria, Gn.

(Chlorochroma carenaria, Gn. ix, 366.)

SQ. 36mm. Face brownish-red, fillet and crown pale yellow.
Palpi brownish-red, beneath and at base yellow, terminal joint
short. Antenne pale yellow, pectinations reddish-tinged. Thorax
green, posteriorly with a pale yellow dorsal line. Abdomen green,
with a pale yellowish dorsal line, sides and apex white. Legs

882 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

ochreous, beneath whitish, anterior coxee and anterior and middle
femora reddish-ochreous, posterior legs ochreous-white, tibie in ¢
not thickened. Forewings with costa slightly arched, hindmargin
oblique, hardly rounded ; veins 3 and 4 from a point, 6 separate ;
green ; costal edge whitish-ochreous, base ferruginous ; first line
straight, whitish, not reaching costa ; second line whitish, slightly
curved, not dentate, from near costa at # to 2 of inner margin :
cilia pale yellowish, pinkish-tinged. Hindwings with veins 3 and
4 stalked ; colour, second line, and cilia as in forewings, but second
line more irregular and sinuous.

Probably from South-East Australia. The above description is
gathered from information supplied by M. Ragonot, who at my
request kindly examined Guénée’s type in the National Museum
at Paris ; it appears to be undoubtedly a distinct species.

55. Lod. submissaria, Walk.

(Geometra submissaria, Walk. 529; Chlorochroma carenaria,
ib, 562 (nec Gn.).)

SQ. 24-29 mm. Face deep ferruginous, fillet white, crown
ochreous-yellow or ferruginous. Palpi ochreous-yellow, terminal
joint short. Antenne white, pectinations 7. Thorax green,
posteriorly with a whitish-ochreous dorsal line, shoulders ochreous-
yellow, beneath somewhat hairy. Abdomen green, with a whitish-
ochreous dorsal line, sides whitish-ochreous, apex white. Legs
fuscous, beneath whitish, anterior cox and anterior and middle
femora orange, posterior legs ochreous-white, tibize not thickened.
Forewings with costa slightly arched, hindmargin somewhat
oblique, slightly rounded ; veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 separate or
out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and then with 10; bluish-green ;
costal edge whitish-ochreous, base ferruginous; first line sometimes
very faintly indicated ; second line indistinct or obsolete, slender,
whitish, dentate, slightly curved, from towards costa at } to 3 of
inner margin: cilia ochreous-white, base greenish-tinged. Hind-
wings with hindmargin rounded, somewhat bent on vein 4; 3 and
4 from a point ; colour, second line, and cilia as in forewings.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 883

Deloraine, Tasmania; Mount Lofty, South Australia ; in
November and December, four specimens.

56. Lod. argocnemis, n. sp.

dg. 24mm. Face deep ferruginous, fillet white, crown light
yellow-ochreous, its anterior edge ferruginous. Palpi light ochreous-
yellowish, terminal joint very short, ferruginous. Antenne
whitish, pectinations 7, inner series crimson-tinged. Thorax
bluish-green, on posterior half with a whitish-ochreous dorsal line,
shoulders narrowly ochreous-yellow, beneath slightly hairy. Ab-
domen white, basal half green on back, with an ochreous-yellow
dorsal line throughout. Anterior legs fuscous-crimson, cox
silvery-white, with outer side ochreous, towards base green ;
middle femora crimson-whitish, tibize fuscous-crimson, tarsi light
ochreous ; posterior legs ochreous-whitish, femora silvery-white,
tibize not dilated. Forewings with costa hardly arched, hind-
margin rather oblique, slightly rounded ; veins 3 and 4 separate,
6 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and then with 10; bluish-
green ; costa narrowly whitish-ochreous, base ferruginous: cilia
ochreous-whitish. Hindwings with bindmargin rounded, slightly
bent on vein 45 3 and 4 separate; colour and cilia as in forewings.

Perth, West Australia ; one specimen in November.

57. Lod. monocyma, n. sp.

Q.25 mm. Face pinkish-fuscous, fillet ochreous-white, crown
light green. Palpi white, towards apex pinkish, terminal joint
short. Antenne ochreous-whitish, beneath ferruginous, Thorax
pale green, beneath slightly hairy. Abdomen white, on back pale
greenish. Legs whitish, anterior pair above dull fuscous-carmine.
Forewings with costa slightly arched, hindmargin rather obliquely
rounded; veins 3 and 4 from a point, 6 separate, 11 anastomosing
with 12; pale yellowish-green ; costal edge whitish-ochreous, rosy-
tinged ; a very faint irregular paler line from beneath costa at ?
to inner margin at ?: cilia whitish-green, tips more whitish.

884 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

Hindwings with hindmargin strongly rounded; veins 3 and 4
stalked ; colour and cilia asin forewings ; a faint pale irregular

line about 3, angulated in middle,

Carnarvon, West Australia ; one specimen in October.

58. od. dichloraria, Gn.

(Chlorochroma dichloraria, Gn. ix, 365, pl. vi, 8.)

SQ. 21-27 mm. Face deep crimson or fuscous-crimson, fillet
ochreous-white, crown crimson in front, green behind. Palpi
fuscous-crimson, base ochreous-whitish, terminal joint rather
short. Antenne ochreous-white, pectinations 7, inner series
somewhat crimson-tinged. Thorax green, posterior half with an
ochreous-yellow dorsal line, shoulders more or less crimson-tinged,
beneath somewhat hairy. Abdomen green, with a pale ochreous-
yellow dorsal line, apex and sides white. Legs fuscous-crimson,
beneath white, posterior pair ochreous-white, posterior tibie in ¢
thickened, with groove containing pencil of white hairs. Fore-
wings with costa slightly arched, hindmargin soméwhat oblique,
hardly rounded; veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 out of 9, 11 anasto-
mosing with 12 and then with 10; bluish-green; costa narrowly
pale yellow-ochreous, base crimson ; lines very slender, dentate,
whitish-ochreous ; first from beneath costa at } to ? of inner
margin ; second from beneath costa at } to 3 of inner margin,
hardly curved: cilia whitish-ochreous, terminal half whitish-
crimson. Hindwings with hindmargin rather bent on vein 4 ;
3 and 4 separate or short-stalked ; colour, second line, and cilia
as in forewings.

Newcastle and Sydney, New South Wales; Launceston, Tas-
mania ; from September to December, rather common, frequenting
Acacia decurrens, on which the larva feeds.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 885

59. Tod. vertumnaria, Gn.

(Chlorochroma vertumnaria, Gn. ix, 365; C. congenita, Walk.
564.)

GQ. 26-29 mm. Face crimson, fillet white, crown crimson in
front, green behind. Palpi crimson, terminal joint short.
Antenne ochreous-whitish, pectinations 7, inner series crimson-
tinged. Thorax green, posterior half with an ochreous-yellowish
dorsal line, shoulders narrowly crimson, beneath slightly hairy.
Abdomen green, with a pale ochreous-yellowish dorsal line, apex
and sides white. Legs crimson, posterior pair white, tibize in ¢
somewhat thickened, with groove containing pencil of white hairs.
Forewings with costa slightly arched, hindmargin somewhat
oblique, hardly rounded; veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 out of 9,
11 anastomosing with 12; bluish-green; costa narrowly pale
ochreous-yellowish, costal edge crimson ; lines very faintly paler,
dentate, first from beneath costa at + to ; of inner margin,
second from beneath costa at 3 to 3 of inner margin ; an indistinct
darker green discal dot: cilia pale crimson, with cloudy fuscous
dots on veins. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded, slightly
bent on vein 4; 3 and 4 from a point; colour, discal dot, second
line, and cilia as in forewings.

Sydney, New South Wales; George’s Bay, Tasmania; in
December and June, three specimens.

60. Lod. externa, Walk.

(Chlorochroma externa, Walk. 564.)

g. 25-28 mm. Head crimson, fillet ochreous-white, back of
crown narrowly green. Palpi crimson, terminal joint short.
Antenne white, partially crimson-tinged, pectinations 6, inner
series more or less crimson. Thorax green, shoulders crimson,
beneath somewhat hairy. Abdomen green, apex and sides white.
Legs crimson, posterior pair white, tibiee in ¢ thickened, with
groove containing pencil of white hairs. Forewings with costa

886 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

gently arched, hindmargin somewhat oblique, slightly rounded ;
veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 separate or out of 9, 11 anastomosing
with 12; bluish-green ; costa narrowly whitish-ochreous, costal
edge crimson, at base and towards apex wholly crimson ; lines
slender, whitish, indistinct, dentate ; first from beneath costa at
1 to2of inner margin, second from beneath costa at ~ to Ror
inner margin ; a moderate black discal dot ; a fine ochreous-white
hindmarginal line : cilia light crimson, with more or less distinct
blackish dots on veins. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded,
slightly bent on vein 4; 3 and 4 short-stalked; colour, discal dot,
second and hindmarginal lines, and cilia as in forewings.

Bathurst, New South Wales; Deloraine, Tasmania ; Mount
Lofty, South Australia ; in November and December, four speci-
mens.

61. Lod. cadmaria, Gn.

(Chlorochroma cadmaria, Gn. ix, 365 ; C. vulnerata, Butl.,
Ann. Mag. 1882, 91.)

GQ. 21-23 mm. Head crimson, fillet white. Palpi crimson,
terminal joint short. Antenne ochreous-white, pectinations 6,
inner series crimson. Thorax green, shoulders crimson, beneath
slightly hairy. Abdomen green, apex and sides white. Legs
crimson, posterior pair whitish, tibie in ¢ not thickened. Fore-
wings with costa hardly arched, hindmargin somewhat oblique,
slightly rounded ; veins 3 and 4 from a point, 6 out of 9, 11 free
or anastomosing with 12; bluish-green ; an ill-defined crimson
costal streak, costal edge white except towards base and apex ;
lines whitish or pale reddish, indistinct, slender, dentate ; first
about 4, second from beneath costa at ¢ to 3 of inner margin ; a
small reddish or fuscous discal dot, sometimes obsolete: cilia
light crimson. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded, somewhat
bent on vein 4; 3 and 4 short-stalked ; colour, second line, and
cilia as in forewings ; a small fuscous-crimson discal spot, edged
obscurely with whitish.

Sydney and Bathurst, New South Wales ; Hobart, Tasmania ;
Mount Lofty, South Australia; in November and March, five
specimens.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 887

62. Lod. ocyptera, n. sp,

GQ. 25-33 mm. Face deep ferruginous, becoming deep green
on lower margin, fillet ochreous-white, crown green, postorbital
rims white. Palpi white, upper surface green, terminal joint
moderate or rather elongate. Antenne whitish-ochreous, pectina-
tions 7. Thorax green, slightly hairy beneath. Abdomen green,
sides and apex white. Anterior legs deep fuscous-red, coxee pale
green ; middle legs light reddish ; posterior legs white, tibiee in ¢
scarcely thickened (apparently grooved), tarsi reddish-tinged,
Forewings with costa slightly arched, hindmargin somewhat
oblique, slightly rounded ; veins 3 and 4 from a point, 6 out of 9,
11 free ; bluish-green, with numerous short transverse faint paler
strigul ; costal edge whitish-ochreous ; a very faintly indicated
whitish line from towards costa at § to
green, tips paler. Hindwings with hindmargin moderately
rounded ; veins 3 and 4 short-stalked ; colour, strigulation, and
cilia as in forewings.

of inner margin: cilia

Cs|bo

Carnarvon and Geraldton, West Australia; in October and

November, rather common, frequenting a leaf-bearing species of
Hakea (Proteacec).

63. Lod. semicrocea, Walk.

(Geometra semicrocea, Walk. 528; Chlorochroma intermixta,
ib. 563; C. decisissima, ib. 564.)

SQ. 28-33 mm. Head green, fillet and postorbital rims white.
Palpi ochreous-whitish, terminal joint in ¢ moderate, in Q long.
Antenne whitish, pectinations 6. Thorax green, moderately hairy
beneath. Abdomen green, sides and apex broadly white. Anterior
legs pale reddish, cox pale green ; middle legs reddish-whitish ;
posterior legs whitish, tibiz in ¢ thickened, with groove contain-
ing pencil of hairs, tarsi ochreous-tinged. Forewings with costa
gently arched, hindmargin somewhat oblique, slightly rounded ;
veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 separate or out of 9, 11 free or connected
at a point with 12; bluish-green ; a narrow ochreous-white costal

888 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

streak ; a faint dentate slender ochreous-whitish line from 2 of
costa to 3 of inner margin: cilia whitish or pale reddish, basal
half darker fuscous-crimson. Hindwings with hindmargin some-
what rounded, obtusely bent on vein 4; 3 and 4 short-stalked :
colour, line, and cilia as in forewings, but line rather curved.

Glen Innes (3500 feet) and Sydney, New South Wales ; Mount
Lofty, South Australia ; in September and December, four speci-
mens.

64. Lod. albicosta, Wall.

(Geometra albicosta, Walk. 529.)

Q. 32mm. Head green, fillet white. Palpi with terminal
joint moderately long. Thorax green. Abdomen green, apex
white. Forewings with costa and hindmargin hardly rounded ;
bluish-green, with numerous minute transverse whitish strigulee ;
costa white: cilia whitish. Hindwings with colour, strigule, and
cilia as in forewings.

Probably from East Australia. I have described Walker’s
type, and have seen no other.

65. Lod. owycentra, n. sp.

dg. 24mm. Head green, fillet white. Palpi green, towards
base whitish, terminal joint short. Antenne pale reddish, stalk
white towards base. Thorax green. Abdomen green, sides and
apex white, in ¢ with a tuft of hairs at base beneath Legs
white, anterior pair reddish-ochreous, posterior tibiee in 6 thick-
ened, with groove containing pencil of hairs, tarsi short. Fore-
wings with costa somewhat arched, hindmargin slightly rounded,
oblique ; veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 out of 9, 11 free; rather
bright green ; a narrow snow-white costal streak from near base
to apex, costal edge posteriorly whitish-ochreous ; first line repre-
sented by three minute white dots; a black discal dot; an
irregular series of minute white dots on veins from ? of costa to ?
of inner margin ; a fine dark fuscous-reddish hindmarginal line,

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 889

interrupted by minute white dots on veins: cilia white, slightly
yellowish-tinged, with grey spots on veins. Hindwings with
hindmargin rounded, somewhat bent on vein 4; 3 and 4 short-
stalked ; colour, discal dot, posterior series of dots, hindmarginal
line, and cilia as in forewings.

Cairns, Queensland ; one specimen (Coll. Macleay),

66. Lod. leucomerata, Walk.

(Eucrostis leucomerata, Walk. Suppl. 1609.)

SQ. 23mm. Face whitish, forehead ferruginous, fillet white,
crown green. Palpi whitish-ochreous, second joint ferruginous
above, terminal joint in ¢ moderate, in Q long. Antenne white.
Thorax and abdomen green. Anterior legs ochreous, middle and
posterior pair white. Forewings with costa slightly arched,
hindmargin rather oblique, almost straight; veins 3 and 4 stalked,
6 out of 9, 11 free; green; costal edge slenderly white, at base
and apex yellowish ; lines indicated by irregular dark fuscous-red
dots on veins ; first from } of costa to } of inner margin; second
from 3 of costa to 3 of inner margin, irregularly curved ; a small
deep brown-red discal spot, containing a leaden-metallic linear
mark ; a fine interrupted dark brown-red hindmarginal line, with
leaden-metallic reflections: cilia ochreous-white, with a reddish-
brown apical spot. Hindwings with hindmargin rather bent on
vein 4; 3 and 4 stalked; colour, second and hindmarginal lines,
and cilia as in forewings; a round leaden-metallic discal spot,
edged with deep brown-red, larger than in forewings, in ¢ much
larger and more irregular.

Queensland and New South Wales ; two specimens.

67. Lod rhodocosma, n. sp.

6 Q. 26-30 mm. Head dull crimson, fillet white. Palpi crimson,
base whitish, terminal joint long. Antenne white, partially
crimson-tinged. Thorax green, posteriorly rosy on back. Abdomen

$90 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

brownish-rosy, apex and sides whitish. Anterior legs crimson,
middle and posterior pair whitish (posterior tibize of ¢ broken).
Forewings with costa somewhat arched, hindmargin rather
obliquely rounded; veins 3 and 4 stalked, 6 out of 9, 11 free ;
bluish-green ; a white costal streak, suffused with whitish-ochreous
beneath, becoming rosy towards base and apex; markings
brownish-rosy or purplish ; lines rather thick, irregularly dentate,
curved ; first from } of costa to } of inner margin; second from ?
of costa to 2 of inner margin, dilated beneath; a small discal spot ;
a row of cloudy irregular hindmarginal spots, connected on margin,
a larger one on anal angle touching second line: cilia brownish-
rosy. Hindwings with hindmargin somewhat rounded, bent on
vein 4; 3 and 4 short-stalked ; colour, hindmarginal spots, and
cilia as in forewings ; a series of three cloudy spots from middle
of costa to before middle of inner margin ; a larger irregular discal
spot beyond middle; second line from before apex to } of inner
margin, curved outwards and obsolete in middle, coalescing more
or less with hindmarginal spots.

Neweastle and Sydney, New South Wales, in May ; two speci-
mens (Coll. Raynor and Australian Museum).

68. Lod. buprestaria, Gn.

( Phorodesma buprestaria, Gn. ix, 371, pl. vii, 4.)

9g. 36 mm. Palpi with terminal joint short. Thorax and
femora hairy beneath. Abdomen grey-white, irrorated with
brown, forming a series of triangular white spots. Forewings
with veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 from point with 9, 11 free;
green ; costa suffused with white, irrorated with red-brown ; first
and second lines interrupted in disc, composed of white lunules,
margined with purplish-brown ; a reddish-brown hindmirginal
streak, interrupted with white on veins; two white lunules at
apex. Hindwings with veins 3 and 4 short-stalked ; colour,
second line, hindmarginal streak, and apical lunules as in fore-
wings ; an apical reddish-brown spot extending to second line.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 891

Melbourne, Victoria; one specimen (Coll. Lucas), Guénée’s
description is said to be from a @ ; his figure is good, but descrip-
tion not very clear. The description given above is incomplete,
owing to the single specimen seen being in imperfect condition.

69. Lod. exoterica, n. sp.

Q. 29mm. Head ferruginous, lower margin of face, fillet,
and back of crown white. Palpi ferruginous, base whitish,
terminal joint moderately long. Antenne white, ringed with
fuscous. Thorax green, patagia ochreous, tips white. (Abdomen
broken.) Legs ochreous, ringed with white. Forewings with
costa moderately arched, hindmargin obliquely rounded ; veins 3
and 4 from a point, 6 out of 9, 10 touching 12 at a point, 11
running into 12; bright green, with semitransparent whitish
longitudinal streaks in cell and between veins ; a bright ochreous
costal streak ; first line represented by a short white erect streak
on inner margin at 3, edged with dark reddish-brown ; a transverse
dark reddish-brown white-centred discal spot, preceded by a short
longitudinal dark reddish-brown streak ; second line almost
straight, from costal streak at ? to inner margin at 4, dark
reddish-brown, containing a very fine white line; a moderate
dark reddish-brown hindmarginal fascia, attenuated to a point
at apex, containing a paler submarginal cloudy line, and darker
hindmarginal lunules: cilia fuscous-reddish, base whitish. Hind-
wings with hindmargin unevenly rounded, bent on vein 4; 3 and
4 stalked ; colour, discal spot and streak, and cilia as in fore-
wings ; second line and hindmarginal fascia similar, but merged
together so as to form a moderately broad hindmarginal band
containing a white line near its anterior edge.

Newcastle, New South Wales: one specimen (Australian
Museum). This species may not be a true Jodis ; it is the only
species of the genus known to me in which vein 11 of the fore-
wings runs into 12, and the facies is also peculiar, but in the
absence of the g it is of course impossible to decide with cer-
tainty.

892 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

70. Lod. boisduvalaria, Le G.

(Geometra boisduvalaria, Le G., Rev. Fool. Ve4l, 2005
Chlorodes mirandaria, Gn. ix, 379, pl. v, 7.)

SQ. 30mm. Head green, fillet white. Palpi with terminal
joint moderate. Antenne white. Thorax green, becoming white
posteriorly, hairy beneath. Abdomen white. Femora hairy
beneath. Forewings with costa gently arched, slightly sinuate,
hindmargin rather oblique, hardly rounded ; 3 and 4 separate, 6
out of 9,11 appressed to 12 at a point; green; a ferruginous
streak, margined with white, along inner margin from base to 3,
apex attenuated ; first line moderately strong, white, from before
} of costa to 3 of inner margin ; a white transverse linear mark in
disc ; second line white, from 3 of costa to before anal angle,
sending a tooth inwards in middle and another near inner margin ;
an inwards-curved white line from apex to hindmargin above anal
angle, space between this and second line reddish-fuscous on dorsal
half, mixed with ferruginous at its extremities: cilia reddish-
fuscous, with a white basal line. Hindwings with hindmargin
irregularly rounded and sinuate above anal angle; veins 3 and 4
separate ; white, with two very indistinct straight pale greenish
bands ; first median, second about } ; an interrupted blackish mark
on hindmargin above middle, and a small black spot in anal angle ;
cilia brownish (imperfect).

Blue Tiers, Tasmania ; two specimens (Coll. Simson and Lucas).
The specimens described are in some respects imperfect ; in par-
ticular the antenne of the ¢ are broken towards the apex, so that
I have not determined whether this is truly filiform ; I note the
point, because Guénée rather appears to imply that it is not.

71. Lod. partita, Walk.
(Comibaena partita, Walk. 573, Butl. Ill. Het. vi, 71, pl.
exvii, 11; C. felicitata, Walk. 579.)

¢. 36 mm. Crown white. Palpi white, externally irrorated
with dark reddish-fuscous, terminal joint long. Antenne white.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 893

Thorax white, anterior margin green. Abdomen white, base
green. Forewings yellowish-green ; costa narrowly white from 4
to §; a triangular white spot on base of wing; a dark reddish-
fuscous discal dot at Z, surrounded by a whitish ring ; lines slender,
white ; first from beneath costa at $ to inner margin at 4, angu-
lated below middle ; second from # of costa to 2 of inner margin,
upper half rather dentate, angulated at ? from costa; a subter-
minal white line from apex to anal angle, touching hindmargin in
middle, each half rather curved inwards ; space between second
and subterminal lines suffused with whitish from near costa to
below middle; a white semicircular anal blotch, speckled with
reddish, anteriorly bounded by second line ; a white hindmarginal
line, marked with fine black dots on veins, one in middle and two
on anal angle moredistinct: cilia whitish, towards base pale greenish.
Hindwings with hindmargin obtusely bent ; yellowish-green ;
second and subterminal lines white, subdentate, strongly curved,
towards lower extremity merged in a large clear white anal blotch ;
a white blotch, partly irrorated with reddish, extending on upper
half of wing from second line to hindmargin, marked with a dark
reddish somewhat inwards-curved fascia from apex of wing to
middle of hindmargin, where it is dilated ; a hindmarginal series
of elongate blackish marks ; cilia round apex white sprinkled with
reddish, thence to middle dark reddish, on lower half whitish,
towards base greenish.

Brisbane, Queensland ; also from India. I have described the
two specimens in the British Museum, and have seen no others ;
there is no doubt of their identity.

72. Lod. tosticta, n. sp.

4Q. 32mm. Head green, fillet white. Palpi green, terminal
joint moderate. Antenne white. Thorax green, rather hairy
beneath. Abdomen green, with a dorsal series of white dots,
sides and apex white. Legs ochreous-white, anterior tibiee
greenish-tinged, posterior tibiz in ¢ thickened, with groove con-

taining pencil of pale yellowish hairs. Forewings with costa
57

894 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

gently arched, hindmargin rather oblique, gently rounded ; veins 3
and 4 from a point, 6 from point with 9, 11 free ; green ; costal edge
snow-white ; first line represented by five or six irregularly placed
white dots; a small white ring in disc, its interior edge margined
with reddish ; a series of white dots on veins from costa near apex,
curved outwards on middle third, terminating in a small erect
white reddish-margined spot on inner margin at #: cilia green,
barred with red on veins, with a white dot at base of each bar.
Hindwings with hindmargin somewhat bent and rather projecting
on vein 4; 3 and 4 short-stalked ; colour, discal ring, posterior
series of dots, and cilia as in forewings, but discal ring more
elongate transversely.

Newcastle, New South Wales ; two specimens.

73. Lod. erossota, n. sp.

Q. 23mm. Face ochreous-brown, fillet whitish, crown pale
green. Palpi dark fuscous-reddish, beneath ochreous-whitish,
terminal joint rather long. Antennze whitish-fuscous. Thorax
pale green. Abdomen whitish, sprinkled with fuscous-reddish,
base greenish. Legs whitish-ochreous. Forewings with costa
gently arched, hindmargin oblique, slightly rounded ; veins 3 and
4 separate, 6 out of 9, 11 free; light olive-green ; costal edge
whitish-ochreous, on posterior half thickly strigulated with dark
fuscous ; lines slender, irregular, whitish, indistinctly interrupted
into spots; first from } of costa to | of inner margin, nearly
straight ; second from 3 of costa to 3 of inner margin, twice
sinuate; a fine ochreous-whitish hindmarginal line, forming tri-
angular dots on veins, and margined anteriorly by a dark fuscous
line: cilia ochreous-whitish. Hindwings with hindmargin bent
on vein 4 and produced into an acute triangular projection; veins
3 and 4 stalked ; colour, second ard hindmarginal lines, and cilia
as in forewings.

bp ol

Queensland ; one specimen (Coll. Lucas).

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 895

74. Lod. saturataria, Walk.

(Chlorochroma saturataria, Walk. Suppl. 1609.)

Q. 28mm. Head light red. Palpi light red, beneath white,
terminal joint long. Antenne pale reddish. Thorax green, with
a large light red posterior spot. Abdomen light red, base green.
Legs white, anterior pair red. Forewings thinly scaled, green,
with scattered fine obscure reddish-whitish strigulz ; costa brown-
reddish, strigulated with pale reddish ; a cloudy red spot on inner
margin towards base; a small transverse reddish discal spot,
beneath which is a reddish suffusion ; second line reddish-whitish,
dentate, from § of costa to } of inner margin : cilia light red, with
a pale basal line. Hindwings with colour, strigul, second line,
and cilia as in forewings.

Probably from Queensland ; described from the British Museum
type.

75. Lod. metaspila, Walk.

(Comibena metaspila, Walk. 580.)

Q. 32mm. Head green, margins of eyes white. Palpi with
terminal joint moderately long. Thorax green, with brown-reddish
posterior spot. Abdomen reddish or whitish, base green. An-
terior tibize and tarsi rosy, ringed with white. Forewings thinly
sealed, green, with numerous obscure whitish strigule; costa
reddish-brown, strigulated with red-whitish ; an obscure pale
reddish spot on inner margin before middle ; second line slender,
whitish, dentate: cilia brown-reddish, barred with green. Hind-
wings with colour, second line, and cilia as in forewings.

Probably from Queensland ; two specimens in British Museum.
76. Lod. insperata, Walk.

(Thalassodes insperata, Walk. 555.)

6. 27mm. Head green, fillet and lower half of face white.
Palpi greenish-fuscous, beneath white, terminal joint moderately

896 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

long. Antenne white, spotted with dark fuscous, pectinations 25.
Thorax green, with a white posterior spot, hairy beneath. Abdo-
men white, more or less green on back. Legs white, anterior
tibiz and tarsi banded with dark fuscous, posterior tibiz with
groove containing pencil of hairs. Forewings with costa moder-
ately arched, hindmargin rounded, rather oblique ; veins 3 and 4
separate, 6 separate, 11 free; bright green, rather thinly scaled ;
costa except at base white irrorated with dark fuscous ; lines
slender, white ; first from } of costa to 3 of inner margin, slightly
curved, rather irregular ; second from #? of costa to }# of inner
margin, slightly curved, tending to emit short linear teeth pos-
teriorly on veins, forming a small spot on costa and a larger
dilated spot towards inner margin; a subterminal series of
irregular white marks ; a hindmarginal series of white dots: cilia
white, basal half green with white apical and median dots, on
costa grey. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded, with an obtuse
triangular projection on vein 4; veins 3 and 4 from a point or
short-stalked ; colour, second line, subterminal and hindmarginal
series, and cilia as in forewings ; basal half somewhat strigulated
with white, especially towards inner margin; two semilunate
white submarginal marks at apex, enclosing some dark fuscous
or reddish scales on hindmargin ; an angulated white submarginal
mark on median projection ; costal cilia white.

Qg. 35mm. Head fuscous on crown, face green, fillet and
lower part of face white. Palpi fuscous, beneath white, terminal
joint long. Antenne white. Thorax green, with a pale fuscous
posterior spot. Forewings formed as in @; green; costa pale
whitish-fuscous irrorated with dark fuscous; first line fuscous-
whitish, narrow, straight, obscure, proceeding from an oblique
dark fuscous mark on costa at } to 4 of inner margin ; a triangular
projection from costal streak before middle ; second line slender,
white, anteriorly finely,margined with dark fuscous, from costa
at } to inner margin before ?, irregularly sinuate, rectangularly
bent so as to touch hindmargin below middle ; space between
second line and hindmargin whitish-fuscous, irregularly spotted
with dark fuscous, including a green blotch towards costa ; a dark

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 897

fuscous interrupted hindmarginal line : cilia pale whitish-fuscous.
Hindwings formed as in ¢; colour, second line, hindmarginal
band and line, and cilia as in forewings.

Newcastle, New South Wales ; Melbourne, Victoria ; George’s
Bay, Tasmania ; in January, not uncommon locally. The larva
is 10-legged, rough, brown; segments 4-11 with very large
flattened obliquely rising projections on each side of back, these
sometimes green ; a white spot on side of 11th segment: it feeds
on Hxocarpus cupressiformis. This curious larva was shown me
by Mr. Kershaw, and is familiar to the Melbourne entomologists,
The extraordinary dissimilarity between the sexes in the case of
this and the following species is very curious; I am not aware of
the purpose served by it, but the differences are quite analogous
in the two species.

77. Lod. pieroides, Walk.

(Comibaena pieroides, Walk. 580; Thalassodes scitissimaria,
ib. 1564; Comibaena calcinata, Feld. pl. cxxvii, 23.)

6. 32 mm. Head white, mixed with blue-green. Palpi blue-
green, beneath white, terminal joint moderately long. Antenue
white, pectinations 23. Thorax and abdomen white, closely
mixed with blue-green. Legs white, anterior tibie and tarsi
bauded with fuscous, posterior tibiee with groove including pencil
of hairs, apical projection unusually long. Forewings with costa
gently arched, hindmargin waved, rather obliquely rounded ; veins
3 and 4 separate, 6 from a point with 9, 11 free; blue-green,
thinly scaled, with numerous scattered short white transverse
strigulz, closest towards base ; posterior half of costa suffused with
white and irrorated with brownish; lines moderately broad,
fascia-like, white ; first from } of costa to ? of inner margin,
closely followed by a white discal spot touching costa ; second
from } of costa to # of inner margin, slightly curved, double,
margins subdentate : cilia whitish, basal half green. Hindwings
with inner margin long, hindmargin rounded, crenulate, bent on

898 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

vein 4; veins 3 and 4 short-stalked ; colour and markings as in
forewings, but strigulz on median area more scanty and dot-like,
interspace of second line with a small ferruginous mark beneath
costa.

Q. 388mm. Head ferruginous, forehead green. Thorax green,
with a quadrate ferruginous posterior spot. Forewings with
groundcolour and strigule as in ¢; markings ferruginous strigu-
lated with paler ; a costal streak, dilated and extending to inner
margin at base ; first line as a narrow very irregular fascia from
1 of costa to 4 of inner margin; a short transverse spot from
costa before middle; a moderately broad hindmarginal band,
containing a green spot towards costa near its anterior edge,
anterior edge sinuate below costa and rather deeply concave below
middle: cilia light fuscous-grey, with paler median and terminal
lines. Hindwings with transverse vein margined with ferru-
ginous ; hindmarginal band as in forewings, but green spot almost
obsolete.

Duaringa and Brisbane, Queensland ; several specimens. Mr.
W. H. Miskin has bred both sexes from the larva.

78. Lod. byrsopis, Meyr.

(Thalassodes byrsopis, Meyr., ‘Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1886,
249.)

Q. 34-40 mm. Face reddish-brown, fillet whitish, crown light
green. Palpi reddish-brown, white beneath. Antenne pale
reddish-ochreous, base whitish, Thorax light green. Abdomen
whitish, mixed with pale green. Legs whitish, anterior tibize and
tarsi light ferruginous. Forewings with costa slightly arched,
hindmargin slightly rounded ; veins 3 and 4 from a point, 6 out
of 9, 11 free; light bluish-green, with very obscure scattered
transverse whitish strigulee ; costal edge whitish-ochreous; a
nearly straight very obscure whitish line from middle of costa to
’-of inner margin: cilia pale green, tips whitish. Hindwings
with hindmargin obtusely bent on vein 4; colour and cilia as in

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S, 899

forewings ; a very obscure whitish line from 3 of costa to vein 2 at
?, thence angulated and proceeding, twice waved, to inner margin
at 2.

Queensland; one specimen (Coll. Lucas). Also from New
Guinea.

10. Acatuta, Gn.

Face smooth. Antenne in ¢ filiform, minutely ciliated. Palpi
moderately long, second joint shortly rough-scaled, terminal joint
elongate, cylindrical. Posterior tibize with all spurs present.
Forewings with veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 almost from point with
9, 10 out of 9, 11 free. Hindwings with veins 3 and 4 separate,
6 and 7 from a point.

A small Indo-Malayan genus, of which the species are at the
same time variable and closely-allied.

79. Ag. astertas, n. sp.

6Q. 34-36 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax dark
fuscous-reddish mixed with whitish ; back of crown, anterior half
of thorax and a posterior spot green. Abdomen reddish-ochreous
mixed with whitish. Legs ochreous-white. Forewings with costa
moderately arched, hindmargin slightly rounded, oblique ; bright
yellowish-green ; markings fuscous-reddish, mixed with whitish
and margined with darker; a narrow basal fascia ; a moderate
costal streak, irrorated with dark grey, indented beyond basal
fascia ; a moderate or rather narrow slightly curved fascia from ;
of costa to middie of inner margin, constricted above and below
middle ; a hindmarginal band, broad towards costa and containing
in upper half a variable irregular-oval green blotch not touching
margins, more or less strongly narrowed on lower half, anterior
edge sinuate, indented above middle; sometimes one or two
whitish spots indicated on hindmargin below middle ; a blackish
irregular hindmarginal line, sometimes nearly obsolete : cilia
whitish-ochreous. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded, unevenly

900 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

waved, projecting into a sharp triangular tooth on vein 4 ; colour,
hindmarginal band, and cilia as in forewings; hindmarginal pro-
jection dark reddish, surmounted by a small clear white spot.

Cape York and Cooktown, Queensland ; Port Darwin, North
Australia ; several specimens (Coll. Macleay and Brit. Mus.),
Differs from A. carissima, Butl., (Japan) by presence of white
spot above projection of hindwings, and by median fascia (repre-
senting first line) of forewings not being connected with the hind-
marginal band on inner margin.

11. Heuiomystis, n. g.

Palpi moderate, porrected, second joint densely rough-haired
beneath, terminal joint rather short, obtuse. Antenne in ¢
bipectinated almost to apex. Thorax posteriorly crested, beneath
densely hairy. Abdomen with strong dorsal crests. Posterior
tibiz in g somewhat dilated, grooved, all spurs present. Fore-
wings with veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 from point with 9, 10 free,
11 anastomosing with 12. Hindwings with veins 3 and 4
separate, 6 and 7 closely approximated at base.

80. Hel. electrica, n. sp.

6. 45mm. Head, palpi, and thorax brownish, sprinkled with
whitish and black, patagia marked with black ; palpi externally
suffused with black. Antennz fuscous, pectinations 4. Abdo-
men whitish-ochreous, crests mixed with black, towards middle
large. Legs blackish ringed with white, posterior tibize whitish.
Forewings with costa slightly arched, hindmargin rounded, rather
oblique, waved; light brown, with scattered short dark grey
strigule, especially towards costa and inner margin; a short
interrupted blackish streak from base near inner margin ; lines
slender, black ; first from } of costa to middle of inner margin,
sinuate beneath costa, triangularly indented below middle; a
linear-crescentic black discal spot, with a few white scales, sur-
rounded by a brown suffusion ; second line from beyond middle of

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 901

costa to 3 of inner margin, strongly acutely angulated in middle,
upper half straight, lower half curved inwards, below middle
twice dentate outwards ; a very fine acutely dentate white sub-
terminal line, nearly obsolete on lower half; three short longi-
tudinal black streaks between veins above middle, cut by
subterminal line, terminating in hindmargin, and a fourth less
-distinct similar streak above anal angle ; hindmargin elsewhere
with black dots between veins : cilia light brown, reddish-tinged,
sprinkled with whitish. Hindwings with hindmargin crenate,
tolerably rounded, slightly bent in middle ; bright orange ; a dark
grey transverse linear discal spot ; a moderately broad light brown
hindmarginal band, irrorated with blackish-grey, anterior margin
and towards costa almost wholly suffused with blackish, anterior
margin angularly emarginate above middle; a hindmarginal
series of blackish crescentic marks ; cilia light brown, reddish-
tinged.
Victoria ; one specimen (Coll. Lucas).

12. CRYPSIPHONA, n. g.

Palpi moderate, obliquely ascending, second joint roughly
scaled, terminal joint rather or very short. Antennz in ¢ bipec-
tinated, towards apex filiform. Thorax and femora densely hairy
beneath, thorax sometimes crested in front. Posterior tibiae in
both sexes without middle-spurs; in ¢ with groove containing
pencil of hairs. Forewings with veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 separate
-or out of 9, 10 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and then with
10. Hindwings with veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 and 7 separate.

AssWacet blackin sn sacamndasega «gecsstincecbvicennoclero Ode OCCUlaria:

B. Hace mot; black. caiscage.. 4 ca sebycniceeis eeeiasiaans

a. Forewings with black markings........ 81. melanosema.
b. Forewings without black markings ..... 82. amaura.

81. Cryps. melanosema, n. sp.

SQ. 29-34 mm. Head grey-whitish irrorated with grey. Palpi
white, suffused with dark grey towards apex, terminal joint short.

902 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

Antenne grey-whitish, in ¢ pectinated to near apex, pectinations
a2,b23. Thorax grey-whitish suffused with fuscous-grey, crest
small, black in front. Abdomen grey-whitish, with a few dark
grey scales, and sometimes a fuscous-grey dorsal streak. Legs
dark fuscous, ringed with whitish, posterior tibiz suffused with
whitish. Forewings rather elongate-triangular, costa gently
arched, hindmargin obliquely rounded ; grey-whitish, irregularly
suffusedly mixed with pale greyish-fuscous, and with a few scattered
black seales ; a short black mark on middle of base; lines black,
tolerably strong, tending to be interrupted ; first from } of costa
to 5 of inner margin, unevenly curved outwards ; second from
before # of costa to ? of inner margin, dentate, sinuate inwards
below middle ; a very oblique transverse-linear black discal spot,
lower extremity terminating in a whitish ill-defined spot which
reaches and interrupts second line ; an indistinct pale strongly
dentate subterminal line, preceded and followed by darker shades ;
a hindmarginal row of black dots between veins : cilia whitish,
with a faint grey line, and sometimes light reddish-grey spots on
hindmarginal dots. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded, crenate,
inner margin long; grey-whitish ; a fine oblique transverse linear
dark grey discal spot ; a sinuate dentate dark grey line beyond
middle, mcre or less indistinct or nearly obsolete ; an indistinct
whitish dentate subterminal line, preceded by a broad light
fuscous-grey shade, obsolete towards costa, and followed by a
narrower less distinct similar shade ; a hindmarginal row of black
dots between veins; cilia grey-whitish, towards base reddigh-
tinged. Forewings beneath grey, disc and inner margin paler,
apex white ; an oblique black discal spot. Hindwings beneath
whitish ; discal spot as above; a transverse oval blackish blotch
at 3, not nearly reaching margins.

Albany, West Australia; from September to December, five
specimens on fences.

82. Cryps. amaura, n. sp.

Q. 33-35 mm. Head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen pale
whitish-ochreous, more or less sprinkled with fuscous; face with

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 903:

obscure fuscous transverse bar ; thorax with small anterior crest.
Palpi fuscous, beneath white towards base, terminal joint moder-
ately short. Legs whitish, irrorated with ochreous, anterior pair
suffusedly banded with grey. Forewings rather elongate-triangular,
costa gently arched towards base, hindmargin obliquely rounded,
waved; very palewhitish-ochreous, faintly reddish-tinged, irrorated
with grey; lines not traceable, except a faint whitish dentate
subterminal ; a very obscure oblique transverse-linear grey discal
spot; a hindmarginal row of blackish-grey dots between veins :
cilia whitish, towards base reddish-tinged. Hindwings with hind-
margin rounded, crenate, inner margin long; colour, discal spot,
hindmarginal dots, and cilia as in forewings, but groundcolour
paler towards base ; a very obscure cloudy grey line at }. Fore-
wings beneath whitish, suffused with pale reddish except in
middle of disc, at apex, and towards inner margin ; a small black
discal spot; a rather larger blackish spot near hindmargin above
middle. Hindwings beneath whitish ; a small black discal spot ;
a large transverse-oval blackish blotch at {, not reaching margins,
surrounded by a pale reddish suffusion.

Albany, West Australia; in September and October, two
specimens on fences.

83. Cryps. occultaria, Don.

(Phalena occultaria, Don., Ins. N. Holl. 36; Aypochroma
occultaria, Gn. ix, 281.)

SQ. 32-40 mm. Head and thorax light grey, face black ;
thorax not crested, Palpi whitish, apex grey, terminal joint very
short. Antenne pale grey, in ¢ pectinated to 2, pectinations a3,
b4. Abdomen grey-whitish, irrorated with dark grey, in ¢
margined with dense yellowish-tinged hairs. Legs dark grey,
posterior tibie whitish. Forewings broad, costa hardly arched,
hindmargin waved, obliquely rounded ; pale whitish-grey, finely
irrorated with dark grey; lines slender, dark fuscous, partially
interrupted or obscure, dentate ; first from } of costa to of inner

margin; second from 2 of costa to % of inner margin, at first

904 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

perpendicular to costa, below middle abruptly curved round to
beneath discal spot, and again sharply curved to inner margin ; a
long transverse-linear dark fuscous discal spot; a pale cloudy
waved subterminal line, preceded and followed by darker shades ;
a series of dark fuscous dots on hindmargin between veins: cilia
grey-whitish, with a faint greyish line. Hindwings with hind-
margin rounded, crenate, inner margin long; colour and markings
as in forewings, but first line absent, second obsolete towards
inner margin. Forewings beneath whitish, with two spots before
middle, a median spot, and a posterior series, confluent on upper
half, blackish ; a triangular space below middle from median spot
to posterior series whitish-ochreous ; a crimson transverse mark
near before upper half of posterior series ; an ochreous-grey hind-
marginal fascia, its anterior edge dentate. Hindwings beneath
whitish ; sometimes a crimson transverse-linear discal spot; an
ochreous-grey hindmarginal fascia; preceded first by a blackish
and then by a dull crimson fascia.

Var. a. Crimson markings of undersurface obsolete.

Townsville, Duaringa, and Gayndah, Queensland ; Newcastle,
Sydney, and Bathurst, New South Wales; Melbourne, Victoria ;
Hobart, Tasmania; Mount Lofty, South Australia; Albany,
West Australia; in September, October, March, and June,
generally common, at rest on fences and rock-faces. The larva
feeds on Eucalyptus, I have never seen this common insect on
the wing, and it probably flies only in the dark ; by day it always
rests with the wings closely appressed to a flat surface ; the object
of the crimson markings I am therefore unable to conjecture.

13. Hypocuroma, Gn.

Palpi moderate, porrected, second joint roughly scaled, above
and beneath terminal joint moderate. Antenne in ¢ bipectinated,
towards apex filiform, Thorax and femora densely hairy beneath,
thorax sometimes crested. Abdomen sometimes crested. Posterior
tibie in g somewhat dilated, grooved, generally containing pencil

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 905

of hairs, all spurs present. Forewings with veins 3 and 4 separate,
6 separate or out of 9, 10 out of 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and
then with 10 or sometimes free. Hindwings with veins 3 and 4
separate, 6 and 7 separate or rarely stalked.

A genus of moderate size, characteristic of the Indo-Malayan
and Australian regions. It is generally distinguishable from
Lodis by the separation of veins 6 and 7 of the hindwings, but in
the case of the aberrant species H. paratorna only by the palpi,
which are densely rough-scaled above and beneath. The neural
variation within the genus is analogous to that occurring in Jodis,

1. Hindwings discolorous with forewings ... 2.
Hindwings concolorous with forewings... 3.
2. Forewings greenish ...............+. seseeeeee 87. metarhodata.
Forewings grey ........ sigs aoe chee ROO soses 85. paratorna.
3. Wings greenish ...... Dailoesate ots taletns dice, se 4,
Wigs not) greenish... <2: ..c2ss-+ eee See (hs
4, Forewings with blackish band beyond
Become Het os. sacle os oo els = teoceesee 90. emaliarta.
Forewings without blackish band beyond
SECOMAGLINE wes sccac es. = Ses senosete D..
5. Discal spot of forewings linear ......... ... OL. muscosarta.
Discal spot of forewings not linear......... 6.
6. First line of forewings strongly indented
beneath costa ..... shes dediee secede «+s 89. acanthina.
First line of forewings almost straight ... 88. hypochromaria.
7. Hindwings with three much _ stronger
hindmarginal teeth.......... Baaasies és 84. Wilsone.
Hindwings with teeth nearly equal, short 8.
8. Discal spot of hindwings bent ............ 93. erebata.
Discal spot of hindwings straight ......... 9.
9. Second line of forewings moderately
curved’... Jaane Peay sc Bees: 10.
Second line of forewings not curved ...... 86. percomptaria.

10. Wingsdenselyirrorated with blackish-grey 92. deteriorata.
Wings not irrorated with blackish-grey... 94. erenaria.

906 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

84. Hyp. Wilsoni, Feld.

(Hypochroma Wilsoni, Feld. pl. cxxv, 4.)

Q. 44mm. Head, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs whitish
somewhat mixed with blackish, abdomen with two obscure darker
dorsal lines. Palpi dark grey, towards base white, terminal joint
moderate. Forewings rather elongate-triangular, costa hardly
arched, hindmargin rather obliquely rounded, crenate; veins 5
and 6 closely approximated at origin, 11 anastomosing with 12
and then with 10; grey, densely irrorated with white; veins
partially marked with blackish ; lines very obscure, slender, grey ;
first from } of costa to } of inner margin, curved, thrice very
acutely dentate; second from # of costa to middle of inner margin,
straight, very acutely dentate, teeth forming black dots on veins ;
a cloudy grey transverse discal spot; a very indistinct dentate
white subterminal line; a hindmarginal series of wedge-shaped
black dashes between veins: cilia whitish. Hindwings with hind-
margin crenate, teeth on veins 2-4 conspicuously more prominent,
inner margin long; veins 6 and 7 remote ; grey, densely irrorated
with white, on basal half suffused with white ; veins posteriorly
dark grey ; a crescentic dark grey discal spot; a curved cloudy
grey fascia at }; hindmarginal dashes and cilia as in forewings.
Undersurface of both wings whitish, with a _blackish-fuscous
posterior band, on forewings reaching only from near costa to
below middle.

Melbourne, Victoria ; one specimen (Coll. Lucas).

85. Hyp. paratorna, n. sp.

g. 29mm. Head, palpi, and thorax brownish, finely irrorated
with whitish ; palpi with a blackish spot towards base, terminal
joint rather short ; thorax crested posteriorly. Antenne whitish-
fuscous, pectinations 2. Abdomen whitish-fuscous. Legs fuscous-
whitish, spotted with blackish (anterior pair broken). Forewings
rather elongate-triangular, costa hardly arched, slightly sinuate,

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 907

hindmargin rounded, waved, rather oblique ; vein 6 from point
with 9, 11 anastomosing with 12 and then with 10; brownish,
very finely irrorated with whitish towards posterior half, and with
short scattered dark fuscous transverse strigule; a blackish
narrow-oblong longitudinal blotch extending from base of costa to
first line below middle ; lines slender, black, well-defined, slightly
irregular ; first from before 4 of costa to ; of inner margin,
straight ; a fine transverse linear blackish discal spot ; second line
from ? of costa to 3 of inner margin, lower third forming a strong
angular indentation inwards to beneath middle of disc ; a series
of blackish-fuscous very irregular more or less confluent spots from
costa before apex to before anal angle, sinuate inwards so as to
touch second line above. middle; an interrupted black hind-
marginal line: cilia pale brownish, finely irrorated with whitish.
Hindwings with hindmargin strongly unevenly rounded, prominent
below middle, crenulate ; veins 6 and 7 stalked ; fuscous-whitish ;
a transverse linear fuscous discal spot; a rather broad fuscous
hindmarginal band, containing one or two small darker spots
above middle, and some dark strigulz towards anal angle ; hind-
marginal line and cilia as in forewings. Forewings beneath
fuscous-whitish, with a dark fuscous discal spot, and a suffused
fuscous spot on costa towards apex. Hindwings beneath whitish,
sprinkled with fuscous, with a narrow transverse blackish discal
spot, and a large blackish transverse oval posterior blotch, almost
reaching margins.
South Australia; one specimen, without further record.

86. Hyp. percomptaria, Gn.
(Hypochroma percomptaria, Gn. ix, 280, pl. vi, 4.)

g. 44 mm. Head, thorax, abdomen, and legs white mixed
with black and brown, thorax with two parallel posterior trans-
verse blackish lines. Palpi black, towards base white beneath.
Antenne dark grey mixed with white. Abdomen with small
crests. Forewings broad, costa hardly arched, hindmargin ob-
liquely rounded, waved; 6 separate, 11 free; white, slightly

908 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

brownish-tinged, densely irrorated with grey and black; a black
almost basal transverse line; a straight black line from } of costa.
to 4 of inner margin, followed by a pale brownish-grey band; a
short black transverse linear discal spot ; second line black, some-
what waved irregularly, from 2 of costa to 2 of inner margin,
followed by a pale line, beyond which the posterior area is wholly
suffused with pale brownish, except a pale subdentate subterminal
line; a black hindmarginal line: cilia whitish, obscurely spotted
with grey. Hindwings with hindmargin unevenly crenate, inner
margin long; veins 6 and 7 separate ; colour and markings as in
forewings, but subbasal and first lines absent. Undersurface of
both wings white sprinkled with grey, with a broad cloudy
blackish posterior fascia, constricted in middle, tinged with red on
margins, on forewings only reaching from near costa to below
middle.

Newcastle, New South Wales ; Melbourne, Victoria ; Albany,
West Australia ; three specimens. In one specimen vein 6 of the
forewings was furcate at base, so as to form a small auxiliary
cell, a curious individual deformity.

87. Hyp. metarhodata, Walk.

(Scotosia metarhodata, Walk. 1724.)

SQ. 27mm. Head whitish, slightly greenish-tinged, with a
few black scales, and two black dots on face. Palpi greenish-
whitish with a blackish band, terminal joint short. Antenne
whitish, reddish-tinged, spotted with grey. Thorax greenish-
whitish, with a blackish transverse median bar, shoulders and pos-
terior extremity spotted with black. Abdomen ochreous-whitish,
rosy-tinged, mixed with blackish on back, with two strong grey
crests towards middle. Legs whitish, anterior and middle pair
banded with blackish. Forewings rather elongate-triangular,
costa hardly arched, hindmargin waved, rather obliquely rounded ;
6 from point with 9, 11 free; olive-green, with numerous short
blackish transverse strigule; a suffused dentate blackish line

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 909

very near base ; lines narrow, black, slightly irregular, somewhat
interrupted ; first from } of costa to ; of inner margin, posteriorly
suffused with dark grey, which forms a blotch on inner margin
reaching second line; a white suffusion in disc, surrounding an
irregular transverse discal spot mixed with blackish ; second line
from 2 of costa to 3 of inner margin, strongly angulated outwards
in middle but angle subtruncate, upper half almost straight, lower
half slightly sinuate, followed on costa and inner margin by
suffused white spots, and above angle by a small reddish spot ; a
fine dentate white subterminal line, preceded by a dark grey
suffusion, indicated, but only distinct towards costa; a suffused
grey hindmarginal blotch above, and another below middle ; an
interrupted black hindmarginal line: cilia whitish, towards base
greenish, barred with dark grey on veins, Hindwings with hind-
margin rounded, crenate ; veins 6 and 7 separate ; pale whitish-
rosy, dorsal third except a marginal streak pale greenish, with
numerous short dark grey transverse strigule; an obscure grey
discal spot; a moderate suffused grey hindmarginal band, hardly
extending to margins ; cilia on upper half whitish-rosy, on lower
half light green, barred with dark grey, tips whitish.

Newcastle and Sydney, New South Wales; in September,
three specimens. Mr. G. Masters informs me that he once took the
species in abundance on the stems of Leptospermum.

88. Hyp. hypochromaria, Gn.

(Cleora hypochromaria, Gn. ix, 234.)

Q. 34-35mm. Head and thorax light olive-greenish ; face with
a fuscous bar; shoulders with a biack spot. Palpi greenish-
whitish, apex of basal joint, an apical band of second, and terminal
joint except apex blackish, terminal joint moderate. Antenne
ochreous-whitish, spotted with grey towards base. (Abdomen
broken.) Legs ochreous-whitish, anterior pair banded with
blackish, middle pair dotted with dark grey. Forewings
moderate, costa hardly arched, faintly sinuate, hindmargin

58

910 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

rounded, crenulate, rather oblique; 6 from point with 9, 11
free ; olive-greenish, somewhat mixed with whitish, and with a
few fine scattered darker scales ; an incomplete blackish line very
near base; lines well-defined, black, subdentate ; first from } of
costa to 4 of inner margin, nearly straight ; a narrow oval trans-
verse discal spot outlined with black ; second line from 2 of costa
to middle of inner margin, rectangularly bent outwards
in middle, somewhat sinuate inwards near inner margin ;
a faint paler dentate subterminal line, margined anteriorly
by an incomplete series of blackish marks; a _ hind-
marginal series of black crescentic marks: cilia light olive-
greenish, barred with blackish, tips whitish. Hindwings with
hindmargin rounded, crenate ; 6 and 7 separate ; colour, second
and subterminal lines, hindmarginal marks, and cilia as in fore-
wings, but bend of second line below middle ; discal spot rather
oblique, transverse-linear, black. Undersurface of both wings
pale whitish-ochreous, with strong blackish lines placed as above ;
discal spot of forewings sinuate-oval, of hindwings dot-like,
blackish ; a blackish hindmarginal band, including a small whitish
spot on middle of hindmargin.

New South Wales ; three specimens in poor condition (Austr.
Mus.).

89. Hyp. acanthina, n. sp.

G. 34-38 mm. Head pale greenish, face with two black spots.
Palpi blackish, base of second and basal joints whitish-rosy, ter-
minal joint moderate. Antenne ochreous-whitish, rosy-tinged,
irregularly spotted with dark grey, pectinations 4. Thorax
greenish, irregularly mixed with black, posterior extremity with
slight whitish-rosy crests. Abdomen pale greenish, with some
black scales, with one prominent blackish crest above middle.
Legs ochreous-white, anterior pair banded with black, middle pair
spotted with black. Forewings moderate, costa almost straight,
hindmargin rather obliquely rounded, waved ; 6 from point with
9, 11 free; bluish-green, irregularly strigulated with olive-green,

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 911

and irrorated with black ; costa spotted with black and whitish ;
veins partially lined with whitish-rosy ; a blackish line near base ;
lines black, somewhat irregular, interrupted ; first from + of costa
to $ of inner margin, somewhat curved, beneath costa sharply
indented inwards and then outwards ; an irregular transverse-oval
discal spot outlined with blackish ; second line from 2 of costa to
middle of inner margin, upper 2 moderately curved outwards ; a
hardly paler dentate subterminal line, margined anteriorly by a
blackish-grey shade ; a hindmarginal row of black spots: cilia
green, barred with dark fuscous, tips whitish. Hindwings with
hindmargin rounded, crenate ; 6 and 7 separate ; colour, second
and subterminal lines, hindmarginal spots,and cilia as in forewings ;
a cloudy blackish narrow transverse discal spot. Forewings
beneath pale whitish-ochreous ; first and second lines as above,
blackish-grey ; an oval blackish discal spot; a narrow blackish-
grey subterminal band ; hindmarginal space strigulated with
blackish-grey, except on a round pale spot below middle. Hind-
wings beneath with colour, second line, and subterminal band as
in forewings ; a small grey discal spot.

Duaringa, Queensland ; two specimens received from Mr. G.
Barnard.

90. Hyp. emiliaria, Gn.

(Hypochroma emiliaria, Gn. ix, 280.)

“¢. 40 mm. Wings strongly toothed, mixed with flesh-colour
and greenish-grey, irrorated with black, with the ordinary lines
black, well-defined ; second line of forewings followed by a broad
charcoal-black space cut by the subterminal line, which forms in-
terrupted flesh-coloured teeth. The black colour appears also at
the base of all the wings, and in the hindwings extends along the
three lower veins to their extremity. The hindwings have a series
of raised crests not far from their base, and a lower crest along the
abdominal margin, which is fringed with bright yellow hairs, as
are also the sides of the abdomen. Undersurface white, with the

912 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

base of the hindwings broadly yellow, and a broad entire black
border; forewings with an oval black discal spot. Abdomen
depressed, densely haired on sides, with bifid crests.”

The above description is translated from Guénée, who only
quotes Australia asa locality; I have seen no specimen at all
agreeing with it, but it would appear to denote a handsome and
conspicuous species.

91. Hyp. muscosaria, Gu.

(Hypochroma muscosaria, Gn. 1x, 281, pl. v1, 3; . emiliaria,
Walk. (nec Gn.) 441 ; H. cetraria, Feld. pl. cxxv, 7; H. squamata,
ib. pl. cxxv1, 14.)

Q@. 40mm. Head and thorax pale green, sprinkled with black.
Palpi fuscous, towards base whitish, basal joint with a black
apical dot, terminal joint moderate, rather slender. Antennz
ochreous-whitish, obscurely ringed with dark fuscous. Abdomen
ochreous-whitish, sprinkled with black, without defined crests.
Legs blackish-grey, ringed with ochreous-white, posterior pair
whitish. Forewings broad, costa slightly arched, hindmargin
crenate, rounded, rather oblique ; 6 separate, 11 anastomosing
with 12 and then with 10; pale whitish-green, mixed with white
and irrorated with black ; some tufts of raised scales towards
base ; lines slender, dentate, black ; first from } of costa to } of
inner margin, rather curved, sometimes preceded by a brown
suffusion in disc; a transverse linear fuscous discal spot ; second
line from 2 of costa to beyond middle of inner margin, upper 2
moderately curved outwards; a pale dentate subterminal line,
posteriorly more or less margined with fuscous, space between
this and second line mixed with ferruginous and more densely
irrorated with black ; a hindmarginal series of black dots: cilia
pale greyish-ochreous, slightly irrorated with black, base paler,
tips white. Hindwings with hindmargin strongly crenate, rounded ;
6 and 7 separate ; colour and markings as in forewings, but first
line obsolete, basal third of wing suffusedly mixed with ferrugin-
ous or fuscous ; some transverse tufts of raised scales about 4, and

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 913

second and subterminal lines somewhat roughened partially with
raised scales. Under-surface of both wings ochreous-whitish, in
dise white ; a broad blackish-grey submarginal band, in forewings
containing an incomplete subterminal series of white dots ;
discal spot black, in forewings rather large, oval, in hind-
wings transverse-linear.

Newcastle, Sydney, and Mount Kosciusko (2700 feet), New
South Wales ; in November and January, several specimens.

92. Hyp. deteriorata, Walk.
(Hypochroma deteriorata, Walk. 441.)

SQ. 29-32 mm. Head and thorax mixed with light ferruginous-
reddish and whitish ; face with two black spots ; patagia barred
with black. Palpi blackish mixed with white and reddish, towards
base whitish. Antenne dark grey, pectinatious 4. Abdomen
grey-whitish, irrorated with black, and mixed with reddish. Legs
dark grey, ringed with whitish, posterior pair whitish. Forewings
broad, costa slightly arched, hindmargin rather obliquely rounded,
waved ; 6 separate, 11 anastomosing with 12 and then with 10;
light fuscous-grey, closely mixed with light ferruginous-reddish
and irrorated with black, and somewhat sprinkled with white ;
some raised scales towards base; lines blackish-grey, dentate ;
first from 4 of costa to? of inner margin, rather curved ; an ill-
defined blackish-grey transverse linear discal spot; second line
from 2 of costa to beyond middle of inner margin, upper 3 moder-
ately curved outwards; a cloudy whitish dentate partially
interrupted subterminal line; a hindmarginal row of blackish
dots : cilia light reddish, basal half barred with dark grey. Hind-
wings with hindmargin rounded, crenate; 6 and 7 separate ;
colour and markings as in forewings, but first line obsolete ; some ~
transverse tufts of raised scales at }. Forewings beneath pale
whitish-fuscous, mixed with reddish beneath costa ; a white discal

914 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

blotch, containing a round black discal spot ; a fuscous-grey hind-
marginal band, darker anteriorly, containing a series of white dots.
Hindwings beneath pale whitish-fuscous ; a small blackish discal
spot ; a fuscous-grey hindmarginal band, darker anteriorly.
Sydney, New South Wales ; in October, several specimens.

93. Hyp. erebata, Walk.

(Hypochroma erebusata (rect. erebata), Walk. 443.)

Q.50 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale greyish-ochreous
irrorated with black ; face black, somewhat tufted. Palpi grey
irrorated with black, towards base ochreous-whitish. (Antenne
broken.) Legs greyish-ochreous irrorated with black, posterior
pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings moderate, costa slightly arched,
hindmargin rather obliquely rounded, waved; 6 separate, 11
anastomosing with 12 and then with 10; pale greyish-ochreous,
closely strewn with short grey transverse strigule, and with some
scattered black scales; some raised scales towards base; lines
cloudy, grey, ill-defined, interrupted ; first from 4 of costa to of
inner margin, rather curved ; a very oblique black linear discal
spot, its lower extremity bent downwards, surrounded by a grey

2

suffusion ; second line from ? of costa to 3 of inner margin, upper
2 moderately curved outwards; a faint cloudy whitish dentate
subterminal line, posteriorly margined with grey crescentic marks ;
a hindmarginal row of black dots: cilia pale greyish-ochreous,
irrorated with grey. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded,
crenate ; 6 and 7 separate ; colour and markings as in forewings,
but first line obsolete ; some transverse tufts of raised scales at 4.
Forewings beneath very pale whitish-ochreous ; a triangular white
discal blotch, containing a large round black discal spot, and
crossed by a curved fuscous line at 2; a fuscous hindmarginal
band, containing a series of small white spots. Hindwings
beneath whitish ; a round black discal spot ; hindmarginal band
as in forewings.

Duaringa, Queensland; one specimen received from Mr. G.
Barnard.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 915

94. Hyp. crenaria, Gn.

(Hypochroma crenaria, Gn. 1x, 278, Walk. 432; H. distenta,
Walk. 434; H. sublimbata, Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1882,
232; H. paulinaria, Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. 1885, 47, pl. I. 1.).

Q. 42mm. Head, antenne, and thorax pale whitish-ochreous,
face with a black bar. Palpi white, terminal joint long, slender,
ochreous-tinged. Abdomen white, with a few whitish ochreous
scales. Legs dark grey ringed with white (posterior pair broken).
Forewings broad, costa slightly arched, hindmargin rounded,
waved, somewhat oblique ; 6 separate, 11 anastomosing with 10 ;
white, irrorated with pale ochreous ; first line slender, ochreous,
from a grey mark on costa at + to 4 of inner margin, thrice
angularly dentate ; a long transverse linear grey or ochreous discal
spot ; second line slender, grey, mixed with ferruginous-reddish,
more ochreous towards inner margin, from ? of costa to 3 of inner
margin, waved-dentate, tolerably evenly curved; space between
second line and hindmargin more densely irrorated with ochreous
and some reddish scales, sometimes greyer towards costa, except a
cloudy dentate whitish subterminal line; a fine ferruginous
sometimes interrupted hindmarginal line, tending to form dots
with one or two black scales between veins: cilia white, with
faint very pale ochreous-greyish bars. Hindwings with hind-
margin rounded, crenulate, inner margin long; 6 and 7 separate ;
colour and markings as in forewings, but first line absent, discal
spot ochreous, indistinct, second line more ferruginous, cilia not
barred. Forewings beneath white, costa yellowish towards base ;
a narrow transverse black discal spot ; a broad blackish subter-
minal band, connected with hindmargin above middle by an
oblong patch. Hindwings beneath white, with subterminal band
as in forewings.

Rockhampton, Queensland; two specimens. Occurs also in
New Guinea and the adjoining islands, Ceylon, and India.

916 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

14, EpmpRIsTIs, n.g.

Palpi moderate, porrected, shortly rough-scaled, terminal joint
moderate or short. Antenne in ¢ dentate or filiform, ciliated
({-1). Thorax hairy beneath. Posterior tibie in ¢ somewhat
dilated, grooved, all spurs present. Forewings with veins 3 and
4 separate, 6 separate or from point with 9,10 out of 9, 11
anastomosing with 12 and then with 10. Hindwings with veins
3 and 4 separate, 6 and 7 separate.

95. Hp. oxycyma, n. sp.

6Q. 25-32 mm. Head, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs
ochreous-whitish ; face black; antenne in ¢ filiform, ciliations };
anterior legs infuscated. Palpi white, terminal joint moderate.
Forewings moderate, costa gently arched, hindmargin rather
obliquely rounded ; very pale whitish-ochreous, sprinkled with a
few white and ochreous scales ; lines slender, blackish, dentate ;
first from before 4 of costa to 4 of inner margin, more or less
indistinct ; a blackish discal dot; second line from 2 of costa
to 2 of inner margin, curved; a very faint dentate whitish
subterminal line, preceded below middle by a small pale ferruginous
or ochreous spot ; a hindmarginal row of black dots: cilia white.
Hindwings with hindmargin rounded, waved, inner margin long ;
colour and markings as in forewings, but first line absent, sub-
terminal preceded by faint ochreous spots above middle and
towards analangle. Wings beneath whitish, witha small blackish
discal spot, and a suffused grey subterminal band.

Duaringa, Queensland ; four specimens sent by Mr. G. Barnard.

96. Ep. rufonigraria, Walk.

(Lidonia rufonigraria, Walk. 1036.)
6- 24mm. Head, palpi, and thorax dark fuscous mixed with
crimson. Antenne pale grey, dentate, ciliations 1. Abdomen
vale grey. Legs dark fuscous, ringed with white, posterior pair

BY E, MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 917

‘grey-whitish. Forewings moderate, costa gently arched, hind-
margin somewhat obliquely rounded, crenulate; rather dark
purplish-fuscous ; a sinuate transverse linear blackish-fuscous
discal spot, mixed with crimson ; second line obscurely darker,
from 2 of costa to 2 of inner margin, curved, dentate: cilia
purplish-grey. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded, crenate ;
-colour and cilia as in forewings; a faint curved darker line beyond
middle. Wings beneath grey, towards costa reddish-tinged ;
forewings with a suffused darker blotch on upper half of hind-
margin, mixed with blackish anteriorly.

Sydney, New South Wales ; in September, one specimen.

APPENDIX.

The following species, attributed to this family, I have not
thought it necessary to include at present.

97. Acidalia oppilata, Walk. 776. The single specimen is in
such poor condition as to be unidentifiable, being one of the
obscure group of A. recessata.

98. Acrdala despoliata, Walk. 778. I could not satisfy myself
that the type of this (which I formerly quoted as a synonym of
A. recessata,) was truly referable to any species known to me ; it
may perhaps be an unrecognised additional species.

99. Acidalia schistacearia, Walk. 1609, is a species of Dichro-
modes, belonging to the Oenochromidae.

100. Acidalia primaria, Walk. 1610, is a synonym of Jdiodes
-apicata, Gn. ( Boarniadae ),

101. Acidaha posticaria, Walk. Suppl. 1633, is probably not of
this family, but I have not been able to examine it critically.

102. Idaea farinalis, Ros., Ann. Mag. N.H. 1885, 402. This
may or may not be an Acidalia, it does not seem to be sufficiently
described, and I have failed to identify it.

103. Hypochroma nyssiata, Feld. pl. cxxv, 3, belongs to the
Bombycina ( Liparididae ).

918

REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

Tn the following index synonyms are indicated by italics.

GENERA,
Acid aliig init saedey ects satis 4, Heliomystis, n.g............ ik
Aigathia, Gah. i.3..sose0asde. 10; “Eiypochroma,?Giascec ress, 13.
Comostola, n.g.....0.....0004 8,» Ledisi. Mure eee, 9.
Crypsiphona, n.g......... .. 12: -Perixeray Meyrictis....2 ile
Dithalama, 0. 96066.!.. 0.0.08 3\. ..Problepsis; Wud..2. 123% Bee 2.
EPIPTIStIS) DIF. 6.60. Sie eend 14,¢ Timandra, Dip.:..04i35..0..0/9 Bt
Eucrostis, Hb. bie asa ce emeinetes Te ,, Urolitha, mig.f acer. cee pos
SPECIES.
acanthina, D.8p.....-..0...+. 89. calcinata, Feld..........0000. (ite
acidaliaria, Walk.........+.. LS? \carenartarGinecesc nocsees 54,
Gg1vess BULL occnsenstsces 27. carenaria, Walk.......:..:.- 55.
albicosta, Walk........... .. 64, centrophylla, nsp........... 51.
albicostata, Walk............ Gi) cetrania, Meldiniceas cate 9b
alopecodes, N.Sp.......2..6+6+ 10: chloristis; nisp:-22.cian 14.
MIAAALT ASU (S)i2> 5. .siacinaiejdoeess S2e citrolimbaria,, Gmieaesacees 48.
apouuBaria, (GIs... -e-e5+ se 2. citrolimbaria, Walk......... 49,
ATQOCNEMIS, D.SP......- veces 56. compensata, Walk.........++ 20.
ALYOCTANA, N.SP.....eeeeseeees 34. congenita, Walk......... .. 59.
ASSMIAMUA, ASP... 2.0. -cecee0 50.. cosmespila, msp..4. 0s... 4.
BSCELIAS MIVSD: so o'ks oeosis ees 19. costomia,, Walia csdec 2 menen 6.
attrabuta, Walk....<ccoseess 18. crenaria, Gat iee ees eee 94.
aventiaria, Gn................ 31. crossophragma, Meyr....... 25.
AURA OUIS GeMES Ps ci) a scsiets c's so 21...) ;CrOSSOGA I. SPiaedstnoee eee 73.
beryllink Msp). cs... 5... 0s. 864 44, decisissima, Walk.........+0 63.
bipunctifera, Walk.......... 33. deliciosaria, Walk.......+.+ 27.
boisduvalaria, Le G......... T0ss desita,y) W alles Sis. Be Quikece 16.
buprestaria, Gm.............. 68. despoliata, Walk............. 98.
byrsopisy Meyiresc.2c...cu'< 78. deteriorata, Walk.......... 92.
cadmania, (Gili cies ade see 61. -:dichloraria, \Guichigacsste sss 58.
cacsaria, Wialk.iicccncsss- 19. dimorphata, Snell.........006 27.

BY E, MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S.

distenta, Wallhisesceccessecss 94.
electrica, Misprecesierstedett 80.
emiliaria,) Giiniowsededssese 90.
emiliaria, Walk......cc.sevee 91.
CPISCla, D:SP.wcti A dd. .hedeede 30.
erebata, Walkyiissc.cssevsses 93.
CxOtericar Spied. cca issitet 69.
externa,..Wialk.cdsst. nies 60.
farinalisap Os: ce.se stint ey 102.
Selacittata, Wall cycccccccsuvs dle
Siglinaria, Git. co. cccacsonses 18.
fusitivaria, Cites. .cdeaeee 42.
gratiosata, Gin...........68 0 43
halmaea, N.SP.........00s000 9:
halochlora, n.sp.........2.65- 47.
hypochra, n.sp...........000+ 13.
hypochromaria, Gn.......... 88.
hypsithrona, n.sp............ 39.
mchoata, Walk... .c300o0. 53.
mamo@cens, Buble. .cesne De
insperata, Walk.......... AEG:
WUE, WOU. e. cose vacseccs 42.
interminta, Walk........000+ 63.
IQCOMUTA ESD: (agta.scsoace ce 36.
AOBTICHA MOPS) eo 5:2 cm, siesee'se 72.
isomorpha, N.SD,............. ile
jessica, Ubhnssracn menses las
latilineata, Walk............ 35.
leucochorda, n.sp............ 40.
leucomerata, Walk.......... 66.
ligataria, Walk.. ........... 27.
lnotissmispietccavanteceate tee 20.
lydia. Butlycaedsece sacee nes ii?
meandraria, Gmn............. 38.
megalocentra, n.sp.......... 29.
melanosema, N.Sp..........+. 81.

melocrossa, N.SP.........e00s 49.
metarhodata, Walk......... 87.
metaspila, Walk............. 75.
MAPANAATIA GN. se cecrecres 70.
MONOCYMA, NISP:.it..aboeled 57.
muscosaria, Ginn | isccseee Ol:
NEOXESEA, D.SPissciceeseerssves 15,
neptunus,. Buthc.ti. sec 52.
nyssiata, Heldivs.. 6.16... s.. 103.
obliquissima, Walk.......... 42.
onigrbai pn Walle swcsseuntos i:
occultaria, Donen. s..2-... 85.
ochthaula, n.sp......... eked 45.
OCH Pera, :N.SP..mralacwase< sas 62.
oppilata, Walk............... OM:
optivata, Walk.............. 23.
OPbhOSCIA,, D.SPeces2.. 4447 «ola 28.
Oxy contTasa Spee cet. 65.
OXYVCYMA, MSPi.c: tsecesses tes GOs
PaAcChyGetis Hsp... :.86..0..- me
Paratorna; MSp..css.c)..052. 85.
parbita, Walls.25...2...0... male
paulinaria, PAg...cccccceees 94.
percomptaria, Gn............ 86.
Poraba, Walks. cencac sce. 26.
perlepidaria, Walk.......... 37.
philocosma, n.sp............. 8.
pieroides, Walk.............. hile
porphyropis, n.sp............ I:
posticaria, Walkie.) ......... 101.
PEaSOdeS, NiSP..:. ....0..500. 32.
primaia, Walks. ..s2.. 0c 100.
Peulobe, hOSSPi.- sis ccscecs eves 12.
PYEOPS, WSPi...8ssiie. eiedses 46.
recessata, Walk.........000 22.

repletaria, Walk...........0 1g5

$20 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

rhodocosma, n.sp............. 67. squamata, Feld.............. 91.
rabraria, Dbldv.. conic. 1S.a stereqta, UeSp..cacacaeseh sete 41,
rufonigraria, Walk.......... 96. stipataria, Walk.........006. 22.
SANCHA MSD se icisie bia Ae'ss e's 3. sublimbata, Butl............ 94.
saturataria, Walk........... 74. sublinearia, Walk........... 24.
schistacearia, Walk.......... 99. submissaria, Walk.......... 55.
scitessimaria, Walk.......... 77. vertumnaria, Gn............. 59.
semicrocea, Walk............ 63. vulnerata, Butl............... 61.
Walsoni, sPeldigy nee: 84.
SUPPLEMENT.

1 add here a few new species and notes of additional localities
for those families revised in my first paper. These additions are
principally derived from my West Australian journey, and are
remarkable for their scantiness ; it would appear that West
Australia possesses hardly any indigenous fauna of these families.

ARCTIADAE.

SyMMETRODES, Meyr.

Symm. sciocosma, n.sp.

(Symmetrodes nitens, Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1886,
703, nec Walk.)

I propose this name for the species which I identified from
Walker's description as his Lithosia nitens ; having since seen his
specimens, I find the identification to be erroneous, as noted below.

TigrioiDEs, Butl.

Tigr. nana, Walk,

(Lithosia nana, Walk. Bomb. 507 ; Z. nitens, ib. Suppl. 231 ;
L. remota, ib. Char. Het. 9; Zugriotdes nana, Meyr., Proc. Linn.
Soc. N.S.W. 1886, 698.)

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 921
The full synonymy of this species is as given here.

CaALLIGENIA, Dup.

Call. melitaula, Meyr.

(Calligenia melitaula, Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1886,
705 ; Miltochrista simulans, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886,
382.)

My name has three months’ priority.

Termessa, Walk.

Term. zonophanes, n. sp.

6Q. 29-31 mm. Head ochreous-yellow. Palpi and antennz
black. Thorax whitish-ochreous, anterior margin broadly blackish.
Abdomen ochreous-yellow. Legs dark fuscous, posterior pair
yellowish. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa gently arched,
apex obtuse, hindmargin rather obliquely rounded; whitish-
ochreous, margins more yellowish-tinged ; costal edge black on
basal half ; a narrow rather irregular blackish fascia from about +
of costa to } of inner margin, and another from before middle of
costa to middle of inner margin, connected by a line on margins,
and suffusedly confluent somewhat below middle ; a broad inwards-
curved blackish fascia from costa about } to inner margin before
anal angle, sometimes connected with preceding fascia by a bar in
middle ; a subtriangular blackish spot on upper half of hind
margin, its apex touching middle of preceding fascia: cilia dark
fuscous, above apex pale ochreous-yellowish, above anal angle
broadly whitish-ochreous. Hindwings ochreous-yellow ; a dark
fuscous irregular fascia from costa near apex to about middle of
hindmargin, thence along hindmargin to anal angle, narrow
towards costa, more or less broadly dilated towards middle; a
small elongate dark fuscous spot along hindmargin above middle ;
cilia ochreous-yellow, dark fuscous towards anal angle and opposite
supra-median spot.

922 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

Wimmera, Victoria ; several specimens (Coll. Lucas). Nearest
to 7’. Shepherdi ; in my tabulation it falls under the same heading
with 7. gratiosa, from which it is immediately separated by the
entire fascia of hindwings.

SorocostiA, Ros.

Tribunta scabralis, Walk. Suppl. 1507, appears to be a species
of this genus, but is certainly not in a condition to be identified,
and the name should be neglected.

Sor. biguttalis, Walk.

( Tribunta biguttalis, Walk. Suppl. 1507 ; Sorocostia trigonota,
Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1886, 719.)

Identified from the original specimen.

Sor. hesycha, n. sp.

SQ. 15-17 mm. Head and thorax white, thinly sprinkled with
grey. Palpi 3, white, irrorated with grey on lower half. An-
tenn, abdomen, and legs white. Forewings elongate-triangular,
costa hardly arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin slightly
rounded, oblique ; white, densely irrorated with ochreous-grey ;
a narrow clear white streak from 2 of costa to disc before middle,
anteriorly margined with darker irroration ; a similar streak from
costa before apex to inner margin beyond middle, hardly curved
inwards ; an indistinct parallel whitish streak near hindmargin
on lower half: cilia white, irrorated with ochreous-grey. Hind-
wings and cilia white, apex sometimes greyish-tinged.

Geraldton and Carnarvon, West Australia; in October and
November, four specimens, mostly taken at light. Nearest to
S. wrenica ; in my tabulation it falls under the same heading with
S. parallacta, from which it is at once distinguished by the white
hindwings, and clear white lines of forewings.

BY E, MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 923

Sor. albalis, Walk.

(Hypena albalis, Walk. Suppl. 1143 ; Hromene vetustella, Walk.
Suppl. 1763; Nola strictalis, Z., Zool. Bot. Ver. 1872, 459,
pl. ii, 3; Sorocostia vetustella, Ros., Ann. Mag. N.H. 1885, 436,
Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1886, 721.

In looking through the British Museum collection I noticed
this earlier name, involving rectification as above.

Sor. aenictis, n.sp.

g. 18mm. Head whitish, irrorated with grey. Palpi 24,
grey-whitish, irrorated with grey. Antenne and abdomen grey-
whitish. Thorax grey, anteriorly mixed with whitish. Legs
whitish irrorated with dark grey, posterior pair ochreous-whitish.
Forewings very elongate-triangular, costa rather strongly arched,
apex obtuse, hindmargin obliquely rounded ; grey, thinly sprinkled
with blackish ; a small black mark on costa near base ; two fine
black lines, first from } of costa to } of inner margin, unevenly
curved, once shortly dentate above middle, second from beyond
middle of costa to beneath costa at #, thence slightly curved to 2
of inner margin, irregularly dentate ; second tuft black anteriorly :
an indistinct irregularly sinuate darker grey subterminal shade;
a hindmarginal series of cloudy dark grey dots: cilia grey,
sprinkled with dark grey. Hindwings very pale whitish-grey ;
cilia grey-whitish.

Geraldton, West Australia; one specimen in November.
Nearly allied to S. arachneis, but forewings narrower, hindmargin
more oblique, form of first line quite different, second tuft
anteriorly black ; intermediate in character between S. arachnets
and S. cycota.

Sor. tornotis, n. sp.

6-15mm. Head whitish, sprinkled with ochreous, with a

black mark on each side of forehead. Palpi 2, grey-whitish,

924 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

irrorated with ochreous and black. Antenne and abdomen grey-
whitish. Thorax grey-whitish, sprinkled with black, anteriorly
irrorated with ochreous. Legs dark fuscous, apex of joints whitish,
posterior tibize whitish. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa
gently arched, apex obtuse, hindmargin obliquely rounded ; white,
closely irrorated with greyish-ochreous and sprinkled with black ;
an obscure blackish strigula on costa near base ; tufts pale ochreous
anteriorly, second preceded by a blackish suffusion ; two slender
tolerably distinct black lines; first from 4 of costa to ¢ of inner
margin, rather irregular, curved; second waved, from a spot on
costa beyond middle to beneath costa at #, thence to inner margin
at #, somewhat bent in middle, rather sinuate inwards on lower
half ; a similar and parallel line, formed by a blackish irroration,
close before second line throughout, except near costa ; an irregular
sinuate subterminal line, formed by a blackish irroration, tending
to be interrupted into dots, dentate outwards beneath costa; a
hindmarginal row of blackish dots: cilia white, irrorated with
grey, basal half sprinkled with black, tending to form spots. Hind-
wings light grey, darker towards hindmargin ; cilia light grey.

Duaringa, Queensland ; two specimens sent by Mr. G. Barnard.
Intermediate between S. cycota and S. leucoma ; in my tabulation
it falls under the same heading with S. cycota, but is separable
by the much shorter palpi, different form of second line, preceding
additional parallel line, and other details.

SAROTRICHA, Gn.

Forehead with flat projecting tuft of scales; tongue well-
developed. Antenne in ¢ filiform, very shortly ciliated (4).
Palpi long, bent, porrected, clothed with dense rough scales above
and beneath. Thorax crested posteriorly. Anterior femora and
tibie densely tufted with rough hairs beneath ; posterior tibize
with dense tolerablvy appressed scales. Forewings with vein 2
from 3, 7 connected by bar with 8, 9 and 10 out of 8. Hindwings
with veins 3 and 4 stalked, 5 from point with or closely approxi-
mated to 3, 6 and 7 froma point or closely approximated, 8 from

middle.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 925

This genus, which has been variously placed, is certainly
referable here, and is nearest allied to Zia. The name is usually
written Sarrothripa, which is a meaningless barbarism ; but since
Guénée always formed his names etymologically, I confidently
conjecture Sarotricha to be the right reading, (in allusion to the
peculiar tufts of the anterior legs, characteristic of the genus,) and
have restored it accordingly ; asa critical emendation I consider it
almost certain.

Sar. exophila, n. sp.

6Q- 14-18 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and legs white irrorated
with dark fuscous. Antenne and abdomen grey. Forewings
elongate, suboblong, posteriorly rather dilated, costa strongly
arched near base, slightly sinuate in middle, apex obtuse, hind-
margin rounded, somewhat oblique ; white, irrorated with dark
grey, somewhat mixed with greenish, sometimes more or less
suffused with grey; from two to four subdentate dark fuscous
transverse lines more or less marked in basal area, sometimes
partially suffused together; two parallel blackish lines from
costa before middle to middle of inner margin, almost straight,
somewhat indented beneath costa, first less marked; two minute
black dots placed somewhat obliquely transversely in disc beyond
middle ; two parallel waved blackish-grey lines from 3 of costa to
? of inner margin, rather curved outwards, sinuate inwards
towards inner margin, second forming a triangular dark fuscous
spot on costa; a shortly dentate blackish subterminal line,
indented beneath costa and in middle ; an interrupted black hind-
marginal line, tending to form dots: cilia whitish, irrorated with
dark grey. Hindwings fuscous-grey, much paler and whitish-
tinged towards base ; cilia white, basal half fuscous.

Duaringa, Queensland ; four specimens received from Mr. G.
Barnard, Nearly allied to the European S. wndulana, but much
smaller, distinguished by the white groundcolour, the two small
discal dots, and the postmedian line of forewings not angulated

inwards below middle.
59

926 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

X ANTHODULE, Butl.

Xanth. semiochrea, Butl.
(Xanthodule semiochrea, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886,
384, pl. 1x, 1.)

In the absence of material, I cannot add anything to Butler’s
description, but this appears to be a good genus and species,
referable to the neighbourhood of Chiriphe.

Spitosoma, Stph.

Spil. fuscnula, Dbld.
The original authority for this name is Doubleday, who
described it as Chelonia fuscinula, Eyre’s Discoveries, I, 438, pl.

v. 4; Iam indebted to Mr. Kirby for this reference, omitted by
Walker.

Spil. Glatignyi, Le G.

(Spilosoma Glatignyi, Le G., Rev. Zool. 1841, 257; Chelonia
pallida, Dbld., Eyre’s Dise. I, 438, pl. v, 3; Ardices fulvohirta,
Walk. Bomb. 710; Spilosoma subocellatum, ib. 1697 ; S. conferta,
ib. Suppl. 295; S. fulvohirta, Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1886,
754).

The above is an earlier name for this species, with the full
synonymy.

DeiopeiA, Stph.

Deo. pulchella, Js.
Also from Carnarvon, West Australia, in October.

ZYGAENIDAE.

HeEstiocHora, Meyr.

Hest. rufiventris, Walk.
Also from Geraldton, West Australia, in November.

BY E, MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 927

Procris, F.

Procr. amethystina, n. sp.

6 1819mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen brilliant
metallic green-blue, somewhat mixed partially with black.
Antenne black, pectinations 5. Legs black, femora and posterior
tibiz metallic blue. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa slightly
arched, apex rounded, hindmargin very obliquely rounded ; purple-
blackish, sprinkled with metallic green: cilia blackish, tips pale
grey. Hindwings elongate-ovate ; blackish; dise thinly scaled,
semitransparent ; vein 4 absent, 3 and 5 tolerably approximated
at base.

Perth, West Australia ; two specimens, in November. Nearest
to P. cyanota.

Procr. empyrea, n. sp.

6 18mm. Head and thorax dark bronzy-fuscous, mixed with
brilliant metallic coppery. -Palpi black. Antenne black, pecti-
nations 5. Abdomen wmetallic-green, somewhat mixed with
blackish, towards base coppery. Legs black, femora and posterior
tibize bronzy-green. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa hardly
arched, apex rounded, hindmargin very obliquely rounded ;
blackish, with a few coppery scales : cilia grey, basal third blackish.
Hindwings elongate-ovate ; blackish ; disc thinly scaled, becoming
semi-transparent towards base; vein 4 absent, 3 and 5 approxi-
mated at base.

Albany, West Australia; one specimen bred in N ovember.
Intermediate between P. cyanota and P. subdolosa. The larva is
clothed with dense rather short hairs ; reddish-brown ; dorsal line
white: found full-grown on a fence early in October, without
indication of food-plant ; it spun a rather dense cocoon.

Procr. cuprea, Walk.
Also from Geraldton, Perth, and York, West Australia; in

October and November, abundant. In some places (especially on
the eastern slope of the range towards York) this species varies

928 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

into a bronzy-green form, and is then with difficulty distinguished
from P. viridipulverulenta ; the forewings appear to show an in-
definable yet perceptibly darker hindmarginal fascia, dilated
towards costa, which is the best distinguishing mark of the species,
but I should not be surprised if intermediate local forms were to
be found presenting a complete gradation to the eastern P. viridi-
pulverulenta.

Nore.—Themiscyra laetifera, Walk., and Cyptasia egregiella,
Walk., which are mentioned in the Appendix as unidentified, I
have since seen and recognised to be species of Zineina ; they may
therefore be omitted from this group. Cyptasia cristata, Butl.,
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, 383, referred by Butler to the
Lithosiadae, is also a species of Tinetna.

DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA.
By E. Meyrick, B.A., F.E.S.

XIV. OECOPHORIDAE (continued ).

ENcHOcCRATES, Meyr.
520. (13a.) Lnch. phaedryntis, n.sp.

Q. 21 mm. Head and thorax greyish-ochreous mixed with
crimson. Palpi bright rosy, second joint externally grey except
towards margins. Antennae crimson, apex pale greyish. Ab-
domen ochreous-whitish. Anterior legs crimson, middle pair
whitish-ochreous, posterior pair white. Forewings oblong, moder-
ately broad, costa considerably arched towards base, somewhat
bent at 4, thence almost straight, apex rounded, hindmargin
somewhat oblique, rounded; bright crimson, suffusedly mixed
with light ashy-grey, except on edge ; a darker purple-grey cloudy
line beneath costal edge ; costal edge yellow on basal third ; a
purplish-fuscous dot in disc before middle, a second on fold slightly
before first, and a third in disc at $3; an irregular indistinct
slender yellowish line from third dot to 2 of inner margin ; a
moderate triangular yellow spot on costa somewhat beyond middle ;
a cloudy purple-grey line along hindmargin: cilia light crimson,
on upper half of hindmargin pale yellow except towards base,
round anal angle pale grey. Hindwings and cilia ochreous-
whitish, apex of wing very faintly rosy-tinged.

Albany, West Australia ; one specimen in October ; very
distinct. Beaten from Hucalyptus.

521. (14b.) Ench. soreutis, n.sp.

Q. 21mm. Head, palpi, and thorax pale greyish-ochreous ;
palpi externally slightly rosy-tinged and mixed with fuscous.

930 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

Antennae rosy-grey-whitish. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs
whitish, banded with grey ; anterior pair and base of middle
tibize suffused with pale rosy ; posterior pair wholly whitish.
Forewings elongate-oblong, costa strongly arched towards base,
thence almost straight, apex obtuse, hindmargin obliquely rounded ;
pale greyish-ochreous ; costal edge whitish-rosy ; markings reddish-
fuscous mixed with dark fuscous ; a short oblique strigula from
costa at 4; a very small cloudy spot on middle of costa; an
irregular longitudinal mark beneath costa at 3; an irregular
triangular patch extending along inner margin from near base
almost to anal angle, and reaching half across wing, interrupted
by two very irregular transverse streaks of groundcolour; a row
of dark fuscous dots along hindmargin and apical third of costa :
cilia ochreous-grey-whitish, round apex and on costa whitish-rosy.
Hindwings ochreous-grey-whitish, towards anal angle more greyish-
tinged ; cilia ochreous-whitish.

Sydney, New South Wales; one specimen in June. Nearly
allied to Z. picrophylla, of which, though very differently marked,
it may possibly prove to be an abnormal variety.

Leprpotarsa, Meyr.

To this genus is also to be referred L. iriodes, Meyr., described
doubtfully as a Piloprepes. The following is a tabulation of the
five species :

1. Hindwings tinged with ochreous or yellowish..... 2.
Hindwings not tinged with ochreous or yellowish 3.

bo

Forewings with groundcolour pearly white.......... wvodes.
Forewings with groundcolour pale rosy-ochreous /ewcodetis.

3. Forewings more or less rosy-tinged........ woseeee vee) PrOLeLs,
Forewings not rosy-tinged.......... * cup a Sepeiieematss 4,

4, Hindwings grey.............0+6 jon oo ab sip vont teinnclna) CATYSODDOM:,
Hindwings grey-whitish........... mes A secicaereeeee Alphitella.

In the two following Western species the dilation of the anterior
tibiae and tarsi, though distinctly present, is not at all conspicuous.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 931

522. (15a.) Lep. leucodetis, n.sp.

GQ 16-17 mm. Head and thorax whitish-ochreous, more or
less rosy-tinged. Palpi ochreous-whitish. Antenne white.
Abdomen and legs pale whitish-ochreous, anterior legs rosy-
tinged. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa moderately arched,
apex pointed, hindmargin concave, oblique ; pale yellowish-
ochreous, more or less suffused with pale rosy ; a nearly straight
slender white fascia from ? of costa to 3 of inner margin,
anteriorly suffusedly margined with fuscous; a fuscous dot in
disc at 2: cilia whitish-ochreous, mixed with pale rosy. Hind-
wings and cilia pale whitish-ochreous.

Geraldton, West Australia ; two specimens in November, from
Kuna (2).
523 (15b.) Lep. proteis, n. sp.

SQ. 17-19 mm. Head, palpi, and antennze white or whitish.
Thorax greyish-ochreous or rarely white, more or less rosy-tinged.
Abdomen and legs grey-whitish, anterior legs mixed with grey and
pale rosy. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa moderately
arched, apex pointed, hindmargin somewhat concave, rather
strongly oblique ; greyish-ochreous or rarely whitish, more or less
strongly rosy-tinged, sometimes pale rosy irrorated with grey, or
rarely wholly suffused with rather dark grey beyond first fascia ;
costal edge white ; in whitish specimens a rosy-ochreous streak
along inner margin ; two straight oblique linear cloudy dark grey
fascize, sometimes wholly absent, in white specimens more
ochreous, extremities generally indistinct ; first from 4 of costa to
% of inner margin, second from 2 of costa to below middle of hind-
margin ; a blackish dot in disc at 2, sometimes absent ; apex often
suffused with grey: cilia concolorous with wing, generally with
grey apical and anal spots. Hindwings pale grey or whitish-grey ;
cilia grey-whitish.

Albany, West Australia ; beaten commonly from Leptospermum
on swampy flats, in December. A very variable species, but
easily distinguished.

932 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

Eocurots, Meyr.
524, (21a.) Hochr. archescia, n. sp.

6. 17mm. Head, palpi, antennz, and thorax light ochreous.
Abdomen and legs ochreous-whitish, anterior legs infuscated.
Forewings elongate, moderate, costa gently arche?, apex
tolerably pointed, hindmargin straight, rather strongly oblique ;
light ochreous, very slightly rosy-tinged; costal edge obscurely
ochreous-whitish ; a grey dot in disc before middle, a second on
fold obliquely beyond first, and a third in disc at 3, these placed
on two longitudinal streaks somewhat paler than groundcolour ;
an indistinct sharply angulated grey line from 2 of costa to before
anal angle : cilia whitish-ochreous, towards apex rosy-tinged, basal
half on hindmargin rather dark grey. Hindwings and cilia grey-
whitish.

Geraldton, West Australia ; one specimen in November. Nearly
allied to #. dejunctella, from which it is best distinguished by the
greyish-tinged hindwings, without rosy apex ; also characterised by

the duller colouring, grey posterior line, and different cilia.

oO)

5* Komystis, n.g.

Head loosely haired, sidetufts large, erect, spreading. Antenne
in ¢ moderately ciliated (14), basal joint moderate, without
pecten. Palpi moderate, second joint reaching base of antenne,
with dense appressed scales, hardly loose beneath, terminal joint
much shorter than second, rather thickened with appressed scales,
somewhat rough anteriorly, suberect. Thorax smooth. Abdomen
moderate. Posterior tibize clothed with long fine hairs. Fore-
wings with vein 7 to hindmargin, 2 from near angle of cell.
Hindwings normal.

Nearest to Hochrois, from which it differs especially by the
shorter ciliations of antennze, and absence of basal pecten.

525. (26a.) Hom. rhodopis, n.sp.

g. 25mm. Head yellow-ochreous mixed with crimson, face
whitish. Palpi crimson, sprinkled with yellow-whitish. Antennz

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 933

yellow-whitish, base crimson. Thorax bright yellow-ochreous,
mixed with crimson posteriorly, with a central longitudinal narrow
yellow-whitish line. Abdomen whitish-ochreous, apex rosy-tinged.
Legs whitish-ochreous, partly rosy-tinged, anterior pair bright
crimson. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa strongly arched,
apex round-pointed, hindmargin straight, oblique ; bright yellow-
ochreous, mixed with crimson-rosy ; a crimson dot in disc at 2:
cilia ochreous-yellowish, somewhat mixed with pale crimson.
Hindwings and cilia pale ochreous-yellowish.

Albany, West Australia; one specimen in December, beaten
from Leptospermum on the granite hills.

Hetiocausta, Meyr.

526. (35a.) Hel. rhodoxantha, n. sp.

6.17 mm. Head whitish-yellowish mixed with light reddish.
Palpi yellow-whitish mixed with rosy, terminal joint with a
blackish median band. Antennz whitish, spotted with dark grey.
Thorax reddish, irregularly spotted with whitish-yellowish.
Abdomen grey, margins and apex yellowish. Legs whitish-
ochreous, femora white, anterior tibize and tarsi red, ringed with
pale yellowish. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa gently
arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin straight, rather oblique,
rounded beneath ; rosy-red, with a few scattered black scales ;
markings pale yellowish ; five or six very small spots near base,
tending to unite in oblique strigule ; three very irregular some-
what curved transverse strige, tending to be interrupted into
spots in dise, first from } of costa to near inner margin at 3, second
from 2 of costa to 3 of inner margin, third from ? of costa to anal
angle; two small spots in disc between first and second strigz,
and a series of small irregular spots between second and third ;
an angulated mark beneath costa near apex, and a submarginal
series of dots before hindmargin except towards apex: cilia rosy-
red barred with whitish-yellowish, tips wholly yellow-whitish.
Hindwings bronzy-fuscous; cilia fuscous, terminal half grey-

whitish. wee Feo

934 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

Sydney, New South Wales ; one specimen in March, beaten
from Lucalyptus. Although apparently nearest H. severa, the
species is extremely distinct.

527. (37a) Hel. mimica n.sp.

SQ. 19-20 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen whitish-
grey-ochreous, thorax with a few reddish-fuscous scales. Antenne
ochreous-whitish, annulated with dark fuscous. Legs pale whitish-
ochreous, tarsal joints grey except at apex, anterior tibiz
infuscated. Forewings moderately elongate, costa moderately
arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin straight, somewhat oblique,
rounded beneath ; very pale greyish-ochreous, with a few scattered
fuscous-reddish scales ; markings fuscous-reddish ; three indistinct
dots placed in an oblique series from costa near base ; a slender
somewhat irregular fascia from } of costa to middle of inner
margin, on lower half dilated posteriorly into a subtriangular
blotch, above this more or less interrupted ; a moderately large dot
in disc at 2, connected with middle of costa by a slender irregular
streak ; a very obscure series of minute irregular dots from middle
of costa very obliquely outwards to beneath } of costa, thence
obtusely bent to anal angle; a narrow elongate spot along upper
half of hindmargin, extremities pointed : cilia pale whitish-grey-
ochreous, with a faint reddish line, and a small fuscous-reddish
apical spot. Hindwings light bronzy-grey ; cilia whitish-grey, with
a cloudy darker line.

Mount Lofty, South Australia ; two specimens received from
Mr. E. Guest. Nearest to 1. severa; the latter (of which I have

bred and taken a series) varies considerably, but never assumes
the light colouring and peculiar markings of this species.

528. (40a.) Hel. crocowantha, n. sp.

SQ. 24-25 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax orange-yellow ; apex
of patagia, posterior margin of thorax, anda line behind collar
between patagia blackish. Antenne pale yellowish, beneath.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 935

blackish. Abdomen blackish-grey, apex ochreous-yellow. Legs
blackish-grey, posterior pair ochreous-yellow. Forewings elongate,
moderate, posteriorly somewhat dilated, costa slightly arched, apex
round-pointed, hindmargin slightly sinuate, rather oblique ; deep
orange-yellow ; a short blackish streak along base of inner margin ;
in ¢ a cloudy subtriangular spot of dark purple-fuscous scales on
middle of inner margin, and a smaller spot in disc somewhat
beyond it, in Q both nearly obsolete ; an erect denticulate narrow
dark purple-fuscous streak from anal angle reaching about half
across wing ; in ¢ a cloudy suffusion of dark fuscous scales along
hindmargin : cilia ochreous-yellow, on anal angle dark grey. Hind-
wings pale ochreous-yellowish ; a narrow fuscous-grey suffusion
along hindmargin, and a broader suffusion along inner margin ;
cilia grey, above apex dark grey, on a space beneath apex suffused
with pale yellowish.

Albany, West Australia ; two specimens, beaten together from
Eucalyptus, at the end of September. Intermediate between H.
hemiteles and H. paralyrgis.

529. (43b.) Hel. phylacopis, n. sp.

Q. 25mm. Head whitish-ochreous, face white. Palpi ochreous-
whitish, faintly rosy-tinged. Antennze rosy-whitish. Thorax
very pale brownish-ochreous, with a very small purple-grey poste-
rior spot. Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs ochreous-white,
anterior pair rosy-tinged. Forewings moderate, costa moderately
arched, apex obtuse, hindmargin straight, slightly oblique, rounded
beneath ; very pale brownish-ochreous ; costal edge pale rosy ; a
rather dark purple-fuscous dot in dise before middle, a second on
fold obliquely beyond first, and a small round spot in disc at 3:
cilia pale rosy, witha basal series of very obscure grey dots. Hind-
wings light ochreous-fuscous, towards costa suffused with pale
yellowish except near apex ; cilia greyish-ochreous, becoming
grey round apex.

York, West Australia ; one specimen in November. Not very
near any other, but perhaps most allied to H. triphaenatella.

936 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

530. (45a.) Hel. acmaea, n. sp.

g. 21mm. Head and thorax whitish-ochreous, slightly brown-
ish-tinged, face whitish. Palpi rosy-whitish, antenn whitish,
base rosy-tinged. Abdomen ochreous-whitish, sides mixed
with blackish-grey scales, anal tuft whitish-ochreous. Legs
ochreous-whitish, anterior pair suffused with pale _ rosy,
posterior pair white. Forewings elongate-oblong, costa
gently arched, apex obtuse, hindmargin faintly sinuate,
hardly oblique, rounded beneath; whitish-ochreous, faintly
brownish-tinged ; costal edge pale rosy; a small rather dark
purplish-fuscous dot in disc before middle, a second on fold
obliquely beyond first, and a third in disc at 2: cilia pale rosy,
with a basal series of fuscous dots. Hindwings whitish-yellowish ;
a few fuscous scales towards hindmargin above anal angle ; cilia
yellow-whitish.

Mount Lofty, South Australia; one specimen received from
Mr. E. Guest. Allied to . protoxantha, but forewings without
posterior line, and apical cilia of hindwings not grey ; more like
H. parthenopa in colouring, but narrower-winged ; differs also
from both in the blackish-grey lateral scales of abdomen.

531. (45b.) Hel. sarcophanes, n. sp.

Q. 26mm. Head, antenne, and thorax pale greyish-ochreous.
Palpi whitish-ochreous. Abdomen whitish-ochreous, fuscous-
tinged. Legs whitish-ochreous, anterior pair brownish tinged,
femora white. Forewings oblong, rather elongate, costa moder-
ately arched, apex obtuse, hindmargin faintly sinuate, slightly
oblique, rounded beneath ; pale greyish-ochreous; a faint grey dot
in disc at 3, a second on fold very obliquely beyond first, and a
third in disc at 2; a series of indistinct grey dots from beneath
costa at ? to inner margin before anal angle, obtusely angulated in
middle ; a series of similar dots along hindimargin : cilia ochreous-
grey-whitish. Hindwings pale ochreous-yellowish, towards hind-
margin suffused with yellowish-fuscous ; cilia ochreous-grey-
whitish, with a faint grey line near base.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 937

Northampton, West Australia; one specimen in November,
from Eucalyptus. Most allied to A. acmaea and probably also
HT. phylacopis, but not very near either.

Eucuaetis, Meyr.

To the characters of this genus should be added : Hindwings
with veins 3 and 4 separate at origin. This character readily
separates it from Heliocausta, to which the discovery of the
additional species recorded below shows that it is otherwise very
nearly allied. The antennal ciliations of the ¢ vary specifically
from 3 to 5.

532. (50a.) Huch. rhizobola, n.sp.

SQ. 3133 mm. Head pale greyish-ochreous, face more
whitish. Palpi grey-whitish, mixed with rosy. Antenne whitish-
grey, ciliations 3. Thorax pale greyish-ochreous, with a ferruginous
irroration forming a diamond-shaped posterior spot, a narrow
central longitudinal streak, and a small spot in middle of each
patagium. Abdomen and legs pale whitish-ochreous, anterior legs
rosy, middle tarsi rosy except apex of joints. Forewings rather
broad, costa moderately arched, apex obtuse, hindmargin faintly
sinuate, not oblique, rounded beneath; ferruginous, irrorated
with very pale greyish-ochreous ; markings very pale greyish-
ochreous ; costal edge rosy ; a short streak along base of inner
margin, forming a spot at base ; a moderate rather irregular-edzged
costal streak, rather broad at base, emitting two irregular oblique
wedge-shaped projections, at } and middle, first running to fold
before middle, second toa whitish dot in disc at? ; three ill-
defined grey-whitish dots beneath posterior half of costal streak,
almost confluent with it ; a grey whitish submarginal line, becom-
ing marginal on lower half of hindmargin, anterior edge waved :
cilia very pale whitish-grey, with a pale grey-reddish line beyond
middle, tips whitish between apex and anal angle. Hindwings
pale whitish-ochreous, yellowish-tinged, apex more ochreous-
yellowish, sometimes slightly rosy-tinged ; cilia yellow-whitish.

938 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

Sydney, New South Wales; seven specimens in August, at rest
on a fence beneath Hucalyptus-trees after a gale. All these, in
the finest condition, were taken the same day, and I never met
with the species, which is one of the finest and most distinct of
the Oecophoridae, on any other occasion, though frequently col-
lecting along the same fence.

533. (50b.) Huch. tospila, n.sp.

Q. 31mm. Head, palpi, antennz, thorax, and abdomen very
pale whitish-grey-ochreous ; palpi slightly rosy-tinged. Legs
whitish, anterior pair suffused with crimson. Forewings elongate-
oblong, costa moderately arched, apex obtuse, hindmargin not
oblique, faintly sinuate, rounded beneath ; ochreous-whitish,
becoming greyish-tinged anteriorly; costal edge pale rosy ; a
minute ferruginous dot in disc at $; a rather large ferruginous
dot in disc at 3; a cloudy light grey streak along posterior half
of costa ; a series of small crescentic ferruginous dots, proceeding
from § along lower margin of this streak to beneath apex, thence
continued very near hindmargin to anal angle: cilia ochreous-
whitish, basal half light grey. Hindwings yellow-whitish, becom-
ing suffused with ochreous-vellowish posteriorly ; cilia yellow-
whitish.

South Australia (?) ; one specimen (Coll. Lucas).

534. (50c.) Huch. endoleuca, n.sp.

6. 30mm. Head, antenne, and thorax pale brownish-ochreous,
face whitish ; antennal ciliations 4. Palpi whitish, second joint
mixed with grey towards apex, terminal joint with anterior edge
dark grey. Abdomen ochreous-whitish, anal tuft more ochreous.
Legs whitish-ochreous, femora white, anterior tibiz suffused with
dark fuscous, all tarsi suffused with dark fuscous towards base of
joints. Forewings oblong, rather elongate, costa rather strongly
arched towards base, posteriorly nearly straight, apex obtuse,
hindmargin straight, hardly oblique, rounded beneath; pale

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 939

greyish-ochreous, closely sprinkled with light brown-reddish ;
costal edge rosy, except near apex; markings blackish ; a large
dot on inner margin near base, and two small dots above it ; a dot
in disc at 4, connected with inner margin before middle by a
cloudy irregular line; a dot in disc before middle, a second on
fold rather beyond it, and a third in disc at 3; a very indistinct
oblique irregular transverse line passing through first two of these,
and another more curved through third, tending to unite in a
suffusion on inner margin ; a well-marked series of dots frcm costa
beyond middle to inner margin before anal angle, unevenly
bent outwards; a hindmarginal row of small dots: cilia ochreous-
whitish, brownish-tinged. Hindwings whitish, with a rather
narrow suffused pale fuscous hindmarginal border ; cilia whitish,
round apex fuscous-tinged.

Ardrossan, South Australia ; one specimen. A second specimen,
taken at York, West Australia, in October, is in all probability to
be referred to the same species, but differs as follows : Smaller (22
mm.) ; forewings less sprinkled with brown-reddish, without
subbasal dots except on inner margin ; postmedian series of dots
formed into a subdentate line; hindmarginal dots absent except
one or two beneath apex; cilia with a pale rosy median line ;
hindwings wholly suffused with whitish-fuscous.

535. (50d) Huch. poliarcha, n. sp.

Q. 33 mm. Head, antenne, and thorax whitish-ochreous.
Palpi rosy-whitish. Abdomen whitish. Legs white, anterior pair
and all tarsi suffused with rosy mixed with fuscous. Forewings
oblong, moderately elongate, costa rather strongly arched towards
base, posteriorly nearly straight, apex obtuse, hindmargin faintly
sinuate, hardly oblique, rounded beneath; whitish-ochreous,
faintly brownish-tinged ; costal edge whitish-rosy ; two faint
cloudy somewhat irregular rather outwards-curved pale red-
brownish lines ; first from ¢ of costa to before middle of inner
margin, second from 3 of costa to anal angle; a similar streak

940 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

from beneath middle of costa to a dot in dise at 2; a cloudy light
red-brownish narrow streak along inner margin from near base to
anal angle: cilia ochreous-whitish, mixed with pale red-brownish
towardsapex. Hindwings whitish, apex and hindmargin ochreous-
tinged ; cilia whitish.

Mount Lofty, South Australia; one specimen received from
Mr. E. Guest.

536. (50e.) Huch. holoclera, n. sp.

6. 29-33mm. Head and thorax light rosy-grey-ochreous, face
white. Palpi rosy-whitish or light rosy. Antenne pale grey,
base rosy-tinged. Abdomen whitish, tinged with ochreous or
greyish. Legs whitish, anterior pale rosy, middle tarsi suffused
with rosy. Forewings oblong, rather elongate, costa moderately
arched, apex obtuse, hindmargin straight, perpendicular, rounded
beneath ; pale greyish-ochreous, densely irrorated or wholly
suffused with pale brown-reddish ; costal edge rosy; a very
obscure rosy dot in dise before middle and a second at 2: cilia
pale greyish-ochreous mixed with pale rosy. Hindwings pale
whitish-ochreous, towards base more whitish, towards hindmargin
more brownish or yellowish-tinged ; cilia ochreous-whitish, round
apex rosy-tinged.

Sydney, New South Wales; Mount Lofty and Ardrossan,
South Australia ; in August, three specimens.

The following is a tabulation of the seven described species of
Euchaetis :—

1. Forewings with white hindmarginal streak or

100 Cee Sis sis.e akin Sembee ake eee assem pease 2
Forewings without white hindmarginal streak or
SUM DRE ia eiot tan oalerls, sees SRR Cees: coroner 3
2. Hindwings yellow-whitish ..............seseeseeeeees habrocosma.
Hindwings yellow ..... ba Shc dais tatdy rharsienc dint jets metallota.
3. Forewings ferruginous, with pale costal streak ... rhizobola.

Forewings not ferruginous with pale costal streak 4

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 941

4, Forewings with black markings ...................05 endoleuca.
Forewings without black markings.................. 5

5. Forewings with a submarginal series of ferrugin-
USM OL Senta eRe sere teielsis so osiee ene asinttiece te tospila.

Forewings without a submarginal series of fer-
HU SUMO USEC OS) aa/stic'esiclsiusp cksvdat acy «ive SUaSa bias 6

6. Forewings with two brownish transverse lines ... poliarcha.
Forewings without two brownish transverse lines holoclera.

Hopuitica, Meyr.

537. (59a.) Hopl. metriopis, n. sp.

g- 17-19 mm. Head and thorax whitish-rosy mixed with pale
greyish-ochreous. Palpi whitish-rosy, second joint mixed with
pale grey, becoming whitish towards base. Antenne pale grey,
obscurely ringed with darker. Abdomen and legs ochreous-
whitish, anterior legs suffused with pale rosy. Forewings moderate,
costa moderately arched, apex somewhat rounded, hindmargin
rather obliquely rounded ; whitish-rosy, somewhat mixed irregu-
larly with pale grey ; a grey dot in disc before middle, a second on
fold rather obliquely beyond first, and a third rather larger in disc
at 3; a series of very obscure grey dots from middle of costa very
obliquely outwards, abruptly curved round in disc at 3 to before
anal angle : cilia whitish-rosy. Hindwings very pale whitish-grey ;
cilia grey-whitish.

Bathurst, New South Wales ; several specimens, in March, and
others sent by Mrs. Stephenson. In my tabulation it falls under
the same head with H. cholodella, and may be separated by the
posterior line of forewings forming a series of obscure dots, instead
of an entire striga.

538. (6la.) Hopl, liosarca, n.sp.

Q. 30mm Head and thorax whitish-ochreous, brownish-tinged.
Palpi whitish. Antenne white, annulated with fuscous. Abdo-

men whitish. Legs white, anterior pair suffused with dull rosy
60

942 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

and pale ochreous. Forewings elongate-oblong, costa moderately
arched, apex obtuse, hindmargin somewhat oblique, straight,
rounded beneath ; pale flesh-colour ; a dull reddish dot in disc at
3, a second on fold somewhat beyond first, both very inconspicu-
ous, and a third more distinct in disc beyond middle ; faint indica-
tions of a posterior series : cilia pale flesh-colour. Hindwings pale
ochreous-grey ; cilia ochreous-whitish, with a faint grey line.

Victoria ; one specimen (Coll. Lucas). Falls under same head
with H/. leucerythra, from which it is distinguished by the pale
grey (not whitish) hindwings, and the inconspicuous reddish (not
dark fuscous) dots of forewings ; it is also much larger.

539. (65a.) Hopl. colonias, n. sp.

GQ. 18-21 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax greyish-fleshcolour.
Antenne in ¢ dark grey, in Q fleshcolour, annulated with black.
Abdomen grey. Legs dark grey, obscurely ringed with whitish,
posterior tibiee whitish. Forewings elongate-oblong, costa gently
arched, apex obtuse, hindmargin rather obliquely rounded ; light
ochreous, with a light rosy suffusion towards base and apex, with
a few grey scales ; a grey suffusion forming a streak along anterior
half of costa, an angulated line from 2 of costa to anal angle, and
an apical patch produced along hindmargin to near anal angle, its
edge parallel to line ; a very large dark fuscous narrowly white-
margined semicircular blotch extending on inner margin from $
almost to anal angle, reaching nearly 3% across wing; a dark
fuscous dot on posterior margin of this beyond middle : cilia rosy,
posteriorly mixed with grey. Hindwings and cilia grey.

Bairnsdale, Victoria ; two specimens (Coll. Lucas). Widely
distinct from all others by the peculiar large well-defined dark
dorsal blotch ; most allied to 7. abswmptella.

EuLecuria, Meyr.

The definition of this genus must be widened to include species
in which veins 3 and 4 of the hindwings are separate at origin ;
this structure is exceptional, but is found in some individuals of

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 943

several species, whilst others of the same species are quite normal ;
it cannot, therefore, in the case of this genus be used as a point
of distinction. The number of additional species in this genus
being large, I will give at the end of them (in the next instalment)
a tabulation of the whole species of the genus, to facilitate their
determination.

540. (68a.) ul. camelaea, n.sp.

G- 17 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax whitish-ochreous, second
joint of palpi brownish ; shoulders pinkish-tinged. Antenne grey,
ciliations 3. (Abdomen broken.) Legs light grey ringed with
whitish-ochreous, posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings
elongate, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin
obliquely rounded ; whitish-ochreous ; a large dark reddish-fuscous
white-margined Llotch extending on inner margin from } to 4,
gradually narrowing upwards, reaching more than half across
wing, unper side rounded but deeply triangularly indented before
middle ; a cloudy greyish-pink band from middle of costa to apex
of this blotch, posteriorly margined by a brown line suffused with
ferruginous ; a curved transverse linear dark fuscous mark in dise,
its lower extremity touching upper posterior angle of blotch; a
dark brown streak, suffused beneath with ferruginous, along costa
from base, interrupted by median band, beyond it leaving costa
and continued in a strong outward curve to anal angle, broader
and more suffused anteriorly in disc, attenuated and nearly obsolete
on anal angle ; the curve is posteriorly well-defined and margined
by a whitish-ochreous line except towards costa ; beyond this line
the apical area is wholly greyish-pink : cilia pale ochreous. Hind-
wings whitish-ochreous ; apical half dark grey, continued as a
suffused streak along hindmargin to anal angle; cilia grey, on
inner margin whitish-ochreous.

Beechworth, Victoria; one specimen in November (Coll.
Lucas). Extremely distinct in marking from any other, but in
some respects not unlike Hoplitica colonias.

944 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

541. (68b.) Hul. ichneuta, n. sp.

6. 15 mm. Head and thorax whitish-grey, apex of patagia
with a black dot. Palpi whitish, second joint with an obscure grey
subapical ring. Antenne whitish, obscurely ringed with grey,
ciliations 13. Abdomen whitish, base of segments grey. Legs
grey-whitish, anterior tibie and all tarsi dark grey ringed with
white. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa gently arched, apex
tolerably obtuse, hindmargin rather obliquely rounded ; whitish-
grey; markings black; a dot on base of costa, and another towards
base in middle, followed by a small suffusion; a suffused dot on
inner margin before middle; a dot in disc before middle, a second
on fold rather obliquely beyond first, and a third rather larger in
disc at 3; a cloudy line from } of costa through first and second
discal dots to inner margin beyond middle, acutely indented out-
wards between the dots; some scattered black scales in disc
beyond this; a series of dots from middle of costa very obliquely
outwards to disc at 3, thence abruptly bent to inner margin before
anal angle; a series of dots along hindmargin and posterior half of
costa : cilia pale whitish-grey. Hindwings grey; cilia grey-
whitish, with a cloudy grey line.

Geraldton, West Australia; one specimen in November.
Although an inconspicuous species, this differs considerably from
any other, and in form and marking is more like a small dull
Heliocausta or Hoplitica.

542. (69a.) Hul. pelodora, n. sp.

g. 25 mm. Head and thorax whitish-ochreous, brownish-
tinged. Palpi pale whitish-ochreous, second joint suffused with
dark fuscous except at apex. Antenne whitish-ochreous, ciliations
14. Abdomen ochreous-whitish, sprinkled with grey. Legs dark
fuscous, apex of joints ochreous-whitish, posterior pair suffusedly
ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate, moderate, posteriorly
somewhat dilated, costa gently arched, apex tolerably rounded,
hindmargin obliquely rounded ; pale brownish-ochreous, thinly

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 945

irrorated with dark fuscous ; a dark fuscous dot in disc before
middle, a second on fold hardly beyond first, and two transversely
placed in dise at #; an obscure line of fuscous scales from 3 of
costa obliquely outwards, in disc strongly curved round to inner
margin before anal angle, somewhat sinuate above curve; a row
of small dark fuscous dots along hindmargin : cilia whitish-grey-
ochreous, with a faint grey line. Hindwings ochreous-grey-
whitish, posteriorly slightly greyer ; cilia ochreous-whitish, with a
very faint greyish line.

Mount Lofty, South Australia ; one specimen sent by Mr. E.
Guest. A Q specimen, taken in January on Mount Kosciusko,
New South Wales, is in all probability to be referred to the same
species ; it is 24mm. ; palpi wholly pale whitish-ochreous ; fore-
wings less dilated, faintly reddish-tinged, irroration and dots
black ; two or three additional black dots near base ; posterior
third of costa also dotted with black ; hindwings not greyer pos-
teriorly ; otherwise similar. Nearest to Z. griseola, but the ground
colour is not greyish, and the forewings are somewhat differently
formed, with the hindmargin distinctly dotted.

543. (7la.) Hul. menodes, n. sp.

g.18mm. Head grey, sides of crown above eyes, and lower
part of face white. Palpi white, second joint with lower third
and an apical spot blackish, base of terminal joint blackish.
Antenne grey, slenderly annulated with black, ciliations 2.
Thorax grey. Abdomen ochreous-grey-whitish. Legs dark grey,
ringed with ochreous-whitish, posterior pair suffusedly whitish.
Forewings elongate, moderate, posteriorly dilated, costa gently
arched, apex rounded, hindmargin oblique, slightly rounded ;
rather dark grey, somewhat sprinkled with whitish-grey, with a
few black scales posteriorly ; some black scales at base ; three
round white discal dots, margined anteriorly by crescentic black
dots, first in dise at 4, second on fold directly beneath first, third
larger, in disc beyond middle; a small dark fuscous suffusion
beneath third dot ; a cloudy line of blackish scales from 3 of costa

946 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

to inner margin before anal angle, strongly curved outwards,
beneath costa indented outwards, suffusedly margined with white
scales posteriorly: cilia grey. Hindwings grey ; cilia whitish
grey.

Geraldton, West Australia ; one specimen in November. Pro-
bably nearest to #. cremnodes, but specially characterised by the
peculiar white and black discal dots.

544. (72a.) Hul. eriphila, n. sp.

6g. 18mm. Head and thorax light pinkish-grey. Palpi pale
pink, second joint externally suffused with grey. Antenne grey.
Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs dark grey, ringed with whitish,
posterior pair whitish. Forewings elongate, costa moderately
arched, apex rounded, hindmargin obliquely rounded ; pale flesh-
colour, suffused with light greyish except on costal edge, and thinly
irrorated with blackish ; a black dot in disc at 4, a second on fold
hardly beyond first, and a third in disc beyond middle ; a series of
black dots from middle of costa very obliquely outwards to beneath
apex, before which it is somewhat sinuate, thence continued very
near hindmargin to inner margin before anal angle: cilia pale
flesh-colour, towards tips more whitish, with a cloudy interrupted
dark grey line near base. Hindwings whitish-grey ; cilia grey-
whitish.

Victoria ; one specimen (Coll. Lucas). Belongs to the group of
E. convictella, from all of which it is immediately separated by
the pale flesh-coloured costal edge.

545. (73a.) Hul. aphaura, n. sp.

Q. 14mm. Head and thorax whitish-fuscous. Palpi whitish,
second joint with a fuscous subapical ring, Antenne whitish,
obscurely annulated with fuscous. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs
dark fuscous, apex of joints white, posterior pair whitish. Fore-
wings elongate, moderate, costa gently arched, apex rounded

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 947

hindmargin obliquely rounded ; pale whitish-fuscous, with some
scattered dark fuscous scales; a dark fuscous dot in disc before
middle, a second on fold directly beneath first, and a third in disc
at 2; a series of dark fuscous dots from middle of costa close
beneath costa almost to apex, thence very near hindmargin to anal
angle: cilia fuscous-whitish, round apex sprinkled with fuscous.
Hindwings very pale whitish-grey ; cilia whitish.

Sydney, New South Wales ; twospecimens in October. Nearest
to #. melesella, but much smaller, forewings not strongly dilated,
groundcolour fuscous-tinged, not ochreous, veins not lined with
darker. A very dull-looking and inconspicuous species, likely to
be neglected.

546. (78a.) Hul. autophylla, n. sp.

GQ. 22-25mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and
legs white, thorax faintly tinged with ochreous-grey; antennal
ciliations of ¢ 1}. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa gently
arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin obliquely rounded ;
ochreous-white, irrorated with very pale whitish-grey ; cilia white.
Hindwings light grey, becoming paler or grey-whitish towards
base ; cilia white.

Carnarvon, West Australia ; three specimens in October, beaten
from a shrub with very pallid flocculent leaves, which they closely
resembled in colour.

547. (78b.) Hul. homoteles, n. sp.

SQ. 17-19mm. Head ochreous-white, centre of crown pale
brownish-ochreous. Palpi brownish-ochreous, terminal joint and
apex of second white. Antennz white, obscurely annulated with
pale ochreous, ciliations of ¢ 1. Thorax light brownish-ochreous.
Abdomen greyish. Legs fuscous, posterior pair whitish. Fore-
wings very elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex
rounded, hindmargin extremely obliquely rounded ; pale brownish-
ochreous, towards hindmargin somewhat irrorated with fuscous ;

948 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

a very faint fuscous dot in dise at 2: cilia pale brownish-ochreous.
Hindwings grey, fuscous-tinged ; cilia whitish-fuscous.
Duaringa, Queensland ; three specimens received from Mr, G.

Barnard.
548. (78c.) Lul. heliocoma, n. sp.

Q.13-18mm, Head rather dark purple-fuscous, side-tufts
ochreous-orange. Palpi, antenne, thorax, and legs rather dark
purplish-fuscous, posterior legs whitish-ochreous. Abdomen fus-
cous, somewhat mixed with orange-ochreous. Forewings elongate,
costa gently arched, apex tolerably obtuse, hindmargin obliquely
rounded ; rather dark fuscous, faintly purplish-tinged : cilia fus-
cous. Hindwings rather dark fuscous ; cilia fuscous.

Duaringa, Queensland ; three specimens received from Mr. G.
Barnard.

549. (79a.) Hul. malacoptera, n. sp.

dQ. 14-18mm. Head orange-yellow. Palpi yellow, lower half
of second joint dark fuscous. Antenne grey, ciliations in 3G 2.
Thorax dark grey, posterior half orange-yellow. Abdomen grey,
anal tuft yellowish. Legs dark grey, posterior pair light yellow-
ish. Forewings elongate, posteriorly slightly dilated, costa gently
arched, apex rounded, hindmargin very obliquely rounded ; orange-
yellow ; a reddish-ochreous-brown blotch occupying apical third,
its anterior edge running from 3 of costa to anal angle, convex,
marked with an obscure dark fuscous dot in middle : cilia reddish-
grey, towards base more reddish-ochreous, tips round apex dark
grey. Hindwings grey ; cilia pale reddish-grey.

Sydney and Bathurst, New South Wales ; Melbourne, Victoria ;
Port Lincoln, South Australia; from August to November,
common. This and the following series diverge widely in colour-
ing from their allies, and might be mistaken for species of Coesyra,
to which they have much general resemblance.

550. (79b.) Hul. heliodora, n. sp.

$Q-13-15mm. Head orange-yellow. Palpi orange-yellow,
lower half of second joint dark grey. Antenne dark grey,

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 949

ciliations in ¢ 2}. Thorax blackish, posterior half orange-yellow.
Abdomen dark grey, anal tuft yellowish. Forewings elongate,
-costa hardly arched, apex telerably rounded, hindmargin rounded,
rather strongly oblique ; orange-yellow ; a narrow rather irregular-
edged nearly erect blackish fascia from anal angle, not reaching
costa, apex somewhat bent outwards; a slender blackish streak
along hindmargin, dilated into a small spot towards apex: cilia
dark grey. Hindwings dark grey; cilia grey, on costa light
yellowish.
Geraldton, West Australia ; common in November.

551. (79c.) Hul. cephalanthes, n. sp.

GQ. 15-18mm. Head and thorax bright orange. Palpi
yellow-whitish, second joint with a broad dark grey subapical band.
Antenne grey, base yellowish, ciliations in ¢ 13. Abdomen
whitish-grey, two basal segments dark fuscous. Legs dark fuscous,
posterior pair grey-whitish. Forewings elongate, costa gently
arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin almost straight, very
oblique ; whitish-yellowish ; base narrowly suffused with orange :
‘cilia whitish-yellowish. Hindwings grey ; cilia grey- whitish.

Albany, West Australia; in December, common amongst rough
herbage in the plains. The colouring of this species is singular.

552. (79d.) Hul. eocrossa, n. sp.

g. 18-20 mm. Head and thorax whitish-ochreous. Palpi
whitish, second joint grey except apex. Antennz ochreous-
whitish, ciliations 1. Abdomen whitish-grey-ochreous. Legs pale
whitish-ochreous, anterior and middle pair infuscated. Forewings
elongate, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin
almost straight, rather strongly oblique ; whitish-ochreous, some-
times slightly yellowish-tinged, towards hindmargin and apex more
or less widely suffused with pale rosy : cilia palerosy. Hindwings
fuscous-grey ; cilia whitish-grey-ochreous, with a cloudy grey line.

Bathurst, New South Wales ; three specimens sent by Mrs.
Stephenson. Nearest to #. puellaris, but brighter-coloured,
without grey dots or scales.

950 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

553. (8la.) Hul. amphidyas, n. sp.

6. 17-18 mm. Head and thorax pale whitish-yellowish.
Palpi, antenne, abdomen, and legs whitish ; antennal ciliations 2;
anterior legs greyish. Forewings elongate, costa moderately
arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin very obliquely rounded ;
pale whitish-yellow; a small round grey spot in disc slightly before
middle, and another at 2: cilia ochreous-whitish. Hindwings pale
grey ; cilia ochreous-whitish, base more ochreous.

Geraldton and York, West Australia; two specimens in

November.
554. (81b.) Hul. ophthalmias, n. sp.

Q. 17 mm __— Head and antenneze purple-blackish, face ochreous-
yellowish. Palpi whitish-ochreous, base and apex of second joint
suffused with dark fuscous, terminal joint dark fuscous except
posterior edge. Thorax purple-blackish, posterior half light
ochreous-yellowish. Abdomen light grey. Legs dark purple-
fuscous, ringed with whitish-ochreous, posterior tibie pale
yellowish above. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex
rounded, hindmargin very obliquely rounded ; grey, very densely
irrorated with dark purple-fuscous ; a short slender whitish-
ochreous streak along base of inner margin, forming a very small
spot at base ; a small whitish-ochreous dot in dise at 4; a small
round cloudy blackish spot in middle of disc, aud a second
slightly larger in disc at 2, connected by a quadrate whitish-
ochreous spot, second followed by a rayed whitish-ochreous
suffusion ; a small black dot on fold obliquely before first spot ;
one or two whitish-ochreous scales on apical margin: cilia grey.
Hindwings grey, becoming whitish-grey anteriorly; cilia light
grey, becoming ochreous-grey-whitish towards anal angle.

Albany, West Australia ; one specimen in October. Apparently
somewhat allied to 2. amphidyas, but very different.

555. (81c.) Hul. mesophragma, n. sp.

g. 16-17 mm. Head pale reddish, face mixed with light
grey. Palpi reddish-whitish, irrorated with blackish-grey.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 951

Antenne grey, ciliations 1. Thorax pale reddish, irrorated with
blackish-grey except apex of patagia. Abdomen ochreous-grey-
whitish. Legs dark fuscous, apex of joints whitish, posterior
tibie grey-whitish. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex
rounded, hindmargin very obliquely rounded ; pale reddish,
irrorated with grey ; costal edge suffused with grey ; a suffused
irregular dark grey central streak from base to apex, lower edge
marked with a black streak from base to }, upper edge marked
with a black streak from } to #, whence it forms a fork nearly
reaching costa and hindmargin ; a black dot above upper margin
of streak before middle, and another resting on upper margin
beyond middle, beneath which is an indentation of groundcolour
in the lower edge; beneath median streak from base to anal angle:
is a broad streak of groundcolour clear from irroration ; a cloudy
dark grey streak round apex and upper part of hindmargin : cilia
pale whitish-reddish irrorated with grey. Hindwings light grey ;
cilia grey-whitish, with a faint grey line.

Cooma (3000 feet), New South Wales; Hobart, Tasmania ; in
December and January, two specimens.

556. (81d.) Hul. graphica, n.sp.

GQ. 16-19 mm. Head and thorax grey mixed with whitish.
Palpi whitish, second joint light grey except apex. Antenne grey,
ciliations 1. Abdomen and legs grey, posterior legs grey-whitish.
Forewings elongate, posteriorly slightly dilated, costa moderately
arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin extremely obliquely
rounded ; light grey, suffusedly irrorated with white except
towards inner margin, and with some thinly scattered black scales ;
markings fuscous irrorated with black ; a dot near base beneath
costa ; a dot in disc at 4, and a minute dot on fold beneath it; a
straight linear streak from 3 of disc to near anal angle, not
reaching it ; a cloudy dot on costa beyond middle ; a line from § of
costa to anal angle, angulated outwards in middle, upper half
forming a sharp angle inwards, lower half straight ; an interrupted

952 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

hindmarginal line: cilia pale grey, with a blackish somewhat
interrupted line at 4, basal third mixed with whitish. Hindwings
light grey ; cilia whitish-grey, with a faint grey line.

Warragul, Victoria; Port Lincoln, South Australia; in
November, two specimens.

557. (8le.) ul. delotis, n.sp.

SQ. 16-19 mm. Head and thorax pale grey, face whitish,
thorax with a black dot on posterior extremity. Palpi whitish,
second joint with a dark grey subapical ring. Antenne grey-
whitish, ciliationsin ¢ 14. Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Anterior
legs grey, apex of joints whitish ; middle legs whitish ; posterior
Jegs whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, costa moderately
arched, apex rounded, hindmargin obliquely rounded ; pale grey,
faintly ochreous-tinged ; a small black spot on base of inner
margin ; six black dots, first in disc at 4, second on fold obliquely
beyond first, third larger, in disc at 2, fourth ill-defined, above and
before third, fifth ill-defined, on inner margin at 3, sixth larger,
above anal angle; a black line, rather thick or ill-defined, from ?
of costa to anal angle, curved outwards, indented inwards above
middle; a hindmarginal row of ill-defined black dots: cilia
whitish-grey. | Hindwings fuscous, more or less tinged with
whitish-ochreous towards base; cilia ochreous-whitish, with a
cloudy fuscous subbasal line.

Sydney, New South Wales; York, West Australia; two
specimens in November.

558. (81f.) Zul. xanthostephana, n.sp.

SQ. 12-13 mm. Head purple-blackish, sidetufts ochreous-
yellow, face sometimes mixed with yellow. Palpi ochreous-
yellowish, terminal joint purple-blackish, rather stout. Antenne
dark fuscous, slenderly obscurely annulated with pale ochreous,
ciliations in ¢ 14. Thorax ochreous-yellowish, anterior half and
a small posterior spot purple-blackish. Abdomen grey, anal tuft

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 953

whitish-ochreous. Legs dark fuscous, ringed with ochreous-
yellowish, posterior tibize yellow-whitish. Forewings elongate,
narrow, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, hindmargin extremely
obliquely rounded ; purple-blackish ; markings light ochreous-
yellow ; a small basal spot; a cloudy transverse spot from costa
near base ; a moderate rather irregular fascia from middle of costa
to inner margin before anal angle; a rather small somewhat
inwardly oblique spot on costa at $; a small apical spot, sending
a streak along upper half of hindmargin: cilia dark grey. Hind
wings grey, paler towards base; cilia light grey, towards anal
angle more grey-whitish.

Murrurundi, Newcastle, and Sydney, New South Wales ; Mel-
bourne, Victoria ; Mount Lofty, South Australia ; in September
and October, not uncommon. Mr. Guest informs me that on
Mount Lofty it is very common. The larva feeds in dead wood.

559. (8lg.) Hul. gonosema, n. sp.

Q. 19mm. Head ochreous-yellowish. Palpi fuscous, internally
pale yellowish (terminal joint broken). Antenne fuscous. Thorax
dark fuscous, postorior half pale ochreous-yellowish. Abdomen
fuscous, ochreous-tinged except towards the base, anal tuft pale
ochreous. Legs rather dark fuscous, posterior pair pale yellowish.
Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex
round-pointed, hindmargin slightly rounded, very oblique; light
ochreous-yellowish ; markings ochreous-fuscous, faintly purplish-
tinged ; a narrow basal fascia, connected with a line along basal
third of costa ; a small spot on fold before middle; a moderate
fascia, acutely angulated inwards, from about 3 of costa to anal
angle, the angle sending a projection inwards to middle of disc
which almost reaches spot on fold ; a narrow streak along hind-
margin, dilated into a small spot towards apex: cilia light ochreous-
yellowish. Hindwings fuscous, slightly bronzy-tinged ; cilia
whitish-ochreous-yellowish.

954 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

Mount Lofty, South Australia; one specimen. The facies and
marking of this species is rather abnormal in the genus, and since
the palpi are damaged and the ¢ unknown, this may not be its true
position.

560. (8lh.) ul. hemicarpa, n. sp.

4Q. 12-13 mm. Head rather dark fuscous, face whitish-yel-
lowish. Palpi whitish-yellowish, with a few scattered dark
fuscous scales. Antenne dark fuscous, annulated with whitish-
yellowish, in ¢ serrate, ciliations i. Thorax rather dark fuscous,
with a small posterior whitish-yellowish spot. Abdomen grey.
Legs dark grey, apex of tarsal joints yellow-whitish, posterior tibiz
yellow-whitish. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa gently
-arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin extremely obliquely
rounded ; light ochreous-yellowish ; a slender dark fuscous basal
fascia, rather produced along costa ; sometimes some fuscous scales
towards inner margin at 4; a minute black dot on fold before
middle; apical area, beyond a slightly outwards-curved line
from middle of costa to inner margin before anal angle, rather
dark fuscous, slightly mixed with whitish-yellowish in disc, and
with a very obscure small whitish-yellowish spot on costa at ? ;
some blackish scales on dividing line towards middle : cilia fuscous.
Hindwings and cilia grey.

Launceston and Deloraine, Tasmania ; two specimens in
November.

561. (81k.) Hul. epiphragma, n. sp.

g.11-12mm. Head whitish, sidetufts fuscous. Palpi white,
second joint fuscous except apex. Antenne dark fuscous, cilia-
tions 2}. Thorax, abdomen, and legs dark fuscous, apex of tarsal
joints whitish, posterior legs whitish. Forewings elongate, narrow,
costa slightly arched, apex tolerably rounded, hindmargin extremely
obliquely rounded ; ochreous-white, sometimes suffusedly irrorated
with pale fuscous, especially towards margins ; markings rather
ill-defined, fuscous, mixed with dark fuscous; a narrow basal

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 955

fascia, rather produced along inner margin ; a moderate irregular
fascia from costa before middle to middle of inner margin, dilated
on margins ; an erect fascia-like spot from anal angle, reaching
half across wing, and a cloudy spot on costa at apex, but some-
times these are confluent, covering apical third of wing: cilia
whitish-fuscous, with a cloudy dark fuscous line near base. Hind-
wings and cilia light ferruginous-brown.

Quorn, South Australia ; in October, four specimens.

562 (83a.) Bul. schalidota, n. sp.

6. 13 mm. Head, snow-white. Palpi white, second joint
ochreous-fuscous except towards apex. Antenne whitish, ciliations
2. Thorax yellow-brown, posterior half white. Abdomen
ochreous-whitish. Legs dark fuscous, posterior pair ochreous-
whitish. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex round-
pointed, hindmargin obliquely rounded; snow-white; markings
bright yellowish-brown ; asmall spot on base of costa ; a moderate
straight fascia from costa before middle to inner margin before
middle, rather narrowed on costa, posterior edye with an abrupt
projection on inner margin; a moderate rather inwards-curved
fascia from 3 of costa to anal angle, and a straight submarginal
fascia, broadly confluent together on lower half ; a hindmarginal
row of obscure dots: cilia pale yellow-brownish, base and tips
suffused with white except at anal angle, where there is a dark
fuscous irroration. Hindwings light grey ; cilia ochreous-grey-
whitish.

Duaringa, Queensland; one specimen received from Mr. G.
Barnard. Allied to #. epicausta, but with an additional sub-
marginal fascia.

563, (83 b.) Bul. tropica, n. sp.

SQ. 15-19 mm. Head white, face ochreous-tinged. Palpi
white, second joint ochreous-fuscous except apex. Antenne
whitish, ciliations of ¢ 3. Thorax rather dark ochreous-fuscous,

956 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

posterior half white. Abdomen ochreous-grey, anal tuft ochreous-
yellowish. Legs dark grey, posterior pair whitish-ochreous.
Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex tolerably rounded,
hindmargin obliquely rounded; snow-white; four bright golden-
brown moderate rather irregular-edged fascie; first basal not
reaching costa ; second from 2? of costa to before middle of inner
margin, somewhat bent or produced outwards on costa, on inner
margin posteriorly with an abrupt projection barely touching third
fascia; third from 2 of costa to anal angle moderately curved
inwards ; fourth narrower, along hindmargin from apex to anal
angle, where it meets third: cilia pale-ochreous, on anal angle
greyish-tinged, tips sometimes whitish. Hindwings grey ; cilia
pale-grey, ochreous-tin ged.

Duaringa, Queensland; from January to March ; sent commonly
by Mr.G. Barnard. Easily recognised by the hindmarginal fascia.

564. (84a.) Hul. phaeostephes, n. sp.

Q. 14mm. Head, antenne, and thorax white. Palpi white,
second joint fuscous except apex. Abdomen whitish. Legs dark
fuscous, posterior pair whitish. Forewings elongate, costa gently
arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin extremely obliquely
rounded ; white, with a few scattered yellowish-brown scales ;
markings bright yellowish-brown, rather ill-defined ; a moderate
irregular-edged fascia-like erect spot from middle of inner margin,
reaching ? across wing, lower extremity dilated ; a cloudy dot
between apex of this and following fascia ; a moderate straight
fascia from 2 of costa to anal angle, posterior edge suffused
with white above middle, emitting from middle a branch which
runs to costa near apex; a short cloudy line from middle of
branch to fascia near lower extremity ; a cloudy hindmarginal line:
cilia whitish, with a few yellow-brown scales near base. Hind-
wings whitish-grey ; cilia ochreous-whitish.

Duaringa, Queensland; one specimen received from Mr. G.
Barnard. The affinity of this species is doubtful ; it is perhaps
nearer £. habrophanes.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 957

565. (86a.) Hul. elaeota, nu. sp.

SQ. 18-21 mm. Head ochreous-yellow. Palpi dark grey,
upper side ochreous-white. Antenne grey, ciliations in ¢ 1.
Thorax pale yellow-ochreous, anteriorly suffused with dark grey.
Abdomen ferruginous, segmental margins pale yellowish, basal
segment dark grey. Legs dark grey, posterior tibize pale yellowish.
Forewings very elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex
acute, hindmargin faintly sinuate, very oblique ; ochreous-white,
dorsal half wholly suffused with light yellow-ochreous ; a rather
narrow dark grey streak along costa from near base to #,
extremities pointed ; a black dot beneath costa near base ; a black
dot in disc at }, a second on fold directly beneath first, a third
somewhat beyond and above middle, and three, somewhat larger
and more or less confluent, placed in a short curved inwardly
oblique line in disc at 2 ; sometimes a grey suffusion along upper
margin of yellowish dorsal suffusion from base to 3 ; a more or less
thick dark grey streak from 2 of disc to apex, tolerably dilated
towards costa, lower extremity sometimes rather projecting down-
wards ; sometimes an obscure ill-defined dark grey submarginal
line, attenuated or obsolete beneath : cilia whitish-ochreous, above
apex with a dark grey space, on anal angle greyish-tinged. Hind-
wings rather dark grey ; cilia pale whitish-ochreous, more or less
greyish-tinged.

Perth, West Australia ; in November, on the western slope of
the dividing range, locally abundant. This and the four following
species form a connected group. all western; so far as my experience
goes, the first three are all unusually local, confined to very small
patches of ground apparently not differing from the surrounding
bush.

566. (86b.) Hul. cataplasta, n. sp.

SQ. 17-19mm. Head ochreous-white. Palpidark grey, upper
side white. Antenne grey, ciliations in ¢ 1. Thorax white,

shoulders with a cloudy dark grey spot, anterior margin sometimes
61

958 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

suffused with grey. Abdomen ferruginous, somewhat mixed with
grey, segmental margins whitish-ochreous, sometimes greyish-
tinged, basal segment dark grey. Legs dark grey, posterior tibie
whitish-ochreous. Forewings very elongate, rather narrow, costa
gently arched, apex acute, hindmargin faintly sinuate, very oblique;
white, dorsal half more or less irrorated or suffused with grey ;
an ill-defined grey streak along costa from near base to 3,
extremities attenuated ; a black dot beneath costa near base; a
black dot in disc at }, a second on fold nearly beneath first, a third
slightly beyond and above middie, and three more or less confluent
(two lower sometimes obsolete) placed in a short curved inwardly
oblique line in disc at 3; a cloudy grey streak from costa before
apex to disc at 3, more or less confused with some grey scales on
hindmargin : cilia pale grey. Hindwings rather dark grey ; cilia
pale grey.

Perth, West Australia; in November, locally common in a
small piece of sandy scrub.

567. (86c.) Hul. callimeris, n. sp.

d@.19-21lmm. Head light ochreous-yellow or whitish-ochreous.
Palpi dark grey, upper side white. Antennve dark grey, ciliations
ing 1. Thorax dark grey. Abdomen ferruginous mixed with grey,
segmental margins light ochrecus-yellowish, basal segment dark
grey. Legs dark grey, posterior pair light ochreous-yellowish. Fore-
wings very elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex toler-
ably acute, hindmargin faintly sinuate, very oblique ; dark grey; disc
with a few whitish scales, in Q suffusedly irrorated with white ; six
round blackish-fuscous dots, first in disc at 4, second on fold
directly beneath first, third slightly beyond and above middle,
other three more or less confluent, placed in a short curved
inwardly oblique line in disc at 3; a cloudy whitish-ochreous or
ochreous-white semicircular spot on costa at ?, touching fourth
discal dot, and a very ill-defined subtriangular ochreous-whitish
spot on anal angle, touching sixth dot ; a very obscurely indicated
darker outwards-curved line from beyond costal spot to anal angle,

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 959

below middle preceded and followed by some whitish scales: cilia
dark grey, in Q lighter and more or less suffused with whitish
between apex and anal angle. Hindwings rather dark grey ; cilia
grey, becoming suffused with whitish-ochreous towards anal angle.

Perth, West Australia ; in October, confined to a space about
fifty yards across on the hill near the town, but there very plenti-
ful; I was unable to detect any plants there which were not
equally common in the surrounding bush.

568. (86d.) Hul. wanthocrossa, n. sp.

6Q. 16-20 mm. Head whitish-ochreous or ochreous-whitish.
Palpi dark grey, upper side white. Antenne dark grey, ciliations
in ¢@ 1. Thorax rather dark grey. Abdomen ferruginous,
segmental margins light ochreous-yellowish, basal segment grey.
Legs dark grey, posterior pair light ochreous-yellowish. Forewings
very elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex acute,
hindmargin faintly sinuate, extremely oblique; fuscous-grey,
finely sprinkled with grey-whitish, in Q disc sometimes partly
suffused with whitish; five very obscure dots formed by a
dark fuscous irroration, first in disc at 4, second on fold directly
beneath first, third sightly beyond and above middle, fourth trans-
verse, in dise at 3, fifth obliquely below and before fourth : cilia
grey. Hindwings rather dark grey ; cilia light ochreous-yellow.

Geraldton, West Australia ; six specimens in October.

569. (86e.) Hul. glaphyrota, n. sp.

dQ. 17-18 mm. Head whitish-ochreous. Palpi grey, upper
side whitish. Antenne grey, ciliationsin ¢ 1. Thorax ochreous-
grey. Abdomen grey, anal tuft whitish-ochreous. Legs dark
grey, posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings very elongate,
rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex acute, hindmargin sinuate,
extremely oblique; ochreous-grey : cilia whitish-ochreous-grey.
Hindwings grey ; cilia whitish-grey-ochreous.

Albany, West Australia ; from September to December, several
specimens.

960 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MIORO-LEPIDOPTERA,

570, (96a.) Hul. archepeda, n.sp.

S. 20-21 mm. Head, antennz, and thorax light grey, antennal
ciliations 13. Palpi grey, upper side white. Abdomen pale
greyish-ochreous. Legs dark grey, posterior pair ochreous-whitish.
Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, hind-
margin very obliquely rounded ; grey, sprinkled with grey-whitish ;
a narrow cloudy blackish rather outwards-curved fascia very near
base, not reaching inner margin ; six black dots, first in disc at 4,
second large, on fold directly beneath first, third in disc above
middle, fourth in dise at 3, fifth close beneath fourth, sixth
obliquely close below and before fifth ; an obscure line of cloudy
blackish nearly connected dots from 4 of costa to anal angle, curved
outwards, beneath costa acutely indented inwards: cilia light
grey. Hindwings grey ; cilia pale grey.

Sydney, New South Wales ; also from Victoria ; three specimens
in November. This species has much general resemblance to
Nephogenes foedatella, but is a greyer insect.

571. (103a.) Hul. mochlastis, n.sp.

SQ. 16-19 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax fuscous-grey, densely
mixed with white. Antenne: white, annulated with dark fuscous,
ciliations in ¢ 1. Abdomen ochreous-whitish, sprinkled with
grey. Legs dark grey, ringed with white, posterior pair ochreous-
whitish. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex
round-pointed, hindmargin faintly sinuate, very oblique ; in ¢ pale
grey irrorated with fuscous, in Q fuscous-grey, with more or less
irregular white irroration ; an obscure oblique whitish streak from
costa near base, followed by a blackish irroration ; a black dot in
dise at 4, a small blackish mark on fold scarcely obliquely beyond
it, and two black dots transversely placed in dise at 2; a cloudy
darker bar from costa beyond middle to anal angle, in ¢ some-
times nearly obsolete, preceded and followed by a more pronounced
white suffusion; a line of more or less connected i!]-defined

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 961

blackish-fuscous dots from $ of costa to anal angle, angulated out-
wards in middle, somewhat sinuate inwards beneath costa : cilia
light grey mixed with whitish, with an ill-defined dark grey line
near base. Hindwings light grey ; cilia ochreous-grey-whitish.

Albany, West Australia ; very common in December, on fences
beneath Hucalyptus. Nearest to 2. siccella.

572. (104a.) Hul, diagramma, n.sp.

Q. 19 mm. Head and thorax blackish-grey densely irrorated
with white, face whitish. Palpi blackish, second joint with ill-
defined white apical and median bands, terminal joint mixed with
white towards base. Antenne whitish, obscurely annulated with
dark fuscous. Abdomen light greyish-ochreous. Anterior legs
dark grey ringed with whitish, middle and posterior pairs whitish-
ochreous. Forewings very elongate, rather narrow, costa gently
arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin very obliquely rounded ;
grey, densely mixed with white, and somewhat irrorated with
black ; markings blackish, rather ill-defined ; a longitudinal streak
beneath costa from base to near middle; a streak beneath middle
from base to ;, interrupted beyond } ; a median streak from } to
3; a series of cloudy subconfluent marks from $ of costa very
obliquely outwards to beneath apex, thence bent and continued
near hindmargin to ? of inner margin : cilia pale grey, basal half
suffused with white, with an ill-defined irregular cloudy blackish
line. Hindwings fuscous-grey ; cilia whitish-ochreous.

Albany, West Australia ; one specimen in December.

573. (L04b.) Bul. athletis, n.sp.

g. 21-23 mm. Head and thorax whitish mixed with dark
fuscous, thorax ochreous-tinged. Palpi black, apex of second
joint, and terminal joint except anterior edge white. Antenne
grey, ciliations 1. Abdomen ochreous-grey-whitish. Legs dark
fuscous, ringed with white, posterior pair ochreous-whitish.
Forewings very elongate, rather narrow, posteriorly slightly

962 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

dilated, costa gently arched, apex tolerably rounded, hindmargin
extremely obliquely rounded; white, irregularly irrorated with
dark fuscous ; markings ill-defined ; a small dark fuscous spot on
base of costa ; an irregular semi-oval dark brown blotch extending
along inner margin from near base to beyond middle, reaching
nearly half across wing, marked above with a suffused black linear
mark ; a rather irregular blackish longitudinal streak in disc from
before middle to 3, posterior extremity rather dilated ; an irregular
dark brown suffusion connecting anterior extremity of discal
streak with costa at $3; a very irregular suffused dark brown
fascia from ? of costa to # of inner margin, angulated outwards
and interrupted by a spot of groundcolour on posterior extremity
of discal streak ; a short cloudy dark brown streak from costa
near apex to angle of fascia ; a hindmarginal series of cloudy dark
fuscous dots; cilia grey-whitish, with two faint pale grey lines,
base mixed with dark fuscous. Hindwings very pale whitish-grey,
margin of anal angle grey ; cilia ochreous-whitish.

Mount Lofty, South Australia; two specimens received from
Mr. E. Guest, who states that it is common in August.

574. (108 a.) Lul. trenaea, n. sp.

Q. 26mm. Head, palpi, antennze, thorax, abdomen, and legs
pale whitish-ochreous ; anterior and middle legs infuscated. Fore-
wings very elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex
round-pointed, hindmargin extremely obliquely rounded ; pale
whitish-ochreous ; cilia ochreous-whitish. Hindwings with veins
3 and 4 separate ; pale whitish-ochreous, towards apex greyish-
tinged ; cilia ochreous-whitish.

Petersburg, South Australia ; one specimen in October.

575. (108b.) Lul. hyperchlora, n. sp.

SQ. 17-25 mm. Head, palpi, antennz, thorax, abdomen, and
legs whitish-ochreous; palpi with second joint and anterior edge of
terminal joint more or less infuscated ; antennal ciliations of ¢ 1 ;

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 963

anterior and middle legs infuscated. Forewings very elongate,
narrow, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin
extremely obliquely rounded ; whitish-ochreous or rarely whitish ;
a round fuscous dot in disc at 2: cilia pale whitish-ochreous.
Hindwings with veins 3 and 4 sometimes separate ; pale grey ;
cilia pale whitish-ochreous, sometimes slightly greyish-tinged.

Perth, York, and Geraldton, West Australia ; in November,
common.

576. (108c.) Hul. cholerodes, n. sp.

g- 17-19 mm. Head, palpi, antennz, thorax, abdomen, and
legs pale whitish-ochreous ; antennal ciliations 1 ; anterior and
middle legs somewhat infuscated. Forewings very elongate,
narrow, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin
extremely obliquely rounded ; pale whitish-ochreous; a small
irregular rather dark fuscous spot close above anal angle : cilia
pale whitish-ochreous. Hindwings with veins 3 and 4 sometimes
separate ; ochreous-whitish ; cilia pale whitish-ochreous.

Carnarvon, West Australia ; four specimens in October.

577. (108d.) Eul. halmopeda, n. sp.

3Q. 15-21 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax white, more or less
sprinkled with pale ochreous. Antenne whitish, ciliations in
g 1. Abdomen pale whitish-ochreous. Legs fuscous, posterior
pair pale whitish-ochreous. Forewings very elongate, narrow,
costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin very obliquely
rounded ; pale ochreous, irrorated with white ; a moderate rather
darker brownish-ochreous subcostal streak from about middle to
apex, anteriorly suffused, costal edge above it whiter ; sometimes
a darker brownish-ochreous dot in disc before middle, a second on
fold obliquely before first, and a third in disc at 3, but these areoften
obsolete : cilia whitish, slightly ochreous-tinged, base brownish-
ochreous. Hindwings with veins 3 and 4 sometimes separate :
pale whitish-ochreous, slightly brownish-tinged ; cilia pale whitish-
ochreous.

Carnarvon, West Australia ; common in October.

964 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

578. (108e.) Bul. callisceptra, n. sp.

dQ. 20-25 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-whitish. Palpi
fuscous, upper side white. Antenne grey or whitish, ciliations in
¢ 1. Abdomen pale whitish-ochreous. Legs rather dark fuscous,
posterior pair pale whitish-ochreous. Forewings very elongate,
rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, hind-
margin very obliquely rounded ; snow-white ; costal edge near base
very slenderly dark fuscous ; a moderate well-defined rather dark
ochreous-brown subcostal streak from base to apex ; dorsal half of
wing sometimes partially mixed with brownish-ochreous, tending
to form a suffusion along inner and hind margins, and a small spot
above anal angle, but these are often wholly absent: cilia ochreous-
whitish, with a brownizh apical bar, sometimes nearly obsolete.
Hindwings with veins 3 and 4 sometimes separate; grey or
whitish-grey ; cilia whitish-ochreous.

Perth, York, and Geraldton, West Australia; common in
November. The variation of this species tends to produce local
forms, specimens from Geraldton strongly inclining to show the
dorsal suffusion, whilst in those from York the groundcolour is
quite clear ; but intermediate forms occur.

579. (108f.) Hul. phaeosceptra, n. sp.

6. 19-22 mm. Head and thorax light brownish-ochreous.
Palpi fuscous. Antenne whitish-fuscous, ciliations 1. Abdomen
whitish-ochreous. Legs rather dark fuscous, posterior pair whitish-
ochreous. Forewings very elongate, narrow, costa moderately
arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin extremely obliquely
rounded ; rather light brownish-ochreous ; a moderate well-defined
dark brown subcostal streak from base to apex, costa above this
sometimes paler or whitish-tinged : cilia pale brownish-ochreous,
sometimes suffused with greyish. Hindwings with veins 3 and 4
sometimes separate ; grey ; cilia pale brownish-ochreous.

Geraldton, West Australia ; locally common in November.

BY E, MEYRICK, B.A., F.E.S. 965

580. (108g.) Hul. thrincotis, n. sp.

SQ. 20-24 mm. Head pale ochreous, sides of crown whitish.
Palpi ochreous-fuscous, upper side white. Antenne whitish,
ciliations in g 1. Thorax ochreous-grey or brownish-ochreous.
Abdomen whitish-ochreous, sometimes greyish-tinged. Legs rather
dark fuscous, posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings very
elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed,
hindmargin extremely obliquely rounded ; ochreous-brown or
brownish-grey ; a rather narrow well-defined snow-white costal
streak from base almost to apex: cilia pale ochreous-brown or grey.
Hindwings with veins 3 and 4 sometimes separate; grey ; cilia
whitish-ochreous, in Q more or less greyish-tinged.

Geraldton, West Australia ; four specimens in November.

581. (LO8h.) Hul. homoxesta, u. sp.

6Q- 22-27mm. Head grey-whitish. Palpi whitish, mixed
with pale grey. Antenne greyish, ciliations in ¢ 2. Thorax
greyish-ochreous. Abdomen pale whitish-ochreous, two basal
segments rather dark fuscous. Legs dark fuscous, posterior pair
grey-whitish. Forewings very elongate, rather narrow, costa
moderately arched, apex pointed, hindmargin faintly sinuate,
extremely oblique ; greyish-ochreous ; a white costal streak from
base to }, posteriorly attenuated: cilia pale greyish-ochreous.
Hindwings grey ; cilia pale greyish-ochreous.

Guildford, West Australia : locally abundant in October.

582. (108k.) Hul. homochalea, n. sp.

SQ. 15-19mm. Head pale whitish-ochreous, crown bronzy-
tinged. Palpi grey mixed with whitish. Antenne grey, ciliations
ing 1. Thorax bronzy-ochreous. Abdomen grey. Legs rather
dark fuscous, posterior pair ochreous-grey-whitish. Forewings
very elongate, narrow, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed,

966 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA.

hindmargin extremely obliquely rounded ; bronzy-ochreous ; costal

edge obscurely whitish: cilia pale bronzy-ochreous. Hindwings

with veins 3 and 4 sometimes separate ; grey ; cilia light grey.
York, West Australia ; four specimens in November.

583. (1081.) Hul. cycnoptera, n. sp.

$Q. 13-16 mm. Head and thorax white. Palpi white, second
joint irrorated with ochreous-fuscous except apex. Antenne
white, ciliations in ¢ 1. Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Legs
whitish-ochreous, anterior pair infuscated. Forewings elongate,
narrow, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin
very obliquely rounded, white: cilia white. Hindwings pale
grey or whitish-grey ; cilia pale whitish-ochreous.

Newcastle, Sydney, Bathurst, and Kiama, New South Wales ;
from October to April, rather common.

THE INTER-COXAL LOBE OF CERTAIN CRAYFISHES.
By W. J. Mackay, B.Sc.

I have been enabled to make the observations embodied in this
note, at the Biological Laboratory of the Sydney University,
through the kindness of Dr. Haswell, whom I have to thank for
having directed my attention to the subject, and for having sup-
plied me with the requisite materials.

In a figure of the branchial region of Astacopsis Pranklinii,
in Huxley’s paper ‘On the Classification of the Crayfishes,’”*
there are represented certain appendages connected with the
branchiz, though there is no reference to them in the text, nor
has attention, as far as I can ascertain, been specially directed
to them. These appendages in the case of Astacopsis serratus,
and the same holds good of A. bicarinatus, are visible before
the removal of the branchiostegites, provided the animal be turned
sternal side uppermost and the legs separated. They may then be
seen as triangular-shaped bodies lying under the edges of the
branchiostegites, and attached to the posterior faces of certain
thoracic limbs.

On removing the branchiostegites the appendages are partly
hidden from view by the bases of the podobranchiz; but on these
being turned aside they are seen to be behind and below the
anterior arthrobranchiz, and perpendicular to and below the
posterior arthrobranchiz ; each of them being attached by a small
neck to the membrane which, arising from the posterior aspect of
the coxopodite, reaches to the epimeron above, and behind is
attached to the arthrophragm of the particular limb.

Examined more closely, the upper portion of the anterior face
of one of these bodies, which may be called the ¢nter-coxal lobes,
is alone united to the arthrodial membrane ; while the lower
surface of the anterior face is applied to the base of the coxopo-
dite, which is smooth and convex.

*P.Z.S., 1878, p. 765.

968 THE INTER-COXAL LOBE OF CERTAIN CRAYFISHES,

The surface of the appendage that is first exposed on removing
the base of the podobranchia is somewhat of an oblong in shane.
The upper portion is triangular, convex, light in colour, and free
from sete: the lower portion is likewise convex, but dark in
colour, and covered with sete which project prominently from
its surface. Both the upper and lower portions of this surface
are chitinous,

The anterior face mentioned above as being applied to the base
of the coxopodite, is triangular in outline, concave, dark in colour,
and covered with sete. The lower portion of this face is chitinous :
the upper membranous, being in fact a continuation of the
arthrodial membrane.

The posterior face of the body is concave, lower portion
chitinous and covered with sete ; the upper free from sete and
membranous. Thus from the concave shape of the anterior face,
the body is able to fit well on the convex base of the coxopodite,
while its posterior concave surface likewise fits the convex anterior
border of the coxopodite of the following thoracic limb when this
limb is in a forward position.

The inter-coxal lobe would thus appear to act as a valve between
the thoracic limbs and the branchiostegite, preventing the too
ready entrance of foreign bodies.

Many forms were examined to ascertain if this inter-coxal
lobe was present. In Astacus Jtuviatilis it is entirely absent
as such, the only representative being a small hard ridge on
the arthrodial membrane of the fourth pair of legs. In
Homarus vulgaris the lobes occur in the thoracic limbs of
the 9th-13th segments inclusive, In Nephrops norvegicus on
8th-13th inclusive. In Zbacus and Arctus they become calcified,
and quite immovable, being attached to the arthrophragm of the
limb.

No representative of this structure was found in any of the
Anomura or Brachyura examined.

The absence of any exopodite in the thoracic appendages of
Astacus as stated by Huxley*, at any stage of its development,

* The Crayfish, page 219.

BY W. J. MACKAY, B.SC. 969

led me to enquire whether the structures above described might
not represent this part of the limb in an abortive form and with
its position altered ; but exopodites of the ordinary form are, as I
have ascertained, entirely wanting also in Astacopsis in which the
inter-coxal lobes are highly developed; the latter cannot
therefore be transformations of the ordinarv exopodites ; nor can
they be exopodites which are abortive from the outset, since in
Homarus, in which they are highly developed, the larva when
hatched has exopodites of the ordinary form attached at the basi-
ischiopodite joint.

970 NOTES ON THE NIDIFICATION OF SPHECOTHERES MAXILLARIS,

NOTES ON THE NIDIFICATION OF SPHECOTHERES
MAXILLARIS, (LATH.), AND OF CAMPEPHAGA
LEUCOMELZNA, (V. & H.), WITH DESCRIPTIONS
OF THEIR EGGS.

By R. D. FirzaeraLp, JuNR.
(Communicated by Dr. E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E.)

SPHECOTHERES MAXILLARIS, Lath.

S. australis, Gould, Bds. Aust. Handb., p. 467, sp. 286.

This remarkable species, which appears to be somewhat grega-
rious in its habits, I found breeding during the latter part of
October and the beginning of November in the brushes of the
Richmond River, where the birds are plentiful.

The nests, of which several were discovered in adjoining trees,
are rather slight and shallow, constructed of small thin twigs
interwoven loosely, not unlike a large nest of Pachycephala
gutturalis, and are usually placed at the extremity of a
horizontal branch about twenty feet from the ground, the tree
most favoured being the Flindersia (7). Three nests obtained on
November 4th, contained each three eggs, which appear to be
the regular number for a sitting, all quite fresh. An average-
sized pair of these eggs measure as follows :—(A) Length, 1:25 x
0°88 inch ; (B) Length, 1-25 x 0:9 inch.

The ground color varies from olive-brown to dull apple-green ;
the spots sometimes confluent and forming small irregular blotches
are of a reddish-brown, in some brighter and redder, in others
very like those on the eggs of Cracticus destructor; the markings are
distributed over the whole surface, but are usually closer together
on the thicker end, where in some they form an irregular zone.

BY R. D. FITZGERALD, JUNR. 971

CAMPEPHAGA LEUCOMELANA, V. and H.

C. leucomela, V. and Horsf. ; Gould, Bds. Aust. Handbk., p. 203,
sp. 111.

A nest of this species taken at Ballina near the mouth of the
Richmond River on November 4th, is composed of the wiry and
pliant stems of herbs and grasses entwined and matted together
with cobweb, anda few pieces of lichen felted together making the
outside resemble the branch, in a fork of which it is placed ; the
nest is about the size of that of Lalage tricolor, being comparatively
small for the size of the bird ; the one at present under consider-
ation was placed between a fork in a small branch of a Tea-tree
(Melaleuca sp.); it is a small and shallow structure, being only
2-1 inches outside diameter by 1:35 inches inside, and without any
special lining. It contained but one egg, which I believe is all
that is laid for a sitting, for on shooting and dissecting the female
no other egg was found in any degree of maturity.

The egg is of a bright apple-green color, with a well-defined
zone of reddish-brown spots near the thicker end; the rest of the
surface is thickly sprinkled with dots, freckles, and small spots of
the same, or of a slightly brighter tint, which are less close together
on the thin end; it is rather elongated in form, measuring in
length 0-98 inch, its shorter diameter being 0°68.

972 NOTES ON SOME SCARITIDX FROM QUEENSLAND,

NOTES ON SOME SCARITIDA FROM QUEENSLAND,
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW SPECIES.

By Wiuuram Mac eay, F.L.S., &c.

Mr. George Barnard, of Coomooboolaroo, Upper Dawson River,
brought me a few weeks ago a collection, or rather, I should say,.
a selection from his collection, of a number of Australian Scaritide,
which he was desirous of getting named. I recognised among
them the following species :—Monocentrum grandiceps, Chaud. ;
Monocentrum longiceps, Chaud.; Hutoma episcopale, Casteln. ;
Lutoma magnificum, Macl. ; Hutoma bipunctatum, Macl. ; Hutoma
punctulatum, Macl.; Conopterum Barnardi, Macl.; Carenoscaphus
intermedius, Westw.; Carenoscaphus lucidus, Macl.; Calliscapterus
elegans, Macl. ; Carenum Castelnaui, Chaud. All of these are
from the Dawson River district excepting Hutoma episcopale,
Carenoscaphus intermedius, and Carenum Castelnaui, which are
from Victoria. The following are new :—

CARENUM OBSOLETUM, n.Sp.

In form resembling C. interruptum and C. occultwm. Black,
subnitid. Head minutely scratched, the facial grooves deep,
slightly diverging, nearly straight. Thorax about the width of
the head with the eyes, a little broader than the length, the apex
emarginate, the anterior angles advanced, the sides rounded in a
regular sweep to the basal lobe, which is short and not broader
than half the breadth of the apex, a very slight emargination may
be observed on each side near the lobe; the margin all round
except at the apex is reflexed and of a brilliant bluish-green, the
disk is moderately nitid, extremely minutely scratched, and

BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S.. 973

transversely striolate ; the median line is strongly marked from
near the apex to the transverse line forming the basal lobe; there
are three setigerous punctures in each lateral margin. The elytra
are oval, of an.opaque slightly violet tinge, and very obsoletely
striate-punctate, the shoulders being angular and reflexed ; the
margin is a very brilliant green, and there are two impressed
punctures on each elytron placed as in C. interruptum. The
anterior biz are armed with two teeth externally, and they
seem in this species to be of more than normal size. The under-
surface is nitid. Length 9 lines.
Hab.—Dawson River.

PHILOSCAPHUS BARNARDI, n.sp.

Like P. carinatus in form and sculpture. Black and opaque.
Head as in P. carinatus. Thorax of the same form as in P.
carinatus, but a little less transverse and flatter, with the margins
of the sides and the basal lobe of a fiery red gold-colour. The
elytra are of a narrow oval form, narrower than the thorax, and
quite smooth ; the lateral margin is broad and is defined on each
elytron by a distinct ridge extending from the humeral angle to near
the apex and taking the oval form of the elytra; between these ridges
the elytra are perfectly flat, and the space between the ridges and
the margin is nearly vertical, contains a row of about 16 large
punctures, and has the same fiery red-gold edging as the thorax
but larger. The humeral angles form a very conspicuous boss ;
there is a patch of bright fiery red inside the sublateral ridge
near the humeral angles, which encloses three punctures, and on
this sublateral ridge near the apex there is one golden puncture
visible. Beneath cyaneous, very nitid, anterior tibie tridentate.
Long. 73 lines.

Hab.—-Dawson River.

This very beautiful and apparently very rare species I have
named after its discoverer, Mr. Barnard.

974 ON A LEUCITE-BASALT FROM CENTRAL NEW SOUTH WALES,

NOTE ON A LEUCITE-BASALT FROM CENTRAL NEW
SOUTH WALES.

By Rev. J. Minne Curran, F.G.S.

The object of this note is to record the existence and discovery
of a Leucite-basalt—a rock hitherto unknown in Australia, and,
by giving publicity to the fact, to elicit some information as to its
existence in other parts of the colonies.

Alexander von Humbolt is responsible for the opinion which
until lately was generally received, that leucite was a mineral
occurring only in Europe. Up to the present it has not been
found very widely distributed. It is found in the recent Vesuvian
lavas, in the Eifel near Wehr, on the Laacher See, the Forstberg,
in the Thiiringerwald, Rohon Mountains, Olbriick, and in other
localities in Saxony and Bohemia, as well as at Capo di Bove, and
Frascati, near Rome. In 1875 Zirkel announced (Neu. Jahrb. f.
Mineral. 1875) that leucite was a constituent of a basaltic rock
in the island called Bawean, north of Java. This was the first and,
as far as I can find, the only example of an Asiatic leucite-basalt.
In 1876 Zirkel’s ‘“‘ Microscopical Petrography ” was published, and
in that work (p. 259), the existence of a leucite-rock from the
Wyoming Territory of North America is recorded.

More than two years ago I examined a basaltic hill a few miles
to the west of the railway line at Byerock, County of Cowper,
and on cutting some thin slices saw that the felspar I had expected
to find in the rock, was replaced by leucite. Afterwards from
information I received, I had reason to believe that the hill known
as El Capitan, situated about 30 miles to the north-east of Cobar,
in the County of Canbelego, consisted of basalt. Recently I

BY REV. J. MILNE CURRAN, F.G.S. 975

shared my views on the matter with Mr. W. Anderson, and
decided to examine the locality, when we were rewarded by
discovering a patch of some five square miles of a leucite-basalt
similar in every respect to the rock I found at Byerock. At the
latter place the basalt rests in part on a silurian slate and an
intrusive granite, while near Cobar the underlying rocks are
silurian slates and conglomerates, and a silicitied tertiary drift.

The texture of the leucite-rock varies somewhat in different
localities. Macroscopically there is nothing in the external appear-
ance of the rock to indicate its richness in leucite. It occurs as a
dark fine-grained rock with patches of a reddish-brown mineral—
probably mica. The dark, almost black colour is due to the great
abundance of magnetite the rock contains. When a thin slice is
examined the leucite is found to be the dominant ingredient in
the mass. It is distributed in closely packed, rounded or roughly
octagonal grains between which no vitreous matter can be
detected. The leucite is more abundant than in any of the
typical leucite-basalts figured by Fouque and Michel Levy*, or
Rosenbuschy, and almost as plentiful as in the American rocks
already referred tot. In afew of the slices I have detected the
well-known and characteristic radial and concentric interpositions
so common in the Vesuvian leucites.

As faras is known at present leucite rocks occur only among
tertiary and recent volcanic productions. The Australian example
proves no exception, for both Byerock and El Capitan basalts
belong certainly to tertiary, and to my mind latter tertiary times.

For detailed microscopic examination I have sent some slices to
our eminent Australian petrologist, Mr. A. W. Howitt, of Sale,
Gippsland.

*Mineralogie Micrographique. Planches 48, 49, 50, and 51.
+Micro. Phys. wichtigen Mineralien, Taf. 14. (Zweite Auflage).
tMicro. Petrography, by F. Zirkel—(Geol. of Fortieth Parallel).

976 ON A NEW BUTTERFLY OF THE FAMILY SATYRID&,

ON A NEW BUTTERFLY OF THE FAMILY SATYRIDZ.

By A. Sipney Ouirr, F.E.S.,

Mem. pg LA Soc. Ent. DE FRANCE.

The species for which I now propose the name Xenica Hila was
captured by Mr. Peel at Warra, in the Liverpool Plains district,
during the early part of last summer. It exhibits unmistakable
affinity to Xenica Kershawi,* a Gippsland species which is allied
to X. orichorat and X. lathoniella. Besides this new form I have
received from the Liverpool Plains three Satyride not previously
recorded from so far north, namely, Heteronympha philerope, Bois.,
H., cordace, Hubn., and Xenica lathoniella, Westw.t

XeNIcA ELLA, sp.n.

Wings above fuscous, with orange-fulvous markings, much as in
X. Kershawi, but rather more pronounced. Forewing with two
large transverse spots within the cell, one about the middle, the
other at the extremity, a similar spot below the cell in the middle,
and another beyond the cell on the costa, a minute fuscous ocellus,
surrounded by a narrow ochreous ring, near the apex ; above the
ocellus an indistinct narrow streak, below a distinct transverse
spot; three large spots extending from near posterior angle
upwards ; a hind-marginal series of four very narrow spots.
Hindwing with a large black minutely white-centred ocellus near

*Miskin, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1876, p. 452.

+Meyrick, Ent. Mo. Mag. XXII., p. 82 (1885).

+I do not think that Geitoneura and Argynnina (Butler, Ann. Mag. N.
Hist, (3) XIX., p. 164, 1867) are of generic value as the cell of the hindwing
varies in shape in the different species. P. achanta, Don., is the type of
Westwood’s subgenus Xenica, so that Geitonewra, which is founded on the
same species, must sink in any case.

BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF, F.E.S. o70

the angle, a broad fascia extending obliquely from costal
margin to ocellus, avoiding the cell ; a narrow submarginal streak
from base to just before anal angle, a shorter one from below cell ;
a spot near base, another within the cell, and a series of five irre-
gular spots near the hind-margin. Underside marked much as
above. Forewing lighter, the markings less distinct ; the disc
orange-fulvous surrounding a fuscous marking, the spot below the
cell and the tree near the posterior angle having coalesced ; the
spot beyond the cell whitish ; a silvery band near the hind-margin
extending from the base to beyond the middle. Hindwing dull
reddish-brown, with silvery markings disposed much as above ; an
ocellus near apex of costal margin similar to but smaller than the
one near the ana! angle ; two indistinct parallel streaks from base
to just before anal angle, one marginal ; three elongate markings
near base, one on costa crossing cell, one within cell, and one
extending from base towards disc; a broad fascia from beyond
middle of costa to ocellus, avoiding the cell; a spot near apical
angle, a broken submarginal streak between veins 4-6. Cilia
ochreous, fuscous on the veins. Exp. 40 mm.

Warra, New South Wales.

This species differs from Xenica Kershawi, to which it is very
closely allied, in having the forewing beneath almost entirely
orange-fulvous on the disc, and the hindwing furnished, both above
and below, with a broad continuous fascia; the anal ocellus and
all the markings are slightly larger, and the latter are rather more
brightly coloured.

In conclusion I may add that I am informed by Mr. Charles
Waterhouse, of the British Museum, who kindly examined my
drawings of XY. Hila, that the species is distinct from anything
contained in the National Collection at South Kensington.

Ne}
~I
ow

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

NOMES| AND. EXHIBTws)

Mr. Maiden stated that among the plants collected up till now
by Mr. Biuerlen, (antea p. 681) were ten species not hitherto
known from New South Wales, and these he wished on behalf
of Baron von Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., now to record as
additions to the flora of this colony, as follows :—Pterigeron
liatroides, Benth., and P. microglossus, Benth., (Composite) ;
Ruellia corynotheca, F. v. M., (Acanthacee) ; Gunnia septifraga,
F. vy. M. and Z'rianthema erystallina, Vahl, (Ficoidese) ; Atriplex
Jissivalve, F. v. M., (Salsolacex) ; Zygophyllum prismatothecum,
F. v. M., (Zygophyllez) ; Acacia Murrayana, F. v. M. (Legumi-
nose) ; Glossostigma Drummondii, Benth., (Scrophularinez); and
Eucalyptus terminalis, F. v. M., (Myrtacez).

Mr. Skuse exhibited a collection of Diptera taken at Berowra
on the 10th of September, by Mr. Masters and himself. It
contained 250 specimens, chiefly distributed amongst the families
Cecidomyide, Chironomide, Culicide, Tipulide, Mycetophilide,
Sciaride, Simulide, Rhyphide, Ephydrinide, and Muscide, and
included at least fifty species of which the majority were new.

Mr. Masters exhibited a fine and well-preserved collection in
spirits of all the species of snakes of the genus Hoplocephalus in
the Macleay Museum. The nineteen species exhibited were :—WH.
assimilis, Macleay, Herbert River, Queensland; H Bransbyi, Macl.,
Sutton Forest ; H. Carpentarie, Macl., Gulf of Carpentaria; H.
collaris, Macl., Begaand Mount Wilson; #7. coronatus, Schleg., K.G.
Sound ; H. coronsides, Giinth., 8S. E. Australia ; H. curtus, Schleg.,
all Australia ; 1. flagellum, McCoy, Melbourne ; H. Gouldii, Gray,
W. Australia ; HH. minor, Giinth., W. Australia; H. nigrescens,
Giinth., Port Jackson ; H. nigriceps, Giinth., Liverpool Plains ;
H. nigrostriatus, Kretft, Port Denison; H. pallidiceps, Giinth.,
Port Stephens; H. signatus, Jan, Coast of N. S. Wales; JZ.
Stephensii, Kretft, Richmond River; H. superbus, Giinth., Tas-
mania and N. 8. Wales; H. temporalis, Giinth., K. G. Sound ;
and H. variegatus, Dum. & Bibr., Sydney. The species not

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 979

exhibited are :—H. ater, Krefft, South Australia; H. Damelii,
Giinth., Rockhampton ; H. maculatus, Steind., Rockhampton ;
H. Mastersti, Krefft, S. Australia; H. Ramsayi, Krefft, Braid-
wood ; and H. spectabilis, Krefft, S. Australia.

Dr. Cox exhibited a splendid cast of a fine specimen of the
Hobart Town Trumpeter. (Latris hecateia) coloured from life. He
had received it from Mr. Saville Kent, by whom it had been
modelled.

Dr. Ramsay exhibited specimens of Dendritic Gold in Serpen-
tine and in Mispickel, from the Lucknow Mine near Orange.

Mr. Woodford exhibited a fine collection of Diurnal Lepidop-
tera collected by himself at Guadalcanar, Solomon Group.
Among the most remarkable were Ornithoptera Victoria g and Q,
O. DUrvilleana g and Q, Papilio Polydorus, P. Agamemnon, P.
Ulysses, P. Erskinei, P. Codrus, Charaxes Jupiter, Rhinopalpa
algina.

Mr. Woodford likewise exhibited some birds also from Guadal-
canar, among which were Alcedo bengalensis, Cyanalcyon leucopy-
gialis, Ceyx solitarius, Collocaliasp., Hirundo titulica, Erythrura sp.
(a beautiful species with deep blue forehead and ear-coverts,
probably new), Pionias heteroclitus, Nasiterna finschit.

(All the foregoing should have appeared as the continuation of
the Notes and Exhibits for October, p. 681.)

Dr. Cox exhibited 20 species of Lepidoptera from Victoria, col-
lected by Mr. Kershaw. Amongst them were fine specimens of
Thalaina Clara, and what Mr. Kershaw considered would turn
out to be a new Charagia, but which Mr. Masters has pronounced
to be a species found about Sydney, the larvee of which feed on
the Tea-Tree in swamps ; also Xenica Hila described this evening
by Mr. Olliff, Xenica Kershawi Miskin, and Ogyris Oretes Hew.

Dr. Katz read the following note: “ Through the kindness of
Mr. E. Stanley, Government Veterinarian of N.S. W., I have
been enabled to examine the lungs of a cow, which, suffering from
pleuro-pneumonia, was killed. As these diseased lungs were still
warm when I received them (11th inst.), they could hardly have

980 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

undergone any changes which would have influenced the bacterio-
logical examination. I selected those spots in which the lung lobes
were in a state of fresh, light brownish-red hepatisation. On
cutting across such spots I obtained an ample quantity of exuda-
tion-fluid. Samples of this were derived under proper precautions,
and used both for a direct observation under the microscope, and
for cultivation purposes. In cover-glass preparations of such
material, which, itmust be understood, is usedas virus for protective
inoculations against pleuro-pneumonia in cattle, I expected to
find numbers of micro-organisms, especially of the micrococci
which Poels and Nolen regard as the cause of the disease ; but
instead of that (the preparations were stained with Loeffler’s
methylene-blue) the result was a negative one, inasmuch as I had to
search for a considerable time before noticing a specimen that
could be pronounced to bea microbe. The cultivation-experiments
which I carried out with the same material, using nutrient gelatine,
nutrient agar-agar, and the latter medium with 6 per cent.
glycerine added to it, also resulted in showing a scarcity of micro-
organisms capable of growing cn the above nourishing soils. A
medium-sized platinum-loop full of the mentioned fluid gave rise
to only a very limited number of colonies, which qualitatively
belonged to five or six different kinds, not all of them, however,
found in every sample, and a few of them only in one or two
colonies. The majority of them, as obtained on glycerine-agar-agar,
were small, short bacilli, forming elevated, dirty amber-yellow
coloured patches, which exhibited a vesicular structure, due to the
production of some gaseous substance. At a later date there was,
instead of these gas bubbles, a depression on the surface of thecolo-
nies. Growing from a streak on the same soil they soon covered
it, notably at blood-temperature, with a thick, tenacious, gela-
tinous, amber-yellow layer, which, at an early stage, showed gas-
eruptions. I can asyet make no statement asto whether this microbe
plays any part in reference to the disease or not.”

In addition to cultures of the microbes referred to in the above
Note, Dr. Katz also exhibited a curious gelatine-culture of the
bacillus of mouse-septicaemia, in which two colonies only had
beautifully developed.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 98]

Mr. Masters exhibited the following mammals sent by Mr.
Froggatt from Derby, King’s Sound :—TIwo specimens of Hapa-
lots Bowert, Ramsay; Perameles auratus, Ramsay ; Perameles
n. sp. (?); Dasyurus Geoffroyi, Belideus ariel, and a new species
of Phalangista remarkable for its very short and slender tail.

Mr. A. Sidney Olliff exhibited a specimen of Peripatus from
Cassilis and in reference to it read the following note :—

“The specimen which I have the pleasure of bringing before
the notice of the Society this evening was obtained under a stone
at the foot of a grey gum tree by Mr. H. Merewether and myself
at Cassilis, whilst searching for insects on the banks of the
Mounmoura Creek, a tributary of the Goulburn River. The
species is identical with that recently recorded by Mr. Fletcher
from Gippsland (see antea p. 450) and is probably the Peripatus
Leuckartit of Siinger. It possesses fifteen pairs of claw-bearing
appendages and a pair of oral papille. When I first saw the
creature I was much struck with its resemblance to a caterpillar ;
‘imdeed, were it not for the antenne, it might very easily be
passed over as the larva of some Noctua. It has the habit of
coiling itself into a half-cirele when disturbed in the characteristic
‘manner of that group, and its gait when in motion is very much
the same. During life my specimen was coloured as follows :—
shining slaty-brown above, dusted with brick-red, with a dusky
‘red patch on the head, and a moderately distinct dusky red
lateral line on each side extending throughout its entire length ;
below pinkish-grey ; the antenne dark brown. It measured 21
mm. when fully extended. I believe this is the first record of the
occurrence of Peripatus in New South Wales. The animal is now
known from the three eastern colonies—Queensland, New South
Wales and Victoria.” “

Mr. Macleay exhibited a fine specimen of the Oligorus, or fresh
water cod, of the Richmond River, recently sent to him by W. C.
Bundock, Esq. He said he had compared it carefully with speci-
mens of Oligorus Macquariensis, Cuv., and Oligorus Mitchelli,
‘Castelnau, the two species known under the name of Murray or

982 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Murrumbidgee cod, and found that its resemblance to the last of
these was so complete as to leave little doubt in his mind that
they were the same species.

Mr. Macleay also exhibited on behalf of the Rev. J. E. Tenison-
Woods a series of specimens of coal fossils from Sarawak,
Borneo. He stated that Mr. Tenison-Woods was inclined to
think, from some other fossils he had seen, that coal of a much

more ancient character existed in Borneo, and perhaps nearly
allied to the Newcastle beds of New South Wales.

Mr. Palmer exhibited (1) a Carboniferous fossil (Pachydomus
sp.) from the top of Connor’s Range, Queensland, and (2) a large
collection of aboriginal weapons comprising spears, shields, clubs—
some of them of remarkable pattern—and boomerangs—several of
the latter elaborately carved, in some cases with “ totem ”
marks—obtained by Mr. Thomas Illidge from the blacks of Port
Mackay, Queensland.

The President exhibited for the Rev. Mr. Curran rock sections
of the Leucite-basalt referred to in his paper.

Mr. Burnell exhibited pebbles from Wallerawang, containing
Spirifer disjunctus from the Devonian strata of Mt. Lambie.

At the request of Baron von Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., who
had determined them, the following list of plants from the
Barrington and Bean Bean tableland, Upper Hunter River, not
found so far north before, was communicated by Miss Henrietta
Carter, by whom they had been collected :—Claytonia Aus-
tralasica, J. Hooker; Pultenea fasciculata, Benth. ; Frigeron
pappochromus, Labill.; Scaevola Hookeri, F. v. M.; Velleya
montana, J. Hook.; Veronica arguta, R. Br.; Gentiana saxosa,
Forst.; Myosotis suaveolens, Poir.; Epacris coriacea, Cunn. ;
and #, heteronema, Labill.

WEDNESDAY, 28TH DECEMBER, 1887.

The President, Professor Stephens, M.A., F.G.S., in the Chair.

Mr. J.C. H. Mingaye, Sydney, was elected a member of the Society.

Mr. T. C. Burnell was present as a visitor.

The President announced that there would be no excursion
during January ; and that the Annual Meeting would be held on
January 25th, to take precedence of the Ordinary Monthly Meeting
on the same date.

DONATIONS.

‘“The Medical Times and Gazette,” 1859 and 1860 (3 vols. half
bound); “The Lancet,” 1856 to 1860 (9 vols. h. b.); ‘* Lancet
Advertiser,” 1857 and 1858 (2 vols. h. b.) ; “Journal of an Expedi-
tion into the Interior of Tropical Australia, &e.” By Lt.-Col. Sir
T. L. Mitchell, Kt., D.C.L. ; “ Narrative of an Expedition into
Central Australia.” By Captain Charles Sturt, F.L.S., F.R.G.S.,
&e. &e. ; “ Linnei Systema Nature.” Tom. I. (Parts 1 and 2),
Tom. II. (3 vols.). rom Dr. James C. Cox, F.L.S.

“Records of the Geological Survey of India.” Vol. XX.,
Part 3 (1887). From the Director.

“* Zoologischer Anzeiger.” Nos. 263 and 264 (1887). From
the Editor.

“ Ueber Naturprodukte der westlichen Siidsee besonders der
deutschen Schutzgebiete.” Von Dr. O. Finsch. From the Author.

“ Bulletin de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou.”
Année 1887, No. 3. From the Society.

* Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes.” No. 205 (November, 1887).
From the Editor.

*‘ Report of the Trustees of the Public Library, Museums, and
National Gallery of Victoria for 1886.” From the Librarian.

954 DONATIONS.

“Encylopedia Britannica.” Vol. XXII; “ Report of the
Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger—Zoology.”
Vols. XVII. to XXII. (10 volumes); “Botany.” Vol. IL;
“ Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie.” Bd. XLII. (Heft 4),
XLIV. (Heft 4); XLV.; “Notes from the Leyden Museum.”
Vol. IX., Nos, 1-3 (1887); ‘Nouvelles Archives du Muséum
WHistoire Naturelle.” 2nd Série, Tome IX., Fase. 2 (1887) ;
‘“ Archives de Biologie.” Tome VI., Fasc. 3 (1887) ; ‘ The Fresh-
water Rhizopods of North America.” By Professor Leidy, M.D.;
“ The Scottish Geographical Magazine.” Vol. III., No. 11 (Novem-
ber, 1887). From the Hon. W. Macleay, F.L.S.

“The Australian Museum—Descriptive Catalogueof the Medusce
of the Australian Seas.”— Part I. Scyphomeduse; Part IT.
Hydromeduse. By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D. From the Trustees.

“Abstract of Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania.
(Nov. 21st, 1887).” From the Society.

“ The Victorian Naturalist.” Vol. 1V., No. 8 (December, 1887).
From the Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria.

“The Journal of the Cincinnati Society of Natural History.”
Vol. X., No. 3 (1887). From the Society.

“ Bulletin of the American Geographical Society.” Vol. XIX.,
Ne. 3 (1887). From the Society.

“The American Naturalist.” Vol. XXI., No. 10 (October, 1887).
From the Editors.

“ Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy at Harvard
College.” Vol. XIII., No. 5 (1887). From the Curator.

“ Prodromus of the Zoology of Victoria.” Decade XV. By
Frederick McCoy, C.M.G., M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S. From the Govern-
ment of Victoria, through the Librarian, Public Library, Melbourne.

“The Australasian Journal of Pharmacy.” Vol. II., No. 24
(December, 1887). From the Editor.

“ Bulletin de la Societé Royale de Géographie d’Anvers.” Tom
XIT., Fase. 2 (1887). From the Society.

PAPERS READ,

NOTES ON THE NIDIFICATION OF CERTAIN
AUSTRALIAN BIRDS.

By A. J. Nortn, F.L.S.

1. Puarycercus Barnarpi, Vigors and Horsfield.

This beautiful Parrakeet is distributed over the southern
portions of the interior of Australia, and is found frequenting
alike the neighbourhood of the Lachlan and Darling Rivers in
New South Wales, as well as the dense Mallee districts of
Victoria and South Australia. In the cultivated portions of the
country the birds assemble together in small flocks, and commit
great depredations on the crops, consequently a merciless warfare
is waged against them by the farmers. Fora set of the eggs of
this species I am indebted to Mr. Joseph A. Hill, of “ Pine Rise,”
Kewell, Victoria, who obtained them, after carefully watching a
pair of birds for some time in the vicinity, on September
15th, 1887. They were deposited on the decaying wood, about
two feet down the hollow limb of a Zucalyptus, at a height of
thirty feet from the ground. The eggs are five in number for a
sitting, pure white, oval in form, and nearly equal in size at both

ends, measuring as follows :—

Length (A) 1:11 x 0-9 inch ; (B) 1:2 x 0°92 inch; (C) 1:16 x 0°91
inch ; (D) 1:17 x 0°9 inch ; (E) 1:18 x 0:92 inch.

‘986 ON THE NIDIFICATION OF CERTAIN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS,

2. PsEPHOTUS HHMATOGASTER, Gould.

FP. hematorrhous, Bonap.

The habitat of this species is the interior portions of New
South Wales, Victoria, and South Australia, but its range extends
also to Tasmania.

For a full set of the eggs of this bird I am likewise indebted to
Mr. Joseph Hill, who obtained them at Kewell, Victoria, from
the hollow branch of a Eucalyptus, on September 15th, 1887.
They are seven in number for a sitting, and when fouud
were in a very advanced state of incubation. In form they are
rounded ovals, a single specimen only (F) being somewhat sharply
pointed at one end, pure white, and the shell very smooth but
without any gloss. They measure as follows:—Length (A)
0°94 x 0°8 inch; (B) 0°95 x0°8 inch; (C) 0:94. 0-78 inch; (D)
0:97 x 0:76 inch; (E) 0°95 x 0-8 inch; (F) 0:97 x 0-78 inch; (G)
0:97 x 0-8 inch.

3. TRICHOGLOSSUS CHLOROLEPIDOTUS, Kuhl.

The Scaly-breasted Lorikeet is plentifully dispersed over the
greater part of Queensland and the northern portion of New
South Wales, but is seldom found further south than the Murray
River, the natural boundary of the latter colony.

Mr. George Barnard of Coomooboolaroo, who has contributed
largely towards a knowledge of the nidification of many of the
birds of Central Queensland, informs me that he found this
species breeding in the hollow spouts of the lofty Eucalypts
in the neighbourhood of the Dawson River, and that all the nests,
seven in number, taken by his sons, unlike those of any other
member of the Psttacide family, each contained but a single egg,
several of them being in a very advanced state of incubation.
Two eggs taken during the month of November are pure white,
in form oval slightly tapering at one end, the texture of the shell
being fine and smooth, but without any lustre. Length (A)
0-95 x 0°79 inch ; (B) 0:97 x 0°8 inch.

BY A. J. NORTH. 987

XENORHYNCHUS AUSTRALIS, Latham.

The Jabiru of the Australian Continent, at one time thought to
be specifically distinct from that of India but now recognised to
be one and the same species, is widely dispersed over the northern
portions of Australia, It is found frequenting the estuaries of
rivers as well as the inland marshes and lagoons, from the Clarence
River on the east coast to Cambridge Gulf on the north-west,
specimens having been procured at the latter place by the late
Mr. T. H. Boyer-Bower, and it will undoubtedly be found much,
farther south when our knowledge of the range of the Western
Australian avi-fauna is fully worked out. The great stronghold,
however, of this species is the Indian Empire over the principal
portion of which it has been found breeding, and accounts of which
have been given by various writers. Allan Hume in his valuable
work on the ‘ Nests and Eggs of Indian Birds” deals exhaustively
with the subject; but it is only within the last few years that it
has been found breeding on the Australian Continent.

The nest is a huge flat structure composed of sticks, lined with
twigs and grasses, and is usually placed in the high boughs of a
lofty tree in the near vicinity of water. Mr. Geo. Barnard found
a nest near Rockhampton, Queensland, but the Jabirus did not
remain long in indisputed possession of it, owing to the repeated
attacks of a pair of Wedge-tailed eagles, (Aquila audax, which
ultimately caused them to desert it.

T am indebted to Mr. John Leadbeater of the National Museum,
Melbourne, for the opportunity of describing these rare Australian
eggs, which, he informs me, were taken about four months ago in
the Clarence River district, New South Wales. They are oval in
form, being nearly equal in size at both ends, of a dull yellowish-
white or whity-brown colour, the surface of the shell being smooth
but minutely pitted all over similar to those of the yellow-

988 ON THE NIDIFICATION OF CERTAIN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS.

legged Spoonbill (Platibis flavipes), and measure as follows :—
Length (A) 2°93x 2-1 inches; (B) 2°92 x 2-12 inches. These
eggs in shape, colour, and size, agree with those described by
Mr. A. Hume* (see Mests and Eggs of Indian Birds by Allan
Hume, p. 608), the average of forty-five eggs measured by him
being 2°91 x 2-12 inches. So also do those of the Australian
specimens obtained in the neighbourhood of Ingham at the
mouth of the Herbert River, Queensland, in March, 1885, and
described in a joint paper contributed to the Royal Society of
Queensland by Messrs. W. T. White and Henry Tryon on the
6th of August, 18&6 (See Proc. Royal Soc. Queensland, p: 139).

* Dr. Ramsay informs me that a pair of these birds were found breeding
on the border of Lake Macquarie in 1860. During the last few years
young birds have been occasionally forwarded to the Australian Museum
and Botanic Gardens, Sydney, showing that the birds breed freely in New
South Wales.

REPORT ON A SMALL ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTION
FROM NORFOLK ISLAND.

I. IntRopuctorY Remarks. By J. A. M. MILiineton.

II. ReptiLes AND FISHES. By J. Dovetas OciLey.
III. Mouivusca. By JouHn BRAZIER.
IV. INsEcra. By A. Srpney OLLIFF.

I. Intropuctory REMARKS.
By J. A. M. MILLIneTon.

At the instigation of my friend Mr. A. Sidney Olliff, during my
recent visit to Norfolk Island, as Assistant to Mr. W. A. Harper,
A.M.I.C.E., who was making a survey of the Island, I gathered
together such specimens as came under my immediate observation.
Unfortunately the time at my disposal was so fully occupied that
any attempt at serious collecting was out of the question, and I
obtained little but what actually thrust itself upon me when
engaged in field-work. Small as the results are, I trust they are
not without interest, as I believe that the investigation of isolated
faunas like that of Norfolk Island may throw some light on that
most important problem, the geographical distribution of animals.

Norfolk Island,* situated in 29° 2’ south latitude, and 168° 1’ east
longitude, is a well-wooded, fertile, and very rugged island, seven
miles in length, with a superficial area of some 8960 acres. On
the southern side and closely associated with it are Phillip and
Nepean Islands, the former distant about five and the latter half-
a-mile, which together with a few small bare rocks on the northern
side known as the Bird Rocks, constitute the whole of this isolated
group.

* For a concise general account of the island, see Dr. C.T. Downing’s
‘Norfolk Island, its Character and Productions.’ Proc. Royal Soc. Tasma-
nia, 1859, pp 195-212.

63

990 ON A COLLECTION FROM NORFOLK ISLAND—FISHES, ETC.,

The birds received no attention from me, and I only obtained
three species which are identified by Dr. Ramsay as Petroeca
multicolor, Gm., Platycercus Pennantii, Lath., and Gygis can-
dida, Gm. In conclusion, I would express my thanks to Dr. E. P.
Ramsay, who has offered me every assistance and encouragement
in my endeavour to add a little to our knowledge of the fauna of
this interesting island. I am also indebted to Captain Franklin
Bates, of Norfolk Island, for valuable contributions and assistance.
A set of the specimens obtained by me, including the types of the
new species, has been presented to the Trustees of the Australian
Museum for the public collection of the colony.

II. REPTILES & FISHES.

By J. DouGuas OGILBY.
REPTILES.

PHYLLODACTYLUS GUENTHERI, Boulenger.

Two examples of this Gecko have been brought back by Mr.
Millington, who states that it is not found on Norfolk Island
proper, but that it is common on Phillip and Nepean Islands, a
remark which had previously been madeby Dr. Charles T. Downing,

FISHES.

The collection of fishes consists of fifteen specimens belonging
to eight species, two of which are described below as new ; they
are as follows :—

1. APOGON NORFOLCENSIS, sp. nov.
B. wii. 8D. 7,00 0s) A.) 2/9:*
V. 1/52 PP ib: C) a7: L1. 25-26; Ltr 2/7: ‘Cores pyle:
Vert. 10/14.

*The last dorsal and anal ray divided to the base,

BY J. DOUGLAS-OGILBY. 99]

Length of head 3} to 33, of caudal fin 3%, to 4), height of body
3 to 3% in the total length. -#ye—Diameter 22 to 3 in the
length of the head; snout obtuse and short, about 3 of a diameter
of the eye; interorbital space flat, 3 of the same. Occiput slightly
concave; jaws equal; the maxilla reaches to the vertical from the

posterior fourth of the orbit; it is dilated behind, and possesses a
strong median ridge, which however does not extend to the hinder
margin. The outer edge of the vertical limb and posterior half
of the lower limb of the preopercle finely and evenly serrated: post-
temporal obscurely so. Zeeth—Villiform in jaws, vomer, and
palate. /ins—dorsal spines moderately strong, the first minute,
the second from ; to } ef the third, which is the strongest and
highest, about 2 of the length of the head; the origin of the
second dorsal is in front of the middle of the total length; its
spine is equal to the fifth of the first dorsal, and is about } of the
length of the head; its soft portion is elongated and pointed
anteriorly, its first ray being almost double the length of the spine.
The anal commences beneath the third dorsal ray; its second
spine is stronger, but not so high as that of the second dorsal.
Ventral fins long, reaching beyond the origin of the anal, and
about $ of the length of the head; the spine compressed and very
strong, equal to that of second dorsal. Pectorals long and pointed,
reaching to the vertical from the 13th scale of the lateral line.
Caudal emarginate. Scales—one or two in front of the first
dorsal; between these and the occiput is a naked space, finely
striated longitudinally: nine or ten rows of scales between the
second dorsal and the base of the caudal. Lateral line—Tubes
arborescent on the anterior part of the body, little divided on the
tail, Colowrs—Reddish-brown, darkest above, many of the scales
above the lateral line having one or two distinct darker spots:
scales of the back and sides with a pale margin, those of the throat
and abdomen pale with a dark margin. A black spot, covering
two lateral line scales, opposite the middle of the base of the
caudal fins. Head brown with golden reflections on the opercles,
and a pair of rather obscure dark bands from the snout through
the interorbital space to the occiput. Dorsal, caudal, anal, and

992 ON A COLLECTION FROM NORFOLK ISLAND—FISHES,

ventral fins brown with a ruddy tinge, the last the darkest; pec-
torals red with a dark brown basal band. TIrides golden and
brown.

The description is taken from two specimens measuring respec-
tively 42 and 5 inches. Register numbers of types, I. 1398-9.

Note.—Since the above was written Mr. Etheridge’s party—to
whom I had shown the earlier examples—has brought home three
specimens, the largest of which measures 61 inches, from Lord

Howe Island.
2. SCORPIS sp.

The pair of specimens collected are too young to determine with
certainty, but are in all probability S. equzpinnis.

3. CARANX sp.
A single specimen, also too young to determine.

4. Myxus ELonGatus, Ginth.
Two small specimens.

5. ParMA POLYLEPIs, Giinth.
Two fine specimens.

6. LABRICHTHYS LUCULENTUS, Rich.

Two examples.
7. Jutis tunaris, Linn.

Two examples.

8. CoRIS TRIMACULATA, Sp. Ov.

B. vi.: D.9/12: A. 3/12: V.1/5: P.13: C. 14: L. lat. 93-100 =
L. tr. 10/40.

Length of head rather more than 4, of caudal fin 6}, height of
body 42 in the total length. Hye—-Diameter 4 of the length of
the head and equal to that of the snout: interorbital space slightly
convex, ! of a diameter of the orbit. T'eeth—No posterior canine.
Fins—Dorsal spines weak, the last the longest, about a third of
the length of the head, and much shorter than the posterior rays:
ventral fins short, a little more than half the length of the head,
pectorals longer, about two-thirds of the same: caudal rounded.
Colowrs—Pale yellowish-brown; the upper surface of the head
purple; a violet band on the side immediately below the lateral

BY J. DOUGLAS-OGILBY. 995

line, and disappearing on the tail; several obscure orange trans-
verse stripes on the sides not extending to either the dorsal, or
the ventral profile. Fins yellow, the soft dorsal and anal with a
broad violet margin: a black spot between the two anterior dorsal
spines, and one on each side of the base of the caudal fin, entirely
above the lateral line.

[ have decided on describing this species as new with consider-
able hesitation on account of the resemblance which it bears in
many particulars to the Labrus annulatus of Lacépéde, of which
species I at first considered it to be merely a variety; but the
greater length of the pectoral fins, and the absence of the sub-
opercular spot (two characters which are specially emphasized by
Dr. Giinther—Catal. Fishes, iv. p 202), combined with the
two conspicuous caudal spots have decided me to allow specific
value, at least provisionally, to this form. Both the specimens
brought by Mr. Millington are small, measuring 44 and 41 inches
respectively. Their register numbers are I, 1402-3

Ill. MOLLUSCA.

By JOHN BRAZIER.

This small collection of shells is in a very sad state, the speci-
mens nearly all being sea-worn; some of them are peculiar
to Australia, and others are allied to New Zealand and Central
and Western Pacific forms.

1. Sprruta Peroni, Lamarck.

Nautilus spivula, Linn. ; Spirula levis, Gray ; Spirula vulgaris,
Leach.
Three specimens and fragments.

2. Murex (Preronotus) ANGaASI, Crosse.
Typhis Angasi, Crosse ; Murex eos, Hutton.
The six specimens are sadly beach-worn. The species is found in
New Zealand, Tasmania, South Australia, and New South Wales.

994 ON A COLLECTION FROM NORFOLK ISLAND—MOLLUSCA,

3. PuRPuRA sp. ?

This species cannot be identified, the specimens being sea-
worn,
4, RictnuLa ricinus, Linn.
Murex ricinus, Linn. ; Ricinula arachnoides, Lam.

One single example of this common Central Pacific species.

5, RicINuLA (SistruM) ASPERSA, Lam.

Ricinula aspersa, Lam.

Three specimens in fair condition ; found also in New Caledonia
and other Pacific Islands.

6. Ricrnuna (Sistrum) CHAIDEA, Duclos.

Purpura chaidea, Duclos.

Three specimens very much worn. This species is very common
at Lord Howe Island, 450 miles east of Sydney Heads ; it is also
found in Port Jackson, in New Caledonia, and in other islands
in the North, South, and Western Pacific.

7. Ricinuna (SistruM) unDATA, Chem.

Murex undata, Chem. ; Murex margriticola, Broderip; Ricinwla
fiscellum, Homb. et Jacq,; Purpura muricina, Blainville.

Two specimens found, one very fair and slightly sea-worn ;
they do not differ from specimens from Central and Western
Pacific Islands.

8. RicinuLa (SistRUM) TUBERCULATA, Blainville.

Purpura tuberculata, Blainville.

Of the four specimens to hand one is evidently the variety
marginalba, common on the New South Wales coast.
9, Laurus sp. ?

Three sea-worn specimens resembling Z. Mowmeaensis, from
New Caledonia.

BY JOHN BRAZIER. 995

10. CoMINELLA ACUTINODOSA, Reeve.

Buccinum acutinodosum, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 4, fig. 21.

Six specimens of this species very much sea-worn, are in the
collection. I doubt its being a short variety of Cominella costata,
Quoy. In good living specimens of the former the nodules are acute
and sharp-pointed at the angle, and are never rounded except in
sea-worn examples.

Mr. Tryon is evidently of opinion that Comnella glandi-
forme, Reeve; C. Zealandica, Homb. et Jacq.; and C. lurida,
Phillippi, are synonyms ; but the actual species from New Zealand
show that they are quite distinct from C. acutinodosa, Reeve, from
Norfolk Island, originally given in Reeve, from the Cuming collec-
tion, as from South Australia. During my visit to Norfolk Island
in 1855, I collected a number of fine specimens under stones at
Sydney Bay, but collectors that have been there since have
apparently neglected to collect living examples.

11. Cominetia TritontFormis, Blainville.

Purpura Tritoniformis, Blainville ; Adamsia typica, Dunker,
P. Z.S. London, p. 357, 1856.

About twelve examples in fair condition, sea-worn ; the species
is very common in Port Jackson and on the coast of New South
Wales, also at Lord Howe Island.

I wish to call the attention of all Conchologists to the fact of
the larval state of this species being described as belonging to the
genus Sinusigera, d’Orb.=Cheletropis, Forbes. In fully adult
specimens of C@. T’ritoniformis, Bl., the apical whorls show
distinctly the claw or Stnusigera character ; the larval state
of Purpura succincta, Martyn, has been described as Simusigera.
An extensive series of both species of the Cominella and Purpura
from 3mm. upto 5, 10-20, show the apical structure of Stnusigera.

Mr. Tryon lumps Purpura neglecta, Angas, with Cominella
Tritoniformis as a synonym ; the apical or embryonic whorls of

996 ON A COLLECTION FROM NORFOLK ISLAND—MOLLUSCA,

Purpura neglecta are quite smooth, and have not the characters of
Sinusigera. The splendid figure given by De Blainville in the
“ Nouvelles Annales du Muséum,” pl. 8, fig. 18, of his Purpura
Tritonijormis, need never be mistaken for any other species ;
Dunker’s specific name of typicd must stand as a synonym.

12. Nassa (ALECTRION) SPIRATA, A. Ad. 4

Nassa spirata, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 106,
1851; Nassa spirata, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 2, fig. 13.

The specimens are in very good condition considering that they
were found on the beach ; the species is also found at Lord Howe
Island, and on the coast of New South Wales, at Broken Bay
and other places to the north.

13. Nassa (Hima) paupEerA, Gould.

Nassa paupera, Gould, Moll. Wilkes’ Expedition, fig. 330 ;
Nassa (Hima) rufocincta, Angas (non A. Adams).

The specimens are variable in colour, some being white,
yellowish-brown, reddish-brown, or spirally banded with brown
broken lines ; they are much stouter than those from Port Jackson
and the coast of New South Wales.

‘Mr. Angas in his list of Port Jackson Mollusca, quotes this
shell as Nassa rufocincta, A. Adams ; the Nassa rufocincta of A.
Adams is a synopym of WNassa versicolor, C. B. Adams, a
shell from Panama.

14. Voxura (Lyria) NucLEus, Lam.

Voluta nucleus, Lam. Ann. du Mus. No. 42; Anim. sans Vert.
Tome VIL, p. 348, No. 44, 1822 ; Voluta harpa, Mawe, Linnean
System of Conchology, p. 110, frontispiece, fig. 2, 1823; Voluta
pattersonia, Perry, Conchology, pl. 17, fig. 1, 1811; Voluta perdi-
cina, Schub. & Wag.

Twelve specimens to hand, six in a good state of preservation,
having that peculiar flesh brown colour, variegated and dotted with

BY JOHN BRAZIER. 997

brown markings; some are of a dark chestnut brown with two
faint transverse white lines in the form of dots. Voluta patter-
sonia of Perry, is an overdrawn figure of Voluta nucleus, Lam. ;
the locality he gives is New Holland. if Perry had been a good
authority on the subject of Conchology, his name might have
taken precedence of Lamarck and other authors, but he simply
ignored the works of other authors such as Linneeus, Chemnitz, de.

{5.? Mirra (Pusio) Festa, Reeve.

Mitra festa, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 36, fig. 303.

Specimens, sea-worn.

16. Mirra (Scaprico.a) sp. ?

Two specimens in fair condition,

17. Mare@IngeLLA (PERSICULA) PULCHELLA, Kiener.

Marginella pulchella, Kiener, Coq. Viv. pl. 9, fig. 40.

Seven specimens in very good condition ; itis quoted by authors
-as coming from Sydney, New South Wales ; it is not found with
us, but has been found at Ceylon by Mr. Geoffrey Nevill.

18. CoLUMBELLA VERSICOLOR, Sowerby.

Columbella versicolor, Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 110,
1832; Thes. Conch. Vol. I., p. 117, pl. 37, figs. 41-46; Colwm-
bella pertusa, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 26, fig. 161; Colwmbella
nivosa, Reeve, pl. 26, fig. 166.

About half a pint of specimens, some in very good condition,
others being beach-worn, and smaller than those from Australia,
Solomon Islands, New Caledonia, and other Pacitic Islands.

19. CoLUMBELLA PARDALINA, Lam.

Columbella pardalina, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. Vol. X., p. 270;
Columbellina Tyleri, Gray in Griffith’s Cuvier.

A very common species and variable in colour and markings ;
C. Tyleri of Gray runs into C. pardalina, Lam. ; it is also found
at Lord Howe Island and on the coast of New South Wales.

998 ON A COLLECTION FROM NORFOLK ISLAND—MOLLUSCA,

20. CoLUMBELLA (MITRELLA) sp. ?

One specimen very much sea-worn.

21. Prevrotoma (DriL.ia) sp. ?

Three sea-worn specimens ; they resemble Drillia Beraudiana,.
Crosse, from Port Jackson.

22. StromBus (GALLINULA) FLORIDUS, Lam.

Strombus floridus, Lam. Anim, sans Vert. 2nd edit. Vol. IX.,
p. 707; Strombus mutabilis, Swainson, Zool. [llust. pl. 71, fig. 1;
Strombus flammeus, Link ; Strombus flosculosus, Mirch ; Strombus
epimellus, Duclos.

Ten specimens in fair condition, although slightly beach-worn ;
it is also found at Lord Howe Island and along the east coast of
Australia. It is a very variable species both in colour and
marking, which accounts for its having been made into so many
species by the various authors quoted above.

23. CYPR4&A sp. ?

One single example in the volute or young state.

24, NaTICA AREOLATA, Récluz.

Natica areolata Récluz, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 206, 1843.
Four specimens in very good condition.

25. Natica sacitrata, Menke.

Natica sagittata, Menke, Moll. Novae Hollandiae, p. 10, No. 30,
1843 ; Natica marochiensis, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 197, 1867 ;
Brazier, ‘“‘Chevert” Expedition, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South
Wales, Vol. I., p. 236, No. 47.

A number of this very common species in very good condition
have come to hand.

=)
iio)
co

BY JOHN BRAZIER.

26. CAPULUS SUBRUFUS, Sowerby.

Hipponyx subrufa, Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Society, p. 5, 1835 ;
Thes. Conch. Vol. I., p. 370, pl. 73, figs. 21-22-23; Pileopsis
subrufus, Lam.

Six specimens very much worn; they answer in every respect to
living examples collected by myself in 1855-56.

27. Hipponyx AnTIQUATA, Linn.

Patella antiquata, Linn. 12th edit., p. 1259, No. 762.

A number of sea-worn specimens to hand ; the species is very
common on the coast of New South Wales. This may be the
Hipponyx foliacea of Quoy and Gaimard.

28. SorariuM (ToRINA) PERSPECTIVIUNCULUM, Chem.

Trochus perspectiviunculus variegatus, Chem. Conch. Cab. Vol.
V,, p. 134, pl. 173, figs. 1708-1709.

Two specimens found of the typical form, and one of the variety
Solarium depressa, Philippi=planulata, Hanley.

29. IANTHINA FRAGILIS, Lam.

Lanthina fragilis, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. p. 89.
One specimen of this very common form.

30. RISELLA sp. ?

Four sea-worn specimens; two species are recorded by Philippi
from Norfolk Island, namely, Risella flavescens and plicatula,
Philippi.

31. PuLANAxis (HINEA) MOLLIS, Sowerby.

Planaxis mollis, Sowerby, Genera of Shells, fig. 2, 1824; Buc-
cinum Brasilianum, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. Vol. VIL., p. 272, No.
32, 1822; Buccinum levigatum, Wood, Index Test. 1828; Planaais
pigra, Forbes, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 273, pl. 11, fig. 5; Planaxis
fulva, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 271, 1857; Planaxis
(Hinea) brasiliunus, K. A. Smith, Annals and Mag. of Natural
History, Vol. [X., fourth series, p. 46, No. 42, 1872.

1000 ON A COLLECTION FROM NORFOLK ISLANU—MOLLUSCA.

A number of living specimens in the collection. I collected a
large number when last at Norfolk Island in 1865.

It is very common on some parts of the coast of New South
Wales, at Bondi and Coogee Bays, and on the outer north head
of Port Jackson, Point Piper, Watson’s Bay, and Lord Howe
Island.

Lamarck’s name of Brasilianwm for this species is a misnomer,
the shell not having been found in Brazil. I believe the original
specimens that came into Lamarck’s hands from Madame Paterson
came from either Lord Howe Island, Norfolk Island, or New
South Wales.

32. NERITA MELANOTRAGUS, E. A. Smith.

Nerita atrata, Reeve (non Chemnitz) Conch. lcon. pl. fig. 16
a.b.; Nerita melanotragus, Sowerby, Thes. Conch. part 40,
p- 120 (Index), letter-press, pl. 3, fig. 41, 1883 ; Merita melano-
tragus, K. A. Smith, Zoology of H.MS. Alert, p. 69, No. 82,
June 1884; Nerita saturata, Hutton, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South
Wales, Vol. Il., part 2, read April 30, published August 19th,
1884; Nerita punctata, R. Boog Watson (non Quoy and Gaimard),
Zoology of H.M.S8. Challenger, Vol. XV., p. 132, No. 4; Merda
trata, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 175, No. 123, 1865.

One single sea-worn specimen is in the collection. I found
it very common under stones during 1855-1856, and again in
company with Mr. Brenchley in H.M.8. Curagoa in 1865,
Found by MacGillivray on Raoul or Sunday Island, Kermadec
Islands (Voyage of H.M.S. Herald).

The Rev. Boog Watson is evidently wrong when he asserts in
Vol. XV., Zoology of H.M.S. Challenger, p. 133, that Quoy and
Gaimard state Nerita punctuta came from New Holland. Quoy
and Gaimard state nothing of the sort; they distinctly say that their
specimens came from the Isle of France (Mauritius), and [I main-
tain that their Nerita punctata is distinct in every respect from
Nerita melanotragus, of E, A. Smith, our Port Jackson shell.
The Nerita punctata of Quoy and Gaimard, I have from

BY JOHN BRAZIER. 1001

the Mauritius; it is always covered with large white dots, a
character that is not to be found in WV. melanotragus. Professor
Hutton named it Verita saturata, but his paper was not published
until August 1884. Mr. Smith’s name, published in June 1884,
therefore, takes precedence.

33. NERITA ALBICILLA, Linn.

Nerita albicitla, Linn. Syst. Nat. 12th edit. p. 1254, No. 733.
One sea-worn specimen of this tropical species is in the col-

section.
34. BULLA AMPULLA, Linn.

Bulla ampulla, Linn. Syst. Nat. 12th edit. p. 1183, No. 378.
Six specimens in fair condition, they being of the smaller variety.

35.7 SIPHONARIA LIRATA, Reeve.

Siphonaria lirata, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. fig. 35, a.b.
The few specimens that are to hand come very near to S. lirata,

Reeve.
36. SIPHONARIA CORRUGATA, Reeve.

Siphonaria corrugata, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 6, fig. 31, a.b.
Seven specimens very badly sea-worn.

IV. INSECTA.

By A. SrpNEY OLLIFF.

Information, however meagre, concerning the fauna of so
remote a spot as Norfolk Island must of necessity prove highly
interesting, more particularly to the geographical naturalist. 1
have, therefore, drawn up a list of the coleoptera obtained by Mr.
Millington adding references to a few species previously recorded
from the island. That this list is incomplete I feel assured, as.
some of the species (e.g. Enicodes Fichteli, and among the butter-
flies, Papilio amphiaraus) obtained during the early settlement of
the island appear to have been confused with collections from the

1002 ON A COLLECTION FROM NORFOLK ISLAND

INSECTA,

Australian Continent and are consequently recorded from wrong
localities ; the descriptions too are scattered in various publica-
tions, many of them difficult of access.

With regard to the zoo-geography of the island I would remark
that, as far as the insects are concerned, all the evidence points to
a near affinity to the Australian sub-region. Although admitting
the preponderance of Australian types, Mr. Wallace,* relying
upon the evidence afforded by its bird-fauna, considers Norfolk
Island, as well as Lord Howe Island, to belong to the New
Zealand subregion chiefly on account of the presence of certain New
Zealand genera which are incapable of long flights. Among the
Coleoptera the most conspicuous genera—Lamprima, Chiroplatys,
Melobasis, Toxeutes—are all characteristically Australian, and
Metisopus, the only endemic genus as yet described, is certainly
allied to Australian groups. In fact the only typical New Zea-
land form is Xyloteles, a genus of longicorns, which is represented
by two closely allied species. The occurrence of Hnicodes, a
remarkable New Caledonian form, is particularly suggestive, and
the presence of two apparently endemic species of Cossonide is
also interesting as it goes to prove that the tendency of the family
for insular habitats, so noticeable in the fauna of the Atlantic
islands, is also observable in the Pacific ; that islands afford condi-
tions especially favourable to the development of these insects
appears to be undoubted.

COLEOPTERA.

The following is a complete list of the Coleoptera of which I
have authentic information; those not represented in Mr.
Millington’s collection are distinguished by an asterisk :—

CARABIDA.

CHLAENIUS PEREGRINUS.

Chlaenius peregrinus, Laferté, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1851,
p. 247.

*Geographical Distribution of Animals, Vol. I., p. 453.

BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF. 1003

An abundant species on the Eastern side of the Australian
‘Continent ; also found in Lord Howe Island.

DIAPHOROMERUS IRIPENNIS.

Diaphoromerus (Harpalus) iripennis, Chaudoir, Bull. Mose.
1843, p. 105.

Apparently abundant ; it is common in Queensland, and I have
recently seen it from Lord Howe Island.

STAPHYLINIDA.

CREOPHILUS ERYTHROCEPHALUS.

Staphylinus erythrocephalus, Fabricius ; see antea p. 492.
Widely distributed throughout Australia and extending as far
as New Caledonia, Tonga, &e.

NITIDULID/.
LASIODACTYLUS CALVUS, sp.n.

Ovate, about twice as long as broad, dark fuscous, somewhat shin-
ing, very sparingly and finely pubescent ; prothorax and elytra with
the margins ferruginous ; elytra seriate-punctate, with two testa-
ceous markings at the base, and one on each side of the suture
before the middle.

Head finely and irregularly punctured. Antennee ferruginous.
Prothorax at the base about twice as broad as long, slightly emar-
ginate and narrower in front, finely and closely punctured ;
anterior angles obtuse ; the sides arcuate ; the posterior angles
very slightly produced. Scutellum transverse, somewhat pointed
behind, finely and not very closely punctured. Elytra about twice
as long as the prothorax, rather finely seriate-punctate, the inter-
stices broad and finely punctured ; each elytron with two reddish
testaceous spots at the base, one near the scutellum and one at
the shoulder, and another less distinct spot on the fourth series of
punctures ; shoulders not very prominent; sides arcuately nar-
rowed behind. Legs reddish testaceous. Length 4mm. ; greatest
width 24 mm. ;

1004 ON A COLLECTION FROM NORFOLK ISLAND—INSECTA,

This species appears to be more nearly allied to the Ceramese-
Lastodactylus stelidotoides* than any other species, but its more
finely punctured and feebly emarginate prothorax, pale-coloured legs,
and the different sculpture of its elytra will readily distinguish it.

TROGOSITID A.

* LEPERINA TURBATA.

Leperina turbata, Pascoe, Journ. Entom. II. p. 29 (1863);
Olliff, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., X., p.705 (1885).

There is a single example of this species from Norfolk Island
in the Macleay Museum.

LUCANID A.

LAMPRIMA AENFA.

Lethrus aenea, Fabr. ; Schreibers, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., VI.,
p- 185, pl. 20, fig. 1 (1802) ; Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., X.,
p. 130 (1885).

Of this species, which according to Mr. Macleay is peculiar to.
the island, only female specimens were obtained.

DYNASTIDA.

CHIROPLATYS LISSUS, n.sp.

Elongate, castaneous, shining, very convex ; prothorax smooth,
finely margined at the sides; elytra obscurely punctate-striate,
strongly punctured at the apex ; pygidium finely aciculate.

Head finely rugulose in front, smooth behind; clypeus with a
strongly reflexed margin. Antenne castaneous. Prothorax nearly
a third broader than long, slightly narrowed behind ; the anterior
margin and the sides reflexed; the posterior angles rounded.

*Olliff, Entom., XVI., p. 99 (1883). The wood-cut which accompanies the
description gives a very inadequate idea of the shape of the prothorax ; it
is too much narrowed in front, and the depth of the frontal emargination,
and the width of the margins are not sufficiently indicated. The left side
of the figure is tolerably accurate in outline,

BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF. 1005

Scntellum smooth, slightly depressed in the middle, rounded
behind. Elytra with the sutural stria strongly marked, extending
to just before the apex, the discal striz somewhat obscured,
abbreviated posteriorly, those at the sides almost obsolete, the
interstices broad, impunctate ; the apex of each elytron strongly,
irregularly, and sparingly punctured. Underside pale castaneous ;
‘the sterna rather thickly clothed with long silky pubescence.
, Legs castaneous, tibize and tarsi pitchy. In the female, which
is the only sex known to me, the anterior tibiz are tridentate, and
the others bicarinate. Length 18-23 mm.
In the absence of the male the generic identification of this
species cannot be regarded as certain, but I have little doubt that
its position is not far removed from Chiroplatys latipes, Guérin.

Four Q specimens.

BUPRESTID Ai.

MELOBASIS PURPURASCENS.

Melobasis purpurascens, Fabricius, Syst. El., II., p. 217.
Four examples.

ELATERID A.

MOoNOCREPIDIUS STRIATUS.
Monocrepidius striatus, Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S.W., IT.,
p- 252 (1872).
Three specimens which appear to be identical with the type of

this Gayndah species.
MONOCREPIDIUS, sp.

Two abraded specimens of a species closely allied to Jf. streatus.

D ICTENIOPHORUS RAMIFER.

Ludius ramifer, Eschscholtz, Thon. Arch., II., p. 34.

A single ¢ specimen agreeing in every respect with this common
Australian form.

64

1006 ON A COLLECTION FROM NORFOLK ISLAND—INSECTA,

BOSTRY CHIDAi.

RHIZOPERTHA, Sp.

Two damaged specimens of a species allied to Rhizopertha
collaris, Erichson.

TENEBRIONID.,

HopaTRUM INSULANUM, sp.n.

Broadly ovate, moderately convex, black, opaque, extremely
finely and sparingly pubescent; prothorax finely and closely
rugose-punctate, the anterior angles not very prominent; elytra
obscurely punctate-striate, finely rugulose.

Head broadly transverse, finely and closely rugose-punctate,
somewhat impressed in front, the anterior margin rather strongly
emarginate ; the sides strongly produced in front of the eyes.
Antenne pitchy red, finely pubescent. Prothorax short, strongly
emarginate in front; the sides strongly rounded and somewhat
reflexed ; the posterior margin bisinuate. Scutellum rounded
behind, irregularly punctured. Elytra punctate-striate, the inter-
stices broad, slightly convex, and finely rugulose ; the humeral
angles rounded, not prominent. Underside piceous, somewhat
shining, moderately closely and irregularly punctured. Legs
black, tarsi reddish testaceous. Length 8 mm.

This species has the ordinary facies of Hopatrum and appears
to be abundant. It is not unlike the Queensland H. Masters,
Macleay, but is more ovate, slightly more convex, and much less
conspicuously pubescent.

METISOPUS PURPUREIPENNIS.

Metisopus purpureipennis, F. Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1873, p. 371.

Described originally from Norfolk Island, where it is probably
endemic.

BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF. 1007

CURCULIONIDS.
OcYNOMA RHYSA, sp.n.

Fuscous, moderately convex, thickly clothed with greenish grey
seales ; prothorax about as long as broad, with an impression on
each side of the middle; elytra seriate-punctate, the interstices
interrupted posteriorly with moderately conspicuous nodiform
elevations.

Head finely punctured, closely pubescent, slightly impressed
between the eyes ; rostrum indistinctly carinulate in the middle ;
eyes round, very prominent. Antenne finely pubescent; funi-
culus with the 2nd joint rather longer than the Ist, the others
gradually decreasing in length. Prothorax rather more narrowed
in front than behind, rather strongly punctured, closely covered
with fine scales and pubescence, with an indistinct raised median
line. Elytra considerably broader than the prothorax, thickly
covered with fine scales and pubescence, rather strongly seriate-punc-
tate, the interstices moderately broad: each elytron provided near
the apex with six or seven moderately distinct nodiform eleva-
tions ; these elevations vary somewhat in position (in the specimen
before me those on one elytron do not correspond precisely with
those on the other), but they appear to be confined to the 3rd, 5th,
6th, and 7th interstices. Underside clothed with ashy scales
and pubescence. Legs sparingly covered with squamose scales.
Length 54 mm.

I have experienced considerable difficulty in fixing the position
of this species owing to the want of material for dissection ; it
agrees, however, with Ocynoma, a genus only known to me from
description, in the absence of ocular lobes, the great length of the
scape, and other essential characters. In facies it is not unlike
some of the smaller species of Perperus.

A single specimen.

1008 ON A COLLECTION FROM NORFOLK ISLAND—INSECTA,

PsEPHOLAX PascoEl, sp.n.

Elongate, somewhat narrowed both in front and behind, black,
shining; prothorax strongly narrowed in front, moderately
strongly punctured ; elytra tuberculose at the base, rather strongly
seriate-punctate, the interstices strongly raised ; each elytron with
three ridges of short erect pubescence at the apex.

Head and rostrum finely, closely, and irregularly punctured ;
the latter short and broad; eyes oval, not very prominent.
Antenne rather short, pitchy red. Prothorax about one-third
broader than long, much narrower and slightly constricted in
front, moderately strongly, irregularly, and not very closely punc-
tured, a small patch of yellowish scales at the base; the anterior
margin very slightly emarginate in the middle. Elytra trans-
versely impressed near the base, about two and a half times as
long as the prothorax, nearly parallel-sided for two-thirds of their
length, seriate-punctate, the base closely covered with minute
spiniform tubercles, the interstices raised, those on the disc having
a serrate structure ; the sides clothed with long fulvous pubescence :
each elytron provided near the apex of the Ist, 3rd, and 5th
interstice with a ridge of erect black pubescence. Legs black ;
posterior femora thickly clothed both internally and externally

with stiff fulvous pubescence. Length 11-12 mm.

A very distinct species representing a genus confined to Austra-
lia and New Zealand. I have dedicated it to Mr. F. P. Pascoe
who has made known three Australian forms; of these Psepholax
egerius appears to have some aftinity to the present species.

EUTHYRRHINUS MEDITABUNDUS.

Euthyrrhinus meditabundus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 139.

A common and widely distributed species which is also founc
in Lord Howe Island.

BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF. 1009

PENTARTHRUM MILLINGTONI, sp.n.

Subfusiform, cylindrical, black, shining; rostrum moderately
strongly constricted near the base; prothorax very long; elytra
obscurely striate-punctate, interstices moderately broad, finely

punctured.

Head rather finely and sparingly punctured; rostrum rather
long, more closely punctured than the head. Antenne dark
reddish testaceous, the Ist joint of the funiculus rather longer
than the succeeding ones. Prothorax about twice as long as
broad, slightly constricted in front, rather finely and closely punc-
tured ; the sides moderately strongly rounded. Elytra moderately
convex, the strize somewhat impressed; the sides rounded
behind. Legs not very robust, black; the tarsi inclining to
reddish testaceous. Length 5-6 mm.

Mount Pitt ; three specimens.

PENTARTHRUM NEPEANIANUM, Sp.n.

Elongate, rather strongly convex, black, somewhat shining ;
prothorax very coarsely and closely punctured; elytra rather
strongly striate-punctate, interstices rather broad, extremely
finely and sparingly punctured.

Head rather finely and moderately closely punctured ; rostrum
short, somewhat narrowed in front, as finely and closely punctured
as the head. Antenne piceous, with the intermediate joints
pitchy red; the scape somewhat thickened at the extremity.
Prothorax about twice as long as broad, narrowed in front, very
strongly and rather closely punctured; the sides somewhat
rounded. Elytra moderately long and convex, the striz rather
deeply impressed, the interstices broad, extremely finely punctured
and somewhat dull. Legs robust, pitchy red; the tarsi reddish
testaceous. Leugth 4 mm.

This very distinct species, which is from Nepean Island, and the
foregoing species from Norfolk Island proper, may ultimately

1010 oN A COLLECTION FROM NORFOLK ISLAND—INSECTA,

prove to be distinct from Pentarthrum, but as they go very well
into that genus in its wider sense I have not thought it uecessary
to separate them at present. In the absence of the allied genera
for comparison, it is scarcely advisable to add to the already too
numerous divisions of the Cossonidz.

CERAMBYCID.

TOXEUTES RASILIS, sp.n.

Elongate, depressed, brown, somewhat shining ; mandibles very
prominent ; prothorax with two short acute spines on each side ;
the elytra finely, sparingly and irregularly punctured.

Head longitudinally impressed in the middle, strongly and
rather sparingly punctured on the disc, rugose near and behind
the eyes; mandibles very prominent, incurved, closely punc-
tured. Antenne about two thirds the length of the body,
scape extending just beyond the posterior margin of the eye.
Prothorax broadly transverse, somewhat depressed and rather
strongly punctured in the middle, the disc on each side
with a large, shining, obscurely punctured space, beyond
this rather strongly rugose; the sides with two short acute
spines, the first straight, the other either straight or (in large
specimens) slightly curved. Scutellum rounded behind, obscurely
punctured at the base. Elytra with the ridges indistinct, finely,
sparingly, and irregularly punctured ; the sides somewhat rounded ;
the sutural angle produced behind into a short spine. | Underside
with the abdominal segments devoid of pubescence, shining,
extremely finely and sparingly punctured, Legs finely punctured.
Length 28-37 mm.

As far as can be judged from the description this species appears
to agree with Z'oxeutes punctatissimus, Thomson, in the absence of
rugosity at the base of the elytra and in having the thoracic spines
short and not strongly recurved ; it differs, however, in its finely
and sparingly punctured elytra, &. From JZ’ arcuatus, Fabr.,.
which I have seen from Albany, West Australia, as well as from
Tasmania, it is also distinguished by its less parallel-sided elytra,
and smooth abdominal segments.

BY A. SIDNEY OLLIFF. 1011

CERESIUM SIMPLEX.

Stenochorus simplex, Gyllenhal, Schén. Syst. Ins., App. I.,
p. 178. :

A widely distributed and variable species ; it is found in Aus-
tralia, and in the Pacific Islands it ranges from the Philippines to
New Zealand, having been known to occur in Manila, Samoa,
Tahiti, and Lord Howe Island.

DIoTIMA UNDULATA.

Diotima undulata, Pascoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (2), V., p. 58,
pl. 2, fig. 9.

This species is found in Queensland on Araucaria Cunninghami ;
in Norfolk Island it confines itself to the allied Norfolk Island

Pine, A. excelsa.
DyYSTHAETA NAEVIA, Sp.n.

Fuscous, moderately convex, closely covered with cinereous
pubescence ; prothorax with a conspicuous tubercle on each side
of the middle; elytra obscurely variegated with fuscous, a
tubercle on each side at the base.

Head densely pubescent, with a strongly marked median
line. Antenne fuscous, about as long as the body, the basal
joint short, thickened towards the apex, joints 3-11 with
the bases clothed with grey pubescence. Prothorax distinctly
transverse, densely pubescent, with a stout lateral tooth in the
middle, a conspicuous tubercle on each side of the middle just
before the lateral teeth. Scutellum rounded behind, densely
pubescent. Elytra at the base much broader than the prothorax,
narrowed behind, the apex entire, very coarsely and sparingly
punctured on the basal half, almost impunctate posteriorly, a few
minute tubercles mixed with the punctures near the base; each
elytron with a conspicuous tubercle in the middle near the base.
Underside ferruginous, closely and finely pubescent. Legs clothed
with cinereous pubescence ; tibiae fuscous at the base. Length
15-17 mm.

1012 ON A COLLECTION FROM NORFOLK ISLAND—INSECTA,

A very distinct species intermediate in form between the closely
allied genera Dysthaeta and Oricopis ; it agrees with D. anomala,
Pascoe, in sculpture and in having the prothoracic tubercles simple,
but is less narrowed behind and has a single conspicuous tubercle
at the base of each elytron; in colour and marking it is very
distinct.

XYLOTELES PATTESONI, sp.n.

Elongate, sub-cylindrical, narrowed both in front and behind,
pitchy brown, shining, with a coppery tinge; prothorax with a
spot of yellowish pubescence in the middle on each side; elytra
striate, clothed with fine grey pubescence, sparingly punctured at
the base.

Head extremely finely punctured, finely pubescent, with a
distinct median line. Antenne pitchy, finely pubescent, the bases
of the joints inclining to reddish testaceous. Prothorax slightly
longer than broad, with a few fine scattered punctures, and two
deeply impressed transverse lines, one near the anterior margin the
other near the base. Scutellum thickly covered with fine yellowish
pubescence. Elytra considerably narrowed behind, rather obscurely
striate, the interstices extremely finely rugulose-punctate, a few
large irregular punctures at the base. Underside shining. Legs
pitchy, finely pubescent, the tips of the tibize and the tarsi paler.
Length 7-12 mm.

This species is closely allied to Yyloteles griseus, Fabricius, but
differs in having the punctures at the base of the elytra much less
numerous and more irregular ; it varies greatly in size.

Three specimens.
XYLOTELES SELWYNI, sp.n.

Elongate, pitchy, tinged with green, extremely finely and
sparingly pubescent ; prothorax with an impressed transverse line
near the base ; elytra extremely finely and sparingly punctured,
the sutural stria deeply impressed, the others obscured.

Head very finely and sparingly punctured, somewhat impressed
in the middle, a distinct median line. Antenne pitchy, the

BY A, SIDNEY OLLIFF. 1015

basal joint robust, the others with the bases finely pubescent and
inclining to reddish testaceous. Prothorax longer than broad,
with a few extremely fine scattered punctures; a transverse
_ impressed line just behind the anterior margin, and another
considerably before the base ; an indistinct median line. Scu-
tellum large, rounded behind, thickly covered with fine grey
pubescence. Elytra narrowed behind, with a few fine punctures
chiefly near the base and along the suture. Underside somewhat
shining. Legs robust, pitchy, and finely pubescent. Length
13 mm.

A single specimen of this very distinct species was found under
bark.

Enicopes FICHTELI.

Cerambyz Fichtelii, Schreibers, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., VL,
‘p. 200, pl. 21, fig. 9 (1802); Lacordaire, Gen. Col., pl. 102, fig. 1.

A series of specimens, of which the males vary from 17-30 and
the females from 18-21 mm. in length, agreeing in every parti-
cular with this species. There an be little doubt that the
original male specimen of H#. Fichteli, described in great detail by
Dr. Schreibers, was from Norfolk Island. Whether the form
recorded from New Caledonia by M. Montrouzier is really identical
with #. Fichteli | am not in a position to decide ; the only species
from that locality with which I am acquainted is #. Montrouziert.
As far as I am aware £. Fichteli does not occur on the Australian
‘Continent.

CHRYSOMELID.

CoLaspPIS sp.

Two imperfect specimens.

LEPIDOPTERA.

The lepidoptera obtained by Mr. Millington comprise five species
of butterflies, four heterocera, and a few unrecognisable specimens.
The species are as follows :—Danais plexippus, Linn., Pyrameis
itea, Fabr., Diadema bolina, Linn., Pieris java, Sp., Papilio

1014 ON A SMALL ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTION FROM NORFOLK ISLAND.

amphiaraus, Feld., Protoparce convolvuli, Linn. (var. distans, Btl.),
Deiopeia pulchella, Linn., Achaea melicerte, Dr., and Acidalia
rubraria, Dbl. Of these P. ztea is found in Australia and New
Zealand, P. amphiaraus (ilioneus, Don.) in New Caledonia, P.
java in the Malay Archipelago, A. melicerte and A. rubraria in
Australia and Eastern Asia, and D. bolina has a wide distribution
in the Pacific; the others are ubiquitous. With regard to P.
amphiaraus I would here point out that we have no evidence of
its presence on the mainland of Australia ; the specimens recorded
by Donovan and others were probably obtained from Norfolk
Island.

The Orthoptera are represented by a few obscure species,
mostly in bad condition, belonging to the genera Blatta, Acheta
(probably A. australis, Linn.), Locusta, and Phaneroptera ; the,
Neuroptera by Chrysopa, and the Homoptera by a small black
Cicada which I have not been able to identify.

ON A NEW PIJFELUS FROM THE BLUE MOUNTAINS.

By A. Srpney Ou.irr, F.E.S., AnD HENRy PRINCE.
(Plate xxxIx).

In this paper we have drawn up a description of the finely
coloured Hepialid which was exhibited at the June meeting of this
Society. The specimen was found at rest on a treestump at Lawson,
in the Blue Mountains, at an elevation of 2,400 feet above the sea
level, and had evidently only just emerged from the pupa as the
empty case was seen projecting from its subterranean burrow at
no great distance. The specimen appears to be a typical male
Pielus belonging to a very distinct new species. We propose to
call it P. emperialis.

HEPIALID.

PIELUS IMPERIALIS, Sp.n.

6 Antenne reddish brown ; palpi bright red. Head and thorax
brick-red, the latter brownish in front; abdomen tinged with
_purple. Forewing bright brick-red, inclining to brownish red near
the hind-margin, with a longitudinal series of large bright silver
spots on the disc, extending from near the base to just beyond the
extremity of the discoidal cell, and an oblique band of narrow
elongate silvery spots, near and parallel to the hind-margin, which
does not attain the extremity of the wing; the discal band
composed of four irregular markings, the one nearest the base very
elongate and bi-constricted, the second somewhat oblique, the last
about twice as long as the third which is situated below the internal
apical angle of the cell; the hind-marginal band interrupted and
somewhat incurved in the middle, the markings closely contiguous.
Hindwing dull brownish red, brighter along the veins, tinged
with bright purple at the base. Underside dull brownish red, all
the wings thickly pubescent and purplish near the base. Expanse
of wings 135 mm. ; length of body 52 mm.
Lawson, New South Wales (2,400 feet) ; in December, 1886.

1016 ON A NEW PIELUS FROM THE BLUE MOUNTAINS.

In the simple pectinate structure of the antenne and in all
other essential characters this species agrees with Pielus hya-
linatus, Herr. Sch., but its brilliant colour and conspicuous mark-
ings will distinguish it at once from all the known members of
the genus.

A female specimen,* measuring 182 mm., obtained at Katoomba,
about eight miles from Lawson, in February, 1884, is probably
the female of the form described above ; it is without markings
and is of a tawny brownish red colour, faintly tinged with pur-
plish on the abdomen and at the bases of the hind wings.

* Both the g and ? specimens were collected by Mr. Prince.

NOTES ON MR. FROGGATT’S COLLECTIONS MADE
DURING THE YEAR 1387, IN THE) VICINITY OF
DERBY, KING’S SOUND, N. W. AUSTRALIA.

By Wituram Macteay, F.LS., &c.

Mr. Froggatt, the well-known New Guinea Explorer, left Sydney
in March last, for King’s Sound, with the intention of spending a
year, in making a collection for the Macleay Museum of the
zoological productions of that part of Australia.

Since his departure I have received from him two consignments
of specimens ; the first of them was briefly noticed at our meeting
of June last, the other only just received, is now noticed for the
first time. I propose in the following notes to give a general
sketch of both these collections, in order, so far as they will admit,
to give some idea of the character of the fauna of that almost
unknown portion of Australia. The Fauna of Port Darwin and
its neighbourhood has of late years been pretty well investigated,
but that lies nearly 500 miles north of King’s Sound and in a
very different description of country, while to the south the
nearest point until lately visited by naturalists is Nicol
Bay, some hundreds of miles distant. My anticipations there-
fore of finding a widely different fauna with some approach
to that. of the Dutch East Indian Archipelago, were not
altogether unreasonable. The result, however, is quite the opposite.
A more thoroughly characteristic Australian Fauna there cannot be.
The species are many of them, I may say mostly, new, but they are
all of Australian forms and genera, and with one or two exceptions
present nothing striking. These observations are general and
apply to all the animal divisions, but it is only among the insect

1018 NOTES ON THE FAUNA OF KING’S SOUND,

orders that I can speak with certainty, because it is only of them
that the collection is sufliciently extensive to admit of tolerably
satisfactory evidence. The country actually collected over by
Mr. Froggatt is limited to a few miles round Derby, and I am
enabled by means of a good geological map of the district sent to
me by Mr. Froggatt, to give some idea of the character of the
country. The coast on the east side of King’s Sound is low and
swampy, bounded eastwards by ‘“ Pindan” sands and gravels, a
pliocene formation which extends inlands for upwards of 60 miles,
and is backed by limestone ranges of the carboniferous period.
Beyond these ranges and from 100 to 150 miles from Derby, the
hills are more elevated and consist of metamorphic schists and
quartzite, with occasional outbursts of basalt. Along the course
of the rivers and rivulets falling into the Sound, are wide deposits
of alluvium and river gravel, and large patches of a similar
alluvium are found spread throughout the “ Pindan,” which
occupies the undulating country lying between the rivers. Through-
out the ‘ Pindan,” occasional hills of carboniferous sandstone
grits and conglomerates crop out. It may be inferred from this
that the country for a long way inland from King’s Sound is of a
dry character, with a far from luxuriant vegetation, and as a

necessary result, not very rich in animal life.

Notwithstanding this the collection of insects is very large and
very interesting, and the great preponderance of very minute
species bears testimony to the skill and diligence of the collector.

The unusual numbers of some groups of Coleopterous insects,
with the paucity of others, generally the most numerous in other
parts of Australia, is certainly the most striking thing about this
collection. Out of a total of 334 species of Coleoptera in the
collection received a few weeks ago, there are 87 species of
Carabide, or more than 3, a most unusual proportion, and of them
all but about eight are ground beetles. There are 32 species of

BY WILLi:AM MACLEAY, F.L.S., ETC. 1019

water-beetles, and 24 of Staphylinida, both far above the Australian
average. The Lamellicornes number only 17 species, all with the
exception of one Z’rox, very ordinary looking things; no Oetoniide
_and no Rutelide. The absence of Luprestide is still more notice-
able, Stigmodera Duboulayi, Saund., being the only representative
of that thoroughly Australian and almost universally prevalent
genus. The Sternoxi generally are very few, the Malacoderms
fewer. 'The Heteromera are few and not in any way remarkable ;
the Curculionide are chiefly very minute, and decidedly under the
usual numerical proportion to other insects. There are only 16
species of Longicornes, all common forms. The Phytophagous
Tetramera are numerous enough. The anomalous character of the
collection must not however be too readily accepted as an index
of the fauna. Various circumstances may account for the absence
of some groups and the prevalence of others; for instance, the
paucity of the Buprestide and anthophilous Lamellicornes may be
owing to the season of the year being unsuitable; the end of the
rainy season is generally looked upon as the proper time for the
appearance of these insects. Again, the disproportionate number of
Carabide such as Clivina, Bembidium, Trechus, and of water-beetles
and Staphyiinide may only show that Mr. Froggatt had chiefly
collected during the dry season on the alluvial banks of the
streams near the coast.

I may state that, as far as I can judge from present observa-
tions, quite one-third of the species are new. The Lepidop-
tera—chiefly diurnal—more resemble those of New South Wales
than of Nerth Australia; the beautiful butterflies of Northern
Queensland of Papuan affinity are entirely absent, the only Papilio
being Sthenelus,and Pieris Teutoniais apparently the most common
species. The only novelties are Danais Petilia and chrysippus.
The Orthoptera are few in number, but seem entirely different
from those of Eastern and Northern Australia; and indeed the
same may be said of the Hemiptera, Hymenoptera, and Diptera ;
but the collection in these orders is very limited in numbers.

1020 NOTES ON THE FAUNA OF KING’S SOUND.

Of Mollusca thereareabout 20 species of land and freshwater shells
of the usual genera, but the species new. There are also in the
collection a great variety of other invertebrates in tubes which I
have not yet examined. The mammals of this collection were
exhibited by Mr. Masters at our last meeting. The birds are few
in number, and of the usual West Australian species. The
Reptilia are interesting and peculiar. The snakes comprised six
species—WVardoa Gilbertt, Gray ; Dipsas n.sp., Brachysoma simale,
Macleay; Pseudechis Darwiniensis, Macleay; Diemenia n.sp.,
Acanthophis sp. (2). The Lizards are Varanus Gouldii and punctatus,
Chlamydosawrus Kingii, Physignathus Gilberti; five species of
Amphibolurus ; five species of Lygosoma, a new Cyclodus, Able-
pharus Boutoniit, Delma Fraseri, and six species of Geckotide.
Tine River Fishes consisted of three species of Therapon, Aristeus sp.,
Belone sp., Gobius sp., Chatoessus Hrebi, and Toxotes jaculator.

DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW FISHES FROM PORT
JACKSON.

By E. Pierson Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &c., anp J. Douctas OGILBY.
(Notes from the Australian Museum.)

TRIPTERYGIUM ANNULATUM, sp.nov.
Dies ioiiog Ag LG sve. Jb. do. C. Voredah, 33. Ltrs"

Length of the head three and four-fifths to four, of caudal fin
five and three-fifths to five and four-fifths, of pectoral fin three and
a half, height of body beneath the origin of the second dorsal five
and a fourth in the total length. The eye is situated in the
upper half of the head and just touches the dorsal profile, its
diameter is two-sevenths of the length of the head, and about five-
sixths of that of the snout, which is oblique and slightly concave,
whereas the occiput is flat. The interorbital space is also slightly
coneave, and is three-sevenths of the diameter of the eye. The
cleft of the mouth is almost horizontal, the upper jaw being the
longer, and the maxilla extending to the front margin of the eye.
A short simple fleshy tentacle above the middle of the eye. Villi-
form teeth on the jaws, vomer, and palate, with an enlarged row
in front on the jaws. The first dorsal fin commences above the
middle of the opercle, and is subequal in height to the two others;
the second dorsal commences a little behind the base of the
pectoral, and is sub-continuous with the first, while the third com-
mences above the eighth anal ray, and is separated from the

*Counting obliquely backwards from the origin of the third dorsal to the
base of the anal fin,
65

1022 DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW FISHES FROM PORT JACKSON,

second by an appreciable interspace. In the first and second
dorsal fins the rays are simple, but in the third all are articulated,
as also are those of the anal fin with the exception of the first,
which is simple: the middle pectoral rays are the longest, slightly
longer than the head: caudal fin rounded. The lateral line is
interrupted opposite the termination cf the second dorsal fin.
Colors—red; the head is much darker than the body; base of
the pectoral fin dark bluish-black; many of the scales, especially
those above the lateral line, with a transverse dusky streak. <A
conspicuous black band round the free part of the tail. Dorsal
fins, especially the first and second, dusky.

Two examples of this pretty little fish, the larger of which is
just an inch and a half in length, were obtained early in the
present month beneath stones between tidemarks at Vaucluse by
Mr. Edward McIntosh, who brought them in a fresh state to the
Museum.

CoNGROMURHNA LONGICAU DA, Sp.nov.

DPT PASM G2 CHO:

Length of the head two and a half in the distance between the
end of the snout and the vent; length of the trunk five-eighths of
that of the tail. The cleft of the mouth is slightly oblique, it
extends backwards to beneath the anterior third of the orbit, and
the distance between it and the tip of the snout is two and four-
fifths of the length of the head. The eye is of moderate size, its
diameter being contained five and a quarter times in the length of
the head, and one and a half in that of the snout; the bony inter-
orbital space is flat and narrow, three-eighths of the diameter of
the eye; the upper jaw extends considerably beyond the lower,
and its upper profile is slightly convex. The lips arethin. Teeth
in the jaws in several rows, the outer one of which is acute, those
behind them being obtuse or even granulose; vomerine teeth
extending backwards fully two-thirds of the length of the maxil-
lary band, in about six rows and granulose. The dorsal fin com-
mences opposite the middle of the pectoral, which is one-third of

BY E. P, RAMSAY, F.R.S.E., ETC., AND J. DOUGLAS OGILBY. 1023

the length of the head. Theanal commences beneath the fortieth
dorsal ray. Colors—uniform pale brownish-yellow; the vertical
fins grey with a narrow black margin; irides silvery.

The specimen from which the above description has been drawn
up, was picked out from among a number of small eels from the
Parramatta River brought by the prawn fishers to the Sydney
market, and is eleven and a quarter inches in length. The greater
length of its tail distinguishes it at once from C. habenata, in
which the tail and trunk are subequal

1024 CORRECTION OF CERTAIN ERRORS IN PREVIOUS PAPERS.

NOTE IN CORRECTION OF CERTAIN ERRORS IN
PREVIOUS PAPERS.

By Dr. Ramsay AnD J. DouGuas OGILBY.

(Notes from the Australian Museum.)

In the description of Pteroplatea australis (P.L.S.N.S.W. X.
p. 575) the following passage occurs:—“Tail . . . without
spine or rudimentary fin.” Of three specimens received since the
publication of this description (Oct. 1885) two plainly show the
rudimentary fin, and one, the largest (37 inches across disk),
possesses a short spine in addition. No other differences are
however discernible, and the presence or absence of an organ in a
rudimentary and evidently gradually disappearing state cannot
alone be held to be sufficient to justify the specific, much less the
generic, separation of these fishes.

In P.L.S.N.S.W. I. (2), p. 151, we described a small Corts from
the New Hebrides under the name of C’. variegata. Having subse-
quently ascertained that Bennett (Fish. Ceylon pl. XX.) gives a
very fair representation of our fish as Labrus awreo-maculatus,
our name necessarily lapses, and the species must in future be
known as Coris aureo-maculata. It is necessary, however, to
mention that Dr. Giinther considers Bennett’s fish to be the
same as Lacépéde’s Labrus cingulum, while Mr. Day goes even
further and unites that author’s C. aygula with his C. cingulum,
the former name having the priority.

In the description of Carcharias macrurus (l.c., p. 163) it
is stated that ‘the space between the dorsal fins is rather
more than one-third of the distance between the end of the
second and the base of the caudal ;” this should of course have
been *. . . . rather more than three times, . . . .”

JOTTINGS FROM THE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY
OF SYDNEY UNIVERSITY.

By Wiuiam A. Haswett, M.A., D.Sc.

8. Norges on Z’mesipteris AND Psilotwm.

These two remarkable genera are made by Goebel in his “ Out-
lines of Classification and Special Morphology of Plants” (English
translation, 1887, p. 282), to constitute a separate division,
the Psilotacew, of the Lycopodine. The two genera, though
differing a good deal superficially, are yet in essential points
nearly allied, and quite distinctly separated off from the true Club-
Mosses.

Tmesipteris tannensis, Bernh., is found growing most commonly
on the stems of species of tree-fern (Alsophila and Dicksonia)
sometimes on the ground, in New South Wales and Tasmania. It
occurs also in Queensland, Victoria, New Zealand, and the Pacific
Islands. The following is the definition of the genus given by
Bentham and Mueller in the ‘“ Flora Australiensis.”*

“Stems simple, leafy. Leaves vertical, sessile and decurrent,
entire, intermixed with leafy bracts bipartite on a short petiole.
Spore-cases usually two together, united into a capsule-lke sorus,
sessile on the petiole of the bracts, transversely oblong, flattened,
two-celled and didymous or 2-lobed, opening loculicidally in two
valves. Spores minute, uniform.”

*Vol. VII. p. 680.

1026 JoTTINGS FROM BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY, SYDNEY UNIVERSITY,

And the following is the description given of the species :—

“Stems from a creeping slender rootstock ascending or pendu-
lous, 6 inches to 1 foot long. Leaves obliquely oblong or narrow
lanceolate, usually about 4 inch long, but sometimes nearly 1 inch,
truncate obtuse or acute at the end, the lower margin shortly
decurrent, the single central nerve often produced at the end into
a fine point. Bracts rather shorter than the leaves and occasion-
ally replacing them in the upper part of the stem, deeply divided
into two segments like the leaves but smaller and more acute.
Capsule-like sori about 2 lines broad and 1 line long, much com-
pressed, parallel to the petiole.”

T'mesipteris presents a creeping rhizome and a series of leaf-
bearing stems. In nearly all the specimens I have seen the
rhizome is found deeply buried in the fibrous coating of the stem
of the Tree-fern, while the leaf-bearing axes hang downwards;
more rarely the plant is found creeping on the surface of the
ground ; it branches dichotomously and may attain a length
of several feet. None of my _ specimens have any roots.
The branches either end in rounded extremities, or are
continued into aerial leaf-bearing stems. The rhizome is
cylindrical, finely ridged in a longitudinal direction, and covered
with short scattered brown hairs. It contains a central bundle of
small scalariform and reticulated vessels with thin-walled elongated
cells (and sieve tubes?) without any definite sheath, though the
cells immediately surrounding the bundle take on a special
appearance in many parts of the rhizome owing to their contain-
ing a dark brown matter. The surrounding tissue consists of
thin-walled cells elongated in the direction of the long axis of the
rhizome, and containing, except near the growing point, only a
small quantity of protoplasm. The epidermis is not strongly
thickened ; it bears here and there blunt projections forming the
bases of the hairs.

The leaf-bearing stems or aerial branches are cylindrical at the
base, but further up they are marked by the longitudinal ridges
continuous with the decurrent leaves. The cells of the epidermis

BY W. A. HASWELL, M.A., D.SC. 1027

are elongated in the direction of the long axis of the stem; the
outer wall, in the leaf-bearing part of the stem, but not in the
basal part, is irregularly thickened, leaving rounded or slit-like
depressions. The cortical tissue is strongly sclerenchymatous in
its outer part, with abundant cell-contents, and with numerous
intercellular spaces. Internally the walls of the cells are thinner
and the cell contents scanty, so that this part of the cortex may
be regarded as representing the endodermis. Surrounding the
central vascular bundle is a ring of a dark brown homogeneous
substance, which is so arranged that it forms continuous branching
and anastomosing longitudinal lines breaking through apparently
from cell to cell, and thus constitutes a network enclosing the
bundle. This brown layer is present in nearly all parts of the
stems both creeping and aerial; it varies in thickness and may
sometimes be found to be entirely absent for a short space. When
at its thickest it occupies about four layers of cells; near the
growing point of the underground stem it sometimes breaks
through into the interior of the vascular bundle, and fills the
interior of some of the spiral vessels. This brown matter is solid,
and is quite insoluble in water, cold or boiling, in boiling absolute
alcohol, ether, chloroform, turpentine, and liquor potassiz; a
similar substance occurs in Pszlotwm, as will be noticed below.
Internal to the brown layer there is nearly always a single layer
of thin-walled cells not differing from the other endoderm cells, but
marked off from those immediately external to them by not con-
taining any of the brown matter. There is a single, central,
cylindrical vascular bundle. In the basal leafless part of the
aerial stem the scalariform tracheides usually form in transverse
section an irregular incomplete ring or a series of groups circularly
arranged, surrounded by and enclosing elongated elements with
thin cellulose walls, some with long narrow nuclei, others without
nuclei, apparently sieve-tubes. The central selerenchyma found in
Psilotum is absent. In the leaf-bearing part of the stem the vessels
occupy a central position surrounded by the phloém elements,
The vessels are smaller than in Lycopodium, the largest being
little over ,j, of an inch in diameter. Jn transverse sections of

1028 JOTTINGS FROM BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY, SYDNEY UNIVERSITY,

the leaf-bearing parts of the stem there is to be seen another
tissue between the epidermis and the cortical layer, not forming
a complete zone but arranged in fine masses ; this is the mesophyll
of the leaf-ridges, and does not differ from that of the leaves.

The leaves seem not to follow any definite law in their arrange-
ment. In every 21 centimetres of the stem there are about five
leaves, and of these the fifth is very usually directly over the first.
About two centimetres below each leaf begins a longitudinal ridge
of the stem, which, at first very low, becomes very prominent
towards the base of the leaf. The leaves are situated with one
edge directed inwards towards the stem, the midrib of the leaf
meeting the stem at an angle of about 45°. The leaves are of a
long oval shape, on an average a centimetre and a half in length
and half a centimetre in breadth, having the base asymmetrically
developed, the inner half of the lamina—that turned towards the
stem—being more developed than the outer. The inner edge some-
times presents a few indistinct serrations, but in this there is much
variation. There isa single unbranched midrib, which is produced
at the extremity into a spine-like point.

The epidermal cells of the leaf have a lobed outline; their outer
wall forms an irregularly thickened cuticle like that of the
epidermis of the stem. Stomata may sometimes be found in equal
abundance on both surfaces of the leaf, but in some cases they
may be more abundant on one side than on the other, or they may
be entirely absent on one side though abundant on the other. The
mesophyll of the leaf and of the leaf-ridges consists of elongated
cells which present at tolerably regular intervals short, blunt pro-
jections articulating with corresponding processes from neighbour-
ing cells—a form of tissue resembling that found in the leaves of
some species of Lycopodium, though in the latter the tissue is looser
and the cell-processes more elongated.

Hach sporangium (‘sorus’ in Bentham and Mueller’s description)
is borne on a special short side-branch which terminates in a sym-
metrical pair of leaves (‘ bracts’) similar to the ordinary leaves,
but smaller ; the whole obviously representing the fertile cone-like

BY W. A. HASWELL, M.A., D.SC. 1029

lateral branches of Lycopodiwm. The sporangium is situated on the
side of this special branch which is turned towards the stem, immedi-
ately below the point where it gives origin to the two leaves. It
has the form of two cones with their bases in apposition and their
apices sometimes slightly bent upwards ; the long axis lies parallel
with the stem. Each cone is a loculus of the sporangium,
the two cavities being separated by a delicate transverse septum.
Along the ventral side runs a longitudinal suture—the line of
dehiscence. When the sporangium dehisces the septum between
the two loculi becomes ruptured, and the whole presents the
appearance of being unilocular, and of having dehisced by two
lateral valves. The wall of the sporangium consists of two layers
—the epidermis, the cells of which are cuticularised, but not much
thickened, and are elongated in a vertical direction, and a layer of
small parenchymatous cells. The median septum contains a fine
vascular bundle continuous with the central vascular bundle of
the branch on which the sporangium is borne. The spores are
ajth of an inch in length; they are oval bodies, compressed,
and with one side convex, the other concave.

The following is the description of Psi/otwm in the “Flora Aus-
traliensis ” :—

“Stems dichotomous, with distant notches bearing minute scale-
like leaves, sometimes scarcely prominent, occasionally replaced
by equally minute bifid bracts. Spore-cases usually three together,
united in a capsule-like sorus, sessile in the axil of or attached to
the bracts, nearly globular, 3-lobed, 3-celled, opening loculicidally
in 3 valves. Spores minute, uniform.”

And of the species—P. triquetrum, Swartz,

“Rhizome short, intricately branched. Stems erect, or pendulous
when on trees, from 3 or 4 inches to about 1 foot long, repeatedly
dichotomous in the upper part, the fertile branches 3-angled, the
barren ones usually flattened. Scale-like leaves minute and subu-
late, the bracts subtending the spore-cases equally small and dis-
tant but forked. Capsule-like sori globular, about 1 line diameter,
attached to the bract below the fork.”

1030 JOTTINGS FROM BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY, SYDNEY UNIVERSITY,

Psilotum triquetrum is much more widely distributed than
Tmesipteris tannensis, being found in Asia, Africa, and America,
as well as in the Australian colonies.

It differs considerably in general appearance from Z'mesipteris
owing to its shrub-like habit, the absence of conspicuous leaves,
and the repeated branching of the erect stems.

The rhizome is cylindrical and divides dichotomously. Its
surface is finely striate so as to present a scaly appearance, and
is covered with brown hairs. The single small central vascular
bundle is of cylindrical form and consists of an inner bundle of
scalariform vessels, an outer layer of phloem, with bast cells and
sieve-tubes, enclosed in a sheath of short thin-walled parenchyma.
Surrounding the sheath is a layer of brown matter similar to that
observable in a corresponding situation in Z’mesipteris, but less
strongly developed. It seems to be arranged in longitudinal
branching and anastomosing lines which ave situated for the most
part in intercellular spaces, out seem frequently to break into the
cavities of cells. Outside of this is a thick zone of thin-walled
parenchyma. The epidermal cells present no well marked cuticle.
The aérial stems are marked by a series of longitudinal ridges ;
of these there are, as a general rule, five in any given section of
the stem. These are connected with the leaves. The leaves are
very small, narrow appendages, scarcely two millemetres in length,
sparsely developed on the longitudinal ridges. In the case of the
principal branches there are only single leaves ; these are arranged
with tolerable regularity, a leaf to about every two inches of each
ridge. Where the leaf is inserted there is a notch in the ridge,
the latter running on undiminished in size.

Each pair of leaves (‘bracts’) with the sporangium terminates
one of the ridges. They are arranged with tolerable regularity,
but there seems to be no definite phyllotaxial law. At the ends
of the branches the leaves are closer together, and the growing
point is surrounded by about three rudimentary leaves. The
singular vascular bundle is nearly circular in transverse section, but
the vessels themselves are arranged in five to eight groups more or

BY W. A. HASWELL, M.A., D.SC. 1031

less completely united into a ring. Outside of the vessels is the
phloém which fills in the spaces between the groups of vessels so as
to give the whole bundle a cylindrical form. The centre of the
bundle is occupied by a strand of sclerenchyma. In the younger
branches the sclerenchyma disappears, and the vessels are arranged
in a flattened strand surrounded by phloém. There is no brown
matter, or only isolated spiral lines of it, and the endodermis is
only distinguishable by its thinner cell-walls. The walls of the
parenchyma cells are considerably thickened towards the periphery
where their cavities are filled with chlorophyll granules. The
epidermis has a very thick laminated cuticle. Stomata are
abundant on the stem between the ridges, but there are none on
the leaves nor on the ridges. The mesophyll of the leaves and of
the leaf-ridges has the same peculiar form as in Z'mesipteris ;
numerous short blunt processes from the walls of the cells articu-
lating with corresponding processes from neighbouring cells,
numerous anastomosing intercellular spaces being thus formed.

The wall of the sporangium has the same structure as in
Tmesipteris, except that there are no vessels in the septa.

The spores, of which each sporangium contains a very large
number, are of a rather narrow oval outline with a nearly straight
ventral, and convex dorsal border. Along the ventral border
runs a narrow line which marks the line of dehiscence of the two
halves or valves into which the exospore splits to allow of the exit
of its contents.

It is not to be wondered at, taking into account the want of
success which has hitherto always followed attempts to cultivate
the spores of Lycopodium, that in repeated experiments with the
spores of both Psvlotwm and Z’mesipteris under various conditions
of substratum, light, heat, and moisture, I have hitherto failed to
rear the prothallia of these genera.

1032 JOTTINGS FROM BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY, SYDNEY UNIVERSITY,

9. ON THE EmBryoLocy oF Vermilia cespitosa AND Eupomatus

elegans.

In both species artificial impregnation is readily effected, and
development proceeds with perfect regularity for at least two days
in a glass vessel with an occasional change of water. After this
period, however, abnormalities become frequent, and soon all the
embryos become more or less deformed, until at the end of three
or four days they all die off. To make the conditions as nearly
as possible natural I reared the embryos in bottles, the mouths of
which were closed with a piece of muslin; these were suspended
by means of cords from the piles of a jetty in Port Jackson, or
were attached to a buoy, the bottles being so placed as to be
always immersed, but not far from the surface.

About half an hour after the contact of ova and spermatozoa
yelk-division commences. Segmentation in Vermilia is equal and
regular, as in Serpula and Pomatoceros. When four cells are
formed the fifth and sixth are formed by the division of two of

these, and the seventh and eighth are formed by division of the
fifth and sixth.*

A central cavity soon forms itself in the morula, and at about
the eighteenth to the twentieth hour invagination begins. A
slight flattening appears on one side of the blastosphere, the side
which is destined to become the posterior end of the embryo; a
little on one side of this flattening a pit is formed, which growing
inwards gives rise to the archenteron. The blastopore, at first
nearly terminal, becomes shifted to one side of the larva, that side
destined to become the ventral. At the same time it becomes
elongated and slit-like, the anterior end of the slit widening to form

*In Psygmobranchus Salensky (Arch. de Biol. t. III. pp. 345-378) describes
the segmentation as unequal.

BY W. A. HASWELL, M.A., D.SC. 1033

the mouth, while in the neighbourhood of the posterior end of the
slit the anus is formed at a somewhat later stage.*

When the process of invagination commences the larva is
covered uniformly with cilia; soon, however, the anterior or
cephalic end of the embryo loses its cilia, but becomes surrounded
just in front of the mouth by a strong pre-oral ciliated band.
The epiblast of the cephalic end becomes thinner than the rest
except in the centre, where a thicker group of cells remains, destined
to give rise to the cerebral ganglion.

The embryo becomes more elongated, assuming the shape of a
pear, the broad end being the head and the narrow end the tail.
From the centre of the former there grow out in most instances
one, or sometimes two, long and slender motionless flagella ; but
these are frequently absent. The alimentary canal, though still
simple in form, has now become densely ciliated internally, and
undergoes frequent strong contractions. In sections made through
an embryo at this stage, towards the end of the second day, a few,
apparently irregularly placed, cells are to be found between the
epiblast and the hypoblast; these probably form the foundations
of the middle layer.

In the course of the third day the alimentary canal becomes
differentiated into distinct esophageal, gastric, and intestinal
regions. The pre-oral circlet of cilia becomes elevated on a dis-
tinct slightly oblique ridge, and a reniform eyespot becomes
developed at a little distance from the ganglion, and connected
with the latter by a fibrous strand. A thin-walled vesicle makes
its appearance on the third day at the posterior extremity of the
body, and soon attains a considerable size; it is apparently formed
by involution of the epiblast, and remains connected with the
exterior by a pore at the side of the anus.

*Conn (Zool. Anzeiger, VII.) describes the blastopore in Serpula as
becoming elongated and closed, the mouth and anus arising at its two ends.
Salensky (l.c.) describes the mouth in Psygmobranchus as formed indepen-
dently of the blastopore after the closure of the latter. In Spirorbis Gotte
(‘Zur Entwick. der Wurmer” Zool, Anz. 1881, p. 189) states that the
blastopore becomes converted into the mouth.

1054 JOTTINGS FROM BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY, SYDNEY UNIVERSITY:

I have failed to followed the history of the embryo further by
means of artificial cultivations, but have every reason to believe
that I have found a later stage in the larval development of both
genera in considerable numbers among the aggregations of their
calcareous tubes. The form is precisely similar in both cases;
but the larva of the Hupomatus, or what I take to be such, found
among the Hupomatus tubes, is very much smaller, as one would
be inclined @ priort to expect, than that of the very much
larger Vermilia. There is a broad head-lobe with two pairs
of eyes, and, at the sides, tufts of strong cilia, which appear to be
the remains of the pre-oral circlet. The body contains six
segments, of which the first three are large and distinct, while the
last three are smaller and not sharply marked off. The three
anterior segments each bear a pair of bundles of very long and
slender, slightly curved and minutely feathered provisional sete,
which the larva is in the habit of occasionally spreading out in
the form of a fan; the last segment is provided with fasciculi of
cilia. The buccal segment is amalgamated with the pree-oral lobe,
and the mouth is a large aperture on the ventral aspect of the
common segment thus formed. The alimentary canal is straight
and simple, wide in front, narrowing behind towards the anus.

LIST OF HEPATICAX COLLECTED BY MR. THOMAS
WHITELEGGE IN NEW SOUTH WALES, 1884-5.

By B. Carrineton, M.D., F.R.S.E., anp W. H. Pearson.

(Communicated by Thomas Whitelegge.)
(Plates XXII-XXXVII).

1. FRULLANIA CINNAMOMEA, 0. Sp.

Dioicous, fragrant, smooth, pale olive-green to cinnamon brown,
irregularly branched, leaves closely imbricated, spreading at right
angles with the stem, kidney-shaped, obtuse, entire, lobule
large, galeate, pendulous, base tumid, apex acutely beaked,
stylus minute, subulate ; underleaves approximate, nearly plane,
broadly rotund or roundish, emarginate, sinus shallow, obtuse ;
bracts ovate or cultrate, acute, upper margin entire, lower sub-
dentate, lobule reflexed, evolute, broadly lanceolate, acuminate,
dentato-ciliate, bracteole sub-oblong quadrate, or lingulate, bifid,
segments acute, .margin distantly dentate-laciniate ; perianth
obovate, trigonous.

9/

Dioicous, resembling /’. deplanata, Mitt., fronds 2’ to 3’ in
diameter, corticolor, growing in soft, depressed, imbricated tufts,
odour fragrant, violaceous, smooth, pale olive-green to cinnamon
brown, irregularly branched, fastigiate, convex when dry, 2° mm.
wide. Stems slender, flexuose. Leaves closely imbricated, spreading
at right angles with the stem which they cross, broadly cordate or
kidney-shaped, obtuse, entire, texture thin sub-translucent, slightly
polished, cells smallish roundish filled with numerous oil corpuscles,
walls irregular, trigones large; lobule large, galeate, pendulous,
base tumid and cucullate, apex acutely beaked not spined, mouth

Notre.—Those marked with an asterisk, new to New South Wales.

1036 HEPATICH COLLECTED BY MR. T. WHITELEGGE IN N. s. WALES,

revolute. Stylus minute, subulate. Underleaves approximate,
nearly plane, broadly rotund or roundish, amplexicaul, emarginate,
sinus obtuse, shallow (1-5th deep), segments sub-acute, margin
entire (not reflexed), umbonate near the base (4 times broader
than the stem).

Inflorescence dioicous. Involucre terminal or seated on short
crowded branches near the apex of the stem. Bracts ovate or
cultrate, acute, upper margin entire, lower sub-dentate, lobule
reflexed, evolute, broadly lanceolate, acuminate, dentato-ciliate,
Bracteole sub-oblong-quadrate or lingulate, bifid to 1-3rd, seg-
ments acute, margin distantly dentate-laciniate, sub-bracteole
oblong-oval, bifid, distantly dentate. Perianth projecting, obovate,
truncate, trigonous, the third angle postical, antical side convex,
smooth with thin margins.

Androecia lateral forming long linear catkins, bracts much
smaller, lyriform, cucullate, compressed, apex with one or two
small teeth, antheridia oval, in pairs.

Measurements —Plants 1} to 2 inches long, with leaves 2°inm.
to 25mm. broad, leaves 1:75 mm. long x 1:25 mm. broad, 1:75
mm. x 1‘ mm., 15 mm. x 1:25 mm. ; cells ‘02 mm. x ‘03 mm., -025
mm., ‘02 mm.; lobule 1mm. long x -6 mm. broad, 1- mm. x -5 mm;
stylus *25 mm. long x ‘075mm. broad at the base; underleaves
1-mm. high x 1°25 mm. broad, 1: mm. x 1: mm., -75 mm. x -75 mm. ;
sinus ‘2mm. deep; bract 1:75 mm. long x 1: mm. broad ; lobule
of bract 1:25 mm. long x ‘75mm. broad at the base ; bracteole
15mm. longx‘75 mm. broad; segments ‘5 mm. long; perianth
2:75 mm. long x 1:25 mm. broad; ¢ amenta 3° to 4: mm. long,
‘75mm. broad; perigonial leaves “6mm. long x -5 mm. broad,
‘Dmm. x ‘4mm. ; antheridia -175 mm. x ‘15 mm.

Obs.—This species differs from F. falciloba in the more delicate
texture, larger, broader lobules, rounder underleaves which are not
reflexed at the margin, the more acute bract, with dentate, ciliate
lobule, bracteole laciniate-ciliate, perianth more acutely angled,
androecia long not sub-globose.

BY DR. B. CARRINGTON AND W. H. PEARSON. 1037

From F. probosciphoraby its entire underleaves, exserted perianth
which is quite smooth, not nearly immersed and rough at the
. edges.

From F. deplanata, Mitt., by the want of the new hay odour,
by the perianth in that species being quite compressed not sharply
carinate postically ; in it also the bracts and their lobules are entire.

In F. monocera the margins of the perianths are spinulose.

Lastly in £. spinifera the bracts and lobes are more acute and
entire, and the perianth narrow and bluntly trigonous.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXII.

Fig. 1. Plant nat. size. 2. Portions of stem, antical view x16. 3. Ditto,
postical view x16 4. Ditto, showing lobules and stylus clearly.
5-6. Leaves x16. 7. Portion of leafx290. 8-9. Underleaves x
24. 10. Stylusx85. 11. Bractx24. 12. Bracteolex 24. 13.
Perianth x 16. 14. Cross-section of perianth x16. 15. Portion
of stem with ¢ amentax16. 16-17. Perigonal leaves x 24. 18.
Antheridia x 85.

2* Frubuanta monocerA, Hook. fil. et Tayl.

S et Q cum per.
On trees, Ball’s Head Bay, Sydney, Feb., 1885 (7 and 31).

3 FRULLANIA FALCILOBA, H. f. T.
Cambewarra, Oct., 1884 (Thorpe) (3 and 6).

4 FRULLANIA PROBoSCIPHORA, Tay].
Q cum per.
On trees near Homebush, Sydney, July, 1885 (18); ¢ Cam-
bewarra, Oct., 1884 (Thorpe) (3).

5* FRULLANIA squaRRULOSA, H. f. T.
On trees, La Perouse, Botany Bay, June, 1885 (30); ¢ Cam-
bewarra, Oct., 1884 (Thorpe) (3).

6* FRULLANIA PENTAPLEURA, Tayl.
& et Q cum per.
Cambewarra, Oct., 1884 (Thorpe) (3).
66

1038 HEPATIC COLLECTED BY MR. T. WHITELEGGE IN N. S. WALES,

7* FRULLANIA DIPLOTA, Tay].
3 et Q cum per.
Mermaid’s Glen, Blue Mts., 3,000 ft., Sept., 1885 (9). On
wet rocks, Blackheath, Blue Mts., Sept., 1885 (26).

8 LeseuNEA (Harpa LEJEUNEA) Mimosa, H. f. T.
S et O cum per.
Gore Cove, Sydney, May, 1885 (54).

Lejeunea rufescens, Lindenb., Syn. Hep. p. 366, seems to be the
same thing, but Z. mimosa was first published in Lond. Journ. of
Bot., 1844, p. 318, n. 65, whereas the 3rd part of the Synopsis
pp. 305-464, appeared in 1845.

Of the specimen of Z.rufescens from Terra Statuum (Hb. Hook.),
a fragment remains in Wilson’s Herb. named J. lineata, Sw. This
and the plant from the Auckland Group have a reddish-brown
tinge ; but Australian specimens are dull, sordid green. The group
to which Z. mimosa belongs is remarkable for the somewhat
twisted, dimidiate, ovate leaves, and ovate, involute lobules ; the
perianth pyriform, pentagonal on section, mouth constricted with a
slight mucro.

Measurements.—Stem 4 to 1 inch long, ‘1mm. diam. ; leaves
-4:mm. long x °35 mm. broad ; lobule -2 mm. long x ‘1 mm. broad ;
cells 02mm. ; underleaves 15 mm. broad x‘15 mm. high; seg,
(05mm. long; sub-bracteole *3 mm. broad x ‘3 mm. high ; seg.
‘075 mm. long ; bracteole -4 mm. broad x °35 high ; seg. .075 mm.
long ; lobule *2 mm. long x ‘1 mm. broad ; perianth 1- mm. long x
‘6mm. broad, -75 mm. x ‘4 mm. ; perigonial leaves *3 mm. long x
‘25 mm. broad ; lobule -3 mm. long x °175 mm. broad ; antheridia
125 mm. x -1 mm.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXIII.

Fig. 1. Plants nat. size. 2. Portions of stem, postical view x64. 3. Leaf,
postical view x 64. 4. Leaves, antical view x64. 5, Portion of
leaf x 290. 6. Bractx64. 7. Underleaf near bracteola (sub-
bracteola ?) x 85. 8. Bracteola x 85. 9. ditto x64. 10. Perianth
x31. 11-12. Cross-sections of perianthx3l. 13. Perigonial
leaves x 64.

BY DR. B. CARRINGTON AND W, H. PEARSON. 1039

9* LrJEUNEA (EULEJEUNEA) FLAVA, (Sw.)

Closely appressed to rocks in a cave, Mossman’s Bay, Aug.,
1885 (58).

10 Lesnuna (EULEJEUNEA) SUBELOBATA, N.Sp.

Monoicous, small, dull green ; stem sparsely branched ; leaves
roundish or roundish-ovate, lobule wanting or very minute, under-
leaves 1-5th to 1-6th smaller, broadly rotund, bifid to about
1-3rd ; bracts smaller oblong-obovate, lobule half the size oblong-
cuneate or lingulate; bracteole spathulate, emarginate, sinus shallow;
perianth sub-pyriform, 5-carinate.

Growing in shallow layers, or creeping amongst mosses, more
slender than Z, serpyllifolia, of a dull green colour. Stems sparsely
and irregularly branched, showing upon a cross-section cells of
about equal size, 5-6 diam., 8 cortical. Leaves inserted at an
angle of 65° sub-imbricate, slightly concave ; roundish or roundish-
ovate to oval, lobule wanting or very minute, 1-12th size of lobe
tumid, cells medium size, with thick walls, no trigones: Under-
leaves 1-5th to 1-6th smaller, distant, broadly rotund, bifid to
about 1-3rd. Bracts smaller oblong-obovate, lobule half the size,
oblong-cuneate or lingulate ; bracteole spathulate, emarginate,
sinus shallow 1-6th deep. Perianth sub-pyriform, 5-carinate
angles not winged, rostellate. Androecia forming short spikelets
or capitula below the Q.

Measurements—Stems from } to 3 an inch long, 1 mm. diam.,
with leaves 75mm. broad ; leaves ‘45 mm. x °35 mm., -425 mm. x
35mm., 4mm. x-35 mm. ; lobule ‘15 mm. long x ‘(075 mm. high ;
cells -03 mm.; underleaves -2mm. highx*2mm. broad, seg,
‘Lmm., 175 mm. x ‘15, seg. ‘05 mm., 15 mm. x ‘15 mm., seg. ‘05
‘15 mm. x°125, seg. 05 mm.; bracts -3 mm. longx:‘l] mm.
broad ; lobule of bract -25 mm. long x‘05 mm. broad ; bracteole
‘3mm. long x15 mm. broad; perianth 55 mm. long x 45 mm.
broad, *55 x °4, °45 x °3.

Hab.—On wet rocks, George’s River, Botany Bay, Janry., 1885
(47) ; George’s River, Botany Bay, Janry., 1885 (42).

1040 HEPATIC COLLECTED BY MR. T. WHITELEGGE IN N. S. WALES,

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXIV.

2. Cross-sectionof stem x 85. 3. Portionof branch,
4, Portion of branch, postical view x 85. 5.

fod

Fig. 1. Plantsnat. size.

antical view x 64.
Portion of leaf showing lobule x 85. 6. Portion of leaf x 290. 7. -

Underleaf from chief stem x 85. 8-9. Bracts x64. 10. Bract-
eole x 64. 11. Perianth x64. 12. Cross-section of perianth x 64.

11 Leseunea (MicroLesEuNEA) GRACILLIMA, Mitt.
Growing on Lejeunea flava, Mossman’s Bay, closely appressed
to a rock in acave, Aug., 1885, (58a). On trees, Ball’s
Head Bay, Sydney, Febry., 1885 (31b).
Measwrements.—Stems 2*mm. long, with leaves ‘3 mm. wide,
"025 mm. diam.; leaves -2 mm. long x ‘]25 mm. broad, :225 x °125;
lobule ‘1mm. high x ‘07 mm. broad ; foliole ‘06 mm. high x -05

mm. broad, segments ‘03 mm.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXYV.

Fig. 1. Plants nat. size. 2-3. Portion of stems x85, postical view.
Portion of stem x 85, antical view. 5. Portion of leaf x 290. 6.

Foliole x 290.

4.

12 Raputa Nov#z-Hoitianpi#®, Hampe, Syn. Hep. p. 254.
Cambewarra, near Moss Vale (C. Harris), Sept., 1885 (63).
13 Raputa puysoLopa, Mont., Syn. Hep. p. 254.
& et Q cum per.
Cambewarra, near Moss Vale (C. Harris), Sept., 1885 (63).
14 Raputa BuccinirerRA, H. f. T. Lond. Journ. of Bot., 1844,

p- 580.
Mermaid’s Glen, Blackheath, Blue Mts., 3,000 ft., Sept.,

1885.

15 Poretia Sranceri (Lindenb. et G.)
6 Cambewarra (C. Harris), Sept., 1885; g¢ On trees, Rook-
wood, near Sydney, Aug., 1885 (10); Mermaid’s Glen,
Blue Mts., Sept., 1885; var. ramosa, Northwood, Lane

Cove River, Aug., 1885 (32).

BY DR. B. CARRINGTON AND W. H. PEARSON. 1041

16 Isotacuis Gunniana, Mitt., Fl. Tasm., p. 232.
On rocks, Mermaid’s Glen, Blue Mts., Sept., 1885 (12).

17 IsoracHIS GRANDIS, n. sp.

Laxly caespitose, large, rosy brown; stems simple, rarely
branched ; leaves distichous, closely imbricated, sub-complicate,
rotundo-ovate, bifid to about 1-4th, sinus and segments subacute,
often trifid, margin entire or with few teeth near the base, texture
thin, cells elongate ; underleaves smaller, elliptic-ovate, bidentate —
to 1-3rd, entire or sparsely dentate.

Growing in loose patches of a rosy brown colour. Stems long,
flexuose, brown, simple, rarely branched. Leaves distichous,
closely imbricated, patent, amplexicaul, sub-complicate, ventricose
at the base, rotundo-ovate, bifid to about 1-4th, sinus and seg-
ments sub-acute, postical segment often again shallowly bifid,
margin entire or armed with one or two teeth near the lower half ;
texture thin but firm, slightly polished, cells rather large, rhom-
boidal, 2-3 times longer than broad ; walls firm, without trigones.
Underleaves smaller than the leaves, plane or more or less convex,
elliptic-ovate, bidentate to 1-3rd, sinus obtuse or acute, seg-
ments acute, margin entire or armed with a few irregular teeth.

Measurements.—Stems from 3 to 4 inches, 3° mm. wide ; leaves
‘3mm. diam., leaves 1:75 mm. long x 15 mm, broad ; segments
“§ mm.; cells ‘07 mm.x‘025 mm.; underleaves 1°55 mm.
long x l:mm broad; seg. 5 mm., rarely 1:75 mm. long x 1mm.
broad ; seg. 35 mm.

Hab.—On wet rocks, Lawson, Blue Mountains, June, 1884.

Obs.—This large and beautiful species has only been found
sterile, yet it is so different from any of the described species that
we do not hesitate to consider it a new species.

Isotachis sub-trifidus (H. f. et T.) has longer, narrower leaves,
with the apices equally trifid.

The generic characters of Jsotachis, as given in the “ New Zea-
land Flora,” are very meagre and imperfect.

1042 HEPATIC COLLECTED BY MR. T. WHITELEGGE IN N. 8. WALES,

We feel pleasure therefore in publishing an exhaustive review
of the question by Dr. Gottsche contained in a letter to Dr.
Carrington, dated Altona, 29 Dec. 1862, Jan. 1863.

“ TsoracHis, Mitten.

“‘Charact. gen. ‘ Perianthium terminale, tubulosum, ore contracto
dentato. Caulis erectus innovationibus ramosus. Folia incuba,
amphigastriaque fere conformia, conduplicata, saepe serrulata.’
Flor. Nov. Zeeland, p. 149.

“ The above appear to be all that may be safely affirmed of this
genus, It is readily recognised by its evenly arranged leaves and
stipules, which last so nearly resemble the leaves in size and form,
that the foliage might almost be calied trifarious. The perfect
capsule has been seen only in two species, in one of which it is
spirally twisted and in the other perfectly even and straight. This
genus is distinguished from Jungermannia by its incubous leaves,
and from Sendtnera, which it closely resembles in habit, by the
form of its perianth and free calyptra.

‘© TSOTACHIS LYALLII.

“Tt is closely allied to 2. madida and to J, Gunniana in the
structure of the perianth, which unlike any other Jungermannia,
is composed of several layers of cells; this thickening of its wall
is not owing to the adhering of the calyptra within, nor to leaves
on the external surface. The inner involucral leaves in all these
species are very minute and liable to be overlooked.

“ TSOTACHIS GUNNIANA.

“The perianth like that of /. Lyallit and madida is remark-
ably thick and fleshy, in the last-named species it is composed of
five strata of cells; the roughness on its exterior surface appears
to be caused by the partial breaking up of tre external wall of cells,
and resembles that of the calyptra of Sarcomitria.” Mitt. op. cit.

“ Mitten names: J. subtrifida, madida, Lyallit, Gunniana, intor-
tifolia, indica, serrulata, and armata, ‘ Isotachis.’

BY DR. B. CARRINGTON AND W. H. PEARSON. 1043

‘‘TSOTACHIS SERRULATA.

“ You find at the base of the adult perianth commonly only one
foliolum involucrale entering, but if you examine the top of the
calyx (apex dealbatus Synop. Hep. p. 127 diagnosis), you find
it overlaid with such small foliola involucralia, which now have
lost their rose hue, and have overgrown the very top of the
perianth, The diagnosis should be altered to: ‘‘ ore contracto
denticulato squamulis involucralibus dentatis dealbatis externe
accretis obvelato.” The perianth consists of 3-5 strata of red cells ;
in the bud, when the calyx has little overgrown the pistilla these
squame involucrales intime are rose-coloured. Things will appear
quite clear in the adult perianth, when dissected and seen from
inwards.

“Tsovacuis Linpiciana, G., n. sp.

“The top of the calyx on its outside with many small scales
grown upon it, which are only fastened at their base. Sectio
transveralis perianthii shows 3-7 strata, commonly 4-5, towards
the base 6-7 strata ; the outer layer of cells is rose-coloured the
other hyaline; you find small scales of a few cells (6-7) in hairy
shape like excrescences on the outer wall and on the inner wall
of the perianth. Jsotachis madida has hyaline scales just as
I. serrulata, on the top of the calyx, which veil the folded apex
perianthii.

“‘[SOTACHIS HAEMATODES, G.

“ Perianth has 7 strata, os perianthi externe squamulis dentatis
accretis obvelatum ; interne e pagina calycis lacinule ciliato-
dentate: hic inde oriwntur. Is. armata has also the top of the
perianth veiled by hyaline squamule. In these plants then the
torus pistullorwm is surrounded by a quantity of small scales, and
if the calyx begins to grow up between the torus pistillorum and
the squamulae involucrales, it takes some of them upwards upon
its outer coat, which are to be found dispersed in different height,
commonly 1-3 at the base, and a part on the top, over-growing
more or less the real apex perianthii or obvelating it, sometimes

1044 HEPATICA COLLECTED BY MR. T. WHITELEGGE IN N. S. WALES,

the outer rose scales differently shaped, alternate with the sub-
jacent whitish teeth or folds of the real perianth. Mr. Mitten
has no idea of this interesting character, but as the scales are to
be found in Jsotachis Lyall and Gunniana, I think, things will be
there as they are in Js. serrulata, and you will understand what
the “roughness on its exterior surface” means; in J, Lyallii it is
called “ per. minute tuberculatum.” The perianth of J. Gunniana
is “cylindricum, crassum, rugosum, apice albidum, diaphanum,
minute plicatum ,” perhaps after this it answers completely the
perianth of Jung. serrulata, and if this is true of other species
a more interesting character can be safely affirmed of this
genus than Mitten suspects; [ have named you five plants,
which show this character in the most distinct manner; Js.
multiceps does it less, but I found them too, This will be a little
addition for your paper on New Zealand Hepaticz.”

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXVI.

Fig. 1. Plant nat. size. 2. Portions of stemx16. 3-7. Leaves x 16.
8. Portion of leafx 290. 9-12. Underleaves x 16.

18 LeprpoziaA QUADRIFIDA, Lindenb., Syn. Hep., p. 203.
On logs, North Willoughby, Janry., 1885 (41).

19 Leprpozia GorrscHEANA, Lindenb., Syn. Hep., p. 206.
On wet rocks, Mossman’s Bay, Decr., 1884 (2).

20 Leprpozia LAEvirouia, H.f. T. Lond. Journ. of Bot., 1844,
p- 384.

Q On logs in a creek near Hurstville, Oct., 1885 (61).

21* Lepipozia aLBuLa, H. f. T. Lond. Journ. of Bot., 1844,
p. 387; LZ. wlotrix, Syn. Hep.
d et 2 cum per.
On fallen trees, Mermaid’s Glen. Blue Mts., Sept., 1885 (33).

BY DR. B. CARRINGTON AND W. H. PEARSON. 1045

22* LEpmpoziA CENTIPES, Tayl. Syn. Hep., p. 201.
Under shady rock ledges, Mossman’s Bay, Decr., 1884 (5);
On wet clay in caverns and shady places, Gore Cove,
Sydney, July, 1885 (50); Blue Mts., Sept., 1885 (12).

23* LEPIDOZIA CAPILLARIS (Sw.) Prodr. Fl. Ind. occ., Lindenb.,
Syn. Hep., p. 212.
North Willoughby, July, 1885 (57).

24 LEPIDOZIA GRACILLIMA, N. sp.

Dioicous (2), caespitose forming entangled ascending tufts, flagelli-
ferous, slender, pale green. Fronds pinnate, linear, gracile, filiform,
somewhat rigid, branches approximate divergent, alternate, short,
postical or lateral. Leaves distant, erecto-patent ; quadrate, quad-
rifid ; cells smallish to median size. Androecia on short lateral
or postical branches.

Plants forming soft pale green tufts, stramineous beneath, flagel-
liferous, graceful ; fronds pinnate, pinne short, divergent, of nearly
equal length, so that the outline is linear. Stem about the thick-
ness of horse-hair (on cross-section 7 and 8 cells in diam., cortical
cells 12 much larger), flagella capillary at the base leafy, branches
short, alternate, lateral or postical ; rootlets confined to the under
stem. Leaves distant except on branches where they are more
approximate, not much broader than the stem, obliquely patent,
cuneate, sub-quadrate, palmate, quadrifid to about a third some-
times half the length, segments incurved, slightly divergent patent,
usually 4 cells long, 2 or 3 diam. at the base. Underleaves about
as broad as the stem, quadrate, quadrifid to about a third, seg-
ments equal ; cells sub-quadrate, translucent, smallish to medium,
sized, with thin walls, no trigones. Inflorescence dioicous.
Involucra wanting. ¢ Amentula on short lateral or postical
branches consisting of 6 to 15 pairs of perigonial leaves, imbri-
cated, ventricose, ovate, bifid, antheridia oval.

Measurements.—Stems 1 to 2 inches long, with branches 5: nm.

wide, 175mm. to -2mm. diam.; leaves ‘3mm. long x °3 mm.
broad, seg. ‘1 mm., °25 x +275, seg. -1, °25 x ‘25, seg. ‘1; cells -03

1046 HEPATICH COLLECTED BY MR. T. WHITELEGGE IN N. s, WALES,.

mm. (05x 02, -04x -02, -03 x -02, -025 x 025); underleaves
‘175mm. high x -2mm. broad, seg. 075 mm., -15 mm. x ‘175, seg.
‘075, +15 x +175, seg. -075 ; perigonial leaf -2 mm. long x ‘15 mm.
broad ; perigonial underleaf -15mm. long x-075 mm. broad :
antheridia ‘075 mm. x ‘05 mm.

Hab.—On wet rocks, Botany Bay, June, 1885, ae

Obs,—This pretty little species appears distinct from any
described form. In the distant leaves and their shape it bears a
superficial resemblance to Lepidozia procera, Mitt., which how-
ever is a much more robust species and in which the branches are
secund and all seem to be capillary at the apex, with cells of stem
20 across, whilst this has only 7 or 8.

The leaves also are more erect and 4 to 5 times larger than the
underleaves.

(In some respects our species resembles Z. capilligera, Ldbg.,
but that is not half the size, with irregular ramification and patent
filiform branches, loosely imbricated leaves semi-vertical and like
the stipules, obovate-subquadrate, divided half-way into four diva-
ricate subulate segments—Lehm. Pug., pl. IV., pp. 40-41. A consi-
derable amount of confusion has grown about ZL. capilligera; it
appears to be identical with the specimens named by Taylor LZ. quad-
rifida, which were collected at Auckland Island, and St. Patrick’s
Bay, Tasmania, by Dr. J. D. Hooker, 1847, and will be found under
that name at Kew. The error has been worse confounded by
Mitten, in Fl. Nov. Zeland. et Tasm., describing the large form of
L. capillaris, which I have named ZL. verticillatu, as L. capilligera,
Leth) aia

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXVII.

Fig. 1, Plants nat. size. 2. Portion of stem showing ¢ catkinx3l. 3-
4. Leaves x85. 5. Portion of leafx290. 6. Underleaf with
portion of stemx85. 7-9. Underleavesx 85. 10. Perigonial
leaf x 85. 11. Perigonial underleaf x85. 12. Antheridium x 85.

BY DR. B. CARRINGTON AND W. H. PEARSON. 1047

25 Leprpozia (TELARANEA Spr.) LonGiscypHa, (Tayl.), Lond,
. Journ, of Bot., 1846, p. 280.
3 et Q cum per. .
Waterloo Swamps, in boggy places, May, 1885 (40) ¢ et Q
cum per. In bogs, Coogee Bay, May, 1885 (38, 39).
Quite distinct from Lepidozia setacea.
26 Bazzanta Nova-Houianp14, (N.) Syn. Hep., p. 221.
On rocks, Northwood, Lane Cove River, Aug., 1885, (27).
On rocks, Fitzroy Falls, Moss Vale, Nov., 1884 (1.)
27 Bazzania ANIsostomA, (L. et L.) in Lehm. Pug., pl. VI. p. 58.
Lane Cove River, Aug., 1885 (14). Ball’s Head Bay, Oct.,
1885 (41).
28 LEMBIDIUM DENDROIDES, n. sp.

Fronds ascending from a creeping filiform pale rhizome,
sometimes tuberous at the base, dendroid, apex circinate; stems
thicker, irregularly bipinnate, branches lateral postical, confined
to the upper half, sub-fasciculate, either simple or bearing one or
more ramuli, leaves contiguous vertically patent, divergent,
amplexicaul, convex-conduplicate, subcordate, 4 rarely 5 spinose-
dentate, apical teeth larger, connivent, with a shallow obtuse sinus,
second tooth about half way down each margin—apex cucullate.
Underleaves pyramidal apex truncate and bearing 3-5 closely set
ciliate teeth, the inner ones longest, basal margin spurred, fertile
branches short postical, involucral bracts 2-3 rows ovate acute, 3-4
subulate-dentate at the apex. Perianth 0 (?), pistillidia numerous.

Dioicous (2). Plants growing in loose tufts of a dull green colour.
From a creeping rhizome the stems ascend, pinnate or sub-
bipinnate, bare near the base, fleshy, flagelliferous, flagella deflexed.
Stolons long, white, often filipendula at the extremity, the tubers
fusiform and of a brown colour; outer layer of large distinct cells,
inner hyaline, on a cross section cells of stem large 8 x 10, 15 cortical
larger, delicate thin walls. Branches curled, distant, lateral or
postical, deflexed at the apex. Leaves transversely inserted in two
rows, alternate or sub-opposite, imbricate convex-conduplicate,
sub cordate, 4 rarely 5 spinose-dentate, when flattened out

1048 HEPATIC COLLECTED BY MR. T. WHITELEGGE IN N. S. WALES,

roundish-quadrate and notched near base; cells rather large, oblong-
quadrate, no trigones. Underleaves as broad or slightly broader
than the stem, on the branches 2-3rds as broad, contiguous
pyramidal or sub-conoid from a broad base, divided for 1-3rd of
the length into 3-5 narrow teeth which are closely appressed to
each other. Involucre on short postical branches. Involucral bracts
3 pairs, the innermost smallest, outer pair ovate to ovate-acuminate
more or less dentate at the apex, pistillidia linear, long, about 15.
Perianth 0 (2). Male (?).

Measurements.—Stems about } inch to ? inch long, *2 mm, diam,
with leaves ‘55 mm. wide ; leaves flattened out *8 mm. long x
‘D5 mm. broad ; cells, J, mm., °06 mm. x ‘04 mm. ; underleaves °35
mm. highx-33mm. broad; segments ‘125 to ‘15 mm. ; outer
bracts ‘5 mm. high x -4mm. broad, and ‘7 mm. x ‘5mm. ; middle
bracts 1l-l1mm. high x°*6mm. broad; inner bracts ‘8mm. high
x ‘5mm. broad ; pistillidia -2 mm. long x ‘05 mm. broad.

flab.—On wet earth, Mermaid’s Glen, Blackheath, Blue
Mountains, 3,000 feet. September 5, 1885.—T. WuireLecce.

Obs.—L. dendroides is readily distinguished from JL. nutans
(H. f. T.) Mitt., by its more creeping habit and pinnate ramification.
Only undeveloped pistillidia have been met with in either species.

Mr. Mitten describes the perianth of his Lembidium ventrosum
as ‘superne valde incrassato,” and in his notes on Lembidiwm in
Hooker’s Handbook Fl. New Zealand, as trigonous, but no
further description is given. ;

(ZL. dendroides in the dendroid habit, rigid leaves, and conoid
stipules, is nearly allied with the curious Lepidozia tenax H. f.
and Tayl., which I suspect is a true Lembidium, as well as L.
nutans) B. C.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXVIII.
Fig. 1. Plants nat. size. 2. Portion of stem antical view enlarged. 3,
Portion of stem postical view x3l. 4. Leaf flattened out x 31.
5. Portion of leafx 290. 6-7. Underleaves x 85. 8, Under-
leaves x by 31. 9. Outer bracts x31. 10. Middle pair of bracts

x31, 11. Inner bracts x 31. 12. Involucre x24. 13. Pistillid-
ium x 85.

BY DR. B. CARRINGTON AND W. H. PEARSON. 1049

29 CepHALozia (Zoopsis) SETULOSA (Leitg.) S. Leitg. Mittheil. des
Naturw. Ver. fiir Steiermark, (1876).
Mossman’s Bay, June, 1885, and @ wet rocks, Gore Cove,
July, 1885 (60). On wet rocks, Northwood, Lane
Cove River, Aug., 1885. On wet rock ledges, Longville
Creek, Sept., 1885.
30 CepHatozia (Zoopsis) Lerrcesiana, C. et P., Proc. Royal Soc.
Tasm., 1887.
Clay banks, Ball’s Head Bay, June, 1885, (44, 48), Oct.,
1885 (62).
31 BLEPHAROSTOMA PALMATUM, Lindb. Lond. Journ, of Bot., July,
1887.
Cambewarra, near Moss Vale (C. Harris), Sept., 1885, (63).
32 LoPHOCOLEA HETEROPHYLLOIDFA, N., Syn. Hep., p. 157.
5 et Q cum per.
Mossman’s Bay, June, 1885 (45).

33 CuILoscyPHus Fissistipus, H. f. T. var. LONGIFOLIUS.

(CHILoscyPHUS LoNGIFoLIUS, C. et P., MS.)

An undoubtedly striking form of this variable species, the
linear oblong leaves separate it from the type ; in the male stems
the leaves are shorter and have a few teeth on the superior
margin agreeing with original specimens from Taylor.

The Chiloscyphus fissistipus figured by Prof. Manolongo “ Ep.
Terra d. Fuego” t. 18, f. 16 is quite different from the original,
and from Taylor’s description, the underleaves being simply dentate
not “laciniis ciliato-dentatis.”

Measurements.—Stems about an inch long, with leaves 5*mm,
wide ; stem ‘3 to “4mm. diam.; leaves 2°5 mm. long x 1:25 mm.
broad; cells -04mm.; underleaves 1:25 mm. high x 1°75 mm.
broad ; bracts 1:75 mm. long x ‘75 mm. broad ; bracteole 1°25 mm.
long x ‘75 mm. broad ; perianth 3° mm. long x 1.25 mm. broad ;
perigonial leaf ‘75 mm. long x -4 mm. broad ; lobule -5 mm. high
x ‘3 mm. broad ; perigonial underleaf -3 mm. long x ‘15 mm. broad.

Hab.—Mossman’s Bay, Sydney, June, 1885 (52).

1050 HEPATICH COLLECTED BY MR. T. WHITELEGGE IN N. S. WALES,

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXIX.

Fig. ], Plant nat. size. 2. Portionofstemx1l. 3, Leafx24. 4. Portion
of leafx290. 5-6. Underleaves x24, 7. Bracts and bracteole
x24. 8. Perianthx16. 9. Cross section of perianth x16. 10.
Mouth of perianth, opened outx16. 11. Perigonial leaf and
underleaf x 31 ; antheridium x 85.

34 CuiLoscypnus Fissistipus, H,,f. T. var, TENERRIMUS.

(CHILOSCYPHUS TENERRIMUS, C. et P., MS.)

This is a delicate, fragile form with pale green, translucent
leaves, underleaves smaller, not so deeply or irregularly laciniate
as in the type.

Measurements.—Stems 1 to 2 inches long, with leaves 3: to 4.
mm. broad; diam. of stem ‘2mm. ; leaves 1°65 mm. long x 1:1
mm. broad ; cells (055 mm.; underleaves ‘9 mm, high x 1°25 mm.
broad ; segments ‘5 mm.

Hab.—On rocks, Mermaid’s Glen, Blue Mts., Sept , 1885 (29).

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXX.

Fig. 1, Plants nat. size. 2. Portion of stem x 16, antical view. 3. Portion
of stem x16, postical view. 4. Portion of leafx 290. 5-8.
Underleaves x 24,

35 CHILOSCYHPUS LIMOSUS var. LAEVIGATUS, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm.
1387, .C.yeter.

Measurements.—Stems about 1 inch long, with leaves 3*mm.
broad, -2 mm. diam. ; leaves 1°75 mm. long x 1: mm. broad at
the base ; cells -U4 mm. (:05 x °05, -05 x ‘03, -04 x -03, -03 x -02) ;
underleaves ‘75 mm. high x ‘5 mm. broad, seg. -3 mm. deep.

Hab.—On wet rocks, Northwood, Lane Cove River, Aug., 1885
(15).

Obs.—Only barren stems have been met with ; they differ from
the type in having leaves polished; probably other characters may
be discovered in the fertile plant.

BY DR. B. CARRINGTON AND W. H. PEARSON. 1051

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXXI.

Fig. 1. Plants nat. size. 2. Stem, antical viewx16. 3. Stem, postical
view x16. 4. Portion of leaf x 290. 5-9. Underleaves x 31.

36 CuiLoscypHus ENDLICHERIANUS, N., Syn. Hep., p. 184.
Cambewarra near Moss Vale (C. Harris), Sept., 1885 (63).

37 JUNGERMANNIA WHITELEGGEI, 0.sp.

Dioicous (2). Fronds forming shallow erecto-decumbent tufts
of an intense but dull green colour. Stems simple, or in older
plants 2-3 times furcate annotinous, widest near the apex, giving
off branches on each side below the involucral whorls, branches
divaricate, leaves succubous or transverse, accrescent, erecto-
patent amplexicaul, complicate, broadly quadrate, divided
nearly half-way down into two obtuse nearly equal 2- to 3-lobed
repand segments, margins crisped, reflexed at each sinus, fringed
with slender unicellular cilia, often hamate at the apex ; under-
leaves similar ; Q inv. bracts 4-5 laciniate-ciliate connate with the
bifid bracteole patent from an erect sheathing base, perianth
terminal, half-immersed elliptic-ovate, deeply 5-6-plicate, apex
minutely dentate.

Dioicous. Growing in large shallow tufts. Fronds suberect,
moderate size, of an intense but dull green colour. Stems simple,
or in older plants with 2 or 3 stems arising from below the
involucre, fragile, cells of stem about 40 in circumference, 12 x 15
hyaline, walls thin, outer row of cells with slightly thicker walls,
leaves succubous, obliquely inserted, some almost transverse,
accrescent, capitate, amplexicaul, complicate or spreading, quad-
rate, lobate at the base, divided to about the middle into 2
obtuse nearly equal 2-3-lobed repand segments, margins crisped,
reflexed at each sinus, fringed with slender unicellular acicular
cilia, often hamate at the apex ; cells of a moderate size, 4-5 and
6-sided, no trigones. Underleaves large, similar to the leaves in
almost every respect. Bracts sub-reniform in outline, 4-5 lobate

1052 HEPATICH COLLECTED BY MR. T. WHITELEGGE IN N. S. WALES,

to below the middle, lobes ovato-acute, ciliate, connate with the
sub-quadrate bracteole, which is bifid to below the middle, lobes
ovate-acute, lobate at the base. Perianth terminal, half-immersed,
elliptic-ovate, deeply 5-6 plicate, unistrata, mouth slightly con-
tracted, slightly dentate. Pistillidia numerous (25). Male plant
not seen.

Measurements.—Stems about 1 inch long, -4 mm. diam., with
leaves *3 to *4 mm. wide ; leaves 2:25 mm. high x -2 mm, broad ;
seg. 1:4 mm., 2:25 mm.x 2°25 mm.; seg. 1:5 mm. ; cells 025
mm., ‘03 mm., ‘04 mm. (j, mm.) ; underleaves 1°5 mm. high x 1:75
broad; bract 1:5 mm. high, 2:25 mm. broad, seg. ‘75 mm.
long; cilia 15 to 3 mm. long; underleaf from branch -1 mm.
high x 1-6 mm. broad, seg. ‘6; perianth 1°6 mm. long x 1:1 mm.
broad ; pistillidia -15 mm. long x ‘5 mm. broad.

Obs.—This very beautiful species has a peculiarity rarely
observed in any other hepatic. The cilia, which are most
numerous (200 were counted on an underleaf), are all unicellular,
as in the ciliate Aicciw. It bears a close resemblance to
Piilidium ciliare, and Dr. Spruce expresses the opinion that it is
a true Ptilidiwum; but the insertion of the leaves, which is
undoubtedly succubous, postical ramification, the unicellular cilia,
the terminal inflorescence, and the deeply-plicate perianths half-
immersed in the involucral bracts, afford important distinctive
characters. This species, which, so far as we know, cannot be
confounded with any other, we name in honour of its discoverer,
and are proud that we have the opportunity of doing so. Mr.
Whitelegge is a Lancashire man, and is doing valuable work in
this and in other branches of natural history.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXXII.

Fig. 1. Plant nat. size. 2, 3. Leavesx 16. 4. Leafx24 5. Portion of leaf
x 290. 6. Underleafx16. 7. Underleaf near apex of stem x 24,
8. Underleaf from branch x 16. 9. Bractx 24. 10-11. Cilia x 85.
12. Perianthx 24, 13. Cross-section of perianthx24. 14.
Pistillidia x $5.

BY DR. B. CARRINGTON AND W. H. PEARSON. 1053

38* JUNGERMANNIA TASMANICA, Tayl., var.
Mossman’s Bay, Sydney, Dec., 1884, June, 1885.
39* LEloscyPHUS CHILOScyPHOIDES (Lindenb.) Mitt., Lehm. Pug.
VEER Mp4.
6 Cambewarra (C. Harris), Sept. 1885, (47), (63); Mermaid’s
Glen, Blue Mts., Sept., 1885 (17).
40* CaLypoGEIA uncuicuLaTA (H f. T.)S.
On wet rock ledges, North Willoughby, July, 1885 (57). In
bogs, Marubra Bay, near Coogee Bay, May, 1885 (39).
41* BaLanTiopsis DIPLOPHYLLA (H. f. T.) Mitt.; Jung. diplo-
phylla, Lond. Journ. of Bot. (1844), p. 377.
Gore Cove, Sydney, July, 1885 (49) ; Ball’s Head Bay, Aug.,
1885 (56).

42 SYMPHYOGYNA INTERRUPTA, 0. Sp.

Dioicous ; fronds linear, procumbent, olive-green, margin entire,
repand-undulate, interrupted below, mid-rib strong, fleshy, with
a narrow central ligneous band, brownish, projecting, and
flexuose, on the under surface clothed with long flaxen rootlets ;
lamina transverse, or more or less connivent; innovations either
continuous with the central axis or postical ; fertile bracts oblong
or obcuneate, distant, about as broad as the nerve, 5-6 ciliate-
dentate; two or three cilia are also found attached above the
base of the bracts; pistillidia about 12; calyptra long, clavate,
bearing at the apex the abortive pistillidia, capsule oblong,
dividing into 2 or 4 valves attached at the apex; elaters numer-
ous, reddish-brown, filiform, bispiral ; spores roundish, minute,
smooth.

Growing in straggling patches of an olive-green color. Fronds
rather large, linear, procumbent, margin entire, repand, undulate,
much and irregularly interrupted below, midrib strong, fleshy,
with a narrow central ligneous band, brownish, projecting and
flexuose, on the under surface clothed with long flaxen rootlets ;
lamina transverse, or more or less connivent, innovations either
continuous with the central axis or postical.

67

1054 HEPATICAH COLLECTED BY MR. T. WHITELEGGE IN N. S. WALES,

Fertile bracts oblong or obcuneate, distant, about as broad as
the nerve, texture as in the upper stratum of cells being a con-
tinuation of the same, 5-6 ciliate-dentate, 2 or 3 scale-like cilia
are found attached above the base of the bract.

Pistillidia about 12. Calyptra arising from the nerve and
apparently of the same structure, long, clavate, mouth bluntly
laciniate, bearing at the apex the abortive pistillidia. Capsule
oblong, dividing into 2 or 3 valves attached at the apex, pedicel
enlarged below the capsule, where a cross-section shows 60 cells
round and 10 in diameter, the outer cells with thicker walls and
rounded on tbe outer sides, inner cells larger. Elaters numerous,
reddish-brown, filiform, bispiral; spores darker brown, smooth,
roundish.

Measurements.—Fronds trom 14 to 2 inches long, 4° to 5° mm.
wide ; nerve ‘0 mm. wide, ‘2 mm. thick; bract 2° mm. high by
1:25 mm. broad at the base; calyptra 6: mm. long by 1°5 mm.
broad ; pistillidium °5 mm. long by *-1 mm. broad; valves of
capsule 2-5 mm. long by ‘5 mm. broad; spore ‘075 mm. diam.;
elater *D mm. long x ‘01 mm. broad.

Obs.—The crisped, interrupted, entire margin of the fronds
will readily distinguish this species from Symphyogyna rhizo,
bola (Nees), Schwaegr. In S. Brasiliensis (Nees) Mont. the
frond is less undulate and not lobate, and the pistillidia are more
numerous, longer, and contorted.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXXIITI.
Fig. 1. Frond nat. size. 2. Young frondsx11. 3. Cross-section of portion
of frond showing nerve x24, 4. Bract x24. 5. Calyptra x 11.
6. Pistillidium x24. 7. Capsule openedx1l. 8. Spore x 85.
9, Elater x 85.

43 SympuyocyNna opovaTa, Tayl. Lond. Journ. of Bot. (1844),
p. 581.
Mermaid’s Glen, Blue Mts., Sept., 1885 (16 and 22.).
44 UMBRACULUM FLABELLATUM, (Hook.), G.
Wet rocks, Mermaid’s Glen, Blue Mts., Sept., 1885 (13) (25),

BY DR. B. CARRINGTON AND W. H. PEARSON. 1055

45 RIcCARDIA MINIMA, n.sp.

Dioicous ; fronds minute, densely pulvinate, pale green, un-
altered when dry, ramification bipinnate or polydactylous ; stems
convex on the lower surface, plane above, a single lateral row of
cells projects from one or both borders, apex of the shoots gemmi-
parous, gemme very minute, dark green; small, clavate, claret-
coloured, unicellular bodies irregularly scattered under the inferior
surface; involucre postical, surrounded by fringed bracts ; fructi-

fication wanting.

Tufts small, densely pulvinate. Fronds minute, intricately
entangled at the base, pale green even when dry. Stems short,
recurved, bipinnate or polydactylous, linear, slightly narrowed
upward, convex on the under surface plane above, the young
branches narrowed and more obtuse, near the apex somewhat
terete, 12 to 18 cells wide by 6 cells deep on a cross-section,
almost equal in size, marginal cells similar, the upper layer of cells
oblong-quadrate in the middle of the frond, quadrate near the
margin from which a single row of cells projects from one or both
sides. Rootlets wanting. Scattered irregularly on the under
surface are small, clavate, claret-coloured, unicellular bodies, of

doubtful nature.

Gemmiparous at the apex ; gemme extremely minute, dark-
green. Inflorescence dioicous. Involucre postical, only immature
involucra surrounded by two fringed bracts seen, teeth one and

two cells long, obtuse.

Measwrements.—Fronds 5: to 10° mm. long, ‘4 to ‘5 mm. diam.,
‘15 mm. thick ; cells of upper layer -04 x ‘04 mm., ‘05 x ‘04 mm.,
‘04 x -03 mm., :07 x ‘03 mm.

Hab.—On the surface of peat, in bogs, Coogee Bay, N.S.W.,
May, 1885.

1056 HEPATICA COLLECTED BY MR. T. WHITELEGGE IN N. S. WALES,

Obs.—This is the smallest species of the genus known to us. It
differs from Ficcardia palmata (Hedw.) in its pale-green color,
unaltered when dry, more bipinnate ramification, plano-convex
section, marginal row of cells, and its gemmiparous terminal

branches.

In &. palmata the section is bi convex and the margin blunt.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXXIV.

Fig. 1. Plants nat. size. 2-3. Frondsx16. 4. Upper layer of fronds x
290. 5-8. Cross-sections of frondx85. 9. Club-shaped cells
magnified.

46* RiccarDIA crassa (Schwaegr).
Northwood, Lane Cove River (28).

47 Merzceria Furcata, N.
Ball’s Head Bay, Febry., 1885, (31); Cambewarra, Sept.,
1885 (C. Harris), (63).

48 RICCIA MARGINATA, Nn. sp.

Fronds divergent, dichotomous ; segments linear, obovate,
canaliculate, thick and fleshy, olive-green, lower surface rounded,
concolorous, margin fringed with semicircular scales, translucent,
with a wavy purple line at their base, inflexed when dry. Structure
columnar in the upper half, the prismatic rods truncate, chloro-
phyllose below. Capsules rare seated near the base of the fronds,

Spores minute, with sub-cristate markings.

Growing in irregular scattered patches. Fronds large, dark
reddish or olive-green, bifurcate, segments linear, deeply divided,
obovate, oval or cuneate, convexo-inflexed when dry canaliculate ;
texture very firm, thick and cartilaginous, gradually narrowing
towards the margin which is thin and pale, fringed with a row of

BY B. DR. CARRINGTON AND W. H. PEARSON. 1057

hemispheric laminate scales having a purple waved line at the
base. Surface of frond compact, laevigate but bearing minute
scattered papille. Rootlets numerous, papillose within. A cross-
section of the frond shows in the upper half the cells arranged
in very regular columnar series; below this the structure
is chlorophyllose—the investing membrane is composed of larger
lozenge-shaped cells. Capsules deeply imbedded in the fronds,

Spores slightly punctate, narrowly bordered.

Measurements.—Plants 10 to 15 mm. long ; segments 4: to 5:
mm. broad, 1: mm. thick ; spores ‘075 to ‘011 mm. diam.

Hab.—Parramatta, N.S.W., August 1885,

Obs.—This appears to be a new and distinct species, and we fail
to identify it with any of Taylor’s species from New South Wales.
In Riccta acuminata, Tayl., with which it agrees in form, the
margin is entire. Its large size and remarkably firm fleshy
cartilaginous (when dry) texture might lead one to refer it to
Corsinia, or another genus which it resembles in size, but the
presence of the immersed capsules at once determines it.

R. marginata belongs to the ‘“Squamose-fimbriate” sub-section
of Lindenberg, the best-known species of which are R. nigrella»
de Cand., and &. squamata, Nees ; both of these are covered with
roundish purple scales which cover each side of the frond, whereas
the scales of A. marginata are inserted on the same plane as the
surface, are whitish, with purple base, and are only inflexed when
dry.

ft. lamellosa, Raddi, is cream-coloured and the scales oblong,
white, and inserted a little below the margin, over which they
bend,

Rk. fimbriata, Nees, (Mart. Fl. Brazil) appears like ours in the
transverse insertion of the scales, but these are in two oval series,
and the whole surface is studded with large, hyaline, conical
papille, and the section of the frond cavernous.

1058 HEPATICA COLLECTED BY MR. T. WHITELEGGE IN N. 8. WALES,

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXXV.

Fig. 1. Plants nat.size. 2. Plant enlarged. 3-6. Cross-sections x 16. 7.
spores x 85.

49 Riccta BuLLosA, Link. var. VESICULOSA.

Fronds obovate, bilobed, pale silvery green, lobes linear or
cuneate, obtuse, emarginate, obsoletely canaliculate, section trigon-
ous, upper half cavernous, honey-combed, epidermic layer thin,
composed of much smaller cells, rugose, and in the old fronds
pitted.

Plants forming whitish patches. Fronds 3-4 lines long by 1-2
broad, fleshy, bluntly trigonous on section, bifurcate, segments
linear, transversely sulcate, narrowly canaliculate, margin rounded
and waved, epidermic layer cavernous, looking under the micro-
scope like the closed cells of a honey-comb.

On section the upper half of the frond is found to be composed
of prismatic air-cells invested with delicate cellular walls.

Beneath this there is a compact green layer of smaller cells
invested by the outer walls of the frond from which numerous
rootlets are given off. Sides and undersurface greenish.

Measurements —Plant 4 to 7 mm. long; lobes 1°75 mm. to
2-5 mm. broad, 1°25 mm. thick ; sinus °25 mm. deep.

Hab.—On earth, Parramatta, August, 1885.

Obs.—This beautiful species comes very near F. bullosa, Link.
But the enlarged section in Lindenb. Monog. Ricciae, Tab. XXIIL.,
f. 6, shews a constriction between the vesicular and chlorophyllose
parts of the frond.

If further enquiry proves this Australian species to be distinct
from K. bullosa, we propose the name Riccia vesiculosa for it.

BY DR. B. CARRINGTON AND W. H. PEARSON, 1059

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXXVI.

Fig 1. Fronds nat. size. 2. Frondx16. 3. Portion of upper surface of

frond magnified. 4-9. Cross-sections of frond x 16.

50 RicclA ASPRELLA, N. sp.

Fronds gregarious, flabellate, punctate, pale frosted green, seg-
ments obovate or obcordate, emarginate or bilobed, thin and firmly
attached to the ground ; plane but with margins slightly raised
near the apex, rounded, fringed with minute scattered cilia.
Capsule large. Spores minute, dark-brown, sub-rugose.

Growing in irregular flabellate patches, sometimes overlapping,
firmly attached to the ground, small, pale glaucous green, generally
concolorous beneath, but the old portion brown or discoloured.
Fronds thin, bifurcate, obovate, obcordate or cuneate, segments emar-
ginate, plane, of almost equal thickness, margin somewhat raised
near apex, rounded on the upper surface, ciliate, cilia irregularly
distributed, two or three rows deep, short, subulate, when fresh
the surface is beautifully pitted, the epidermic cells large and thick-
walled, with a central umbo like the markings on a thimble,
section of nearly equal thickness, inner layer chlorophyllose.

Rootlets short, frequent. Capsules numerous, spores dark
brown, minutely verruculose, about 200 in a capsule.

Measurements—Fronds 4: to 5° mm. long; lobes 2°75 mm.
broad, :4 to ‘6 mm. thick; cilia *3mm. long, ‘06 mm. broad at the
base, ‘25 mm. long, ‘035 mm. broad at the base, -2 mm. long,
‘075 mm. broad at the base, -175 mm. long, ‘03 mum. broad at the
base ; capsule -7 mm. diam. ; spores ‘(01 mm. diam.

Hab.—On earth, head of Double Bay, Sydney, July, 1885.

Obs.—Riccia crinita, Tayl., the only other ciliated species re-
corded from Australasia, has the margin of a deep purple color, cilia
much more numerous, very long and acicular.

1060 HEPATIC COLLECTED BY MR. T. WHITELEGGE IN N. S. WALES.

This new species resembles in the pale frosted color some forms
of R. glauca, mistaken by Hooker for R. crystallina L., but its
closest alliance is with R. glawcescens, Carr., in which however, the
margin is tumid, purple beneath, and with more scattered and
larger cilia.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXXVII.

Fig. 1 Fronds nat. size. 2. Frondx16. 3. Portion of Cross-section x
24. 4-7. Cross-sections x 24. 8. Cells magnified. 9-11. Cilia x
85. 12. Capsulex 24. 13. Spores x 85.

CONTRIBUTIONS TO CONCHOLOGY, No. 1.
By James C. Cox, M.D., F.L.S.

(Plates xx. and xx1).

1. Heticarion Sopur#, Gaskoin.
(Plate xx. Figs. 8-9).

Originally described by Gaskoin in Proc. Zool. Soc., 1854, p. 152,
as Helix Sophie.

Figured in Reeve’s Con. Icon. Vol. II. Helix, pl. 196, fig. 1377,
as Helix Sophie.

Nanina (Hemiplecta) Sophie in Pfeiffer’s Nomenclator Heli-
ceorum viventium (sub-section Ecarinate), p. 49, 1881.

Figured in Tryon’s Manual Conch., Pulmonata, pl. 16, fig. 26,
Vol. II.; description at p. 83 as Vanina Sophie. The figure of it
as given here is much too conical.

Also figured and described in other works.

This is a true Helicarion and not a Nanina ; the animal now
figured is not entirely retractile within the shell, and the posterior
end has a large dorsal projection and mucous pore.

2. PaRAPHANTA Buspyl, Gray.

(Plate xx. Fig. 6).

Originally described in Ann. Mag. of Nat. Hist. 1841, Vol.
VL, p. 317, as Helia Busbyt.

Nanina (Paraphanta), Pfeiffer, Nomen. Hel., 1881, p. 34.
Shell figured in Reeve, Conch. Icon. Vol. II., pl. 164, fig. 11,
andin many other works.

Tryon’s Manual, Conch., Pulmonata, Vol. I. p. 127, pl. 26, figs.
23-24.

The animal drawn from life by Mrs. E. Forde.

1062 CONTRIBUTIONS TO CONCHOLOGY, NO. I.

3. RHYTIDA PTYCHOMPHALA, Pfeiffer.
(Plate xx. Fig. 7).

Shell originally described by Pfeiffer, P. Z. S., 1851, p. 98, as
Helix ptychomphala. Shell figured in Cox’s Mon. Aust. Land
Shells, pl. VII. fig. l-la, and pl. XVIII. fig. 5. Figured also in
Chemnitz, 2nd edit., Helix, pl. 140, figs. 11-12; in Reeve’s Helix,
Voy. Rattlesnake, and other works.

Animal with shell drawn from life by Mrs. Forde.

I doubt if this species ever was obtained from Port Essington
as recorded originally by Pfeiffer, and repeated by Tryon in his
Manual, Vol. I. Pulmonata, p. 123. It ranges from Port Macquarie
to the Manning River on the East Coast of N. 8S. Wales,
especially at the Bellinger River.

4. Butimina (LEPARUS) LARREYI, Brazier.
(Plate xx. Figs. 1-2).
Originally described in P. Z. S. 1871, p. 321, but was not
figured.

Animal and shell.

5. Hetix (RHAGADA) Koorincensis, Angas.
(Plate xx. Figs. 3-4-5.)
Shell originally described in P. Z.8., 1877, p. 33, and figured
there by a wood-cut. The specimens which I have figured were

sent to me by post from 8. Australia twelve months ago, and are
still alive and healthy, having been fed solely on carrots.

Shell with the animal.

6. Hexix (GEoTRocHUS) GURGUSTI, Cox.
(Plate xx1. Figs. 3-4).
Originally described in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, Vol. IV.
p. 114, 1879.

Illustration of shell alone.

BY JAMES C. COX, M.D., F.L.S. 1063:

7. Hexix (Georrocuus) Yuuensis, Brazier.
(Plate xx1. Figs. 5-6).
Originally described in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, Vol. I.
p. 105, 1875-6.
Illustration of shell only.

8. Butimus MacFarRLANDI, Brazier.
(Plate xxi. Fig. 7).

Originally described in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, Vol. L.
p. 4, 1875-6.

Bulimus Macfarlandi, Brazier, not of Brug as in Pfeiffer’s
Nomenclator Heliceorum, 1881, in index where the name is also
spelt incorrectly “ MacFarlandi.” It is the same species as is
erroneously named B. MacFarlanei, Cox, in Piitel’s Cat. p. 98.

Figure given of shell only.

9. VITRINA SUPERBA, Cox. |

(Plate xx1. Figs. 8-9).
OriginaJly described in P. Z. 8. Lond., 1871, p. 54, but was not
figured.
Figure of shell only.

10. Hexrx (GeotrocHus) CHApPMANI, Cox.

Originally described in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, Vol. IV.
p. 115, where only an outline figure was given of it.
Illustration given of shell only.

11. CocutostyLta HInpEI, n.sp.

(Plate xx1. Figs. 1-2).

Shell rather thin, semi-translucent, pyramidally ovate, non umbi-
licated: whorls six and a half to seven, the first ventricose, the
second less so, the remainder almost flat in the centre but made
to appear convex by being contracted towards the sutural junction ;
they are white and are covered with a thin membranous
epidermis of a brownish-yellow or light chestnut colour, 'which

1064 CONTRIBUTIONS TO’ CONCHOLOGY, NO. I.

easily peals off by exposure, the epidermis in matured specimens
is only present on the first three whorls, those beyond are nude,
and from age and exposure are whitish-brown ; the first three
whorls are slantingly uniformly transversely striated with lines
of growth, the striation showing through the membranous epidermis ;
the suture is impressed and is lined below on the lower two whorls
by a narrow but very distinct dark band, which grows finer as it
ascends and becomes lost about the middle of the third whorl; the
striation appears worn off the upper 3 or 4 whorls.

Columella arched, adnate, with a disposition only to be twisted,
the lower end of the columella has a blunt tubercular plait which
is whitish soiled-looking, this streak of almost white extends
upwards as a narrow margin to the internal edge of the columella.
The aperture is oval with a rather broad expanded reflected lip all
round, the peristomal surface of which is dark brown, almost quite
black; the interior of the aperture is of pale cream colour; the
dark band which borders the suture shows through the substance
of the shell internally. Length 40 mm.; breadth of last whorl
19 mm.; length of aperture 20 mm.; length of last whorl with
aperture 22 mm.; from apex of shell to insertion of outer lip
14 mm.

Hab.—New Ireland (B. Hinde, R.N.),

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE XX.

Figs. 1-2.—Bulimina Larreyi, Brazier.
3, 3, 4,5.—Helix Kooringensis, Angas.
5 6.—Paraphanta Busbyi, Gray
SA 7.—Rhytida ptychomphala, Pfr.
» 8, 9.—Helicarion Sophie, Gask.
PLATE XXI.
Figs. 1-2.—Cochlostyla Hindei, Cox.
>, 93, 4.—Helix ( Geotrochus) Gurgustii, Cox
>» 9,6.—A. yulensis, Brazier.
2 7.—Bulimus Macfarlandi, Brazier.
> 98, 9.—Vitrina superba, Cox.
», 10, 11.—Helix (Geotrochus) Chapmani, Cox.

ON A SUPPOSED NEW SPECIES OF NOTOTHERIUN.
By C. W. Det Vis, M.A.

For some time it has appeared with increasing probability that
the series of Nototheroid jaws forming part of the Queensland
collection includes representatives of a Wototherium distinct from
NV. mitchelli, Ow., distinct also from NV. inermis, Ow., a species which
has not as yet been met with by the collectors or friends of the
Museum. The suspicion originally based on the very backward
position of the inlet of the dental canal in a mandibular fragment,
was partially confirmed by a mandible retaining one of its premo-
lars ; but this tooth was ground down almost to its base, and al-
though it presented appearances irreconcileable with those which
would probably be yielded by a premolar of WV. mitchelli (as identified
by Sir R. Owen) similarly abraded, it did not, or rather could not, in
such condition inspire full confidence in its distinctiveness. All
such ground for hesitation has however been removed by the
the acquisition of a lately adult jaw in which the premolar is well
preserved ; the specific differences displayed by it are obvious,
and may be allowed to determine the presence of a third species
in the drifts of the Darling Downs, for which may be proposed
the name, if an excusable one,

NovToTHERIUM DUNENSE.

Diagnostic characters: —Tusk-like incisors well developed; pre-
molar (p*) small, subtriangular, unilobate; inlet of dental canal
much behind postmolar angle and much above alveolar
level ; exterobasal ridges of molars interrupted ; talons anterior
and posterior well-developed ; molars gradually enlarged; inner
symphysial curve opposite hinder lobe of m'.

1066 ON A SUPPOSED NEW SPECIES OF NOTOTHERIUM,

Distinguished from NW. mitchelli, Ow., by the size and structure
of the premolar and position of the inlet of the dental canal ; from
LV. inermis, Ow., by the development of the tusks and consequent
retrocession of the symphysial curve ; from D. victoriw, Ow., by
the position of the inlet of the dental canal and by the gradual
enlargement of the molars serially.

Description of a left recently adult mandible (No. 5489)
m’* coming into use. The symphysial slope makes with the
base of the jaw an open angle of 20°; the upper surface of the
symphysis ascends gently from the incisive outlet to the level of
the premolar, then descends with a more rapid curve to the vertical
of the mid-valley of m'; above its posterior margin is a small
subcireular depression for insertion of ligament. The convexity
of the inner mandibular wall is at this age feeble, even beneath
m*; the concavity of the lower part of the wall is consequently
shallow and broad, and confined to the part above the angle, which
is feebly reflected and very obtuse. The diastema is equal in
length to that of the two anterior true molars ; its edge surmount-
ing the rapidly sloping surface of the symphysis sharp, and it
descends with a gentle curve and inclination to the incisive outlet.
The alveolar line makes with the diastema a graceful sigmoid
curve ; on the outer side anteriorly the mandibular wall descends
sheer from the diastemal edge ; on the vertical of dm! it becomes
convex and it increases in convexity as far as the root of the
coronoid process, which, in this stage of growth, springs upwards
opposite to the fore lobe of m*; the fore edge of the coronoid
plate, so far as it is preserved, inclines forward ; the postmolar
platform is as yet incompletely formed ; its inner angle is obtuse
and sharp-edged ; its outer end is confluent with a low broad
buttress rising with a backward slope upon the side of the ascend-
ing ramus; this convex surface ends abruptly in the fore edge of
the inlet of the dental canal, which at this period is distant from
the postmolar angle by a space equal to the length of m'; the
direction of the inlet is caudo-dorsad ; the anterior orifice of the
canal is just anterior to the forefang of the premolar.

BY GC. W. DE VIS, M.A. 1067

Teeth.— The incisor is subprismatic, gently curved and slightly
inclined upwards, more strongly cutwards, from the incisive out-
let ; its lower surface broadest and with a shallow median groove ;
each of its lateral surfaces traversed by a broader and deeper
groove ; its upper surface much narrower than the lower, convex
and ending in the apex of an elongately triangular area of wear,
itself ending in a gouge-shaped cutting edge formed by the enamel of
the lower surface ; the tooth is equal in length to that of d* and m!
together. The premolar p* is slightly more than half the length
of d‘, in shape it is an isosceles triangle with rounded angles ; it
consists of a single lobe bordered on the hinder half of its outer
and the whole of its posterior side by a broad cingulum inter-
rupted in the middle of its hinder course by a low link, and on the
intero-posterior angle of the tooth curving upwards upon the
adjacent angle of the lobe ; on the inner side of the fore end of
the lobe is a rudimentary pre-basal ridge; the summit of the
lobe is degraded by wear into a sub-triangular tract prolonged to
a point upon the anterior and intero-posterior angles of the lobe.

The teeth of the molar series become broader by insensible
degrees, contrasting in this respect with the sudden increase in
breadth attained in MY. victoria by the posterior two; as usual in
in-adolescent individuals of this genus their lobes incline more and
more inward as they recede, the teeth being still in that phase of
development in which the posterior molars while moving forwards
are revolving upwards towards the horizontal level finally reached.
The intero-basal ridges are limited to the closure of the valleys on
that side. The exterobasal ridge of m®* passes uninterruptedly
over the hinder lobe, closes the outer entry of the valley, and sub-
sides on reaching the fore lobe ; that of m*® sends up a narrow
tongue upon the hind lobe, and in conjunction with the upward
curve of the adjacent end of the anterior talon a broad and low
one upon the fore lobe. On m' the vertical process from the ridge
is on the hind lobe, narrower than on m’; on the fore lobe broader
than that on the hind lobe, but narrower than that on the fore lobe
of m*; on m! these processes are about equal in breadth. A
strong conical tubercle arms the ridges of m' and d‘ as they cross

1068 ON A SUPPOSED NEW SPECIES OF NOTOTHERIUM,

the entries of the mid-valley. The anterior and posterior talons
are broader than the lateral ridges and commence at the inner
angle of each tooth. The teeth m* and m’ are of full size, recently
brought into mutual contact; their length individually and serially
is not diminished by compression. The summits of the lobes of
m* are touched by wear, but their dentine is not exposed. The
lobes of d* are more than half worn down, and this tooth was
evidently in use, as it is in VV. mitchell, before the eruption of the

premolar.
Length from tip of incisor to entry of dental canal... 346 mm.
Length of molar series ee a <ae wos) LO) moa:
Length of diastema ... ae Ae eget (hacen
External height to basal Mage of ae “is 2%. (Oo Mmm,
Length of incisor from outlet ae ua oat Omni
Length of p*... nee ee sa at sits, lit OTe
Breadth ae Sor ae spe ae ... 14°5 mm.
Length of m’.. one soe a Ae a.) 40 anima
Breadth of m* ce ; ; . 29°5 mm.

The changes which may fake lees in the jaw of the present
species during the progress of adult life may be instructively
observed in the example, clearly identified by the premolar, to
which allusion has already been made. This fine relic, No. 5451,
is a rather aged mandible, wanting the incisive region, coronoid
plates, alar expansions, and condyles. The more obvious changes
are the increased depth, to the amount of one-sixth, with corres-
ponding thickening of the horizontal ramus and the accentuation
of the specific character afforded by the position of the inlet of the
dental canal which has now receded from the postmolar angle to
a distance equal to the length of m*, and has had its aspect turned
dorsad by an extension behind it of the ridge which in earlier life
it terminated; this ridge now rises to join a convex surface
below the condylar process ; the outer mandibular wall is much
flatter, the convexity passing into the root of the coronoid process
commencing rather suddenly beneath m* and inferiorly subsiding
before reaching the lower edge of the jaw. The coronoid process
is now opposite the hinder lobe of m*. The postmolar platform

BY C. W. DE VIS, M.A. 1069

has become a long outwardly sloping area forming with the hinder
end of the intra-coronoid groove a broad surface for muscular
insertion ; its angle is more acute and sharply labiate. The
convexity of the hinder part of the inner mandibular wall is much
more pronounced consequent upon the development of the fangs
of the posterior molars; the corcavity beneath is therefore
apparently greater, but the reflection of the angle remains as
feeble as before ; absorption resulting from compression, itself the
result of the forward march of the molars, has removed so much
of the ante- and post-talons that the entire length of the series is
considerably reduced. Since, however, the youngest tooth m° is
on one side nearly worn down to its basal ridge while the premolar
is still in place and function with its fangs intact, it is probable
that the forward movement of the teeth is not a rapid one; and
from the position of the outlet of the dental canal beneath the
forefang of the premolar compared with its position in the much
younger individual in which it is: barely anterior to that
fang, it would seem probable that the progression of the
teeth in Nototherium is never carried on to the same
extent as in the deciduous-toothed Macropods. The extero-
lateral ridge of m* sends up a vertical process on the
hinder lobe and, running further across the fore lobe than in the
younger example, forms with the adjacent edge of the ante-talon a
low flat process on that lobe also; showing that its condition is
liable to individual variation. The premolar is planed down to
its base, but enough enamel remains to show as on a plan the
limitations of its original form, the single lobe with its pre-basal
ridge or lip and post-basal talon; on the inner angle of this,
however, a flat surface has been formed which, without the
teaching of the more perfect tooth, would have suggested the
former presence of a tubercle or small lobe in that position.

External height to basal ridge of m? a :.. , Soro
Length of molar series = Bet So ... 166 mm.
Length of m’*... wee dé tae ds ... 41mm.
Height to sigmoid notch ... a A ... 203 mm.
Length from p® to back of condylar process ... 287 mm.

68

1070 ON A SUPPOSED NEW SPECIES OF NOTOTHERIUM.

In a third example, No. 5482, the hinder half of a horizontal
ramus equal as to age with the one last-mentioned, the following
individual differences appear—still greater depth, 117 mm. ;
increased retrogression of the inlet of the dental canal, and an
advance of m* slightly beyond the root of the coronoid process. A
fourth specimen with m* one-third worn has probably been derived
from a middle-aged female; it has the same comparatively slender
proportions and rounded external form as the young adult male,
but the teeth are narrower though not shorter, and the dental
canal commences much further from the postmolar angle than the
length of m*; the height to the basal ridge of m? is 84 mm. The
tubercles at the entries of the valleys in m’ occur again in a frag-
ment with a voung tooth of that symbol attached; these tubercles
are therefore in the present species occasional, but not, as surmised
by Sir R. Owen in the case of WV. vietorie, constant. Several (six)
other more or less mutilated fragments referrible to NW. dunense
occur in the collection; they do not however enable one to add
anything to the record.

Upper jaw.—In the number of maxillary fossils which very
probably belong to one or other of the Nototheride, there is a
series which, without fear of grave objection might be adduced as
co-specific with the mandibles above-described. But the seeming
absence of irreconcilable characters is not, in this case at least,
sufficient to establish identity, and until the discovery of jaws
naturally associated shall remove all the numerous chances of error
besetting the exercise of the judgment in such matters, it is as
well to avoid the confusion resulting from the misappropriation
of any parts of the skeleton.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

Outer and side-views of the left ramus of the lower jaw of Nototherium

dunense, De V.
Half natural size.)

NOTES ON A NEW DIPTEROUS INSECT BELONGING
TO THE FAMILY CECIDOMYIDZ INFESTING
GRASS; ALSO ON TWO HYMENOPTEROUS IN-
SECTS PARASITIC UPON THE FORMER.

By Freperick A. A. SKUSE.

At our meeting in May last, Mr. Macleay exhibited some mal-
formed grass, which he described as infested with a minute grub,
which lived in the stem and caused a thickening of it, and which he
suspected to be the grub of a minute dipterous insect, probably
belonging to the family Cecidomyide or gall-gnats. Subsequently
Mr. Macleay handed the grass over to me for investigation. When
IT first saw it I recognised the larvee and habits of the Cecido-
myide, and I have since carefully watched for the advent of the
perfect insect. On December 5th, the first imagines emerged, and
they have continued to come out in a very irregular manner up till
the present time. Only a small number of the flies have emerged
compared with the quantity still remaining in the larval state.
This evening I have for exhibition a box of specimens illustrating
almost the whole life-history of the insect in question.

The fly belongs to the genus Lasioptera, and although the habits of
this species are in some particulars similar to those of the so-called
“Hessian-fly” ( Cecidomyia (Diplosis) destructor), which has for more
than a century proved exceedingly destructive to wheat in America
and elsewhere, the two insects are very distinct in appearance and
belong to totally different genera. It is not at all likely to attack
wheat, or in fact anything but the species of grass upon which it
has been discovered, as most of the larvee of the gall-midges live
exclusively in a certain species of plant only. Further than this
—each species always attacks the same part of a particular plant ;

1072 NOTES ON A NEW DIPTEROUS INSECT,

and every part of the plant, from the root to the flower, is liable to
an attack from a distinct form of Cecidomyide. The ‘“Hessian-
fly” lays its eggs on the leaves of the wheat, and the larvee when
hatched make their way down the leaf and congregate within the
sheath. Although my acquaintance with the insect before our
notice dates only from an advanced stage of the larval state, I feel
convinced, from the appearance of the stem, that the eggs are
deposited in that situation in the first instance and not on the leaf
or spathe. The larve are found concealed in the stalk under the
spathe (without any other indication of ingress than a microscopic
puncture which I presume to have been made by the female
ovipositor), where they form delicate white filmy cocoons pre-
vious to assuming the pupa state. The larve are of a bright
saffron or orange colour, and are in length about a line and a-half
when full grown., I exhibit specimens of these dried, and in spirit,
also the cocoons and pupe. I have also made enlarged sketches
of the insect in larva, pupa and imago states, in order that you
may be better enabled to distinguish their appearance, the speci-
mens themselves being so diminutive. I am unable to state the
length of time this insect remains in the larval state. These
particular individuals were for some time enclosed in a dark
box, but emerged a few days after having been transferred to
another case with a glass cover, and placed in the sun. From
what I have remarked with reference to the cocoon, it will of
course be inferred that the insect undergoes its metamorphoses
in the grass. Many larve of the Cecidomyide, however (in-
cluding the genus Laszoptera), leave the food-plant and conceal
themselves under ground to undergo their transformations.

I refrain from now giving a description of this interesting insect,
which I propose to call Lasioptera vastatrix (in allusion to its
destructive character), as it will be included in a monograph
of the Australian Cecidomyide which [ hope to read at our
next meeting.

Two small species of Hymenopterous insects belonging to the
Proctotrupide emerged with the specimens of ZL. vastatrix, and
are evidently parasitic upon it. They appear to be species of

BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 1073

Platygaster. Like the Ichnewmonide the members of this group
are parasitic in their habits, the females depositing their eggs in
the eggs and larve of other insects, and attacking especially the
larvee of the 72pulide, Aphides, and Lepidoptera. They are par-
ticularly serviceable in checking the over-production of some of
the Cecidomyide infesting cereal plants. There exists an enormous
number of species spread all over the globe, and the German
forms alone are referred to 150 or more genera.

1074 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

A Note on Echinaster decanus, Mill. and Trosch. By Professor
F. Jeffrey Bell, M.A., Corr. Mem. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.

It may be of interest to the members of the Linnean Society
of New South Wales to learn that one of the results of Dr.
Ramsay’s dredgings in Port Jackson has been the discovery of
the exact habitat of a rare species, which, had it been described
by naturalists less masters of their subject than Miiller and
Troschel, might be said also to be little known. The specimen
sent me by Dr. Ramsay was taken in the trawl off George’s
Head last May; it is rather more than five inches in spread,
and is remarkable for the large size of the pore-areas; in
these there are a number of respiratory processes, and I expect
to learn that this starfish is found living in localities where respira-
tion is less easily effected than it is generally by these animals. It
would be of interest to a cabinet naturalist to have the relation of
the number of respiratory pores to the conditions of aeration
investigated by those who have such advantageous opportunities
for the work as the zoologists of Sydney.

Postscript to the above.—Since Professor Bell received the
specimen above-mentioned, the Museum has obtained some very
large individuals of the same species, 9} inches in expanse, the
central disk between the arms being 2:2 inches, some of the pore-
areas being 0°9 inch in breadth and others 1 inch in length; the
length of the arms twice that of the central portion. Although
closely allied to Hchinaster, I believe it will eventually find its way
into a new genus. The species has been taken by the trawl in
shallow water not exceeding five fathoms, but also on one occasion
in from ten to twelve fathoms. Localities in Port Jackson for
this rare species are, off George’s Head, Shark Reef, and Doe.
Point.—(#. P. Ramsay.)

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 1075

Dr. Ramsay exhibited the rare starfish Hchinaster decanus
alluded to in Professor Bell’s note. The specimen was taken off
George’s Head, Port Jackson ; it has also been taken under rocks,
at low tide, on Shark Reef. He also exhibited four species of
Phalangista from the Bellender-Ker Ranges, P. lemwroides,
P. Archeri, P. Johnstonec and a probably new species ; and of
birds specimens of Scenopeus dentirostris, Ptilorhis Victoria, Hete-
romias cinerifrons, and Monarcha canescens.

Dr. Cox exhibited living specimens of Helix Maconelli, Reeve,
from the Heads of the Pine River, and the Mary River in
Queensland, and H. Falconari, Reeve, from Ballina, on the Rich-
mond River, with the object of showing how remarkably similar
the animals are, the former being a little darker than the latter,
and less nodose on the surface. A specimen was also exhibited
of a shell quite intermediate between these two species, having
the exserted spire of H. Maconelli, with only a slight umbilicus
quite unlike what usually exists in HZ. Valconari.

Dr. Cox also exhibited a fine specimen of the rare Zrigonia
Strangei, A. Adams, which was dredged near the Heads of Port
Jackson by Mr. J. Brazier. This is about only the second living
specimen recorded; dead valves are thrown up often in large
numbers at Long Reef outside Port Jackson Heads and at
Wollongong ; but, odd to say, it has not been dredged in a
living state by any of the scientific expeditions which have visited
these shores.

Mr. Whitelegge exhibited examples of the species of Hepaticze
described in the paper by Dr. Carrington and Mr. W. H. Pearson.

Mr. Smithurst exhibited a Crystalline Petrifaction formed in four
years by a drip of surface drainage upon a steam boiler, at Beacons-
field, Tasmania.

Mr. Maiden exhibited a collection of Plants from the country
between Wilcannia and Milparinka. Also, seeds of Hremophila
Sturtii, and Clianthus Dampierit, for distribution; and a specimen
of Graphite from the only workable deposit yet met with in N.S.W.

1076 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Masters exhibited some specimens of Danais Petilia, Stoll,
and Danais Chrysippus, Linn., with the following explanatory
note :—

‘‘ Among a considerable collection of Rhopalocerous Lepidoptera
made by Mr. W. W. Froggatt, at or near King’s Sound, N. W.
Australia, during this summer, I find several specimens of what
is without doubt the Danais Petilia, Stoll ; and as it is a species
about which many mistakes have been made, a short explanatory
note seems not undesirable. Danais Petilia was first described
and figured in Stoll’s Suppl. to Cramer’s Papil. p. 132, Pl. 28, fig.
3, (1790), and again described by Godart in the Eney. Method.
Hist. Nat. t. ix, p. 139-41 (1819). Both these authorities give
as the habitat of the species, China, the Coromandel Coast,
and the Island of Java. I cannot say when Australia was
first given as a locality, but I think that in Doubleday
and Westwood’s “Genera of Diurnal Lepidoptera” Vol. 1,
published in 1850, the only habitat given for Danais
Petilia, Stoll, is “Australia generally.” In the same publi-
cation Danais chrysippus, Fabr., one of the most common
of Australian Butterflies, is not mentioned as Australian at all.
In Kirby’s Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera (1871), the habitat
ascribed to D. Petilia is simply Australia, and to D, chrysippus
‘Orbis antiq.” In my Catalogue of the Diurnal Lepidoptera of
Australia, published in 1873, I placed J. Petilia on the list, on
the authority of Doubleday and Westwood, and Kirby, though I
had never seen a specimen of it, and [ replaced D. chrysippus on
the list, because I had myself seen numberless specimens from N.
S. Wales and Queensland. To this several Lepidopterists demur ;
Mr. Miskin (1) asserts boldly that D. chrysippus and D. Petilia
are one and the same species, while Mr. A. G. Butler (2)
unhesitatingly declares both Mr. Miskin and myself to be wrong,
that D. chrysippus is never found in Australia, and that D. Petra
is the common species of this country. Mr. Semper also in his
list of Rhopalocera (3) makes a similar mistake. That it is a

(1) Trans. Ent. Soe. 1875, p. 244; (2) Trans. Ent. Soc. 1285, p. 8; (3)
Journ. Mus. Godeff. Heft 14, p. 141 (1879).

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 1077

mistake is now evident, and is traceable as far back as Doubleday
and Westwood’s work of 1852, though whether it was antecedent
to that or not I cannot ascertain. It seems remarkable that so
many Lepidopterists should have quietly accepted the name of
D. Petilia for an insect, which in no way answers to Stoll’s Plate
nor to the description given by Godart. The common Danais
chrysippus may, in Australia, differ in some minute details from
those of other parts of the world, but it never can be mistaken
for D. Petilia, which I have now for the first time seen in speci-
mens from King’s Sound, North-west Australia.”

The President exhibited for Dr. Woolls:—From Mount Wilson:
Tmesipteris Tannensis (Bernh.), from caudices of tree ferns ; Pra-
sophyllum nigricans (R. Br.) ; Cryptostylis leptochila (F. v. M.),
rather rare ; Backea linifolia (Rudge), common in swampy places;
Atkinsonia ligustrina (F. v. M.), a terrestrial mistletoe ; Boronia
pinnata (Sm.), B. microphylla (Sieb.), by some regarded as
varieties ; Symphyonema montanum (R. Br.), Hakea propinqua
(Cunn.). From Cobar: Hucalyptus viminalis (Labill.) (a new
habitat). From Mudgee: Aira caryophyllea (Linn.), 10 miles from
Mudgee (new habitat); Dodonwa attenuata (Cunn.), 20 miles from
Wellington ; Brachycome decipiens (Hook.), from hills near Mud-
gee, worthy of cultivation; Veronica serpillyfolia (Linn.), common
near Two-mile Flat; according to Bentham, a variety of Indigofera
australis (Willd.) var. minor (F.v.M.) ; Loranthus linophyllus
(Fenzl.), on Casuarina Cunninghami ; Gnapholodes uliginosum
(A. Gray); Pittosporum phillyreoides (DC.) ; Cheiranthera lin-
earis (A. Cunn.), flowers of a rich dark blue. From the Lachlan:
Atalaya hemiglauea (F.v.M.); Petalostylis labicheoides (R. Br.)
(new habitat).

Mr. Mitchell exhibited a remarkable concretion in appearance
like a cast of the interior of a large Cucurbitaceous Fruit, from an
unknown locality in the neighbourhood of Bungonia ; also photo-
grapbs of six species of Trilobites from Bowning.

Mr. North exhibited Eggs of Platycercus Burnardi, Psephotus
hematogaster, and Trichoglossus chlorolepidotus.

1078 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Skuse exhibited a box of specimens illustrating almost the
whole life-history of the new Dipterous insect referred to in
his Note.

Mr. Ogilby exhibited Zvripterygium annulatum and Congro-
murena longicauda, as described in his paper. Also, Hoplo-
cephalus ornatus (?) from the Macquarie River, and Pseudechis
australis, a species mainly confined to the plains of the west.

Mr. Fletcher exhibited, for Mr. De Vis, left ramus of lower jaw
of Notothertum, n. sp., exhibiting 3rd molar unworn, and the
premolar very little abraded.

Mr. T. W. Edgeworth David, B.A., F.G.S., exhibited specimens
of rocks and rock-sections, and in reference to them read the
following notes :—

(1) On the occurrence of Basalt-glass (Tachylyte) in the Vege-
table Creek district, New England :—

No previous mention has been made, as far as the author is
aware, with the exception of two brief notices made by him in
1886,*+ of the occurrence of tachylyte in New South Wales. In
the present note the author does not attempt to do more than
describe the general characteristics of this rock, a detailed account
of which he hopes to give on a future occasion.

The basalt-glasses [tachylytes] hitherto described from other
countries are stated to occur chiefly in the following manner :—

{ (1) As thin, vitreous selvages of dykes.
(2) As thin coatings on the under surfaces of lava streams.
(3) As thin crusts on the upper surfaces of basaltic lavas.
(4) (a) As ejected blocks |lapilli ete. ].
(b) As kernels in basaltic tufts.

* Transactions of the Geological Society of Australasia, Vol. I. part 1,
p- 30.

+Geology of the Vegetable Creek Tin-mining Field, published at the
Government Printing Office for the Department of Mines, Sydney, pp. 28,
30 and 31.

+ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Vol. XX XIX. p. 447.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 1079

(5) As thin linings to steam-holes formed in basalt.
(6) As thin surface-films on stalactites in caves in basaltic lava.

(7) As extensive lava-sheets as at Hawaii in the Sandwich
Islands, and the Friendly Islands (?).

In Europe basalt-glass is a comparatively rare rock, being
restricted in its occurrence to the first six modes described, its
massive development at Hawaii, and perhaps at the Friendly Isles,
being quite exceptional. In all the other cases, except the two
last, it has been formed through a local rapid cooling of the basalt
lava ; those portions which cooled more slowly having their base
more or less completely devitrified.

At Vegetable Creek basalt-glass occurs as small ejected blocks,
or lapilli, of the size of walnuts, and these have been cemented
in places, chiefly by spheerosiderite (?), into a fine voleanic agglo-
merate. The lapilli have been found on the surface of the basalt
near the E. side of portion 70, parish of Arvid, and the agglo-
merate near the N.E. corner of portion 171, parish of Scone, to
the S. of Reynold’s selection. The lapilli are of irregular shape,
subangular, and pitted superficially with steam-holes. The colour
of the weathered surfaces is dark brownish-grey, and that of
freshly broken surfaces black, with a resinous or pitchy lustre.
The hardness is about 6. The fusibility is about the same as that
of natrolite, the fused bead being of a brownish black colour. The
powder of the basalt glass is not magnetic, or only very feebly so.

Thin slices of this rock, seen under the microscope, show that it
ig micro-porphyritic instructure, consisting of a translucent, brown-
ish-yellow, glassy magma in which occur micro-porphyritic crystals
of olivine, and a few of augite, both enclosing crystallized mag-
netite, microscopic crystals of triclinic felspar and augite, and
spherulites, and globulitic strings traversing the magma and in
places following the cracks. The glass remains perfectly dark
under crossed nicols, with the exception of some locally devitri-
fied portions. The glass is traversed by a network of cracks
running irregularly, or grouped zonally round the large olivine

1080 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

grains, so as to give the rock the aspect of having a perlitic
structure in places. Some of these cracks are partly filled with
lines of globulites (?). These have the appearance of strings of
miscroscopic beads. The material shows a feeble double refraction.
It is uncertain whether these are globulites or a succession of minute
bubble-holes. If the latter they may be compared to the ‘‘ bubble
ropes” so frequently observable in the Melbourne ‘ blue-stone.”
The latter are frequently 2 to 3 inches wide, and many yards in
length, and the bubble-holes about + of an inch in diameter.
Spherulites are tolerably abundant. These consist of concentric
rings of clear and greenish glassy material partly devitrified,
the nucleus assuming a fibrous radial structure. A small
central cavity is often observable. Some of the spherulites are
separated, by sharp lines, from the surrounding base, but others
merge into it. It is difficult to determine whether their
growth was concretionary or incretionary, @.e., whether the
spherulitic structure commenced from the centre and spread
outwards, or whether it commenced from the sides of steam-holes
and extended itself inwards until the cavity was almost filled.
The sharp line of demarcation between the outer edges of some
of the spherulites and the magma argues an incretionary origin
similar to that of an agate, while in other cases the gradual
transition from the magma into the spherulite favours the suppo-
sition that their origin was concretionary and comparable to that
of spherulites in obsidian, and of concretions in orbicular diorite.
It is a remarkable fact that magnetite is almost wholly absent
from the base, being visible only as dusty zones encircling small
felspar crystals, and as dendrites lining cracks in the glass, and the
insides of gas-pores in the olivine grains. This accounts for the
powder of this rock not being magnetic, in which respect it differs
from most of the European tachylytes. The iron is probably
combined with the silica as in the Hawaiian lavas. The augite
occurs in fragmentary and corroded crystals enclosing magnetite,
and in small imperfectly formed microscopic crystals of a
yellowish or purplish-brown colour, bounded externally by narrow
dark zones. The felspars are almost without exception triclinic:

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 1081

and multiple-twinned. The sides of the microscopic crystals
parallel to the principal axis are sharply defined while the ends
are frayed out. They are arranged tangentially round the large
grains of olivine. From this disposition, and from the absence of
evidence of corrosion, it would appear that they were formed at or
near the surface of the volcanic orifice, and were not derived from
great depths. The olivine grains on the other hand appear to be
“erratics,” like the large augite crystals, as may be inferred from
their rounded outlines, the corrosion they have undergone, which
in some cases has allowed glassy material from the base to
penetrate to the heart of the crystal, and from their size as
compared with the microscopic crystals, some of them measuring
one-twelfth of an inch in longest diameter. A tew of the olivine
crystals are traversed by cracks along which greenish or reddish-
brown decomposition-products have formed. The majority how-
ever are remarkably free from alteration and show clear boundaries.
The edges, however, when examined under a { inch power, are
seen to be systematically corroded or fused along certain parallel
lines (probably the solution planes of the crystal) so that the
edges appear to be ribbed like a file, or toothed like a saw, For a
short distance from the edges of the olivine crystals the glassy
base has become devitrified possibly owing to the highly beated
olivine grains keeping the temperature of the glass surrounding
and interpenetrating them at a higher temperature than the rest
of the glass, and so allowing it to cool more slowly, which would
of course favour its devitrification near the point of contact. One
of the larger olivine grains is penetrated by a steam-pore, or
minute tube, the inside of which is partly coated with partially
devitrified glass, which has assumed arborescent forms ; and in
another part of the same crystal is another minute steam-pore
coated with ‘black dendrites, probably dusty magnetite which
formed simultaneously with the dendritic magnetite in some of the
cracks in the glass during the cooling of the lava. The pore
extends from the centre of the olivine grain to its outer surface
where it empties into another pore, which in turn passes into a
line of globulites in the glass. A very significant fact is the

1082 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

occurrence of well-crystallized magnetite enclosed in the olivine
grains and augite crystals, magnetite in this form being wholly
absent from the glass, as already stated. If the absence of
magnetite from the glassy base is to be accounted for by the very
high temperature of the lava at the time of its eruption keeping
the iron combined with the silica until the whole was suddenly
cooled, it follows that the olivine must have crystallized originally
at a temperature sufficiently low to allow of the crystallizing out
of the magnetite. The temperature of the basalt glass at the time
of eruption was certainly sufficient to fuse or dissolve the olivine, as
evidenced by the deeply eroded edges of the latter. The crystal-
lized magnetite in the olivine and augite crystals must therefore
have been formed at some time previous to the eruption which
produced the lapilli, or at any rate previous to the glassy lavas
reaching the surface, and its presence in the olivine, and in the
few larger crystals of augite, shows that these minerals must also
have crystallized previous to the out-pouring of the lava, and
consequently these crystals must have been formed at great depths.
Magnetite occurs in two distinct forms each belonging to different
dates. Firstly in well-defined octahedral crystals, and secondly as
fine dust forming an opaque dusty-brown zone round some of the
felspar crystals, and occasionally in dendritic forms in gas-pores in
the olivine grains and in the cracks in the glassy base. Most of
the magnetite is found crystallized in the manner first-described,
forming enclosures in the olivine and in a few of the augite
crystals.

Summary.—The microscopic structure of these lapilli, as roughly
sketched in these notes, warrants no more than provisional
inferences as to their possible history. Previous to the newer
eruption which produced the lapilli, olivine and augite along with
magnetite must have crystallized out in deep-seated underlying
regions, which may have formed the sources of one of the previous
basaltic eruptions. (There is a distinct evidence in this district of
at least two eruptions of basalt at widely different dates, the
lapilli belonging to one of the newer eruptions). The temperature
at which the olivine and augite crystallized may have been low

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 1083:

enough, or the conditions of cooling slow enough, to allow of the
separation of the iron from the silicates in the form of magnetite.
Then towards the commencement of the newer eruption the rock
in which the crystals were embedded became liquified, and these
crystals entangled in the molten glass were carried upwards to the
top of the volcanic orifice. Here part of the lava may have been
thrown into the air, and fallen as lapilli, either on to the ground
or into water. As no flattening out of the lapilli was observed
the latter may have been the case. The crystallites [the trichites
and belonites] and perhaps the microscopic crystals of felspar
did not begin to form before the lava began to cool, and thus
grouped themselves tangentially around the micro-porphyritic
crystals of olivine and augite. The pent-up liquid and gaseous
enclosures in the olivine and augite in the lapilli, on the velief of
pressure consequent on reaching the earth’s surface, probably
burst their way out through the sides of the crystals leaving tube-
like pores resembling shot-holes, and escaped through the glass to
the outer surface of the lapilli, the pores afterwards becoming
lined with dendritic dusty magnetite at the same time that
, magnetite was separated out in the same form along the cracks
in the cooling glassy base. Spherulites, and possibly strings of
globulites, formed in the base while it was cooling. The latter in
one case distinctly follow a crack traversing olivine augite and
felspar crystals as well as the glassy base, which renders this
explanation doubtful. These globulites can scarcely be referred
to palagonite as they are feebly doubly refracting. The zonal
cracks surrounding the olivine may have been due to that mineral
cooling more slowly than the surrounding glassy base, and so
shrinking slightly after the solidification of the glass, which has been
suggested as a reason for the partial devitrification of the latter
at its point of contact with the olivine. In connexion with this
question it would be interesting to determine the relative conducti-
vities of the basalt glass and the olivine.
(2) Note on the occurrence of Dacite at Moss Vale :—
This rock may be described as a microcystalline quartzose horn-
blende andesite. It is composed of felted crystals of triclinic felspar,

1084 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

a hornblendic mineral strongly dichroic, magnetic iron, a few flakes
of biotite, together with quartz grains and concretions of fibrous
radial zeolitic material also enclosing free silica. , The felspars
are mostly clear and show polysynthetic twinning. The horn-
blende (2) is interstitial filling in the spaces between the felspars,
and appears to be an alteration product. The quartz is seen
principally in and near the zeolitic concretions, and appears to be
derivative.

A similar rock but more finely crystalline and homogeneous, and
containing less free silica has been observed by the author in the
Vegetable Creek District, near portion 121, parish of Wellington
Vale.

(3) On a Pitchstone from Port Stephens, showing faint perlitic
structure :—

The miscroscope shows this pitchstone to consist of a pale
brownish-yellow semi-translucent base, with long and short wavy
threads of clear glass, following the lines of flow. The whole
field remains dark under crossed nicols. The glass is traversed
by occasional gas-pores, and shows faint perlitic structure, The
age of this pitchstone is not known. Possibly the pumice deposits
found on the East of New South Wales may be connected with it.

(4) On the occurrence of Chiastolite in a Stone Hatehet found
at Strathbogie, near Vegetable Creek :—

The author is not aware that this mineral has been previously
discovered in New South Wales. The rock in which it is found is
a very remarkable variety indeed, quite unlike any rock known to
the author, so that it is impossible for him to class it.

The rock consists chiefly of closely packed spherulitic bodies,
about one-fortieth of an inch in diameter, in a dark base, the
precise character of which it is difficult to determine.

Chiastolite crystals ave sporadically distributed with tolerable
frequency through the base, and can be recognised as clear rhombs
crossed by diagonals of dusty magnetite. Several of the crystals
are bounded externally by a black opaque zone, All are doubly
refracting,

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 1085

The spherulitic bodies are mostly elongated in the direction of
flow, and some exhibit a faint internal fibrous radial structure.

The base appears to be composed of magnetic iron, and some
small clear grains, some of which are singly refracting and may be
leucite. This rock has not yet been found in situ. The only other
similar specimen seen was found in the shape of another stone
hatchet in the parish of Scone, Vegetable Creek, about four miles
distant from the spot where the first specimen was picked up.

The second rock has a base similar to the first, crowded with
spherulites, but in place of the chiastolite are several clear crystals
about one-twelfth inch in diameter, giving six-sided sections with
clear interiors and thin black borders. All these crystals remain
dark under crossed nicols.

Both these rocks appear to be lavas, which gives additional
interest to the occurrence in them of chiastolite, a mineral usually
associated with metamorphic rocks.

69

ANNUAL MEETING.

JANUARY 25, 1888.

Professor W. J. Stephens, F.G.S., in the Chair.

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

THE historians of Australia, whoever from time to time may
claim or deserve the title, will always refer to the year which has
now closed as an epoch in their records. To our own eyes indeed
it may for the moment wear a different complexion. Our attention
is distracted from the real significance of the period by a multi-
plicity of fantastic and ridiculous schemes for celebrating an occa-
sion so suggestive of ironical felicitations. And though I write
these words before the actual completion of the century, and
therefore rather with dismal forebodings than with the still more
depressing experience of the festivities and jubilations which are
already resounding in our ears,and threatening a period of universal
indigestion and despondency, I cannot pretend to think our mode
of celebration very sensible or very dignified, Those are
empty (though doubtless sincere) compliments that are paid to
“our noble selves.”

And a philosopher may without difficulty demonstrate that a date
is not a stage, that there is no beginning aad no end toa period, that
growth is imperceptible and not marked by astronomical measures,
and so forth. But after all there is a great deal of human
nature in the philosopher, who is found to keep Birthdays and Wed-
ding days and New Year's Days; yes, and bank holidays, even
though they fall on dates of so uncertain a character as Good

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 1087

Friday and Christmas Day. So let us as philosophers, but never-
theless also as units of humanity (which is the more important) join
with the unphilosophic in their unreasonable but natural rejoicings.
Yet we must observe that our Society through all the turmoil
steers an undeviating course. This meeting is held precisely as
if there were no other gatherings to compete with it in attraction,
just as a certain proportion of the necessary order of life must
be maintained throughout the gayest festivities of fashion.

This day one hundred years ago, the first Governor of New
South Wales sailed in the Supply from Botany Bay, with a
detachment of marines, to occupy ground for the settlement of the
infant colony on the shores of Port Jackson, a harbour which had
been discovered on the 21st by a boat party, fitted out to explore
Broken Bay in the hopes of discovering a more favourable site
than could be obtained near Point Sutherland, the Botany Bay
rendezvous. On the 24th the French exploring ships, Boussole
and Astrolabe, had appeared off the mouth of the Bay, but were
unable to enter owing to a strong westerly gale until after the
departure of the Supply. Of these ships and their gallant crews
no direct news was ever obtained after their departure from our
shores, M. de Lesseps bringing the latest intelligence to Europe
by way of Kamschatka.

This coincidence in arrival of French and English ships upon
an almost unknown spot at the antipodes of European civili-
sation is a singular introduction to our brief but extraordinary
history.

The point however to which I would draw your special attention
for one moment is the extraordinary courage or audacity which led
the British Government to establish this outpost at the Antipodes.
The whole western coast of America was Spanish. The Aleutian
Islands, Kamschatka and Okhotsk, were Russian. Japan, China,
and Austral India were hardly counted as units under the solid-
arity of nations. The Philippines belonged to Spain; Java and
‘eylon to the Netherlands. The Indian trade was under a vexa-
tious monopoly, against which the merchants of Sydney contended

1088 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.

for many years, though with ultimate success. The Mascarene
Archipelago was in the hands of the French, the Cape of Good Hope
of the Dutch. A more isolated position can hardly be imagined
than that of Sydney; and during the early years of this colony the
consequences of this isolation were severely felt. And a more
trying and responsible office can hardly be conceived than
that of the first governor, a man of extraordinary fertility of
design and unparalleled resolution. It is commonly, whether
from ignorance or malignity, asserted that the British, no
longer able to transport their criminals into enforced servitude
in the American colonies, selected this extremity of the habitable
globe as a convenient spot for disposal of refuse. But those who
have taken the trouble to ascertain the facts, know that it was
philanthropy, and not mere selfishness, that dictated the course
then pursued. The first impulse however, which may be studied
in the inaugural speech of Governor Phillip, whether altogether
authentic or not, was almost lost sight of in the brutalising distrac-
tions of the tremendous war in which Britain was soon engaged ;
and there is much in this part of our history which no Australian
can regard with complacency.

It may serve as a help to the memory to note that the trial of
Warren Hastings took place, and the malady of King George III.
was declared during this year; Lord George Gordon was im-
prisoned for the Anti-popery Riots ; ihe Young Pretender died at
Rome; the last Assembly of the Notables, “the last terrestrial
Notables, not to reappear any other time in the History of the
World,” came to an end, and George Washington had not yet
been elected First President of the United States of America. The
whole world was, as it were, in labour for the terrible convul-
sions which were now upon the point of development. And I
suppose that seldom, if ever, have the domestic politics of Britain
been in worse case than they were then.

Yet this moment, while the thunders of the storm were already
muttering, and the foundations of the whole structure of society

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 1089

were beginning to heave and rend, was chosen for the inaugura-
tion of a Greater Britain at the Antipodes. Such boldness of
conception, such defiance of illfortune, such stubborn perseverance
have justly earned the prosperity which we now celebrate.

This Society has lost during the last year seven members
removed in the course of nature, whose names I here record.

Edwin Daintrey, who died last October, was a gentleman
of highly cultivated literary tastes, at one time Honorary Secretary
to the Australian Library in Bent-street. He was an excellent
Botanist, and took a lively interest in all branches of Natural
History.

Dr. Markey, L.R.C.8.J., &e., arrived in the Colony in 1865,
and practised successfully in Maitland, Casino, and Sydney, where
he was also Resident Surgeon of the Infirmary for more than two
years.

Mr. W. J. Weston died June 4, 1887.

Mr. F. Tenison-Woods, who died June 1887, after being engaged
for many years in the Customs Department, Sydney, gave, until
his health broke down, valuable services to the Society and to the
cause of science in general. His position naturally supplied con-
stant opportunities for picking up the ‘ curios * which are so often
lost or dispersed after their arrival in Sydney, and of these he made
good use.

Mr. Patrick Hayes died December, 1887.

The Hon. W. Busby, M.L.A., was a colonist of very long
experience. He assisted his father in his excavations for “ Busby’s
Bore,” commenced in 1827, for the purpose of supplying water to
Sydney from the Botany Swamps, and was, strange as it sounds
to us, sent to Norfolk Island, at that time the inner jail of Botany
Bay, to prosecute his education under better teaching than could
then be obtained in Sydney. His reminiscences of old times were,
as may well be imagined, both curious and interesting.

1090 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.

Spencer Fullerton Baird, born in Pennsylvania, 1823, Secretary
to the Smithsonian Institution at Washington, and author of many
works upon the Zoology of North America, was appointed (1871)
United States Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, for the purpose
of inquiring into the causes of the decrease of the food fishes of the
United States, and the methods of restoring them. In this
capacity, as in others, his labours were of great service not only to
America, but to the whole civilised world. He was elected an
Honorary Member of this Society January, 1883, and deceased
August 19th, 1887.

H. R. Labatt, a younger son of the late well-known Dr.
Labatt, of Dublin, arrived in the colony about 1839. He was
engaged in the survey of Manero, New England, and Mary-
borough, and was for some time in charge of the roads in the
County of Cumberland. After this he acted as manager of Gragin
Station, the property of Messrs. Cheke and Broadhurst, but sub-
sequently returned to the public service in the Harbours and
Rivers Department. He was a gentleman of a singularly simple,
straightforward, and honourable character, and esteemed in the
highest degree by all who had the pleasure of his acquaintance.
He died near Campbelltown in July last.

Thirteen years have now elapsed—/fugaces labuntur /—since the
foundation of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, and twelve
portly volumes now testify to its growth and vitality. Of, the last
volume, I propose as on previous occasions to give a brief account
in systematic divisions, specifying only such details as I think are
worth the pointing out to experts in similar matters. To each
division I have appended a reference to papers upon the same or
allied subjects which have appeared in the various scientific
periodicals of Australia and New Zealand, so far as we possess
them in our Library. In my last address, I was from the nature
of the case obliged to confine these references to the Volumes for
1885; but am now enabled in some instances to extend them to a

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.

later date. A few references to European publications have also
been added.

The Library of the Society has been increased, as usual, by
exchanges and donations of very considerable value. Among the
donations the following seem to deserve particular mention ; the
Hon. William Macleay has presented large collections of scientific
periodicals and of other works, especially upon Ichthyology and
Fish Culture, Ornithology and other branches of Natural History;
we have also received important contributions to the Library
from Baron v. Miller, Dr. Cox, Dr. Ramsay, Mr. Ratte, Dr.
Katz, Mr. G. A. Tucker, Dr. Dixson, Mr. Sangster, Mr. H. C.
Russell, Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods ; also from the Governments
of New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia, Queensland, and
Tasmania ; as well as from the various Societies with which we
are in correspondence, amounting altogether to a very considerable
mass of scientific literature.

ZOOLOGY.

MaAmMMALS.

Mr. K. H. Bennett gives an account of the Invasion of the
West of N.S.W. by Mus Tompsonit (p. 447). Dr. Ramsay
describes Perameles auratus, n.sp., Antechinus Froggatti, n.sp.,
and Mus Burtoni, n.sp., all from Derby, N.W.A.

Proc. Roy. Soc. Qld. Vol. I[I.—On a new species of Dendro-
lagus, C. W. de Vis, M.A. (p. 11).

On Pseudochirus Forsteri, n.sp.. a Phalanger from N.G.,
Ann. and Mag. XIX., 1887, (p. 146), and on WMesonycteris
Woodfordi, n.sp., and Pteropus grandis, n.sp., from the Solomon
Islands, P.Z.S., 1887, p. 320. By Oldfield Thomas, and on
Peragale leucura, u.sp., ib. XTX. (p. 397).

Birps.

Mr. K. H. Bennett describes the Nidification of Pachycephala,
sp. (p. 103). See also note by R. D. Fitzgerald, Junr., p. 970.

1092 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

Dr. Ramsay contributes a list of Birds collected in N.W.A. by
the late Mr. T. H. Boyer-Bower (p. 165), describes Philemon
oceidentaiis, n.sp. (p. 676), Gerygone Thorpei, n.sp. (p. 677),
Eggs of three sp. of sea birds (p. 678), Epimachus Macleayane,
n.sp. from N.G. (p. 239). Mr. A. J. North gives notes on Austra-
lian Oology (pp. 405, 554), and Dr. Haswell an elaborate memoir
on the early stages in the development of Dromeus Nove Hollandie,
with abundant illustrations (p. 576).

Proc. R. 8. Tasm. 1886.—Systematic list of Tasmanian Birds.
Collected by Col. W. V. Legge, F.L.S. (p. 237). Note on the genus
Ephthianura (p. 247).

Roy. Soc. Vic. XXIV.—On production of colour in Birds
Eggs. <A. H. Lucas, M.A. (p. 52).

Proc. R. 8. Qld. l.c.—The Birds of Charleville. Kendal Broad-
bent (p. 23). Nest and Eggs of Xenorhynchus Australis. W.T.
White (p. 136).

Proc. Inst. N.Z. l.c.—On a deformation of the bill of Hetera-
locha acutirostris (Q) an endemic sp., in which the bill normally
presents very remarkable differences according to sex; with
observations upon the habits of the bird. W. Colenso, F.R.S.
(p. 140). On the Ornitholegy of Hauturu Island, &c. A. Reischek,
F.L.S. (p. 181, 184, 188). On Moa remains from Great Barrier
Island. Sidney Weetman (p. 193).

REPTILES.

Mr. H.J. M‘Cooey gives his observations of the method by which
Chelodina longicollis excavates the burrows in which she will lay
her eggs (p. 107). Mr. Macleay describes Hoplocephalus Carpen-
tariae, n.sp. from near Normanton.

C. W. de Vis, M.A., in a contribution to the Herpetology of
Queensland (p. 811), describes n.sp. of dura, Grammatophora,
Varanus (?), Egernia, Tiliqua, Hinulia, Mocoa, Heteropus,
Anomalopus, Ophioscincus, Ablepharus, Delma.

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 1093

Proc. Inst. N.Z. l.c.—On the occurrence of Zootoca vivipara, an
English sp., introduced no doubt in plant cases. T. W. Kirk
(p. 67). On the embryology of Nauiltinus sp. a viviparous
lizard of N.Z. W. Colenso, F.R.S., (p. 147).

On WNephrurus platyurus, n.sp. G. A. Boulenger, Ann. and
Mag. XVIII. (p. 91).

ICHTHYOLOGY.

Dr. Ramsay and Mr. Douglas Ogilby define the generic
characters of Perca (introduced) Percalates, n.g., Lates, Psammo-
perca, Ctenolates, and (incl. Murrayia and Riverina) Macquaria
(p. 184), and describe n.sp. of Dules (p. 4). Carcharras (p. 163).
Cherops, Labrichthys (p. 242). Opisthognathus, Trichiurus, Neopem-
pheris (p. 559). Eupetrichthys n.g. angustipes (p. 632). Triptery-

gium annulatum and Congromurena longicauda (p. 1021).

Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm. I.c.—On the genus Laéris, and descrip-
tion of Clinus Johnstoni, n.sp., W. Saville Kent, F.L.S. (p. 117).

Proc. Roy. Soc. Qld. l.c.—On the occurrence of Chanos salmoneus
in Moreton Bay. D. O’Connor (p. 141).

On Polyprion prognathus (Hapuku of N.Z.) Dr. A. Gunther, Ann.
and Mag. XX. 236, and on the Australian sp. of Beryx, ib. 240

Girella cyanea, Macl., is redescribed ; and Prionurus maculatus,
n. sp. described by Mr. Douglas-Ogilby. Proc. Zoolog. Soc.
(pp. 393-395),

Mo.Luvusca.

Contributions to Conchology, No.1. By James C. Cox, M.D.,
F.L.S. (p. 1061).

Proc. R. S. Tasm. ].c.--On the Australian Pectens confounded
with the N.Z. P. laticostatus. Professor Tate (p. 113). Review
of the Tasmanian Trochide and some other species of molluscs
(p. 193). J. Brazier, F.L.S.

1094 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

Proc. Roy. Soc. 8.A. ].c.—Description of some n.sp. of S.A.
Marine and Freshwater Mollusca (p. 62), and Revision of the
recent Lamellibranch and Palliobranch Mollusca of S. Australia
(p. 76). By Professor Tate. Trochide and other genera of S.A.
J. Brazier, F.L.S. (p. 116). f

Proce. Inst. N.Z. l.c.—On Architeuthis Kirkit n.sp., a gigantic
Cuttle-fish 28ft. 10in. long. C. W. Robson (p. 155). The
anatomy of Patinella radians. J. A. Newell, B.A. (p. 157). The
Mollusca of the vicinity of Auckland. T. F. Cheeseman, F.L.S.
(p. 161). Land Mollusca of the Thames Gold Fields. J. Adams,
BAG (pli).

Land Shells from N.G. and Solomon Islands. Ann. and Mag.
XIX. 416. Voluta Giintheri nsp. from W. Australia, Journ.
Concho]. V. 62. By Edgar Smith. (V. Giintheri is figured for
the first time, Thes. Conch. V. Pl. 17.)

On Anstralian sp. of Physa and Limnea, A. H. Cooke, F.LS.,
Journal of Conchology, vol. V.

List of Gastropoda Lamellibranchiata and Brachiopoda from
Port Phillip Heads. J. Bracebridge Wilson, Victorian Natura-
list, vol. [V., No. 8.

Conus and Voluta, ‘various species. G. B. Sowerby, F.LS.,
Thes. Conchyl. V., part 44.

On the genus Vulsella, A. H. Cooke M.A. Ann. and Mag.
XVII, 1886 (p. 59). Lamellaria Wilsoni,n.sp. KE. A. Smith ib.
XVaGE (p.2270).

CRUSTACEA.

On the Inter-Coxal Lobe of certain Crayfishes. By W. J.
Mackay, B.Sc. (p. 967.)

Proc. Inst. N.Z. l.c.—On a new sp. of Alpheus. T. W. Kirk
(p. 194). On Palinurus Lalandii and P. Edwardsii. Professor
T. Jeffrey Parker (p. 150).

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 10 95.

Proc. R. S. Tasm. le.—Note on Palinurus Hiigelii from the
Schouten Islands. The sp. probably extends also to N.Z. being,
it is thought, identical with P. tumidus. W. Saville Kent, F.L.S.
(p. 116). Fossil Crabs from P. Pliocene beds of the Yarra
Estuary. F. 8S. Wintle, F.LS.

ENTOMOLOGY.

Mr, Masters completes (Part VII.) his Catalogue of the Described
Coleoptera of Australia, amounting to 7201 species (p. 31).

Mr. Macleay (Miscellanea Entomologica, No. III-V.) revises the
Scaritidee of New Holland (p. 115) describes 95 new species of Cole-
optera from Cairns district, N. Queensland (pp. 213, 307), revises
the Helides, a remarkable Australian group of the Tene-
brionidz (pp. 511, 634), gives a sketch of the Entomology, etc.,
of King’s Sound, N.W.A. Note on Scaritidee from the Dawson
R. (p. 972). Mr. Olliff describes Jthaca anthina, n.g. n.sp. of
Cidemeride (p. 153), continues his revision of the Australian
Staphylinide (p 471), and describes Xenica, n.sp. (p. 976).

Mr. E, Meyrick, F.E.S., contributes (1) descriptions of new
Australian Rhopalocera (p. 827) and (2) revision of the Geome-
tridz, with a supplement principally of W. Australian forms (p.
835), (3) descriptions of Australian Microlepidoptera Pt. XIV.
(Gicophoridz continued) (p. 929).

On a new Prelus from the Blue Mountains. By A. Sidney
Olliff and Henry Prince (p. 1015).

Proc. R. 8. Vict. l.c.—On the sound organs of Cyclochila Aus-
tralasia (Green Cicada) by A. H. 8S. Lucas, M.A. (p. 173).

On the Trogide of S.A. J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S. (p. 12) on
Ogyris Amaryllis (p. 13) on a supposed n.sp. of Phasmide (p. 112);
and a classified list of the Geometrina found round Balhannah,
with notes on species. E. Guest (p. 126).

Inst. N.Z. l.c.—Monograph of N.Z. Noctuina, 17 genera, 6:
represented by single wide ranging species, 5 endemic, with only 6
sp-, 6 almost cosmopolitan. 7% of the endemic sp. belong to
Leucania and Mamestra, just as among the Geometrina, Larentia

1096 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

and Notorea predominate. Both apparently of Chilian origin
E. Meyrick, F.L.S8. (p. 3). On Coccide, their Honeydew and the
Fungus which accompanies them. W. M. Maskell, F.R.M.S.,
(pp. 41, 45) N.Z. ‘Glowworms’ the Larve of Gnats, and by no
means coleopterous. G. V. Hudson (p. 62). On Junonia
vellda and Deiopeia pulchella in N.Z. The same (p. 201). On
Luodes Mantellii, a parasite on Diomedea exulans. T. W. Kirk (p.
65). On Pasiphila lichenodes, n.sp. A. Purdie, M.A. (p. 69).
Descriptions n.sp. of spiders. A. T. Urquhart (p. 72). P. Goyen
(p. 201). Ona n.sp. of Hemideina, an Orthopterous insect W.
Colenso, F.R.S. (p. 145).

The Transactions of the Entomological Society of London, 1886,
contain the following articles of Australian interest :—A classifica-
tion of the Pterophoride. E. Meyrick, F.E.S. (p. 1), and Lepi-
doptera of South Pacific (p. 189). Descriptions of new genera
and species of Lepidoptera heterocera from the Australian Region.
A. G Butler, F.L.S. (p. 381). The vol. for 1887 also contains
papers on Pyralidina from Australia and South Pacific (p. 185),
and on some exotic (Australian) Microlepidoptera. E. Meyrick,
F.E.S. By the same—Notes on synonymy of Australian Lepi-
doptera described by Mr. Rosenstock. Ann. and Mag. XVIL.,
1886 (p. 528). New sp. of moths from Solomon Islands. A. G.
Butler, F.L.S..ib. XIX. 432. Ornithoptera Victoria g. H. G.
Smith, ib. 445. Heterocerous Lepidoptera from Solomon islands.
A. G. Butler, ib. XX. 114, 240.

VERMES.

Mr. Fletcher reports on the acclimatisation of a Land Planarian
(Bipalium Kewense) in the neighbourhood of Sydney (p. 244)
contributes notes on Australian Earthwormnis (pts. iii and iv) with
description of 16 new species (pp. 375, 601); a note on
the discovery of Peripatus in Gippsland (p. 450); and in conjunction
with Mr, A. G. Hamilton commences a series of notes on Aus-
tralian Land Planarians with descriptions of 18 sp. of Geoplana
and Rhynchudemus.

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 1097

Dr. Haswell has a note on the Embryology of Vermilia ceespi-
tosa and Exupomatus elegans (p. 1032).

On Bipalium Kewense at the Cape. By R. Trimen, F.R.S.
Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond., 1887 (p. 548).

On the genus Zemnocephala, an aberrant Monogenetic Trema-
tode. By Dr. W. A. Haswell, Sydney University, Q.J.M.S., Vol.
XXVIII, p. 279 (4 sp. described).

Proc. Inst. N.Z. l.c.—On a specimen of Acanthodrilus sp. in
which the posterior portion is double, the anal aperture being
situated in the fork, T. W. Kirk (p. 64). On the work of
Earthworms in N.Z. showing how rapidly they bury the surface
under their accumulated castings. A. T. Urquhart (p. 119).
Earthworms of N.Z. their habits, &e. W. W. Smith (p. 123).

Further contributions to the Anatomy of Earthworms, No. IV.,
by F. E. Beddard, F.R.S.E., with desc. of Cryptodrilus Fletcheri,
n.sp., from Qld. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1887 (p. 544).

ECHINODERMATA.

Note on Echinaster decanus, Mill and Trosch. By Professor
F. Jeffrey Bell, M.A., Corr. Mem. Soc. N.S.W. (p. 1074).

HypDROIDA.

Roy. Soc. Vict. l.c.—Review of the Plumulariide, with obs.
on various Australian Hydroids, and corrections of, and additions
to, v. Lendenfeld’s papers on the Hydromeduse, L.8. N.S.W.
Vols. [IX and’ X. By W. M. Bale F.R.MS. (p. 73).

The Australian Museum has published a “ Descriptive Catalogue
of the Medusz of the Australian Seas.” Pt. I. Scyphomedusz.
Pt. IT. Hydromeduse, by R. v. Lendenfeld.

POoRIFERA.

Sponges from the neighbourhood of Port Phillip Heads. H.,
J. Carter, F.R.S. Ann. and Mag. XVII. 1886 (pp. 40, 112, 431,
502) XVIIT. (p. 34, 126, 271, 369, 445). On Chrondrosia spurce
n.sp. same locality, ib. XIX. (p. 286.)

e

1098 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

POLyzoa.

Nine species of Polyzoa, previously referred to several genera
(Lunulites Se.) have been united by Mr. Whitelegge under
Bupora, n.g. (p. 337.)

Roy. Soc. Vict. lc— P. H. Macgillivray, W.A., &c.
describes a large number of sp. of Polyzoa (pp. 34, 64, 180) and
publishes a Catalogue of the Marine Polyzoa of Victoria, with
bibliography, &c. (p. 187).

Australian Bryozoa. A. W. Waters, Ann. Mag, XX. 81, 181,
253. Lophopus Lendenfeldi n.sp. from Parramatta R. By
8. O. Ridley, F.L.8. Journ. Linn Soc. Z. XX. 61,

INFUSORIA.

Proc. Inst. N.Z. l.c.—On Freshwater Infusoria of Wellington
district. W. M. Maskell, F.R.M.S. (p. 49).

New Infusoria from N.Z. T. W. Kirk, Ann. and Mag. XIX,
439,

GENERAL.

Report on a small Zoological Collection from Norfolk Island.
Introductory Remarks, by J. A. Millington ; Reptiles and Fishes,
by J. Douglas Ogilby ; Molluscs, by John Brazier ; Insects, by
A. Sidney Olliff (p. 989).

BOTANY.

Dr. Woolls gives a sketch of the Flora of Mount Wilson (p. 6).
Mr. Haviland continues his list of Flowering Seasons of Austra-
lian Plants (pp. 105, 135, 185, 348, 565). Baron v. Mueller
describes n.sp. of Jacksonia from N.S.W., and enlarges his Census
N.S.W. (p. 191), describes n.sp. of Mussenda and Begonia from
N. G., with a list of other plants lately added to the Flora of that
country (p. 419). Dr Katz continues his Bacteriological examin-
tion of the Sydney Water Supply (pp. 151, 329)), describes an
improved method of cultivation (p. 187), his researches into

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 1099

Typhoid and Leprosy at Little Bay Hospital (p. 203), Phosphore-
scent Bacteria from Seawater (pp. 331, 626), discusses the practice
of Protective Inoculation for Bovine Pleuropneumonia (p. 423),
and gives an account of his investigations into the Horse Murrain
which broke out near the Barrier Ranges a year ago (p. 565). Mr.
Maiden describes specimens of indigenous Sago and Tobacco from
N. G. (p. 457). Mr. A. G. Hamilton gives a list of the indigenous
Plants of the Mudgee District, their habitats and time of flower-
ing, with numerical notes ingeniously indicating the geographical
distribution of each species in the briefest possible manner ; and
in particular compares the Mudgee with the Sydney Flora. Dr.
Haswell in his Jottings from the Biological Laboratory of Sydney
University gives some notes on 7’mesipteris and Psilotum (p. 1025);
and we have a List of Hepatic collected by Mr. T. White-
legge in New South Wales, 1884-85. By B. Carrington, M.D.,
F.R.S.E., and W. H. Pearson.

» T also note in Vol. XX. Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. from Baron v.
Mueller, a description of Ardisia poranthera, nu.sp. from N. G.
(p. 43), and further additions to the Census of indigenous Plants
(p. 75). From Dr. Bancroft, a note on the poisonous properties
of Daphnandra repandula, Archidendron Vaillantii, Pongamia glabra,
Zanthoxylum veneficum, all from the Johnstone River, N. Queens-
land (p. 69), and Professer Rennie describes his analysis of the
sweet principle of Smilax glyciphylla (p. 211). In Vol. XXT.
Mr. Maiden investigates the Tanning properties of a large number
of sp. of Acacia, Eucryphia, Eucalyptus, Angophora and Fusanus
(pp. 27, 82), and the Rev. H. Collie, the influence of Bush
Fives in the distribution of species.

Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm. 1.c.—On Peronospora infestans (p. 27), and
Tasmanian Mosses, being a complete description of all known
species, including 43 not recorded in Fl. Tasm., together with an
illustrated Key to the genera R. A. Bastow, F.L.S. (p. 38).
Case of poisoning by Rhus radicans. F. Abbott, Supt. Bot. Gard.
(p. 182). On Eucalyptus Muelleri, n.sp. (or more properly, acc.
Baron v. Mueller), a var. of 2. urnigera). T. B. Moore (p. 207).

1100 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. l.c., also contain a record of plants from
N.W. Australia by Baron von Miiller, with descriptions of n.sp.
of Dodonea, Gomphrena, Swainsona, Cyperus (p. 49). On the
Fungi growing in mines, by H. T. Tisdal F.L.S, (Vol. XXIV.
pp- 41, 46). The Presidential Address also contains a report by
Baron von Miiller on Botanical progress in Australia,

Proc. Roy, Soc. S.A. Le.—Additions to the Extra-Tropical
Flora of 8. Australia (p. 57). Description of Corchorus Hlderi
n.sp. from Central Australia (p. 58) and list of plants from the
Mulligan River (p. 213). By Baron v. Miiller. On Caladenia
cardiochila n.sp. Professor Tate (p. 60). Additions to the
Flora of Kangaroo Island (p. 114) and Additional Lichens and
Fungi of S.A. (p. 215). By J. G. O. Tepper F.L.S.

Proc. Roy. Soc. Qld. l.c.—On the decadence of Australian
Forests. A. Norton, M.L.A. Note on Caryota wrens, L. A.
Bernays, F.L.S. (p. 33).

The Proceedings of the N.Z. Institute Vol. XIX. contain de-
scription of n.sp. of a large number of N.Z. genera, phenogamic
and cryptogamic, by J. Buchanan, F.L.S. (p. 215), W. Colenso,
F.R.S. (pp. 259, 271, 301), D. Petrie F.L.S. (p. 323, 325); A
Review of the N.Z. sp. of Coprosma. TT. F. Cheeseman, F.L.S.
(p. 218). An account of the Tree Ferns of New Zealand. W.
Colenso, F.R.S. (p. 252). J. Buchanan, F.L.S. (p. 217). On the
Leafglands of Myoporum letum. Cath. Alexander B.A. (p. 314).
On the development of flower of Coriaria ruscifolia. T. W.
Rowe, M.A. (p. 317). Medicinal properties of some N.Z. plants.
J. Baber, C.E. (p. 319).

Baron v. Miiller also describes (in the Victorian Naturalist
vol. III.) Papuan and Polynesian Sterculiacee (pp. 45, 63),
Helicia Forbesiana, n.sp. from N.G. (p. 63). Trematanthera Dufaurii
n.sp. from N.G. (p. 71). Adiantum diaphanum n.sp. Victoria
p- 73). Kochia spongiccarpa, u.sp., K. lobostoma n.sp., Helicia
Sayeriana, u.sp. (p. 92). EHlachanthera Sewellie, n.sp. (p. 108)
Kayea Larnachiana, n.sp. Hydrocotyle comocarpa, n.sp. (p. 126).

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 1101

Sida Kingit, n.sp. Goodenia Stephensoni (p. 138), n.sp. Rhododen-
dron Loche, Agapetes Meiniana,n.sp. Didymocarpus Kinnearw, n.sp.
from Mt. Bellenden Ker (p. 157). Hypsophila Halleyana, n.sp. from
the same locality (p. 168). List of plants from Mt. Bellenden Ker
(p. 169). List of Australian lichens, ib. Vol. LV. (p. 88). Rhodo-
dendron Carringtonia, u.sp. (N.G.) (p. 110). Araucaria Cunning-
hami in N.G. (p. 121). Dr. Woolls also contributes a note on
Medicinal plants of N.S8.W. ib. (p. 103).

During the last year Baron F. von. Miieller has published a
key to the Flora of Victoria, and eight decades of his promised
work on the genus Acacia. This is entitled “ Jeonography of Aus-
tralian species of Acacia and Cognate Genera, &c.” In these decades
he has given figures of 80 species hitherto but imperfectly known,
or only partially described. He remarks in his preface that the
genus contains 300 species of well marked forms, and that it is
his object to devote the volume to those native species ‘of which
hitherto no drawings had appeared anywhere.” The material for
the work has been accumulating for nearly 40 years, partly from
his own travels and researches, and partly through contributions
from amateur botanists. No plant has been omitted of which
the author does not possess full material for detailed analysis. It
is needless to observe that this work is one of the greatest value,
because the genus Acacia not only is the largest and one of the
most characteristic of Australian genera, but also contains many
species highly useful for economical, medicinal or ornamental
purposes.

PALMHONTOLOGY AND GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY.

Trilobites are the subject of three papers, by M. F. Ratte
(p. 95;, Professor Hutton (p. 257). Mr. J. Mitchell (p. 435). M.
Ratte further writes on Australian fossils of Salisburva
(pp. 137, 159) on the muscular impression of Votomya (p. 139), and
on a remarkable example of Conchoidal Fracture in Torbanite. I
have added a second note on Platyceps Wiikinsonit with description

of two other specimens of probably the same Labyrinthodont
70

1102 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

from the same locality near Gosford. With them were found
a vast number of Ganoid fishes in an excellent state of pre-
servation, forming the most important discovery as yet recorded
from the Hawkesbury beds (p. 156). A description of the Voleano
of Taal, Luzon, with Bibliographical, Geographical, Geological,
Botanical, and Zoological notes. Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods
(p. 685).

Note on a Leucite-basalt from Central New South Wales. By
Rev. J. Milne Curran, F.G.S. (p. 974).

On a supposed new species of Mototherium. By C. W. De Vis,
M.A. (p. 1065).

Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. l.c.—Papers by Prof. Liversidge. On
the composition of the Thunda meteorite (p. 73). On some Rocks
and Minerals from N.G. (p. 227). On Minerals—chiefly Silver—
from N.S.W. (p. 231), and on the composition of Drift Pumice,
of Sydney, and the various Lavas from the Pacific (p. 235).

Tin deposits of N.S.W. by 8. H. Cox, F.C.S., &c., with a sketch
of the Bibliography of Tin Mining in NSW. (p. 93). A paper
mainly upon Lake George, by F. B. Gipps, C.E. (p. 143), may be
also mentioned here.

Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. l.c.—Intrusive Rocks at Dargo. A.
Howitt, F.G.S. (p. 127). Post Tertiary Strata between Glenelg
R. and Portland Bay. John Dennant, F.G.S. (p. 225). On
the formation of the Yarra Delta. A. H. Lucas, M.A. (p. 165).
Tripoli (Randanite) deposits of Lilicur. F. M. Krause, F.G.S.
(p. 250). Geology of Portland Promontory. G. 8S. Griffiths,
F.G.S. (Vol. XXIV. p. 61).

Proce. Roy. Soc. Tasm. |.c.—Professor Hutton writes on the
Geology of the N.Z. Alps (p. 1). R. M. Johnston, F.LS.,
contributes a large number of important papers upon questions
of Tasmanian and Australian Geology, viz. : — Paleontology,
with descriptions of fossils of Upper Paleozoic Rocks
of Tasmania (p. 4). Geology of Bruni Island (p. 18).
Reference list of the Tertiary fossils (382 sp). of Tasmania

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 1103

(p. 124). Coal Seam at Compton Old Beach (p. 155). Longford
Coal Basin (p. 156). List (with descriptions of n.sp). of plants
occurring at Lord’s Hill, Newtown, containing many new
and important forms, introducing a discussion upon the Homo-
taxial and Heterotaxial relations between European, Australasian
and other formations, and illustrating by a diagram the reciprocal
transmigration of organisms, which has led (and leads) to the
puzzling variety of association in which they are combined in
various regions and in various eras (p. 160). Geology of King
R. &e. (p. 210). Upper Paleeozoic Crinoidea of Tasmania (p. 231).

Proc. Roy. Soc. 8. A. l.e.—Geology of Southern and Western
parts of the Lake Eyre basin, with a list of fossils (Mesozoic)
Gavin Scoular (p. 39). The Lamellibranchs (p. 142), Scaphopods
(p. 190) and Pteropods (p. 194) of the Older Tertiary of Aus-
tralia. By Professor Tate.

Proc. Roy. Soc. Qld. le —On Procherus celer, an Australian
P. Pliocene Artiodactyl, allied to Dicotyles (p. 42), and on a femur
of (probably) Zhylacoleo (p. 122.) C. W. de Vis, M.A. On the
minerals of Kilkivan, Wide Bay. W. Fryar, Govt. Inspector of
Mines (p. 129).

Proe. Inst. N.Z. ].c.—On an.sp. of Scaphites from the Cretaceous
of Wainui Stream, Patangata county (p. 387). A notice of a paper
by von Ettingshausen on the fossil flora of the Canterbury Moun-
tains, to appear in the Transactions K. Akad. d. W. Wien. by the late
Sir Julius Haast (p. 449). (This paper forms part of the argument
as to the relative ages of the Mt. Potts and Clent Hill beds, to
which I referred in my address to this Society for the year 1885.)
The Hot Springs of Great Barrier Island (p. 388). Professor
Hutton has papers on the Geology of the Trelissick Basin (p. 392).
The Gabbro of Dun Mountain (p. 412). Geology of N.E. Otago
(p. 415). On the Waihao Valley (p. 430). The Waihao green-
sands are also investigated by A. Mackay, Assistant Geol. (p. 434).
H. Hill, B.A., (p. 441) continues the discussion as to the
Geological age of the Scinde Island, to which I referred in my
last address (p. 1223). A. W. Hamilton, (p. 452) in Notes on

1104 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

the Geology of the Bluff district, shows that Bluff Harbour was at
no remote period a fresh water lake (occupying, I suppose, a Fiord
excavated by ice at a far more distant time). John Goodall,
M. Inst. C.E., shows (p. 455) that the formation of the Timaru
Downs, which was regarded by Haast as Loess, or Wind and Rain
Formation, and by Hutton to a Marine origin, is in reality of
Volcanic, consisting of stratified deposits of volcanic cinder, ash,
and mud upon a substratum of basalt or lava, which is presumed
to have flowed from the same or neighbouring vents. On the
Tasmanian and Australian species of Stenopora. Professor H.
A. Nicholson, Ann. and Mag. XVI. 1886 (p. 173). Baron v.
Ettingshausen publishes in the Geological Magazine Aug.,
1887 (p. 359), an account of the Tertiary Flora of Australia,
drawn from Mr. Wilkinson’s collections from New England.
This paper is an abstract of contributions to the Tertiary Flora of
Australia (Parts I. and II.). Denkschriften K. Akad. d. W.
Wien. Also ib. (p. 363) a sketch of the N.Z. Tertiary Flora,
being an abstract of the paper to which reference has been
already made. Proc. Inst. N.Z. l.c.

The Department of Mines, Sydney, has recently issued a
Report on the Geology of the Vegetable Creek Tin Mining Field,
New England District, with Maps and Sections, by T. W.
Edgeworth David, B.A., F.G.S., Geological Surveyor.

Tue DistURBANCES AT TARAWERA, N.Z.

These extraordinary phenomena have naturally given origin to
a large number of papers which argue mainly on two different if
not opposite hypotheses. The one regards the earthquakes and
eruptions as no more than a sudden increase and culmination
of the activities previously familiarly known in the district,
referring the catastrophe to a larger admittance of water to
regions of intensely high, but not rising temperature, at no great
depth below the surface. Those who maintain this view, which
has been called the Geyser theory by Mr. Griffiths, speak with so

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 1105

much authority that it must be listened to with respectful attention.
I cannot however bring myself to accept it as a sufficient explana-
tion. The other hypothesis is that of volcanic origin, implying
increased heat of deep seated rocks, increased fluidity of their
semi-solid magmas, upward movement of lava along faults or lines
of least resistance, dislocation of the upper and more solid masses,
and steam explosions of the usual type, but not attended by sub-
sequent outpouring of lava. This is hardly the time to attempt
a discussion of the question ; and I therefore simply subjoin a list
of the principal reports and essays, including some which have
but an indirect bearing on Tarawera, but which seem to belong
as a sort of context to this theme.

Proc. N.Z. Inst. Vol. XIX.—Ascent of Ruapehu. J. Park,
Geol. Surv. Dep. (p. 327). Thermal activity in R. Crater. L. Cussen
(p. 374). Causes of Volcanic action. W. L. Travers (p. 331).
J. Hardeastle (p. 338). Eruption of Mt. Tarawera. J. A. Pond
and S. P. Smith, F.R.G.S. (p. 342). Major W. G. Mair (p. 372).
Archdeacon Williams (p. 380). E. P Dumerqnue (p. 382). Sir
James Hector, Presidential Address (p 462). On traces of former
Volcanic Dust Showers about Napier. H. Hill, B.A. (p. 385).

Proce. Roy. Soc. Vict. Vol. XXIII.—On the official reports of
the Tarawera Outbreak, with objections to some of the conclusions
drawn by Hector. G. S. Griffiths (p. 117).

Proc. Linn. Scc. N.S.W.—Notes on the recent eruptions in the
Taupo Zone, N.Z., by myself in our Proceedings, series 2, Vol. 1.
(pp. 516, 1217).

J. Martin, F.G.S., writes on the Terraces of Rotomahana,
Q.J.G.S. (Vol. XLIII. p. 165). Captain Hutton, F.G.S. On the
Eruption of Mount Tarawera (ib. p. 175).

In his Presidential Address Sir J. Hector gives a brief notice of
a series of soundings taken in the South Pacific by Capt. Barber,
of the U.S.A. Exploring ship Enterprise, which tend to confirm
Professor Hutton’s views (in opposition to those of Wallace) as to
the existence of a submarine plateau indicative of a former land
communication between 8. America and New Zealand.

1106 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.

The principal portion of the Address however, is devoted toa
full account of the Tarawera eruptions, a subject so large that I
have as above collected « number of different essays at its treat-
ment under a separate head.

GLACIAL PERIODS IN THE SoutH TEMPERATE ZONE.

The questions involved under this heading are now rising into
such prominence that the papers dealing with them may properly
like the foregoing be collected in a separate parcel, The file may
commence (since we have neither space nor time for a complete
bibliography) with—-The Memorandum on the Correlation of the
Indian and Australian Coal bearing Beds, by R. Oldham, Geol.
Mag. On the occurrence of Glacial conditions in the Paleozoic
Kra, and on the Geological Age of the Beds containing Plants of
Mesozoic type in India and Australia. By W. T. T. Blanford,
F.R.S. (Q.J.G.8. XLII. 249). Records Geolog. Sur. Ind. Vol.
XIX. (p. 11) Waagen and Oldham.

On evidence of Glacial Action in the Carboniferous and
Hawkesbury series, N.S.W. By Mr. T. W. E. David, F.G.S.
(Q.J.G.S. XLIIT. 190).

Evidences of a Glacial Epoch from Kerguelen’s Land, drawn
fromthe Challenger’s reports. By G. 8. Griffiths, F.R.S. (Proc.
Roy. Soc. Vic. XXIII. p. 45).

On Glaciated Pebbles and Boulders in the so-called Mesozoic
Conglomerates of Victoria, by E. J. Dunn, F.G.S. (ib. XXIV. p. 44).

In Proc. L.S. N.S.W., VIL, p. 598, an account is given by
myself of the conglomerate of the Upper Marine Beds at Wallera-
wang and Capertee. Ib. Vol. X., 44, is a paper on the Glacial
Period in Australia, K. v. Lendenfeld, Ph.D. Ib. p. 334, and On
the supposed Glacial Period in Australia, by Captain Hutton,
F.G.S. (in which reference is made to N.Z. Journal of Science,
Vol. IL, p. 266, and Q.J.G.S., XLL, p. 213.) C. W. Wilkinson,
F.G.S., in Pres, Add., 1884 (p. 1230), refers to the same ques-
tion. A paper by Robert M. Johnston, F.L.8., Roy. Soc., Tas-
mania, 1886 (p. 23). By Gavin Scoular, on a glacial period in

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 1107

Australia, and Professor Tate in rejoinder, in the Proc. Roy. Soc.
S.A. Vol. VIII. All other papers bearing upon the Upper
Paleozoic and Mesozoic rocks of the Southern Hemisphere may
be regarded as portions of the evidence before us.

EXPLORATION OF Mr. SEAVIEW.

The successful ascent of Mount Bellenden Ker, in North
Queensland, by Messrs. Sayer and Froggatt, and the discovery
of Himalayan forms of vegetation, such as rhododendron and
cranberry, have suggested tothe eager mind of Baron von Miller the
much less difficult exploration of Mount Seaview, near the head of
the Hastings River. It is quite possible or probable that some out-
liers of a Southern extension of this Asiatic Mountain Flora may
reach even so far south as this somewhat isolated peak, connected
perhaps in some way or other with the mountains of New Guinea
and Borneo, which seem to have served as stages in the geographical
progress of these Northern forms. Weare informed through the
kindness of Mr. Fosbery that the ascent of Mount Seaview
may be attempted with good prospect of success by starting from
Port Macquarie, about 60 miles distant, or from Walcha, about
80, by making arrangements with the mail contractors in either
of these places.

It seems not improbable that the Macleay Range, between the
Clarence and Macleay Basins, and Mount Lindsay at the western
extremity of the Nandewar Range, may in like manner yield
results of much interest and importance as bearing upon the
geographical distribution of plants. There is indeed a large area
of very high and difficult mountain country lying to the East of
the Dividing Range, which is, so far as I can learn, very
imperfectly known, and which deserves a close examination.

EMBRYOLOGY OF MoNOTREMATA AND MARSUPIALIA.

We have received from Mr. W. H. Caldwell, who was so long
and so indefatigably engaged in Monotreme hunting to the North,
the first part of his Embryology of Monotremata and Marsupialia,

1108 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.

read before the Royal Society on the 17th of March last. In this,
as is now pretty generally known through the medium of various
scientific or quasi-scientific journals, he gives a history of previous
theories and investigations and his own discoveries, which are
summarized as follows —

In Monotremata and Marsupialia—

1.—There is a vitelline membrane which, appearing between the
young ovum and follicular epithelium, persists until hatching in
Monotremata, and until late uterine stages in Marsupialia.
) g I

u.—There is a second primary egg membrane secreted by the
follicular epithelium shortly before the ovum leaves the ovarian
follicle—the pro-albumen.

11.—The pro-albumen, by absorption of fluid in the Fallopian
tube and uterus, becomes the albumen layer outside the vitelline
membrane.

Iv.—A secondary egg membrane—the shell membrane—is
found in the Fallopian tubes, and becomes thicker in the uterus.

v.—The albumen soon disappears, and the vitelline membrane
comes to lie next the shell.

vi.—The ovum absorbs fluid from the uterus, and increases in
Monotremes from about 3 mm. to 15 x 13 mm.

vit.—A layer, simulating the appearance of a membrane, inside
the vitelline membrane is a coagulum formed by re-agents from
the nutritive fluid passing into the ovum.

vill.—There is a germinal disc, and the ovum undergoes a
partial segmentation in Monotremes and Phascolarctos.

In Placentalia —

1x.—The vitelline membrane has generally been known as part
of the zona pellucida.

x.—The pro-albumen is probably represented by the outer
“ oranular layer” of the zona pellucida.

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 1109

-x1.—The shell membrane has not been represented in its early
stages, except by Barry. The ‘villous chorion” (non-cellular,
Bischoff) is probably partly derived from a true shell membrane.

Mr. Caldwell has not, so far as I am aware, as yet made public
the results of his inquiries into the Embryology of Ceratodus.

ANTARCTIC EXPLORATION.

The question of Antarctic exploration has been well agitated
both in the Northern Hemisphere and in these southern latitudes.
The following papers will repay perusal :—

Proc. Inst. N.Z. XTX.—C. Traill (p. 470).

Roy. Soc. Vict. XXIII.—G. 8. Griffiths (p. 264).

Ib. Progress Rept. of Ant. Expl. Com. (p. 275).

Roy. Soc. Tasm.—Chas. P. Sprent, Deputy Surveyor-General
(po. 140)

New South Wales, it may be surmised or hinted in an apolo-
getic tone, is so taken up with her century’s achievements, that
she has for the present ceased to look forward into the future.
We have certainly displayed a manifest lack of interest in an
enterprise of such importance as this, a want of energy not often
chargeable against a colony, which “ab exiguis profecta initiis,
eo creverit ut jam magnitudine laboret sua ;’ for she has occu-
pied the whole of Australia with the settlements of her daughters
or her nieces, and has even been credited with an affectation of
assuming for her own greater glorification the surname of the
Continent.

In the waste of public funds, which no Ministry seems able to con-
trol and which I do not refrain from stigmatizing as the greatest
danger to the liberty and welfare of New South Wales, it is deplor-
abie that no outlay should be even proposed for an object so great
as that of Antarctic Exploration. One fiftieth part of the money
wasted during the last year on such plausible but delusive pur-
poses as rabbit extirpation, relief of the unemployed, and Centennial

1110 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.

(or Centenary) Celebrations would have secured to New South
Wales an enduring renown worthy of the completion of her
Century, more lasting than Statues of Bronze or Parliament
Houses, or these other celebrations whici leave no more stable
« memorial than that famous spirit did which departed “ with a
strong smell of sulphur and a melodious twang.” The British
Government decline, and very properly decline, to take part in a
Joint Stock Exploration. On the same grounds we New South
Walesmen also should shrink from confederate action where the
terms and conditions of the confederacy are informal and indefinite.
Let Victoria by herself or South Australia by herself, or Tas-
mania or (more logically) let New South Wales assume the inception,
the contrivance, and the prosecution of this enterprise, and the
other young States which we call colonies may assist. But
let us have no divided councils, Let the authority be One, and
let the responsibility rest upon One. We know well enough how
confidently the most unfit persons will compete for the direction
of an exploring expelition or any other perilous business; we
know also unhappily, how the least fit are quite as likely to be
appointed to take charge of the health and lives of men, to say
nothing of the possible results of exploration, as those are whose
lives have been devoted to enterprises of the same kind; and we
therefore also know that a Joint Exploration Committee, with its
representatives from four or five different states, will go to pieces
from the want of an absolute and definite command, a full and
recognised responsibility. Whatever is badly planned and so
breaks down, or whatever fails, whether from want of sufficient
foresight, or because new and unexpected conditions, quite out of
ordinary calculations, have intervened, cannot be entered against
the account of any member of the committee. Or at best the
least useful, the least energetic hangers on to the labour and luck
of others, will escape censure in case of disaster, and will absorb
all credit in the improbable event of success.

No, gentlemen, if an exploratory expedition into the Antarctic
regions is to have any fair chance of success, it must start from one
of these Southern States, and must be entirely under the control

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. MAE

and direction of the Government of that State. It would be
a ridiculous affectation to pretend that such direction would be
as a matter of course perfectly wise or perfectly impartial ; but
it is the best for this purpose also, since it is the best that we can
arrive at for the still more important concerns of our domestic
legislation and administration.

It appears then to myself that it is of good omen that the
Imperial Government should decline to associate itself with any
of its Australian colonies in the matter of Antarctic Exploration ;
since the same reasons which deter English Statesmen from acting
with us are of equal weight in showing us that this is not, like
other subjects, a matter for co-operation, but one that requires the
undivided and unembarrassed efforts of a single Government.
I would like to add that I cannot but regard it as a false move in
the game to put forward hopes of any economic or commercial ad-
vantage to be immediately derived from such an expedition. Ulti-
mately, no doubt, all geographical discovery does always increase
the area of human industry. But it may be long before this ad-
vantage is appreciated, and longer still before it becomes a recog-
nised fact. What we are concerned with is exploration and
discovery. Others will be welcome to profit by our labours.

I have selected from an overwhelming mass of material the
particulars which seem to be of primary interest to members of
the Society, and have necessarily omitted much which well
deserves our attention. But time presses, and faculties are
limited. Thanking you for the attention with which you have
received these very miscellaneous, and therefore, if for uo other
reason, fatiguing notes, I shall conclude with the expression of a
sentiment in which all will join me.

Froreat Socreras LINNEANA !
P.S.—NSince the foregoing address was in print, I have received

from Dr. Ramsay the following additional notes of papers upon
Australian Natural History, viz. :—

Lee PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.

MamMats.

On the Wallaby commonly known as Lagorchestes fasciatus.
By Oldfield Thomas, F.Z.S. In P.Z.S., 1886, p. 544.

On Phascologale virginiw, a rare Pouched Mouse from Northern
Queensland. By Robert Collett, C.M.Z.S. In P.Z.S., 1886,
p. 548.

Note on a Point in the Structure of Myrmecobius. By Frank
E. Beddard, M.A., F.Z.S. In P.Z.S., 1887, part IIT., p. 527.

Prof. J. H. Scott and Prof. T. J. Parker. Notice of a Memoir
ona Whale of the genus Ziphius, recently obtained near Dunedin,
New Zealand. In P.Z.S., 1887, part IT., p. 342.

Birps.

A List of the Birds collected by Mr. C. M. Woodford in the
Solomon Archipelago. By W. R. Ogilvie-Grant; in which a new
species of Crow, Macrocorax Woodfordi is described. P.Z.S., 1887,
part IT., p. 328.

A List of the Birds of Maria Island. By W. V. Legge, R.A.,
E.RS., &e.

REPTILIA.

Herpetology of the Solomon Islands. By G. A, Boulenger,
F.Z.S.,, in which Lepidodactylus Woodfordi, Lygosoma Solomonis,
L. Woodfordi, L. concinnatum, Typhlops Aluensis, are described as
new species. Of Batrachia, Batrachylodes vertebralis (gen. and
sp.n.) and Myla lutea, sp.n. In P.Z.S., 1887, part IL.,p. 333.

FISHES.

Notes on Carcharodon Rondeletii. By Prof. T. Jeffrey Parker,
B.Se., C.MLZis.. In P.Z,S., 1887, part Up. 27,

On the Skeleton and Affinities of the Paired Fins of Ceratodus.
By G. B. Howes, F.Z.8., F.L.S., &. In P.Z.S., 1887, part 1, p. 3..

OFFICE-BEARERS AND COUNCIL. WIE

On the motion of Mr. Deane, M.A., seconded by Mr. J. H.
Maiden, F.R.G.8., a vote of thanks was accorded to the President
for his Address.

In the absence of the Hon. Treasurer, his report on the financial
condition of the Society was postponed.

The following gentlemen were elected
OFFICE-BEARERS AND COUNCIL FOR 1888.

PRESIDENT :
Proressor W. J. STEPHENS, M.A., F.G.S.

VicE-PRESIDENTS:
Rev. J. E. Tentson- Woops, F.L.S., F.G.S.
James C. Cox, M.D., F.LS.
C. S. Witkinson, F.L.S., F.G.S.

HonoRARY SECRETARIES:

Hon. Witiiam Mac ieay, M.L.C., F.LS.
EK. P. Ramsay, L.L.D., F.R.S.E.

Honorary TREASURER:
Hon. James Norton, M.L.C.

DIRECTOR AND LIBRARIAN:
J.J. Fiercuer, M.A., B.Sc.

CouncIL:
Joun Brazier, F.L.8., C.M.Z.S. Epwin Havinanp, F.L.S.
H. Deans, M.A., C.E. GrorGeE Hurst, M.B., Ch.M.

Tuomas Dixson, M.B., Ch.M. J. H. Maipen, F.R.G.S.
W. A. Haswe t, M.A., D.Sc. PrrcevAL R. PEDLEY.
P. N. Treseck, J.P.

Na Oe

Or Onn:

(SECOND SERIES.)

THE NAMES IN ITALICS ARE SYNONYMS.

Ablepharus Boutonii
timidus 824
Abutilon 698
indicum .. 746

Acacia ast 7
amoena 275, 306
armata 135, 274
asparagoides ... . 274
binervata 275
brachybotrya ... 275
coriacea : 195
decurrens 175, 275, 884
discolor 5 Pfs)
elata 11
elongata 275
falcata es i W274
farnesiana 698, 754, 760, 771
gladiiformis ase 278
glaucescens 275
hakeoides 275 |
hispidula wise 175 |
homalophylla... 275
implexa c 275
junipevina 274
leprosa 274
linifolia 275
longifolia 5 sco PES
lunata . 175, 275, 306
melanoxylon . Spree
Murrayana 195, 978
myrtifoha a 270
oxycedrus 175
siculiformis ... 274
spectabilis 53 1 278 |
stricta 105, 274 |
suaveolens soa 2aKS)
triptera 275, 306
vomeriformis ... np Qj

Acena ovina sae
Sanguisorbe ...

Acalypha indica

Acanthiza inornata ...

pyrrhopygia
uropygiali

Acanthodrilus sea

Acanthophis :
Acanthorhynchus du

Acanthus ilicifolius ..,
Acanthylis Nove-Guinee
Accipiter cirrhocephalus

torquatus

Achaea melicerte
Aeheta australis
Achras australis
Achyranthes aspera ...
Acianthus fornicatus

5| Acidalia

836,
albicostata
alopecodes
attributa
axiotis
ceesaria
chloristis
compensata ...
costaria
crossophragma
deliciosaria...
desita
despoliata ...
dimorphata...
episcia
jiglinaria
halmaea
hypochra
innocens
isomorpha ...

ie

bius

841,
842,

917, 918
844, S45
842, 846
... 852
843, 855
842, 853
842, 849
854, 855

842, 845

INDEX.

PAGE
Acidalia ligataria ... $42, 860
liotis 843, 854

lydia 842, 851 |
megalocentra 841, 862
neoxesta $42, 850
obturbata 853
oppilata son. BAEZ
optivata 843, 857
orthoscia 841, S61)
pachydetis ... 842, 847
perlata 842, 560.
philocosma... 842, 845
posticaria 917
primaria aso,» HINZE)
pseliota 842, 848
recessata $43, 856, 857, |

[858, 917.

repletaria ... oad 1852,

rubraria .. 842, 852, 1014
schistacearia al
stipataria 856, 857
sublinearia ... 843, 858
Acidaspis 196, 412, 414, 437, 439 |
Brightii L .
Dormitzeri 96, 97, 98, 100
Dufrenoyi OS
Geinitziana .. ...96, 97
Hoernesi 96; 97, 98; 99

Leonhardi 96, 97, 98, 100, |

[412, 413, 414, 438

minuta 96, 97, 98
Roemeri 96, 97, 98
ruderalis beled HG
Verneuili 98, 437
Acrosticum aureum ... 803
conforme 803
Actinomyces ae 556
Actinotus helianthi ... 185, 280
Actinus 471, 495 |
imperialis 496
Macleayi 495

Actitis empusa 171
Adamsia typica if 995 |
Adiantum ethiopicum 303 |
aftine 303

caudatum =. 803
diaphanum . 1100}
hispidulum 303
lunulatum 803 |

Adriana tomentosa ... 269 |
AMgialitis geoftroyi 171
' nigrifrons ... 171
Higiceras majus 186
Aginetia indica 779

cKigotheles leucogaster
Arva javarica t
sernoides Se
Agapetes Meiniana ...
Agathia
asterias
carissima
Agelastica ...
'Ageratum conyzoides”
| Agetinus
Agonis Scortechiniana
Asropyron scabrum.
| Agrostis Solandri
Aira caryophyllea
Aizoon zygophylloides
Ajuga australis
Albizzia procera
Alcedo bengalensis

| Aldrovanda vesiculosa

| Alectoria superba
Alesia

| Alittus dey

Allecula flavicornis ...

Allolobophora australiensis
foetida
profuga
turgida

Allophylus ...

Alopecurus .

geniculatus
Alpheus ode
Alsomitra Muelleri ...

7 Alsophila australis

Leichardtiana
Alstonia macrophylla
scholaris
Alternanthera denticulata
triandra
Amadina Lathami
Amaranthus oleraceus

spinosus

viridis

Amaurornis moluccana
Amblyornis subalaris
| Ametalla
| Ammobium ne

alatum .
Amphibolurus
| Amphipogon strictus
Anabas scandens :
Anacardium occidentale
| Anamirta cocculus
Ananca Pr
| lateralis

110,

i.

PAGE
166
782

46

JE TIOI

836,

899
899
890

82
770

40
195
302
301

., 1077

566,

195
291
760
979
621
250

90

39
316

375

5, 376

377

399

iil. INDEX.

PAGE | PAGE
Anas castanea 3 173 Aristida depressa 8u2
Andropogon australis _ 301. Aristolochia tagalo ... 783
halepensis 301 | Arius thalassinus en SOG

montanus 301 Arsipoda .. ste cert paeh
refractus 301L) Artamus cinereus F 167
schenanthus ... 802 leucopygialis sno litey/
sericeus... 301, 802 melanops 405, 412
Aneilema nudiflora .. eral! minor : ey Oa;
Angianthus... ae 305 | | Arthropodium laxum_ 298
strictus ... 285 | minus 298
tomentosus 285 | paniculatum 298
Angophora cordifolia fal strictum 298
intermedia 277 Artocarpus se 726
lanceolata 348 | Arundo phragmites ... 302
Anisomeles ovata 781 | Ascaris sp. ... we 451
Anisopogon avenaceus 8 tentaculata ... 451
Anomalopus lentiginosus §23 | Asclepias curassavica 773
Anona muricata ; 741) Asida as 534
reticulata 741 | Asperula conferta 136
squamiosa 740 oligantha 283
Anous cinereus 678 | Aspidiotes Bameeyis 196
Antechinus (Podabr 7) Froggatti 952 | Aspidium fe 419
Antennarius nummifer 806 capense 12
Anthistiria ciliata 301, 802 | Aspidomorpha S6
Antiaris ... 754] Asplenium .. ‘ se 241)
Antidesma bunius ... 784 aculeatum. boo KO?
ghesembylla 784 esculentum 803
Aotus lanigera 175 flabellifolium 304
Aphthona 78 | Astacopsis bicarinatus 967
Apium australe a 185 franklinii 967
leptophyllum 280 serratus ... 967
prostratum 185 | Astacus fluviatilis 968
Apogon norfolcensis ... 990 | Astarte “06 139
Aporocera ... 30 | Aster microphyllus ... mee 284:
Aproida 84 ramulosus as .. 284
Aquila audax 987 stellulatus 284
Arachis hypogzea 760 | Asterolasia correifolia 135
Araucaria ee 161 | Astur approximans .. . 165
Cunninghami 1011, 1101 cruentus 110, 165
excelsa . 1011 | Asystasia coromandeliana 804
Archeocyathus sp. . 198 | Atalaya hemiglauca .. 1077
Archidendron Vaillantii .. 1099 | Atkinsonia ligustri ina 7, 1077
Architeuthis Kirkii ... ... 1094} Atractus flavipes 313
Arctus ae 968 vittipennis... 313
Ardea garzetta 172| Atriplex conduplicata 195
Javanica 445 fissivalve 978
Nove- hollandiz 172 semibaccatum 271
pacifica 172] Augomela ... 55
Ardices fulvohirta 926 | Aulacophora : 82
Ardisia poranthera ... 1099 Auricula auris- ince. 809
Argynnina .. 976 | Avicennia officinalis... 566
drgyris appollinaria... $38 | Azolla pinnata 302
Aristeus . 1020} Bacillus argenteo- phosphorescens 333,
Aristida Behriana 301 | [629

INDEX. lv.

PAGE PAGE
Bacillus argenteo-phosphorescens I | Billardiera scandens... -.. 265
[628, 629, 630 | Bimia Se 3: 141
arg.-phosph. II 628, rs ee ae re 358, 3 a
: ewense 5
arg.-phosph., If] 630 [251
arg. -phosph. -liquefaciens Bipora “ : 340, 346
(627 angulopora 343, 346, 347
coli commune 208 | cancellata wa» O40
crassus sputigenus 143 | crassa 343
cyaneo-phosphorescens 333 depressa pene oe
Z xa [334, 628 | re 346, 347
334, 62 elegans 346, 347
lepree ... 198 Philippinensis 341, 347
murisepticus 143 | umbonata 345, 346, 347
of ano anne ey | Bixa orellana 0e .. 744
phosphorescens %°4 Blandfordia nobilis ... 186, 348
pyocyaneus -- 144) Blatta 3 i 1014
Se a et | Blechnum cartilagineum 304
OL, WD, Fv levigatum 304
typhi abdominalis mre ae piace rs 303
Backhousia myrtifolia SS ey LBs eeu ped at ip ings
Bacterium phosphorescens 331, 332 Blu pone 7. nae et a Se
Bacon * 7 umea ae samifera ... . Ute
brevifolia 185 | Beene é
z laciniata 770
crenulata me OS : - ae
Cunninghamii 276, 306 | Baar manilensis ... an
diosmifolia LO oo SS 2
linifolia ere i0raiee, 3° anes 271, Ae
Baiera 137; 160s 1GI laa 8 wee ae
ehotinn Z 138 Boronia parviflora... 135
paimata ... .. 137, 159 pease Erle: 267, 107
Balantiopsis diplophylla .. 1053 | Basie aa ee ce Lot
Bambusa arundinacea SOUipae ce : cas is
Eankois i 6 heterophylla. oe 272
integrifolia ‘ 11 aes lla... 135 eee
mar, cinata 283 > </e
Barita destiz uctor 167 | Brachychiton populneum 268
Barringtonia acutangula 764 | Brachycome calocarpa 284
Bartlingia gracilis 298 anes 7 284, 284
Basella alba 782 ecipiens 284, 1077
rubra 782 diversifolia 283
Bauera rubioides if graminea 284
Bauhinia sp. : 762 marginata 284
Bazzania anisostoma.. ... 1047 melanocarpa 284
Nove-Hollandie ... 1047 pachyptera 284
Begonia Sharpeana ... 420, 421, 422 pte a
sinuata . 42] stricta... 284
Belideus ariel Jen OBL a bala Le 7
Belone s . 1020 aponoides 292
Belonostomus ... 156| Brachysoma simile ... 556, 1020
Bembidium.. . 1019 | Brachyurophis australis 174
Bertya rosmarinifolia_ 268 | Breynia cernua 784
Beryx : . 1093 oblongifolia ... 105
Bidens pilosa 771 | Bridelia stipularis 783

rel

INDEX.

We
PAGE | PAGE
Bronteus . .. 99) Cafius sericeus ... 506, 507, 508
longispinifex. si Th 439, 440. velutinus 506
Partschi 436 | Cakile maritima 105
Bucharis 18 | Caladenia ... es 8
Buccinum acutinodosum 995 | alba 106, 296
Brasilianum 299 | arenaria 296, 305
levigatum... 999 cerulea Son AE
Buddleia asiatica 774 cardiochila .. 1100
neemda 774 carnea 296
Bulbine bulbosa sae clavigera ... 295
Bulimina Larreyi . 1062] cucullata ... 296
Bulimus bicoloratus... 809 | dilatata 295
cumingil 810 filamentosa 296
elongatulus 810 | Patersoni ... 136
fulgetrum ... 809 testacea 106
leaii 810 | Calamoherpe australis pepe 0)
lignarius ws) 809} longirostris 110, 168
Macfarlandi ... 1063 | Caleana major 106
MacFarlanet . 1063 | Caleya minor 295
nimbosus 809 | Calichrous bimaculatus 806
panayensis $10 | Callicarpa bicolor 780
pythogasta... #61509 longifolia ... 780
Bulla ampulla ... 1001 | Callicoma serratifolia 185
Burchardia umbellata 106 | Calligenia ... nae 921
Bursaria spinosa 265, 565 melitaula . oo EAI
Butoroides flavicollis 172 | Calliscapterus 1» lily, PAL
breviformis 122
Cacatua gymnopis 170 campestris 122
roseicapilla.. 170 coruscus 122
Cacomantis pepe? Et 170 cyaneus 122
Cadmus. 27 dispar ... 122
Cenoplana "349, 350, Sole 352, 353, distinctus baal! |)
(354, 361 | elegans 122, 972
coerulea ... "351, 361 | Odewahnii psaiyh bal IP
sunguinea 363, 371 | ordinatus 122
subviridis 351, 363 | parvulus 122
Ceesia parviflora Fe Si porphyreus 122
vittata 186, 297 rufipes 122
Cafius see ... 498 smaragdulus 122
amblyterus DOs splendens 122
areolatus 499, 500 subecyaneus 122
australis ... 500} Callistemon Ane 7
catenatus 506 lanceolatus 276
cribratus 501 salignus .. .. 185
densiventris 507 var. angustifolius 277
laetabilis 501 | Callitriche verna 276
laeus ... ... 503 | Callitris columellaris 292
littoralis 504, 505 verrucosa 292
nauticus ... 507 | Calochilus campestris 294
occidentalis 508 paludosus 106
pacificus = 504|Calomela ... 52
sabulosus . 501, 502, 504 | Calopsittacus nove- hollandiz... 170
seriatus A 505, 506 | Calornis metallica 443

INDEX. vi.

PAGE PAGE

Calornis var. nitida ... 443 Carenoscaphus atronitens 120
Calotis anthemoides... 195 Beeson ats 120
cuneifolia 284 devastator 120
lappulacea 284 gawlerensis 120

ale eccia eee sae. intermedius 120, 972
alotropis gigantea ... 172 lucidus 120, 131. 972
Calycothrix tetragona 276 nigerrimus 120
Calymene ... whe jo SS) oblongus 120
Blumenbachii 412, 413 quadripunctatus 120
Calypogeia unguiculata - 1053 scaritioides 120
Calyptorhynchus eV aay 170 striato-punctatus 120
naso aoe LAY) subquadratus ... 120

stellatus 170, sumptuosus 120

Campephaga leucomela 971 | Carenum 115, 116, 117, 120, 121
leucomelena 971 | aftine ro) ak

tricolor 167 anthracinum 121

Canavalia Re 698 Batesi 121
ensiformis.. ue Bonellii 121
obtusifolia sJyule7o0)| Brisbanense 121
Candollea (Stylidium) praniufols carbonarium sop I
[287 | Castlenaui ... 121, 972

linearis 287 convexum ..,. 121

laricifolia 287 cyanipenne... 121

Canscora diffusa 192 | De Visii 121
Capparis horrida 743 ebeninum eel
micrantha .. 743 elongatum ... pls A,
Capsicum annuum 778 | frontale 121
frutescens... 778 | ianthinum .., 12]
minimum ... 778 | ineditum phe VEDI

Capulus subrufus 999 | interruptum 121, 972, 973
Capura pinnata a 752 | Kingii aoe Ll
Caranx leptolepis ... / 805 | levigatum ... 121
nigripes 805 | levipenne ... 12}

Spat ate Sac 992 | laterale 121
Carcharias brachyurus 164 | marginatum 121
macrurus 163, 1024 | megacephalum 117
Cardamine hirsuta ... 264 Murrumbidgense 121
Cardiospermum halicacabum... 752 nitescens 121
Carenidium 116, 117, 118, 127, 128, obscurum 12]
[129 obsoletum ... seek des

Chaudcirii 118, 125, 127 occultum 121, 972

Damelii ... 118, 125 opacum 12]
Darlingense 118, 124, 125 ovipenne 121

gagatinum 118, 126 perplexum ... 121

Kreuslerze 118 planipenne ... 121

lacustre ... 118 politulum 121
mucronatum 118 politum 121
sapphirinum 118 propinguum 122
septentrionale 118, 126 puncticolle .., 121

Spaldingi Hog. galls: punctulatum 121

tropicale 118, 127 purpureo-marginatum 121,
Carenoscaphus ‘ Pi Ee20 [132
ambiguus 120 pusillum 12]

angustipennis ... 120 | rectangulare 122

vii. INDEX.

PAGE

Carenum scitulum ... sea Lea
sexpunctatum son Al

simile es ee 2

Spencei a0 ee 22
striato-punctatum ... 121

subcostatum a WZ
submetallicum eos) lz
subplanatum Spb el 4
subporcatulum soo IR
Terre-regine spo PAL
tinctilatum ... LLG
transversicolle sqa = PA
triste $a Soa JPA
tuberculatum LG
viridi-marginatum ... 121
viridipenne.. soa Pell

Westwoodii... eee! |

Carex bengalensis_... poems 200)
inversa fa so UD)
paniculata... sas UG)
pseudo-cyperus .. 3800
Carica papaya an ce OO
Carpophaga latrans . ... 445
Carpophagus Ae ae gle
Caryota urens 504 pe LOO
Cassia alata 58 sao hate)

australis or Dae DTA
fistula _. 758, 759
leevigata ate pew
Sophera 208 .. 274

tora... te . 109
Cassida oh an ere (9)
Cassinia aculeata.... son Past)
arcuata be sao 04813)

aurea se 8, 566
denticulata .. 5A 8

levis BBe aun | P3815)
longifolia .. son desks
Cassytha glabella as van ‘264
filiformis ... sod 2 hers)
Casuarina Cunninghamiana 269, 1077
distyla .. 8, 269
glauca... Sop PAL

nana fh aoe 8

stricta ... it 269

suberosa ... are 209

Caustis flexuosa 300
Cecidomyia destructor 251, 1071
Cellepora eatonensis.. 340
Celtis amboinensis ... nos (elt
Centaurea ... Be eeOUD
australis ... we 286

PAGE

Centrolepis fascicularis 262, 299
Centropus ateralbus ... .. 444
melanurus 170

phasianus 170
Cephalodesmius cornutus ... 220
Cephalozia Leitgebiana ... 1049
setulosa .-. 1049

Cerambyx Fichtelit ... 1013
Ceratella fusca os so UGK
Ceratodus ... 156. 1109
Ceratogy ne obionoides 195

Ceratopetalum apetalum 10, 185

gummiferum ... 185
Ceratophyllum 305
demersum 276
Ceresium simplex 1011
Ceyx solitarius 979
Cheetocnema fk
Chalcites basalis 170
minutillus ... 170
osculans 170
Chalcolampra 49
Chalcomela vey ed
Chanos salmoneus ... ... 1093
Charagia, ... 467, 468, 681, 979
Charaxes Jupiter son SIzhe)
Chariderma 30
Charmosyna J osephinze 250
Chartopteryx glaber... . 310
Chatoessus Erebi e020
Cheilanthes distans ... .. 303
tenuifolia 303, 803
Cheiloxena ec Bey ae STIG
Cheiranthera ape ... 305
linearis 266, 1077
Cheletropis : sao USD
Chelodina longicollis 107, 108
Chelonia fuscinula 926
pallida 926
Chenopodium carinatum 271
Bee 271
Chilocorus ... : 91
Chiloglottis diphylla 8
formicifera 296
trapeziformis 296
Chiloscyphus Endlicherianus 1051
fissistipus 1049
var. longifolius 1049
var. tenerrimus 1050

limosus var. lzvi-
gatus ... 1050
longifolius .-. 1049
tenerrimus . 1050
926

Centipeda orbicularis ... 286 | Chiriphe

Chiroplatys.. :
inconspicuus
latipes
lissus
Chlenius peregrinus
Chlamydochen jubata
Chlamydodera nuchalis
Chlamydosaurus Kingii
Chloris barbata
truncata
Chlorochroma :
cadmaria
carenaria
citrolimbaria
congenita
decisissima
dichloraric
externa
inchoata
intermita
neptunus
saturataria
vertumnaria
vulnerata
Chlorodes aus
mirandaria ..
Cheerops Macleayi
Cholipus atroviridis ...
Chondrosia spurea
Choretrum Candollei
laterifolium
Chrysoena luteovirens
Chrysomela
Chrysopa ...
Chrysophanus i
Chrysopogon aciculatus

gryllus...
Cicada eae eae
Cicindela Froggatti ..
Cilibe : Sis
gr anulata
silphoides
striato-punctata
tristis...
Westwoodii
Cincloramphus cantillans
cruralis
Cinna ovata
Cinnyris corinna
Circus assimilis
gouldii
jardinii
Cissampelos paraira ...
Cisticola lineo-capilla (?)

INDEX. Vili
PAGE PAGE

. 1002 | Cisticola ruficeps 168
... 229} Cladium mariscus 800
... 1005 | microstachyum 300
... L004 teretitolium 300
. 1002) Cladophorus miniatus 235
173 posticalis 234
169 testaceicollis . 234
1020 | Clarias dussumieri .. 806

.., 802) Claytonia Australasica soe, UNF
302, 802 | Cleithrolepis 145, 156
870 | Clematis aristata ... 264

one eteht) microphylla 264
881, 882 | Cleome 743
879 | Cleora hypochromaria 909
885 | Cleorina a 45
887 | Cleptor 45
884 Glemdendron infortunatum 781
885 | Chanthus Dampierii 1075
881 | Clidonotus ... 47
887 | Climacteris melanura 169
881 | Clinus Johnstoni 1093
895 | Clitoria ternatea 758
885 | Clivina 133, 1019
886 | Cnidon ie . =183
870} Coccinella ... 89
892 | Cocculus indicus Ae 742, 764
241 | Cochlostyla Hindei ... . 1063

... 311|Coenobius .. SC .. 26
. 1097 | Coesyra ... 948
7, 281 | Colaspis 40, 1013
281 | Colaspoides.., 3)

445 | Colasposoma 43

... 46) Colletia 305
. 1014 pubescens 280
827 | Collocalia Philippina 451
802 nea 451
802 979

. 1014 Cellericcinela brunnea MGs
QI rufigaster ~°... 167
518, 520) Colonia Be .. 493
535 regalis ae 471, 494
538, 539 | Colpodes mucronatus sh Alle:
... 546 | Columbella nivosa 997
536 pardalina 997
516 pertusa ... 997
168 sp. ae 998
168 versicolor 997

8 | Columbellina Tyleri .. 997

444 | Comatula sp. 452
165 | Comesperma defoliatum 565
165 | ericinum 266

165 retusum Boo. | let:

742 spherocarpum .., 266

168 volubile 105

roc INDEX.

PAGE PAGE
Comibaena ... sc 870 | Coris cingulum . 1024
caleinata 897 trimaculata bao, BR
felicitata 892 variegata . 1024
metaspila ... 895 Correa speciosa : ye
partita $92 var. canensis... 105
pieroides 897 Corylophus .. «694
Cominella acutinodosa 995 | Corysanthes Hamiltonii 294, 306
costata 995 Cossyphus bellis 561
glandiforme 995 Cotula australis 286
lurida 995 Cracticus nigrogularis 167
Tritoniformis 995 picatus 167
Zealandica 995 robustus 167
Commelyna bengalensis soc, OSE torquatus ... 167
cyanea ... 186, 299 Crantzia 305
nudiflora sce GEM) lineata 281
Comostola 836, 869 Craspedia Richea 285
perlepidaria ... 869}|Cratzeva nurvala... - J43
Conescharellina ... 340 Creophilus eA yi, 491, 494
conica 337, 343 | erythrocephalus 492. 493
depressa 337, 342 ie
Congromurena habenata 6 L022 maxillosus Ree 3s)
longicauda ... 1021 oculatus ... 493
Conopterum 116, 117, 118, 127, 128, Crepidodera aa
[129 | Crepis 305
amabile ... Gels Japonica 286
Barnardi_ 118, 129, 972) Crioceris 16
bicornutum 118, 128 | Cromus 437
incornutum ago AE Beaumonti... 414
insigne... 118, 127 | Crossandra infundibuliformis.. $04
littorale 118, 128 | Crotallaria linifolia ... 754
Riverine iqrq dS quinquefolia 754
superbum ... 118} Croton caudatus aloo
violaceum 118, 127, 128 | Crypsiphona 336, 901
Conospermum on 6 amaura 901, 902
ellipticum 185 melanosema sen, | HLL
tenuifoliuam soe) dltsts' occultaria 901, 903
Convolvulus erubescens 136, 289 | Cryptandra amara .. 280
Soldanella 136 | ericifolia 566
Coprosma ... oe 1100 | Cryptocephalus 30
Billardieri 11 | Cryptodrilus : 378, 613
Coptocycla... 87 | mediterreus 602, 614
Corbicula 3 717 rubens ey WOO
crosseana ... 807 | Cryptostylis erecta 8, 565
Corchorus acutangulus 750 | leptochila lO
capsularis ... 749| Ctenolates ... . 182, 183
Elderi ... 1100) Cuculus dumetorum (2) sini gO
olitorius .. pee 49) flabelliformis 170
Cordia myxa 774 | inornatus 170
subcordata 774 | Cupularia & 340
Cordyceps 109 | Cupularia crassa 1337; 338, er

Coriaria ruscifolia 1100 | Curis ; 536
Coris aureo-maculata 1024 | Cusenta ‘ 783
aygula 1024 Cyanaleyon leucopygialis 979

INDEX. X.

PAGE PAGE

Cyanotis axillaris... ... 799) Datura alba Sid boo tithe.
cristata... ... 799, Daucus soc aps eels
Cyclochila Australasiae ..» 1095 | brachiatus... 281, 566
Cyclodus nigro-luteus .» 174 Daulis a oe fev Oe
sp. KE ... L020) Davallia ... Be ... 419
Cyclomela ... odie acre 7) ciliata Ke bee hls:
Cyclonoda ... “it poet (LOW dubia ae .. 303
Cydippa ... Sad EO pyxidata ... PRPS 003)
Cymbidium suave ... 186, 293 vestita ae ... 803
Cymbonotus Lawsonianus .., 286 Daviesia_... we Bis 7
Cynodon Dactylon ... 302, 802 corymbosa. ... 135, 272
Cynoglossum australe sae OH genistifolia ... son BOR
suaveolens P40, 290iI latifolia... nee ale

Cynosurus cristatus iss 9 | squarrosa ... 272
‘Cyperus carinatus... soo, ABR) | ulicina sie 105, 272
concinnus.. ... 299, Decialma striatopunctata 310, 311
congestus .., sop 288) viridipennis 2 oll
difformis ... ... 299) Deeringia celosioides sae 402
digitatus... ... 422) Deiopeia ... .. 926
exaltatus ... 300, 800 | pulchella “926, 1014, 1096
flavicomus ... ... 800) Delima sarmentosa ... Bot ah eO

fulvus =a ... 299! Delma frazeri Noe $25, 1020
globosus.... ... 800 plebeia 550 sea pO2G

gracilis ay ed) PRY tincta Be ... O24:

lucidus A ... 300) Demetrias ... oa 2S

ornatus 560 ... 299] , brachioderus bon Alte:
pumilus... ... 800] rufescens ... pee ely
pygmeus ... cs S800. Demiegretta sacra... we «445
rotundatus ... .. 800) Dendrobium pugioniforme ... Il
vaginatus ... 299 | speciosum 259, 293
Cyphaspis Bowningensis 438, 439, | striolatum Ane 5
[440 | teretifolium iy OR?

Cyphodera ... soc ... 30/ Dendrocygna vagans sos)» lifs3
Cyprea ..... 50 ..- 998 Dendrophis sp. sis oto e196
Cyptasia cristata... ... 928) Dentella repens as OS
egregiella ... ... 928) Dermorhytis ; Reel

Cyrena sa es ... 717, Desmodium brachypodum 273, 565
sub-orbicularis su) OOM} gangeticum em LOD
Czekanowskia os seo LG! latifolium 5 AO
| parvifolium eo) (BE

Dacelo cervina ss a LOG polycarpum OG
Dactylis glomerata ... si 9 pulchellum a3, 100
Damasonium australe --- 298) rhytidophyllum 274, 566
Dampiera Brownii ©... se 7| varias ... 185, 273
stricta <.. 7, 287) Deyeuxia ... ee 305

Danais chrysippus 1019, 1076, 1077, Diadema bolina ne 1013, 1014
Petilia 1019, 1076. 1077 | Diandichus... ne 39
plexippus... 412, 1013 Dianella cerulea ... 8, 297, 348
Danthonia nervosa ... = 02 leevis 3 sey Lilshe
penicillata .-. 302] longifolia ... oo ST
semiannularis . 8| revoluta ... 136, 297
Daphnandra repandula . 1099. | Diaphanops faa) pile!
Darwinia ... Sec dba 7 Diaphoromerus iripennis sos LTR?

Dasyurus Geoffroyi ... .. 981) Diaphromorpha 58h vey et aly

xa INDEX.
PAGE | PAGE
Dibolia 80, Dodonza lobulata 269, 306
Diceeum hirundinaceum 169 | triquetra ... 269, 566
Dichelachne crinita ... 301 | viscosa son, GD
sciurea ... 301 Dolichandrone rheedii 780
Dichondra repens ... 289) Dolichoplana 353
Dicksonia antarctica so Gh 10, Doliocarpus 740
Dicropteris longifolia ... 138) Donacicola pectoralis _ 168
Dicteniophorus ramifer . 1005 | | Doryphora sassafras.. ll
Didelphys ... 451 | Drachophyllum secundum 292
Didiscus incisus ... 280 Drepane punctata 806
Didymocarpus Kinnearii . 1101) Drillia Beraudiana 998
Didymogaster ... 614) Dromeus Novae-Hollandiz 577
Diemenia sp. Se .. 1020 Drosera auriculata 00
superciliosa 556 binata 266, 565
Digaster 614 peltata ... 266
Dillenia 740 spathulata ... ... 565
Dillwynia 7 Drymoglossum piloselloides ... 803
ericifolia 272 Dubulaia 13
juniperina 272, Dules (Ctenolates) auratus 181
Diochus 472 nitens 4
divisus 473 Dyschirius .. ise 13:
Octavii ... 472 Dysthaeta anomala ... 10i2
Diomedea exulans - 1096 | naevila 1011
Dioscorea hirsuta... 799 |
pentaphylla 799 | Echidnophaga ambulans 109
sativa a6 798 | Kchinaster decanus ... 1074, 1075
triphylla ... ... 799 Echineis neucrates ... 806
Diotima undulata . 1011 | Echinopogon ovatus... 301
Diphyllocera ... 49, Eclectus polychlorus... 445
Dipodium punctatum: 8, 186, 293 | Eclipta alba 42 Wh
var, Hamiltonianum 293 platyglossa ... 285
Dipsas ... 1020} Edusa ate 44
Dischidia 5 . 419] Egernia bungana $16
nummularia. 773 dorsalis 816
Distypsidera flavipes 214 lauta 813
Grutii ... 215 | luctuosa 814
parva ... 215 major 815
Pascoei 215 rugosa $15
undulata we 214 striolata oral Ole
Dithalama ... 835, 840 Egestria hirtipennis... BeRy, SPH
cosmospila . 840) rubicunda ... soo 8)
Ditropidus ... 19 Ehretia buxifolia 774
Diuris : 8 Elacate bivittata 805
abbreviata 293 , Klachanthera Sewelliz 1100
aurea : 293 Eleeocarpus cyaneus 565
dendrobioides | 545 | PES holopetalus 11
elongata 106, 294 | Hlanus scriptus 449
maculata .. 293! Elaphodes ... 18
pedunculata ... 293 | Elatine Americana 266
punctata 106 Ellopia 83
sulphurea 294 Riienadia cucullata . 321
tricolor 294 Emilia sonchifolia_... iil
Docema : se . 78| Eneara Ola ol ols
Dodonzea attenuata .. 13 LOVT Brémei : 517

INDEX. xi.

PAGE PAGE

Encara floccosum 517, 518 | Eranthemum bicolor... 780
Lacordairei uli, Gul) variabile 566
submaculatum 516, 517, 519| Erechtites arguta_... cos 250
Westwoodii 515, 516, 517 | Eremophila Sturtii ... . 1075
Encephalartos spiralis ... 292) Kria Kingii 422
Encephalus... ae 515 | Erianthus fulvus 301
gibbosus ... .. 516) Erigeron pappochromus 982
submaculatus 516, 517 | Kriochilus autumnalis 295
Enchocrates a ... 929) Eriochloa annulata ... 300
phaedryntis 929 | Erionispa 85
picrophylla 930 | Eriostemon hispidulus 348

soreutis .. coo, GRY myoporoides 135
Encrinurus... 99, 437 obovalis... ade a
Enhalus Keenigii ... 787} Krodium cygnorum ... 267
Enicodes _... ... 1002 | Hromene vetustella 923
Fichteli 1001, 1013 | Eryngium rostratum ... 280
Montrouzieri ... 1013 | Erythreea australis 186, 192, 288
Enneamera ... 81 | Erythrichthys nitidus oe) | (G2
Entada scandens 761 | Erythrogonys cinctus 171
Entomis : 414 | Erythrura Sor soo YES
Entomophila albogularis 169 | Hschara umbonata 337, 345
rufogularis 169 | Estrilda annulosa 110, 168

Kochrois 932 ' bichenovii ... 110, 168
archescia 932 castanotis Soo UGS)
dejunctella .. 932 pheeton 168
Komystis 932 ruficauda 168
rhodopis 932 | Ethulia conyzoides ... 141, 195

Kpacris 7| Eucalyptus 6841, 878, 904, 929, "934,
apiculata 292 [935, 937, 938, 961
coriacea 982 albens sco hs
crassifolia 292 amy gdalina 10
heteronema 982 Baileyana son LI
Kphthianura aurifrons sb5 UI) botryoides .. 219
crocea ... 110, 168 capitella ... 6, 10

Epidesmia tricolor i... ) 402 capitellata 277
Kpilachna ... 93 dealbata ... noo Ali,
Hpilissus globulus 222 eugenioides 10, 277
Epilobium tetragonum 276 globulus 259, 260, 278, 306
Epimachus Macleayanze 239 | goniocalyx - 219
magnus ... 240 | hemastoma "6, 277

Kpinephile Joanna me LAT hemiphloia . 219
Epipristis . 836, 916, 918 | largiflorens . 278
oxycyma za 916) leucoxylon hee Patel
rufonigraria 916_ macrorhyncha 10, 277
Episcapha Froggatti... 327 | melliodora acta
EKpiscaphula 88 | obliqua ... mic
bifasciata 327 | pauciflora ts 6

gigas 326 | piperita ... an 6

Kragrostis Brownii 302 | polyanthema soo | ZA 7/
leptostachya 302 populifolia 278

pilosa 802 rostrata ... son 2,

plumosa ... 802 | siderophloia cod its)

setifolia ... 302 | Sieberiana te 6

tenella 302, 802 | stellulata... bee 24if!

X11.

INDEX,

PAGE PAGE
Eucalyptus stricta 6 Eulechria habrophanes 956
Stuartiana 278 halmopeda 963
tereticornis 279, 468 heliocoma 945
terminalis ano | Wife) heliodora 945
viminalis... 10, 278, 1077 hemicarpa 954
Euchaetis ... ae 937, 940 | homochalea 965
endoleuca .., 938, 941 homoteles ... 947
habrocosma das) 3940) homoxesta 965
holoclera 940, 941 hyperchlora 962
iospila 938, 941 ichneuta ... 944
metallota .. . 940 irenaea 962
poliarcha 939, 941 malacoptera 948
rhizobola 937, 940 melesella ... 947
Eucrostis . $36, 867, 918 menodes 945
argocrana 2.» S67 mesophragma 950
iocentra 867, 868 mochlastis 960
latilineata ... 867, 868 ophthahnias 950
leucomerata ... 889 pelodora 944
perlepidaria 869 phaeosceptra 964
Kudrilus 381 phaeostephes 956
dubius SAWoLs puellaris 949
Kudynamis cyanocephala 170, 554 schalidota 955
Jlindersi ... 170, 554 siccella 961
Kugenia jambolana ... “ee Ge thrincotis ... 965
Jambosa wo a4! tropica 955
Smithii 11, 566 xanthocrossa 959
sp. «+)) £68 xanthostephana 952
Eulechria eA 942 | Kulina 51
amphidyas 950 | Eumolphus 43
aphaura 946 | Kupetrichthys 631
archepeda ... 960 angustipes 632
athletis 961 | maphorbia D dij 268
autophylla Sy OO ee a deme eieber re fy ie
callimeris ... 958 Pee 783
. 5 thymifolia 783

callisceptra 964 ee
camelaea ... 943 | Euphrasia Brownii ... --> , 290,
cataplasta 957 scabra 262, 290
cephalanthes 949 | Euphyma mae ssp uteD
cholerodes... 963 Eupomatus elegans ... 1032, 1034
convictella 946 EKurostopodus guttatus 166
cremnodes 946 Kurydemus... i: if 45
cycnoptera 966 Kuryscaphus 115, 116, 117, 123
delotis 952 | affinis pon 8?
diagramma 961 angulatus 123
elaeota 957 bipunctatus 123
eocrossa 949 carbonarius 123
epicausta ... 955 dilatatus 123
epiphragma 954 Hopei... 123
eriphila_.. 946 | Howittii 123
glaphyrota 959 | minor 123
gonosema ... 953 | obesus 123
graphica 951 | subsuleatus 123
griseola 945 Tatei 123

INDEX.

PAGE
Euryscaphus Waterhousei 123
Ruryspa 84 |
Eurystomus pacifieus eae 66)
Kustrephus Brownii 297, 566 |
Euthyrrhinus meditabundus ... 1008 |

Eutoma 116, 117, 119, 120, 128 |
bipunctatum... 119, 972)
brevipenne 120, 131
cavipenne 119;
cupripenne 119)
Digglesi 120 |
episcopale 119, 972 |
filiforme seen) LA
glaberrimum... 119}
leeve mn 119;
Leddonense ... tiny ellen
magnificum ... 120, 130, 972 |
Mastersi 119
Newmani 119}
punctatum 120
punctipenne goo HUE)
punctulatum 130), V31, 972),
purpuratum ... spome elie)
splendidum ... 119 |
subrugosulum 119
substriatulum 119
tinctilatum 119
undulatum 119
violaceum ig)

EKuxolus interruptus... 270

macrocarpus 270 |
Mitchehi son 47D
Exocarpus cupressiformis 281, 565, |
[897

stricta 281, 306.

Exometoeca ates ofa ey

nycteris ... $33

Fagreea 419

Falco frontatus 165

lunulatus 165
melanogenys ... 166,
Favosites Gothlandica 109,
Ficus altimeraloo 787 |
aspera 787 |
hirta ... 787 |
hispida 786 |
radiata 787
rubiginosa 269 |
wassa ie 787

Fidonia acidaliaria ... $52 |

rufonigraria coo, GILG

Fieldia australis 10, 11

XIV.
| PAGE
| Fimbristylis acuminata $00

communis 300

nutans ... 800
Flabellopora se ne 340
elegans ... 937, 346

Flacourtia sepiaria 745
Flemingia strobilifera 757
| Flindersia 970
Frenela Muelleri a: 8
Frullania cinnamomea ... 1035
deplanata ... 1035, 1037

diplota ... 1038

falciloba 1036, 1037
monocera ... .-- LOST
pentapleura .. 1037
probosciphora . 1037

spinifera LOST
squarrulosa . 1037

Fulica australis 172
Farina textilis 556
Galeola cassythoides... 136
Galerucella... aes 83
Galinsoga parviflora... 9
Galium Gaudichaudi 186
umbrosum 283
Gallinago australis ... shen lye
Gallinula ruficrissa ... .. «446
Gastrodia sesamoides 8, 136
Geijera salicifolia 267, 306
Geitoneura . seo DAO
Geitonoplesium cymosum 8, 186
Gelohelidon macrotarsa 173
-Geloptera 4]
Genoplesium Baueri .. 14]
Gentiana aquatica srenelley.
quadrifaria 191, 192

saxosa 192, 982
squarrosa ... 192
Geometra albicosta 888
boisduvalaria 892
latilineata... 865
semicrocea... 887
submissaria 882

Geopelia humeralis ... 171
placida... Fon eallyial
Geoplana _— 30, 352, 353, 354, 357,
[358, 361

eerulea 353, 354, 361, 363,
[370, 371, 374

Moseleyi w. 303
munda 369, 374
ornata 368, 374

KV. INDEX.
PAGE PAGE
Geoplana quinquelineata — 352, 359, | Goodenia heteromera 287
[366, 374 heterophylla WG 280
rubicunda 393, 355, 370 ovata so 565
sanguinea 363, 371 paniculata... 287
subterranea... sae OE stelligera ... 186
subviridis ... 363, 365, 374 Stephensoni 1101
sulphurea ... ... 365) Gossypium oe .. 690
Tasmaniana ase, 80 herbaceum 13) 48
Traversii 352, 353 indicum ... eS
variegata 364, 374 Gouania leptostachya Pai |
virgata ... 369 Graculus melanoleucus 173.
viridis . 304, 367, 374 stictocephalus 173
Whartoni ... 353, Grallina australis 410
Geoscaptus oa 132 | Grammatophora inermis 5 till
Geranium carolinianum 267 reticulatus ., 813
; dissectum... 186 | Grammitis leptophylla 304
Geronticus spinicollis 172 rutifolia ... 304
Gerygone albogularis 167 | Gratiola pedunculata Be 4a)
insularis 77 Peruviana 290, 566
Mt Thorpei 677 | Graucalus melanops... a GT
Gigadema atrum 917 | Grevillea buxifolia eeeelOS
Ginkgo ns 161 cinerea OD,
biloba 137 | floribunda ... 282, 306
Ginkgophyllum SR ilicifolia ye282
Girella cyanea 109, 1093 | laurifolia ... 6, 105
Glareola grallaria soa. llyfll ramosissima 282
Gleichenia circinata ... 8, 303 sericea : peemcee
dichotoma eso? triternata ... Saye YsovAe
flabellata 303 Victorie ... Be. ES
flagellaris 802| Grewia multiflora ... ee oOn
Gliricidia maculata ... 755 prunifolia... 750
Glossodia major 296 sepiaria an 400
minor A 106 | Gunnia septifraga 978.
Glossogyne tenuifolia 286 | Gygis candida oe 990
Glossopteris A 261 | Gymnema syringifolium ile
Glossostigma Drummondii 978 | Gymnosporia montana Kdo fall
Glottis glottoides 172| Gynandropsis pentaphylla ... 743
Glycine clandestina ... 274 Gypoictinia melanosternon 165
Gmelina asiatica 781
Gnaphalium Japonicum 284 | Heekea vee vee 6, S87
luteo-album 284 | dactyloides ke Reg 0S
purpureum Me a gibbosa a0 6, 106
Gnapholodes uliginosum 285, 1077 Macreeana -. 195
Gnathoxys re 5 IIS: microcarpa_... .. 282
Gobius ’ . 1020 propinqua soa UO Hz
Gompholobium : 7 | Hemodorum planifolium 136
latifolium 105 | Halcyon Macleayi ces Pe 66
minus . 105 pyrrhopygiu +79 GG
virgatum ss, Libs sacra vee Sop paul!
Goodenia barbata ... 7, 105 | Haliastur indus 166-
bellidifolia 7, 136 var. girrenera 166
decurrens ... sos, sphenurus 166.
geniculata 287 | Halmaturus : 451
hederacea ... 287 | Halophila ovata 296

INDEX. xvi.
PAGE | PAGE
Haloragis ceratophylla 276 | Heliocausta acmaea ... 936, 937
elata 276 | crocoxantha 934
heterophylla 276 hemiteles... mo wee
micrantha 185, 276 mimica Boor ap E!
teucrioides 185, 276, paralyrgis ape) Wes
Haltica 78 | parthenopa was a0
Halyzia 89 | phylacopis 935, 937
Hapalotis Bowerl . 981 | protoxantha hoe Eee
Hedraianthera porphyropetala 195 rhodoxantha 933
Hedycarya angustifolia 11 sarcophanes 936
Hedyotis paniculata... ee aOSH severa ; 934
Heleeus 513, 514, 550, 635, 651, triphaenatella noo. eb
[654, 675, Heliomystis 835, 900, 918
Brémei AS SD electrica soo aA)
Brownii 639 Heliotropium indicum 775
castor ax ... 646) Helipterum anthemoides 285
colossus 636, 640, 643° dimorpholepis 285
consularis : .. 645 incanum 285
Derbyensis . 648 laeve 195
echidna 650 | Helix Busbyi 1061
echinatus 649, ~ Chapmani 1063
falcatus 646 Falconari 1075
Haagii . 648 Gurgustii 1062
Hopei 647 Kooringensis ... 1062
interioris oC -.. 639 | Maconelli . 1075
intermedius... 637, 640 maxima 809
Kirbyi -. 641) ptychomphala... . 1062
Macleayi 643 Sophice ane 1061
marginellus ... 661 Yulensis 1063
Mastersi 644 Helluosoma aterrimus 217
moniliferus ... ae 1042) cyanipenne 216
ovatus 650, 651 latipenne 217
pallidus ... 640 viridipenne 216
perforatus 641, 642, 643. 657 | Hemarthria compressa 301
Peronii 644, 646, 648, 650) Hemipodius velox eval
piceus 4 524 | Hemirhamphus intermedius ... 628
princeps 637, 640 melanochir 629
simplea ... 665 | Heritiera littoralis 749
Spencii . 642) Herodias alba 172
Spinole . 657 intermedia... 172
squamosus 647, 645 melanopus.., 172
tarsalis .. 666 plumiferus... 172
testudineus 655, 675 | Herpestis monnieria... 565
tuberculatus... . 651) Hesperus OUS
Heleocharis atricha ... . 300 australis 510, 511
variegata 800 | hemorrhoidalis 508, 509,
Helicarion Sophiz 1061 | [510
Helichrysum apiculatum 285 mirabilis 508, 512
diosmifolium 106 pacificus sop UY)
elatum... 8, 285 Pulleinei so Ol?
lucidum 285 rufipennis ... .. 509
semipapposum ... 285 semirufus coal
Helicia Sayeriana ... 1100 | Hestiochora cog ee
Heliocausta... . 933, 937, 944 | rufiventris .. 926

XVil.

Heterolocha acutirostris
Heteromias cinerifrons
Heteronympha cordace
philerope
Heteropogon contortus
Heteropus ...
albertisii
bicarinatus
blackmanni
fuscus
lateralis
maculatus ...
mundus
pectoralis ...
peronil de
rhomboidalis
rostralis
tetradactylus
vertebralis
Hiaticula inornata
Hibbertia ue
acicularis ...
dentata
diffusa
fasciculata...
linearis
nitida
pedunculata
saligna
stricta
Hibiscus a
esculentus ..
rosa-sinensis
surattensis ...
tiliaceus
trionum
Hieracidea berigora. ...
occidentalis
orientalis
Himantopus leucocephalus
Hinulia ambigua
domina
elegantula
maindroni
richardsonii
tenuis
tigrina de
Hipponyx antiquata..
foliacea
subrujfa
Hirundo titulica
Histiophorus brevirostris
Holarhena antidysenterica
macrocarpa

INDEX.
PAGE PAGE
. 1092 | Homalonotus Bee 257
. 1075 Herschelii 258
... 976| Homalosoma obscuripenne 220
141, 976 opacipenne 219
802 | Homarus oe 969
822 vulgaris 5 elit)
822 | Hopatrum insulanum .. 1006
822 Mastersi . 1006
... 822] Hoplionota... TEERSD
821, 822 | Hoplitica 941, 944
822 absumptella 942
822 cholodella ... bes hall
822 colonias 942, 943
822 | leucerythra... wen O42,
822 | liosarca 94)
$22 metriopis 941
822| Hoplocephalus assimilis 978
sa, (o-7| aetna 979
821, $22 Bransbyi 978
apes ugitl Carpentariz 403, 978
8 collaris 196, 978
264 | coronatus 978
nee 204s coronoides 978
135, 264 curtus 978
105 Damelii ce. ID)
264 flazellum 556, 978
135 Gouldii 978
264 maculatus 979
348 Mastersii 979
264 minor LS
698 nigrescens 196,978
747 nigriceps 978
747 nigrostriatus ... 978
747 ornatus 1078
747 pallidiceps 978
268 Ramsayi 979
166 signatus 0 Site}
166 sp. 196, 556.
166 spectabilis 979
172 . Stephensii 978
817 superbus 978
818 temporalis 978
819 variegatus 979
817 | Hovea heterophylla ... 273:
818 linearis 273
819 longifolia 273
817 longipes 273
999 | Hoya cummingiana ... 773
999 | Humea elegans Be Bb 5
999 | Hybanthus filiformis 185, 265
979 | Hybrenia angustata ... sey, ead
806 laticollis 314, 315
772 | sublevis 315
772 | subvittata 314

INDEX XViil..
PAGE PAG ®
Hydrocotyle comocarpa 1100 | Indigofera

hirta 185 australis O73. 1077
javanica 195 brevidens ... 273
laxiflora wes 1280 galegoides vis)
vulgaris 565 tinctoria 754

Hymenanthera Banksii 265 | Inga dulcis 761
Hymenophyllum javanicum 802 lanceolata 761
polyanthus ... 802 | Iodis 836, 870, 891, 905, 918
Tunbridgense 303 albicosta 872, 888
Hypena albalis 923 argocnemis 872, 883
Hypericum J aponicum 185, 266 asemanta 873, 879
Hypoceras .. ts Cee beryllina 872, 877
Hypocheris glabra 4% ee 9 bipunctifera , S66.
Hypochroma 836, 904, 918 boisduvalaria 871, 892
acanthina 905, 910 buprestaria 871, 89u
cetraria . SIOZ byrsopis 873, 895
crenaria... 905, 915 cadmaria 871, 886.

deteriorata 905, 913 carenaria 872, 881
distenta ... se) Oo centrophylla 873, 880
emiliaria 905, 911, 912 ‘eitrolimbaria 873, 879
erebata ... 905, 914 crossota 871, 894
erebusata w» +914 dichloraria 873, 884
hypochromaria 905, 909 exoterica 871, 891
metarhodata 905, 908 externa 873, 885
muscosaria 905, 912 fugitivaria 872, 876
nyssiata 917 gratiosata 872, 876
occultaria 903 halochlora 873, 878
paratorna 905, 906 hypsithrona 873, 874

paulinaria 915 inchoata *" ... 872, 881
pereomptaria 905, 907 insperata ... 871, 873, 895
squamata cao IIR intacta ... He S16
sublimbata eae OUD | iosticta 871, 893
Wilsoni .. 905, 906 leucochorda 873, 875
Hypoderes 540 leucomerata 871, 889
Hypoxis hygrometrica 106, 296 meandraria 873, S74
Hypsophila “Halleyana . 1101 melocrossa 872, 879
Hyptis brevipes 781 metaspila 871, 895
capitata 781 monocyma 873, 883
suaveolens 781 neptunus 873, 881
obliquissima ee SSG

Tanthenas vitiensis ... 446 ochthaula 873, 877
Tanthina fragilis 999 ocyptera 872, 887
T[bacus ad 968 oxycentra 872, 888
Ichnocarpus frutescens 712 partita 20 871, 892
ovatifolius Wis pieroides ... 871, 873, 897
velutinus 772 pyropa , 872, 878
Idea agnes .. 860 rhodocosma 871, 889
farinalis 917 saturataria 871, 895
inNOCENS $43 semicrocea 872, 887
jessica 850 stereota 873, 875
lydia : 850 submissaria 872, 882
Idmonea interjuncta 250 vertumnaria 873, 885
Milneana 250 | Ionidium floribundum a 8.

XIX,

PAGE

Ipomea batatas 775
bona-nox : 775
chryseides ... 422
pes-capre ... 775
pes-tigridis... 776
quamoclit ... 775

reptans 775

seplara ra

Tsaria 109, 518
Isastrzea ean LOD
Ischemum ciliare F 802
muticum... 802

Isodon glabricollis 228
Isopogon ... ee 6
anemonifolius 135
petiolaris nad SP
Isotachis 1041, 1042
armata 1042, 1043

grandis was ... 1041
Gunniana 1041, 1042, 1044
haematodes ... 1043

indica a . 1042
intortifolia ... . 1042
Lindigiana ... ... 1043

Lyallii 1041, 1044

madida 1041, 1043
multiceps ... .. 1044
serrulata 1042, 1043, 1044
subtrifida ... 1042
subtrifidus ... 1041, 1042
Isotoma axillaris dda ese
fluviatilis 287

Ithaca 153
anthina seu 54
Ixodes Mantelli . 1096
Jacksonia Clarkii 193
cupulifera 194

densiflora 193

Forrestii 194

hakeoides 194
nematoclada 193
odontoclada 193
pteroclada 194

racemosa 194
rhadinoclada sey 94

scoraria 135, 194
Sternbergiana 193 |

thesioides 193, 194

vernicosa wee 94

Jatropha curcas 784
manhiot 785
Jeanpaulia ... ee o7
bidens 138, 162

INDEX.

Jeanpaulia longifolia
Miinsteriana
palmata ...

5|Julis lunaris
>| Julus a
Juncus bufonius
communis
homalocaulis
pallidus
prismatocarpus
Jungermannia diplophylla
Tasmanica

Whiteleggei
Junonia vellida bch
Jussieua repens i
Justicia dichotoma ...
diffusa
gendarussa ...
mollissima ...
procumbens
Kayea Larnachiana
Kennedya monophylla
Kleinhovia hospita .
, Kochia lobostoma
spongiocarpa
'Kunzea : 500
capitata
corifolia
Kyllinga intermedia...
monocephala
| triceps
_Labrichthys

cyanogenys
luculentus
Labroides...
| Labrus annulatus
aureo-maculatus
cingulum
Laccopterum 200
Darwiniense
deauratum
foveigerum
foveipenne
foveolatum
gemmatum
lacunosum
loculosum
salebrosum
| Spencei
variolosum
| Lachnabothra
| Lactica sae
| Lagenaria vulgaris ..

PAGE
soo) Lets)
137, 138
137, 159
son | SEE
45]
299
299
299
299
Seow

.. 1053
a L053
... 1051
. 1096
276

804

... 804
780, 804
.. 804
.. 804

. 1100
274

.. 748
195, 1100
195, 1100

Lagenophora Billardieri
solenogyne
Lagerstroemia flos-reginz
Lagria albovillosa
purpureipennis
ruficeps
tomentosa
Lalage terat
tricolor
Lambertia
formosa
Lamellaria Wilsoni
Lamprima ...
aenea
Lamprolina
Languria
australis
Lappago racemosa

Lasiodactylus calvus

stelidotoides

Lasiopetalum parviflorum
rufum
Lasioptera vastatrix
Lates ;
cealcearifer
colonorum
Latris hecateia
Laturus Bb
Noumeaensis
Laxmannia gracilis ...
Leea ;
sambucina
Leewenhoekia dubia..

Leioscyphus chiloseyphoides is

Lejeunea flava
gracillima
lineata
mimosa
rufescens
serpyllifolia
subelobata

Lema 3

Lembidium ;

dendroid es
nutans
ventrosum

Lemna oligorrhiza

polyrrhiza

Leperina turbata #)

Lepidiota Froggatti ..

Lepidium ruderale

Lepidotarsa 5

alphitella

72

INDEX. XX.

PAGE PAGK

186 | Lepidotarsa chrysopoca 930

283 | iriodes sto, LBW:

765 leucodetis 930, 931

P proteis 930, 951

sige ae Lepidozia albula ... 1044

316 capillaris ... 1045, 1046

317 | capilligera -. 1046

.. 442 centipes . 1045

442, 971 Gottscheana .. 1044

7 | gracillima ... ... 1045

136 | laevifolia ... . 1044

ee TO04 longiscypha .. 1047
1002 | procera ... L046

a 1004 quadrifida 1044, 1046

beiseht setacea . 1047

as tenax ... 1048

87 | ulotrix .. 1044

326 | verticillata . 1046

801 i Wallichiana 422

... 1003 | Lepistemon reniformis 776

. 1004 | Leptacinus .. Se 473

135 | batychrus 476

135 cyaneipennis 477

1072 filum 477

182 linearis «. 476

181 luridipennis coe 474

181, 182 Nove-Hollandie ... 475.

sco wal) parum punctatus 474

w. 994 | picticornis 476

a. 994) | Leptocephalus teenia 414

136 | Leptochloa chinensis 505. belly

698 | Leptomeria acida 7, 281, 566

285

287 | squamatus ... 285

1053 , Leptospermum 7, 153, 931, 933

1040 attenuatum 105:

. 1040} levigatum 276

.-. 1038 | lanigerum yo NI35

... 1038 parviflorum . 105

... 1038 | scoparium. 185, 276

sca, WORE) stellatum .. 135

- 1039 | Lespedeza cuneata 274

.. 15) Lethrus aenea 1004

... 1048 | Leucena glauca 761

1047, 1048 | Leucas aspera 782

... 1048 linifolia 782

. 1048 | Leucispa 84

298 | Leucopogon 7

coo 48S) Richei 136

. 1004 | virgatus .. 565

227 | Lichas hirsutus 95, 101

265 | palmata 9%, 96, 100, 101

930 | var. sinuata ... 95, 101

930 | sinuata Q5.

xX1 INDEX.

PAGE

Limnanthemum 4 192
Gunnii 192

Indicum 192

Limnocincla acuminata 171
Limosella aquatica 290
Lindszea linearis See he 2.
Linum marginale 105, 267
Lithosia nana ae O20)

nitens 920
remota 920
Litsaea dealbata 11
Lobelia gibbosa 8
purpurascens 287
simplicicaulis 286
Lobivanellus miles 171
Locusta 1014
Loligo sp. -. 628
Lomaria Capensis 12, 304
discolor . 304
Patersoni ... sO TALD
Lomatia... a a v1
ilicifolia 283
silaifolia 283
Longitarsus the,
Lophocolea heterophylloidea .. . 1049
Lopholaimus antarcticus 174
Lophophaps ferruginea 110, 171
leucogaster ee LO
Lophopus Lendenfeldi . 1098
Loranthus celastroides 282
exocarpl 282
linophyllus var. par-
viflorus “i 1077
longiflorus auE282
pendulus 282
Lotus australis 273, 566
Loxopleurus 4c 36
Ludius ramifer . 1005 |
Luffa acutangula 767
Lumnitzera racemosa san, Gays)
Lunulites 337, 340 |
Lunulites angulopora. We 337, 343
cancellata 337, 338, 340, 341
CYASSO mas .. 343
incisa . 337, 340, 344
Philippinensis 337, 341
Lutianus johnii OS
Luzula campestris Eo
Lycena $27, 828
Lycopersicum cerasiforme 778 |
esculentum .., 778
Lycopodium 1027, 1028, 1029, 1031
densum 8
Lycopus australis... 291 |

PAGE

Lygodium dichotomum 803
Lygosoma blackmanni 822
sp. 1020

Lyonsia reticulata 11
straminea 1]
Lyperanthus ellipticus 186
suaveolens 295

Lysimacha Japonica... 192
Lythrum salicaria 276
Macaranga tanarius .. 787
Macquaria 181, 182, 183
Australasica Hee URIS

}| Macrolema 17
Macropteryx mystacea 44]
Macropus 451
Meonia elongata 139
Malachra bracteata ... 3: Mdd6
Malacorhynchus membr anaceus 173
Malaysia tortuosa 786
Mallotus philippinensis 785
Malurus coronatus 168
cruentatus-boweri 168
cruentatus i. pL68
cyanochlamys 406, 412
Lamberti 168
Malvastrum tricuspidatum 745
Mandus marmoratus 805
Manganifera indica... 753
Manilloa grandiflora... 419
Marasmius crinis-equi 422
Marginella pulchella... cos. ih
Marianthus procumbens 105, 265
Marsdenia rostrata ... eee tL
snaveolens 186

Marsilea quadrifolia... 302
Mecynodera LO
Megaloprepia assimilis 410, 412
Megamerus... S60). souls
Megascolides australis 601, 607
Melaleuca... oa wilt
leucadendron 764
linarifolia . 185

nodosa 185, 277, 306
styphelioides =) (860
thymifolia ... 185, 277

Melania <i seh ales
aspera 808
fuscata 5s 809
Melanodryas picata ... oo4
Melia composita 565
Melichrus rotatus ... toe GTS
| Melithreptus albogularis , ... 169
laetior 169

INDEX. XXL.

PAGE | PAGE

Melobasis ... be 141, 1002 Momordica cochinchinensis 767
purpurascens 1005 Monarcha canescens . 1075
Melochia corchorifolia ee’) Lessoni . 443
Melopsittacus undulatus 590, 593, ae _Monocentrum 116, 117
Melothria indica ay 108 grandiceps 117, 972
Menippus ... are ‘83 longiceps 117, 972
Mentha australis 291 megacephalum ... 117
laxiflora 291 Monochirus 85
saturejoides 291 Monocrepidius str iatus 1005
Merodontus calcaratus 221 Monogramma dareocarpa 422
squalidus ... 221) Monolepta ... 83

Merops ornatus 166, 441 Monotaxis linifolia 7
Mesembryanthemum equilaterale | Monotoca 7
[185 scoparia 106

Mesocalius palliolatus 170 | Mordella elongatula... 320
Metisopus ; ... 1002 | flavicans 319
puronre eons . 1006 hamatilis ... 318
Metoponcus 477 nigrans 319
cyaneipennis 477 | - notabilis 317

enervus 478 | obscuripennis 319
Metriorhynchus centralis 230 | ovalisticta 318
elongatus ... 229) pulverulenta 317

foliatus 230, 231 | subvittata 320

hirtipes 231 undosa LS

serraticornis 231 Morinda citrifolia ... sco OY

Metrosideros glomulifera 279 jasminoides : 186
Metzgeria furcata 1056 Moringa pterygosperma . 154
Michelia champaca ... 740 Moschosma poly echyee SOL
Micrococeus cinnabareus 575 Mucuna 419, 698
tetragenus 144 atro-pur purea FOO

viticulosus 211 gigantea ; 756

Microleena stipoides 8 Muehlenbeckia gracillima 135
Microtis parviflora ... 294 Mugil cephalotus 805
porrifolia 8, 136, 294 | cunnesius $05
Miltochrista simulans 921 Munia melaena 443
Milvus affinis ae ... 166, Muntinga calabura ... 750
Mimosa pudica hia .... 762, Mureenesox cinereus... 806
Mimulus gracilis 289 Murex Angasi 993
prostratus ... tog ashy, €08 993

repens 289, 565 margr iticola .. 994

Minuria Cunninghamii .. 284} ricinus 994
leptophylla... 284 undata “oo OE!

Mirafra horsfieldii 168 Murrayia 181, 184
Mirbelia Z guentheri els
reticulata 105 Mus Burtoni 551, 553
Mitocera Be Emiee Tompsonii A AST,
Mitra festa... “3 ... 997| Musa abaca 796, 798
sp. 997 banksii . 796
Mitrasacme pilosa 8 fitzalani 796
Mocoa delicata $20, hillii 796
guichenoti 821 paradisiaca "790, 792, 796
mustelina 820 sapientum 788,790,791,792,793
spectabilis 2g S19 seminifera agrestis 792
Momordica balsamina OVAL seminifera domestica 792

XXUl. INDEX.
PAGE PAGE
Musa textilis 796, 798 | Nephrops norvegicus 57 908
Mussenda Bevani 419, 422, Nephrurus platyurus . 1098
Forsteniana ... 420 Neptunia monosperma 195
frondosa ... 420, 698, 768 | Nerita albicilla . 1001
parviflora soo fo) atrata = ... 1000
Mycella 89 melanotragus... 1000, 1001
Myiagra concinna son HOT punctata ... 1000
latirostris 110, 167 saturata 1000, 1001
rufiventris ... . 442 Neritina dubia 808
Myophila vivax 822 dubiosa 5 808
Myoporum debile 291 Philippinarum 808
latum 1100 reticulata S08
montanum 291 zebroides 808
tenuifolium 291 Nertera reptans nog. UG)5:
Myosotis australis ... 290) Nesonycteris Woodfordi . 1091
suaveolens 290, 982 | Nettapus pulchellus ... 173
Myriogyne minuta 175 Nicotiana rustica op AOS
Myristica noo, eI) suaveolens 259, 289, 306,
Myrsine variabilis 11, 289 ; [463, 556
Mysolius Ss 471, 497 tabacum ne 779
aurichalceus ... 498 > Ninox connivens-occidentalis... 166
chalcopterus 497 Nisotra 76
Myxus elongatus 992 Noda an 39
Myzantha lutea 169 iy ola strictalis 923
Myzomela pectoralis... 169 | | Notaden Bennettii 174
Nacerdes 153 | Notelzea longifolia 186
Najas major . 195! Notomya elongata 139
Nanina Sophic ... 1061 | Notopterus kapirat ... 806
Naravelia zeylanica... 739 Notoscolex 601, 602, 611, 614
Nardoa Gilberti . 1020 | camdenensis 610
Nasiterna finschii 979 | Gippslandicus 603, 607
Nassa paupera 996 | Tasmanianus 607
rufocincta 996 tuberculatus 5 {oll
spirata 996 Nototherium dunense 1065, 1070
versicolor 996 inermis 1065, 1066
Nasturtium terrestre 265 mitchelli 1065, 1066, 1068
Natica areolata 998 victoriz 1066, 1067, 1070
marochiensis ... 998 |Notothixos incanus.. ape ashe
sagittata saa OS} sabaureus 105, 422
Naultinus YS . 1093 Novius AE see OP
Nautilus spirula ais ... 993) Nycticorax caledonicus cic lll

Neda boo doi 90 |

Nemoria gratiosala ... ... 876) Ocimum gratissimum 781
Neocarenum 115, 117 | sanctum 781
cylindripenne 119 | | Ocnida b 43
elongatum 119 Ocynoma rhysa 1007
Mastersi 119 Ocyphaps lophotes 171
retusum 119 Ocypus 494
rugosulum 119 australis 500
singulare 119 JSuscatus 500
Neocles : 45 (Edienemus grallarius lyf)
Neopempheris pectoralis 563 CEdionychis 80
ramsayi 564, Cidura cincta 81]
Nephogenes fcedatella 960 | marmorata 811

(Edura monilis
tryoni 33
Oenothera Lamarckiana
Ogyris Amaryllis
Orcetes
Oides
Olax stricta an
Oligorus Macquariensis
Mitcheli
Omphacomeria acerba
Outhophagus emarginatus
Froggatti
furcaticeps
lobicollis
parallelicornis
Walteri
Onychium auratum ...
Onychoprion fuliginosa
Opercularia diphylla
hispida
Ophiocephalus striatus
Ophioglossum vulgatum
Ophioscincus froutalis
Opisthognathus inornatus
Orchipzeda feetida
Orcus
Oricopis
Ornithoptera D’Ur villeana
Victoriee
Oroxylum
indicum
Orthoceras nee
strictum ..,
Oryza sativa
Osmunda
barbara
Otolithus argentius ...
Ottelia ovalifolia
Oxalis corniculata
Oxycephala
Oxylobium ihe
cordifolium
ellipticum
trilobatum
Pachycephala falcata
Gilbertii
gutturalis
icteroides
Pachydomus sp. :
Pachyrhizus angulatus
Peedaria foetida
tomentosa ...
Palestrida bicolor
concolor ...

811,

INDEX, XXIV
PAGE | PAGE
$11 Palzestrida flabellicornis 324
812 nigripennis 324
144 Palinurus Edwardsii 1094
1095 Hiigelii 1095
979 Lalandii 1094

81) tumidus coo OES
281 Paludina ae 717, 807
981. tricarinata ... i 808
981 Panax fruticosa 422
281 sambucifolius 280
224 Pandanus bagea 799
222 odoratissimus 799
223 Pandion leucocephalus 166
224 Panicum atro-virens OOO
223 erus-galli ... 300, S01
223 distachyuin - 80]
803 | flavidum 300, 80]
678 | ‘ leucopheum a1 OOO
283 | repens seq, teh)!
283 | sanguinale 300, S01
805 Papaver aculeatum ... a 200
303 | Papilio achanta 976
§23 | Agamemnon... 979
561 amphiaraus 1001, 1014
771 Codrus 979

91 Erskinei 979

1012 | Tlioneus 412

979 | Polydorus soo WIE
979 | Sthenelus . 1019
698 | Ulysses 979
780 Pappophorum commune 301
438 | Paracadmus 30
565 Paracephala 35
801 Paradisornis Rudolphi 250
305 Paralepta 52
303 Paraphanes 308
805 | nitidus 309
296 Paraphanta Busbyi ... 1061
267 Pardalotus uropygialis 167

85 Parietaria debilis 269
175 Parma polylepsis 992
135 Paropsis 56
272! Pasiphila lichenodes.. 1096
272 | Paspalum distichum.. 300, 801
167 Passiflora brachystephanea 195
103 | Patella a 243
970 antiquata 999
442 Patersonia glabrata ... 106
982 sericea née Adle
757. Patinella radians -. 1094
769 Pavonia hastata see 208
769 Pecten laticostatus ... . 1093
325) Pelargonium australe 267

323, 324 | Pelocotomoides aureotincta 321

XXV. INDEX

PAGE PAGE

Pelocotomoides marmoratus ... 321 | Phalangista lemuroides 107
serraticornis ... 322 vulpina ... 142, 143
Pentarthrum Millingtoni . 1009 sp. 981, 1075
Nepeanianum ... 1009) Phaneroptera ... 1014
Peperomia exigua . 783 Phaps chalcoptera 171
Peragale leucura 1091 histrionica 171
Perameles auratus 551, 981 | Pharus oo:
sp. 981 | Phascolarctos . 1108
Perca ; ... 182) Phaseolus calcaratus... 757
Percalates ... 181, 182} trinervius ... 757
Pericheta 377, 395 | vulgaris 757
australis ... 891 Philadelphus coronarius 759
austrina 399, 400, 401 | Philemon argenticeps 169
Bakeri voila cockerelli ... 444
Barronensis Phe, ees notata : 169
canaliculata 377, 391, 397 | occidentalis 676
Coxii ... 613) Philonthus ... 495, 497, 498, 508
dorsalis ang (INS) australis ... 510
exigua : 387, 389 | haemorrhoidalis 508
var. Murrayana ... 389] pacificus ... 504
fecunda 401, 620 | sericeus ... see 507
Hamiltoni ... 399 | Philoscaphus . 116, 117, 12:
monticola 390 | Barnardi case iB:
perigrina 377 carinatus 123, 973
Raymondiana 398 | costalis ... 123
Stirlingi 395 | lateralis... 123
Wilsoniana ... 400 Mastersi 123
Peripatus Leuckartii 450, 618, 981 | tuberculatus Bao) YB}
Perissogaster Hee 378 Philotheca australis ... 105, 267
excavata so, cteh! Reichenbachiana 185
Perixera 836, 918 | Phlegoenas stairi 445
porphyr opis. nos Ao Phcenicopsis 161
Peronospora infestans . 1099 | Phorodesma 870
Perperus . 1007, buprestaria 2201890
Persoonia ..6, 184) Phragmicoma Novo-Guineensis 422
chamexpeuce 282! Phyllanthus australis _ 269
Cunninghamii 282 | Gastroemil 268
ferruginea 185 | lanosii... 784
linearis 282 | niruri 784
pinifolia 282 | reticulatus 784
revoluta 282 | simplex Ryle!
salicina : Be) aL S54 thymoides 105, 269
Petalostylis Labicheoides eLOVa urinaria w. 784
Petroeca multicolor . 990 Phyllocharis 48
picata 167 Phyllodactylus g guentheri ... 990
Petrophila ... ee 6 | Phyllotheca 145, 156
Pezoporus formosus ... ... 410) Phyllotucus vittatus... ere 745)
Phacops 99, 438, 489) Phyllotreta... ae 78
caudatus 413, 414, 438 | Physa gibbosa 196
fecundus(?) ... 413, 414, 438) Physalis peruviana ... 778
longicaudatus 439| Physignathus Gilberti eae L020
Phalena occultaria .. ... 903) Pielus . : 415, 681
Phalangista Archeri... . 1075 | hyalinatus wo eLOLG
Johnstonei . 1075 | imperialis .. 1015

XXVL.

INDEX.
PAGE | PAGE
Pieris java sae 1013, 1014 | Pleurotoma 998
Teutonia ao ..- 1019} Plotosus angularis ... 806
Piezorhynchus chalyhzeoce- Plotus novze-hollandiz she bilities
phalus ... i (442) Pos ceespitosa 8, 302
Pileopsis subrufus ... F999 | pratensis Soh 9
Piloprepes sat --- 930 | Podargus gouldii 166
Pimelea collina rae .. 283) Podiceps australis 173
eurviflora... E988 gularis 173
glauca sil ... 283) Podocarpus spinulosa 136
linifolia : ... 283) Podolepis acuminata 284
spicata ve ... 136) Podontia 80
Pionias heteroclitus . ... 979) Peecilodryas cerviniventris 167
Piper caninum au: ... 783 Poéphilaacuticauda 110, 169,408, 412
Greyeeteas 1 | Ane nae (tee atropygialis soe LO
Pipturus asper oa soo) ev cincta 110, 408
Pistia stratiotes Bot sto. Usiyf | gouldize G9
Pithecolobium dulce, Shou mirabilis 169
Pitta novee-hiberniz... .. 443] Polanisia viscosa 743
Pittosporum 419} Polyachus .. . 26
phillyr oides 265, 306 | Polycarpon tetraphyllum 135, 270
undulatum 105, 259, 265, | Polygala Sibirica 192, 266
[306 Polygonum hydropiper 271
Plagianthus pulchellus 268 plebejum 271
Plagiodera .. sparen prostratum 271
Planaria Tasmaniana 349, 361 | strigosum 566
Planaxis brasilianus ... 999 subsessile 566
Sulva S36 ... 999} Polynemus tetradactylus w» 805
mollis ar .. 999) Polyommatus * 827, 828
pigra 4 so) YEE) cyanites ols
Plantago debilis Hes soo We erinus... 825
varia Se 7 0255 uranites 827
Platalea regia is «-» 172) Polyoptilus 14
Platax vespertilio... .. 806) Polypodium ai: 419
Platibis flavipes bes coo sks hooker ... 803
Platycepha “pom adie punctatum 304
Platycephalus insidiator ... 805] quercifolium .. 803
Platyceps Wilkinsonii 145, 156 | serpens.. 12, 304
Platycercus Barnardi +. 985] simplicifolium . 803
eximius ... 450) Polyprion prognathus . 1093
Pennantii 450, 990 | Pomaderris er eet ras LOS
Platycerium alcicorne .. 304 lanigera .. 105, 279
Platydesmus flayipennis See 20N ledifolia .. ee 8
sulcipennis 226, 227 | Pomatoceros oh 1032
Platygaster oy. ... 1073) Pomatostomus 00 103
Platymela .. wea Oe rubeculus 169
Platyphanes elongatulus .-. 308) Pomax umbellata 283
oblongus ... 308! Pongamia glabra 1099
Platythorax 117, 122) Popilia flavomaculata 227
rectangularis ... 122} Poranthera corymbosa 268
transver. Sicollisi ee look ericifolia ... 185
Plectranthus parviflorus 106, 290 | microphylla 265
Pleomorphus if: 26 Porella stangeri 1040
Pleurodictyum me 412, 413 | Porina inversa 680
megastoma .., 4131 Porphyrio bellus 172

XXVil.

PAGE

Portulaca oleracea ... 270, 745

quadrifida... - (40

Potamogeton natans... 298
Pouzolzia indica 737 |
Prasonotus . 18 |
Prasophyllum alpinum . 294)

brach ystachyum 142

brevilabre 294

Deanianum 142

elatum 106, 294

fimbriatum 8

flavum Me 294

fuscum 294

var. grandiflorm um 294

nigricans 7, 142

patens . 294

var. truncatum | 294

rufum 142, 294

Prionesthis... 500 13

Pristipoma commersoni 805

nigrum 805

Pristis 412

Problepsis . 835, 838, 918

apollinaria 838

sancta $39
Procheerus celer 1103 |

Procris ee 927
amethystina ... 927 |
cuprea 927 |
cyanota 927 |
empyrea 927 | |
subdolosa 927 |
viridipulverulenta 928
Proetus ats 4: 37, 438 |
Ascanius (?) ... fide "437 |
Bowningensis 439, 440
Promecoderus ; SiR
Promecotheca : 85 |
Prostanthera denticulata Ee eliSOi
lasiantha 9|
linearis 291, 306 |

Protoparce convolvuli 1014
Prunella vulgaris noe), ela)
Psammoperca 182, 183
Psepholax egerius . 1008 |

Pascoei 1008

Psephotus hematogaster 986
hematorrhous 986
Pseudanthus divaricatissimus... 268
pimeloides 135 |

Pseudechis australis... . 1078 |
Darwinensis 3 1020,
Pseudochirus Forsteri 1091 |
Pseudolates 182 |

INDEX.

PAGE
Psidium guava 723, 763
Psi ophyton sp. 414

| Psilotum ... 1025, 1027, 1029, 1031

triquetrum... 1029, 1030
Psoralea 305
patens 273
Psychotria loniceroides ee LOO
Psygmobranchus 1032, 1033
Psylliodes ae eo tll
Ptencedus rufescens ... 168
Pterigeron liatroides 978
microglossus ee ES)

Pteris aquilina 259, 303, 803
arguta 303
comans 303

cretica 803
ensiformis 803

falcata esp ous

incisa 303, 803
longifolia 803
quadriaurita .. 803
umbrosa 12
Pterocarpus indicus ... AG 16S)
Pterohelzus 514, 519, 550
acuticollis saiwoze

agonus ... er mlodz

alternatus 533

arcanus 525

asellus 542

Brémei ... ehio22

bullatus “be GS

cereus .. 545

confusus 543
convexiusculus 549

cornutus 522

costatus... 526

crenulatus 534
Darwiniensis 527
depressiusculus ... 533

dispar 530

dispersus c 549

elongatus 530

glaber 547

granulatus 535

granuliger 537

Guerinii ae) hoo

hepaticus 2to29

hirtus ... hod. (On

insularis 528

Kollari... 547

laticollis 528

litigiosus 541

memnonius Sept,

minimus . «648

Pterohelus nitidissimus

INDEX.

PAGE

540

nitidiusculus 538
obliteratus 548
opatroides 544
ovulum... 543
parallelus 542
Pascoei ... nee O24:
peltatus 535, 538, 545,

[546
peltoides seis O40
piceus 524, 525, 526
planus ... 9550
pruinosus 526
punctipennis .. 544
pusillus 307, 540
Reichei ... ee) Oo
Riverine 523
servus ... od
silphoides 529, 538
sinuaticollis 526
spinicollis 523
squalidus . d34
striatopunctatus ... 540

[546
subgeminatus 537
thymaloides 549
tristis 536
vicarius... ee LL
Walkeri 521, 522, 523,

Pteroplatea australis
Pterop's grandis
Pterostylis acuminata
clavigera...
concinna ...
curta :
eyenocephala
longifolia ..
Mitchell...
mutica
nutans
obtusa
parviflora
pedunculata
reflexa
rufa a:
squamata...
striata
Woollsii ...
Ptilidium ciliare
Ptilopus mari
Ptilorhis Victorize
Ptilotis flavescens

[524, 526, 529

. 1024
LOOM
wenn | 204
295,

294

294.

295
295
295
295

...8, 294 |

coo, ED
i.-05 290)
8

295

295

295 |

294, 306
295
- 1052
445

1075 |

169

306 |

Ptilotis vittata
Ptilotus obovatus
Ptistes coccineopterus
Ptychopoda rubraria
Pulex echidne
Pultenza :
fasciculata ...
flexilis
incurvata
microphylla
mucronata ...
paleacea
retusa
scabra are
sty phelioides
ternata ee
Punica granatum
Purpura chaidea
x MUPICING «ee
neglecta
succinta
sp. ae
Tritoniformis
tuberculatus
Pycnoptilus floecosus
Pyrameis Itea

Quedius dilatatus

Quercus

Quintinia Sieberi

Quisqualis chinensis...
indica
loureiri

Radix mudaris gigantez

|Radula buccinifera ...
| Novee-Hollandize
physoloba

| Ranunculus hirtus
lappaceus
parviflorus

| rivularis...
_Recurvirostra rubricollis
| Remus sericeus

| Rhacopteris

| Rhagodia hastata
linifolia
nutans
/Rhinacanthus communis
Rhinopalpa algina

| Khipidura diemenensis
preissi

setosa

XXVill.

PAGE
169
270
170
852
109
175
982
105
272
272
195
185
105
272
272
272
765
994
994
996
995

son HL

995, 996
at Oe

45]

7, 105,

135,

995,

412, 1013, 1014

471
2. A419
pool), 1
763
763
763
773

XOXLK.

INDEX.

PAGE PAGE

Rhizobius ... 5 2 | Rumex flexuosus 71
Rhizopertha collaris . 1006 | Rupilia eee 83
Rhododendron Carringtonize . . 1101 | Sabal Adansonii(?) ... 457
Loch . 1101 | Sagina Se 305.
Rhombosternus SMSO) apetala 270
Rhus radicans 1099 | Sagus Konigti 457

Rhynchodemus 350, 351, 353, 397, leeve 457

(361, 371 Spare 457

Coxii... 371 | Salisburia eye 138, 159, 160, 161,

guttatus a5 GyiG: [162

moseleyi 371, 374 | adiantifolia one ley)

niger 374 antarctica 159, 161, 162

obscurus ous arctica sa GW

trilineatus 373, 374 concinna 160, 161

Rhynchospora aurea --- 800 crenata sce 62
Rhyparida .. 42 digitata 160
Rhyssonotus ‘nebulosus 109 flabellata 160
Rhytida ptychomphala 1062 Huttoni 160
Riccardia crassa 1056 | integriuscula 159
minima 1055 | lepida eLGO

palmata 1056 palmata 137, 138, 162

Riccia acuminata 1057 pluripartita set GO
asprella 1059 | primigenia 162
bullosa 1058 primordialis 159
crinita 1059 pseudo-Huttoni 160
erystallina 1060 Schmidtiana 160
fimbriata 1057 sibirica 160
glauca 1060 var. pusilla 160
glaucescens 1060 | Salomonia oblongifolia 745
lamellosa ... 1057 | Salvia plebeja 291
marginata 1056, 1057 | Sambucus xanthocar pa uae 283, 306
nigrella ... 1057} Samolus repens 6 186
squamata 1057 | Valerandi ... 289
vesiculosa 1958 | Santalum lanceolatum 281
Ricinula arachnoides... 994 obtusifolium Set DOU
aspersa 994 | Saragus 515, 518, 550, 635, 651,
chaidea 994 | [653, 675
fiscellum 994 | asidoides 655, 666

ricinus : 994 asperipes 695, 667
tuberculata.. 994 | australis 655, 664
undata 994 | Blackburni 654, 656
Ricinus communis 786 brunnipennis 655, 670
Risella 999 | brunnipes , 655, 669
flavescens 999 | carinatus . 655, 666, 667
plicatula sso, GE) catenulatus ... 654, 658
Riverina 181, 184 | clathratus 654, 663
Jluviatilis secu SLSiL | confirmatus ... 654, 661

Rubus molucecanus 275 | convexicollis 654, 656
parviflorus 565 | crenulatus 654, 663
\uellia australis 136 | Duboulayi 655, 670
corynotheca ... 978 | emarginatus ... 654, 660, 664
Rulingia pannosa 135 exulans 655, 667
Rumex Brownii 271 | floceosus 7 518:

Saragus gagates
geminatus
incisus
infelix

interruptus ...

laevicollis

leevis

levicostatus ...

limbatus
luridus
magister

marginatus ...
marginellus ..

Odewahnii

opacipennis ..

orbicularis
ovalis
Pascoei

patelliformis..

reticulatus
rotundatus
rudis

rugosipennis...

rugosus
simplex
Spinole

striatipennis...

subrugosus
tarsalis

INDEX.

PAGE
655, 671
655, 668

. 654, 655, 656

654, 662

654, 660 |

654, 657, 658
[659, 662
655, 671

654, 659 |

655, 665

_, 654, 662, 663

655, 670

655, 674
655, 669

655, 672.

654, 663
67
654, 659
654, 664
654, 659
665, 667
654, 657
655, 668
655, 673
655, 666

2, 673 |

testudineus ... 675
thymaloides ... sue O49
unicarinatus ... 655, 674
Sarcina lutea w. =144
Sarcocephalus cor datus 769
glaberrimus 768

nudulatus 768

subditus 768

Sarcochilus faleatus ... ape Al
Sarotricha 924, 925
exophila sno 43)

undulana ... 925
Sarrothripa 925
Sauloprocta picata 167
Sczevola hispida 186 |
Hookeri 982
microcarpa ... 186
oppositifolia 422
suaveolens ... 565
Scaphites 1103
Scaraphites ... son ils). 117, 123
Bacchus ... veer) aA:
crenaticollis 124 |

gigas

Scaraphites heros
hirtipes ...
humeralis
intermedius
laticollis...
latipennis
Lernzus ...
lucidus ...
Macleayi...
Martini
Mastersi ...
rotundipennis
Silenus

Scelodonta..

Scenopcoeus dentirostris

Schizoporella hyalina

linearis

Schizorhina atropunctata
bakewellii
bassii
bestii
dorsalis
frontalis ...
ocellata ...
palmata ...
phillipsii...

Schizosternus te

Schmidelia cobbe

Scheeniclus albescens

Scheenus brevifolius ..

Brownii
imberbis

Scirpus fluitans

grossus
setaceus

Scitala a fe

Scleranthus biflorus...

Scleria scrobiculata ...

Scolyptus

Scoparia dulcis

Scopodes fasciolatus...

Scorpis A

Scotosia metar hodata

Scutellaria humilis ...
mollis

| Seymnus

Scythrops Novee- Hollandiz
Sebeea albidiflora
ovata
Securinega obovata ...
Seisura nana
Selaginella .. ae
uliginosa sce

124 | Selenurus annulatus

8, 136,

XXX.

PAGE
124

124

124

124

124

124

124

124
124

124

144

124

122

42

1075

330,

186,

192, :

346
339
141
141
141
141
141]
141
141
141
141

36
752
171
300
300
300
800
800

XXX.

Selenurus apicalis
viridipennis
Semecarpus albescens
anacardium
philippinensis
Sendtnera
Senecio australis
lautus
vagus
Serpula
Sesamum indicum
Sesbania aculeata
egyptiaca ...
Setaria glauca
Sicyllus
Sida earpinifolia
corrugata
humilis
Kingii
retusa ..
rhombifolia
Siebera Billardieri
ericoides
stephensonii ...
Siegesbeckia orientalis
Silene gallica
Sillago sihama
Sinusigera :
Siphonaria corrugata
lirata
Sittella chrysoptera ...
leucoptera
pileata
Smicrornis flavescens
Smilax australis
Solanum aviculare
campanulatum
cinereum
ferox ;
melongena ...
nigrum
sanctum
stelligerum ...
tuberosum ...
verbascifolhum
Solarium depressa

1)

per spectiviunculum ..

planulata

Solenognathus spinosissimus ...

Sonneratia acida
Sorghum
halepense
Sorocostia
aenictis

INDEX.
PAGE | PAGE
237 | Sorocostia albalis —... 923
238 arachneis... 923
753 biguttalis .. s60, SREY
753 eycota 923, 924
Sao _ 7/98)! hesycha Seow ee
. 1042 irenica 922
8, 286 | leucoma ... 924
Rene 231) parallacta... 922
286, 565 tornotis ... 923
- 1033 trigonota ... 922
690 vetustella ... 2 923
755 | Sowerbzea juncea ...8, 136
755 | Sparganium angustifolium Sone ke
801 | Spartothamnus 305
78 junceus 291
746 puberulus 195
268 | Spergularia rubra 270
746 | Spermacoce hispida 769
. 1101 scaberrima 770
ws 146 stricta 770
566, 746 | Sphzranthus indicus 770
566 | Spheerexochus aise RS 99
565 | Spherolobium 7
Son S183) vimineum 135
9, 285 | Spheeromorpha Simoni 80
9 | Sphecotheres australis 970
so) woil}3) maxillaris tae TO
995, 996 | Spilanthes acmella TOsa
... 1001 | Spilopyra on iil
... 1001 | Spilosoma 926
409 conferta 926
soo KO) Sulvohirta... 926
409, 412 fuscinula ... 926
167 Glatignyi ... 926
ae pil subocellatum 926
106, 289 | Spivanthes australis ... 566
289, 306 | Spirifer disjunctus 982
289 Spirorbis 1033
777 Spirula /evis 993
soc © oy Peronii 993
289; 776 | vulgaris 993
--- 777) Spondias dulcis mn Uo
289, 306 | Sporobolus indicus 301, 802

777 | Sporobolus indicus 301,

289, 76 Lindleyi ... coo UII!
999 | Virginicus ee NBOL
"ggg | Stackhousia linarifolia 135, 269
999 | monogyna zeoy eELOD
196. muricata 105, 270
766 | viminea 105, 270
305 Staphylinus... one aA
802 | erythrocephalus 492, 1003
922 | linearis 476
923 | parumpunetatus 474

Staphylococcus pyogenes
[aureus
Staurocephalus Murchisoni
Steganomma
porcatum
Stellaria flaccida
glauca
multiflora
pungens
Stemonitis ferruginea
fusca
Stenochorus simplea:
Stenopora
Stephania hernandifolia
Sterculia foetida
Sterna anglica
frontalis :
melanorhyncha
Stethomela ...
Stethopachys s
Stictopelia cuneata ..
Stigmatops ocularis ...
subocularis
Stigmodera
Duboulayi
Stipa semibarbata
Stomiopera unicolor ...
Streblus asper
Strepera arguta
intermedia ...
melanoptera
Streptocaulon banmii
Streptococcus pyogenes
Strix delicatula -
lulu
Stromateus niger :
Strombus epimellus ...
jlammeus ...
floridus
flosculosus...
mutabilis ...
Strumatophyma
Sturmia reflexa Se
Stylidium lazicifolium
lineare
Stypandra czspitosa
glauca
attenuata...
elliptica
ericoides ...
humifusa
leeta :
microphylla

Styphelia

INDEX. XXXil.

PAGE | PAGH
ae sapida 292

. 143) scoparia ... 292
100, 102 strigosa 292
pop lle} triflora ... 106
Joos, UBB} tubiflora ... 292
ne 270 urceolata ... 292
seg) PAD virgata nig 9 ZARA
270 viridis 262, 291

270 | Sueeda maritima 566

174 | Sula ecyanops 679

174 | Swainsona coronillifolia 273
1011 Fraseri 273
1104 galegifolia 273
565 monticola 273

748 oroboides... 273

173 phacifolia 273

173 phacoides 273

173 | Symmetrodes : 920

55 niteNns ... 920

16 sciocosma SAU

171 | Sympetes 014, 550, 635, 651

169 contractus ... 652

169 Macleayi 652

141 tricostellus ... 652

1019 | Symphyogyna Brasiliensis 1054
301 interrupta 1053

soe UE) obovata 1054.
723, 786 rhizobola pee LOD:
405, 406 | Symphyonema : 6
405, 412 montanum 1077
406, 412] Synatractus 312
Spee variabilis- 312
.. 574|Syncarpia ... 621
166, 441 Synodita 83
441 | Synoicus australis g(a

805 | Synoum glandulosum 160, BLE

998 | Tabernemontana ... i ae

998 orientalis Ti2

998 andacaqul 7712

995 spherocarpa 690, 771

998 | Tadorna radjah 172, 446

... 48)| Tamarindus indica sce JO!)
259, 293 | Tapes 243
136 | Tappesia Roy alts:

136 | Tecoma australis es 11, 290

8 | Telephorus Froggatti 2 237

297 Mossmanni ee Be

292 rubriceps QSGv23a7

292 | rufiventris a 200

292 | Telesto : 829, 833

292 | chaostola $30

291 crypsargyra 829

292 | dactyliota 831

XXX. INDEX.
PAGE PAGE
Telesto megalopis 832 | Timandra prasodes ... 865
Telopea : : 6 | Tineina : 928
speciosissima ... 185) Tinnuncalus cenchroides 166
Temnocephala . 1097} Tinospora crispa .. epi
Temnoplectron politulum 221 | Tmesipteris 1025, 1026, 1031
Templetonia aculeata 195 Tannensis ae 1025, 1030, 1077
Tephrosia desita ... 850] Tomoxia 319
Teratidium .. 116, 117, 118 | Tomyris : 4]
macros ... 118} Torenia cardiocephala 779
Terillus 39 edentula 779
Termessa 921 | Totanus sp.. 171
gratiosa... 922 | Tournefortia sarmentosa 774
Shepherdi .., 922 | Toxeutes 1002
eae abe 921 arcuatus 1010
Terminalia catappa .. 762 punctatissimus 1010
Tetragonia expansa ... 10° rasilis 1010
Tetratheca ericifolia 7aexotes iecuaten | Lee
enicedon 105 Trachymene Billardieri 8
2 ag 105 ericoides 8
ee 2 Tragocerus lepidopterus 141
Pee t ‘| Trechus is 1019
Thal ean oe Trema amboinensis ...* 786
alaina Clara 2 cannabina. 786
Thalassodes es 870 Trematanthera Dufaurii 1100
byrsopis ... 898 Trianthema crystallina 978
insperata. .. 899 | Tribonyx ventralis ... 172
scitissimaria 897 | Tribulus 305
Thallis ; 88 terrestris 267
bizonata 328 | Tribunta biguttalis 922
Thaumastomerus 43 scabralis 9992
Thelymitra ixioides ... 106 | Trichalus angustulus 235
longifolia 293) Trichinium . 305
ee eee 293 | Trichiurus Coxii 562
nuda : 293 | Trichoclada 838
venosa 8, 186 | Trichoglossus chlorolepidotus. .. 986
Themiscyra letifera ... 928 rubritorquis 170
Therapon 1020 versicolor 170
Thesium australe 192 | Trichomanes 419
Thespesia populnea ... su GAG parvulum | s-- 803
Thinnfeldia odontopteroides ... 144 saxifragoides ... 803
Threskiornis strictipennis LED venosum Sous oll
Thylacoleo ... on 1103 | Trichopitys... 138, 16]
Thysanotus junceus ... 297 | Tricoryne elatior soa | ASI)
Patersoni 2s simplex coe USE
tuberosus 8, 186 | Trigaster 378, 386
Tigrioides ... aie -+ 920) Triglochin procera peo rails)
nana ao SPAD striata 136
Tiliqua longicauda -- 816 | Trigonia Strangei 1075
Tillea .- 275| Tripterygium annulatum 1021
purpurata -. 275/ Tristania laurina 565
recurva 275 suaveolens 422
verticillaris ... 275! Triumfetta procumbens 749
Timandra ... cae i 863, 918 rhomboidea 422
aventiaria .. --- 864 | Trochocarpa laurina... 566

INDEX, Soave
PAGE PAGE
Trochus perspectiviunculus Vitis clematidea 566
variegatus ase 999 | hypoglauca 11, 565
Trygon walga 806 lanceolaria 751
Jubularia gracilis 452 | pedata 751
Turrilepas sp. 414, trifolia eur
Tylophora asthmatica ... 773 Vitrina superba .. 1065
barbata .. .. 11) Vittadinia australis ... wee | 204
tenuis 5 ives) scabra 136, 284
Typha angustifolia .. 298 | Vittaria elongata 803
Typhis Angasi 993 | Voacanga (Orchipeda) 419
Typophorus 45 Voluta Guentheri . 1034
| harpa pe UKIe
Umbraculum flabellatum . 1054 | nucleus 966, 997
Unio age 717 pattersonia 996, 997
Uredo lini ... 267 perdicina 996
Urena lobata ee ... 747| Vulsella 1094

Urolitha . 836, 865, 918!
bipunctifera ... 866 | Wahlenbergia gracilis 287
Urtica incisa 269 | Waltheria americana 749
Ustilago carbo 196 | Wendlandia paniculata 768
Utricularia biloba 565 | Wickstroemia indica... 185
dichotoma 186 | Woodwardia aspera ... enw DOE
tlexuosa 621 caudata 304, 306
uniflora ... 565 | Wrightia pubescens .. pat Hives
Uvaria purpurea 741 tomentosa .. 772
Wurmbea dioica 297

Vallisneria spiralis ... 296

Vandellia crustacea ... 779 | Xanthodule ws 926
Varanus acanthurus $13 semiochrea “de SPE
Gouldii - 1020 Xantholinus 471, 473, 479
punctatus . 1020 Albertisi ... poo, aaehe)
Velleya be 192 anachoreta 488
macrocalyx ... 288 analis 483
montana 982 auriceps ... 481
paradoxa 288 cervinipennis ... 480
perfoliata 288 chalcopterus 485, 456
Verbena officinalis... 291 487, 488
Vermilia czespitosa ... 1032, 1034 chalybeus .. 484
Vernonia cinerea LO chloropterus 483, 485
Veronica arguta - 982 coelestis ... eto
perfoliata ... seo 241 cribratus... 2 1490
plebeja 106, 290 cyaneipennis 486, 487
serpillifolia 290 cyanopterus 485, 486, 488
Victorella pavida 347 erythropterus 480
Villarsia 192 fulgidus ... 487
reniformis 186 hemorrhous 482
Viminaria denudata... coo. 18%) holomelas 488
Viola betonicifolia 105, 265 linearis eee Ol
hederacea Sen PANS Lorquini ... 481, 482
Viscum angulatum ... 195 orthodoxus . 484
articulatum ... 11 pheenicopterus 483
Vitis ; 698 punctulatus 490
capriolatia 751 rufitarsis... 481, 482

XXXV. INDEX.
PAGE PAGE
Xantholinus sideralis 486 | Xylobanus Froggatti soe 238
socius 490 fumosus ... Zale 2o2
Xanthophoea 218 longicornis so BY"
Xanthorrheea 480 miniaticollis 232
arborea ... 298 | Xylomelum pyriforme v.36
Xanthosia pilosa 280, 566 | Xyloteles ... ate 412, 1002
Xenica Ella... . 976, 977, 979 griseus’ --- 1012
Kershawi 976, 977, 979 Pattesoni 1012
lathoniella 141,976}, — Selwyni 1012
orichora ... 976 | Xyris complanata 186
Xenorhynchus australis 172, 987 Zenthexylum venefieum ee
ie y a oH Zea mays ... ; POUL
Xerotes Brownii 298 | Zelotypia Stacyi 467, 468, 469
filiformis loo [681
flexifolia 186, 298 var. sinuosa 469
leucocephala 298 | Zia aS 925
longifolia 298 | Zieria cytisoides 266
multiflora 186 | Zonitis pallida . 325
Thunbergii ... 298 | Zootoca vivipara... ..- 1093
Xylobanus ampliatus 233 | Zornia diphylla 175, 273, 565, 755
ater 233 | Zosterops flavogularis 408, 412
atripennis 234 | Zygophyllum prismatothecum 978

F. Cunninghame & Co., Printers, 146 Pitt Street, Sydney.

PLS.N.S.W. Vol.ll (2% Ser) PL.18

6 Gapare

©)
S./S/DRO

\ ee
ate

“BULA CANo5. Jose

SS. lith

Volcanic a
ee MAP OF S.LUZON

with LAKE BOMBON.

PL.S.N.S.W. Vorll (2%? Ser)

——

M Balantoc :

Chozas

1

A

Sprit MM

HT Ki
[Pa
/

VOLCANO

i

ws

ISLAND.

HK
ARCA

Ai: RW
ww
WINS “J
Ta

TBH :

“At NW

TAAL .

GININAS
ANAS

\
>

PL 19

SS hth

ot Mae om
¥ \* ' of 1
’
3
‘
;
|
,
~ i
o
:
:
,, /
t
.
,
t
;
’
i
- > 4
; 4 ‘
, f - - ,

P.L.S.N.SW. PLATE XX.

a
SAwrrereete

AfRviin. Li:

PLATE XXI.

P.LS.N.S.W.

H. /rvun ilps

P.L.S.N.S.W. Vor. (2%? Ser)

B.C.et W.H.P del.

Frullania

cinnamomea.

Px:

S.Sedgfield lth. ;

P.L.S. N.S W. Vot.I ( 2% Ser) PL.XXIII.

B.C.et W.H.P. del. S.Sedgfield Lith,
Lejeunia mimosa.

P.L.S.N.S.W. Vor (29 Ser) TO Neee ane

B.C.et W.H.P. del. S.Sedgfield Ucth.
Lejeunia sub -elobata.

PL.XXV.

BryS IN«G.W. Vow. il (2° Ser)

| g) :

5.Sedgfteld Lith.

Buick Wall diel:
Lejeunia gracillima.

P.L.S. N.S.W. VoL.1(2°¢ Ser) PL.XXVI.

i.
j

fp

B.C.et W.H.P. del. S.Sedgfield Lith.
Isotachis grandis.

_ EO a

PLS. N.S.W. Vor. (22% Ser)

B.C.et W.H.P del.
Lepidozia gracillima.

PL.XXVIL.

S.Sedgfield Ucth.

P.L.S.N.S.W. Vor.1(229 Ser) PLXXVII.

B.C. et W.H.P. del. . S.Sedgfield Lith.
Lembidium dendroides.

' Chiloscyphus fissistipus.
(var longifolius.)

ia pe Pray ies ara ry

An >) rr ie
s ‘

‘ \
’ ¥ ¥
; .
,
‘
‘ =
7
'
‘
‘
2 = ry
4
dae
t
r nt
'
ei
>
\ >
/ :
b -
: ,
. cs
3
< ~
' r
tr
j
c
t
> -
4
+
@
z 4
*
é
‘
> 1
4
*
¥
Ke *
4
+
se
‘ rt
‘
t
.
« ' , a

P.L.S.N.S.W. Vor. It (2% Ser) PL.XXX.

B.C et W.H.P. del. 5. Sedgfield tith
Chiloscyphus fissistipus, var tenerrimus.

P.L.S.N.S.W. Vor.H (2% Ser) PLXXX{.

B.C. et W.H.P del. S.Sedqfield ith.
Chiloscyphus limosus, var /aevigatus.

-
¥.
iY
f
ba
ay ee
Ui hy
a, a,

Com i

Se

P.L.S N.S.W.

B.C. et W.H.P, del

Voc. 11 (29% Ser.)

/

Jung ermmania Whi telegget

PL.XXXII,

PLXXXIIl.

P.L.S. N.S.W. VoL.II. (2% Ser)

5.Sedagfield lith.

Symphyogyna interrupta.

B.C. et W.H.P. del.

a TF oy ro) -—
fk ‘ ©
: 2 .
*
s
'
t
-
t
.
/
i 3
‘
~ /
. t 1
’
r
» :
f
‘ +
‘
'
ul
ye
\ 1
i \ i} yf
i Ul ty
,
P ’
;
i
‘ r }
‘
,
. fe ;
\
i
oO 4!
‘ 1
»?
' i 7

P.L.S.N.S.W. Vor. (2% Ser) PL.XXXIV-

£ ye

B.C.et W.H.P. del. 5. Sedgfield lith,

Riccardia minima.

>
<
S<
= fe
: =
ja
AS)
®
=
>
aS)
®
w”
no
fo)
—_
©
G
dA
lox)
iS]
ke)
E
©
oT
& “d
— aa
©:
NI
~~
A
aT
°
>
= 3
s me
a
a =
& 3
= 2
2
oO

~
'
*
iF ¥
“i
i
é
*
"
1
_£
)
Li

bea a
Ch ae

ee ae

¢ ‘1
air)

PULXXXVI.

S.Sedgfield ith.

B.C. et W.H.P. del.

Ricclia bullosa, var. ves/cu/ose.

ite

i

MESS ;
ian et

tt

PL.XXXVII.

P.L.S. N.S.W. Vov.II (299 Ser.)

Ss Sedgfield lith.

B.C. et W.H.P. del.

Riccia asprella.

S. Sedghield Ii

Nototherium dunense

. d%Q ‘stjetuadut snjotg
yyy ‘spueg uyor Pp 9H

XIXXX “Td (ua pug) 1 0A M'S'N ‘ST d

d%Q ‘syetuadut snjatq

yyy ‘spueg uyor 9p 9H

Xoo te (wag pud )II 1A MSN Sd

4 bo
' yd ex
reas — ] ( i :
‘Beat .
eek U1 : i ”
a 4 MAY 18, 1887.

=

A

Se

THE

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

LINNEAN SOCIETY

OF

NEW SOUTH WALES.

SECOomD SlRLES.

VOL. 11:
PART THE FIRST.

Containing the Papers read at the Meetings
held in
JANUARY, FEBRUARY, AND MARCH, 1887.

ee OUR PLAT aS.

SYDNEY :
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR TAME SOCINTY
BY
F. CUNNINGHAME. & CO., 146 PITT STREET,
AND
SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.
[Price, 7/-.]

“2 8
2

**

NO rCOE,.

Wirth the exception of Volumes I.-VI. of the Proceedings—of
which the Society’s stock was totally destroyed in the Garden
Palace Fire—the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W.
may be obtained at the Society’s Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth
Bay, Sydney, at the following prices :—

Vol. VII. Containing Proceedings for 1882, Part 1............... i 7 ie
> ” > sone arbi Qeseacemesetcns ORONO
» » a a5) BAPbISe.. teteccsseine 0 5 0
¥ 35 ag Se) blanbrat cc sreateasess 010 O
Vol. VIII. Containing Proceedings for 1888, Part 1............... 010 0
» ” » gy arti 2s. ... e.cde ens Oo 10
” » ae Wye eanucovtas are (0)
>» as ae aye RATED aa mtore sete OMS a0:
Vol. IX. Containing Proceedings for 1884, Part 1.............., 0. 8 -0)
” 9 2 BA efi a ne aananteoancade O20
9 a9 Ap ee BATtIO SR taascccuseeee romO
» » » ell) qe SA eae ecrie L570
Vol. X. Containing Proceedings for 1885, Part 1...... ........ 012 0
Ac) 53 59 Bah) st anie Lenn one soo O 7 ©
” » : Pe BELO Se cepradnebor 32 015 0
» 5 iy Se Pantie Mc ien tet Cin. 6
Vol. I. (Second Series) Containing Proceedings for 1886, Part 1 .0 10 6
” 09 59 na 36 Rant Zen OP 2a 0
> ” 59 a 55 Parti OulanO
” ” 55 33 io artis OM2asG

A reduction of 20 per cent. on the above charges is made

to Members of the Society.

Copies of Vol. II. of the Transactions of the Entomological
Society of New South Wales are also obtainable, price fifteen

shillings

#&

*

ve

CONTENTS OF VOL. II., PART 1.

(SECOND SERIES.)

PAGE
On an Undescribed Dules from New Guinea. Bae E. P. Ramsay,
LL.D., &c., and J. DougLas-OGILBy .. - Le 4
A Glance at the Flora of Mount Wilson. By the Rev. W. Woo ts,
PRD 5 Esluigiy tyaes : . 6
Catalogue of the Described Coleoptera 6 of eras Part VIL. By
GEORGE MASTERS a 13
Note on Some Trilobites New to Aweblia: By F. Ratte, Ing. des
Arts et Manuf., Paris. (Plates 1. and I1.). ay OS
Note on the Mode of Nidification of a Species of “Pachyeetiate
supposed to be P. Gilbertii, from the Interior of N. 8. Wales.
By K. H. BENNETT 308 590 : .. 108
Flowering Seasons of Australian Plante, No. 111. By K. HaviLanb,
ats : 165

Notes on the Method Aaupted by # the Female of. the Commies Fresh-
water Tortoise, Chelodina longicollis, in the Excavation of the
Burrows in which her Eses are to be ages by He ds

McCookry ... ze ; . 107
Miscellanea Entomologica, No. i. The “goanttite of New Holland.
- By Wi1LI1AM Macuray, YS, WACs ; 115
Flowering Seasons of Australian pias No. IV. By HK. HAVILAND,
B.S. ‘ ie ae ae ane 135
Notes on some Australian Fossils. By Fix RaTre, MLE, i
(1) Salisburia palmata, emend. from ie aa or Baiera
palmata, Ratte ast Pelion
(2) On the Muscular Impression ee the. Genus eons ya (Mae oni
(Plate 11.) .. ea 2 See 3 5 atte 139
Note on a Remarkable Example of Fracture in Kerosene Shale. by
Feurx Ratre, M.K. (Plate rv.). of Re sits Sie 140
Notes on the Bacteriological Examination of Water from the Sydney
Supply. No. ut. By Dr. Oscar Katz... sea ee Jae RIL

Contributions towards a Knowledge of the Coleoptera of Australia,
No. tv. Description of a new ‘Genus and Species of Oedemeride.
By A. Sypney OLuirF, F.E.S Ae he 509 a annie beter

On Some Additional abun teguaott Fossils from the Hawkesbury
Sandstone of New South Wales. Second Note on ae:

Wilkinsonit. By Professor StrepHENS, M.A., F.G.S. sii -. 156
Additional Evidence on Fossil Salisburie from Australia. ee is

Rate, M.F. oe a ae * x {159
On an Undescribed Shark from Port Jackson. “By E EK. P. Ramsay,

E.R.S.E., &c., and J. DOUGLAS- OGmBY . «.. 163

List of Birds Collected at Derby, North-West Aastzalia, os the late
T. H. Boyer-Bower, Betis with Notes. ey Dr. E. P. Ramsay,

F.R.S.E., &c. : a8 165
Elections and Announcements its hs Ss ais -~ L, 11, 146
"Donations acs A . 1, 111, 146
"Notes and Exhibits .. igi ei aks aoe Sat 109, 141, 174

Pe.

AUG US: Gal, EOS.

Von
pe

yN |
PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

LINNEAN SOCIETY

OF

NEW SOUTH WALES.

SECOND SHERIES.

Glee Jad.
PART. THE SECOND.
Containing the Papers read at the Meetings

held in
Aue ylis, UvIGAGY: ae SuN, JUNE, deo 7.

See ete ORIN ES PLATE.

SYDNEY :

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY
BY

F. CUNNINGHAME & CO., 146 PITT STREET,
AND

SOLD BY THE SOCIETY. 2p 2s)
[Price, 8/-.]

~
we

NFOEC.

Wirn the exception of Volumes I.-VI. of the Proceedings—of
which the Society’s stock was totally destroyed in the Garden
Palace Fire—the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W.
may be obtained at the Society’s Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth
Bay, Sydney, at the following prices :—

hue

Vol. VII. Containing Proceedings for 1882, Part 1............... 0 iano
% ” 6 SPAT bea sonuacnaneceere 010 0

> » » Soot Barty diiieccsecsnaens Om ora

” » » 5h) RENE) osepnobosbanbosr 010 0
Vol. VIII. Containing Proceedings for 1883, Part 1............... 010 O
> ” » g5 Parti ern ro seeanstivas 0 5 0

” ” > 9 Rartioheccrceceeee 0) 7 8)

” » 9 Peer atb) Ante eecisess 0s 0
Vol. IX. Containing Proceedings for 1884, Part l.............., 08 0
” ” 3) ” IParteeeercceeseasce OZO

25 Ao ‘5 Arie LEN sti Hononeeoanceode i &) ()

Ap 53 55 spradtantrArmontecsthsenns IL 4 (0)
Vol. X. Containing Proceedings for 1885, Part 1...... ........ 912 0
» > + Feit AT Dee et ora apemsneet OO
‘ e :. Lepetbantis Pesce 015 ‘ey

” ” ed ” Part Aes cserctsescas Oa 6
Vol. I. (Second Ser.) Containing Proceedings for 1886, Part] 010 6
” ” 9° or 29 Part BA (0) 1194 0

” ” > or) rr} Part 3 0 33 (0)

9 ” > ” Pr Part4 012 6
Vol. II. (Second Ser.) Containing Proceedings for 1887, Part] 0 7 0
een (0) 3) 0)

99 2) 3) 29 9?

A reduction of 20 per cent. on the above charges is made

to Members of the Society.

Copies of Vol. II. of the Transactions of the Entomological
Society of New South Wales are also obtainable, price fifteen

shillings.

me

CONTENTS OF VOL, IL, PART .2.

(SECOND SERIES.)

Notes on the Genera of Australian Fishes. By E. P. Beets
F.R.S.E., &c., and J. Doueias-OGILtBy. Part I. ... :

Flowering Seasons of Australian Plants. No. 5. bege E. Havitasn,
F.L.S :

On an Improved Method of Cultivating 3 Micro. Rey on Potatoes.
By Dr. Oscar Katz

‘ :

Descriptive Record of two Plants additional to the Flora of Aus-
tralia, and occurring also in New South Wales. By Baron
VON MUvELLER, K.C.M.G., M.D., F.R.S. sc

Bacteriological Observations made at the Little aoe Coast Hospital
By Dr. Oscar Katz

The Insects of the Cairns District, Northern Onsen vise I.
By Wiiitiam Mactumay, F.L.S8., &e. ... be :

Description of a New Species of eeatigs from the Astrolabe
nae eo K. New Guinea, a Dr. E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E.,
F.G.S

aa of he Australian Fishes. By BE. PB: mie E.R. SE E.,
and J. DouGLas-OciLey %

Remarks on an Introduced Species of LPN Sapaeeiety
» Bipalium Kewense, Moseley. By J.J. Fiutcuer, M.A., B.Sc....

On a Trilobite from Reefton, New Zealand, New to Australasia.
By Professor F. W. Hutton, F.G.S..

A List of the Indigehous Plants of the Mudgee District. By
ALEXANDER G. HAMILTON

The Insects of the Caindts District, eres Queensland Part I.
By Wituam Mactsay, F.LS., ae 2 :

Notes on the Bacteriological Examination of Water from the ane
Supply. No. 1v. By Dr. Oscar Karz a oe Ne

Preliminary Remarks on Phosphorescent Bacteria from Sea-Water.
By Dr. Oscar Katz aac “on

Notes on some Australian Polyzoa, By T. WHITELEGGE
Flowering Seasons of Australian Plants. No. 6. By E, Havitanp.

Notes on Australian Land-Planarians, with Descriptions of some
new Species. Part I. , J. J. pra M.A., ae and
A. G. HamiIttron

Notes on Australian atatehees Part 111. By i. J. jee
M.A., B.Se si

On a new op iene from the Gulf of Carpentaria, “By Vi WILLIAM
Mactray, F.L.S., ds. ae

Notes on the Nests and ee of logan Risteten Bids: : A. es
NortH

Elections and Pais Bae ** age
Donations - * Be 4... ne te

ie ’ 199,
Notes and Exhibitgy™. %.. 0... 0... om “196, 250,

, 252
253
412

NOVEMBER 30, 1887.

a, THE SSN
PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

LINNEAN SOCIETY.

% § a
et 3 tw &
+ <9 lg
x a

OF

NEW SOUTH WALE

SECOND SERIES.

WO. If.
PART THE THIRD.

Containing the Papers read at the Meetings
held in
hiv AUGUST, AND SEPTEMBER, 1887.

Wy ak Sen Sey de Ve IN PLATES.

SYDNEY :

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY
B

Y
F. CUNNINGHAME & CO., 146 PITT STREET,
AND

SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.
[Price, 12/-.]

SC

NO VEC is

WirtH the exception of Volumes I.-VI. of the Proceedings—of
which the Society’s stock was totally destroyed in the Garden
Palace Fire—the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W.
may be obtained at the Society’s Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth
Bay, Sydney, at the following prices :—

£) Sands

Vol. VII. Containing Proceedings for 1882, Part 1............... Onis
5 ue HD sp BParbQeke an 010 0

as 5 * SSM ALO ccuerseecee 0 5 0

a Ke ae sho Part: Ay asscccses: 010 0
Vol. VIII. Containing Proceedings for 1883, Part 1............... 010 0
x : Be ied eth a d-e-aaaepareonaseo3 05 0

x A A Gat, artronnncheces ieee Ooo

a = a Reed 2 urges Bens ean he 0 8-0
Vol. IX. Containing Proceedings for 1884, Part 1............... 0:78) 0
55 a i 35 pen Parti2 errr osesewces 012 0

5 ~ sts a MEAT CIO eee IL ey (0)

nS as 8 ee bart Aas sceselets i SomeO
Vol. X. Containing Proceedings for 1885, Part 1...... ........ ODO
5 ¥3 3 wee aRartee secs 3

p 3 3 so ap Partioanssiecse oc Ona meO)

“5 5 <3 seme barGia ere onset cts OFV/G
Vol. I. (Second Ser.) Containing Proceedings for 1886, Part 1 010 6
oe) Pe) 99 ” 9 Part OD) 2,

50 oD AD e A ees (Oi ils}

55 a5 a9 ss a ebart!4 siOil 2a6
Vol. II. (Second Ser.) Containing Proceedings for 1887, Partl 0 7 0
” ” ” ” ” Part2 0 8 0

= ce Parti On Lan)

9? 29 29

A reduction of 20 per cent. on the above charges is made

to Members of the Society.

Copies of Vol. II. of the Transactions of the Entomological
Society of New South Wales are also obtainable, price fifteen

shillings.

-
?

aes

CONTENTS: “OF *VOb. EH; PART 3.

(SECOND SERIES.)

PAGE
Report on a small collection of Plants from the Aird River, obtained
by Mr. Theodore Bevan during his recent Expedition. Submitted
by Baron von MveEtieEr, K.C.M.G., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S., &c.
(Plates vI. and vi.) _..... : 419
General Remarks on Protective irocutaien, ‘for Bavine: ipteeto:
Pneumonia. By Dr. Oscar Katz... 365 ae. oa .. 423
On some new Trilobites from Bowning, N.S.W. By JoHn MitcHeE tt.
(Plate xvi.) 3 435,
Contributions to the Gplony of the ener ‘Malayan haat Pacific
Regions. By A. J. NortH ... 441
Notes on a Species of Rat ( Mus Penis Renna, now iafeening
the Western Portion of N.S.W. By K. H. Bennerr _... 447
Note on the Discovery of Peripatusin Gippsland. By J. J. enone
M.A., B.Sc. BS = 400)
Notes on some Indigenous See saa cebacee ye New Gained By
J. iH. MaIpen ... ae we. 457

Notes on Zelotypia Stacyi, ‘and an Recount af a vemete ee A.
Srpney Ouuirr, F.E.S., Assistant Zoologist, Australian Museum 467
A Revision of the Staphylinide of Australia. Part m1. By A. SipNEY

Our, F.E.S., Assistant Zoologist, Australian Museum.. nace unl:
Miscellanea Hetommclenna’ No. 1v. ‘‘The Helzides.” By Wate
Macteay, F.L.S., &c. ... aes 513

Description of Two new Species of Diaratipials ( Pen aineler antl
Antechinus) and of anew Species of Mus (M. Burtoni), from ptt
the neighbourhood of Derby, N.W.A. By Dr. E. P. Ramsay,

F.R.S.E., F.G.S., &e., &c. ‘Plate xvi.) ... scaly Mae coo «°* ;
Descriptions of the Bees of Two Species of gestion Bade By —

J. NortH . a : se on 554
Descriptions ou new boeaten Piahess By Dr: EE: Rectener

F.R.S.E., &c., and J. DoucLas OcILBy afc tae aor sv, OOF
Flowering Seasons of Australian Plants, No. vir. By E. Havinanp,

Be Ss tees a Fe Ske .» O65
On Micro-Organisms in Tismies ae Pee Hibmer pe Dr. Oscar

Katz ss 567

Observations on the axiy! Staceer in the: Dexelopment of ihe Rain
(Dromeus Nove-Hollundie). By Wiuu1AM A. Haswe.t, M.A.,
D.Se., F.L.S., Lecturer on Zoology and Comparative Anatomy,

University of Sydney. (Plates viri.-xv.) ... re a ... 576
Notes on Australian Earthworms, Part Iv. By J. J. FLercuer,

M.A., B.Sc. ae “3 ae age sa Aes hee .. 601
Elections and Ges canostients ae oe ons ob 416, 453, 558
Donations a te Bae ee ss Be ape 416, 453, 559
Notes and Exhibits... Ae eee Cd 7 set 450, 556, 621

Note.—Plate xvi. illustrating Mr. Mitchell’s Paper ‘‘On some new Trilobites
from Bowning,” is unavoidably held over, and will appear in Part 4

Issued March 21st, 1888.

“Q THE wR |
PROCEEDINGS « |
enn EAN SOCIETY

NEW SOUTH WALES.

SECOND = Se Sos Se

NI@ ET,
PART RHE FOURTH.
Containing the Papers read at the Meetings

held in
OCTOBER, NOVEMBER, AND DECEMBER, 1887.

Ve eee SEW bods ey Et Re eee Pa Aas -

SYDNEY :

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY
BY

F. CUNNINGHAME & CO., 146 PITT STREET,

AND a
SOLD BY THE SOCIETY. D @

[Price, 27/--] IS RAG)

NOD LCE:

Wirn the exception of Volumes I-VI. of the Proceedings—of
which the Society’s stock was totally destroyed in the Garden
Palace Fire—the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W.
may be obtained at the Society’s Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth
Bay, Sydney, at the following prices :—

a5 Gl.

Vol. VII. Containing Proceedings for 1882, Part 1............... 07 26
5 53 ss pat pbamibt QP tree secon 010 O

5 36 - ae SB artiotun cceeeesces 0-0

3S 5: “3 wey PR arbidss eevee 010 0
Vol. VIII. Containing Proceedings for 1883, Part 1............... 010 0
a5 3 as A MP ANGI oes metees 0 5 0

S + 53 see gaitoten aster nets oO 7 0

55 a a aroma 200. C: ene mentencce 013: 0
Vol. IX, Containing Proceedings FOV 1 S64s0 Part A msrnneseneces oO. s 0
29 ” or) yy Parties On2aO

3 ” ” or) Part iN eee tes ] a 0

3 a9 50 s ePantaee eens 1h 5) (0)
Vol. X. Containing Proceedings for 1885, Part 1...... ........ O20
” oe) ” 3” Parti2-s 2 eee 7 6

” 2” ” ” Part Si wemiceeeeeee Ons 0

29 ” vr) ry Part Avs st osesdeeseee 0 17 6
Vol. I. (Second Ser.) Containing Proceedings for 1886, Part1 010 6
29 9 39 % 29 Part 2 +0 LOO

” ” 2 ry ” Parte Ons 70

39 or] i) oT 33 Part4 O12 6
Vol. II. (Second Ser.) Containing Proceedings for 1887, Partl 0 7 0
99 os a 5 5 Part2 0 8 O

” > 3 fs a Partio) Onl 2a0

29 ” ” or) ” Part Ave i 0

A reduction of 20 per cent. on the above charges is made

to Members of the Society.

Copies of Vol. II. of the Transactions of the Entomological
Society of New South Wales are also obtainable, price fifteen

shillings,

CONTENTS OF VOL. II., PART 4.—Continued.

PAGE

Notes on Mr. Froggatt’s Collections made during the year 1887 in the
Vicinity of Derby, King’s Sound, N.W. Australia. ae WILLIAM
MacteEay, F.L.S., &. ... : ae see LOM

Descriptions of two new Fishes from Port Jackson. ai 1D), 12
Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &e., and J. DouGias OGiLBy ... Sone HORA

Note in Correction of certain Errors in Previous Papers. By Dr. E. P.
Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &c., and J. DouGLas OcILpy ... Sv ... 1024

Jottings from the Biological Laboratory of Sydney Univ iersity, By
W. A. Haswett, M.A., D.Sc. 1025

No. 9. Notes on 7’mesipteris Sndl Peilotums
No. 10. On the Embryology of Vermilia cespitosa, and
Hupoma'us elegans.

List of Hepaticze collected by Mr. T. Whitelegge in New South
Wales, 1884-85. By B. Carrington, M.D., F.R.S.E., and W. H.
PEARSON. (Plates XXII.-XXXVII.)_... . 1035

Contributions to Conchology, No. I. Ey Tes C. Cox, M.D.,
iBeESSs ((Blates xo.) xcxa.) ee 1061

On a Supposed New Species of ETO earl: by c. W. DE Vis, M.A.
(Plate XXXVIII. ) me ae sod . 1065

Notes on a new Dipterous Insect belonging to the _ Family Ceci-
domyiade infesting Grass. By F. A. A. SKUSE ... . 1071

A Note on Echinaster grape, M. &T. By Professor JEFFREY BELL,
M.A., &c. sa . 1074

Note on Danais Petilia, Stoll, and D. crysis, Linn. By ¢ wigs
MASTERS ... ; . 1076

Notes on an Exhibit of Rocks and Rock-sections. Ai TW Be

Davin, B.A., F.G.S.—
(1) On the @eoeronce of Basalt-glass ee etey: in the Vege-
table Creek district, New England “ae . 1078
(2) Note on the Occurrence of Dacite at Moss V ale), sas 1083
(3) On a Pitchstone from Port pea showing faint perlite
structure... . 1084
(4) On the Occurrence o Oiiestolite in a Stone Hatchet and at
Strathbogie, near Vegetable Creek ae ; . 1084

Elections and Announcements aes Boo ves Be ‘62: 680, 983

Donations Sas < & Be sais ane a 622, 682, 983

Notes and Exhibits .., aoe see aes oe see 680, 978, 1074

President's Address ... : : at i Bers wis ... LOSG

Office-bearers and Council for 1888 S56 - Per mae cog) LUNTB:

Title-page, Contents, Index to Vol. IL. (2nd Ser. i and Errata.

Note.—Figures 7-12 of Plate xvi., which appears in this Part of the
Proceedings, are intended to illustrate a paper not yet published.

CONTENTS OF: VOLy I,-PART 4,
(SECOND SERIES.)

Further Remarks on Phosphorescent Bacteria. By Dr. Oscar Katz
On a new Genus and Species of Labroid Fish from Port Jackson. By
EK. Prerson Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &c., and J. DouGLas OGILBY
Miscellanea Entomologica, No. V. The Helides Peas mae BY
Wituiam Mactekay, F.L.S., &c.

Description of a new Species of Philemon from Tee th- oes Wastralial
By Dr. E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &c.

Description of a new Species of Gerygone from Lord Howe s wsiond
By Dr. E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &c.

Descriptions of the Eggs of Three. Species of Sea- Birds ae Land
Howe’s Island. By Dr. E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., F.L.S., &e.
Note on a Species of Polyzoa fia inversa, Waters) from Port

Jackson. By T. WHITELEGGE
On the Volcano of Taal. By the Rev. J. ‘B. Punrsow- Woouns, F. G. S.,
F.L.S., &c. (Plates xvi. and xIx.) ‘
A Contribution to the Reba of Qaeenclanen “By C C. W. De
Vis, M.A.... ba
Descriptions of new Pees Rhopaloeera By E. Mey RICK, BA,
F.ES.
Revision of Ragatian Lepidoptera, By E. Mauve IC RK; B. nN B ES
Part II. Bee
Descriptions of Wastraliai “Micte- Tiepabopdonan By E. Mevicx,
B.A., F.E.S. Part XIV. Oeccophoridae (conti ued)
The Inter-Coxal Lobe of Certain Crayfishes. By W. J. Mackay, B. oe
Notes on the Nidification of Sphecotheres mawillaris (Lath.): and of
Campephaga leucomelena (V. and H.), with nara” of their
Eggs. By R. D. Firzcerarp, Junr. 33 ,
Notes on some Scaritidee from Queensland, with Beouptions a ian
new Species. By Wiiu1Am Macuray, F.L.S., &c.
Note on a Leucite-Basalt from Central New South Wales. By Rey.
J. Mrune-Curran, F.G.8. —...
On a new inkeaed of the eS ag sie By A. oa ‘OnLy,
F.ES.
Note on the Pe cteria mc w ee in a case Ae heacke pene “pneumonia
By Dr. Karz .
Note on a Specimen of Perspatus Found ‘a Cassie NS iW...) By A.
Srpney Ouuirr, F.E.S. oO
Notes on the Nidification of certain Amatrates Binds? By A. J.
Nortu, F.L.S. :
Report on a small Zoological Galiiction fare N orfolik eee
I. Introductory Remarks. By J. A. M. Maxicron
II. Reptiles and Fishes. By J. DovGLas OGILBY
III. Mollusca. By Jonn Brazier oe
IV. Insecta. By A. SrpNEY OLLIFF
On anew Pielus from the Blue Mountains. By A. Sromaty Gees
-F.E.S., and Henry Prince. (Plate xxxIx.)

[For continuation of Contents see Page 3 of Cover.]

PAGE
627

631

811

835

BL/WHOI LIBRARY

iii

BUH ER4
suas

aly

ody tnt imate
= Pheer
aemaeieaning Wee me =
2 cee epee

wit

elactm We er
: eles
; _
SIS Meer
has *
pA ane aed
~-" ee

rent pees :

BO gh) =
ame eh heme
a3 ee 7 tafe BOSEY

he eos
are

+ tea ort

: righhemee a tye
amit Bongo ep nA

rae

ee eta me, :
“s = ¥
Se en ne eer ae

as >>
*
reer a

le bey nnti eae ewe